00 Front Matter.Qxp

2005-06 CATALOG Programs and Majors

Your education at Lehigh University will help prepare you Strong programs in business, the humanities, education, to excel by discovering and building upon your personal arts and sciences, and human services compliment our well- strengths in a campus community where active learning known strength in engineering. Lehigh students can choose connects with real-world applications. Learning at Lehigh from an array of courses and enjoy the resources and facili- incorporates active academic research and hands-on experi- ties of a major research university and the atmosphere and ences, both in and outside the classroom. As a personal attention of a small college. While most of the comprehensive university, Lehigh offers students an educa- undergraduate programs listed are offered as majors, many tion that integrates course work across four colleges and are also available as minors. Graduate programs are offered different fields of study in a dynamic learning experience in many of the subjects listed as well. These are described in that can be customized to individual interests. Section IV, Graduate Study and Research.

Arts, Humanities, and Computer Engineering International Counseling1 Social Sciences Computer Science Learning Sciences & Technology1 Earth and Environmental Sciences School Psychology1 Africana Studies Electrical Engineering Secondary Counseling1 American Studies Engineering Mechanics Special Education1 Anthropology Engineering Physics Technology-Based Teacher Architectural History Environmental Engineering Education (5-year program) Architecture Environmental Science Art Geological Sciences Cross-Disciplinary Art History Industrial Engineering Programs Arts and Engineering2 Information and Systems Engineering Africana Studies Asian Studies Materials Science and Engineering Classical Civilization American Studies Mathematics Applied Life Science Classics Mechanical Engineering 2 Cognitive Science Arts and Engineering Molecular Biology Asian Studies Design Arts Physics Economics Bioengineering Statistics Civil Engineering/Environmental English Structural Engineering (IBE only) Environmental Studies Science French Biosciences and Classical Civilization German Bioengineering Cognitive Science History Computer Science and Business Applied Life Science Design Arts International Relations Behavioral Neuroscience Journalism Electrical Engineering/ Biochemistry Engineering Physics Journalism/Science Writing Bioengineering Music Environmental Studies Biology Integrated Business and Engineering Music Composition Ecology Philosophy (IBE) Molecular Biology Pre-Dental Science3 Political Science 3 Psychology Pre-Medical Science Information Science and Pre-Optometry Science3 Religion Studies Technology Russian Studies Science, Technology, and Society Computer Engineering Urban Studies Science, Technology, and Society Computer Science Sociology and Anthropology Information and Systems Engineering Special Cross-Disciplinary Sociology/Social Psychology Spanish Business and Economics Programs of Study 2 Theatre Accounting Arts and Engineering Urban Studies Business Economics Computer Science and Business Women’s Studies Business Information Systems Enterprise Systems Leadership Economics Integrated Business and Engineering Engineering, Science, and (IBE) Finance 4 Mathematics Management Music and Engineering/Science Astronomy Marketing 1Graduate level only Astrophysics Supply Chain Management 2Dual-degree (5-year) program Applied Life Science 3 Applied Mathematics1 Education and Human Combined-degree programs only Applied Science Services 4Music and Engineering/Science is not Behavioral Neuroscience Counseling and Human Services1 a major in itself. However, Lehigh Biochemistry Counseling Psychology1 attracts many engineering and science Bioengineering Educational Leadership1 students who wish to continue their Biology Elementary Counseling1 active involvement in music and the Chemical Engineering Elementary and Secondary music department, as dual majors, Chemistry Education (5 year program) minors, or elective participants. Civil Engineering Instructional Technology1 3

Contents

Academic Calendar I. Information of General Interest 5 II. University Resources 19 III. Undergraduate Studies 27 IV. Graduate Study and Research 50 V. Courses, Programs and Curricula 85 VI. An Overview from Past and Present 391 VII. Administration, Faculty and Staff 400 Index 422 4 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 2005-2006 Academic Calendar Fall 2005 to complete all degree requirements July 1 (Friday) - Deadline to apply for December 10 (Saturday) - Review-consultation-study September degree period for Tuesday classes July 22 (Friday) - Last day for September December 12 (Monday) - Review-consultation-study doctoral candidates to deliver approved period for Monday classes dissertation drafts to dean December 13 (Tuesday) - Final exams begin August 12 (Friday) - Last day for September mas- December 21 (Wednesday) - Final exams end ters candidates to submit unbound Spring 2006 thesis copies to the Registrar’s Office; January 13 (Friday) - Graduate Registration Last day for September doctoral January 15 (Sunday) – Degree awarding date candidates to complete all degree January 16 (Monday) - Registration; requirements First day of class August 25 (Thursday) First Year Student Check-In January 20 (Friday) - Last day web registration; August 26 (Friday) - Freshman Orientation; Last day to add courses without Graduate Registration instructor’s permission August 29 (Monday) - Registration Day; Classes January 27 (Friday) - Last day for spring registra- begin; Last day for graduate registration tion; Last day to drop a course September 2 (Friday) - Last day web registration; without a “W” Last day to add courses without February 3 (Friday) - Last day to select or instructor’s signature cancel pass/fail September 4 (Sunday) - Degree awarding date February 15 (Wednesday) - Four o’clock quizzes September 5 (Monday) - Labor Day - classes held February 16 (Thursday) - Four o’clock quizzes September 9 (Friday) - Last day of registration; February 21 (Tuesday) - Four o’clock quizzes Last day drop/add without a “W” February 22 (Wednesday) - Four o’clock quizzes September 16 (Friday) - Last day to select or March 1 (Wednesday) - Last day for filing cancel pass/fail grading applications for May graduation September 28 (Wednesday) - Four o’clock quizzes March 3 (Friday) - Mid-term grades due September 29 (Thursday) - Four o’clock quizzes March 6-10 (Monday - Friday) - Spring break October 4 (Tuesday) - Rosh Hashanna March 13 (Monday) - Classes resume October 5 (Wednesday) - Four o’clock quizzes March 29 (Wednesday) – Four o’clock quizzes October 6 (Thursday) – Four o’clock quizzes March 30 (Thursday) – Four o’clock quizzes October 10-11 (Monday-Tuesday) - Pacing Break - April 3-14 (Monday-Friday) Registration for no classes Fall and Summer 2006 October 13 (Thursday) - Yom Kippur April 4 (Tuesday) – Four o’clock quizzes October 19 (Wednesday) - Mid-term grades due April 5 (Wednesday) – Four o’clock quizzes November 1 (Tuesday) - Applications for April 7 (Friday) - Last day to withdraw from a January degree due course with a “W” November 2 (Wednesday) - Four o’clock quizzes April 13 (Thursday) - Passover November 3 (Thursday) – Four o’clock quizzes April 14 (Friday) - Good Friday - classes held November 7-18 (Monday-Friday) - Registration April 17 (Monday) - Last day for May doctoral for Spring 2006 candidates to deliver approved November 8 (Tuesday) – Four o’clock quizzes dissertation drafts to dean November 9 (Wednesday) – Four o’clock quizzes April 21 (Friday) - Last day for hourly exams November 15 (Tuesday) - Last day for January doc- April 28 (Friday) - Last day for May master’s toral candidates to deliver approved candidates to submit unbound thesis dissertation drafts to dean; Last day to copies to the Registrar’s Office; Last withdraw from a course with a “W” day for May doctoral candidates to November 23-27 (Wednesday-Sunday) - complete all degree requirements; Last Thanksgiving Vacation day to drop a class or withdraw with December 2 (Friday) - Last day for hourly exams WP/WF grades; Last Class Day December 9 (Friday) - Last day of classes; Last day April 29 (Saturday) - Review-consultation-study to drop a course with a WP/WF grades; period for Tuesday classes Last day for January master’s degree May 1 (Monday) - Review-consultation-study candidates to submit unbound thesis period for Monday classes copies to the Registrar’s Office; Last day May 2 (Tuesday) - Final exams begin for January doctoral degree candidates May 10 (Wednesday) - Final exams end May 22 (Monday) - University Commencement Day

Lehigh University defines a semester as 14 weeks and 70 individual days of instruction to be followed by 2 days of a reading-consultation and study period in preparation of 9 consecutive calendar days of final examinations with four periods per day of 3 hour exam blocks. The summer term is 12 weeks with measured sessions. The academic year consists of one summer and two regular terms. Lehigh on the Web Other hot links Lehigh at a glance-Fast Facts: www.lehigh.edu Catalog: www.lehigh.edu/lufacts Admissions information: www.lehigh.edu/catalog Campus visits, interviews and open houses: www.lehigh.edu/admissions Undergraduate academic programs: www.lehigh.edu/visitinglehigh Parents & family: www.lehigh.edu/programs Sights and Sounds of Lehigh: www.lehigh.edu/parents www.lehigh.edu/tour Information of General Interest 5

I. Information of General Interest

This section includes information related to accredita- Minimum subject matter requirements (16 units) tion, admission, advanced placement, transfer students, English 4 units tuition and fees, financial aid, campus life and academic foreign languages* 2 units regulations. Similar information for graduate students social science 2 units may be found in Section IV. The university’s history, laboratory science 2 units biographies of its presidents and descriptions of its build- college preparatory mathematics 3 units ings are found in Section VI. elective subjects 3 units Accreditation *Only in exceptional cases, and for otherwise well-qualified Lehigh University is accredited by the Middle States candidates, will the Committee on Admissions waive the for- Association of Colleges and Schools. eign language requirement for admission to any one of the three undergraduate colleges. Both the undergraduate general and accounting pro- grams and the master of business administration Students planning on enrolling in the College of programs are accredited by the American Assembly of Engineering and Applied Science must have studied Collegiate Schools of Business. The engineering curricula mathematics through trigonometry, and should have are accredited by the Accreditation Board for studied chemistry, physics and mathematics through pre- Engineering and Technology. In addition, the computer calculus. Calculus is recommended. Students planning to science program offered in the College of Engineering enroll in the College of Business and Economics must and Applied Science is accredited by the Computer have completed mathematics through trigonometry, but Science Accreditation Board, Inc. The Commonwealth also should strongly consider taking pre-calculus or calcu- of Pennsylvania approves for educational certification lus. Candidates for the College of Arts and Sciences various programs within the College of Education. preparing for a bachelor’s of science degree must also take Programs in chemistry are approved by the American math through trigonometry. Chemical Society. Minimum course work requirements can be misleading The department of theatre is accredited by the National since most students who gain admission to Lehigh Association of Schools of Theatre, recognized by the University exceed the minimum course work. Strength of U.S. Department of Education as the accrediting body preparation can be difficult to assess since each individual for the field of theatre. comes from a different background. However, the Committee on Admissions will look for things such as (in Policy of Equality no particular order): Lehigh University provides equal opportunity on the • Rank or relative rank in class basis of merit without discrimination because of race, • How the student’s grades compare to those of his or color, religious creed, ancestry, national origin, age, her classmates at that particular school handicap, sex, sexual orientation or union membership. • Evidence of improvement or deterioration in grades during the secondary school career with particular Admission Guidelines attention paid to performance in senior year courses The total undergraduate and graduate enrollment of • The quality of performance in courses that relate to Lehigh University is regulated by action of the board of the student’s anticipated area of study trustees, with a resulting limitation in the number of • The difficulty of courses taken with special attention candidates who can be admitted each year to the various paid to courses recognized as being accelerated by divisions of the university. national academic organizations Because of the limitations on enrollment, the Office of • Comments and recommendations from the principal, Admissions, under the leadership of the Dean of headmaster, guidance counselor, or other professional Admissions and Financial Aid, conducts a selective educators within the school system review of candidates for admission. Several criteria are • Performance on standardized testing used in an attempt to predict a student’s ability to suc- cessfully complete four years of rigorous study at Lehigh • Extra-curriculum/work experience with particular University. emphasis placed on demonstrated leadership The material that follows pertains to undergraduates. • Demonstrated interest in Lehigh University Graduate students should consult Admission to Entrance Examinations Graduate Standing, Section IV. SAT/ACT: Each candidate for admission to the first year The admission policy of the university is designed to class is required to take either the Scholastic Assessment Test enroll students with a variety of backgrounds. The (SAT) with the writing component or the American College course work or units required for admission represent Test (ACT) with the writing component. It is highly recom- the equivalent of the usual four-year college preparatory mended that the student request that his or her scores be curriculum with certain specific course work being forwarded to Lehigh (CEEB code 2365) directly. It is not the required for enrollment in certain programs within the responsibility of the high school guidance office to forward university. Evidence of academic growth, ability to learn, the results. If, during the evaluation process, it is discovered and motivation are special qualities that may not be that the test results are missing, the student will be notified reflected in the accumulation of units. Such qualities are by mail or phone. Unnecessary delays in the decision-making also considered by the admissions committee. process can result if the committee does not have the scores. 6 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

The Committee on Admissions recommends that stu- How to Apply dents take the exam in the junior year and again as early Students may secure applications by writing to the in the senior year as possible. In the evaluation process, Office of Admissions, 27 Memorial Drive West, Lehigh the highest score in each category will be used regardless University, Bethlehem, P.A. 18015, or by calling (610) of the test date. 758-3100. Students may also apply on-line at SAT Subject Tests: SAT Subject Tests (formerly SAT II) are www.lehigh.edu/apply. recommended, but not required. It is also recommended Students may also use the Common Application avail- that students who plan to study a foreign language take the able from school guidance counselors, or they may apply SAT Subject Test or Advanced Placement Test for the lan- by using the Common Application on-line at www.com- guage they intend to study. Also, students interested in monapp.org. The Common Application is accepted as the advanced placement and/or receiving college credit in equal of the Lehigh application. Students also are chemistry, English or modern language and literature required to submit a supplemental form to the Common should take the SAT Subject Tests. Please read the Application that can be obtained through the Common Advanced Placement section for specific requirements. Application web site or the Lehigh web site. Test information and applications may be secured from Applications should be filed according to the following high school guidance offices or the College Board at deadlines: either of the following addresses: P.O. Box 592, Princeton, N.J. 08541, or 1947 Center St., Berkeley, November 15 — Early Decision C.A. 94704. Candidates writing tests outside the United November 15 — 7 year BA/MD Program States should direct their correspondence to the January 1 — Early Decision II Princeton address. January 1 — Regular Decision January 1 — Seven-year dental program with the Candidates should register for the tests early in the senior University of Pennsylvania year and not later than one month prior to the test date January 1 — Seven-year optometry program with the (two months for candidates who will be tested in Europe, SUNY State College of Optometry Asia, Africa, Central and South America and Australia). Each application must be accompanied by an application As with other standardized testing, the candidate has the fee of $60. This fee is non-refundable and does not responsibility to have the results sent to Lehigh. apply towards tuition fees. Waivers of application fees are Recommendations accepted when forwarded on the appropriate forms from The Office of Admissions requires, as part of a candi- the school guidance office. Students for whom the appli- date’s file, a letter of recommendation from the guidance cation fee is a hardship should consult the guidance counselor, principal, or headmaster from the candidate’s offices at their schools. school. One teacher recommendation is also required. Early Decision Such recommendations should address the candidate’s Our program is a binding early decision plan, meaning other qualifications such as character, intellectual motiva- that the student is expected to withdraw all applications tion, participation in school activities, and established to other schools if accepted to Lehigh. The student, his habits of industry and dependability. or her parents, and guidance counselor must sign an Informal Interviews Early Decision Request form to confirm their under- Prospective first-year students and their parents are high- standing of this provision. Students applying early ly encouraged to visit Lehigh and to participate in a should be sure that Lehigh is their first choice school. campus tour and to meet with a representative for an Early Decision I is for students who meet the November informal interview or a group information session. No 15 deadline. Notification will be completed around appointment is necessary for a campus tour or group December 15. Early Decision II is for students who have information session, but interviews must be scheduled met the January 1 regular application deadline and who by appointment. Interviews are not evaluative and are declare their intention to apply Early Decision II by not required for admission. Visit www.lehigh.edu/schedule January 15. These students will be notified early for a schedule of tours and information sessions. A call February. It is understood that all early decision candi- to the Office of Admissions is recommended because the dates will continue to perform at a satisfactory academic schedule of tours and interviews can change several times level throughout the remainder of his or her senior year. during the year as the academic calendar changes. While The early decision plan is not for everyone. It is for the visiting our campus, it is often possible to meet with fac- student who has been early and active in their college ulty, coaches or other professional staff of the university. search, and is sure that he or she wants to attend Lehigh. Requests for such meetings should be made prior to the When reviewing an early decision application, the com- actual visit so as to facilitate scheduling. mittee will defer a decision on any candidate when there The Office of Admissions is open for interviews most is insufficient information to make an early decision weekdays beginning at 9 a.m. Tours are available several commitment. It is also possible that a student may be times a day during the school year. Some Saturday denied admission. The Committee on Admissions will morning tours are available during the fall and winter. give early decision applicants some slight advantage in borderline cases because of the commitment of applying In certain cases, an interview may be required if, in the early, but the student must still present a strong record. opinion of the Dean of Admissions and Financial Aid, the additional information gained through an interview Early decision candidates who have filed the would be helpful in making the correct decision regard- CSS/Financial Aid Profile application, available at ing admission. In such cases, the candidate will be www.collegeboard.com, and prior year tax forms, will be notified of our request. 01 General Information.qxp 7/28/2005 3:11 PM Page 7

Information of General Interest 7

notified of their financial aid packages as soon as possible Advanced Placement after the decisions on admission are made by the Office The university offers capable students who have superior of Admissions. All other financial aid forms must be preparation an opportunity for advanced placement filed by the deadline indicated on each application. and/or college credit. Many secondary schools, in associ- Admission and Deposit ation with the College Board, offer college-level work. Notification of admissions decisions are made by mail. Students participating in these courses should write the Admission is granted only through written notice by the Advanced Placement Tests offered by the College Board. Office of Admissions. An admitted student may secure a Students who achieve advanced placement are afforded place in the entering class by notifying the university that three major advantages. First, they commence study at he or she intends to enroll at Lehigh and by forwarding Lehigh at a level where they will be academically com- the appropriate enrollment deposit postmarked by May fortable. Second, students who qualify for college credits 1. This fee is applicable towards the fall-term bill. may be graduated at an earlier time—with resulting sav- Students who do not attend will forfeit their deposit. ings in time and tuition outlay. Third, qualified students may, in the Lehigh senior year, enroll for a limited Transfer Students amount of work for graduate credit. Each January and August, students who have attended Entering freshmen that ask the College Board to send another college or university are admitted with advanced their advanced placement grades to Lehigh are consid- standing. Candidates for transfer admission must meet ered for advanced placement. the high school subject matter requirements prescribed for incoming first-year students, but entrance examina- Some departments noted below offer examinations dur- tions are not required if a student has completed at least ing Freshman Orientation to students who studied one year of full-time study at another institution. college-level subjects in secondary school but did not Exceptions to fulfilling high school requirements will be write the advanced placement tests. Entering freshmen granted following the review of a college level transcript. wishing to write an examination in any Lehigh course The academic performance at the college level is the pri- should notify the Office of Admissions in writing prior mary focus when giving consideration to admission. to August 1. The student should specify the number and title of the course. Students who receive credit on the Candidates who have been dropped for poor scholarship, or basis of advanced placement grades need not write who are not in good standing, or who have been released Lehigh tests to confirm the credit granted. for disciplinary reasons are not eligible for admission. Current practice at Lehigh is as follows: Each candidate must submit an official transcript and Art and Architecture. Six credit hours for Art 1 and Art course descriptions from each institution attended. An 2 are granted to students who earn a grade of 5. Three admissions decision cannot be made without this infor- credit hours for Art 099 Free Elective in Art History are mation. Students wishing to enter in the spring should granted for those students who earn a grade of 4. Those apply no later than November 1 and applicants for the students who earn grades of 5 on the Advanced fall semester should have their application in by April 1. Placement Studio Art Examination receive three credit Applications may be obtained by writing to the Transfer hours for Art 3. Coordinator, Office of Admissions, 27 Memorial Dr. West, Lehigh University, Bethlehem, PA 18015 or by Biology. Four credit hours for EES 31, Introduction to calling (610) 758-3214. The application is also available Environmental/Organismal Biology, given to those who at Lehigh’s web site www.lehigh.edu/tapply. Each applica- earn grades of 4 or 5. tion must be accompanied by an application fee of $60. Chemistry. Eight credit hours for CHM 95, CHM 97, Students are encouraged to take an active role in seeing and CHM 31 are granted to students who earn a grade that the various components of the student’s admission of 5. Those students who earn a grade of 4, or who score application have arrived at the university. Decisions are 750 or higher on the SAT II chemistry subject test, are made as soon as possible after the application is com- granted five credit hours for CHM 95 and CHM 97 and plete. Students will be notified by the Registrar as to may apply to the department for a special examination how many credits Lehigh will grant to the student in that, if completed successfully, will result in an addition- advanced standing. al three credit hours for CHM 31. Housing: Transfer students are guaranteed housing for at Computer Science. Students who receive a grade of 4 or least their first semester provided an enrollment deposit 5 on the AP exam will receive 3 credits for CSE 012 is received by the date established within the text of the Economics. Students will receive three credit hours of offer of admission letter. Every effort is made to accom- ECO 00 Economics Elective for a score of 4 or 5 on the modate transfer student housing needs. All students are microeconomics or macro economics exam. Students required to live on-campus through the end of the soph- receiving a score of 4 or 5 on both the microeconomics omore year. Contact the Office of Residential Services, and macroeconomics exams will receive 4 credits for Rathbone Hall, Lehigh University, 63 University Drive, ECO 001 and 2 credits of Economics Elective and satis- Bethlehem, PA 18015 or call (610) 758-3500. This fy the College of Business and Economics degree office also can provide information about off campus requirements. housing. Fraternities and sororities often have room for English. Students who earn a score of 5 on one of the members or boarders. Information on this option may College Board Advanced Placement Tests in English be obtained through the Assistant Dean for Fraternity (either in English Language and Composition or in and Sorority Affairs, University Center, 29 Trembley English Literature and Composition) or who achieve a Drive, Lehigh University, Bethlehem, PA 18015 or call score of 750 or higher on the SAT II Subject Test in (610) 758-4157. Writing receive six hours of Lehigh credit for freshman 8 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

English (and exemption from the requirement). Students Psychology. Four credit hours of PSYC 1 are granted to who receive a score of 4 on either of the Advanced students who earn a grade 4 or 5. Placements Tests in English or who have a score of 700- Statistics. Student s scoring a 4 or 5 will receive 4 cred- 749 on the SAT II Writing Subject Test will receive three its; for MATH 12 if enrolled in the College of Arts & hours of credit in freshman English; these students will Sciences or the College of Engineering & Applied complete the six-hour requirement by taking an English Science, or 3 credits for ECO 145 if enrolled in the course suggested by the department, typically ENGL 11. College of Business & Economics. Environmental Science. Students scoring a 4 or 5 on International Baccalaureate. Students who earn the the environmental science exam will receive 4 credits international baccalaureate may be granted credit in for EES 3. higher-level or advanced subjects with scores of 5 or bet- Government and Politics. Four credits for POLS 1 are ter or “B” or better. All students will have their awarded to those students that score a 4 or 5 on the credentials evaluated on an individual basis for specific American Government test, and four credits for POLS 3 course equivalency. are awarded to those that score a 4 or 5 on the Comparative Politics exam Estimate of Expense for Undergraduates History. Students earning a grade of 4 or 5 in the Principally three areas of income support the operating American History Advanced Placement examination will expense of Lehigh University: tuition and fees, endow- receive 4 credits for HIST 41. Students earning a grade ment earnings, and gifts and grants. The university is of 4 or 5 in the European History exam will receive four conscious that educational costs are significant and it credits for HIST 12 Students receiving advanced place- strives to maintain a program of high quality instruction ment in American history may not later enroll in while recognizing that there are limitations on what fam- History 41; students receiving advanced placement credit ilies can afford to pay. Costs will vary somewhat from in European history may not later enroll in History 12. student to student depending upon the various options chosen. Latin. Students receive three semester hours of credit for a grade of 4 or 5 in the Virgil examination; those who suc- Tuition, Room, and Board cessfully write in more than one area (e.g. Virgil and lyric There are three major plans that cover the major expense poetry) receive six hours of credit. Credit will be awarded associated with university attendance. These are as follows: for Latin 099 Latin Elective. Students receiving credit for The Tuition Plan. Latin and who wish to continue their study of Latin must The university provides comprehensive academic and consult with the Director for proper placement. student services under its tuition plan. The tuition sum Mathematics. Four semester hours of credit for Math is inclusive of most athletic events, basic treatments in 21, Calculus I, are granted to those who earn grades of 4 the Health Center, libraries, and laboratory services. A or higher on the Calculus AB examination. To those who technology fee of $240 is charged to all full-time stu- earn a grade of 4 or higher on the Calculus BC examina- dents. An additional $350 fee is charged to all students tion, eight hours of credit are granted for Math 21 and enrolled in the College of Engineering and Applied Sci- Math 22, Calculus I and II. Credit for Math 21 and 22 ence or with a declared major in natural science. The or both may also be earned by passing the examination full-time tuition rate is charged to students enrolled in offered by the Mathematics Department during twelve or more credit hours per semester. For students Freshman Orientation. Students regardless of whether enrolled in less than twelve credit hours, tuition is they have taken the advanced placement examination charged on a per-credit-hour basis. may take this examination or not. The Residence Halls Plan. Modern Languages and Literature. Students receive four A variety of living arrangements are available. The univer- semester hours of credit at the intermediate level I for sity provides housing for approximately 2,300 students grades of 4, and eight hours of credit at the intermediate on or near the campus in a wide selection of housing level I & II for grades of 5 on the advanced placement facilities. The housing arrangements are grouped within tests. Those who write the SAT II subject tests and score four basic categories, with rates associated with the cate- 600 to 699 receive four hours of credit; 700 and above gory level. Upperclass students contracting for residence receive eight hours of credit. The maximum number of halls housing will be required to submit a $400 advance credits given is eight. Those students receiving grades of deposit. This deposit is credited toward the room charge 4 or higher on the French or Spanish literature examina- for the respective semester. The deposit is either full or tions will receive 4 credits for French or Spanish 151. partially refundable based upon a published schedule. Music. Three semester hours of credit for MUS 80 are The Board Plan. given to those students who earn a grade of 3 or higher Ten board plans are available. First-year residents are on the Advanced Placement test in Music, required to participate in one of the Category I Meal Listening/Literature of Music: Theory. Plans. Upperclass students living in a residence hall are Physics. Five hours of credit are given for Physics 11, required to participate in one of the Category I or II Physics 12, for a grade of 5 on the Physics B examina- Meal Plans. Subscription to special program meals is tion or a grade of 4 on the mechanics section of the required of Taylor Residential College members. Centen- Physics C examination. If a student receives credit for nial I sorority residents are required to participate in Physics 11, four hours of credit will be given for Physics their sorority house meal plan and have the option to 21, Physics 22, for a grade of 4 on the electricity and choose any of the Category I, II, III, IV, or V Meal magnetism section of the Physics C examination. A test Plans. Students residing in campus apartments, fraterni- is offered during Freshman Orientation. ties, or any off-campus facilities have the option to choose any of the plans offered. Information of General Interest 9

Each board plan includes Dining Dollars. This pre-paid along with the Category I or II room fee and a declining balance account was designed for maximum Category I meals board plan. The total cost for the four flexibility and convenience and can be used at most din- areas would be $39,980 to $40,330 for the 2005-06 ing locations on campus to further increase your academic year. purchasing options. Other Fees Tuition and Fees (applied to prevailing circumstances) All charges and fees are due two weeks prior to the start of Per credit charge for credit or audit $1,300 classes each semester. On a per-term basis, the expenses Engineering and Science Fee are charged at one-half the per-year charge. Accounts not (for specified students) 350 settled by the due date are subject to a late-payment fee. Application fee (for undergraduate All figures given are for the academic year (two semesters). admission consideration) 60 Tuition, 2005-2006 $31,180 Late pre-registration (assigned to all full-time Technology Fee 240 students who do not select their full class load Residence Halls during the designated period each term) 50 Category I (Dravo, Drinker, Richards, Late registration 50 McClintic-Marshall, Centennial I & II, Late application for degree 25 Warren Square) $4,890 Examination make-up (after first Category II (ROTC, UMOJA, scheduled make-up) 10 All Greek Houses) 5,240 Late payment (after announced date) 100 Category III (Taylor, Trembley Park Returned check fine 20 Suite Singles, Brodhead House ) 5,450 Key/lock change (lost or non-return), Category IV (Sayre Park Village, room door, residence halls/sorority 25 Campus Square, Trembley Park Apartments) 5,700 Identification card (replacement) 10 Board The university reserves the right at any time to amend or The number of meals specified is per week. add charges and fees, as appropriate, to meet current Category I requirements. Fees applicable to the 2005-06 academic The Whole Enchilada - $ 3,670 year will be announced no later than February 2005. 19 meals including $100 Dining Dollars Other Expenses The Square Mealer - 3,670 A student should plan to meet various other expenses. any 14 meals including $200 Dining Dollars These expenses include the purchase of books and sup- The Flexible Diner - 3,670 plies from the Lehigh University Bookstore located in any 12 meals including $300 Dining Dollars Campus Square. Necessary purchases supporting one’s 225 Block Plan - 3,670 academic program should average approximately $1,200 any 225 meals per semester including per year. The Bookstore carries basic goods for students’ $100 Dining Dollars needs. A student should also plan an allowance to handle Category II personal and travel expenses. The Deluxe Diner - 3,240 Plan of Payments any 10 meals including $200 Dining Dollars An itemized statement of charges is mailed from the The Dynamic Diner - 3,240 Bursar’s Office approximately six weeks prior to the start any 8 meals including $500 Dining Dollars of each semester. Payment is expected in full by the spec- 150 Block Plan - 3,240 ified due date. Payment plans are available for those any 150 meals per semester including desiring extended payment arrangements. $300 Dining Dollars Persons desiring a payment plan can elect participation Category III in the university’s educational payment plan which pro- vides for the payment of tuition, room, and board over The Value Plus - 1,900 four months per semester. Deadlines to participate are any 75 meals per semester including July 1st for Fall Semester and December 1st for Spring $500 Dining Dollars Semester. Category IV The university also offers a plan under which enrolled The Social Light - 1,540 undergraduate students can pre-pay more than one year any 50 meals per semester including of tuition at current rates. Complete information is $500 Dining Dollars available from the Bursar’s Office. Category V Students attending the university under a provision with The Dining Dollars - 600 a state board of assistance or with financial aid from $600 Dining Dollars other outside agencies must provide complete informa- tion to the Bursar’s Office if assistance is to be Based upon the above charges, most first-year students recognized on the semester statement. are normally billed the tuition rate and technology fee 10 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Refunds of Charges time during the contracted academic year is still obli- gated for housing rental charges if vacancy in the Tuition and Academic Fees residence hall facilities exists and without regard to A student in good standing who formally withdraws location. An advance deposit is required to hold a before 60% of the semester has been completed or room. This deposit is non-refundable to entering first- reduces his or her course enrollment below twelve credit year students and either full or partially refundable to hours will be eligible for a tuition refund. upperclass students based upon specific criteria and a The tuition refund for a student who withdraws or drops published refund schedule. a course(s) is calculated on a daily basis. No refunds for Prior to registration, housing rental refunds are made in tuition can be made for one-week workshops after the full in the event a student does not register because of ill- first day of class. ness, injury, or death; is dropped from the university due The date used to calculate refunds is based on when a to academic reasons; attends a university-approved study properly authorized withdrawal or drop/add is received abroad or co-op program; graduates; or voluntarily with- by the Registrar’s Office. draws from the university. After registration, prorated housing rental refunds are granted based on separation Academic fees are non-refundable after the first day of from the university due to illness, injury, or death. In the classes. event of voluntary withdrawal, a prorated refund is pos- In the event of the death of a student, tuition will be sible only with the provision that the lease can be refunded in proportion to the semester remaining. transferred to another student for whom no other uni- Tuition Credit/Suspension versity accommodations exist. Prorated refunds are based upon the date the room key is returned to the Office of A student who is suspended from the university for dis- Residential Services. Any student suspended or expelled ciplinary reasons will be eligible for a tuition credit from the university will not be granted any housing toward the semester immediately following the period of rental refund. suspension. The amount credited will be based on the regular tuition refund schedule and calculated on the Refunds for Board Plans tuition rate in effect during the period of suspension. Board plan refunds are made in full in the event a stu- The date used to calculate the tuition credit will be the dent does not register and has not purchased any meals date of the incident that resulted in the suspension. from the plan. Under no circumstances will a tuition refund be provided After registration, a student who purchases meals on the to students who are suspended for disciplinary reasons. board plan but withdraws from the university will Summer Sessions receive a pro-rata board plan refund based on the num- ber of unused weeks remaining on the plan. Students who preregister for a summer session by the end of April will receive an invoice for their tuition. Any student suspended or expelled from the university Those who do not receive an invoice are expected to will not be granted a board plan refund. make payment at the time of registration. Registration Board plans may be changed within the requirements of will not be permitted until all charges are paid. Students the living area up to the tenth day of class each semester in good standing who formally withdraw or reduce their at the Bursar’s Office with charges assessed per an estab- course enrollment before 50% of the semester has been lished pro-ration schedule. completed will be eligible for a tuition refund. The After the tenth day of class, a student who wishes to refund schedule for student withdrawals and course change a board plan must petition and receive approval adjustments is as follows: form the Office of Residential Services. If the change is The tuition refund for a student who withdraws or drops approved, an adjustment will be processed on a pro-rata a course(s) is calculated on a weekly basis. No refunds basis to the meal portion of the plan charge as of the for tuition can be made for one-week workshops after week following the last meal purchased. the first day of class. Adjustments to Financial Aid The date used to calculate refunds is based on when a The Office of Financial Aid is responsible for determin- properly authorized withdrawal or drop/add is received ing the appropriate redistribution of charges and refunds by the Registrar’s Office. when students receive any financial assistance. These Because of the short time involved, no refunds for decisions are made on the basis of federal, state and insti- tuition charged in the one-week workshops will be made tutional policies. Any refunds due to the Title IV after the first day of class. programs will be refunded in the following order: In the event of the death of a student, tuition will be Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan refunded in proportion to the fraction of the summer Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan term remaining at the time of the death. Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan Residence Hall Refunds Federal Direct Subsidized Stafford Loan Federal Perkins Loan Residence hall rooms are rented on an annual basis Federal PLUS Loan only. A student who signs a room contract is expected Direct PLUS Loan to reside in residence hall housing for both the fall and Federal Pell Grant spring semesters of the specific academic year for which Federal SEOG the contract was signed. A student who forfeits a hous- Any other Title IV program ing reservation and who returns to the university at any Information of General Interest 11

Financial Aid Finally, Lehigh University expects citizens of the United States, and eligible non-citizens, to apply for federal and The mission of the Office of Financial Aid is to reduce state student aid. To be considered for federal student the financial barriers to a Lehigh education for those aid, including Federal Pell Grants and Federal Stafford families whose resources alone would make it impossible Loans, complete the Free Application for Federal to meet the cost of attendance. The university is deeply Student Aid (FAFSA) which is available at your high committed to providing need-based financial aid. school or from the web at: www.ed.gov. Complete after Lehigh expects each family to make every effort to pay January 1, 2006 but no later than February 1, 2006. tuition and other educational expenses. Our aid program Lehigh’s federal school code is 003289. is designed to measure the difference between our costs Early Decision Candidates and the amount of money your family can be expected to contribute towards those costs. That difference is For Early Decision I called “financial need” and represents financial aid “eligi- To receive information on your financial aid eligibility bility.” The majority of Lehigh’s funds are awarded on you will be required to register with CSS by November the basis of financial need. Our merit-based aid program 1, 2005 and complete the filing process by November is explained below. 15, 2005. We require a complete signed copy of your parent’s 2004 IRS 1040 form by November 15, 2005. The basic forms of financial aid are grants and scholar- Completion of the FAFSA and submission of 2004 tax ships, employment and loan assistance. Grants and returns are the same as noted above. scholarships are not repayable. The majority are awarded on the basis of “need” and are renewable on the basis of For Early Decision II both continuing “need” and some stated minimum aca- To receive information on your financial Aid eligibility demic progress criteria. Employment provides money for you will be required to register with CSS by January 1, books and personal expenses, and is paid through bi- 2006 and complete signed copies of your parent’s 2004 weekly payroll checks based on hours submitted. Loans IRS 1040 form by January 15, 2006. Completion of the are repayable funds from one or more sources, repayable FASA and submission of 2005 tax returns are the same after the student ceases to be enrolled on at least a half- as stated above. time basis. International students are eligible for university-funded Additional sources of aid are: state agencies, employers, financial aid. Opportunities are limited. Two forms are and various clubs, churches, religious and fraternal required: the Foreign Student Financial Aid Application organizations, and foundations. High school guidance and the Certificate of Finances. The Office of counselors are able to provide information about local Admissions will send both forms upon receipt of a com- aid programs. There are also database scholarship search pleted application for admission. organizations that can be accessed via the World Wide Renewal of Aid Web. Some examples are www.collegeboard.com, It is necessary to reapply for financial aid for each year of www.finaid.org and www.fastweb.com. (Caution: there are study and is limited to four years, for a four year pro- many scam operations that promise great things if you gram. Extensions beyond that time period require send them a check. It is better to limit your efforts to the petitions to the Committee on Undergraduate Financial proven sites referenced above. ) You are expected to Aid. Applications and filing instructions are available in apply for all possible kinds of outside financial assistance, January in the Office of Financial Aid, or as otherwise especially the Pell Grant and state grants. You are also posted. expected to take maximum advantage of outside sources to enable Lehigh to spread its own funds farther and to Returning students must file the CSS PROFILE as well limit student borrowing. as the Renewal FAFSA by April 15, 2006. The filing deadline for all forms, including signed copies of both Application Procedures for 2006-2007 parents’ and student’s 2005 federal tax return, is April The following instructions are addressed to prospective 15, 2006. Your application will not be reviewed until the freshmen. FAFSA, PROFILE, Lehigh application and the federal To be given proper consideration for financial aid, your income tax forms are received. application must be completed and ready for review by To receive any type of aid, you must be making satisfac- February 1, 2006. To meet that deadline, you must reg- tory academic progress. The written university policy on ister by January 15, 2006 with the College Scholarship satisfactory academic progress is available in the Office Service PROFILE. Register over the web (www.college- of Financial Aid. Generally speaking, it includes 1) board.com). The PROFILE service is an exclusively remaining in good standing (based on your GPA), 2) on-line service, Students who do not have internet access advancing a minimum of 24 new credits per academic should contact CSS at 1-800-778-6888. Complete the year (minimally, 12 credits per semester) and, 3) keeping personalized PROFILE application as soon as possible, pace with your class, progressing from freshman to soph- and be sure to complete the PROFILE to CSS by omore, etc. This is dependent upon your academic February 1, 2006; supplemental forms should be sent program. Recipients of Lehigh grants and scholarships directly to Lehigh by February 15, 2006. Within two to are expected to achieve at least a 2.00 GPA each semester four weeks CSS will report the results to Lehigh and (or higher as noted on the financial aid notification). send you an acknowledgment. You may find it necessary Students on academic or disciplinary probation are not to use estimates in completing financial aid forms. It is normally eligible for university grant aid during any better to use estimates and file on time. Late filers are at period of the probation. Students not maintaining satis- risk of not be aided. Submit complete, signed copies of factory progress, as defined by Lehigh or the appropriate your and your parent’s 2005 IRS 1040 forms, including governmental agency, may be ineligible for all forms of all schedules and W2 statements by February 15, 2006. federal aid, including loans and employment. Appeals, 12 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

based on extenuating circumstances, may be submitted Athletic Awards to the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid using Alumni Student Grants are awarded on the basis of forms provided by the Office of Financial Aid. financial need and exceptional athletic talent as evaluated Sources of University Aid by the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics. Grants are supported by annual alumni contributions. Alumni Several forms of university-funded aid, based on need Student Grants replace the loan and employment por- and merit, are available. tion of a financial aid package. Lehigh also awards Lehigh University Grants NCAA grants in the sports of wrestling and men’s and Funds budgeted from general income to provide need- women’s basketball. based, non-repayable assistance. University Tuition Loans Sponsored Scholarships Lehigh uses these loan funds to supplement other types Individuals, foundations, and corporations provide these of educational loans, especially in the freshman and funds through annual contributions to the university. sophomore years when the federal Stafford loan limits Lehigh has 60 such sponsored funds. are $2,625 and $3,500 respectively. Parental endorse- ment is required on the promissory note. Repayment Endowed Scholarships begins three months after graduation or withdrawal from Income from invested gifts to the university make these the university, until the loan principal and interest are scholarships possible. The university has over 800 such repaid. The minimum monthly repayment rate is $50 funds, half of which are for general, unrestricted use. plus interest, which is seven percent (7%) per annum. Curriculum, geographic, outside interests, etc. restrict Interest begins to accrue after you are no longer at least a most of the others. half-time student. Deferments, up to a maximum of three years can be extended for service in the military, Asa Packer Scholarships VISTA, or Peace Corps; for those who are experiencing Approximately 30 scholarships, in an annual amount of undue hardship; or for those who return to school on at $15,00 will be awarded to entering freshmen. Selections least a half time basis. The average debt level of Lehigh are made by the office of Admissions based on academic students graduating in 2004 was $18,635. excellence, extra curricular and leadership activities. Awards are renewable for four years of undergraduate Loan-Cancellation Awards study and require a 3.2 average and satisfactory progress This is a unique Lehigh award that may be used as an toward a Lehigh degree. incentive if your academic average is not sufficiently competitive for scholarship consideration. Limited to Dean’s Scholarships $4000, a Loan-Cancellation begins as a loan, with the Approximately 70 scholarships, in an annual amount of same terms as our regular University Tuition Loan. This $10,000 will be awarded to members of the class of form of aid has the potential of being converted to a 2009. Selections are made by the Office of Admissions grant if the following conditions are met: 1) the required based on academic excellence and significant extra-curric- grade point average for the award period as shown on ular and leadership activities. Awards are renewable over the award notification is achieved; 2) 12 or more credits four years of undergraduate study, and require a 3.00 have been passed for each award term; courses above the average and satisfactory progress toward a Lehigh degree. 12 credits may be repeated courses; 3) all outstanding X or N grades must be removed prior to the end of the fol- Baker Gifted Arts Scholarships lowing academic period. It is the responsibility of the Awards are valued at $2,500 per year, renewable over student to notify the Office of Financial Aid when any four years. Selections are made by the faculties of the outstanding courses have been completed. If not can- Music and Theatre departments, and are based on taped celed, the loan is repayable according to the terms for performances and letters of recommendation. university tuition loans. Army ROTC Leadership Awards President’s Scholars Program In certain instances, the university may supplement an This program provides an opportunity to receive free Army ROTC scholarship with a leadership award that tuition for a period of up to 12 months immediately fol- can range from $3,000 up to the cost of room and lowing the awarding of the baccalaureate degree. You board. These are highly competitive and require a 2.5 may be declared a President’s Scholar if, upon comple- average for renewal. tion of 90 Lehigh credit hours, you have a cumulative Merit Scholarships GPA of 3.75; or, if upon graduation, you are accorded Highest Honors. The Registrar is responsible for deter- Lehigh is a collegiate sponsor of the National Merit Schol- mining eligibility. For further eligibility requirement arship program. Scholarships ranging from $1,000 to information please go to the Registrar’s Office Web page $2,000 per year may be awarded to Merit finalists select- at lehigh.edu. ing Lehigh as their first-choice college, and who are not also receiving another form of National Merit scholarship. Availability of Jobs Rodale Scholarship in Journalism If you are offered work-study as part of your aid pack- Qualified students may receive a $2,500 scholarship age, the Office of Financial Aid will provide you with (which may be renewed for three additional years); oppor- the necessary forms and orientation to student employ- tunities to intern at Rodale Press or other prominent ment. Jobs are available throughout the university and media; and one-on-one instruction with Lehigh faculty. are funded through federal and university sources. Pay rates range from the federal minimum wage to $10.50 per hour. You are paid on a bi-weekly basis, as you work Information of General Interest 13 and submit timesheets. Your work-study earnings are not For Returning Students deducted from your billed expenses. 1. Register for the CSS PROFILE service by April 1, The Job Locator Development Program is designed to 2006, and complete the application by April 15, assist you if you do not qualify under the Federal Work- 2006. Study program to find employment off-campus or with a number of incubator companies located on the 2. Complete and submit the Renewal Free Application Mountaintop Campus. This program is coordinated for Federal Student Aid by April 15, 2006. through the Office of Career Services. 3. Complete and return the Lehigh University Application for Undergraduate Financial Aid, Aid from the government together with complete, signed copies of your par- Lehigh University is an eligible participant in federally ents and your 2005 IRS 1040 forms with all funded student aid programs. Campus-based programs, schedules and W2 forms, to the Office of Financial where the university makes the awards based on the dol- Aid by April 15, 2006. lars available, include: Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants Information for all financial aid applicants Federal Perkins Loans 1. Check to be sure that the correct social security Federal Work-Study number is listed on all forms. If you do not have a Direct entitlement programs (where the government number, apply for one and notify Lehigh as soon as directly, or through commercial lenders for loan pro- it is received. grams, provides the necessary funds) include: 2. Photocopy all forms filed for your records. Federal Pell Grants Federal Stafford Loans 3. Submit the appropriate state grant application, espe- Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loans cially if a resident of Ohio, Massachusetts, Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) Connecticut, Rhode Island, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Delaware, Vermont, or West Virginia - states from Alternative Educational Loan Programs which Lehigh students have brought scholarships. The Office of Financial Aid can provide a list of pro- Be guided by the specific instructions. The FAFSA grams with current interest rates and terms and will be the basic form for state grant consideration, conditions of repayment. although some states do require a supplemental application. The latest date for filing the FAFSA, Army ROTC Scholarships and being assured it will be received on time, is The U.S. Army awards scholarships in varying amounts, February 1, 2006 for prospective freshmen, and supplemented with $480 toward course-related books April 15, 2006 for continuing students. and a $250 per month stipend. Lehigh University is one of a handful of universities whose ROTC recipients may Student Rights receive a scholarship of $20,000 for four years. Recipi- Students have the right to know ents incur an obligation to serve on active duty as • the cost of attendance; commissioned officers. Contact the Department of Mili- tary Science for details. • the refund policy for students who withdraw; • the financial assistance available from federal, state Checklist for Financial Aid and institutional sources; For prospective freshmen: • procedures and deadlines for submitting applications 1. Register for the CSS PROFILE service by January for financial aid; 15, 2006, and complete the application by February 1, 2006. • how financial aid recipients are selected; 2. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student • how eligibility was determined, including all resources Aid (FAFSA) by February 1, 2006. the aid office considered available to the student; 3. Mail a complete, signed copy of both your parents’ • how and when funds will be disbursed; and your 2004 federal income tax return, including • an explanation of each type of award received; all schedules and W2 forms by February 1, 2006. • for any student loan received: the interest rate, total For students transferring from another college or university amount to be repaid, when repayment begins, the 1. Register for the CSS PROFILE service by February length of the repayment period, and the cancellation 15, 2006 and complete the application by March 1, or deferment provisions of the loan; 2006. • for any Federal Work-Study or university-funded job: 2. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student a description of the job, the hours to be worked, the Aid (FAFSA) by March 1, 2006. rate of pay, and how and when the student will be paid; 3. Mail a complete, signed copy of both your parents’ and your 2005 federal income tax returns including • The criteria used to determine satisfactory academic all schedules and W2 forms to the Office of progress for financial aid purposes; and Financial Aid by March 1, 2006. • how to appeal a decision by the Office of Financial 4. Complete and mail the Lehigh University Transfer Aid concerning any aid award. Application for Financial Aid which is sent to all admission candidates by the Office of Admission. 14 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Student Responsibilities serves as a campus resource, mediates roommate con- It is the student’s responsibility to: flicts, and provides educational, and social programs. In • read directions thoroughly, complete all application addition to student staff, six full-time master’s degree level professional Residence Life Coordinators live in the forms accurately, and to comply with any deadlines; residence halls and oversee the daily operations for their • provide any supplemental information or documenta- assigned areas on campus. tion required by the Office of Financial Aid or other All residence halls include House Councils that are part agency if applicable; of the larger Residence Hall Association. Participation in • read, understand, and keep copies of any forms the the Residence House Council provides students a chance student is required to sign; to develop leadership skills. House Council is a vital and • repay any student loans received; active organization, whose prime focus is to help fund • attend an entrance interview and an exit interview if and provide residence hall programs, assess student feed- back and develop service-oriented programs. federal, state or university loans are received while in attendance at Lehigh; As of the 2005-2006 academic year, all First and Second Year students are required to live on campus, unless they • notify the Office of Financial Aid of any change in petition and are approved for exemption from this enrollment status or financial status (including any requirement. Due to this requirement, housing is limited scholarships or grants received from outside sources); and not guaranteed for Junior and Senior Students. changes of address and enrollment status must also be reported to lender(s) for any loan(s); When a First Year student candidate accepts an offer of admission, the candidate is provided with a Lehigh • satisfactorily perform the work agreed upon in a Identification Number that will give them internet access Federal Work-Study or university-funded work pro- to the Campus Portal and the Residence Hall Room and gram; and Board Application/Contract. Priority for assignment is • know and comply with all requirements for continua- based on the date the candidate accepts admission. First tion of financial aid, including satisfactory academic Year students are informed of their room assignment and progress requirements. other information in early July. For more information write to the Office of Financial Second Year students have the option of becoming a Aid, Lehigh University, 218 W. Packer Avenue, member of a Greek Organization and residing in a Bethlehem, PA 18015; telephone (610) 758-3181; FAX Fraternity or Sorority or they may participate in a Room (610) 758-6211, email [email protected] or visit our Selection Process to choose residence hall housing. website www.lehigh.edu/~infao. Housing that is available for Junior and Senior students is distributed through a Residence Hall Housing Lottery. Campus Life Students who are not given housing through this process may apply to a waiting list to receive on-campus housing Approximately 70 percent of all undergraduate men and at a later date, should it become available. women live on campus. Campus living facilities include Any questions in regards to housing should be directed traditional residence halls, apartments, suites in a multi- to the Office of Residential Services by calling 610-758- story building, or residence in fraternity or sorority 3500 or sending email to [email protected]. houses. Physical facilities are also described in Section VI. Fraternities and Sororities Residence Halls The university has a long tradition of Greek life. The The offices of Residential Life and Residential Services at continued strength of this system is due in part to the Lehigh University are committed to providing quality efforts of the Interfraternity Council, Panhellenic housing and educational services for residence hall stu- Council, the Greek Alumni Council, the Office of dents. Lehigh firmly believes that living in a residence Residential Services and the Office of the Dean of hall allows students to become members of a positive Students to improve the quality of fraternity and sorority community, in which they can live and learn with indi- life through membership, leadership, social, educational, viduals from diverse backgrounds and experiences. housing, and financial management training. Efforts are made to integrate academic and out-of-the- class learning in order to better enable students to Greek life is an attractive alternative among the residence develop balanced and realistic approaches as they prepare options at Lehigh. Each fraternity or sorority is like a for life after graduation. close-knit community. These groups determine their own goals; organize their own houses and business affairs Approximately half of all Lehigh undergraduates live in with the assistance of the Office of Residential Services; residence halls. The university has eleven principal resi- conduct their own social, philanthropic, and athletic dence halls for undergraduate men and women. Most activities; assist with planning their own meals; and rooms are designed for two students, but a limited num- select their own membership. Because they are largely ber of singles, triples, and 4-person suite and apartment self-governing, these organizations offer numerous units are available. Residence halls offer a wide variety of opportunities for student involvement and leadership. special interest theme housing including: Taylor College, The twenty-two fraternities and nine sororities form a ROTC House, Umoja House (Multicultural Living), larger Greek community comprising approximately 35 Substance Free housing, traditional style living (in build- percent of the undergraduate population at Lehigh. ings with corridors), and suite/apartment-style living. Through the Interfraternity Council (IFC) and the To help facilitate and maximize the residential experi- Panhellenic Council, they determine policies and organ- ence, approximately ninety staff members of the Office ize social, philanthropic, and educational activities for of Residence Life live in the residence halls. On every the Greek community as a whole. hall there is a student staff member, a Gryphon, who provides assistance with personal and academic matters, Information of General Interest 15

There are eight sorority chapters at Lehigh. Three are an interactive site that lists campus events, movie list- housed in the Centennial I complex on the Asa Packer ings, upcoming programs, and much more! Campus; five are located in Sayre Park. The sororities are Students are invited to view a complete list of campus Alpha Chi Omega, Alpha Gamma Delta, Alpha organizations by going to the following URL Omicron Pi, Alpha Phi, Delta Gamma, Gamma Phi www.lehigh.edu/instuact/sac.html or by visiting the Lehigh Beta, Kappa Alpha Theta, Pi Beta Phi. University homepage and selecting the link to clubs and Twenty-one of the fraternities are located in Sayre Park organizations. on the Asa Packer Campus. One is located near the cam- pus. The fraternities are Alpha Chi Rho, Alpha Sigma Lehigh University Theatre Phi, Alpha Tau Omega, Beta Theta Pi, Chi Phi, Chi Psi, In Spring, 1997, the department of theatre moved to the Delta Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Delta Tau Delta, Delta Zoellner Arts Center, Lehigh’s impressive performing arts Upsilon, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi facility. Three theatres, scene and costume shops, a dance Alpha, Phi Gamma Delta, Phi Kappa Theta, Phi Sigma studio, music practice rooms, classrooms and more Kappa, Psi Upsilon, Sigma Alpha Mu, Sigma Chi, Sigma enhance the department’s curricular activities. The depart- Phi Epsilon, Theta Chi, and Theta Xi. ment of theatre’s annual production program includes four productions in the three hundred-seat Diamond Religious Activities Theater and multiple lab productions in the one-hundred The Religious Program is under the general supervision seat Black Box Theater. The plays range from classics to of the university chaplain. The chaplain participates in world premieres and recent mainstage seasons have includ- the ceremonial life of the University and conducts special ed Flyin’ West, Electra, A Streetcar Named Desire, university worship services throughout the year. All wor- Runaways, Talk Radio, Fools, Miss Julie and Macbeth. ship services are interdenominational, with some being Shows directed and produced by students as class projects inter-religious. Roman Catholic masses are held regular- or independent work occur regularly in the Black Box ly. The Newman Center can be contacted for a schedule Theater. Recent lab theatre productions have included of services. The Loveliest Afternoon of the Year, I Didn’t Know You Lehigh University is non-denominational. Packer Could Cook, Reverse Transcriptions, What I Meant Was, Memorial Church, dedicated in 1887 in honor of the Woyzeck, Black, What the Butler Saw, and Arcadia. Many University’s Founder, Asa Packer, continues to be the events are sponsored by the Mustard and Cheese Drama center for campus worship services. Society, the country’s second oldest collegiate drama club. The University Chaplain works with representatives of Auditions and production crews are open to all members campus religious groups of all faiths and assists students in of the university community. Production opportunities planning religious life programming. The chaplain’s office exist in performance, choreography, set and costume con- sponsors an Oxfam Fast in November, organized the origi- struction, properties management, lighting, sound, house nal Community Service Desk that helps coordinate management and publicity. Advanced students have oppor- volunteer services on campus, and creates opportunities tunities to direct or design, under faculty supervision. for discussion of moral and spiritual issues through the Outstanding work in the mainstage or lab theatre sea- Chaplain’s Forum. In addition to providing pastoral coun- sons may be recognized with Williams prizes and theatre seling, supporting religious groups, and helping bring department prizes in acting, directing, design, and tech- speakers to campus, the chaplain seeks to provide leader- nical production. ship to the university on religious and ethical issues. Professional guest artists — directors, playwrights, Over fifteen religious groups on campus provide opportu- designers, and actors — frequently visit the Lehigh cam- nities for religious fellowship. The groups include the pus to work on mainstage productions, teach classes, and Newman Association for Roman Catholic students under conduct seminars and workshops for all interested stu- the guidance of a resident priest; the Jewish Student dents. The department also sponsors artists-in-residence, Center, which sponsors various activities for Jewish stu- guest lecturers, workshops, and touring performances. dents; and organizations for Hindu and Muslim students. A variety of Protestant Christian organizations are avail- Musical Organizations able to students, including the Lehigh Christian The music department offers students an array of ensem- Fellowship and the Fellowship of Christian Athletes. bles in which to perform and develop leadership skills. The chaplain’s office makes information about religious The choruses, bands, orchestra, and ensembles are con- life available to all students through the Chaplain’s web ducted by members of the faculty and managed by page and can be contacted at any time for information elected student leaders. Nearly all performances, except about worship opportunities and religious activities Christmas Vespers, are held in Baker Hall in the either on campus or in the local Bethlehem community. Zoellner Arts Center. Student Organizations Students earn one credit per semester for each ensemble or lesson course in which they are registered. Lehigh offers a wide variety of extracurricular activities and student organizations. The student-run campus The Lehigh University Philharmonic Orchestra, Paul newspaper keeps the campus informed while the student Chou, director. The Lehigh University Philharmonic run-campus radio station and the many drama and Orchestra, a group of over seventy-five instrumentalists, musical organizations entertain. Additionally, the Lehigh performs approximately five times each year and has University Student Senate recognizes over 150 student been featured in concerts in Washington, D.C., Florida, clubs ranging from academic organizations and cultural and Pennsylvania and on tour in Austria, the Czech groups to competitive club sports and political organiza- Republic, China, and most recently in Brazil. The tions. Student club activities are open to everyone and orchestra has consistently earned standing ovations from many of their activities are advertised on Lehighlive.com, audiences when performing, often for a full house. 16 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

The Jazz Ensemble, Bill Warfield, director, performs Flair and imagination characterize the Overtones, a contemporary literature as well as the music of the more small a cappella jazz group auditioned from the members traditional bands such as Basie, Ellington, Goodman and of the University Choir. They frequently appear in bene- Herman. In addition to performances on campus each fit concerts and also tour with the University Choir. The semester, other concerts take place in New York City and Overtones’ repertoire runs the gamut from Barbershop the surrounding areas. Membership is by audition. to Broadway, doo-wop to jazz. The Jazz Band, directed by Bill Warfield consists of stu- LUVME (Lehigh University Very Modern Ensemble), dent, faculty, and community musicians performing directed by Paul Salerni, combines students, faculty, and contemporary and traditional big band literature. professionals in performances of recent music. LUVME Concerts are performed in the fall and spring at Lehigh also sponsors concerts of music by Lehigh students. as well as in the surrounding communities. Membership is by audition or invitation. Volunteer and Community Services The Jazz Combo is an advanced combo (chamber Lehigh’s Community Service Office, located in the group) for the most experienced improvisers under the Ulrich Student Center, is a place where students, faculty, direction of Dave Riekenberg. The group performs sever- staff, and student organizations interested in volunteer- al times each semester on and off campus. Membership ing in the community can get information. The Office is is by invitation only. staffed by students who serve as Community Service Assistants, and the Community Service Coordinator, a The Jazz Improvisation Workshop is a small ensemble professional staff member in the Dean of Students gathered for the development of improvisational skills Office. for students of all levels. The group participates in the fall and spring jazz concerts. Students are involved in a wide range of service pro- grams. Some of the projects include tutoring and The Marching 97 meets during the fall semester of each mentoring programs with local youth through opportu- year and plays at each Lehigh home game, as well as sev- nities such as America Reads and America Counts, eral away games. Made up of students from all of the Community Work Study and The South Bethlehem colleges at Lehigh, the band is a student-run organiza- Neighborhood Center. Many students are also active in tion dedicated to building a positive Lehigh spirit at local hospitals, with environmental groups, senior citizen games and off the field. Band camp is held three days centers, and shelters. The Office also provides students during the week prior to the start of classes. the opportunity to travel around the country during The Symphonic Band meets and performs only in the Spring Break to serve in homeless shelters, on environ- spring semester of each year. The ensemble consists of mental projects and with youth programs. students, faculty and staff who are interested in playing Part of the Lehigh experience is getting involved. If you music, and no audition is necessary. want to work in the community, contact the The Wind Ensemble under the direction of David B. Community Service Office at (610) 758-4583 or check Diggs, is a select group of students dedicated to perform- out our web site at www.lehigh.edu/~service. ing music for woodwinds, brass and percussion. These students represent many diverse majors. In 1999 The Guest Speakers Wind Ensemble was honored by Downbeat Magazine, Students have the opportunity to hear a wide variety of receiving the award for the most outstanding college notable speakers. Among those to visit the campus have classical symphonic band. been former President of Poland, Lech Walesa: writer The Lehigh University Choir, directed by Steven Salmon Rushdie; poet and writer Maya Angelou; Sametz, is an active force in campus life. The 50 mixed Attorney F. Lee Bailey; Lee Iacocca; Princeton Professor voices of the Choir, drawn from all majors of the Cornel West; General Colin Powell; South Africa’s University, are auditioned at the beginning of the aca- Bishop Desmond Tutu; and novelist John Irving. demic year. They give three major concerts on campus Thomas Armstrong, director of the Whitney Museum, and tour internationally. The Choir frequently performs spoke with students during a week long residency. An with orchestra and regularly performs new music, Engineering Expo with speakers representing many including many works written especially for them. They prominent industries featured Peter Bridenbaugh, vice have been heard five times on National Public Radio. president of science and technology, Alcoa. From art to Recent tours include Moscow, St. Petersburg, and Berlin; engineering, the campus stays in touch with current Florida; California; the Virgin Islands; Germany; Austria; issues, trends, and movements through its many and var- France; and a five-city tour of Asia. ied speaker series. The Lehigh University Choral Union, composed of stu- Speakers are invited by various committees and academic dents, faculty, staff, and Lehigh Valley community departments. Several of the committees, including the members under the direction of Steven Sametz, performs Visiting Lecturers Committee, welcome participation by three times a year with internationally known soloists students as well as faculty and staff. Major lectureships and a full symphony orchestra. The 200 singers of the include The Cohen Lecture, Tresolini Lecture (on law), Choral Union bring major works such as Beethoven’s and The Kenner Lecture on Tolerance. Lectures are also Ninth Symphony, Mahler’s Second Symphony, and the presented by the Humanities Center and the Friends of Brahms Requiem to a broad audience. the Library. Information of General Interest 17

Athletic Opportunities Good Citizenship Students can participate in many intercollegiate, recre- The university exists for the transmission of knowledge, ation, and intramural athletic programs. the pursuit of truth, the development of students, and the NCAA Division I intercollegiate varsity sports include general well-being of society. Free inquiry and free expres- the following. FALL: football, men’s and women’s cross- sion are indispensable to the attainment of these goals. All country, men’s and women’s soccer, women’s field members of the academic community are encouraged to hockey, and women’s volleyball. WINTER: men’s and develop the capacity for critical judgment and to engage women’s basketball, wrestling, men’s and women’s indoor in a sustained and independent search for truth. track and field, and men’s and women’s swimming and Out of concern for individuality and respect for the pri- diving. SPRING: baseball, men’s and women’s tennis, vacy of all persons, the university does not impose a men’s and women’s golf, men’s and women’s outdoor common morality on its members. Institutional exis- track and field, men’s and women’s lacrosse, women’s tence, however, is a privilege granted by public trust, softball and women’s crew. subject to the sanctions and responsibilities defined by Athletic facilities are located in Taylor Gymnasium and the society of which the university is a part. Grace Hall on the Asa Packer campus, and on the Furthermore, society generally provides legal canons, Murray H. Goodman campus, which is located one and ethical mores, and conduct expectancies pertaining to one- half miles south of the main campus. The 500-acre individual and collective behavior. Thus, the university Goodman athletic complex includes Stabler Arena, has the obligation to establish standards of conduct which seats 5,600 and hosts all Lehigh basketball games appropriate and applicable to the university community. and tournament wrestling matches. The campus also Lehigh accepts its responsibility as an institution within contains Goodman Stadium, a 16,000-seat football sta- the broader social community. The standards of behavior dium, and the Philip Rauch Field House, which includes expected of its members are those that the university a one-eighth-mile track and indoor tennis and basketball regards as essential to its educational objectives and to courts. The four-court Lewis Indoor Tennis Center was community living. completed in 1994. A dual field complex, Ronald J. Ulrich Sports Complex, features both artificial turf and Lehigh relies primarily on general principles and state- natural grass fields for lacrosse, soccer and field hockey. ments of expectation for standards of conduct, and Other facilities on the campus include a championship assumes that those admitted to the university communi- cross-country course, baseball and softball fields, outdoor ty are capable of accepting that responsibility. Specific tennis courts, the John C. Whitehead Football Practice regulations are kept to a reasonable minimum and are Complex, the A. Haigh Cundey Varsity House, numer- published in the Lehigh Student Handbook. Students ous practice fields, and an all-weather, nine-lane, are responsible for knowing the procedures, rules and outdoor 400-meter track. regulations as published in the Handbook. Lehigh is affiliated with the National Collegiate Athletic In accordance with these purposes and objectives, disci- Association (NCAA), the Patriot League and the Eastern plinary action will be taken when necessary to protect Intercollegiate Wrestling Association (EIWA). Lehigh fre- the academic integrity of the university and the welfare quently hosts collegiate championship events in men’s of its members. and women’s sports and is the summer training camp All members of the university community are subject to facility of the Philadelphia Eagles of the National municipal, state, and federal laws. The university is not a Football League. sanctuary for persons who violate these laws. Lehigh is concerned, however, about the rights of students as citi- Intramural/Club Sports zens and will direct them to legal counsel when The Department of Intramural and Club Sports super- necessary. Off-campus misconduct may be the basis for vises some 40 intramural and club sports. The aim is to disciplinary action. insure the health and physical development of students Further, the university as a part of the community has an while participating in various levels of competition. ALL obligation to report serious crimes to civil authorities. PARTICIPANTS ARE RESPONSIBLE TO SUPPLY THEIR OWN APPROPRIATE INSURANCE COV- ERAGE. In Bethlehem, An Educational Through its program of intramural sports, the university Tradition endeavors to maintain among its students a high degree of physical fitness, to establish habits of regular and Lehigh University shares in the historical heritage of healthful exercise, to foster the development of self-confi- Bethlehem, even though, having been founded in 1865, dence, good sportsmanship, and a spirit of cooperation, it is a relative newcomer. The fact that Lehigh was estab- and to provide each student with ample opportunity for lished in Bethlehem reflects the tradition of education acquiring an adequate degree of skill in sports of the type established by the community’s first settlers thirty years in which participation can be continued after graduation. before the founding of the nation. Club sports are oriented toward mutual interest and The first Moravians were among the many German reli- physical activity. The underlying purpose of any club is gious sects that came to the New World, and especially to to join together those members of the student popula- Pennsylvania, during the early 1700s. But unlike William tion that share a common activity interest. Club Penn, who established his sylvania as a new land where he competition can range from a club varsity status (Men’s might hold his Quaker beliefs away from England’s Crew or Ice Hockey) to equestrian, cycling, cheerlead- oppression, the Moravians came as missionaries with the ing, skiing, rugby or water polo. intent of converting the Indians to Christianity. For this purpose they settled the Lehigh Valley. 18 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

The early Moravians were industrious. Their first build- The first bridge across the Lehigh River was built in ing, the Gemein Haus (community house) was 1794. It was replaced in 1816, but the latter was completed in 1741. This building stands today, one of destroyed by a flood in 1841. In 1759, the turnpike (toll thirty-nine remarkably preserved pre-Revolutionary War road) over South Mountain, generally along the route of buildings constructed by the Moravian settlers and in the present Wyandotte St. hill, was opened. The present continuous use ever since by the Moravian community. Hill-to-Hill Bridge was built some fifty years ago. Many of these buildings are located on Church St., west “Black gold.” During the late 18th century, anthracite of the City Center; industrial buildings are located in the th was found in the mountains north of the Lehigh Valley. 18 Century Industrial Area in the Monocacy Creek In 1818, the Lehigh Coal Co. and the Lehigh valley west of the business district. Navigation Co. were formed, one to mine the anthracite The leader of the Moravians was Count Nicholas von on the upper Lehigh River, the other to transport it Zinzendorf of Dresden. He arrived in the settlement in down river to metropolitan markets. time for their observance of Christmas Eve in 1741 The Lehigh River was difficult to navigate. and gave the settlement the name Bethlehem—“house Consequently, in 1829 the Lehigh Canal was completed of bread”. from Mauch Chunk (now Jim Thorpe), through The settlers built high-quality structures of stone, Bethlehem to Easton, where it connected with the demonstrating principles of engineering that were not Delaware Canal. During the 1840s, iron mines were generally used elsewhere. They were interested in music, opened in the area, and several blast furnaces, fueled by and established the first symphony orchestra in America. coal, were in operation. Zinc ore, was found in neigh- In 1748, the settlement had a fourteen-man orchestra. boring Upper Saucon Township. In the 1850s Asa The community’s first organ was built in 1757 by John Packer built the Lehigh Valley Railroad. These origins Gottlob Klemm. The musical tradition, including the eventually led to the heavy industry that continues in the trombone choir, continues today, perhaps most visibly in Lehigh Valley today. the Bach Choir of Bethlehem, whose yearly Bach Festival When Asa Packer founded Lehigh University in 1865, is held in the university’s Packer Memorial Church. In th one of his objectives was to make possible broadly based 1985, the 300 anniversary of the birth of Johann education for young people of the region, combining the Sebastian Bach was observed. technical skills needed to run the flourishing industry of Zinzendorf envisioned Bethlehem as the center for man- the Lehigh Valley with a liberal education. ufacturing; outlying Moravian settlements, such as In addition to its role as a steel-making center, Nazareth, Pa., would be primarily devoted to agriculture. Bethlehem today is a major tourist attraction. The On October 15, 1742, a large barn was “raised” with the Moravian community sets up an elaborate nativity scene help of most of the residents. Three months later a grist and the entire city is decorated with lighting during the mill at the community spring produced the first flour. In holiday period. The Moravian tradition of a single can- 1758, the Sun Inn was built along Main St., a haven for dle (now electric) in each window is widely observed. travelers. Reconstruction of the picturesque inn was completed in 1982, and it now operates as a community Atop South Mountain is a steel tower known as the Star center and restaurant. of Bethlehem. During the holiday period, the star’s hun- dreds of bulbs create a 95-foot-high star that can be seen Zinzendorf’s determination that Bethlehem would be a for many miles. The star was the gift to the community major industrial center was assisted by the completion in of Marion Brown Grace, wife of Eugene Gifford Grace, 1755 of the water works, the first public utility in the the steel magnate and president of the university board New World. of trustees. The Moravian dedication to education was an extension The community of Bethlehem has a population of of the philosophy of John Amos Comenius, who had approximately 78,000 persons with segments from a written, “Everyone ought to receive a universal educa- variety of nations who retain traditions of their country tion.” The Moravian educational institutions that of origin. continue today, including Moravian Academy and Moravian College, stem from this tradition. There are five principal independent colleges in the Lehigh Valley besides Lehigh. They are Lafayette, DeSales The Moravians, although avowedly opposed to war, University, Moravian, Muhlenberg, and Cedar Crest. A found their community pressed into service as a hospital cooperative program is maintained that allows cross-regis- when Washington’s troops bivouacked at Valley Forge tration for courses as well as shared cultural events. There during the winter of 1777-78. Washington came to the are also two community colleges in the area. community once, and many other Continental Army officers were visitors. In August 1984, Bethlehem held its first Musikfest, a 10- day annual festival that features a variety of musical The Sun Inn was also used as a hospital during the war; performances and ethnic foods. An instant success, among its patients was an aristocratic renegade from Musikfest was the brainchild of Jeffrey A. Parks, a lawyer France, Marie Joseph Paul Ives Gilbert Motier, the and 1970 Lehigh graduate. Marquis de la Fayette. Lafayette had come to assist the Continental Army aboard his own ship, the “Victory.” Fifty years later a college in Easton was named in his honor and it became Lehigh’s traditional football rival. University Resources 19

II. University Resources

resources, and databases of citations, abstracts, articles or book reviews. Personalized interlibrary loan software Library and Technology (“Illiad”) allows for easy borrowing from collections in Services other libraries throughout Pennsylvania and around the world. Twenty-six million books in Pennsylvania’s largest The exponential growth and increasing sophistication of academic libraries may be identified immediately for information technology offer new and exciting opportu- quick borrowing through a shared online catalog. nities for enhanced teaching, learning, and research. At Students and faculty may borrow books directly from Lehigh University, one merged organization called other academic libraries in the Lehigh Valley. Library and Technology Services (LTS) delivers commu- nications, computing, distance education administration, Networking and Voice Communications enterprise systems implementation, library, and media Lehigh University is a “wired” campus in every sense of services to capitalize on these new opportunities. the word. A high-speed fiber optic backbone network ties Additional information about Library and Technology together campus buildings and student residences, Services, can be found at www.lehigh.edu/lts. including fraternities and sororities. The Campus Portal allows each member of the Lehigh community to fully Libraries customize their access to web-based information and Lehigh University has two major facilities, the Fairchild- applications. Student computer use in the residences is Martindale Library and the Linderman Library. From supported by the WIRED program. This program is May 2005 through December 2006, the university will designed to assist Lehigh students with connecting their renovate Linderman Library and create a laboratory and personal computers to the Internet. WIRED staff com- showcase for humanities programs and collections, as municate with students well in advance of their arrival at well as an intellectual center for the campus at large. Lehigh to identify for them compatible hardware and During this time, library services have been relocated software for use on the campus network. When students and there are interim procedures in place for using initially bring their computers to campus, WIRED staff humanities research materials. The web site assist them in obtaining and installing the necessary net- www.lehigh.edu/lts/linderman has detailed information work interface cards and network software. WIRED staff about the project, how to use library services during the provide continuing assistance with any networking prob- renovation, and the construction phase itself. lems throughout the semester. The front line WIRED The Lehigh University library collection comprises over consultants are well-trained students who live in the resi- one million volumes and subscriptions to more than dences and can readily provide prompt, on-site assistance. 12,000 periodicals, many of them in electronic format. Full-time graduate and undergraduate students who live The Fairchild-Martindale Library contains books, jour- off-campus in the local area are eligible for a free univer- nals, newspapers, audio-visual resources, and microform sity-provided Internet Service Provider (ISP) collections in all branches of science, engineering, math- subscription to facilitate their access to campus and Web ematics, and the social sciences, including business and resources. A wireless broadband alternative for nearby education. It provides collaborative learning spaces, wire- areas is currently under investigation. Lehigh also pro- less connectivity, and comfortable lounge areas. As a vides wireless connectivity in many campus settings. government depository, the Fairchild-Martindale Library Through its Enterprise Systems Implementation effort, also holds more than 220,000 printed federal and more interactive and convenient Web-based services such Pennsylvania documents, as well as additional collections as Web-based course registration and online grades are on microform of these and United Nations documents. offered to students. Library and Technology Services In January 2007 the historic Linderman Library will supports a telephone system, with voice-mail services to again house books and journals in the humanities and the entire campus, including residence facilities, and Lehigh’s impressive collection of rare books. Students can many other useful features. examine original editions of important works in science and technology such as Darwin’s Origin of Species. The Computing premiere “Digital Bridges” product on the Web features Library and Technology Services provides computing Lehigh’s outstanding collection of books on 19th century services to all university departments and research cen- bridge construction. There are several other new “digital” ters, serving the needs of students, faculty, and collections as well. Other strengths of Special administrative users. More than 600 microcomputers Collections, numbering some 25,000 volumes, are travel (primarily IBM-compatible and some Apple personal and voyages, James John Audubon’s four-volume ele- computers) are distributed across campus for convenient phant folio edition of Birds of America, and English and use by Lehigh students at more than 20 computing sites. American literature. More than 30 separate archival col- For example, there are more than one hundred comput- lections focus on industrial and regional history. ers in the libraries and computing center, and another hundred in Rauch Business Center. A twenty-four hour The “My Library” tab on the campus portal offers stu- site at Grace Hall has 30+ machines. There are portable dents, faculty, and staff a full range of electronic indexes, laptops equipped with wireless network cards available reference works, full text databases, and image databases for short-term loan to students at Fairchild Library and customized for their disciplines. EZProxy software facili- at the Media Center. tates off-campus access to these resources. Lehigh’s own online catalog (named ASA after Lehigh founder Asa Local and wide area networking solutions are in place to Packer) provides direct links to electronic journals, Web give students and faculty access to site-licensed software 20 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

applications and central file space from the campus sites Students can use digital cameras, a photo-quality printer, or their residence facility. Each full-time student receives and image-manipulation software. access to an enhanced Microsoft Professional software A third media facility, the International Multimedia package for his or her own computer. In addition, LTS Resource Center (IMRC), is located in nearby Maginnes provides other software at public sites such as desk top Hall. In cooperation with the College of Arts and publishing and graphics software, programming lan- Sciences, the IMRC assists students in using multimedia guages, mathematical and statistical packages, and resources and producing Web-based and multimedia specialized applications for engineering, scientific pub- projects as well as providing additional scanning and lishing, and creative writing. printing resources. The IMRC also assists faculty in The Fairchild-Martindale Computing Center houses a incorporating educational technology into the academic network of high-performance computers, configured as a curriculum with workshops that emphasize Web-author- centralized network service cluster. A separate powerful ing and multimedia production. In addition student machine serves as a scientific “compute server” to sup- language and cultural learning is enhanced through the port computer-intensive applications such as provision of interactive multimedia resources at the programming and statistical software. UNIX-based IMRC. The World View Room, a comfortable facility workstations and a new Beowulf cluster are available for accommodating up to 40 people, can be used for view- research applications. The university computing capacity ing satellite programming, special cable programming, or and bandwidth are constantly being increased to meet video presentations. the escalating demand. Lehigh also offers gigabit connec- The IMRC coordinates programming on several Lehigh tions to the research-based Internet2 network by virtue channels of the campus cable network including one of its charter membership in that organization. channel that features SCOLA, a multi-university consor- Providing technology and consulting services to support tium that transmits foreign news broadcasts. Also offered classroom teaching, laboratories, and other aspects of the are other international programs and university programs academic program is a strategic priority for Lehigh relating to academic, cultural and athletic life. Another University. The Technology Resource Learning Center channel supports programming oriented to campus resi- supports faculty innovation–see the Faculty dential life. Development section of this catalog for details. Library and Technology Services provides technical support for Student Services an increasing number of computer classrooms, suitable The library, computing center, and most distributed for individual “hands-on” instruction. In addition 80% computing facilities are open seven days per week and of all Lehigh University classrooms are equipped with for extensive evening hours during the fall and spring permanently-installed computer projection systems. semesters. For most of these hours, a help desk located at Laptops and portable computer projectors are available the Fairchild-Martindale Library provides general help through Instructional Media Services (below) to enable for students and faculty on-site and for telephone faculty or students to give computer-based presentations inquiries relating to both library research and comput- in any classroom. ing. Help desk staff refer difficult or more specialized questions to experts as needed. There is also a service Instructional Media Services desk located at the Computing Center. Instructional Media Services operates two facilities in Students may also take advantage of virtual help desks Fairchild Library to provide students with access to and where they enter the questions or problems relating to instruction in a wide range of traditional and high-tech library research, computing hardware or software, or media resources: the Digital Media Studio, and the telecommunications at any hour of the day or night for Media Center. The Media Center offers media resources, response at a later time, usually within one working day. scanners, and color printers. Resources include audio, Most library and computing services are available elec- video, and electronic media and the equipment and tronically; for example, requests for books to be recalled, viewing spaces needed for their use. More than 5,000 film rental requests, and seminar registrations. “Live videos and DVDs are available for viewing or short-term chat” library reference and computing help services are loan. The Center also coordinates the acquisition of also available during many hours. films and videos for classroom use. A supply of laptops Each semester Library and Technology Services’ Client for short-term use by students, faculty or departments is Services Group offers an extensive program of seminars housed there as well. The Media Center is also the loca- and course-based instructional sessions for students. tion of Lehigh’s Technology Resource Learning Center Attendees learn how to use software applications, the which offers faculty the services of instructional designers extensive print and electronic library resources, and the and the use of a high technology demonstration class- World Wide Web. Students learn how to create their room with Internet2 teleconferencing capability. own “home pages” as part of seminars on authoring doc- The newly constructed Digital Media Studio offers stu- uments for the Web. In class sessions, LTS staff work dents and faculty consulting assistance, a graphics closely with faculty, to integrate library, computing and training lab, and a wide range of technology for the cre- media resources into the curriculum. LTS computing, ation of professional audio, graphic, or video materials for library, and instructional technology consultants facili- classroom presentations, projects, and portfolios. Students tate the use of course management software, online can scan and edit text, photographs, and slides, and these courses of various kinds, and course projects in a wide images can be output to standard laser printers, color range of disciplines using interactive Web sites created by printers, or to computer files for transfer and manipula- faculty and students. tion. Video cameras, a video and photography studio, Through seminars and policies on the use of print and and editing software facilitate the production of audio electronic resources, students are taught computer ethics, and video material to support the academic program. recommended computing practices such as frequent University Resources 21 backup and password changes, and an understanding and students. Undergraduates may take advantage of courses respect for state and federal laws governing copyright, pri- in museum studies including internship and independ- vacy, and destruction or vandalism of library resources or ent study in the collection. computer systems, networks, databases or software. An electronic newsletter, LTS Digest, with quick tips and Collections updates is published throughout the year and is available Lehigh University’s permanent art collection is a to students who sign up to receive it by email. work/study collection intended as a resource for students pursuing formal study in the visual arts and/or museum Library and Technology Services maintains a variety of studies, for the faculty, and for interested members of facilities for printing, copying, and duplicating within the community. Each year, several exhibitions are pre- the constraints of copyright legislation. In the library, pared from the collection and works are loaned to major public photocopiers and microform printers are main- museums throughout the nation. tained for convenience in copying print or microform resources. The Digital Media Studio (described under The permanent art collection consists of a variety of Instructional Media Services) can duplicate audio and works by old masters and contemporary artists. video resources. Printers at public sites handle most com- Important collection groups include: the Marion B. puter print jobs, and there is a printer designated for Grace Collection of European Paintings (Gainsborough, very large print jobs in the Fairchild-Martindale Reynolds, Goya, Hobbema, Hoppner, and others); the Computing Center. Dreyfus Collection of French Paintings (Bonnard, Sisley, Vuillard, Courbet); the Ralph L. Wilson Collection of Student Employment American Art (paintings by Prendergast, Sloan, Henri, Student assistants are essential for the operation of most Lawson, Bellows, Davies, Burchfield; prints by Whistler, Library and Technology Services functions. Working for Hassam, Motherwell, Johns, Rauschenberg, Calder, LTS, students gain valuable skills and good work habits. Warhol); the Prasse Collection of Prints (Delacroix, At the job fair held each fall there are opportunities to Matisse, Renoir, Kent, Kunyoshi, Rivera); the Philip and learn in-depth about the jobs available. Muriel Berman Collection of Contemporary Sculpture (Kadishman, Unger, Tumarkin, Bertoia, Shaw and Art Galleries - Museum Operation Segal). The Lehigh University Art Galleries are visual laborato- Also, the Fearnside Collection of European Old Master ries that maintain and develop the university’s permanent Prints and Drawings; the Baker Collection of Chinese art collection, and present temporary exhibitions Porcelains; the Langermann Collection of Pre- designed to make visual literacy a result of the university Columbian and Ethnographic Sculpture; the Mr. and learning experience. More than twenty exhibitions a year Mrs. Franklin H. Williams African Collection (gold in six campus galleries introduce students and the com- weights of the Akan and West African objects); the munity to current topics in art, architecture, history, Lehigh University Photography Collection (Fox-Talbot, science, and technology. The exhibition schedule is sup- Jackson, Atget, Steiner, Mendieta, Kasebier, Brandt, plemented by lectures, films, workshops, and research Siskind, Clark, Martinez-Canas, Serrano); and the opportunities in the permanent collection. The art gal- Lehigh University Contemporary Prints and Drawings leries play an important role in the educational mission Collection (Bearden, Rivers, Soto, Roth, Ruscha, Tobey, of the university through its exhibitions and programs. Calder, Kitaj, Marca-Relli, Cruz Azaceta, Segal, Lam, The galleries occupy exhibition, storage, office and work- Picasso, Warhol, Llinas, Golub, Jimenez, Piper, shop space in several campus locations. The Upper Simpson), and the Philatelic and Numismatic collection. Gallery and Lower Gallery permanent exhibitions are in the Zoellner Arts Center. Maginnes Hall houses the Faculty Development and Learning DuBois Gallery, the Girdler Student Gallery is in the Innovations University Center, and the Siegel Gallery is in Iacocca Lehigh’s Faculty Development Program aims to foster Hall on the mountaintop campus. The Muriel and excellence in teaching and learning by providing faculty Philip Berman Sculpture Gardens are located in the with tools, development opportunities, workshops, and courtyard of Mudd, Mart, Whitaker and Sinclair build- consultation services. ings; Memorial Walkway and on the mountaintop As part of the Lehigh Lab, Lehigh’s award-winning cam- campus, and Saucon Fields on the Murray H. Goodman pus-wide initiative to advance the adoption of innovative campus. The Ralph L. Wilson Study Gallery and Open technologies and techniques that enhance teaching, Storage facility is located in Building J, mountaintop learning, and research, Faculty Development works campus and available by appointment. LUAG offices are closely with the other divisions of Library and in the Zoellner Arts Center. Technology Services to provide a coordinated array of Exhibitions support for faculty. Central to the Lehigh Lab is the Exhibitions and gallery events are planned to supplement Technology Resource Learning Center (TRLC) located formal classroom study in the visual arts, to create educa- in the Fairchild-Martindale Library Media Center. The tional opportunities for the entire student body, and to TRLC offers both physical facilities and consulting serv- enrich the cultural life of the campus and the communi- ices. The physical facilities include a state-of-the-art ty at large. The annual schedule includes the exhibition technology classroom and a public cluster of computers. of works from the permanent collection, the use of bor- Consulting services are offered by the Director of Faculty rowed objects, and traveling exhibitions on loan from Development, the Lehigh Lab Faculty Fellow, and major museums and cultural institutions. Experts in var- instructional technology and digital media consultants. ious fields serve as guest curators of special project Faculty who wish to learn more about academic uses of exhibitions. Interdepartmental projects within the uni- technology are encouraged to arrange a visit to the versity encourage increased involvement by faculty and 22 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

TRLC, where they can receive guidance, assistance, and Applications, by Theodore Hailperin; The Life and Times training with instructional technology projects at any of Goldsworthy Gurney: Gentleman Scientist and Inventor, stage of development. 1793-1875,by Dale H. Porter; Separatism the Allies, and The Director of Faculty Development also offers confi- the Mafia: The Struggle for Sicilian Independence, 1943- dential, voluntary consultations to faculty about their 1948,by Monte S. Findelstein; The Nightmare of History: teaching, which may include discussions of effective The Fictions of Virginia Woolf and D.H. Lawrence, by approaches to teaching, classroom observation visits, Helen Wussow; ‘Pleasing to Our Use’: David Tannenberg informal mid-semester evaluations of classes, assistance and the Organs of the Moravians, ed. Carol Traupman- with course development questions, and advice on the Carr; Wings for an Embattled China, by W. Langhorne effective incorporation of academic technology into Bond; The Terror of Our Days: Four American Poets courses. Respond to the Holocaust, by Harriet L. Parmet; One Woman Determined to Make a Difference: The Life of Dr. Gregory Reihman, Faculty Development Director Madeleine Zabriskie Doty, by Alice Duffy Rinehart; and and Co-director, Lehigh Lab, may be contacted at 610- An American Musical Dynasty: A biography of the Wolle 758-6840 or [email protected]. The Faculty Development family of Bethlehem, Penasylvania, by Paul S. Larson. web site is accessible at www.lehigh.edu/~infdli. For more information, contact Dr. Philip A. Metzger, Lehigh University Press Lehigh University Press, Lehigh University, B040 Lehigh University Press represents a clear expression of Christmas-Saucon Hall, 14 E. Packer Avenue, faculty and institutional commitment to the advance- Bethlehem, PA 18015, by phone (610-758-3933); by fax ment of scholarship. Philip A. Metzger, Curator of (610-758-6331) or by website Special Collections, Lehigh University Libraries, serves as (http://fp1.cc.lehigh.edu/inlap/). director of the press, and members of the faculty of the Resources for Students four colleges serve on its editorial board. Lehigh’s administrators firmly believe that the interrela- The press is interested in all fine scholarship, but places tionship between students’ classroom and nonclassroom special emphasis on traditional areas of strength at activities can be fostered to become an educational Lehigh: Science, Technology and Society (STS) studies; avenue through which students grow, accept responsibili- and Eighteenth-Century studies, and the relationship of ty, and gain maturity in ways that will contribute to America and Asia. In linking the name of the university productive and meaningful lives. Through various servic- to a list of exemplary work by scholars across the nation, es, students are assisted in becoming informed decision the press reinforces the value of excellence in the aca- makers. They are also encouraged to develop greater self- demic environment for faculty, graduate and awareness and self-confidence in their ability to lead the undergraduate students alike, and helps to maintain lives they choose. intellectual contact with alumni. Support and assistance for individual students often A representative list of press publications, including begins in the residential setting. Staff members in the works by our own faculty, contains: The Trans-Alaska residence halls include six live-in professional residence Pipeline Controversy, by Peter Coates (winner of the life coordinators, and approximately ninety undergradu- press’s first manuscript competition, and the W. ate residence hall assistants, known as Gryphons. All staff Turrentine Jackson Award of the Western History members are carefully selected, extensively trained, and Association); Joseph Wharton: Quaker Industrial Pioneer are available to assist resident students who may have a and Lehigh University: A History of Education in variety of concerns. Engineering Business, and the Human Condition, by W. Ross Yates; History and the History of Technology: Essays in Students are also encouraged to seek counsel and guid- Honor of Melvin Kranzberg, ed. Stephen Cutcliffe and ance from professionals in many areas of student life. The Robert Post; Exiles in Hollywood: Major European Film Office of the Dean of Students serves as a central agency Directors in America, by Gene D. Phillips; Science at to help students who have questions about academic and Harvard University, by Clark Elliot and Margaret procedural matters, personal problems, and other general Rossiter; Revelation and Revolution: Basic Writings of concerns, both through its staff and through referral to Thomas Muntzer,by Michael G. Baylor; Virtue, other student affairs and academic offices. Through the Corruption and Self-Interest: Political Values in the programs and services provided by the Dean of Students Eighteenth Century, by Richard K. Matthews; Sentenced office, students can become involved in community serv- to Remember (A Holocaust Memoir), by William ice, leadership skill development, multicultural Kornbluth; Life on a Mexican Ranche, ed. Dolores L. opportunities, and a myriad of other activities designed to Latorre; Maxwell on Heat and Statistical Mechanics: On develop the well-rounded individual. Avoiding All Personal Enquiries: of Molecules, ed. Students who need assistance with their physical well- Elizabeth Garber, et al.; Transatlantic Brethren: Rev. being are referred to the university health center. Samuel Jones (1735-1814) and His Friends: Baptists in If a student has interests or concerns related to any per- Wales, Pennsylvania, and Beyond, by Hywel M. Davies; sonal or interpersonal issues, the office of University Toward a Dialogue of Understandings: Loren Eiseley and Counseling and Psychological Services offers a wide the Critique of Science, by Mary Ellen Pitts; Leonardo da range of options, confidential and free of charge. Vinci’s Sforza Monument Horse: The Art and the Counseling Center staff interact with students around Engineering,ed. Diane Cole Ahl; Baptized in the Fire of campus in classrooms, residence halls, and other settings. Revolution: The American Social Gospel and the YMCA in In addition, traditional services such as individual and China, 1919-1937,by Jung Xing; A World of Crisis and group counseling, psychological evaluation, and crises Progress: The American YMCA in Japan, 1890-1930, by intervention are provided by the licensed professionals in Jon Thares Davidann; Sentential Probability Logic: the center. Origins, Development, Current Status and Technical University Resources 23

The university chaplain is available for the student with referred by the Dean of Students office, and other mem- religious, moral, or personal concerns that are interfering bers of the Lehigh community. Individual and group with peace of mind and studies. A Roman Catholic counseling is provided by the office of Counseling and chaplain also is in residence and available for counseling. Psychological Services. Students who struggle with defin- A member of the faculty serves as adviser to Hillel ing their own values regarding substance use and Foundation members, who also may obtain spiritual addiction are encouraged to clarify and process their advice from a local rabbi. The Office of Career Services beliefs in a safe, confidential environment. On-campus offers assistance to students in identifying and develop- counseling may allow students to successfully enter into ing career options that can be initiated at graduation. recovery (from alcoholism or chemical dependency) The office also manages an active on-campus interview- without having to disrupt their university careers. If a ing program for graduating students. student cannot accomplish this on campus, referrals to The registrar assists students who have questions involv- in-patient or outpatient treatment programs can be ing matters of transferred credits, graduation made. Aftercare services can be provided once the stu- requirements, and allied topics. dent returns to campus, utilizing on-campus counseling or by referral to 12-step group meetings (such as A.A. The Office of Financial Aid consults with students who and N.A). These meetings are held on campus and in have financial concerns that are affecting their education- the surrounding community. Referral to other treatment al plans. programs, community service programs, and programs The Writing and Math Center offers free individual associated with the court system can also be facilitated tutoring in mathematics and writing. by various offices within Student Affairs. Many members of the teaching faculty are also interested Disability Support Services in students and student life. They serve as academic advisers, activity sponsors, group sponsors and advisers, In accordance with federal legislation, specifically Section and in friendly personal relationships with students. 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Ameri- cans with Disabilities Act, Lehigh University recognizes In these and in other ways Lehigh University endeav- the special needs of students with physical, sensory and ors to maintain the close contacts with students that learning disabilities. Services for students with physical characterize the smaller institution. Services are avail- disabilities are coordinated by director of Facilities Ser- able for all student concerns, and the student need vices. Academic support services for students with only turn to his or her nearest Residence Life learning disabilities and other cognitive and sensory dis- Coordinator, professor, or the Lehigh Handbook to orders are coordinated by the Dean of Students Office. learn where help can be obtained. The Dean of Students Office works in conjunction with The Center for Academic Success offers individual and faculty members to provide appropriate classroom group tutoring for most first and second year classes as accommodations for students with a diagnosed learning well as study strategies and other academic skills. disability. Students requesting accommodations must present the university with a current and comprehensive Alcohol and Other Drug Programs psycho-educational evaluation. For more information Alcohol and Other Drug (AOD) programs, education, about support services for students with disabilities, con- and services are integrated into many aspects of student tact the Dean of Students Office (phone: 610-758-4152; life with administrative coordination of much of this University Center, room 212). work provided by the Office of Counseling and Psycho- logical Services (610-758-3880) located in Johnson Hall. Health & Wellness Center Web based (see Counseling Service Site) and direct serv- The university offers health services to all students at the ices are provided for a wide range of issues ranging from Health Center in Johnson Hall. During the fall and wellness and health to matters of substance use and mis- spring semesters, providers are available to see patients use. Because members of the Lehigh community from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday to Friday. recognize that substance abuse and chemical dependency Providers include nurse practitioners and physicians. A can significantly affect student lives, educational pro- registered nurse is present to see patients on Saturday grams are designed to encourage peak performance and 10:00 a.m. to 4 p.m. with a provider on call. During avoid high-risk behavior. Confidential individual and breaks, hours are shortened. group counseling and consultation services are available The Health Center staff treats a variety of health prob- to students who find themselves having problems lems, including illnesses and injuries. Gynecologic care is because of their own substance use, or related to friends available by appointment. Allergy injections can be and/or family members having problems with substance administered. Some minor surgery is performed at the use. Appointments are easy to make by calling the office Health Center. Many laboratory studies can be done at of Counseling and Psychological Services at 610-758- th the Health Center; students are referred to local facilities 3880 or by visiting the 4 floor of Johnson Hall during for X-rays. Patients are referred to local medical and sur- office hours (8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. with some addition- gical specialists when indicated. More seriously ill al evening hours), Monday through Friday. students are sent to a general hospital. Theme weeks and sponsored outreach programs such as Prior to arrival on campus, each new or transfer student Alcohol and Drug Awareness Week and National must submit to the Health Center a completed health Alcohol Screening Day provide educational programs on history form, and updated immunization record. A a variety of AOD and peak performance topics. Peer recent physical examination is required if a student plans education consultation is also available to students creat- to participate in varsity athletics. ing programs and planning interventions. Intervention services include training programs for Residence Life Following enrollment, additional examinations are pro- staff, peer educator groups, athletes, and students vided by the Health Center for students participating in 24 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

intercollegiate athletic programs, and when required for treatment model is used for individual work while graduate school or scholarship programs. much of the group work is of longer duration. There is no charge for most of the care provided to stu- Referrals for psychiatric consultation are made when dents. Some exceptions are as follows: referrals to requested and appropriate. All counseling and therapy physicians, hospitals, or other medical facilities outside services within the UCPS are confidential. the student Health Center, and medications not carried • Outreach Programming by the Health Center which require prescriptions. A low- The UCPS provides programming focused on the cost university-sponsored insurance plan is available, developmental needs of college students—designed to which complements the services of the Health Center. enhance the capacity of students to maximize their Expenses covered include costs for services that are not personal, social, and academic potential. These pre- available at the Health Center, such as X-rays, laboratory sentations occur in various settings, including living studies, consultant fees, and medications not stocked by residences, classrooms, athletic sites, and meeting the Center. Hospital expenses are also covered. Students rooms across the university. Topics may include issues are urged to check with their parents regarding existing related to race, eating and body image, sexuality, insurance coverage and to consider purchasing the uni- drinking and other drug use, study styles, athletic per- versity-sponsored plan if they are not adequately covered. formance, grieving, stress, and relationships. Some of Please consult your insurance carrier or physician if your this programming may include partnership with plan is of the managed care/preferred provider type. UCPS sponsored student peer education groups. A health service brochure is available through the Health • Assessment and Evaluation Center. Or consult our web page at www.lehigh.edu/health. Upon request and when appropriate, UCPS person- nel administer and use personality and career Counseling and Psychological Service exploration instruments. They also utilize a wide The University Counseling and Psychological Service (at variety of assessment tools when assisting groups and 610-758-3880 is located on the fourth floor of Johnson individual students. Hall. The office is open from 8:00 - 5:00 (with some • Consultation Services additional evening hours), Monday through Friday. Most Staff members provide consultative services to the services are free of charge. Counselors are available for university community with the objective of helping 24-hour emergency consultations via campus police students, faculty and staff identify and resolve difficul- (610-758-4200). ties that may be exerting a negative effect on some I. Philosophy & Mission individual, group, or system. This may include the The University Counseling and Psychological use of referral resources within the university or in the Service (UCPS) is dedicated to the belief that a per- local community. son’s college years are a time of challenge, inquiry, • Training experimentation, productivity and change. Services One component of UCPS work is to help persons are designed to help students not only manage such as residence life staff, peer counselors, university crises, but to thrive in meaningful ways . . . to grow personnel, student leaders, and faculty more effective- in self-understanding in order to make more satisfy- ly advise, counsel, interact and communicate with ing and better use of their personal and others. A second component is to enhance the devel- interpersonal resources. Individual contacts, group opment of persons specifically interested in securing therapy, faculty and staff consultation, and numer- the identity and skills of a psychologist - these typical- ous outreach activities are some of the primary ly being advanced graduate students, doctoral level means by which the mission is accomplished. UCPS interns, and professional staff. staff members are committed to providing assistance to all registered Lehigh students interested in per- • Advocacy sonal, social, and academic growth and discovery, Staff of the UCPS advocate for those students and and to the larger campus community through con- groups who struggle for understanding and respect in sultation, teaching, research, and various other types a society sometimes blinded by traditional norms and of involvement. expectations. Through dialogue, education, program- II. Direct Services ming, consultation, and direct service, the staff is committed to being engaged with issues such as To accomplish its mission, and while upholding the racism, sexism, and other practices that destroy self established state and APA (American Psychological and group esteem. Association) ethical principles and code of conduct for psychologists, the UCPS provides a variety of serv- Center for Academic Success: University Center 403 ices to the Lehigh University community including: Mastering time management, study skills appropriate for • Crisis Intervention Services college level courses, as well as specific subject matter is The UCPS provides assistance to individuals and imperative for academic success. The Center for Academ- groups in crisis. Psychologists provide 24-hour cover- ic Success provides undergraduate and graduate tutors for age via pager access (call campus police dispatcher at most first and second year courses as well as study skills 758-4200) during the Fall and Spring semesters. strategies and presentations to individual students and student groups. The Center is located on the fourth floor • Group and Individual Psychotherapy of the University Center. Center staff members work UCPS staff members provide group and individual closely with other Academic Support Services to ensure counseling and psychotherapy services to both under- that students are supported in their academic endeavors. graduate and graduate students. A short-term University Resources 25

The Writing and Math Center: 110 Drown Peer Educators. Peer Educators are student volunteers Success at Lehigh depends, in part, on mastery of a who have applied and interviewed to be trained to pro- number of advanced academic skills. Students must be vide career assistance to their peers. Peer Educators are able to write well, to study effectively, to take examina- available throughout the semester to students who walk tions, to understand advanced mathematical concepts, in with quick questions regarding resume assistance, the and to keep up with a great deal of critical reading. LUCIE system, library resources, and general job search- ing help. The Writing and Math Center supports these vital aca- demic abilities, providing trained consultants in writing, Career Resources. Among the resources available in the and math. The Center provides a variety of services such Career Library are books and articles on career planning, as (1) individual or small group tutoring for students current information on career opportunities, occupation- enrolled in undergraduate math courses, (2) writing con- al information, graduate school resources, job-search sultation for students and for the Lehigh community. directories, a library of employer literature, and a data- Tutoring and consultations are provided by graduate stu- base of alumni contacts who have volunteered to assist dents and faculty; the service is free of charge. students with their job search strategies. Students may obtain a free Job Search Manual that describes how to The Center is located in room 110 of Drown Hall. use the on-campus interviewing system, prepare for Appointments can be scheduled by calling 758-3098. interviews and plant/office visits, write resumes and let- Both single-session and continuous weekly appointments ters, and develop individual strategies. are available. For more information, refer to the Center website at www.lehigh.edu/incent/incent.html. Workshops and Special Programs. Throughout the year counselors conduct a variety of seminars and presenta- Career Services tions in collaboration with academic departments, One function of a college education is to foster the professional societies, living groups, and other interested growth and development of the student to prepare for a campus organizations. Workshops are offered on resume meaningful and satisfying life after college. Lehigh pro- writing, interviewing techniques, networking, career vides career planning services for undergraduate and portfolios, job searching and internet strategies. Special graduate students as an integral part of the career devel- programs are conducted each semester, including career opment process. panels and mini career classes. Career planning can best be described as an educational Experiential Education. Experiential Education pro- process through which students (1) identify and devel- grams are designed to enable Lehigh students to make op their abilities, aptitudes, and interests; (2) learn the educated decisions about career choices. Through partic- relationship between their capabilities and interests, ipation in these programs, students gain firsthand their university experiences, and professional opportu- knowledge and experience in a particular career field. nities outside the university; and (3) prepare for those Experiential Education programs include: summer opportunities. employment, internships, part-time positions, extern- Career Services assists students through the process of ships and cooperative education. researching targeted organizations that provide the types On-Campus Interviewing. Career Services works with of work desired, interviewing for specific positions over 200 organizations that interview on campus each through which career or professional interests can be sat- year. Students utilize web-based software called LUCIE isfied, and then selecting from the available options the (Lehigh University Career Information Exchange) to view one that best meets the student’s needs. This part of the job openings, apply for positions using an on-line resume process requires students to develop skills in such areas as and sign-up electronically for specific interview times. effective resume and cover letter writing, interviewing Employers interview undergraduate and graduate candi- techniques, and individual job search strategies to dates from all four colleges. Each year the OCI program enhance productive interactions with employers. is kicked off by a Career Fair that showcases over 100 The goals of this process include: to enable Lehigh stu- employers interested in recruiting Lehigh students. dents to think of themselves as educated individuals with Lehigh Listings On-Line. Lehigh Listings On-Line is a skills and abilities of value to employers; to think in searchable job listing database available on Career terms of functional responsibilities rather than simply Service’s Web Page as part of the LUCIE system. Job linking major subjects to jobs; to acquire and develop openings for part-time, summer, full-time and advanced- the skills necessary to become self-reliant and informed level positions can be searched by employer, location, job decision-makers; to prepare for a competitive job market; function, or major. Undergraduates and graduate stu- and to develop the potential to become self-reliant man- dents from all four colleges will find listings related to agers of their own careers. their fields of study. The Office of Career Services is committed to the prepa- Pre-professional Advising. The pre-professional advisor, ration and education of all Lehigh students during the along with a faculty advisory committee, provides infor- transition from the academic environment to the work mation and guidance to candidates pursuing careers in place. Career Services offers the following resources and medicine, dentistry, and other health professions, includ- services to help students prepare for professional oppor- ing individualized advising, special programs on tunities after graduation: health-related topics and field trips. In addition, infor- Career Counseling. Students may meet with professional mation and assistance is provided for students interested counselors to discuss their career options and goals, indi- in law school and legal careers. vidual job-search strategies, effective interviewing, and The office is open throughout the year. The main phone related interests. Self-assessment tools are available to number is (610)-758-3710. assist students in identifying interests, skills and values. 26 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Office of Fellowship Advising credit/non-credit certificate programs, including Supply The Office of Fellowship Advising (OFA) helps Lehigh Chain Management, Project Management, and full undergraduates apply for competitive national fellow- Master’s Degrees in Pharmaceutical Chemistry, and ships and scholarships. It publicizes opportunities, Manufacturing Systems Engineering. oversees the selection of candidates for awards that For specific information on programs and course offer- require university nomination and, with the assistance of ings, admissions, registration, and technical system Fellowship Advisors, guides students through frequently requirements, visit the distance education website at complicated application procedures. www.distance.lehigh.edu or call (610) 758-4372. The OFA web-site (http://www.lehigh.edu/~inofa/) con- Summer Studies tains continually updated descriptions of more than two There has been a summer session program at Lehigh for hundred fellowships and scholarships, with links to the over a century, developing into a significant part of the foundations’ official sites. The descriptions are divided University’s overall academic program. Lehigh now offers into two categories. “Awards for Undergraduate Study” over 200 courses each summer. They range from travel are scholarships and other grants which students hold programs in Europe, to field camp in the Rocky before taking their bachelor’s degrees and, in a few cases, Mountains to on-campus courses that service Lehigh during the summer following graduation. “Awards for undergraduates and graduates, adult professionals in Graduate Study” are fellowships for which students apply business and education, and students at other colleges before completing their bachelor’s degrees and hold dur- who return to their Lehigh Valley region homes during ing their time at graduate school. Other sections of the the summer. At Lehigh, summer is a time for education- site provide three types of information: the latest news al experimentation. There are many special summer and deadlines of the major awards; advice about how to offerings not available during the regular academic year, present an effective application; and a compendium of including a growing number of courses offered com- publications, databases, and web-sites pertaining to pletely on-line. For more information visit the summer awards in general. sessions website at www.lehigh.edu/summersessions or call Similar information is contained in the OFA’s booklet (610) 758-3966. National Fellowships and Scholarships, which is published annually. Copies of the booklet and further information Continuing Education about awards can be obtained from the OFA’s director, Lehigh University departments and research centers offer Ian Duffy ([email protected]). a varied selection of non-credit continuing education programs for adults. Reflecting Lehigh’s traditional edu- Special Academic Programs cational strengths, these offerings focus on professional development, organizational problem solving, and tech- Distance Education nical skills. They carry no regular academic credit, but participants can often earn some form of continuing The University’s distance education program provides education credential. graduate degree programs, certificate programs, individ- ual graduate credit courses, and non-credit professional Lehigh continuing education programs are designed to programming to adults in an accessible and cost-effective meet specific needs. Contents, schedules, and timing are manner. The goal is to allow working men and women adapted to effectively serve the audiences for which they to pursue their educational goals through the University have been developed. Apart from programs presented on while remaining highly productive employees. Admission the Lehigh campus, a number of seminars are available standards and course requirements are the same for dis- for “in-house” presentation to organizations on a con- tance and on-campus students, and distance education tract basis. For more information about these programs, students receive the same degrees and transcripts.. contact the appropriate department or research center. Lehigh distance education is delivered to the students by English Language Learning Center (ELLC) satellite (Lehigh Educational Satellite Network or LESN) For ESL students who want to improve their ability to or Internet (LESN-Online) with some use of videocon- comprehend English on-campus and off-campus in for- ferencing, Internet2, DVD, CD-Rom, and videotapes. mal and informal settings. The tutors provide language Satellite-based programs include Master’s Degrees in tutoring and guidance with the interactive language soft- Chemistry, Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Chemical ware. Engineering, Information Systems Engineering, The ESL English Language Learning Center provides Manufacturing Systems Engineering, Mechanical professional English language tutoring for undergraduate Engineering, Molecular Biology, Quality Engineering, and graduate international students and their spouses Polymer Science and Engineering, and the MBA. wanting to improve their English skills in all skill areas: Certificate programs in Chemistry, Engineering, and academic and conversational speaking, listening, reading, Business are also available. Satellite courses are transmit- writing and grammar, and test preparation for TOEFL, ted to downlink sites at the students’ work locations. GRE and GMAT. LESN-Online, using the capabilities of the WWW, The ELLC lab is located in the ESL Department Office delivers programming to distance students at any loca- in Coxe Hall, Room 204. Contact the ESL office for tion that can be connected to the Internet. Featuring more information: (610) 758-6099 or email both synchronous and asynchronous streaming media [email protected]. Also, please visit our website for online technology, LESN-Online allows students to see and English assistance and information hear their instructors while they view course materials as www.lehigh.edu/~inesl/ELLC downloadable graphics. The following programs are now fully available online: non-credit professional and techni- cal short courses; individual credit courses; Undergraduate Studies 27

III. Undergraduate Studies

Graduation Requirements Advisement Every undergraduate is assigned a faculty adviser. Students are expected to maintain regular progress Undeclared majors in the College of Business and toward the baccalaureate degree by carrying the “nor- Economics are assigned to the undergraduate adviser and mal” course load—between 12 and 18 credit hours each a student mentor. Until the major is declared, assistance semester. Each student is expected to complete the bac- is also available through the dean’s office of the college in calaureate degree by attending four consecutive years and which the student is enrolled. When the major has been eight semesters. They may, however, wish to accelerate chosen, a faculty member from the major department the pace toward graduation by using advanced place- will act as the academic adviser. ment credits, summer session study, and receiving credit for courses through examination. This adviser is one of the most valuable resources in the educational process, not only to assist in making aca- Students in good academic standing earn their degrees demic selections to match the student’s particular by meeting the requirements of their specific degree cur- background, interests, and future objectives, but also to riculum as well as general university requirements. identify program options, to work out an academic pace, Students should confer with their advisers on matters and to develop career planning strategies. The adviser related to curriculum. will help to identify other resources and support systems Students are expected to satisfy the credit-hour require- available at the university, such as The Learning Center, ments of their chosen curriculum. Basic military science the counseling service, and the Office of Career Services. credit hours are in addition to the credit hours specified in the curricula. A maximum of six credit hours of advanced military science courses may be applied toward Guide to Academic Rules and the baccalaureate degree. Regulations Undergraduate Residency Requirement The university has adopted over the years numerous To be eligible to receive a Lehigh baccalaureate degree, rules and regulations. Some of the principal rules and the candidate must have completed either a minimum of regulations are given here so that currently enrolled and 90 credit hours in residence, or all of the last 30 credit potential undergraduates and graduate students will be hours at the University or in residency programs. apprised of what is expected of them, and what they can expect of the university. Five-Year, Two-Bachelor-Degree This section concerns academic regulations. Additional Programs regulations can be found in the Lehigh Handbook, and The university’s five-year, two-degree programs enable a there is a comprehensive statement of all policy in the student to receive two bachelor degrees upon completion publication Rules and Procedures of the Faculty. All of five years of study. students are given a Handbook at the beginning of the The civil engineering and earth and environmental sci- fall semester; Rules and Procedures is available on ences program that affords two bachelor degrees, and the Lehigh’s website. electrical engineering and engineering physics two- degree program are examples of programs in the College Eligibility for Degree of Engineering and Applied Science. In order to be graduated, a candidate for a baccalaure- ate degree must achieve a minimum cumulative average Some five-year, two-degree programs appear in the descrip- of 2.00. tion of courses under Arts-Engineering and Five-Year Programs in Section V. It is possible to arrange for a dual To be eligible for a degree, a student must not only have bachelor degree program even after studying at Lehigh for completed all of the scholastic requirements for the some time. Engineering students, for example, who decide degree, but also must have paid all university fees, and in at any stage of study that they wish to meet the require- addition all bills for the rental of rooms in the residence ments for both the bachelor of arts and bachelor of science halls or in other university housing facilities. Payment degree may complete the combined requirements in five also must have been made for damage to university years if the decision is made before the third year. property or equipment, or for any other indebtedness for scholarship loans or for loans from trust funds adminis- Second degree candidates—A student entering Lehigh to tered by the university. obtain a second bachelor’s degree, or those Lehigh stu- dents who wish to declare a second major in another Responsibility for meeting academic requirements. Each college, or both a B.A. and a B.S. degree within the student is responsible for his or her progress toward College of Arts and Sciences must have a minimum of meeting specific requirements for graduation. Academic 30 additional credit hours beyond the first degree credit- advisers and department chairs are available to assist the hour requirements in order to qualify for the second student. It is strongly recommended that the student degree. All of the 30 additional credit hours must be specifically consult with his or her adviser prior to the taken at Lehigh or in Lehigh residency programs. All senior year to ascertain eligibility for the degree for special second degree programs must be approved by the which he or she desires to qualify and to determine that dean of the college in which the degree is to be offered all program and hours requirements are met. and the Standing of Students Committee. 28 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

The registrar’s office will provide, at the student’s Grades in the range of A through D–, P, and Cr may be request, a printout of a degree audit noting all program credited toward baccalaureate degrees within the limits deficiencies. The degree audits are also available on the of program requirements. Grades of F, N, X, Z, W, WP, web for all undergraduate students. All students are and WF cannot be credited toward the degree. Grades of requested to go through this process before registering W and WP do not count as hours attempted. for their senior year. Courses in which grades of D+,D, D-,F, W, WF, N, X, Final date for completion of requirements. For gradua- or Z are recorded do not meet prerequisite requirements. tion, all requirements, scholastic and financial, must The grade N (grade) may be used to indicate that one or have been satisfied prior to the date stated in the univer- more course requirements (e.g., course report) have not sity calendar. been completed. It is the obligation of the student to Application for Degree explain to the satisfaction of the instructor that there are extenuating circumstances (e.g., illness or emergency) Candidates for graduation on University Day in May that justify the use of the N grade. If the instructor feels must file with the registrar on or before March 1 a writ- the N grade is justified, he or she assigns a grade of N ten notice of candidacy for the degree; candidates for supplemented by a parenthetical letter grade, (e.g., N©). graduation in September file a notice of candidacy on or In such cases, the instructor calculates the parenthetical before July 1; candidates for graduation in January file a grade by assigning an F (or zero score) for any incom- notice of candidacy on or before November 1. plete work unless he or she has informed the class in Failure to file such notice by such dates mentioned writing at the beginning of the course of a substitute debars the candidate from receiving the degree at the method for determining the parenthetical grade. ensuing graduation exercises. If a petition for late filing In each case in which an N grade is given, the course is granted, a fee is assessed. instructor shall provide written notification to the Graduating Thesis department chairperson stating the name of the student receiving the grade, the reason for the incomplete work, The original of the undergraduate thesis, when required, the work to be done for the removal of the N grade and is accompanied by drawings and diagrams whenever the the grade for the work already completed. subject needs such illustration. The original is kept by the university, as a part of the student’s record, for future A student who incurs an N grade in any course is reference; but copies may be retained by students and required to complete the work for the course by the fifth may be published, provided permission has first been day of instruction in the next regular semester. The N obtained from the faculty. grade will be converted into the parenthetical grade after the tenth day of instruction in the next regular semester Undergraduate Credit and Grades following receipt of the N grade unless the instructor has A “semester hour,” used interchangeably with “credit previously changed the grade using the removal-of- hour,” is a course unit normally involving three to four incomplete procedure. The parenthetical grade will be hours of student effort per week during one semester. dropped from the transcript after the assignment of the This includes both in-class contact hours and out-of- course grade. class activities. The major parameters influencing the In no case shall the grade N be used to report absence in-class/out-of-class division include the mode of instruc- from a final examination when all other course require- tion and the level of the course. ments have been met. Latest date for registration. No registration is accepted N grades do not count as hours attempted and are not later than the tenth day of instruction in any semester, or used in computations of cumulative averages. fifth day of a summer session. The grade X (grade) is used to indicate absence from the Definitions of grades. Course grades are A, A–, B+, B, final examination when all other course requirements B–, C+, C, C–, D+, D, D–, P, F, N, X and Z. The have been met. The grade in parentheses is determined meaning of each grade is as follows: A, A–, excellent; B+, by including in the grade calculation an F (or zero score) B, and B–, good; C+ and C, competent; C–, continua- for the missing final exam. The X grade may be removed tion competency (the student has achieved the level of by a make-up examination if the absence was for good proficiency needed for the course to satisfy prerequisite cause (e.g., illness or other emergency). To be eligible for requirements); D+, D, and D–, passing, but perform- the make-up exam, the student must file a petition and ance is not adequate to take any subsequent course the petition must be approved by the Committee on the which has this course as a prerequisite. The student must Standing of Students. If the student fails to petition, or if petition to waive a prerequisite. Upon presentation of the petition is not granted, or if the student fails to evidence of substantially equivalent preparation and with appear for the scheduled make-up examination, then the the approval of the instructor of the course, the teaching X grade will be converted into the parenthetical grade department chair and the chair of the major department, after the first scheduled make-up examination following the prerequisite will be waived. P, pass-fail grading with a the receipt of the X grade. If the petition is granted and grade equivalent to D– or higher; F, failing; N, incom- the final examination is taken, the X grade will be plete; X, absent from the final examination; Z, absent changed by the instructor using the make-up examina- from the final examination and incomplete. tion procedures and the parenthetical grade will be Other symbols used for courses on student records are: dropped from the transcript. Cr, credit allowed; W, withdrawn; WP, withdrawn with Where valid reasons exist for not taking the make-up permission and with passing performance at the time of examination at the scheduled time, the student may peti- withdrawal; WF, withdrawn beyond the deadline and/or tion for a later examination with a fee. with failing performance. Undergraduate Studies 29

The notation of NR (not reported) is temporarily placed While there is no specific credit hour requirement for in a student record when due to circumstances, no grade good standing, certain categories of students (e.g., those was reported by the instructor by the established deadline. on financial aid and those playing intercollegiate athlet- The grade Z (grade) is used to indicate both absence ics) will be expected to maintain whatever hours are from the final examination and incompletion of one or required for eligibility. more course requirements. The instructor calculates the Removal from probation. Students are removed from parenthetical grade using an F (or zero score) for the probation at such time as they meet the standard listed final examination and either an F (or zero score) or the above, effective at the end of any semester or the second substitute method of calculation as described above for summer session. the incomplete work. Dropped for poor scholarship. A student who makes a The Z grade may be removed by the procedures present- 2.2 GPA or better in the probationary semester but fails ed in the previous paragraph for removing the X grade. to meet the standards stipulated is continued on proba- If this results in an N grade because the course work is tion for another semester. A student who makes less than still incomplete, the provisional Incomplete (N grade) a 2.2 GPA in the probationary semester and fails to meet above shall apply, except that in no case shall the dead- the standards stipulated above, is dropped for poor line for completion of the work be later than the last day scholarship. of classes in the first full semester in residence (except If a student goes on scholastic probation for a second summer) following receipt of the Z grade. (although not necessarily consecutive) term, a review by X and Z grades do not count as hours attempted and are the Committee on the Standing of Students will deter- not used in computations of cumulative averages. mine whether the student will continue on scholastic Where failure to complete coursework prevents the stu- probation or be dropped for poor scholarship. dent from taking the make-up examination at the Withdrawal From a Course. A student dropping a scheduled time, the student may petition the Committee course within the first ten days of the semester (five days on the Standing of Students for a later examination. for summer sessions) will have no record of the course A Z grade that is still outstanding after the tenth day of on the transcript. A student dropping all courses for instruction in the next academic-year semester following which he or she is registered is considered to be with- receipt of the Z grade will be converted into the paren- drawing from the university and the policy is noted thetical grade. The parenthetical grade will be dropped below. A student who drops a course with the approval from the transcript. of his/her advisor and section instructor after the tenth day of instruction and before the end of the eleventh Scholastic Averages and Probation week of instruction will have a grade of “W” assigned to Scholastic requirements for undergraduate students are the course. A student who drops a course with the expressed in terms of the cumulative grade point average approval of his/her advisor and section instructor after (GPA)—the weighted average of all grades received in the eleventh week of instruction and before the end of residence or at institutions specifically approved for grade classes receives a “WP” or “WF” at the discretion of the transfer. The cumulative GPA is computed at the end of instructor. A “WF” is considered to be a failing grade. each semester and the second summer session. Following An Add/Drop form signed by the student’s advisor must are the cumulative GPA requirements for good standing: be submitted to the registrar’s office, before the deadlines freshmen 1st semester 0 to 21 credits earned 1.70 noted above, to be official. sophomores 22 to 51 1.80 University Withdrawal. A student withdrawing from the juniors and seniors more than 52 2.00 university (dropping all courses during a given term) For computational purposes students who have complet- must submit the withdrawal form to the dean of stu- ed 22 or fewer earned hours shall be required to achieve dents office. Withdrawal after registration day and a 1.70 cumulative grade point average. Students who during the first 11 weeks of instruction will be noted on have completed 23 but fewer than 53 earned hours at the academic transcript by assigning a grade of “W” to the end of the most recent graded term shall be required all courses. A withdrawal after the eleventh week of to achieve a 1.80 cumulative grade point average. instruction and before the end of classes will have the Students who have completed 53 earned hours at the grade of “WP” or “WF” assigned for each course at the end of the most recent graded term shall be required to discretion of the instructor. The date of the withdrawal achieve a 2.00 cumulative grade point average. Other will be noted on the academic transcript for a withdraw- undergraduates including all General College Division, al at any time during the term. Lehigh Valley Association of Independent College cross A student who reduces his or her course load below the registered students, high school scholars and R.O.T.C. minimum required for standing as a full-time student, students will be required to achieve a 2.0 cumulative but does not withdraw from the university, becomes a grade point average – the minimum average required for part-time student for the rest of that semester. Some graduation – to remain in good academic standing. areas affected by part-time status are financial aid, athlet- Any undergraduate student who achieves a l.69 or lower ic eligibility, veterans affairs, immigration status, cumulative grade point average in a given term is eligible insurance and loan deferment. to be reviewed by and may be placed on probation at the Release of Final Grades. Grades for undergraduate stu- discretion of the Committee on the Standing of Students. dents are available from the registrar as soon as possible Students who do not meet the above requirements will following the deadline for reporting of grades on line be placed on scholastic probation. Students who, regard- using the secure access facility. Undergraduates students less of their cumulative average, have failed more than who would like a grade report must submit the request eight hours of course work in any semester are also in writing to the Registrar’s Office each term. Instructors placed on scholastic probation. may develop their own policies for release of unofficial reports of academic progress to individual students, or to 30 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

their advisers, deans, or financial aid officers, on a need- Under this system, the student surrenders his or her to-know basis, including early release of unofficial final equity to letter grades of A through D–, except as speci- course grades. Any such policies must respect the rights fied below. A grade of P applies to the student’s of students to privacy. graduation requirements but is not used in the computa- Repeating of courses. If a course is repeated, the final tion of the cumulative average; whereas an F grade is grade received upon repetition of the course is counted included in the cumulative grade point average. in the cumulative average. The original grade and credit If a student changes his or her program such that a hours received will be dropped from the cumulative aver- course previously taken for pass-fail grading is not age. However, a student who fails a repeated course after allowed for pass-fail grading in the new program, the receiving a passing grade the first time will have the orig- student must submit a petition to the Committee on the inal grade deleted from his or her average, but will retain Standing of Students requesting acceptance by the new credit for the course toward graduation. program of the pass-fail grading for that course, or sub- A grade that was originally received in a course may not be stitution of the original letter grade submitted by the changed by repeating the course under the pass-fail option. instructor for the pass-fail grade, or the substitution of another course for the course taken pass-fail. The recom- Students repeating a course that has been graded C or mendation of the adviser must accompany the petition. better may not overload (greater than eighteen credits) during that term. For deletion of a grade from the cumu- Course Auditing lative average after repeating a course, a student must (a) A student who is in good academic standing and has not file the deletion form with the registrar’s Office; and (b) failed any courses in the previous term may be admitted repeat the identical course with a final grade at Lehigh. as an auditor in not more than one course, which shall be Pass-Fail Systems for Undergraduates outside the curriculum requirements. Application for such admission is by petition approved by the depart- Student Option System. The pass-fail grading option is mental chair and the Standing of Students Committee. In intended to encourage students to take challenging no case shall a student who has attended a course as an courses outside the major field that otherwise might be auditor be given an anticipatory examination for credit or avoided for fear of lowering grade-point averages. register for the same course in the future. A student com- Students are not permitted to take courses numbered pleting a course in this manner will have the course and below 100 and over 400 using the optional pass/fail the notation AU indicated on the permanent record. A grading system and should avoid wasting this option on student rostered on an audit basis may be withdrawn unsuitable courses, such as courses having no college- from the course with a grade of W for poor attendance. level prerequisite or corequisite. The restrictions on the use of the system are listed below. Review-Consultation-Study Period A student may register for no more than one course pass- The Review-Consultation-Study (RCS) period is intend- fail numbered above 100 and below 400 in any one ed to provide a few days for informal academic work semester. Students should check the pass/fail restrictions between the end of the formal instruction period and the for specific courses noted in section V of the catalog. He beginning of the final examinations. or she may take a maximum of six courses pass-fail per It is expected that students will use this period to consol- undergraduate career if the student is on a four-year pro- idate their command of the material in their courses. gram, or a maximum of eight courses per undergraduate Faculty members make themselves available to their stu- career with a five-year, two-degree program. If a student dents at announced times during this period. changes a course after the first ten days of instruction from pass-fail grading to regular grading, as provided No quiz or exam may be given during the last five class below, that course shall still count toward the maximum days before final examination period begins. number of courses taken pass-fail during the student’s Graduation Honors undergraduate career. Beginning with all new degree seeking students in the Each college faculty shall decide under what conditions Fall of 2004 or any students graduating in the Spring of and which courses or categories of courses throughout 2008, degrees with honors are awarded by vote of the the university may be taken for pass-fail credit by stu- university faculty to those students who have attained an dents registered in that college, except for courses average of not less than 3.40 in a minimum of 90 credit designated specifically for pass-fail grading. Each college hours in residence at Lehigh University or in programs shall keep the educational policy committee advised of approved by the faculty to have grades and credit accept- changes in its rules. ed toward the undergraduate degree. A student designates the course(s) to be taken pass-fail Degrees with high honors are awarded by vote of the normally at preregistration but not later than the fifteenth university faculty to those students who have attained an day of instruction in a regular semester or the fifth day of average of not less than 3.60 in a minimum of 90 credit instruction in any summer session. Prior to this deadline, hours in residence at Lehigh University or in programs the student may transfer from pass-fail to regular grading, approved by the faculty to have grades and credit accept- or vice-versa, without penalty. The courses designated for ed toward the undergraduate degree. pass-fail grading by the student require the written Degrees with highest honors are awarded by vote of the acknowledgment of the academic adviser. university faculty to those students who have attained an Since the instructor giving the course is not officially average of not less than 3.80 in a minimum of 90 credit notified which students are taking the course pass-fail, a hours in residence at Lehigh University or in programs regular letter grade is reported to the Registrar for the approved by the faculty to have grades and credit accept- pass-fail students. The Registrar then records “P” for ed toward the undergraduate degree. reported letter grades from A through D–, and “F” for a reported letter grade of F. Undergraduate Studies 31

For the purposes of graduation honors calculations, • Calculus or advanced mathematics that requires cal- courses taken more than once at Lehigh will only have culus as a prerequisite the most recent grade used in the calculation. Courses • Two years of college-level foreign language study or its taken under the cross-registration policy of the LVAIC, equivalent (may be satisfied by four years [9-12] of the Washington Semester and the Urban Studies semes- high school study with excellent grades; or by a profi- ter program will be used. ciency exam administered by the Department of Students who spend part of their career at another Modern Languages and Literature) institution, or are transfer admits to degree programs • No disciplinary violations sufficient to warrant proba- and have fewer than ninety hours of in residency cours- tion, suspension, or expulsion es, may qualify for graduation honors under the following conditions: Please note: Satisfaction of this profile guarantees consid- eration by the Phi Beta Kappa council; it does not The student must have at least sixty credit hours of reg- guarantee election to Phi Beta Kappa. Any undergradu- ularly graded (not pass/fail) courses that meet the ate who has questions about any of the items in this residency requirement. The graduation honors category profile should contact Prof. Scott Gordon, Executive is determined by the lower of the two averages comput- Secretary of Lehigh’s chapter. Office phone: 610-758- ed as follows: (1) the average of grades received at 3320; e-mail: [email protected] Lehigh; (2) the average of all grades received at Lehigh and grades for courses taken elsewhere for a regular Beta Gamma Sigma. Election to membership in Beta grade and that are appropriate to be considered for Gamma Sigma is the highest scholastic honor that a stu- transfer to Lehigh, or in provisionally approved study dent in business administration can achieve. Beta abroad programs. Gamma Sigma is the only national honorary scholarship society in the field of business administration recog- Department Honors nized by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools Many departments offer honors work adapted to its of Business. curriculum for students who wish to demonstrate Tau Beta Pi. Tau Beta Pi recognizes high achievement in unusual academic ability and interest in exploring a all engineering curricula. The national Tau Beta Pi was chosen field through independent study and research. founded at Lehigh in 1885. A bronze marker in front of The precise nature of the program for each student is Williams Hall commemorates this event. determined by the academic major department, but Among course societies are the following: Alpha Pi Mu, may include: unscheduled work or independent study, for those in industrial engineering; Beta Alpha Psi, participation in graduate (400-level) courses, and an accounting; Chi Epsilon, civil engineering; Eta Kappa honors thesis or project. Nu, electrical engineering; Lambda Mu Sigma, market- Qualified candidates should inform their academic advis- ing; Omicron Delta Epsilon, economics; Omicron Delta ers by the end of the junior year of their intention to Kappa, leadership; Order of the Omega, leadership in work for departmental honors. The adviser will give the Greek activities; Phi Alpha Theta, history; Phi Beta college and the registrar names of seniors working for Delta, international; Phi Eta Sigma, freshman scholastic departmental honors in particular majors. Names of excellence; Pi Tau Sigma, mechanical engineering; Psi those students attaining departmental honors are pub- Chi, psychology; Sigma Tau Delta, English; and Sigma lished in the commencement program. Xi, research. Undergraduates may apply for acceptance into the Eckardt Scholars Program College Scholar Program, which offers unique opportu- nities for those qualified to develop their critical faculties The Eckardt Scholars Program is a university-wide hon- and intellectual interests. ors program designed for students who show outstanding academic promise or unusual creativity. It is Honor Societies a highly selective program, restricted to a small number There are at least 18 honor and course societies. The of especially qualified students, some of whom are three best-known are: enrolled at the time of admission to the university and the rest as first-semester sophomores. Entering freshmen Phi Beta Kappa. The oldest honor society in the United may join the program at the invitation of the Eckardt States is represented at Lehigh by the Beta chapter of the th Scholars Advisory Council. Applications from sopho- Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, the 27 oldest chapter mores are evaluated by the Advisory Council on the in the nation. The chapter’s council considers for invita- basis of their academic records and written statements tion into its membership those students in each of of educational goals, and recommendations from two Lehigh’s three undergraduate colleges who satisfy the fol- faculty members. lowing profile: The Program allows students to engage in scholarly work • At least 60 credit hours of coursework completed at of an advanced nature. Participants are obliged to obtain Lehigh the same number of credits as other members of their • A minimum cumulative GPA of 3.75 colleges, including at least two Eckardt Scholars • A minimum of 8 credit hours in the natural sciences Seminars, and pursue departmental or interdisciplinary (including a lab) majors. With the exception of students in some disci- plines, they are released from distribution requirements • A minimum of 8 credit hours in the social sciences and, if necessary, modifications may be made in major • A minimum of 8 credit hours in the humanities, espe- requirements. Responsibility for the student’s over-all cially textual analysis beyond first-year English (the program lies with the director who cooperates closely council typically does not recognize some courses that with the major adviser. In the final two years, the stu- carry Humanities credit at Lehigh, such as Public dent receives up to twelve credits for work with a faculty Speaking, Stage Design, one-credit Music lessons, etc.) 32 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

member, leading to a senior project of substantial dimen- Sciences and a bachelor of science degree in a specific sions. This can take whatever form is appropriate to the field from the College of Engineering and Applied nature of the subject. Seniors present accounts of their Science projects at the annual Eckardt Scholars graduation din- • Double degree programs within the college and in con- ner and are eligible for the George B. Lemmon Prize, junction with the other two undergraduate colleges. which is presented annually to members whose academic performance has been outstanding. The award of Teacher preparation Eckardt Scholars graduation honors is subject to the rec- • A five-year program leading to a bachelor’s degree ommendation of the program director (Prof. Ian Duffy, from the College of Arts and Sciences and a master’s 340 Maginnes Hall) and the chair in the major field. degree in Education from the College of Education In addition to the academic privileges of the program, Specific requirements for many of the degree programs Eckardt Scholars are offered a variety of extracurricular described in this section may be found in Section V. opportunities. These include invitations to meet visiting speakers, informal meetings with faculty members, din- Major Degree Programs in the College ners, lectures, plays, musical events, and other cultural Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science Degree activities in the Lehigh Valley and nearby cities. For a Programs listing of courses and Advisory Council members, see the Two distinct bachelor-degree programs are offered by the Eckardt Scholars Program entry, section V. College, each distinguished mainly by the proportion of courses taken in the major field. For the Bachelor of Arts College of Arts and Sciences degree the student takes a comparatively smaller number of courses to fulfill the major requirements plus a selec- Anne S. Meltzer, dean; Stephen H. Cutcliffe, associate dean; tion of courses in various fields outside the major. For Carl O. Moses, associate dean; Pam Pepper, associate dean the more professionally oriented Bachelor of Science Under the name “School of General Literature,” the degree, offered by the College in designated disciplines, College of Arts and Sciences was a part of the original the student takes a more extensive concentration in the plan of the University. Although its aims have remained major field, along with a proportionally smaller number constant over the years, the means employed to achieve of courses outside the major. Except for this distinction, those aims have been adapted to the changing times. The the same basic requirements must be met for both degree main purpose of the undergraduate programs in the programs (including the minimum number of 121 hours College is to prepare each student for the exercise of for graduation and the minimum average in the major of individual responsibility in the affairs of mature life. We 2.0). No more than six hours of military science may be seek to prepare students for life-long commitment to the applied toward either degree. public trust of a privileged education. The College facul- ty recognizes three distinguishing characteristics of an Bachelor of Arts Degree educated person: the ability to think and communicate Humanities: architectural history, architecture, art, art in a disciplined manner, the ability and willingness to history, Asian studies, classical civilization, classics, make discerning judgments, and the capacity to apply design arts, English, modern languages and literature one’s creative imagination. The well-educated person (French, German and Spanish), music, music composi- accepts that continuous learning is the basis for making tion, philosophy, religion studies, Russian studies, theatre agile adaptations in one’s contributions to enterprise, Social Sciences: Africana studies, American studies, family, and community in response to changing circum- anthropology, cognitive science, economics, environmen- stances and that making such well-adapted contributions tal studies, history, international relations, journalism, is the true path to personal growth and fulfillment. In journalism/science writing, political science, psychology, order to achieve the College’s purpose, the College facul- STS (science, technology and society), sociology/social ty shares with the student facts and ideas and guides the psychology, sociology and anthropology, urban studies student in transforming the raw material of facts and Mathematics and Natural Science: Applied life science, ideas into knowledge and understanding. Students in the astronomy, behavioral neuroscience, biology, chemistry, College develop new habits of mind that characterize the computer science, earth and environmental science, liberal arts education, such as testing assumptions, ques- mathematics, molecular biology, physics tioning authority, respecting evidence, and probing the unknown with curiosity and an open mind. Those habits BA degrees in predental science, premedical science, or prepare our graduates to thrive in an uncertain world. preoptometry science are available to students who are We also expect students to discipline their use of time admitted to certain combined degree programs (see and to master the fundamentals of rational discourse and Health Professions Programs). scholarly inquiry. The basic elements of the Arts and Bachelor of Science Degree Sciences education remain what they have been for gen- Applied life science, astrophysics, behavioral neuro- erations of liberal arts students—comprehensive study of science, biochemistry, biology, chemistry, computer the broad domains of knowledge and the development science, ecology, environmental science, geological sci- of expertise in one domain. ences, mathematics, molecular biology, physics, The College of Arts and Sciences offers several curricular psychology, statistics options: General Plan of Undergraduate Study • A four-year arts and sciences curriculum leading to a bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree in desig- Students in the College are required to choose – usually nated fields by the end of the sophomore year – a major field and to complete a program of courses, selected in consultation • A five-year arts-engineering curriculum leading to a with the student’s adviser, to provide the breadth that is bachelor’s degree from the College of Arts and the mark of a liberal education. For most students, the Undergraduate Studies 33 credits earned for the major and those earned for the dis- al credits must be taken at Lehigh or in Lehigh residency tribution requirements are not enough to meet the programs. The requirement of 30 additional credits typi- graduation requirement of 121, and students take free cally makes the double degree program a five-year elective courses in areas of interest to earn the remaining program. There is no limit on the number of overlap- credits. Three schemes of courses – one in the student’s ping courses between two degrees, but there must be at area of concentration (the major-field requirements), a least 30 credits of non-overlapping coursework in each second set drawn from certain designated disciplines (the degree program. For administrative purposes, students distribution requirements representing the minimum who take two degrees or two majors must designate one set), and a third set without constraints (the free elec- as the primary major or primary degree. tives) – make up the educational program in the College. Distribution Requirements Major Field of Concentration Whatever expertise in a single discipline an undergradu- By majoring in a specific discipline, a student establishes ate may achieve, in the course of a lifetime, curiosity a foundation of knowledge in that field, learns to frame lures most of us beyond the confines of a single chosen its particular kind of questions, and starts to apply its specialty. Furthermore, in a swiftly changing world, traditional body of knowledge. By submitting to increas- careers are being rapidly redefined, and only a person of ingly challenging and complex exercises in a distinct broad intellectual orientation can intelligently consider discipline over several semesters under the guidance of where one may be most useful to our society and find mature practitioners, the student can start to feel the most personal gratification. Many of the basic modes of rewards of intellectual mastery of a subject. The student thought and work in various fields are being reformulat- thus experiences the gratification of developing expertise ed, often producing surprising influences in the public and intellectual sophistication. and private spheres. In this world—to devise for oneself Along with introductory courses in the discipline, the a satisfying professional life and to be a responsible citi- minimum number of credits for the major is 30. The zen—one needs some awareness of the concepts and student must maintain a minimum grade-point average methods specific not to one field only but to a variety of of 2.0 in the major field. disciplines. Standard major sequences. When a student chooses one The distribution requirements are the four domains of of the standard majors, a faculty member from the learning in which the College faculty requires students to department or program offering the major becomes a develop an introductory level of expertise through student’s major adviser and assists the student in con- encountering the body of knowledge that each discipline structing a program of study. In all cases, the final has gathered, the kinds of phenomena it describes and responsibility for meeting both major and non-major manipulates, and the types of problems it addresses. requirements rests with the student. Specified numbers of credits are required in each of the four domains: the mathematical sciences, the natural sci- Special interdisciplinary majors. In addition to the stan- ences, the social sciences, and the arts and humanities. dard major programs, specially structured interdisciplinary major sequences between majors are Distribution Requirements for the B.A. and the B.S. possible. For example, a student interested in a profes- A. Arts 1, Choices and Decisions 1 credit sional school of urban or regional planning might wish (first semester at Lehigh) to structure a special major consisting primarily of cours- es in political science and economics or in economics B. College Seminar/First-Year Class 1-4 credits and social relations. (one course during the first year) Any student may, with the aid of faculty members chosen C. English Composition 6 credits from the disciplines involved, devise an interdisciplinary (two courses during the first year) major program to include not less than thirty credits of Students and advisers should monitor closely the related course work, of which at least 15 credits must progress toward completion of requirements D through consist of advanced courses. The major advisers and the G. Courses taken to satisfy a major program may be dean of the college must approve the program. used to satisfy distribution requirements in only one dis- Multiple majors and Double degrees. A student who tribution area. wishes to fulfill the requirements for more than one journalism, psychology, social psychology, social rela- major program has two options. A double major is a sin- tions, sociology, STS, and urban studies. gle BA degree with two majors (some students complete D. Mathematical Sciences 3 credits triple majors). A student pursues a double major by Chosen from mathematics or designated declaring both majors. Typically, double majors can be courses from philosophy or computer science completed in four years, but sequencing of courses and time conflicts with required courses can introduce delays. E. Natural Sciences 8 credits No more than three courses may overlap two majors. A Chosen from those designated in: astronomy, double degree program is a combined BA and BS pro- biological anthropology, biosciences, chemistry, gram. The BA is in the College of Arts and Sciences, and earth and environmental sciences, physics, and the BS may be in any one of the three undergraduate neuroscience. colleges. A student pursues a double degree by declaring At least one science course must also include the the first program and then petitioning the standing of associated laboratory. students committee for permission to pursue the second F. Social Sciences 8 credits degree program. The double-degree student must satisfy Chosen from those designated in: anthropolo- major and distribution requirements for both degrees gy, classics, economics, political science, history, and earn a minimum of 30 additional credits beyond international relations, journalism, psychology, those required for the first degree. All of the 30 addition- social psychology, social relations, sociology, STS, and urban studies. 34 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

G. Arts and Humanities 8 credits tal engineering, history, art and architecture, and educa- Chosen from those designated in: architecture, tion are among those who have staffed LEO projects. art, classics, history, modern languages and lit- LEO activities emphasize communication and informa- erature, English, music, philosophy, religion tion sharing across the disciplines. The range of projects studies, and theatre. includes water-quality monitoring on the Lehigh River, Total required for graduation: 121 credits the development of a geographic information system for the Lehigh River watershed, operating a seismic station A student’s program, including the choice of distribution and a network of weather-monitoring stations, and col- requirements, is not official until approved by the adviser. laborative work with the Nature Conservancy and the Junior-Year Writing Certification Wildlands Conservancy. The LEO program director is Prof. Dork Sahagian (Earth and Environmental The faculty of the College of Arts and Sciences holds Sciences). The Integrated Product, Process, and Project that writing is an essential tool for learning and that Development (IPD) Program integrates the three funda- writing well is indispensable for performing responsibly mental pillars of successful product design and in a profession and in one’s life as a citizen. Beyond the commercialization: design arts, engineering, and busi- two writing courses required in the first year, students in ness. Student teams produce technical and feasibility the College are encouraged to take courses that provide studies, design mock-ups, develop working prototypes, continued practice in writing throughout their years at and prepare business plans for real clients. IPD empha- Lehigh. In particular each student in the College must sizes a solid grasp of engineering science, industrial complete at least one “writing-intensive” course—nor- design, business fundamentals, good communication mally during the junior year—and receive writing skills, a superior understanding of the design and manu- certification from the instructor. Some major programs facturing process, and an appreciation of require that the writing-intensive course must be taken multidisciplinary teamwork. The IPD program director in the major field; others, that it be taken in a specific is Prof. John Ochs (Mechanical Engineering). department outside the major; still others, that it may be chosen freely from writing-intensive courses offered by Minor Programs in the College any department in the College. Courses that satisfy the Certain departments, divisions, and programs in the writing-intensive requirement may also be used to fulfill College of Arts and Sciences afford an opportunity to major or distribution requirements. minor in an additional field of concentration other than Foreign Language Study the major field. Students planning to pursue graduate study toward a doc- A minor consists of at least 15 credits; the specific con- torate are reminded that most graduate schools require tent is determined by the department, division, or doctoral candidates to demonstrate a reading knowledge program concerned. A minor is optional and, if success- of one or two foreign languages. Proficiency in foreign fully completed, will be shown on the university languages is advantageous for careers in law, government, transcript in the same manner as the major field. A 2.0 journalism, commerce, industry and other fields. minimum grade-point average is required for courses in the minor. Because of this requirement, no course in the Internships minor program may be taken with Pass/Fail grading. No Many departments and programs offer optional intern- more than one course may be double-counted toward a ship courses, and some require an internship as part of a major and a minor, and no more than one course may major program. Students should consult with the depart- overlap between two minors. ment offering the internship course for information It is the responsibility of students desiring a minor to about how the internships are arranged. The University initiate it no later than the beginning of the junior year faculty has established three important criteria that must by filing a minor program with the department, division, be met by all internships: 80 hours of work are required or program where it is offered. The student’s minor for each credit awarded, no credit can be awarded for an adviser maintains appropriate records. internship ex post facto, and the student must register for Minors in the College of Arts and Sciences departments the internship course during the same term that the and programs are available for degree candidates in other internship work is actually conducted. Students should be colleges within the university, with approval of their col- sure to pre-arrange all internship experiences with the lege adviser. appropriate department. Internship credits cannot be awarded for work experiences without a distinct educa- The following are established minors in the College of tional component. A memorandum of understanding Arts and Sciences. Program descriptions may be found in circulated among the employer, student, and departmen- the alphabetical listing of Section V. Some minor-pro- tal internship course director helps to promote a common gram descriptions are collected within departmental understanding of the educational and work objectives of descriptions, or located elsewhere, as indicated by paren- the internship. Students are advised that not all work theses. Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may experiences advertised as “internships” warrant academic also complete a minor in Business through the Business credit, even though they may be otherwise worthwhile. College or an Engineering minor through the College of Engineering. IPD and LEO Actuarial Science (Mathematics) Two multidisciplinary, non-degree-granting University Africana Studies programs offer students special integrated learning American Literature (English) opportunities. LEO, the Lehigh Earth Observatory, Anthropology (Sociology and Anthropology) engages students and faculty from all four of Lehigh’s Art (Art and Architecture) colleges. Students from economics, political science, Art/Architecture History (Art and Architecture) Earth and environmental science, civil and environmen- Asian Studies Undergraduate Studies 35

Astronomy to develop many of the skills that serve as a framework Biology (Biological Sciences) for their future scholarly work—how to read closely, British Literature (English) think critically, write clearly, learn cooperatively, speak Chemistry persuasively, and solve problems creatively. Chinese (Modern Languages and Literature) Courses in this program are an excellent way to explore a Classical Civilization (Classical Studies) subject that may be new, or to enter more deeply into an Classics (Classical Studies) area of previous interest. Many of the topics are non-tra- Cognitive Science ditional or interdisciplinary subjects of special interest to Communication (Journalism and Communication) the professor. Computer Science (Electrical Engineering and Computer Science) Whatever the topic, FYCs involve considerable effort on Design Arts the part of students. Some classes emphasize reading Earth and Environmental Sciences assignments, papers, and oral presentations; others Economics include tests, laboratory work, or fieldwork. Education (Education Minor, this section) Pre-Law Programs English The university has a strong pre-law tradition. In keeping Environmental Studies with the policy of the Association of American Law French (Modern Languages and Literature) Schools, the university does not have a prescribed pre- German (Modern Languages and Literature) law program. Graphic Communication (Art and Architecture) Health and Human Development Lehigh students have been successful in attaining (Health Professions Programs, this section) entrance into law schools from diverse curricula in all History three of the undergraduate colleges. Illustrative courses Humanities Minor in Ethics in the arts and sciences include constitutional law, civil Humanities Minor in Medieval Studies rights and civil liberties, law and order, and issues in International Relations contemporary political philosophy. Correspondingly, Jewish Studies there are courses such as Introduction to law and legal Journalism (Journalism and Communication) environment of Business in the College of Business and Latin American Studies Economics. That college also offers basic accounting Mathematics, Applied (Mathematics) courses that are often recommended as part of an under- Mathematics, Pure (Mathematics) graduate’s pre-law preparation. Military Science In addition to formal academic instruction, Lehigh pro- Molecular Biology (Biological Sciences) vides other opportunities for learning about law and Museum Studies (Art and Architecture) careers in law. The annual Tresolini Lecture series brings Music nationally recognized speakers to campus for extended Music Industry interactions with faculty and students. Tresolini lecturers Philosophy have included present and past U.S. and state Supreme Physics Court justices and renowned legal scholars and practi- Political Science tioners. Lehigh also provides opportunities for gaining Probability and Statistics (Mathematics) academic credit in several off-campus programs which Psychology provide practical experience in law and public affairs. Public Administration (Political Science) Counseling is available to prospective pre-law students Public Relations (Journalism and Communication) on a continuous basis from freshman orientation Religion Studies through the law school application process in the senior Russian (Modern Languages and Literature) year. The pre-professional adviser in Career Services Russian Studies coordinates these pre-law counseling services. Science, Technology and Society Science Writing (Journalism and Communication) Health Professions Programs Social Relations (Sociology and Anthropology) Schools of medicine, dentistry, optometry, podiatry, and Sociology (Sociology and Anthropology) veterinary medicine stress the importance of a strong lib- Social Psychology (Sociology and Anthropology) eral arts education as well as prescribed studies in the Spanish (Modern Languages and Literature) sciences. Although most pre-health students will choose Studio Art (Art and Architecture) a major in a pure or applied science, as long as candi- Theatre dates have the essential courses in biology, chemistry, Urban Studies physics, and mathematics, they may major in any of the Women’s Studies three undergraduate colleges. Writing (English) A health professions advisory committee, which includes College Seminar/First-Year Class (FYC) a pre-professional advisor and faculty members from the Program sciences, provide career and academic counseling and work closely with students from freshman orientation During the fall or spring semester of the first year, every through the entire process of applying to professional student in the College of Arts and Sciences is required to schools. Students are urged to consult with the pre-pro- enroll in a College Seminar or First-Year Class (FYC) fessional adviser in Career Services as early as possible in taught by a member of the faculty. With ten to 20 stu- their academic career. Students interested in other allied dents per class, these college seminars and special classes health fields may also obtain information to aid them in provide an intimate and supportive environment that planning their courses with their academic advisers. facilitates the transition to university life. Students begin 36 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Combined-Degree Program in Medicine Humanities (3 courses, 9-12 credits) In cooperation with Drexel University College of Medi- Social Sciences (3 courses, 9-12 credits) cine the university offers an accelerated program that Writing Intensive enables selected students to earn both the bachelors of Approved Electives: (12-16 credits) arts degree in premedical science and the M.D. degree after seven years of study at the two institutions. The Lehigh-Pool Scholars Premedical Education Program program was initiated in 1974, and approximately ten Lehigh University and Lehigh Valley Hospital have students matriculate each year. established a unique premedical education program that emphasizes the link between academic and practi- The program includes three academic years at Lehigh tioner training. during which time credit hours are earned toward the 121 credits required for the baccalaureate degree. The Project-based, experiential learning is the driving educa- next four years are spent in the regular program of med- tional philosophy behind the program. Highlights ical education in Philadelphia. After successfully include: three years of combined biomedical completing the one year at the medical school, students research/internship experiences, guaranteed, paid sum- will have acquired necessary additional credit hours for mer research opportunities ($3,000 per summer) the baccalaureate degree. between the sophomore-junior and junior-senior years that will provide practical experience in biomedical set- During the pre-professional years at Lehigh, students are tings to promote and accelerate skill development, joint expected to make satisfactory progress in academic areas faculty and physician advising, special courses in modern as well as in the more subtle task of personal growth in medical economics, business practices, and ethics, travel those attributes ultimately needed as a physician. Drexel to major professional society meetings to present research University College of Medicine receives student grades and learn about state-of-the-art developments, a lec- and monitors student progress through feedback from ture/dinner series that will include special, individual Lehigh. Students are expected to maintain an overall sessions with distinguished speakers. GPA of 3.45 or better (A=4.0) and a minimum GPA of 3.25 in the prerequisite sciences and receive no grades in This is a highly competitive program open to a limited any course less than a “C”. Credentials again will be number of outstanding, strongly motivated students. processed through the medical school’s Admissions Combined-Degree Program in Dentistry Committee prior to extending a final definitive accept- ance. This program also requires that students take the The university, in cooperation with the School of Dental Medical College Admissions Test. The results will be Medicine at the University of Pennsylvania, offers an evaluated by the committee prior to final acceptances. It accelerated program that enables selected students to is expected that the three numbered scores be 9 or better earn a combined baccalaureate and doctor of medicine on the 1-15 scale or a total of 30 on any given exam degree after a minimum of seven years of study at the with no score less than a 7 or an M. two institutions. The medical college reserves the right to withdraw an The program includes three academic years during offer of acceptance if academic or personal concerns which time credit hours are earned toward the baccalau- cause the college to question a student’s academic or per- reate degree. The next four years are spent in the regular sonal maturation. program of dental education in Philadelphia. Application for admission to the program is made During the first three years at Lehigh, students are through Lehigh Office of Admissions. Criteria for admis- expected to make satisfactory progress in the academic sion includes minimum combined SAT scores of 1360, areas as well as in the areas of personal growth, develop- scholastic achievement, maturity, and motivation for ing those attributed ultimately needed to become a medicine. SAT II scores are required in mathematics, dentist. Students must maintain a minimum overall and English composition, and chemistry. science GPA of 3.2 throughout the three years at Lehigh and are required to take the Dental Admissions Test with Completed applications are reviewed by the Office of a minimum of 16 in all subject areas. Admissions, and a pool of students chosen for interview at Drexel University College of Medicine. The dental school reserves the right to withdraw an acceptance if academic or personal concerns cause the Interviews are not required at Lehigh, but students are college to question a student’s ability to function as a encouraged to make arrangements to come to campus to dentist. The dental school also reserves the right to have an interview and to become better acquainted with require that students spend additional time at Lehigh if Lehigh and the special features of the program. the school feels that this is necessary to insure the stu- Application deadline is December 1. dent’s academic or personal maturation. Required Science and Math Courses: Chemistry: CHM 95, 96 and CHM 31 OR CHM 75, Application to the program occurs when a student applies 76; CHM 51, 53, 52, 58 to Lehigh University. The dental school takes action on Biology: BIOS 41, 42; BIOS 115, 116; BIOS 120 the applicant in the spring of an academic year. Final Physics: PHY 10, 12, 13, 22 decisions are forwarded to Lehigh University about Math: MATH 21, 22 or MATH 51, 52 plus one addi- March 20. The applicant is notified of joint acceptance tional approved math course by Lehigh University. Admission is based on SAT scores (a minimum combined score of 1270 recentered scale), Required Non-Science Courses: scholastic achievement, maturity, and motivation for den- Choices and Decisions tal school. Application deadline is January 1. Freshman Seminar English Comp & Lit (two semesters) Required Science and Math Courses: Chemistry: CHM 95, 96 and CHM 31 OR CHM 75, 76; CHM 51, 53, 52, 58 Undergraduate Studies 37

Biology: BIOS 41, 42; BIOS 115, 116; BIOS 120; plus the human life cycle. While this minor program is open two approved BIOS electives (6 credits) to anyone in the three undergraduate colleges, it may be Physics: PHY 10, 12, 13, 22 of particular interest to students preparing for careers in any aspect of health care, social work, and child or adult Math: MATH 21 or 51; MATH 22 or 52 development. Required Non-Science Courses: Choices and Decisions The program is administered through the Program in Health and Human Development, an interdisciplinary Freshman Seminar group of faculty members who have research interests in English Comp & Lit (2 semesters) this area. Current research studies cover all aspects of the Humanities (3 courses, 9-12 credits) life cycle, including the health dimensions of both nor- Social Sciences (3 courses, 9-12 credits) mal and abnormal child development, reproductive Writing Intensive health issues, adult life crises such as illness and loss, and Approved Electives: (12-16 credits) dimensions of aging. Students are able to serve as research assistants in some of these studies. Joint Degree Program in Optometry In cooperation with the State University of New York, The minor consists of a minimum of 16 credit hours State College of Optometry located in New York City, chosen in consultation with the program director, Lehigh offers a seven-year Bachelor of Arts in Behavioral Donna Kosteva, in the Office of Career Services. Neuroscience and Doctor of Optometry (O.D.) Pro- Required courses (8 credit hours) gram. Students accepted into the joint degree program SSP 160 Medicine and Society (4) and are admitted into the behavioral neuroscience major and PSYC 107 Child Development (4) or are simultaneously admitted to candidacy in the SUNY PSYC/SSP 109 Adulthood and Aging (4) College of Optometry’s professional program of study. Elective courses chosen from two different disciplines: Application to the program occurs when a student ANTH 321 Anthropology of Physical and Mental applies to Lehigh or while enrolled at Lehigh. Criteria Health (4) for selection is based upon maturity and motivation; an PHIL 116 Bioethics (4) interest in the basic understanding of the optometric PSYC 107 Child Development (4) profession; a minimum combined SAT score of 1180, 92 PSYC/SSP 109 Adulthood and Aging (4) high school grade point average, and ranked in the top PSYC 305 Abnormal Psychology (4) 10% of the high school graduating class. Or as a first- or second-year Lehigh student, a minimum overall 3.2 GPA PSYC 351 Cognitive Development in Childhood in undergraduate coursework and in all prerequisite (4) math and science courses completed at the time of appli- PSYC 361 Personality & Social Development in cation with no grade below a C. A committee comprised Adulthood (4) of representatives from both institutions selects the stu- PSYC 363 Personality and Social Development in dents for admission into the program. Childhood (4) Students will spend three years at Lehigh during which SSP 152 Alcohol, Science & Society (4) time credit hours are earned toward the baccalaureate SSP 160 Medicine and Society (4) degree. Upon maintaining a minimum 3.2 GPA in the SSP 162 AIDS and Society (4) math and science prerequisites, attaining total science SSP 366 Sociology of Aging (4) scores of 320 or above on the Optometry Admissions SSP 341/WS 341 Women and Health (4) Test (OAT), and passing reasonable personal interview standards, these students will be admitted to the SUNY Education Minor College of Optometry at the completion of their third The education minor helps undergraduates explore year at Lehigh. All science and math prerequisite courses career options in school teaching or other professional must be satisfied with a C or higher. Students must sub- careers with elementary, secondary, or special education mit a formal application, transcripts, and students. The minor may accelerate entry into a teaching recommendations at this time. After successfully com- career because appropriate credits from the minor may pleting all first-year coursework at the college of be applied toward completion of teacher certification optometry, a BA degree on behavioral neuroscience will credits for those admitted to Lehigh’s graduate-level be granted by Lehigh. Teacher Intern Program. The optometry school reserves the right to withdraw an The minor offers a systematic background of professional acceptance if academic or personal concerns cause the education experiences, coordinating practicum activities school to question a student’s ability to function as an with theory courses designed to provide a foundation for optometrist. future educational studies. Its focus is exploratory. Application for admission to the program for incoming The experiences of the minor are intended to enrich an students is made through Lehigh Office of Admissions. individual’s understanding of education as a central Application deadline is January 1. For curriculum infor- intellectual activity of our culture and to provide self- mation, consult with the pre-professional advisor in understanding of one’s own potential as an educator. Career Services. An undergraduate may take these courses with the approval of the adviser and minimum GPA of 2.75. Health and Human Development Minor Completion of the minor does not assure admission to the The minor in health and human development, located Teacher Intern Program to become a certified professional. primarily within the College of Arts and Sciences, is an interdisciplinary program designed to provide insight The program coordinator is Professor Lynn Columba, into the social scientific aspects of health issues through College of Education, Mountaintop Campus, Iacocca Hall, 111 Research Drive. 38 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Fifteen credit hours are required for the education minor College of Business and as follows: EDUC 491 Development, Classroom Management, Economics and Assessment TBTE 314 Seminar in Elementary and Secondary Tom Hyclak, interim dean; Joan B. DeSalvatore, associate Education (3) dean, director of undergraduate programs; Kathleen A. Trexler, associate dean, director of graduate programs; TBTE 394 Special Topics in: (subtitle) (3) Kenneth P. Sinclair, chair, department of accounting; TBTE XXX Elective-College of Education course (3) Thomas J. Hyclak, chair, department of economics; Richard TBTE XXX Elective-College of Education course (3) J. Kish, chair, Perella Department of Finance; Michael G. The Five-Year B.A. or B.S./M.Ed. Kolchin, chair, department of management and marketing; James A. Dearden, director, Ph.D. program; Robert J. Combined Degree and Teacher Thornton, director, master of science in economics; John W. Certification Program Paul, director, master of science in accounting; Samuel C. The College of Arts and Sciences and the College of Weaver, director, MBA and Professional Education. Education offer a five-year degree program that is The College of Business and Economics offers the bach- designed to allow students to earn both a bachelor’s elor of science degree in business and economics. In the degree and a master’s degree in five years instead of the dynamic global environment of the 21st Century, today’s traditional six. business students face unprecedented challenges. Lehigh’s The combined degree program leads to either a B.A. or College of Business and Economics prepares them to B.S. degree in an academic discipline, and an M.Ed. meet these challenges and to succeed. degree in either elementary or secondary education. In The College of Business and Economics consists of four addition, an Instructional I teaching certificate from the departments: accounting, economics, Perella Department Pennsylvania Department of Education is also earned. of Finance, and management and marketing. Its pro- These certification areas are: grams, accredited by the AACSB International—The Elementary Education Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business— • Secondary Education: provide students with a solid foundation in business and • Biology economics principles. In addition to the traditional undergraduate majors of accounting, economics, finance, • Chemistry management and marketing, the College offers innova- • Citizenship Education tive programs and courses that respond to today’s unique • Earth and Space Science business requirements, including: • English The Business Information Systems major that answers a rec- • Environmental Education ognized need in the business world. As businesses seek to make themselves more productive and competitive, they • French have become more reliant on information technology. • General Science Students with a good understanding of information systems • German can help businesses enhance their use of this technology. • Mathematics The Supply Chain Management major is another • Physics response to the complex environment facing business • Social Sciences graduates. This undergraduate major gives students solid exposure to supply management, logistics, business-to- • Social Studies business marketing and operations management. • Spanish The College of Business and Economics has joined with the Freshman, sophomores and juniors with a minimum College of Engineering to offer two cross-college programs. overall GPA of 2.75 may apply to the program. Those These programs, Integrated Business and Engineering (IBE) accepted will begin education courses in the second and Computer Science and Business (CSB) are described in semester of sophomore year (junior year for those admit- full in the following “Crossing Boundaries” section. ted later). Crossing Boundaries Criteria for admission to the program include: A major strength of the College of Business and • A demonstrable commitment to learning and intellec- Economics is its ability to develop programs by partner- tual growth ing across academic disciplines within the College, across • An expressed interest in teaching as a career the colleges within the University and with the business • Previous experience in working with young people; community. Students are able to cross traditional bound- this can be gained in the summers of freshman and aries and take advantage of all that the College of sophomore years Business and Economics and other colleges of the In the fall semester of senior year, students must com- University have to offer. The partnerships built with plete an application for admission to the graduate alumni and the business community afford students the College of Education (elementary or secondary educa- opportunity for internships in their areas of interest. tion) in order to continue in the program and complete As the needs in the marketplace change, the ingredients the master’s degree/Instructional Level I teacher certifica- necessary for success must reflect these new requirements. tion portion of the program. From courses in e-commerce to supply chain management For information students should contact Professor Lynn and joint degree programs, the College of Business and Columba, College of Education, Mountaintop Campus, Economics provides today’s undergraduate students with Iacocca Hall, 111 Research Drive. the skills necessary to become tomorrow’s business leaders. Undergraduate Studies 39

Entrepreneurship Minor become the CIO’s, decision makers, and general man- The program aims to prepare students from all under- agers of information age corporations. graduate colleges at Lehigh with the skill sets, attitudes, While honors-like in quality and rigor, the CSB program and understanding of the processes to realize their entre- is open to any student wishing to accept the challenges it preneurial goals in either an emerging or established offers. Students may matriculate at Lehigh specifically company setting. The program is designed to be general- into CSB or enter the program at a later point. ly accessible to students from all disciplines with an Transferring into CSB after freshman year, however, may emphasis upon innovation, the entrepreneurial process, require students to take additional credits to graduate. and cross-functional integration. The minor can be added to any undergraduate degree at the university. The co-directors of the CSB program are James A. Hall, Associate Professor of Accounting and Information Career Placement Systems ([email protected]) and Edwin Kay, Professor of The undergraduate programs in the College of Business Computer Science and Engineering ([email protected]). and Economics provide the students with a strong foun- For additional information see Section V of this catalog dation in business and economic principles necessary for or visit the CSB web site at: success in business. Upon graduation, the majority of www2.lehigh.edu/page.asp?page=distinctiveprograms students from the College of Business and Economics enter business in many different professional positions Integrated Business and Engineering including accounting, investment banking, advertising, Honors Program marketing, management consulting and information sys- The Integrated Business and Engineering Program (IBE) tems. Further professional studies in law, graduate is offered jointly by the College of Business and business schools or specialized graduate education in eco- Economics and the P. C. Rossin College of Engineering nomics, operations research, or other related fields are and Applied Science. This program recognizes the need additional options open to graduates. for today’s leaders in business and industry to have a Variety of Options sound foundation in both commerce and technology. While preparing students for a career in business and After four years and a minimum of 137 credits, students economics, we recognize the importance of a well-round- will receive a single Bachelor of Science Degree in ed individual. At Lehigh, this important exposure to Business and Engineering. The program meets the science, language and the arts and humanities is accom- accreditation standards of AACSB International. plished by distribution requirements, within which the Students are required to maintain a minimum GPA of student has wide choice. Students have a minimum of 3.25 in order to remain in the program. 52 free electives, 48 of which must be taken outside the College of Business and Economics. Students in the IBE Honors Program can major in any area of business or engineering that Lehigh offers. After The bachelor of science in business and economics may freshman year, each student will elect a major in either also lead to admission into the master of business admin- the College of Business and Economics or the P. C. istration program at Lehigh or another institution after Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. graduates have at least 2-3 years of work experience. In Students wanting to major in an area of business can addition, the college also offers the following graduate select from: accounting, business information systems, degrees: doctor of philosophy, master of business admin- economics, finance, marketing, management or supply istration and engineering, master of business chain management. administration and educational leadership, master of sci- ence in accounting and information analysis, master of Admission to the Integrated Business and Engineering science in economics, master of science in health and Honors Program is highly selective, with annual admis- bio-pharmaceutical economics and master of science in sion limited to approximately 50 students. The analytical finance. These are described in Section IV. University’s Office of Admissions (610-758-3100) can explain the procedure for applying to the program. Computer Science and Business It is possible that a small number of exceptional students Program may be admitted to the program following the completion The College of Business and Economics and the of their freshman year. Admission at this point would be Computer Science and Engineering department in the highly competitive and based upon freshman year GPA, P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science faculty recommendations, and space availability. jointly offer the Computer Science and Business (CSB) The co-directors of the IBE Honors Program are program. This 135 credit hour degree integrates technol- Stephen G. Buell, Professor of Finance and Business ogy skills in software development with a solid Information Systems ([email protected]) and Robert H. background in business and economics. Deep immersion Storer, Professor of Industrial and Manufacturing in both of these areas distinguishes CSB from programs Systems Engineering ([email protected]). For additional offered by other universities. At the same time it is well information, see the IBE Honors Program entry in balanced with approximately one third of the courses in Section V of this catalog or visit the IBE web site at liberal arts, one-third in computer science, and one-third www.lehigh.edu/inibep/inibep.html. in business. After four years the program leads to a degree in Centers and Institutes Computer Science and in Business, which is jointly The college also oversees research and scholarship in a awarded by the College of Business and Economics and number of centers and institutes, where graduate and the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied undergraduate students work closely with faculty mem- Science. Graduates of the program will be ideal candi- bers. These include: Iacocca Institute, Martindale Center dates for placement within large consulting firms, small for the Study of Private Enterprise, Murray H. consulting teams, and startup companies. This program Goodman Center for Real Estate Studies, Philip Rauch provides students with the background needed to Center for Business Communications, Value Chain 40 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Research Institute, Financial Services Laboratory, and mum of 48 credits are to be taken outside the College of Small Business Development Center. Business and Economics. Bachelor of Science in Business and In the College of Business and Economics, the pass-fail option is available for elective courses only. A student Economics desiring Lehigh credit for a course taken at another insti- For the bachelor of science degree in business and eco- tution must complete a transfer credit form and obtain nomics, 124 credit hours are required. A writing approval from the appropriate Lehigh academic depart- requirement, which is included within the required 124 ment in advance. credit hours, is also a part of the college curriculum. Business Minor Planning Courses of Study The purpose of the business minor program is to enable First year non-CBE students to pursue a course of business studies ENGL 1 Composition and Literature I (3) that will enable them to supplement their major studies ENGL 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 Composition and Literature II (3) and make them more marketable. The overall learning MATH 21 Calculus I (4) or objective of the program is to provide non-CBE students MATH 75/76 Calculus I — Parts A & B (2 each) with the knowledge and skills with which to make more ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) informed business decisions. BUS 1 Introduction to Business (3) Courses offered in the business minor program are not Excel competency must be completed before ACCT 151 open to students currently in the CBE nor may these and ECO 145. classes count as substitutes for CBE core classes should a Second Year student later decide to transfer into the CBE. ACCT 151 Introduction to Financial Accounting (3) Program of Studies: The business minor consists of 14 ACCT 152 Introduction to Managerial Accounting (3) credit hours. These courses are integrated across the BIS 111 Management Information Systems (3) entire program and must be taken in sequence. These 14 ECO 129 Money, Banking and Financial Markets (3) credit hours plus the prerequisite consist of the following ECO 145 Statistical Methods (3) courses: ECO 146 Applied Microeconomic Analysis (3) Required prerequisite course: Third Year • ECO 1 — Principles of Economics (4 credit hours). FIN 225 Business Finance (3) ECO 1 can be taken in either the freshman or sopho- LAW 201 Legal Environment of Business (3) more year and must be completed prior to entering MKT 211 Principles of Marketing (3) the business minor program. MGT 280 Management of People and Operations (4) Fourth Year Required courses: MGT 301 Business Management Policies (3) • BUS 125 — Behavioral Skills Workshop (1 credit hour. Fall.) Prerequisite: ECO 1 Major Programs (15 credits - 21 credits) • BUS 126 — Information Analysis and Financial Before the end of the first semester of the junior year, Decision Making I (3 credit hours. Fall.) Co-requi- students select a major consisting of sequential or related site: BUS 125. courses in one of the following major programs: accounting, business information systems, economics, • BUS 127 — Information Analysis and Financial finance, management, marketing and supply chain man- Decision Making II (3 credit hours. Spring.) agement. A GPA of 2.0 or higher in the major program Prerequisite: BUS 126. is required for graduation. • BUS 225 — Developing, Producing, and Marketing Double Majors Products and Services I (3 credit hours. Fall.) Prerequisite: BUS 127. Students in the College of Business & Economics may pursue a double major with CBE according to the fol- • BUS 226 — Developing, Producing, and Marketing lowing guidelines. Students must declare a single major Products and Services II (3 credit hours. Spring.) prior to declaring a second major, and must complete an Prerequisite: BUS 225. application including a statement of rationale for pursu- • BUS 326 — Business Strategy (1 credit hour. ing the second major. Students planning to pursue more Spring.) than one major within the CBE must meet a pre-requi- site GPA of 2.0 or higher. Recommended courses: • Probability Theory and Statistics (e.g., ECO 145, Distribution Requirements (15 credits) MATH 12, IE 111, PSYC 110, etc.) Students are required to take six (6) credits of humani- ties (HU), six (6) credits of social science (SS), and three • An Integrated Learning Experience (e.g., ME/BUS (3) credits of science (NS) for a total of 15 credits of dis- 211, MGT 311, or internship) tribution requirements. Students should refer to the The courses required in the business minor program will department in the catalog to determine which course be offered in a lock step sequence requiring completion offerings may be taken to satisfy these requirements. of each course in the sequence before being able to con- tinue with the next course. That is, students must first Electives (52-58 credits) - depending on major complete BUS 126 before taking BUS 127, BUS 127 Students will earn 52-58 credits of “free” electives; a before taking BUS 225, and BUS 225 before taking 226. maximum of ten credits may be taken from other course BUS 125 and BUS 326 are to be taken in conjunction work in the College of Business and Economics. A mini- with BUS 126 and BUS 226, respectively. Undergraduate Studies 41

Program admission requirements: Each spring, 80 stu- Students must complete the minor sequence with an dents will be accepted into the business minor program average GPA of at least 2.0 in those courses in order to for the following fall. Application into the program will qualify for the minor. Courses in the Entrepreneurship be made by students and submitted to the program minor cannot be used towards either the Engineering director by March 1st. An admissions committee com- minor or the Business minor. Minor Program Director: prised of the business minor program director, associate Graham Mitchell. dean for the undergraduate CBE program, and the busi- ness minor curriculum committee will make admission decisions based on G.P.A., experience, and interest in College of Education pursuing business opportunities upon graduation from The university’s College of Education offers opportuni- Lehigh (to be evaluated on the basis of a written essay). ties for advanced study in the field of education. For Students will be notified of admissions decisions prior to information, see Graduate Study in Education, Section registration for the fall semester. Entrance into business IV, or College of Education, Section V. minor classes will be controlled by restricted overrides by the director of business minor program. The Director of the Business Minor program is Geraldo M. Vasconcellos, P.C. Rossin College of Allen DuBois Distinguished Professor of Finance & Engineering and Applied Economics ([email protected].). Science Entrepreneurship Minor The purpose of the entrepreneurship minor is to enable David Wu, dean students to supplement their major with knowledge and John P. Coulter, associate dean for graduate studies and skills that increase their ability to realize their entrepre- research neurial goal and/or make them more marketable upon Richard N. Weisman, associate dean for undergraduate graduation. It will also work to create an environment studies and campus center of gravity that fosters an entrepre- The P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied neurial spirit and mindset among students, and also Science offers the bachelor of science degree in 15 pro- serve as a focus for community building among entrepre- grams, combining a strong background in sciences and neurial students, faculty, and alumni. This minor is mathematics with requirements in humanities and social available for students at Lehigh University. sciences. Students in college programs learn principles they can apply immediately in professional work; those Program of Studies: The entrepreneurship minor consists who plan on further academic experience can design a of 12 credit hours, plus the pre-requisite course, as follows: curriculum centering on interests they will pursue in Required pre-requisite course: graduate school. The Mission of the college is to prepare undergraduate • ECO 1: Principles of Economics (4 credit hours) and graduate students to be critical thinkers, problem ECO 1 must be completed prior to entering the solvers, innovators, leaders and life-long learners in a entrepreneurship minor program. global society and to create an environment where stu- Required Courses: dents pursue cutting-edge research in engineering and • ENTP 101: Entrepreneurship I (3 credit hours) engineering science. Pre-requisite: ECO 1. Major Subjects • ENTP 201: Entrepreneurship and Enterprise (3 The P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied credit hours) Pre-requisite: ENTP 101 or permission Science includes seven departments and offers under- of minor program director. graduate and graduate degree programs at the bachelor, • One of the following ILE options (3 credit hours) master, and doctor of philosophy levels. • ENTP 311: Entrepreneurship Practicum (3) The undergraduate degree programs leading to the bach- • IBE 395: Capstone Projects 1 (3) elor of science degree are: • MGT 311: LUMAC Management Assistance applied sciences Counseling (3) bioengineering Or other independent experiential project approved chemical engineering* by the minor program director. chemistry civil engineering* • ENTP 312: Launching Entrepreneurial Ventures (3 computer engineering* credit hours) Pre-requisite: Junior standing, ENTP computer science** 311, or equivalent ILE option, or permission or electrical engineering* minor program director. engineering mechanics Recommended Additional Courses: engineering physics • ACCT 108 or 151/152 environmental engineering industrial engineering* • LAW 201 and 202 information and systems engineering • MGT 306 materials science and engineering* • MKT 211 and 319 mechanical engineering* • SCM 309 *Accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology. • Excel Competency Course/Exam **Accredited by the Computing Science Accreditation Board, Inc. 42 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Programs in chemistry and physics have been approved by Freshman year, second semester (15 credits) the faculty program review committee in these disciplines. ENGL 2 Composition and Literature: Fiction, Information about each of these programs may be found Drama, Poetry (3) under alphabetical listings in Section V. PHY 11, 12 Introductory Physics I Each of the curricula includes course requirements in the and Laboratory (5) or physical sciences, mathematics, engineering, and the CHM 95, 97 Introductory Chemical Principles advanced engineering or science course work essential for and Lab (5) the particular degree. In addition, each curriculum MATH 22 Calculus II (4) requires study in humanities and social sciences (HSS). ENGR 1 Engineering Computations (3) or ENGR 5 Introduction to Engineering Practice (3) Declaration and Change of Curriculum In the second semester of the freshman year, at registra- Humanities/Social Sciences (HSS) tion for the sophomore year, students usually indicate Requirement for all Accredited Engineering Majors their choice of curriculum. However, since the sopho- Basic Requirement: English and Economics. (Three more year programs for several curricula are very much courses totaling a minimum of ten credit hours): alike, it is possible to transfer from one curriculum to another as late as the end of the sophomore year. This is Students must complete English 1 or 3, English 2, 5, or done by filing a new declaration of major form. There 11 and Economics 1. Students with advanced place- are instances where such a transfer may require one or ments in English I usually take English 11 to complete two courses to be taken during a summer session at the English requirements. Lehigh or elsewhere. Advanced Requirement: Breadth and Depth. 13 credits Undergraduates with interests in such topical areas as in courses designated as HU (humanities) or SS (social environmental biotechnology or aerospace engineering science), not including one-credit courses, with the fol- may pursue their interests through electives provided in lowing restrictions: each of the curricula. Effective preparation for graduate 1. At least eight credits must be in a common disci- study in such specialties consists of basic programs in pline and from the same department or program. At engineering and science, along with electives especially least three of these credits must be a the 100-level or chosen for the field of interest. Such electives are chosen above, or at the intermediate level or above for a sin- from among all the offerings of the university and are gle modern foreign language. usually taken during the senior year. 2. At least three credits in a discipline different from, Free Electives and not cross-listed with, the discipline employed to satisfy the concentration requirement above. The college, through its advisers, is prepared to help stu- dents to use the credit hours of “free electives” that, 3. At least three credits must be designated as HU. along with other electives in the curriculum, may be 4. HSS Credit is not given for a first elementary-level used to develop a program of personal interest. Free elec- modern foreign language course (e.g. Spanish 1) tives may be satisfied by taking regular course offerings until after the second elementary-level course (e.g. or up to six credit hours from Mus 21-79, or up to six Spanish 2) is completed satisfactorily. credit hours from Jour 1-8, or up to six credit hours of 5. None of the courses taken to satisfy the HSS advanced ROTC courses. requirement can be taken Pass/Fail. Qualified juniors in the college planning to continue their formal education in graduate school are urged to Minors in Humanities/Social Sciences take advantage of the flexibility in their programs and For greater emphasis in a particular area, a student may design their senior-year “free elective” opportunities in a choose to complete a minor in Humanities and Social manner that provides an effective foundation for a grad- Sciences (HSS). Specific requirements may be found uate program. Students who plan their programs in this under the heading Minor Programs in the College. manner can, upon recommendation of the department Because students must fulfill the HSS requirements, this and petition to the Associate Dean, apply up to six hours will result in taking as many as seven HSS courses. of their total undergraduate credit hours toward gradu- Therefore, a student electing a minor must use personal ate-level courses. (free) electives. Each curriculum in the college contains a minimum of two such free electives. Recommended Freshman Year In Written permission to pursue a minor in HSS must be Engineering and Applied Science obtained from the sponsoring department, and the stu- A recommended outline of courses for the freshman dent’s academic advisor, and filed with the registrar. A year, which satisfies requirements for all students in the student successfully completing a HSS minor will college, is shown below. For schedules of the courses receive recognition of this accomplishment on his or required in the following three years, refer to Section V. her transcript. Freshman year, first semester (15 credits) ENGL 1 Composition and Literature (3) Minor in Engineering CHM 95, 97 Introductory Chemical Principles and The minor in engineering is available to students in the Laboratory (5) or Colleges of Arts and Sciences and Business and PHY 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Laboratory (5) Economics only. The courses that comprise the minor MATH 21 Calculus I (4) cannot be taken by students in the College of Engineering and Applied Sciences. The purpose of the ENGR 1 Engineering Computations (3) or minor is to educate non-engineering students concern- ENGR 5 Introduction to Engineering Practice (3) ing engineering methodology, specifically how engineers Undergraduate Studies 43 solve problems, how they design, manufacture, and ana- Music Option lyze, and how factors such as economics, safety, Music and Engineering is not a major in itself. However, environmental issues affect the process. The program Lehigh attracts many engineering and science students will not result in an engineering education, but an edu- who wish to continue their active involvement in music cation about engineering. Note that all the courses in and the music department. For those students who are the minor are “integrated”; none are specific to an engi- interested in pursuing this option, music can be taken as neering discipline. a second degree or minor. The minor has two prerequisites, a mathematics course (Math 51 or equivalent) and a physics course (Physics 5 Cooperative Education (Co-Op) or equivalent). There are 2 required courses in the Co-Op is a selective program available for undergraduates minor, and an additional 3 elective courses must also be in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied taken. Contact [email protected] or the Associate Science; the program provides eight months of paid, full- Dean’s office of the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering time work experience, bridging the gap between and Applied Science for details. engineering theory and application and allowing students to graduate within a four year time-frame. Because of the Technical Minors rigorous academic schedule, only the top third of a given Minors are offered in technical or scientific specialties class is invited to participate in the program. that are not normally included within the standard cur- The Co-Op schedule provides for interviews and selec- ricula. Each minor program contains at least 15 credit tion by the companies in the spring semester of the hours of technical and/or scientific courses. sophomore year. Those students selected attend Lehigh The student interested in a technical minor should for a challenging summer schedule of junior-level course- contact the associate chair of the department in which work, then begin their first work rotation with the the minor is desired for specific requirements. A stu- sponsoring company in mid-August. This rotation will dent successfully completing a technical minor will last until mid-January when the student returns to receive recognition of this accomplishment on his or Lehigh for the second semester coursework of the junior her transcript. year. The Co-Op experience is completed with a second Currently, the following technical minors are offered by work rotation the following summer (mid-May through these departments: August). Students earn 3 free elective credits per success- Technical Minor Department ful work assignment for a total of 6 free elective credits. aerospace engineering Mechanical Engineering Integrated Business and Engineering biotechnology Chemical Engineering Honors Program chemical engineering Chemical Engineering The Integrated Business and Engineering Honors Program (IBE) is offered jointly by the P. C. Rossin computer science Computer Science & College of Engineering and Applied Science and the Engineering College of Business and Economics. The program recog- environmental engineering Civil & Environmental nizes the need for today’s leaders in business and Engineering industry to have a sound foundation in both commerce manufacturing systems Industrial & Systems and technology. Engineering After four years and a minimum of 137 credits, students materials science Materials Science & will receive a single Bachelor of Science Degree in Engineering Integrated Business and Engineering. The program nanotechnology Materials Science & meets the accreditation standards of the American Engineering Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. Students are expected to maintain a minimum GPA of 3.25 in order polymer science & Center for Polymer Science to remain in the program. engineering & Engineering A second option is the five-year dual degree program. Minors Offered by the College of This option allows students to obtain a second Bachelor Business & Economics for Engineering of Science degree in engineering by completing course Undergraduates work in the engineering field chosen by the student as their IBE major. Students enrolled in the four year IBE The College of Business and Economics offers a minor Honors Program and in satisfactory standing are able to in Business for students in the College of Arts and transfer to a dual-degree at any time, and stay within the Sciences and Engineering and Applied Science to pro- honors program cohort. The additional time necessary to vide students with knowledge and skills to allow them to complete the second degree will depend on the curricu- make informed business decisions. A sequential sequence lum selected, and the number of advanced placement of courses is designed to integrate such traditional topics credits. The number of additional credit hours will typi- as accounting, finance, marketing, and management. cally be in the range of 27 to 30. The second minor offered by the College of Business Students in the IBE Honors Program can major in nearly and Economics is Entrepreneurship. The courses in the any area of engineering or business that Lehigh offers. minor treat subjects such as intellectual property, creativ- After their freshman year, each student will elect a major in ity and innovation, venture capital, positioning of either the P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied products and services, and understanding the entrepre- Science or the College of Business and Economics. neurial mindset. Admission to the Integrated Business and Engineering Program is highly selective, with annual admission limit- 44 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

ed to approximately 45 students. The University’s Office Bachelor/Master Degree Programs of Admissions can explain the procedure for applying to Of increasing interest to undergraduates are the two-degree the program. programs that may lead to both a bachelor and a master’s It is possible that a small number of exceptional students degree in five years. Because Lehigh’s well-established grad- may be admitted to the program following the completion uate programs are closely integrated with the of their freshman year. Admission at this point would be undergraduate programs, it is possible to consider pro- highly competitive and based upon freshman year GPA, grams leading to the arts/master of business administration faculty recommendations, and space availability. degree and the engineering/master of science in material The Co-Directors of the IBE Honors Program are science, among others. The fifth-year program in the Robert H. Storer, Professor of Industrial and Systems School of Education enables those receiving a B.A. or B.S. Engineering ([email protected]) and Stephen G. Buell, degree to accomplish professional teacher training and Professor of Finance ([email protected]). For additional serve as salaried interns in public schools. After the com- information, see the IBE Honors Program entry in pletion of one year of full-time teaching, secondary Section V of this catalog or visit the IBE web site at teachers can receive the master of arts and elementary www.lehigh.edu/inibep/inibep.html. teachers can receive master of education degrees. Centers and Institutes Many other five-year, graduate-level combination pro- grams exist, and students are advised to consult with Faculty and students in the college also have research and their adviser in planning such programs. scholarship activities in a number of centers and insti- tutes, where graduate and undergraduate students work Interdisciplinary Programs closely with faculty members. These include: Center for The university’s interdisciplinary programs are designed Advanced Technology for Large Structural Systems, to cross the boundaries between colleges to accommo- Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute, Chemical date new and developing fields as well as the interests of Process Modeling and Control Center, Emulsion students. They include such programs as the following: Polymers Institute, Energy Research Center, Enterprise Africana Studies. A program offering a minor is available Systems Center, Fritz Laboratory, Sherman Fairchild to students interested in exploring various aspects of the Center for Solid-State Studies, Polymer Science and African American experience. Courses covering African Engineering Center, Structural Stability Research American art, history, literature, music, and society are Council, Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat, offered. The program is complemented with a lecture, Center for Manufacturing Systems Engineering, Ben film, and arts series that highlights the richness and Franklin Center, Manufacturers Resource Center, Center diversity of black culture. for Advanced Materials and Nanotechnology, and Center for Optical Technologies. Applied Life Sciences. The Applied Life Sciences pro- gram offers options for talented students seeking non-traditional careers at the interface of life science and Special Undergraduate other fields. It is designed to provide a flexible curricular Academic Opportunities design for students interested in social science, humani- ties, and business applications of the bioscience The academic programs in the colleges are supplemented revolution, as well as those who wish to work at the by five-year, two-degree programs as well as opportuni- intersections among the natural sciences. The program is ties for advanced, foreign, and experiential study. a Liberal Arts complement to the Bioengineering pro- gram that provides an opportunity to combine Arts Engineering Option traditional Engineering disciplines with the life sciences. The curriculum in arts-engineering is designed for students Environmental Studies. The Environmental Studies pro- wanting a professional education in a field of engineering gram will provide broad exposure to the range of issues and also the opportunity to study a second field. confronting the human condition, cultural and historical Arts-engineers fulfill all requirements for the professional perspectives on how society has evolved to its present engineering degree for which they are working. However, state, and insights into the range of possible correspon- the first three years of science and engineering courses ding methodological approached and solutions to the are scheduled over four years for the arts-engineer. global environmental questions humanity confronts. During this period the arts-engineer is a student in the This program complements existing Environmental College of Arts and Science pursuing a bachelor of arts Sciences as well as the program in Environmental or bachelor of science major program. Engineering. In many instances it may be advisable to take the two Science, Technology and Society Program (STS). Faculty degrees at the end of the fifth year. Arts-engineers work- from all three colleges explore the interrelationships ing towards the bachelor of science in biology, computer between science and technological advancement and the science, environmental science, geological sciences, geo- quality of human life in the popular STS program. physics, molecular biology, and statistics are advised to pay special attention to the engineering humanities and social science requirements, which must be met in time for the student to qualify for the B.S. in engineering. Arts-engineers have the same opportunities for multiple majors and special interdisciplinary majors as are avail- able to students working for the baccalaureate (B.S. or B.A. degree only) in the College of Arts and Sciences. Additional information may be obtained by contacting Prof. Daniel Zeroka, 496 Seeley Mudd Building. Undergraduate Studies 45

Office of International Students adjustment to university life at Lehigh and to the United States. International Orientation is a time to become and Scholars accustomed to life in America, and to meet other foreign students. Each person will receive a Handbook for “The development of future leaders in our global society is International Students and Scholars . first among Lehigh’s purposes.” – Lehigh University Mission Statement Additional Special Services for International Students 32 Sayre Drive, Coxe Hall, Bethlehem, PA, 18015-3123; (610) 758-4859. Fax (610) 758-5156. E-mail: Career Services: Advising and special workshops for [email protected]. www.lehigh.edu/intnl/ careers for international students are provided. Lehigh fosters an environment that welcomes and Food Service: For undergraduate students on the meal encourages the international exchange of students and plan, menus meet the international dietary needs of the scholars, and that integrates their global experience into students. There is a stir-fry bar and balanced meals for the academic and cultural community. The Office of vegetarian diets. International Students and Scholars (OISS) is a universi- Health Center: Fully staffed medical personnel meet ty-wide resource for students and scholars from abroad, both the physical and personal needs of all students. The for U.S. students studying abroad, and for U.S. students Counseling Center has special services for international and faculty who are interested in the global focus. Its students. mission is to provide support services for international Immigration/Visa Advising: Complete service. students and scholars to ensure maximum opportunities for them to achieve their goals; be a resource to the fac- Learning Center: Free tutors are provided in writing, ulty, staff and administration on issues related to math and science. international students and scholars, cross-cultural com- National Clubs: Home country clubs from all regions of munication and diversity; support the University’s efforts the world are established on campus. They form an to internationalize the campus; and create an environ- important part of the cross-cultural dimension of the ment where the Lehigh community is exposed to a campus, providing social events, films, and international multitude of cultures, traditions and viewpoints by pre- dialogue. senting internationally-focused academic, cultural and Phi Beta Delta, International Honor Society: Lehigh’s social programming. Beta Pi chapter of Phi Beta Delta, the international hon- International Students and Scholars orary society with chapters across the U.S. and overseas, is an important international organization on campus. Bill Hunter, Director, 32 Sayre Drive, Coxe Hall, The purpose of the society is to honor those involved in Bethlehem, PA, 18015-3123; (610) 758-4505. Fax (610) high academic achievement and service in the interna- 758-5156. E-mail: [email protected]. tional dimension, and to foster international exchange www.lehigh.edu/intnl/ on campus. The honor society has three categories of ISS serves the unique needs of foreign nationals who membership: international students who have demon- come to Lehigh as students, scholars, faculty and staff strated high scholastic achievement at Lehigh; U.S. members, and their families. More than 700 people from students who have demonstrated high scholastic achieve- over 65 nations currently live, work and study on our ment in the pursuit of international studies including campus. ISS offers advising on immigration, visa, and study abroad; faculty and staff distinguished in interna- personal matters. The office acts as a liaison with other tional endeavors. Gisela M. Nansteel, Chapter offices and departments on campus, and with national Coordinator. and international agencies. Religious Services: Services for all the major religions are Services on campus or nearby, including Muslim, Christian, A variety of cross-cultural programs are initiated by the Jewish, Hindu and Buddhist. OISS, including a combined undergraduate and gradu- Global Union: ate orientation, spouse conversation groups, seminars on Bill Hunter, Director, 32 Sayre Drive, Coxe Hall, immigration matters, international tax advising, Thanks- Bethlehem, PA 18015-3123, (610) 758-4505; Fax: (610) giving Dinner, the International Bazaar, monthly social 758-5156. E-mail: [email protected]. programs, International Week, and The International www:lehigh.edu/inglobal/ Update Newsletter. Lehigh is a member institution of Phi Beta Delta, international honorary society. The Beta The Global Union is a collaboration of more than 22 Pi Chapter recognizes scholarly achievement of interna- student clubs and organizations that promote global tional students and scholars, US students who have awareness and cultural understanding within the Lehigh studied abroad and faculty and staff involved in interna- community. There are more than 600 members of the tional activities. Global Union from over 30 countries, including two- thirds from the United States. The year for international students and scholars at Lehigh begins with the International Orientation. Located on the second floor of Coxe Hall, the Global Orientation takes place in conjunction with other pro- Union hosts panel discussions on world issues, grams offered by the undergraduate admissions office International Education Week, dinners and cultural festi- and/or graduate departments, starting immediately vals, musical performances, and a language exchange before the university-wide orientation at the beginning program. All events at the Global Union are open to the of each semester. Orientation is strongly recommended Lehigh community. for all new international students and scholars. Issues The lounge also has a TV/VCR, satellite dish, stereo, discussed include filing for a social security number, comfortable couches and a microwave, and can be used opening a banking account, health insurance, and for meetings, quiet study or film presentations. 46 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

The Global Union lounge can be reserved by calling (610) Fees & Financial Aid: Lehigh endeavors to make study 758-4505 ten business days before the proposed event. abroad available to all students. Financial aid, as deter- For more information regarding the Global Union, mined by the Financial Aid Office, continues when the check our website at www.lehigh.edu/inglobal/ students study abroad. Lehigh requires the payment of Lehigh’s tuition, minus any financial aid, for all students who study abroad who receive Lehigh credit. Study Study Abroad Abroad then pays the student tuition fees to the program “Lehigh University recommends international study. We abroad. Students are responsible for room, board, and support programs that offer rigorous academic environments, airfare, in most cases. immersion in host cultures, and opportunities for personal Scholarships: The Philip and Muriel Berman Center for growth. Students should return to Lehigh with an enhanced Jewish Studies sponsors summer, semester and year pro- ability to appreciate global concerns. grams in Israel in cooperation with Tel Aviv University - Study Abroad Mission Statement and Hebrew University in Jerusalem. Contact the Center for Jewish Studies, 324 Maginnes, 9 Packer Avenue, Erica Smith, Director; Katie McCleary, Study Abroad Bethlehem, PA 18015; (610) 758-4869. Advisor. Coxe Hall, 32 Sayre Drive, Bethlehem, PA 18015; (610) 758-3351; Fax (610) 758-5156; email The Department of Modern Languages and Literature [email protected] www.lehigh.edu/studyabroad (MLL) offers limited merit scholarships. Contact MLL, Maginnes Hall, 9 West Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA The Study Abroad office maintains a list of more than 18015; (610) 758-3090. 60 approved semester and yearlong programs of academ- ic study in over 40 countries The programs are regularly Fulbright, Rhodes, Marshall and other applicants may evaluated and monitored by faculty in order to ensure seek assistance from the Office of Fellowship Advising. high academic quality and immersion in host cultures. Director: Professor Ian Duffy; [email protected]. Students attending these programs receive Lehigh credit. Other scholarship opportunities are available; see the The Study Abroad Office conducts extensive advising Study Abroad website. activities, guiding students through the process of identi- Summer Programs: Lehigh offers several faculty-led fying programs that fit personal and academic goals, summer and winter (break) study abroad programs. The consulting with Lehigh faculty to obtain course approval, number of programs and academic offerings varies, so applying, and other aspects of study abroad. Group and students are advised to consult the web: individual advising sessions take place every week. The www.lehigh.edu/studyabroad. Past programs have includ- Office provides mandatory pre-departure orientation ed: Business & History in Belgium; Business in Prague; meetings for all students going abroad, and continuous Architecture in Paris; Art History & Religion in Rome registration at Lehigh. A comprehensive web site with & Florence; Art & Architecture in Vicenza; Internships information on all aspects of participation is maintained & Language in Shanghai; Sustainable Development in by the Office: www.lehigh.edu/ studyabroad. Costa Rica; French & Africana Studies in Martinique; Lehigh University maintains formal exchange agree- MLL in Spain; Special Topics Seminar in Ghana; ments with universities in Australia, Belgium, Mexico, Economics & Humanities in Ireland; Archaeology in the United Kingdom, France, Hong Kong and Japan. Honduras. Lehigh credit and grades are applied to a stu- Students are selected through faculty interviews for dent’s transcript. these programs. Lehigh University sponsors several six-week summer lan- Requirements: Good standing, and a minimum GPA of guage programs in Europe and Mexico through LVAIC, at least 3.0 or a GPA of 3.0 in the last two regular full- the Lehigh Valley Association of Independent College. time semesters of study at Lehigh. Any student with less Credits and grades transfer to Lehigh and are counted in than this and who believes for good reason that there are the Student’s GPA. extenuating circumstances may appeal to the committee on the standing of students for an exception to this rule English as a Second Language before leaving to study abroad. Timothy Bonner, Director, Applications: Students who receive Lehigh academic 205 Coxe Hall, credit for a study abroad program must submit an appli- Bethlehem, PA, 18015, (610) 758-6099 cation through the Study Abroad Office. Applicants are www.lehigh.edu/~inesl required to consult with academic advisors, have courses approved by departments, and in some cases request rec- The English as a Second Language Program (ESL) offers ommendations by faculty. academic semester and summer courses for undergradu- ate and graduate students and their families. In addition, Academic Credit: Academic credit is given for programs academic support is provided for ESL students through approved by Lehigh faculty only. Students must receive a the ELLC language lab, conversation groups, and lan- ‘C’ or better for credit to transfer. Grades earned on guage enrichment courses. semester and year programs do not count in the student’s G.P.A. English Department (Credit) Courses. After reviewing placement test results, undergraduates accepted by the Foreign Language: Students are encouraged to study ESL program may take English 3 and English 5 in the language of their program country, which typi- (Composition and Literature for ESL Writers I and II) in cally requires four semesters of college-level language substitution for required English 1 and 2. Native English study. Lehigh also has approved programs where stu- speaking or near native-speaking upperclass and graduate dents may learn the host language while taking other students who are interested in the ESL field as a career courses in English. can get an introduction to teaching ESL/EFL in English Undergraduate Studies 47

310 and English 314. (Refer to the English department satellite downlinks and newly added permanently course listings.) installed DVD and VHS technologies. Newly added is ESLP (Credit) Courses. Both undergraduate and gradu- our refurbished (five-meter dish) digital link, which facil- ate students may select from a variety of supplemental itates PBS, ALS and The Business Channel ESL credit courses in conversation, accent reduction, teleconferencing. reading, and writing offered throughout the year. (Refer Experiential Learning to the English as a Second Language course offerings.) The accommodation of student interest extends beyond Intensive ESL (Non-credit) Program. The StepUp regular departmental offerings. Hands-on experiences in Program provides an intensive academic ESL experience learning enrich classroom instruction. Each of the three for both enrolled Lehigh students and for other students colleges offers a number of such experiences to under- preparing to enter a U.S. university or who need profes- graduates. Among them: sional English skills. StepUp enhances English skills in The Philadelphia Urban Semester. Undergraduates in academic reading and writing and formal academic lan- all fields of study can earn 16 Lehigh credit hours by guage, and provides an orientation to American spending a semester studying in the nation’s fourth- university culture. For more information, view our web- largest metropolis. They live, work, and study with site at www.lehigh.edu/~inesl/StepUp other students from two dozen other institutions, super- English Language Learning Center (ELLC). The ESL vised by faculty of the Great Lakes Colleges Association. Program offers English language study through the use This consortium of such leading Midwestern institu- of interactive ESL software and tutoring. Call the ESL tions as DePauw, Kenyon, Oberlin, and Wooster is a Office or view the ELLC program on our website. recognized leader in providing extra-mural academic programs both here and abroad. International Multimedia The curriculum consists of two four-credit seminars and an eight-credit internship. All students are enrolled in a Resource Center core “Seminar on the City” which introduces them to Johanna Brams, Instructional Technology Specialist, 473 the field of urban affairs and to Philadelphia. The sec- Maginnes; (610) 758-6134, 6295. ond seminar is elected from a half-dozen more specialized urban topics; recent choices available have The International Multimedia Resource Center, located included “Folklore in Philadelphia,” “Art in the City” in Maginnes Hall, provides a diversity of services ranging (which met each week at a different site), and “Justice.” from multimedia to telecommunications. Under the aus- Internships involve working four days weekly in a public pices of Information Resources, working directly with or private placement which tests the student’s aptitude Media Production and the Media Center, in collaboration in a variety of practical ways while enhancing apprecia- with the College of Arts and Sciences , and Modern tion of city life. Languages and Literature, the IMRC maintains a multi- media computing center (470 Maginnes Hall) equipped The Washington Semester. Opportunity is available with state-of-the-art multimedia computers, a head end each year for six juniors or seniors to spend a term room (473) and the World View Room (490 Maginnes studying in Washington, D.C., in cooperation with Hall) that broadcasts international, historical, and cultur- American University. Lehigh University is a member al events on our wide screen television. As a resource with 180 other colleges and universities. center, the IMRC supports the efforts of faculty and staff Students enroll at Lehigh but spend the semester in resi- in the design , construction and application of either dence at American University with the students from original or off-the-shelf multimedia presentations and other participating colleges. projects. New CD ROM based immersive software pro- The curriculum consists of national-government semi- grams enhance language learning. Student-centered nars, an internship, and a written research project. web-research projects occur through partnerships with Besides the national government program, the student various faculty members throughout the year. Web uti- may choose other program offerings such as economic lization, research and design workshops are held regularly, policy semester, journalism, public administration, for- focusing on diverse software web, desktop and design eign policy semester and justice semester. applications. An extensive collection of international audio, video and multimedia programs is maintained. Inspection trips. The location of the university in the cen- Moreover, the IMRC sponsors business, university, and ter of industrial activities of various types affords unusual international broadcasting, as well as teleconferencing opportunities for visits to manufacturing plants. events through satellite and videoconferencing technolo- Inspection trips to individual plants are a required part of gies. The IMRC also maintains the two broadcast video specific courses in various engineering curricula. Written channels at Lehigh: the Academic Channel (Channel 21: reports may be required. These trips are generally held including international news (SCOLA), student produced during the senior year and involve an average expense of programming, academic programs and labs, sports and $25 to $50. special events, etc.) and the Movie Channel (Channel 22: popular, independent, and foreign movies programmed Credit by Examination by a student-elected committee). As a ‘Window to the World,’ the World View Room shows or hosts daily Upon petition and presentation of evidence that he or she scheduled international and cultural programs, films and has qualified for it, a student already enrolled at Lehigh teleconferences; as well as being open for news watching may be permitted by the standing of students committee all day long. Comfortably furnished, the World View to take a special examination for credit towards gradua- Room accommodates 25 – 35 people. A new 51 inch flat tion. Special examinations are granted only for screen television supports regular viewing, as well as films, extraordinary reasons and upon petition. There must be 48 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

adequate supporting evidence of sufficient cause accompa- A student may register for apprentice teaching only once nying each petition. There is a fee for all special each semester, only once in a given course, and only examinations. twice during a college career. Students taking a special exam after matriculation at To register for apprentice teaching each student-teacher Lehigh will have the grade and credits assigned to their partnership will submit an apprentice teaching agree- permanent Lehigh record. Special exam credit will be ment, indicating the duties and obligations for approval counted as in residence credit and the grade will be used to the department chair and the dean of the student’s in all grade point average calculations. No special exam college in which the course is taken. This form must be will be granted in a course that the student has already submitted to the registrar before the first day of classes in taken (except senior reexaminations) for credit or on an the semester. To complete the course, the apprentice audit basis, or in a course in which the student has teachers must submit a written report of their experience already completed more advanced work at Lehigh. to the supervising teacher, who will forward it to the Office of the Provost. Preparation for Graduate Work Curricular Flexibility Students planning to continue in graduate programs should take advantage of the flexibility in many under- Choice is a regular part of university life, and encom- graduate programs to design an upper-division passes the determination of a college and major, the curriculum that meets requirements in the anticipated selection of courses each term, and the development of graduate program. life goals and career options. The policies of the colleges provides as much flexibility Many of these choices are academic in nature. The as possible for students who wish to change to new but undergraduate curricula are flexible, designed to accom- related fields of study after the baccalaureate degree. modate the changing interests and needs of students. Students should consult with their previous program Boundaries between colleges are as fluid as possible to adviser and the department representative of the new provide many options in an educational program. For field to establish an academic program that will remedy instance, students may take a bachelor of science (B.S.) any deficiencies in background. degree in the College of Business and Economics or the College of Engineering and Applied Science with a minor in journalism in the College of Arts and Sciences. Guidelines for Undergraduates There are five-year programs for which degrees are to Take Graduate Level Courses awarded in two colleges. Transfers between undergraduate colleges is permitted but 1. No undergraduate student may take a 400-level only after the freshman year. Students considering such a course during a term where the student’s total cred- transfer must confer with their advisers to begin the process. its are greater than 18 (including audits). Academic offerings of the various departments are 2. All students receiving a graduate degree must be described in Section V. To provide additional flexibility enrolled one full semester or summer as a regular and encourage student initiative and depth of investiga- student prior to the awarding of a graduate degree. tion, the university has developed academic alternatives 3. An undergraduate student may use no more than 12 including the following: credits taken as an undergraduate toward a graduate Provisional Courses. Departments may introduce provi- degree. These courses must be at the 300 and 400 level sional courses temporarily within a semester, either and beyond all undergraduate degree requirements. experimentally or as a response to a contemporary social 4. Students should have achieved junior standing and a or scientific issue. If successful, a course may become grade point average of 3.0 to take 400 level courses. part of the regular curriculum. Such courses, identified 5. Students must petition the Graduate and Research with a 95, 96, 97 or 98 number (preceded by a 1, 2, or and the Standing of Students for a possible excep- 3 indicating level) may sometimes take provisional cours- tion to theses standards. es numbered above 100 on a pass/fail basis. Independent Study. Juniors and seniors of ability who Apprentice Teaching wish to concentrate in their chosen field can substitute no more than four or six credit hours of independent, The apprentice teaching program is designed to benefit unscheduled work each semester for an equal number of juniors and seniors who wish to learn about teaching credit hours of elective work required for graduation. under the guidance of an experienced teacher. Students, in collaboration with the major adviser, with Apprentices often do a limited amount of supervised lec- the advice of the departmental chairperson and consent turing or leading of discussions, assist in making up and of the college dean, may structure such a project for study evaluating written assignments, and are available for in any curriculum and most major study sequences. individual consultation with students. Pass/Fail Option. Students have the opportunity to study To participate in the apprentice teaching program a stu- in areas without concern for possible poor grades by elect- dent must: ing a pass/fail option. Intended to encourage exploration 1. Have an over-all cumulative grade point average of at the upper division level outside the major field, this 2.80 or better; option is open to those who are sophomores and above, in good standing, who have declared a major. Courses num- 2. Have a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.3 bered below 100 will not be eligible for pass/fail. The and have completed at least two courses in the pass/fail option may not be used for major or minor sub- major field in which apprentice teaching is done; ject credit toward graduation or for distribution 3. Have previously taken for credit the course or its equiv- requirements. Consultation with the adviser is required. alent in which the apprentice teaching will be done. Undergraduate Studies 49

Graduate Courses. Qualified undergraduates may peti- The General College Division tion the graduate committee to register for 400-level courses if they are certified by the course instructor and The General College Division supplements the mission the department chairperson concerned. of the established undergraduate curricula. The division 1. No undergraduate student may take a 400-level provides an opportunity for persons not planning to course during a term where the student’s total cred- qualify for a degree to pursue work of a general or spe- its are greater than 18 (including audits). cialized nature that their preparation and interests make desirable; provides a trial period for those who wish to 2. All students receiving a graduate degree must be become candidates for baccalaureate or graduate degrees, enrolled one full semester or summer as a regular but whose preparation does not satisfy the entrance student prior to the awarding of a graduate degree. requirements for the established curricula; and provides 3. An undergraduate student may use no more than 12 an opportunity for qualified students to continue their credits taken as an undergraduate toward a graduate education without being committed to a restricted or degree. These courses must be at the 300 and 400 level specialized program of studies. Courses taken in the and beyond all undergraduate degree requirements. General College Division may not be submitted to meet 4. Students should have achieved junior standing and a the requirements for a graduate degree. grade point average of 3.0 to take 400 level courses. For admission to the General College Division, the stu- 5. Students must petition the Graduate and Research dent must submit a special, simplified application to the and the Standing of Students for a possible excep- undergraduate admissions office; the application must be tion to theses standards. submitted at least one month prior to the start of the semester in which the student hopes to enroll. The appli- LVAIC Cross-Registration cant must show maturity, seriousness of purpose and Currently enrolled full-time degree seeking undergraduate evidence of ability to pursue with profit the program of students in good academic standing who have achieved studies he or she desires. The student must have the sophomore status may register for up to two courses per established prerequisites for courses in which he or she term that cannot be scheduled at the home institution at wishes to enroll, and may register for courses up to and any one of the member institutions (Allentown College of including those at the 300-level. St. Francis de Sales, Cedar Crest College, Lafayette There is no established curriculum for the General College, Moravian College, and Muhlenberg College). The College Division. Each student works on a program out- student must obtain the appropriate approvals of his or her lined to meet his or her special needs. Each program own adviser and the host institution registrar. The courses must be approved by the registrar, director of the divi- must be in the normal academic load and not produce an sion. Students must obtain permission of the instructor overload. Graduate students and courses (courses num- for courses in which they want to enroll. Students in the bered 400 and above) are not eligible for cross registration. division are not permitted to take courses using their All grades of courses taken through the LVAIC cross regis- optional pass/fail grading system, or cross register for tration process will be accepted by the home institution and courses in the LVAIC. entered on the permanent record, and such grades will be Students in the division, as non-degree candidates, do used in computing the grade point average. Credits taken not meet the eligibility criteria for federal student aid, through the cross-registration process will be calculated as in under Title IV, including Federal Pell Grants and Federal residence. The number of credit hours assigned to a course Stafford Student Loans. Similarly, institutional financial is the responsibility of the home institution registrar. aid also is limited to degree candidates. Students may not repeat a course at another LVAIC Students in the division are not candidates for degrees and institution in which they expect to have a Lehigh cumu- must maintain a minimum 2.00 grade point average. A lative grade point average adjustment. student may transfer to regular matriculated undergradu- Lehigh University students are not permitted to cross-reg- ate status in any of the colleges only upon petition to, and ister for courses in all January intersession programs, the with the approval of, the Committee on the Standing of evening program at Muhlenberg College, all weekend Students. Transfer to the graduate school is possible only courses at Cedar Crest College, or the Access program at through the normal graduate admission process. Allentown College. All independent study music lessons With the exception above, students in the General or groups and correspondence courses are prohibited College Division are subject to the same rules and regu- from cross-registration without prior approval of the lations as students of the university. They pay the tuition Lehigh University standing of students Committee. and fees established for regularly matriculated students. Summer Session Lehigh students must have been registered full time in the prior spring semester to be eligible to cross-register for a summer term. A maximum of two courses per session, and 12 credit hours over the course of the entire summer may be rostered. Students may not cross-register for a course being offered at Lehigh during the summer term. 50 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

IV. Graduate Study and Research

Graduate Study Information on the various degree programs appears under the departmental listings in Section V; the Lehigh began awarding graduate degrees in 1882. The Interdisciplinary Graduate Study and Research part of first recipient, T.H. Hardcastle, of the Class of 1880, this Section; or can be obtained from the Office of wrote his thesis on Alexander Pope, entitled it The Research and Graduate Programs, College of Arts and Rights of Man, and read it aloud at commencement in Sciences, 9 West Packer Ave., Bethlehem, PA. 18015 June 1882. College of Business and Economics The first Ph.D. was granted in 1893 to Joseph W. Tom Hyclak, interim dean Richards, Class of 1886. Richards, who had a back- Kathleen A. Trexler, associate dean, director- MBA program ground in metallurgy and electrochemistry, taught at Lehigh until his death in 1921. The College of Business and Economics offers the mas- ter of science degree in accounting and information Women were admitted to the graduate program in 1918 analysis; master of science degree in economics; master when the faculty and the board of trustees agreed to of science degree in health and bio-pharmaceutical eco- grant the degrees of M.A. and M.S. to women, provided nomics; master of business administration with they attended classes in the late afternoon and on concentrations in finance, marketing, information sys- Saturdays “so that the general character of campus life tems management, entrepreneurship through the vSeries shall not be affected.” Three women received graduate program; international business and supply chain man- degrees in 1921, the first women to complete graduate agement; and the doctor of philosophy degree in work at Lehigh. In 1929, the rule was changed, and business and economics. Three joint degrees are also women were admitted on much the same basis as men. offered. The College of Business and Economics and the In 1936, the Graduate School was established to admin- P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science ister the graduate program. The Ph.D., which was offer the MBA Engineering. Students in this program temporarily discontinued in 1894, was reinstated in nine will have the opportunity to concentrate in both a busi- departments: chemistry, chemical engineering, civil engi- ness area and an engineering area during their Master’s neering, geology, history, mathematics, mechanical studies. The College of Education and the College of engineering, metallurgical engineering, and physics. Business and Economics offer a joint masters degree in Tomlinson Fort, professor of mathematics, was selected MBA/Educational Leadership. This degree will develop in 1938 as the first dean of the Graduate School. skills in business disciplines as well as preparing educa- In 1995, graduate programs were decentralized and are tors for roles in school administration. The College of now administered by the four colleges of the university, Business and Economics and the P.C. Rossin College of as described below. Engineering offer a master’s degree in analytical finance. This degree provides a strong education in advanced College of Arts and Sciences finance and quantitative financial analysis tools. Students Anne S. Meltzer, dean will be prepared to create innovative solutions for real Stephen H. Cutcliffe, associate dean of research and financial problems using state of the art analytical tech- graduate programs niques and computing technology. The College of Arts and Sciences offers graduate degrees There are four departments in the college: Accounting, in the humanities, social sciences, mathematics, and nat- Economics, Department of Finance, and Management ural sciences. The master of arts, master of science, and and Marketing. Course descriptions can be found listed the doctor of philosophy degrees are given in most of under business and economics graduate courses in the traditional academic departments and in some inter- Section V. More information about the various degree disciplinary programs. programs appears below. The college publishes a packet Advanced degrees may be obtained in the departments describing its graduate programs, which may be obtained of biological sciences, chemistry, English, earth and envi- by contacting the College of Business and Economics, ronmental sciences, history, mathematics, physics, Graduate Programs Office, Rauch Business Center, 621 political science, psychology, and sociology. In addition, Taylor Street, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015, 610-758-5280. interdisciplinary degrees are available in American stud- College of Education ies, photonics, and polymer science and engineering. Sally A. White, Dean and Professor Although degree requirements vary from department to department, most require a combination of formal The College of Education was established as a School of coursework and independent research. Students work Education in 1966, elevating it from a departmental sta- closely with a faculty adviser in formulating and carrying tus under the College of Arts and Sciences. In 1985 the out their research programs. Students interested in an School of Education became the College of Education interdisciplinary approach are admitted to a traditional and remains one of four Colleges at Lehigh. The current department but formulate a program of study and vision statement affirms that the College of Education research which draws on faculty and facilities in other aspires to be a world leader in all disciplines represented areas of the college or the university. in the college. It focuses on academic excellence and innovation in research and teaching, and recruits faculty Outstanding candidates may qualify for financial support and students of the highest quality. The College of in the form of assistantships as teaching assistants, gradu- Education faculty collaborates directly with school- ate or research assistants, and scholarships or fellowships. based, human service, instructional design and Graduate Study and Research 51 technology professionals. Further, the faculty strives to work and is designed to provide a foundation for fur- solve world issues by being leaders in their fields. ther educational studies at the graduate level. Headed by a dean, the College of Education is configured 3. Five-year Programs in Teacher Education. The B.A. or organizationally into a Department of Education and B.S./M.Ed. programs in elementary and secondary Human Services that includes an associate dean, a depart- education require that students major in a content ment chair, and two associate chairs. In addition, the area within one of the three other colleges as an department encompasses six programs: Counseling undergraduate. Students begin their coursework Psychology, Educational Leadership, Educational toward their education degree as undergraduates and Technology, School Psychology, Special Education, and complete a fifth year as a graduate student during Technology-based Teacher Education. Each program(s) has which they obtain a Master’s degree and fulfill a coordinator who works with the faculty, while the depart- requirements for teacher certification in Pennsylvania. ment chair facilitates day-to-day operations of programs. P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and In addition, there are three other units within COE: Applied Science The Office of International Programs David Wu, dean The mission of the international program is to have fun- John P. Coulter, associate dean of graduate studies and damental concern for all schools in the new millennium research and focus on the continual need for professional devel- There are seven academic departments within the P.C. opment of teachers and administrators. Life-long Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science: learning is crucial to all educators who are in the busi- chemical engineering, civil and environmental engineer- ness of promoting global awareness and appreciation. ing, computer science and engineering, electrical and The College of Education at Lehigh University is com- computer engineering, industrial and systems engineer- mitted to providing and facilitating the exchange and ing, materials science and engineering, and mechanical transmission of knowledge. engineering and mechanics. Master of science and doctor The Center for Promoting Research to Practice of philosophy degrees are available in each of these Our mission is to generate new knowledge that will truly departments, as well as in computational and engineer- impact the lives of individuals with disabilities. The pri- ing mechanics, environmental engineering, and polymer mary objective of Center is to create a living laboratory science and engineering. In addition, master of science that establishes partnerships with schools, parents and programs are provided in analytical finance, computer families, and community service providers to enhance engineering, photonics, quality engineering, information the use of best practices for individuals with disabilities. and systems engineering, management science, and wire- less and networking engineering. Master of engineering Centennial School degrees are offered in chemical engineering, civil engi- The College of Education operates the Centennial neering, electrical engineering, environmental School, a laboratory facility for children with emotion- engineering, industrial engineering, materials science and al/behavior disorders, that has both an elementary and a mechanical engineering. In co-operation with the secondary component. Centennial School provides College of Business and Economics, students can also research opportunities as well as practical experience for pursue a Master of Business Administration and advanced students in counseling, school psychology, and Engineering (MBA&E) degree. A certificate program is special education. available in the area of nanomaterials. The College of Education offers a master of arts in edu- Graduate study in the P.C. Rossin College of cation, a master of education, a master of science in Engineering and Applied Science is most often related to education, the educational specialist, a joint master in the college’s extensive research activity, and graduate stu- business administration/maser of education, post-bac- dents are expected to engage in analytical or calaureate certificates in various concentrations, the experimental research as part of their programs of study. doctor of education, and the doctor of philosophy. A This activity involves students in the process of creating total of 555 students were involved in advanced study new knowledge under the direction of the college’s dis- during the 2004-2005 academic year. More information tinguished faculty and brings them into contact with about these programs can be found in Section IV under some of the most modern and advanced experimental Graduate Degrees in Education. techniques. Many college research programs are support- ed by contracts, fellowships, and grants from industry The College of Education is a graduate college offering and from federal, state, and local governments. This several different alternatives for undergraduate students funding not only provides financial support for out- to become teachers. These include: standing students but also allows them to deal with some 1. An intern teaching program is specifically designed of the more complex and pressing problems facing our for qualified persons who hold a bachelors degree society in the 21st century. and who desire to enter the field of teaching. Those Many faculty members and graduate students in the P.C. admitted to this program have the opportunity to Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science are accomplish their professional training and serve as associated with interdisciplinary research centers and interns in the public schools. These students ordi- institutes as well as with their own departments. The narily will have completed requirements for the opportunity for interdisciplinary study allows them to M.A./M.Ed. (secondary education) or the M.Ed. cross departmental lines in specific technological areas (elementary education), as well as state certification. and to work with faculty and graduate students from 2. Undergraduate minor in education: Undergraduates other departments. Centers and institutes currently carry are given an opportunity to take a minor in education on research in the areas of biotechnology, health sciences, that combines practicum activities with theoretical thermofluids, materials, energy, environmental sciences, 52 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

surfaces and coatings, solid-state studies, optical tech- Department ([email protected]) for the minimum nologies, structural and geotechnical studies, high-rise required scores for admission to your program. habitats, emulsion polymers, fracture and solid mechan- Individual departments may evaluate their candidates for ics, metal forming, robotics, computer-integrated admission according to higher standards and additional manufacturing, and design and management innovation. criteria. Students seeking admission to Professional Extensive research in many of these areas is also conduct- Certification Programs may have to meet additional ed within academic departments. requirements to comply with Pennsylvania Department Further information on the graduate programs appears of Education Regulations. Departments should be con- under the departmental listings in Chapter V and in the sulted for information regarding required examinations Interdisciplinary Graduate Study and Research section of for admission. For example, candidates for the M.B.A. Chapter IV. Students can also contact the Office of program are required to take the Graduate Management Graduate Studies and Research, P.C. Rossin College of Admissions Test (GMAT). This does not include MBA & Engineering and Applied Science, 19 Memorial Drive Engineering students in the College of Engineering and West, Bethlehem, PA 18015. Applied Science who may substitute the Graduate Record Exam if required by the Engineering Department. In Admission to Graduate Study some cases the GRE subjects tests are required. Admission of a student to graduate standing is executed A graduate of an accredited college or university may be through the Office of Graduate Studies in each college considered for admission to graduate study. The decision or the respective dean’s office. Credentials for admission to admit a student rests with the applicant’s major to counseling psychology and school psychology pro- department and stands for one year following the first grams and to the doctoral programs in special education semester for which admission was offered. If more than are acted upon only once a year. Completed applications one year elapses, the prospective student’s department accompanied by requests for financial aid must be sub- reserves the right to reconsider the original offer. mitted by January 15 for admission in the following fall Students wishing to pursue an interdisciplinary degree semester. Applications received after this deadline, for may, in some cases, apply to the program directly. programs with early deadlines, will be dealt with on a Applications for admission may be obtained on-line at space-available basis. the university’s graduate website or by writing to the Associate Graduate Students. Associate graduate student department to which admission is sought, or writing to status may be offered to applicants who apply but fail to the office of the dean of the prospective college. qualify for regular graduate student status. Only associate An applicant may enter the graduate program as a stu- student applications will be considered during the late dent in the following categories: regular, associate, or admissions period between the end of the regular admis- non-degree. Except for qualified Lehigh undergraduates, sion period and the first day of classes. Applicants for only those who have been admitted officially by the associate status may submit unofficial rather than official graduate program office of an appropriate college or by a transcripts; letters of recommendation are not required at department in one of the categories above may register that time. The Registrar will require an official final tran- for graduate courses or take them for credit. script, however, before grades are released. Certain Regular Graduate Students. Only regular graduate stu- departments or programs have earlier deadlines and more dents are candidates for graduate degrees. Application for stringent requirements. Applicants should consult their admission as a regular graduate student must be filed by respective departments. July 15 for the following fall semester or by Dec. 1 for Associate graduate students who are admitted during the the spring semester. Regular applications for the summer late admission period and who clearly qualify for admis- sessions are accepted until April 30. Certain departments sion as regular graduate students may petition for regular or programs have earlier deadlines. Applicants should status after classes begin if all credentials are in order. consult their respective departments or their dean’s There is no late application fee. Individual departments office. In order to be considered for admission as a regu- may have more stringent requirements. lar graduate student, the applicant must satisfy at least Other associate graduate students must meet the follow- one of the following conditions: have an undergraduate ing condition before they may petition for regular status: G.P.A. of at least 2.75 out of 4.00 (note: College of completion of the first nine credit hours of courses num- Education GPA minimum is 3.0); have an average of at bered 300 or higher with at most one grade of below B-. least 3.00 for the last two semesters of undergraduate Students receiving a grade lower than a C will be study; have a graduate grade-point average of at least dropped from the program. Students should note that 3.00 for a minimum of twelve credit hours of graduate individual departments may impose more rigorous pro- work completed at other institutions; or have successful- bationary standards. ly satisfied the probationary conditions as an associate When the probationary period of nine credit hours is graduate student discussed below). Satisfying one of completed successfully, associate graduate students must these conditions is a necessary but may not be sufficient petition for regular student status in order to continue. condition for admission as a regular graduate student. This requires the submission of regular admission docu- Foreign graduate students are required to take the Test of ments not already on file. Courses completed during a English as a Foreign Language and achieve a minimum successful probationary period may count toward a grad- score of 550 on the paper-pencil test or 213 on the com- uate degree if they are part of an approved program. puter-scored test. Note: For any student who has taken the new Internet-based TOEFL or iBT (released in Non-Degree-Seeking Students. Students who do not September 2005) which contains a speaking section, wish to enter a degree program may seek admission with please contact either your department or the ESL non-degree status. In this case, the prospective student completes an abbreviated application form (available Graduate Study and Research 53 from the appropriate college). The admissions criteria for committee, enroll for 12 credit hours of study for gradu- non-degree graduate students are: 1) a bachelor’s degree ate credit. Lehigh undergraduates may apply course credits from an approved institution with an overall grade point taken in the undergraduate program toward a graduate average of at least 3.0; (applicants with undergraduate degree under the following conditions: (a) the course cred- GPAs below 3.0 may be admitted with the approval of its are not submitted as part of the requirement for an the department in which they wish to take courses;) or 2) undergraduate degree; and (b) courses for possible gradu- evidence that the applicant is presently a student in good ate credit are approved in advance by the course standing in an appropriate graduate program at an instructor, department chairperson, and the dean of the approved institution; or 3) evidence that the applicant college. The student must receive a grade of B- or better. has received an appropriate graduate or other advanced Readmission. A student who has not been registered in a degree from an approved institution. 4) International stu- Lehigh graduate program for one year must petition for dents are required to demonstrate English language skills readmission. Petitions approved by the student’s major equal to those required of degree-seeking students. All department must be forwarded to the registrar’s office. international applicants whose native language is not English must take the TOEFL (Test of English as a International Students and Scholars. International Foreign Language). A minimum score of 550 (or 213 on applicants must hold an American bachelor’s degree or the computer scored test) is required for admission. Note: an equivalent foreign degree requiring at least 16 years of For any student who has taken the new Internet-based primary, secondary, and university education. TOEFL or iBT (released in September 2005) which con- International applicants must submit all documents tains a speaking section, please contact either your required for regular graduate student status, as explained department or the ESL Department ([email protected]) above. Brochures for international applicants may be for the minimum required scores for admission to your requested from individual departments. program. This TOEFL requirement may be waived if the Registration international applicant has studied full-time in an Requirements. All graduate students using Lehigh English-speaking university for at least one year. University resources must be registered. No graduate stu- Admission decisions for non-degree students are made dent may register for more than 16 credits per semester. by the dean of the appropriate college or other responsi- University employees may register for, at most, two ble official designated by him/her for this purpose. The courses per semester with appropriate approval. The signature of the designated official on the application maximum registration in a summer session is two con- and registration forms confers admission to the non- current courses and no more than 14 summer credits. degree graduate student status. Informal transcripts will Full-time Status. In order to maintain full-time enroll- be accepted for initial admission, but formal transcripts ment status, a graduate student must ordinarily register must be on record before the student can receive any for a minimum of nine credits each semester. transcript or grade report from the university or enroll Identification as a full-time student is important for three for additional courses. purposes: (1) eligibility for financial aid, (2) compliance Non-degree students may take no more than twelve with visa requirements for international students, and (3) hours of graduate study at Lehigh. Any transcript or for university and national graduate enrollment data. other record from the university will clearly indicate the After fulfillment of degree credit-hour requirements and student status as non-degree. Students in a non-degree in some other circumstances, full-time status may be status are not eligible for financial aid. maintained with fewer than nine credits of registration, Graduate Course Auditing: With the permission of the provided that the student is, in fact, continuing a pro- departmental chair, graduate students can be admitted to gram of full-time study and research. In such cases, the a course as auditors. This course will not count for credit status must be certified on the Graduate Full Time towards any graduate degree, and may not subsequently Certification request form, first by the department and be taken for credit. In no case shall a student who has then by the appropriate college. attended a course as an auditor be given an anticipatory Registration Procedure. Registration is scheduled for a examination for credit or register for the same course in two-week period at a time designated on the university the future A student completing a course in this manner calendar. Graduate registration for new students is held will have the course and the notation “AU” indicated on during the week preceding the start of classes. Students the permanent record. A student rostered on an audit should check with their departments for registration and basis may be withdrawn from the course with a grade of semester class schedules. Graduate students may register “W” for poor attendance. using the on-line system after consultation with their Lehigh University Undergraduates. A Lehigh under- adviser, or complete registration forms available in their graduate with a 3.0 cumulative grade point average who departments. A course adviser will discuss course selec- has achieved Junior standing may take any 400-level tions with students and provide the registration PIN or course for which he or she is qualified. The qualifications sign registration forms upon approval. are defined by the department and are certified by the Late Registration Penalties. Registration after the desig- course instructor and department chairperson through nated period during the prior term for continuing full petition to the graduate and research committee. For time graduate students or between the second and tenth additional information on constraints on undergraduates day of class during the fall and spring semesters, and the taking graduate level courses please see Section III second and fifth day of class during the summer sessions Curricular Flexibility. will require a late registration fee. Students who have not Undergraduates at Lehigh who are within a few hours of completed the registration process by the tenth day of meeting the requirements for a baccalaureate degree may, the regular academic semester or by the fifth day of the with the special approval of the graduate and research summer session will not be permitted to attend class. 54 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Graduate Credit and Grades Once on probation, students remain on probation until Course grades are defined as for undergraduates except they are granted regular status or graduate. Students who that no grade lower than C may be counted toward a are eligible to be granted regular status but fail to apply graduate degree and pass-fail registration is not allowed by the regular student deadline will be evaluated accord- for graduate students. No regularly admitted student ing to the regular student criteria. who receives more than four grades below a B- in cours- Regular Students: will be placed on probation at the end es numbered 200 or higher is allowed to continue of the term in which they are assigned their fourth grade registration as a graduate student. below a “B-” in courses numbered 200 or above; The N grade is defined as for undergraduates except that will be dropped for poor scholarship at the end of any graduate students have a calendar year to remove course term in which they are assigned their fifth grade below incomplete grades unless an earlier deadline is specified a “B-”. by the instructor. Graduate student incomplete course Once regular students are placed on probation they will grades that are not removed remain as N grades on the remain on probation until they receive their degrees. student’s record. Thesis or research project N grades may Readmission: graduate students who have been dropped remain beyond one year until the work is completed. for poor scholarship are ineligible to enroll for the next The X grade is defined as for undergraduates except that regular term. After one term away they may petition for to be eligible for a make-up examination a graduate stu- readmission. The department and the dean’s office must dent must file a petition and the petition must be approve the petition. The student will be readmitted on approved by the graduate and research committee. probation and may be dropped again with any additional The Z grade is defined as for undergraduates except that grades below a “B-”. graduate students have a calendar year to complete Graduation coursework following a Z grade unless an earlier comple- tion deadline is specified by the instructor. The X Degree Registration. A student must be registered in the portion of the grade is removed as described for under- semester in which the degree is conferred. If a student is graduates. Z grades which are not removed remain on not registered for a course, he/she must register for the record of graduate students. All petitions for excep- maintenance of candidacy. tions are sent to the graduate and research committee. Application for Degree. Candidates for degrees to be Withdrawal from a Course. A student dropping a conferred on University Day in May must file an appli- course within the first ten days of the semester (five days cation for degree with the registrar by March 1. for summer sessions) will have no record of the course Candidates for degrees to be conferred in January must on the transcript. A student dropping all courses for file by November 1. Candidates for degrees to be con- which he or she is registered is considered to be with- ferred in September must file by July 1. Late application drawing from the university and the policy is noted for a degree will incur a penalty fee of $25. below. A student who drops a course after the tenth day Clearance. Graduate students must receive clearance of instruction and before the end of the eleventh week of from the university prior to the awarding of the degree. instruction will have a grade of “W” assigned to the The following obligations must be satisfied: course. A student who drops a course after the eleventh • Students must complete all coursework for incom- week of instruction and before the end of classes receives pletes they may have received. a “WP” or “WF” at the discretion of the instructor. A “WF” is considered to be a failing grade. An Add/Drop • Theses must be cleared by the Registrar’s Office. form signed by the student’s adviser must be submitted • Dissertations must be cleared by the appropriate to the registrar’s office before the deadlines noted to be dean’s office. official. • All financial obligations must be cleared with the bur- University Withdrawal. A student withdrawing from the sar. Tuition fees, bookstore charges, library fines, and university (dropping all courses during a given term) motor or vehicle fines must be paid before graduation. must submit the Drop/Add form signed by the adviser • All library books on loan must be returned. to the registrar’s office. Withdrawal after registration day and during the first eleven weeks of instruction will be • Students must turn in their student identification noted on the academic transcript by assigning a grade of cards at the I.D. card office. “W” to all courses. A withdrawal after the eleventh week The interdepartmental clearance sheet must be com- of instruction and before the end of classes will have the pleted. This form requires the signature of the grade of “WP” or “WF” assigned for each course at the student’s department chairperson (except for the discretion of the instructor. The date of the withdrawal College of Education), and the facilities services office will be noted on the academic transcript for a withdraw- before it is submitted to the registrar at least three days al at any time during the term. prior to graduation. Graduate Student Scholastic Requirements. The guide- Tuition and Fees lines state the requirements for all graduate students. Tuition Payment. Graduate students who register at least Associate and Non-Degree Students: will be placed on pro- six weeks prior to the start of classes will receive a tuition bation when they receive their first grade below a “B-” bill at their home address. Included with the tuition bill and will be dropped for poor scholarship at the end of a will be information about the various payment options term when the student is assigned either two “C” OR that are available. Students that register less than six “C+” grades or one grade “C-” or below. weeks prior to the start of classes will most likely not If an associate student is assigned two grades below a “B- receive a tuition bill prior to the start of classes. To ” in the same term the student is eligible to be dropped remain in good standing, tuition charges must be paid without any term on probation. Graduate Study and Research 55 prior to the start of classes even if the student has not Late pre-registration $50 received a tuition bill because of his/her late registration (assigned to full-time graduate students for classes. Students can review their current account bal- who do not select their full class load ance on-line at www.lehigh.edu/inrgs/index.htm. during the designated period each term) Additional information on payment options is available Late registration $50 on the Bursar’s Office web site at www.lehigh.edu/inburs/ (for completing registration after announced day) or by calling the Bursar’s Office. Late application for degree $25 Tuition Refunds. A student in good standing who for- Late payment (after announced date) $100 mally withdraws from a course before 60% of the Returned check fine $20 semester has been completed is eligible for a tuition Identification card (replacement) $10 refund. Academic fees, such as the Technology Fee, are Thesis, microfilming $35 non-refundable after the first day of classes. The refund Dissertation, microfilming $60 schedule for student withdrawals and course adjustments Supervision fee, College of Education (per 3 credits) is as follows. Intern courses require a special supervision fee which Tuition Refunds varies from $100 to $250. Inquire at your department. The tuition refund for a student who withdraws or drops Financial Aid a course(s) is calculated on a daily basis according to the Financial aid is ordinarily available only for regular, full- Federal Refund Calculation Guidelines. No refunds for time graduate students. Teaching assistantships, research tuition can be made for one-week workshops after the assistantships, graduate assistantships, fellowships, and first day of class. scholarships are academic awards made by individual aca- Students should note that the first calendar week begins demic departments. Several graduate assistantships with the first day of classes at the university. unrelated to a particular area of study can be obtained by applying to administrative offices. International students Tuition and Fees for 2005-2006 per credit hour are also encouraged to apply for funding to outside spon- College of Arts & Sciences $970 soring agencies and/or home governments. Finally, please College of Business & Economics $625 note that all student loan programs, and the Federal College of Education, and for full-time Work-Study program, are administered by the Office of elementary and secondary teachers and Financial Aid located at 218 W. Packer Avenue. (Please administrators enrolled in the other read the section, below, on loans and work-study.) three colleges $510 Academic Awards. Requests for fellowships, scholarships, College of Engineering & Applied Science $970 research assistantships, teaching assistantships, and graduate Special Programs assistantships to begin in the fall semester must be filed MBA & Engineering $740 with academic departments no later than January 15. MBA/Educational Leadership $560 Generally, a special committee formed by department fac- Technology Fee ulty selects the recipients of these awards based upon merit; All full-time (9 credit hours or more, or students are not required to submit a financial statement. certified full-time) graduate students are In addition to their stipends, graduate students holding assessed the Technology Fee at $100 per semester half-time teaching appointments generally receive tuition Audit charge per course – same as credit remission. Fellowship holders also receive a stipend and charge in the appropriate college tuition award. Scholarship recipients are awarded Maintenance of candidacy – same as a tuition. Research assistants receive a stipend for research one-credit charge in the appropriate college services, but their tuition is commonly paid directly by Master’s candidate registration fee – same as research projects. a one-credit charge in the appropriate college Teaching Assistants and Graduate Assistants. Teaching Living Accommodations. The university maintains a assistant and graduate assistant (TA/GA) are technical graduate student housing complex in the Saucon Valley terms used to describe specific types of Lehigh University that has 135 living units. This complex, Saucon Village graduate students. The duties of TAs and GAs are gener- Apartments, provides units generally on a yearly lease ally set by the departments or offices that appoint them, basis. For the 2005-2006 period beginning in but certain conditions must be satisfied before a student September, the following are the monthly rents exclusive can be classified as a teaching assistant or a graduate of utilities: assistant. These include: Efficiency apartment $445 • Each TA/GA must be a regular full-time resident One-bedroom apartment $525 Lehigh graduate student, which normally requires reg- Small two-bedroom apartment $560 istration for at least nine credit hours per semester. Two-bedroom apartment w/o AC $575 • A TA/GA is a half-time position and each TA/GA Two-bedroom apartment w/AC $590 provides services to Lehigh University of up to twenty Three-bedroom apartment $600 hours per week. Quarter-time and eighth-time TA/GA appointments are possible for full-time resi- Other Fees dent graduate students, with stipends and tuition Application fee $60 remission appropriately reduced. (for graduate admission consideration) • Each TA/GA must be paid a specific stipend, which is Non-degree application set for the academic year by the dean of the appropriate (engineering, education, business) college after consultation with the Director of Budget. 56 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

• Qualified TAs/GAs receive tuition remission for at There are a limited number of summer TA/GA appoint- most ten credit hours in a regular semester. No TA/GA ments. These TA/GA’s employees must receive the same may register for more than ten credit hours. A student monthly stipend as academic year TAs/GAs and devote who is a TA/GA during the preceding academic year is of up to twenty hours per week their GA/TA responsibil- entitled to at most three hours of thesis, research, or ities. A summer TA/GA registers for a maximum of three dissertation registration (not course credit) in the fol- credit hours in each summer session of appointment and lowing summer without payment of tuition. receive tuition remission for that registration. • Each TA/GA is appointed by a process which begins Other Graduate Assistantships. Graduate students may with a formal letter of appointment issued by the apply directly to administrative offices for graduate appropriate department chairperson. The appointment assistantships unrelated to their areas of study. The avail- letter specifies standard university conditions including ability of these assistantships is based upon the needs of stipend level, time of arrival, length of service, and the the individual departments. GAs are appointed regularly requirement of satisfactory academic progress and per- by the office of the vice provost for student affairs, the formance of duties. Each department chairperson dean of students office, the university counseling service, submits written notification of TA/GA appointments and by career services. to the appropriate college dean or vice president. Loans and Work-study Awards. Graduate students may The graduate and research committee endorsed academic apply for the federally funded Stafford and Perkins loans, guidelines for new teaching assistants which exceed mini- Lehigh University Tuition Loans (UTL), and Federal mum admission requirements. Each TA should satisfy Work-Study through the Office of Financial Aid located one of the following: have a G.P.A. of 3.0 or better in at 218 W. Packer Avenue. These funds are awarded on the undergraduate major field of study; have a G.P.A. of the basis of demonstrated need using the Free 3.5 in the senior year major field; rank in the 85th per- Application for Federal Student Aid. In addition, the centile or higher on the Graduate Record Exam or other University requires a university application (Graduate standardized test; or have a G.P.A. of 3.5 in at least Student Financial Aid Application) and a copy of the twelve hours of graduate work in the major field. most recent (2001) federal tax return and W-2. Exceptions to these guidelines shall be made only with Applications for loans cannot be processed, and funds the approval of the appropriate dean. cannot be disbursed, until the FAFSA, and attending In addition, each teaching assistant must make normal forms, are received and reviewed. Because Stafford loans progress toward a graduate degree. The definition of nor- are financed through commercial lenders, their availabili- mal progress may vary among departments, but the ty is virtually assured if a student qualifies. There is, criteria for satisfactory progress are established by the however, only limited availability of Federal Perkins department faculty and the graduate and research com- loans, Work-Study, and University Tuition Loans. mittee. Teaching assistants who fail to satisfy these Special Concerns Regarding the Processing of Federal criteria are ineligible for reappointment. Stafford Loans for Graduate Students. Eligibility for In addition to a minimum passing TOEFL score. student loans is based on: (1) the number of credits to be Teaching Assistants whose native language is not English taken, (2) the amount of financial aid received, and (3) must have on record with the ESL Program a SPEAK the calculated financial need. Any change to the number score of 230+ (TSE 55+) in order to work with Lehigh of credits to be taken, or the amount of aid received may undergraduates in academic settings (i.e., classrooms, affect loan eligibility. To avoid problems with your loan recitations, labs, office hours, etc.). application, it is important that you notify the Office of Financial Aid of any changes in your enrollment or in Those whose SPEAK score is 200-225 may also be the amount of aid received. Unfortunately, students fre- appointed as TAs, but they are required to attend ESL quently change the number of rostered credit hours, or courses until their comprehensibility score is at least 230 receive Graduate School aid, after their loan application or until they no longer have a TA position. A comprehen- has already been processed. When either of these things sibility score of 195 or below eliminates an international happen, a student’s eligibility may change dramatically. graduate student from being appointed as a TA. Literature on student loan programs is available through The SPEAK is given at announced times throughout the the Financial Aid office or the website (www. Lehigh.edu). academic year. Contact the ESL Program (ext. 86099) for details and for information concerning ESL courses. The TSE is given by ETS several times each year Degree Information throughout the world. The following degrees are offered by the university: the Tuition remission for qualified TAs/GAs is authorized by master’s degree, the doctor of philosophy, the doctor of the appropriate dean or vice president as part of the reg- education, and the doctor of arts. istration process. Each college dean or appropriate vice president will be provided tuition remission accounts Master’s Degree against which TA/GA remissions will be charged. The Candidates for the master’s degree have six years in accounts will be budgeted at an amount equal to the which to complete their programs. Students should con- nine hour TA/GA tuition rate times the approved num- fer with their advisers to be certain that specific ber of TA/GA positions and will be included in the department and program course requirements are met. annual operating budget. The budgets shall not be The following requirements must be satisfied by master’s exceeded. If additional TA/GA positions are desired on a candidates in all departments. temporary basis, the account executive must provide for Program for the Master’s Degree. A student’s program the transfer of budget support to the remission account. must include: not less than 30 credit hours of graduate These budgets are to be used exclusively for tuition work; not less than 18 credits of 400-level coursework remission for authorized TA/GA positions. Graduate Study and Research 57

(research or thesis registration counts as part of the 400- dual-degree doctoral programs involving external institu- level coursework requirement); not less than 18 credits tions may transfer up to 25% of their total required of coursework in the major of which 15 credits must be doctoral program research credits to Lehigh for work at the 400 level. All coursework for the master’s degree that was performed at the external partner institution. must be taken under at least two instructors and must be Approval of such programs is required by the dean of the approved by Lehigh University. With the approval of the relevant Lehigh college. appropriate dean, a maximum of nine credits may be Full-time students working toward the doctorate nor- transferred to a Lehigh master’s program of 30 credits. mally register for a minimum of nine credits each For a master’s program of more than 30 credits, students semester. If the minimum degree registration require- should contact the associate dean of their college. A peti- ment of 72 or 48 credits is attained prior to formal tion is submitted, with course descriptions and admission to doctoral candidacy, continued registration transcript, as well as departmental recommendation. of at least three credits per semester is necessary. Full- Course grades of B or better are required. time student status must be certified on the graduate A student must complete the form, “Program for Master’s registration form. Degree,” setting forth the courses proposed to satisfy the Students seeking to receive both a master’s degree and a degree requirements. This form should be approved by doctoral degree must complete a minimum of 72 gradu- the department and then submitted to the registrar as ate credits at Lehigh and must meet the requirements of soon as possible after 15 credit hours toward the degree both degrees. have been completed. Approval of the program by the registrar signifies that the student has formally been After admission to doctoral candidacy, a student must admitted to candidacy for the master’s degree. maintain candidacy by registering at least two times each calendar year (in each academic semester or in one aca- Thesis and Comprehensive Exam. Candidates may be demic semester and one summer session). After required to submit a thesis or a report based on a research completion of the minimum registration requirement course of at least three credit hours, or to pass a compre- plus any additional requirements of the student’s depart- hensive examination given by the major department. The ment or program, registration is permitted for department will specify which of these requirements ‘Maintenance of Candidacy.’ The tuition charge is for apply and may require both. If required, the thesis or one credit-hour. Full-time status again must be certified report shall not count for more than six credit hours, and on the graduate registration form. thesis registration is limited to a maximum of six credit hours. University procedures must be followed if the the- Residence. Each Ph.D. candidate must satisfy Lehigh’s sis or research project involves human subjects. One residence requirement. The residence requirement is unbound copy of the thesis, approved by the thesis advis- intended to ensure that doctoral students spend a period er and the department chair, must be delivered to the of concentrated study and intellectual association with registrar’s office at least three weeks before the degree is other scholars. Either two semesters of full-time graduate conferred. A binding and microfilming fee must be paid study or 18 credit hours of graduate study within a to the bursar, and the bursar’s receipt presented with the twelve-month period must be completed. completed thesis. Guidelines stipulating the form of the Individual departments may impose additional stipulations. thesis are available in the registrar’s office. Candidates should check with their advisers to be certain A non-thesis option exists for certain programs in the that they have satisfied their residence requirements. Colleges. Students should check with their departments Language Requirements. Language requirements for the regarding that option. Ph.D. are the option of and in the jurisdiction of the can- didate’s department. Since proficiency in a language is not Doctor of Philosophy a university requirement, each department decides which Time and Registration Requirements. A candidate for languages, if any, constitute part of the doctoral program. the doctor of philosophy degree ordinarily is expected to Qualifiers. Many departments require students who wish devote at least three academic years to graduate work. In to enroll in doctoral programs to pass qualifying exami- no case is the degree awarded to someone who has spent nations. Since these examinations vary among less than two full academic years of graduate work. All departments, students should ask their advisers or post-baccalaureate work toward the doctorate must be department chairpersons for more detailed information. completed within ten years. A student beginning doctoral If a qualifying examination is not used, students should coursework after an elapsed period of at least one semes- find out how and when eligibility to pursue doctoral ter after the master’s degree has been conferred is granted studies is determined. seven years in which to complete the doctoral program. Admission to Candidacy. With the help of an academic Doctoral students whose graduate study is carried out adviser, the student names the faculty members of the entirely at Lehigh University must register for a mini- doctoral committee, a special committee formed to guide mum of 72 credits beyond the Bachelor’s degree. the student through the doctoral program. The commit- However, resident students who during their entire doc- tee is responsible for assisting the student in formulating toral program, including the semester of graduation, a course of study, satisfying specific departmental require- have paid full tuition continuously (normally a mini- ments, submitting a suitable dissertation proposal, mum of 9 credits per academic semester) will have overseeing progress in research, and evaluating the com- satisfied the tuition requirements for the doctoral degree pleted dissertation. At least four faculty are appointed to upon completion of all other requirements. Students the committee; one must be a member of an outside who have earned a Master’s degree at another university department. Committee membership must be approved must register for a minimum of 48 credits. These by the university’s graduate and research committee. requirements include registration for research or disserta- tion credits. Students participating in approved 58 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

A doctoral student should apply for candidacy no later Graduate Degrees in Business than one year after completion of the master’s degree or its equivalent and after passing qualifying examinations if Administration and Economics they are required by the major department. The prospec- tive Ph.D. candidate must submit to the doctoral Candidates for admission to graduate study in the committee a written program proposal that includes a College of Business and Economics must provide the discussion of proposed dissertation research. Upon results obtained in either the Graduate Management receiving approval of the proposal, the candidate submits Admissions Test (GMAT) for a degree in business the proposal, signed by the committee members, to the administration, and the M.S. in Accounting and appropriate dean for action by the graduate and research Information Analysis or the Graduate Record committee. The dean will advise the student of the com- Examination general test (GRE) and the subject test in mittee’s decision. economics for degrees in economics. International stu- dents applying to any graduate programs in the College If the dissertation research involves human subjects, uni- of Business and Economics are required to take the versity procedures must be followed. TOEFL for admission to the program. General Examinations. Examinations composed and administered by the members of the student’s doctoral Master of Business Administration committee are designed to test the candidate’s proficiency The Lehigh MBA provides a rich, integrated learning in a particular field of study. These examinations, which experience for students. Business issues are viewed and may be both written and oral, should be passed at least taught from the perspective of the firm as a whole rather seven months before the degree is to be conferred. If a than along departmental lines. Lehigh’s MBA curriculum student fails the general examination, a second examina- is a fully integrated model which simulates a real world tion will be scheduled not earlier than five months after business environment in the classroom. The six core the first. If the results of the second examination are courses are interdisciplinary and taught by an eight- unsatisfactory, no additional examination is scheduled. member faculty team. Dissertation and Defense. The Ph.D. candidate is In the capstone experience, students are assigned to required to write a dissertation prepared under the direc- teams based on the number of years and types of work tion of a Lehigh University professor. The dissertation experience, disciplinary background and industry. These must treat a topic related to the candidate’s specialty in teams closely resemble interdisciplinary corporate teams the major subject, show the results of original research, where each person has a different and valuable set of provide evidence of high scholarship, and make a signifi- knowledge, skills and experience. The teams perform a cant contribution to knowledge in the field. complete analysis of the assigned organization. Past proj- Upon approval of the advising professor and, if required ects have centered on Boeing, WalMart, merger of AOL by the department secondary readers, the final draft of and Time Warner, Citibank and Hershey Foods. The the dissertation is submitted to the appropriate dean for teams also compete in a simulation with teams from inspection by the date posted in the academic calendar. other MBA Programs. Upon its return, the student should distribute copies of Due to the compact and integrated core, students have the draft to the members of the doctoral committee for increased flexibility to tailor the program to their indi- review and for suggestions for revision. The candidate vidual needs. Students may select a concentration in then schedules a dissertation defense before the doctoral finance, marketing, international business, entrepreneur- committee, additional faculty members the department ship through the vSeries program, or supply chain may add to the examining committee, and the general management or pursue a broader experience by selecting public. After the dissertation has been defended and courses from a variety of disciplines. Students may only revised accordingly, the student must submit the finished have one concentration. dissertation to the appropriate dean for review by the Effective oral and written communication skills and university’s graduate and research committee no later leadership ability have become increasingly important than the date specified in the academic calendar for keys to success in business. Using case studies, group completion of all degree requirements. One unbound projects and a team approach to learning, Lehigh’s cur- copy must be delivered to the dean’s office. It must bear riculum helps students experience the dynamics of group the original signatures of the special committee mem- behavior within organizations and the methods used to bers. In addition, the candidate must pay a microfilming motivate workers and resolve conflicts. fee of $60 and present a bursar’s receipt for the payment. Guidelines stipulating the standard form of the disserta- Online MBA Program tion are available in the dean’s office. The Online Lehigh MBA is built on the premise of a shared community of learners, an active and challeng- Doctor of Arts (D.A.) ing environment and a world class curriculum. The doctor of arts degree (D.A.) is offered to students Designed as a cohort-based program so that students preparing for careers in college teaching in the field of can build relationships and network as they achieve chemistry. The program requirements are similar to success, the program begins with a four-day residency those for the Ph.D. with the following exceptions: (1) a on campus at Lehigh. Online core classes include a mix broader distribution of graduate courses in the field, (2) of media including streaming video and Centra, our a minor area of study for students interested in bidisci- virtual classroom environment. Centra allows students plinary preparation for two-year college teaching, (3) to meet live with their faculty members and their class- coursework and training in interpersonal awareness, (4) a mates to share experiences, work on case solutions and supervised internship in college teaching, and (5) a listen to guest lecturers. At the end of year one, stu- research project appropriate to college teaching in the dents re-adjourn for a second three-day residency student’s field of specialization. culminating in their capstone presentations. During the Graduate Study and Research 59 second year of the program, students move into their To increase flexibility, students may also take up to six desired area of concentration, either Supply Chain credit hours of electives outside of the College of Management or Project Management. Business and Economics (but within Lehigh University). All elective courses must be at the 400 level. Certificates Waiver Policy. There are no waivers for courses in the Students may also earn a certificate in entrepreneurship, MBA Program. project management, organizational leadership or supply chain management by completing 12 credit hours of GMAT Scores. All applicants are required to take the coursework as defined in the certificate program. Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) administered by the Educational Testing Service (ETS). MBA Mission Statement. To develop the knowledge, skills The computer-based exam is given during several weeks and abilities of managers through a comprehensive and each month. To make an appointment to take the integrated core curriculum with customized concentrated GMAT exam call 1-800-GMAT NOW or by registering learning designed to meet the individual needs of students. online at www.gmac.com. GMAT applications can be Innovative Structure. The MBA Program requires 36 obtained by writing to the Educational Testing Service, credit hours. Full-time students can fulfill that require- P.O. Box 6103, Princeton, NJ 08541-6103. ment in 12 to 15 months. Online students complete the Students taking the GMAT in the United States, must program in two years and most part-time students submit the application and fee to ETS at least four require three years. Students may select a concentration weeks before the testing date. If taking the test else- in finance, marketing, international business, informa- where, submit the materials at least six weeks in advance. tion systems management, entrepreneurship through the After the test, the results will be sent to the student and vSeries program, supply chain management, or manage- to the institutions designated within four weeks. ment of technology or pursue a broader experience by selecting courses in a variety of disciplines. Online stu- Work Experience. Students are required to have 2 years dents may choose a concentration in Supply Chain of full-time, professional work experience. Management or Project Management. International Students/TOEFL. International students Prerequisites. Students should have completed under- must have 16 years of formal education, including four graduate courses in computer literacy, principles of years at the university level, to be considered for admis- microeconomics and macroeconomics, financial account- sion to Lehigh’s graduate programs. Applicants whose ing and statistics before entering the MBA program. native language is not English are required to take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). For The statistics prerequisite may be fulfilled by having information, write or call the TOEFL Registration taken a class within the past 5 years and receiving a “B” Office, P.O. Box 6154, Princeton, N.J., 08541-6154 or or better, or by taking a proficiency exam. The at www.toefl.com. Accounting prerequisite may be waived by taking GBUS 401, Financial Accounting for Managers and Investors at Flexible Class Scheduling. Most classes are scheduled Lehigh or by taking a proficiency exam. Monday through Thursday in late afternoons and evenings. Seminars are offered on Fridays and Saturdays. If a student has no previous background in financial Part-time students may complete the entire program accounting or statistics, he/she is encouraged to take a during evenings. Many students accelerate completion of course in the subject area. If a student has previously the program by taking courses during the two six-week taken coursework but has not achieved a grade of “B” or summer sessions. the course has exceeded the time limit, self-directed learning and a proficiency exam may be appropriate. Two-day seminars provide the opportunity to explore a single topic in depth. Business ethics, virtual communi- The prerequisites of financial accounting and statistics ties and e-commerce, anatomy of entrepreneurship, must be completed before enrolling in MBA 402 or intellectual property, performing a business audit and MBA 403. new venture organization are examples of some seminars. Core Courses Each seminar counts as one credit of elective work. MBA 401 Introduction to the Organization Student Profile. MBA students average seven years of and Its Environment (2) professional work experience. Approximately sixty percent MBA 402 Managing Financial and Physical of the students have undergraduate degrees in engineer- Resources (4) Prerequisite: Financial ing or science and over thirty percent have undergraduate Accounting degrees in business. The combination of work experience MBA 403 Managing Information (4) Prerequisites: and diversity of background brings valuable professional Financial Accounting and Statistics perspectives to classroom discussions. MBA 404 Managing Products and Services (4) The average GPA for undergraduate work is 3.2 and MBA 405 Managing People (4) over 20% of the students have graduate degrees in disci- MBA 406 Integrative Experience (3) plines outside of business. The average GMAT score for Electives. Students will take 15 credits of electives. students who entered the Program in Fall 2004 was 610 Students may design a concentration to best suit their and average TOEFL scores exceeded 250 for internation- career goals. Nine credit hours of approved electives are al students. required for a concentration in information systems man- There are approximately 300 part-time students and 50 agement, international business, and supply chain full-time students currently in the MBA Program. management. Concentrations in finance, marketing, and Almost 100 of the part-time students take some or all entrepreneurship require twelve credit hours of approved classes by distance learning through satellite broadcast or electives. on the internet. 60 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

An MBA Program brochure and application for admis- University and at least 2 years of full-time professional sion may be obtained by contacting Mary Theresa work experience. Taglang, Director of Recruitment and Admissions - MBA Program, Lehigh University, College of Business and Certificate in Supply Chain Management Economics, 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015. Increasingly sophisticated information technology appli- Prospective students may call (610) 758-5280 or send e- cations and the shift toward global economic activity mail to [email protected] for additional information. have shaped a competitive environment that rewards cre- Further information can be obtained from: ating value for customers while reducing cost and cycle time. Through in depth study of the organizations’ value Office of Graduate Studies chain -logistics, operations, marketing, sales and service- P.C. Rossin College of Engineering & Applied Science the certificate in supply chain management demonstrates 610-758-6310 how these activities are linked both internally and exter- www.lehigh.edu/engineering nally. Internal linkages are explored in terms of the or organizational structure and information systems and The Graduate Programs Office integrated with enterprise-wide procurement, managerial College of Business & Economics accounting and cash flow management activities. Exter- 610-758-5280 nal linkages, increasingly through e-commerce with www.lehigh.edu/MBA customers and suppliers, are shown in terms of market Certificate Programs transactions and collaborative relationships. The certifi- cate requires 12 credit hours of coursework Certificate in Corporate Entrepreneurship Businesses often nurture the entrepreneurial spirit by Required Courses forming New Ventures groups within their organizations. GBUS 450 Strategic Supply Management (3) The members of these groups require a special blend of GBUS 453 Transportation and Logistics education to develop the skills of discovery, innovation Management (3) and leadership that starting a new enterprise requires. GBUS 464 Business to Business Marketing (3) This certificate program prepares students to successfully evaluate business opportunities within a corporate envi- Elective Courses ronment. A complete series of courses prepares them for GBUS 447 Negotiations (3) all facets of entrepreneurship including venture capital, GBUS 459 Survey of Project Management (3) financial forecasting, target markets, intellectual property, Or choose from the following seminars: performing a business audit and building a business plan. Price Productivity Improvement (1) Requirements Cost and Performance Management (2) The certificate requires 12 credit hours of coursework Activity Based Costing (ABC) & Activity Based with six credit hours of required coursework and six Management (ABM) (1) credit hours of electives. Integrating Suppliers and Customers Into Key Required Courses Supply Chain Processes (1) Legal Aspects of Managing People, Products & Anatomy of Entrepreneurship: Start-Ups and Established Services (1) Companies (1 cr.) Market Opportunity: Targeting Strategies and Selling Admission Requirements: Tactics (1 cr.) Students admitted to the certificate program will enter as non-degree students. Applicants are required to have a Performing a Business Enterprise Audit: Developing an Industry Perspective (1 cr.) 3.0 undergraduate GPA from an accredited College or University and at least 2 years of full-time professional The New Venture Organization: Management Design work experience. and Governance (1 cr.) Financial Forecasting: Developing Pro Forma Financial Certificate in Project Management Statements (1 cr.) A successful project is one that has been completed on Financing Start-Ups: Seeking Outside Venture Capital (1 cr.) time, remained at or under budget, met or exceeded its goals and satisfied the client/key stakeholders. Regardless Elective Courses: of the size of the project or the organization, the plan- ning and coordination of a successful project requires a Business Plan I: Strategic Considerations (2 cr.) specific set of skills in managing time, money, people, Business Plan II: Operating Strategies and and materials. Good project managers are highly desir- Implementation (2 cr.) able and sought-after, particularly as intense global Intellectual Property: Management and Valuation (1 cr.) competition increasingly demands that projects be com- Processes and Infrastructure: Creating Production and pleted on time and within budget. Delivery (1 cr.) This 12 credit hour certificate will prepare students to Establishing Credit Facilities: Asset-Based and Cash Flow take the Project Management Professional certification Forecasting (1 cr.) exam offered by the Project Management Institute (PMI) – the field’s leading global professional association. The Developing Exit Strategies: Concepts and Approaches (1 cr.) certificate is cohort based and is completed within 12 Integrative Experience/New Venture Internship (1-4 cr.) months through both on-line and on-campus modules. Admission Requirements: Required Courses (12 credits): Students admitted to the certificate program will enter as PMGT 401 Course Framework & Project Leader non-degree students. Applicants are required to have a Assessment (1) 3.0 undergraduate GPA from an accredited College or Graduate Study and Research 61

PMGT 402 Skills and Abilities for Effective Focal points include understanding the business frame- Leadership of Teams (1) work, exposure to business subjects in complementary PMGT 403 Initiating the Project and Planning areas, advanced communications skills, strategic use of Scope and Schedule (2) information, specialized accounting knowledge, consult- PMGT 404 Planning Resources, Communication, ing skills, advanced technical information systems skills, Quality and Risk Management (2) leadership, and globalization. PMGT 405 Project Leader Communications Designed to meet the accreditation requirements of Expertise and Evaluating Team AACSB, the Lehigh Master of Science in Accounting Performance (1) and Information Analysis program also satisfies the 150- PMGT 406 Implementing and Managing Projects (2) hour CPA educational requirement adopted by almost PMGT 407 Controlling Performance and all states. The program serves as an excellent foundation Assessing Outcomes (2) for professional certification, including the CPA and PMGT 408 Problem Solving, Decision Making CMA exams and, very importantly, provides the broad and Ethics (1) business education employers value so highly. Admissions: The Master of Science in Accounting and Information Analysis curriculum is designed to be flexible so that stu- Students may enter the Project Management Certificate dents may choose either a general degree or one with a program either through the College of Business & Eco- specialization. The concentrations include Consulting nomics or through the College of Education. and Business Risk Management, Financial Services, and Applicants must have a four year degree from an Strategic Cost Management. accredited college or university. Graduate students at Lehigh University may apply for the program without Students are encouraged to obtain an internship during meeting additional requirements. the summer prior to beginning the program. The intern- ship will complement the chosen concentration and Certificate in Organizational Leadership provide an excellent practical framework to enrich the The 12 credit hour Certificate in Organizational Leader- academic coursework experience. ship is designed to develop the leadership knowledge, Non-Accounting Majors. High value is placed on skills and abilities for working professionals to enable employees who bring a broad background to their posi- them to make better decisions, communicate more effec- tion. Recognizing this fact, the M.S. in Accounting and tively, understand and strengthen their personal Information Analysis program accommodates those stu- leadership style, lead their areas in times of crisis and dents who do not have an accounting background. A change and enhance their negotiation skills. Link Program, available in the summer prior to begin- Required Courses (6 credits) ning the master’s degree, provides the requisite GBUS 447 Negotiations (3) background for those students with an undergraduate business major. The courses in the Link Program include GBUS 459 Survey of Project Management (3) topics typically found in intermediate accounting, cost Elective Seminars (6 credits required) accounting, and other related accounting courses. Crisis Management and Communication (1) Mission Statement. Lehigh University’s Master of Effective Team Leadership (1) Science in Accounting and Information Analysis pro- Ethical Decision Making (1) vides a broad business education and the specialized Leadership Styles and Assessment (1) coursework for a professional career in accounting. Translating Vision into Strategy (1) Graduates aspire to leadership positions at top-tier Cross Cultural Communication (1) organizations in fields that include public accounting, Change Management (1) corporate accounting, financial services, consulting, and information systems. Through this program, Lehigh con- Leadership Skills Assessment and Development (1) tinues a long tradition of providing accounting majors Admission Requirements: with the necessary educational requisites for licensure as Students admitted to the certificate program will enter as certified public accountants within the United States and non-degree students. Applicants are required to have a its territories. The program seeks only the best and the 3.0 undergraduate GPA from an accredited College or brightest: motivated, dedicated to their studies, not University and at least 2 years of full-time professional afraid of challenges, possessing confidence, self-disci- work experience. pline, and the ability to articulate their ideas orally and in writing. The program continually pursues the excel- Master of Science in Accounting and lence necessary to meet the standards of only the Information Analysis highest-quality educational institutions. The Lehigh Master of Science in Accounting and Innovative Approach. A two semester, full-time 30 hour Information Analysis degree program offers an outstand- program, the Lehigh M.S. in Accounting and ing opportunity to prepare for a career in today’s Information Analysis program provides the knowledge demanding field of accounting. Accounting professionals and skills required in a professional accounting career. are engaged in a variety of services, including assurance With emphasis on business solutions, students learn how services, business valuation, information resources, and to use both information and technology to improve consulting. Lehigh’s unique program recognizes the business processes. impact of technology on business processes and the value Prerequisites. For business students without the account- chain while paying respect to the time honored useful- ing background, a Link Program is available in the ness of accounting information. summer prior to beginning the M.S. program. The focus of the program is business solutions. Students Candidates who do not have an undergraduate business learn how to use both information and technology to degree will require two years to complete the Program. improve business processes and forge business solutions. 62 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

The first year is devoted to background courses, the sec- Concentration in Strategic Cost Management. Industry ond to graduate courses. accountants spend the majority of their time within their Core Program. Six required courses of the core program companies as internal consultants or business analysts. accommodate students entering the assurance practice of The Strategic Cost Management concentration is ideal public accounting firms, as well as those desiring to cus- for those students seeking a career with industrial and tomize their program of study. manufacturing firms in the areas of strategic and MACC 401 Professional Issues in Accounting (3) advanced cost management. This concentration is also MACC 412 Information Systems Auditing (3) designed for students pursuing a career in consulting. MACC 413 The Corporate Financial Reporting Core Courses 18 credits Environment (3) Manufacturing Management 3 MACC 420 Consulting Process and Practice in Strategic Supply Management 3 Professional Accounting (3) Electives (2) 6 MACC 424 Corporate Governance and Total: 30 credits Business Risk (3) Waiver Policy. There are no waivers for courses in the MACC 427 Analyzing Accounting Information M.S. in Accounting and Information Analysis Program. for Mgmt and Business Solutions (3) GMAT Scores. All applicants are required to take the Electives. Twelve elective credits (four courses) are Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) required to complete the degree. Elective courses are administered by the Educational Testing Service (ETS). available in the following disciplines: Accounting, Undergraduate students should take the exam in the jun- Business Law, Economics, Finance, Industrial ior year. The computer-based exam is given during Engineering, Management, Marketing, Information several weeks each month. To make an appointment to Systems, and International Business. take the GMAT exam call 1-800-GMAT-NOW or by Concentrations. Concentrations allow students to pur- registering online @www.gmac.com. GMAT applications sue one of three specialties: Consulting and Business can be obtained by writing to the Educational Testing Risk Management, Financial Services, and Strategic Cost Service, P. O. Box 6103, Princeton, NJ 08541-6103. Management. Students taking the GMAT in the United States must Concentration in Consulting and Business Risk submit the application and fee to ETS at least four weeks Management. Rapid technological innovation, emergence before the testing date. If taking the test elsewhere, sub- of virtual organizations, increasing global competition mit the materials at least six weeks in advance. After the and higher customer expectations can lead to unexpected test, the results will be sent to the student and to the challenges and opportunities. The Consulting and institutions designated within four weeks. Business Risk Management concentration is ideal for Internships. The work experience gained from intern- those students who are interested in pursuing a career ships provides a practical framework and enhances with management consulting organizations, corporations understanding of the course material. All students are with business risk management and corporate audit encouraged to take one or more internships prior to departments, and the consulting and assurance practices beginning the program. Students should meet with the of national and regional public accounting firms. Program Director prior to the summer preceding the Fall Students interested in developing their own consulting semester start of the program to arrange an internship. practice also benefit from this concentration. The internship will be taken during the summer prior to Core courses 18 credits the start of the program and will complement the stu- Two of the following: dent’s concentration, if any. Total Quality Management 3 International Students/TOEFL. International students Managerial Economics 3 must have 16 years of formal education, including four Advanced Teamwork and Leadership 3 years at the university level, to be considered for admission Electives (2) 6 to Lehigh’s graduate programs. Applicants whose native Total: 30 credits language is not English are required to take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). For information, Concentration in Financial Services. Financial Services contact the TOEFL Registration Office, P. O. Box 6154, is a broad field that includes investment banking, securi- Princeton, NJ 08541-6154 or at www.toefl.org. ties, corporate finance and financial institutions such as banks and insurance companies. What is common to all Flexible Class Scheduling. Classes are scheduled of these areas is a shortage in the number of professionals Monday through Thursday during the day and evenings. who have an in-depth knowledge of accounting. An M.S. in Accounting and Information Analysis Consequently, the opportunities for the graduate who Program brochure and application for admission may be has both financial and accounting skills are abundant. obtained by contacting Dr. Jack W. Paul, Director–M.S. This concentration is ideal for students with a back- in Accounting and Information Analysis Program, ground in either finance or accounting. Lehigh University, College of Business and Economics, Core Courses 18 credits 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015. Prospective Financial Management 3 students may call (610) 758-5824 or send e-mail to Investments 3 [email protected] for additional information. Financial Statements Analysis and Interpretation 3 Master of Science in Health and Bio- Elective (1) 3 Pharmaceutical Economics Total: 30 credits The M.S. in Health and BioPharmaceutical Economics is designed for students with undergraduate life science degrees. The government, health insurers, health care Graduate Study and Research 63 providers, biotechnology firms and pharmaceutical manu- Each student in the M.S. program is also encouraged to facturers have become increasingly interested in the cost concentrate in one field of specialization within econom- effectiveness of new drugs and therapies. This course of ics. (A listing of the fields currently offered is available study will develop the quantitative and analytical skills that, through the M.S. director.) Students may also elect to in combination with their science training, will prepare write an M.S. thesis. The thesis is worth six hours of them to carry out sophisticated studies of the benefits and credit toward the degree and is particularly encouraged costs associated with new drugs, medical therapies and diag- for those who may be considering the Ph.D. program. nostic procedures and to perform critical analyses in Further information about the program may be obtained support of strategic marketing decisions and the manage- by contacting the Graduate Programs Office of the ment of risk and uncertainty in portfolios of R&D projects. College of Business and Economics, 610-758-5280 or Prerequisites Dr. Robert J. Thornton, Director of the M.S. in Economics Program. Applicants should have completed at least two calculus courses, a course in statistics, and courses in both princi- Doctor of Philosophy ples and intermediate economics. Applicants lacking one The Ph.D. degree in business and economics is designed or more of these background courses may still be admit- to provide advanced knowledge and the capacity to carry ted to the program but courses taken to remedy on independent research in various areas of business and background deficiencies will not count toward minimum economics. Holders of the Ph.D. are normally employed credit hours for the master’s degree. in academic positions in departments of economics or in Required Courses (21 credits) schools of business administration, or in policy analysis ECO 402 Managerial Economics (3) and research positions in banks, business, government, and research organizations. Employment opportunities ECO 412 Mathematical Economics (3) are excellent for graduates with this degree. ECO 415 Econometrics (3) ECO 425 BioPharmaceutical Economics (3) The Ph.D. program requires a minimum of 48 semester hours of study (including dissertation) beyond the master’s ECO 447 Economic analysis of Market degree or 72 hours of study beyond the bachelor’s degree. Competition (3) Each student is expected to choose three major fields of ECO 455 Health Economics (3) specialized study. Economic theory must be included as ECO 457 Cost-Benefit Analysis one of the major fields. Each student must take the eight In addition, students must take 9 credit hours of elective core courses in micro-economics, macroeconomics, econo- courses, selected in consultation with and approved by metrics, mathematical economics, and economic history. the MS advisor. A thesis is not required. Students must also take written and oral comprehensive examinations in their major fields. The chairperson of the Admission doctoral committee will help to arrange a plan of study Prospective students must have an undergraduate degree suitable for each student’s program and to prepare the stu- with a major in the life sciences or a related field (such as dent to pass the examinations. chemistry, pre-med, chemical or bio-engineering, etc.). Applicants must submit scores from either GRE and Major fields of specialization normally available include GMAT. International students must also take the economic theory, international economics, labor eco- TOEFL exam. Applications for regular student status are nomics, managerial economics, money and banking, and due by July 15. Associate students may be admitted up if public finance. a completed application is received prior to two weeks Under the guidance of a dissertation chairperson and com- before the start of classes. mittee formed after passing of the examinations, the candidate undertakes research culminating in an acceptable Master of Science in Economics dissertation. The Ph.D. is awarded upon the successful The Master of Science program in Economics is available completion of the doctoral dissertation and its oral defense. for students wishing to pursue graduate study in the For additional information or an application packet, areas of economics or economics and business. The pro- please contact Dr. James Dearden, Adviser, Ph.D. gram offers considerable flexibility with respect to the Program, College of Business and Economics, Lehigh selection of courses as well as the ability to concentrate University, 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015 or in a particular area of study. Students may pursue the call (610) 758-5280. degree on either a full-time or part-time basis. Recent graduates of the M.S. program have accepted employ- ment with such firms as AT&T, Pennsylvania Power and Graduate Degrees in Education Light, and with the Federal Reserve System. Other stu- Lehigh’s College of Education offers only graduate dents have pursued the master’s degree as a stepping degree programs. Students enrolled in the College of stone to the Ph.D. degree. Education should check with their advisers for a list of A minimum of 30 semester hours of course work is regulations and requirements governing degree programs. required. Financial assistance. Graduate assistantships and As part of the 30 hours, the following courses must be research assistantships are available in the college and in taken: various administrative offices on campus. In addition, ECO 402 Managerial Economics (3) graduate students may be recommended for a limited ECO 412 Mathematical Economics (3) number of fellowships and endowed scholarships, which ECO 415 Econometrics I (3) are awarded by the college. ECO 417 Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis (3) Lehigh’s Centennial School, a laboratory school for chil- ECO 447 Economic Analysis of Market dren with emotional/behavior disorders, provides Competition (3) 64 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

employment for some Lehigh education students. Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) Graduate students may apply for teaching internships, The doctor of education degree program provides spe- which pay tuition plus salaries. cialized study in educational leadership. Successful Master of Education (M.Ed.) professional experience is required for admission to can- This degree is offered in the following professional special- didacy for this degree in most programs. The izations: elementary education, secondary education, requirements for the Ed.D. degree parallel those already special education, educational leadership, counseling and stated for the Ph.D. degree with the following excep- human services, global educational leadership, international tions: language examinations are not required. The counseling, and elementary and secondary school counsel- residence requirement for the Ed.D. is the same as that ing. Degree requirements vary from program to program. for the Ph.D. Master of Arts (M.A.) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) The master of arts degree offered in the field of second- The College of Education also offers the Ph.D. degree to ary education provides a major in education with an students enrolled in the fields of counseling psychology, academic specialty. The student must take graduate work learning sciences and technology, school psychology, and in education plus 12 credits of graduate work in an aca- special education. The requirements for this degree are demic field. The academic fields that cooperate with the the same as those for the Ph.D. in the other colleges and College of Education in offering this program include, as described in previous sections. among others: modern languages and literature, English, mathematics, political science, sociology, and physical Graduate Studies Organizations and natural sciences. The Graduate and Research Committee Master of Science (M.S.) The graduate and research committee consists of twelve The master of science degree is awarded in instructional members representing the faculties of Lehigh’s colleges: technology (IT) and instructional design and develop- four from the College of Arts and Sciences; two from the ment (ID&D). The IT masters focuses on enhancing the College of Business and Economics; four from the P.C. use of technology in teaching and learning in schools, Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science; and while the ID&D masters is aimed at students who are two from the College of Education; plus the college actively seeking to become designers or developers of deans, the registrar, the vice provost for research, the technology-based teaching/learning materials and will director of the office of research, two non-voting graduate work to make the transition in competence from “stu- student members, and a member of the student senate. dent” to “professional” as quickly as possible. Masters students work on projects throughout their program and The committee formulates policies and regulations on maintain and enhance their skills outside the class setting. graduate education, and it recommends policies and pro- cedures for research-related activities. The committee Master in Business interprets and applies faculty rules governing graduate Administration/Master of Education students and degrees, including questions concerning (MBA/M.ED.) student petitions and appeals. The MBA and Master’s of Education joint degree pro- Graduate Student Council gram offers students the opportunity to acquire a solid The graduate student council, comprised of one graduate foundation in both business and education. Designed to student from each academic department, represents the increase the administrative skill required in today’s edu- graduate student community regarding graduate programs cational systems, the MBA/M.Ed. provides a framework and graduate student life at Lehigh. It provides a forum where excellent education and sound business practices for discussion with university officials and committees. can flourish. The MBA/M.Ed. will provide an additional Graduate students selected by the graduate student coun- option for students for business and students of educa- cil are non-voting members of the graduate and research tional leadership. The program will enhance the student’s committee and the educational policy committee. marketability in private and public sector education while providing students with an understanding of the Besides functioning as a forum for discussion, the gradu- cultures of both business and education. ate student council maintains a graduate student center. The council plans social events and disseminates infor- Educational Specialist (Ed.S.) mation in order to facilitate communication among Specialized post-master’s degree programs for practition- graduate students. ers are available in school psychology. Certification Programs and Post-bac- Interdisciplinary Graduate calaureate Certificates Study and Research The college offers state certifications in various profes- In addition to offering graduate degrees within academic sional specialties and also offers post-baccalaureate departments, Lehigh University offers interdisciplinary certificate programs in Counseling in the Global School graduate degrees in the fields of American Studies, clini- Community, Adapting Instruction for the Diverse cal chemistry, manufacturing systems engineering, Learner, English as a Second Language, and Global pharmaceutical chemistry, photonics, polymer science Leadership. These programs are 12 credits, focused con- and engineering, business administration and engineer- centrations taken by students enrolled in the international ing, and business administration and educational education program. In a joint program with the College leadership, and analytical finance. of Business and Economics, students can complete a post-baccalaureate certificate in Project Management. Lehigh University also offers graduate certificate programs in certain specialized fields of study. Graduate certificates Graduate Study and Research 65 consist of a minimum of twelve credits, six of which must Prerequisites be at the 400-level. Students are admitted to certificate Applicants must show basic competency in the following programs in the same way as to degree programs. More areas: finance, corporate finance, investments, financial specific information on admission criteria and completion accounting, economics, money and banking, statistics requirements are available from certificate program and calculus. These courses will not count toward the administrators. masters degree. In addition, Lehigh’s interdisciplinary research centers and institutes address the research needs of government, indus- Required Courses try, and society. Organized to recognize research efforts in The 33 credit hour program is a joint venture of the interdisciplinary problem areas, they supplement the univer- College of Business and Economics, the P.C. Rossin Col- sity’s academic departments. Graduate students pursuing lege of Engineering and Applied Science and the College M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in academic departments as well as of Arts & Sciences. Required courses are as follows: students enrolled in interdisciplinary degree programs may GBUS422 Derivatives and Risk pursue research opportunities in the various centers. Management (3) Summer A complete listing of research centers, institutes, and MATH 467 Financial Calculus I (3) Fall other research organizations appears following the sec- GBUS 473 International Finance (3) Fall tion on interdisciplinary graduate programs. IE316 Optimization Models and Applications (3) Fall Financial Assistance. Teaching assistantships and fellow- ships are provided by individual academic departments, ECO 415 Econometrics (3) Fall while research assistantships are available through both IE 411 Financial Engineering academic departments and research centers. Students Projects (3) Fall/Spring interested in research are encouraged to seek appoint- MATH 468 Financial Calculus II (3) Spring ments with members of the faculty working in their GBUS 421 Advanced Investments (3) Spring areas of special interest, with department chairpersons, or IE 447 Stochastic Programming and with center or institute directors. Portfolio Analysis (3) Spring ECO 424 Advanced Numerical Graduate Certificates in Arts and Methods (3) Spring Sciences STAT 410 Probability and Its Certificate in Cognitive Science Applications (3) Spring (For details see “Cognitive Science” in Section V) Admissions. Students will apply through the Industrial and Systems Engineering Department in the P.C. Rossin Certificate in Stereotypes, Prejudice, College of Engineering and Applied Science, the Discrimination, and Intergroup Relation Graduate Programs Office in the College of Business & (For details see “Psychology” in Section V) Economics, or the Department of Mathematics in the College of Arts & Sciences. Students must take the GRE Interdisciplinary Graduate Programs or GMAT. International students must have 16 years of Several interdisciplinary programs are offered to the schooling with four years at the University level to be Lehigh graduate student. considered for admission. Applicants whose native lan- guage is not English are required to take the Test of American Studies English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Since the first A Master of Arts degree in American Studies is offered course, GBUS 422—Derivatives and Risk Management, jointly by English, History, and other departments in the is offered during the first summer session, students are humanities and social sciences. Candidates for the mas- encouraged to apply to the program by May 1. ter’s degree must complete at least 30 credit hours. In addition to the Theory and Method course, students Clinical Chemistry must choose two courses in American history and two The M.S. program in clinical chemistry is offered by the courses in American literature and film from those Department of Chemistry in cooperation with local hos- offered by the history department and the English pitals. It is directed toward training clinical laboratory department. Students must also take one special topics scientists to be active in hospital-based and industrial seminar. The other four courses for the master’s degree laboratories in both patient sample service and new will be divided between thesis or “thesis paper” credits product development. The program requires fulfillment and American Studies courses not in history or litera- of a clinical laboratory practicum as well as a research ture/film. To fulfill the thesis requirement, students will project at the M.S. level. The core requirements for the write one longer thesis or two thesis papers that are degree are: aimed at conference presentation and/or publication. CHM 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) Analytical Finance CHM 372 Elements of Biochemistry II (3) CHM 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) This program provides students with a strong education in advanced finance and quantitative financial analysis CHM 336 Clinical Chemistry (3) tools to develop graduates who can create innovative CHM 358 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) solutions for real financial problems, using state of the CHM 437 Pathophysiological Chemistry (3) art analytical techniques and computing technology. Stu- CHM 421 Chemistry Research (1-4) dents with undergraduate degrees in computer science, Clinical Laboratory Practicum economics, engineering, finance, mathematics and the Electives or courses that may be substituted, upon an hard sciences should have the quantitative background approved petition, for core requirements in clinical needed for success in this field. chemistry can be drawn from those listed in the Ph.D. programs in molecular biology or pharmaceutical chem- istry (see below). 66 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Students may be admitted into this program from ests of each student, will be developed by CBE and undergraduate majors in chemistry, biology, medical RCEAS faculty. technology, or other areas of the biochemical life sci- Admissions. Applications must be accepted by the MBA ences. One semester of undergraduate physical chemistry program and by the relevant department in the P.C. is required for the M.S. in clinical chemistry although in Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. some cases this course may be taken while enrolled as a When required by the engineering program, students graduate student but for no graduate credit. Graduates must take the GRE. If this is not required, then the of the program are encouraged to continue their educa- GMAT examination must be taken. Students will not be tion toward the doctorate in any one of the several required to take both tests. biological chemistry programs offered at Lehigh. Further information can be obtained from: Master of Business Administration and Office of Graduate Studies Engineering P.C. Rossin College of Engineering & Applied Science In today’s business environment expertise is required 610-758-6310 over a broad spectrum of skills in order to maximize per- www.lehigh.edu/engineering formance. To meet this challenge, Lehigh has developed or an interdisciplinary graduate program that provides a solid foundation in both business and engineering. The The Graduate Programs Office joint Master of Business Administration and Engineering College of Business & Economics (MBA&E) degree has been developed through the co- 610-758-5280 operative efforts of the P.C. Rossin College of www.lehigh.edu/mba Engineering & Applied Science and the College of Busi- Master of Business Administration and ness & Economics. This program is part of Lehigh’s Educational Leadership commitment to developing the industrial leaders needed The MBA & Master of Education joint degree program to enhance our competitiveness in the new global mar- offers students the opportunity to acquire a solid foun- ketplace, and is aimed at students with an engineering or dation in both business and education. Designed to science background. develop the administrative skills required in today’s edu- The basic 45 credit hour course sequence consists of: cational systems, the MBA/M.Ed. provides a framework MBA core courses 18 credits where excellent education and sound business practices Engineering core courses 12 credits can flourish. The MBA/M.Ed. will provide an additional Business electives 5 credits option for business students in educational leadership. Engineering electives 6 credits The program will enhance the students’ marketability in Free electives 3 credits private and public sector education while providing stu- Integrated project 1 credit dents with an understanding of the cultures of both business and education. Core courses from both colleges Students can choose an appropriate engineering curricu- will ensure that recipients of the joint degree will bring lum from any of the following programs – chemical to their future positions an extraordinary medley of skills engineering, civil engineering, computer engineering, to manage human and financial resources efficiently electrical engineering, industrial and systems engineering, while employing expertise in instructional supervision manufacturing systems engineering, materials science and and training in both education and corporate settings. engineering, mechanical engineering and mechanics. This program of study will enhance training and skills MBA Core Courses for those currently in the area of business and financial management in the field of education. MBA 401 Introduction to the Organization and Its Environment (2) The Lehigh MBA/Ed. Leadership is a 45-credit joint MBA 402 Managing Financial and degree program. Students earning an MBA/Ed. Physical Resources (4) Leadership will be prepared for positions such as: School MBA 403 Managing Information (4) Superintendent, Principal, and School District MBA 404 Managing Products and Services (4) Administration MBA 405 Managing People (4) Educational Leadership Core Courses Introduction to Organizational Leadership 3 Engineering Core Courses Supervision of Instruction 3 Each engineering program has its own set of core cours- Human Resources Management 3 es. Course choices are intended to be as flexible as School Financial Management 3 possible, and are tailored to meet the needs of individual School Law 3 students. Further information can be obtained from the Practicum in School Business Management 1 appropriate departmental graduate coordinator, or from Research 3 the Office of Graduate Studies (610-758-6310) in the Multicultural Issues 3 P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. Electives 3 Electives. Engineering electives are chosen from courses MBA Core Courses in the appropriate RCEAS engineering program, and the Introduction to the Organization & Its Environment 2 business electives are selected from course offerings in Managing Financial & Physical Resources 4 CBE. Electives can also be chosen from joint courses that are being developed by RCEAS & CBE. Managing Information 4 Managing Products & Services 4 Project. A short interdisciplinary project is required of Practicum: Integrative Experience 1 all students. Project topics, based on the specific inter- MBA Electives 5 Graduate Study and Research 67

Electives. Educational electives are chosen from courses • business, management, organization, and operations in the College of Education and the business electives are research selected from course offerings in the College of Business and Economics. Admission requirements Admission Requirements. Applications need to be • A bachelor’s degree in engineering or an appropriate approved through both the MBA Program and the science is required. Educational Leadership program. Students are required • Candidates enroll in this program through one of the to take the GMAT. Students must have at least 2 years of university’s engineering departments, depending on professional post graduate work experience to apply for individual backgrounds and interests. this joint degree program. • All candidates must have at least six months work Further information about the program may be obtained experience in industry. by contacting C. Russell Mayo, Assistant Professor, • All candidates must follow admission procedures and College of Education, 610-758-3392 or standards established by Lehigh University. [email protected]. For further information contact: Carolyn Jones, MSE Manufacturing Systems Engineering Program Coordinator, 200 West Packer Avenue, Lehigh’s award-winning graduate program leading to the Bethlehem, PA 18015 (610) 758-5157, FAX (610) 758- master of science degree in manufacturing systems engi- 6527, Email [email protected] or visit our web site at neering (MSE) is sponsored by all the departments in www.lehigh.edu/inmse/gradprogram/ the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Sci- ence and is administered by the Center for Pharmaceutical Chemistry Manufacturing Systems Engineering. In addition, the The graduate program in pharmaceutical chemistry leads College of Business and Economics participates in teach- to the interdisciplinary professional M.S. or to the Ph.D. ing accounting, business, finance, management, and degree. This curriculum prepares individuals who want marketing aspects affecting manufacturing systems. to pursue careers in pharmaceutical or biomedical This graduate curriculum aims to develop engineers who research, teaching, administration, or in some aspect of can design, develop, install, operate and modify manu- public health. facturing systems involving materials, processes, Individuals may elect to specialize in one of the follow- equipment, facilities, logistics, and people using leading ing areas: medicinal chemistry, drug development, edge technologies. A systems perspective is integrated by diagnostic technologies, pharmaceutical spectroscopy, means of interdisciplinary course offerings. analytical methodologies, process chemistry, metabolism Distance Education mechanisms, and molecular biological approaches to selected topics in pharmaceutical chemistry. The core It is possible for distance students to earn the MS in course distribution and selection of electives may be MSE degree remotely. altered to reflect the area of specialization. An internship Major Requirements or work experience in pharmaceutical industry is strong- The degree requires completion of 30 credits of graduate ly encouraged and the program adviser will assist in level work, including: corporate placement. four (4) core MSE courses. Core Courses MSE 362 Logistics and Supply Chain Students select at least six of the following core courses: Management (3) CHM 336 Clinical Chemistry (3) MSE 421 (GBUS 481) Technology,Manufacturing CHM 350 Special Topics (1-3) & Competitive Strategy (3) CHM 371/372 Elements of Biochemistry MSE 427 (IE 443) Automation and Production I and II (3 each) Systems (3) CHM 423 Bio-organic Chemistry (3) MSE 438 Agile Organizations and CHM 424 Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Systems (3) Chemistry (3) either CHM 435 Advanced Topics in Clinical MSE 451 Manufacturing Systems Engineering Chemistry (3) Project (3) CHM 437 Pathophysiological Chemistry (3) or CHM 456 Spectral Analysis (3) MSE 490 Manufacturing Systems Engineering CHM 477 Topics in Biochemistry (1-3) Thesis (6) CHM 479 Biochemical Techniques (3) and BIOS 421 Molecular Cell Biology I (3) Elective courses (12 or 15 credits). At least one elective BIOS 422 Molecular Cell Biology II (3) must be an MSE-numbered course. Students, with the consent of their graduate committee Elective courses are selected in consultation with the members, may petition to substitute courses for some of MSE academic adviser and faculty, from technical and the required ones. The substitution must be approved for business areas related to manufacturing, the student’s area of research concentration. In addition, These areas include: each student selects, with the guidance of the committee, • design sufficient courses from the following to satisfy the • materials, manufacturing processes and quality control requirements for the masters degree. The selection of electives from business and management areas is encour- • automation, control systems, and computer integration aged; the program adviser will assist in such choices. • computer and information systems CHM 358 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) CHM 421 Chemistry Research (1-6) CHM 423 Bio-organic Chemistry (3) 68 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

CHM 424 Medicinal and Pharmaceutical PHY 369 Quantum Mechanics Chemistry (3) PHY 421-422 Electricity and Magnetism CHM 430 Chemical and Biochemical MAT 302 Electronic Properties of Materials Separations (3) MAT 423-427 Electron Microscopy (TEM and SEM) CHM 441 Chemical Kinetics (3) MAT 430 Glass Science CHM 458 Topics in Organic Chemistry (3) PHY 312/412 Advanced Laboratory in Photonics CHM 471 Eukaryotic Biochemistry (3) ECE 373/473 Optical Communications Laboratory CHM 480 Advanced Biochemical Preparations (1-3) In order to complete the MS degree requirements of the CHM 481 Chemistry Seminar (1-6) University, candidates must submit either a Master’s the- BIOS 345 Molecular Genetics (3) sis or a report based on a research course of up to 6 BIOS 353 Virology (3) credit hours. Research courses should be at the 400 level. BIOS 405 Special Topics in Molecular Biology (1-3) BIOS 411 Advanced Cell biology (3) Polymer Science and Engineering BIOS 415 Neuropharmacology (3) Lehigh has a diverse group of faculty members with BIOS 464 Molecular Biology of Eukaryotic strong, primary interest in polymer science and engineer- Organisms (3) ing. In order to provide better opportunities for courses and research in this interdisciplinary field, activities are Students admitted into this program may have majored in coordinated through the Center for Polymer Science and biology, chemistry, animal science, entomology, veterinary Engineering (CPSE), and its academic Polymer Educa- science, pharmacy, or some other areas of the life sciences. tion Committee. Polymer faculty from traditional All students in the Ph.D. program are required to pass a departments of chemical engineering, chemistry, materials qualifying examination, a general examination, and com- science and engineering, physics, and mechanical engi- plete a dissertation. Completion of a project is required neering and mechanics, are participants of the CPSE. of M.S. students. There are two ways in which qualified graduate students, For further information, contact Ned D. Heindel, with degrees in the above or related fields, may partici- Department of Chemistry, Lehigh University, 6 E. pate. Students may pursue graduate studies within an Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015-3172. appropriate department. Departmental procedures must Photonics be followed for the degree sought. The student’s adviser The Master of Science Degree in Photonics is an interdis- may be in that department, or in another department, or ciplinary program designed to provide students with a research center, in which case, the student receives a nor- broad training in the various aspects of photonics, includ- mal departmental degree, with emphasis in polymer ing topics in physics, electrical engineering and materials courses and research. science. Admission to the program requires a B.S. or Alternatively, students may elect to pursue studies toward M.S. in either the physical sciences or engineering. an interdisciplinary M.S., M.E., or Ph.D. degree in poly- Applications should be directed to one of the three spon- mer science and engineering. The procedures for this soring departments (Electrical Engineering, Materials latter case are summarized as follows. Science and Engineering, or Physics). Procedures and Students enter through the departments and must meet admission criteria are the same as those followed by the each entering department’s criteria. When the student is home department. International students must satisfy ready (must have taken/be taking at least one polymer minimum university language requirements. The admis- course and be in good standing in the department), the sions process is under the supervision of an student petitions to transfer to the Center for Polymer inter-departmental coordinating committee chaired by Science and Engineering. After entering the center the program director. degree program, his/her degree program becomes Required Courses*(15 credits): Polymer Science and Engineering, but the student PHY 352 Modern Optics (3) remains in the home department. [Prerequisite: Math 205, M.S. in Polymer Science and Engineering. For the PHY 212/ ECE 202] M.S., the student’s program must include: not less than PHY 355/455 Lasers and Nonlinear Optics (3) 30 credits of graduate work; not less than 18 credits of [Prerequisite: PHY 31**, 400-level course work, and not less than 18 credits of PHY 213/ ECE 203 or MAT 201] course work in the major, of which 15 must be at the ECE 348/448 Lightwave Technology (3) 400-level. The program must include six course credits [Prerequisite: ECE 203] in the student’s admitting department, six research cred- ECE 372/472 Optical Networks (3) its, and a research report or thesis to the satisfaction of [Prerequisite: ECE 81] the faculty advisor, to be filed with the Polymer MAT 496 Photonic Materials (3) Education Committee. Selected pre-requisites for the required courses may be Required courses: waived by the program director for students with equiva- CHE (Chm/Mat) 388 Synthesis and lent background. Characterization Lab (3) A minimum of three courses must be selected from the CHE (CHM/MAT) 393; Physical Polymer Science (3) following list: CHE (CHM) 394 Organic Polymer Science (3) ECE 371/471 Optical Information Processing Research (6) ECE 347/447 Introduction to Integrated Optics Three 400-level polymer courses to be selected from the ECE 407 Linear and Nonlinear Optics following list (list may vary slightly from year to year): ECE 451 Physics of Semiconductor Devices CHE 428 Theology (3) PHY 363 Solid State Physics Graduate Study and Research 69

PHY 472 Polymer Physics (3) Certificate Programs CHE (CHM) 483 Emulsion Polymers (3) Cognitive Science CHE (CHM/MAT)) 482 Engineering Behavior of Polymers (3) Stereotypes, Prejudice, Discrimination, and Intergroup Relations CHE (CHM/MAT) 485 Polymer Blends and Composites (3) Business College Certificates CHE 486 Polymer Processing (3) Education College Certificates CHM 489 Organic Polymer Science II (3) CHM 491 Physical Chemistry of Organic Research Centers and Institutes Polymer Coatings (3) CHE (CHM) 492 Topics in Polymer Science (3) Lehigh has developed a number of centers and institutes CHM 493 Organic Chemistry of Organic to provide greater research and academic opportunities Polymer Coatings (3) for primarily graduate students and faculty. Centers and CHE 487 Polymer Interfaces (3) institutes are generally interdisciplinary and complement Courses in the admitting department must include one the scholarly activities of academic departments and rep- of the following: resent scholarship and research based on the expertise and capabilities of a group of faculty members. Frequently, CHE (CHM) 400 Chemical Engineering centers relate to the broad-based research needs of gov- Thermodynamics (3) ernment, industry, and the social community. CHM (CHE) 445 Elements of Physical Chemistry (4) MAT 401 Thermodynamics and Kinetics I (3) Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute ME 420 Advanced Thermodynamics The Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute coordinates PHY 442 Statistical Mechanics the education and research activity in the biopharmaceu- plus one other 300- or 400-level non-polymer related tical area of the chemistry and chemical engineering course from the admitting department. departments at Lehigh University. The main focus of this institute is to contribute to the creation and to the dis- M.E. in Polymer Science and Engineering. The M.E. semination of engineering and scientific knowledge degree requires the same course work structure as the required to develop, improve and regulate biotechnology M.S. degree above, however, instead of six hours of and pharmaceutical industry processes and products. research credits leading to a thesis or research report, the student would take six hours of course work. The addi- Research Activities. The research program of this insti- tional six hours of coursework must include two tute is devoted specifically to the engineering and additional 300 or 400 level polymer courses, or one scientific fundamentals related to development, design, polymer and one non-polymer home department course. validation, cGMP (current Good Manufacture Practice) For full-time graduate students electing the M.E. degree operation, safety, monitoring and control of fermenta- option, the polymer course program must include tion, purification, product modification and Chem. Eng. (CHM.; MAT) 388, Polymer Synthesis and formulation. Characterization, a laboratory course. The research thrusts of the institute include: immuno- Part-time and Distance Education M.S. and M.E. chemistry applied to clinical diagnostics; modification degree students in Polymer Science and Engineering may and use of monoclonal antibodies in radiosensitization substitute another polymer course for Chem. Eng. and NMR imaging; structural analysis of glycoprotein (CHM; Mat) 388. pharmaceuticals; tumor image enhancement; medicinal chemistry; chemistry of biologically potent molecules; Ph.D. in Polymer Science and Engineering. For the fundamental kinetics of microbial, mammalian and plant Ph.D., the student must satisfactorily complete a qualify- cell and enzyme systems; design and scale-up of bioreac- ing examination administered by the Polymer Education tor and bioseparation systems; development of Committee; satisfactorily complete graduate course work instrumentation for the on-line monitoring of biological determined in consultation with the doctoral committee; unit operations; development of novel separation and pass a general examination administered by the Polymer purification schemes for recovery of biologically active Education Committee; and defend to the satisfaction of macromolecules, antigens, and antibodies; development the doctoral committee, a dissertation in the field of of cGMP validation procedure for biopharmaceutical polymer science and engineering. Students deficient in processes and products; and biopharmaceutical drugs polymer science or related topics may be required by research, design and delivery systems. their committee to take remedial course work. Specific examples of projects recently carried out within The doctoral committee consists of the research adviser, the institute are: development of Fourier transform at least two other members of the center for polymer sci- infrared spectroscopy for the on-line monitoring of sub- ence and engineering, and at least one outside person. strate, product and cell concentrations; kinetics of The committee’s composition is subject to approval by recombinant microbial and cell culture systems analysis the Polymer Education Committee and the Graduate of nutritional limitations and medium formulation for and Research Committee of the university. mammalian cell systems; use of cell cycle for enhancing For more information, write to Dr. M.S. El-Aasser, mammalian cell culture productivity; fundamental stud- Director, Center for Polymer Science and Engineering, ies of separation systems such as continuous Iacocca Hall, Mountaintop Campus, Lehigh University, chromatography, and aqueous two-phase extraction; Bethlehem, PA 18015, or Dr. L.H. Sperling, Chairman, plasmid DNA and recombinant protein purification; Polymer Education Committee, Whitaker Laboratory, fundamental studies of protein conformation in biopro- Lehigh University, 5 E. Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA cessing by 2D FT1 HNMR; perfusive effects in 18015. Please address applications to one of the partici- chromatographic separations; effect of cross-linking on pating departments. 70 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

biological activity of biopharmaceuticals; kinetics and carry out border-crossing studies aimed at the develop- enzyme production by cellulolytic fungi/actionamycetes; ment of enhanced livability of the urban environment bioprocessing equipments cleaning and validation. and its structures, their suitability to the environment for The research is conducted in Iacocca Hall, Mountaintop which they are planned, mutations in urban function Campus, where the laboratories for the Department of and conditions, and the concurrent architectural, urban Biological Sciences research group, the Department of planning, and design problems. Chemical Engineering, the Emulsion Polymers Institute, The institute provides a center for interdisciplinary study, and the Chemical Process Modeling and Control research activity, information dissemination, and stimula- Research Center are located. Because of the interdiscipli- tion for the use of new information in design. BATI has nary nature of the research, projects typically involve as its goal both the enhancement of academic knowledge joint supervision by faculty from chemical engineering, through academic research and the practical solution of molecular biology, and chemistry/biochemistry. current physical problems through applied research. The Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute presently BATI provides a forum for faculty discussion, not only occupies 3600 square feet of laboratory and 2250 square from the different disciplines on the campus as they feet of pilot plant space in the C wing of Iacocca Hall of relate to the built environment (architecture, history, the Mountaintop Campus. The institute is equipped sociology, psychology, business, and economics), but also with 30/250l of pilot-scale computer-controlled bioreac- for visiting fellows and professors. It also provides a con- tors, monitored and controlled by Leeds & Northrup tact between the academic and the business worlds. MAX 1 Distributed Digital Control Unit. In addition, Research Activities. The institute provides the opportu- numerous small-scale reactors are available for batch and nity to identify research problems, develop proposals, continuous culture work. Key emerging monitoring sys- and seek mechanisms for their solution. This can include tems used on the pilot-scale fermentation equipment the traditional single-discipline approach, but typically it include a UTI Quadropole Mass Spectrometer, involves work across the disciplines within the university BioChem Technology Fluromeasure System, and an ASI and with other academic and commercial entities. ReactlR 1000 FTIR Spectrophotometer with steam ster- Educational Opportunities. The resources of the insti- ilizable DiCompTM probe. Pilot scale separations capability is being developed and currently includes a tute, the Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat, Millipore Pellicon Unit, Sharples centrifuges and large- and other related centers at Lehigh University are avail- scale chromatography. able to interested scholars. The fermentation and separations facilities are supported For more information write to Dr. Tom F. Peters, by analytical equipment and facilities including UV/visi- Director, Building and Architectural Technology ble spectrometer, isocratic and gradient HPLC’s with Institute, Lehigh University, 17 Memorial Drive East, refractive index and variable wavelength UV/visible Bethlehem, PA 18015-3007. detectors, gas chromatographs with FID and TCD Center for Crisis Public Relations and detectors, YSI analyzer, Branson cell sonifier, Litigation Studies incubator/shakers, laminar flow hood, microscopes, cen- trifuges and ultracentrifuges, scintillation and gamma The mission of the Center for Crisis Public Relations counters, liquid and gas liquid chromatographs, high- and Litigation Studies is to promote the study and pro- field NMR, etc. fessional application of crisis public relations, with an emphasis on civil litigation as organizational crisis. The Mammalian cell cultivation is conducted in a recently intercollegiate, multidisciplinary center was established constructed class 1000 laboratory equipped with CO2 to both support and to serve as a clearinghouse for cut- incubators, vertical laminar flow hoods, a Bellco roller ting-edge research and “best practices” in crisis bottle apparatus, Millipore Milli-Q purification system, communication and litigation management. It also pro- inverted microscope, etc. vides a unique environment where academic and Educational Opportunities. As listed in the course professional experts can collaborate on research or con- descriptions for the Department of Chemistry and sulting projects for clients. Department of Chemical Engineering, the faculty of the Crisis used to be referred to in public relations as the Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute conduct a vari- “unthinkable.” Today, not only is it imaginable, but also ety of courses as part of the graduate education it has become a day-to-day reality for every organization, curriculum in biochemcial engineering and chemistry. evidenced by the fact that crisis is ranked among the 10 The typical graduate level biochemical engineering cur- top threats that worry companies most. By far the most riculum would also include core courses in chemical prevalent forms of crises are class-action lawsuits and engineering and basic science courses in microbiology, product recalls. Lawsuits represent nearly a third of all biochemistry, and molecular biology offered through the crisis news in the U.S. media, while recalls account for departments of biological sciences and chemistry. 15 percent. It is not surprising, then, that litigation pub- For more information, write to Dr. James T. Hsu, lic relations, crisis management and media training have Director, Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute, become growth industries. Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, Bethlehem, PA What is surprising is that 40 percent of Fortune 1000 18015. industrial companies have no operational crisis plan, Building and Architectural Technology even though most experts agree that advance planning is Institute the key to successfully managing most crises. The num- ber of smaller, more vulnerable companies without plans BATI is concerned with the entire scope of the built is even greater. In addition to the need to educate man- urban environment, the social, and the cultural aspects agers and communicators about effective crisis planning of building technology. BATI researchers and faculty Graduate Study and Research 71 and management, the relatively new specialty of litiga- try. The center has four major thrusts: 1) A graduate pro- tion public relations also warrants careful study from gram which offers a curriculum leading to the master of strategic, legal and ethical perspectives. science degree in MSE. 2) Research directed at solving Interdisciplinary Research. The center encourages a problems of manufacturing; this also serves to maintain broad range of faculty, graduate and undergraduate faculty currency and provides a vehicle for student project research projects covering multiple disciplines in the and thesis studies. 3) Technology transfer to sustain the social sciences, business and economics, law, education free flow of knowledge from the research laboratories to and industrial design. Particular emphasis is placed on industrial applications, and from leading-edge member the impact of lawsuits on organizational reputation, industries back into the classrooms. 4) The provision of business practices, public opinion, public policy, govern- services by sponsoring conferences, clinics, workshops ment regulation, global competitiveness, and the judicial and other means for communicating and disseminating process. For example, while extensive studies have been the advantages of sound manufacturing systems engineer- done on the effect of pre-trial publicity on the outcome ing practice. of criminal trials, research is needed on the relationship Graduate Education. The 30-credit master’s degree MSE between litigation journalism (media coverage of law- program is cross-disciplinary, administered by the suits) and jury verdicts in high-profile lawsuits. This is College of Engineering and Applied Science, with addi- only one of many research areas related to crisis and liti- tional courses provided by the College of Business and gation that are supported by the center and pursued by Economics. Four core courses, 4-5 graduate level elective its academic and professional affiliates. courses (at least one elective must be an MSE-numbered Educational Opportunities. In pursuit of its mission to course) and a 3-or 6-credit research project or thesis are further the professional application of crisis planning, man- requirements of all candidates for the M.S. degree. agement and communication, the center provides Courses are offered on campus and scheduled so that professional consulting in addition to conducting work- part-time students can complete the degree in two years. shops, executive training courses, seminars and certificate It is possible for distance students to earn the MS in programs using both traditional and non-traditional meth- MSE degree remotely. Special activities in the program ods of scheduling and delivery. Topics offered or planned are team intensive and include in depth studies of com- include school and workplace violence, product liability, panies, tours of industry, industry-related research and crisis planning and management, media training, cyber internships. Additionally, an MSE option is available in crises, risk communication, class action lawsuits, litigation the MBA&E program. journalism/litigation public relations, product recalls and Research Activities. Students in the MS in MSE pro- withdrawals, environmental crisis, conflict resolution and gram undertake research of interest either to their consensus building, testimony at public meetings and hear- employers, or to industry in general. Research activities ings, and public participation/ citizen advisory panels, and have included microelectronics packaging, design sys- community relationship management. tems, thick film hybrids, the characterization of coatings To support its educational activities, the center is affiliat- and package interfaces, and the use of lead free solders. A ed with more than a dozen visiting and Lehigh faculty, as microelectronics manufacturing laboratory was set up by well as nationally and internationally recognized profes- means of grants and equipment from the AT&T sional experts in crisis and litigation. Besides Foundation and IBM Corporation. It possesses equip- participating in workshops, courses and certificate pro- ment for thick film hybrid manufacturing and other grams, professional affiliates serve as adjunct instructors processes. There are investigations into activity-based or invited speakers in classes, and as public lecturers on costing, design management, application of financial the Lehigh campus. information systems, and injection molding. There is collaboration with other centers, departments and labo- For more information, contact Carole Gorney, Director, ratories in the preparation and planning of research Center for Crisis and Litigation Public Relations, Lehigh proposals and programs which aim to improve the University, 29 Trembley Drive, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015; e- understanding of manufacturing. mail: [email protected]; or call (610) 758-4178. For more information, contact: Keith M. Gardiner, Center for Manufacturing Systems [email protected], Director, Center for Manufacturing Engineering Systems Engineering, H. S. Mohler Laboratory, Lehigh The Center for Manufacturing Systems Engineering University, 200 W. Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA serves as a catalyst between the University community 18015, or call (610) 758-5157 or visit our website at and industry for coordination and development of cam- www.lehigh.edu/inmse/center/ pus activities associated with manufacturing. The center Center for Polymer Science and was created in response to the expressed needs of industry Engineering for educational and research services which were distinc- tively cross-disciplinary. A primary responsibility of the The Center for Polymer Science and Engineering center is the administration of an award winning educa- (CPSE) was formally established at Lehigh University in tional program leading to a Master of Science degree in July 1988. The center provides a unique opportunity for Manufacturing Systems Engineering. This world- faculty and students from the traditional departments of renowned program started in January of 1984 as a result chemistry, chemical engineering, materials science and of a major initiation grant from the IBM Corporation. It engineering, mechanical engineering and mechanics, and now has 357 alumni who are working as managers and physics to perform interdisciplinary research in poly- technical leaders in industry around the world. The cen- mers. The center is an umbrella organization ter works with an Industrial Advisory Board to ensure encompassing polymers research and graduate studies at that classroom instruction is current, and that research Lehigh University. The center’s primary missions are goals are compatible with the long-range needs of indus- preparation of first rate scientists and engineers with pro- 72 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

ficiency in polymers, fostering cross-disciplinary polymer physics, or mechanical engineering and mechanics. For research, organizing and teaching continuing education further information please refer to the Polymer Science short courses in areas of interest to the polymer industry; and Engineering Program in the section: and organizing campus wide seminars. Interdisciplinary Graduate Programs. The center’s Polymer Education Committee graduate For more information about the center activities, admis- studies through the academic departments leads to the sion to graduate school, or financial aid, contact; Dr. Master of Science, Master of Engineering, and Doctor of Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Director, Center for Polymer Philosophy in Polymer Science and Engineering. Science and Engineering, Iacocca Hall, Room D330, Students may also elect to pursue studies towards a clas- Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, Bethlehem, PA sical degree in their respective departments with an 18015; (610) 758-3590 or Dr. L. H. Sperling, emphasis in polymer courses and research. Both Chairman, Polymer Education Committee, Lehigh advanced undergraduate and graduate courses in poly- University, 5 East Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA 18015; mer science and engineering are offered through the (610) 758-3845. Please address applications to one of participating departments. Current course offerings the participating departments. Please visit the web site: include polymer synthesis and characterization laborato- www.lehigh.edu/esd0/cpse/home.html or e-mail ry, physical polymer science, organic polymer science, [email protected] or [email protected]. engineering behavior of polymers, rheology, polymer processing, emulsion polymers, polymer blends and Center for Social Research composites, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials, The Center for Social Research is a multidisciplinary colloid science, and polymer interfaces. organization designed to stimulate and conduct research Research Activities. The center has a wide range of involving the social and behavioral sciences. research activities covering the field of polymers. The fol- Several disciplines are involved in the activities of the lowing are the major research themes: emulsion center: psychology, sociology, anthropology, and educa- polymerization and latex characterization, surface/inter- tion. The center also cooperates with the university’s facial aspects of polymer colloids, adhesion, polymer other research centers and with several science and engi- blends and composites, polymerization mechanisms and neering departments. kinetics, polymerization reactors modeling and control, Founded in 1965 as the Center for Business and structure/property relationships of interpenetrating poly- Economics, the focus of the center was later broadened, mer networks, macromolecular chemistry of biopolymers and the name changed to the Center for Business, and coal, polymer coatings for corrosion protection, and Economics and Urban Studies. The center’s early activi- microelectronic packaging. ties included research on economics and business Research Facilities. The following research instrumentation forecasting, and on transportation problems. The change is available for the Center for Polymer Science and to include urban studies broadened the center’s scope to Engineering: X-Ray Photoelectric Spectroscopy (ESCA), encompass the disciplines of political science, sociology, Scanning Auger Electron Spectroscopy, Laser Raman and history. In 1972, the center’s scope was further Spectroscopy, Mossbauer Spectroscopy, Nuclear Magnetic broadened to include behavioral science and internation- Resonance Spectroscopy of both solids and solutions al affairs, and the present name was selected to more (NMR) (3 instruments; 90 MHz, 300 MHz and 500 accurately reflect this broadened focus. MHz), Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR) Interdisciplinary Research. The social perspective of the (both conventional and photo-acoustic), a variety of center’s research is interdisciplinary in nature and is rele- advanced transmission and scanning electron microscopes, vant to the community outside the university—local, modulated differential scanning calorimetry, hi-res-thermo- regional, national, and international. Many research gravimetric analysis, instruments for rheological studies activities are based on a cooperative university-communi- (including a Rheometrics RDA2 and Bohlin Rheometer), ty relationship through which the research goals of the particle sizing instruments (Coulter N4M, Joyce-Loebl Disc center are achieved and community needs met. Centrifuge, Capillary Hydrodynamic Fractionation, and Interdisciplinary research activities of the center are cur- Hydrodynamic Chromatrography), Gel Permeation and Gas rently being conducted in the following areas: Chromatography units, Electrophoretic Mobility apparatus, Health and Human Development. Members of the mechanical testing devices such as the Rheovibron Dynamic departments of psychology, sociology/anthropology, and Mechanical Spectroscopy, Instron Tensile Test equipment, education, participate in research on health and human several computer-controlled servohydraulic fatigue test development. The program focuses on life from early machines, and Polymerization Reactors, including Bottle childhood to maturity. Research interests include the Polymerizer, Tubular Reactor, Stirred Tank Reactors with effect of perinatal loss on families and family members; on-line sample analysis for residual monomer and interfaced the influence of family and community on health; man- with computer for control operations. agement aspects of organizations that serve elderly Educational Opportunities. Programs of study for indi- individuals; psychological aspects of aging; and, psycho- vidual students are designed to meet the student’s logical aspects of late life physical disabilities such as interests, the requirements of the academic department, stroke and amputation. and the student’s dissertation committee. Considerable Families and Children. Members of the departments of flexibility is permitted in the selection of courses and a psychology, sociology/anthropology, and education par- research topic. Lehigh University has been awarding ticipate in studies pertaining to families and children. interdisciplinary M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Polymer Research interests include family dynamics and child Science and Engineering since 1975. Graduate students rearing practices and the emphasis on families included conducting polymer research may also earn the M.S. and under the health and human development program. Ph.D. degrees in the classical fields of chemistry, chemi- Current research focuses on the effect of child rearing cal engineering, materials science and engineering, practices on children’s development of competence. Graduate Study and Research 73

Program Evaluation. Members of the departments of The center has and continues to attract top quality stu- psychology, sociology/anthropology, and economics, par- dents from a large group of well-recognized international ticipate in research to evaluate the effects of a variety of universities. In addition to these gifted students, each programs. Particular emphasis is on improving program year several industrial companies send employees to evaluation methodology. Current research interests receive advanced training and engage in research efforts include evaluation of several business, science and engi- for particular company technical requirements. Because neering programs in the university. Research has recently of the recognition of the value of the program and the been conducted on the effect of compensatory education quality of the students, the center has established a and social service programs. worldwide reputation as an outstanding educational and For more information, write to Diane Hyland, Director, research unit in this critical area of technology develop- Center for Social Research, Lehigh University, 516-520 ment and implementation. More than a dozen graduate Brodhead Ave., Bethlehem, Pa. 18015. students are engaged in the center’s research efforts and are candidates for Ph.D and masters degrees in this area Chemical Process Modeling and Control of specialization. Research Center Faculty. The center brings together six faculty members The mission of the Chemical Process Modeling and and research staff from different engineering disciplines Control Research Center at Lehigh University is to col- in the university engaged in the research and educational laborate with industrial partners for their benefit through efforts of the center. Visiting faculty from other well-rec- the application and advancement of research in the areas ognized universities supplement these researchers and of control, design, synthesis, optimization and automa- provide opportunities for diversity of thinking and inno- tion of a broad range of processing systems. A key vative research. All of the associated faculty members are execution strategy includes incorporation of a strong recognized around the world as leaders in their respective graduate education program at the M.S. and incorpora- fields of specialization. They are invited very frequently tion of a strong graduate education program at the M.S. to present plenary lectures in international conferences, and Ph.D. levels grounded in work defined with indus- industrial company meetings, and various universities. trial partners. Our commitment is the delivery of Center They organize and chair national and international con- technologies and services that will meet or exceed the ferences and symposia. They also serve as consultants to expectations of economic return while advancing the a variety of industries seeking their advice on leading knowledge in the field of process automation. technological developments in process modeling and The Chemical Process Modeling and Control Research control. Center was established in January 1985 through the Facilities. The Center is located in Iacocca Hall on the efforts of faculty members of the chemical engineering Mountaintop Campus of Lehigh University. This build- department at Lehigh University, leading industrial pro- ing represents a unique facility available to the center as cessing companies, the Ben Franklin Partnership well as the chemical engineering department and the Program of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, cou- Emulsion Polymers and Bioprocessing Institutes. The pled with the organizational and financial support of the center has the use of several dedicated computer facilities National Science Foundation (NSF). Many of the origi- with more than 50 PC or workstation computers contin- nal industrial member companies have been continuous uously available to the students, faculty, and staff. In supporters of the center. addition to the local computing network, the center’s The center provides a unique atmosphere for fundamen- researchers have access to the Lehigh University central tal research, development of specific techniques, computing facilities and its outside links to other world- application to real industrial processes, and opportunities wide computing systems and data networks. The center for advanced education in chemical process modeling has several laboratories with sophisticated equipment and control for academics and industrial practitioners. dedicated to process control research work. Facilities are available for real-time testing of new algo- Areas of Research. The research activities of the Center rithms in experimental process units, development of span a wide spectrum of problems in large complex chem- dynamic simulations of real processes, and the close col- ical process design, dynamical analysis and control, as well laboration with researchers in several other fields of micro and nanoscale complex process development, evalu- chemical processing. ation, dynamical analysis and control. The research Interdisciplinary collaboration is encouraged with other themes emphasize a combination of new theoretical devel- research groups, centers, or institutes engaged in biotech- opments, new applications and translation of new nology, polymer processing, environmental science, theoretical developments to practical problems. The focal applied statistics, signal processing, chemical reaction areas of research in the Center as summarized below: engineering, and process design. I. Synthesis and Plant-Wide Control Direct industrial benefit is realized by participation in During the last decade Center faculty have done the center by a number of companies through an indus- pioneering work in the area of plantwide control, trial consortium and its advisory committee. This which has resulted in the only textbook that covers committee actively participates in setting the research this important area. There continue to be a number areas; collaborates with the center faculty, students, and of projects in this area. staff in program assessment and implementation and (a) On-Demand Control of Processes with Multiple provides a portion of the funding for the operation of Products: This project studies the design and the center. control of processes in which consecutive Education. An integral part of the center is the commit- reversible reactions produce multiple products. ment to conduct an outstanding program dedicated to The demand for these products can vary, so the the education of undergraduate and graduate students. process and its control system must be able to 74 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

produce exactly the desired amount of each and switch to a different linear model description individual product. An ideal system has been in a different prescribed region of the state-space. studied first in which the effect of equilibrium Other examples include switches and overrides that constants and volatilities can be explored. A real switch one of a family of controllers into the chemical system is also being studied (the pro- closed-loop, based on the operating space and con- duction of methyl amines). trol objective. (b) Design and Control of Tubular Reactors Systems: Our research in this area has focused on two broad Adiabatic gas-phase exothermic reactions are problems (1) control of systems described by multi- often carried out in tubular reactors. There are ple piecewise linear models; (2) formulation of several types of systems: a single adiabatic reac- saturated systems as switched/piecewise linear mod- tor, multiple adiabatic reactors in series with els and subsequent anti-windup controller design either intermediate cooling or “cold shot” cool- using piecewise quadratic functions. We demonstrat- ing (mixing some cold feed with the hot reactor ed, through a case study, the control of a highly effluent) and a cooled tubular reactor. These nonlinear solution copolymerization reactor using alternatives are being studied in terms of both multi-model switching MPC. The algorithm was steady-state design (which has the lowest total successful in reducing off-specification product to annual cost) and dynamic controllability (which less than a third, when compared with a open-loop provides the tightest temperature control in the transition. We have also shown how an appropriate face of disturbances) anti-windup controller synthesis problem can be for- II. Dynamics and Control of Distillation mulated using piecewise quadratic Lyapunov functions. Reactive distillation is an emerging area in chemical engineering because it offers potential savings in V. Dynamics and Control of Micro and Nanochemical capital and energy costs in some systems, particular- Systems ly for reversible reactions. A recent project explored Microchemical systems are a new generation of several reactive distillation systems: ETBE, methyl miniature chemical systems that carry out chemical acetate, TAME, ethylene glycol and metathesis of reactions and separations in precisely fabricated pentene. The steady-state economic designs of these three dimensional microreactor configurations in the systems were studied. Then their dynamics and con- size range of a few microns to a few hundred trol were explored. Different types of chemical microns. Typical microchemical systems combine systems require types of control structures. These fluid handling and reaction capabilities with elec- columns are sometimes operated using of an excess tronic sensing and actuation, are fabricated using of one of the reactants and sometimes using exact integrated circuit (IC) manufacturing techniques stoichiometric amounts of the two fresh reactant and use silicon and related IC industry materials, feeds. Both the process design and the control polymers, ceramics, glass or quartz as their material scheme are different with these two scenarios. of construction. III. Convex Optimization Techniques in Linear and The goal of this integrated research and education pro- Nonlinear Process Control gram is to study the unique dynamical properties of such The last few years have seen the emergence of a new integrated microchemical systems and to develop a class of optimization problems that have been vari- framework for designing implementable feedback control ously referred to as a Linear Matrix Inequalities techniques for this class of microsystems. Concepts for (LMIs), semi-definite programming (SDP) problems distributed and boundary control theory will be and convex problems. We were one of the first employed to study the model-based feedback control for- groups to explicitly show the applicability of LMIs mulation of microchemical systems and to develop a in process control by reformulating the model-based technical framework for microsystem controller design. predictive control (MPC) algorithms as LMI prob- The Integrated Microchemical Systems Laboratory lems. There are several classes of problems involving (under the direction of Professor M.V. Kothare) con- control of systems subject to constraints that are ducts this research as part of the Center. amenable to LMI formulation. These include effi- For more information, contract Mayuresh V. Kothare cient off-line MPC for fast sampling time processes, (co-Director) or William L. Luyben (co-Director), observer-based nonlinear, MPC, multi-model transi- Center for Chemical Process Modeling and Control, tion control using MPC, anti-windup, moving Iacocca Hall, Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, horizon estimation and evaluation of robustness, i.e, Bethlehem, PA 18015-4791, (610) 758 6654, fax (610) the impact of model uncertainty on controller per- 758 5297, e-mail: [email protected], formance. These new control algorithms are being [email protected]. tested on numerous application platforms, including continuous stirred tank reactors, continuous poly- Emulsion Polymers Institute merization processes and reactive distillation. The Emulsion Polymers Institute, established in 1975, IV. Multi-Model and Hybrid Systems Analysis and provides a focus for graduate education and research in Control polymer colloids. Formation of the institute constituted formal recognition of an activity that had grown steadily Hybrid and multi-model systems are a class of sys- since the late 1960s. tems in which there is interaction between continuous dynamical behavior of systems with The institute has close ties with polymer and surface sci- discrete switching behavior. For example, systems entists in the Center for Polymer Science and described by piecewise linear multiple models are Engineering, Polymer Interfaces Center, Zettlemoyer continuous and linear within a prescribed region Center for Surface Studies, CAMN, Center for Chemical Graduate Study and Research 75

Process Modeling and Control, and the departments of social sciences. The Energy Research Center provides a chemical engineering, chemistry, physics, and materials structure within which faculty and students from different science and engineering. backgrounds can explore their specific research interests. Polymer colloids or polymer latexes, as they are more The center coordinates the university’s energy research, commonly called, are finely divided polymer particles helping the faculty respond to research opportunities and that are usually dispersed in an aqueous medium. developments in energy. It is also the major contact Important products produced and utilized in latex form between the university and industry and government for include synthetic rubber, latex paint, adhesives and paper matters dealing with energy research. Originally founded coatings. The small particle size of typical latexes makes in 1972 as the Task Force for Energy Research, the cen- their colloidal properties as important as the polymer ter was organized into its present form in 1978. properties in a number of applications. Hence, the study The research within the center involves a wide range of of emulsion polymers is an interdisciplinary activity. topics related to the supply and use of energy. Work in Research Activities. Emulsion polymers research includes a progress—supported by contracts and grants from gov- broad range of problems in the areas of preparation, modifi- ernment, industry, and private foundations—deals with cation, characterization, and application of polymer latexes. fuels and energy resources, energy conversion systems, Most commercial polymer latexes contain a number of energy conservation and the environment. important ingredients, some in only small quantities. The Energy Research Center has particularly close ties Research programs at Lehigh are aimed at understanding with industry. A number of joint research projects the function of recipe components during the prepara- involve Lehigh faculty and students and research staff tion and application of the latexes. The research projects from industry. The center also operates the Energy are a blend of fundamental and applied efforts as well as Liaison Program, through which participating companies a mixture of theoretical and experimental problems: and government facilities have access to faculty consult- emulsion polymerization kinetics, mechanisms, and mor- ants, make use of laboratory facilities and library phology of core/shell latexes; colloidal, surface, and bulk services, and receive assistance on research problems, fea- properties of polymer colloids; dispersion polymeriza- sibility studies and other projects related to energy. tion; miniemulsion polymerization; film formation and Through the center’s Energy Intern Program, opportuni- properties; NMR studies of polymer colloids; and parti- ties also exist for students to receive part of their training cle size characterization via capillary chromatography. in industry. Through this program, a graduate student Significant research support for institute activities is involved in energy can do a research internship in indus- obtained from industrial organizations through their try under the joint supervision of company research staff membership in the Emulsion Polymers Liaison Program. and the student’s faculty adviser. Hence some considerable effort is made to relate the Experimental support for energy research is provided in a research results to industrial needs. Consequently, gradu- number of specialized laboratories maintained by the uni- ates can find excellent opportunities for employment. versity. These laboratories, furnished with the latest Educational Opportunities. Graduate students in the instrumentation and equipment, include the following: Institute undertake dissertation research leading to the boiling and two-phase flow, fluidized bed, fluid mechanics, master of science or doctor of philosophy degree in exist- surface chemistry, chemical kinetics, GC/mass spectrome- ing science and engineering curricula or in the Center ter, atomic absorption spectrometer, electron optical, for Polymer Science and Engineering. mechanical testing, structural testing, welding, metal form- ing, fracture mechanics, ceramics, polymer, hydraulics and Programs of study for individual students are designed to water resources, van de Graaff accelerator, biotechnology, meet the student’s interests, the requirements of the aquatic biology, and microprocessor development. appropriate academic department, and the student’s dis- sertation committee. Considerable flexibility is permitted All faculty members who participate in Energy Research in the selection of courses and a research topic. Center activities belong to academic departments. In addition, a number of faculty and staff members affiliat- Faculty members of the institute are involved in teaching ed with the center have close ties with other on-campus normal university courses and continuing education research centers and institutes, assuring broad interac- courses for industrial personnel. The annual one-week tions between center personnel and experts from many short course, Advances in Emulsion Polymerization and research specialties, including economics, social science, Latex Technology, typically attracts about 100 industrial materials and metallurgy, marine biology, fracture and participants and 20 Lehigh students. This course is an solid mechanics, metal forming, structural design, sani- important mechanism for developing meaningful inter- tary and water resources engineering, thermal science, actions between institute staff and students and fluid mechanics, surface chemistry, and biotechnology. industrial scientists and engineers. Educational and research opportunities exist for postdoctoral scholars and Energy Research. Research within the center falls within visiting scientists as well as resident graduate students. five major categories. Projects of interest include: For more information, write to Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Fossil Fuels. Fluidized bed combustion of coal; heat Emulsion Polymers Institute, Iacocca Hall, Lehigh transfer in fluidized beds, pulverized coal combustion, University, 111 Research Drive, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015. catalytic combustion, cyclonic combustion, coal slagging; Please visit our web site at freezing of coal, coal chemistry, microbial desulfurization www.lehigh.edu/esd0/epihome.html of coal, kinetics of coal gasification, fluidized bed gasifica- tion, dynamic simulation of coal conversion systems, Energy Research Center kinetics of coal liquefaction, hydrogen-enhanced crack Energy research at Lehigh is a multidisciplinary activity, growth in high-strength steels, organic coatings for flue involving faculty and students from engineering, the phys- gas desulfurization service, weld repair of steam turbine ical sciences, life sciences, business and economics, and the rotors, mechanical properties of cryogenic steels for LNG 76 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

applications, toughness of pipeline steels, fracture analysis The Energy Research Center also sponsors an annual of pipelines, and mechanisms of tertiary oil recovery. seminar series, bringing outstanding people in the energy Nuclear Technology. Instrumentation for reactor safety fields to campus to speak. Covering a range of topics studies; boiling heat transfer in water-cooled reactors; from economics to energy policy to science and engineer- fracture toughness of reactor steels; static and dynamic ing, these seminars provide an opportunity for faculty fracture toughness of steel welds; microstructural charac- and students to learn of new developments in energy. terization of pressure vessel welds; pressure vessel design, For more information, write to Edward K. Levy, radioactive waste disposal; high-energy particle physics, Director, Energy Research Center, Lehigh University, and nuclear physics. 117 ATLSS Drive, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015. Please visit Environmental Impact of Energy systems. Oil pollu- our website at www.lehigh.edu/inenr/inenr.htm. tion studies in the coastal and wetlands environment, Engineering Research Center For effects of power plant operations on biological life in the New Jersey estuarine region, acid rain, trace metal con- Advanced Technology For Large tamination of aquatic ecosystems, and hazardous waste Structural Systems (ATLSS) disposal and control. The ATLSS Engineering Research Center is a national Conservation and Renewable Resources. Biological con- center for research and technology on structures and version of cellulose to chemicals and fuels; catalysis for materials for the basic infrastructure of bridges, build- alcohols from biomass, energy recovery from municipal ings, and ship structures. First established in May 1986 solid waste, fuel derived from waste water treatment, with a grant from the National Science Foundation energy conservation in the metal-forming industries, (NSF), the center now addresses the research needs of instrumentation and analysis of industrial processes, use the U.S. Navy, U.S. Department of Transportation, of computers for process control, development of micro- Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and NSF; and collabo- processors for residential load control, cooling of electric rates with many industry groups and government utility generators and high-capacity electric motors, agencies. About 70 people, including graduate and design of cryogenic turbines, instrumentation for HVAC undergraduate students, research associates, faculty and applications, and siting of wind-power applications. staff members representing the disciplines important to Energy Economics. Dynamic analysis of energy supply- large structural systems are active at the center. demand systems; model of an investor-owned electrical ATLSS research topics include Innovative Structural utility; and peak-load pricing of electricity and natural gas. Systems and Materials, Condition Assessment and Life Educational Opportunities. The extensive involvement Prediction, Renewal Engineering, and Seismic Behavior. of faculty in energy research has created a wide range of Projects follow the life-cycle processes of experimenta- opportunities for graduate studies in energy. Most of the tion, design, fabrication and construction, operation, departments in the College of Engineering and Applied and renewal and retrofit. The studies are conducted in Science, as well as several departments within the close association with engineers and scientists from sever- College of Arts and Sciences and the College of Business al Lehigh departments, industry, government, design and and Economics, are active in energy research and offer professional groups and other universities. both masters and doctoral degree programs suitable for ATLSS has excellent research facilities and equipment, studies of energy-related topics. including two world-class structural testing facilities: the All degrees are granted by the academic departments and Fritz Engineering Laboratory and the major newer graduate students interested in energy enroll in tradition- (1989) ATLSS Laboratory, in which researchers study al graduate degree programs in departments of their large-scale complex connections, assemblages and struc- choice. These students specialize in energy by comple- tures under static, dynamic, and/or cyclic menting their programs with a selection of special multidirectional loading with complete computer-con- energy-related courses. They pursue their graduate trolled experimentation. ATLSS also has and shares research in energy areas under the supervision of faculty outstanding resources for computing, mechanical testing, from the Energy Research Center or from other research welding, metallography, and non-destructive evaluation. centers or academic departments. Research Activities: Opportunities also exist for students to receive part of their training in industry through a program in which a High-Performance Materials. Research is conducted on graduate student involved in energy can do a research innovative structural forms and structural systems to internship in industry under the joint supervision of com- promote competitive use of high performance materials, pany research staff and the student’s faculty adviser. The including high-performance steel and steel weldments, Energy Intern Program is individualized: each internship concrete, fiber-composites, and mixed systems for bridge, is designed to meet the specific needs and interests of the building, and ship-hull applications. student, the faculty adviser and the company. Connection Design Methodologies. Research is con- Financial support for graduate students is available through ducted to advance connection technology in the Energy Research Center by means of fellowships and construction. Connections for seismic resistance are research assistantships related to sponsored research. emphasized. Each year Lehigh faculty members offer a number of Condition Assessment of Structures. Field and laborato- special energy-related courses at the undergraduate and ry assessments are made on bridge, highway, railway and graduate levels; many of them are outgrowths of current ship structures for evaluations of behavior, corrosion, faculty research. Recent examples include courses dealing and fatigue and fracture damage, with an aim to life pre- with energy economics, the international politics of oil, diction and improved design specifications. Forensic nuclear reactor engineering, public policy and nuclear studies of damaged structures are also made. power, air pollution, coal catalysis, coal technology, materials for modern energy systems, and solar energy. Graduate Study and Research 77

Renewal and Retrofit Techniques. Renewal and retrofit product development and enhancement. Operational technologies are studied for civil and marine structures, improvement research with partner companies has with an aim to life extension. explored strategies for manufacturing support, the devel- Educational Opportunities. The ATLSS Center facili- opment of decision support systems, processes for tates programs of study and research that provide a work-flow analysis and facility reorganization, analysis of fundamental, broad approach to the fields of structures constraints and throughput improvement, and new solu- and materials. Graduate students in the center’s pro- tions to supply chain management. Work in enterprise grams receive master of science, master of engineering, or resource integration has included methodologies for doctor of philosophy degrees; usually in structural engi- business process re-engineering and for the analysis and neering, materials science and engineering, or selection of Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems. mechanical engineering. They pursue course work relat- Applied research in product development and enhance- ed to a broad understanding of materials and structures ment has included the use of computer modeling and while conducting research in the center. simulation to support integrated product development along with analysis and evaluation of existing products, Financial support for graduate students is available through and design for manufacturability and assembly support. the ATLSS Center by means of fellowships and research assistantships related to sponsored research programs. Involvement in these applied research activities with industry partners provides Lehigh students with hands- Undergraduates participate in the center’s research through on learning experiences built on progressive summer internships and academic-year special projects. responsibility and contribution to real-world company For more information, write to Dr. Richard Sause, projects. From these activities, students gain leadership Director, ATLSS, Lehigh University, 117 ATLSS Drive, skills and valuable industry experience. Bethlehem, PA 18015-4728. Or, address him at The creation of technology-enabled educational [email protected]. resources augments traditional learning models. Coupled Enterprise Systems Center (ESC) with knowledge management technology, these resources create integrated learning experiences and materials to The Enterprise Systems Center (ESC), an affiliate of the support engineering courses. The ultimate objective is to Industrial and Systems Engineering Department, was identify key components of entrepreneurial behavior and established in 1995. This multidisciplinary center is com- develop the educational methods necessary to transfer to mitted to fusing student experiential learning with students the skills and experiences that will prepare them industry value creation. The center also seeks to advance for leadership roles in society. interdisciplinary research and scholarship relating to information technology, new process development, and Within the ESC is the Learning Collaboratory, an integrated enterprise systems. Additional research initia- innovative educational environment designed to pro- tives focus on discovering new methods for collaboration mote inquiry-based and competency-driven experiential among education, industry and government partners learning that enriches the classroom lectures with prac- through the use of advanced technology. Emphasis is tical experience through corporate partner interactions. given to an entrepreneurial approach to problem-solving. The Collaboratory supports small-group learning, Started as the Computer-Aided Manufacturing action learning, and the application of technology to Laboratory in the mid-seventies, the CAM Lab trans- augment educational resources. Collaboratory partici- formed into the Computer-Integrated Manufacturing pants, including students, professors, and industry Laboratory when it became clear that improvements in partners, can take advantage of such powerful commu- plant operational efficiency would require computer- nication methods as broadband exchanges, internet based integration of the manufacturing processes conferences, digital real-time linkages, and electronic involved. Driven by industry and research needs to seek management of information. performance improvements beyond the traditional manu- Educational Opportunities. The ESC provides support facturing domain, the CIM Lab expanded its mission to for courses in the analysis and design of manufacturing encompass the entire enterprise, becoming the Enterprise systems and decision support systems, computer graph- Systems Center. Housed in Mohler Laboratory, the ESC ics, computer-integrated manufacturing, industrial provides undergraduate and graduate students from a engineering techniques, and experimental projects in variety of university disciplines including engineering, industrial engineering. The ISE senior project class uti- business, education, and the arts and sciences with the lizes ESC facilities and a video teleconferencing system opportunity to work on teams with faculty and profes- to step beyond the traditional classroom experience in sional engineers to solve a variety of real world industry the preparation and presentation of its culminating proj- problems. Participation in these work teams provides stu- ect. These courses are offered through the Industrial and dents with a level of work experience representative of Systems Engineering department. Graduate studies lead- what they will encounter following graduation. Since its ing to both masters and doctoral degrees are also inception, the ESC has completed more than 100 proj- available through the Industrial and Systems Engineering ects with industry and government partners that have department. provided more than 500 students with an integrated Participation in industry partner projects is open to all learning experience that develops leadership skills and Lehigh students, both undergraduate and graduate, sharpens entrepreneurial thinking. regardless of academic major, based on an interview Research Activities. The ESC conducts research into the process. This emphasis on interdisciplinary cooperation development and implementation of effective strategies provides the opportunity to learn and work in an envi- to put information technology to work adding value to ronment analogous to the cross-functional teamwork engineering education and enterprise applications. In its structure employed in many businesses. Applied research applied research efforts, the Center focuses on opera- and project work is conducted with both industry and tional improvements, enterprise resource integration, and government partners. 78 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

For more information, contact Dr. Emory W. Zimmers, port of Lee A. Iacocca, former chairman and chief execu- Jr., Director, Enterprise Systems Center, Lehigh tive officer, Chrysler Corporation, and a member of University, Mohler Lab, 200 West Packer Avenue, Lehigh’s Class of 1945. Bethlehem, PA, 18015 ([email protected]) For more information, contact Richard M. Brandt, Iacocca Institute Director, Iacocca Institute, Iacocca Hall, Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, Bethlehem, PA 18015. Over the years, Lehigh University has developed an impressive ability to forge university-industry-govern- Institute for Biomedical Engineering ment partnerships. These partnerships are critical not and Mathematical Biology only to the future of universities, but, also to improve The Institute for Biomedical Engineering and U.S. competitiveness. It is primarily through partner- Mathematical Biology was established July 1, 1988 to ships – with companies, schools, government agencies foster interdisciplinary research and support graduate and other universities – that the Iacocca Institute pursues study in the application of engineering and mathematics its mission of preparing current and future leaders for a to medicine and biology. Faculty from several engineer- globally competitive marketplace. One of these partner- ing departments and from mathematics and biology ing activities is the Global Village for Future Leaders of actively participate in the institute. Current research Business and Industry. includes the mathematical analysis of transport and The Global Village provides young adults from around exchange in microcirculatory physiology, theoretical and the world the chance to experience the type of total- experimental biomechanics, experimental biofluidme- immersion leadership program usually reserved for top chanics, fracture and failure in skeletal units and in executives. Its purpose is to provide personal and organi- prostheses, shock propagation through the human body, zational change needed to thrive in the emerging global and design for the handicapped. economy. During the GV these interns who share the The institute has established an extensive network of dream of a leadership career in business and industry, interaction and generated significant research collabora- focus on leadership and entrepreneurial skills, global net- tion with a number of major medical centers. An working relationships, and business and industry effective liaison program fosters interaction between the knowledge. To date over 360 interns from over 70 coun- university and industry in the biomedical field. tries have graduated from the program and are now part of the growing list of Iacocca Institute Interns. The Graduate students interested in studying biomedical Global Village interns represent undergraduate students, engineering or mathematical biology at Lehigh enroll in MBA and graduate students, and managers from global one of the engineering departments or in the applied corporations and family-owned businesses. mathematics program, and satisfy the corresponding degree requirements. The institute provides the opportu- The Iacocca Institute also fulfills its mission for leader- nity for interdisciplinary research for both the master’s ship development in two other program areas, Post thesis and the Ph.D. dissertation. Graduate Education and High School Programs. The Institute establishes and maintains the infrastructure nec- For more information, write to Eric P. Salathe, Director, essary for Lehigh University to continue and grow an Institute for Biomedical Engineering and Mathematical active program of professional education, serving leaders Biology, Chandler-Ullmann Hall, Lehigh University, 17 in business, industry, government and education. The Memorial Drive East, Bethlehem, PA 18015. Institute works with all the Colleges on the Lehigh cam- Institute for Fracture and Solid pus to identify appropriate post graduation courses to serve the markets in the tri-state area of New York, New Mechanics Jersey and Pennsylvania. The institute of Fracture and Solid Mechanics was estab- The Iacocca Institute has the privilege of hosting the lished in the fall of 1970 to enable faculty members and Pennsylvania Governor’s School for Global students within the university to participate in research Entrepreneurship. This program is a unique learning relevant to fracture and solid mechanics on an interdisci- program to educate top high school students from plinary basis. A branch of this institute was established in Pennsylvania and from around the world on global the Republic of China in 1987 to carry out cooperative entrepreneurship. The 5-week residential program research activities. An area of special interest to the insti- focuses on challenging students as they learn about cul- tute has been in fracture mechanics, which deals with the tural and business practices with other students, faculty, study of structural and material sensitivity to flaws. Such and entrepreneurs. flaws can seriously affect the design and strength of ships, aircraft, automobiles, bridges and buildings. In the design The Iacocca Institute is also the center for Lehigh of nuclear power plants, the incorporation of the fracture University’s Career Awareness Programs (CAP). The mechanics concept of safety in the presence of flaws is CAP Programs are designed for bright and talented stu- required. In addition, fracture mechanics is finding appli- dents of color who are between their junior and senior cation in such areas as bone fracture, environmentally years in high school and have an interest in further stud- accelerated cracking of pavements and structural mem- ies in Accounting/Business, Design Arts or Engineering. bers, the fracture of rocks, and erosion of materials by The one-week summer programs are open to African solid or water particle impingement. American, Asian American, Latino or Native American students with a minimum grade point average of 3.0. The activities of the institute include: expansion of research Students selected for CAP receive a full scholarship, capabilities to include the application of concepts of frac- including room and board, to the one-week in residence ture mechanics to geology (rocks), medicine (bones), and program at the Lehigh University campus. composite materials; editing books on timely subjects in fracture and solid mechanics; compilation and collection of The Iacocca Institute, part of the College of Business written materials to establish and maintain a special library and Economics, was established in 1987 with the sup- of fracture mechanics; planning of conferences on fracture Graduate Study and Research 79 and solid mechanics; offering short courses and seminars Laboratory, Lehigh University, 5 East Packer Avenue, on special topics; and conducting liaison programs with Bethlehem, PA 18015. industry and government agencies. Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for Research Activities. There are several research pro- grams being conducted in solid and fracture Eighteenth-Century Studies mechanics, sponsored by industry and government The Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for Eighteenth- agencies. They include: Century Studies was established in 1971, to honor one of America’s most distinguished scholars, who served as a Fracture mechanics. Analytical: stress analysis of engi- long-time member of the faculty at Lehigh. Gipson’s neering structure weakened by flaws. monumental life work, The British Empire Before the Experimental: static and dynamic fracture toughness American Revolution (15 volumes) was written between testing of metallic, nonmetallic and composite materials. 1936 and 1970. Gipson received the Pulitzer Prize in Solid mechanics. Analytical and numerical methods of History in 1962 for Volume 10, subtitled, The Great analysis. Plates and shells. War For Empire. When he died in 1971, Professor Educational Opportunities. Students interested in frac- Gipson left his entire estate to Lehigh and provided the ture and solid mechanics should refer to course offerings original endowment for the institute. in the departments of mechanical engineering and Research Activities. The income from the endowment of mechanics, materials science and engineering, civil engi- the institute is used to encourage faculty and student neering, chemistry and biology. research in the eighteenth century by providing small For more information, write to Herman F. Nied, grants to defray travel costs, copying, and other expenses Institute of Fracture and Solid Mechanics, Packard to permit scholars to visit necessary libraries and deposi- Laboratory, Lehigh University, 19 Memorial Drive West, tories. The Gipson Institute normally awards one Bethlehem, Pa 18015. fellowship annually to a Ph.D. candidate enrolled at Lehigh University for dissertation research and writing in Institute for Metal Forming any field of eighteenth-century studies. The institute also The Institute for Metal Forming was established in 1970 helps provide additional resources to build the university to teach the principles and applications of metal forming library’s research collections in eighteenth-century studies. technology to graduate and undergraduate students, to Educational Opportunities. The institute invites leading provide instructions and equipment for graduate research scholars to give occasional lectures and supports relevant in metal forming processes, and to assist industry with programs such as interdisciplinary seminars and visiting solutions to problems in metal forming. scholars interested in the eighteenth century. Annual The main objective of the institute’s research is to con- symposia honor Professor Gipson by bringing to campus duct cross-disciplinary process engineering studies to distinguished scholars to lecture and discuss various top- better understand and control manufacturing processes ics. The essays generated at the symposia have been and their impact on the microstructural response of a published and the institute maintains a continuing close material. Recently, classical metal forming research has relationship with Lehigh University Press for publishing been expanded to include projects in powder processing, original manuscripts on the eighteenth century. microstructure analysis, and forming of polymers. For more information, write to either of the co-directors, The study of metal forming encompasses visioplacticity Jean R. Soderlund, Department of History, Maginnes (physical modeling of a forming process); simulation of Hall, 9 W. Packer Ave., or Scott Paul Gordon, microstructure response to process parameters (via repro- Department of English, Drown Hall, Lehigh University, duction of the thermo-mechanical conditions that a 35 Sayre Drive, Bethlehem, PA 18015. material experiences during deformation); and computa- Philip and Muriel Berman Center for tional numerical modeling. Computer enhanced analysis of material flow also allows us to optimize tooling design Jewish Studies in many manufacturing processes. The combined quanti- The Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Jewish tative results of these techniques may then be compared Studies, established in 1984, develops, administers, and with experimental data obtained from instrumented coordinates a comprehensive program in Jewish studies metal forming laboratories (such as those maintained at at Lehigh University. The center is directed by Laurence the institute), or from our research partners in industry. J. Silberstein, Philip and Muriel Berman professor of Jewish Studies. Research Activities. Current research areas include: extrusion of metals, powders and polymers, sheet materi- Besides teaching on their home campuses, Berman facul- al formability, rolling, wire drawing, forging, semi-solid ty offer Jewish studies courses at DeSales University, forming, light-optical and electron-optical micro-texture Lafayette College, and Moravian College. In 2001, as the analysis, coatings of powders, tooling design and tooling result of a gift from Susan Ballenzweig Beckerman, the materials, thermo-mechanical processing of metals, rapid center established the position of Writer-in-Residence in prototyping, rapid tooling, and machinability of sintered cooperation with the department of English. The center powder materials. also coordinates the Richard and Susan Master Visiting Professorship in Jewish Studies at the Pontifical Educational Opportunities. Students interested in metal Gregorian University in Rome, a program initiated by forming should refer to course offerings in the depart- Philip and Muriel Berman of Allentown, Pa. ments of materials science and engineering, mechanical engineering and mechanics, and industrial and manufac- Other activities of the center include designing and imple- turing systems engineering. menting new courses and seminars, an annual lecture series, scholarly colloquia, and academic conferences. The For more information contact Wojciech Z. Misiolek, center organizes the “Lehigh in Israel” summer program Director, Institute for Metal Forming, 242 Whitaker 80 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

taught by Lehigh faculty and provides financial awards to ceramics; deformation and fracture of materials; elec- Lehigh undergraduates for study in Israel through the tronic materials and packaging; polymer science; thin Howard Ballenzweig Memorial Fund. In addition, the films and coatings; joining and solidification; and com- center publishes a book series with New York University puter modeling of materials processes. Major highlights Press titled New Perspectives on Jewish Studies. include the following research projects. After approxi- For more information on the Berman Center and its mately a year of development, the CAMN was awarded a programs, write to Dr. Laurence J. Silberstein, Director, $2 million contract through the PA Technology Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Jewish Studies, Investment Authority (PTIA) to work with Penn State Lehigh University, 9 W. Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA and a local manufacturing facility in the area of micro- 18015, or call 610 758-4869 ([email protected]). electronic packaging. This effort has resulted in an alliance anticipated to extend beyond this initial con- Martindale Center for the Study of tract. The faculty team consists of 9 members in three Private Enterprise engineering departments. Also, the CAMN was awarded The Martindale Center for the Study of Private a 5 year, $4.5 million contract through PTIA in support Enterprise, part of the College of Business and of a collaboration with Carnegie-Mellon University and Economics, was established in 1980 by a gift from Harry the University of Pittsburgh. This award has enabled the and Elizabeth Martindale. The primary purpose of the CAMN to successfully engage all four Colleges at Lehigh center is to contribute through scholarship to the University. This award has provided us with the support advancement of public understanding of the structure of many initiatives. These include the development of and performance of our economic system. the premiere Materials Science and Engineering web- based professional education program; the Attention is focused on the private sector of the economy implementation of a needs assessment of Pennsylvania and on public policies as they influence the private sector. industry in the areas of advanced materials, photonics, To achieve this end, the center activities include the spon- and biomaterials; the purchase of world class instrumen- sorship of lectures and conferences, support of faculty tation; and the support of research interactions with research and case studies, and administration of the visit- Pennsylvania industries. ing scholar and executive-in-residence programs. The center sponsors and administers the Martindale Students Educational Opportunities. This center facilitates pro- Association Program (for undergraduates) and the publi- grams of study and research that cross the traditional cation of their journal, Perspectives on Business and boundaries of science and engineering curricula, provid- Economics. The center has established the Canadian ing a fundamental, broad approach to the field of Studies Institute which encourages scholarship dealing materials science and technology. with the business and economic environment of Canada Graduate students participating in the center’s program and with U.S./Canadian business and economic relations; usually receive master of science or doctor of philosophy and the Kalmbach Institute for the Study of Regional degrees in the academic discipline of their choice, i.e., Political Economy which focuses attention on the busi- chemistry, physics, materials science and engineering, ness and economic environment of the Lehigh Valley and electrical engineering and computer science, etc.; or in other regions throughout the U.S. The Center along with an interdisciplinary program such as polymer science and the Department of International Relations is partnering engineering. However, they are expected to pursue with the U.S. Department of State to establish a lecture coursework related to a broader understanding of materi- series on Global Political Economy. als and to conduct research on an interdisciplinary For more information, write to Dr. J. Richard Aronson, materials problem in one of the center’s six laboratories. Director, Martindale Center for the Study of Private Financial support for graduate students is available Enterprise, Rauch Business Center, Lehigh University, through the CAMN by means of research assistantships 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015. related to sponsored research programs. Center for Advanced Materials and For more information, write to Martin P. Harmer, Director, CAMN, Lehigh University, 5 E. Packer Nanotechnology (CAMN) Avenue, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015-3194. The CAMN was established in 1962 to encourage inter- action among the science and engineering disciplines The Murray H. Goodman Center for with an interest in materials. The mission of the CAMN Real Estate Studies is to promote interdisciplinary research and education in The Murray H. Goodman Center for Real Estate Studies materials science by coordinating and administering was established in 1988 through a major gift from multi-investigator projects and developing and managing Murray H. Goodman, ’48. The center is a self-support- world class multi-user facilities. The center also conducts ing, interdisciplinary unit of the College of Business and the Materials Industrial Liaison Program. Founded in Economics. The center provides financial support and 1963, this program serves as an interface between indus- other assistance for undergraduate courses in real estate try and the intellectual resources and facilities of Lehigh and real estate finance, supports scholarly research in real University. In this capacity, the program objectives are to estate, and sponsors joint activities with practitioners in provide expertise on materials related issues and to facili- the real estate field. tate industrial interactions. Educational Opportunities. The center provides Research Activities. The CAMN is currently engaged in resources for the teaching of undergraduate courses in a wide variety of research activities i.e. the processing, real estate and real estate finance. Sponsored courses characterization, properties, and utilization of materials. include FIN 336 – Real Estate Finance, FIN 395 – These efforts include research programs in microstruc- Starting, Managing and Growing a Business Enterprise, tural characterization; processing and properties of and FIN 396/397 – Senior Practicum in Real Estate. In Graduate Study and Research 81 addition, the center sponsors a continuing series of semi- such topics as adsorption, desorption, dynamic wetting, nars and presentations by real estate executives and adhesion, charge transfer, transport, miscibility, compati- practitioners. The center also serves as a clearinghouse bility and mechanical behavior. The center’s ultimate goal for students seeking internships with real estate firms is to generate a scientific database to assist in designing and related companies. advanced polymers for such diverse applications as lubri- Research Activities. Consistent with the university’s cants, water treatment, secondary oil recovery, coatings, encouragement of scholarly research, the center provides inks, adhesives, and engineering plastics. funding for faculty research in the real estate area. Research Activities. The center is interdisciplinary and Funding possibilities include: summer faculty research includes faculty from four academic departments; chemi- grants; travel, telephone and administrative support; and cal engineering, chemistry, materials science and grants for part-time graduate assistants. The center also engineering, and physics. The center also has research maintains a file of sponsored research opportunities avail- scientists and engineers who help guide the research pro- able through private foundations, government agencies gram. The current research effort is divided into two and practitioner organizations and provides administra- theme areas: tive support to faculty applying for such funding. A. Polymer adsorption/characterization. Investigators Practitioner Interaction. The third aspect of the center’s are elucidating the processes of water-soluble poly- activities is its interaction with practitioners in the real mer adsorption and desorption from water onto estate field. The increased emphasis on continuing educa- colloidal and planar surfaces such as polystyrene, tion and research among real estate practitioner TiO2 and silica. organizations, as well as Lehigh’s proximity to major real B. Wetting/adhesion. Using industrially important estate markets, enable the center to engage the practition- metal and plastic surfaces, researchers in this area er community in a variety of joint projects. These joint investigate the fundamentals of wetting and adhe- projects include: 1) sponsored research projects; 2) con- sion and the means of varying these processes by tinuing education programs and short courses; 3) special altering the molecular structure at the interface. conferences and events of national and/or regional inter- Another aspect of this theme is to examine the est; and, 4) center-sponsored databases and continuing mechanical behavior of polymer interphases. activities of interest to the practitioner community. Selected projects include investigations of film for- For more information, write to Dr. Stephen F. Thode, mation, role of mechanical interlocking on Director, Murray H. Goodman Center for Real Estate adhesion, and “toughening” mechanisms and fatigue Studies, Rauch Business Center, Lehigh University, 621 resistance in plastics that are modified with rubbery Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015, or call (610) 758- and/or glassy inclusions. 4788 or email [email protected]. Research Facilities. Instrumentation available to PIC Musser Center for Entrepreneurship includes Atomic Force Microscopy in contact, non-con- tact and scanning tunneling modes; X-Ray The Warren V. Musser Center for Entrepreneurship was Photoelectron Spectroscopy; Scanning Auger Electron established through a gift from “Pete” Musser, Lehigh Spectroscopy; Laser Raman Spectroscopy; Fourier class of 1949, CEO of Safeguard Scientifics, Inc., a com- Transform Infrared Spectroscopy; Attenuated Total pany that leads in incubating and operating premier Reflectance Infrared Spectroscopy; Dynamic Light developing technology companies in the Internet infra- Scattering; Total Internal Reflectance Fluorescence; structure market. Ellipsometry; Surface Forces Instrument; Laser Trap; The Musser Center for Entrepreneurship, part of the Microcalorimetry; MoireInterferometry; Scanning College of Business and Economics, is currently being repo- Electron Microscopy; Transmission Electron Microscopy; sitioned with a focus on e-business for the entrepreneur. Solid-State and Liquid-State Nuclear Magnetic For more information, write to the Dean’s Office, Rauch Resonance Spectroscopy; Column Impregnation Units; Business Center, Lehigh University, 621 Taylor Street, Serum Replacement Cells; and a variety of Mechanical Bethlehem, PA 18015. Property Test Equipment. Educational Opportunities. PIC supports graduate-level Polymer Interfaces Center research for M.S. and Ph.D. degree students in subjects The Polymer Interfaces Center (PIC) is an related to the center’s goals. Students receive degrees Industry/University Cooperative Research Center that from their respective academic departments, but they was established at Lehigh University in 1991. It is spon- also take special courses on polymer interfaces given by sored by the National Science Foundation (NSF) and is the center faculty and participate in the multidisciplinary one of approximately 50 centers that have been estab- activities of the center. There are a few opportunities for lished at universities throughout the U.S. in an effort to research by undergraduates who have achieved senior leverage industrial development with university science. standing in a science or engineering major. In this arrangement, university professors, research scien- For more information, write to Manoj K. Chaudhury, tists and graduate students conduct industrially-relevant Director, Polymer Interfaces Center, Iacocca Hall, fundamental research while member companies and the Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, Bethlehem PA NSF provide operating funds and guidance on the kinds 18015; or call (610) 758-3701. of model polymers, model substrates and goals that are of interest to them. Sherman Fairchild Center for Solid- PIC is developing a molecular-level understanding of the State Studies structural, dynamic, kinetic and energetic characteristics The Sherman Fairchild Laboratory was established by a of the interphase region between polymers and substrates major grant from the Sherman Fairchild Foundation and while also developing versatile methodologies to charac- was opened in the fall of 1976. The laboratory houses an terize the interphase region. Center research addresses interdisciplinary staff consisting of faculty and students 82 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

from the departments of physics, materials science and Educational Opportunities. Graduate students associat- engineering, and electrical engineering and computer sci- ed with the Sherman Fairchild Center usually enroll for ence. While work on various aspects of solid-state science the master of science or doctor of philosophy degree in is carried out at many locations on the Lehigh campus, the traditional discipline of their choice, such as physics, the Sherman Fairchild Center provides the focal point materials science and engineering, electrical engineering, for studies of electronic materials and devices. etc., with specific course requirements and research par- Research Activities. The Sherman Fairchild Center’s fac- ticipation coordinated through the appropriate ulty and students have a wide range of interests that department chairperson. Students are financially sup- include experimental and theoretical studies of the ported by graduate fellowships provided by the Sherman physics of defects in non-metallic solids and of disordered Fairchild Foundation and/or by university resources. In materials; advanced semiconductor processing technolo- addition, teaching assistantships are available through the gy; and semiconductor device design, fabrication, and departments and a number of research assistant positions characterization. The materials systems of interest are are supported by research grants and contract awards equally diverse and include silicon, silicon dioxide, com- obtained by the laboratory staff. All of these arrange- pound semiconductors, wide bandgap semiconductors ments typically permit graduate students in the (SiC, ZnSe, and GaN), ferroelectrics and glasses. solid-state studies to take three courses per semester in addition to their teaching or research activities. There are The Sherman Fairchild Center houses several experimen- numerous opportunities for undergraduate students to tal laboratories. The Microelectronics Research participate in the research activities of the center with Laboratory provides processing facilities for the fabrica- the possibility of support during summer through the tion of CMOS, CCD, MNOS, bipolar devices and Fairchild Summer Scholar Program. integrated circuits. Available technology includes low- pressure chemical vapor deposition, RF metallization, For more information write to Marvin H. White, plasma chemistry, photolithography, oxidation and diffu- Director of the Sherman Fairchild Center for Solid State sion. A new Display Research Laboratory has been Studies, Lehigh University, 16A Memorial Drive E, established for work on electronic devices and thin-film Bethlehem, PA 18015-3184. materials for large flat panel displays. The Compound Semiconductor Research Laboratory has facilities for Other University Related processing and characterizing high speed integrated cir- cuits. A new facility for the growth of compound Centers semiconductor thin films by metalorganic vapor phase epitaxy is being constructed. Ben Franklin Technology Partners of A 3 MeV Van de Graaff accelerator provides a radiation Northeastern Pennsylvania facility that can be used to produce high energy electrons The Ben Franklin Technology Partners of Northeastern for the generation of point defects. Individual laborato- Pennsylvania (BFTP/NEP) is based on the Murray H. ries provide instrumentation for optical excitation and Goodman campus and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of luminescence, electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR), Lehigh. The Center is part of a four-member state-fund- deep level transient spectroscopy (DLTS), and Fourier ed economic development system that brings together transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR) for the study of the best of Pennsylvania’s people, ideas, and technology defects in semi-conductors. There are also facilities for and serves as a catalyst for advancing the state’s technolo- the study of transport in mesoscopic devices at gy economy. Ben Franklin frequently utilizes the faculty, milliKelvin temperatures, Raman spectroscopy, and students, and resources of Lehigh to accomplish its tasks. ultrasonic attenuation. Theoretical work is facilitated by BFTP/NEP fosters innovation to stimulate economic the university’s extensive network of workstations. growth and prosperity. The center collaborates with edu- Current research programs include work on 1) VLSI cational institutions, communities, other economic microelectronics, a study of the characterization of small- development organizations, and government to help geometry solid-state devices for VLSI, with emphasis on companies succeed. By providing knowledge and invest- CMOS transistors; 2) nonvolatile semiconductor memo- ment resources, Ben Franklin facilitates the creation of ries that offer the possibility of a “semiconductor disk;” new products, sophisticated technologies, and fresh ideas 3) SiC materials for application in power electronics at among entrepreneurs and established companies to help high temperature; 4) the fundamental properties of them prosper. The result: the creation and retention of impurities and simple lattice defects in silicon and wide high quality local jobs and a strong economic climate. bandgap compound semiconductors; a variety of meth- The goals of BFTP/NEP include helping early-stage ods (crystal growth, diffusion, electron irradiation) are technology-oriented businesses to form and grow, help- used to introduce defects which can then be studied by ing established manufacturers to improve productivity spectroscopic techniques that include electron paramag- through the application of new technologies and prac- netic resonance (both conventional and optically tices, and promoting an innovative community-wide detected), deep-level transient spectroscopy, and infrared infrastructure that fosters a favorable business environ- absorption spectroscopy; 5) the oxidation of Si1-xGex ment for high-growth companies. alloys and SiC with emphasis on the very early stages of Founded in 1983, the Ben Franklin Technology Partners oxidation and impurity enhanced oxidation; 6) quantum of Northeastern Pennsylvania has: mechanical calculations of the structural, vibrational, • Created and retained over 21,900 jobs. and electronic properties of defects in SiO2 and wide bandgap semiconductors like GaN; 7) the fabrication of • Established 298 companies. prototype active matrix displays; 8) the fabrication and • Commercialized and implemented over 450 new characterization of high speed, compound semiconduc- products and processes. tor integrated circuits; and 9) the collective dynamics of partially ordered and disordered ferroelectrics and glasses. Graduate Study and Research 83

The Ben Franklin program is structured to help compa- The Philip Rauch Center for Business nies achieve sustainable competitive advantage. Communications BFTP/NEP is measured on the basis of the commercial success achieved by its clients as a direct result of assis- The Rauch Center for Business Communications is an tance provided. academic center of Lehigh University that aims to support and foster development of e-business paradigms within Assistance includes expertise, largely contributed in the the College of Business and Economics. In addition, the northeast by the center’s association with Lehigh University Center focuses on the more traditional modes of business and other leading research universities, and funding, with communication such as writing technique, rhetoric, and investments ranging from $30,000 to $150,000 per year oral presentation skills. Philip Rauch, retired chairman of for up to three years. Faculty and students involved with Parker Hannifin Corporation and a prominent member of Ben Franklin gain experience in solving real issues for Lehigh University’s class of ’33, established the Center in working businesses. Technical and business assistance serv- 1981 through a generous contribution. ices are provided on a year-round basis. The role of the Center is: The Northeast Center operates a business incubator on Lehigh’s Mountaintop campus. The 12,000 square foot • To recognize and impart to students the communica- incubator holds up to ten start-up companies. Thirty com- tion skills needed to function in e-business today; panies have graduated from the BFTP/NEP incubator. • To function as a faculty-friendly teaching, learning, For the 2001 funding year, the Northeast Center and technology center; received over $6.2 million from the state Department • To support and develop the initiatives of affiliated of Community and Economic Development, with CBE Centers, such as the Musser Center and the nearly $11.3 million in matching funds committed Small Business Development Center. from private-sector businesses, educational institutions The Rauch Center for Business Communications is ded- and other sources. icated to providing students and faculty with an For more information, contact the Ben Franklin accessible, diversified, and up-to-date range of services, Technology Partners of Northeastern Pennsylvania, designed to most effectively meet current, and anticipate Lehigh University, 125 Goodman Drive, Bethlehem, PA future business communication needs. 18015-3715; 610-758-5200; www.nep.benfranklin.org. For more information, write to Robert R. Kendi, E-mail: [email protected]. Director, The Philip Rauch Center for Business Manufacturers Resource Center Communications, Rauch Business Center, Lehigh University, 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015- The mission of the Manufacturers Resource Center 3117 or email [email protected] or phone (MRC) is to help small and mid-sized manufacturers 610-758-4608. and related industries enhance their ability to compete successfully by providing them with strategic partner- Small Business Development Center ing, consulting and education. The MRC is a first stop, Established in 1978, the SBDC provides general man- full service, highly responsive, easy-to-use resource cen- agement assistance to over 2,000 entrepreneurs and small ter providing information, problem solving and businesses per year in the Lehigh Valley and surrounding funding assistance. areas. Primary funding for this program comes from The MRC is one of seven statewide Industrial Resource major grants from the U.S. Small Business Centers (IRCs) and one of 70 federally funded National Administration and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Specialized Programs. The Management Assistance Manufacturing Extension Partnership (MEP) centers. Program delivers general management consulting to Over the last twelve years, MRC has worked with existing small firms and start-up ventures. Services are approximately 500 companies on over 2,000 projects. offered to retail, service, wholesale, construction and The top six industries MRC has worked with include manufacturing firms. Support is offered through elec- industrial/commercial machinery, fabricated materials, tronic data base research. Seminars are offered on many electronics, rubber/plastics, primary metals and chemi- topics of interest to growing firms. cals. The top seven project types are lean manufacturing, The International Trade Development Program (ITDP) quality management, business planning, management is a specialized outreach effort of the Small Business systems, business systems, and human resources/work- Development Center. The ITDP helps companies with force development. The five main products groups for exportable products to develop export marketing plans MRC are quality/lean manufacturing, operations and establish direct contacts with international markets. (including IT), business practices, workforce develop- Seminars, trade missions and research projects support ment, and information technology/e-business. the efforts of this program. The MRC serves Berks, Carbon, Lehigh, Northampton, The Government Marketing Assistance Program assists and Schuylkill. Services are delivered through experi- potential suppliers to government in identifying and enced staff and industry professionals, private and developing procedures. Clients are handled on a one-to- academic consultants, customized training programs, and one basis. Trade fairs and seminars are also offered. Internet portals. The Financing Assistance Program provides assistance in For further information or assistance, please contact loan packaging and financial planning and helps clients Edith Ritter, Executive Director, at (610) 758-5599. identify appropriate financing sources. The program administers the Lehigh Valley Small Business Loan Pool and the Lehigh Valley Chapter of the Northeastern Pennsylvania Angel Network, a partnership program 84 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

with the Ben Franklin Technology Partners of Business Education and Training Program (BETP) – The Northeastern PA. Contracts with the Business Education and Training Program of the Small Lehigh/Northampton Revolving Loan Fund, the Lehigh Business Development Center provides specialized work- Valley Economic Development Corporation and other shops, seminars and customized training for the small funding agencies provide resources for this assistance. business community. In addition, BETP hosts a quarter- The Lehigh Valley Export Network (LEXNET) is the ly Venture Luncheon Series, providing a networking regional office of the Team Pennsylvania Export Network. forum for entrepreneurs and venture capitalists. Throughout the year LEXNET brings PA foreign office LUMAC. The Lehigh University Management representatives to the Lehigh Valley to meet with SBDC Assistance Counseling program (a graded three-credit clients and discuss in-country export assistance needs. course) was established in 1972 on the initiative of LEXNET also assists with export finance programs such undergraduate students. Through support from the as Market Access Grants allowing small and mid-sized SBDC, approximately 150 students per year gain practi- manufacturing or service companies to participate in cal experience by providing counseling to sixty international trade events. Specialized training events and businesses. seminars are also held throughout the year. SCORE. The Service Corps of Retired Executives is Technology Business Development Program (TBDP) – associated with the SBDC. SCORE, which works most The TBDP provides assistance to companies in the areas closely with the SBDC, is chartered by the U.S. Small of technology, product development, patent searches, Business Administration and provides business expertise trademarks, copyright, Internet strategies, commercial to current or potential business owners. potential, business socio-economic certifications and For more information, write to Sandra Holsonback, defense conversion. Special assistance with SBIR/STTR Director, Small Business Development Center, Rauch research funding opportunities is available. Clients are Business Center, 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA handled on a one-to-one basis. Seminars and workshops 18015. are also available. Courses, Programs and Curricula 85

V. Courses, Programs and Curricula

This section includes listings of undergraduate and grad- requisites must in order to be admitted to a course either uate courses offered by Lehigh University. For purposes obtain on line permission from the designated college or of record, all approved courses are listed. It must be department officer or, file with the registrar at the time understood, however, that the offerings in any given of registration and on a standard form provided, a waiver semester are contingent upon a number of factors, of prerequisites signed by the course instructor, the including student needs as determined at the time of teaching department chair and either the chair of the early registration. student’s major department or the associate dean. All academic departments and programs are listed in Academic work completed elsewhere must be attested in alphabetical order. this manner as being substantially equivalent to prereq- uisites listed, unless the student’s records in the Office of Credit Hours the Registrar show that the proper officers have so evalu- The number in parentheses following each course title ated this preparation previously. indicates the credit value of the course in terms of In a few cases, corequisites are indicated. In such instances semester hours (“credit hours”). the corequisite course is taken in the same semester. Course Numbering Information Limits The course numbering system specifies which courses The course descriptions are intended to guide the stu- can be applied to the program of study as the student dent in selecting appropriate courses. For reasons of progresses toward the undergraduate or graduate degree. space, descriptions are brief. In most cases, courses will In general, the numbering series is as follows: have a significantly broader scope than the topics listed 0-99. Courses primarily for freshmen or sophomores. in the description. In some courses, material may change Not available for graduate credit. from what is described. If there is doubt concerning the 100-199. Intermediate-level undergraduate courses. Not appropriateness of any course for the individual’s educa- open to freshmen except on petition. Not available for tional objectives, it is suggested that the student confer graduate credit. with the adviser. 200-299. Advanced undergraduate courses. Courses in Abbreviations the College of Business and Economics and specific Whenever possible, course listings contain information departments as noted in the listings are open to fresh- indicating what requirements the course satisfies, the men and sophomores only on petition. Not available for semester or semesters in which it is offered, and the graduate credit in the major field. name of the scheduled instructor or instructors. 300-399. Advanced undergraduate courses. Same as While all information herein is subject to change, the 200-299, but available for graduate credit in major field. information is included to serve as a guide in the selec- 400-499. Graduate-level courses, open to undergradu- tion of appropriate courses that best fulfill the student’s ates only by petition. academic requirements and personal goals. Provisional Courses The symbols following course descriptions for some College of Arts and Sciences courses include: Each instructional department is authorized to offer pro- visional courses, or those offered on a trial basis, as well GC. Courses that meet the Global Citizenship program as special opportunities courses. Such courses can requirements. become a permanent part of the university curriculum. HU. Courses that meet the Humanities distribution These courses are numbered, as is appropriate, 95-98 . . requirements. . 195-198, . . . 295-298, . . . 395-398, for a maximum NS. Courses that meet the Science distribution require- of two semesters. ments. Apprentice Teaching and Cooperative SS. Courses that meet the Social Science distribution Undergraduate Education requirements. For details of these programs, see descriptions under MA. Courses that meet the Mathematical distribution “Apprentice Teaching” and “Cooperative Undergraduate requirements. Education,” in section III. ND. Not designated to meet distribution requirements. Prerequisites The symbols following course descriptions for some Academic preparation required for admission to courses College of Engineering and Applied Science courses is indicated under “prerequisites” included at the end of include: each course description. Prerequisites are stated in most ES. This code plus the following number indicates that cases for purposes of convenience in terms of Lehigh the course satisfies a number of hours of engineering sci- courses. Academic status required for admission, where ence requirements for ABET accreditation. numbering does not fully describe this status, is also ED. This code plus the following number indicates that indicated under “prerequisites.” the course satisfies a number of hours of engineering A student who does not have the status (e.g., sophomore design requirements for ABET accreditation. standing) or the academic preparation set forth as pre- 86 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Accounting 3. Understanding the information systems governing the flow of and control over financial information inside Professors. James A. Largay, III, Ph.D. (Cornell), C.P.A.; the firm. John W. Paul, Ph.D. (Lehigh), C.P.A.; Heibatollah Sami, To the extent that the above objectives are achieved, Ph.D. (Louisiana State University), Kenneth P. Sinclair, Accounting graduates will be well-prepared for positions Ph.D. (Massachusetts), chair, department of accounting. in public accounting, industry, not-for-profit organiza- Associate Professors. Karen M. Collins, Ph.D. (VPI), tions, and graduate school. Although preparation for C.P.A.; Parveen P. Gupta, Ph.D. (Penn State); James A. professional examinations is not a primary objective, Hall, Ph.D. (Oklahoma State). graduates will have the background to take professional Assistant Professor. Stephen L. Liedtka, Ph.D. examinations in accounting. (Maryland), C.P.A. The Accounting Major Instructor. Erin A. Moore, M.B.A. (Fairfield University) The undergraduate program in accounting is accredited C.P.A. by AACSB-The International Association for Professor of Practice. Paul N. Gordon, M.B.A. Management Education. This achievement places the (University of Wisconsin at Madison), C.P.A; David J. program within a small group of schools which have sat- Hinrichs, M.B.A. (Lehigh). isfied a rigorous examination of the program, faculty, Adjunct Professors. Daniel A. Bayak, M.B.A. and students that extend beyond the accreditation stan- (Scranton), C.P.A., C.M.A; Martin Rudolph, M.B.A. dards applied to the entire College of Business and (Drexel), C.P.A.; Susan J. Toohey, M.A. (University of Economics undergraduate and graduate programs. Northern Colorado), C.I.A., C.F.E; Kindra S. Walker, In addition to the existing sophomore prerequisites, M.B.A. (New York University), C.P.A. Introduction to Financial Accounting (ACC 151) and The Department of Accounting provides a variety of Introduction to Managerial Accounting (ACC 152), courses to support College of Business and Economics accounting majors are required to take four junior-level, (CBE) core requirements and to provide an undergradu- accounting core requirements (12 credits) and one con- ate major in accounting and a M.S. degree in accounting. centration (9 credits): Core Requirements The mission of the Accounting Department is to pro- (typically taken junior year) Credits vide rigorous accounting education that prepares high Financial I and II (ACC 315 and 316) 6 quality undergraduate and graduate students with diverse backgrounds for life-long learning and positions Accounting Information Systems (ACC 311) 3 of leadership in the business community, and to empha- Cost Accounting (ACC 324) 3 size faculty research efforts that contribute to the body 12 of knowledge in accounting. Consistent with the mis- Concentration (typically taken senior year)– sions of Lehigh University and the College of Business three courses, one of which is accounting 9 and Economics, the Accounting Department continu- 21 ously seeks to be recognized as one of a select group of The following three concentrations are available: programs in the United States where an educational 1. Public Accounting Assurance and Tax Services experience of the highest possible quality is obtainable. This concentration is suited for students interested in Within the accounting major, there is an opportunity to entering public accounting. This concentration explore the various career opportunities within the broad requires the core and the following 9-credit concen- field of accounting: Public Accounting Assurance and tration: Tax Services, Financial Services and Corporate • Fundamentals of Federal Income Taxation (ACC 307) Accounting, and Information Systems. In addition to • Fundamentals of Auditing (ACC 320) the undergraduate program, the Master of Science in • Advanced Financial Accounting (ACC 317) Accounting and Information Analysis degree (see Master 2. Financial Services and Corporate Accounting of Science in Accounting and Information Analysis pro- This concentration may appeal to students seeking gram under Graduate Studies) offers an outstanding accounting positions at financial services firms and opportunity to prepare graduate students for a career in industrial corporations. For some time representatives today’s demanding field of accounting. Lehigh’s unique from these companies have sought Lehigh students program recognizes the impact of technology on busi- with a strong accounting background. External con- ness processes and the value chain while paying respect stituencies suggest that a dose of finance will to the time honored usefulness of accounting informa- strengthen these students and make them even more tion. The Accounting Program recognizes the learning attractive. objectives set forth by the College of Business and Economics as an integral part of the curriculum, as well Because Lehigh’s finance faculty determined that two as the importance of providing students with a strong courses, Investments (FIN 323), and Corporate foundation in liberal arts, humanities, and science as set Financial Policy (FIN 328), are both needed to have a out in the CBE core curriculum. In addition to the CBE core understanding of finance, this second concentration core curriculum, the accounting curriculum is designed requires these two courses. Also, a new course, Analysis to foster the following learning objectives: of Financial Statements, ACC 318, is positioned at the 1. Preparing and understanding general purpose finan- interface of accounting and finance. cial statements for parties outside the firm. • Investments (FIN 323) 2. Using accounting information for decision-making • Corporate Financial Policy (FIN 328) insidethe firm. • Analysis of Financial Statements (ACC 318) Accounting 87

3. Information Systems ACCT 309. Advanced Federal Income Taxation (3) Public accounting firms seek graduates for the rapidly An advanced study of the taxation of business organiza- growing area of global risk management (GRM). tions, estates, trust, and wealth transfer taxes. Planning Students entering GRM will be responsible for assess- and research are the basic components of the course. ing accounting system and computer risks that impact Problem-solving and written research are emphasized. the financial statements of the organization and for Prerequisite: Acct 307. evaluating internal controls in place to minimize such ACCT 311. Accounting Information Systems (3) risks. Their findings become an important element in An introduction to the concepts underlying information the conduct of the financial audit. This new career systems as they relate to organizational structure, mana- path thus requires students who possess strong sys- gerial decision making and accounting. The course tems skills and an understanding of financial acquaints students with the reports and documents gen- accounting, management accounting, and auditing. erated by information systems, as well as procedures and Taxes and advanced financial accounting topics are controls employed in a variety of business applications. less important in this setting. Therefore, the following Students apply these concepts, techniques and proce- courses comprise this concentration. dures to the planning, analysis and design of manual and • Fundamentals of Auditing (ACC 320) computer-based information systems. Prerequisite: Acct • Systems Analysis and Design (BIS 311) 152 and BIS 111. • Electronic Commerce (BIS 331) or E-Business Systems (BIS 342) or Internship in Prague ACCT 315. Financial Accounting I (3) (BIS 360) Intensive study of the basic concepts and principles of financial accounting, emphasizing the problems of fair The description and requirements of the Master of presentation of an entity’s financial position and operat- Science in Accounting and Information Analysis ing results. Consideration of the conceptual framework Program are found under Graduate Study and Research. of accounting, review of the accounting process, and Undergraduate Courses measurement and valuation of current assets, current lia- bilities, plant assets, intangibles, investments, and ACCT 108. Fundamentals of Accounting (3) long-term debt. Problem-solving skills and critical analy- A one-semester survey of accounting principles and prac- sis are stressed. Prerequisite: Acct 152. tices designed for those students which includes an introduction to industrial cost systems designed for those ACCT 316. Financial Accounting II (3) non-CBE students planning to take only one accounting The sequel to Accounting 315, this course continues course. Other students should take the Acct 151-152 with intensive study of such topics as stockholders’ equi- sequence. ty, valuation and disclosure of leases and pensions, income tax allocation, changing prices, revenue issues, ACCT 151. Introduction to Financial Accounting (3) earnings per share, and complexities related to the state- The organization, measurement and interpretation of ment of changes in financial position. Analysis and economic information. Introduction to accounting theo- interpretation of financial statements and problem-solv- ry, concepts and principles, the accounting cycle, ing skills are integral parts of the course. Prerequisite: information processing, and financial statements. Acct 315. Exposure to controversial issues concerning income determination and valuation. Prerequisite: sophomore ACCT 317. Advanced Financial Accounting (3) standing and successful completion of Excel competency A study of specialized topics in financial accounting, exam. including partnership accounting, business combinations and consolidated financial statements, segment and interim ACCT 152. Introduction to Managerial reporting, foreign currency transactions and translation, Accounting (3) and accounting and reporting for governmental and other An introduction to internal accounting information for nonprofit organizations. Involves considerable problem- all levels of management. Topics include cost flow in a solving and critical evaluation of controversial theoretical manufacturing operation; planning, evaluating and con- issues. Prerequisite: Acct 315 or 316. trolling through budgeting and standard costing; and decision-making using cost-volume-profit analysis, direct ACCT 318. Analysis of Financial Statements (3) costing, and relevant costs. Prerequisite: Acct 151. This course uses financial statement information to ana- lyze companies’ profitability and risk. Understanding the For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate form, content and relationships among the financial Students statements is integrated with the use of ratios and analyt- Courses numbered 200 and above in the College of ic adjustments to augment the information in published Business and Economics are open to sophomores only financial reports. Current developments, business strate- on petition. gies and off-balance-sheet financing are linked to ACCT 307. Fundamentals of Federal Income assessments of companies, performance. Case studies, team projects and presentations involve actual compa- Taxation (3) nies, financial statements. Prerequisite: Acct 316 (may be An introductory study of the principles and concepts of taken concurrently); open only to graduating seniors. federal income taxation of individuals, corporations, partnerships, and fiduciaries; and federal gift and estate ACCT 320. Fundamentals of Auditing (3) taxes. Determination of tax liabilities and opportunities An introduction to auditing theory, objectives, and prac- for planning are emphasized. Problem-solving using the tices related largely to the responsibilities of independent source materials of tax law and tax research are impor- professional accountants. The auditing environment, tant components of the course. Prerequisite: Acct 151. generally accepted auditing standards, internal control theory, and reporting alternatives are considered. 88 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Exposure to operational auditing is provided. The Major Prerequisites: Acct 311 and 315. The major in Africana Studies consists of a minimum of ACCT 324. Cost Accounting (3) ten (10) courses, constituting at least 30 credit hours An in-depth study of cost concepts appropriate for prod- and no less than four (4) upper level courses. It entails uct costing in a manufacturing operation, planning and training across disciplinary lines as well as concentrated controlling routine operations, and nonroutine decision- study in a single discipline: making. Topics include job order and process costing, Introductory Course (1) joint and by-products, cost allocation, budgeting, stan- Humanities (3) dard costing, direct costing, cost-volume-profit analysis, Social Sciences (3) and relevant costs for decisions. Prerequisite: Acct 152. Disciplinary Concentration (3) ACCT 371. Directed Readings (1-3) In addition, students are encouraged to pursue inde- Readings and research in various fields of accounting; pendent study opportunities to enhance their knowledge designed for superior students who have a special interest of specific aspects of Africana Studies. in some topic or topics not covered by the regularly ros- tered courses. Written term paper(s) required. Prerequisite: The Minor preparation acceptable to the department chair. The minor consists of a minimum of five (5) courses, ACCT 372. Special Topics (1-3) constituting at least 15 hours of study that includes the Special problems and issues in accounting for which no introductory course and no less than two upper level regularly scheduled course work exists. When offered as courses in the field. group study, coverage varies according to interests of the Core Courses: instructor and students. Prerequisite: preparation in Core courses concentrate on subject material directly rel- accounting acceptable to the program coordinator. evant to the study of past and present experiences of Course descriptions for the College of Business and people of African descent. Economics graduate courses can be found in this section AAS 3. Introduction to Africana Studies (4) (Section V) under the heading of Business and An interdisciplinary examination of the roots, culture, Economics Graduate Courses. and politics of the modern black world through study of classic works in Africana Studies with emphasis on the Africana Studies continuities among African peoples worldwide and the social forces that have shaped contemporary black life in Professors. William R. Scott, Ph.D. (Princeton), Africa and the Americas. Scott (SS) Professor of History, program director; Elizabeth N. Fifer, Ph.D. (Michigan), Professor of English; Jean R. AAS 5. (HIST 5) African Civilization (4) Soderlund, Ph.D. (Temple), Professor of History. Sub-Saharan Africa through the millennia of the ancient world to the present. Human origins, state and non-state Associate Professors. Berrisford W. Boothe, M.F.A systems, the external slave trade; colonialism, resistance (Maryland Institute College of Art), Associate Professor to European rule; independence movements; neocolo- of Art and Architecture. nialism. Staff (SS) Assistant Professors. Seth Moglen, Ph.D. (UC AAS 38. (ENGL 38) Introduction to African Berkeley), Assistant Professor of English; Heather Johnson, Ph.D. (Northeastern University); Assistant Literature (3) Professor of Sociology and Anthropology; Kashi Sub-Saharan African literary themes and styles, historical Johnson, MFA (University of Pittsburgh) and social contexts, African folk tales, oral poetry, colo- nial protest literature, postcolonial writing, films on Adjunct Professors. Sharon Levy, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Jeffrey contemporary Africa. Staff (HU) B. Fleisher, Ph.D. (University of Virginia). AAS 64. (ECO 64, HIST 64) Plantation to The purpose of the Africana Studies Program is to engender in Lehigh students an intellectual appreciation Ghetto (2) of the life and culture of people of African descent Examination of topics in the economic history of worldwide, especially in the United States, thereby African Americans from the 1500s to the present. enriching the Lehigh curriculum and increasing the rele- Explores the slave trade, slavery, post-Civil War South, vance of a Lehigh education to a culturally diverse the black family, migration, urbanization, and race and society and world. In the best tradition of a liberal arts poverty. O’Brien, Scott (SS) education, Africana Studies expands all Lehigh students’ AAS 103. (SSP 103) Race and Ethnicity (4) fall critical understanding of their own heritage in interac- Examines race and ethnicity from a sociological perspec- tion with other cultures. tive. Focus on the role of the major racial and ethnic The major and minor in Africana Studies constitute an communities in modern American society. Explores the interdepartmental and comparative program of study for roles of race and ethnicity in identity, social relations, undergraduates who wish to integrate the insights and and social inequality. Topics include racial and ethnic methods of several disciplines to understand the history, communities, minority/majority groups, assimilation, culture, social, and political experience of people of prejudice/discrimination, identity and the social con- African descent globally. The Africana Studies curricu- struction of the concept of “race.” H. Johnson (SS) lum encompasses two intended lines of inquiry: (1) the AAS 129. (HIST 129) Black Political Thought in diverse influences in Africa and the African diaspora that America (4) have shaped African American culture, and (2) the vari- Black leadership, organizations, and philosophy in ety of ways that the African American experience has America from Reconstruction to the Civil Rights Era; shaped and been shaped by American culture. ideas and programs of Booker T. Washington, W.E.B. Africana Studies 89

DuBois, Marcus Garvey, Malcolm X and Martin Luther AAS 263. Caribbean Artistic and Cultural King, Jr. Scott (SS) Traditions (4) AAS 130. (HIST 130) African American History (4) Representation of contemporary popular culture in the Blacks in America from the first importation of Africans Caribbean in literature, music, painting and other artis- to the implementation of civil rights laws. West African tic expressions. Major attention is devoted to the origins, slave trade, slavery, free blacks and emancipation influences on tradition, folklore and religion in modern and study of Reconstruction, segregation, urbanization, Caribbean life. Martinez-Rivera (HU) and the struggle for racial equality. Staff (SS) AAS 310. (SSP 310, WS 310) Gender, Race and AAS 138. Introduction to African American Sexuality: The Social Construction of Differences (4) Literature (4) This course will provide the student with an opportunity Survey of African American prose narrative and poetry to engage current debates about the meaning and use of from the 18th century to the present. Features writers racial and sexual classification systems in society. Using a from the Harlem Renaissance, the Black Arts multidisciplinary and critical approach, we will examine Movement, and the post-Black Power era. Levy (HU) the historical and sociological contexts in which specific theories of racial and sexual differences emerged in the U AAS 140. (THTR 140) African American Theatre (4) S. Prerequisite: SSP 103, or department permission. Staff Foundations of African American theater: historical, lit- (SS) erary, and practical. K.Johnson (HU) AAS 331. (HIST 331) United States and Africa (4) AAS 142.(PSYC 142) The Psychology of African Reciprocal relationships between North America and the Americans (4) African continent from the slave trade in the seventeenth Exploration of scholarship on the attitudes and actions century to the twentieth century Afrocentric movement; of black Americans stressing the psychological dynamics, impact of Americans on shaping of modern Africa, Pan- popular culture and behavior of contemporary African African relations; influence of African Americans on U.S. Americans. Staff (SS) policies toward Africa. Scott (SS) AAS 145. (WS 145) African American Women AAS 332. (HIST 332) Slavery and the American Writers (4) South (4) Literature by African American women writers with a The emergence and demise of the “peculiar institution” focus on the experiences and images of black women in of African American slavery in British North America the U.S. Explores the written portraits and voices of and the Old South. African background, colonial begin- 20th century black female novelists and poets, including nings, 19th century slave community, the ruling race and Hurston, Petry, Morrison, Angelou, and Walker. Levy proslavery ideology, the death of slavery and its after- (HU) math, slavery and freedom in a comparative context. AAS 148. Cultural Diversity in the Caribbean (4) Staff (SS) Cultural diversity in the Caribbean islands and the AAS 359. (HIST 359) History of South Africa (4) Guyanas, with emphasis on the African, Amerindian, South Africa’s history from its earliest human settlement and Indian influences. The sociological and cultural to its emergence as a racist political order and transition implications of the region’s diversity, with special empha- to a non-racial democratic state. Includes comparisons sis on ethnicity, slavery and indenture, emancipation and with political thought and practices in the U.S. Scott independence, modernization, immigration, the impact (SS) of tourism and the development of Creole cultures. Lecture and discussion. Rivera-Martinez (SS) AAS 371, 372. Independent Study (1-3) Independent study in advanced areas of Africana Studies. AAS 150. (ART 150) Africans in the New World (3) Independent research with an individual faculty member African American art, architecture, and craft from pre- in the Africana Studies program. Consent of director colonial Africa to the present. Early primitivism, (ND) neo-classicism, the Harlem renaissance, modernism, and contemporary directions. Guest lecturers, open dialogue, AAS 379. (SSP 379) Race and Class in America (4) gallery visits, and media presentations. Writing Intensive. The ways in which race and class intersect in the social, Staff (HU) economic, and political structures of American society. Through sociological literature, fiction, non-fiction, film, AAS 166. (SSP 166) Wealth and Poverty in the and other media we will explore the place of race and United States (4) class in American society. We will examine how race and Examines the sociology of wealth and poverty — afflu- class operate on a personal, “micro” level, while at the ence and disadvantage, “rags and riches” — in American same time operating on a large-scale, “macro” level. H. Society. Focus is a critical analysis of the wealth gap, its Johnson (SS) causes, consequences and social context. We will consid- er the roles of wealth and poverty in determining life AAS 381. Special Topics. (ND) chances and structuring opportunity, as well as their AAS 382. Seminar on a topic in Africana roles in the perpetuation of social inequality across gen- Studies. (ND) erations. We will address contemporary debates surrounding public policy, tax laws, anti-poverty pro- Collateral Courses grams and other reform efforts aimed at decreasing the ANTH 12 Human Evolution and Prehistory gap between the “Haves” and the “Have-Nots.” H. HIST 334 American City in the 20th Century Johnson (SS) POLS 330 Movements and Legacies of the 1960s POLS 352 Civil Rights POLS 322 Politics of Developing Nations 90 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

American Studies University undergraduate credits, dormitory room, meal plan, and special events. American Studies Faculty. John Pettegrew, Ph.D. Each student selects two courses out of three or four that (Wisconsin), associate professor of history, Director of the are normally offered. Courses offered usually include American Studies Program; David Amidon, Jr., M.A. The History of New York City’s Built Environment (Penn State), professor of urban studies; Peter G. Beidler, (HIST 96) and TV in New York and Beyond Ph.D. (Lehigh), Lucy G. Moses Distinguished Professor of (COMM/HIST/SSP 197). English; Gail A. Cooper, Ph.D. (UC., Santa Barbara), associate professor of history; Berrisford Booth, M.F.A. Requirements for the major: associate professor (Maryland Institute College of Art); The American Studies major consists of a minimum of Stephen H. Cutcliffe, Ph.D. (Lehigh), associate professor 35 credit hours, normally ten courses. The major must of history; Alex Doty, Ph.D. (Illinois), professor of English; complete the following three groups of courses: Edward J. Gallagher, Ph.D. (Notre Dame), professor of I. Four Required Courses English; Norman J. Girardot, Ph.D. (Chicago), professor AMST 101 Introduction to American Studies (4) of religion studies; Heather Johnson, PhD (Northeastern), AMST 372 Special Topics Seminar in assistant professor of sociology; Dawn Keetley, Ph.D. American Studies (4) (Wisconsin), assistant professor of English; Judith N. Lasker, Ph.D. (Harvard), professor of sociology; Alexander AMST 391 Senior Thesis or Project (2) Levine, Ph.D. (U.C., San Diego), associate professor of AMST 392 Senior Thesis or Project (4) philosophy; Jack Lule, Ph.D. (Georgia), professor of jour- II. Three Courses Split between the Departments of nalism; James R. McIntosh, Ph.D. (Syracuse), professor of English and History (a minimum of nine credits)–at sociology; Richard K. Mathews, Ph.D. (Toronto), distin- least one course must be at the 200 level or higher guished professor of political science; Seth Moglen, Ph.D. III. Three Further Courses on a Topical or (U.C., Berkeley), assistant professor of English; Edward T. Chronological Focus (a minimum of nine credits), one Morgan, Ph.D. (Brandeis), professor of political science; of which must be outside English and History. At least Monica Najar, Ph.D. (Wisconsin), assistant professor of one course must be at the 200-level or higher. history; Kathy Olson, Ph.D. (North Carolina), assistant In close consultation with his/her adviser, majors will professor of journalism; Michael L. Raposa, Ph.D. select a topical focus (e.g., ethnicity and race, film and (Pennsylvania), professor of religion studies; William R. electronic media, art and literature, popular culture, gen- Scott, Ph.D. (Princeton), professor of history; Roger D. der, cross-cultural studies, legal and political thought) or Simon, Ph.D. (Wisconsin), professor of history; John K. a chronological focus (e.g., antebellum America, the Smith, Ph.D. (Delaware), associate professor of history; twentieth century), which they will explore in at least Jean R. Soderlund, Ph.D. (Temple), professor of history; three courses plus their senior thesis or project. Albert Wurth, Ph.D. (North Carolina), associate professor of political science. Core American Studies Courses: American Studies is the interdisciplinary study of AAS 138 Introduction to African American thought, literature, and culture–both past and American Literature present. Born in the early years of the Cold War and AAS 140 African American Theater with an implied commitment to American exceptional- AAS 145 African American Writers ism, American Studies has since transformed itself into a AAS 150 Africans in the New World multi-faceted critical examination of United States socie- ARCH 107 History of American Art ty. Comparative frameworks along with close attention ART 150 Africans in the New World to applying cultural and literary theory to such matters ENGL 123 American Literature I as violence, citizenship, democracy, community, poverty ENGL 124 American Literature II and prosperity, politics, race, and gender in the United ENGL 163 Topics in Film Studies States make American Studies an intellectually sophisti- ENGL 316 Native American Literature cated yet practical course of undergraduate study. ENGL 376 Early American Literature American Studies is an excellent major for those seeking ENGL 377 American Romanticism a general education in the liberal arts and social sciences. ENGL 378 American Realism Students have found it a particularly good major for careers in journalism, law, and teaching. ENGL 379 Twentieth-Century American Literature ENGL 380 Contemporary American Literature Lehigh in New York Summer Program ENGL 387 Film History, Theory and Criticism The American Studies Program hosts a six-week sum- HIST 41 United States to 1865 mer academic session in New York City. Several HIST 42 United States, 1865-1941 professors of History, Sociology and Anthropology, Art HIST 43 United States Since 1939 and Architecture, English, and other departments con- HIST 64 Plantation to Ghetto tribute their teaching and research expertise on New HIST 124 Women in America York City to the program. HIST 129 Black Political Thought in America Lehigh in New York combines course work on New York HIST 130 African American History culture, art, and history with experiential learning in the HIST 315 American Environmental History city itself. Walking tours, theatre, art museums, and just hanging out deepen students’ classroom study of one of HIST 323 American Cultural History Since 1900 the world’s great cities. HIST 325 History of Sexuality and the Family in the U.S. Students stay in a New York University dormitory in HIST 328 American Intellectual History Greenwich Village and attend classes within easy walking since 1900 distance. The program cost includes eight Lehigh American Studies 91

HIST 331 United States and Africa Courses: HIST 332 Slavery and the American South AMST. 400. American Studies: Theory and HIST 360 American Legal History PHIL 239 Figures/Themes in Method An introduction to the theoretical orientations and Contemporary Philosophy methodological strategies of American Studies. Seminar POLS 227 Socialization and the Political System involves extensive reading as well as application of theory POLS 229 Propaganda, media, and and method to students’ research. American Politics POLS 230 Movements and Legacies of the 1960s AMST. 401. Special Topics in American Studies POLS 251 Constitutional Law Graduate seminar focused on one particular subject area POLS 252 Civil Rights and Civil Liberties in American Culture. POLS 267 American Political Thought POLS 271 U.S. Politics and the Environment Applied Life Science Program REL 152 American Judaism REL 180 Religion and the American Experience Faculty Committee. Neal Simon, Ph.D., Biological Sciences (Rutgers), chair; Linda J. Lowe-Krentz, Ph.D., SSP 103 Sociological Perspectives on Racial Biological Sciences (Northwestern) co-chair; Robin and Ethnic Communities Dillon, Ph.D. Philosophy (Pittsburgh); Arthur E. King, SSP 310 Gender, Race, and Sexuality: Ph.D. Economics (Ohio State); Judith N. Lasker, Ph.D. The Social Construction of Differences Sociology and Anthropology (Harvard); Daniel Ou- SSP 379 Race and Class in America Yang, Ph.D. Physics (U.C.L.A.); Eric Salathe, Ph.D. SSP 394 Historical Sociology: Identity and the Mathematics (Brown). Social Problems of Generations The Applied Life Science program provides a flexible cur- This is not a comprehensive list. New courses may be riculum in the liberal arts tradition for students interested offered each semester. Students should check with the in bridging life science with disciplines such as mathemat- director for an updated list. ics, economics, political science, philosophy, international Courses: relations, information management, chemistry, communi- cations, or business. The educational goals of the program AMST 101. Introduction to American Studies (4) include the development of critical analytical capabilities, An introduction to the methods, concerns, and practices strong communication skills, a core understanding of bio- of American Studies through the examination of a criti- science and biotechnology, and the capacity to bring an cal decade of cultural transformation (e.g. the 1770s, integrative, multidisciplinary perspective to the analysis of 1850s, 1890s, 1930s or 1970s). Will draw on literature , issues emanating from advances in life science. These goals philosophy, painting, architecture, landscape design, are achieved through a learning environment that features social thought and cultural criticism, crime, reform integrative practices on four levels: uniting traditionally movements, sports, and popular culture to explore such separate academic disciplines, bridging theory and practice topics as responses to economic change, ideas of nature through classroom and project-based experiential learning, and culture, the meaning of work and leisure, law and working in research environments that foster team-based politics, race, construction of gender, family structure, problem solving and professional responsibility, and part- population dynamics, science and technology, sexuality, nerships and research opportunities with faculty, clinicians class, urban experience, and the American polity. and the private and public sectors. AMST 372. Special Topics in American Studies (4) The B.A. and B.S. programs will provide students with Focused interdisciplinary study of one particular subject preparation for a range of careers based primarily on the area in American culture. field that is hybridized with the life science core. AMST 391. Senior Thesis or Project (2) Potential career paths including law (particularly intellec- Independent work with an individual faculty member on tual property), management in biotechnology- related a research thesis or other project approved by faculty industries, ethics, journalism, policy analysis, finance, member and adviser. information management, or medicine as well as gradu- ate and professional school are among the many AMST 392. Senior Thesis or Project (4) possibilities open to Applied Life Science majors. The Continuation of AMST 391. P.C. Rossin College of Engineering also manages an inte- Graduate Work in American Studies grated program in Bioengineering for students wishing to integrate engineering and life sciences. A Master of Arts degree in American Studies is offered jointly by the departments of English and History. Can- For additional information, students should contact didates for the master’s degree must complete at least 30 Professor Neal G. Simon, Chair, Department of credit hours. In addition to the Theory and Method Biological Sciences at 610-758-3620 or [email protected] course, students must choose two courses in American or Linda J. Lowe-Krentz, Associate Chair, Department history and two courses in American literature and film of Biological Sciences at 610-758-5084 or from those offered by the history department and the [email protected]. English department. Students must also take one special BA in Applied Life Science topics seminar. The other four courses for the master’s The B.A. in Applied Life Science is intended to provide degree will be divided between thesis or “thesis paper” a technical concentration in a liberal arts context. It is credits and American Studies courses not in history or well-suited for students who are interested in the broad literature/film. To fulfill the thesis requirement, students impact of the life science revolution on society including will write one longer thesis or two thesis papers that are aimed at conference presentation and/or publication. 92 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 the economic, social, political, and legal implications. Collateral Requirements (41 credits) The program provides sufficient flexibility for the stu- MATH 012, 021 and 022 (12 credits) dent to explore a range of interests and to pursue a PHY 011, 012 (5 credits) double major or minor. Students can prepare for gradu- CHM 075 and 076 (or 021, 022, and 031) (8 credits) ate school but are advised to seek guidance early to CHM 051, 053, 052, and 058 (8 credits) insure appropriate preparation. BIOS 41, 42, 115, 116 (8 credits) University and College requirements (24 to 27 credits) Major Requirements (at least 42 credits) ENGL 001 and 002 (6 credits) 1. Core Choices and Decisions (1 credit) BIOE 110 (3 credits) College seminar (1 to 4 credits) Bioengineering Physiology BIOE 210 (3 credits) Social Sciences (at least 8 credits of designated coursework) Physiology or MATH/CHE 207 (3 credits) Humanities (at least 8 credits of designated coursework) 2. Concentration Collateral requirements (16 to 17 credits) a. 3 courses from A (life science specialization; see MATH 021 (4 credits) below) (at least 9 credits) CHM 021 and 022 or CHM 075 (4 or 5 credits) b. 5 courses from B (complementary specialization; BIOS 41, 42, 115, and 116 (8 credits) see below) (at least 15 credits) Major requirements (at least 36 credits) c. 3 courses selected from A and B (selection must be 1. Core approved by the adviser and constitute a cogent BIOE 110 (3 credits) grouping) (at least 9 credits) BIOE 210 (3 credits) d. 1 senior seminar (at least 3 credits) 2. Concentration e. Up to 4 credits of adviser–preapproved independ- a. At the time of declaring the major, the student will ent work may be included and count towards meet with an adviser in the Applied Life Science either A or B. program and design a group of courses to suit the f. No more than 3 BIOS courses after 115/116 may student’s interests. The courses selected must form a be included in the major. cogent grouping to the adviser’s satisfaction. The stu- g. The concentration must also include at least one dent’s individualized program must be drawn up and of the designated advanced Applied Life Science approved by the adviser before the 10th day of classes seminar courses, which counts toward the credits in the student’s fifth college semester (i.e., with at required at the 300 level. least three semesters remaining to be rostered). 3. Practicum b. The concentration must include at least 30 credits The student must complete an experience preap- of natural science, mathematics, and engineering proved by the adviser and relating to the practical beyond the 6 credits required for the core. At least application of methods in applied life science. 20 credits of the concentration must be at the 100 Laboratory or independent work courses or an intern- level or above, and at least 8 credits of the concen- ship or other work experience may satisfy all or part tration must be at the 300 level. of the practicum. The practicum need not entail aca- c. No more than 3 BIOS courses after 115/116 may demic credit but must be the equivalent of at least 4 be included in the major. credits of effort (at least 8 weeks of full–time employ- d. CHM 031 (or CHM 076) is strongly recommended. ment in a suitable activity). Detailed information is e. The concentration must also include at least one available from the adviser. of the designated Advanced Applied Life Science Free electives seminar courses, which counts toward the credits At least 12 credits to bring the total to at least 121 credits required at the 300 level. The concentration f. Up to 4 credits of adviser–preapproved independ- A. Life Science specialization ent work may be included in the major. The biological basis for the student’s concentration, pro- Free electives vided by advanced courses in Bioengineering, Biological Sufficient coursework to bring the total to at least 121 Sciences, or kindred disciplines (e.g., ecology, biochem- credits. Students are advised to include courses in ethics, istry). history and philosophy of science, and economics among their electives. B. Complementary specialization The complementary coursework for the student’s con- BS in Applied Life Science centration, provided by courses outside the life sciences. The B.S. in Applied Life Science follows the same phi- losophy as the B.A., but requires a larger number of core Concentrations (*denotes required course for the con- courses and a greater focus on major requirements. centration) While there is lesser flexibility compared to the B.A. pro- 1. Biophysics concentration gram, a B.S. student can complete minors, participate in A. Life Science specialization a faculty research project, or prepare for graduate study BIOE 120/121, BIOE 210, BIOE 331, BIOS in a different field (e.g., economics, journalism, ethics). 345, BIOS 353, BIOS 367, BIOS 371, BIOS University and College Requirements (24 to 27 credits) 372, BIOS 381, BIOS 384 ENGL 001 and 002 (6 credits) B. Complementary specialization Choices and Decisions (1 credit) CHE 044, ECE 081, ECE 108, ECE 123, ECE College seminar (1 to 4 credits) 125, ECE 212, MATH 023*, MATH 205*, Social Sciences (at least 8 credits of designated coursework) MATH 242, MATH 320, MATH 322, MATH 323, MECH 002, BIOE 120/121, PHY Humanities (at least 8 credits of designated coursework) Applied Science 93

021/022*, PHY 091, PHY 190, PHY 212, PHY Applied Science 213, PHY 352, PHY 355, PHY 380 2. Mathematical and Computational Life Science Director, associate dean of the P.C. Rossin College of concentration Engineering and Applied Science A. Life Science specialization The Applied Science Program enables students to create BIOE 210, BIOS/EES 152, BIOS 317, BIOS interdisciplinary specialties that prepare them for careers 324, BIOS 328, BIOS 337, BIOS 345, in a world that increasingly bridges academic disciplines. BIOS/EES 351, BIOS 353, BIOS 356 Students pursue subject-area concentrations that repre- B. Complementary specialization sent academic interests they wish to integrate into a CHE/MATH 207, CSE 010/014 (or ENG 001), meaningful program. The core offers students the intel- CSE 017, CSE/MATH 261, CSE/MATH 340, lectual tools to identify connections between the CSE 347, MATH 023*, MATH 205*, MATH concentrations and engage in interdisciplinary problem- 208, MATH 230*, MATH 231, MATH 242, solving and critical thinking. MATH 243, MATH 301, MATH 302, MATH The program leads to the Bachelor of Science in 309, MATH 310, MATH 312, MATH 320, Applied Science. Each student’s curriculum combines a MATH 322, MATH 323, MATH 334, MATH general engineering education with a carefully cus- 338, MATH 341, PHY 380 tomized concentration in engineering and/or science as 3. Chemical Biology well as another area of emphasis, which may include A. Life Science specialization courses taken inside the PC Rossin College of BIOE 210, BIOE 343, BIOE 357, BIOS 177, Engineering & Applied Science and may also include BIOS 324, BIOS 328, BIOS 345, BIOS 346, courses taken in one or more of the other three Colleges BIOS 367, BIOS 368, BIOS 371, BIOS 372, within the University. BIOS 377, BIOS 381, BIOS 382, BIOS 384 In order to ensure the success of this individualized B. Complementary specialization approach to education, Applied Science places primary CHE 281, CHE 282, CHE 283, CHM 194*, emphasis on advisement. Each student is teamed with an CHM 332, CHM 336, CHM 338, CHM 339, advisor who helps the student plan the course of study CHM 341, CHM 353, CHM 358, MATH 023, and who supervises independent study and internships. MATH 205 The advisor remains the student’s advisor throughout his 4. Decision–Making in Applied Life Science or her undergraduate career. A. Life Science specialization Unlike students in the traditional college programs, stu- BIOE 210, BIOS 177, BIOS 276, BIOS 317, dents in the Applied Science program of individualized BIOS 328, BIOS 345, BIOS 356, BIOS 367, study do not declare a major in a particular academic BIOS 371, BIOS 372, BIOS 382, BIOS 384 department. Instead, they develop a concentration that B. Complementary specialization may combine study in several areas. Students are encour- ECO 001, ECO 105 or 146, ECO 145 or MATH aged by their advisor to develop the concentration in 012, ECO 231*, ECO 234, ECO 246, ECO 315, such a way that the student will be well prepared for fur- ECO 323, ECO 333, ECO 357, ECO/IE 358, ther study in graduate school or for pursuing a particular ECO 368, PHIL 105, PHIL/REL 116*, PHIL career path. While the chosen concentration can be 126, PHIL 128, PHIL 137, SSP 160, SSP 162, highly customized in consultation with the advisor, SSP 341, SSP 367, STS 011*, STS/JOUR 124, examples of concentrations include: Technical STS/HIST 145 Communications, Digital Media, Entertainment Science, Technology/Science and Education, Technology/Science and Pre-law, Technology/Science Applied Mathematics and and Pre-Medicine, Technology Management, Technology Marketing, and Engineering and Architecture. Many Statistics other combinations are possible. Professors. Bennett Eisenberg, Ph.D. (M.I.T); Wei-Min The College of Engineering & Applied Science require- Huang, Ph.D. (Rochester); Eric P. Salathe, Ph.D. ments in math and basic sciences, as well as the (Brown); Joseph E. Yukich, Ph.D. (M.I.T.). humanities and social science requirements must also Associate Professors. Garth Isaak, Ph.D. (Rutgers); be satisfied. Ramamirthan Venkataraman, Ph.D. (Brown). Recommended Sequence of Courses The Division of Applied Mathematics and Statistics was first engineering year (see Section III) established within the Department of Mathematics to promote and administer undergraduate and graduate sophomore year, first semester (15 credits) education in applied mathematics and statistics, and to EES 31 Introduction to Environmental and foster interdisciplinary research in the mathematical sci- Organic Biology (4) or ences at Lehigh. Courses and programs offered by the EES 21 Introduction to Earth Materials and division may be found under the departmental listing. Processes and Laboratory (4) CHM 51, 53 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory (4) MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) sophomore year, second semester (17 credits) major subject (3) approved elective (3) 94 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) The architecture major leads to the liberal arts B.A. PHYS 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and Laboratory (5) (Bachelor of Arts), a pre-professional four-year degree. HSS elective (3) This degree is satisfactory for admission to graduate junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) study in architecture and candidacy for the M.ARCH. professional degree. EES 21 Introduction to Earth Materials and Processes and Laboratory (4) or In recent years students have gone on to graduate study EES 31, 32 Introduction to Environmental/ in architecture at Yale, Harvard, Columbia, University of Organismal Biology and Laboratory (4) Pennsylvania, Maryland and Washington University, PSYC 1 Introduction to Psychology (4) among other schools, or to entry-level employment in MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) the profession. major (3) The Arts/Engineering five-year degree, in which the stu- HSS elective (3) dent earns both B.A. (architecture) and B.S. (civil engineering), is available for those interested in both fields. junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) approved electives (6) A major in art introduces the student to the basic media major (6) of art such as drawing, sculpture, painting, and photog- raphy. For those interested in becoming creative artists, elective (3) intensive study at Lehigh as well as the other Lehigh senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) Valley colleges is recommended; such students can approved electives (6) expect to take more than the required number of credits major (6) for the major. A major in art may also focus on museum HSS elective (3) studies or graphic design. free elective (3) A major in art can also be combined with psychology for senior year, second semester (18 credits) those who seek a career in art therapy. It may also be PHIL 128: Philosophy of Science (3) combined with theater for those interested in costume approved elective (3) design or with architecture and theater for those interest- major (6) ed in set design. A major in art and minor in education HSS elective (3) is available for students interested in becoming public school art teachers. free elective (3) The resources of the Lehigh University art collection and the Zoellner Art Center are made available to many stu- Apprentice Teaching dents taking classes in art. 300. Apprentice Teaching (1-4) The Lehigh University Art Galleries maintain and devel- Supervised participation in various aspects of the teach- op the university’s permanent art collection. LUAG ing of a course. Transcript will identify departent in presents temporary exhibitions, designed to provide visu- which apprentice teaching was performed. Prerequisite: al literacy as part of the university learning experience. consent of department chairperson. The transcript will Exhibitions and gallery events supplement formal class- reflect the subject area in which the teaching was done. room study across the disciplines and create educational opportunities for the student body, enriching the cultural life of the campus and community at large. The universi- Art and Architecture ty’s public collection of outdoor sculpture, in a variety of sizes and materials such as steel, aluminum, bronze, slate Professors. Lucy Gans, M.F.A. (Pratt); Tom F. Peters, and wood, can be found on all three campuses. M.ARCH (ETH Zurich dipl.ARCH.ETH) and Dr. sc. Approximately 20 exhibitions a year introduce contem- (techn.) ETH Zurich, director, Building and porary topics in art and culture. The exhibition schedule Architectural Technology Institute; Ricardo Viera, includes gallery talks, lectures and workshops, as well as M.F.A. (R.I.S.D.), director of Lehigh University Art opportunities for research in the permanent collection. Galleries; Ivan Zaknic, M. ARCH. and Urban Planning Experts in various fields serve as guest curators of special (Princeton). projects. Associate Professors. Berrisford W. Boothe, M.F.A. Minor programs are available in art, with an emphasis (Maryland Institute College of Art); Anna M. Chupa, on studio art, art/architectural history, graphic design, M.F.A. (University of Delaware); Amy Forsyth, and museum studies. Course requirements are specified, M.ARCH (Princeton); Bruce Thomas, Ph.D. (University and a list of courses acceptable for the minor is available of Calif., Berkeley), Anthony Viscardi, M.ARCH in the department. (Georgia Institute of Technology). An art history major introduces students to the study of Professors of Practice. Douglas Mason, B.F.A. (R.I.S.D), works of art as they relate to the historical and cultural Christine Ussler, M.ARCH (Columbia University). contexts in which they are produced. Students will be Lecturer. Ann Priester, Ph.D. (Princeton). exposed to a broad range of artistic production, from The department of art and architecture offers four major antiquity through the present, and to the varied intellec- programs: tual concerns and methodological approaches that The architecture major is a multidisciplinary major characterize the discipline. Because the discipline of art based in a department that draws on the resources of all history approaches the study of works of art from diverse Lehigh’s colleges. Although architectural design is the concerns and interests, students will also learn to use evi- primary concern of this major, other courses in architec- dence from the study of history, religion, economics, tural history, art studio and technology are also required. politics, literature, and gender studies. The art history Art and Architecture 95 major trains students in critical thinking and analytical completion of the project and presentation would result skills that provide an excellent foundation for careers or in the “Departmental Honors” designation being affixed further study in the field of art history, as well as for a to the student’s transcript. wide range of other professional and educational options. Many students of art history at Lehigh have Art Major gone on to jobs in art galleries, museums, and other cul- Forty-three credit hours are required. tural institutions, or to graduate study in art history. Required courses (22 credit hours) Others have gone on to successful careers in such fields ART 1 or ARCH 1 Art History: Ancient and of law, business, and medicine. Medieval or Architectural Art history majors have a wealth of resources at Lehigh History I (3) University. Majors are encouraged to make use of the ART 2 Art History: Renaissance to original works of art in the collection of the Lehigh Present (3) University Art Gallery, and the Special Collections of the ART 3/DES 3 Design Foundations I (3) Lehigh’s library. Students are also able to study abroad ART 4/DES 4 Design Foundations II (3) through programs such as the Lehigh in Rome and ART 13 Sculpture I (3) Florence program and Lehigh in Paris program, as well ART 15 Figure I (3) as a number of semester abroad programs available to ART 120 20th-Century Art (4) Lehigh students. Proximity to major art museums in plus one of the following (3 credit hours) New York and Philadelphia provide superb opportunities ART 22/REL 22 Visions of God: 2000 Years of for studying first-rate, original works of art. Field trips to Christian History and Art (4) these cities are organized regularly through the ART 121/WS 121 Women in Art (4) Department of Art and Architecture. ART 175 Introduction to Museum Work An architectural history major introduces students to (3) the study of architecture as an academic discipline not ART 206/ARCH 206 Medieval Art and Architecture (3) centered in the studio. Rather, architecture will be pre- ART 207/ARCH 207 Renaissance Art and sented as the means of understanding the broad range of Architecture (3) ideas, issues and events traditionally associated with ARCH 210 20th-Century Architecture (3) study in the humanities. This includes the study of his- ART 222 Seminar in Contemporary Art (3) tory, art, religion, economics, politics, industrial plus six studio major courses (18 credit hours) development, business practices, etc. – all addressed by Art studio; six courses, two at the advanced level examination of the unique qualities inherent in the tan- gible artifacts that are buildings, and in the disparate A typical first semester schedule might include ART 1: Art ideas associated with the production of those buildings. History: Ancient & Medieval [required for the major], or ARCH 1: Architectural History I, ART/DES 3, Design Students in architectural history may gravitate toward Foundations I [required for the major], or an available art jobs in historic preservation, in municipal and state gov- studio offering such as ART 13, Sculpture I, [required for ernment in capacities related to growth and the major], ART 11, Drawing I, or ART 77, Photography. development, in museum and cultural institutions, or A typical second semester schedule might include ART may pursue graduate study in the academic discipline. 2: Art History: Renaissance to Present [required for the Or they may even go into archival and research work as major], ART/DES 4, Design Foundations II [required part of an architectural practice. for the major], or an available art studio offering such as An architectural history major at Lehigh has numerous ART 13, Sculpture I, [required for the major], ART 15, resources available. The Special Collections of the library Figure I, [required for the major], ART 11, Drawing I, and the permanent collection of the Lehigh University or ART 77, Photography. Art Galleries contain a wealth of material. The summer foreign study programs of the Dept. of Art & Art History Major Architecture as well as numerous semester-abroad pro- Forty credit hours are required. grams are obvious valuable resources for the architectural Required Courses: (19 credit hours) historian. The proximity to New York and Philadelphia ART 1 Art History: Ancient and Medieval expand further the range of resources, and provide great or ARCH 1 or Architectural History I (3) urban repositories of building to study first-hand. ART 2 Art History: Renaissance to Indeed, a wide area rich in architectural history sur- present (3) rounds the Lehigh student interested in focusing on the ART 3/DES 3 Design Foundations I; built environment. or ART/DES 4 Design Foundations II (3) Note: A student must achieve a 2.0 or higher in each ART 120 20th-Century Art (4) major course. ART 175 Introduction to Museum Work (3) Departmental Honors: ART 356 Historiography and Research Seminar. (3) Exceptional students in art or architecture may apply for Distribution requirements: (15 credit hours) departmental honors at the end of their junior year or One art studio course (in addition to Art 3 or Art 4): (3 beginning of their senior year. To be eligible, a student credits) must have attained a 3.5 GPA in her/his major program and a minimum overall GPA of 3.0. Candidates should One course from ancient art (3 credits): submit to the department chair a written proposal, pre- ART 174/ARCH 174/CLSS 174/ANTH 174 pared in consultation with a faculty advisor. The project Greek Archaeology (3) could result in a research paper, design project, or exhi- ART 176/ARCH 174/ CLSS 174/ ANTH 174 bition, accompanied by an oral presentation. Successful Roman Archaeology (3) One course from medieval/renaissance art (3-6 credits): ART 206/ARCH 206 Medieval Art and Architecture (3) 96 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

ART 207/ARCH 207 Renaissance Art and Architecture and its intellectual context Architecture (3) (6 credit hours) ART 22/REL 22 Visions of God: 2000 Years of (including Architecture and Technology courses) Christian History and Art (4) ARCH 107 History of American ART 42/REL 42 Representing the Sacred: Art and Architecture (3) Religious Experience in Italy (6) ARCH 204/CLSS Ancient City and Society (3) Two courses in the history of architecture (6 credits): ARCH 206/ART 206 Medieval Art and ARCH 2 Architectural History II (3) Architecture (3) ARCH 107 History of American ARCH 207/ART 207 Renaissance Art and Architecture (3) Architecture (3) ART 206/ARCH 206 Medieval Art and Architecture (3) ARCH 209 Architecture and Ideas (3) ART 207/ARCH 207 Renaissance Art and ARCH 213 The City (3) Architecture (3) ARCH 2 The Architecture of Carlos ARCH 209 Architecture and Ideas (3) Scarpa/Theory and Practice (3) ARCH 210 20th-Century Architecture (3) ARCH 253 Paris, The Planning of a ARCH 212 The Architecture of Metropolis (3) Carlo Scarpa (3) ARCH 254 Modern Architecture in France: ARCH 213 The City (3) New Directions (3) ARCH 253 Paris, the Planning of a ARCH 342 Theory of Architecture (3) Metropolis (3) ARCH 367 Modernism to ARCH 254 Modern Architecture in France: Post-Modernism (3) New Directions (3) ANTH 335 Religion, Symbolism and ARCH 367 Modernism to Postmodernism (3) Cosmology (4) Elective Courses (6-8 credits) ECO 311 Environmental Economics (3) Any of the courses listed above, as well as: ECO 312 Urban Economics (3) DES 66 Design History (3) HIST 334 American Urban History (4) ART 121/WS 121 Women in Art (4) PHIL 123 Aesthetics (3) Art 144/REL144 Raw Visions: Creativity and PSYC 373 Sensation and Perception (4) Ecstasy in the Work of US 62 Contemporary Urban Issues (4) Shamans, Mystics, US 363 Philadelphia: Development of a and Artist Outsiders (4) Metropolis (4) ART 222 Seminar in Contemporary Art (3) Architecture and Technology ART 269 Special Topics in ARCH 10/CEE 10 Engineering/Architectural Art History (1-3) Graphics and Design (3) ART 275 Museography and Museology (4) ARCH 361/HIST 361Evolution of Highrise Building ART 370 Special Topics in Construction (3) Museum Studies (1-4) ARCH 363/HIST 363Evolution of Long-span ART 375 Museum Internship (3) Bridge Building (3) HIST 339 Managing Nonprofit ARCH 365/HIST 365Evolution of the Modern Organizations (4) Building Techniques (3) PHIL 123 Aesthetics (4) For the architecture major, students must fulfill the RE: 189 Religion and the Visual Arts (4) mathematics requirement with MATH 21 & 22 or MATH 51 & 52 or MATH 75/76 and MATH 22 or Architecture Major MATH 52; the physical science requirement must be Fifty-two credit hours are required. filled with PHYS 10 or 11 and 12. Design Sequence (22 credit hours) ARCH 5 Introduction to Architecture (2) and ARCH 6 ARCH 43 Architectural Design I (4) Introduction to Architectural Drawing (2) are recom- ARCH 143 Architectural Design II (6) mended for first-year students. A typical first semester ARCH 243 Architectural Design III (6) schedule might include ART /ARCH 1, ART ARCH 343 Architectural Design IV (6) /Architectural History I [required for major], ART 3/DES 3 Design Foundations I [required for major] and Art Studio (12 credit hours) ARCH 5 Introduction to Architecture [recommended ART 3/DES 3 Design Foundations I (3) for major]. A typical second semester schedule might ART 4/DES 4 Design Foundations II (3) include ARCH 2 Architectural History II [required for plus two other studios (various choices) (6) major], and ART 4/DES 4 Design Foundations II Architectural History (9 credit hours) [required for major]. ART 1 or ARCH 1 Art History: Ancient and For students contemplating graduate studies in architec- Medieval or Architectural ture, MECH 2 is recommended. History 1 (3) ARCH 2 Architectural History II (3) ARCH 210 20th Century Architecture (3) Materials and Building Systems (3 credit hours) ARCH 147 Building Materials and Methods (3) Art and Architecture 97

HIST 333 American City to 1900 (3-4) Architectural History Major HIST 334 American City in Thirty-nine to forty-four credit hours are required. the Twentieth Century (3-4) Required Courses (21 credits) US 61 The Study of Urbanization (4) ARCH 1or ART 1 Architectural History I US 62 Contemporary Urban Issues (4) Art History: Ancient and US 363 Philadelphia: Development Medieval (3) of a Metropolis (4) ARCH 2 Architectural History II (3) Undergraduate Courses in Art ART 3/DES 3 or Design Foundations I ART/DES 4 Design Foundations II (3) ART 1. Art History: Ancient and Medieval (3) fall ARCH 107 American Architecture (3) Survey of major monuments of art and architecture from ARCH 210 20th-Century Architecture (3) the prehistoric caves of Lascaux and Altamira through ARCH 147 Building Materials the Gothic cathedrals of Chartres and Notre-Dame of and Methods (3) Paris, along with highlights of art and architecture of the ART 356 or Historiography and non-Western civilizations of Africa, India, and China. Research Seminar (3) Work seen in the context of cultural, historical, and technological developments. Priester (HU) ARCH 271 Special Topics in Architecture (1-4) ART 2. Art History: Renaissance to Present (3) Distribution requirements (9-11 credits) spring One course from the ancient world (3 credits) Survey of Western painting and sculpture from ARCH 174/ART 174/ CLSS 174/ ANTH 174 Renaissance to present. Priester (HU) Greek Archaeology (3) ART 3 (DES 3). Design Foundations I (3) ARCH 176/ART 174/ CLSS 174/ ANTH 174 An introduction to the basic elements and principles of Roman Archaeology (3) design. Course involves use of various materials to solve HIST 21/CLSS 21 Greek History (3) 2-D design problems in studio and computer lab. HIST 22/CLSS 22 Roman History (3) Required for all majors in department. Staff (HU) One course from the medieval / renaissance world (3-4 ART 4 (DES 4). Design Foundations II (3) credits) An introduction to the basic elements and principles of ART 206/ARCH 206 Medieval Art and design. Course involves use of various materials to solve Architecture (3) 3-D design problems in studio and computer lab. ART 207/ARCH 207 Renaissance Art and Problem solving in variety of materials for 3-D design Architecture (3) including assemblages, models, constructions, and con- ART 22/REL 22 Visions of God: 2000 Years ceptual forms. Required for all majors in department. of Christian History & Art (4) Staff (HU) HIST 150 Medieval Civilization (4) ART 11. Drawing I (3) HIST 156 The Late Middle Ages and the Concepts and practice of drawing, both traditional and Renaissance (4) contemporary. Includes drawing from life and an intro- One course from technology (3-4 credits) duction to materials and techniques. Staff (HU) ARCH 361/HIST 361 Evolution of Highrise ART 13. Sculpture I (3) Building Construction (3) Projects directed toward developing design in sculpture. ARCH 363/HIST 363 Evolution of Long-span Exploration of materials and their application. Emphasis Bridge Building (3) on sculptural form as it relates to techniques. Gans (HU) ARCH 365/HIST 365Evolution of Modern ART 15. Figure I (3) Building Process (3) Drawing and modeling in clay from direct observation HIST 107 Technology and World History (4) of the human figure. Fundamental principles of drawing, HIST 111 Engineering in the and two- and three- dimensional design through analysis Modern World (4) of the human form. In-class exercises cover basic scale, Elective Courses (9-12 credits) proportion, structure, drawing media and techniques, Three courses: any of the courses listed above as well as: and clay modeling. Emphasis on personal expression, the ARCH 209 Architecture and Ideas (3) human figure as vehicle for narrative, abstract or formal ARCH 213 The City (3) drawings or sculpture. Gans (HU) ARCH 212 The Architecture of ART 22 (REL 22). Visions of God: 2000 Years of Carlo Scarpa (3) Christian History and Art (4) ARCH 253 Paris, the Planning of An interdisciplinary course that combines art history and a Metropolis (3) the history of Christianity. From the beginnings of their ARCH 254 Modern Architecture in France: tradition, Christians have represented their theologies New Directions (3) and religious sentiments in visual arts and architecture, ARCH 367 Modernism to and for the same two millennia, a myriad of Christians Postmodernism (3) have learned their Christianity through visual representa- ART 175 Introduction to tions. Provides a one-semester survey of the history of Museum Work (3) Christianity as expressed in the visual arts. Priester/Wright (HU) 98 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

ART 35. Painting I (3) exploration of the evolution of modern sculpture. Painting in oil beginning with color mixing and basic Prerequisite: ART 13. Gans (HU) layering techniques. Students learn the basic mechanisms ART 115. Figure II (3) for creative expression. Emphasis on understanding the Projects in figure modeling and drawing from direct physical nature of the materials. Studio prerequisite: observation of the human figure, designed to build on ART 3, 4, 11 or consent of instructor. Boothe (HU) concepts and practices initiated in Figure I. Students ART 37. Survey of Printmaking I (3) fall may elect to concentrate in one particular medium, Introduction to various techniques in relief and intaglio although the primary investigation of form will always printing: monoprints, woodcuts, linocuts, drypoint, incorporate both two- and three-dimensional work. etching grounds, aquatint, and other intaglio techniques. Prerequisite: ART 15. Gans (HU) Includes an historical survey through slides and actual ART 120. 20th-Century Art (4) examples. Viera (HU) A survey of the major movements of 20th century art ART 38. Survey of Printmaking II (3) spring including Cubism, Expressionism, Surrealism, Abstract Introduction to the fundamentals of stone and metal Expressionism, Pop, Minimalism, Conceptual Art, lithography and the basics of screen printing as a fine art Feminism and Post-Modernism. Priester (HU) print medium: various screen stencils, blockouts, and ART 121. (WS 121) Women in Art (4) color transparencies; drawing methods and transfer. Women artists from Renaissance to present. Attitudes Includes an historical survey through slides and actual toward women artists and their work; changing role of examples. Viera (HU) women in the art world. Visits to museums and artists’ Art 42. (REL 42) Representing the Sacred: Art and studios. May be repeated for credit as topic varies. Gans Religious Experience in Italy (6)alternate summers (HU) in Rome and Florence ART 135. Painting II (3) This course explores the interaction between artistic A sustained exploration of paint media. Students con- expression and religious experience from the earliest centrate on developing a body of related images using traces of Christian art in the catacombs to the sensual various media and approaches. Prerequisite: ART 35. and theatrical churches of the Baroque. All classes are Boothe (HU) conducted on site: in museums, churches, and in the streets of Rome, Florence, and Assisi. No prerequisites. ART 144 (REL 144). Raw Vision: Creativity and Wright/Priester (HU) Ecstasy in the Work of Shamans, Mystics, and Artist Outsiders (4) ART 53 (DES 53). Graphic Design I (3) fall and Comparative exploration of the nature and meaning of spring religious and artistic experience as reflected in shaman- Design principles are explored with emphasis on visual ism (both prehistoric and tribal), mystic traditions communication. Students learn basic concepts for design (especially Taoism and Christianity), and contemporary and typography including the vocabulary and historical self-taught artistic visionaries (e.g. Jean Dubuffet, precedence of graphic design and computer graphics. Howard Finster, Mr. Imagination, Lonnie Holley, Introduction to professional-level formal exercises con- Norbert Kox). Various disciplinary perspectives will be tributes to the development of visual thinking and employed including comparative religions, anthropology, original ideas. Prerequisite: ART 3/DES 3. Staff (HU) art history, and psychology. Girardot (HU) ART 68 (DES 68). Color Theory (3) ART 148. (DES 148). Furniture Design 1 (3) Application of color in design. Color in graphics, prod- Design methodology, fabrication techniques, and meth- uct, digital imaging, and all related fields of design. ods of design presentation. Prerequisite: ART/DES 4. (HU) Forsyth (HU) ART 73. Introductory Studio Practice (1-3) ART 153 (DES 153). Graphic Design II (3) spring An introduction to the methods and techniques of stu- Aspects of design are inter-related in function, concept dio art. Designed to acquaint the student with general or planning processes. Students focus on the poster in studio practice, covering topics not covered in other spe- order to solve a variety of contemporary design prob- cific studio course listings. May be repeated for credit. lems. Professional-level formal team exercises include a Staff (ND) series of informative posters, identity systems, publica- ART 77. Photography I (3) tion, and advertising design. Computer graphics and Introduction to photography as a fine art. Emphasis on Macintosh lab are employed as integral design tools in interaction of technique, perception and communication graphic design. Prerequisite: ART 53/DES 53. Staff in making and responding to photographic image. (HU) Lectures, demonstrations, critiques. Students must pro- ART 169. Special Topics in Art History (1-3) vide own hand camera. Mason (HU) Directed projects for students in the history of art or ART 111. Drawing II (3) architecture. Prerequisites: consent of instructor. May be Projects in creative drawing designed to build on con- repeated for credit. Staff (HU) cepts and practices initiated in basic drawing and life ART 174. (ARCH 174, CLSS 174, ANTH 174) drawing. Prerequisite: ART 11. Staff (HU) Greek Archaeology (3) ART 113. Sculpture II (3) Ancient Greek cultures from the neolithic to hellenistic Development of principles and techniques in Sculpture periods. Reconstructions of Greek social dynamics from I. Modeling, casting, fabrication and carving. study of artifacts. Small (SS) Emphasizes an approach to sculptural form and an Art and Architecture 99

ART 176. (ARCH 176, CLSS 176, ANTH 176) ART 248. (DES 248). Furniture Design II (3) Roman Archaeology (3) Advanced fabrication. Contemporary art issues and furni- Cultures of the Roman Empire. Reconstructions of ture history. Prerequisite: ART/DES 148. Forsyth (HU) social, political, and economic dynamics of the imperial ART 253. (DES 253). Graphic Design III (3) fall system from study of artifacts. Small (SS) A combination workshop/seminar course in which the ART 177. Photography II (3) student, as part of a design team, through classroom and Intensive work in photography as fine art. Advanced individual discussion with the instructor and respective study of problems of the photographic images. Lectures, non-profit clients, develops and produces a minimum of demonstrations, critiques. Students must provide own two major design projects. Readings and classroom dis- hand camera. Prerequisite: ART 77. Mason (HU) cussions of contemporary graphic design history and current trends form an essential part of the course. ART 179. History of Photography (1) Prerequisite: ART/DES 153. Staff (HU) Photography as fine art from earliest images to present day. Problems in contemporary photography. Mason (HU) ART 269. Special Topics in Art History (1-3) Directed projects for advanced students in the history of ART 206. (ARCH 206) Medieval Art and art or architecture. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Architecture (3) May be repeated for credit. Staff (ND) Focus on art and architecture in Western Europe from 313 A.D. until ca. 1500 A.D. Topics include: the emer- ART 273. Special Topics in Studio Practice (1-4) gence of Christian art and architecture; the art of Individually directed projects for advanced students barbarian migrations; the Carolingian Renaissance; capable of undertaking independent creative work in stu- monasticism, pilgrimage and the Romanesque; the dio art. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May be Gothic cathedral; and medieval manuscript illumination. repeated for credit. Staff (ND) Priester (HU) ART 277. Special Topics in Photography (1-4) ART 207. (ARCH 207) Renaissance Art and Individually directed projects in photography for Architecture (3) advanced students capable of undertaking creative work Survey of the art and architecture of the Italian in photography. Prerequisites: ART 177 and consent of Renaissance from its beginnings in 13th and 14th centu- instructor. May be repeated for credit. Mason (ND) ry Tuscany and its first flowering in 15th century ART 311. Art Portfolio (1-4) Florence through the brilliant achievements of the mas- The concept, layout, and preparation of a portfolio for ters of the High Renaissance and later 16th century. graduate school application or employment search, Priester (HU) including graphic techniques and reproduction method. ART 211. Drawing III (3) Student must contact sponsoring professor. Prerequisite: Projects in traditional and contemporary drawing. ART 111 or consent of instructor. (ND) Oriented toward developing an individual portfolio. ART 337. Multimedia Workshop (3) Drawing as a vehicle for ideas, creative expression, and A workshop emphasizing individual instruction and image making. Students investigate a broad range of allowing students to explore all art mediums and/or materials, forms and traditions. Prerequisite: ART 111. combinations while developing a relationship between Boothe or Gans (HU) ideas and materials. May be repeated for credit. ART 213. Sculpture III (4) Prerequisite: consent of professor. Viera (HU) Development of principles and techniques in Sculpture ART 350. Special Topics in Graphic Design and II for advanced students. Modeling, casting, fabrication Theory Seminar (1-4) and carving. Prerequisite: ART 113. Gans (HU) Current topics in graphic communication theory and ART 215. Figure III (3) practice. Course will cover preparation, production, and Further exploration of the human figure as the subject of formulation of individual portfolio. Selected readings art. More advanced students may elect to concentrate in and discussions in professional ethics as well as legal either two- or three- dimensional representations in any issues in the field will be covered. May be repeated for media. The emphasis will be on personal interpretation credit. Prerequisites: ART/DES 253. Staff (ND) and independent work with the instructor. Prerequisite: ART 352. Advanced Studio Practice (1-4) ART 115. Gans (HU) Advanced studio for art or architecture majors under ART 222. Seminar in Contemporary Art (3) guidance of faculty. Oral and written critiques. Variable Recent aspects, developments in contemporary art. media. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: Third- Exploring ideas and consequences of today’s image-mak- level (200-numbered) course of a studio art discipline ing. Studio workshops, readings, discussions and and permission of instructor. Staff (HU) museum visits. Prerequisite: ART 2. Staff (HU) ART 353. Graphic Design Internship (1-4) ART 235. Painting III (3) Practical in-field experience in a communication design Emphasis on identifying an individual creative style or field. Preapproved a semester in advance by instructor direction with the media. Students are encouraged to and host organization. A minimum of 15 hours per develop a body of painted work ready for professional week. Prerequisite: Art/Des 253. Staff (ND) exhibitions. Outside critics invited to final reviews. ART 356. Historiography and Research Seminar (3) Prerequisite: ART 135 or consent of instructor. May be This seminar introduces students to the tradition of art repeated for credit. Staff (HU) history, from Winckelmann to the present day, and to various art historical methodologies, including formalism 100 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 and connoisseurship, iconology, Marxism, the social his- ARCH 10 (CEE 10) Engineering/Architectural tory of art, and semiology. Students will be trained in Graphics and Design (3) advanced research methods, culminating in a major Graphical communication of civil engineering or archi- research paper. Prerequisites: Art 1, 2, and 120, or per- tectural projects using manual techniques and mission of the instructor. Priester (HU) commercial state-of-the-art computer software. Topics ART 373. Studio Art Internship (1-4) include visualization and sketching; orthographic, iso- Practical in-field experience in an artist’s studio or art- metric and other drawings; points, lines and planes in related apprenticeship opportunity. Requires approval a descriptive geometry; site design; overview of geographi- semester in advance by instructor and host organization. cal information systems and 3-D applications. Staff (ND) Teamwork on design projects with oral and graphical presentations. Open to a limited number of architecture, Museum Studies design arts or other students with project roles consistent ART 175. Introduction to Museum Work (3) fall with students’ background. Not available to students Introduction to the methods and procedures of research who have taken MECH 10. and interpretation of art objects, historical material sites, ARCH. 43. Architectural Design I (4) documents, specimens, and living entities. The nature of Fundamental design studio for architecture majors. museum work in its practical aspects. Field trips and Composition, spatial concepts; precedent; materials and workshops. Each student completes several interactive detail; light and color in architecture. Instruction in projects. Viera (ND) basic communication techniques. Prerequisite: ART 275. Museography and Museology (4) fall- ART/DES 3 and ART/DES 4. Reserved for declared Architecture majors. Viscardi or Ussler (ND) spring Theory and practice in contemporary museums and gal- ARCH 107. History of American Architecture (3) leries. Practicum in the L.U.A.G. Museum operation, spring dealing with collection management, exhibition, and Survey of American building from European coloniza- interpretation issues. Student completes a research report tion to the present. Prerequisite: ART/ARCH 1 and or equivalent. Recommend that concentration/minors ARCH 2 or permission of instructor. Thomas. (HU) repeat this course. Prerequisite: ART 175. Viera (ND) ARCH 143. Architectural Design II (6) ART 370. Special Topics in Museum Studies (1-4) Studio format, introductory course in architectural Special project and/or internship for graduate and design which introduces students to new ways of think- advanced undergraduates in the museum studies. ing about architecture and the perception of space, Prerequisite: Art 275 or equivalent course in three-dimensional composition, drawing, and model- Anthropology or History. Viera (ND) making. Previous or concurrent courses in studio art ART 375. Museum Internship (3) fall-spring and/or architectural history are recommended. Internship under professional supervision in one or more Prerequisite: ARCH 43. Zaknic (ND) of the following areas: education/interpretation, collec- ARCH 147. Building Materials and Methods (3) tion management, curatorial, exhibition/installation, and The primary structural material block, wood, steel and development/PR, administration; in one of the following reinforced concrete are examined in their relationship to regional organizations: Allentown Art Museum, Lehigh architectural design. Peters. Prerequisite: ARCH 43 or County Historical Society, Bethlehem Historical consent of professor. (ND) Partnership, Hugh Moore Park, Canal Museum. ARCH 161. (THTR 161) Theatre Design and Prerequisite: ART 275. Viera (ND) Technology (4) Undergraduate Courses in Architecture Theatre environments, equipment systems and acoustics. Functions and ethics. (HU) ARCH 1. Architectural History I (3) fall Survey of architecture from earliest building to the ARCH 171. Special Topics in Architecture (1-4) Renaissance, examined in the context of culture forma- Directed projects for students in architecture. Student tion, design concepts, and the built environment. must initiate contact with sponsoring professor. Thomas (HU) Prerequisite: Major standing in department and/or per- mission of instructor. Staff (ND) ARCH 2. Architectural History II (3) spring Survey of architecture from the Renaissance to the pres- ARCH 174. (ART 174, CLSS 174, ANTH 174) ent, examined in the context of culture formation, design Greek Archaeology (3) concepts, and the built environment. Thomas (HU) Ancient Greek cultures from the neolithic to hellenistic periods. Reconstructions of Greek social dynamics from ARCH 5. Introduction to Architecture (2) fall study of artifacts. Small (SS) An introduction to the discipline of architecture for first- year probable architecture majors. Covers basic ARCH 176. (ART 176, CLSS 176, ANTH 176) principles, aspects of the profession, how to understand Roman Archaeology (3) building, etc. Staff. Freshman Year Class. (HU; FYC) Cultures of the Roman Empire. Reconstructions of ARCH 6. Introduction to Architectural Drawing social, political, and economic dynamics of the imperial system from study of artifacts. Small (SS) (2) spring An introduction to basic architectural drawing skills for ARCH 204. (CLSS 204) Ancient City and Society (3) first-year probable architecture majors. Covers sketching Ancient theories of city and city planning; attitudes to techniques, orthographic drawing, axonometric, etc. life in the city; rise of urban civilization from Neolithic Staff (ND) prototypes through the Near East, Egypt, Greece, Rome, Art and Architecture 101 and New World; insights applicable to current urban ARCH 253. Paris, the Planning of a Metropolis problems. (SS) (3) alternate summers in Paris ARCH 206. (ART 206) Medieval Art and The splendor of modern Paris is due in large part to bold, large-scale modernization and changes in the city’s Architecture (3) patterns during the 19th century. This course, which is Focus on art and architecture in Western Europe from part of the Lehigh in Paris summer program, will cover a 313 A.D. until ca. 1500 A.D. Topics include: the emer- century of change and focus on the major accomplish- gence of Christian art and architecture; the art of ments of its visionary planners. Zaknic (HU) barbarian migrations; the Carolingian Renaissance; monasticism, pilgrimage and the Romanesque; the ARCH 254. Modern Architecture in France: New Gothic cathedral; and medieval manuscript illumination. Directions (3) alternate summers in Paris Priester (HU) The course, which is part of the Lehigh in Paris summer ARCH 207. (ART 207) Renaissance Art and program, will cover the most important contributions to modern architecture in the Paris region including Centre Architecture (3) Pompidou, Musee d’Orsay, Le Grand Louvre, Parc de la Survey of the art and architecture of the Italian th th Villette, La Defense, and the new satellite towns around Renaissance from its beginnings in 13 and 14 centu- Paris. Zaknic (HU) ry Tuscany and its first flowering in 15th century Florence through the brilliant achievements of the mas- ARCH 271. Special Topics in Architecture (1-4) ters of the High Renaissance and later 16th century. Directed projects for advanced students in architecture Priester (HU) or architectural criticism. Prerequisites: ARCH 1 and 143. Major standing in the department or consent of ARCH 209. Architecture and Ideas (3) instructor. Student must contact sponsoring professor Examination of philosophical, technological, and cultur- and complete a contract sheet at pre-registration. May be al forces shaping Western architecture and urbanism. repeated for credit. Staff (ND) Prerequisites: ART/ARCH 1 and ARCH 2 or permission of instructor. Writing intensive. Thomas (HU) ARCH 311. Portfolio (1) th The concept, layout, and preparation of a portfolio for ARCH 210. 20 -Century Architecture (3) graduate school application or employment search, History and theory of modern architecture. Analysis of including graphic techniques and reproduction method. buildings and architects, theories and manifestoes, from Student must contact sponsoring professor. Prerequisite: industrial revolution to avant-garde movements. ARCH 243. Staff (ND) Prerequisite: Art 1 or ARCH 1 and another course in architectural history is recommended. Zaknic (HU) ARCH 321. Architectural Internship (1-3) Supervised internship in architectural firm, planning or ARCH 211. Architectural Drawing/Analysis and preservation office. Internship plan must be approved in Expressions (3) alternate summers in Italy writing before it is pursued. Staff (ND) This studio course is part of the Lehigh in Italy summer program and will utilize several different architectural ARCH 328. Architectural Representation (3) drawing techniques to study aspects of architecture from Studio format, instruction in rendering media such as analysis of a piazza to architecture in detail. It will graphite, charcoal, color pencil, water color and pastel and a employ pencil sketching, charcoal drawing, and water- variety of three-dimensional drawing techniques. Intended color. These drawings will act as a way of seeing the for architectural students who have mastered orthographic Italian urban landscape and supplement the study and drawing (plan, elevation, section). The origin, history, and analysis of the Italian architects’ contemporary work. theory of three-dimensional drawing techniques will also be Fulfills an art studio elective requirement. Viscardi (ND) studied. Prerequisite: ARCH 243. Ussler (ND) ARCH 212. The Architecture of Carlos ARCH 342. Theory of Architecture (3) Scarpa/Theory and Practice (3) alternate summers Study of the genesis of form, its representation and its in Italy interrelationship to related artistic disciplines. Formal This course which is part of the Lehigh in Italy summer notions will be studied, compared and manipulated program will survey several of the Venetian architect’s most through the role of time, scale, perceptual analysis and famous works. Meet with architects who worked with material transformation. Permission of instructor Scarpa and completed his unfinished projects. Explore the- required. Viscardi (ND) matic principles behind Scarpa’s work, their origin and roll ARCH 343. Architectural Design IV (6) in his unique process of design. Viscardi (HU) Continuation of ARCH 243. The design of buildings ARCH 213. The City (3) and building groups, with the emphasis on urban design Historical development of the modern city. and the city. Prerequisite: ARCH 1/ART 1, 210, 243 Philosophical, technological, and cultural forces shaping and one art studio. Ussler (ND) urban experience. Western culture beginning with the ARCH 345. Architectural Design V (3) Enlightenment. Prerequisites: Art 1 or ARCH 1 and Undergraduate thesis. An individual design project ARCH 2 or permission of instructor. Thomas (HU) exploring, with faculty approval, some aspect of architec- ARCH 243. Architectural Design III (6) ture of interest to the student. Prerequisite: Architectural Continuation of ARCH 143. Design principles of space Design I-IV; all other courses required for major, previ- and form stressed in earlier studios to issues of “material- ously or concurrently. Staff (ND) ity,” “structure,” “modes of representation” and the ARCH 346. Construction, Materials and Design (3) “process of making.” Prerequisites: ARCH 1, 143 and The influence of construction, structure, and material one art studio. Viscardi (ND) choice on the design of a small building. The studio also deals with the relationship between different scales of 102 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 design concern. Pre-requisite: ARCH 147 and ARCH handling individual differences in race, gender, class, 243. Peters (ND) religion, disabilities, sexual harassment, religions of the world, sexual orientation, and culture; synthesis of class ARCH 361. (HIST 361) Evolution of Highrise experiences with readings and discussions; and social Building Construction (3) role implications on choices. The application of lessons The new materials iron and concrete led to new ways of learned in the course to real life situations such as struc- thinking about building. The Industrial Revolution initi- tured fieldwork will be required in addition to in class ated the development of our modern culture of building work. As part of the fieldwork experience, students will and our current urban society. Peters (HU) be required to provide some regular written and oral ARCH 363. (HIST 363) Evolution of Long-span reports of activity and then write a detailed Bridge Building (3) analysis/assessment report of particular issues and les- New materials, forms of education and technology con- sons learned. Students may not receive credit for both tributed to advance structural understanding. Arts 250 and Comm 65. (ND) Specialization and the rise of technological thinking led to new bridge types and increasing span size. Peters (HU) Arts Engineering ARCH 365. (HIST 365) Evolution of the Modern Building Process (3) The Arts-Engineering program provides the student with The criteria of trade—time and money—entered the an opportunity to experience the breadth of an arts edu- world of building in the 19th century. The unplanned cation and simultaneously follow the more focused interlude between the design and the inauguration of a curriculum of an engineering major. This is a five-year, building became a new professional field: the building dual-degree program administered by the College of Arts process. Peters (HU) and Sciences. An Arts-Engineering graduate is awarded two bachelors degrees, one from the College of Arts and ARCH 367. Modernism to Postmodernism (3) Sciences and another from the College of Engineering Re-examine the central issues facing the great masters of and Applied Science. twentieth-century architecture: how they formulated A typical freshman year class schedule for an Arts- their principles, how they applied them, and how those Engineer is shown below. Note that the who inherited the legacy have interpreted it. The major Arts-Bioengineering program has a different freshman attention will focus on either the great master builders year class schedule. such as Le Corbusier, Mies vander Rohe, Frank Lloyd Wright and Walter Gropius, or on second generation freshman year, first semester (15-17 credit hours) including the transitional figures such as Philip Johnson ARTS 2 Choices & Decisions 1 and other groups: The Whites, Greys, High-Tech, etc. ENGL 1 Composition/Literature I 3 Prerequisite: Art I/ARCH I or Art 2/ARCH 2 and MATH 21 Calculus I 4 ARCH 210. Zaknic (HU) PHY 11 Intro Physics I 4 ARCH 388. Advanced Architectural Design (3) PHY 12 Intro Physics Lab I 1 spring (Dept) 90 College Seminar or FYC 2-4 Intensive design projects under a sequence of visiting freshman year, second semester (18 credit hours) design instructors. Prerequisites: ARCH 210, 243 and ENGL 2 Composition/Literature II 3 consent of the instructor. Zaknic (ND) MATH 22 Calculus II 4 CHM 21 Intro Chemical Principles 4 Arts and Sciences CHM 22 Chemical Principles Lab 1 ENGR 1 Engineering Computations 3 ARTS 1-9. Choices and Decisions (1) ENGR 5 First-Year Design Experience 3 Introduction to decision making with emphasis on cur- Selection of a major in the College of Engineering and riculum, career planning, and social options. Techniques Applied Science occurs prior to beginning the sopho- for using values, family history, and social norms as guide- more year. A major leading to a degree in the College of lines for decision-making processes. Pass-fail grading. Arts and Sciences should be chosen prior to beginning ARTS 251. Fieldwork (1) the junior year. Structured fieldwork for students who have previously Basic Arts-Engineering programs leading to a bachelor of taken Arts 250 without the fieldwork component. arts degree from the College of Arts and Sciences and a Students will be required to provide some regular written Bachelor of Science degree in an area of engineering are and oral reports of activity and then write a detailed suggested below. The listed courses may be taken in any analysis/assessment report of particular issues and lessons order if prerequisites are met. Arts-Engineering candi- learned. Prerequisite: 3 credits of Arts 250 (without dates should recognize that pursuit of a bachelor of fieldwork component) and instructor’s consent. (ND) science degree (e.g., biology, chemistry, biochemistry, ARTS 250. Communications, Cultures, Behaviors earth and environmental sciences, mathematics, and physics) or a bachelor of arts program with larger than and Attitudes (4) average credit requirements (e.g., art, architecture, physi- Writing-intensive experiential focus on communica- cal sciences, cognitive science, international careers, tions, development of social roles and life skills required among others) will severely restrict choices of free elec- for effective functioning in a diverse society in America tives. For these students, very careful planning of the and globally. Models of group processes; small group academic program is necessary to guarantee completion projects; communications; critical thinking and its of all major, distribution and total credit requirements application to course content; cognitive processes in for the two degrees in five years. Arts- Engineering 103

The designation AS-courses/electives refers to those cours- MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) es which meet the major and distribution requirements AS courses/electives (3) for the degree in the College of Arts and Sciences while junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) other types of electives meet major requirements in the CHE 151 Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) College of Engineering. When selected properly, courses CHM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) which meet distribution requirements in the College of Arts and Sciences will also satisfy most distribution CHM 53 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied CHM 192 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) Science. Note that the bookkeeping used to arrive at the AS courses/electives (8) total credits for each dual degree program assumes 33 junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) credit hours were earned in the freshman year. CHE 244 Mass Transfer and Arts Bioengineering Separation Processes (3) CHE 210 Chemical Engineering A total of 164-5 credit hours is needed for the bachelor Thermodynamics (4) of arts and the bachelor of science degrees depending on CHE 179 Professional Development (1) the bioengineering track selected. CHM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) freshman year, first semester (17 credit hours) AS courses/electives (6) ARTS 2 Choices & Decisions 1 senior year, first semester (15 credit hours) BIOE 1 Intro to Bioengr I 1 CHE 201 Methods of Analysis in ENGR 1 Engineering Computations 3 Chemical Engineering (3) ENGL 1 Composition/Literature 3 CHM 189 Physical Chemistry II (3) MATH 21 Calculus I 4 electives for engineering major* (6) CHM 21 Intro Chemical Principles 4 AS courses/electives (3) CHM 22 Chemical Principles Lab 1 senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) freshman year, second semester (17 credit hours) CHE 211 Chemical Reactor Design (3) BIOE 2 Intro to Bioengr II 1 CHE 242 Introduction to Process Control ENGL to be selected 3 and Simulation (3) MATH 22 Calculus II 4 electives for engineering major* (6) PHY 11 Intro Physics I 4 AS courses/electives (3) PHY 12 Intro Physics Lab I 1 BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cellular fifth year (31 credit hours) and Molecular 3 See program description for senior year of Chemical Engineering. BIOS 42 Biology Core I: Cellular and Molecular Lab 1 *These electives are chosen with the chemical engineering adviser. sophomore-fifth year (130-131 credit hours) Please read the section of the catalog referring to B.S. in Arts Civil Engineering Bioengineering. Then contact either Professor Ou-Yang A total of 160 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of or Professor White for further advice on which of the 3 arts and the bachelor of science degrees. This total may tracks to select and the courses that should be taken. differ depending on selection of electives that satisfy Arts Chemical Engineering requirements for both degrees. A total of 163 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) arts and the bachelor of science degrees. MATH 23 Calculus III (4) See electives (1) through (5) for the chemical engineer- MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) ing program in Section III. Careful planning is required CEE 10 Engineering/Architectural Graphics so that these may be scheduled during the senior year and Design (3) and fifth year of the program. Any order that does not AS courses/electives (6) violate prerequisites is acceptable. sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) CHE 31 Material and Energy Balances of MECH 12 Strength of Materials (3) Chemical Processes (3) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) Solutions (3) CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental MATH 23 Calculus III (4) Engineering (4) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) AS course/elective (3) AS course/elective (3) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) CHE 44 Fluid Mechanics (4) CEE 123 Civil Engineering Materials (1) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) CEE 11 Surveying (1) PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cell and CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) Molecular Biology (3) Engineering Science Elective* (3) AS course/elective (3) 104 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) ECE 121 Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) CEE 117 Numerical Methods in Civil ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) Engineering (2) CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) approved technical elective* (3) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) AS courses/electives (5) AS courses/electives (6) senior year, second semester (16 credit hours) senior year, first semester (15 credit hours) ECE 138 Digital Systems Laboratory (2) CEE 142 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) CEE 159 Structural Analysis I (4) CSC 216 Software Engineering (3) AS courses/electives (8) CSC 261 Discrete Structures (3) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) AS courses/electives (5) CEE 262 Fundamentals of Steel fifth year (36 credit hours) Structural Design (3) fifth year, first semester (18 credit hours) or CEE 264 Fundamentals of Concrete ECE 257 Senior Lab Project I (3) Structural Design (3) ECE 319 Digital System Design (3) CEE 242 Principles and Practice of CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) Geotechnical Engineering (3) HSS elective (6) Civil Engineering electives** (3) free elective (3) AS courses/electives (6) fifth year, second semester (17 credit hours) fifth year, first semester (17 credit hours) ECE 258 Senior Lab Project II (2) CEE 202 Civil Engineering Planning and approved technical electives* (9) Engineering Economics (3) HSS elective (3) CEE 203 Professional Development (2) free elective (3) Civil Engineering electives** (6) *Approved technical electives (15 credits) are subjects in the AS courses/electives (6) area of science and technology. They are not restricted to fifth year, second semester (15 credit hours) offerings in the department of Computer Science and CEE 290 Civil Engineering Capstone Design (3) Engineering. One elective must be an engineering science Civil Engineering elective** (6) elective from another department. CSE 252 is not an AS courses/electives (6) approved technical elective. **Of seventeen CEE elective credits, three credits are satis- Arts Computer Science fied by a 300 level course in the major AS department; the A total of 164 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of other fifteen approved by the CEE department chairperson; arts and the bachelor of science degrees. see list on department web site. sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) Arts Computer Engineering MATH 23 Calculus III (4) A total of 165 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) arts and bachelor of science degrees. PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data MATH 23 Calculus III (4) Structures (4) PHY 21 Introductory Physics (4) AS course/ special elective* (3) PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab (1) sophomore year, second semester (16 credit hours) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) Engineering (4) CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) AS course/elective (3) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) AS courses/ special electives* (6) CSE 17 Structured Programming and junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) Data Structures (4) CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) Engineering (4) AS courses/electives (6) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) AS courses/special electives* (6) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) or CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) MATH 309 Theory of Probability (3) CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) AS courses/electives (9) CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3) junior year, second semester (16 credit hours) AS courses/special electives* (9) ECE 82 Sophomore Laboratory (1) senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) CSE 318 Automatic and Formal Grammars (3) AS courses/electives (11) senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) Arts- Engineering 105

MATH 230 Numerical Methods (3) approved technical elective* (3) AS courses/special electives* (12) AS courses/elective (5) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) fifth year (36 credit hours) ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) See program description for senior year of electrical engi- CSE 252 Computers, the Internet, neering, under Electrical Engineering. and Society (3) *Approved technical electives are subjects in the areas of sci- AS courses /special electives* (9) ence and technology. Students must select a minimum of fifth year, first semester (17 credit hours) four courses from the ECE or CSC course listings, with a CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) minimum of two courses in one of the technical areas CSE 379 Senior Project (3) described in the following list. Students must also choose at least one engineering elective in either materials, mechanics, AS courses/special electives* (11) thermodynamics, fluid mechanics or physical chemistry, and fifth year, second semester (15 credit hours) at least one science elective in physics, chemistry or biology. CSE 302 Compiler Design (3) For students interested in solid state electronics, quantum AS courses/special electives* (12) mechanics is recommended for the science elective. *Special electives [technical electives (15 credit hours) and Arts Engineering Physics professional electives (6 credit hours), with one of the elec- A total of 161 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of tives being a hardware-oriented course] are required and are arts and bachelor of science degrees. chosen with the approval of the major advisor. See the cata- log listing for B.S. in Computer Science in the P. C. Rossin sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) College of Engineering for further details. PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) Arts Electrical Engineering MATH 23 Calculus III (4) A total of 165 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) arts and bachelor of science degrees. ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) sophomore year, first semester (15 credit hours) sophomore year, second semester (16 credit hours) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) PHY 31 Introduction to PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) Quantum Mechanics (3) PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) PHY 190 Electronics (3) AS courses/electives (6) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) sophomore year, second semester (15 credit hours) MATH 208 Complex Variables (3) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) approved elective* (3) The student must choose either the Solid State Electronics AS courses/electives (9) or the Optical Sciences concentration, listed below. junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer Solid State Electronics Concentration Engineering (4) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) PHY 212 Electricity and Magnetism I (3) MATH 208 Complex Variables (3) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer AS courses/electives (5) Engineering (4) junior year, second semester (16 credit hours) ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) ECE 82 Sophomore Laboratory (1) MATH 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) AS courses/electives (3) ECE 126 Fundamentals of Semiconductor junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) Devices (3) PHY 213 Electricity and Magnetism II (3) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) PHY 262 Advanced Laboratory (2) AS courses/electives (5) PHY 215 Classical Mechanics I (4) senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) ECE 126 Fundamentals of Semiconductors ECE 121 Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) Devices (3) ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) AS courses/electives (6) ECE 202 Introduction to Electromagnetics (3) senior year, first semester (15 credit hours) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) PHY 362 Atomic and Molecular Structure (3) approved elective* (3) PHY 363 Physics of Solids (3) AS courses/electives (3) SSE Elective* (3) senior year, second semester (16 credit hours) SSE Elective* or AS courses/ ECE 125 Circuits and Systems (3) electives (3) ECE 138 Digital Systems Laboratory (2) AS courses/electives (3) ECE 203 Introduction to Electromagnetic senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) Waves (3) SSE Electives* (5) AS courses/elective or SSE elective (3) AS courses/electives (7) 106 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 fifth year, first semester (15 credit hours) sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) PHY 340 Thermal Physics (3) or MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) SSE Elective* (3) PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) AS courses/electives (9) CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental fifth year, second semester (16 credit hours) Engineering (4) AS courses/electives (16) CEE 272 Environmental Risk Assessment (2) *The 14 credit hours of SSE electives must include ECE AS course/elective* (3) 251 or 252 or PHY 273 (must be a design project with an junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) engineer co-advisor). Advisor has list of approved SSE elec- CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) tives. Must include at least 30 credits taught by engineers CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) and sufficient engineering design and engineering science CEE 276 Env. Engineering Processes (3) credits to satisfy ABET guidelines. CHE 31 MAT. & Energy Bal. Of CHE Process (3) Optical Sciences Concentration AS course/elective* (6) junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) junior year, first semester (15 credit hours) CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) PHY 212 Electricity and Magnetism I (3) CEE 274 Environmental Water Chemistry (3) PHY 362 Atomic and Molecular Structure (3) CHE 60 Unit Ops Survey (3) MATH 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) OE Elective** (3) AS courses/electives* (4) AS courses/electives (3) senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) CEE 142 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) PHY 213 Electricity and Magnetism II (3) CEE 378 Solid & Haz. Waste Management (3) PHY 262 Advanced Laboratory (2) EES 31 Intro. Env./Organismal Biology (4) PHY 215 Classical Mechanics (4) AS courses/electives* (6) OE Elective** (3) AS courses/electives (6) senior year, second semester (14 credit hours) CEE 275 Enviro-Geo-Hydraulics Lab (2) senior year, first semester (17 credit hours) EES 21 Intro. Planet Earth (4) PHY 352 Modern Optics (3) Technical electives** (3) OE Elective** (9) AS courses/electives* (5) AS courses/electives (5) fifth year, first semester (14 credit hours) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) CEE 202 Planning and ENGR. Economics (3) PHY 355 Lasers and Non-linear Optics (3) CEE 203 Professional Development (2) OE Elective** (6) CEE/EES 379 Env. Case Studies (3) AS courses/electives (6) Technical electives** (3) fifth year, first semester (15 credit hours) AS courses/electives* (3) PHY 340 Thermal Physics (3) or fifth year, second semester (15 credit hours) ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) AS courses/electives (12) CEE 377 Environmental Engineering Design*** (3) Technical elective** (3) fifth year, second semester (15 credit hours) AS courses/electives* (6) AS courses/electives (15) Free elective (3) **The 18 credit hours of Optical Engineering electives must *AS courses must include POLS 111. include ECE 257 or 258 or PHY 273 (must be a design project with an engineer co-advisor). Must include at least ** 9 technical (approved) elective credits approved by the two of ECE 347, 348, 371, and 372. Advisor has list of academic advisor to satisfy proficiency in three focus areas of approved OE electives. Must include at least 30 credits water supply and resources, environmental chemistry, and taught by engineers and sufficient engineering design and hazardous waste management; approved list available from engineering science credits to satisfy ABET guidelines. CEE department. ***CE 290 acceptable substitute when offered as a multi- Arts Environmental Engineering disciplinary course that includes environmental engineering A total of 160 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of as a major focus arts and the bachelor of science degrees. This total may differ depending on the selection of electives that satisfy Arts Industrial Engineering the requirements for both degrees, Some CAS require- A total of 163 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of ments may be satisfied by taking courses such as arts and bachelor of science degrees. CEE/EES cross-listed courses that can reduce this total. sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) CHM 51 Organic CHEM I (3) CHM 53 Organic CHEM Lab I (1) AS courses/electives* (6) Arts- Engineering 107

PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) IE 111 Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) IE 122 Software Tools (1) IE 112 Computer Graphics (1) IE 220 Introduction to Operations Research (3) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) BIS 211 Management Information Systems (3) sophomore year, second semester (16 credit hours) MECH 2, IE 121 Applied Engineering Statistics (3) ME 104 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3), IE 131 Work Systems and Facilities Planning (3) Thermodynamics I (3), or IE 132 Work Systems and Facilities MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) Planning Lab (1) AS courses /electives (6) ACCT 108 Fundamentals of Accounting (3) junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) AS courses/electives (6) IE 170 Algorithms in Systems Engineering (3) junior year, first semester (15 credit hours) IE 171 Algorithms in Systems Engineering MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) Laboratory (1) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) IE 275 Fundamentals of Web Applications (3) AS courses/electives (9) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) AS courses /electives (6) IE 122 Software Tools (1) senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) IE 220 Introduction to Operations Research (3) IE 224 Information Systems Analysis and ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) Design (3) IE 224 Information Systems Analysis and IE 345 Manufacturing Information Systems (3) Design (3) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) AS courses/electives (6) TE Technical Elective (3)* senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) AS course /elective (3) IE 215 Fundamentals of Modern senior year, second semester (16 credit hours) Manufacturing (3) IE 226 Engineering Economy (3) IE 216 Manufacturing Laboratory (1) IE 305 Simulation (3) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) IE 339 Stochastic Models (3) AS courses/electives (9) TE Technical Elective (3)* senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) AS courses /electives (4) IE 226 Engineering Economy and Decision summer Analysis (3) IE 100 Industrial Employment (0) ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) fifth year, first semester (15 credit hours) IE Elective (See IE Program for Possible Electives) (3) IE 316 Advanced Operations Research AS courses/electives (6) Techniques (3) summer IE 372 Systems Engineering Design (3) IE 100 Industrial Employment (0) TE Technical Elective (3)* fifth year (34 credit hours) AS courses /electives (6) See program description for senior year of Industrial fifth year, second semester (15 credit hours) Engineering. IE 154 Senior Project (3) Arts Information and Systems IE 341 Data Communication Systems Analysis and Design (3) Engineering TE Technical Elective (3)* A total of 160 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of arts and bachelor of science degrees. AS courses /electives (6) sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) *Technical Electives from approved list IE 111 Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) Arts Materials Science and Engineering MATH 23 Calculus III (4) A total of 165 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of CSC 17 Structured Programming and Data arts and bachelor of science degrees. Structures (4) sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) AS courses /electives (6) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) IE 121 Applied Engineering Statistics (3) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) ACCT 108 Fundamentals of Accounting (3) MAT 10 Materials Laboratory (1) PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and AS courses/elective (3) Laboratory (5) AS course /elective (3) 108 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) MECH 12 Strength of Materials (3) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) MAT 20 Computational Methods in Materials ECO 1 Economics (4) Science (2) AS courses/electives (6) MAT 203 Structure and Characterization of junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) Materials (3) MECH 102 Dynamics (3) MAT 205 Thermodynamics and Phase Diagrams (3) ME 21 Mechanical Engineering AS courses/electives (3) Laboratory I (1) junior year, first semester (15 credit hours) ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) MAT 201 Physical Properties of Materials (3) ECE 162 Electrical Laboratory (1) MAT 216 Diffusion and Phase Transformations (3) AS courses/electives (7) MAT 218 Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) senior year, first semester (15 credit hours) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) MAT 101 Professional Development (2) ME 215 Engineering Reliability (3) or junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) MATH 208 Complex Variables (3) or ENGR 211 Integrated Product Development MATH 230 Numerical Methods (3) or Projects I (3) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) MAT 204 Processing and Properties of ME 252 Mechanical Elements (3) Polymeric Materials (3) AS courses/electives (6) MAT 206 Processing and Properties of Metals (3) senior year, second semester (16 credit hours) MAT. 210 Macro Materials Processing Lab (2) ME 211 Mechanical Engineering Design I (3) MAT 214 Processing and Properties of ME 242 Mechanical Engineering Systems (3) Ceramic Materials (3) ME 240 Manufacturing (3) MAT 226 Materials Selection in Design (1) ME 121 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory II (1) senior year, first semester (17 credit hours) AS courses/electives (6) ENGR 212 Integrated Product Development fifth year (33 credit hours) Projects II (2) See program description for senior year of Mechanical AS courses/electives (15) Engineering & Mechanics. One of the courses is an AS senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) course/elective (3). CHE 60 Unit Operations Survey (3) AS courses/electives (12) Asian Studies fifth year (34 credit hours) See program description for senior year of Materials Sci- Professors. John Gatewood, Ph.D. (Illinois), Sociology ence and Engineering, except replace ENGR 212 (2) and Anthropology; Norman Girardot, Ph.D. (Chicago), with AS course (3) and CHE 60 (3) with AS course (3). Religion Studies; Kenneth Kraft, Ph.D. (Princeton), Religion Studies; Michael Notis, Ph.D. (Lehigh), Note: Students interested in the industrial or research Materials Science and Engineering; David Pankenier, options should consult with the department chairperson Ph.D. (Stanford), Modern Languages and Literature; prior to their fourth year. Students selecting the research Nicola Tannenbaum, Ph.D. (Iowa), Sociology and option should elect MAT 240, Research Techniques, in Anthropology; Raymond Wylie, Ph.D. (London, the first semester of the senior year. Students selecting England), International Relations. the industrial option should elect MAT 327 & MAT 329, Industrial Project. Associate Professors. Constance Cook, Ph.D. (U.C., Berkeley) Program Director, Modern Languages and Arts Mechanical Engineering Literature; Gail Cooper, Ph.D. (U.C., Santa Barbara), A total of 163 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of History; Michael Mendelson Ph.D. (San Diego), arts and the bachelor of science degrees. Philosophy; Kiri Lee, Ph.D. (Harvard), Modern sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) Languages and Literature. PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) Assistant Professors. Amardeep Singh, Ph.D. (Duke), PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) English; Robert Rozehnal, Ph.D. (Duke), Religion MATH 23 Calculus III (4) Studies; Elizabeth Vann, Ph.D. (Virginia), Sociology and ME 10 Graphics for Engineering Design (3) Anthropology. ME 111 Professional Development (1) The Asian Studies program provides undergraduates an AS courses/electives (3) opportunity to acquire a systematic knowledge East Asia, sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) Southeast Asia, and the Pacific. The program focuses on MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) the rich historical and cultural heritage of the countries of Asia, as well as their growing importance in world ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) affairs and their critical relationship to the national inter- MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) ests of the United States. AS courses/electives (9) Courses offered at other LVAIC institutions may be taken for credit by Lehigh students. Students are encour- aged to participate in a variety of extracurricular Asian Studies 109 activities that are offered by the Asian Studies Program, Study Abroad Programs such as special lectures and seminars, films, performanc- Students are encouraged to spend a summer, semester, or es, and exhibits. year in an approved study program in China, Japan, The overall program is administered by the Asian Korea, Southeast Asia, South Asia or the Pacific. Students Studies Committee, an interdisciplinary body of faculty who wish to study abroad, and who wish to have the aca- with special interests in the region. This committee over- demic work taken in that program count toward a Lehigh sees both the formal academic work within the program degree, must have a GPA of 3.0 or higher. Any student as well as extracurricular activities. It also cooperates with a lower GPA may petition the Committee on the with the Asian Cultural Society and other student organ- Standing of Students for an exception to this rule before izations involved in Asian Studies. applying to an approved study abroad program. These The courses listed are regularly offered in the program programs are open to all LVAIC students subject to the and new ones are currently under development in several regulations of their home institutions. For details on all subject areas. (Consult the Registrar’s Schedule of Classes programs, consult Erica Smith, Director, Study Abroad for specific offerings in any particular semester.) Office, Coxe Hall, 32 Sayre Dr, 610-758-3351, (ers5) For further information, interested students should con- (www.lehigh.edu/studyabroad). A limited number of Asian sult Dr. Constance Cook, Director, Asian Studies Studies study abroad scholarships are available. Program, Maginnes Hall, 9 W. Packer Ave, 758-3091 I. Core Requirements (cac8), or any of the Asian Studies faculty listed above A. Language and Culture: Chinese or Japanese or other (www.lehigh.edu/~inasp/). approved Asian languages to intermediate level (2 years); Major in Asian Studies or 4 courses (16 credits), based on placement, chosen from the following *: The Asian Studies major is designed to accomplish three ASIA 91 Elementary Asian Language and goals: to ground the student in a regional language and Culture Abroad (1-8) culture, to survey various disciplines in Asian Studies ASIA 191 Intermediate Asian Language and more broadly, and to provide advanced research opportu- Culture Abroad (1-8) nities. The program, when successfully completed, CHIN, JPNS 91 Language and Culture Abroad I (1-8) prepares the student for further graduate work, profes- CHIN, JPNS 191 Language and Culture Abroad II (1-8) sional education, or employment in the public or private CHIN 001 Beginning Chinese sector. There is an increasing demand for graduates who Reading & Writing I (2) combine a major in a disciplinary field (e.g., business, economics, international relations) with a second major CHIN 002 Beginning Chinese (or minor) in Asian Studies, including Chinese or Reading & Writing II (2) Japanese language competence. CHIN 003 Beginning Spoken Chinese I (2) CHIN 004 Beginning Spoken Chinese II (2) The major in Asian Studies may have a Chinese studies or a Japanese studies concentration, each requiring a CHIN 011 Intermediate Chinese minimum of 9 courses (36 credits). The distribution of Reading & Writing I (2) credits is as follows: CHIN 012 Intermediate Chinese Reading & Writing II (2) I. A. 2 years (or 16 credits) of an Asian language CHIN 013 Intermediate Spoken Chinese I (2) which is not the student’s native language; CHIN 014 Intermediate Spoken Chinese II (2) B. 3 courses (or 10 credits) of humanities and social science courses under the 200 level CHIN 111. Advanced Chinese (see list below); Reading & Writing I (2) II. 2 courses from either: CHIN 112 Advanced Chinese A. Advanced language and culture, or Reading & Writing II (2) B. Humanities and social sciences. At lease one CHIN 113 Advanced Spoken Chinese I (2) course must be at the 300 level. CHIN 114 Advanced Spoken Chinese II (2) The academic advisor is Dr. Constance Cook, Director, JPNS 1 Elementary Japanese I (4) fall Asian Studies Program, Maginnes Hall, 9 W. Packer Ave, JPNS 2. Elementary Japanese II (4) spring 758-3091 (cac8). Students may also request an advisor JPNS 11 Intermediate Japanese I (4) fall from among the Asian Studies faculty above. JPNS 12 Intermediate Japanese II (4) spring JPNS 141 Advanced Japanese I (4) fall Minor in Asian Studies JPNS 142 Advanced Japanese II (4) spring The minor in Asian Studies is intended to complement a JPNS 145 Japanese Conversation and Culture I (4) student’s major field of study and it is flexible according JPNS 146 Japanese Conversation and Culture II (4) to individual needs. Students are free to survey the field *Note 1. Students with prior knowledge of Chinese or broadly or concentrate in a specific area such as Chinese Japanese will be placed on the basis of a competence test. or Japanese studies. The minor comprises a minimum of Native speakers placing out of one Asian language will be 4 courses (16 credits) in Asian studies, chosen from an required to study another Asian language. approved list in consultation with the minor advisor, Dr. Constance Cook, Director, Asian Studies Program, B. Humanities and Social Science: 3 courses (minimum Maginnes Hall, 9 W. Packer Ave, 758-3091 (cac8). 10 credits) chosen from the following: While students minoring in Asian Studies are encour- ASIA 60 (REL 60) Religions of South Asia (4) aged to study languages, only 8 credits of language study ASIA 61 (IR 61) Pacific Asian International count towards the Asian Studies minor. Students inter- Relations (4) ested only in language study are encouraged to minor in ASIA 64 (REL 64) Religions of China (4) Chinese or Japanese language (see MLL). 110 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2004-2005

ASIA 65 (REL 65) Religions of Japan (4) ASIA 371. Advanced Readings in ASIA 67 (REL 67) Japanese Civilization (4) Asian Studies (1-4) ASIA 68 (MLL 68) Japanese Language: ASIA 381. Special Topics in Asian Studies (1-4) Past and Present (4) ASIA 391. Senior Seminar in Asian Studies (1-4) ASIA 73 (MLL73, WS 73) Film, Fiction, and ASIA 399. Senior Thesis in Asian Studies (1-4) Gender in Modern China (4) C. Other suitable courses at LVAIC or other approved ASIA 74 (MLL 74) Chinese Cultural Program (1-8) institutions in the United States. ASIA 75 (HIST 75, MLL 75) Chinese D. Other suitable courses in approved study abroad Civilization (4) programs in Asia. ASIA 76 (HIST 76, MLL 76) Understanding I. Core Courses Contemporary China (4) ASIA 77 (REL 77) The Islamic Tradition (4) A. Language and Culture: ASIA 78 (MLL 78) Asian-American Studies (4) ASIA 91. Elementary Asian Language ASIA 100 Seminar in Asian Studies (1-4) and Culture Abroad (1-8) ASIA 125 (MLL 125) Immortal Images: Elementary language and culture abroad other than Traditional Chinese Literature Chinese or Japanese. (HU) in Translation (4) ASIA 191. Intermediate Asian Language and ASIA 140 (PHIL 140) Eastern Philosophy (4) Culture Abroad (1-8) ASIA 141 (STS 141) Science and Technology Intermediate language and culture abroad other than in East Asia (4) Chinese and Japanese. (HU) ASIA 145 (REL 145) Islam and CHIN, JPNS 91. Language and Culture Abroad I the Modern World (4) (1-8) ASIA 146 (REL 146) Islam in South Asia (4) Intensive study of conversation in the language of the ASIA 160 (REL 160) The Taoist Tradition (4) country; reading, development of writing skills and ASIA 161 (IR 161) China in World Affairs (4) selected aspects of the culture. (HU) ASIA 162 (REL 162) Zen Buddhism (4) CHIN, JPNS 191. Language and Culture Abroad ASIA 163 (IR 163) Japan in World Affairs (4) ASIA 164 (REL 164, IR 164) Japan’s Response II (1-8) to the West (4) Intensive study of conversation in the language of the country; rapid review of basic grammar, the reading and ASIA 167 (REL 167) Engaged Buddhism (4) analysis of moderately difficult texts, development of ASIA 168 (REL 168) Buddhism in rudimentary writing skills, supplemented study of select- the Modern World (4) ed aspects of contemporary civilization. Prerequisites: ASIA 169 (REL 169) Classics of Asian consent of chair and proficiency examination in the tar- Religion (4) get country. (HU) ASIA 177 (HIST 177, MLL 177) China Enters the Modern Age (4) CHIN 001. Beginning Chinese Reading & ASIA 184 (ANTH 184) Cultures of Writing I (2) the Pacific (4) Introduction to the Chinese writing system and begin- ASIA 187 (ANTH 187) Peoples of ning character acquisition; reading practice with pinyin Southeast Asia (4) transcription system. (Fall) Co-requisite: Chin 003 or permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) II. Advanced Electives Two courses (7 or 8 credits) chosen from the following, CHIN 002. Beginning Chinese Reading & 1 course of which must be at the 300 level: Writing II (2) Continuation of Chin 001: continued character acquisi- A. Language and Culture: tion, reading practice in pinyin and simple character CHIN 251 Special Topics (1-4) texts. (Spring) Prerequisites: Chin 003, Chin 004 or per- JPNS 290 Special Topics (1-4) mission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) ASIA 291 Advanced Asian Language and Culture Abroad (1-8) CHIN 003. Beginning Spoken Chinese I (2) Introduction to Mandarin Chinese pronunciation, the CHIN, JPNS 291 Language and Culture Abroad III (1-8) pinyin transcription system, and modern colloquial CHIN 371 Special Topics (1-4) Chinese; emphasis on oral proficiency. Not open to JPNS 390. Special Topics (1-4) native speakers. (Fall) Co-requisite: Chin 001 or permis- B. Humanities and Social Sciences: sion of the instructor. Staff. (HU) ASIA 221 (REL 221) Topics in Asian Religions (4) CHIN 004. Beginning Spoken Chinese II (2) ASIA 240 (PHIL 240) Figures/Themes in Eastern Continuation of Chin 003: further practice with text- Philosophy (4) based dialogues in modern colloquial Chinese; emphasis ASIA 247 (REL 247) Islamic Mysticism (4) on oral proficiency. Not open to native speakers. ASIA 254 (REL 254) Buddhism and Ecology (4) (Spring) Prerequisite: Chin 002 or permission of the ASIA 340 (HIST 340) History of Japanese instructor. Staff. (HU) Industrialization Since 1800 (3-4) CHIN 011. Intermediate Chinese Reading & ASIA 361 Internship in Asian Studies (1-4) Writing I (2) ASIA 364. (IR 364) International Relations of Continued focus on vocabulary/character acquisition Pacific Asia (4) and text-based reading and writing exercises using Asian Studies 111

Chinese characters. (Fall) Prerequisites: Chin 013 or per- JPNS 145. Japanese Conversation and Culture I mission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) (4) CHIN 012. Intermediate Chinese Reading & This course emphasizes oral skills and culture by dis- Writing II (2) cussing topics related to modern Japan. Advanced writing skills, especially the knowledge of Kanji, are Continuation of Chin 011: vocabulary/character acquisi- introduced individually. Prerequisite: Jpns 12 or consent tion and text-based reading and writing exercises using of instructor. (HU) Chinese characters. (Spring). Prerequisites: Chin 013, Chin 014, or permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) JPNS 146. Japanese Conversation and Culture II CHIN 013. Intermediate Spoken Chinese I (2) (4) Further development of communicative skills in Chinese Continuation of Jpns 145. Emphasis on advanced oral using situational dialogues and class discussion; emphasis and writing skills, and knowledge of the culture. on oral proficiency. Not open to native speakers. (Fall) Prerequisite: Jpns 145 or consent of instructor. (HU) Prerequisite: Chin 004, Chin 011, or permission of the B. Humanities and Social Science: instructor. Staff. (HU) ASIA 60. (REL 60) Religions of South Asia (4) CHIN 014. Intermediate Spoken Chinese II (2) A thematic introduction to the foundational religious Continuation of Chin 013: further development of com- traditions of South Asia: Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism, municative skills in Chinese using situational dialogues Sikhism and Islam. Students explore the social and spiri- and class discussion; emphasis on oral proficiency. Not tual dimensions of these religious worlds through open to native speakers. (Fall) Prerequisite: Chin 012, scripture, ritual practices, narrative and teaching tradi- Chin 013, or permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) tions, music and art. Rozehnal. (HU) CHIN 111. Advanced Chinese Reading & Writing ASIA 61. (IR 61) Pacific Asian International I (2) Relations (4) Reading, translation, and writing practice using text- Introduction to Pacific Asian international relations, based exercises, short stories, essays, and other selected with emphasis on post-1945 period: historical back- materials. (Fall). Prerequisites: Chin 014, Chin 113 or ground; Cold War conflicts; China’s rise to power; permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) Japan’s growing role; Korea and the NIC’s; Southeast Asia; U.S. and Russian policies; current and future CHIN 112. Advanced Chinese Reading & Writing issues. Wylie (SS) II (2) Continuation of Chin 111: reading, translation, writing ASIA 64. (REL 64) Religions of China (4) exercises using text-based exercises, short stories, essays, and History and meaning of the major forms of Chinese reli- other selected materials. (Spring). Prerequisites: Chin 111, gion- especially Confucianism and Neo-Confucianism, Chin 113, or permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) Taoist mysticism, Buddhism (Ch’an/Zen), and popular religion. Girardot. (HU) CHIN 113. Advanced Spoken Chinese I (2) Topical discussions and oral presentations in Chinese. ASIA 65. (REL 65) Religions of Japan (4) (Fall) Prerequisite: Chin 014, Chin 111, or permission A survey of Japan’s diverse religious heritage and its of the instructor. Staff. (HU) impact on contemporary culture. Japanese approaches to the self, the world, and the sacred are considered in CHIN 114. Advanced Spoken Chinese II (2) comparative perspective. Topics covered include: Shinto, Continuation of Chin 113: topical discussions and oral Buddhism, Zen, Confucianism, the way of the warrior, presentations in Chinese. (Fall) Prerequisite: Chin 112, folklore, and postwar movements. Kraft. (HU) Chin 113, or permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) ASIA 67. (REL 67) Japanese Civilization (4) JPNS 1. Elementary Japanese I (4) fall The history and culture of Japan from its origins to the Introduction to the oral and written language with present. Special consideration will be given to the rise emphasis on spoken Japanese and syllabaries. Language and fall of the warrior class, developments in art and laboratory. (HU) religion, the dynamics of family life, and Japan’s “eco- JPNS 2. Elementary Japanese II (4) spring nomic miracle.” Kraft. (H/S) Continuation of Japanese 1. Prerequisite: Japanese 1 or ASIA 68. (MLL 68) Japanese Language: Past and equivalent. (HU) Present (4) JPNS 11. Intermediate Japanese I (4) fall Historical and contemporary aspects of the Japanese lan- Continuation of Japanese 2. Structural patterns in both guage, including the origins of Japanese in relation to spoken and written languages. 150 kanji (Chinese char- Korean, the influence of Chinese, syntactic features acters). Prerequisite: JPNS 2 or equivalent. (HU) which reflect the hierarchical character of Japanese socie- JPNS 12. Intermediate Japanese II (4) spring ty, differences in female and male speech, and use of Continuation of Japanese 11. Prerequisite: Japanese 11 foreign loan words. Prerequisite JPNS 1. Lee (HU) or equivalent. (HU) ASIA 73. (MLL73, WS 73) Film, Fiction, and JPNS 141. Advanced Japanese I (4) fall Gender in Modern China (4) Advanced reading and oral comprehension. Study of the struggle for an individual “modern” identity Conversation and writing practice. Prerequisite: JPNS 12 out of traditionally defined roles for men and women as or equivalent. (HU) depicted by Chinese writers and filmmakers. Class, texts, and films in English. Students interested in setting up a JPNS 142. Advanced Japanese II (4) spring corollary Chinese language component may discuss this Continuation of JPNS 141. Prerequisite: JPNS 141 or possibility with the professor. Cook (HU) equivalent. (HU) 112 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

ASIA 74. (MLL 74) Chinese Cultural Program (1-8) important texts of the early philosophical tradition (e.g. A summer program in China, taught in English. (HU) Tao Te Ching, Chuang Tzu) and of the later religious ASIA 75. (HIST 75, MLL 75) Chinese tradition (e.g. Pao P’u Tzu and other selections from the Tao Tsang). Contemporary implications of Taoist Civilization (4) thought will also be considered (e.g. “The Tao of The development of traditional Chinese thought, beliefs, Physics”, “a Taoist on Wall Street”, and “the Tao of technology, and institutions from a historical perspective, Japanese Management”). Girardot. (HU) from earliest times to China’s encounter with the West. Pankenier (H/S) ASIA 161. (IR 161) China in World Affairs (4) China in world affairs, emphasizing role in Pacific Rim: ASIA 76. (HIST 76, MLL 76) Understanding historical background; domestic politics; foreign and Contemporary China (4) security policies; relations with regional and global pow- An overview of recent history, politics, economy, reli- ers; policies toward Asia and Third World; current and gion, problems of modernization, popular culture, and future issues. Wylie. (SS) attitudes. Contemporary Chinese society viewed against the backdrop of tradition and the tumultuous history of ASIA 162. (REL 162) Zen Buddhism (4) twentieth-century China. Pankenier (SS) History, doctrines, and practices of Zen Buddhism in China, Japan, and the West. Monastic life, notable Zen ASIA 77. (REL 77) The Islamic Tradition (4) masters, Zen’s cultural impact, and enlightenment. A thematic introduction to Islamic history, doctrine and Current aspects of the Zen tradition. (Optional medita- practice. Topics include: Qur’an; prophecy and sacred tion workshop.) Kraft. (HU) history; ritual practices; community life; legal interpreta- tion; art and aesthetics; mysticism; politics and polemics. ASIA 163. (IR 163) Japan in World Affairs (4) Rozehnal. (HU) Japan in world affairs, emphasizing role in Pacific Rim: historical background; domestic politics; foreign and ASIA 78. (MLL 78) Asian-American Studies (4) security policies; relations with regional and global pow- A survey of issues concerning Asians living in the United ers; policies toward Asia and Third World; current and States from the perspectives of history, language, litera- future issues. Wylie. (SS) ture, and film. (HU) ASIA 164. (REL 164, IR 164) Japan’s Response to ASIA 100. Seminar in Asian Studies (1-4) the West (4) Topics in Asian Studies. May be repeated for credit. A survey of Japanese history and culture from 1500 to (HU/SS depending on topic) the present, following the theme of Japan’s contact with ASIA 125. (MLL 125) Immortal Images: the West. What enabled Japan to modernize and Traditional Chinese Literature in Translation (4) Westernize so successfully? Topics covered include: the Explore age-old themes in literature as diverse as pre- expulsion of Christianity, the first samurai mission to the modern novels, ghost stories, poetry, divination manuals, U.S., the postwar American occupation, and contempo- and medical texts. Cook (HU) rary issues. Readings include Japanese novels and short stories (in translation). Kraft. (H/S) ASIA 140. (PHIL 140) Eastern Philosophy (4) Survey of selected texts and issues in the eastern philo- ASIA 167. (REL 167) Engaged Buddhism (4) sophical traditions. Attention will be given to the Examines a contemporary international movement that development and interrelations of these traditions as well applies Buddhist teachings and practices to social, politi- as a comparison of western and eastern treatments of cal, and environmental issues. Topics include: important selected issues. Areas of focus may include thinkers, forms of engagement, and areas of controversy. Confucianism, Taoism, and Zen Buddhism. (HU) Kraft. (HU) ASIA 141. (STS 141) Science and Technology in ASIA 168. (REL 168) Buddhism in the Modern East Asia (4) World (4) The development of science and technology in East Asia Explores contemporary Buddhism in Asia, America, and with emphasis on Japan and China. (SS) Europe. Topics include the plight of Tibet, Buddhist environmentalism, and the emergence of a socially ASIA 145. (REL 145) Islam and the Modern engaged Buddhism. How are Westerners adapting this World (4) ancient tradition to address present-day concerns? Kraft. Examines how numerous Muslim thinkers-religious (HU) scholars, modernists, and Islamists-have responded to the changes and challenges of the colonial and post-colonial ASIA 169. (REL 169) Classics of Asian Religion (4) eras. Special emphasis is placed on the public debates Sacred scriptures of Asia and an introduction to the reli- over Islamic authority and authenticity in contemporary gions they represent. What do these texts teach about South Asia. Rozehnal. (HU) reality, humanity, divinity, and society? How is the path of spiritual practice presented in the different traditions? ASIA 146. (REL 146) Islam in South Asia (4) Prerequisite: one prior course in Religion or Asian A survey of the dynamic encounter between Islamic and Studies. Kraft, Girardot. (HU) Indic civilizations. Topics include: Islamic identity, piety and practice; art and aesthetic traditions; inter-communal ASIA 177. (HIST 177, MLL 177) China Enters exchange and conflict; the colonial legacy; and the politics the Modern Age (4) of contemporary religious nationalism. Rozehnal. (HU) The collapse of the imperial order and China’s agonizing transformation into a modern nation-state over the past ASIA 160. (REL 160) The Taoist Tradition (4) 150 years. The impact of imperialism, war, radical social Consideration of the religious and cultural significance change, and protracted revolution on Chinese traditions, of Taoism in its various historical forms. Primary atten- values, and institutions. Pankenier (H/S) tion will be given to a close reading of some of the most Asian Studies 113

ASIA 184. (ANTH 184) Cultures of the Pacific (4) ASIA 254. (REL 254) Buddhism and Ecology (4) Cultures of the Pacific Islanders prior to substantial dis- Buddhism’s intellectual, ethical, and spiritual resources ruption by European influences. Culture histories, are reexamined in light of contemporary environmental language families, social organizations, and religions of problems. Is Buddhism the most green of the major Australian, Melanesian, Polynesian, and Micronesian world religions? What are the moral implications of peoples. Gatewood. (SS) actions that affect the environment? Prerequisite: One ASIA 187. (ANTH 187) Peoples of Southeast Asia prior course in religion, environmental studies, or Asian studies. Kraft. (HU) (4) Peoples and cultures of Burma, Laos, Cambodia, ASIA 340. (HIST 340) History of Japanese Thailand, Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia, and the Industrialization Since 1800 (3-4) Philippines. World view, religion, economy, politics, and He late Tokugawa economic development, rise of an social organization. Tannenbaum. (SS) entrepreneurial class, importation of western technology, and the rise of social, political and economic which sup- II. Advanced Electives port industrial growth. Cooper. (SS) A. Language and Culture: ASIA 361. Internship in Asian Studies (1-4) CHIN 251. Special Topics (1-4) Internship in public or private agency involved in some Literary and linguistics topics not covered in regular aspect of Asian studies. Individual faculty mentor. Written courses. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent report required. May be repeated for credit. Program per- of the instructor. (HU) mission required. (HU/SS depending on topic) JPNS 290. Special Topics (1-4) ASIA 364. (IR 364) International Relations of Literary or linguistics topics not covered in regular Pacific Asia (4) courses. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent Research-oriented seminar on contemporary internation- of instructor. (HU) al relations of Pacific Asia. Special emphasis on China, ASIA 291. Advanced Asian Language and Culture Japan and regional and global powers. Substantial research paper on topic of student’s own choice is Abroad (1-8) required. Prerequisite: IR 61 or 161 or 163 or 164. Advanced language and culture abroad other than Wylie. (SS) Chinese and Japanese. (HU) ASIA 371. Advanced Readings in Asian Studies (1-4) CHIN, JPNS 291. Language and Culture Abroad Directed course of reading and writing in advanced topic III (1-8) not covered in regular Asian Studies course offerings. Intensive practice of speaking and writing in the lan- May be repeated for credit. Program permission guage of the country aimed at providing the student required. (HU/SS depending on topic) with extensive proficiency of expression and the ability to discriminate linguistic usage. Idiomatic expressions ASIA 381. Special Topics in Asian Studies (1-4) and an introduction to stylistics. Reading and analysis of Advanced study of aspects of Asian studies not covered more difficult texts, supplemented by in-depth study of in regular course offerings. Individual faculty supervi- selected aspects of contemporary civilization. sion. Research paper required. May be repeated for Prerequisites: consent of MLL chair and proficiency credit. Program permission required. (HU/SS depending examination in the target country.(HU) on topic) CHIN 371. Special Topics (1-4) ASIA 391. Senior Seminar in Asian Studies (1-4) Directed study of an author, genre, or period not cov- Advanced seminar focusing on discussion and research ered in regular courses. May be repeated once for credit. on specialized subjects in Asian studies. Variable subject Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. (HU) matter. Offered by faculty on rotating basis. May be repeated for credit. Program permission required. JPNS 390. Special Topics (1-4) (HU/SS depending on topic) B. Humanities and Social Sciences: ASIA 399. Senior Thesis in Asian Studies (1-4) ASIA 221. (REL 221) Topics in Asian Religions Advanced, individual research project on topic agreed (4) between faculty and student. Research paper and oral Selected thematic and comparative issues in different defense required. May be repeated for credit. Open to Asian religious traditions. May include Buddhism and Asian studies majors only. Program permission required. Christianity, religion and martial arts, Asian religions in (HU/SS depending on topic) America, Taoist meditation, Zen and Japanese business, Buddhist ethics. May be repeated for credit. Girardot, Kraft. (H/S) Astronomy and Astrophysics ASIA 247. (REL 247) Islamic Mysticism (4) Professors. George E. McCluskey, Jr., Ph.D. Sufism, the inner or ‘mystical’ dimension of Islam, has (Pennsylvania), head; Gary G. DeLeo, deep historical roots and diverse expressions throughout Ph.D.(Connecticut). the Muslim world. Students examine Sufi doctrine and Astronomy and Astrophysics are offered in the depart- ritual, the master-disciple relationship, and the tradition’s ment of Physics. impact on art and music, poetry and prose. Rozehnal. Astrophysicists apply physics and mathematics to the (HU) study of planets, stars, galaxies, pulsars, black holes, quasars and the universe, among many other fascinating objects in order to understand their origin, evolution and 114 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 ultimate fate. Students who major in astronomy or astro- Recommended courses are MATH 12, PHY 212, EES physics usually have very inquisitive minds and a good 31, BIOS 31. aptitude for physics and mathematics. The bachelor Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in degree programs in astronomy and astrophysics provide Astrophysics the student with a solid background in laboratory and theoretical astrophysics as well as in the fundamentals of Mathematics physics and mathematics. Research opportunities are MATH 21, 22, 23, 205, (320 or 332) [18] available to supplement classroom instruction. Basic and Intermediate-Level Science The bachelor of science degree in astrophysics is PHY 11/12 or 10/12 (5) designed for students who wish to go on to graduate PHY 21/22 or 13/14 (4-5) studies in astrophysics with the goal of becoming profes- PHY 31, 212, 215, (262 or 352) (12-13) sional astronomers. Professional astronomers generally CHM 21/22 or 75/76 (5-8) find positions at colleges, and universities, national labs, EES 21 (4) NASA or its contractors and in various space industries. EES 113 or 2-4 cr. hr. at 100 level or above (2-4) This degree also prepares you for many jobs in related [32-39] fields such as computer science, mathematics or physics. Intermediate - Advanced Astronomy/Astrophysics The bachelor of arts degree in astronomy is intended for ASTR/PHY/EES 105 (4) students who desire a broad background in astronomy, ASTR/PHY 110 (1) mathematics and physics but do not plan to do graduate ASTR/PHY 201, 202 (8) work in astrophysics. With this broad background, the ASTR/PHY (332 or 342 or 350) (3) student is well prepared in many fields of endeavor, including planetarium and museum work, teaching [16] astronomy at colleges and universities, secondary educa- Approved Electives tion, science writing, or, in fact, in many professions in Three additional physics/astronomy courses at which the ability to learn is critical. the 200 level or above (9) Both of these degrees can be profitably combined with One additional science course (not physics or physics, mathematics, and other sciences producing astronomy) at the 100 level or above (3) excellent double majors or double degrees. [12] Recommended sequence of courses for the first two years: A minor program in astronomy is also available for stu- dents who wish to enlarge their potential for a career B.A. Astronomy B.S. Astrophysics choice or who may be eager to learn more about astro- Fall Spring Fall Spring physics than an introductory course can provide. Freshman year Astronomy and Astrophysics Degree ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2,4 (3) ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2, 4. (3) Programs EES 21 (4) PHY 11(4) PHY 11 (4) EES 21 (4) Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree in astronomy: MATH 21 (4) PHY 12 (1) PHY 12 (1) MATH 22 (4) ASTR 7/8 (4) MATH 22 (4) MATH 21 (4) Col Sem and/or Mathematics Dist Req (3-6) MATH 21, 22, 23, and 205 [15] Coll Ment (1) Col Sem (3-4) Col Sem or Basic and Intermediate-Level Science Dist req(1) (3-4) Coll Ment (1) ASTR 7/8 (4) [16] [15-16] [16-17] [14-17] PHY 11/12 or 10/12 (5) Sophomore Year PHY 21/22 or 13/14 (4-5) PHY 21 (4) PHY 31 (3) PHY 21 (4) PHY 31 (3) PHY 31, 262 (5) PHY 22 (1) MATH 205 (3) PHY 22 (1) MATH 205 (3) CHM 21/22 or 75/76 (5-8) MATH 23 (4) ASTR 110 (1) MATH 23 (4) ASTR 110 (1) EES 21 (4) ASTR 105 (4) CHM 21 (4) ASTR 105 (4) CHM 21 (4) EES 113 or 2-4 cr. hr. at 100 level or above (2-4) Dist req(2) (3-4) CHM22 (1) Dist reg(2) (3-4) CHM 22 (1) [29-35] Dist req(2) (3-4) Dist req(2) (3-4) Intermediate - Advanced Astronomy/Astrophysics [16-17] [15-16] [16-17] [15-16] ASTR/PHY/EES 105 (4) (1) If the College Seminar is deferred until spring, students ASTR/PHY 110 (1) may choose to select ASTR 7 by deferring a distribution ASTR/PHY 201 or 202 (4) requirement. [9] (2) Students may wish to select EES 113 or another course Approved Electives that satisfies this EES requirement by deferring a distribu- Two additional physics/astronomy courses at the tion requirement. 200 level or above (6) Two additional science or mathematics courses at the 200 level or above (6) [12] Approved Electives are subject to the approval of the stu- dent’s advisor, and should be chosen to provide a coherent program. Astronomy and Astrophysics 115

College of College of ASTR 105. (PHY 105, EES 105) Planetary Arts & Sciences Engineering Astronomy (4) fall Concentration in: Structure and dynamics of planetary interiors, surfaces, Physics Astronomy Solid-State Optical and atmospheres. Models for the formation of the solar B.A. B.S. B.A. B.S. Electronics Sciences system and planetary evolution. Internal structure, sur- Frshmn English 6 6 6 6 6 6 face topology, and composition of planets and other Coll. Ment. & Sem 4 4 4 4 bodies in our solar system. Comparative study of plane- Distrb. Courses *16 *16 *16 16 17 17 tary atmospheres. Organic materials in the solar system. Required Prelim 56 66 53 66 85 78 Properties of the interplanetary medium, including dust & major courses and meteoroids. Orbital dynamics. Extrasolar planetary Apprvd Electives 16 17 12 12 11 18 systems. (NS) Electives 23 15 30 20 12 12 ASTR 110. (PHY 110) Methods of Observational Total 121 124 121 124 131 131 Astronomy (1) Departmental Honors in Astronomy or Astrophysics. Techniques of astronomical observation, data reduction, Students receiving a BA in Astronomy or a BS in and analysis. Photometry, spectroscopy, CCD imaging, Astrophysics may earn Departmental Honors by satisfy- and interferometry. Computational analysis. Examination ing the following requirements: of ground-based and spacecraft instrumentation, and data 1. Academic Performance: Minimum grade point average transmission, reduction, and analysis. (NS) of 3.50 in astronomy and physics courses used to sat- For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate isfy the major degree requirements. 2. Research or Project-Based/Creative Activity: completion Students of approved* special topics courses in astronomy that ASTR 201. (PHY 201) Modern Astrophysics I include written reports, or completion of 6 credits of (4) fall PHY 273 (research) or equivalent, or completion of a Physics of stellar atmospheres and interiors, and the for- summer research project with written report and oral mation, evolution, and death of stars. Variable stars. The presentation evolution of binary star systems. Novae, supernovae, 3. Additional Course Work: Completion of at least one white dwarfs, neutron stars, pulsars, and black holes. approved* 300-level course in either physics or Stellar spectra, chemical compositions, and thermody- astronomy beyond those required in the student’s namic processes. Thermonuclear reactions. Interstellar degree program. This course may not be selected medium. Prerequisites: PHY10 and 13, or PHY 11 and from special topics or research courses such as 21, MATH 22 or 52. (NS) ASTR/PHY 350 or PHY 372. ASTR 202. (PHY 202) Modern Astrophysics II specific approvals are granted by the Program Director (4) spring The minor program in Astronomy. The requirements The Milky Way Galaxy, galactic morphology, and evolu- for a minor in astronomy are: tionary processes. Active galaxies and quasars. Observed PHY 11/12 and 21/22 properties of the universe. Relativistic cosmology, and ASTR 105, 201, and 202 the origin, evolution and fate of the universe. Elements One ASTR course at the 300 level of General Relativity and associated phenomena. Two courses (minimum of 6 credit hours) selected from Prerequisites: PHY 10 and 13, or PHY 11 and 21, the following: Any ASTR course (except ASTR 7 or 8) MATH 22 or 52. (NS) CSC 17, MATH 208, 231, PHY 31, 213, 215, 348, 362. ASTR 332. (PHY 332) High-Energy Astrophysics The minor program must be designed in consultation (3) spring, odd-numbered years with the program director. Observation and theory of X-ray and gamma-ray Undergraduate Courses in sources, quasars, pulsars, radio galaxies, neutron stars, black holes. Results from ultraviolet, X-ray and gamma Astronomy/Astrophysics ray satellites. Prerequisites: MATH 23 or 33 previously ASTR 7. (PHY 7) Introduction to Astronomy or concurrently, and PHYS 21. McCluskey (NS) (3) fall ASTR 342. (PHY 342) Relativity and Cosmology Introduction to planetary, stellar, galactic, and extra- (3) spring, even-numbered years galactic astronomy. An examination of the surface Special and general relativity. Schwarzschild and Kerr characteristics, atmospheres, and motions of planets and black holes. Supermassive stars. Relativistic theories of other bodies in our solar system. Properties of the sun, the origin and evolution of the universe. Prerequisites: stars, and galaxies, including the birth and death of stars, MATH 23 or 33 previously or concurrently, and PHY stellar explosions, and the formation of stellar remnants 21. McCluskey (NS) such as white dwarfs, neutron stars, pulsars, and black holes. Quasars, cosmology, and the evolution of the uni- ASTR 350. Topics in Astrophysics (3) fall-spring verse. May not be taken by students who have previously For science or engineering majors who desire to study an completed ASTR/PHY 105, 201, or 202. (NS) active area of research in astrophysics. Individual supervi- sion. Prerequisites: ASTR 201, and MATH 23 or 33 and ASTR 8. (PHY 8) Introduction to Astronomy PHY 21. May be repeated for credit with the consent of Laboratory (1) fall the program director. (NS) Laboratory to accompany ASTR/PHY 7. (NS) 116 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Biochemistry sophomore year CHM 51, An interdepartmental B.S. biochemistry major is offered 52, 53, 58 Organic Chemistry and in the College of Arts and Sciences. The B.S. in bio- Laboratory (8) chemistry degree is managed by an interdepartmental PHY 13, 22 General Physics II and Laboratory (4) committee composed of biochemists, bioorganic or chemists, and molecular/cellular biologists. The commit- PHY 21, 22 Introductory Phys. II and Laboratory tee administers the degree, monitors the academic MATH 43 Linear Algebra (3) or program, provides research possibilities, and advises stu- MATH 23 Calculus III dent majors. The director of the program is currently BIOS 130 BioStatistics** Linda J. Lowe-Krentz. Faculty in both Biological Sciences (Lowe-Krentz and Iovine) and Chemistry CHM 187 Physical Chemistry I (3)* (Schray) serve as advisors. Majors should be declared in BIOS 115 Biology Core II: Genetics Biological Sciences. *Alternatively, if CHM 194 is elected, it would be taken fall of junior year Bachelor of Science Degree in **A statistics course from the MATH department could also Biochemistry fulfill the statistics requirement I. College and University Requirements (26) junior year a. ENGL 1, 2 (6) CHM 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) b. ARTS 1 (1) BIOS 371,372 Elem. of Biochemistry I and II (6) c. First Year Seminar (3) BIOS 377 Biochem. Lab (3) d. Non-science electives: 16 hours to be broadly dis- CHM 205 Main Group Elements (2)* tributed in fields of thought other than natural science and mathematics, including at least 8 hours CSE 12 Survey of Computer Science (3) each in humanities and social sciences. Technical Writing (2) II. Collateral Science Requirements at least (24) *If CHM 194 is taken in the junior year, CHM 205 a. Physics 10, 12, 13, 22 (or 11, 12, 21, 22) (9 or 10) would be displaced to senior year. If CHM 307 is elected in place of CHM 205, it would be taken in the senior year. b. Mathematics 51,52,43 (or 21, 22, 23) and a statistics course (at least 12) senior year c. Survey of Computer Science 12 or BIOS Advanced laboratory course(s) Engineering 1 (3) BIOS elective III. Required Chemistry Courses (25 to 26) a. Introductory Chemistry 75, 76 (8*) Bioengineering Program b. Organic Chemistry 51, 52, 53, 58 (8) c. Inorganic Chemistry 205 or 307 (2 or 3) Professor Anand Jagota, Director, Department of Chemical d. Physical Chemistry 187 or 194 (3) Engineering at 610-758-4396 or [email protected] e. Analytical Chemistry 332 (3) Professor H.D. Ou-Yang, Associate Director, Department of *The Chemistry 21/22/31 sequence may be substituted. Physics at 610-758-3920 or [email protected] IV. Required Biological Science courses (24) Program Associated Professors: Maria Bykhovskaia, Ph.D. (Russian Academy of Sciences), Biological Sciences; a. Biology Core I: Cellular and Molecular Lynne Cassimeris, Ph.D. (North Carolina), Biological and Laboratory 41, 42 (4) Sciences; Manoj Chaudhury, Ph.D. (SUNY Buffalo), b. Biology Core II: Genetics 115 (3) Chemical Engineering; Volkmar Dierolf, Ph.D. (Utah), c. Biochemistry 371, 372, 377 (9) Physics; Derick Brown, Ph.D. (Duke), Civil and d. Advanced Laboratory (4) Environmental Engineering; Samir Ghadiali, Ph.D. e. Electives in Biological Sciences (Tulane), Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics; James (3 hours minimum*) D. Gunton, Ph.D. (Stanford), Physics; Mitiadis Hatalis, f. Technical Writing ( 2 hours minimum) Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon), Electrical Engineering; Ned *The three credit hours of biological sciences electives are Heindel, Ph.D. (University of Delaware), Chemistry; chosen with the approval of the adviser. James T. Hsu, Ph.D. (Northwestern), Chemical Engineering; Ian Laurenzi, Ph.D. (University of Model Pattern Roster Pennsylvania) Chemical Engineering; Mary Katherine freshman year Iovine, Ph.D. (Washington, St. Louis), Biological CHM 75,76 Concepts, Models, and Sciences; Anand Jagota, Ph.D. (Cornell), Chemical Experiments I and II (8) Engineering; Himanshu Jain, Eng.Sc.D. (Columbia), BIOS 41,42 Biology Core I: Cell and Molecular Materials Science and Engineering; Daniel Lopresti, and Laboratory (4) Ph.D. (Princeton), Computer Science; Linda Lowe- Krentz, Ph.D. (Northwestern), Biological Sciences; A.J. MATH 51,52 Survey of Calculus I and II (7) or McHugh, Ph.D. (Delaware) Chemical Engineering; MATH 21,22 Calculus I and II (8) Sudhakar Neti, Ph.D. (Kentucky), Mechanical Dept 90 College Seminar (3) Engineering and Mechanics; Karl Norian, Ph.D. (Imperial ARTS 1 Choices & Decisions (1) College, London), Electrical Engineering; John Ochs, ENGL 1,2 Composition and Literature (6) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) Mechanical Engineering and PHY 10,12 General Physics I and Laboratory (5) or Mechanics; H. Daniel Ou-Yang, Ph.D. (UCLA) Physics; PHY 11, 12 Introductory Physics I Padma Rajagopalan, Ph.D. (Brown), Chemical and Laboratory (5) Bioengineering 117

Engineering); Theodore K. Ralphs, Ph.D. (Cornell), Bioengineering Core Requirements Industrial and Systems Engineering; Eric P. Salathe, Ph.D. General Requirements (27 credits) (Brown), Mathematics; Jill Schneider, Ph.D. (Wesleyan), Biological Sciences; Neal G. Simon, Ph.D. (Rutgers), ENGL 1 Composition and Literature (3) Biological Sciences; Robert V. Skibbens Ph.D. (North ENGL 2 Composition and literature: Carolina), Biological Sciences; Svetlana Tatic-Lucic, Ph.D. Fiction, Drama, Poetry (3) (California Institute of Technology), Electrical and PHIL 116 Bioethics (4) Computer Engineering; Richard P. Vinci, Ph.D. SSP 135 Human Communication (4) (Stanford), Materials Science and Engineering; Arkady S. ENGR1 Engineering Computations (3) Voloshin, Ph.D. (Tel-Aviv University, Israel), ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) Experimental Mechanics; Marvin H. White, Ph.D. (Ohio Electives to satisfy HSS requirements (6) State) Electrical Engineering; Mathematics (18 credits) The Bioengineering program provides a structured cur- MATH 21 Calculus I (4) riculum for students interested in working at the MATH 22 Calculus II (4) interface between engineering and life science. The B.S. MATH 23 Calculus III (4) in Bioengineering degree is comprised of three tracks. MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) Biopharmaceutical Engineering is for students whose MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) interests lie in genomics, proteomics, bioinformatics, recombinant DNA, protein engineering, bioprocessing, Chemistry (15 credits) drug synthesis and delivery. The Bioelectronics/photon- CHEM 21/22 Intro. Chemical Principles and ics track covers education and research dealing with Laboratory (5) signal processing, biosensors, MEMs, biochips for DNA CHEM 31 Chemical Equilibria in sequencing, laser and fiber based optical technology for Aqueous Systems (3) biomedical applications. Cell and Tissue Engineering CHEM 51,53 Organic Chemistry I and Lab (4) encompasses biomaterials and biomechanics, from cells CHEM 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) and tissue to organs and systems. Physics (10 credits) An integral part of the B.S. in Bioengineering program is PHYSICS 11,12 Intro. Physics I and Lab (5) Longitudinally Integrated Experiential Learning (LIEL). PHYSICS 21,22 Intro. Physics II and Lab (5) LIEL facilitates research and direct interaction with Biological Sciences (8 credits) industry and clinical partners. It is intended to teach the BIOS 41 and 42 Biology Core I: Cellular and value of a team approach to problem solving. LIEL proj- Molecular and Lab (4) ects continue from the sophomore to the senior year with two summers of internships. Bioengineering students will BIOS 115/116 Biology Core II: Genetics and Lab (4) intern at relevant sites, including regional hospitals and Engineering (12-15 credits) (require four out of the fol- corporate research laboratories. As part of the curriculum, lowing six categories) students also are encouraged to participate in Lehigh’s 1. ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) Integrated Product Development (IPD) program. 2. MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) The educational goals of the bioengineering program 3. CHE 31 Materials and Energy Balances of include: Chemical Processes (3) • learning how biological systems work 4. MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) • developing analytical skills 5. CHE 44 Fluid Mechanics (4) or • using advanced tools in experimentation, modeling, and simulation of problems at the interface of biolog- ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) or ical and non-biological systems CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) or • applying these skills in the design, synthesis, manu- ECE 123/ facturing, or other engineering-related aspects of the PHYS 190 Electronic Circuits (3)/Electronics (3) health career industry 6. CHE 210 Chemical Engineering The B.S. in bioengineering will prepare students for Thermodynamics (4) or careers in established and emerging fields that require MAT 205 Thermodynamics and combining engineering principles with the life sciences. Phase Diagrams (3) or Potential paths open to students include the health care, ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) or biomedical, pharmaceutical, biomaterials, and other biotechnology-related industries through careers in med- PHY 340 Thermal Physics (3) icine or graduate studies. Suggested courses for each track to meet educational goals particular to that track: The College of Arts and Sciences offers a program in Applied Life Sciences that provides a complementary Biopharmaceutical Engineering Track – (14 credits) flexible curriculum for students interested in bridging MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) life sciences with other disciplines in the liberal arts CHE 31 Material and Energy Balance (3) framework. Please consult the catalog under Applied Life CHE 210 Chemical Engineering Sciences for more details. Thermodynamics (4) The courses listed are offered in the program and new CHE 44 Fluid Mechanics (4) ones are currently under development in a number of If CHE 210 is taken, then CHE 211 is recommended subject areas. (Consult the Registrar’s Schedule of classes instead of CHM 187 (and satisfies that Chemistry for specific offerings in any particular semester.) requirement). 118 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Bioelectronic/Biophotonics Track – (13 credits) BIOE 02 Freshman Seminar 2, Introduction to ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) Bioengineering II:Current Topics (1) ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) or BIOE 10 Sophomore Seminar I, PHY 190 Electronics (3) Literature Research (1) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) BIOE 20 Sophomore Seminar 2, MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) Research Proposal (1) Cell and Tissue Engineering Track – (12 credits) Summer Internship 1 (0) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) BIOE 132 Junior Research 1 (2) (not required if following IPD trade) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) One of the following two ME 104 Thermodynamics (3) BIOE 142 Junior Research 2 (2) ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) ENG 211 Integrated Product Development (IPD) General Requirements Projects I (3) Free Electives (6) Summer Internship 2 (0) Integrated Bioengineering (9 credits) One of the following two Required by all Three Tracks BIOE 242 Senior Research 3 (2) BIOE 110 Elements of Bioengineering (3) ENG 212 Integrated Product Development (IPD) BIOE 225 Introduction to Bioengineering Design (3) Projects II (2) BIOE 210 Bioengineering Physiology (3) BIOE 290 Seminar, Thesis Presentation (1-3) Biopharmaceutical Engineering Track Typical four-year course schedule for BS in Required courses Bioengineering CHEM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) Freshman year, first semester (same for all three tracks) BIOE 343 Integrated Biotechnology Laboratory (2) (16 credits) Recommended electives (minimum of 6 credits) BIOE 1 Freshman Seminar (1) BIOS 371 Elements of Biochemistry CHM 21/22 Introductory Chemical (same as Chm 371) (3) Principles and lab (5) CHE 341 Biotechnology I (3) MATH 21 Calculus I (4) CHE 342 Biotechnology II (3) ENGR 1 Engineering Computations (3) BIOS 345-346 Molecular Genetics and Lab (5) ENGLISH 1 Composition and Literature (3) BIOE 350 Special Topics Freshman year, second semester (same for the three tracks) Bioelectronics/Biophotonics Engineering Track (17 credits) Required courses BIOE 2 Freshman Seminar 2 (1) ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) BIOS 41/42 Biology Core I: Cellular and BIOE 331 Integrated Bioelectronics/ Molecular and Lab (4) Photonics Laboratory (2) MATH 22 Calculus II (4) Recommended electives (minimum of 6 credits) PHY 11/12 Introductory Physics I and Lab (5) ECE 202 Introduction to Electromagnetics (3) ENGL 2 Composition and Literature II (3) PHY 212 Electricity and Magnetism I (3) Biopharmaceutical Engineering Track ECE 333 Medical Electronics (3) Sophomore year first semester (19 credits) PHY 352 Modern Optics (3) BIOE 10 Bioengineering Sophomore Seminar I (1) BIOE 350 Special Topics BIOE 110 Elements of Bioengineering (3) Cell and Tissue Engineering Track BIOS 115/116 Biology Core II: Genetics and Lab (4) Required courses MATH 23 Calculus III (4) BIOE 120,121 Biomechanics and Laboratory (4) CHE 31 Material and Energy Balances BIOE 357 Biostructural Mechanics Laboratory (2) of Chemical Processes (3) Recommended electives (minimum of 6 credits) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) BIOS 177 Intro. Behavior Neuoscience (3) Sophomore year second semester (15 credits) BIOS 277 Experimental Neuroscience Laboratory (4) BIOE 20 Bioengineering Sophomore Seminar II (1) CHE 388 Polymer Synthesis and BIOE 210 Introduction to Engineering Characterization Laboratory (3) Physiology (3) (CHM 388, MAT 388) CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in CHE 391 Colloid and Surface Chemistry Aqueous Systems (3) (CHM 391) (3) PHY 21/22 Introductory Physics II and Lab (5) BIOS 367 Cell Biology (3) CHE 210 Chemical Engineering BIOS 371 Elements of Biochemistry Thermodynamics (3) (same as Chm 271) (3) Summer 1 Internship 1 (0) CHM 192 Physical Chemistry Lab (2) Junior year, first semester (15-16) CHM 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) BIOE 350 Special Topics BIOE 132 Bioengineering Research 1 (2) or Longitudinally Integrated Experiential Learning Elective (3) (11 credits) CHM 51 & 53 Organic Chemistry I and Lab (4) BIOE 01 Freshman Seminar I, Introduction MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) to Bioengineering I CHE 341 Biotechnology I (3) Philosophy to Practice (1) Bioengineering 119

Junior year, second semester (18-19 credits) BIOE 225 Bioengineering Design (3) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) JOUR 135 Human Communications (4) BIOE 142 Bioengineering Research 2 (2) or Electives (6) ENG 211 Integrated Product Development I (3) Cell and Tissue Engineering Track CHE 44 Fluid Mechanics (4) Sophomore year, first semester (17 credits) CHE 211 Chemical Reactor Design (3) BIOE 10 Bioengineering Sophomore CHM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) Seminar I (1) Elective (3) BIOE 110 Elements of Bioengineering (3) Summer 2 Internship 2 (0) BIOS 115/116 Biology Core II: Genetics and Lab (4) Senior year, first semester (14 credits) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) BIOE 242 Bioengineering Research 3 (2) or PHY 21/22 Introductory Physics II and Lab (5) ENG 212 Integrated Product Development II (2) Sophomore year, second semester (16 credits) BIOE 343 Integrated Biotechnology Laboratory (3) BIOE 20 Bioengineering Sophomore PHIL 116 Bioethics (4) Seminar 2 (1) Electives (6) BIOE 210 Introduction to Engineering Senior year, second semester (14-16 credits) Physiology (3) BIOE 290 Bioengineering Thesis (1-3) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) BIOE 225 Bioengineering Design (3) CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in JOUR 135 Human Communications (4) Aqueous Systems (3) Electives (6) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) Bioelectronics/Biophotonics Track MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) Sophomore year, first semester (17 credits) Summer 1 Internship (0) BIOE 10 Bioengineering Sophomore Junior year, first semester (16-17 credits) Seminar I (1) BIOE 120/121 Biomechanics and Biomechanics BIOE 110 Elements of Bioengineering (3) Laboratory (4) BIOS 115/116 Biology Core II: Genetics and Lab (4) BIOE 132 Bioengineering Research 1 (2) or MATH 23 Calculus II (4) Elective (3) PHY 21/22 Introductory Physics II and Lab (5) CHM 51, 53 Organic Chemistry I and Lab (4) Sophomore year, second semester (18 credits) BIOE 357 Integrated Biostructural Mechanics Laboratory (2) BIOE 20 Bioengineering Sophomore Seminar 2 (1) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) BIOE 210 Biomechanics and Junior year, second semester (17-18 credits) Biomechanics Lab (3) CHM 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) MECH 2 Mechanics (3) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria of BIOE 142 Bioengineering Research 2 (2) or Aqueous Systems (3) ENG 211 Integrated Biotechnology ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) Laboratory I (3) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) Summer 1 Internship (0) Elective (6) Junior year, first semester (17-18 credits) Summer 2 Internship (0) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) Senior year, first semester 15 credits) BIOE 132 Bioengineering Research 1 (2) or BIOE 242 Bioengineering Research 3 (2) or Elective (3) ENG 212 Integrated Product Development II (2) CHM 51, 53 Organic Chemistry I and Lab (4) ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) PHIL 116 Bioethics (4) ECE 121/123 Electronic Circuits and Lab (5) Electives (6) Summer 2 Internship (0) Senior year, second semester (14-16 credits) Junior year, second semester (17-18 credits) BIOE 290 Bioengineering Thesis (1-3) CHM 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) BIOE 225 Bioengineering Design (3) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) JOUR 135 Human Communications (4) BIOE 142 Bioengineering Research 2 (2) or Electives (6) ENG 211 Integrated Product Development I (3) BIOE 1. Freshman Seminar 1, Introduction to BIOE 331 Integrated Bioelectronics Laboratory (2) Bioengineering 1: Philosophy to Practice (1) fall ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) Overview of the bioengineering field, the advancements Elective (3) of related topics in sciences, technology, engineering and Senior year, first semester (12 credits) applications for health care and medicine. Humanity and BIOE 242 Bioengineering Research 3 (2) or ethical issues. ENG 212 Integrated Product Development II (2) BIOE 2. Freshman Seminar 2, Introduction to PHIL 116 Bioethics (4) Bioengineering II: Current Topics (1) spring Electives (6) Overview of a broad spectrum of current topical areas in Senior year, second semester (14-16 credits) biotechnology and bioengineering and their applications BIOE 290 Bioengineering Thesis (1-3) in health care and medicine. 120 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

BIOE 10. Bioengineering Sophomore Seminar I: among the three bioengineering tracks (biopharmaceuti- Literature Research (1) fall cal engineering, bioelectronic/biophotonics or cell and Literature research on current bioengineering and tissue engineering). Written and oral reports approved biotechnology topics to assemble information for pro- by research advising professor will track progress. ducing a written research proposal. Prerequisite BioE 142 or permission of instructor. BIOE 20. Bioengineering Sophomore Seminar II: BIOE 290 – Bioengineering Thesis (1-3) spring Research Proposal (1) spring Thesis, guided by a faculty advisor, based on work con- Prepare written research proposals for research projects. ducted in BioE 132, 142, 242, or in ENG 211, 212. Define research topics, objectives of the research, specific Includes written report and oral presentation. goals, methodology, research plans and expected impact Prerequisite BioE 242 or ENG 212 or permission of of the research. instructor. BIOE 110. Elements of Bioengineering (3) spring BIOE 331 – Integrated Bioelectronics Laboratory An introduction to the fields of biotechnology and bio- (2) spring medical engineering. The areas include biomechanics, Experiments in microelectronics, micro fabrication of biomaterials, bioinstrumentation, medical imaging, reha- MEMS, instrumentation and computer interfaces, lasers, bilitation engineering, biosensors, biotechnology and optics, optoelectronics, fiber optics and modern optical tissue engineering. microscopy for use in biomedical applications. Prerequisites BioE 110 and ECE 123 or Phy 195, and BIOE 120/121- Biomechanics and Biomechanics permission of instructor. Laboratory (3/1) fall Applications of mechanics to study behavior of anatomi- BIOE 343 – Integrated Biotechnology Laboratory cal structures and biological tissues of the (3) fall and spring musculoskeletal system. Specific topics include structure Biosafety, sterilization, media formulation, biochemical and function of biological tissues, mechanical properties and enzyme assays, recombinant DNA technique, pro- of biological tissues, and analysis of specific tissues (i.e. tein and DNA isolation and purification, for microbial bone, muscle, and soft connective tissues) Co-prerequi- fermentation and animal cell culture. Integration of site MECH 2. biotechnology techniques for biopharmaceutical produc- tion. Prerequisite BioE 110, ChE 341, and permission of BIOE 132 - Bioengineering Research 1 (2) fall instructor. Research on a topic chosen by students, with the help of a faculty advisor from among the three bioengineering BIOE 350 – Special Topics (1-4) spring tracks (biopharmaceutical engineering, bioelectronic/bio- Special topics of study in bioengineering. Permission of photonics or cell and tissue engineering). Independent Instructor. meetings with advising professor will track progress. BIOE 357 – Integrated Biostructural Mechanics Includes written report and oral presentation. Laboratory (2) fall Prerequisite junior standing and permission of instructor. Basic concepts of bioengineering design through experi- BIOE 142 – Bioengineering Research 2 (2) spring mental designs and procedures involving cells and tissues Continuation of research initiated in BioE 132, Research and their interface with synthetic implants. 1. Topic chosen by student, with the help of a faculty Experimental techniques include surface characterization advisor from among the three bioengineering tracks (bio- and interactions, spectroscopy, and advanced techniques pharmaceutical engineering, bioelectronic/biophotonics in microscopy. Nerve action, electrocardiography, or cell and tissue engineering). Independent meetings mechanics of muscle, membranes and other model sys- with advising professor will track progress. Includes writ- tems in vitro. Prerequisite BioE 110, and permission of ten report and oral presentation. Prerequisite BioE 132 instructor. or permission of instructor. BIOE 210 – Introduction to Engineering Biological Sciences Physiology (3) spring Mammalian physiology for bioengineering students, Professors. Neal Simon, Ph.D. (Rutgers), chair; Barry with an emphasis on control mechanisms and engineer- Bean, Ph.D. (Rockefeller); Michael J. Behe, Ph.D. ing principles. Basic cell function; biological control (Pennsylvania); Lynne Cassimeris, Ph.D. (North systems; muscle; neural; endocrine, circulatory, digestive, Carolina); David Cundall, Ph.D. (Arkansas); Murray respiratory, renal, and reproductive systems; regulation of Itzkowitz, Ph.D. (Maryland); Steven Krawiec, Ph.D. metabolism and defense mechanisms. Includes laborato- (Yale); Linda J. Lowe-Krentz, Ph.D. (Northwestern); ry work. Prerequisite BioE 110. John Nyby, Ph.D. (Texas); Jeffrey A. Sands, Ph.D. (Penn State); Jill Schneider, Ph.D. (Wesleyan). BIOE 225 - Bioengineering Design (3) spring Bioengineering design, including examples of engineer- Associate Professors. Michael R. Kuchka, Ph.D. ing analysis and design applied to representative topics in (Carnegie Mellon); ); Robert V. Skibbens, Ph.D. (North biomechanics, bioinstrumentation, biomaterials, biotech- Carolina); Jennifer Swann, Ph.D. (Northwestern); Vassie nology and related areas. Technological needs, design C. Ware, Ph.D. (Yale). methodology, testing procedures, statistical analysis, gov- Assistant Professors. Maria Bykhovskaia, Ph.D. (Russian ernmental regulation, evaluation of costs and benefits, Academy of Sciences); Matthias Falk, Ph.D. quality of life and ethical issues. Prerequisite BioE 110. (Heidelberg); Mary Kathryn Iovine, Ph.D. (Washington); Stefan Maas, Ph.D. (Heidelberg); Tamra Mendelson BIOE 242 - Bioengineering Research 3 (2) fall (Duke); Colin J. Saldanha, Ph.D. (Columbia) Continuation of research initiated in BioE 132 and 142. Topic chosen by student, with a faculty advisor from Adjunct Professors. Martin L. Richter, Ph.D. (Indiana) Biological Sciences 121

The biological sciences include the study of living sys- Requirements for the B.S. in Biology tems at levels ranging from the structure and function of College and university requirements as above molecules to the behavior and evolution of communities (26 credit hours) of organisms. The department offers four different routes to mastering skills and knowledge in this broad Major Program (76 credit hours) area. The B.A. and B.S. programs in biology provide a Biology (37 credit hours) broad introduction to biology with opportunities for BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cellular students to create a program of study suited to their spe- and Molecular (3) cific interests. Programs of study focused on particular BIOS 42 Biology Core I: Cellular aspects of biology are the B.A. and B.S. degree in the and Molecular Lab (1) areas of behavioral neuroscience and molecular biology BIOS 115 Biology Core II: Genetics (3) and the interdepartmental B.S. degree in biochemistry BIOS 116 Biology Core II: Genetics Laboratory (1) managed in conjunction with the chemistry department. BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative and For programs in ecology and environmental biology, see Comparative (4) the Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences BIOS 317 Evolution (3) listing. For programs in bioengineering and applied life Electives* Biology electives (22) sciences see those separate sections in the catalog. *Biology electives must include one course from list A, one The requirements for the B.A. and B.S. in biology, course from list B and at least four credits of laboratory behavioral neuroscience, and molecular biology are listed experience (e.g. two 2 credit laboratory courses) and may below. Research interests of the faculty and instrumenta- include no more than one course from the following courses: tion are described in the section on graduate education. EES 253, EES 255, EES 259, EES 265, EES 351). These B.A. with Major in Biology will be chosen in consultation with the major advisor. College and university requirements for all majors (26 List A credit hours) BIOS 276 Behavioral Neuroscience II (3) ENGL l, 2 Composition and Literature (6) BIOS 313 Vertebrate Histology (4) ARTS 1 Choices and Decisions (1) BIOS 314 Vertebrate Development (3) First Year Seminar (3) BIOS 335 Animal Behavior (3) Social Sciences (8) BIOS 337 Behavioral Ecology (3) Humanities (8) BIOS 382 Endocrinology of Behavior (3) Major Program (50-51 credit hours) List B Biology (30 credit hours) BIOS 324 Bacteriology (3) BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cellular and BIOS 345 Molecular Genetics (3) Molecular (3) BIOS 353 Virology (3) BIOS 42 Biology Core I: Cellular and BIOS 356 Human Genetics and Reproduction (3) Molecular Laboratory (1) BIOS 367 Cell Biology (3) BIOS 115 Biology Core II: Genetics (3) BIOS 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) BIOS 116 Biology Core II: Genetics Mathematics (14 credit hours minimum) Laboratory (1) either BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative and MATH 51, Survey of Calculus I, II Comparative (4) 52, 43 and Linear Algebra (10) Electives * Biology electives or *Approved electives (18 credit hours, no more than 3 cr. MATH 21, Analytic Geometry and from the following courses: 161, 261, 262, 391,393, Col- 22, 23 Calculus I, II, III (12) lege scholar project, not BIOS 130 and no more than 1 and course from the following courses: EES 253, EES 255, EES BIOS 130 BioStatistics (4) 259, EES 265, EES 351). Collateral Sciences (25 credit hours) Mathematics (7-8 credit hours) CHM 75,76 Concepts, Models and MATH 51 Survey of Calculus I (4) Experiments I and II (8) or MATH 52 Survey of Calculus II (3) or CHM 21, 22, 31 MATH 12 Basic Statistics (4) or CHM 51, 52 Organic Chemistry I and II (6) BIOS 130 BioStatistics (4) CHM 53, 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory Collateral Sciences (13 credit hours) I and II (2) CHM 21 Introductory Chemical Principles (4) PHY 10 General Physics I (4) or CHM 22 Chemical Principles Laboratory (1) PHY 11 Introductory Physics I (4) CHM 51,53 Organic Chemistry I and lab (3,1) PHY 12 Introductory Physics Laboratory I (1) CHM 52,58 Organic Chemistry II and lab (3,1) PHY 13 General Physics II (3) The B.S. in Biology PHY 22 Physics Lab II (1) Recommended B.S. Biology Sequence The bachelor of science in biology offers broad scientific preparation in biology to facilitate advanced work in the freshman year life sciences. Progression through the program is best BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cellular served through early commitment. and Molecular (3) BIOS 42 Biology Core I: Cellular and Molecular Laboratory (1) 122 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

MATH 51, 52 Survey of Calculus I and II (7) BIOS 324 Bacteriology (3) CHM 75, 76 Concepts, Models and Experiments BIOS 328 Immunology (3) I and II (8) BIOS 335 Animal Behavior (3) Dept 90 First Year Seminar (3) BIOS 337 Behavioral Ecology (3) ARTS 1 Choices & Decisions (1) BIOS 345 Molecular Genetics (3) sophomore year BIOS 353 Virology (3) BIOS 115 Biology Core II: Genetics (3) BIOS 356 Human Genetics and Reproduction (3) BIOS 116 Biology Core II: Genetics Laboratory (1) BIOS 367 Cell Biology (3) CHM 51, 52, BIOS 368 Cell Biology Laboratory (2) 53, 58 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory (8) BIOS 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) MATH 43 Survey of Linear Algebra BIOS 372 Elements of Biochemistry II (3) BIOS 120 Biology Core III: BIOS 377 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) Integrative and Comparative(4) CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in BIOS 130 BioStatistics (4) Aqueous Systems (3) junior year PSYC 117 Cognitive Psychology (3) PHY 10, 12 General Physics I and Laboratory (5) PSYC 153 Personality (4) PHY 13, 22 General Physics II and Laboratory (4) PSYC 154 Introduction to Clinical Psychology (3) Approved biology electives including one from list A and PSYC 176 Mind and Brain (4) one from list B (9-12) PSYC 305 Abnormal Psychology (4) senior year PSYC 307 Seminar in Cognition (4) BIOS 317 Evolution (3) Required Collateral Courses elective Biology electives including at least 4 MATH 51, 52 Survey of Calculus I and II (7) or credits of laboratory (10-14) MATH 21, 22 Calculus I and II (8) Minor in Biology CHM 21 Introductory Chemical Principles (4) CHM 22 Chemical Principles Laboratory (1) A minor in biology may be achieved by completing the CHM 51, 52 Organic Chemistry (6) following requirements (18 credits): CHM 53, 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory BIOS 41, 42 Biology Core I: Cellular and Molecular I and II (2) and Laboratory (4) PSYC 1 Introduction to Psychology (4) BIOS 115, 116 Biology Core II: Genetics and Laboratory (4) Other Options BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative and The B.A. in Behavioral Neuroscience is a traditional lib- Comparative (4) or eral arts degree that can be structured for a wide variety BIOS 177 Behavioral Neuroscience I (3) of possibilities (see listing of recommended elective cours- CHM 51 Organic Chemistry (3) es). By using free electives to take additional science, the Elective Biology electives at the 200 B.A. also can serve as a preprofessional degree for many or 300 level (3 or 4) graduate and professional schools. Students interested in a particular career-based program should consult their B.A. with major in Behavioral advisor or the program director, Professor John Nyby. Neuroscience B.S. in Behavioral Neuroscience The B.A. in Behavioral Neuroscience is a natural science major for B.A. distribution purposes. B.S. majors are required to take the core courses of the B.A. program and to fulfill the elective requirements of Required Major Courses the B.A. program. An early commitment to the B.S. is BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cellular desirable to meet all the requirements of this program. and Molecular (3) Additional requirements are shown below. BIOS 42 Biology Core I: Cellular and Molecular Laboratory (1) Math and Science Requirements for the B.S. BIOS 115 Biology Core II: Genetics (3) MATH 51, 52, 43 Survey of Calculus I, II BIOS 116 Biology Core II: Genetics and Linear Algebra (10) Laboratory (1) CHM 21, 22 Introductory Chemical Principles BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative and & Lab (5) Comparative (4) CHM 51, 52 Organic Chemistry I and II (6) BIOS 130 BioStatistics (4) CHM 53, 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) BIOS 177 Behavioral Neuroscience I (3) BIOS 234 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) BIOS 276 Behavioral Neuroscience II (3) BIOS 371, 372 Elements of Biochemistry I & II (6) BIOS 277 Experimental Neuroscience Laboratory (1) BIOS 377 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) or BIOS 382 Endocrinology of Behavior (3) BIOS 368 Cell Biology Laboratory (2). If this course is elected, Cell Biology Major Electives (6 credits) BIOS 367 must be taken as an elective BIOS 234 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) PHY 10, 12 General Physics I and Laboratory (5) or BIOS 313 Vertebrate Histology (4) PHY 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Laboratory (5) BIOS 314 Vertebrate Development (3) PHY 13, 22 General Physics II and Laboratory (4) BIOS 317 Evolution (3) or Biological Sciences 123

PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and Laboratory (5) BIOS 42 Biology Core I: Cellular and PSYC 1 Introduction Psychology (4) Molecular Lab (1) BIOS 115 Biology Core II: Genetics (3) B.A. with major in Molecular Biology BIOS 116 Biology Core II: Genetics Requirements for the B.A. in Molecular Biology Laboratory (1) College and university requirements (see above). BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative and Biology (30 credit hours) Comparative (4) BIOS 41, 42 Biology Core I: Cellular and Molecular (3) BIOS 324 Bacteriology (3) or and Lab (1) BIOS 328 Immunology (3) or BIOS 115, 116 Biology Core II: Genetics (3) BIOS 353 Virology (3) and Lab (1) BIOS 325 Bacteriology Laboratory (2) or BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative BIOS 368 Cell Biology Laboratory (2) or and Comparative (4) BIOS 377 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) BIOS 324 Bacteriology (3) or BIOS 345 Molecular Genetics (3) BIOS 328 Immunology or BIOS 346 Molecular Genetics Laboratory (2) BIOS 353 Virology BIOS 367 Cell Biology (3) BIOS 325 Bacteriology Lab (2) or BIOS 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) BIOS 368 Cell Biology Lab (2) or BIOS 372 Elements of Biochemistry II (3) BIOS 377 Biochemistry Lab (3) BIOS 381 Physical Biochemistry (3) BIOS 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) Approved Molecular Biology Electives (12) BIOS 345, 346 Molecular Genetics (3) and Lab (2) BIOS 367 Cell Biology (3) Recommended sequence for the B.S. in Molecular BIOS approved electives (6 credit hours) Biology Mathematics (8-10 credit hours) freshman year MATH 21 and 22 Calculus I & II (8) or BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cellular MATH 51, 52, & 43 Survey of Calculus I & II, and and Molecular (3) Linear Algebra (10) BIOS 42 Biology Core I: Cellular Chemistry (16 credit hours) and Molecular Laboratory (1) CHM 21, 22 Introductory Chemical Principles (4) MATH 21, 22 Calculus I and II (8) and Lab (1) CHM 21, 22 Introductory Chemical Principles CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in and Lab (5) Aqueous Systems (3) CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in CHM 51, 52, Aqueous Systems (3) 53, 58 Organic Chemistry I, II and sophomore year Lab I & II (8) BIOS 115 Biology Core II: Genetics (3) Physics (9 credit hours) BIOS 116 Biology Core II: Genetics PHY 10, 12 General Physics I and Lab I (5) or Laboratory (1) PHY 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Lab (5) BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative PHY 13, 22 General Physics II and Lab (4) and Comparative (4) The B.S. in Molecular Biology MATH 23 Calculus III (4) Requirements for the B.S. in Molecular Biology CHM 51, 52 Organic Chemistry (6) CHM 53, 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) Major Program (93 credit hours) PHY 10, 12 General Physics I and Lab (5) Mathematics (12 credit hours) PHY 13, 22 General Physics II and Laboratory (4) MATH 21, 22, 23 Calculus I, II and III (12 credit total) or junior year and senior year MATH 51, 52, 43 and one of MATH 12, or 231 BIOS 324 Bacteriology (3) or or BIOS 130 (13-14, credit total) BIOS 328 Immunology (3) or Chemistry (16 credit hours) BIOS 353 Virology (3) CHM 21 Introductory Chemical Principles (4) BIOS 325 Bacteriology Laboratory (2) or CHM 22 Chemical Principles Laboratory (1) BIOS 368 Cell Biology Laboratory (2) or CHM 51, 52 Organic Chemistry I and II (6) BIOS 377 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) CHM 53, 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) BIOS 345 Molecular Genetics (3) CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in BIOS 346 Molecular Genetics Laboratory (2) Aqueous Systems (3) BIOS 371, 372 Elements of Biochemistry I and II (6) Physics (9-10 credit hours) BIOS 367 Cell Biology (3) PHY 10 (or 11) General Physics I (4) BIOS 381 Physical Biochemistry (3) PHY 12 Introductory Physics Laboratory I (1) Approved Molecular Biology Electives (12) PHY 13 (or 21) General Physics II (3 or 4) Molecular Biology Minor PHY 22 Physics Lab II (1) The molecular biology minor program consists of BIOS Molecular Biology (37-39 credit hours) 41 (3), 42 (1), 115 (3), 116 (1), 345 (3), 346 (2), and a BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cellular minimum of 4 additional credits of BIOS coursework at and Molecular (3) the 200 or 300 level. Collateral coursework must 124 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 include: MATH 51 or 21 (4 credit hours), CHM 21 (4), BIOS 120 Biology Core III: Integrative and CHM 22 (1), and CHM 51 (3). Comparative (4) Experimental and historical approaches to the analysis of Departmental Honors structural and functional properties in organisms. Use of A student may apply for admission to the departmental scientific method to study species diversity. Introduction honors program through a potential thesis advisor. to the analysis of organismal attributes that explain Requirements for Departmental Honors include a major behavioral repertoire and ecological relationships. GPA of 3.25 and at least 2 semesters of research for a Prerequisites: BIOS 115, 116 (NS). minimum of 6 cr. The student must write a research proposal for their project and a thesis at the conclusion BIOS 130. BioStatistics (4) of their research. This work must be presented in a sym- Elements of statistics and probability theory with emphasis posium at the end of the project. Students must meet on biological applications. Statistical analysis of experimen- regularly to discuss their research progress either in BIOS tal and observational data. Prerequisite: BIOS 41 (ND) 387 and BIOS 388 or with their advisor and research BIOS 152. (EES 152) Ecology (4) group to facilitate progress in the research project. Basic principles and applications of ecological interrela- Undergraduate Courses in Biological tionships. Examination of ecological phenomena at the individual, population, community, and ecosystem lev- Sciences els. Impact of human activities on global ecosystems. Courses with numbers below 010 are intended for non- Prerequisite: EES 31. (NS) majors and may not be used to satisfy any life science BIOS 161. Supervised Research (1-3) fall-spring major or minor requirement. Apprenticeship in ongoing faculty research program. BIOS 1. Biology for Non-Majors (3 or 4) Literature review, experimental design, data collection Basic and applied biology for non-science majors. May and analysis, and professional writing under faculty not be used in satisfaction of life science major or minor sponsor supervision. May be repeated but only 3 credits programs. Focus of topics at the discretion of the can be counted toward any life science major. instructor. May be taught with (4 credits) or without (3 Prerequisite: Consent of department. (ND) credits) a laboratory. (NS) BIOS 177. Behavioral Neuroscience I (3) BIOS 7. Human Reproduction (3) Nervous system functioning with varying emphasis on Basic and applied human reproductive biology for non- neurophysiology, neuroanatomy, behavior genetics, science majors. May not be used in life science major or information transmission, research techniques, sensory minor programs. (NS) and motor functions. Prerequisite: BIOS 41. (NS) BIOS 8. Drugs and Behavior (3) BIOS 202. Biomedical Externship (1-3) Basic principles of drug action in the central nervous sys- Analysis of individualized experiences at external bio- tem. Effects of stimulants, depressants, intoxicants and medical clinical or research sites. Limited enrollment. drug abuse on behavioral function. Clinical use of drugs May not be taken for pass-fail grading. May be taken in the treatment of various psychological and psychiatric only once and may not be used to satisfy any life science disorders. (NS) major or minor requirement. Prerequisite: Consent of BIOS 9. Anatomy and Physiology (4) department chair required. (NS) Introduction to the structure and function of the major BIOS 233. Invertebrate Zoology (4) systems of the body. (NS) Survey of representative invertebrates. Structure and BIOS 41. Biology Core I: Cellular and Molecular (3) behavior of selected types and concepts of evolutionary Basic building blocks and higher-order structures relationships among the major groups. Two lectures and required for cellular processes. Topics include the charac- two laboratory periods. Prerequisite: BIOS 120. (NS) ter of membranes, the molecular/cellular basis of energy BIOS 234. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) production, cell cycle progression, DNA replication, A course in vertebrate zoology with emphasis on the gene expression, signal transduction, and cell division. study of homologous body structures in the various ver- Pre- or co-requisite: CHEM 21 or 75. (NS) tebrate classes and their relationship to the functional BIOS 42. Biology Core I: Cellular and Molecular demands of habit and environment in each class. Detailed dissections of representative vertebrates are Lab (3) made in the laboratory. Two lectures and two laboratory Experiments, observations, and discussions related to the periods. Prerequisite: Consent of department. (NS) principal topics covered in BIOS 41. Corequisite: BIOS 41. BIOS 241. Vertebrate Natural History (4) BIOS 115. Biology Core II: Genetics (3) An introduction to the ecology, behavior, distribution The structure, function, and continuity of hereditary and evolution of vertebrates, with emphasis on the information. Classical genetic analysis. Molecular biology North American fauna. Two lectures, one tutorial and of genes and genomes. Population genetics and evolution. one laboratory and field trip. This course may be used to Genetics of complex traits. Prerequisites: BIOS 41. (NS) fulfill junior writing requirements with the permission of BIOS 116. Biology Core II: Genetics Laboratory (1) the instructor. Prerequisite: BIOS 115. (NS) Laboratory work that demonstrates major principles of BIOS 251. Writing and Biological Sciences (3) genetics: included are experiments on microorganisms A course designed to acquaint students with some of the and the common fruit fly, Drosophila melanogaster. intellectual foundations of science, with attention to the Prerequisite: BIOS 115, preferably concurrently. distinctiveness of molecular biology. Format includes read- ings, intensive writing, extemporaneous speaking, and discussion. Prerequisite: Consent of department. (NS) Biological Sciences 125

BIOS 261. Special Topics in Biological Sciences (1-3) BIOS 329. Herpetology (3) Research, conferences and reports on selected topics not Biology of amphibians and reptiles. Two lectures, one covered in the general undergraduate offerings. May be laboratory or field trip per week. Prerequisite: Consent taken more than once for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of department. (ND) of the department chair. (NS) BIOS 335. (PSYCH 335) Animal Behavior (3) BIOS 262. Research Proposal (3) Discussion of the behavior of invertebrates and verte- Literature and methods of research in area of department brates and analysis of the physiological mechanisms faculty expertise. Requires development of detailed pro- responsible for behavioral stimuli, and adaptive value of posal for research to be performed in senior year. specific behavior patterns. Prerequisite: BIOS 115. (NS) Prerequisites: Major in any biological sciences degree BIOS 336. Animal Behavior Laboratory (2) program; junior standing; GPA of 3.0 in major; and Experiments and field observations illustrating principles consent of the department chair. (NS) discussed in BIOS 335. Emphasis on observing animals, BIOS 276. Behavioral Neuroscience II (3) performing experiments, collecting and analyzing data, Neuronanatomy and neurophysiology of animal and and individual research. Six hours of laboratory per human behavior. Feeding, thirst, sleep, emotions, learn- week. Corequisites: BIOS 335 or 337. ing, and psychopathology. Prerequisite: BIOS 177. (ND) BIOS 337. Behavioral Ecology (3) BIOS 277. Experimental Neuroscience Social systems of vertebrate and invertebrate groups. Laboratory (1) Emphasis on ecological and evolutionary factors that This laboratory course examines the specialized proper- influence social behavior. Prerequisites: BIOS 115. (NS) ties of the neuron which shape its function within neural BIOS 345. Molecular Genetics (3) networks, the development and structure of the nervous The organization and replication of genetic material; system, and the preparation of neural tissue for micro- mutagenesis; mechanisms of regulation; mechanisms of scopic examination. Included are experiments and gene transmission involving prokaryotes and eukaryotes demonstrations utilizing important biochemical, cellular and their viruses; techniques for intervention into genetic and molecular techniques used in modern neurobiology. organization and expression. Prerequisite: BIOS 115. (NS) Prerequisites: BIOS 177 and consent of department chair. (NS) BIOS 346. Molecular Genetics Laboratory (2) Laboratory experiments related to the topics covered in For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate BIOS 345. Emphasis is on molecular characterization of Students DNA and the principles of gene isolation and transfer. Corequisite: BIOS 345. BIOS 313. Vertebrate Histology (3) Microstructural and ultrastructural properties of verte- BIOS 347. Advanced Topics in Genetics (3) brate cells and tissues. Techniques of tissue preparation. Lectures and student projects on selected aspects of One lecture and two labs. Prerequisite: BIOS 234. (ND) genetics such as the genetics and evolution of particular organisms, regulation of gene expression and transmis- BIOS 314. Vertebrate Development (3) sion, human genetics, gene therapy, etc. Prerequisites: Germ cell formation, fertilization, early development, BIOS 345 or consent of department chair. (NS) and the origin of the principal organ systems. Location, structure, and regulation of information from molecular BIOS 353. Virology (3) to organismal levels of organization. Prerequisite: BIOS Structure and replication of viruses. Emphasis on the 115 and BIOS 234. (NS) organization, replication, and regulation of expression of viral genomes; the mechanisms of virus assembly and BIOS 317. Evolution (3) release; and on virus-host interactions. Special attention Mechanisms of evolution, emphasizing genetic structure given to human pathogenic viruses. Prerequisite: BIOS and variation of populations, and isolation. Origin of 115 and CHM 52. (NS) species and higher taxa. Rates of evolution, extinction. Prerequisite: BIOS 115. (NS) BIOS 356. Human Genetics and Reproduction (3) Processes and mechanisms of human heredity. Emphasis BIOS 324. Bacteriology (3) at the cellular and molecular levels. Analysis, organiza- The structure, physiology, growth, genetics and taxono- tion, expression, and evolution of human genome. my of prokaryotes. Prerequisites: CHM 51 and BIOS Genetic aspects of reproduction and development, map- 115. Corequisite: BIOS 325. (NS) ping human chromosomes, cell hybridation, molecular BIOS 325. Bacteriology Laboratory (2) analysis of gene structure and function, behavior and Standard procedures and metabolic tests used in deter- intelligence, primate origins and evolution, immuno- minative bacteriology; aseptic technique, sterilization, genetics, cancer and oncogenes, genetic technologies. enumeration, and control of bacterial growth; other Prerequisite: BIOS 115. (NS) selected topics. Corequisite: BIOS 324. BIOS 367. Cell Biology (3) BIOS 328. Immunology (3) Molecular aspects of cell biology. Emphasis on mem- Distinction of “self” and “non-self” through humoral brane structure and function, organelle biogenesis, cell and cellular mechanisms. Antigens; biochemical struc- motility, the cytoskeleton, and extracellular matrix. tures, cellular mechanisms, genetic control and Prerequisite: BIOS 115. (NS) processing, phylogenetic distribution, diseased states. BIOS 368. Cell Biology Laboratory (2) Prerequisite: BIOS 115. (NS) Basic methods used in cell biology laboratories around the world and the opportunity to carry out an independent research project. Techniques include histology and microscopy (both white and fluorescent light), tissue cul- 126 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 ture and sterile procedures, cellular fractionation, nuclear BIOS 382. (PSYCH 382) Endocrinology of import assays, and immunological probing. Co- or pre-req- Behavior (3) uisite Bios 367. Departmental permission required. (NS) Hormonal effects upon animal and human behavior. BIOS 369. Comparative Physiology of Vertebrate Emphasis on neuroendocrinology of steroid hormone Systems (4) involvement in reproductive behaviors. Prerequisite: BIOS 177. (NS) Functional analysis of energy balance in vertebrate ani- mal models. Digestion, respiration, circulation, and BIOS 383. Biological Sciences Colloquia (1) excretion, across aquatic and terrestrial vertebrates. Analysis of weekly colloquia in molecular biology. For Homeostatic mechanisms of salt, water, and gas senior biology and molecular biology majors. May be exchange. Ionotropic and metabetropic signal transduc- taken twice for credit. (ND) tion. Hormonal and electrical cellular communication BIOS 384 Eukaryotic Signal Transduction (3) among muscles, glands, and neurons. Sensory systems, Signal transduction between cells of multi-cellular movement and reproduction. Physiological adaptations eukaryotic organisms examined in the context of special- to extreme environments. Includes one laboratory meet- ized functions that include: nutrition, hormones and ing per week. Prerequisite: BIOS 120. (NS) neurotransmitters, vision, muscle contraction, adhesion, BIOS 370. Plant Molecular Biology (3) and the immune system. The evolution of cancer based Molecular aspects of photosynthesis; chloroplast biogene- on mutations in these signaling systems. Prerequisite sis; plant gene expression; plant development; BIOS 367 or 372. plant-microbe interactions; genetic engineering in plant BIOS 385. Neurophysiology and Memory (3) systems. Prerequisite: BIOS 345. (NS) Lectures and seminars on mechanisms of neuronal com- BIOS 371. (CHM 371) Elements of Biochemistry munication, the ability of neuronal networks to store I (3) fall and retrieve information, cellular basis for memory. A general study of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, nucleic Prerequisite: BIOS 177 and PHY 13, or consent of the acids and other biological substances and their importance instructor. (NS) in life processes. Protein and enzyme chemistry are empha- BIOS 387. Biological Sciences Honors Seminar (1) sized. Prerequisite: one year of organic chemistry. (NS) Development, presentation and implementation of BIOS 372. (CHM 372) Elements of Biochemistry research proposals, and discussions of research. Required II (3) spring for senior biology and molecular biology majors pursu- Dynamic aspects of biochemistry; enzyme reactions ing departmental honors. Departmental permission including energetics, kinetics and mechanisms; metabo- required. (ND) lism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and nucleic acids; BIOS 388. Biological Sciences Honors Seminar (1) photosynthesis, electron transport mechanisms, coupled Continuation and extension of BIOS 387. reactions, phosphorylations, and the synthesis of biologi- Departmental permission required. (ND) cal macromolecules. Prerequisite: BIOS 371 and BIOS 41 or consent of the instructor. (NS) BIOS 391. Undergraduate Research (1-3) Laboratory research under tutorial with a faculty member. BIOS 376. Classical & Molecular Embryology (3) May be taken more than once for credit. Prerequisites: Differentiation of multicellular organisms from a single junior standing, and consent of instructor. (ND) cell. Axis determination; gradients; induction and pat- tern formation viewed through modern analysis of BIOS 393. Thesis (3) regulated gene expression. Prerequisite: BIOS 345 (previ- Literature review and design of project in selected area, ously or concurrently). (NS) execution of the project, final report and presentation. Departmental permission. Intended for senior majors in BIOS 377 (CHM 377). Biochemistry Laboratory BIOS only. May be repeated one time for additional (3) fall credit. (ND) Laboratory studies of the properties of chemicals of bio- logical origin and the influence of chemical and physical Special Health Professions Programs factors on these properties. Laboratory techniques used Students may apply for admission to an accelerated for the isolation and identification of biochemicals. B.A.-Doctor of Medicine program and a B.A.-Doctor of Prerequisite: BIOS/CHM 371 previously or concurrently Medical Dentistry program. A six-year B.A.-M.D. pro- and BIOS 41 or consent of instructor. (ND) gram is offered in conjunction with Drexel University College of Medicine, and a seven-year B.A.-D.M.D. BIOS 378 (CHM 378). Biochemical Preparations program is offered in conjunction with the University of (1-3) spring Pennsylvania School of Dental Medicine. Students in A laboratory course involving the preparation or isola- these programs receive a B.A. from Lehigh and a gradu- tion, purification and identification of chemicals of ate degree from the designated professional school biological origin. Prerequisites: BIOS/CHM 377 and within a six- or seven-year period. For details concerning 372, previously or concurrently. (ND) admission to these programs, see Health Professions, BIOS 381 Physical Biochemistry (3) Section III. Undergraduate courses, please see listings for Topics include: thermodynamics of biological systems; BIOS and EES. Forces acting on and between biological molecules; Graduate Study in the Biological Principles of macromolecular structure; Physical meth- Sciences ods used to characterize biomolecules; and other topics Rigorous, research-oriented graduate programs leading to be determined. Prerequisite BIOS/CHM 371 and to a Doctor of Philosophy are offered in three divisions BIOS 41. (NS) of the Department of Biological Sciences: biochemistry, integrative biology, and molecular biology. To complete Biological Sciences 127 the program students must successfully complete core The graduate program in integrative biology is designed to courses, pass a qualifying exam, prepare, submit, and train students in advanced organismal biology with the successfully defend a written research proposal, complete emphasis on behavioral ecology, evolution, functional the research described in the proposal, and submit a morphology, endocrinology, and neurobiology of animals. written dissertation and defend the completed research The mission of the program is to create students who are to the department. broadly trained and uniquely capable of asking questions Once students enter the department, their progress is and solving problems at the interface of these traditionally monitored by the graduate committee until they are defined fields. Students admitted to the program should admitted to candidacy. Members of the committee meet have a basic knowledge of evolution, anatomy, physiology, with the student each semester to assess the student’s behavioral neuroscience, and/or behavioral ecology. progress towards the degree and to assist students in Students will begin by taking core courses providing a choosing the appropriate courses to provide a solid scien- broad foundation in integrative biology at the graduate tific foundation and an up-to-date understanding of the level and work toward a Ph.D. with a concentration in discipline. This will be assessed by the qualifying exam. either behavioral neuroscience or behavioral and evolu- tionary biology. Regardless of concentration, all students The qualifying exam generally should be taken after the in the program develop an appreciation for the fact that third semester and no later than the fourth semester of all aspects of biology, whether cellular, physiological, course work. It will be prepared, administered and grad- anatomical, behavioral, environmental , or social, are inex- ed by the faculty associated with the specific graduate tricably linked and cannot be fully understood as separate, program in which the student is enrolled. It consists of a parallel systems of knowledge. All students must take 4 two-day written exam and an oral examination. The courses, with at least one from each of the three core areas: exam can be repeated once. Admission to candidacy is (1) Behavior/ Evolution- BIOS 439 Advanced Behavioral granted after successful completion of the qualifying Ecology, BIOS 409 Evolutionary and Functional exam and the thesis proposal. The proposal is a written Morphology; (2) Neurobiology I- BIOS 453 General description of an original research project developed Neuroanatomy, BIOS 457 Advanced Behavioral under the guidance of a faculty member chosen by the Neuroendocrinology; (3) Neurobiology II- BIOS 416 student to be his/her advisor. The proposal will be pre- Neurophysiology and Memory, BIOS 450 Developmental sented orally to the thesis committee, typically after the Neurobiology. All core courses will be offered at least fifth semester. Following the presentation of the propos- every second year. In addition, one year of graduate level al, an oral examination will take place in which the statistics is required- either PSYC 421 and 422 Statistical thesis committee will question the student about general Analysis of Psychological Data or EDUC 410 and 411 science related to the project. This will constitute the Univariate and Multivariate Statistics, as well as BIOS 406 general examination. Biological Sciences Seminar, BIOS 408 Responsible Core requirements for each division are listed below. The Conduct of Science, and BIOS 401 Professional Graduate graduate school requires students to register for at least Skills (strongly recommended to be taken in the first two 72-post baccalaureate credits to earn the Ph.D. In addi- years of the program). Two additional elective courses are tion, all students must take BIOS 408 (0 credits) required and may be chosen from core courses not used to Responsible Conduct of Science within their first year of fulfill core requirements or BIOS 429 Advances in graduate study. All students must also attend departmen- Herpetology, BIOS 455 Systematics and Evolution, BIOS tal seminars and enroll in BIOS 406 (1 credit) Biological 411 Advanced Cell Biology, BIOS 421 Molecular Cell Sciences Seminar at least twice in the first four semes- Biology I (prerequisite is BIOS 345), BIOS 371 Elements ters. A minimum of 24 course credits may be chosen of Biochemistry I, BIOS 372 Elements of Biochemistry II from upper level courses in biochemistry, molecular biol- (prerequisite is BIOS 371), or BIOS 471 Elements of ogy, cell biology, behavioral biology and evolutionary Eukaryotic Biochemistry (prerequisite is BIOS 372 or biology, and neuroscience. At least 12 of these credits BIOS 411 or permission of instructor). must be at the 400 level. In the molecular biology program, research areas include In the biochemistry program, research areas include microbial evolution and genetics, plant and animal DNA structure and function, regulation of protein syn- molecular genetics, eukaryotic cell biology, and regula- thesis, and signal transduction. Students admitted to tion of gene expression. Required core courses include graduate study in biochemistry will typically have an BIOS 345 Molecular Genetics, BIOS 371 Elements of undergraduate degree in chemistry or biochemistry. Biochemistry I, BIOS 372 Elements of Biochemistry II, Students with an undergraduate degree in a related disci- BIOS 411 Advanced Cell Biology, BIOS 421 Molecular pline will be expected to have the following Cell Biology I, and BIOS 422 Molecular Cell Biology II. undergraduate preparation for graduate study beyond Additional courses to reach 24 credits are chosen from introductory chemistry and a year of organic chemistry: upper level electives in molecular biology, cell biology, at least one semester of analytical chemistry and one and biochemistry. semester of physical chemistry - thermodynamics and Facilities available for research in the biological sciences kinetics, with appropriate math. Students without that include core facilities with equipment (for example, for background will be expected to take courses to fulfill DNA synthesis, confocal microscopy, digital imaging, those requirements as part of their graduate study. chromatography, cell culture, centrifugation, controlled Required courses: BIOS 371, 372 Elements of environments, gamma and scintillation counting, flow Biochemistry I and II, BIOS 469, 470 Biochemical cytometry, and rodent surgery). Individual research labo- Problem Solving I and II, CHM 423 Bio-Organic ratories and advanced teaching laboratories contain a Chemistry, BIOS 345 Molecular Genetics, and a semi- variety of additional equipment. Ongoing interactions nar course. BIOS 408 or CHM 400 must also be with a variety of private companies contribute additional completed before beginning research. opportunities for student experiences. 128 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Graduate Courses in the Biological BIOS 411. Advanced Cell Biology (3) Sciences Cell structure and biochemistry, as related to specialized cell functions. BIOS 401. Professional Skills for Biological Sciences Graduate Students (3) BIOS 412. Metabolic Influences on Behavior (3) Students learn expectations and fundamental skills relat- Sensory systems that detect metabolic energy availability ed to success in the biological sciences. The course is and affect the behavior of humans and other animals: designed to help students make the most out of their food intake and body weight regulation, sexual and graduate education. Students learn the principles under- parental behavior, aggression, learning, and body tem- lying fundable, publishable research, and how these perature regulation. Prerequisite: BIOS 404 and consent general principles can be applied to their specific of instructor. research area. They learn to write and review manu- BIOS 414. Sexual Differentiation (3) scripts and grant proposals by serving on a mock Genetic and hormonal events mediating the develop- editorial board and scientific review panel. They gain ment and expression of sexual dimorphisms in experience in giving oral presentations. Readings are physiology and behavior. Current theoretical models; from texts on scientific writing and research styles, and emphasis on biochemical, neuroanatomical and molecu- from original journal articles and grant proposals written lar biological considerations. Prerequisite: BIOS 404 and by the faculty. No prerequisites. Required of all consent of instructor. Integrative Biology graduate students. BIOS 415. Neuropharmacology (3) BIOS 404. (PSYC 404) Behavioral Neuroscience (3) Mechanism of drug action in the central nervous system, Theoretical and empirical issues in biopsychology. including cell surface receptors and second messenger Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. systems. Drug use/abuse and cellular changes mediating BIOS 405. Special Topics in Molecular Biology (1-3) behavioral effects. Drug use in clinical therapy. Research, conferences, and reports on selected topics not Prerequisite: BIOS 404 and consent of instructor. covered in the general graduate offerings. May be taken BIOS 416. Neurophysiology and Memory (3) more than once for credit. Lectures and seminars on mechanisms of neuronal com- BIOS 406. Biological Sciences Seminar (1) munication, the ability of neuronal networks to store An advanced seminar in current developments including and retrieve information, cellular basis for memory. departmental research. Required for candidates for grad- Prerequisites: Background in neuroscience and under- uate degrees in molecular biology. May be taken more graduate physics or consent of instructor. than once for credit. BIOS 418. Analysis of Reproduction and Mating BIOS 407. Research in Biological Science (1-9) Systems (3) Laboratory investigations in one of the department’s Study of reproduction and sexuality in plants and ani- research areas. mals with emphasis on current hypotheses as reported in the literature. Topics include hermaphroditism, neoteny, BIOS 408. Responsible Conduct of Science (0) larval forms, parental investment, complex life cycles, Responsible practice in research. Training in general lab- population structure. Readings from primary source oratory methods; human subjects concerns; radiation material and review articles. One review paper and one safety; chemical hazards; aseptic technique; physical, research proposal are required, and together with readings mechanical, biological, and fire hazards; animal welfare. forms the basis for discussion sections and examinations. Occupational and workplace considerations. Prerequisite: Consent of the department chair. Recombinant DNA guidelines; patent and proprietary rights; controversies over applications of science. BIOS 419. Bacterial Genetics (3) Appropriate aspects required of investigators in all Structure and function of genetic information in departmental research projects. prokaryotes. Composition, size, and organization of chromosomes and accessory elements; mechanisms of BIOS 409. Evolutionary and Functional replication, recombination, transmission, and mutation; Morphology (3) variation within and among strains. Readings in the current literature, demonstrations and laboratory exercises exploring the applications of com- BIOS 420. Pheromonal Communication (3) parative methods to the analysis of evolutionary patterns Mechanisms of pheromone synthesis, biochemistry, sen- at a range of morphological levels (molecular and macro- sory transduction, neuroanatomy/neuroendocrinology, scopic). Students will also learn experimental approaches and adaptive significance. Prerequisite: BIOS 404 and to testing relationships between form and function in consent of instructor. vertebrates. Emphasis will be on the musculoskeletal and BIOS 421. Molecular Cell Biology I (3) nervous systems. Prerequisite BIOS 234 Comparative Molecular aspects of cell structure, cell motility, intracel- Vertebrate Anatomy, BIOS 317 Evolution, or permission lular transport; and biomembrane dynamics. of instructor. Prerequisite: BIOS 411 or equivalent. BIOS 410. Special Topics in Behavioral and BIOS 422. Molecular Cell Biology II (3) Evolutionary Bioscience (1-3) Molecular aspects of gene expression, including genome Readings and discussions on selected topics not covered structure and replication, RNA synthesis/processing, and in the general graduate offerings. May be taken more protein synthesis. Prerequisite: BIOS 345 or equivalent. than once for credit. Biological Sciences 129

BIOS 425. Male Reproductive Biology (2 or 3) events such as phenotype commitment, cell migration, dif- Molecular, cellular, and genetic aspects of the mam- ferentiation and growth cone guidance. Emphasis on the malian male reproductive system. Prerequisite: BIOS interplay between concepts emerging from organismal and 367 or equivalent. molecular levels of analyses. BIOS 427. Techniques in Cell and Molecular BIOS 453. General Neuroanatomy (3) Biology (3) Graduate level study of the neuroanatomy and neuro- Laboratory experiences in three or more cell and molec- chemistry of systems that underlie behavior in ular biological techniques: gel electrophoresis of nucleic vertebrates. Emphasis will be on the traditional and acids/proteins; polymerase chain reaction; DNA/RNA novel methodologies used to reveal neuroanatomical sequencing; molecular hybridization techniques; fluores- pathways as well as the function of these pathways. cence microscopy; confocal microscopy; flow cytometry; Prerequisites: BIOS 177 Introduction to Behavioral electron microscopy tissue preparation; immunological Neuroscience and BIOS 375 Neuroanatomy of Behavior detection methods; molecular cloning techniques; or permission of instructor. oocyte microinjection techniques; tissue culture meth- BIOS 457. Advanced Behavioral ods; and autoradiography. Neuroendocrinology. (3) BIOS 429. Advances in Herpetology (3) A seminar course that covers current primary literature on Lectures and readings from the primary literature on the hormone-nervous system interactions that underlie current research in amphibian and reptilian biology. Two physiology and behavior. The course covers the neuroen- lectures, one discussion session and one laboratory or docrinology of reproduction, sex behavior, parental field trip. Not open to students who have received credit behavior, social behavior, agonistic and territorial behavior, for BIOS 329. learning and memory, homeostasis (caloric, nutritional, BIOS 431. Advanced Topics in Cell Biology (3) water and salt balance, temperature regulation), circadian Current research problems in cell biology. May be rhythms and seasonality in a variety of vertebrates. repeated when a different topic is offered. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: BIOS 382 or permission of instructor. BIOS 367 or equivalent. BIOS 463. Advances in Plant Molecular Biology (3) BIOS 432. Advanced Topics in Molecular Gene expression and molecular biology of plants. Biochemistry of photosynthesis and chloroplast develop- Genetics (3) ment; higher plant developmental genetics; Current research in molecular genetics. May be repeated plant/microbe interactions; plant viruses; advances in when a different topic is offered. Prerequisite: BIOS 345 genetic engineering in plants. Prerequisite: BIOS 345 or or equivalent. equivalent. BIOS 433. Advanced Topics in Developmental BIOS 464. Molecular Biology of Eukaryotic Biology (3) Organisms (3) Current research problems in developmental biology. Comparative analysis of several eukaryotes as model sys- May be repeated when a different topic is offered. tems in cell biology, developmental biology, genetics, and Prerequisite: BIOS 345 or equivalent. molecular biology. Prerequisite: BIOS 345 or equivalent. BIOS 437. (CHM 437) Pathophysiological BIOS 466. Structure and Function of RNAs and Chemistry (3) Ribonucleoprotein Complexes (3) Biochemical basis of human diseases involving abnormal Biochemistry and function of small nuclear RNPs, metabolism of proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, RNase P, ribosomes, self-splicing introns, signal recogni- and lipids. Emphasis on the correlation of the clinical tion particle, RNA viruses. Functions of RNA in DNA presentation of disease processes seen as physiological replication, in regulation, as an enzyme, and as a repres- dysfunctions with clinical laboratory methods. Lectures, sor. Prerequisite: BIOS 345 or equivalent. student presentations, and clinical case discussions. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. BIOS 467. (CHM 467) Principles of Nucleic Acid BIOS 439. Advanced Behavioral Ecology (3) Structure (3) Critical evaluation of the theoretical foundation in socio- alternate years biology. Emphasis placed on kinship, altruism, mate An examination of the principles underlying nucleic acid choice, parental investment, parent-offspring conflict, structure including stereochemistry, electrostatics, hydra- etc. Lectures and seminars. Prerequisite: BIOS 317 tion, torsional constraints, sequence specific effects, and Evolution or equivalent. Not open to students who have interaction with nuclear proteins. Special emphasis will taken BIOS 337. be placed on DNA structure. Prerequisites: one year of biochemistry and one year of physical chemistry or per- BIOS 445. Systematics and Evolution (3) mission of the department chair. Theoretical, philosophical and methodological founda- tions of the classification of eukaryotic organisms and BIOS 468. (CHM 468) Principles of Protein the manner in which systematic theory and method Structure (3) relate to evolutionary theory. Two lectures and one lab- alternate years recitation-discussion session. Prerequisite: BIOS 317. An examination of the principles underlying protein structure including stereochemistry, preferred tertiary BIOS 450. Developmental Neurobiology (3) structures, protein homology, excluded volume effects, Fundamental mechanisms underlying neural development. time dependent structural fluctuations, and prediction of Early events leading to the induction of the neuroectoderm protein structure from sequence information. and the reorganization of the vertebrate central nervous Prerequisites: one year of biochemistry and one year of system during adulthood and aging. Major developmental physical chemistry or permission of the department chair. 130 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

BIOS 469. (CHM 469) Biochemical Problem BIOS 488. Seminar in Neuroscience, Behavior, Solving I (1) fall and Evolution (1) Applications of material covered in BIOS/CHM 371 Advanced seminar in current research developments. including techniques used in research. Prerequisite: May be taken more than once for credit. BIOS/CHM 371 previously or concurrently. BIOS 470. (CHM 470) Biochemical Problem Biology Solving II (1) spring Applications of concepts covered in BIOS/CHM 372 Biology, life science, and related courses at Lehigh including techniques used in research. Prerequisite: University are offered in a variety of settings that reflect BIOS/CHM 372 previously or concurrently. the various levels of organization in life science and dif- ferent orientations relating to areas of application. The BIOS 471. (CHM 471) Eukaryotic Signal College of Arts and Sciences offers degree programs in Transduction (3) Applied Life Science, Behavioral Neuroscience, alternate years Biochemistry, Biology, Earth and Environmental Signal transduction between and within cells of multi- Science, Ecology, Environmental Science, and Molecular cellular organisms examined in the context of specialized Biology. The P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and functions that include: nutrition, hormones and neuro- Applied Science offers degree programs in transmitters, vision, muscle contraction, adhesion and Bioengineering. Refer to the catalog entries below for the immune system. The evolution of cancer based on complete descriptions. mutations in these signaling systems. Lecture, discussion, and student presentations. Prerequisite: BIOS/CHM 372 Major and minor Catalog entry or BIOS411. programs BIOS 472. (CHM 472) Lipids and Membranes (3) Applied Life Science Applied Life Science alternate years (BA or BS) Structure, physical properties and functions of lipids and Behavioral Neuroscience Biological Sciences their biological aggregates. Techniques for studying lipid (BA or BS) assemblies, enzymes which act on lipids, membrane pro- Biochemistry (BS only) Biochemistry teins and lipoproteins will also be discussed. Prerequisite: Bioengineering (BS only) Bioengineering BIOS/CHM 372 or consent of department chair. Biology (BA or BS) Biological Sciences BIOS 473. (CHM 473) Biochemistry of Complex Earth and Environmental Earth and Science (BA only) Environmental Sciences Carbohydrates (3) alternate years Consideration of the structure, function and metabolism Ecology (BS only) Earth and Environmental of complex carbohydrates (glycolipids, glycoproteins and Sciences proteoglycans) with particular emphasis on glycopro- Environmental Science Earth and Environmental teins. The first part of the course will consist of lectures (BS only) Sciences to familiarize the student with basic terms, concepts and processes. The second part will involve critical readings, Molecular Biology Biological Sciences presentation and discussion of the current primary (BA or BS) research literature by class participants. Courses related to life science interest can be found BIOS 479. (CHM 479) Biochemical Techniques (3) under the catalog entries above as well as in other Laboratory studies of the techniques and principles departments, including Chemical Engineering, involved in the isolation, identification, and biochemical Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics, Psychology, and transformation of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids and Sociology and Anthropology. proteins. Prerequisite: BIOS 371 or its equivalent previ- ously or concurrently. Bioscience and Biotechnology BIOS 480. (CHM 480) Advanced Biochemical Preparations (1-3) Program An advanced laboratory course in the preparation, isola- For additional information, students should contact tion, purification, and identification of biochemically Professor Anand Jagota, Department of Chemical produced materials. Emphasis is placed on materials and Engineering at 610-758-4396 or [email protected] procedures of current interest in biochemistry. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. The Bioscience and Biotechnology program is designed to meet the goals of students seeking educational oppor- BIOS 483. Special Topics in Behavioral tunities at the interface of life science with engineering, Neuroscience (3) humanities, business, social science, or other natural sci- Examination of the biological substrates of behavior. ences. Two degree programs are offered: Applied Life Topics may include animal communication, sociobiolo- Science in the College of Arts & Sciences and gy, behavioral endocrinology, or behavior genetics. May Bioengineering in the P.C. Rossin College of be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: BIOS 404 or consent Engineering and Applied Science. The programs were of department. developed jointly by faculty from both Colleges and were motivated by the anticipated societal impact of the human genome and proteome projects. They share sev- eral common courses, lab facilities, faculty participation, and opportunities for undergraduate research while retaining distinct identities and educational goals. Business 131

Degrees available to students are: Bachelor of Arts or cial real estate as they relate to value including: property Bachelor of Science in Applied Life Science (Arts & history; architecture; physical attributes that add to or Sciences) or Bachelor of Science in Bioengineering detract from value; tenant mix; the immediate neighbor- (Engineering and Applied Science) and are listed in the hood environment; and, the specific market in which the catalog by program. real property competes for tenants. Each group submits a written report of their findings and produces a 10- minute video documentary on their subject property. Business Prerequisites: Eco 145 (or its equivalent), Acct 151 (or The designation of “business” refers to general business its equivalent), Fin 225 (or its equivalent), and permis- courses. sion of the instructor. Students enrolling in this course must also commit to enrolling in the follow-on course – Undergraduate Courses Bus 348 – Practicum in Real Estate II. BUS 1. Introduction to Business (3) Bus 348 – Practicum in Real Estate II (2) spring An introduction to business, emphasizing critical issues This course is a continuation of the interdisciplinary impacting the business world, such as globalization, study of the creation of value in commercial real estate technology, ethics, and diversity. Provides an overview of begun in Bus 347 – Practicum in Real Estate I. the various functional areas of business and how they fit Organized into groups, with each group continuing with together. Stresses experiential learning and develops the subject commercial real property assigned to them in team-building skills. Strengthens written and oral com- Bus 347, the class engages in the study of the market munications skills. Provides an introduction to career and financial characteristics of commercial real estate as opportunities and curriculum choices in business and they relate to value through: a financial analysis of the economics. Course is offered only in the fall and is open market in which their property is located to include mar- only to College of Business and Economics freshmen. ket rents, market vacancy rates and market absorption BUS 173. Non-Major Summer Internship (1) rates; and, financial analysis of the subject property to include both historical results, and pro forma estimates CBE internships expose students to the business world, of revenues, expenses, cash flow and residual value. Each enriching their understanding of ideas and problems group also studies the financial characteristics of compa- encountered in their business courses. This course is rable properties. The course culminates in an available summers and open to students in the College end-of-semester written and oral presentation by each of Business & Economics and those in the following group before a panel of academic and practitioner programs: CSB, IBE, and Business Minor. Students are judges. The group judged to have performed the most evaluated on a directed writing assignment and on a outstanding analysis is awarded a cash prize. detailed evaluation provided by the work supervisor. A Prerequisites: Bus 347–Practicum in Real Estate I. minimum of 150 hours of work must be completed in the internship, and verified by work supervisor. Course Business Minor registration and related arrangements must be mde in The purpose of the business minor program is to enable advance of the work experience. This course does not non-CBE students to pursue a course of business studies satisfy any major requirements. Prerequisite: completion that will enable them to supplement their major studies and of a minimum of 24 college credits. make them more marketable. The overall learning objective BUS 211. Integrated Product Development (IPD) of the program is to provide non-CBE students with the 1 (3) spring knowledge and skills with which to make more informed Business, engineering and design art students work in business decisions. Courses offered in the business minor cross-disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on conceptual program are not open to students currently in the CBE nor design including marketing, financial and economic may these classes count as substitutes for CBE core classes planning, economic and technical feasibility of new should a student later decide to transfer into the CBE. product concepts. Teams work on industrial projects Program of Studies: The business minor consists of 14 with faculty advisors. Oral presentations and written credit hours. These courses are integrated across the reports. Prerequisite: Junior standing in business, eco- entire program and must be taken in a stepped sequence. nomics, arts or engineering. These 14 credit hours plus the prerequisite consist of the BUS 212. Integrated Product Development (IPD) following courses: 2 (2) fall Required prerequisite course: Business, engineering, and design arts students work in cross disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on the detailed ECO 1 – Principles of Economics (4 credit hours). design including fabrication and testing of a prototype of ECO 1 can be taken in either the freshman or sopho- the new product designed in IPD course 1. Additional more year and must be completed prior to entering the deliverables include a detailed production plan, market- business minor program. ing plan, detailed base-case financial models, project and Required courses: product portfolio. Teams work on industrial projects with • BUS 125–Behavioral Skills Workshop (1 credit hour. faculty advisors. Oral presentations and written reports. Fall.). Prerequisite: ECO 1 Prerequisite: Bus 211/ENGR 211. • BUS 126–Information Analysis and Financial Bus 347 – Practicum in Real Estate I (2) fall Decision Making I (3 credit hours. This course is an interdisciplinary study of the creation Fall.). Co-requisite: BUS 125. of value in commercial real estate. Organized into • BUS 127–Information Analysis and Financial Decision groups, with each group assigned a different subject Making II (3 credit hours. Spring.) commercial real property, the class engages in the study Prerequisite: BUS 126. of the physical and locational characteristics of commer- 132 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

• BUS 225–Developing, Producing, and Marketing business problems. Career opportunities include systems Products and Services I (3 credit analyst/designer, information systems manager, informa- hours. Fall.). Prerequisite: BUS 127. tion systems consultant, and computer auditor. • BUS 226–Developing, Producing, and Marketing The information systems major requires five (5) courses Products and Services II (3 cred- and two (2) electives beyond the core requirements of it hours. Spring.) Prerequisite: the College of Business and Economics. Students are BUS 225. required to take BIS 111, Management Information • BUS 326–Business Strategy (1 credit hour. Spring.) Systems, as part of the business and economics core. Recommended courses: Other courses are as follows: Required Courses (5): • Probability Theory and Statistics (e.g., ECO 145, MATH 12, IE 111, PSYC 110, etc.) BIS 120 Business Applications in Java (4) • An Integrated Learning Experience (e.g., ME/BUS or CSE 17 Structured Programming and 211, MGT 311, or internship) Data Structures (4) BIS 311 Managing Information Systems The courses required in the business minor program will Analysis and Design (3) be offered in a stepped sequence requiring completion of BIS 324 Business Data Management (3) each course in the sequence before being able to contin- BIS 333 Business Data Communications (3) ue with the next course. That is, students must first complete BUS 126 before taking BUS 127, BUS 127 BIS 350 Project Management in IS (3) before taking BUS 225, and BUS 225 before taking 226. Elective Courses (Choose 2): BUS 125 and BUS 326 are to be taken in conjunction ACCT 311 Accounting Information Systems (3) with BUS 126 and BUS 226, respectively. BIS 331 E-commerce (3) Program admission requirements: Each spring, 80 stu- BIS 342 E-business Enterprise Applications (3) dents will be accepted into the business minor program BIS 360 BIS Practicum (3) for the following fall. Application into the program will BIS 372* Special Topics in Information Systems (3) be made by students and submitted to the program or CSB 211 Design of Integrated Systems st director by March 1 . An admissions committee com- *Courses focusing on different applications of IS in busi- prised of the business minor program director, associate ness, including: Data Warehousing and Mining, HR dean for the undergraduate CBE program, and the busi- Applications in IS, Numerical Methods of Business ness minor curriculum committee will make admission Decisions, etc. Consult Professor Sherer for other related decisions based on G.P.A., experience, and interest in courses. pursuing business opportunities upon graduation from Lehigh (to be evaluated on the basis of a written essay). Undergraduate Courses Students will be notified of admissions decisions prior to BIS 120. Business Applications of Java (4) registration for the fall semester. Entrance into business Business applications and programming in Java. Control minor classes will be controlled by restricted overrides by structures, arrays, object-oriented programming, string the director of business minor program, Professor manipulation, graphics, graphical user interfaces, web- Geraldo M. Vasconcellos. based applets. Some previous experience with programming helpful but not required. Lectures plus Business Information Systems one two-hour computer lab. Prerequisite: ACCT 151 previously or concurrently. Professor. Susan A. Sherer, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), BIS BIS 111. Introduction to Information Systems (3) program director and Kenan Professor of Information This course examines the fundamental role of informa- Technology Management. tion systems in supporting and managing all business Associate Professor. James A. Hall, Ph.D. (Oklahoma functions and enabling firms to compete effectively. State) Both technical and managerial aspects of information Assistant Professors. Lin Lin Ph.D. (Arizona); Catherine systems are introduced. The course integrates technical M. Ridings, Ph.D. (Drexel); Yuliang. Yao, Ph.D. infrastructure, database concepts, management decision- (Maryland) making, and business process issues critical to the Professor of Practice. Dennis S. Praedin, B.A. understanding of operational and strategic information (Muhlenberg) systems. It introduces business applications that support accounting, finance, supply chain management, and Lecturer. Chitra Nayar, M.B.A. (Iowa) marketing. Prerequisite: Excel competency. The Business Information Systems program offered BIS 311. Managing Information Systems Analysis through the College of Business and Economics provides an opportunity to prepare students to work with infor- and Design (3) mation technology in today’s business environment. As This course focuses on managing the requirements businesses seek to make themselves more productive and analysis and system design methodology and techniques competitive, they have become more reliant on informa- for business information systems. Students learn current tion technology. Students who have a good methods and techniques for system requirement analysis understanding of information systems can help businesses as well as system design, and apply them to real world enhance their use of this technology. The information projects. It covers cost benefit analysis and risk manage- systems program is designed to provide requisite technical ment of business systems development, JAD and skills along with a strong business foundation, developing structured walkthroughs, structured and object oriented students’ abilities to apply information technology to methodologies, and software package evaluation. It Business Information Systems 133 emphasizes the factors for effective communication and ing, quality assurance, delivery, training, post implementa- integration with users and user systems and encourages tion review, configuration management, maintenance. interpersonal skill development with client users, team Topics include managing expectations of managers, members, and others associated with development, oper- clients, team members and others; staffing; cost analysis; ation, and maintenance of the system. Prerequisite: BIS reporting and presentation techniques; change manage- 111 or consent of instructor. ment. Software tools for project tracking and monitoring. BIS 324. Business Data Management (3) Team collaboration techniques and tools. Prerequisites: This course covers the fundamentals of database manage- BIS 120 or CSE 17, BIS 324 and BIS 333. ment systems (DBMS), including database development, BIS 360. Business Information Systems Practicum (3) processing, logical and physical design, access, implemen- The business information systems practicum provides an tation and administration. Students will gain extensive opportunity for students to work on an intensive con- experience in developing data models, creating relational sulting engagement with a business. Students work with databases, and formulating and executing complex client firms on individual or team projects, which focus queries. The focus in the course will be on analyzing the on information systems activities such as developing connections between data and business organizational requirements, designing, and implementing systems. information needs and decisions, and understanding the Students complete written reports and make formal pre- principles of managing organizational data. The course sentations to clients. May not be taken concurrently with includes a project with hands-on experience with a large MGT 311. Prerequisites: Junior standing in the College scale database and SQL. Prerequisite: BIS 311 of Business and Economics. BIS 331 (MKT 331). Electronic Commerce (3) BIS 371. Directed Readings (1-3) This course covers how businesses and consumers use Readings and research information systems; designed for the Internet to exchange information and complete superior students who have special interest in some transactions. Both theoretical concepts and practical topic(s) not covered by the regularly scheduled courses. skills will be addressed with the scope of the class. Topics Written term paper(s) required. May be repeated. include advertising and marketing, ecommerce business Prerequisite: preparation in information systems accept- and revenue models, online consumer behavior, web site able to program coordinator. design issues, Internet security, electronic payments, infrastructure issues, privacy issues, and overall electronic BIS 372. Special Topics in Information Systems (1-3) commerce strategy. Students will get hands-on experi- Special problems and issues in information systems for ence designing ecommerce web-sites using web which no regularly scheduled course work exists. When authoring software. Prerequisite: BIS 111, MKT 211 or offered as group study, coverage varies according to inter- consent of instructor. ests of the instructor and students. May be repeated. Prerequisite: preparation in information systems accept- BIS 333. Business Data Communications (3) able to program coordinator. This course covers modern data communication tech- nologies and how they are used in business. It provides BIS 373. Business Information Systems an exposure to current and emerging networking and Internship (1-3) telecommunications technologies, introduces software Based upon a student’s work experience, a sponsoring and hardware fundamentals for various computer/net- faculty member shall direct reading, projects and other work architectures, and provides an understanding of the assignments - including a “capstone report.” It should be business context of these technologies. Students will noted that the work experience, by itself, is not the basis learn how to evaluate, select, and implement different for academic credit. The faculty-directed activity may be communication options within an organization. The provided concurrent with the work or as a follow-up to course emphasizes the business context of data commu- the work experience. In the latter case, arrangements nication technologies. Prerequisite: BIS 311. must be made in advance of the work engagement so as to enhance the follow-up experience (keeping logs, con- BIS 342 (SCM 342). e-Business Enterprise current reading assignments, etc.) Student effort is Applications (3) expected to be at least 40 hours per credit. Prerequisites: Introduction to the implications of key information CSC 17, IE 224 or CSC 241, junior standing in the technologies used within and across businesses to con- College of Business and Economics. duct e-business. The course covers the functionality of Course descriptions for the College of Business and various enterprise applications and their integration: cus- Economics graduate courses can be found in this section tomer relationship management, enterprise resource (Section V) under the heading of Business and planning, supply chain management, supplier relation- Economics Graduate Courses. ship management, data warehousing and mining, business intelligence, and product lifecycle management. Business information systems Prerequisites: BIS 111 or consent of the instructor. technology minor BIS 350. Project Management in Information This minor provides an overview of the major technical Systems (3) functions in IS, such as databases, networks, analysis and This course covers the factors necessary for successful design, and programming. This minor is available only management of information systems development, to students with a declared major in the College of enhancement, and implementation projects. Both techni- Business and Economics. cal and behavioral aspects of project management are Program of Studies: The BIS Technology minor consists applied within the context of an information systems of 4 courses equaling 13 credit hours. These credit hours implementation project. The course covers managing the consist of the following courses: systems life cycle, including systems implementation, test- 134 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Required Courses: context of the firm’s internal and external environment. BIS 120 Business Applications of Java (4) The second aspect of this course deals with the ability to or CSE 17 Structured Programming and communicate effectively in today’s business and profes- Data Structures (4) sional environment. Students will examine and practice BIS 311 Managing Information Systems the written and verbal communications strategies and Analysis and Design (3) skills that are essential to their success in business. BIS 324 Business Data Management (3) MBA 402. Managing Financial and Physical BIS 333 Business Data Communications (3) Resources (4) An MBA core course designed to integrate financial and Business Information Systems managerial concepts into operations decisions. Applications Minor Disciplines of accounting, finance and economics are This minor provides an opportunity for CBE students in combined to provide substantive foundations for dis- each of the majors to benefit from understanding more cussing and analyzing data. Implications of analysis are about the information systems that primarily support applied to facilitate decision-making in other areas such their business functions as well as other enterprise busi- as marketing, operations (manufacturing, logistics and ness applications that will interface with their own engineering), human resources, information technology business disciplines. Students will be able to select form and general management. The major learning objectives courses covering e-commerce strategies and development, will be applied through a series of “living” cases that are enterprise business applications strategies and technolo- centered on analyzing historical financial performance, gies, financial applications of IS, accounting applications, preparing a business plan, and valuing a business. and additional special topics that will focus on applica- Prerequisites: MBA 401, GBUS 401 or equivalent. tions in other areas such as data mining for marketing or MBA 403. Managing Information (4) HR systems. An MBA core course dealing with concepts and meth- Program of Studies: The BIS Applications minor consists ods involved in the collection, organization and of 3 courses equaling 9 credit hours. These 9 credit dissemination of information that helps managers make hours consist of the following courses: operational and strategic decisions. The course also deals Required Courses:(3 courses chosen from the following) with attributes of information and examines enterprise- BIS 331 Electronic Commerce and Security (3) wide impacts of local decisions. Revenue, cost, time and BIS 342 E-Business Enterprise Applications (3) quality-based information are accorded equal emphasis, BIS 372 Special Topics in IS (3) while students are exposed to alternative evaluation methods for decisions related to different parts of the ACCT 311 Accounting Information Systems (3) value chain. Topics include: activity-based costing; activ- ity-based management; transaction analysis; operational Business and Economics and strategic decisions such as outsourcing, design part- nerships, etc; investment analysis for short life-cycle Graduate Courses investments; evaluation of uncertainty, risk and ambigui- ty; metrics development; compensation policies; segment MBA Prerequisites evaluation methods; target costing and functional analy- sis; quality function deployment; total cost of ownership; GBUS 401. Financial Reporting for Managers and and transfer pricing. In addition, the course deals with: Investors (3) information technology enablers which allow firms to Corporate financial reporting under Generally Accepted improve value delivered to customers; and evaluation Accounting Principles. Analysis and interpretation of and management of emerging forms of cooperation, financial statements: accrual accounting, balance sheet such as joint ventures and project based strategic valuation, income determination and cash flow analysis. alliances. Prerequisites: MBA 401, GBUS 401 and ECO Profit manipulation, window dressing and “creative 401 or equivalents. accounting” through accounting policy choices. Fraudulent financial reporting, uses and limitations of MBA 404. Managing Products and Services (4) accounting information. Accounting information as a An MBA core course focusing on the management of tool for strategic decision making. products and services within a firm’s value chain. The course addresses exceeding customer expectations, estab- ECO 401. Basic Statistics for Business and lishing total quality as the core foundation, developing a Economics (3) strong customer focus, creating value through supply Descriptive statistics, probability and probability distri- chain management, developing new products for com- butions, estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation and petitive advantage, matching aggregate supply with regression, chi-square analysis and analysis of variance. customer demand, and designing market channels and Computer applications. influencing customers. Prerequisite: MBA 401. MBA Program Core Courses MBA 405. Managing People (4) An MBA core course that examines how effective organ- MBA 401. Introduction to the Organization and izations are created, maintained, and improved. The its Environment (2) course will focus on how good people are attracted to an This MBA Core Course will provide a thorough under- organization and how to make them productive. Topics standing of business organizations and will clarify ways include: organizational design, job design, staffing, train- middle and senior managers can create and sustain orga- ing and development, performance, teams, influence, nizational competitive advantage. The course examines diversity, change, ethical decision-making, and current the organization from an overall perspective within the people issues facing today’s organizations. The course includes a comprehensive simulation (to be conducted Business Information Systems 135 on a Saturday during the semester) and a group project assessment of fixed income and equity securities. which allows students to apply the principles and con- Construction of optimal portfolios and examination of cepts covered in the course. Prerequisite: MBA 401. performance measures. Prerequisite: MBA 402 or equiva- MBA 406. Integrative Experience (3) lent background. Students not possessing the relevant An MBA course where students apply the body of prerequisites must obtain waivers from the Designated knowledge acquired in MBA 401 through 405 through a Finance Faculty Representative. simulation, case presentations and the cross core project. GBUS 421. Advanced Investments (3) This course places an emphasis on strategic management Advanced topics relating to valuation/security analysis and take s the point of view of the general manager to and portfolio/risk management. Prerequisites: GBUS 420 view the organization from an overall perspective in the or Designated Finance Faculty Representative Approval. context of the firm’s internal and external environment. GBUS 422. Derivatives and Risk Management (3) In doing so, students examine historical perspectives, The theory and application of a variety of derivative contemporary theories, and practical applications all in instruments (options, futures contracts, etc.) used in cor- the spirit of helping them develop a broad understand- poration finance and the financial services industry. The ing of strategic management issues and solutions. By focus is on the risk management application vs. a rigor- combining high-level class discussions, case analyses, a ous development of option pricing theory and similar computer simulation competition and the cross-core topics. Prerequisites: GBUS 420, or Designated Finance project this course exposes students to rigorous theoreti- Faculty Representative Approval. cal analysis while providing hands-on, simulated real world business experiences. Prerequisites: MBA 401, GBUS 424. Advanced Topics in Financial MBA 402, MBA 403, MBA 404, MBA 405. Management: (description to change each time Accounting Electives course is offered) (3) Advanced topics relating to specific areas of corporate GBUS 413. Advanced Management Accounting (3) finance such as: theoretical and empirical examination of Issues in management accounting including activity- recent developments in financial management; asset val- based costing, activity-based management, strategic cost uation and capital budgeting including the role of management, theory of constraints, advanced manufac- uncertainty, imprecise forecasts, risk preferences, infla- turing technologies, cost of quality and life-cycle costing. tion, market conditions, and the global marketplace; Readings and cases. Prerequisite: MBA 403 or a course working capital management, leasing, mergers, and in cost accounting. financing. The course content may vary between instruc- tors and over time. Prerequisite: GBUS 419 or Finance GBUS 414. Financial Statement Analysis and Faculty Approval. Interpretation (3) This course focuses on analysis of financial statements. It GBUS 425. Real Estate Financing and Investing (3) develops the skills necessary to interpret and use finan- An upper-level course in modern real estate financing cial statement information effectively to assess techniques from the perspectives of both the borrower profitability and risk and is intended for individuals like- and the lender. Subject matter encompasses the follow- ly to become intensive users of financial accounting ing areas: The principles of financing decisions; information. Requirements include readings, case stud- financing methods and techniques; institutional sources ies, presentations, and written analysis of actual financial of funds for real estate; and real estate financing deci- statements. Prerequisite: GBUS 401 and MBA 402 or sions. Prerequisites: GBUS 420, or Designated finance permission of the instructor. Faculty Representative Approval. GBUS 437. Federal Taxation and Business GBUS 426. Financial Markets and Institutions (3) Decisions (3) Functions and portfolios of financial intermediaries. Impact of federal taxation on the structure and timing of Sectional demand and supply of funds, nature and role business decisions. Problem-solving methods and of interest rates, term structure and forecasting, impact research techniques from a managerial perspective. of inflation and regulations on financial intermediaries Prerequisite: GBUS 401 or a basic course in accounting. and markets, and current developments in the financial system. Management of assets and liabilities within the Finance Electives U.S. financial institution’s legal and economic con- straints. Prerequisite: GBUS 420, or designated Finance GBUS 419. Financial Management (3) Faculty Representative Approval. An intermediate level course in corporate finance. Coverage includes capital budgeting techniques including GBUS 431. Quantitative Finance (3) real options, decision tree analysis, risk analysis, advanced Relationship of quantitative models to financial theory cost of capital theories, capital structure theory, dividend and applications. Capital budgeting, portfolio selection, policy, working capital management, mergers and acqui- security evaluation, cash management, inventory policy sitions, restructuring, and bankruptcies. The course and credit analysis. Prerequisite: GBUS 419 or Finance emphasizes both theory and practice through lectures, Faculty Approval. cases, and financial modeling exercises. Prerequisite: MBA 402 or equivalent background. Students not pos- Management Electives sessing the relevant prerequisites must obtain waivers GBUS 440. Human Resource Management (3) from the Designated Finance Faculty representative. A survey of personnel management activities in organiza- GBUS 420. Investments (3) tions. Topics include human resource planning, A survey course in investments. Overview of financial recruitment, selection, equal employment opportunity, institutions and markets involved in the issuance and performance appraisal, compensation, career planning, trading of securities. Emphasis on valuation and risk safety and health, and quality of work life issues. Course consists of lectures, discussion, and case analysis. 136 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

GBUS 442. Seminar in Management Consulting (3) Information Systems Electives A study of consulting practices in general and their application to small business. Processes include a field GBUS 454 E-Commerce and Marketing Strategy (3) study/counseling service to a local business. Emphasis is Impact of e-commerce technologies on firms, industries, on the identification and analysis of multidisciplinary and markets. Covers the technologies used in e-com- problems and opportunities and the implementation of merce, changes in organization structure, industry and recommendations. Prerequisites: completion of MBA behavior, and sales and marketing strategies such as background courses (or equivalent) and permission of attracting visitors to websites, promotion, distribution, the instructor. service, pricing, branding, advertising, consumer behav- ior, measuring effectiveness, societal effects, GBUS 444. Managerial Communication Skills (3) disintermediation, reintermediation, and strategy imple- Organization, style and strategy of language to inform, mentation. Prerequisite: MBA 403. direct and persuade. Application of writing, reading, speaking and listening skills to managerial problems. GBUS 455 E-Business Enterprise Applications (3) Case studies. Implications of key information technologies used with- in and across businesses to conduct e-business, including GBUS 445. Labor-Management Administration (3) customer relationship management, enterprise resource A study of the U.S. system of industrial relations, planning, on-line ordering and inventory management, including the evolution and present status of labor law; supply chain management, and e-procurement systems, union organizing efforts; the strategy of negotiations; data warehousing, data mining, intra-extranets, and the substantive provisions of collective bargaining and knowledge management. Prerequisite: MBA 403. the administration of collective agreements. Also consid- ered is the role of unions in the implementation of GBUS 456 Business Process Redesign with programs for employee self-management and other Information Systems (3) workplace innovations. Current topics on the principles, implementation and critical success factors of deploying information systems GBUS 446. Commercial Potential Assessment (3) enabled quality management and process innovation A study of the process of bringing an invention to mar- within organizations. Techniques and tools used in imple- ket with emphasis on commercial potential. Industrial menting quality and process innovation from a managerial analysis, competitor intelligence and strategic issues will and practical perspective. Prerequisite: MBA 403. be emphasized along with the development of market strategy and an overall business plan. Extensive research GBUS 457 Managing the IS Resource (3) including data base searches will be included. Instructor The issues and management techniques involved in permission required. administering the information systems/resource activities in the organization. Management of IS professionals, GBUS 447 Negotiation (3 credits) development and management of project teams, user The class examines the behavioral foundations of the client relationships, managing vendors, emerging tech- negotiation process. Topics include: The negotiation nologies and planning processes. Prerequisite: MBA 403. process, negotiation planning, power in negotiations, communications in negotiations, tactics, concepts of GBUS 458 Strategic Information Systems (3) win-win and win-lose, social styles, individual and team Understanding the various types of computer based negotiations, ethical considerations, cultural differences, information systems and developing an ability to identi- negotiating in sole source (customer) situations, using fy and exploit information technologies to gain third parties. The concepts will be exposed through both competitive advantage, at the individual, group and lectures and simulations. organizational levels. Prerequisite: MBA 403. GBUS 450. Strategic Supply Management (3) GBUS 459 Survey of Project Management (3) A survey course designed to introduce the MBA/MSE Provides an overview of the project management frame- student to the vital role played by supply management in work and knowledge areas. It deals with the day-to-day, achieving overall effectiveness for the firm in today’s hands-on problems of managing a project (defined as a global economy. The course starts by examining the tra- temporary structure within a permanent organization, ditional purchasing process and then moves on to an set up to achieve a specific objective). Areas covered will examination of the evolution of purchasing into supply include: project integration, project scope, project plan- management and, finally, to the role purchasing plays in ning and implementation, project control and improving effectiveness of the entire value chain. Course evaluation, project cost and risk management, project consists of lectures, discussion and case analysis. resource management and organization, and project communication. Cases will be used to illustrate prob- GBUS 451. Analytical Methods in Management (3) lems and the techniques to solves them. A basic project Application of management science methods to industri- management software tool will be introduced and uti- al and commercial problems. Scientific method, decision lized in this course. This course is designed for MBA theory, linear programming, inventory control, regres- students who want a general exposure to project man- sion analysis, forecasting, simulation, and related areas agement concepts. This course may not be used in the are examined in the context of accounting, finance, mar- Project Management Certificate Program. keting and manufacturing. GBUS 453 Transportation and Logistics Marketing Electives Management(3) GBUS 460 Strategic Marketing Management (3) The control of physical distribution and inventories; the The course studies the management of contemporary flow of information, products and cash through the inte- organizations from the perspective of a marketing man- grated supply chain. ager. While the course content addresses the activities required to maintain a strategic fit between an organiza- Business Information Systems 137 tion’s environment and its particular set of objectives and ice business) and discusses the development of strategies resources, the central focus is on designing strategic mar- for addressing these challenges. The need for cross-func- keting actions for various types of organizations. The tional integration to provide effective service is stressed. course pedagogy emphasizes the application of market- Illustrative topics include service quality gap analysis, ing and other business principles through either relationship between superior service and profitability, seminars, simulations, or case discussion. service encounter analysis, customer lifetime value analy- sis, services guarantees, and service demand and capacity GBUS 462 Pharmacutical Marketing management. (Course Description) GBUS 464 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) International Business Electives This course focuses on marketing strategies and tactics in GBUS 473 International Finance (3) firms whose customers are other institutions, not indi- Consideration of problems arising from the risks associ- viduals. Topics covered include organizational buying ated with international investing and multinational behavior, managing strategic buyer-seller relationships, corporation finance (currency, political, etc.). Focus is on sales force deployment, communication strategies, and (a) investing in international market given the institu- so on. Specific attention is given to the impact of infor- tional constraints and differences between domestic mation technology and globalization in the markets, and (b) managerial issues relating to corpora- business-to-business context. tions, investors, and financial institutions. Prerequisites: GBUS 465 Creating Breakthrough Innovation (3) GBUS 419, or Designated Finance Faculty Most products and services either fail or do average busi- Representative Approval. ness, but some are phenomenally successful. Such GBUS 474. Legal Aspects of International products and services that provide phenomenal financial Business (3) returns and become market leaders can be called Various legal problems of engaging in business abroad, “Breakthrough Products and Services”. The main objec- including contracts, technology transfer, property owner- tive of the course is to improve our understanding of the ship, business organizations and labor, using a case and process of creating breakthrough products and services. problem-solving approach. It is accomplished by in-class discussions of cases, assign- ments, and the state-of-the-art research work in GBUS 475 Global Marketing Strategies (3) academia and industry. The course concludes with a The course is designed to provide a framework within term paper that integrates the concepts learned from which global marketing operation can be analyzed, class discussions, reference books, and research papers understood, and undertaken. The course focuses on the and applies them to a real product. Prerequisites: issues that are being faced by firms in today’s global mar- Graduate student status plus two years of post-graduate ketplace, particularly those that are related to strategy work experience. formulation and implementation. The learning experi- ence in this course is placed on global business GBUS 466 Marketing Research and Analysis (3) decision-making, through the use of case studies, proj- This course focuses on procedures for collecting and ects, and lectures. analyzing relevant information for informed decision making by managers. The process of identifying research GBUS 476. Globalization and Management of questions, developing instruments for collecting infor- Technology (3) mation, appropriate interpretation of information, and Management of science and technology in the context of appropriateness of research methods are some of the top- international business and the globalization of markets, ics discussed in this course. The course focuses on the competition and corporations. Management of global process of doing marketing research as well as the tech- industrial R & D; technology–based global strategic niques for analyzing information. Discussion of concepts alliances; global external technology sourcing, complex and cases, developing data collection instruments, and human resources and cross-cultural issues; etc. Develops doing actual marketing research projects will form the an appreciation of the scientific and technical capabilities key elements of this course. available globally and the potential for global cooperative and/or competition in this regard. GBUS 470 Marketing Communications Strategies (3) This course focuses on how various elements of communi- Management of Technology Courses cations are integrated to achieve various organizational objectives. In addition to the traditional communication GBUS 481. Technology, Operations and media such as advertising and point of purchase media, Competitive Strategy (3) emphasis will also be placed on new media and strategies Develops an understanding and appreciation of the made possible due to the advances in technology. The interrelationships among technology, operations and the course will involve discussion of concepts, case analysis and competitive strategy of the firm. Industry analysis and discussion, insights from practitioners, and group projects. competitiveness; competitive strategy formulation and implementation; value chain analysis; operations strategy GBUS 471 Strategic Brand Management (3) and technology strategy; operation’s contributions to This course will focus on theories, models, and other competitive advantages in cost, quality and variety and tools to manage brands, products, and product lines. new product introduction. Specific attention will be focused on building, measuring, and managing brand equity. The course will be a mixture GBUS 482. R, D & E Project Management (3) of lectures, discussions, case analyses, and group exercises. Management of cross-functional project teams for intro- ducing technological innovations in the manufacturing GBUS 472 Strategies for Services Marketing (3) and marketing of new products and services in a variety The course focuses on the challenges of marketing and of industries. managing services (whether in a manufacturing or serv- 138 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

GBUS 483. R & D Management (3) appropriate operational framework and business process- Developing R&D programs to achieve strategic business es, including technology and infrastructure, that are objectives; selecting, staffing and managing R&D projects; required to successfully launch the new enterprise. The and transferring research results to commercial functions. business plan must also demonstrate that the venture GBUS 484. Science and Technology Policies and will have strong leadership and a capable management team to deal with uncertainty and drive results. Finally, Institutions (3) the business plan must incorporate detailed financial The science and technology institutional infrastructure forecasts and financing methods, and should address and its relationships with management decision-making, equity valuation and investor exit strategies. Like its including private, public (government) and quasi-public predecessor, this course is project-oriented and makes institutions; R&D, regulatory, and policy institutions; extensive use of one-on-one instruction between class and U.S., foreign and international institutions. meetings. Additional emphasis is placed on developing GBUS 485. Diffusion and Implementations of an effective format and packaging of the written docu- Technology (3) ment. 2 Credits Classical macro-study of adoption and diffusion of inno- GBEN 403. Anatomy of Entrepreneurship: Start- vation, and managing the implementation/utilization/ ups and Established Companies (1) application of new technology in the organization/corpo- This interactive seminar focuses on understanding the true rate culture. meaning of entrepreneurship. The new venture opportuni- GBUS 486. Qualitative Research Methodology (3) ty is profiled from the perspective of the individual Study of techniques that describe, decode and translate entrepreneur who is starting a business and embarking on social phenomena. Explores how interpretive researchers a new career path involving high risk and reward. Different plan and conduct studies and present findings. Studies entrepreneurial management styles are analyzed and high- investigators’ roles, data sources, observation methods, lighted. Course emphasis is also placed on managing data-analysis methods and trustworthiness of findings. A innovation and creativity in a corporate environment. field research project is required. Successful implementation of entrepreneurial activities for GBUS 494. Fields Projects (1-4) the large company makes special demands on management to promote discovery and create internal stakeholders. The field projects course will provide MBA students Both start-ups and established companies are placed under with an opportunity to apply MBA concepts with an the microscope through guest speakers, panel discussion, employer, corporate partner or other suitable organiza- selected readings, and case analysis. 1 Credit tion. Students will work with a supervising professor and a corporate representative on a project designed by the GBEN 404. Market Opportunity: Targeting student. Students must prepare a written proposal for Strategies and Selling Tactics (1) the project including the expected outcomes and an esti- The focal point of any business plan is identifying and mate of the hours required for completion. Students will understanding the target customer that will be served. present their proposal to a faculty member of their The product/service offering must have strong buyer choice for approval. The academic rigor and time appeal and capture immediate attention in the market- required to complete the project will determine the place. The need to rapidly penetrate a market demands number of credits earned. that a marketing mix be designed, built, and implement- ed in a manner that leads to differentiation and superior vSeries (Corporate Entrepreneurship) positioning. Maximizing marketing firepower with GBEN 401. The Business Plan I: Strategic severely limited financial and organizational resources is Considerations (2) a major challenge that confronts today’s entrepreneurs. This course is first of a two-part sequence that focuses Market segmentation strategies, the target marketing on the initial steps necessary to design and build a high- process, forming market alliances, and managing the impact business plan for the start-up company or new selling process are viewed from the perspective of seed enterprise within an existing firm. The development and early stage ventures. 1 Credit process is integrative, complex, and time-consuming for GBEN 405. Intellectual Property: Management the entrepreneur. Foundation or strategic-level issues that and Valuation (1) impact the formation and growth of the new enterprise New technologies create new markets and new venture are addressed. The goal in this first phase is to complete possibilities. Their discovery and success rate, along with various sections of the business plan that deal with mar- the ability of an enterprise to leverage these assets in mar- ket opportunity, industry trends and developments, kets, depends on how the firm views and manages its company positioning, competitive advantage, and core investment in intellectual property. Obtaining the neces- competencies. This course is project-oriented and makes sary legal protection of intellectual property can also serve extensive use of one-on-one instruction between class as an effective barrier to entry and may be a source of meetings. Students identify a market opportunity, devel- competitive advantage. This seminar focuses on the op the product/service offering, target potential strategic management of intellectual property as a com- customers and users, assess market demand, analyze mar- mercial enterprise, covers methods of valuation, and ket penetration, and determine the revenue potential of examines various accounting and legal issues that must be the new venture. 2 Credits considered in strategic-level decision making. 1 Credit GBEN 402. The Business Plan II: GBEN 406. Performing a Business Enterprise Operating Strategies and Implementation (2) Audit: Developing an Industry Perspective (1) This course is the second of a two-part sequence that New ventures must position themselves for long-term focuses on the final steps necessary to complete the busi- growth and market development. Entrepreneurs create ness plan. This phase concentrates on designing the enterprises, define their organizations, and build business Business Information Systems 139 models based on changes in technology, government reg- GBEN 410. Financing Start-Ups: Seeking Outside ulation, demographics, and shifts in other exogenous Venture Capital (1) variables. A strategy must be crafted that is sustainable This course provides an overview of the venture capital over the long run. Success or failure is often predicated market, examines the nature and role of the venture cap- on market cycles, market saturation, supply/demand italist, and analyzes whether and how venture capital imbalances and other forces that are not controllable. financing may be the preferred approach in raising out- This seminar places emphasis on assessing the market side capital. Venture deals are closely examined in terms potential and valuation of start-ups from an industry or of types of equity instrument, methods of valuation, macro-perspective, particularly from the view of an out- milestones and staged release of funds, special provisions side investor. It also focuses on how to gather and make that may include antidilution measures and other protec- effective use of competitive intelligence. 1 Credit tive arrangements, and developing term sheets. Emphasis GBEN 407. Processes and Infrastructure: Creating is also given to dissecting the process and criteria used to Production and Delivery (1) seek and attract venture capitalists, including angel This course provides an overview of the internal capabil- investors. Various scenarios and trade-offs are covered in ities and the process and technology platform required this intensive course..1 Credit to fully operationalize the business plan. Critical business GBEN 411. Establishing Credit Facilities: Asset- activities and functions are dissected, such as establishing Based and Cash Flow Financing (1) needed back-end procurement, production, and distribu- Borrowing from a commercial bank or a credit interme- tion services that focus on supply chain dynamics and diary can provide outside funding for working capital management; determining the scope of front-end call and equipment purchases in many situations. For seed center and e-commerce activities; managing logistics; and early stage firms, attention is often given to asset- and utilizing information systems and web-based solu- based lending programs that make use of first liens on tions that effectively link customers, elements of the accounts receivable and inventory or fixed assets to pro- supply chain, and employees. These topics are explored vide added legal protection to creditors. For later stage from the perspective of the start-up and emerging com- firms, traditional line-of-credit financing may be feasible pany as well as the large corporation engaged in new and desirable from a cash flow standpoint. Various bor- venture creation. 1 Credit rowing alternatives, including leasing, are covered in this GBEN 408. The New Venture Organization: course along with covenants and restrictions that often Management, Design, and Governance (1) apply. Government loan programs, especially those of Managing a new enterprise presents unique and difficult the Small Business Administration, are also given empha- challenges for its leadership. Expanding workloads and sis.1 Credit the increased complexity of tasks resulting from the GBEN 412. Developing Exit Strategies: Concepts rapid and sustained growth of the business create the and Approaches (1) need for a smooth transition from entrepreneurial-style Sophisticated equity investors require that an exit or har- management to professional management. Timing is vest plan be developed and that it be viable and capable critical, and for many start-ups it is not an easy bridge to of being executed within the foreseeable future. Venture cross. This course dissects the design and characteristics capitalists and angel investors anticipate their future of small organizations, and the need to correctly align departure and a positive financial outcome at the very structure with strategy. It also considers how entrepre- point the deal is struck in the present. Various planned neurial activities should be seeded, managed, organized, and unplanned exit strategies are analyzed in this course and executed within the context of an established com- which include: an initial public offering, offering the pany. Under scrutiny are the heavy demands placed business for sale, merging with another company, fran- upon entrepreneurs and corporate managers to effective- chising, acquisition of shares by some investors, or ly lead and manage under highly uncertain conditions liquidation of the business. Valuation methods, financial where change is a constant. Additional course emphasis and tax implications, and due diligence are also exam- is placed on comprehending the critical role that boards ined. 1 Credit of directors play for start-up companies. 1 Credit GBEN 413. Integrative Experience/New Venture GBEN 409. Financial Forecasting: Developing Pro Internship (1-4) Forma Financial Statements (1) Only students enrolled in the Entrepreneurial concentra- No business plan would be complete without providing tion may elect one of these hands-on, project-orientated detailed financial projections and identifying the key courses. Integrative Experience must meet the requirements assumptions that help shape the numbers. The financial of formal independent study and involve a new venture sit- translation of business models is expressed through pro uation with a start-up or existing company. Students forma income statements, balance sheets, and sources employed in a New Venture Internship may also qualify and uses of funds. Having this information allows man- for course credit if the same requirements are satisfied. agement, investors, and lenders to measure and evaluate future financial performance. This exercise also establish- Project Management es the capitalization required to launch the venture, PMGT 401. Project Management: Course support operations, and meet interim goals as the enter- Framework & Project Leader Assessment (1) prise progresses through the beginning stages of its Introduction to the Project Management Certification development. Course emphasis is placed on the use of Course; syllabus, requirements and deliverables. Students forecasting methods and breakeven analysis, working will become acquainted with: the terminology, nine capital and cash flow management, and identification of knowledge areas, relationships to other disciplines, proj- accounting and financial issues that impact on profit ect management context and processes. Introduction to measurement and financial risk. 1 Credit the logistical vehicles for course delivery and the tools to 140 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 be used. Students will also assess themselves as project PMGT 405. Project Management: leaders and explore project leader competencies, roles, Project Leader Communications Expertise and responsibilities and stakeholder relationships. Evaluating Team Performance (1) PMGT 402. Project Management: Skills and The purpose of this weekend seminar is to strengthen Abilities for Effective Leadership of Teams (1) the project leader’s communication skills, change-man- Students will enhance project team leadership skills, agement skills, conflict resolutions skills, and team define the work environment of project teams, team evaluation skills. Focus areas will also include the follow- selection, develop a team charter, clearly define the roles ing: understanding the art and science of effective and responsibilities of all project team members, set team listening, managing multiple expectations, communicat- guidelines, learn methods to promote teamwork, under- ing “bad news,” and learning tools and techniques for stand the stages of development, manage team dynamics. project team evaluation. Prerequisites: PMGT 401, Additional skills covered: delegation, managing accounta- PMGT 402, PMGT 403, PMGT 404 bility without direct authority over project team PMGT 406. Project Management: Implementing members, managing dysfunctional teams, performance and Managing Projects (2). improvement, input to performance appraisals, rewards, Students will learn techniques and processes to start and recognitions, celebrations. Prerequisite: PMGT 401. perform the actual project work. Suggestions for work- PMGT 403. Project Management: Initiating the ing successfully in a matrix management environment Project and Planning Scope and Schedule (2) will be discussed. Information systems to track schedule Students will learn techniques for deciding whether to performance, labor charges and project expenditures will undertake a project and for planning project outcomes be expressed. Developing escalation procedures to and schedules. The relationship of projects to organiza- address project conflicts issues will be emphasized. tional planning and budgeting, information and Procedures for controlling labor and fund charges to a performance appraisals systems will be discussed. project will be introduced. Key project review and deci- Approaches will be shared for identifying and classifying sion meetings will be identified. Planning and project stakeholders and designing and conducting a cost implementing quality assurance activities will be benefit analysis. How to define desired project outcomes addressed. Planning for, awarding and administering clearly and completely and how to determine project contracts will be discussed. How to support these activi- work to be performed using decomposition and tem- ties using MS Project will be demonstrated. plates will be addressed. Students will learn how to Prerequisites: PMGT 401, PMGT 402, PMGT 403, develop a project charter, a scope statement, a Work PMGT 404, PMGT 405 Breakdown Structure, a WBS dictionary and a Linear PMGT 407. Project Management: Controlling Responsibility Chart. How to create a network diagram Performance and Assessing Outcomes (2) and analyze schedule possibilities using the Critical Path Students will learn how to monitor and control project Method (CPM) and the Program Evaluation and Review activities in progress and how to bring a project to clo- Technique (PERT) will be explained. Fast tracking and sure. Approaches for assessing project products and crashing a schedule will also be explored. Displaying a services produced will be explored. Techniques for evalu- schedule with a Gantt Chart, key events list and activi- ating schedule and cost performance will be introduced. ties will be illustrated. How to support these activities Variance analysis and earned value analysis will be using MS Project will be demonstrated. Prerequisites: explained. Quality control and risk monitoring and con- PMGT 401, PMGT 402 trol will be discussed. Change control systems and PMGT 404. Project Management: Planning procedures will be explained. How to prepare focused Resources, Communication, Quality and Risk progress reports and conduct effective project meetings Management (2) will be discussed. Requirements for closing out contracts In this course, students will learn how to estimate the and procurements will be detailed. Obtaining user needs for personnel and other types of projects resources, acceptance, closing labor and fund charge accounts and to develop a project budget and to plan for additional other administrative activities will be discussed. project support activities. Determining the type, amount Designing and conducting a post-project review will be and timing of resource needs will be emphasized. explored. How to support these activities using MS Approaches to resource leveling will be discussed. The Project will be demonstrated. Prerequisites: PMGT 401, different types of project costs will be explained. The use PMGT 402, PMGT 403, PMGT 404, PMGT 405, of analogous estimating, parametric modeling, bottom- PMGT 406 up estimating and computerized tools to estimate costs PMGT 408. Project Management: Problem will be explored. Planning to ensure project quality and Solving, Decision Making and Ethics (1) coordinate project communications will be will be This 2-day seminar focuses on developing problem solv- addressed. Identifying, assessing, and preparing a plan to ing and ethical decision-making skills. Students will manage project risks will also be discussed. Planning for learn to recognize project problems, frame the problem, project procurement and associated solicitations will be assess risk, manage risk, plan contingencies, recognize explained. Students will learn how to develop resource the escalation points, and apply alternate methods. matrices, loading charts and grafts and a project budget. Students will also participate in ethical exercises to How to support these activities using MS Project will be strengthen their ability to recognize ethical dilemmas demonstrated. Prerequisites: PMGT 401, PMGT 402, and evaluate decisions. Prerequisites: PMGT 401, PMGT 403 PMGT 402, PMGT 403, PMGT 404, PMGT 405, PMGT 406, PMGT 407 Business Information Systems 141

Accounting ing services and related issues are addressed through the use of case studies and outside speakers. Students gain M. S. Core Courses experience in basic consulting skills by completing a real MACC 401. Professional Issues in Accounting (3) life consulting project and presenting their findings orally This course consists of three modules designed to pro- and in writing. Prerequisite: MACC 401. vide students with an overview of professional MACC 424. Corporate Governance and Business accounting topics. The first module introduces business case analysis. Cases will be dissected, analyzed and dis- Risk (3) cussed. A range of business topics will be used to Focuses on assurance and risk management services demonstrate the case method. The second module exam- offered by public accounting firms. Integrating topics ines the behavioral foundations of the negotiation from accounting, auditing, ethics, economics, risk man- process. Topics include planning, tactics, power, integra- agement, internal control, and business strategy, the tive and distributive bargaining, behavioral styles and course develops an in-depth understanding of how cor- individual and team negotiations. The third module porate governance and business risk issues relate to examines ethical issues as they relate to business. assurance practice in today’s post-Sarbanes-Oxley envi- Through debate and case studies, students will be chal- ronment. Students complete an assurance and risk lenged to determine what are acceptable and ethical management engagement for a “real-life” small-to-medi- business practices, primarily in an international environ- um size client. Prerequisite: MACC 401 and MACC 412 ment, and how these practices relate to the highly or concurrent. diverse elements that comprise today’s complex, global MACC 427. Analyzing Accounting Information (3) enterprises. Open only to MSAIA students. Focuses on accounting information as an enabler of busi- MACC 412. Information Systems Auditing (3) ness solutions. The course exposes students to the This course deals with a number of issues related to interaction of accounting information, business models, modern information technology auditing. Computer financial analysis, and information technology to bring control issues and their impact on both operational effi- about the resolution of complex business problems. ciency and the auditor’s attest responsibility under Topics include using control systems as guides to busi- Sarbanes-Oxley legislation and other authoritative pro- ness strategies, creating performance measurement nouncements are dealt with in depth. The course focuses systems, evaluating strategic profit performance, linking on identifying key threats and describes the audit tests internal operations to external markets, and balancing and procedures in the following areas: Operating the dynamics of profit, growth, management attention Systems (mainframes and PCs), Data Management, and control. Issues relating to Enterprise Resource Systems Development, Electronic Commerce (including Planning (ERP) are addressed. Prerequisite: MACC core networks, EDI and Internet risks), Organizational or concurrent. (To be taken during the last semester of Structure, Computer Center Operations, ERP systems, the program.) and Computer Applications (Revenue and Expenditure Economics cycle). Emerging issues in fraud prevention and detec- M.S. And Ph.D. Core Courses tion are examined. A key learning objective in this course is to develop proficiency in the use of data extrac- ECO 402. Managerial Economics (3) tion software for auditing. Towards this end, the course Application of economic and statistical analysis to mana- integrates ACL into relevant auditing problems, projects gerial decision-making. Business and economics and cases. Prerequisites: Accounting 311, Accounting forecasting. Empirical estimation of demand, production 320, and MACC 401 or permission of instructor. and cost functions. Resource allocations and pricing strategies in various market structures. Decisions under MACC 413.The Corporate Financial Reporting risk and uncertainty. Government regulations of busi- Environment (3) ness. Cases. Prerequisite: Calculus and ECO 401 or Uses theory and research results to study financial equivalent ECO 411. History of Economic Thought (3) reporting’s role in providing decision-useful information Selected topics in the history of economic thought, with to capital market participants. Examines the financial special attention to the origins of modern economic the- reporting revolution, efficient markets theory and ory. Prerequisite: a graduate course in economic theory. research, economic consequences, positive accounting theory, owner/manager conflict, executive compensation, ECO 412. Mathematical Economics (3) earnings management, international concerns, standard- Applications of various mathematical techniques in the setting, the FASB’s conceptual framework, and current formation and development of economic concepts and issues. Prerequisites: Accounting 316 or equivalent and theories. Prerequisite: consent of the chair. MACC 401. ECO 413. Advanced Microeconomics Analysis (3) MACC 420. Consulting Process and Practice in A survey of methods of decision-making at the micro- Professional Accounting (3) economic level; price theory and econometric This course provides an overview of the consulting and applications. Prerequisite: ECO 402 or equivalent. advisory process as it relates to accounting firms and ECO 414. Advanced Topics in Microeconomics (3) internal consultation industry. The course focuses on var- Resource allocation and price determination. Theories of ious aspects of the consulting process life cycle such as choice of consumers, firms and resource owners under gaining and retaining clients, developing proposals and various market forms. Prerequisites: ECO 401 and ECO engagement letters, defining client needs and diagnosing 413 or equivalents. problems, utilizing effective data collection and analysis ECO 415. Econometrics I (3) methodologies, documenting information gathered, Computer applications of standard econometric tech- developing solutions, presenting recommendations, and niques using regression analysis in a single-equation managing project requirements. Several types of consult- 142 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 context. Discussion of problems of multicollinearity, het- ECO 428. (GBUS 428) Capital and Interest eroscedasticity and autocorrelation. An introduction to Theory (3) simultaneous equation models, identification and estima- Theories of interest and capital. Annuities; applications tion problems. Prerequisite: ECO 401 or equivalent. of present value theory; investment valuation under ECO 416. Econometric Theory (3) uncertainty and risk; term structure of interest rates; the Mathematical and statistical specification of economic theory of savings, cost of capital and capital formation. models. Statistical estimation and tests of parameters in Prerequisite: MBA 402 or equivalent. single and multiple equation models. Prediction and ECO 429. (GBUS 429) Monetary Theory (3) tests of structural changes. Prerequisites: ECO 401 (or The role of money in the economy from theoretical and equivalent) and calculus. empirical perspectives. The influence of money and ECO 417. Advanced Macroeconomics Analysis (3) prices, interest rates, output and employment. Macroeconomic theory and policy. Emphasis on theoret- Prerequisite: ECO/GBUS 427 or equivalent. ical models and policy implications. ECO 430. (GBUS 430) Public Finance (3) ECO 418. Advanced Topics in Macroeconomics (3) The economics of public spending and taxation; princi- Models of employment, income and growth in monetary ples of government debt management; theories of economies. Policies for economic stability and growth. budgeting and cost-benefit analysis and public choice. Prerequisite: ECO 417 or equivalent. ECO 436. Economic History of the United States (3) ECO 423 Real Options (3) Analysis of the colonial economy, transition to industri- This is an introductory graduate level course in financial alization, and the role of trade and transportation in economics. It is intended for students with strong tech- America’s development. A consideration of the impor- nical backgrounds who are comfortable with tance of slavery to the 19th-century American economy mathematical arguments. The course is divided into and other New World economies. Origin and develop- three main parts: deterministic finance, single-period ment of banking and financial markets. Prerequisites: uncertainty finance and options theory and its applica- ECO 401 and ECO 402 or equivalents. tions. Prerequisite: GBUS 420. ECO 440. Labor Economics (3) ECO 424 Advanced Numerical Methods (3) The economics of labor markets and various labor-mar- This course focuses on techniques that apply directly to ket institutions with emphasis on current theoretical and economic analysis. A particular emphasis is on problems in empirical research. Prerequisites: ECO 401 and ECO finance. The course teaches students how to use EXCEL 402 or equivalents. macros and advanced VBA (the industry standard). It is ECO 447. Economic Analysis of Market designed for decision making in business settings. Competition (3) Economics Electives Mathematical models based on game theory and indus- trial organization. Cases are used to analyze the strategic ECO 404. Technology, Trade and Economic interaction of firms and governments as competitors Growth (1) (required for MOT and MBA-MOT and partners. students only) ECO 451. Urban Economics (3) Overview of the role of technology in economic systems. The application of traditional and spatial economics to Productivity and growth effects, relationships to industry the location of economic activity focusing on the urban structure, impacts on international trade and competi- economic problems of business location, housing, land tiveness. Prerequisite: intended to be taken concurrently value, land use and intra-urban transportation. with ECO 402. ECO 453. Government Regulation of Business (3) ECO 423. Real Options (3) Analysis of the economic justification for government This is an introductory graduate level course in financial regulation of private enterprise. Topics include antitrust economics, It is intended for students with strong tech- policy, utilities, and health, safety and environmental nical backgrounds who are comfortable with regulation. Prerequisite: ECO 402 or equivalent. mathematical arguments. The course is divided into three main parts: deterministic finance, single-period ECO 454. Economics of Environmental uncertainty finance and options theory and its applica- Management (3) tions. Prerequisite: GBUS 420. Economic theory of natural resources. Optimal policies for the development of renewable and nonrenewable ECO 424. Advanced Numerical Methods (3) resources and environmental quality. Prerequisite: ECO This course focuses on techniques that apply directly to 402 or equivalent. economic analysis. A particular emphasis is on problems in finance. The course teaches students how to use EXCEL ECO 455. Health Economics (3) macros and advanced VBA (the industry standard). It is Economic theory of health care delivery systems. designed for decision making in business settings. Financing health care services. Case studies of specific economic-financing problems and/or international com- ECO 425. Cost-Benefit Analysis (3) parisons of health care delivery. Prerequisite: ECO 401 or Theory and methods of cost-benefit analysis; efficiency ECO 402 or equivalents or permission of the instructor. and equity as criteria in program evaluation; proper measurement of market and non-market costs and bene- ECO 456. Industrial Organization (3) fits; consideration of risk, uncertainty, appropriate The goal of the course is to review theoretical and discounting techniques and distributional consequences; empirical attempts by economists to understand market applications include the evaluation of health care policies structures lying between the extremes of perfect compe- and therapies. tition and monopoly. The course will focus first on Chemical Engineering 143 describing the current U.S. industrial structure and for and other conditions affecting research and develop- reviewing models of imperfect competition. The course ment; the evaluation of the justifications for government then shifts to a closer study of individual firm behavior. support of R&D. Prerequisite: ECO 402 or equivalent. The final segment of the course is an overview of two ECO 490 Master’s Thesis significant relationships between government and indus- try caused by the existence of imperfect competition. ECO 492 Special Topics in Economics (1-3) Extended study of an approved topic not covered in ECO 457. Bio-Pharmaceutical Economics (3) scheduled courses. May be repeated for credit. Characteristics of the market for pharmaceuticals; barri- ers to entry, competitions and innovation’ pricing and ECO 499 Dissertation regulation; physician prescribing behavior; commercial- ization and financing of biotech startups; international comparisons of public policy. Chemical Engineering ECO 460. Time Series Analysis (3) Professors. Philip A. Blythe, Ph.D. (Manchester, Classical decomposition of time series, trend analysis, England); Hugo S. Caram, Ph.D. (Minnesota); Manoj exponential smoothing, spectral analysis and Box-Jenkins K. Chaudhury, Ph.D. (SUNY-Buffalo), Franklin J. autoregressive and moving average methods. Howes Jr. Professor; Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Ph.D. (McGill), Provost; Gregory C. Farrington, Ph.D. ECO 461. Forecasting (3) (Harvard), President; James T. Hsu, Ph.D. Methods of economic and business forecasting. (Northwestern); Anand Jagota (Cornell), Director of ECO 462. Advanced Statistics for Business and Bioengineering; Andrew Klein, Ph.D. (North Carolina Economics (3) State); William L. Luyben, Ph.D. (Delaware); Anthony An expanded development of statistical concepts neces- J. McHugh, Ph.D. (Delaware), Ruth H. and Sam sary for business and economic research. Topics include Madrid Professor, Chair; Arup K. Sengupta, Ph.D. probability theory, sets, density functions and distribu- (Houston); Cesar A. Silebi, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Harvey G. tions, sampling distributions, point estimation, moment Stenger, Jr., Sc.D. (M.I.T.); Israel E. Wachs, Ph.D. generating functions, maximum likelihood, classical sta- (Stanford), G. Whitney Snyder Professor. tistical inference, power functions, likelihood ratio tests Associate Professor. Mayuresh V. Kothare, Ph.D. and non-parametric tests. Prerequisite: calculus. (California Institute of Technology) R. L. McCann Professor. ECO 463 (IE 458). Topics in Game Theory (3) A mathematical analysis of how people interact in strate- Assistant Professors. James F. Gilchrist, Ph.D. gic situations. Topics include normal-form and (Northwestern); Ian Laurenzi, Ph.D. (UPenn); extensive-form representations of games, various types of Padmavathy Rajagopalan, Ph.D. (Brown). equilibrium requirements, the existence and characteriza- Professor of Practice. Shivaji Sircar, Ph.D. tion of equilibria, and mechanism design. The analysis is (Pennsylvania); Kemal Tuzla, Ph.D. (Istanbul Technical applied to micro-economic problems including industri- University), Associate Chair al organization, inter-national trade, and finance. Principal research scientists. Eric S. Daniels, Ph.D. Prerequisites: Two semesters of calculus, ECO 414 and (Lehigh); E. David Sudol, Ph.D. (Lehigh). ECO 412 , or permission of the instructor. Emeritus professors. Marvin Charles, Ph.D. (Brooklyn ECO 472 Special Topics in Economics (1-3) Polytechnic); John C. Chen, Ph.D. (Michigan); Arthur Extended Study of an approved topic not covered in E. Humphrey, Ph.D. (Columbia); provost emeritus; scheduled courses. May be repeated for credit. William E. Schiesser, Ph.D. (Princeton); Leslie H. ECO 471. International Economic Development (3) Sperling, Ph.D. (Duke); Fred P. Stein, Ph.D. (Michigan) An introduction to the basic theoretical concepts in The mission of the undergraduate program is “to educate international economic development and an evaluation students in the scientific principles of chemical engineer- of their application by means of a representative sample ing and provide opportunities to explore their applications of the literature. in the context of a humanistic education that prepares ECO 472. International Trade Theory (3) them to address technological and societal challenges.” Theories of comparative advantage, factor price equaliza- Chemical engineers serve a wide variety of technical and tion, trade and welfare, tariffs, trade and factor movements. managerial functions within the chemical processing Prerequisite: ECO 413 or consent of the chair. industry. For a lifetime of effectiveness they need a sound background in the fundamental sciences of chemistry and ECO 473. International Monetary Economics (3) physics; a working capability with mathematics, numeri- Theory of the balance of payments, the microeconomics cal methods, and application of computer solutions; and of international finance, various approaches to balance- a broad education in humanities, social sciences, and of-payments adjustments, theories of foreign managerial techniques. These bases are applied in a exchange-rate determination and macroeconomic policy sequence of chemical engineering courses in which logic under fixed and flexible exchange rates. Prerequisite: and mathematical manipulation are applied to chemical ECO 417 or consent of the chair. processing problems. With the resulting habits of precise ECO 480. Economics of Technological Change (3) thought coupled to a broad base in scientific and general Explores theoretical models and empirical evidence on education, Lehigh graduates have been effective through- the economics of innovation and technical change. out industry and in advanced professional education. No Includes examination of: the role of technology in com- effort is made toward any specific industry, but adapta- petitiveness, industrial structure and economic growth; tion is rapid and the fundamental understanding forms alternative models of the innovative process; incentives the base for an expanding career. 144 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

The program is also designed to prepare a student for Special Programs and Opportunities graduate study in chemical engineering. Further study at Co-op Program: The department, in conjunction with the graduate level leading to advanced degrees is highly the College of Engineering and Applied Science, oper- desirable if an individual wishes to participate in the tech- ates a cooperative program that is optional for specially nical development of the field. The increasing complexity selected students who are entering their junior year. This of modern manufacturing methods requires superior edu- program affords early exposure to industry and an cation for men and women working in research, opportunity to integrate an academic background with development, and the design fields or for teaching. significant periods of engineering practice. Our program Minor in Biotechnology is unique in offering two work experiences and still The department of Chemical Engineering encourages allowing the co-op students to graduate in four years engineering students to broaden their education by tak- with their class. ing a minor. In this regard, a Biotechnology Minor is OSI Program: The Opportunities for Student offered to students majoring in Chemical Engineering. Innovation (OSI) program seeks to develop students’ The Biotechnology minor requires 15 credit hours. A propensities for critical assessment and innovative solu- detailed listing of the required courses for the Biotech- tion of meaningful problems. The OSI program affords nology Minor can be obtained from the Chemical selected seniors an opportunity to experience team Engineering Department. research leading toward technological benefits. Each project is hosted by a company and carried out under Minor in Chemical Engineering the supervision of a Lehigh faculty member. Minor in Chemical Engineering provides students Minors and Specializations: Technical minors are avail- Chemical Engineering knowledge that they do not able in biotechnology, computer science, environmental acquire in their major, such as knowledge of bio-chemi- engineering, manufacturing systems, materials science cal systems, transport phenomena, reaction engineering. and engineering, and polymer science and engineering. This will widen their skills and help to increase the Chemical Engineering also offers specialization certifi- cooperation between the disciplines, which will lead to cates in polymer science, biotechnology, and process increased possibilities for employment. modeling and control. Minors are also available from the Physical Facilities Business College and the College of Arts and Sciences. The chemical engineering department is the only engineer- Overseas: Study abroad is available in exchange pro- ing department located on Lehigh’s 780-acre Mountaintop grams that have been established by the department for Campus. Here the department occupies approximately the junior year at the University of Nottingham (United one-third of Iacocca Hall, the 200,000-square-foot flagship Kingdom) and for the summer following the junior year building that contains offices, classrooms, and laboratories. at the University of Dortmund (Germany). Additional plant facilities, and the undergraduate chemical Requirements of the Major - 133 credit hours are processing laboratory occupy approximately 10,000- required for graduation with the degree of bachelor of square-feet in the nearby Imbt building. science in chemical engineering. These facilities provide excellent support for a wide freshman year (see Recommended Freshman Year) range of general laboratory equipment for undergraduate sophomore year, first semester (18 credit hours) and graduate studies of the behavior of typical chemical CHE 31 Material and Energy Balances of processing units; special equipment for bioengineering Chemical Processes (3) research; special equipment for biochemical engineering and for the study of polymers; digital computation for CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria in process dynamics study; and special equipment for the Aqueous Systems (3) study of thermodynamics, kinetics, heat transfer, and PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) mass transfer. PHY 22 Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) The chemical engineering department has established a senior design laboratory in Iacocca Hall featuring 20 elective (3) PCs. In addition, a 10-PC university-maintained com- sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) puting laboratory is available nearby. CHE 44 Fluid Mechanics (4) CHE 210 Chemical Engineering Career Opportunities Thermodynamics (4) Chemical engineers play important roles in all activities CHE 179 Professional Development (1) bearing on the chemical process industry. These include BIOS 41 Introduction to Cell and Molecular the functions of research, development, design, plant Biology (3) construction, plant operation and management, corpo- MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) rate planning, technical sales, and market analysis. elective (3) The industries that produce chemical and/or certain junior year, first semester (18 credit hours) physical changes in fluids, including petroleum and CHE 151 Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) petrochemicals, rubbers and polymers, pharmaceuticals, bioengineering, metals, industrial and fine chemicals, CHE 201 Methods of Analysis in Chemical foods, and industrial gases, have found chemical engi- Engineering (3) neers to be vital to their success. Chemical engineers are CHM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) also important participants in pollution abatement, ener- CHM 53 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) gy resources, national defense programs, and more CHM 192 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) recently in the manufacture of microelectronic devices electives (6) and integrated circuits. Chemical Engineering 145 junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) chemical processing units involving heat transfer. CHE 242 Introduction to Process Control and Prerequisite: CHE 44. (ES 2), (ED 1) Simulation (3) CHE 179. Professional Development (1) spring CHE 244 Mass Transfer and Separation Elements of professional growth, registration, ethics, and Processes (3) the responsibilities of engineers both as employees and as CHE 211 Chemical Reactor Design (3) independent practitioners. Proprietary information and CHM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) its handling. Patents and their importance. Discussions electives (6) with the staff and with visiting Lecturers. A few plant senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) trips. (ES 0), (ES 0) CHM 189 Physical Chemistry II (3) CHE 185. Undergraduate Research I (3) CHE 202 Chemical Engineering Laboratory I (2) Independent study of a problem involving laboratory CHE 233 Process Design I (3) investigation, design, or theoretical studies under the electives (8) guidance of a senior faculty member. (ES 3), (ED 0) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) CHE 186. Undergraduate Research II (3) CHE 203 Chemical Engineering Laboratory II (2) A continuation of the project begun under CHE 185. ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) Prerequisite: CHE 185 or consent of the department CHE 234 Process Design II (3) chair. (ES 2), (ED 1) electives (6) CHE 201. Methods of Analysis in Chemical There are five types of electives: Engineering (3) fall (1) Humanities/Social Sciences: See the requirements set Analytical and numerical methods of solution applied to by the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied dynamic, discrete and continuous chemical engineering Science (Section 3). Note that ECO 1 is required, as processes. Laplace Transforms. Methods of analysis well as Freshman English. applied to equilibrium, characteristic value and non-lin- ear chemical engineering problems. Prerequisite: MATH (2) Three credit hours from approved courses in other 23 and CHE 44. (ES 2), (ED 0) engineering departments (CEE, EECS, IMSE, MEM, MSE). CHE 202. Chemical Engineering Laboratory I (2) fall (3) Chemistry: 3 credit hours of 300-level or higher. The laboratory study of chemical engineering unit oper- ations and the reporting of technical results. One (4) Chemical Engineering: A total of 3 credit hours is three-hour laboratory and one lecture period per week. required from among CHE 186, or 3xy, or 4xy. CHE Independent study and both group and individual 185 does not qualify. reporting. Prerequisite: CHE 151. (ES 1), (ED 1) (5) Free electives: 6 credit hours in any subject area. CHE 203. Chemical Engineering Laboratory II Electives in (2) to (5) above can be combined with any (2) spring technical minor in RCEAS. Laboratory experience with more complex chemical pro- Undergraduate Courses cessing situations including processes involving chemical reactions and those controlled automatically. CHE 31. Material and Energy Balances of Prerequisite: CHE 244 and CHE 210. (ES 1), (ED 1) Chemical Processes (3) fall Material and energy balances with and without chemical CHE 207. (MATH 207) Introduction to reaction. Introduction to phase equilibrium calculations. Biomedical Engineering and Mathematical Applications in chemical process calculations and in Physiology (3) fall design of staged separations: binary distillation, liquid- Topics in human physiology and mathematical analysis of liquid extraction. Plant trips and special lectures physiological phenomena, including the cardiovascular introducing the profession. Prerequisite: CHEM 21 or and respiratory systems, biomechanics, and renal physiol- equivalent and ENG 1 previously or concurrently. (ES ogy; broad survey of bioengineering. Independent study 2), (ED 1) projects. Prerequisites: MATH 205. (ES 2), (ED 1) CHE 44. Fluid Mechanics (4) spring CHE 210. Chemical Engineering Fluid mechanics and its applications to chemical Thermodynamics (4) spring processes. Momentum and energy balances in fluid flow. Energy relations and their application to chemical engi- Dimensional analysis. Fluid flow in pipes, packed and neering. Consideration of flow and nonflow processes. fluidized beds. Mixing and agitation. Filtration and sedi- Evaluation of the effects of temperature and pressure on mentation. (ES 3), (ED 1) the thermodynamic properties of fluids. Heat effects accompanying phase changes and chemical reactions. CHE 60. Unit Operations Survey (3) spring Determination of chemical and physical equilibrium. The theory of heat, mass and momentum transport. Prerequisite: CHE 31. (ES 3), (ED 1) Laminar and turbulent flow of real fluids. Heat transfer by conduction, convection, and radiation. Application to CHE 211. Chemical Reactor Design (3) spring a wide range of operations in the chemical and metallur- The theory of chemical kinetics to the design and opera- gical process industries. (ES 2), (ED 1) tion of chemical reactors. Plug flow and continuous stirred tank reactors. Homogeneous and heterogeneous CHE 151. Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) fall reaction kinetics. Design of isothermal and adiabatic Fundamental principles of heat transfer. Fourier’s law. reactors. Prerequisite: CHE 151, CHE 210 or equiva- Conduction, convection and radiation. Analysis of lent. (ES 1), (ED 2) steady and unsteady state heat transfer. Evaporation and condensation. Applications to the analysis and design of 146 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

CHE 233. Process Design I (3) fall mass balances, application of fundamental physical, Design of chemical plants incorporating traditional ele- chemical and biological principles to analysis and design. ments of engineering economics and synthesis of CHE 301. Process Design (3) steady-state flowsheets with (1) both heuristic and rigor- Study of the strategy of chemical process design with ous optimization methods and (2) consideration of emphasis on optimum order of steps, flow diagrams, dynamic controllability of the process. Economic princi- energy balances, recycle ratios and their effect on the ples involved in the selection of process alternatives and economics of the operation. Survey of methods for determination of process capital, operating costs, and ordering equations. Discussion of process optimization venture profitability. Energy conservation, pinch tech- for non-linear systems. Effects of uncertainty in process niques, heat-exchanger networks, and separation design. (ES 0), (ED 3) sequences. Considerations of market limitations, envi- ronmental and regulatory restrictions, and process safety. CHE 312. (CHM 312, MAT 312) Fundamentals Use of modern computer-aided software for steady-state of Corrosion (3) and dynamic simulation and optimization. Group design Corrosion phenomena and definitions. Electrochemical projects. Prerequisites: CHE 211, CHE 242 and CHE aspects including reaction mechanisms, thermodynam- 244. (ES 0), (ED 3) ics, Pourbaix diagrams, kinetics of corrosion processes, CHE 234. Process Design II (3) spring polarization, and passivity. Non-electrochemical corro- Continuation of CHE 233. Prerequisite CHE 233. (ES sion including mechanisms, theories, and quantitative 0),(ED 3) descriptions of atmospheric corrosion. Corrosion of met- als under stress. Cathodic and anodic protection, CHE 242. Introduction to Process Control and coatings, alloys, inhibitors, and passivators. Prerequisite: Simulation (3) spring MAT 205, CHM 187, or equivalent. (ES 3), (ED 0) Dynamic simulation of chemical processes. Transfer CHE 331. Separation Processes (3) fall, every functions and block diagrams. Introduction to process control equipment. Open-loop and closed-loop stability other year analysis using root locus and Nyquist techniques. Design Industrial separation chemistry and processes. Computer of control systems. Prerequisites: CHE 201, CHE 151, solutions for simple and complex multicomponent dis- and ENGR 1. (ES 1), (ED 2) tillation columns. Azeotropic and extractive distillation. Adsorption, ion exchange and chromatography in CHE 244. Mass Transfer and Separation Processes packed beds, moving beds and cyclic operation. (3) spring Synthesis of polymer membrane and its applications to Diffusion, fluxes, and component conservation equa- industrial separation processes. (ES 1), (ED 2) tions. Fick’s law. Unsteady state diffusion. Convective CHE 334. (MAT 334, EES 338) Electron mass transfer. Interphase mass transport coefficients. Design of multicomponent-distillation, absorption, Microscopy and Microanalysis (4) fall extraction, and fixed-bed processes. Prerequisites: CHE Fundamentals and experimental methods in electron 31 and CHE 44. (ES 1), (ED 2) optical techniques including scanning electron microscopy (SEM) conventional transmission (TEM) CHE 281. Chemical Engineering Fundamentals I and scanning transmission (STEM) electron microscopy. (4) fall Specific topics covered will include electron optics, elec- Fundamentals of material balances, fluid mechanics and tron beam interactions with solids, electron diffraction heat transfer. Prerequisites: Undergraduate degree in a and chemical microanalysis. Applications to the study of scientific or engineering discipline or one semester the structure of materials are given. Prerequisite: consent undergraduate level general chemistry, one semester of the department chair. (ES 4), (ED 0) undergraduate level physics (statics and dynamics), and CHE 341. Biotechnology I (3) fall two semesters undergraduate calculus and department Applications of material and energy balances; heat, mass, permission. and momentum transfer; enzyme and microbial kinetics; CHE 282. Chemical Engineering Fundamentals II and mathematical modeling to the engineering design (4) spring and scale-up of bio-reactor systems. Prerequisites: Fundamentals of heat and mass transfer, process energy MATH 22, Phys 11, and CHM 187 or the equivalent of balances and unit operations. Prerequisites: CHE 281, or each; senior standing; and the consent of the instructor. equivalent, and department permission. Closed to students who have taken CHE 441. CHE 283. Chemical Engineering Fundamentals CHE 342. Biotechnology II (3) spring III (4) fall Engineering design and analysis of the unit operations Fundamentals of thermodynamics, reaction kinetics and used in the recovery and purification of products manu- reactor analysis, and applied mathematics. Prerequisites: factured by the biotechnology industries. Requirements CHE 281 and 282 and department permission. for product finishing and waste handling will be addressed. Prerequisite: CHE 341 or equivalent. Closed For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate to students who have taken CHE 442. Students CHE 346. Biochemical Engineering Laboratory CHE 276 (CE 276). Environmental Engineering (3) spring Processes (3) spring Laboratory and pilot-scale experiments in fermentation Processes applied in environmental engineering for air and enzyme technology, tissue culture, and separations pollution control, treatment of drinking water, munici- techniques. Prerequisites: CHE 341 and either CHE pal wastewater, industrial wastes, hazardous/toxic wastes, 444 or CHE 342, previously or concurrently. Closed to and environmental remediation. Kinetics, reactor theory, students who have taken CHE 446. Chemical Engineering 147

CHE 350. Special Topics (1-3) transition matrix; Liapunov stability state feedback con- A study of areas in chemical engineering not covered in trol (2 lectures and one laboratory per week). courses presently listed in the catalog. May be repeated Prerequisite: CHE 386 or ECE 212 or ME 343 or con- for credit if different material is presented. sent of instructor. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) CHE 360. (ME 360) Nuclear Reactor CHE 388. (CHEM 388, MAT 388) Polymer Engineering (3) Synthesis and Characterization Laboratory (3) spring A consideration of the engineering problems related to Techniques include: free radical and condensation poly- nuclear reactor design and operation. Topics include fun- merization; molecular weight distribution by gel damental properties of atomic and nuclear radiation, chromatography; crystallinity and order by differential reactor fuels and materials, reactor design and operation, scanning calorimetry; pyrolysis and gas chromatography; thermal aspects, safety and shielding, instrumentation dynamic mechanical and dielectric behavior; morpholo- and control. Course includes several design projects gy and microscopy; surface properties. Prerequisite: stressing the major topics in the course. Prerequisite: senior level standing in CHE, CHM or MAT, or permis- Senior standing in engineering or physical science. (ES sion of the instructor. (ES 2), (ED 1) 2), (ED 1) CHE 389. (ECE 389, ME 389) Control Systems CHE 364. Numerical Methods in Engineering (3) Lab (2) spring Survey of the principal numerical algorithms for: (1) Experiments on a variety of mechanical, electrical and functional approximation, (2) linear and nonlinear alge- chemical dynamic control systems. Exposure to state-of- braic equations, (3) initial and boundary-value ordinary the-art control instrumentation: sensors, transmitters, differential equations and (4) elliptic, hyperbolic and control valves, analog and digital controllers. Emphasis parabolic partial differential equations. Analysis of the on comparison of theoretical computer simulation pre- computational characteristics of numerical algorithms, dictions with actual experimental data. Lab teams will be including algorithm structure, accuracy, convergence, interdisciplinary. Prerequisite: CHE 242, ECE 212, or stability and the effect of computer characteristics, e.g., ME 343. (ES 1), (ED 1) the machine epsilon and dynamic range. Applications of mathematical software in science and engineering. CHE 391. (CHEM 391) Colloid and Surface Chemistry (3) CHE 370. Process Safety and Hazard Analysis (3) Physical chemistry of everyday phenomena. A study of the methodology now available for analyzing Intermolecular forces and electrostatic phenomena at hazard frequency and level in chemical processes. interfaces, boundary tensions and films at interfaces, Applications to real process examples using hazard and mass and charge transport in colloidal suspensions, elec- operability analysis, fault tree and event tree trostatic and London forces in disperse systems, gas analysis,.“what if “ analysis, and preliminary hazard adsorption and heterogeneous catalysis. Prerequisite: analysis. Also includes a survey of the field of industrial CHM 187 or equivalent. (ES 3), (ED 0) safety. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) CHE 392. (CHM 392) Introduction to Polymer CHE 373. (CE 373). Fundamentals of Air Science (3) fall Pollution (3) Introduction to concepts of polymer science. Kinetics Introduction to the problems of air pollution including and mechanism of polymerization, synthesis and process- such topics as: sources and dispersion of pollutants; sam- ing of polymers, characterization. Relationship of pling and analysis; technology of economics and control molecular conformation, structure and morphology to processes; legislation and standards. Prerequisite: senior physical and mechanical properties. Prerequisite: CHM standing in the College of Engineering and Applied 187 or equivalent. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) Science. (ES 1),(ED 2) CHE 393. (CHM 393, MAT 393) Physical CHE 380. Design Projects (1-6) fall-spring Polymer Science (3) fall Design project work as a member of a team preferably Structural and physical aspects of polymers (organic, including students from different disciplines. The project inorganic, natural). Molecular and atomic basis for poly- attacks a problem which, when possible, involves one of mer properties and behavior. Characteristics of glassy, the local communities or industries. Specific projects are crystalline, and paracrystal-line states (including vis- normally guided by faculty from several departments coelastic and relaxation behavior) for single-and with consultants from off-campus. The course may be multi-component systems. Thermodynamics and kinet- repeated for credit. (ED all) ics of transition phenomena. Structure, morphology, and CHE 386. Process Control (3) fall behavior. Prerequisite: senior level standing in CHE., Open-loop and closed-loop stability analysis using root CHEM, or MAT, or permission of the instructor. (ES locus and Nyquist techniques, design of feedback con- 1.5), (ED 1.5) trollers with time and frequency domain specifications. CHE 394. (CHM 394) Organic Polymer Science I Experimental process identification. Control of multi- (3) spring variable processes. Introduction to sampled-data Organic chemistry of synthetic high polymers. Polymer control theory. Prerequisite: CHE 242 or equivalent. nomenclature, properties, and applications. Functionality (ES 1), (ED 2) and reactivity or monomers and polymers. Mechanism and CHE 387. (ECE 387, ME 387) Digital Control kinetics of step-growth and chain-growth polymerization (3) spring in homogenous and heterogenous media. Brief description Sampled-data systems; z-transforms; pulse transfer func- of emulsion polymerization, ionic polymerization, and tions; stability in the z-plane; root locus and frequency copolymerization. Prerequisites: one year of physical chem- response design methods; minimal prototype design; istry and one year of organic chemistry. (NS) digital control hardware; discrete state variables; state 148 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Graduate Programs Special Programs The department of chemical engineering offers graduate Polymer Science and Engineering. The polymers activi- programs leading to the master of science, master of engi- ty includes work done in the Department of Chemical neering, and doctor of philosophy degrees. The programs Engineering as well as the Departments of Chemistry, are all custom tailored for individual student needs and Materials Science, and Physics, the Materials Research professional goals. These individual programs are made Center, the Center for Polymer Science and Engineering, possible by a diversity of faculty interests that are broad- the Emulsion Polymers Institute, and the Polymer Inter- ened and reinforced by cooperation between the faces Center. More than 20 faculty members from these department and several research centers on the campus. organizations or areas have major interests in polymers A free flow of personnel and ideas between the centers and cooperate on a wide range of research projects. For and academic departments ensures that the student will students with deep interest in the area, degree programs have the widest choice of research activities. The student are available leading to the master of science, master of is also exposed to a wide range of ideas and information engineering, and doctor of philosophy degrees in poly- through courses and seminars to which both faculty and mer science and engineering. center personnel contribute. In addition, strong relation- There are three major polymer research thrusts in which ships with industry are maintained by the department chemical engineering students and faculty are involved. and the research centers, some of which operate industri- These are polymer colloids (latexes), polymer interfaces, ally-sponsored liaison programs whereby fundamental and polymer materials. The Emulsion Polymers nonproprietary research is performed in areas of specific Institute, with strong industrial support, sponsors proj- interest to participating sponsors. ects in the preparation of monosize polymer particles, in While the department has interacted with most of the mechanisms and kinetics of emulsion, miniemulsion and centers on campus, it has had unusually strong and con- dispersion polymerization, in latex particle morphology tinuing liaisons with Emulsion Polymers Institute, and film-formation, and in rheological properties of Process Modeling and Control Research Center, latexes and thickeners. The Polymer Interfaces Center Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute and Materials has programs in adsorption/characterization, Research Center. The Department also has a strong rela- wetting/adhesion, and mechanical behavior. The tion with the Bioengineering Program. Engineering Polymers Laboratory investigates the behav- In addition to interacting with the centers, the depart- ior of bulk polymer materials, focusing on ment originates and encourages programs that range from multicomponent polymers and composites. those that are classical chemical engineering to those that Distance Education are distinctly interdisciplinary. The department offers active and growing programs in adhesion and tribology; The Department offers some of its regular credit courses emulsion polymerization and latex technology; bulk poly- each semester via satellite and the World Wide Web for mer systems; process control; process improvement engineers in industry and government. These offerings, studies; rheology; computer applications; environmental which are administered by the Distance Education engineering; thermodynamics; kinetics and catalysis; Office, can lead to the Master of Engineering degree. enzyme technology; and biochemical engineering. Major Requirements Career Opportunities All candidates for the Master of Science degree are Master of science, master of engineering, and doctor of required to complete a research report or thesis for which philosophy graduates in the chemical engineering area six hours of graduate credit are earned. Course selection are sought by industry for activities in the more techni- is done individually for each student, although CHE cal aspects of their operations, especially design, process 400, CHE 410, CHE 415 and CHE 461 are required. and product development, and research. Many of these Candidates for the Master of Engineering degree do not graduates also find opportunities in research or project do research; all 30 credit hours are fulfilled by course work in government agencies and in university teaching work. Course selection is done individually for each stu- and research. dent within the University requirements for a master’s Physical Facilities degree, but no more than six credit hours from the College of Business and Economics may be presented for The department is well equipped for research in colloids and surface science, adhesion and tribology, polymer sci- the degree. ence and engineering, catalysis and reaction kinetics, In addition to an approved course and thesis program, thermodynamic property studies, fluid dynamics, heat the Ph.D. student must pass a qualification examination and mass transfer, process dynamics and control, and given during the second year of residence. enzyme engineering and biochemical engineering. Advanced Courses in Chemical The departmental and university computing facilities Engineering include PCs and workstations, connected by a universi- ty-wide high speed network, which in turn provides CHE 400. Chemical Engineering worldwide networking via the Internet/WWW. Thermodynamics (3) fall All of these facilities can access a wide variety of general- Applications of thermodynamics in chemical engineer- purpose, and scientific and engineering software via the ing. Topics include energy and entropy, heat effects university and local networks, including software specifi- accompanying solution, flow of compressible fluids, cally for the steady state and dynamic simulation of refrigeration including solution cycles, vaporization and chemical engineering systems. The networks are extended condensation processes, and chemical equilibria. as needed to ensure the chemical engineering department Prerequisite: an introductory course in thermodynamics. has access to the latest computing technology. Chemical Engineering 149

CHE 401. Chemical Engineering constitutive equations to geometries associated with vis- Thermodynamics II (3) cometric flows. spring, every other year CHE 430. Mass Transfer (3) fall, every other year A detailed study of the uses of thermodynamics in pre- Theory and developments of the basic diffusion and mass dicting phase equilibria in solid, liquid, and gaseous transfer equations and transfer coefficients including systems. Fugacities of gas mixtures, liquid mixtures, and simultaneous heat and mass transfer, chemical reaction solids. Solution theories; uses of equations of state; high- and dispersion effects. Applications to various industrially pressure equilibria. important operations including continuous contact mass CHE 410. Chemical Reaction Engineering (3) spring transfer, absorption, humidification, etc. Brief coverage of The application of chemical kinetics to the engineering equilibrium stage operations as applied to absorption and design and operation of reactors. Non-isothermal and to binary and multicomponent distillation. adiabatic reactions. Homogeneous and heterogeneous CHE 433. (ECE 433, ME 433) State Space catalysis. Residence time distribution in reactors. Control (3) fall Prerequisite: CHE 211. State-space methods of feedback control system design CHE 413. Heterogeneous Catalysis and Surface and design optimization for invariant and time-varying Characterization (3) fall, every other year deterministic, continuous systems; pole positioning, History and concepts of heterogeneous catalysis. Surface observability, controllability, modal control, observer characterization techniques, and atomic structure of sur- design, the theory of optimal processes and Pontryagin’s faces and adsorbed monolayers. Kinetics of elementary Maximum Principle, the linear quadratic optimal regula- steps (adsorption, desorption, and surface reaction) and tor problem, Lyapunov functions and stability theorems, overall reactions. Catalysis by metals, metal oxides, and linear optimal open-loop control; introduction to the sulfides. Industrial applications of catalysis: selective oxi- calculus of variations; introduction to the control of dis- dation, pollution control, ammonia synthesis, tributed parameter systems. Intended for engineers with hydrogenation of carbon monoxide to synthetic fuels and a variety of backgrounds. Examples will be drawn from chemicals, polymerization, hydrotreating, and cracking. mechanical, electrical and chemical engineering applica- tions. Prerequisite: ME 343 or ECE 212 or CHE 386 or CHE 415. Transport Processes (4) spring consent of instructor. A combined study of the fundamentals of momentum transport, energy transport and mass transport and the CHE 434. (ECE 434, ME 434) Multivariable analogies between them. Evaluation of transport coeffi- Process Control (3) cients for single and multicomponent systems. Analysis of A state-of-the-art review of multivariable methods of transport phenomena through the equations of continuity, interest to process control applications. Design tech- motion, and energy. Prerequisite: CHE 461 or equivalent. niques examined include loop interaction analysis, CHE 419. (MECH 419) Asymptotic Methods in frequency domain methods (Inverse Nyquist Array, Characteristic Loci and Singular Value Decomposition) the Engineering Sciences (3) feed forward control, internal model control and dynam- Introductory level course with emphasis on practical ic matrix control. Special attention is placed on the applications. Material covered includes: Asymptotic interaction of process design and process control. Most expansions. Regular and singular perturbations; algebraic of the above methods are used to compare the relative problems. Asymptotic matching. Boundary value prob- performance of intensive and extensive variable control lems; distinguished limits. Multiple scale expansion. structures. Prerequisite: CHE 433 or ME 433 or ECE W.K.B. Theory. Non-linear wave equations. 433 or consent of instructor. CHE 421. Heat Transfer (3) CHE 436. (ECE 436, ME 436) Systems Analysis of steady and unsteady state transfer. Convection, conduction, and radiation. Vaporization Identification (3) and condensation. Heat transfer in high velocity flow in The determination of model parameters from time-his- rarified gases. Applications. tory and frequency response data by graphical, deterministic and stochastic methods. Examples and CHE 427. (ME 427) Multiphase Flow and Heat exercises taken from process industries, communications Transfer (3) and aerospace testing. Regression, quasilinearization and Heat transfer and fluid dynamics of multiphase systems. invariant-imbedding techniques for nonlinear system Subcooled, nucleate, and film boiling; bubble nucle- parameter identification included. Prerequisite: CHE ation; dynamics of bubble growth and collapse; 433 or ME 433 or ECE 433 or consent of instructor. vapor-liquid cocurrent flow regimes; two-phase pressure CHE 437. (ECE 437, ME 437) Stochastic Control (3) drop and momentum exchange, low instabilities; con- Linear and nonlinear models for stochastic systems. vective-flow boiling; simultaneous heat and mass Controllability and observability. Minimum variance transfer. Prerequisite: CHE 421 or ME 321, or courses state estimation. Linear quadratic Gausian control prob- in the area of transport phenomena. lem. Computational considerations. Nonlinear control CHE 428. Rheology (3) problem in stochastic systems. Prerequisite: CHE. 433 or An intensive study of momentum transfer in elastic vis- ME 433 or ECE 433 or consent of instructor. cous liquids. Rheological behavior of solution and bulk CHE 438. Process Modeling and Control Seminar phase polymers with emphasis on the effect of molecular weight, molecular weight distribution and branching. (1) fall-spring Derivation of constitutive equations based on both Presentations and discussions on current methods, molecular theories and continuum mechanics principles. approaches, and applications. Credit cannot be used for Application of the momentum equation and selected the M.S. degree. 150 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

CHE 440. Chemical Engineering in the Life CHE 461 (ME 442/ENGR 452). Mathematical Sciences (3) Methods in Engineering (3) Fall Introduction of important topics in life sciences to Analytical techniques are developed for the solution of chemical engineers. Topics include protein and biomole- engineering problems described by algebraic systems, cule structures and characterization, recombinant DNA and by ordinary and partial differential equations. Topics technology, immunoaffinity technology, combinatorial covered include: linear vector spaces; eigenvalues, eigen- chemistry, metabolic engineering, bioinformatics. vectors, and eigenfunctions. First and higher-order linear Prerequisite: Bachelor’s degree in science or engineering. differential equations with initial and boundary condi- CHE 441. Biotechnology I (3) fall tions; Sturm-Liouville problems; Green’s functions. See the course description listed for CHE 341. In order Special functions; Bessel, etc. Qualitative and quantita- to receive 400-level credits, the student must do an addi- tive methods for nonlinear ordinary differential tional, more advanced term project, as defined by the equations; phase plane. Solutions of classical partial dif- instructor at the beginning of the course. Closed to stu- ferential equations from the physical sciences; transform dents who have taken CHE 341. techniques; method of characteristics. CHE 442. Biotechnology II (3) spring CHE 464. Numerical Methods in Engineering (3) See the course description listed for CHE 342. In order See the course description listed for CHE 364. In order to receive 400-level credits, the student must do an addi- to receive 400-level credits the student must do an addi- tional, more advanced term project, as defined by the tional, more advanced term project, as defined by the instructor at the beginning of the course. Closed to stu- instructor at the beginning of the course. dents who have taken CHE 342. CHE 473. (CE 473) Environmental Separation CHE 444. Bioseparations (3) and Control (3) Separation techniques for biomolecule isolation and Theory and application of adsorption, ion exchange, purification. Theory and problems of bioaffinity chro- reverse osmosis, air stripping and chemical oxidation in matography, electromigration processes, and aqueous water and wastewater treatment. Modeling engineered two-phase polymer extraction systems. Engineering prin- treatment processes. Prerequisite: CE 470 or consent of ciples for scaling-up bioseparation processes. Prerequisite: the instructor. Consent of the instructor. CHE 480. Research (3) CHE 445. Enzyme Engineering (3) Investigation of a problem in chemical engineering. Enzyme characteristics including nomenclature, physical CHE 481. Research (3) properties, kinetics, and assay methods with emphasis on Continuation of CHE 480. practical application at commercial scale. Methods of enzyme production and purification. Design and analysis CHE 482. (CHM 482, MAT 482) Engineering of industrial-scale reactors employing soluble and immo- Behavior of Polymers (3) bilized enzymes. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. A treatment of the mechanical behavior of polymers. Characterization of experimentally observed viscoelastic CHE 446. Biochemical Engineering Laboratory (3) response of polymeric solids with the aid of mechanical Laboratory and pilot-scale experiments in fermentation model analogs. Topics include time-temperature super- and enzyme technology, tissue culture, and separations position, experimental characterization of large techniques. Prerequisites: CHE 341 and CHE 444 or deformation and fracture processes, polymer adhesion, CHE 342 previously or concurrently. Closed to students and the effects of fillers, plasticizers, moisture and aging who have taken CHE 346. on mechanical behavior. CHE 448. Topics in Biochemical Engineering (3) CHE 483. (CHM 483) Emulsion Polymers (3) fall Analysis, discussion, and review of current literature for a Examination of fundamental concepts important in the topical area of biotechnology. Course may be repeated manufacture, characterization, and application of poly- for credit with the consent of the instructor. Prerequisite: mer latexes. Topics to be covered will include colloidal Consent of the instructor. stability, polymerization mechanisms and kinetics, reac- CHE 450. Special Topics (1-12) tor design, characterization of particle surfaces, latex An intensive study of some field of chemical engineering rheology, morphology considerations, polymerization not covered in the more general courses. Credit above three with functional groups, film formation and various hours is granted only when different material is covered. application problems. CHE 451. Problems in Research (1) CHE 484. (CHM 484) Crystalline Polymers (3) Study and discussion of optimal planning of experiments Morphology and behavior of both polymer single crys- and analysis of experimental data. Discussion of more tals and bulk crystallized systems. Relationship between common and more difficult techniques in the execution basic crystal physics, thermal and annealing history, ori- of chemical engineering research. entation and resulting properties. Thermodynamics and kinetics of transition phenomena and a brief treatment CHE 455. Seminar (1-3) fall-spring of hydrodynamic properties and their relationship to Critical discussion of recent advances in chemical engi- crystallization and processing properties. Prerequisite: neering. Credit above one hour is granted only when CHE 392 or CHE 393 or equivalent. different material is covered. CHE 485. (CHM 485, MAT 485) Polymer Blends CHE 460. Chemical Engineering Project (1-6) and Composites (3) spring, every other year An intensive study of one or more areas of chemical Synthesis, morphology, and mechanical behavior of engineering, with emphasis on engineering design and polymer blends and composites. Mechanical blends, applications. A written report is required. May be repeat- block and graft copolymers, interpenetrating polymer ed for credit. Chemistry 151 networks, polymer impregnated concrete, and fiber and many aspects of modern society as does chemistry. The particulate reinforced polymers are emphasized. study of chemistry has provided solutions to complex Prerequisite: any introductory course in polymers. problems and has improved the quality of all phases of CHE 486. Polymer Processing (3) human life from soft contact lenses and synthetic blood Application of fundamental principles of mechanics, to longer-lasting paint and alternative fuels. A particular fluid dynamics and heat transfer to the analysis of a wide strength of this department is in surface and interface variety of polymer flow processes. A brief survey of the chemistry, which bridges many areas of modern science rheological behavior of polymers is also included. Topics and technology. include pressurization, pumping, die forming, calender- Chemists at all levels of education find a market for their ing, coating, molding, fiber spinning and elastic skills and knowledge in many employment areas. phenomena. Prerequisite: CHE 392 or equivalent. Chemists provide the technical backbone for the manu- facturing industries (pharmaceuticals, plastics, paper, CHE 487. Polymer Interfaces (3) spring, every semiconductor electronics technology, and agriculture), other year for service industries (clinical and forensic laboratories, An intensive study of polymer surfaces and interfaces, academe, environmental protection, and information sci- with special emphasis on thermodynamics, kinetics, and ence) and for governmental positions in regulatory techniques for characterization. Chemistry and physics agencies and in science policy analyses. Many chemists of adsorbed polymer chains. Diffusion and adhesion at are employed in nontraditional areas, such as patent law, polymer-polymer interfaces, especially as related to insurance underwriting, sales, product management, mechanical properties such as fracture and toughness journalism, and even banking. will be described. Prerequisite: Introductory polymer course. The alluring challenge of chemistry inspires many bache- lor degree recipients to study for advanced degrees CHE 492. (CHM 492) Topics in Polymer Science (3) within the discipline of chemistry and in other areas, as Intensive study of topic selected from areas of current well. Chemistry or biochemistry is the strongest prepara- research interest such as morphology and mechanical tion for graduate studies or for professional school in the behavior, thermodynamics and kinetics of crystallization, health-related disciplines (medicine, pharmacology, and new analytical techniques, molecular weight distribution, biochemistry), and for other science programs (materials non-Newtonian flow behavior, second-order transition science, polymers, biotechnology, environmental studies, phenomena, novel polymer structures. Credit above and mineralogy). three hours is granted only when different material is The study of chemistry opens doors to satisfying careers, covered. Prerequisite: CHEM 392 or equivalent. to a stimulating view of the world, and to a professional life in which one’s natural tendency to ask “Why? “ can Chemistry lead to personally rewarding endeavors. The undergradu- ate curriculum in chemistry contains many of the Professors. Robert A. Flowers, II, Ph.D. (Lehigh), chair; prerequisites for biology, earth and environmental sci- Jack A. Alhadeff, Ph.D. (Oregon Medical School); Ned ences, materials science, molecular biology, physics, and D. Heindel, Ph.D. (Delaware), Howard S. Bunn Professor chemical engineering, allowing students to transfer the of Chemistry; Kamil Klier, Ph.D. (Czechoslovak Academy majority of credits through the sophomore year. of Science, Prague), University Distinguished Professor; Chemistry students have the opportunity to design Steven L. Regen, Ph.D. (M.I.T.), University their undergraduate curricula for specialization in a Distinguished Professor; Keith J. Schray, Ph.D. (Penn variety of fields: State); Gary W. Simmons, Ph.D. (Virginia); Daniel Zeroka, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), associate chair. health-related chemistry (including premedical Associate professors. Gregory S. Ferguson, Ph.D. students) (Cornell); Natalie Foster, Ph.D. (Lehigh); James E. suggested biological sciences electives: 41, 42, 115, 116, Roberts, Ph.D. (Northwestern). 120, 324, 345, 353, 367. Assistant professor. Tianbo Liu, Ph.D. (SUNY at Stony suggested chemistry electives: 336, 371, 372, 377, 378. Brook). chemistry of materials (polymers, solid state, sur- Professors of Practice. Rebecca S. Miller, Ph.D. (Duke), faces) faculty graduate coordinator, R. Sam Niedbala, Ph.D. suggested physics electives: 31, 363. (Lehigh). suggested chemistry electives: 312, 388, 391, 392, 393, 394. CESAR fellows. Theodore N. Mellin, Ph.D. (Purdue), director; James J. Bohning, Ph.D. (Northeastern); environmental chemistry Richard F. Merritt, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); Frank W. Michelotti, suggested earth and environmental sciences: 31, 351. Ph.D. (Polytechnic); Robert D. Rapp, Ph.D. (Lehigh); suggested biological sciences electives: 41, 42, 115, 116, 120. Dennis R. Patterson, Ph.D. (Chicago); Alberta Albrecht- suggested chemical engineering electives: 373. Siemiatoski, Ph.D. (Rutgers); Tibor Sipos, Ph.D. suggested chemistry elective: 391. (Lehigh). suggested civil engineering electives: 170, 274. Active emeriti. Charles S. Kraihanzel, Ph.D. geochemistry (Wisconsin-Madison); John W. Larsen, Ph.D. (Purdue); suggested earth and environmental sciences electives: 21, 131. James E. Sturm, Ph.D. (Notre Dame). suggested chemistry elective: 337. Chemistry is a versatile subject area and the pursuit of a career in chemistry can be a most intellectually satisfying chemistry management experience. No other basic science touches and shapes as suggested accounting electives: 151, 152, 324. suggested law elective: 201. 152 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 suggested management electives: 280, 302, 321 or 333. d. Physical Chemistry suggested economics electives: 105, 119, 145. CHM 187, 192, 341 9 credits suggested marketing electives: 211, 312. e. Analytical Chemistry suggested finance electives: 225, 330. CHM 332, 338, 339 7 credits Some of the above courses can be used to waive required f. Biochemistry CHM 371 3 credits graduate courses for the M.B.A. at Lehigh. g. Technical Writing B.S. and B.A. Degrees in Chemistry CHM 201 (W-I course) 2 credits The Department of Chemistry offers B.S. chemistry pro- h. Advanced Chemistry Elective 3 credits grams in both the College of Arts and Sciences and the [See list of choices which appears below.] College of Engineering and Applied Science. In addition, IV. Free Electives (20 credits) the department offers a B.A. chemistry program in the Total Credits (121 credits) College of Arts and Sciences. The B.S. chemistry pro- grams in the two colleges are identical in their chemistry Model Roster and collateral science requirements and are pre-profes- freshman year, first semester (15 credits) sional in nature. Students planning to attend graduate ARTS 1 Choices and Decisions (1) school in chemistry or an allied science should elect the ENGL 1 Composition and Literature I (3) B.S. program in whichever college to which they have CHM 75 Concepts, Models,and Experiments I (4) been admitted. The B.A. program in the College of Arts MATH 21 Calculus I (4) and Sciences is not a pre-professional program and may College Seminar (3) be elected by students who do not plan to do graduate work in chemistry or allied science but wish a stronger freshman year, second semester (16 credits) background in chemistry than is provided in the chem- ENGL 2 Composition and Literature II (3) istry minor program. The B.A. program also affords a PHY 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and useful tie-in with health-related chemistry, environmen- Laboratory (5) tal chemistry, geochemistry or chemistry management MATH 22 Calculus II (4) options (see above). Students may transfer from the B.S. CHM 76 Concepts, Models and Experiments II (4) to B.A. programs or vice-versa as late as the junior year, sophomore year, first semester (16 credits) since basic requirements are the same for the two. CHM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) Students who are in the B.A. program and make a late CHM 53 Organic Lab I (1) decision to attend graduate school in chemistry or allied PHY 21 Introductory Phys. II (4) science will have minimal chemistry preparation for this by electing Chemistry 307, Advanced Inorganic PHY 22 Introductory Phys. II Lab (1) Chemistry. MATH 23 Calculus III (4) ENGR 1 or Department Modern Language and Literature CSE 12 Computer Programming (3) Requirement. sophomore year, second semester (16 credits) The modern foreign language requirement is met by one CHM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) of three options: 1. Completion of the second semester CHM 58 Organic Chemistry Lab II (1) of a modern foreign language; 2. Certification of lan- CHM 187 Physical CHEM. I (3) guage equivalent to this level taken in high school; 3. MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) Substitution of six credits of science electives. If science distribution requirement — free elective (6) electives are chosen, non-science distribution require- ment must still be met. junior year, first semester (15 credits) CHM 192 Physical Chemistry Lab (2) B.S. Degree in Chemistry, College of Arts & CHM 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) Sciences CHM 341 CHEM. Physics and Bonding (4) Summary of Requirements CHM 205 Main Group Elements (2) I. College and University (26 credits) modern foreign language requirement (4) a. Arts 1 1 credit junior year, second semester (15-16 credits) b. English 1, 2 6 credits CHM 201 Technical Writing (2) or c. College Seminar 3 credits approved writing intensive course (3) d. College distribution 16 credits CHM 307 Advanced Inorganic CHEM. (3) II. Collateral Sciences (28 credits) CHM 338 Instrumental Analysis Lab (2) a. Physics 11, 12, 21, 22 10 credits CHM 339 Instrumental Analysis (2) b. MATH 21, 22, 23, 205 15 credits CHM 353 Organic Analysis Laboratory (2) c. ENGR 1 or CSE 12 3 credits modern foreign language requirement (4) III. Chemistry Courses (47 credits) senior year, first semester (14 credits) a. Introductory Chemistry CHM 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) CHM 75, 76 8 credits advanced chemistry elective (3)* [CHM 21, 22, 31 sequence may be substituted.] distribution requirements — free electives (8) b. Organic Chemistry senior year, second semester (14 credits) CHM 51, 52, 53, 58, 353 10 credits advanced chemistry elective (3)*,** c. Inorganic Chemistry distribution requirements — free electives (11) CHM 205, 307 5 credits Chemistry 153

* See list of choices which appears below. MATH 52 Survey of Calculus II (3) **This becomes a free elective if the advanced chemistry PHY 11 Intro. Phys. I (4) elective was taken in the fall semester of the senior year. PHY 12 Intro. Phys. Lab I (1) Advanced Chemistry Elective Requirement sophomore year (30 credits) CHM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) One 3-credit course selected from the following: CHM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) CHM 358 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 53 Organic Chemistry Lab I (1) CHM 372 Elements of Biochemistry II CHM 58 Organic Chemistry Lab II (1) CHM 376 Advanced Chemistry Research Lab PHY 13 General Phys. (3) CHM 381 Radiation and Structure PHY 22 Into. Phys Lab II (1) CHM 382 Spectroscopy and MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) Photochemical Kinetics ENGR 1 CHM 391 Colloid and Surface Chemistry or CSE 12 Computer Programming (3) CHM 392 Introduction to Polymer Science distribution requirements — free electives (12) CHM 393 Physical Polymer Science CHM 394 Organic Polymer Science junior year (30-32 credits) PHY 363 Physics of Solids CHM 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) or Students are encouraged to take any second course that CHM 194 Phys. CHEM. for Biol. Sci. (3) sequences the first by means of a free elective. CHM 192 Physical Chemistry Lab (2) CHM 201 Technical Writing (2) (W-I course) or B.A. Degree in Chemistry, College of Arts and approved writing-intensive course (3) Sciences CHM 205 Main Group Elements (2) or Summary of Requirements CHM 307 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) I. College and University (26 credits) CHM 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) a. Arts 1 1 credit modern foreign language requirement I (4) b. English 1, 2 6 credits modern foreign language requirement II (4) c. College Seminar 3 credits distribution requirements — free electives (10) d. College distribution 16 credits senior year (31 credits) II. Collateral Sciences (22 credits) chem./chem. related courses (7) * a. PHY 11, 12, 13, 22 9 credits distribution requirements — free electives (24) b. MATH 51, 52, 205 10 credits * At least one course out of the seven credits required in this c. ENGR 1 or CSE 12 3 credits category must be a chemistry laboratory numbered 300 or III. Chemistry Courses (35-36 credits) higher. As many as two credits of research (CHM 375) may a. Introductory Chemistry CHM 75, 76 8 credits be used toward meeting the total of seven credits. Courses in [CHM 21, 22, 31 sequence this category can be selected from the following suggested may be substituted.] tracks but the student in the B.A. degree program need not b. Organic Chemistry follow any of these tracks ... the suggested tracks are meant CHM 51, 52, 53, 58 8 credits for guidance only: c. Inorganic Chemistry CHM Environmental/Analytical: CHM 338, 339, 353 (205 or 307) 2-3 credits Health Related/Biochemistry/Organic: CHM 353, 358, d. Physical Chemistry CHM 371, 372, 377 (187 or 194), 192 5 credits Materials/Physical/Inorganic: CHM 307, 312, 341, e. Analytical Chemistry CHM 332 3 credits 381, 391 f. CHEM./CHEM. Related Courses 7 credits [At least one course must be a chemistry laboratory Polymer: CHM 388, 392, 393, 394 numbered 300 or higher. As many as two credits of B.S. Degree in Chemistry, College of ENGR. & research (CHM 375) may be used toward meeting Applied Science the total of seven credits.] g. Technical Writing Summary of Requirements CHM 201 (W-I course) 2 credits I. College distribution 24 credits IV. Free Electives (38 credits) II. Physics, math, and computing 28 credits Total Credits (121 credits) III. Chemistry 47 credits IV. Unrestricted electives 24 credits Model Roster Total credits 123 credits freshman year (30 credits) Model Roster ARTS 1 Choices and Decisions (1) College Seminar (3) freshman year (30-31 credits) CHM 75 Concepts, Models and Experiments I (4) A student should follow the normal freshman year in the CHM 76 Concepts, Models, and Experiments II (4) College of Engineering and Applied Science and observe ENGL 1 Composition and Literature I (3) the following note. ENGL 2 Composition and literature II (fiction, Note: It is recommended that, where possible, students poetry, drama) (3) planning to major in chemistry take Chemistry 75 in the MATH 51 Survey of Calculus I (4) fall semester and Chemistry 76 in the spring semester of the freshman year. For such students the elective in the 154 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 spring semester is displaced to a subsequent semester. education from a chemistry perspective. Students are The Chemistry 21/22/31 sequence may be substituted. awarded B.S. and M.S. degrees in chemistry upon com- sophomore year, first semester (17 credits) pletion of all requirements. Specific features of the CHM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) program include participation in a weekly seminar during the academic year for credit, and summer internships for CHM 53 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) credit in university, industrial, government, or national PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) laboratories. Materials-related electives are selected from PHY 22 Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) suggested lists of courses in materials science, polymers, MATH 23 Calculus III (4) solid-state chemistry and physics. Additional information modern foreign language may be obtained from Professor Klier. requirement (4)* (See details above) Five-Year B.S./M.S. Program in Chemistry of *CHM. 31 Chemical Equilibria will displace this modern Materials foreign language requirement to a subsequent semester if Model Roster CHM. 31 was not taken in the freshman year. freshman year (30-31 credits) sophomore year, second semester (17 credits) A student should follow the normal B.S. in chemistry CHM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) freshman year for the college in which the student is CHM 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) enrolled and should observe the following note. CHM 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) Note: It is recommended that, where possible, students MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) planning to major in chemistry take Chemistry 75 in modern foreign language the fall semester and Chemistry 76 in the spring semes- requirement (4) ter of the freshman year. For such students the elective (See details above) in the spring semester is displaced to a subsequent Humanities/Social Science semester. The Chemistry 21/22/31 sequence may be requirement (3) substituted. junior year, first semester (15 credits) summer I CHM 192 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) CHM 163 Chemistry of Materials I (4) CHM 205 Main Group Elements (2) sophomore year, first semester (17-18 credits) CHM 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) CHM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) CHM 341 Chemical Physics and Bonding (4) CHM 53 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) ECO 1 Economics (4) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) junior year, second semester (17-18 credits) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) CHM 201 Technical Writing (2) or PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) approved writing-intensive course (3) *Elective, ENGR 1, CSC 10,13 or CHM 307 Advanced Inorganic CHEM. (3) Modern Foreign Language (3-4) CHM 338 Instrumental Analysis Lab (2) CHM 363 Science Seminar (1) CHM 339 Instrumental Analysis (2) sophomore year, second semester (17 credits) CHM 353 Organic Analysis Laboratory (2) CHM 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) Humanities/Social Science CHM 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) requirement (3) CHM 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) free elective (3) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) senior year, first semester (14 credits) * Elective, ENGR 1, CSE 12 or CHM 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) Modern Foreign Language (6) advanced chemistry elective (3) CHM 363 Science Seminar (1) Humanities/Social Science summer II requirement (3) CHM 263 Chemistry of Materials II (4) free electives (5) junior year, first semester (14 credits) senior year, second semester (13 credits) CHM 192 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) advanced chemistry elective (3)*,** CHM 205 Main Group Elements (2) free electives (10) CHM 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) *See list of choices for the advanced chemistry elective CHM 341 Chemical Physics and Bonding (4) requirement under the B.S. degree in chemistry/College of CHM 363 Distribution requirement/elective (3) Arts and Sciences. junior year, second semester (15-16 credits) **This becomes a free elective if the advanced chemistry elective requirement was taken in the fall of the senior year. CHM 201 Technical Writing (2) or approved writing-intensive course (3) Five Year Bachelor s/Master s Programs CHM 307 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) Five-year programs may be arranged for students to CHM 338 Instrumental Analysis Laboratory (2) receive B.S. or B.A. degrees and the M.S. degrees in CHM 339 Instrumental Analysis (2) chemistry with a concentration in one of several fields of CHM 363 Science Seminar (1) chemistry (inorganic, organic, analytical, physical, poly- * Distribution requirements (3) mers, biochemistry, or materials chemistry). A specific ** Program related electives (2) program offered by the Department of Chemistry is the five-year B.S./M.S. program, which focuses on materials Chemistry 155 summer III CHM 31 Chemical Equilibria Off-campus experience in an industrial, national or gov- in Aqueous Systems (3) ernment laboratory CHM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) senior year, first semester (16 credits) CHM 53 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) CHM 363 Science Seminar (1) CHM 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) Advanced Chemistry Elective (3) CHM 192 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) * Distribution requirement (3) CHM 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) **/*** Program related electives (9) Total Credits (15 credits) senior year, second semester (16 credits) Necessary pre- or co-requisites for the above would be CHM 363 Science Seminar (1) CHM 21, 22, and MATH 21. * Electives (6) Students who wish to minor in chemistry but whose **/*** Program related electives (9) major program requires any of the above courses may fifth year leading to MS degree achieve the minor with substitutions approved by the department chair. summer IV CHM 421 Chemistry Research (3) CESAR fifth year, fall semester (10 credits) The Center for Emeritus Scientists in Academic CHM 402 Physical Inorganic Chemistry (3) Research (CESAR) was established in 1999 and provides CHM 421 Chemistry Research (3) a unique opportunity for Chemistry or Biology majors *** Program related electives (4) to partner with retired scientists who have a desire to continue their industrial research. Through the program, fifth year, spring semester (10 credits) CESAR Fellows mentor students, enhance student CHM 443 Solid State Chemistry (3) opportunities to conduct research, and provide singular CHM 481 Graduate Seminar (1) insight into the world of industrial chemistry. In return, *** Program related electives (6) Lehigh University provides administrative support, * Courses which meet college distribution requirements. research laboratories and equipment to specially selected ** Some appropriate program related electives are: retired scientists from industry. Further details can be found at the web site: http://www.lehigh.edu/inche/ PHY 362 Atomic and Molecular Physics(3) CESAR.html. PHY 363 Solid State Physics (3) MAT 10 Materials Laboratory (1) Undergraduate Courses in Chemistry MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) CHM 5. Chemistry and National Issues (3) spring MAT 201 Physical Properties of Materials (3) For majors other than science and engineering. MAT 203 Structure Characterization Materials (3) Chemistry and current controversies. The atmosphere: MAT 204 Processing/Properties - global warming, ozone depletion, pollution. Water pollu- Polymeric Materials (3) tion and treatment. Energy generation and side effects. MAT 214 Processing/Properties Health: chemicals of life, drugs, carcinogens, personal of Ceramic Materials (3) care. Materials: natural and synthetic. Food: production MAT 216 Diffusion and Phase Transformations (3) and preservation. Chemistry: benefits and liabilities. MAT 302 Electronic Properties of Materials (3) CHM 22 may be taken concurrently for laboratory cred- CHM 312/ it. (NS) MAT 312 Fundamentals of Corrosion (3) CHM 21. Introductory Chemical Principles (4) MAT 317 Imperfections in Crystals (3) fall-spring MAT 334 Electron Microscopy, Microanalysis(4) An introduction to important topics in chemistry. These MAT 393/ include atomic structure, bonding in inorganic and CHM 393 Physical Polymer Science (3) organic compounds, states of matter, chemical equilibri- CHM 353 Organic Analysis Laboratory (3) um, acid-base theories and electrochemistry. Three CHM 375 Research Chemistry Laboratory (1-3) lectures, one recitation. (NS) CHM 376 Advanced Research Chemistry Lab (1-6) CHM 22. Chemical Principles Laboratory (1) fall- CHM 394/ spring CHE 394 Organic Polymer Science I (3) A laboratory course to be taken concurrently with CHM ***Graduate level course in chemistry, physics or materials 21. One three-hour laboratory period per week. (NS) science. CHM 31. Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous B.S. in Biochemistry Systems (3) fall-spring An interdepartmental B.S. in Biochemistry major is A study of the theoretical basis and practical applications offered in the College of Arts and Sciences. Faculty in of equilibria in aqueous solutions, including acid-base, both Chemistry (Schray) and Biological Sciences (Lowe- precipitation-solubility, metal-ligand, oxidation-reduc- Krentz and Iovine) serve as advisors depending on tion and distribution equilibria. Introduction to student interest. Majors should be declared in the chemical thermodynamics, spectrophotometry, poten- Department of Biological Sciences. Please see the section tiometry and chromatography. The laboratory work on biochemistry for details of the major. emphasizes the qualitative and quantitative analysis of equilibria in aqueous media. Prerequisite: CHM 21, Minor in Chemistry MATH 21, 31 or 51. Two lectures and one three-hour A minor in chemistry may be achieved by completing laboratory period. (NS) the following requirements: 156 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

CHM 51. Organic Chemistry I (3) fall CHM 201. Technical Writing (2) Systematic survey of the typical compounds of carbon, Principal types of written communications used by pro- their classification, and general relations; study of syn- fessional chemists including informative abstracts, thetic reactions. Prerequisite: CHM 21 or 75. (NS) research proposals, progress reports, executive summaries CHM 52. Organic Chemistry II (3) spring for nonchemist decision makers and proper written Continuation of CHM 51. Prerequisite: CHM 51. (NS) experimental procedures, tables, schemes and figures. Prerequisite: junior standing in chemistry major or con- CHM 53. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) fall sent of the department chair. (ND) Preparation of pure organic compounds. Modern tech- niques of characterization. Prerequisite: CHM 51 CHM 205. Main Group Elements (2) fall previously or concurrently. (NS) Chemistry of the main group elements. Prerequisite: CHM 31 or 76. (NS) CHM 58. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) CHM 209. Chemistry of Organic and Inorganic spring Continuation of Organic Chemistry Laboratory I. Materials (3) fall Prerequisite: CHM 53 previously; CHM 52 previously A systematic study of the most important organic and or concurrently. (NS) inorganic structures, covering synthesis, nomenclature, reactions, and properties. Grouping of elements with CHM 75. Concepts, Models and Experiments I similar properties within the periodic table is stressed. (4) fall The nature of the covalent bond will be developed. A first-semester course in chemistry for students plan- Reactions involving alkenes (especially vinyls), hydroxyl, ning to major in chemistry, biochemistry, chemical amine, oxirane, and halogen groups will be emphasized. engineering, materials science, or other chemistry-related Crystal structures and physical properties. Prerequisite: fields. Chemical and physical properties, structures, CHM 21 or 75. (NS) bonding concepts, and quantitative analysis. Laboratory CHM 250. Special Topics (1-3) includes synthesis, separation and analysis procedures; Selected topics in chemistry. May be repeated for credit computer applications to chemistry. Three lectures, one when different topics are offered. (NS) laboratory. (NS) CHM 263. Chemistry of Materials II (4) summer CHM 76. Concepts, Models and Experiments II Research laboratory for students enrolled in the five-year (4) spring B.S./M.S. chemistry of materials program. (NS) Continuation of Chemistry 75. Three lectures, one labora- tory. Prerequisite: CHM 75 or departmental consent. (NS) CHM 307. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) spring Introduction to transition metal complexes; theories of CHM 163. Chemistry of Materials I (4) summer bonding; kinetics and mechanisms of transition metal Research laboratory for students enrolled in the five-year complex reactions; selected aspects of organometallic B.S./M.S. chemistry of materials program. (NS) chemistry; bioinorganic chemistry. Prerequisite: CHM CHM 177. Introduction to Research (1-2) fall-spring 341. (NS) For advanced freshmen and sophomore chemistry CHM 312. (CHE 312, MAT 312) Fundamentals majors. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of Corrosion (3) fall of department chair. (NS) Corrosion phenomena and definitions. Electrochemical CHM 187. Physical Chemistry I (3) spring aspects including reaction mechanisms, thermodynam- Development of the principles of thermodynamics and ics, Pourbaix diagrams, kinetics of corrosion processes, their application to systems in which composition is of polarization and passivity. Non-electrochemical corro- major concern: solutions, chemical and phase equilibria. sion including mechanisms, theories and quantitative Elements of chemical reaction kinetics. Prerequisite: descriptions of atmospheric corrosion. Corrosion of met- CHM 31 or 76, and MATH 21, 31 or 51 previously or als under stress. Cathodic and anodic protection, concurrently. (NS) coatings alloys, inhibitors, and passivators. Prerequisite: CHM 189. Physical Chemistry II (3) fall MAT 205 or CHM 187. (NS) A continuation of Chemistry 187. Kinetic theory of CHM 332. Analytical Chemistry (3) fall gases, statistical thermodynamics, electrolytes in solution, Theory and practice of chemical analysis. Principles of electrochemistry, corrosion, colloid and surface chemistry quantitative separations and determinations; theory and the solid state. Prerequisites: CHM 187 or CHE and application of selected optical and electrical instru- 210, MATH 23, PHY 21. (NS) ments in analytical chemistry; interpretation of CHM 192. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) numerical data, design of experiments, solute distribu- Laboratory studies that illustrate the various fields of tion in separation methods. Prerequisites: CHM 31 study in experimental physical chemistry. Prerequisite: and 51. (NS) CHM 187 or CHE 210. (NS) CHM 336. Clinical Chemistry (3) spring CHM 194. Physical Chemistry for Biological Applications of analytical chemistry to clinical problems. Discussion of methods in common use and the bio- Sciences (3) fall chemical-medical significance of the results. The principles and applications of physical chemical con- Prerequisites: CHM 332 and 52. Schray. (NS) cepts to systems of biological interest, including the gas laws, thermodynamics of metabolic reactions, colligative CHM 337. (MAT 333) X-ray Diffraction of properties, electrochemical equilibria, reaction kinetics Materials (3) fall and enzyme catalysis, and transport of macromolecules Introduction to crystal symmetry, point groups, and space and viruses. Prerequisite: CHM 21 or 75. (NS) groups. Emphasis on materials characterization by X-ray diffraction and electron diffraction. Specific topics include Chemistry 157 crystallographic notation, stereographic projections, orien- CHM 372. (BIOS 372) Elements of Biochemistry tation of single crystals, textures, phase identification, II (3) spring quantitative analysis, stress measurement, electron diffrac- Dynamic aspects of biochemistry: enzyme reactions tion, ring and spot patterns, convergent beam electron including energetics, kinetics and mechanisms, metabo- diffraction (CBED), and space group determination. lism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and nucleic acids, Applications in mineralogy, metallurgy, ceramics, micro- photosynthesis, electron transport mechanisms, coupled electronics, polymers, and catalysts. Lectures and reactions, phosphorylations, and the synthesis of biologi- laboratory work. Prerequisite: MAT 203 or EES 131 or cal macromolecules. Prerequisite: CHM 371 and BIOS senior standing in chemistry. Lyman, Chan. (NS) 41 or consent of the instructor. (NS) CHM 338. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory (2) CHM 375. Research Chemistry Laboratory (1-3) spring fall-spring Laboratory studies of modern methods of instrumental An introduction to independent study or laboratory analysis emphasizing function and characteristics of investigation under faculty guidance. Prerequisite: con- instrumentation, data, processing, and experimental sent of faculty research supervisor. (NS) design. Prerequisites: CHM 339 previously or concur- CHM 376. Advanced Research Chemistry rently. (NS) Laboratory (1-6) fall-spring CHM 339. Instrumental Analysis (2) spring Advanced independent study or laboratory investigation Principles and applications of modern methods of ana- under faculty guidance. Prerequisite: 3 credits of CHM lytical analysis including optical spectroscopy, nuclear 375. Consent of faculty research supervisor. May be magnetic resonance spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, repeated for credit. (NS) electrochemical methods, chromatography, thermal methods, and surface characterization. Prerequisite: CHM 377. (BIOS 377) Biochemistry Laboratory CHM 332 .(NS) (3) fall Laboratory studies of the properties of chemicals of bio- CHM 341. Chemical Physics and Bonding (4) fall logical origin and the influence of chemical and physical Development of ideas relating to the nature of the chem- factors on these properties. Laboratory techniques used ical bond. Emphasis placed on the quantum chemistry for the isolation and identification of biochemicals. of atoms and molecules. Statistical thermodynamics of Prerequisite: CHM 371, previously or concurrently, and gaseous and solid systems. Diffraction effects in crys- BIOS 41 or consent of the instructor. (NS) talline solids. Elements of point group theory. Prerequisites: CHM 187, MATH 205, PHY 21. (NS) CHM 378. (BIOS 378) Biochemical Preparations (1-3) spring CHM 350. Special Topics (1-3) A laboratory course involving the preparation or isola- Selected advanced topics in chemistry. May be repeated tion, purification and identification of chemicals of for credit when different topics are offered. (NS) biological origin. Prerequisites: CHM 377 and 372, pre- CHM 353. Organic Analysis Laboratory (2) spring viously or concurrently. (NS) Identification of organic compounds as single compo- CHM 381. Radiation and Structure (3) nents and mixtures. Application of combined chemical Quantum chemistry and group theory applied to molec- and spectral assay techniques. Use and interpretation of ular orbital theory of bonding, structure, and data from nuclear magnetic resonance, infrared, and spectroscopy. Study of selection rules for chemical and mass spectroscopic examinations. Separation techniques photochemical reactions. Prerequisites: CHM 341 and for mixtures. Prerequisites: CHM 52 and 58. (NS) MATH 205. (NS) CHM 358. Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) fall CHM 382. Spectroscopy and Photochemical Reaction mechanism types and supporting physical- Kinetics (3) spring chemical data. Classes of mechanisms include Applications of electronic, infrared, and microwave spec- elimination, substitution, rearrangement, oxidation- troscopy to the study of molecular structure. Chemical reduction, enolate alkylations, and others. Prerequisite: consequences of intramolecular excitation; quantum effi- one year of organic chemistry. (NS) ciencies and reaction mechanisms; pulse excitation and CHM 363. Science Seminar (1) fall-spring dynamics of elementary processes. Prerequisite: CHM Discussion of current research in materials chemistry. For 341. (NS) students enrolled in the five-year B.S./M.S. chemistry of CHM 385. Physical Chemistry of Printing Inks materials program. May be repeated for credit. (NS) (3) fall CHM 368. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2) Physical chemical mechanisms of printing processes; The synthesis and study of organic compounds illustrating composition, dispersion processes for pigments, rheology the important techniques and special pieces of apparatus and printability of inks; color-matching; development of commonly used in organic chemical research. Prerequisite: solventless inks and specialty inks. Prerequisite: CHM one year of organic chemistry and laboratory. (NS) 187 or equivalent. (NS) CHM 371. (BIOS 371) Elements of Biochemistry CHM 388. (CHE 388) Polymer Synthesis and I (3) fall Characterization Laboratory (3) spring A general study of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, nucle- Techniques include: free radical and condensation poly- ic acids, and other biological substances and their merization; molecular weight distribution by gel importance in life processes. Protein and enzyme chem- chromatography; crystallinity and order by differential istry are emphasized. Prerequisite: one year of organic scanning calorimetry; pyrolysis and gas chromatography; chemistry. (NS) dynamic mechanical and dielectric behavior; morpholo- gy and microscopy; surface properties. Prerequisites: CHM 187, 189 or 341 and 51. (NS) 158 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

CHM 391. (CHE 391) Colloid and Surface following information on admissions, proficiency examina- Chemistry (3) fall tions and other policies applies to all of the programs listed Physical chemistry of everyday phenomena. above but not to the interdisciplinary polymer science and Intermolecular forces and electrostatic phenomena at engineering program. interfaces, boundary tensions and films at interfaces, Admission to graduate study in chemistry assumes that a mass and charge transport in colloidal suspensions, elec- student has met, or is willing to meet though further trostatic and London forces in disperse systems, gas study, minimum undergraduate requirements for a bach- adsorption and heterogeneous catalysis. Prerequisite: elor’s degree in chemistry. This would include (beyond CHM 187 or equivalent. Chaudhury. (NS) two semesters of introductory chemistry) two semesters CHM 392. (CHE 392) Introduction to Polymer of organic chemistry, two semesters of physical chem- Science (3) spring istry, two semesters of analytical chemistry and one Introduction to concepts of polymer science. Kinetics semester of inorganic chemistry. A promising student and mechanisms of polymerization; synthesis and pro- whose degree is in a field related to chemistry (e.g., biol- cessing of polymers, characterization. Relationship of ogy, chemical engineering) may be admitted to graduate molecular conformation, structure and morphology to study in chemistry provided that any deficiencies in physical and mechanical properties. Prerequisite: CHM basic chemistry preparation are made up in the first year 187 or equivalent. (NS) of graduate study, noting that some of the courses required for this may not carry graduate credit. CHM 393. (CHE 393, MAT 393) Physical The chemistry department will administer proficiency Polymer Science (3) fall examinations at the advanced undergraduate level in Structural and physical aspects of polymers (organic, analytical, biochemistry, inorganic, organic and physical inorganic, natural). Molecular and atomic basis for poly- chemistry to all regular graduate students at the time of mer properties and behavior. Characteristics of glassy, matriculation. Each student is required to take three crystalline and paracrystalline states (including viscoelastic examinations. Information regarding material to be cov- and relaxation behavior) for single- and multi-component ered on these examinations will be sent to each student systems. Thermodynamics and kinetics of transition phe- several months in advance of matriculation. It is expect- nomena. Structure, morphology and behavior. ed that each student will prepare diligently for these Prerequisite: one year of physical chemistry. (NS) tests. A student who performs well on one or more of CHM 394. (CHE 394) Organic Polymer Science I these tests has an opportunity to take advanced level and (3) spring special topics courses at an earlier than normal time and Organic chemistry of synthetic high polymers. Polymer may in fact begin graduate research during the first year. nomenclature, properties, and applications. Functionality A Ph.D. candidate must show proficiency in three areas and reactivity or monomers and polymers. Mechanism and and an M.S. candidate in two areas within the first year kinetics of step-growth and chain-growth polymerization in residence. A student who fails one or more of the pro- in homogenous and heterogenous media. Brief description ficiency examinations will meet with Professor Miller, of emulsion polymerization, ionic polymerization, and faculty graduate coordinator, to determine an appropri- copolymerization. Prerequisites: one year of physical chem- ate course of action in light of the exam performance, istry and one year of organic chemistry. (NS) projected major and degree aspiration. Two optional routes are available for demonstration of proficiency. (1) Graduate Programs in Chemistry The student through self-study and auditing of appro- The department of chemistry offers graduate studies priate courses may prepare for a retaking of a proficiency leading to several advanced degrees. These include mas- examination at the beginning of the second semester in ter of science and doctor of philosophy degrees in residence. (2) Alternatively, the student may enroll in chemistry, a doctor of arts in chemistry, master of science appropriate 300 or 400 level courses during the first year and doctor of philosophy degrees in pharmaceutical in residence. A grade of B- or better in an appropriate chemistry and a master of science in clinical chemistry. 300-400 level course will be considered equivalent to Master of science and doctor of philosophy degrees in passing the proficiency examination in that area. Courses chemistry may be obtained by study and research in any taken as a means of demonstrating proficiency will be appropriate area of chemistry. Additional information acceptable on the M.S. or Ph.D. graduate program. concerning the pharmaceutical chemistry and clinical The Master of Science in Chemistry degree requires a chemistry programs may be obtained from Section IV of total of 30 credits, and may be obtained by one of three this catalog. The doctor of arts degree includes broad options: 1) a minimum of 30 course credits, 2) a mini- course work in many of the major subdisciplines of mum of 27 course credits and a 3 credit literature review chemistry and requires two areas of specialization. A lab- paper (taken under CHM 421, Chemistry Research), or oratory problem in chemistry (at the M.S. level) and a 3) a minimum of 24 course credits and 6 credits of chemical education project (at the doctoral level) are experimental research (CHM 421). Each option requires required. A teaching internship (CHM 411) and an a minimum of 18 credits at the 400 level (15 of which industrial externship are part of the degree program a must be in chemistry) and one credit of CHM 481 program which is particularly intended to upgrade col- (Seminar). There are no other specifically required cours- lege teachers presently employed in academia but not es for the M.S. degree, allowing each student to design a holding the doctorate. curriculum that fits their needs and interests. Normally, The chemistry department also admits students to the mas- work for the master’s degree can be completed in 18 cal- ter of science and doctor of philosophy degree programs in endar months of full-time study. polymer science and engineering. These are interdisciplinary Completion of a doctor of philosophy degree program programs which are described in Section IV of this catalog normally requires a minimum of four years full-time and are not administered by the chemistry department. The work after entrance with a bachelor’s degree. There are Chemistry 159 few specific course credit requirements for the Ph.D.; in adhesion. Use of organometallic chemistry as a vehicle however, approved degree programs generally have at for various catalytic transformations including polymeriza- least 24 hours of course work (including any applied tion and small molecule synthesis; lanthanide chemistry. toward a master’s degree) and 6 credits of research. Thus, Materials and Polymer Chemistry. Inorganic and the program consists of approximately one-third formal organometallic chemistry in the synthesis of thin-film course work and two-thirds independent study and materials; synthesis at and dynamics of polymer inter- research. There is a two-credit seminar requirement faces; polymerization catalysis; synthesis, structure, (CHM 481). After Ph.D. proficiency has been estab- conformation and properties of high polymers; tech- lished and the research advisor selected (this must be niques and kinetics of emulsion polymerization and film done by the end of the first year in residence), the major formation; acoustic, optical, permeability, dielectric and hurdles are the doctoral examinations (both written and mechanical behavior of thin films, coatings and bulk oral) in the student’s area of concentration which must polymers; molecular structure, relaxation behavior and be passed by the end of 2 1/2 years of residence. If this energetics of fracture; elastic and viscoelastic behavior of hurdle is surmounted, the remaining time is spent com- interpenetrating and rubbery networks; effects of order- pleting (and ultimately defending) the dissertation ing in the glassy state and crystallization on physical research under the guidance of the research adviser and properties; crystallization under the influence of shear the dissertation committee. gradients; physical chemistry of polymer composites such Most of the chemistry facilities are housed in the 90,000- as polymer-concrete and filled polymers; interfacial char- square-foot chemistry complex, first occupied in 1975. acteristics and interactions in polymer-inorganic systems; The seven-story Seeley G. Mudd Building affords labora- NMR studies of polymers in aqueous solutions and gels; tory space of modern design; the top three floors are ionic motion through polymer films; laser light scatter- devoted to research laboratories. Some biochemistry ing and small-angle X-ray scattering stuies on polymer research is located in Iacocca Hall of the Mountaintop solutions; self assembly of block copolymers; polyelec- Campus. Pharmaceutical chemistry research is located in trolytes and ion-containing solutions; nanofabrications the Seeley G. Mudd Building. Solid-state chemical in polmer systems. research is located in the Sherman Fairchild Laboratory, in Organic Chemistry. Synthesis of medicinal agents, cor- Whitaker Laboratory, and in the Seeley G. Mudd relation of molecular structure with pharmacological Building. Polymer chemistry research laboratories are behavior; chemical models for biochemical reactions; located in Whitaker Laboratory, Iacocca Hall on the biosynthesis involving indole intermediates; chemistry of Mountaintop Campus, and the Seeley G. Mudd Building. monolayers and organized molecule assemblages; drug Clinical Chemistry carriers; synthetic ion conductors; Langmuir-Blodgett films; organometallic reaction mechanisms; organofluo- An interdisciplinary program which leads to an M.S. in rine chemistry; protein folding and renaturation; Clinical Chemistry is available. This program is molecular recognition; calorimetry; electrochemical stud- described in Section IV of the catalog in the section ies of electron transfer reactions. entitled Interdisciplinary Graduate Study and Research. Physical Chemistry. Chemistry at surfaces and inter- Pharmaceutical Chemistry faces of catalysts, coatings, structural alloys and Interdisciplinary programs which leads to the profession- microelectronics using an array of surface sensitive al M.S. or to the Ph.D. degree are available. These methods; NMR and XPS imaging, ARXPS and ARUPS, programs are described in Section IV of the catalog in surface diffraction methods including XPD, surface the section entitled Interdisciplinary Graduate Study and dynamics in nano, meso and macroscopic dimensions, Research. theory including ab initio FLAPW-DFT for periodic systems for interpretation of XPS, UPS, optical, Current Research Projects QNMR, FTIR and Raman spectra, as well as transition Current research projects of interest are listed below. states both in thermal and photochemical reactions; Analytical Chemistry. NMR studies of organic solids NMR studies of polymer adsorption and polymer misci- and polymers; electrochemical reduction and oxidation bility; applications of electronic structure theory to mechanisms of organic compounds; clinical-biomedical spectral simulation, reactivity, transition states, and applications, mechanisms of electrode processes, adsorp- excited states; statistical mechanics of order-disorder tion; development of novel immunoassays; analysis of transitions; exploration of complex solution systems by biologically important molecules. using scattering techniques; physical chemistry of poly- Biochemistry. Characterization of lysosomal glycosidases mer solutions and colloidal suspensions; novel solution and glycosyl transferases; functional role of carbohydrates behaviors and self-assembly of nano-meter scaled in glycoproteins; abnormal glycoprotein metabolism in hydrophilic macro-ions and biomacromolecules. human diseases; development of in vitro evaluation tech- Major Instrumentation niques for prescreening candidate pharmaceuticals; Chemistry research spans all areas: analytical, biochem- Inorganic Chemistry. Synthesis, characterization and cat- istry, inorganic, organic, physical, and polymer. Special alytic chemistry of transition metal organometallic equipment available for graduate research in chemistry is complexes; applications of molecular mechanics and as follows. molecular orbital theories in studies of inorganic and Biochemistry research facilities—HPLCs, GCs, FPLC, organic derivatives of the representative main group ele- ultracentrifuges, DNA synthesizer, scintillation and ments and transition metals; synthesis of solid catalysts gamma counters, cold rooms, cell disintegrator, zone and including oxides, sulfides, zeolites and supported metals; disc electrophoresis apparatus, column chromatograph, use of organometallic and coordination chemistry in the autoclave, ultra-low temperature freezers (–90 and synthesis of thin-film materials, and as a guiding principle –135C), rotary vaporator, Milli-Q water purification 160 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 system, shaking heated water baths, spectropolarimeter CHM 403. Advanced Topics in Inorganic with circular dichroism capability. Cell culture facilities— Chemistry (1-3) alternate years complete with optical microscopes having fluorescent and Topics of contemporary interest in inorganic chemistry. photographic capabilities, liquid scintillation equipment. This course may be repeated when a different topic is Catalysis facility—fully automated high pressure reactors offered. Prerequisite: CHM 307 or equivalent. with on-line gas chromatographs. Coal research and analy- sis facility—complete with ultracentrifuge, gas CHM 405. Organometallic Chemistry (3) chromatographs, gel permeation chromatograph, vapor alternate years pressure osmometer, dry boxes. Electron optical facili- The chemistry of compounds containing carbon to ties—transmission electron microscopy with x-ray metal bonds. Among topics covered are the following: fluorescence analysis capability, scanning electron micro- organic compounds of the representative elements from scope, and scanning electron microprobe. Gas Group I to IV; the chemistry of ferrocene and related pi- chromatographs, including a PE sigma 3 for inverse gas bonded organometallic complexes; metal carbonyl and chromatography. Liquid chromatographs—high perform- nitrosyl complexes; dioxygen and dinitrogen complexes; ance for analytical and preparative work. NMR organic synthesis utilizing organometallic catalysts. spectrometers—300 MHZ solid state, 360 MHZ for solu- CHM 411. Teaching Internship (3-6) fall-spring tions and imaging, 500 MHZ spectrometer for solutions. The preparation, teaching and grading of one or two Photochemistry equipment—lamps and filters for selected undergraduate lecture courses with appropriate supervi- wavelength work. Polarographs, chronopotentiometers, sion by senior faculty members. Observation and electrophoresis apparatus, electrochemical impedance, evaluation of the intern is effected by classroom visits electrochemical scanning tunneling microscope, poten- and videotape review. Prerequisite: candidacy in the doc- tiostats, and rotating disk electrode. Titration equipment tor of arts program or permission of the department (automated and computer interfaced), portable data inter- chair. May be repeated for credit. face (8-channel 50 KHz), digital readout polarimeter, Vibron elastoviscometers, radio-tracer equipment, includ- CHM 421. Chemistry Research (1-6) ing a gamma counter, differential refractometer, Research in one of the following fields of chemistry: rheometer. Spectrometers—uv/visible double beam auto- analytical, inorganic, organic, physical, polymer, mated, uv/visible/nearir, Fourier transformir with diffuse biochemistry. reflectance, photoacoustic and attenuated total reflectance CHM 423. Bio-organic Chemistry (3) alternate years capability, laser Raman, GC mass spectrometers, time-of- An examination of biochemistry on the basis of organic flight (TOF) mass spectrometer with 252Cf desorption chemical principles. Emphasis on reaction mechanisms source. Mssbauer spectrometer, positron annihilation spec- of biochemical transformations and methods for elucida- trometer. Surface analysis facilities—rotating anode tion of these mechanisms, i.e., kinetics, isotope effects, high-sensitivity high-energy resolution ESCA with imag- exchange techniques, inhibition studies, substrate analog ing capability (ESCA is equipped with automated angular effects and organic model studies. Prerequisite: CHM data acquisition). Surface science facility—Auger electron 358. Schray spectroscopy, low energy electron diffraction (LEED), high resolution electron energy loss spectroscopy (HREE- CHM 424. Medicinal and Pharmaceutical LS), photocorrelation spectroscopy for submicron particle Chemistry (3) alternate years analysis. Ellipsometer, contact angle capabilities, gas Principles of drug design, structure-activity relationships adsorption apparatus (BET), temperature programmed in antibacterial, antimalarial, anti-inflammatory and psy- desorption (TPD), atomic force microscope, instructional choactive drugs; synthesis and modes of action of scanning tunneling microscope, and light scattering. pharmacologically active agents radioactive pharmaceuti- Microcalorimeter (flowing with uv and refractive index cals. Prerequisite: one year of organic chemistry. Heindel detectors), differential scanning calorimeter (DSC). CHM 425. Pharmaceutical Regulatory Affairs 1: The NMR Laboratory is jointly operated with Air Drug Discovery to Approval (3) Products and Chemicals and the ESCA Laboratory is Coverage includes the stages of the drug approval jointly operated with AT&T. A microcomputer laborato- process and how these relate to the laboratory activities ry consisting of 18 pentium-based personal computers that provide the scientific basis of the New Drug and a computer laboratory with six Linux based dual Application (NDA). Lectures treat drug discovery, chem- processor IBM personal computers are jointly operated ical process development of the active pharmaceutical with LTS. ingredient (API), and pharmaceutical process develop- ment of the drug product. Regulatory issues in screening Graduate Courses in Chemistry and testing, the management of the preclinical trials, and CHM 400. Laboratory Safety (0) fall the management of clinical trials will be covered. Accident prevention; emergency response; government CHM 428 Pharmaceutical Regulatory Affairs 2: regulations; facilities for handling and storage disposal of Medical Devices and Combination Technologies: hazardous materials; emergency facilities; liabilities. Lectures, multi-media presentations, hands-on training Concept to Commercialization (3) by practitioners. This course will review the history of medical device law and regulations in the United States. It will also define CHM 402. Physical Inorganic Chemistry (3) current requirements of science needed to allow tech- alternate years nologies to be developed according to regulations. Case Aufbau principle and coupling of angular momenta is studies will be used to educate participants on Design used to describe atomic and molecular term states. Controls, Quality System Regulations, Manufacturign Group theoretical principles will be utilized in studies of Requirements and International Harmonization. molecular orbital and ligand field theories of bonding. Prerequisite: CHM 341 or equivalent. Klier Chemistry 161

Specifics may include Nucleic Acid Diagnostics, CHM 438. Advanced Topics in NMR (3) spring, Cardiovascular Stents, Drug Delivery, Cancer alternate years Diagnostics, and Consumer Self-Testing. Fundamental aspects of NMR analysis; instrumental CHM 430. Chemical and Biochemical Separations design; data acquisition and processing parameters; (3) spring, alternate years nuclear spin relaxation; theory of spin dynamics; product operator formalism; density matrix theory; multidimen- Theory and applications of equilibrium and nonequilib- sional methods; analysis strategies. Roberts rium separation techniques at both the analytical and preparative levels. Solvent and buffer extractions, chro- CHM 441. Chemical Kinetics (3) alternate years matographic separations (e.g., thin layer, partition, gas A study of kinetic processes. Phenomenological chemical liquid, gel filtration, ion exchange, affinity, supercritical kinetics; order, mechanism effect of external variables on fluid), electrophoretic separations (e.g., gel, capillary, iso- rate. Theories of the rate constant. Relation between electric focusing, immunoelectrophoresis), centrifugal thermodynamics and kinetics. Applications to selected separations (e.g., differential, velocity sedimentation, systems such as unimolecular decompositions, molecular density gradient) and other separation methods (e.g., beams and diffusion-limited processes. Prerequisite: one dialysis, ultrafiltration). Examples will focus on biologi- year of physical chemistry. cal applications. Alhadeff CHM 442. Pharmaceutical Regulatory Affairs 3: CHM 431. Contemporary Topics in Analytical Analytical Methods, Validation, and Data Chemistry (1) Manipulation (3) Discussion of the current literature in analytical chem- A review of the FDA guidance and common industry istry, including spectroscopy, separations, and practices. A presentation of the more user-friendly and electrochemistry. Students find current papers and lead higher accuracy analytical methods, which are supplanti- discussions. May be repeated for credit. ng traditional analyses. Lectures will cover the eight CHM 432. Chemometrics (3) fall, alternate years fundamentals of analytical method validation: accuracy, Mathematical and statistical methods for experimental linearity, precision, limits of detection, selectivity, limits design, calibration, signal resolution, and instrument of quantification, specificity, and ruggedness of method. control and optimization. In addition, the student will be taught what to do when the results do not meet the Acceptance Criteria. Lectures CHM 433. Electroanalytical Chemistry (3) alter- also cover evaluation of data streams for supporting con- nate years clusions. Theory and applications of selected electrochemical tech- niques; solutions to mass transport problems, treatment CHM 443. (MAT 443) Solid-State Chemistry (3) of electron transfer kinetics and kinetics of associated alternate years chemical reactions, and critical evaluation of adsorption Crystal structure, diffraction in crystals and on surfaces, and other factors associated with electrochemical process- bonding and energy spectra in solids dielectrics, surface es. Prerequisite: CHM 332 or equivalent. states and surface fields in crystals. Prerequisite: one course in linear algebra and one course in quantum CHM 434. Advanced Topics in Spectroscopy (3) mechanics. Klier fall, alternate years Fundamentals of interactions of electromagnetic radia- CHM 445. Elements of Physical Chemistry (4) Quantum chemistry of simple systems, molecular structure tion with matter: electronic, vibrational, scattering based and spectroscopy, statistical and classical thermodynamics. spectroscopies, instrumentation and signal processing. Prerequisite: CHM 341 or its equivalent. Advanced applications to the analysis of molecular struc- ture and chemical processes including surface analysis, CHM 451. Physical Organic Chemistry (3) time-resolved spectroscopies, and ultrasensitive spectro- alternate years scopic techniques. An introduction to quantitative organic chemistry CHM 435. Advanced Topics in Clinical including relationships between structure and reactivity, Chemistry (3) medium effects on reactions, introduction to orbital symmetry effects in organic reactions, and reaction Selected areas of clinical chemistry such as chemical toxi- mechanisms. Prerequisite: CHM 358 or consent of cology, pathogenic microbial biochemistry in vivo department chair. diagnostic methodology, therapeutic drug monitoring, or other advanced topics. May be repeated for credit when CHM 453. Heterocyclic Compounds (3) a different topic is offered. alternate years CHM 436. Special Topics in Analytical An intensive study of the syntheses, reactions and prop- Chemistry (1-3) erties of heteroaromatic compounds including derivatives of thiophene, pyrrole, furan, indole, pyridine, quinoline, Topics of contemporary interest in analytical chemistry. the azoles and the diazines — all considered from the May be repeated for credit when a different topic is offered. viewpoint of modern theories of structure and reaction CHM 437. (BIOS 437) Pathophysiological mechanisms. Prerequisite: CHM 358. Chemistry (3) spring CHM 455. Organic Reactions (3) alternate years Biochemical basis of human diseases involving abnormal Intensive survey of modern synthetic organic chemistry metabolism of proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, from a mechanistic standpoint. Classical Name-reac- and lipids. Emphasis on the correlation of the clinical tions, olefin synthesis, organometallic reagents in presentation of disease processes seen as physiological synthesis, Woodward-Hoffmann rules, electrocyclic dysfunctions with clinical laboratory methods. Lectures, processes, enolate chemistry, and related reactions. student presentations, and clinical case discussions. Prerequisite: CHM 358. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. Alhadeff 162 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

CHM 456. Spectral Analysis (3) fall The second part of the course will involve presentation Use of data from nuclear magnetic resonance, infrared, and discussion of the current literature by class partici- ultraviolet, and mass spectrometric techniques for the pants. Prerequisite: BIOS/CHM 372 or consent of determination of structure of organic compounds. department chair. Lowe-Krentz Emphasis on information from one- and two-dimension- CHM 472. (BIOS 472) Lipids and Membranes al proton and carbon NMR, and a mechanistic interpretation of data from mass spectrometry. Foster (3) alternate years Structure, physical properties and functions of lipids CHM 457. Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3) and their biological aggregates. Techniques for studying Intensive in-class problem solving that involves the for- lipid assemblies, enzymes which act on lipids, mem- mulation of reasonable reaction mechanisms for complex brane proteins and lipoproteins will also be discussed. multistep pathways, i.e. organic transformations that Prerequisite: BIOS/CHM 372 or consent of department proceed via highly energetic intermediates such as carbo- chair. Lowe-Krentz cations, carbanions, free radicals, carbenes, and nitrenes. CHM 473. (BIOS 473) Biochemistry of Complex CHM 458. Topics in Organic Chemistry (1-3) Carbohydrates (3) alternate years An intensive study of limited areas in organic chemistry. Consideration of the structure, function and metabolism May be repeated when a different topic is offered. of complex carbohydrates (glycolipids, glycoproteins and CHM 463. Pharmaceutical Regulatory Afairs 4: proteoglycans) with particular emphasis on glycopro- Commercial Production, Validation, and Process teins. The first part of the course will consist of lectures Qualification (3) to familiarize the student with basic terms, concepts and This course covers the scientific principles and the reg- processes. The second part will involve critical readings, istry requirements for polymeric implants, presentation and discussion of the current primary controlled-release drug depot units, pumps, point-of care research literature by class participants. Alhadeff testing kits, contrast media for MRI, x-ray, and ultra- CHM 475. Advanced Topics in Chemistry (1) sound and all FDA controlled products not defined as Audiovisual courses in topics such as acid-base theory, therapeutic pharmaceuticals. NMR, chromatography, electroanalytical chemistry and CHM 466. Advanced Organic Preparations (2-3) mass-spectroscopy interpretation; course material A laboratory course of instruction in advanced tech- obtained from the American Chemical Society. May be niques of the preparation of organic compounds. repeated for credit. CHM 467. (BIOS 467) Principles of Nucleic Acid CHM 477. (BIOS 477) Topics in Biochemistry (1-3) Selected areas of biochemistry, such as mechanisms of Structure (3) alternate years enzyme action, new developments in the chemistry of An examination of the principles underlying nucleic acid lipids, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and proteins. May be structure including stereochemistry, electrostatics, hydra- repeated for credit when different topics are offered. tion, torsional constraints, sequence specific effects, and Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. interaction with nuclear proteins. Special emphasis will be placed on DNA structure. Prerequisite: one year of CHM 479. (BIOS 479) Biochemical Techniques (3) biochemistry and one year of physical chemistry or per- Laboratory studies of the techniques and principles mission of the department chair. Behe involved in the isolation, identification, and biochemical transformation of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids CHM 468. (BIOS 468) Principles of Protein and proteins. Prerequisite: CHM 371 or its equivalent Structure (3) alternate years previously or concurrently. An examination of the principles underlying protein structure including stereochemistry, preferred tertiary CHM 480. (BIOS 480) Advanced Biochemical structures, protein homology, excluded volume effects, Preparations (1-3) time dependent structural fluctuations, and prediction of An advanced laboratory course in the preparation, isola- protein structure from sequence information. tion, purification, and identification of biochemically Prerequisites: one year of biochemistry and one year of produced materials. Emphasis is placed on materials and physical chemistry or permission of the department procedures of current interest in biochemistry. chair. Behe Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. CHM 469. (BIOS 469) Biochemical Problem CHM 481. Chemistry Seminar (1) Solving I (1) fall Student presentations on current research topics in the Applications of material covered in BIOS/CHM 371 student’s discipline but not on subjects close to the the- including techniques used in research. Prerequisite: sis. A one-hour presentation and attendance at other BIOS/CHM 371 previously or concurrently. presentations are required for credit. May be repeated for credit, up to six times. CHM 470. (BIOS 470) Biochemical Problem Solving II (1) spring CHM 482. (CHE 482, MAT 482) Engineering Applications of concepts covered in BIOS/CHM 372 Behavior of Polymers (3) spring including techniques used in research. Prerequisite: Mechanical behavior of polymers. Characterization of BIOS/CHM 372 previously or concurrently. experimentally observed viscoelastic response of polymer- ic solids with the aid of mechanical model analogs. CHM 471. (BIOS 471) Eucaryotic Biochemistry Topics include time-temperature superposition, experi- (3) alternate years mental characterization of large deformation and fracture Biochemistry of selected eucaryotic processes including processes, polymer adhesion, and the effects of fillers, hormone chemistry, blood clotting, immunochemistry, plasticizer, moisture, and aging on mechanical behavior. vision chemistry, muscle chemistry and photosynthesis. Civil and Environmental Engineering 163

CHM 483. (CHE 483) Emulsion Polymers (3) fall CHM 492. (CHE 492) Topics in Polymer Science (3) Fundamental concepts important in manufacture, char- Intensive study of topics selected from areas of current acterization, and application of polymer latexes. Topics research interest such as morphology and mechanical include colloidal stability, polymerization mechanisms behavior, thermodynamics and kinetics of crystallization, and kinetics, reactor design, characterization of particle new analytical techniques, molecular weight distribution, surfaces, latex rheology, morphology considerations, non-Newtonian flow behavior, second-order transition polymerization with functional groups, film formation phenomena, novel polymer structures. Credit above and various application problems. Prerequisite: previous three hours is granted only when different material is course in polymers. covered. Prerequisite: CHM 392 or equivalent CHM 484. (CHE 484) Crystalline Polymers CHM 493. Organic Chemistry of Organic (3) spring Polymer Coatings (3) alternate years Morphology and behavior of both polymer single crys- Film information from solution and dispersion, and tals and bulk crystallized system. Relationship between application of coatings. Mechanism and kinetics of cur- basic crystal physics, thermal and annealing history, ori- ing glyceride oils, varnishes and alkyd resins, unsaturated entation and resulting properties. Thermodynamics and polyesters, thermoplastics cellulose, acrylic and vinyl kinetics of transition phenomena and a brief treatment resins, epoxy resins, polyurethanes, amine- and phenol- of hydrodynamic properties and their relationship to formaldehyde resins, thermosetting vinyl and acrylic crystallization and processing properties. copolymers, water-based systems, natural and synthetic rubber, and silicone resins. New solutions coatings. CHM 485. (CHE 485, MAT 485) Polymer Blends Prerequisite: CHM 393 and 394 or equivalent. and Composites (3) fall Synthesis, morphology and mechanical behavior of poly- CHM 494. Quantum Chemistry (3) mer blends and composites. Mechanical blends block alternate years and graft copolymers, interpenetrating polymer net- Principles and applications of quantum mechanics to chem- works, polymer impregnated solids and fiber and ical problems. Applications to chemical bonding, molecular particulate-reinforce polymers are emphasized. structure, reactivity and spectroscopy. Prerequisite: CHM Prerequisite: any introductory course in polymers. 445 or consent of the department chair. CHM 487. Topics in Colloid and Surface CHM 495. Statistical Thermodynamics (3) Chemistry (3) alternate years Applications of colloid chemistry; special topics in sur- Principles and applications of statistical mechanics to face chemistry. Lectures and seminar. May be repeated chemical problems. A study of the techniques for evaluat- for credit as different topics are covered. Prerequisite: ing the properties of matter in bulk from the properties CHM 391. of molecules and their interactions. Prerequisite: CHM 445 or consent of the department chair. CHM 488. Advanced Topics in Physical Chemistry (1-3) Advanced topics in physical chemistry, such as photo- Civil and Environmental chemistry and molecular beam dynamics, Fourier transform spectroscopy, kinetics of rapid reactions, theo- Engineering ry of magnetic resonance, liquids and solutions. May be Professors. Stephen P. Pessiki (Cornell), chair and P.C. repeated for credit when different topics are offered. Rossin Professor; Gerard P. Lennon, Ph.D. (Cornell), CHM 489. Organic Polymer Science II (3) associate chair; John L. Wilson, Ph.D. (Pittsburgh), alternate years graduate officer; Sibel Pamukcu, Ph.D. (L.S.U.), James Continuation of CHM 394. Theory and mechanism of Ricles, Ph.D., (U.C. Berkeley), director and Real-Time ionic vinyl-addition chain-growth polymerization. Chain Multidirectional Earthquake Simulation Faculty, and copolymerization by radical and ionic mechanism. Bruce G. Johnston; professor; Richard Sause, Ph.D. Mechanism of ring-opening polymerization, stereochem- (U.C. Berkeley), director, Center for Advanced istry of polymerization including ionic, coordination, Technology for Large Structural Systems and Joseph T. and Ziegler-Natta mechanisms. Reactions of polymers, Stuart Professor; Arup K. SenGupta, Ph.D. (Houston), including crosslinking, reaction of functional groups, P.C. Rossin Professor; Robert M. Sorensen, Ph.D. (U.C. graft and block copolymers, and polymer carriers and Berkeley); Richard N. Weisman, Ph.D. (Cornell). supports. Prerequisite: CHM 394 or equivalent. Associate professors. Peter Mueller, Dr. sc. techn. (ETH, CHM 491. Physical Chemistry of Organic Zurich); Weixian Zhang, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins). Polymer Coatings (3) alternate years Assistant professors. Derick Brown, Ph.D. (Princeton); Pigment/bonder geometry. Oil absorption of pigments. Kristen L. Jellison, Ph.D (M.I.T.); Clay Naito Ph.D. Critical Pigment Volume Concentration concept. (U.C. Berkeley); Yunfeng Zhang Ph.D. (Cal. Tech.). Pigment dispersion including surface tension, capillarity, Active emeriti. John W. Fisher, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Le Wu works of dispersion, transfer and flocculation, and dis- Lu, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Alexis Ostapenko, Sc.D. (M.I.T.); persing-mixing equipment. Solubility parameter David A. VanHorn, Ph.D. (Iowa State); Ben-Tseng Yen, concept. Coating viscosity and viscometers. Evaporation Ph.D. (Lehigh). of solvents including water. Coating rheology, mill base letdown, and pigment settling. Film application includ- Civil engineering occupies a prominent position as one ing leveling, sagging, slumping and draining. of the major fields in the engineering profession. Civil Prerequisite: CHM 393 or 394 or equivalent. engineers are concerned with all aspects of the concep- tion, planning, design, construction, operation, and maintenance of major physical works and facilities that 164 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 are essential to modern life. Civil engineering projects trol, and environmental and occupational health. (4) are typically characterized by extreme size, complexity, Develop our students to be proficient in advanced prin- durability, and cost. Examples include bridges, buildings, ciples in three environmental engineering focus areas: transportation facilities, tunnels, coastal facilities, dams, water supply and resources, environmental chemistry, foundations, and waterways. hazardous waster management. (5) Provide broad career Environmental Engineering is a relatively young inter- opportunities for our students by integrating planning, disciplinary branch of the engineering profession that economics, finance, probability and statistics, manage- has emerged from the societal needs to educate engineers ment and organizational structure and presentation of in the causes, control, and prevention of environmental real-life engineering experiences in the curriculum. (6) pollution while maintaining industrial and economic Provide opportunities for our students to develop and growth. Traditionally, environmental engineers were exhibit team building, leadership, and continued educa- involved in designing and constructing drinking water tion/learning skills. (7) Provide opportunities in most treatment plants, sewage treatment facilities and water required courses for our students to develop and use distribution networks. More recently, the environmental communication skills. (8) Develop opportunities, both engineering profession has greatly expanded and the inside and outside of the classroom, for understanding activities include: detection and modeling fate and trans- professional practice issues which include ethical respon- port of contaminants in both natural and engineered sibilities, political, international, historical, cultural, environments; applying technology-based solutions for societal, and diversity issues. restoring environmental quality; developing and/or mod- A technical minor in Environmental Engineering, avail- ifying industrial processes for ecological preservation and able for students outside the department, consists of a enhanced sustainability. Previously, environmental engi- prerequisite (CHEM 31), three courses chosen from CEE neering was included as part of the civil engineering 170, CEE 274, CEE 373 (CHE 373), and CEE 276 program. Starting in Fall, 2002, it can also be pursued as (CHE 276), and one additional course from the required a separate B.S. degree that will be considered for accredi- list or from CEE 222, CEE 323 (EES 323), CEE 327 tation at the next college review in 2006-2007. (EES 327), CEE 345, CEE 274, CEE 276, CHE 321, Our Departmental Mission is to educate students in the CHE 331, CHE 370, EES 353, and EES 376. At least principles and methods essential to the practice and two of the courses must be from the CEE department. advancement of civil and environmental engineering. Both undergraduate programs include a strong base of Our students are prepared to apply and continually culti- mathematics, including calculus and probability and sta- vate knowledge that will enable them to become tistics, and the physical sciences, followed by a course in successful practitioners, innovators and leaders in serving planning and engineering economics and a broad range the needs of a complex society. The accredited Civil of required and elective courses in engineering science, Engineering Bachelor of Science degree program objec- analysis and design in the areas listed above in each set of tives are: (1) Provide our students with an education in program objectives. In addition, the civil engineering the fundamental principles and scientific methods essen- program has an engineering science and a surveying tial to contemporary civil engineering. (2) Provide our requirement and the environmental engineering program students the opportunity to study broad topics of civil has a course in risks, regulations, and policy. Both pro- engineering. (3) Develop our students to be proficient in grams are enriched with a series of required and elective four areas of civil engineering: environmental, hydraulic, courses in the humanities and social sciences. Elective geotechnical, and structural engineering. (4) Provide our courses in both programs extend across the areas of struc- students the opportunity to study advanced topics in one tural, geotechnical, hydraulic, environmental, or more areas of civil engineering. (5) Provide broad construction and project management, and transporta- career opportunities for our students by integrating plan- tion engineering. Additional elective courses in the ning, economics, finance, probability and statistics, environmental program are available from chemical engi- management and organizational structure, and presenta- neering, chemistry, and earth and environmental science. tion of real-life engineering experiences in the In each curriculum, emphasis is placed on the develop- curriculum. (6) Provide opportunities for our students to ment of a solid knowledge of civil or environmental develop and exhibit team building, leadership, and con- engineering fundamentals. Concomitantly, the program tinued education/learning skills. (7) Provide is threaded with instruction and opportunities in com- opportunities for our students to develop and use com- puter applications. munication skills. (8) Develop opportunities, both inside The civil and environmental engineering programs prepare and outside of the classroom, for understanding profes- individuals for entry into the engineering profession or for sional practice issues which include ethical entry into high-quality programs of graduate study. With responsibilities, political, international, historical, cultur- proper selection of electives, students may also prepare for al, societal, and diversity issues. The Environmental entrance into schools of law or medicine, or into master’s- Engineering Bachelor of Science degree program objec- level programs in engineering management or business tives are: (1) Provide our students with an education in administration. The civil engineering program is fully the fundamental principles and scientific methods essen- accredited, and application for accreditation of the new tial to contemporary environmental engineering. (2) environmental engineering will be sought at the first oppor- Provide our students the opportunity to study broad tunity, e.g. after graduation of the first class of students. topics of environmental engineering. (3) Develop our students to be knowledgeable of introductory level fun- Five-year programs are available for students interested in a damentals in eight environmental engineering focus second bachelor’s degree in a major in the College of Arts areas: water supply and resources, environmental chem- and Sciences (see listings under Arts-Engineering; Civil istry, hazardous waste management, environmental Engineering and Earth and Environmental Sciences). system modeling, wastewater management, solid waste management, atmospheric system and air pollution con- Civil and Environmental Engineering 165

Recommended Sequence of Courses, B.S. in Civil Recommended Sequence of Courses, B.S. in Engineering Environmental Engineering The normal freshman engineering year is 30 credits (see The normal freshman engineering year is 30 credits (see Section III). The required HSS Advanced Requirement Section III). Using the 4 credits of POLS 111 leaves 9 of 13 credits shown below to be three 3-credit courses credits to complete required HSS Advanced Requirement and one 4-credit course. Other options are possible. of 13 credits, shown below to be three 3-credit courses. sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) CHEM 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) CEE 10 Engineering/Architectural CHEM 53 Organic Chem Lab (1) Graphics and Design (3) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) CEE 11 Surveying (1) CEE 12 Civil ENGR. Statistics (2) CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) HSS Elective or ECO 1: Prin. of Economics (4) sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) PHY 21 Intro Physics II (4) MECH 12 Strength of Materials (3) PHY 22 Intro Physics II Laboratory (1) CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental CEE 170 Intro. Environmental ENGR (4) Engineering (4) CEE 272 Environmental Risk Assessment (2) PHYS 21 Introductory Physics II (4) POLS 111 Politics of Environment (4) PHYS 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elec. (3) CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) CEE 142 Fund. Soil Mechanics (3) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) CEE 276 Env. ENGR. Processes (3) CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) CHE 31 Matl. & Energy Bal. of CHE Process (3) CEE 123 Civil Engineering Materials (1) EES 21 Intro. to Planet Earth (4) CEE 142 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) CEE 159 Structural Analysis I (4) CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) *Engineering Science Elective (3) CEE 274 Environmental Water Chemistry (3) junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) CHE 60 Unit Ops Survey (3) CEE 117 Numerical Methods in Civil CEE 275 Enviro-Geo-Hydraulics Lab (2) Engineering (2) HSS Humanities/Soc. Sciences Elective (3) CEE 262 Fund. of Structural Steel Design (3) or EES 31 Intro. Env/Organismal Biology (4) CEE 264 Fund. of Structural Concrete Design (3) senior year, first semester (17 credit hours) CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) CEE 202 CEE Planning and Engr. Economics (3) CEE 242 Principles and Practices of CEE 203 Professional Development (2) Geotechnical Engineering (3) CEE 378 Solid & Haz. Waste Management (3) HSS Elective or ECO 1: CEE 379 Environmental Case Studies (3) Prin. of Economics (4) TE* Technical Elective (3) CEE **Approved Elective (3) FE Free Elective (3) senior year, first semester (17 credit hours) senior year, second semester (18 credit hours) CEE 202 CEE Planning and Engineering CEE 377 Environmental Engr. Project (3) Economics (3) TE* Technical Electives (6) CEE 203 Professional Development (2) HSS Humanities/Social Sci. Elective (6) HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elec. (3) FE Free Electives CEE **Approved Electives (6) Free Elective (3) *9 technical (approved) elective credits approved by the aca- demic advisor to satisfy proficiency in three focus areas of senior year, second semester (17 credit hours) water supply and resources, environmental chemistry, and CEE 290 Capstone Design (3) hazardous waste management; approved list available from HSS Humanities/Social Science Elective (3) CEE department. CEE **Approved Electives (8) A total of 134 credits is required for the bachelor’s degree in Free Elective (3) Environmental Engineering. *MECH 102, ME 104, or ECE 81. Undergraduate Courses **Seventeen CEE elective credits approved by the CEE department chairperson; list on department web site. CEE 10. (ARCH 10). Engineering/Architectural Elective opportunities total 42 credit hours. The Graphics and Design (3) fall selection of elective courses is to be in consultation Graphical communication of civil engineering and archi- with student’s academic adviser in the Department of tectural projects using manual techniques and commercial Civil and Environmental Engineering. A total of 134 state-of-the-art computer software. Topics include visuali- credit hours is required for the bachelor’s degree in zation and sketching; orthographic, isometric and other civil engineering. drawings; points, lines and planes in descriptive geometry; site design; overview of geographical information systems 166 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 and 3-D applications. Teamwork on design projects with and approximate methods of analysis of indeterminate oral and graphical presentations. Not available to students structures. Prerequisite: MECH 12. (ES 4, ED 0) who have taken ME 10. CEE 170. Introduction to Environmental CEE 11. Surveying (1) fall Engineering (4) spring Theory and practice of basic engineering surveying Characterization and evaluation of natural water measurements and analysis. Topics to include field note resources. Principles of basic water chemistry. Water and taking, datums and measurement precision, equipment wastewater treatment processes. Sludge treatment, air and techniques for measuring distance, elevation and pollution and multi-media transport. Pollutants mass angles, electronic distance measurement, topographic balance and oxygen transfer. Field trips to water and surveys, GPS and hydrographic surveys. Hands on expe- wastewater process facilities. Laboratory experiments on rience with the use of survey levels, transits/theodolites water and wastewater characterization. Prerequisites: and a total station will be provided. (ED 1) CHEM 21. (ES 3, Other 1). CEE 12. Civil Engineering Statistics (2) fall CEE 171. (CHE 171, ES 171). Fundamentals of Basic engineering statistics with a civil engineering orien- Environmental Technology (4) tation. Topics to include: random variables and Pollution control technologies and how they work for histograms; central tendency, dispersion and skew; prob- water, air, and solid wastes. Assessment and management ability density functions and cumulative distribution of risk as applied to remediation of contaminated wastes. functions, basic probability concepts and selected proba- Role of life cycle analysis of products in risk reduction. bility models, return period analysis, linear regression Technologies leading to sustainable environment. and least squares, correlation analysis, propagation of Government policies and regulations, including litiga- errors. (ES 1, ED 1) tion and Best Available Technology. Prerequisite: one CEE 104. Readings in Civil Engineering (1-4) advanced science course or permission of instructor. Not Study of selected technical papers, with abstracts and available to students in RCEAS. reports. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent CEE 202. CEE Planning and Engineering of the department chair. Economics (3) fall CEE 117. Numerical Methods in Civil The planning and management of civil engineering proj- Engineering (2) spring ects. Modeling and optimization methods, project Techniques for computer solution of linear and non-lin- management techniques. Financial decision-making ear simultaneous equations; eigenvalue analysis; finite among alternatives. Present value and discounted cash differences; numerical integration; numerical solutions to flow analysis; incremental analysis and rate-of-return cri- ordinary differential equations. Case studies in the vari- teria. (ES 1, ED 2) ous branches of civil engineering. Prerequisites: CEE 203. Professional Development (2) fall Engineering 1, MATH 205. (ES 2, ED 0) Elements of professionalism; professional ethics; engi- CEE 121. Mechanics of Fluids (3) fall neering registration; continuing education; Fluid properties and statics; concepts and basic equations responsibilities of an engineer in industry, government, for fluid dynamics. Forces caused by flowing fluids and private practice; role of professional and technical soci- energy required to transport fluids. Dynamics similitude eties. (ES 0, ED0, Other 2) and modeling of fluid flows. Includes laboratory experi- CEE 205. Design Problems (1-6) ments to demonstrate basic concepts. Prerequisite: Supervised individual design problems, with report. MECH 2. (ES 3, ED 0) Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. (ED 1-6) CEE 123. Civil Engineering Materials (1) spring CEE 207. Transportation Engineering (3) spring Properties of commonly used civil engineering materials Principles of the design of transportation facilities with focusing on concrete. Concrete coverage includes cement emphasis on highways and airports in the areas of geo- chemistry and manufacture; cement hydration and metric, drainage, and pavement design. Design problems. microstructure; mixture design; mechanical properties; Prerequisites: CEE 11 or CEE 14. (ES 0, ED 3) admixtures; in-service performance and deterioration mechanisms. Includes some laboratory work. (ES 1) CEE 211. Research Problems (1-6) Supervised individual research problems, with report. CEE 142. Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) Fall Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. Fundamental principles of physical index properties of soils, water flow through soils, stress and deformation CEE 222. Hydraulic Engineering (3) spring phenomena in soils and strength parameters of soils. Pipe and pump hydraulics, engineering hydrology, ground Weight-volume relationships, consistency, gradation, and water hydraulics, and open channel hydraulics. classification. Soil mineralogy, composition, and fabric; Laboratory experiments in applied hydraulics. Prerequisite clay-water electrolyte system. Geological processes, and CEE 121, ME 231, or equivalent. (ES 1, ED 2) engineering properties of rocks. Soil compaction, consol- CEE 242. Principles and Practices of Geotechnical idation, shear strength, stress-strain, Mohr-Coulomb Engineering (3) spring failure analysis. Laboratory experiments to measure phys- The principles related to evaluation of the interactions ical and mechanical properties of soils. Prerequisite: between the soil environment and man-made facilities. MECH 2. (ES 2, ED 1) Site exploration and in-situ soil characterization. CEE 159. Structural Analysis I (4) fall Construction use of soils, soil-like materials, and geosyn- Elastic analysis of statically determinate beams, frames, thetics in civil engineering facilities. Ground and trusses; deflections by the methods of virtual work improvement techniques. One and two-dimensional flow, and moment area; influence lines for determinate struc- flow nets, uplift pressures on structures, and liquefaction. tures; modeling for structural analysis; flexibility, stiffness, Failure theories, stress paths, settlement. Stability of earth Civil and Environmental Engineering 167 slopes, dams and levees. Lateral earth pressures and CEE 274. Environmental Water Chemistry retaining walls. Bearing capacity of soils for shallow foun- (3) spring dations. Prerequisite: CEE 142. (ES 2, ED 1) Chemical principles and applications of those principles CEE 244. Foundation Engineering (3) fall to the analysis and understanding of aqueous environ- Application of theories and principles of soil mechanics mental chemistry in natural waters and wastewaters. The to foundation design of constructed facilities. In-situ soil chemistry of ionic equilibria, redox reactions, precipita- test and measurement, subsurface exploration and soil tion/dissolution, acid-base concepts, buffer capacity, sampling. Bearing capacity, settlement, lateral earth pres- complexation, hydrolysis and biological reactions. sure principles. Design of shallow foundations: spread Prerequisite: CHEM 31 or CEE 170. (ES 2, Other 1) footings, beams on elastic foundations, mat foundations. CEE 275. Environmental, Geotechnics and Design of retaining walls: mechanically stabilized earth, Hydraulics Laboratory (2) Spring concrete and sheet pile walls, walls for excavations. Applying fundamentals of soil properties, hydraulics and Design of deep foundations: single piles, pile founda- environmental science through appropriate laboratory tions, drilled piers and caissons. Prerequisite: CEE 242 experiments for solution of environmental engineering (ES 1.5, ED 1.5) problems. Experiments will include solute transport in CEE 258. Structural Laboratory (3) surface and subsurface medium; characterization of soils, Experimental study of behavior of members and struc- sludges and water; treatment of water and wastewater tures. Planning, executing, and reporting experimental including biological processes. Illustration of techniques studies. Introduction to instrumentation and data acqui- to generate design parameters for scale-up. Prerequisite: sition. Nondestructive testing of civil engineering CEE 170, previously or concurrently. (ES 1, ED 1) structures. Steel, rein-forced concrete, and other materi- CEE 276. (CHE 276). Environmental Engineering als. Prerequisite: CEE 262 and CEE 264. (ES 2, ED 1) Processes (3) fall CEE 259. Structural Analysis II (3) fall Processes applied in environmental engineering for air Analysis of statically indeterminate structures, methods pollution control, treatment of drinking water, munici- of slope deflection and moment distribution; considera- pal wastewater, industrial wastes, hazardous/toxic wastes, tion of side-sway and nonprismatic members. Influence and environmental remediation. Kinetics, reactor theory, lines for determinate and indeterminate structures. mass balances, application of fundamental physical, Flexibility and stiffness matrix methods for computerized chemical and biological principles to analysis and design. analysis. Use of computer library programs. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: CEE 170 or equivalent. (ES 2, ED 1). CEE 159. (ES 3, ED 0) CEE 279. (BIOS 259, EES 259) Microbial CEE 262 Fundamentals of Structural Steel Design Ecology (4) (3) spring The role of microorganisms in the environment. Topics Introduction to steel structures. Behavior, strength and include: Survey of microbial classification, structure, and design of structural members, including members subject- metabolism; study of microbes at population, community, ed to axial tension, axial compression, flexure and and ecosystem levels of organization; the role of microbes combined compression and flexure. Basic methods of join- in biogeochemical cycles; application of microbes to biore- ing members to form a structural system. Use of design mediation and resource recovery problems. Prerequisite: specifications. Prerequisite: CEE 159. (ES 1, ED 2). EES 31 and EES 152, or consent of instructor. CEE 264. Fundamentals of Structural Concrete CEE 281. Special Topics (1-6) Design (3) spring A study of selected topics in civil and environmental Analysis, design, and detailing of reinforced concrete engineering not included in other formal courses. A members and simple systems for strength and service- design project or an interdisciplinary study of a problem ability requirements, including beams, columns, and related to civil or environmental engineering may be slabs. Introduction to prestressed concrete. Prerequisite: included. Civil and environmental engineering students CEE 159. (ES 1, ED 2) working on design projects involving students from other departments or colleges working in cross-discipli- CEE 266. Construction Management (3) spring nary teams may be included. A report is required. An overview of mangement and construction techniques Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. used in engineering ventures and projects. Scheduling, estimation, construction methods, financial controls, CEE 290. CEE Design Project (3) spring contracts, labor relations and organizational forms. Case Supervised design projects applying the fundamentals of studies and lecturers from industry. Prerequisites CEE engineering science and the concepts of planning and 159 and CEE 202, or instructor’s approval. systems analysis in the design of practical engineering works. The scope includes needs analysis, formulation of CEE 272. Environmental Risk Assessment (2) spring the design problem statement and evaluative criteria; Effects of chemical releases on human health; ecological analysis of alternative solutions and the generation of risks. Application of risk assessment methodology, specifications. Economic, social, environmental, aesthetic including hazard identification, exposure assessment, and safety constraints are considered. Practicing profes- toxicity assessment, and risk characterization. sional engineers are invited to serve as consultants. Accounting for uncertainty in data during risk manage- Written and oral reports are required. Prerequisite: ment, risk reduction and implementation of regulations Senior standing. (ES 0, ED 3) and environmental policy. CEE 316 (EES 316). Hydrogeology (4) Interrelationships of geologic materials and processes with water; entry, storage, interaction, and flow of water through permeable earth materials; evaluation, 168 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 development, and management of ground-water to soil mineralogy, fabric and composition: volume change resources. Lectures and recitation/laboratory. behavior, intergranular stresses, shear strength and defor- Prerequisites: EES 21 or EES 101. (ES 4) mation behavior, conduction behavior, coupled and direct flow phenomena. Prerequisite: CEE 242. (ES 3, ED 0) CEE 320 (EES 320). Engineering Hydrology (3) fall Rainfall-runoff analysis, overland flow, hydrograph theo- CEE 345. Geo-Environmental Engineering (3) ries, modeling. Frequency analysis of extreme events. Flood Principles of interaction of soil and rock with various routing. Design storms. Floodplain hydraulics, floodplain environmental cycles. Physical and chemical properties delineation. Prerequisite: CEE 222. (ES 2, ED 1) of soil. Environmental site characterization: drilling technology, geotechnical and geophysical methods, mon- CEE 321. Open Channel Hydraulics (3) fall itoring well design and construction, groundwater, soil Energy and momentum concepts, frictional resistance in and gas sampling procedures, sensor technologies. open channels. Rapidly and gradually varied flow in Contaminant transport, detection and containment. open channels; unsteady flow in open channels; channel Principles of containment facilities: landfills, leachate and culvert design. Prerequisite: CEE 222. (ES 2, ED 1) collection, cut-off walls, permeable barriers, stability CEE 323 (EES 323). Environmental Groundwater analysis. Soil and groundwater restoration stabilization, Hydrology (3) spring bioremediation, washing, electrotechnologies, soil vapor The study of subsurface water, its environment, distribu- technologies. Prerequisite: CEE 242. (ES 2.5, ED 0.5) tion, and movement. Included are flow patterns, well CEE 346. Fundamentals of Designing with hydraulics, and an introduction to the movement of Geosynthetics (3) spring contaminants. Design problems are included to simulate Fundamental and current theories of designing soil flow with analytical and numerical models, and contami- structures with geosynthetics. Roads and highway appli- nant migration using analytical models. Prerequisites: cations; reinforced embankments; slope stabilization; CEE 121, CEE/EES 316 or permission of instructor. waste containment systems; erosion control; filtration (ES 2, ED 1) and drainage. Prerequisite: CEE 242. (ES 1.5, ED 1.5) CEE 327 (EES 327). Surface Water Quality CEE 352. Structural Dynamics (3) fall Modeling (3) spring Analysis of linear structural systems to time-dependent Fundamentals of modeling water quality parameters in loads. Free and forced vibration. Classical and numerical receiving water bodies, including rivers, lakes, and estu- methods of solution. Lumped-mass techniques, energy aries. Modeling of dissolved oxygen, nutrients, methods, and introduction to matrix formulation of temperature, and toxic substances. Emphasis on water dynamic problems. Application to design. Prerequisites: quality control decisions as well as mechanics and model MATH 205, CEE 159, and MECH 102. (ES 3, ED 0) building. Prerequisites: CEE 121, CEE 222 and CEE 170 or permission of instructor. (ES 3, ED 0) CEE 361. Bridge Systems Design (3) Introduction to bridge structural systems in steel and CEE 335. Coastal Engineering (3) fall concrete. Loads and specifications. Design and analysis Linear wave theory and wave characteristics; survey of non- of bridge structural components. Prerequisites or co-req- linear theories; tides, tsunamis, storm surge and basin uisites: CEE 259, CEE 262, CEE 264. (ES 1, ED 2) resonance; wind-generated wave spectra, statistics and fore- casting; wave-structure interaction; nearshore circulation CEE 363. Building Systems Design (3) spring and sediment transport; interaction of littoral processes Building structural systems in steel, reinforced concrete with structures. Prerequisite: CEE 121. (ES 2, ED 1) and composite steel and concrete. Design loads (dead, live and environmental) and methodologies. Structural CEE 341. Ground Improvement Engineering (3) systems behavior and design. Design of floor systems, The mechanisms of soil stabilization; principles and beam-columns, connections, walls, and overall frames. techniques; grouting and injection methods; reinforced Final design. Prerequisites or co-requisites: CEE 259, earth methods, dynamic consolidation; deep com- CEE 262, and CEE 264. (ES 1, ED 2) paction; sand drains; laboratory and field studies; geotextiles and geomembranes. Prerequisite: CEE 242 or CEE 365. Prestressed Concrete (3) fall equivalent. (ES 1.5, ED 1.5) Principles of prestressing. Analysis and design of basic flexural members. Instantaneous and time-dependent CEE 342. Experimental Geotechnical Engineering (3) properties of materials. Prestress losses. Additional topics Experimental studies dealing with the measurement of may include continuity, partial prestressing, compression soil properties in the laboratory and in situ; application members, circular prestressing, etc. Prerequisite: CEE of these properties to design; consolidation; strength of 264 or consent of the department chair. (ES 2, ED 1) soils in triaxial compression, tensile strength, and other shear tests, including measurement of pore water pres- CEE 366. Finite Element Method in Structural sures; model design and analysis; dynamic tests; field Engineering (3) spring measurement of in situ soil properties; laboratory and The finite element method: fundamental concepts, theo- field instrumentation. Prerequisites: CEE 242 and senior ry, modeling, and computation for the analysis of standing. (ES 1.5, ED 1.5) structures. One, two, and three-dimensional finite ele- ments. Isoparametric formulation and implementation CEE 344. Behavior of Soils as Engineering for various kinds of elements. Applications to problems Materials (3) in the behavior of structural elements and systems Soil mineralogy, bondage, crystal structure and surface including analysis of trusses, beams, plates, and frames characteristics; clay-water electrolyte system; soil fabric and and bridge systems. Extensions to nonlinear analysis and its measurement; soil structure and physical property rela- advanced topics. Use of contemporary commercial soft- tionships; soil depositional and compositional ware. Prerequisites: CEE 259. (ES 3, ED 0) characteristics; engineering properties of soils as they relate Civil and Environmental Engineering 169

CEE 371. Reaction Kinetics in Environmental CEE 385. Research Procedures Seminar (1) fall Engineering (3) Planning and execution of research projects, survey of Theory of reaction kinetics and its application to the current research, elements of proposals and budgets. design and operation of chemical, physico-chemical and Literature search procedures. Presentation of data, and of biological reactions in water, wastewater, and hazardous written and oral reports. Guidelines for visual aids. waste treatment. Basic design equations for various types Graduate Programs of reactors and migration of pollutants in the environ- ment. CEE 471 is a graduate version of this course. Graduate studies in civil and environmental engineering Prerequisite: CEE 276 (CHE 276). (ES 2, Other 1) enable the student to build upon the broad background of undergraduate education in preparation for profes- CEE 373. (CHE 373). Fundamentals of Air sional practice at an advanced level, for research and Pollution (3) development, or for teaching. Introduction to the problems of air pollution including The selection of graduate courses and research opportu- such topics as: sources and dispersion of pollutants, sam- nities offered in the department permits the pling and analysis; technology of economics and control development of individual program objectives that may processes; legislation and standards. Prerequisite senior be concentrated in one of the technical specialty areas, standing in the College of Engineering and Applied or, alternatively, may extend over the broad field of civil Science. (ES 2, ED 1) engineering. The department offers advanced work in CEE 376. Environmental Biotechnology (3) the specialty areas of structural engineering, geotechnical Fundamentals of microbiology and biochemistry applied engineering, hydraulic engineering, hydrology, coastal to natural and engineered environmental systems. engineering, and environmental engineering, leading to Systems ecology, energetics and kinetics of microbial the degrees of master of science, master of engineering, growth, nutrition and toxicology, use of microorganisms and doctor of philosophy in civil engineering or environ- for pollution monitoring and control. Pathogenicity and mental engineering. disease transmission, water quality using biological A graduate program leading to the M.S. normally is con- indices. Prerequisites: CEE 276 (CHE 276) and EES 31. centrated in one, or possibly two, of the technical (ES 2, ED 1) specialty areas, and consists of a number of courses CEE 377. Environmental Engineering Design designed to fulfill the individual student’s program (3) spring objectives. Each candidate for the M.S. is required to Team-oriented course to develop design skills in the area submit a thesis representing three to six credit hours of environmental engineering. Project components typi- (CEE 491, listed below), or alternatively, a report based cally include: air pollution, drinking water, municipal on a research course of at least three credits (CEE wastewater, industrial wastes, hazardous/toxic wastes, 429,439,449,469,479 or 481). The balance of the pro- and environmental remediation. Project work typically gram will consist of courses in the specialty area(s). includes: a background report, a design report , and an A graduate program leading to the M.Eng. degree stresses oral presentation. Tools used in the design process may engineering applications and design. The courses may include simulation models. Prerequisite: CEE 170 and extend across the various specialty areas in civil engineering. CEE 276 (CHE 276). (ES 0, ED 3) Each candidate for the M.Eng. may choose to complete an individual engineering project representing three to six cred- CEE 378. Hazardous Waste Treatment and its (CEE 480) in place of the thesis or research report Management (3) required for the M.S. or to take a minimum of 30 course Regulations for collection, transportation, disposal and credits without a research or design project. storage of hazardous wastes. Containment systems, mon- itoring, new and available technologies to minimize, The doctoral program, which leads to the Ph.D., nor- transform, destroy, detoxify and eliminate the hazardous mally includes courses in the major field, courses in components of the wastes. Environmentally benign minor fields, and a dissertation presenting results of orig- processes and life cycle analysis. CEE 478 is a graduate inal research. Holders of master’s degrees planning to version of this course. Prerequisite: CEE 276 (CHE become candidates for the Ph.D. take a qualifying exam- 276). (ES 1, ED 2) ination at the first opportunity following one semester in residence. After qualification, the candidate, the candi- CEE 379. (EES 379). Environmental Case Studies. date’s departmental Ph.D. committee, and the (3 to 4) department chair formulate the program of work. Case studies will be used to explore the impact of poli- The laboratories of the department are located in the tics, economics, society, technology, and ethics on Fritz Engineering Laboratory. The laboratory offers out- environmental projects and preferences. Environmental standing facilities for research and instruction in issues in both affluent and developing countries will be structural engineering, geotechnical engineering, analyzed. Multidisciplinary student teams will investigate hydraulic engineering, hydrology, coastal engineering, site characterization; environmental remediation design; environmental engineering, and related fields. In particu- environmental policy; and political, financial, social, and lar, the structural testing equipment includes dynamic ethical implications of environmental projects. testing machines, a five-million-pound universal Prerequisites: ES 1 or EES 21 or CEE 276 (CHE 276) hydraulic testing machine, and other special loading or permission of the instructor. apparatus. Included in the latter are the facilities of the CEE 381. Special Topics (1-3) Center for Advanced Technology for Large Structural A study of selected topics in civil engineering, not Systems (ATLSS center) located on the mountaintop sec- included in other formal courses. A report is required. tion of the campus. These include the largest Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. 3-dimensional test bed in the U.S.A. and specialized 170 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 earthquake testing facilities. The hydraulic facilities CEE 413. Mechanics and Behavior of Structural include a wave tank, several flumes, a 10-cfs recirculating Members (3) fall flow system, and two multipurpose tanks for model Behavior of structural members, under a variety of load- studies. Brochures describing the research facilities and ing conditions in the elastic and inelastic range. programs are available on request. Introduction to the theory of elasticity and plasticity. In addition to departmental courses, a number of courses Basics of linear elastic fracture mechanics and fatigue. offered by the departments of mechanical engineering Analysis of structural member behavior in axial, bend- and mechanics, chemistry, chemical engineering, materi- ings, shear, and torsion. Stability analysis of als science and engineering, earth and environmental beam-columns. Beams on elastic foundations. Energy sciences, and biology may also be considered a part of the concepts and their use in structural analysis. major field in civil and environmental engineering. A list Prerequisites: CEE 259 or equivalent. of such courses is available through the department chair. CEE 414. Analysis and Design of Steel and A number of research assistantships and teaching assist- Composite Structural Members (3) antships are available to provide financial aid to students Fundamentals of limit state design. Ultimate strength of outstanding promise. The half-time research or teach- analysis of steel and steel-and-concrete composite columns, ing activities required of holders of assistantships beams, beam-columns, and members subjected to torsion provides a valuable educational experience that supple- and combined torsion and bending. Flexural and torsional ments the formal course offerings. The graduate course instability. Background and requirements of current design offerings of the department are programmed to fit the codes. Prerequisites: CEE 261 or equivalent. schedule of half-time assistants, and to accommodate CEE 415. Analysis and Design of Ductile Steel part-time students. A very limited number of scholar- ships and fellowships are available to provide financial Structural Systems (3) aid for full-time study. Inelastic behavior of steel and steel structural members. Plastic limit strength analysis of continuous beams and Graduate Courses in Civil Engineering frames. Effect of variable repeated loading. Methodology and code requirements for design based on plastic strength. CEE 405. Analytical and Numerical Methods I (3) Applications to seismic-resistant building structures. Analytical and numerical methods used in Civil Current research. Prerequisites: CEE 261 or equivalent. Engineering, with emphasis on ordinary and partial dif- ferential equations. Analytical and numerical solutions of CEE 420. Surface Wave Mechanics (3) ordinary and partial differential equations. Initial and Elements of hydrodynamics and wave boundary condi- boundary value problems. Numerical integration, numer- tions; linear wave theory and wave characteristics; ical error, and approximations of functions and data nonlinear wave theories and application; wind wave gen- points. Finite differences, solution of systems of linear eration, analysis and prediction; long waves; design wave equations, eigenvalue problems, and solution of nonlinear determination; laboratory investigation of surface waves. equations. Prerequisite: MATH 205 or equivalent. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. CEE 408. Computer Methods in Civil CEE 424. Surface Water Hydrology (3) Engineering (3) Advanced analysis and methods in surface water hydrolo- Numerical and computer-oriented methods especially gy. Linear and non-linear hydrograph methods. Kinematic applicable to the solution of complex problems arising in wave and other hydraulic routing techniques. Advanced various fields of civil engineering. Solutions of well-and techniques for evaporation, infiltration, and snow melt. ill-conditioned linear and nonlinear systems. Eigenvalue Prerequisite: CEE 320 (EES 320) or equivalent. formulation of stability and dynamic problems. CEE 425. Hydraulics of Sediment Transport (3) Reduction techniques, integration schemes for large Hydrodynamic forces on particles, settling velocity. structural systems. Optimal design by linear program- Sediment transport in open channel: tractive force theory, ming. Introduction to problem-oriented languages and bed load and suspension theory, total load and wash load. computerized design. Prerequisite: CEE 405 Bedform mechanics, cohesive channel hydraulics. CEE 409. Finite Element Method in Structural Sediment transport in closed conduits. Shore processes and coastline hydraulics. Prerequisite: CEE 321 or equivalent. Mechanics (3) spring Basic principles and equations governing the finite ele- CEE 427. Transport of Contaminants in ment method. Analysis of planar, axisymmetric, plate Groundwater (3) and articulated structures, with emphasis on analytical Theory of groundwater flow and transport of contami- modeling. Accuracy and convergence studies, utilizing nants in the groundwater system. State-of-the-art different discretizations and various types of elements. groundwater flow and contaminant transport models Case studies include application and extension to materi- used to solve governing equations of groundwater flow al nonlinearities, bridges, containment vessels, and and transport of chemically reactive solutes. Selected soil-structure interaction. Prerequisites: CEE 405 and case studies will be analyzed. Prerequisite: CEE 323 CEE 413 or equivalent. (EES 323) or permission of instructor. CEE 412. Methodologies of Structural Design (2) CEE 428. Advanced Topics in Hydraulics (1-3) Probabilistic analysis of uncertainties associated with struc- Recent developments in hydromechanics and hydraulics. tural design. Characterization of loads including dead and Topics to be selected from: wave mechanics, theory of live loads, wind, earthquake, and vehicular loads. flow through porous media, dispersion, hydrodynamic Variability of structural resistance based on strength limit forces on structures, potential flow, free streamline theo- states as well as serviceability. Assessment of safety and reli- ry, open channel hydraulics, computer methods. ability. Deterministic and probabilistic methodologies of Prerequisites: CEE 321 and consent of the department design. Prerequisite: CEE 215 or permission of instructor. chair. May be repeated for credit. Civil and Environmental Engineering 171

CEE 429. Hydraulic Research (1-6) critical state soil mechanics, rheological performance, Individual research problems with reports. May be application to problems of stability of slopes, bearing repeated for credit. capacity of foundations and active/passive earth pres- sures. Prerequisite: CEE 244, or consent of the CEE 436. Advanced Topics in Coastal department chair. Engineering (1-3) Advanced study of selected topics in coastal engineering CEE 449. Geotechnical Research (1-6) such as: non-linear wave theory, design of coastal struc- Individual research problems relating to soil engineering, tures, shore protection and stabilization, numerical with report. Prerequisite: a course in soil mechanics. solution of coastal hydrodynamics. Selection of topics CEE 450. Advanced Structural Analysis I (3) will depend on particular qualifications of staff, as well Theory and methods of linear and second order structur- as on the interests of the students. Prerequisite: CEE al analysis. Linear theory and stiffness properties of 335. May be repeated for credit. structural members and linear transformations of struc- CEE 439. Coastal Engineering Research (1-6) tural analysis. Application of virtual work principles and Individual research problems with reports. May be development of displacement (stiffness) method of analy- repeated for credit. sis in matrix form. Introduction to second order theory of structural members and second order equations of CEE 441. Soil Dynamics (3) fall structural analysis. Prerequisite: CEE 259 or equivalent. Vibration of elementary systems, wave propagation, dynamic soil properties, vibration of soils, foundation CEE 451. Advanced Structural Theory (3) fall vibrations, dynamic bearing capacity, dynamic earth Specialized methods of analysis; moment distribution. pressure problem and retaining wall, liquefaction of General treatment of deformation methods using matrix soils, earthquake problems. Prerequisite: CEE 244 or algebra. Selected topics in structural theory: influence consent of the department chair. lines, multi-story building frames, space structures. Introduction to finite element method; nonlinear prob- CEE 443. Advanced Soil Mechanics I (3) fall lems. Prerequisite: CEE 450. The origin, composition, and physico-chemical proper- ties of soils and their influence on the engineering CEE 452. Fatigue and Fracture of Structures - An properties and behavior of soils; transmission of water in Interdisciplinary View (3) saturated and unsaturated soils; advanced theory of com- This course examines the fatigue and fracture character- paction; compression and consolidation; theories of istics of steel structures from metallurgical, mechanical shear strength. Prerequisite: a course in soil mechanics. and structural engineering views. Both theory and exper- imental background are provided and applied to case CEE 444. Advanced Soil Mechanics II (3) spring studies and code development. Fundamental and advanced theories of soil mechanics applicable to earth structures and foundation design; CEE 454. Plate and Shell Structures (3) stresses in homogeneous and layered systems for ideal Plates and slabs loaded transversely in their plane. Buckling elastic, plastic and viscoelastic soils; lateral earth pres- and postbuckling behavior of elastic and inelastic plates. sures, thermo-geotechnics. Prerequisite: CEE 443. Membrane and bending analysis of cylindrical, rotational, and hyperbolic-paraboloidal shells. Emphasis on engineer- CEE 445. Advanced Foundation Engineering (3) fall ing methods. Design considerations. Prerequisites: CEE Current theory and practice relating to the design of 405 and consent of the department chair. foundations for buildings and other structures. Analysis and limitation of settlements; bearing capacity analyses CEE 455. Advanced Structural Dynamics (3) of shallow and deep foundations; flexible and rigid Analysis and design of structures to resist wind, earth- retaining structure design; dynamic effects; anchor and quake, and blast loading. Matrix methods and computer other special foundations; site investigations; design cri- applications. Non-linear and elasto-plastic response. teria for foundations; load and environmental factors. Damping characteristics of structures and structural Prerequisite: a course in soil mechanics. components, spectral analysis, dynamic instability. Characteristics of aerodynamic and seismic forces and CEE 447. Advanced Topics in Geotechnical explosions. Introduction to vibration of three-dimen- Engineering (1-3) sional structural systems. Prerequisites: CEE 352 or Advanced studies in selected subjects related to geotech- MECH 406, CEE 405 and CEE 450 or equivalent. nical engineering. The general areas may include: stress-strain-time relationships of soils, colloidal phe- CEE 456. Behavior and Design of Earthquake nomena in soils, ground water flow and see page, soil Resistant Structures (3) dynamics, soil plasticity, numerical methods applied to Characteristics of earthquakes, effects of earthquakes on soil mechanics, earth dam design, theories of layered sys- structures. Response of linear elastic structures to earth- tems and their application to pavement design, rock quakes. Response of inelastic structures to earthquakes. mechanics. The studies specifically undertaken in any Behavior of structural components under cyclic loading. particular semester depend on the availability of staff Principles of earthquake-resistant design. Seismic design and the interest of students. Prerequisite: consent of the procedures and their implementation in codes. department chair. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: CEE 352 or equivalent. CEE 448. Plasticity and Limit Equilibrium in CEE 457. Theory and Design of Steel Structures (3) Geotechnical Engineering (3) spring Analysis and design of steel structures; structural connec- Application of plasticity in soil mechanics, new concepts tions; composite steel-concrete systems and other and theories and the requirements for modeling of actual components. Consideration of residual stress; brittle frac- test performance of soils, limit yield/failure criteria, con- ture; fatigue strength; fastener systems. Study of current stitutive relations of stress-strain-time, concepts of research and application to design practice. 172 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

CEE 458. Repair and Retrofit of Steel Structures (3) Typical practical problems. Prerequisites: CEE 405 and Various types of construction problems experienced dur- consent of the department chair. ing the fabrication, erection, and service of steel structures CEE 467. Advanced Topics in Structural are examined. Problems include material related defects, Engineering (1-3) repair of welds, mix matches, stability and erection related Advanced study of selected topics in structural mechan- deformation. Case studies of failures and serious construc- ics and engineering, such as: finite element methods, tion deficiencies are reviewed and evaluated. suspension system; space frames; stability of nonlinear CEE 459. Advanced Topics in Plastic Theory (3) fall systems; coldformed and lightweight construction; opti- Fundamentals of the mathematical theory of plasticity; mization and reliability; second-order phenomena in the general theorems of limit analysis and their applica- structures; interaction of structures with the environ- tions to beams under combined loading, arches, space ment; structural use of plastics; composite construction, frames, plates and shells. Limit analysis of two- and etc. Selection of topics will depend on particular qualifi- three-dimensional problems in soil, concrete, rock, and cations of the staff, as well as on the interests of the metal. Current developments. Prerequisite: CEE 413. students. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. CEE 460. Experimental Methods in Structural May be repeated for credit. Engineering (3) CEE 468. (MECH 415) Stability of Elastic Study of methods and equipment used in a modern Structures (3) structural engineering research laboratory. Topics Basic concepts of instability of a structure; bifurcation, include small-scale modeling theory; operational and energy increment, snap-through, dynamic instability. performance characteristics of transducers; detailed Analytical and numerical methods of finding buckling examination of specific transducers for measurement of loads of columns. Postbuckling deformations of can- strain, force, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and tilever column. Dynamic buckling with nonconservative temperature; loading systems and controls; data acquisi- forces. Effects of initial imperfections. Inelastic buckling. tion and signal conditioning; introduction to Buckling by torsion and flexure. Variational methods. nondestructive testing of structures. Buckling of frames. Instability problems of thin plates CEE 461. Advanced Bridge Engineering (3) and shells. Prerequisite: MATH 205. Students in CEE 461 cover the same topics described CEE 469. Structural Research (1-6) under CEE 360, but in more depth. In addition each Individual research with reports. May be repeated for credit. student conducts an intensive study of a bridge-related CEE 470. Reaction Kinetics in Environmental topic of his or her choice. A short written technical report on the findings of this study is required. Engineering (3) Prerequisites: CEE 262 and CEE 264. Theory of reaction kinetics and its application to the design and operation of chemical, physico-chemical and CEE 462. Stability of Structural Systems (3) biological reactors in water and wastewater treatment. Stability analysis of structures systems, including Basic design equations for various types of reactors and moment-resisting and braced frames, trusses, and plate migration of pollutants in the environment. and box girders. Bracing requirements. Elastic and inelastic second-order analysis. Design considerations. CEE 471. Water Treatment Facilities (3) Special topics. Prerequisites: CEE 413 or equivalent. Theory and design of water treatment system compo- nents. Emphasis on coagulation, flocculation, CEE 463. Advanced Mechanics of Reinforced sedimentation, filtration, and disinfection. Estimation of Concrete (3) design parameters from laboratory experiments. Consistent mechanics for the design of reinforced con- Prerequisite: CEE 276 (CHE 276) or equivalent. crete with or without prestress. Limit theorems of the CEE 472. Waste Water Treatment Facilities (3) theory of plasticity and their application to beams, slabs, Theory and design of water pollution control systems. and disturbed regions. Applications may include beams Emphasis on film flow and suspended growth biological in flexure and combined flexure, axial load, and torsion; reactors for organic and nutrient removal. Sludge pro- slabs (strip method, yield line analysis); corbels, deep duction, stabilization, dewatering and ultimate disposal. beams, and other disturbed regions (truss models, strut- Prerequisite: CEE 276 (CHE 276) or equivalent. and-tie models, and associated failure mechanisms). Prerequisites: CEE 413 or equivalent. CEE 473. (CHE 473). Environmental Separation CEE 464. (MECH 416) Analysis of Plates and and Control Theory and application of adsorption, ion exchange, Shells (3) reverse osmosis, air stripping and chemical oxidation in Bending of rectangular and circular plates, plates under water and wastewater treatment. Modeling engineered lateral loads, plates with thermal and inelastic strains, treatment processes. Prerequisite: CEE 470 or consent of effect of in-plane forces, large deflections, buckling of the instructor. plates. Geometry and governing equations of shells, shells of revolution, membrane states, edge solutions, CEE 474. Aquatic Chemistry (3) solution by numerical integration, nonsymmetrical prob- Applying basic principles of aqueous chemistry for quan- lems, buckling of shells, applications to pressure vessels. tifying complex, environmental systems. Specific Prerequisites: MATH 205; MECH 305 or equivalent examples of air-water-soil interactions and consequent course in advanced mechanics of materials. effects. Heterogeneous equilibria with more than one solid phase. Kinetics and thermodynamics of some CEE 466. Concrete Shell Structures (3) important ionic and biological reactions. Prerequisite: Analysis and design of concrete shell structures. Folded CEE 274. plates, cylindrical shells, and shells of double curvature. Civil and Environmental Engineering and Earth and Environmental Sciences 173

CEE 475. Advanced Topics in Environmental Civil and Environmental Engineering (1-3) Advanced concentrated study of a selected topic in envi- Engineering and Earth and ronmental engineering such as non-point source pollution control, water reuse systems, new concepts in Environmental Sciences treatment technology, toxic substance control, etc. The instructor and student select topic. Courses may include This program is designed for students interested in com- specialized laboratory research, literature review, and spe- bining programs in two departments: civil & cialty conference attendance. Prerequisite: Department environmental engineering and earth & environmental chair approval. science, leading to two bachelor of science degrees, one of the engineering B.S. degrees (civil engineering or envi- CEE 476. Environmental Engineering ronmental engineering) and one of the science B.S. Microbiology (3) degrees in earth and environmental sciences (environ- Fundamentals of microbiology and biochemistry applied mental sciences, geological sciences or ecology). Both to environmental systems and water quality control. degrees would be awarded at the end of the fifth year. Systems ecology, energetics and kinetics of microbial This program is one of the dual degree programs men- growth, nutrition and toxicology, use of microorganisms tioned in the Five-Year Programs section. The student for pollution monitoring and control. Pathogenicity and will have a primary advisor in the P.C. Rossin College of disease transmission, water quality using biological Engineering and Applied Sciences and a secondary advi- indices. Prerequisite: CEE 276 (CHE 276) or a suitable sor in the Arts and Sciences College. The program course in biology. provides alternatives for students who may decide not to CEE 477. Transport of Pollutants in Surface complete the two-degree program. Students who make this decision prior to the beginning of the fourth year Waters (2) may qualify at the end of that year for the bachelor of Fundamental models of pollution migration in streams, science in civil engineering, as well as a minor in earth estuaries and oceans. Diffusion, mass transport, disper- and environmental sciences. Also, if a student decides sion, biological, physical, and chemical interactions. after two years to pursue only a bachelor of science Effects on water quality especially oxygen nutrient and degree in the EES department, it is possible to complete toxics levels. Prerequisites: CEE 470, 471, 472. the requirements in four years. If the decision to work CEE 478. Toxic and Hazardous Wastes (3) toward this degree is made during the fourth year, at Regulations for collection, transportation, disposal and least one additional semester is required to qualify for storage of hazardous wastes. Containment systems, mon- either B.S. degree. Interested students should consult itoring, types of liners, new and available technologies to with the respective departmental advisors to create a eliminate or recover the hazardous components of the schedule of courses to resolve conflicts or if a specified wastes. Prerequisite: CEE 274 or CEE 276 (CHE 276). course is not offered that semester. Required courses and CEE 479. Environmental Engineering major electives for the different EES B.S. degree pro- grams are listed in the catalog entry for EES; note that Research (1-6) the exact number of required EES courses varies slightly Individual research problems in environmental engineer- among the three B.S. programs (with required credits in ing with report. May be repeated for credit. required major courses ranging from 52 to 56), as do the CEE 480. Civil Engineering Project (1-6) courses and numbers of credits in the math and collater- An intensive study of one or more areas of civil engi- al sciences. Cross-listed EES/CEE courses used to satisfy neering, with emphasis on engineering design and Civil Engineering Approved Electives can reduce the applications. A written report is required. May be individual semester and total program credits when cho- repeated for credit. sen to satisfy EES program requirements. Additional CEE 481. Special Problems (1-6) useful information can be found on the web sites (http:/www.lehigh.edu/ incee/incee.html and An intensive study, with report, of a special field of civil http://www.ees.lehigh.edu ). engineering, which is not covered in the other courses. A design project or an interdisciplinary study of a problem Suggested outline of courses for B.S. in related to civil engineering may also be included. May be Environmental Science and B.S. in Civil repeated for credit. Engineering CEE 483. Graduate Seminar (1-3) The freshman engineering year (see Section III) is often Study of current topics in civil engineering. 30 credits. HSS Advanced Requirement elective of 13 CEE 491. Thesis (1-6) credits, shown below to be three 3-credit courses and one 4-credit course. Other options to complete this CEE 499. Dissertation (1-15) requirement are possible. A total of 160-175 credit hours is needed for both degrees depending on how many credits in the EES are satisfied by taking CEE Approved Electives that are cross-listed with EES courses**. second year, first semester (17 credit hours) MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) CHM 31 **Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous Systems (3) EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) 174 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

CEE 11 Surveying (1) fifth year, second semester (19 credit hours) CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) CEE **Civil Engineering second year, second semester (18 credit hours) Approved Electives (8) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) CEE 290 Civil Engineering Capstone PHY 22 Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) Design Project (3) MECH 12 Strength of Materials (3) H/SS Humanities/Social Sciences AR Electives (4) EES 31 Introduction to Environmental/Organismal Biology (4) EES Course 100 to 300 levels, possibly senior seminar (4) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) *MECH 102, ME 104, or ECE 81. third year, first semester ( 17 credit hours) **CHEM 31 plus fourteen additional credits of CEE CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) Approved Electives are required; see list on CEE web-site CEE 142 Soil Mechanics (3) that includes five CEE/EES cross-listed courses: CEE 279 (EES 259), CEE 316 (EES 316), CEE 320 (EES 320), EES Course suggested as only CEE 323 (EES 323), CEE 327 (EES 327), and CEE 379 100 and 200 level (4) (EES 379). EES Course suggested as only 100 and 200 level (4) Suggested outline of courses for B.S. in CEE 10 Architectural/Engineering Environmental Science and B.S. in Graphics and Design (3) Environmental Engineering third year, second semester ( 18 credit hours) The freshman engineering year (see Section III) is often CEE 242 Principles and Practices of 30 credits. HSS Advanced Requirement elective of 13 Geotechnical Engineering (3) credits shown below to be three 3-credit courses and one CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) 4-credit course. Other options to complete this require- CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental ment are possible. Engineering (4) A total of 160-168 credit hours is needed for both EES Course suggested as only degrees, unless some EES requirements are simultane- 100 and 200 level (4) ously satisfied by taking Environmental Engineering ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) Technical Electives that are cross-listed between CEE fourth year, first semester (18 credit hours) and EES. CEE 117 Numerical Methods in Civil second year, first semester (18 credit hours) Engineering (2) MATH 23 Calculus III (4) CEE 159 Structural Analysis I (4) MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) CHEM 51 Organic CHEM I (3) EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) CHEM 53 Organic Chem Lab I (1) EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) fourth year, second semester ( 19 credit hours) HSS Humanities/Social Sciences CEE 262 Fundamentals of Structural AR Elective (3) Steel Design (3) second year, second semester (16 credit hours) or CEE 264 Fundamentals of Structural MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) Concrete Design (3) PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) CEE Course **Civil Engineering Approved PHY 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) Elective (3) CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental ENGR. Course *Engineering Science Elective (3) Engineering (4) EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) EES 31 Introduction to Environmental HSS Humanities/Social Sciences /Organismal Biology (4) AR Electives (6) third year, first semester (19 credit hours) year 4/5 summer (0-8 credit hours) CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from CEE 276 Env. Engineering Processes (3) EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) EES Course suggested as only 100 and 200 level (4) EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) EES Course suggested as only 100 and 200 level (4) fifth year, first semester (11-19 credit hours) HSS Humanities/Social Science Elective (3) CEE 202 Civil Engineering Planning and CHE 31 MAT. & Energy Bal. Of CHE Process (3) Engineering Economics (3) third year, second semester (18 credit hours) CEE 203 Professional Development (2) CEE 274 Environmental Water Chemistry (3) CEE Course **Civil Engineering CHE 60 Unit Ops Survey (3) Approved Elective (3) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) HSS Humanities/Social Sciences EES Course suggested as only 100 and 200 level (4) AR Elective (3) EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from below so the total here and year 4/5 summer is 8 credits of Tier 3 courses: fourth year, first semester (17 credit hours) EES Course 100 to 300 levels, possibly seminar (4) CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) EES Course 100 to 300 levels, possibly senior seminar (4) CEE 142 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) Classical Studies 175

CEE 378 Solid & Haz. Waste Management (3) Courses in classical civilization require no knowledge of the EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) ancient languages; they offer introductions to various disci- EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) plines of Classics with frequent reference to modern perspectives. Upper-level courses tend to be small, fostering fourth year, second semester (15 credit hours) closeness between faculty and students. CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) CEE 272 Env. Risk Assessment (2) Petitions are required for freshmen to take 100-level or higher courses and for sophomores to take 200-level or CEE 275 Enviro-Geo-Hydraulics Lab (2) higher courses. EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) HSS POLS 111 Politics of the Environment (4) Major Programs. Students may major either in classical civilization or in Classics. The Classics major offers a year 4/5 summer (0-8 credit hours) comprehensive view of language and culture; it is possi- Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from ble to begin an ancient language at Lehigh and to EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) complete the major program successfully. The classical EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) civilization major enables the student to gain a broad fifth year, first semester (11-19 credit hours) perspective on Greek and Roman civilization. The pro- CEE 202 CEE Planning and Engr. Economics (3) gram welcomes double majors and the educational CEE 203 Professional Development (2) perspectives to be derived from combining ancient and CEE 379 (EES 379) Env. Case Studies (4) modern studies. Technical electives* (2) Classics as a major has stood the test of time, offering Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from below so the total here and helpful preparation for careers in widely diverse fields in year 4/5 summer is 8 credits of Tier 3 courses: the professions, business, and public service. Lehigh EES Course 100 to 300 levels, possibly Classics majors have gone on to law school, the ministry, senior seminar (4) business school, with appropriate science courses to med- EES Course 100 to 300 levels, ical school, graduate work in Classics, and to all kinds of possibly senior seminar (4) entry-level employment. fifth year, second semester (16 credit hours) Departmental Honors. A student may be recommended for program honors by vote of the program based on the CEE 377 Environmental Engineering Design (3) student’s course work. HSS Humanities/Social Sciences AR Elective (3) Minor Program. The minor in classical civilization or Technical elective* (7) Classics consists of a minimum of 15 credit hours. FE Free Elective (3) Students may focus on any aspect of classical studies, either singly or in combination. The program can *9 technical (approved) elective credits approved by the aca- arrange individual courses of study. CLSS 121/ANTH demic advisor to satisfy proficiency in three focus areas of 121 may not be counted toward the minor in classical water supply and resources, environmental chemistry, and civilization. hazardous waste management; approved list available from CEE department. Study Abroad. Lehigh University is a cooperating insti- tution of the Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies at Rome. Lehigh students are eligible for tuition grants Classical Studies at Athens and Rome. Professors. Charles Robert Phillips, III, Ph.D. (Brown); Major in Classical Civilization David B. Small, Ph.D. (Cambridge) This major allows the student to gain an overview of Associate Professor. Barbara Pavlock, Ph.D. (Cornell), Greco-Roman culture through the literature, archaeology, head of program. and history along with basic language study. A minimum of 30 to 33 credit hours, depending upon previous prepa- The study of Classics examines first the origins and ration in language study, is required for this major. growth of Greek and Roman culture in the Mediterranean area and second its impact on that area Any four of the following: (and others) until the present. This study is by nature CLSS 52 (ENGL 52) Classical Epic (3) interdisciplinary: the study of language and literature, CLSS 54 (ENGL 54, history, philosophy and religion, archaeology, economics THTR 54) Greek Tragedy (3) and science all contribute to an appreciation of Greco- CLSS 56 (ENGL 56) Topics in Greek and Roman Roman civilization. Literature (3) Students in either major or minor programs may con- CLSS 58 (ENGL 58, centrate in various combinations of these and other THTR 58) Greek and Roman Comedy (3) disciplines as they relate to ancient civilization. The CLSS 174 (ANTH 174, diversity of the program should encourage the student to ART 174, ARCH 174). Greek Archaeology (3) follow her or his special interests while simultaneously CLSS 176 (ANTH 176, gaining an overview of classical civilization. ART 176, ARCH 176). Roman Archaeology (3) Courses in ancient Greek and Latin lead to proficiency in Any two courses in ancient history language while introducing the student to major literary Any two electives from the remaining program offerings texts. The Joseph A. Maurer Classics Prize is awarded year- (ANTH 178 may be included) ly, at the discretion of the program, to the senior(s) who has demonstrated outstanding achievement in Classics One course in either Latin or Greek on the intermediate (ancient Greek or Latin) and/or classical civilization. level (or LAT/GRK 1, 2, 11, or 12, depending on previ- ous background) 176 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Major in Classics CLSS 112. (ANTH 112) Doing Archaeology (4) This major allows the student to concentrate in ancient Principles of archaeological method and theory. Greek, Latin or both. Specific programs for this major Excavation and survey methods, artifact analysis, dating are worked out for each student with due consideration techniques, and cultural reconstruction. Course includes for the individual’s particular previous study of the lan- field project. Prerequisite: ANTH 1 or department per- guage(s). Thus a student may begin ancient Greek or mission. Small (SS) Latin at Lehigh and successfully complete a major in it. CLSS 114 (REL 114) Christian Origins: New A minimum of 30 to 33 credit hours, depending upon Testament and the Beginnings of Christianity (4) previous language study, is required for this major. Early Christianity from its beginnings until the end of Required Major Courses the second century. Coverage includes the Jewish and Hellenistic matrices of Christianity, traditions about the Latin 1 and 2 or Greek 1 and 2, depending on prior life of Jesus and his significance, and the variety of belief preparation and practice of early Christians. Emphasis on encounter- Latin 11 and 12, or Greek 11 and 12, depending on ing primary texts. Wright (HU) prior preparation CLSS 121. (ANTH 121) Environment and Three advanced courses in the major language minimum Culture (4) Any two ancient history courses Impact of environment upon cultural variability and At least two electives from the remaining program offerings change. Comparative study of modern and past cultures and their environments as well as current theories of Courses in Classical Civilization (CLSS) human/ environmental interaction. Prerequisite: ANTH CLSS 21. (HIST 21) Greek History (4) fall 1 or department permission. Small (SS) The development of civilization from palaeolithic times CLSS 127. (ANTH 127) Early Civilizations (4) to the world empire of Alexander the Great. The social, Introduction to early civilizations in the Near East, economic, religious, philosophic, artistic and literary Mediterranean, Africa, Europe, and the New World. development of the ancient world; the origin of political Similarities and differences in economics, politics, social institutions. Phillips (SS) organization, and religion. Prerequisite: ANTH 1 or CLSS 22. (HIST 22) Roman History (4) spring department permission. Small (SS) Rome from its origins to A.D. 476. Political, social and CLSS 131. (PHIL 131) Ancient Philosophy (4) fall religious developments. Transformation of the late Historical survey of selected texts and issues in the classi- Roman Empire to the early medieval period. Phillips (SS) cal world, from the pre-Socratics through Aristotle, with CLSS 50. Mythology (3) fall emphasis on the origins of the western philosophical tra- Introduction to the study of the Greco-Roman myths in ditions in ethics, metaphysics, and epistemology. (HU) their social, political, and historical contexts. Equal CLSS 132. (PHIL 132) Hellenistic Philosophy (4) emphasis on learning the myths and strategies for inter- Historical survey of selected texts and issues in Post- preting them as important evidence for studying classical Aristotelian Greek and Roman philosophy from the antiquity. (SS) fourth century B.C. to the third century A.D. Areas of CLSS 52. (ENGL 52) Classical Epic (3) focus may include epicureanism, stoicism, academic and Study of major epic poems from Greece and Rome. pyrrohnian scepticism, and neoplatonism. (HU) Works include Homer’s Iliad and Odyssey, Apollonius’ CLSS 152. (HIST 152, WS 152) Women in Argonautica, Vergil’s Aeneid, and Ovid’s Metamorphoses. Antiquity (4) Pavlock (HU) Interdisciplinary study of women in Greece and Rome. CLSS 54. (ENGL 54, THTR 54) Greek Tragedy (3) Literary, archaeological and historical evidence and Aspects of Greek theater and plays of Aeschylus, approaches. Cross-cultural material. (SS) Sophocles, and Euripides in their social and intellectual CLSS 161. (HIST 161) Roman Law (4) contexts. Pavlock (HU) Examination of Roman legal systems from the Twelve CLSS 56. (ENGL 56) Topics in Greek and Roman Tables to the Digest of Justinian. Emphasis on develop- Literature (3) ment of legal concepts and their historical context. Classical literature in translation, including themes or Readings in primary sources; lectures; discussion. specific periods in Greek or Roman literature. May be Phillips (SS) repeated for credit, as topics vary. Pavlock (HU) CLSS 171. Independent Study (1-4) CLSS 58. (ENGL 58, THTR 58) Greek and CLSS 174. (ANTH 174, Art 174, ARCH 174) Roman Comedy (3) Greek Archaeology (3) Study of comedy as a social form through plays of Ancient Greek culture from the neolithic to Hellenistic Aristophanes, Menander, Plautus, and Terence. Pavlock periods. Reconstructions of Greek social dynamics from (HU) the study of artifacts. Small (SS) CLSS 91. Independent Study (1-4) CLSS 176. (ANTH 176, Art 176, ARCH 176) CLSS 108. Ancient Technology (3) spring Roman Archaeology (3) Technology and technique from the stone ages to the Cultures of the Roman Empire. Reconstructions of beginning of the industrial age; their effects on society. social, political, and economic dynamics of the imperial Attitudes to technology in ancient myth literature, phi- system from the study of artifacts. Small (SS) losophy, and religion. (SS) Classical Studies 177

CLSS 180. (ANTH 180) Cultures of the Greeks Class 314. (HIST 314) Age of Caesar and Christ and Romans (4) (3-4) spring Analysis of Greek and Roman cultures. Focus on kin- Roman history of the first century A.D. political, cultur- ship, political and economic organization, sexual al, and socio-economic changes; special attention to the practices, burial practices, gender construction, religions, evolution of absolute power. Lectures, discussions, art, literature and warfare. Small (SS) papers. Phillips (SS) CLSS 204. (ARCH 204) Ancient City and Society (3) CLSS 345. (ANTH 345) Evolution of the State (4) Ancient theories of city and city planning; attitudes to Theories of state formation. Comparison of evolutionary life in the city; rise of urban civilization from Neolithic trajectories of early states in the Near East, prototypes through the Near East, Egypt, Greece, Rome, Mediterranean, and the New World. Small (SS) and New World; insights applicable to current urban Courses in Ancient Greek problems. Small (SS) GRK 1. Elementary Ancient Greek I (3) fall CLSS 213. (REL 213) Ancient Roman Religion (4) Fundamentals of the Greek language. Grammatical exer- Religious experience of the Roman people from prehis- cises and short passages of easy prose. Staff (HU) tory to end of the empire. Nature of polytheism and its interactions with monotheism (Christianity, Judaism). GRK 2. Elementary Ancient Greek II (3) spring Theories of religion. Emphasis on primary source mate- Continued work in Greek vocabulary, forms, and syntax. rials. Phillips (SS) Selected readings in Greek. Students should have com- pleted one semester of elementary ancient Greek or the CLSS 231. (PHIL 231) Figures/Themes in equivalent. Staff (HU) Ancient Philosophy (4) This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a GRK 11. Intermediate Ancient Greek (3) fall major ancient thinker (e.g. Plato, Aristotle, Sextus Readings in Herodotus, Homer, or Xenophon. Grammar Empiricus, Plotinus, etc.) or the classical treatment of a review. Students should have completed two semesters of particular theme (e.g..“human nature,” “the good life,” elementary ancient Greek or the equivalent. (HU) ethical or political theory, etc.) . Content varies. May be GRK 12. Intermediate Ancient Greek (3) spring repeated more than once for credit. (HU) Plato: Euthyphro, Apology and Crito, or other dialogues. CLSS 251. (REL 251) Classical Mythology (3) Students should have completed two semesters of ele- Myth, religion, and ritual in ancient Greece and Rome. mentary Greek or the equivalent. (HU) Emphasis on primary sources; introduction to ancient and GRK 91. Independent Study (1-4) modern theories of religion. Cross-cultural material. (SS) GRK 111. Greek Drama (3) CLSS 281. Readings (3) fall Representative plays of Sophocles, Euripides and Advanced study of a historical period or theme. Aristophanes. Literary study of the drama. Students Emphasis on primary sources. Prerequisites: CLSS 21 or should have completed four semesters of ancient Greek 22 and consent of the program head. (ND) or the equivalent. (HU) CLSS 282. Readings (3) spring GRK 112. Readings in Ancient Greek (3) Advanced study of a historical period or theme. Readings of Greek prose and poetry, authors will vary. May Emphasis on primary sources. Prerequisites: CLSS 21 or be repeated for credit. Students should have completed 22 and consent of the program head. (ND) four semesters of ancient Greek or the equivalent. (HU) CLSS 291. Independent Study (1-4) GRK 113. Greek Historians (3) CLSS 311 (HIST 311) Twins and Sins: The Rise Selections from Herodotus, Thucydides or Xenophon. of Rome (3-4) Study of Greek historiography. Students should have Rome from its origins to the mid-third century B.C. completed four semesters of ancient Greek or the equiva- Emphasis on foundation legends, the power of the monar- lent. (HU) chy, and development of Roman political and religious GRK 171. Independent Study (1-4) institutions. Papers, quizzes, discussions. (SS) Phillips GRK 271. Readings (3) fall CLSS 312. (HIST 312) Decline and Fall of the Intensive readings in one author or in a selected genre. Roman Empire (3-4) Prerequisites: six credit hours at the 100 level and con- Political, social, and economic history of the Roman sent of the program head. (HU) Empire, A.D. 117-A.D. 565. Romanization of the GRK 272. Readings (3) spring provinces, diffusion of Christianity, and special attention Intensive readings in one author or in a selected genre. to transformation to medieval period. Includes readings Prerequisites: six credit hours of courses at the 100 level in translation of primary sources. Phillips (SS) and consent of the program head. (HU) CLSS 313. (HIST 313) Golden Age of Greek GRK 291. Independent Study (1-4) Democracy (3-4) Greek history of the seventh through fifth centuries B.C. Courses in Latin Emphasis on the contrasting political and social systems LAT 1. Elementary Latin I (3) fall of Athens and Sparta with consideration of related eco- Fundamentals of grammar and syntax. Emphasis on lan- nomic and military history. Attention to art, gender, guage structure and vocabulary building. (HU) literature, religion. Discussion and lectures; papers. Phillips (SS) 178 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

LAT 2. Elementary Latin II (3) spring Cognitive Science Continuation of grammar, easy Latin prose and poetry. Students should have completed one semester of elemen- Program Director: John B. Gatewood, 758-3814; tary Latin or the equivalent. (HU) [email protected] LAT 11. Intermediate Latin (3) fall Cognitive Science Faculty Readings in Latin prose or poetry. Consolidation of reading ability; introduction to literary analysis. Students Biological Sciences: Maria Bykhovskaia, Ph.D. (Russian should have completed two semesters of elementary Academy of Sciences); John Nyby, Ph.D. (Texas); Colin Latin or the equivalent. (HU) J. Saldanha, Ph.D. (Columbia); Jill Schneider, Ph.D. (Wesleyan); Neal Simon, Ph.D. (Rutgers); Jennifer M. LAT 12. Intermediate Latin (3) spring Swann, Ph.D. (Northwestern). Readings in Latin prose or poetry. Consolidation of Computer Science and Engineering: Henry S. Baird, reading ability; introduction to literary analysis. Students Ph.D. (Princeton); Glenn D. Blank, Ph.D. (Wisconsin); should have completed two semesters of elementary Edwin J. Kay, Ph.D. (Lehigh); G. Drew Kessler, Ph.D. Latin or the equivalent. (HU) (Georgia Inst. of Technology); John R. Spletzer, Ph.D. LAT 91. Independent Study (1-4) (Pennsylvania) LAT 111. Catullus and Horace (3) Modern Languages and Literature: Kiri Lee, Ph.D. Translation and analysis of selected lyrics, focusing on (Harvard) imagery systems. Introduction to metrics. May be repeat- Philosophy: Gordon Bearn, Ph.D. (Yale); Steven L. ed for credit. Students should have completed four Goldman, Ph.D. (Boston); Alexander Levine, Ph.D. semesters of Latin or the equivalent. (HU) (UC-San Diego) LAT 112. Latin Prose (3) Psychology: Susan Barrett, Ph.D. (Brown); Mark H. Readings from Latin prose literature of the late republic Bickhard, Ph.D. (Chicago); Michael J. Gill, Ph.D. and early empire; selections may include Cicero’s letters, (Texas); Laura M. Gonnerman, Ph.D. (Southern Sallust, Pliny’s letters. May be repeated for credit as con- California); Heidi Grant, Ph.D. (Columbia); Barbara C. tent changes Students should have completed four Malt, Ph.D. (Stanford); Gordon B. Moskowitz, Ph.D. semesters of Latin or the equivalent. (HU) (NYU); Ageliki Nicolopoulou, Ph.D. (UC-Berkeley); LAT 113. Vergil (3) Padraig O’Seaghdha, Ph.D. (Toronto) Selections from the Aeneid. Vergil’s creation of a Latin Sociology and Anthropology: John B. Gatewood, Ph.D. epic and its complex perspective. Metrics. May be (Illinois); Robert E. Rosenwein, Ph.D. (Michigan) repeated for credit. Students should have completed four Cognitive science is the interdisciplinary study of how semesters of Latin or the equivalent. (HU) humans think and how machines think: How can our LAT 114. Livy (3) understanding of the way humans think improve the Selections from the early books of Livy’s histories focusing performance of machines that are meant to behave intel- on his creation of a Roman mythos. Students should have ligently? How can our understanding of the ways to completed four semesters of Latin or the equivalent. (HU) make machines behave intelligently improve our under- standing of the way humans think? LAT 115. Ovid (3) The mission of the Cognitive Science Program is to May include selections from the Ars Amatoria, Fasti, and advance understanding of the process of thinking, in all the Metamorphoses, with attention to the problem of its aspects, through research and teaching. The interdis- the ideology of Augustean Rome. May be repeated for ciplinary study of cognitive models in the fields of credit. Students should have completed four semesters of psychology, linguistics, computer science, philosophy, Latin or the equivalent. (HU) anthropology, and neuroscience enables students to LAT 116. Petronius (3) apply concepts in human and animal cognition to Selections from the Satyricon, focusing on language improve computer-based reasoning, and to apply con- usage and epic parody. Students should have completed cepts in computer-based reasoning to improve models in four semesters of Latin or the equivalent. (HU) human and animal cognition. Consistent with the mis- LAT. 171. Independent Study (1-4) sion of a liberal arts education, the program aims to instill in students a solid grasp of the intellectual prob- LAT 211. Readings (3) fall lems, frameworks, and methodologies currently Intensive readings in one author or in a selected genre. available; to provide experience exploring these through Prerequisites: six hours of courses at the 100 level and guided research; and to foster the desire to create, devel- consent of the program head. (HU) op, and disseminate new knowledge. With this LAT 212. Readings (3) spring foundation, students are well prepared for graduate or Intensive reading in one author or in a selected genre. professional studies or for a wide variety of careers with Prerequisites: six hours of courses at the 100 level and the bachelor’s degree. consent of the program head. (HU) The College of Arts and Sciences offers an undergradu- LAT 291. Independent Study (1-4) ate major and minor in Cognitive Science, as well as a graduate minor and a graduate certificate. The courses required for the major also readily lend themselves to a double major for those students in the humanities, natu- ral sciences, social sciences, or computer science who have overlapping interests in cognitive science. Cognitive Science 179

The B.A. with a major in Cognitive Science requires a CSE 360 Introduction to Mobile Robotics (3) minimum of 13 courses: 11 within the major itself and [prereq: MATH 205 and CSE 109] 2 in collateral areas. All majors are required to take CSE 365 Natural Language Understanding (3) COGS 7, an introduction to cognitive science. The [prereq: CSE 262] remainder of the major is built around a core of four CSE 368 Artificial Intelligence (3) second tier courses, one from each of four disciplines [prereq: CSE 17] most central to cognitive science, i.e., linguistics, cogni- Students who qualify may take: tive psychology, philosophy, and artificial intelligence. In CSE 413 Robotics and Intelligent Machines (3) addition, majors must complete five major electives CSE 414 Expert Systems (3) selected from three topical areas related to cognitive sci- [prereq: CSE 368] ence (with no more than two in one area). The final integration of coursework occurs in the required senior Formal Models: seminar, COGS 301 or thesis (COGS 399), in which PHIL 114 Fundamentals of Logic (4) students focus on a topic of their choice from a branch PHIL 265 Philosophy of Mathematics (4) of cognitive science. MATH 303 (PHIL 303). The collateral course requirements are: CSE 15 and Mathematical Logic (3-4) either MATH 9 (fall) or MATH 21. Students who [prereq: PHIL 114] want to take MATH/CSE 261 as a major elective course MATH 261 (CSE 261). should choose MATH 21 rather than MATH 9. Discrete Structures (3) Additional coursework in mathematics is strongly rec- [prereq: MATH 21] ommended, as are PSYC 1, ANTH 1, and BIOS 41/42. CSE 318 Automata and Formal Grammars (3) [prereq: CSE 261] Program Honors Philosophy: Majors seeking to graduate with honors in cognitive sci- PHIL 139 Contemporary Philosophy (4) ence must have a 3.30 GPA in the major and a 3.30 PHIL 220 Knowledge and Justification (4) GPA overall, and complete a high quality senior thesis or PHIL 260 Philosophy of Language (4) senior seminar project. Theses or senior projects submit- ted for honors will be evaluated by a committee of at Cognitive Psychology: least three cognitive science faculty. PSYC 307 Seminar in Cognition (4) [prereq: PSYC 117 or 176 or COGS 7] B.A. in Cognitive Science PSYC 320 Psychology of Language (4) Required Introductory Course (4) [prereq: PSYC 117 or 176 or COGS 7] PSYC 321 Language Development (4) COGS 7 Introduction to Cognitive Science (4) spring [prereq: PSYC 107 or 117] Collateral Requirements (8) PSYC 322 Language in Atypical Populations (4) CSE 15 Introduction to Computer Science (4) [prereq: PSYC 117 or 176 or and COGS 7 or 140] MATH 9 Introduction to Finite Mathematics (4) fall PSYC 351 Cognitive Development in Childhood (4) or [prereq: PSYC 107 or 117 or COGS 7] MATH 21 Calculus I (4) PSYC 369 Memory (4) [prereq: PSYC 117 or 176 or COGS 7] Disciplinary Core Courses (15) Sociocultural Influences on Cognition: COGS 140 Introduction to Linguistics (4) ANTH 145 Human Evolution (4) PSYC 117 Cognitive Psychology (4) [prereq: ANTH 1] [prereq: PSYC 1 or COGS 7] ANTH 376 Culture and the Individual (4) PHIL 250 The Minds of Robots and PSYC 313 Person Perception (4) Other People (4) PSYC 314 (SSP 314). Social Cognition CSE 327 Artificial Intelligence Theory and and Social Action (4) Applications (3) [prereq: PSYC 110 or SR 111] [prereq: CSE 15] PSYC 365 Human Development in Major Electives (15-20, five courses) Cross-Cultural Perspective (4) [prereq: PSYC 107 or 109 or After completing the introductory sequence and the four SSP/PSYC 121 or ANTH 1] core courses, students must complete a minimum of five courses from three of the following groups with no more SSP 135 Human Communication (4) than two courses from any one group. SSP 302 The Sociology of Cyberspace (4) Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems: Neuroscience: CSE 17 Structured Programming PSYC 176 Mind and Brain (4) and Data Structures (4) [prereq: PSYC 1 or COGS 7] [prereq: CSE 15] PSYC 373 Sensation and Perception (4) CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) [prereq: PSYC 117 or 176 or COGS 7] [prereq: CSE 17] BIOS 177 Behavioral Neuroscience I (3) CSE 355 Topics on Intelligent Decision [prereq: BIOS 31 and CHEM 21 or 75] Support Systems (3) BIOS 276 Behavioral Neuroscience II (3) [prereq: CSE 327 or 340] [prereq BIOS 177] 180 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Senior Seminar or Thesis (4 hours) COGS 399. Thesis (2-4 credits) After completing the sophomore introductory sequence Research during senior year culminating in senior thesis. and the four core courses, students pursue their own Required for majors seeking to graduate with honors in interests in their selections of major electives. The cognitive science. Students must arrange the particular required senior seminar (COGS 301) or thesis (COGS project with a faculty thesis advisor before enrolling. 399) provides students the opportunity to integrate what May be repeated for up to a total of 4 credits. they have learned in the guise of an independent project Prerequisite: consent of the program director conducted under the supervision of a cognitive science COGS 423 (PSYC 423). Foundations of Cognitive faculty advisor. Science (3) Recommended Timing of Courses Survey of fundamental theory and methodologies from arti- Freshman Sophomore ficial intelligence, linguistics, cognitive psychology, COGS 7 (spring) PSYC 117 philosophy, and neuroscience, as well as salient research CSE 15 COGS140 problems such as knowledge acquisition and representation, MATH 9 or 21 1 major elective natural language processing, skill acquisition, perception and action, and the philosophical question of intentionality. Junior Senior PHIL 250 2 major electives COGS 478 (PSYC 478). Ontological Psychology (3) CSE 327 COGS 301 or 399 (spring) Principles and constraints for modeling psychological 2 major electives phenomena. Representation; perception; memory; knowing; learning; emotions; consciousness; language; Minor in Cognitive Science rationality. The minor in Cognitive Science requires the following six courses, or appropriate substitutions: For Graduate Students COGS 7 Introduction to Cognitive Science (4) There are two concentrations in Cognitive Science avail- COGS 140 Introduction to Linguistics (4) able for post-baccalaureate students: a Graduate Minor PSYC 117 Cognitive Psychology (4) and a Graduate Certificate. The minor is intended for students currently enrolled in a degree-granting graduate PHIL 250 The Minds of Robots and program at Lehigh University. By contrast, the certificate Other People (4) is intended for non-degree students. CSE 327 Artificial Intelligence Theory and Applications (3) Graduate Minor in Cognitive Science MATH 9 Introduction to Finite Mathematics (4), The minor gives graduate students who are enrolled in or Lehigh University degree programs, such as computer sci- MATH 261 (CSE 261).Discrete Structures (3) ence or psychology, an opportunity to develop expertise in the interdisciplinary study of information processing by Course Descriptions humans as well as intelligent machines. Graduate students COGS 7. Introduction to Cognitive Science (4) investigating mental processes such as language process- spring ing, reading, perception and action, planning, What is a mind? How is the mind related to the brain? problem-solving, learning, category formation, or applica- Could we make an artificial mind? Issues concerning tions such as artificial intelligence or educational knowledge representation and intelligence in minds and technology are encouraged to participate, with the computers as investigated by psychologists, philoso- approval of an advisor in their major program, by contact- phers, linguists, neuroscientists, and researchers in ing the Director of the Cognitive Science Program. On artificial intelligence. completion of the program, the Director of the Cognitive Science Program will issue a letter to the student certify- COGS 140 (ANTH 140, MLL 140, PSYC 140). ing that he or she has met the requirements of the minor. Introduction to Linguistics (4) Relationship between language and mind; formal proper- The Graduate Minor requires five graduate level courses: ties of language; language and society; how languages COGS 423, a graduate seminar, plus four electives from change over time. No pass/fail option. the list below (or approved substitutions). At least two of the four electives must be taken outside the student’s COGS 161. Supervised Research (2-4 credits) home department. Special topics courses with a cogni- Research under the direct supervision of a faculty member tive science emphasis may also count toward the minor, in the cognitive science program. Students must arrange with the approval of the Cognitive Science Supervisory the particular project with a faculty member before Committee. Courses taken toward the minor may also enrolling. Prerequisite: consent of the program director. fulfill requirements of the student’s major program, with COGS 301. Senior Seminar in Cognitive Science the approval of the major department. (4) spring Contact person: John B. Gatewood (Director, Cognitive Integration of the material from cognitive science via Science Program) 758-3814; [email protected] topics chosen by the students. Prerequisite: consent of Graduate Certificate in Cognitive Science program director. This concentration is intended for people working in COGS 361. Independent Research (2-4 credits) technology related businesses and other qualified indi- Independent research in cognitive science with a faculty viduals with an interest in cognitive science. The advisor. Students must arrange the particular project purpose of the certificate program is to provide non- with a faculty advisor before enrolling. Prerequisite: con- degree post-baccalaureate students an interdisciplinary sent of the program director. perspective on human and machine intelligence. Computer Engineering 181

The Graduate Certificate requires four graduate level Communication courses: COGS 423, a graduate seminar, plus three elec- tives from the list below. At least two of the three See listings under Minor Programs in the College of Arts electives must be at the 400 level, and the three electives and Sciences and under Journalism and must be spread over at least two departments. Communication. Contact person: Carol Sabo-Berrian (Coordinator, Psychology Department) 758-5073; [email protected] Computer Engineering Required Course Professors. Henry Baird, Ph.D. (Princeton); Rick Blum, COGS 423 (PSYC 423) Foundations of Cognitive Ph.D. (Pennsylvania); Donald Bolle, Ph.D. (Purdue); D. Science Richard Decker, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Bruce D. Fritchman, Approved Electives (for both concentrations) Ph.D. (Lehigh); Edwin J. Kay, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Henry F. Korth, Ph.D. (Princeton); Alastair D. McAulay, Ph.D. Computer Science: (Carnegie Mellon); Kenneth K. Tzeng, Ph.D. (Illinois). CSE 413 Robotics and Intelligent Machines Associate Professors. Mooi Choo Chuah. Ph.D. (U. of CSE 414 Expert Systems California); Daniel D. Lopresti, Ph.D. (Princeton); CSE 416 Advanced Issues in Meghanad D. Wagh, Ph.D. (I.I.T., Bombay). Knowledge-based Systems Assistant Professors. Mark Arnold, Ph.D. (U. of CSE 417 Topics in Information Retrieval Manchester Inst. of Science and Technology); Liang CSE 429 Virtual Environments Cheng, Ph.D. (Rutgers); Brian Davison, Ph.D. Psychology: (Rutgers); Tiffany Jing Li, Ph.D. (Texas A&M); Shalinee PSYC 402 Developmental Psychology Kishore, Ph.D. (Princeton); William M. Pottenger, PSYC 403 Cognitive Psychology Ph.D. (U. Illinois); John R. Spletzer. Ph.D. (U. of PSYC 406 Social Cognition Pennsylvania); Zhiyuan Yan, Ph.D. (Illinois Urbana- PSYC 443 Seminar in Language Acquisition Champain). PSYC 448 Seminar in Psychology of Language Undergraduate Programs PSYC 464 Naive Realism in Social Judgment Mission Statement for the Engineering Program PSYC 476 Seminar in Cognition PSYC 478 (COGS 478) The mission of the computer engineering program is to Ontological Psychology prepare computer engineers to meet the challenges of the PSYC 480. Seminar in Cognitive Development future; to promote a sense of scholarship, leadership and service among our graduates; to instill in the students Philosophy: the desire to create, develop, and disseminate new (Note: 200-level courses may be taken by graduate stu- knowledge; and to provide international leadership to dents if the courses are not in the student’s major.) the computer engineering profession. PHIL 250. The Minds of Robots and Other People Program Educational Objectives in Computer Engineering Sociology and Anthropology: • To provide students with the fundamental knowledge SSP 402. The Sociology of Cyberspace for the practice of computer engineering, and to ANTH 376. Culture and the Individual develop their ability to formulate, and analyze com- puter engineering problems in practice by applying Additional Electives (Graduate Certificate only) the fundamental knowledge of mathematics, science Computer Science: and engineering. CSE 327. Artificial Intelligence Theory • To provide the broad education necessary to under- and Applications stand the impact of computer engineering solutions in CSE 331. User Interface Systems and Techniques a global, societal and environmental context. CSE 332. Multimedia Design and Development • To provide students with the foundation and desire CSE 347. Data Mining for advanced education or graduate study, to instill an CSE 355. Topics on Intelligent Decision Support awareness of continual changes in their profession in a Systems global context, and to instill the desire for continued CSE 360. Introduction to Mobile Robotics life-long learning. CSE 368. Artificial Intelligence Programming • To instill responsible professional attitudes and ethics, to develop skills in communicating effectively, and in Psychology: working productively in a multidisciplinary environ- PSYC 307. Seminar in Cognition ment. PSYC 313. Person Perception • To provide an environment which enables students to PSYC 314 (SSP 314). pursue their individual goals in a program that is flex- Social Cognition and Social Action ible, challenging and supportive. PSYC 317. Psychology of Emotions PSYC 320. Psychology of Language Bachelor of Science in Computer PSYC 321. Language Development Engineering PSYC 322. Language in Atypical Populations The required courses for this degree contain the funda- PSYC 351. Cognitive Development in Childhood mentals of electronic circuits, signal theory, logic design, PSYC 365. Human Development in computer architecture, structured programming, data Cross-Cultural Perspective structures, software engineering and discrete mathemat- PSYC 369. Memory ics. A strong foundation in the physical sciences and in PSYC 373. Sensation and Perception 182 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 mathematics is required. Approved technical electives, Research is an essential part of the graduate program. The chosen with the advisor’s consent, are selected in prepa- research topics are listed in the departmental descriptions ration for graduate study or entry into industry for Computer Science and Engineering(CSE) and according to individual interests. The program totals 136 Electrical and Computer Engineering (ECE) which jointly credit hours and is offered jointly by the CSE and the administer the computer engineering program. Individual ECE department. courses are listed in the catalog descriptions of the CSE The recommended sequence of courses follows: and ECE departments. See Freshman Year Requirements, Section III. The Master of Science degree requires the completion of sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) 30 credit hours of work and may include a six credit hour thesis for Computer Engineering degrees. A pro- ECE 81 Introduction to Electrical Engineering (4) gram of study must be submitted in compliance with ECE 33 Introduction to Computer Engineering (4) the graduate school regulations. An oral presentation of PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and the thesis is required. Laboratory II (5) The Master of Engineering degree requires the completion MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) of 30 credit hours of work, which includes design-oriented sophomore year, second semester (19 credit hours) courses and an engineering project. A program of study CSE 17 Structured Programming must be submitted in compliance with the college rules. and Data Structures (4) An oral presentation of the project is required. ECE 82 Sophomore Laboratory (1) The Ph.D. degree in computer engineering requires the ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) completion of 42 credit hours of work (including the ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) dissertation) beyond the master’s degree (48 hours if the MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) master’s degree is not from Lehigh), the passing of a HSS Elective (3) departmental qualifying examination appropriate to each junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) degree within one year after entrance into the degree ECE 121 Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) program, the passing of a general examination in the ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) candidate’s area of specialization, the admission into can- CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) didacy, and the writing and defense of a dissertation. Competence in a foreign language is not required. MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) or MATH 309 Theory of Probability (3) The program has a core curriculum requirement for approved technical elective * (3) graduate students. The purpose of this requirement is to guarantee that all students pursuing graduate studies in free elective (3) the department acquire an appropriate breadth of junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) knowledge of their discipline. To satisfy the core curricu- CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) lum requirements in Computer Engineering, students ECE 138 Digital Systems Laboratory (2) need to complete at least two courses in the computer ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) hardware/architecture area, at least two courses in a sec- CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) ond area, and at least one course in a third area. In each free elective (3) of the three areas at least one course must be at the 400 HSS elective (3) level. The areas are: computer software systems, signal processing and communications, computer software senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) applications, and circuits and systems. See ECE 257 Senior Lab Project I (3) www.cse.lehigh.edu for details about these areas. ECE 319 Digital System Design (3) Courses from other universities or undergraduate studies CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) may be used to satisfy these requirements, by petition, at HSS elective (6) the discretion of the department faculty. Additional free elective (3) graduate program information may be obtained from senior year, second semester (17 credit hours) the program’s graduate coordinator. ECE 258 Senior Lab Project II (2) approved technical electives* (9) HSS elective (3) Computer Science and Business free elective (3) Program *Approved technical electives (15 credits) are subjects in the area of science and technology. They are not restricted to Program Directors. James A. Hall, Ph.D. (Oklahoma offerings in the department of Computer Science and Engi- State University) associate professor of accounting and neering. One elective must be an engineering science elective information systems; Edwin Kay, Ph.D. (Lehigh from another department. CSE 252 is not an approved University) professor of computer science and engineering. technical elective. The computer science and business (CSB) program is offered jointly by the College of Business and Economics Graduate Programs and the Computer Science and Engineering department Graduate programs of study provide a balance between for- in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied mal classroom instruction and research and are tailored to Science. This carefully crafted 136 credit hour program the individual student’s professional goals. The programs integrates technology skills in software development with appeal to individuals with backgrounds in computer or a solid background in business and economics. Deep information science, in computer engineering, in electrical immersion in both of these areas distinguishes CSB from engineering, in mathematics, or in the physical science. programs offered by other universities. At the same time Computer Science and Business 183 it is well balanced with approximately one third of the ECE 33 Intro to Computer Engineering (4) courses in liberal arts, one-third in computer science, and MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) one-third in business. ACCT 151 Intro to Financial Accounting. (3) Students enrolled in the CSB program obtain the skills CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) and training needed to understand business functions sophomore year, second semester (15 credit hours) and business related problems, to analyze business-user CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) information needs, to design computer based informa- CSE 241 Data Base systems (3) tion systems, and to implement systems solutions within ACCT 152 Intro to Managerial Accounting (3) business organizations. Graduates of the program are ideal candidates for placement within large consulting MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) firms, small consulting teams, and startup companies. ECO 129 Money and Banking (3) This program also prepares students to become the junior year, first semester (18 credit hours) Chief Information Officers, decision makers, and general MKT 211 Principles of Marketing (3) managers of information age corporations. CSE 342 Fundamentals of Internetworking (3) After four years the program leads to a degree in FIN 225 Business Finance (3) Computer Science and in Business, which is jointly CSB 311 Computer Applications in Business (3) awarded by the College of Business and Economics and ECO 146 Applied Microeconomics (3) the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied CSB Professional Elective (3)* Science. The CSB major is designed to meet the accredi- junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) tation requirements for Computer Science (CSAB) and CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) is accredited in Business (AACSB). CSB 312 Design of Integrated Business Mission for Program Applications I (3) The CSE department’s mission for its Computer Science ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) and Business program is to provide its students with a LAW 201 Legal Environment for Business (3) strong education in mathematics, science, business, and HSS Humanities/Social Sciences computer science fundamentals and to prepare them to elective (6)** be able to adapt to future changes in the practice of senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) Computer Science. CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) Program Educational Objectives MGT 280 Management of People 1. Provide a strong foundation for further formal and and Operations (4) informal study and for adaptation to future changes CSB Professional Elective (3) * in Computer Science. CSB 313 Design of Integrated Business 2. Provide a firm base of science and mathematics Applications II (3) 3. Provide exposure to projects that have the elements of CSE 252 Computers, Internet, and Society (3) those the students will encounter on the job. senior year, second semester (18 credit hours) 4. Educate the students in the moral and ethical issues MGT 301 Business Management Policies (3) that arise in computer science. CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3) 5. Integrate the computer science and business compo- CSB Professional Electives (6) * nents of the CSB program. CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) Degree Requirements: HSS Humanities/Social Sciences electives (3)** The required courses for the CSB degree constitute the fundamentals of structured programming, discrete math- *One CSB Professional Elective must be a course in the ematics, algorithms, computer architectures, sciences. programming languages, software engineering, account- ** At least 6 hours of HSS electives must be in humani- ing, finance, marketing, management and economics. ties (HU). None of the program requirements for the CSB major may be taken pass/fail. The recommended sequence of CSB Tracks courses is presented below: Students can use their CSB professional electives to freshman year, first semester (18 credit hours) develop areas of concentrations or tracks from courses offered within the CSE department or CBE. In certain ENGL 1 Composition and Literature I(3) cases, the student’s advisor may also approve courses ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) from other departments. Some examples of CSB tracks MATH 21 Calculus I (4) are presented below: BUS 1 Intro to Business (3) Accounting CSE 15 Intro to Computer Science (4) ACCT 315 Financial Accounting I freshman year, second semester (16 credit hours) ACCT 324 Cost Accounting ENGL 2 Composition and Literature II (3) ACCT 320 Auditing MATH 22 Calculus II (4) Business Economics Consulting PHY 11,12 Intro to Physics I and Lab (5) ECO 322 Competitor and Market Analysis CSE 17 Structured Programming and ECO 333 Economics of Business Decisions Data Structures (4) ECO 357 Econometrics sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) Finance PHY 21 Intro to Physics II (4) FIN 323 Investments 184 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

FIN 328 Corporate Finance (Rutgers University); Jeff Heflin, Ph.D. (U. Maryland); FIN 334 Derivatives Christine Hofmeister, Ph.D. (U. Maryland); G. Drew Computer Science Graduate School Kessler, Ph.D. (Georgia Inst. of Technology); Hector Munoz-Avila, Ph.D. (University of Kaiserslautern, CSE 302 Compiler Design Germany); William M. Pottenger, Ph.D. (U. Illinois); CSE 318 Automata and Formal Grammars John R. Spletzer, Ph.D. (U. of Pennsylvania). CSE 392 Independent Research Adjunct Lecturer. Stephen G. Corbesero, M.S. (Lehigh). Corporate IT Development CSE 271 Programming in C and Unix The department of computer science and engineering (CSE) offers undergraduate and graduate programs of CSE 313 Computer Graphics study in computer science and computer engineering, CSE 332 Multimedia Design andDevelopment along with research opportunities in these fields. Software Development Computer science is the study of computer algorithms, CSE 271 Programming in C and Unix software systems, and the effective use of computers to CSE 302 Compiler Design solve real-world problems and to develop new applica- CSE 330 Advanced Software Engineering Tools tions. Computer engineering is the study of how to develop new computer systems and how to integrate Course Descriptions computers with electronic devices. Lehigh’s majors pre- CSB 311. Computer Applications in Business (3) fall pare students for graduate school or for any of the Application of computer technology to business prob- different careers in computer science, computer engi- lems. Transaction processing systems which support the neering or computer systems analysis. Computer science revenue, conversion, and expenditure cycles of manufac- and computer engineering and their related careers rep- turing, service, and retail business organizations. Process resent, in the US workplace, the largest field of modeling, data modeling, internal control, corporate IT engineering - larger than all others, including electrical governance, and systems development techniques. engineering, combined. More discussion on the career Application of CASE technology to a hypothetical busi- potential, as well as the most up to date course offerings ness project. Prerequisites: ACCT 152 or ACCT 108 can be found on our departmental web site, and CSE 17 or equivalent. www.cse.lehigh.edu. CSB 312. Design of Integrated Business Lehigh University offers a bachelor of science degree in Applications I (3) spring computer science from the P. C. Rossin College of Integrated Product Development (IPD) Capstone Engineering and Applied Science. It offers the bachelor Course I. Industry-based business information systems of science degree in computer science, and the bachelor design project. Information systems design methodology, of arts degree with a major in computer science, from user needs analysis, project feasibility analysis of design the College of Arts and Sciences. It also offers a bachelor alternatives, and integrated product development of science in Computer Science and Business, jointly methodology. Formal oral and written presentations to supported by the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and clients. Prerequisite: CSB 311. Applied Science and the College of Business and Economics. A minor in computer science is available CSB 313. Design of Integrated Business except to students majoring in computer or electrical Applications II (3) fall engineering. Graduate study in the department leads to Integrated Product Development (IPD) Capstone the degrees of master of science and doctor of philoso- Course II. This course extends the industry-based project phy (Ph.D.) in computer science. In conjunction with initiated in CSB 312 into its implementation phase. the department of Electrical and Computer Engineering Detailed design, in-house system construction and deliv- (ECE), a bachelor of science degree in computer engi- ery, commercial software options, and systems neering and the master of science and Ph.D. degrees in maintenance and support. The practical component of computer engineering are also offered in the P.C. Rossin the course is supplemented by several classroom-based College of Engineering and Applied Science. In conjunc- modules dealing with topics that lie at the boundary of tion with the College of Business and Economics, the computer science and business. Formal oral and written CSE department also takes part in the masters of busi- presentations to clients. Prerequisite: CSB 312 ness and engineering (MB&E) program and in the integrated business and engineering major. Computer Science and The undergraduate programs emphasize the fundamental aspects of their respective areas, with extensive hands-on Engineering experiences for the students. Electives permit students to tailor their programs according to their interests and Professors. Henry F. Korth, Ph.D. (Princeton), chair; goals, whether they be in preparation for graduate study Edwin J. Kay, Ph.D. (Lehigh), associate chair; Henry or entry into industry. The programs have electives that Baird, Ph.D. (Princeton); Donald J. Hillman, Ph.D. allow students to select courses offered by other depart- (Cambridge, England); Roger N. Nagel, Ph.D. ments. This can help prepare them for activities that (Maryland), Harvey E. Wagner professor of manufacturing straddle departmental boundaries or for entry into pro- systems engineering. fessional schools such as medicine or management. Associate Professors. Glenn D. Blank, Ph.D. Students have the opportunity to synthesize and apply (Wisconsin-Madison); Mooi Cho Chuah, Ph.D. (U. of their knowledge in a senior design project. Students are California); Daniel P. Lopresti, Ph.D. (Princeton). encouraged to become involved in the many research projects within the department, and may use independ- Assistant Professors. Mark Arnold, Ph.D. (U. of ent study courses and their senior project as a way to Manchester Inst. of Science and Tech.); Liang Cheng, participate while receiving course credit. Ph.D. (Rutgers University); Brian D. Davison, Ph.D. Computer Science and Engineering 185

The graduate programs allow students to deepen their A detailed description of the curricular programs follows professional knowledge, understanding, and capability with a listing of the required courses and with a listing of within their subspecialties. Each graduate student develops the departmental course offerings. The departmental a program of study in consultation with his or her gradu- courses carry the prefixes CSE for computer science and ate advisor. Key thrust areas in the department include: ECE for electrical and computer engineering. The stu- Computer Systems Engineering: computer architecture, dent is urged to consult both listings for courses computer arithmetic, DSP systems, sensor networks, appropriate to his/her career goal. robotics, mobile and wearable computing, and networking. Undergraduate Programs Software Systems Engineering: software architectures, parallel and distributed computing, object-oriented soft- Mission Statement for the Computer Science and ware, middleware, Web-based systems and networked Engineering Programs software systems. The mission of the computer science and computer Information Systems Engineering: database, data min- engineering programs is to prepare computer scientists ing, bioinformatics, computer graphics and virtual and computer engineers to meet the challenges of the environments, optimization, multimedia systems, expert future; to promote a sense of scholarship, leadership and systems, artificial intelligence and computer vision. service among our graduates; to instill in the students the desire to create, develop, and disseminate new Both graduate and undergraduate research are encouraged. knowledge; and to provide international leadership to The department maintains a number of computer labo- the computer science and engineering professions. ratories in support of computer science and computer engineering and the ECE department maintains addi- Program Educational Objectives in Computer tional laboratories supporting the hardware aspects of Science and Engineering computer engineering. The department has research lab- • Provide a strong foundation for further formal and oratories in vision and software technology, parallel and informal study in computer science. distributed computing, graphics and virtual environ- • Provide a firm basis of science and mathematics. ments, computer architecture and arithmetics, and • Provide exposure to projects that have the elements of software architecture. These laboratories and their associ- those the students will encounter on the job. ated research activities are described more completely in • Educate the students in the moral and ethical issues the departmental web site (www.cse.lehigh.edu). While that arise in computer science. these laboratories are research oriented, they are also used for undergraduate projects. In conjunction with the Bachelor of Science in Computer ECE department, the CSE department maintains public Engineering laboratories of Sun workstations and PCs for class See catalog entry for Computer Engineering. assignments and projects. Computer laboratory usage is an essential part of the stu- Bachelor of Science in Computer dent’s education. The primary department resources Science include a network of more than 60 Sun workstations, file Bachelor of Science in Computer Science degree pro- servers, and compute servers running the Unix operating grams are available to students through either the system. These systems provide an array of software tools College of Arts and Sciences or the P. C. Rossin College for our students and researchers including programming of Engineering and Applied Science. The program languages (C, C++, Java, Smalltalk, Perl, etc.), software offered by the P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and development tools, software and hardware simulators, Applied Science is accredited by the Computer Science and computer-aided design packages. In addition to the Accreditation Board, Inc. The two programs are identical workstations, the department maintains a collection of in the fundamental requirements in mathematics and PC-compatible computers for CSE students, including a computer science, and the programs are appropriate for set of machines that can be dedicated to hardware/soft- entry into management or industrial positions. They are ware projects. Many of the these machines are running also appropriate for continued graduate study, though Linux or FreeBSD. The department also provides various students considering graduate study are strongly encour- application-specific systems, including multimedia sta- aged to consider taking part in a research project during tions with sound and video capture and generation their junior year. The two BS programs differ in their capabilities, workstations for image processing and visual- non-computer science content in that the students must ization, virtual environment tracking and head-mounted fulfill the distribution requirements of the respective col- display systems, and wearable computers. The depart- leges. The result of this difference is that the Arts and ment’s computers are connected via multiple high-speed Sciences program requires 127 credit hours, whereas the Ethernet, fiber optic, wireless, and ATM networks, which P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science are in turn connected to the university’s backbone net- program requires 134 credit hours. Students with inter- work. The university is connected through multiple T1 ests in management, finance, data processing, and connections to the internet. Students are not required by information handling may find the Arts and Science the department nor the university to own a personal College program more appropriate and students with computer, but many find such a tool a valuable asset. In interests in engineering and science applications may addition to the departmental resources, the university, as find the Engineering and Applied Science College pro- distinct from the department, provides a distributed net- gram more appropriate. work of about 75 high-performance workstations and The required courses for the degrees contain the funda- over 300 PC-compatible computers in public sites mentals of discrete mathematics, structured programming, throughout the campus. algorithms, computer architectures, compiler design, oper- ating systems, and programming languages. A strong 186 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 foundation in mathematics is required. The recommended approved technical elective before the junior year will afford sequence of courses is as follows: greater flexibility in choosing ECE electives. P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science: ## Computer science students are required to have at least 17 credits of HSS electives (in addition to ENGL 1, ENGL Bachelor of Science in Computer 2, and ECO 1) to fulfill graduation requirements, and to Science satisfy the “depth and breadth” requirement for the college. See freshman year requirements, section III. College of Arts and Sciences: sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) Bachelor of Science in Computer PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and Science Laboratory(5) See the distribution requirements of the College of Arts and CSE 17 Structured Programming and Sciences, section III. Data Structures (4) In addition to Engl 1, Engl 2, and CSE 252, students ECE 33 Introduction to Computer are required to take 21 credits of HSS courses. Engineering (4) freshman year, first semester (17 credit hours) sophomore year, second semester (16 credit hours) ENGL 1 Composition and Literature (3) CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) MATH 21 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4) CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) CSE 15 Introduction to Computing (4) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) Distribution* (6) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) freshman year, second semester (17 credit hours) approved technical elective *#(3) ENGL 2 Composition and Literature: Fiction, junior year, first semester (18 credit hours) Drama, Poetry (3) CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) MATH 22 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data HSS electives ## (6) Structures (4) approved technical elective* (3) distribution* (6) approved professional elective** (3) sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) Engineering (4) CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) distribution* (9) CSE 252 Computers, the Internet, and Society (3) sophomore year, second semester (15 credit hours) HSS electives ## (3) CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) free elective (3) CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) approved technical elective** (3) CSE 318 Automata & Formal Grammars (3) distribution* (3) CSE 379 Senior Project (3) junior year, first semester (15 credit hours) MATH 230 Numerical Methods (3) CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) HSS elective ## (3) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) free elective (3) approved technical elective** (3) senior year, second semester (17 credit hours) approved professional elective*** (3) CSE 302 Compiler Design (3) free elective (3) HSS electives ## (5) junior year, second semester (16-19 credit hours) approved technical electives* (6) CSE 130 Technical Presentation (1) or approved professional elective** (3) COMM 130 Public Speaking (4) *Approved technical electives (12 credits) are subjects in the CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3) area of science and technology. They are not restricted to ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) courses in the department of Computer Science and Engi- CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) neering. They are chosen by the student, with the approval distribution* (3) of the major advisor. One of these electives must be a hard- approved technical elective** (3) ware-oriented elective. Hardware-oriented courses include ECE 81, ECE 316, ECE 138, ECE 319, ECE 320, CSE senior year, first semester (15 credit hours) 209, or any other hardware-oriented course approved by the CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) advisor. CSE 318 Automata & Formal Grammars (3) **Approved professional electives(6 credits) are chosen by the CSE 379 Senior Project (3) student, with the approval of the major advisor, to support MATH 230 Numerical Methods (3) the professional objectives of the student. These may include free elective (3) technical, business, or non-technical courses. CSE 252 is not an approved professional elective. #Computer Science students should be aware that many ECE courses require ECE 81. Taking ECE 81 as an Computer Science and Engineering 187 senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) junior year, first semester (15 credit hours) CSE 252 Computers, the Internet and Society (3) hardware-oriented elective or CSE 302 Compiler Design (3) free elective *(3) approved technical elective** (3) distribution (6) approved professional electives *** (6) free elective (6) *Courses taken to satisfy the Arts and Science College distri- junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) bution requirements must include 12 credits of science such CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) that one course has an attached laboratory and two courses free elective or are in a laboratory science with the first course a prerequi- hardware-oriented elective *(3) site to the second course. distribution (6) **Approved technical electives (12 credits) are subjects in free elective (3) the area of science and technology. They are not restricted to senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) courses in the department of Computer Science and Engi- CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) neering. They are chosen by the student, with the approval CSE 318 Automata and Formal Grammars (3) of the major advisor. One of these electives must be a hard- distribution (3) ware-oriented elective. Hardware-oriented courses include free electives (7) ECE 81, ECE 316, ECE 138, ECE 319, ECE 320, CSE 209, or any other hardware-oriented course approved by the senior year, second semester (16 credit hours) advisor. CSE 302 Compiler Design (3) distribution (6) ***Approved professional electives (9 credits) are chosen by the student, with the approval of the major advisor, to sup- free electives (7) port the professional objectives of the student. These may * The student’s program must contain at least one hardware- include technical, business, or non-technical courses. CSE oriented elective course. Hardware-oriented courses include 252 is not an approved professional elective. ECE 81, ECE 316, ECE 138, ECE 319, ECE 320, CSE 209, or any other hardware-oriented course approved by the College of Arts and Sciences: advisor. Bachelor of Arts in Computer Science Minor in Computer Science This program of 121 credit hours is intended for stu- The minor in computer science provides a basic familiar- dents who desire a strong liberal arts program with a ity with software development and programming, concentration in computer science. The program con- computer organization, and essential elements of com- tains the fundamentals of computer science, including puter science. This minor is not available to students of discrete mathematics, structured programming, data the CSE or ECE departments. Engineering students structures, programming languages, computer organiza- should note that ENGR 1 plus CSE 16 is a substitute tion, compiler design, and operating systems. The for CSE 15. The minor requires 17 credit hours, consist- recommended course sequence is as follows: ing of the following: See the distribution requirements of the College of Arts CSE 15 Introduction to Computing (4) and Sciences, section III. CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data freshman year, first semester (14 credit hours) Structures (4) ENGL 1 Composition and Literature (3) Plus any three CSE courses, EXCEPT CSE 130, MATH 21 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4) Technical Presentation, and CSE 252, Computers, the CSE 15 Introduction to Computing (4) Internet, and Society. distribution (3) P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied freshman year, second semester (14 credit hours) Science ENGL 2 Composition and Literature: Fiction, Drama, Poetry (3) Graduate Programs MATH 22 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4) Note: For information about graduate degrees in Computer CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data Engineering, see the catalog entry for Computer Structures (4) Engineering. distribution (3) Graduate programs of study provide a balance between sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) formal classroom instruction and research and are tai- CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) or lored to the individual student’s professional goals. The MATH 243 Algebra (3) programs appeal to individuals with backgrounds in computer or information science, in computer engineer- ECE 33 Introduction to Computer ing, in electrical engineering, in mathematics, or in the Engineering (4) physical sciences. Research is an essential part of the distribution (9) graduate program. The research topics were listed earlier sophomore year, second semester (15 credit hours) in the departmental description. MATH 43 BMSS Linear Algebra (3) The Master of Science degree requires the completion of CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) 30 credit hours of work and may include a three credit ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) hour thesis. A program of study must be submitted in distribution (6) compliance with the graduate school regulations. An oral presentation of the thesis is required. 188 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

The Master of Engineering degree requires the completion Prerequisites: CSE 15, or ENGR 1, or permission of the of 30 credit hours of work, which includes design-oriented instructor. courses and an engineering project. A program of study CSE 33 (ECE 33). Introduction to Computer must be submitted in compliance with the college rules. Engineering (4) fall An oral presentation of the project is required. Analysis, design and implementation of small digital cir- The Ph.D. degree in computer science requires the com- cuits. Boolean algebra. minimization techniques, pletion of 42 credit hours of work (including the synchronous sequential circuit design, number systems dissertation) beyond the master’s degree (48 hours if the and arithmetic. Microcomputer architecture and assem- master’s degree is not from Lehigh), the passing of a bly level programming. Prerequisite: Engr 1 or CSE 17. departmental qualifying examination appropriate to each degree within one year after entrance into the degree CSE 109. Systems Software (3) program, the passing of a general examination in the Advanced programming and data structures, including candidate’s area of specialization, the admission into can- dynamic structures, memory allocation, data organiza- didacy, and the writing and defense of a dissertation. tion, symbol tables, hash tables, B-trees, data files. Competence in a foreign language is not required. Object-oriented design and implementation of simple assemblers, loaders, interpreters, compilers, and transla- The CSE department has a core curriculum requirement tors. Practical methods for implementing medium-scale for graduate students in each of the degree programs. The programs. Prerequisite: CSE 17. purpose of this requirement is to guarantee that all stu- dents pursuing graduate studies in the department acquire CSE 130. Technical Presentation (1) an appropriate breadth of knowledge of their discipline. Oral and written communication of information in computer science. Technical writing; structure, style, and Computer Science: To satisfy the comprehensives/core, delivery of oral presentations; use of visual aids. students need to complete at least two (2) courses in Prerequisite: CSE 17. each of the following areas, with at least one (1) 400 level course in three (3) of the four areas: Systems; CSE 190. Special Topics (1-3) Compilers/Languages/Software Systems; Theory; and Supervised reading and research. Prerequisite: consent of Computer Applications. For details on these require- the department head. ments, see the department’s web site www.cse.lehigh.edu. CSE 201 (ECE 201). Computer Architecture (3) Courses from other universities or undergraduate studies Structure and function of digital computers. Computer may be used to satisfy these requirements, by petition, at components and their operations. Computer intercon- the discretion of the department faculty. Additional nection structures. Memory system and cache memory. graduate program information may be obtained from Interrupt driven input/output and direct memory access. the department’s graduate coordinator. Instruction sets and addressing modes. Instruction Departmental Courses pipelining. Floating-point representation and arithmetic. Alternative architectures: RISC vs. CISC and introduc- Departmental courses are listed under the prefix CSE. tion to parallel architectures. Prerequisite: ECE 33. Students should also consult the ECE department listing because electives can be chosen from either department. CSE 209. Assembly Language Programming (3) fall The reader should consult both listings. Design and development of assembly language programs for computer systems. Interactive input-output, handling Computer Science (CSE) interrupts, system architecture, hardware-software tradeoffs. For Undergraduate Students Evaluation of program efficiency. Prerequisite: CSE 109. CSE 12. Survey of Computer Science (3) CSE 216. Software Engineering (3) spring Topics in computer science, Java programming and web The software life-cycle; life-cycle models; software plan- page design. Includes multimedia laboratory. Not avail- ning; testing; specification methods; maintenance. able to students who have taken CSE 15, 16, or ENGR 1. Emphasis on team work and large-scale software systems, including oral presentations and written reports. CSE 15. Introduction to Computer Science (4) Prerequisite: CSE 109. Introduction to topics in computer science and pro- gramming skills in Java and C++. Prerequisite for CSE CSE 241. Data Base Systems (3) 17. Includes multimedia laboratory. No prerequisites. Data modeling; database design; normalization; query Not available to students who have taken CSE 12, 16, languages; client-server database systems; enterprise sys- or ENGR 1. tems; Internet applications. Prerequisite: CSE 12, 15,.or CSE 17 or consent of instructor. Not available to stu- CSE 16. Multimedia laboratory of Computer dents who have credit for IE 224. Science (1) Survey of topics in computer science. Multimedia labo- CSE 252 (STS 252). Computers, the Internet, and ratory only. No prerequisites. Not available to students Society (3) who have taken CSE 12 or 15. An interactive exploration of the current and future role of computers, the Internet, and related technologies in CSE 17. Structured Programming and Data changing the standard of living, work environments, Structures (4) society and its ethical values. Privacy, security, deperson- Algorithmic design and implementation in a high level, alization, responsibility, and professional ethics; the role object-oriented language such as C++. Recursion, lexical of computer and Internet technologies in changing edu- programs, pointers, data structures, and their applications. cation, business modalities, collaboration mechanisms, and everyday life. (SS) Computer Science and Engineering 189

CSE 261 (MATH 261). Discrete Structures (3) fall CSE 331. User Interface Systems and Techniques (3) and spring Principles and practice of creating effective human-com- Topics in discrete structures chosen for their applicability puter interfaces. Design and user evaluation of user to computer science and engineering. Sets, propositions, interfaces; design and use of interface building tools. induction, recursion; combinatorics; binary relations and Programming projects using a variety of interface build- functions; ordering, lattices and Boolean algebra; graphs ing tools to construct and evaluate interfaces. and trees; groups and homomorphisms. Various applica- Prerequisite: CSE 17 or consent of the instructor. tions. Prerequisites: MATH 21. CSE 332. Multimedia Design and Development (3) CSE 262. Programming Languages (3) Analysis, design and implementation of multimedia soft- Use, structure and implementation of several program- ware, primarily for e-learning courses or training. ming languages. Prerequisite: CSE 17. Projects emphasize user interface design, content design with storyboards or scripts, creation of graphics, anima- CSE 265. System and Network Administration (3) tion, audio and video materials, and software Overview of systems and network administration in a development using high level authoring tools. networked UNIX-like environment. System installation, Prerequisite: CSE 12 or CSE 15 or ENGR 1 or consent configuration, administration, and maintenance; security of instructor. Blank. principles; ethics; network, host, and user management; standard services such as electronic mail, DNS, and CSE 335. Topics on Intelligent Decision Support WWW; file systems; backups and disaster recovery plan- Systems (3) ning; troubleshooting and support services; automation, Topics on intelligent decision support systems (IDSSs). scripting; infrastructure planning. Prerequisite: CSE17. The course will be self-contained and study some of the CSE 271. Programming in C and the Unix AI techniques that are used to build IDSSs including: case-based reasoning, decision trees and knowledge rep- Environment (3) resentation. Several application areas of these techniques C language syntax and structure. C programming tech- will be covered including: help-desk systems, e-com- niques. Emphasis on structured design for medium to merce, and knowledge management. Credit will not be large programs. Unix operating system fundamentals. given for both CSE 335 and CSE 435. Prerequisite: CSE Unix utilities for program development, text processing, 327 or CSE 340 or consent of the instructor. and communications. Prerequisite: CSE 17. CSE 336 (ECE 336). Embedded Systems (3) CSE 302. Compiler Design (3) spring Use of small computers embedded as part of other Principles of artificial language description and design. machines. Limited-resource microcontrollers and state Sentence parsing techniques, including operator prece- machines from high description language. Embedded dence, bounded-context, and syntax-directed recognizer hardware: RAM, ROM, flash, timers, UARTs, PWM, schemes. The semantic problem as it relates to inter- A/D, multiplexing, debouncing. Development and preters and compilers. Dynamic storage allocation, table debugging tools running on host computers. Real-Time grammars, code optimization, compiler-writing lan- Operating System (RTOS) semaphores, mailboxes, guages. Prerequisites: CSE 109 and CSE 318. queues. Task priorities and rate monotonic scheduling. CSE 303. Operating System Design (3) fall Software architectures for embedded systems. Assemblers, executive systems, multiprogramming, time Prerequisite: CSE 17. sharing. Concurrent tasks, deadlocks, resource sharing. CSE 340. (MATH 340). Design and Analysis of Construction of a small operating system. Prerequisites: ECE 201 and CSE 109. Algorithms (3) spring Algorithms for searching, sorting, counting, graph and CSE 313. Computer Graphics (3) tree manipulation, matrix multiplication, scheduling, General principles; algorithms; display devices and pattern matching, fast Fourier transform. Minimum organization; methods of interaction; design of visual time and space requirements are established, leading to interactive systems. Prerequisite: CSE 109. the notion of abstract complexity measures and the CSE 318. Automata and Formal Grammars (3) fall intrinsic complexity of algorithms and problems, in Formal languages, finite automata, context-free gram- terms of asymptotic behavior. The question of the cor- mars, Turing machines, complexity theory, rectness of algorithms is also treated. Prerequisites: undecidability. Prerequisite: CSE 261. MATH 22 and CSE 261 (MATH 261). CSE 327. Artificial Intelligence Theory and CSE 342. Fundamentals of Internetworking (3) Practice (3) Architecture and protocols of computer networks. Introduction to the field of artificial intelligence: Protocol layers; network topology; data-communication Problem solving, knowledge representation, reasoning, principles, including circuit switching, packet switching planning and machine learning. Use of AI systems or and error control techniques; sliding window protocols, languages. Advanced topics such as natural language pro- protocol analysis and verification; routing and flow con- cessing, vision, robotics, and uncertainty. Prerequisite: trol; local and wide area networks; network CSE 15 or 17. interconnection; client-server interaction; emerging net- working trends and technologies; topics in security and CSE 330. Advanced Software Engineering Tools (3) privacy. Prerequisite: CSE 109. CASE tools; portability and reusability of software; experimental methods in software engineering; automat- CSE 343. Network Security (3) ic programming. Prerequisite: CSE 216. Overview of network security threats and vulnerabilities. Techniques and tools for detecting, responding to and 190 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 recovering from security incidents. Fundamentals of CSE 376. Parallel Algorithms (3) cryptography. Hands-on experience with programming Parallel algorithms for searching, sorting, matrix process- techniques for security protocols. Credit will not be ing, network optimization, and selected graph problems. given for both CSE 343 and CSE 443. Prerequisite: CSE Implementation and efficiency measures of parallel algo- 342 or CSE 303 or CSE 265 rithms also considered. Prerequisite: CSE 375 or CSE CSE 345. WWW Search Engines (3) 340 or consent of instructor. Study of algorithms, architectures, and implementations CSE 379. Senior Project (3) of WWW search engines; Information retrieval (IR) Design, implementation, and evaluation of a computer models; performance evaluation; properties of hypertext science capstone project conducted by student teams crawling, indexing, searching and ranking; link analysis; working from problem definition to testing and imple- parallel and distributed IR; user interfaces. Credit will not mentation; written progress reports supplemented by be given for both 345 and 445. Prerequisite: CSE 109. oral presentations. Prerequisite: senior standing. CSE 347. Data Mining (3) CSE 392. Independent Study (1-3) Overview of modern data mining techniques: data clean- An intensive study, with report, of a topic in computer ing; attribute and subset selection; model construction, science which is not treated in other courses. May be evaluation and application. Fundamental mathematics repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. and algorithms for decision trees, covering algorithms, For Graduate Students association mining, statistical modeling, linear models, neural networks, instance-based learning and clustering CSE 403. Theory of Operating Systems (3) covered. Practical design, implementation, application Principles of operating systems with emphasis on hard- and evaluation of data mining techniques in class proj- ware and software requirements and design ects. Credit will not be given for both CSE 347 and CSE methodologies for multi-programming systems. Global 447. Prerequisites: Either CSE 17 and MATH 231, or topics include the related areas of process management, BIS 120 and ECO 145. resource management, and file systems. Prerequisite: CSE 303 or equivalent. CSE 350. Special Topics (3) Selected topics in the field of computer science not CSE 404 (ECE 404). Computer Networks (3) included in other courses. May be repeated for credit. Study of architecture and protocols of computer net- works. The ISO model; network topology; CSE 352. Information Technology for Commerce (3) data-communication principles, including circuit switch- Digitization and information integration for business ing, packet switching and error control techniques; applications: enterprise resource planning, (ERP); cus- sliding window protocols, protocol analysis and verifica- tomer relationship management (CRM) and supply tion; routing and flow control; local area networks; chain management (SCM); information innovation network interconnection; topics in security and privacy. strategies and their dependence on a common technolo- gy architecture; technical, logistical and cultural CSE 409. Theory of Automata and Formal implications of building and operation information inte- Grammars (3) gration systems applications. Consent of instructor. Finite automata. Pushdown automata. Relationship to definition and parsing of formal grammars. Prerequisite: CSE 360. Introduction to Mobile Robotics (3) CSE 318. Algorithms employed in mobile robotics for navigation, sensing, and estimation. Common sensor systems, CSE 411. Advanced Programming Techniques (3) motion planning, robust estimation, bayesian estimation Deeper study of programming techniques, data struc- techniques, Kalman and Particle filters, localization and tures, backtracking, recursion. Applications of basic mapping. Credit will not be given for both CSE 360 and theoretical disciplines such as automata theory and for- CSE 460. Prerequisites: Math 205 and CSE 109 mal language theory. Assignments using a contemporary programming language. Prerequisite: CSE 17 or consent CSE 366. Object-Oriented Programming (3) of department head. The implementation of object orientation in languages such as Smalltalk and Java. Objects, classes, inheritance, CSE 412. Object-Oriented Programming (3) graphical interfaces, applets, exception-handling, and Objects, messages, classes and inheritance; the model- multi-threading. Prerequisite: CSE 17. view-controller paradigm. Prototyping the user interface. CSE 368. Artificial Intelligence Programming (3) CSE 414. Expert Systems (3) The use of LISP and related languages to simulate intel- The design and development of knowledge-based expert ligence on computers. Prerequisite: CSE 262 or approval systems. Rule-based protocols. Knowledge engineering. of the department head. Programming applications. Prerequisite: CSE 368. CSE 375. Hardware & Software Topics in Parallel CSE 416. Advanced Issues in Knowledge-based Computing (3) Systems (3) Introduction to parallel computing, covering both hard- Advanced techniques and current applications of knowl- ware and software topics such as interconnection edge-based systems. Emphasis on knowledge engineering networks, SIMD, MIMD, and hybrid parallel architec- techniques through the development of a substantial sys- tures, parallel languages, parallelizing compiler tem. Prerequisite: CSE 414. Hillman and Blank techniques and operating systems for parallel computers. CSE 417. Topics in Information Retrieval (3) Prerequisites: ECE 201 and CSE 303 previously or con- Selected topics in the design of advanced retrieval sys- currently, or consent of the instructor. tems. Prerequisite: CSE 241 or equivalent. Computer Science and Engineering 191

CSE 422. Advanced Topics in Compiling (3) CSE 440. Graph Theory and Application (3) Topics from general parsers, attributed translation, attrib- Fundamental concepts of and algorithms for graphs, includ- ute grammars, two-level grammars, expression ing: connectivity, planarity, network flows, matchings, optimization, data flow, code optimization, compiler com- colorings, traversals, duality, intractability and applications. pilers, implementation languages, multi-tasking languages. Prerequisite: CSE 340 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: CSE 302 or consent of the department head. CSE 443. Network Security (3) CSE 428. Semantic Web Topics (3) Overview of network security threats and vulnerabilities. Theory, architecture and applications of the Semantic Techniques and tools for detecting, responding to and Web. Issues in designing distributed knowledge represen- recovering from security incidents. Fundamentals of tation languages, ontology development, knowledge cryptography. Hands-on experience with programming acquisition, scalable reasoning, integrating heterogeneous techniques for security protocols. This course, a version data sources, and web-based agents. of CSE 343 for graduate students, requires research proj- CSE 429. Virtual Environments (3) ects and advanced assignments. Credit will not be given Software and technology of virtual environment systems. for both CSE 343 and CSE 443. Prerequisite: CSE 342 Current research in virtual environments. User tracking, or CSE 303 or CSE 403 or ECE 404. display, and view rendering hardware. VE application CSE 445. WWW Search Engines (3) programming libraries, real-time rendering techniques, Study of algorithms, architectures, and implementations 3D model representations, networking systems for dis- of WWW search engines. Information retrieval (IR) tributed and multi-user environments, 3D user models; performance evaluation; properties of hypertext interaction techniques. crawling, indexing, searching and ranking; link analysis; CSE 430. Textual Data Mining (3) parallel and distributed IR; user interfaces. This course, a Theory and algorithms for topics in textual data mining version of 345 for graduate students, requires research and statistical natural language processing (NLP). projects and advanced assignments. Credit will not be Fundamental mathematics and linguistics of statistical given for both CSE 345 and CSE 445. NLP; probability theory and information theory. Text CSE 447. Data Mining (3) mining algorithms and applications. Practical design, Modern data mining techniques: data cleaning; attribute implementation, application and evaluation of statistical and subset selection; model construction, evaluation and NLP and textual data mining techniques in class proj- application. Algorithms for decision trees, covering algo- ects. Prerequisite: CSE 347 rithms, association rule mining, statistical modeling, CSE 432. Object-Oriented Software Engineering (3) model and regression trees, neural networks, instance- Design and construction of modular, reusable, extensible based learning and clustering covered. This course, a and portable software using statically typed object-ori- version of CSE 347 for graduate students, requires ented programming languages (Eiffel, C++, Objective research projects and advanced assignments. Credit will C). Abstract data types; genericity; multiple inheritance; not be given for both CSE 347 and CSE 447. use and design of soft-ware libraries; persistence and Prerequisites: Math 231 or permission of the instructor object-oriented databases; impact of object-oriented pro- CSE 450. Special Topics (3) gramming on the software life cycle. Selected topics in computer science not included in CSE 435. Topics on Intelligent Decision Support other courses. May be repeated for credit. Systems (3) CSE 460. Mobile Robotics (3) AI techniques used to build IDSSs: case-based reasoning, Algorithms employed in mobile robotics for navigation, decision trees and knowledge representation. sensing, and estimation. Common sensor systems, Applications: help-desk systems, e-commerce, and motion planning, robust estimation, Bayesian estimation knowledge management. This course, a version of 335 techniques, Kalman and particle filters, localization and for graduate students, requires research projects and mapping. This course, a version of CSE 360 for graduate advanced assignments. Credit will not be given for both students will require an independent project to be pre- CSE 335 and CSE 435. sented in class. Credit will not be given for both CSE 360 and CSE 460. Prerequisites: Math 205 and CSE CSE 437. Program Semantics (3) 109 or their equivalents. Theories and techniques of program semantics and pro- gram verification. Topics may be chosen from CSE 465. Seminar in Natural Language denotational semantics, operational semantics, Floyd- Processing (3) Hoare semantics, temporal logic, dynamic logic, Writing and presenting reviews of research issues in nat- algebraic semantics, continuous semantics, recursive ural language, knowledge representation, speech function theory or a current semantic theory. processing and other applications. Requires concurrent CSE 438. Software Architecture (3) attendance in CSE 365, Natural Language Processing. Design and description of software architecture for large CSE 491. Research Seminar (1-3) systems. Current research topics in software architec- Regular meetings focused on specific topics related to the ture. Individual projects are a significant part of this research interests of department faculty. Current research course. Projects may include the design of a new archi- will be discussed. Students may be required to present tecture, reverse engineering the architecture of an and review relevant publications. May be repeated for existing system, or investigation of a research topic in credit up to a maximum of three (3) credits. Prerequisite: software architecture. Prerequisite: CSE 216 or CSE Consent of instructor. 432 or consent of the instructor. 192 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

CSE 492. Independent Study (1-3) ENGR 452. (CHE 461, ME 442) Mathematical An intensive study, with report of a topic in computer Methods in Engineering (3) fall science that is not treated in other courses. May be Analytical techniques are developed for the solution of repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. engineering problems described by algebraic systems, and by ordinary and partial differential equations. Topics Cooperative Graduate covered include: linear vector spaces; eigenvalues, eigen- vectors, and eigenfunctions. First and higher-order linear Education differential equations with initial and boundary condi- tions; Sturm-Louiville problems; Green’s functions. The P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Special functions; Bessel, etc. Qualitative and quantita- Science permits graduate students to spend part of their tive methods for nonlinear ordinary differential research experience in industry, business, or a govern- equations; phase plane. Solutions of classical partial dif- ment agency. In general, the external research experience ferential equations from the physical sciences; transform should be complementary to their graduate studies at techniques; method of characteristics. Lehigh University and can count towards their degree program through ENGR 400 (Engineering Co-op for ENGR 475. Research (1) Graduate Students) and through thesis/dissertation cred- Projects conducted under the supervision of a faculty advi- its (see below). sor. Includes analytical, computational or experimental Subject to university/federal regulations, when enrolled in work, literature searches, assigned readings. Regular meet- courses at Lehigh University, a student can work for a ings with the advisor to consider progress made and future maximum of 20 hours at the company/laboratory (co-op direction are required. The course is open only to graduate partner). If not enrolled in courses other than ENGR 400 students and may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: and for thesis (490) or dissertation (499) credits, a student Graduate standing and departmental approval. will be permitted to work full time at the co-op partner. Full time employment over the summer will also be per- Cooperative (Undergraduate) mitted. Maintenance of full-time status, however, requires that during the semester students must be registered for Education the minimum number of credit hours as listed in R&P. The P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied MS/MEng Co op programs Science offers opportunities to students for cooperative • ENGR 400 can be taken for a maximum of 6 credits, work assignments with industrial or business firms and with at most 3 credits in any registration period. government agencies. In all cases, cooperative work assignments are optional on the part of the student and • A further 6 credits for thesis/project/independent there is no obligation for the student to accept perma- study can be part of the industrial experience. nent employment nor for the cooperating organization • Minimum of 18 course credit hours, excluding to offer permanent employment. ENGR 400 and Thesis (490) must be obtained through Lehigh University The student must register for a full semester of courses in the summer prior to the first work assignment. When Ph.D. program on a cooperative assignment, the student must roster • Beyond the master’s program, ENGR 400 can be ENGR 200, to maintain full-time student status, and taken for a maximum of 9 credits, with at most 3 must complete all required university procedures. The credits in any registration period. university treasurer establishes the fee for ENGR 200. • In addition to ENGR 400 credits, a maximum of 9 Participation in a cooperative education program does dissertation credits ( 499) can also be obtained as part not relieve the student from any regular requirement for of the co-op experience. the academic curriculum in which he or she is enrolled. ENGR 400. Engineering Co-op for Graduate 200. Cooperative Undergraduate Education (3-6) Students (3) Supervised cooperative work assignment to obtain practi- Supervised cooperative work assignment to obtain practi- cal experience. Prerequisite: acceptance into the program. cal experience in field of study. Requires consent of Pass/fail grading only. department chairperson. When on a cooperative assign- ment, the student must register for this course to maintain continuous student status. Limit to at most three credits per registration period. No more than six credits can be applied towards a master’s degree and no more than an additional nine credits towards a Ph.D. The credits must be taken P/F. Design Arts 193 Design Arts 2. Theory Sequence (minimum 6 credits) a. Choose one from the following (in consultation The Design Arts program engages the undergraduate lib- with the major advisor): eral arts student in creative work that focuses on visual ENGL/THTR 60 Dramatic Action (4) communication design with an emphasis on digital DES 60 Design Process (3) media. The program emphasizes the creation of art and design using digital and advanced technologies. b. Choose one from the following (in consultation with the major advisor): Design Arts is a multidisciplinary program emphasizing DES/ART 68 Color Theory (3) the intersection of design with the fields of art, architec- ture, applied art, industrial art, and all their related DES 164 Ergonomics (3) fields. Therefore, the programmatic emphasis is on 3. History and Intellectual Context Sequence (9 cred- establishing a broad spectrum of inter-related courses its, minimum) within the major so as to address the myriad issues con- Choose at least one of the following Design courses: fronting the modern designer. DES 66 Design History (3) The major is designed to provide a firm foundation in DES 266 History of Contemporary Design (3) traditional studio work. The foundation courses enhance DES 366 Case Studies in Design History (3) all areas of the design concentration and provide a com- Other courses that may be used in addition to at mon background of experience and knowledge. The program also contains a wide range of intellectual bases least one of the above: in theory and history in order to afford each individual ANTH 376 Culture and the Individual (4) student a broad perspective. ART 1 Art History: Ancient and Medieval (3) Design Arts courses introduce students to the fields of ART 2 Art History: Renaissance to Present (3) design (graphic, product, and computer generated). ARCH 1 Architectural History I (3) Students interested in pursuing a major will be prepared ARCH 2 Architectural History II (3) to advance to graduate training or entry level positions HUM 126 Professional Ethics (4) in design. In addition to a General Studies option, IR 23 Alternative World Views (4) which offers a broad topical approach to the expansive ENG 163 Topics in Film Studies (4) field of design, students may choose one of three more ART 179 History of Photography (1) focused concentrations. (1) Graphic Design will prepare ART/ARCH 206 Medieval Art and Architecture (3) students for entry-level positions in a wide range of ART/ARCH 207 Renaissance Art and Architecture (3) fields, including the printing industry, web based media, exhibition design, publishing, advertising, and posters, ARCH 209 Architecture and Ideas (3) or they may enter graduate programs and pursue MFA ARCH 210 20th-Century Architecture (3) degrees. (2) Product Design students study the creation ART 120 20th-Century Art (4) objects for use in, for example, industrial applications, CSE 252 Computers, the Internet, and Society (3) art objects, furniture, toys, exhibit and trade design, elec- PHIL 250 The Minds of Robots tronic products, household items, and recreational and Other People (4) equipment. The industrial designer works closely with PHIL 123 Aesthetics (4) engineers, marketers, and ergonomists to create prod- PSYCH 140 Introduction to Linguistics (4) ucts. (3) Students studying Digital Imaging will learn SSP 135 Human Communication (4) the production of computer-generated imagery for the SSP 327 Mass Communication and Society (4) information and entertainment fields. Digital imagists MKT 313 Marketing Communication (3) produce animation, special effects, and interactive media ARTS 250 Communication: Cultures, and create for films, games, special effects, motion Behaviors, Attitudes (3) graphics and other fields. DES/THTR 129History of Fashion and Style (4) The program also offers minors in Graphic Design, ENGL 387 Film History, Theory and Criticism Product Design, Digital Imaging, and Web Design. Students interested in the Design Arts program may 4. Design Sequences for Major Concentrations contact Prof. Anna Chupa, Director, Design Arts (21 Credits, minimum) ([email protected]) for more information. The student must complete Design Foundations I, Design Foundations II, and Digital Foundation prior to Design Arts Major completing the Design Sequence. It is strongly recom- 1. Media Skills Sequence (12-13 credit hours) mended that the three foundation courses be completed prior to beginning the major concentration. a. DES/ART 3 Design Foundations I (3) a. General Studies b. DES/ART 4 Design Foundations II (3) Select at least 21 credits of coursework from the available c. DES 5 Digital Foundation (3) courses in Design Arts, Art and Architecture in consulta- d. Choose one of the following (in consultation tion with the Design Arts major advisor. with the major advisor): b. Graphic Design concentration ART 11 Drawing I (3) Required concentration courses (12 credits) ART 35 Painting I (3) DES/ART 53 Graphic Design I (3) ART 13 Sculpture I (3) DES/ART 153 Graphic Design II (3) ART 15 Figure (3) DES/ART 253 Graphic Design III (3) DES/THTR 87 Scenography I(4) ART 77 Photography I (3) Select at least 9 credits from the following: 194 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

DES 70 Web Design I (3) d. Digital Imaging concentration DES 170 Web Design II (3) Required concentration courses (12 credits) DES 80 Computer Imaging I (3) DES 80 Computer Imaging I (3) DES 40 Product Design I (3) DES 180 Computer Imaging II (3) DES/ENGR/ DES 280 Computer Imaging III (3) BUS 211 Integrated Product Development (IPD) DES/ART 53 Graphic Design I (3) Projects I (3) Select at least 9 credits from the following: DES/ENGR/ DES 70 Web Design I (3) BUS 212 Integrated Product Development (IPD) DES 170 Web Design II (3) Projects II (2) DES 148 Furniture Design I (3) DES 260 Exhibit Design (3) DES/ENGR/ DES 375 Design Internship (1-4) BUS 211 Integrated Product Development ARCH/CE 10 Engineering/Architectural Graphics (IPD )Projects I (3) & Design (3) DES/ENGR/ ART 11 Drawing I (3) BUS 212 Integrated Product Development ART 35 Painting I (3) (IPD )Projects II (2) ART 35 Painting I (3) DES 375 Design Internship (1-4) ART 175 Introduction to Museum Work (3) ART 11 Drawing I (3) ART 177 Photography II (3) ART 35 Painting I (3) ART 275 Museography and Museology (4) ART 77 Photography I (3) DES 268 Advanced Design Project (1-4) ART 177 Photography II (3) DES 311 Design Portfolio (1-4) ART 175 Museum Work (3) ART 275 Museography and Museology (3) DES 370 Special Topics in Design (1-4) ARCH/CE 10 Engineering/Architectural DES/THTR 50 Stage Lighting (4) Graphics and Design (3) THTR 154 Scene Painting (4) DES 268 Advanced Design Project (1-4) DES/THTR 187 Scenography II (4) DES 311 Design Portfolio (1-4) CSE 12 Survey of Computer Science (3) DES 370 Special Topics in Design (1-4) CSE 332 Multimedia Design and Development (3) THTR 251 Scene Design (4) c. Product Design concentration THTR 252 Costume Design (4) Required concentration courses (12 credits) CSE 12 Survey of Computer Science (3) DES 40 Product Design I (3) CSE 332 Multimedia Design and Development (3) DES 140 Product Design II (3) Design Arts Minors DES 240 Product Design III (3) DES/ART 148 Furniture Design I (3) 1. Graphic Design minor (total 18 to 20 credits) Select at least 9 credits from the following: a. Foundation (6 credits); choose two from the DES 80 Computer Imaging I (3) following: DES 70 Web Design I (3) DES/ART 3 Design Foundations I (3) DES/ART 53 Graphic Design I (3) DES/ART 4 Design Foundations II (3) DES 5 Digital Foundation (3) DES 260 Exhibit Design (3) DES/ENGR/ b. Theory and History (3 to 4 credits); choose one BUS 211 Integrated Product Development of the following: (IPD )Projects (3) DES 60 Design Process (3) DES/ENGR/ DES 66 Design History (3) BUS 212 Integrated Product Development DES/ART 68 Color Theory (3) (IPD )Projects II (2) DES 266 History of Contemporary DES 375 Design Internship (1-4) Design (3) DES/ART 248 Furniture Design II (3) DES 164 Ergonomics (3) ART 11 Drawing I (3) DES 366 Case Studies in Design History (3) ART 35 Painting I (3) c. Concentration (9 to 10 credits): ARCH/CE 10 Engineering/Architectural DES/ART 53 Graphic Design I (3) Graphics and Design (3) DES/ART 153 Graphic Design II (3) ART 77 Photography I (3) Elective in Design (to be chosen in consultation ART 175 Museum Work (3) with advisor) ART 275 Museography and Museology (4) 2. Product Design minor (total 18 to 20 credits) DES 268 Advanced Design Project (1-4) a. Foundation (6 credits); choose two from the DES 311 Design Portfolio (1-4) following: DES 370 Special Topics in Design (1-4) DES/ART 3 Design Foundations I (3) DES/THTR 50 Stage Lighting DES/ART 4 Design Foundations II (3) DES/THTR 154 Scene Painting DES 5 Digital Foundation (3) DES/THTRE 187 Scenography II b. Theory and History (3 to 4 credits); choose one of the following: DES 60 Design Process (3) DES 66 Design History (3) Design Arts 195

ART/DES 68 Color Theory (3) understanding of digital image manipulation, graphic lay- DES 266 History of Contemporary Design (3) out tools, 2-D CAD techniques, and 3-D rendering. (ND) DES 164 Ergonomics (3) DES 40. Product Design I (3) DES 366 Case Studies in Design History (3) Introduction to the field of Industrial Design. Through c. Concentration (9 to 10 credits): the reverse engineering of existing products and analysis DES 40 Product Design I (3) of these artifacts with drawing and modeling, students DES 140 Product Design II (3) will acquire an understanding of the various aesthetic, Elective in Design (to be chosen in consultation technological, and business issues a designer must con- with advisor) sider when creating a product. Computer modeling milling to rapid prototype, three-dimensional design 3. Digital Imaging minor (total 18 to 20 credits) projects. Prerequisite: DES/ART 3. (HU) a. Foundation (6 credits); choose two from the following: DES 50. (THTR 50) Stage Lighting (4) DES/ART 3 Design Foundations I (3) An introduction to the art and practice of lighting design for the stage. History of theatrical lighting design. (HU) DES/ART 4 Foundation Design II (3) DES 5 Digital Foundation (3) DES 53. (ART 53) Graphic Design I (3) b. Theory and History (3 to 4 credits); choose one Design principles are explored with emphasis on visual of the following: communication. Students learn basic concepts for design DES 60 Design Process (3) and typography including the vocabulary and historical precedence of graphic design and computer graphics. ENGL/THTR 60 Dramatic Action (4) Introduction to professional-level formal exercises con- DES/ART 68 Color Theory (3) tributes to the development of visual thinking and DES 266 History of Contemporary Design (3) original ideas. Prerequisite: ART/DES 3. (HU) DES 164 Ergonomics (3) DES 366 Case Studies in Design History (3) DES 60. Design Process (3) Students will study how an idea becomes a final design c. Concentration (9 to 10 credits): by analyzing their own actions and role designers play in DES 80 Computer Imaging I (3) the development of products, graphic design (online and DES 180 Computer Imaging II (3) print), and time-based media. (HU) Elective in Design (to be chosen in consultation with advisor) DES 66. Design History (3) History of product design, graphic design and time- 4. Web Design minor (total 18 to 20 credits) based media in artistic, cultural, technological, and a. Foundation (6 credits); choose two from the business contexts. (HU) following: DES 68. (ART 68) Color Theory (3) DES/ART 3 Design Foundations I (3) Application of color in design. Color in graphics, prod- DES/ART 4 Design Foundations II (3) uct, digital imaging, and all related fields of design. DES 5 Digital Foundation (3) (HU) b. Theory and History (3 to 4 credits); choose one of the following: DES 70. Web Design I (3) Introduction to the design and fabrication of web pages. DES 60 Design Process (3) Students will learn how to create pages using HTML DES/ART 68 Color Theory (3) and web fabrication software, with an emphasis on aes- DES 266 History of Contemporary Design (3) thetic and structure. (ND) DES 164 Ergonomics (3) DES 366 Case Studies in Design History (3) DES 80. Computer Imaging I (3) Introduction to 3-D computer modeling, animation, c. Concentration (9 to 10 credits): and rendering, commonly used in the entertainment DES 70 Web Design I (3) industry. Students create and edit an original 3-D ani- DES 170 Web Design II (3) mated movie. Students will also learn about 2-D and Elective in Design (to be chosen in consultation with 3-D visualization techniques, used in the creation of sto- advisor) ryboards and the narrative of the movie. Prerequisite: Undergraduate courses DES/ART 3. DES 3. (ART 3) Design Foundations I (3) DES 87. (THTR 87) Scenography I (4) An introduction to the basic elements and principles of Introduction to the process of creating integrated designs design. Course involves use of various materials to solve in theatre production. The study and practice of the 2-D design problems in studio and computer lab. principles of visual representation, historical and concep- Required for all majors in department. Staff (HU) tual research and the study of theatrical styles. (HU) DES 4. (ART 4) Design Foundations II (3) DES 111. (THTR 111) Sound Design (4) An introduction to the basic elements and principles of Techniques, materials, and methods of designing sound design. Course involves use of various materials to solve 3- for theatrical production. (HU) D design problems in studio and computer lab. Problem DES 129. (THTR 129, WS 129) History of solving in variety of materials for 3-D design including Fashion and Style (4) assemblages, models, constructions, and conceptual forms. Dress and culture in the Western Hemisphere from pre- Required for all majors in department. Staff (HU) history to today. The evolution of silhouette, garment DES 5. Digital Foundation (3) forms and technology. The relationship of fashion to Introduction to a variety of 2-D and 3-D software applica- politics, art and behavior. Cultural and environmental tions for digital design. Students will acquire a basic influences on human adornment. (HU) 196 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

DES 140. Product Design II (3) DES 248. (ART 248) Furniture Design II (3) Introduction to manufacturing and materials for the Advanced fabrication. Contemporary art issues and fur- industrial/product designer. Model-making and investigat- niture history. Prerequisite DES/ART 148. (HU) ing the interaction of the product and the application. DES 253 (ART 253) Graphic Design III (3) The emphasis is on user-centered design. Students will A combination workshop/seminar course in which the create original product designs, developing proficiency in student, as part of a design team, through classroom and various traditional and virtual visualization techniques and individual discussion with the instructor and respective learn about product styling. Prerequisite: DES 40. (ND) non-profit clients, develops and produces a minimum of DES 148. Furniture Design I (3) two major design projects. Readings and classroom dis- Design methodology, fabrication techniques, and methods cussions of contemporary graphic design history and of design presentation. Prerequisite: DES/ART 4. (HU) current trends form an essential part of the course. DES 153 (ART 153). Graphic Design II (3) Prerequisite: DES/ART 153 (HU) Aspects of design are inter-related in function, concept DES 260. Exhibit Design (3) or planning processes. Students focus on the poster in Team projects in development of exhibits for museums, order to solve a variety of contemporary design prob- conferences, or educational centers. Project work is sup- lems. Professional-level formal team exercises include a plemented by lectures and demonstrations. Teams will series of informative posters, identity systems, publica- produce real and virtual exhibit prototypes and will tion, and advertising design. Computer graphics and design and maintain an exhibit website. (HU) Macintosh lab are employed as integral design tools in DES 266. History of Contemporary Design (3) graphic design. Prerequisite: ART/DES 53 (HU) History of modern design from mid-19th century to the DES 154. (THTR 154) Scene Painting (4) present. Studies and discussion of contemporary issues Study and practice of basic and advanced methods of and technology in Design Arts. Topics will include green painting for the theatre. Includes basic elements and design, digital technology, current legal and ethical prin- principles of design, color theory, the influence of light, ciples, and other issues. (HU) atmosphere and aesthetics for the theatre. (HU) DES 268. Advanced Design Projects (1-4) DES 164. Ergonomics (3) Advanced projects or studies applying Design Arts practices Introduction to physical, emotional, and psychological or theories. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May be ways design interacts with people. Analyze real design repeated for credit. Department permission required. (ND) problems and create solutions. (HU) DES 280. Computer Imaging III (3) DES 170. Web Design II (3) Advanced animation with emphasis on experimental Creation of dynamic content in web design. Various 2-D techniques and new technologies in animation and animation software applications and simple scripting will motion graphics. Emphasis on effects, compositing, and be explored. Prerequisite: DES 70. (ND) the use of digital technology in the post-production DES 180. Computer Imaging II (3) process. Students will work on various assignments to Creation of original 3-D models, renderings, and anima- gain a first-hand understanding of how various tools and tions, while learning advanced modeling techniques, techniques are used to create realistic effects. Prerequisite: character animation, particles, and compositing. DES 180. (ND) Prerequisite: DES 80. (ND) DES 287. (THTR 287) Scenography III (4) DES 211. (BUS 211, ENGR 211). Integrated Includes advanced scene design, lighting design, and cos- tume design principles and techniques. Design history Product Development (IPD) 1 (3) spring projects in specific periods. Complex design problems of Business, engineering, and design arts students work in traditional texts. Emphasis on color and color theory. cross-disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on conceptual (HU) Pre-req. DES/THTR 187 or permission design including marketing, financial and economic planning, economic and technical feasibility of new DES 311. Design Portfolio. (1-4) product concepts. Teams work on industrial projects The concept, layout, and preparation of a portfolio for with faculty advisers. Oral presentations and written graduate school application or employment search, reports. Prerequisite: junior standing in business, eco- including graphic techniques and reproduction method. nomics, arts, design or engineering. Mechanical Student must contact sponsoring professor. Prerequisite: Engineering students must register for ME 211. (ND) DES 253, DES 240 or DES 280 DES 212. (BUS 212, ENGR 212). Integrated DES 366. Case Studies in Design History (3) Product Development (IPD) 2 (2) fall History of design. Study of specific products in context Business, engineering, and design arts students work in with regard to their impact on art, culture, and technolo- cross-disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on the detailed gy. (HU) design including fabrication and testing of a prototype of DES 370. Special Topics in Design (1-4) the new product designed in the IPD course 1. Additional Current topics in design, with selected readings, discus- deliverables include a detailed production plan, marketing sions, and studio work as required. May be repeated for plan, detailed base-case financial models, project and credit. Prerequisite: two 100-level Design courses. product portfolio. Teams work on industrial projects with Department permission. (ND) faculty advisors. Oral presentations and written reports. Prerequisite: BUS/DES/ ENGR 211. (ND) DES 375. Design Internship (1-4) Practical experience following apprenticeship model. DES 240. Product Design III (3) Requires approval of instructor and host prior to begin- Development of products with emphasis on innovative ning of the term, with a memorandum of understanding ways of understanding the role of the object in people’s outlining student work responsibilities and educational lives. Prerequisite: DES: 140. (ND). objectives for the experience. (ND) Earth and Environmental Sciences 197

DES 376. Design Thesis (3) and Environmental Sciences and separate B.S. degree Project or presentation in a selected area of design. programs in Environmental Sciences, Ecology, and Intended for senior majors in design. Prerequisite: con- Geological Sciences. The flexible B.A. program provides sent of the director in conjunction with advisor. (ND) students an opportunity to acquire breadth, design a spe- DES 387. (THTR 387) Sceonography IV (4) cialized program, or find room for a double major. This degree is well suited to students with career aspirations in Advanced problem solving of non-traditional design areas such as engineering, environmental law, journalism, problems, experimental approaches and solutions, con- economics, government, among many other possibilities. temporary issues in environmental design. Design history The B.S. degrees, while still offering considerable flexibil- focus on contemporary design trends and non-traditional ity, provide the more in-depth technical training required history. (HU) Pre-req DES/THTR 287 or permission for graduate school and scientific careers, and are well suited for students seeking employment as professionals Earth and Environmental in the earth and environmental sciences. Sciences An accessible minor program is available for students wishing to add insight into earth and environmental sci- Professors. Gray E. Bebout, Ph.D. (U.C., Los Angeles); ences to any number of other technical or non-technical Edward B. Evenson, Ph.D. (Michigan); Kenneth P. degree programs, helping students distinguish themselves Kodama, Ph.D. (Stanford); Anne S. Meltzer, Ph.D. as they prepare to enter today’s fast-evolving job markets (Rice); Dork L. Sahagian, Ph.D. (Chicago); Peter K. and graduate programs. The department also offers a five- Zeitler, Ph.D. (Dartmouth). year program that combines a B.A. or B.S. degree with an Associate Professors. David J. Anastasio, Ph.D. (Johns M.S. degree in earth and environmental sciences. Hopkins); Bruce R. Hargreaves, Ph.D. (U.C., Berkeley); For students with strong interests in areas such as Donald P. Morris, Ph.D. (Colorado); Carl O. Moses, hydrology, water and soil remediation, hazards and asso- Ph.D. (Virginia); Frank J. Pazzaglia, Ph.D. (Penn State). ciated engineering and construction strategies, EES, in Assistant Professors. Zicheng Yu, Ph.D. (Toronto); conjunction with the Department of Civil and Stephen C. Peters, Ph.D. (Michigan); Joan M. Ramage, Environmental Engineering (CEE), offers a five-year PH.D. (Cornell). program leading to dual B.S. degrees in EES and CEE (students having these interests may also want to see the Adjunct Professor. Daniel E. Lawson, Ph.D. (Illinois). description of the B.S. in Environmental Engineering in Research Scientists. Bruce D. Idleman, Ph.D. (SUNY, the catalog entry for the Department of Civil and Albany); Bangyeon Kim, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Stéphane Sol, Environmental Engineering). Ph.D. (Queen’s University). EES offers graduate training leading to either M.S. or Emeritus Professors. Paul B. Myers, Jr., Ph.D. (Lehigh); Ph.D. in Earth and Environmental Sciences. The EES Dale R. Simpson, Ph.D. (Caltech); Bobb Carson, Ph.D. graduate program is marked by close faculty-student col- (Washington). laboration. Graduate students can take advantage of The Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences strong externally funded faculty research programs and (EES) is Lehigh’s home for teaching and research in the the extensive analytical and computing facilities available areas of ecology, environmental science, and geology. in the department; these facilities and specific EES Matters of environmental quality and natural resources research programs are described in some detail on the will increasingly impact people and society in the years EES departmental web page at www.ees.lehigh.edu. to come, and the EES department offers a range of Field Work and Experiential Learning undergraduate and graduate programs that provide stu- dents with an understanding of Earth’s biosphere, The EES department offers its students diverse and atmosphere, lithosphere, and hydrosphere, with an abundant field experiences. Supervised internships coor- emphasis on how these components function as an inte- dinated by the Lehigh Earth Observatory (LEO) allow grated Earth system. Training in Earth and students at all levels to become engaged in projects Environmental Sciences can lead to technical and scien- involving cross-disciplinary research, assessment, and tific careers in research, environmental consulting, consulting work. A 6-credit, 4-week field geology camp government agencies, and the petroleum industry, and conducted each summer in the Rocky Mountains (EES can also serve as an excellent liberal arts degree that pro- 341) and a parallel program in the Rockies available to vides context and preparation for careers in areas such as introductory-level students (EES 41) provide field-based law, policy, journalism and economics. training. Students can participate in the department’s long-standing research programs in limnological and Faculty in the EES department have a wide range of ecological research in the Pocono Lakes region, and par- interests and strong reputations in the fields of geology, ticipate in a summer course in lake ecosystems offered in ecology, and environmental sciences. In instruction at all the Poconos. Undergraduate students can also become levels, the department emphasizes field experiences and involved in forefront research programs. In recent years, experiential learning, as well as the development of students have played a role in research in the Himalaya, quantitative and communication skills. The EES depart- Alaska, California, Idaho, Argentina, and Italy, in addi- ment maintains a relaxed and personal atmosphere in tion to more nearby sites in Pennsylvania, West Virginia, which students can interact with faculty in many ways, New York, and New Jersey. Most EES undergraduate- including seminars, special symposia on topics of the and graduate-level courses include field experiences in students’ choice, field research, departmental field trips the form of one-day or weekend-long field trips, and the and social events like picnics, canoe trips, softball games, department sponsors an annual field trip, for all interest- and fishing expeditions. ed EES members (past destinations have included Puerto At the undergraduate level, students may choose from a Rico, Iceland, Scotland, Newfoundland, Argentina, and number of degree programs, including a B.A. in Earth the Grand Canyon). 198 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Programs in Earth and Environmental University and College Requirements Sciences (at least 26 credits) The descriptions of the following programs in the Arts and Science 1 (1) Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences are College Seminar (3) organized as follows: English Composition (2 courses for 6 credits) Minor in Earth and Environmental Sciences Distribution requirements (at least 2 humanities courses Bachelor of Arts Degree in Earth and Environmental for at least 8 credits and at least 2 social science courses Sciences for at least 8 credits) Bachelor of Sciences Degrees in: Junior Writing Requirement: Environmental Sciences The ability to express oneself clearly in writing is a criti- Ecology cal skill for success in any chosen career. It is also integral Geological Sciences to the learning experience. Students are encouraged to take courses that help develop written skills in their Combined B.A. or B.S. and M.S. Program in Earth and major. To help ensure this, the College of Arts and Sci- Environmental Sciences ences requires each student to complete at least one Department Honors in Earth and Environmental writing intensive course and receive certification from Sciences the instructor of that course. EES 213 (Process Sedimen- Civil and Environmental Engineering and Earth and tology, Stratigraphy, and Surficial Processes); EES 255 Environmental Sciences (Dual B.S. Degrees Program) (Ecological Field Methods) and EES 257 (Methods in Water Quality Analysis) are designated as writing inten- Graduate Studies sive in EES and fulfill the junior writing requirement. Requirements for a Minor in Earth and Students may also fulfill this requirement by taking writ- ing intensive courses in other departments (although this Environmental Sciences is not encouraged). A minor is designed for students wishing to explore an area of Earth or Environmental Sciences in conjunction MATH and Collateral Science Requirements (at with a major program in another field for personal devel- least 8 credits) opment or career enhancement. 1 semester of math equivalent to MATH 12 or above for The Earth & Environmental Sciences minor program at least 4 credits. consists of any 4 EES courses, for a minimum of 15 1 additional course from Chemistry, MATH, or Physics, credits, approved by an EES advisor. Natural science for at least 4 credits. (NS) designated EES College seminars (EES 90) may be used to meet minor requirements. Ideally, a minor Students interested in scientific careers or pursuing grad- should focus on a particular area of Earth or uate education in the sciences are recommended to take Environmental Sciences, For example, any four courses at least two additional math and collateral science cours- from the following foci: es chosen in consultation with an advisor. Aquatic Sciences (EES 21, 31, 257, 316, 351, 384) Required courses for the major (at least 32 credits) Earth System Science (EES 21, 31, 282, and 112 or 152) Required Core (8 credits) Ecology (EES 31, 152, 253, 255, 265, 351, 357, 359) EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) Environmental Science (EES 3, 11, 21, 31, 109, 282, 385) EES 31 Introduction to Environmental and Organismal Biology (4) Geochemistry (EES 21, 131, 257, 316, 334) Geology (EES 11, 21, 41, 123, 131, 213, 223, 341) Major electives (24 credits) Geophysics (EES 21, 123, 201, 204, 303, 305, 309) 6 other EES courses at the 100 level or above for at least Surficial Processes (EES 11, 21, 41, 109, 112, 213, 24 credits. One of these courses must be designated as 316, 357) an EES senior seminar (EES 303, 326, 359, 379, 385). May include up to 2 Biosciences courses including Bios Degree Requirements for a Bachelor of 41/42. College seminar (EES 90), Supervised Internship Arts Degree in Earth and Environmental (EES 293) and Supervised Research (EES 393) credits Sciences do not count towards the 32 credit major requirement. The B.A. degree is designed with flexibility in mind and Free electives is recommended for students interested in a sound liber- Courses chosen from anywhere in the University’s cur- al arts degree that will permit them to bring a scientific riculum, sufficient credits to bring the total to a perspective to a wide variety of careers. The degree also minimum of 121 credits. permits students to take a double major, or design a spe- cialized program tailored to specific topics in the earth Degree Requirements for Bachelor of and environmental sciences. Students who choose the Sciences Degree Programs in EES B.A. but are interested in attending graduate school The Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences should talk to their faculty advisor and consult the B.S. offers three B.S. programs, in Environmental Sciences, program descriptions to see the type of requirements that Geological Sciences, and Ecology, for which the specific may be required for graduate admission. requirements are itemized below. For all three of the B.S. degree programs, the following courses are required (in addition to the requirements specific to the three B.S. programs and listed in the next sections): Earth and Environmental Sciences 199

University and College Requirements One of the following senior seminars: (at least 26 credits) EES 379 Environmental Case Studies (4) Arts and Science 1 (1) EES 385 Human Impact on Natural College Seminar (3) Environment (4) English Composition (2 courses for 6 credits) Major Electives: 7 courses for at least 28 credits Distribution requirements (at least 2 humanities courses with at least 1 course from each of the following 5 for at least 8 credits and at least 2 social science courses categories for at least 8 credits). At least one of the following in Water Resources Junior Writing Requirement: EES 257 Methods in Water Quality Analysis (4)- The ability to express oneself clearly in writing is a criti- Junior writing cal skill for success in any chosen career. It is also integral EES 351 Limnology (4)-senior seminar to the learning experience. Students are encouraged to EES 384 Lake Ecosystems (4)-Field Experience take courses that help develop written skills in their CEE 274 Environmental Water Chemistry (3) major. To help ensure this, the College of Arts and Sci- ences requires each student to complete at least one CEE 320 Flood Hydrology and Hydraulics (3) writing intensive course and receive certification from CEE 326 Engineering Groundwater Hydrology (3) the instructor of that course. EES 213 (Process Sedimen- CEE 327 Surface Water Quality Modeling (3) tology, Stratigraphy, and Surficial Processes); EES 255 At least one of the following in Environmental Biology (Ecological Field Methods); and EES 257 (Methods in EES 253 Plants and Plant Communities (4) Water Quality Analysis) are designated as writing inten- EES 259 Microbial Ecology (4) sive in EES and fulfill the junior writing requirement. EES 265 Environmental Animal Physiology (4) Students may also fulfill this requirement by taking writ- EES 357 Paleoecology and Landscape History (4) ing intensive courses in other departments, although this CEE 376 Environmental Biotechnology (3) is not encouraged. At least one of the following in Environmental Methods B.S. in Environmental Sciences and Systems MATH and Collateral Science Requirements (24 EES 113 Life, Climate, and the Rock Record (4) credits) EES 204 Environmental Geophysics (4) EES 255 Ecological Field Methods (4)- MATH 21 Calculus I (4) or MATH 51 Junior writing Survey of Calculus I (4) EES 287 Introduction to Environmental MATH 12 Basic Statistics (4) or other Isotopes (2) approved statistics course EES 341 Field Geology (6)-Field experience CHEM 21 and CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental CHEM 22 Introduction to Chemical Principles Engineering (3) Lecture and Lab (5) and CHEM 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous At least one of the following in Geospatial Analysis Solutions (3) or EES 109 Geographic Analysis of our CHEM 75 Concepts, Models, and Changing World (4) Experiments I (4) and EES 319 GIS and Computational Analysis in CHEM 76 Concepts, Models, and Geomorphology (4) Experiments II (4) EES 315 Remote Sensing of Terrestrial and Physics 10 General Physics I (4) or Aquatic Environments (4) Physics 11 Introductory Physics (4) and At least one of the following in Landscape Materials and Physics 12 Introductory Physics Laboratory (1) Processes MATH and collateral science elective for at least 3 EES 123 Structural Geology and Tectonics (4) credits (3) EES 213 Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, Be advised that many graduate programs in science and and Surface Processes (4) - many employment opportunities require additional Junior writing courses in math and collateral sciences. Talk with an EES 309 Mineral Magnetism and Earth advisor about career objectives and recommended math Processes (4) and collateral science skills. CEE 142 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) Required Courses for the Major (at least 56 credits) Note: EES 393 (Supervised Research in EES) and EES 293 (Supervised Internship in EES) (1-4) may be Required Core (28) applied towards the major elective requirement at the EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) advisor’s discretion. A maximum of 2 credits of EES 293 (Note: possible substitution by EES 41) may be applied towards the degree; a maximum of 4 EES 31 Introduction to Environmental and credits of EES 393 and 293 combined may be applied Organismal Biology (4) towards the degree. EES 131 Introduction to Rocks and Minerals (4) Free Electives: EES 152 Ecology (4) Courses chosen from anywhere in the University’s cur- EES 282 Climate, Geosphere, and Biosphere (4) riculum, sufficient credits to bring the total to a EES 316 Hydrogeology (4) minimum of 121. 200 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Field Experience: EES 255 Ecological Field Methods (4)- Course, internship, or employment preapproved by the Junior writing advisor meet the EES field experience requirement. Course EES 257 Methods in Water Quality Analysis (4)- credit is not required to fulfill this requirement; however, Junior writing EES 41, 341, and 384 will satisfy this requirement. EES 287 Introduction to Environmental Isotopes (2) B.S. in Ecology EES 316 Hydrogeology (4) MATH and Collateral Science Requirements EES 351 Limnology (4)-senior seminar (at least 31 credits) EES 357 Paleoecology and Landscape History (4) MATH 21 Calculus I (4) (can be replaced by MATH 75 EES 384 Lake Ecosystems (4)-Field experience (2) and MATH 76 (2)) and MATH 22 Calculus II (4) Bios 233 Invertebrate Zoology (4) or Bios 241 Vertebrate Natural History (4) MATH 51 Survey of Calculus I (4) and MATH 52 Bios 317 Evolution (3) Survey of Calculus II (3) Bios 324 Bacteriology (3) MATH 12 Basic Statistics (4) or another approved Bios 325 Bacteriology Lab (2) statistics course Bios 329 Herpetology (3) CHEM 21 and CHEM 22 Introduction to Chemical Bios 335 Animal Behavior (3) Principles Lecture and Lab (5) and Bios 336 Animal Behavior Laboratory (2) CHEM 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous Solutions Bios 337 Behavioral Ecology (3) (3), or Note: EES 293 (Supervised Research in EES) and EES 293 CHEM 75 Concepts, Models, and Experiments I (4) (Supervised Internship in EES) (1-4) may be applied and CHEM 76 Concepts, Models, and Experiments II towards the major elective requirement at the advisor’s dis- (4) cretion. A maximum of 2 credits of EES 293 may be PHYS 10 General Physics I (4) or Physics 11 applied towards the degree; a maximum of 4 credits of EES Introductory Physics (4) 393 and 293 combined may be applied towards the degree. PHYS 12 Introductory Physics Laboratory (1) BIOS 41 Biology Core I: Cellular & Molecular (3) Free Electives: BIOS 42 Biology Core II: Cellular & Courses chosen from anywhere in the University’s cur- Molecular Lab (1) riculum, sufficient credits to bring the total to a BIOS 115 Biology Core II: Genetics (3) minimum of 121. Required Courses for the Major (at least 52 credits) Field Experience: Course, internship, or employment preapproved by the Required Core (32 credits) advisor meet the EES field experience requirement in EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) field-oriented ecology. Course credit is not required to (Note:possible substitution by EES 41) fulfill this requirement; however, EES 384 will satisfy EES 31 Introduction to Environmental and this requirement. Organismal Biology (4) EES 152 Ecology (4) B.S. in Geological Sciences EES 253 Plants and Plant Communities (4) MATH and Collateral Science Requirements (at EES 259 Microbial Ecology (4) least 24 credits) EES 265 Environmental Animal Physiology (4) MATH 21 Calculus I (4) (can be replaced by MATH 75 EES 282 Climate, Geosphere, and Biosphere (4) (2) and MATH 76 (2)) and MATH 22 Calculus II (4), EES 359 Case Studies in Ecosystem Ecology (4)- or senior seminar MATH 51 Survey of Calculus I (4) and MATH 52 One of the following in Earth’s Surface Processes Survey of Calculus II (3) EES 112 Geomorphology (4) CHEM 21 and CHEM 22 Introduction to Chemical EES 213 Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, Principles Lecture and Lab (5) and CHEM 31 Chemical and Surface Processes (4)-Junior writing Equilibria in Aqueous Solutions (3) EES 316 Hydrogeology (4) or Two of the following in Ecological Processes CHEM 75 Concepts, Models, and Experiments I (4) and EES 255 Ecological Field Methods (4)- CHEM 76 Concepts, Models, and Experiments II (4) Junior writing Physics 10 General Physics I (4) and Physics 12 EES 351 Limnology (4)-senior seminar Introductory Physics Laboratory I (1) and Physics 13 EES 357 Paleoecology and Landscape History (4) General Physics and Physics 14 General Physics EES 384 Lake Ecosystems (4)-Field experience Laboratory or Major electives chosen from the following list for at least Physics 11 Introductory Physics I (4) and Physics 12 8 credits Introductory Physics Laboratory I (1) and EES 109 Geographic Analysis of our Physics 21 Introductory Physics II (4) and Physics 22 Changing World (4) Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) EES 112 Geomorphology (4) EES 113 Life, Climate, and the Rock Record (4) EES 213 Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, and Surficial Processes (4)-Junior writing Earth and Environmental Sciences 201

Required Courses for the Major (at least 54 credits) program. The department offers an M.S. degree in Earth and Environmental Sciences (refer to the description of Required Core (34) Graduate Programs in EES following the listing of EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) undergraduate course descriptions). Students working (Note: possible substitution by EES 41) toward the BA or B.S. degrees who are enrolled in this EES 31 Introduction to Environmental/ program complete the full requirements for either degree Organismal Biology (4) and apply some 300- and 400-level course credits taken EES 113 Life, Climate, and the Rock Record (4) as an undergraduate towards the M.S. degree without EES 123 Structural Geology and Tectonics (4) additional undergraduate tuition cost. The program is EES 131 Introduction to Rocks and Minerals (4) designed for those students who (1) will have at least EES 213 Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, nine credits of appropriate M.S. course credits in excess and Surface Processes (4)-Junior writing of undergraduate requirements completed by the end of EES 334 Petrology of the Crust and Mantle (4) the senior year, including one EES graduate core course EES 341 Field Geology (6)-Field experience (EES 415, 426, or 484), (2) have completed a minimum One of the following in Surface Processes of three credits of EES 393 (Supervised Research) as part of the baccalaureate program, and (3) have demonstrated EES 112 Geomorphology (4) superior academic achievement. EES 316 Hydrogeology (4) Application for admission to the program should be One of the following in Geophysics made no later than the beginning of the first semester of EES 301 Seismology, (4) the senior year and must be approved by the depart- EES 305 Geodynamics (4) ment’s Graduate Instruction Committee. The EES 309 Mineral Magnetism and application must include (1) a current baccalaureate Earth Processes (4) degree audit, (2) the proposed M.S. course program, and One of the following senior seminars (3) a letter of recommendation from the proposed M.S. EES 303 Active Tectonics (4) thesis adviser. Students enrolled in this program should EES 326 Geologic Evolution of North America (4) make application for admission to full-time graduate sta- tus during the first semester of the senior year. Major electives chosen from the following list for at least 8 credits After receiving the bachelor’s degree and becoming EES 112 Geomorphology (4) enrolled in the graduate program students in the dual- EES 282 Climate, Geosphere, Biosphere (4) degree program become eligible for financial aid EES 287 Introduction to Environmental including appointment to a teaching or research assist- Isotopes (2) antship or graduate fellowship. Admission to the program does not guarantee financial aid. EES 301 Seismology (4) EES 303 Active Tectonics (4) - Senior seminar Department Honors in Earth and EES 305 Geodynamics (4) Environmental Sciences EES 309 Mineral Magnetism and Earth Students in either the B.A. or B.S. degree programs may Processes (4) undertake a program that leads to graduation with EES 316 Hydrogeology (4) department honors. To participate, the student must (1) EES 319 Computational Geomorphology (4) have a minimum major GPA of 3.25 and an overall EES 326 Geological Evolution of North cumulative GPA of 3.0 expected at graduation, (2) com- America (4)-senior seminar plete at least four credits of EES 393 (Supervised EES 357 Paleoecology and Landscape History (4) Research in Earth and Environmental Sciences), and (3) Note: EES 393 (Supervised Research in EES) and EES prepare a written honors thesis on the EES 393 research 293 (Supervised Internship in EES) (1-4) may be project. To graduate with honors students should (1) file applied towards the major elective requirement at the a written request with the EES undergraduate instruc- advisor’s discretion. A maximum of 2 credits of EES tion coordinator no later than the beginning of the 293 may be applied towards the degree; a maximum of senior year (preferably during the junior year), (2) con- 4 credits of EES 393 and 293 combined may be applied stitute an advisory committee of two EES faculty plus towards the degree. the student’s research supervisor to guide the research, (3) prepare a research proposal for committee’s approval, Free Electives: and (4) give an oral presentation of research results and Courses chosen from anywhere in the University’s cur- conclusions at a department seminar before the last day riculum, sufficient credits to bring the total to a of classes in the second semester of the senior year. The minimum of 121. committee should approve the research proposal and the honors thesis by signing the required form and cover Field Experience: sheet, which will be filed with the Department. Course, internship, or employment preapproved by the advisor meet the EES field experience requirement. Civil and Environmental Engineering Course credit is not required to fulfill this requirement; and Earth and Environmental Sciences however, EES 41 and 341 will satisfy this requirement. This program is designed for students interested in com- Combined B.A. or B.S. and M.S. bining programs in two departments: Civil & Environmental Engineering and Earth & Environmental Program in Earth and Environmental Sciences, leading to two bachelor of science degrees, civil Sciences engineering and one of the B.S. degrees in earth and The Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences environmental sciences (the EES department awards B.S. offers a five-year combined B.A. or B.S. and M.S. degrees in Environmental Sciences, Geological Sciences, 202 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

and Ecology). Both degrees would be awarded at the end third year, second semester (18 credit hours) of the fifth year. This program is one of the dual degree CEE 242 Principles and Practices of programs mentioned in the Five-Year Programs section. Geotechnical Engineering (3) The student will have a primary advisor in the P.C. CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Sciences and CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental a secondary advisor in the College of Arts and Sciences. Engineering (4) The program provides alternatives for students who may EES Course (4) suggested as only 100 and 200 level decide not to complete the two-degree program. ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) Students who make this decision prior to the beginning of the fourth year may qualify at the end of that year for fourth year, first semester (18 credit hours) the bachelor of science in civil engineering, as well as a CEE 117 Numerical Methods in Civil minor in earth and environmental sciences. Also, if a Engineering (2) student decides after two years to pursue only a bachelor CEE 159 Structural Analysis I (4) of science degree in the EES department, it is possible to EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels complete the requirements in four years. If the decision EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels to work toward this degree is made during the fourth EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels year, at least one additional semester is required to quali- fourth year, second semester (18 credit hours) fy for either B.S. degree. Interested students should CEE 262 Fundamentals of Structural consult with the respective departmental advisors to cre- Steel Design (3) or ate a schedule of courses to resolve conflicts or if a CEE 264 Fundamentals of Structural specified course is not offered that semester. Required Concrete Design (3) courses and major electives for the different EES B.S. degree programs are listed in the catalog entry for EES; CEE **Civil Engineering note that the exact number of required EES courses Approved Elective (4) varies slightly among the three B.S. programs (with Engineering Course * Engineering Science Elective (3) required credits in required major courses ranging from EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels 52 to 55), as do the courses and numbers of credits in H/SS Humanities/Social Sciences AR Elective (4) the math and collateral sciences. Cross-listed EES/CEE year 4/5 summer (0-8 credit hours) courses used to satisfy Civil Engineering Approved Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from Electives can reduce the individual semester and total EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels program credits when chosen to satisfy EES program EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels requirements. Additional useful information can be found on the web sites (www.lehigh.edu/~incee/incee.html fifth year, first semester (11-19 credit hours) and www.ees.lehigh.edu). CEE 202 Civil Engineering Planning and Engineering Economics (3) Suggested outline of courses CEE 203 Professional Development (2) The freshman engineering year (see Section III) is often CEE **Civil Engineering Approved 31 credits by choosing a freshman H/SS Advanced Electives (3) Requirement elective of 3 credits, leaving 10 credits to H/SS Humanities/Social Sciences be taken in subsequent years to complete the require- AR Elective (3) ment of 13 credits, shown below to be two 3-credit Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from below so the total here and courses and one 4-credit course. Other options to com- year 4/5 summer is 8 credits: plete this requirement are possible. EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels, second year, first semester (17 credit hours) possibly senior seminar MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels, MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) possibly senior seminar CHM 31 **Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous fifth year, second semester (18 credit hours) Systems (3) CEE **Civil Engineering Approved Electives (8) EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) CEE ***Civil Engineering Capstone Design CEE 11 Surveying (1) Project Elective (3) CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) H/SS Humanities/Social Sciences AR Electives (3) second year, second semester (18 credit hours) EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels, possibly senior seminar PHY 21 Introductory Physics II (4) *MECH 102, ME 104, or ECE 81. PHY 22 Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) **CHEM 31 plus fifteen additional credits of CEE MECH 12 Strength of Materials (3) Approved Electives are required; see list on CEE web-site EES 31 Introduction to Environmental and that includes five CEE/EES cross-listed courses: CEE 279 Organismal Biology (4) (EES 259), CEE 316 (EES 316), CEE 320 (EES 320), MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) CEE 323 (EES 323), CEE 327 (EES 327), and CEE 379 MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) (EES 379). third year, first semester (17 credit hours) ***Usually CEE 290, but can be a multidisciplinary team- CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) ing version of CEE 205, CEE 328, CEE 336, CEE 347, CEE 142 Soil Mechanics (3) CEE 360, CEE 377 or CEE 381 EES Course (4) suggested as only 100 and 200 level A total of 159 to 174 credit hours is needed for both EES Course (4) suggested as only 100 and 200 level degrees depending on how many credits in the EES are CEE 10 Architectural/Engineering satisfied by taking CEE Approved Electives that are Graphics and Design (3) cross-listed with EES courses**. Earth and Environmental Sciences 203

Undergraduate Courses EES 105. (ASTR 105, PHY 105) Planetary EES 2 (ES 2). Introduction to Environmental Astronomy (4) Structure and dynamics of planetary interiors, surfaces Science (4) and atmospheres. Models for the formation of the solar Focuses on natural and human-induced drivers and con- system and planetary evolution. Internal structure, sur- sequences of environmental change. Exploring options face topology, and composition of planets and other for mitigating and adapting to environmental change in bodies in our solar system. Comparative study of plane- ecosystems, physical and social systems, we will examine tary atmospheres. Organic materials in the solar system. such topics as biogeochemical cycles, population pres- Properties of the interplanetary medium, including dust sure, ecosystem diversity, productivity and food security, and meteoroids. Orbital dynamics. Planets orbiting energy, water resources, climate change, pollution, ozone, other stars. (NS) urban issues and sustainability. Stresses interactions and inter-relationships, using a series of case studies. EES 109. Geographic Analysis of our Changing Intended for non-science majors with an interest in the World (4) environment. Sahagian (NS) This course will introduce students to maps, spatial data, EES 3. Global Environmental Change (4) and electronic tools for geographic analysis. Fundamental Examination of the environmental change that has been geographic and database concepts will include map types, a fact of life on Earth for several billion years; review of spatial referencing systems, map projection systems, map the causes for these changes and the environmental sys- scale, and database characteristics. Tools including tems (solid earth, oceans, atmosphere, and biosphere) ArcGIS Desktop software and Global Positioning System that have been involved. Assessment of the impacts of receivers will be used to acquire and analyze spatially ref- broad-scale environmental change on life and the role of erenced data sets drawn from diverse sources and humans in causing global change, with an emphasis on disciplines relating to the environment. Students will use climate. The course is intended for non-science majors their new skills in geographic analysis to develop an elec- wishing to learn more about the science behind global tronic portfolio, including a question-based map project. environmental change, and fulfills a distribution require- This course will prepare students for more advanced geo- ment in natural sciences. Lectures and recitation sessions. graphic analysis within the arts, humanities, social Zeitler (NS) sciences, natural sciences, or engineering. Lecture-demon- strations and recitation. Hargreaves (NS) EES 11. Environmental Geology (3) Analysis of the dynamic interaction of geologic processes EES 112. Geomorphology (4) and human activities. Catastrophic geologic processes Systematic study of the origin, evolution, and distribu- (earthquakes, volcanoes, landslides), pollution of geolog- tion of the Earth’s topographic features; land forms ic systems, and engineering case studies. Evenson (NS) analyzed in terms of chemical and physical processes responsible for their development. Lectures and required EES 21. Introduction to Planet Earth (4) 3-day field trip. Prerequisites: EES 11, 21, or 101. Processes within the Earth and dynamic interactions among Evenson (NS) the solid earth, the atmosphere, and the oceans. Lectures, laboratories, and field trips. Anastasio, Kodama (NS) EES 113. Life, Climate, and the Rock Record (4) Interactions of the biosphere with the solid Earth. EES 31. Introduction to Environmental and Formation and evolution of the physical Earth. How we Organismal Biology (4) know that the Earth is old. The rise of life, its evolution, Introduction to the structure, function, and evolution of extinctions, and preservation in the rock record. The living systems, with emphasis at the levels of organism, Earth’s circulatory system and biogeochemical cycles. population, community, and ecosystem. Lectures and The geologic record of past climate change at geologic laboratories. Morris and other (NS) and human dimensions. Lectures, discussions, lab, field EES 41. Physical Geology and Geomorphology in trips to collect fossils. Prerequisites or concurrent: EES 21, EES 31. Zeitler (NS) the Rocky Mountains (6) summer Principles of Physical Geology and geomorphology EES 123. Structural Geology and Tectonics (4) taught in the field. Four weeks of morning lectures and Application of basic concepts of stress, strain, and mate- afternoon field exercises conducted in field settings in rial properties to the study of folds, faults, and rock South Dakota, Wyoming, and Idaho during the summer fabrics. Plate tectonic processes and plate margin defor- session. See EES 341 description for location details. mation. Introduction to map and field techniques. May substitute for EES 21 (see EES 21 description for Lectures, laboratories, and two all-day field trips. content); see Introductory Sequence section of EES pro- Prerequisite: EES 21. Anastasio (NS) gram description for restrictions on overlapping credit. EES 131. Introduction to Rocks and Minerals (4) Prerequisite: consent of Field Camp Director Pazzaglia Hand-specimen identification of the major mineral (students must apply through the Lehigh Field Camp groups and rock types. Atomic structure of minerals; Program). Pazzaglia (NS) relationship of mineral structure to chemical and physi- EES 90. Freshman Seminar (3) cal properties. Placement of igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic rocks into a plate tectonics context. EES 93. Freshman Supervised Internship in Earth Introduction to optical mineralogy and x-ray diffraction and Environmental Sciences (1-2) techniques. Lectures, laboratories, field trips. Experiential learning opportunities supervised by EES Prerequisite: EES 21 or EES 41 or consent of instructor. faculty, including fieldwork, data collection or analysis, Bebout (NS) literature review, and information management. A maxi- mum of two credits is allowed. Prerequisite: consent of supervising faculty. (ND) 204 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

EES 152. (BIOS 152) Ecology (4) EES 265. Environmental Animal Physiology (4) Basic principles and applications of ecological interrela- Response of animals to their environment, including tionships. Examination of ecological phenomena at the adaptations for stressful habitats and homeostatic mecha- individual, population, community, and ecosystem lev- nisms. Levels of response and adaptation range from cells els. Impact of human activities on global ecosystems. and tissues to organ systems and whole organisms. Prerequisite: EES 31. Staff (NS) Lecture and recitation. Prerequisites: EES 31 and BIOS EES 204 (PHY 204). Environmental Geophysics 120. Hargreaves (NS) A field based survey course reviewing the major geophys- EES 282. Climate, Geosphere, and Biosphere (4) ical techniques as applied to subsurface environmental Interactions of Earth-surface fluids (air and water) with problems including: seismic, ground penetrating radar, the organic and inorganic components of the Earth sys- gravity, magnetics, and electrical resistivity. Course tem, as expressed through climate, landscape evolution, includes reviews of theory, experiment design, data col- biogeography, and biogeochemical cycles. Modern lection, data reduction, data analysis, and technical processes and historical perspective on environmental report writing. Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisites: change. Lectures, discussion, and laboratory. EES 21. Meltzer and Kodama (NS). Prerequisites: EES 21 and 31. Yu (NS) EES 213. Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, EES 287. Introduction to Environmental and Surficial Processes (4) Isotopes (2) A process-based, field-oriented introduction to sedimen- Survey of applications of stable isotopes and radioisotopes tary rocks, stratigraphy, and surficial processes. Labs and toward understanding of Earth’s environment, consider- lectures are integrated in a problem-oriented approach. ing both inorganic and organic processes, and with some Students will be asked to evaluate sedimentary rocks in emphasis on the use of isotopes in hydrologic studies. local field settings as a backdrop to understanding This course involves both field sampling and laboratory stratigraphy, facies, and the surficial processes responsible analytical experiences in a group project utilizing stable for erosion, transportation, and deposition of earth sur- isotopes. Prerequisite: EES 21 or EES 31. Bebout (NS) face materials. Course requires one or more weekend EES 293. Supervised Internship in Earth and field trips. Prerequisite: EES 21 or consent of the instructor. Pazzaglia (NS) Environmental Sciences (1-4) Experiential learning opportunities supervised by EES EES 253. Plants and Plant Communities (4) faculty, including data collection or analysis, literature Structure and function of plants and plant communities. review, and information management most likely as part Discussion of plant physiology and environmental fac- of a long-term, continued project. The student should tors controlling plant distribution; structural and submit a work plan that describes activities involved and physiological adaptations of plants to their environment; credits requested. A maximum of two credits of EES 293 the role of the physical environment, competition, her- and no more than four credits combined from EES 293 bivory, and disturbance in structuring plant and 393 may be applied to EES B.S. degrees (additional communities; the evolution of plants and communities. credits apply to free electives). Prerequisite: consent of Prerequisite: EES 31. Staff (NS) supervising faculty. EES 255. Ecological Field Methods (4) Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate Students An intensive field course designed to familiarize students with field sampling techniques, data analysis, and report EES 301. Seismology: Images and Dynamics of the writing related to field-based ecological research. Earth’s Interior (4) [3 for graduate registration] Includes description and mapping of plant and animal An examination of how earthquakes and active source communities, population dynamics, and plant-animal seismology are used to image subsurface structure and interactions in both terrestrial and aquatic habitats. stratigraphy and to understand tectonic processes. Weekend field trip to Lacawac Sanctuary. Pre- or co-req- Fundamentals of seismic wave propagation in the Earth. uisite: EES 152. Staff (NS) Study of earthquakes, reflection, and refraction tech- EES 257. Methods in Water Quality Analysis (4) niques at crustal, lithospheric, and whole Earth scales. Survey of methods used in water quality analysis. The Practical applications, experiment design, data collection, course will include: (1) theory and application of stan- processing, analysis, and interpretation. Field and labora- dard techniques and instrumentation, (2) quantitative tory projects. Prerequisites: EES 21. Meltzer (NS) analysis or modeling of existing or acquired data sets, EES 303. Active Tectonics (4) [3 for graduate and (3) data presentation and scientific report writing. registration] Fulfills college writing intensive course requirements. An integrative look at how internal and external processes Includes both lectures and laboratories. Prerequisite: shape the Earth. Review of the observations and evidence CHEM 21/22. Morris (NS). leading to a unified understanding of how physical EES 259. (CEE 279) Microbial Ecology (4) processes in the Earth’s interior shape the external surface The role of microorganisms in the environment. Topics on which we roam. Topics include issues in continental include: Survey of microbial classification, structure, and dynamics such as mountain building, basin formation, metabolism; study of microbes at population, communi- and the interplay between tectonics and climate. Lectures, ty, and ecosystem levels of organization; the role of problem sets, modeling exercises, student projects and microbes in biogeochemical cycles; application of presentations. Prerequisite: EES 21, EES 31, plus 5 addi- microbes to bioremediation and resource recovery prob- tional EES courses. Meltzer, Pazzaglia (NS) lems. Fall (alternate (even) years). Prerequisite: EES 31 and EES 152, or consent of instructor. Morris (NS) Earth and Environmental Sciences 205

EES 305. Geodynamics (4) [3 for graduate EES 325. Remote Sensing of Terrestrial and Aquatic registration] Environments (4) [3 for graduate registration] An introduction to the basic physics of important geo- This course is an introduction to the techniques of logical processes including: plate tectonics, plate tectonic observing the Earth from air- and space-borne instru- driving mechanisms, flexure of the lithosphere, heat flow ments. We will cover basic issues of geometry and scale from the Earth, cooling of the oceanic lithosphere, subsi- associated with making these measurements, electromag- dence of sedimentary basins, the global gravity field, netic properties of Earth surface materials, the range of isostasy, the geoid, the Earth’s moments of inertia, rock instruments used to observe the Earth, image interpreta- rheology, mantle convection and cooling of the Earth, tion, and applications of satellite remote sensing to and the mechanics of faulting. Geodynamic modeling geological, ecological, and environmental questions. The will also be covered. Prerequisite: one year of calculus. course will involve an independent research project uti- Kodama (NS) lizing remote sensing data and software. Prerequisites: EES 309. Mineral Magnetism and Earth Processes EES 109 or EES 112 or EES 152 or permission of the instructor. Ramage (NS). (4) [3 for graduate registration] The use of earth material magnetic properties to study EES 326. Geologic Evolution of North America environmental and geologic systems and processes. (4) [3 for graduate registration] Techniques of magnetic measurements, characteristics of A senior seminar on the lithologic, tectonic, and mor- the Earth’s magnetic field, and mineral magnetism. phologic evolution of North America; developed within Prerequisites: EES 21, Phys 11/12. Kodama (NS) the framework of the plate tectonic theory. Prerequisite: EES 316. (CEE 316) Hydrogeology (4) [3 for EES 21, EES 31, plus 5 additional EES courses. Anastasio (NS) graduate registration] Water plays a critical role in the physical, chemical, and EES 327. (CEE 327) Surface Water Quality biological processes that occur at the Earth’s surface. This Modeling (3) spring course is an introduction to surface and groundwater Fundamentals of modeling water quality parameters in hydrology in natural systems, providing fundamental receiving water bodies, including rivers, lakes, and estu- concepts and a process-level understanding using the aries. Modeling of dissolved oxygen, nutrients, hydrologic cycle as a framework. Geochemistry will be temperature, and toxic substances. Emphasis on water integrated to address natural variations and the human quality control decisions as well as mechanics and model impact on the environment. Topics covered include: building. Prerequisites: CEE 121, CEE 222 and CEE watershed hydrology, regional and local groundwater 270. (ES 3), (ED 3) flow, water chemistry, and management of water EES 334. Petrology of the Crust and Mantle (4) [3 resources. Lectures and recitation/laboratory. Prerequisite: EES 21. Peters (NS) for graduate registration] Crust and mantle evolution as recorded by the mineralo- EES 319. GIS and Computational Analyses in gy, texture, and geochemistry of igneous, sedimentary, Geomorphology (4) [3 for graduate registration] and metamorphic rock. Origin of the three rock types in Introduction of various computational approaches to various plate tectonic settings. Mass and energy transfer advanced geomorphology, hydrology, and environmental among the crust, mantle, hydrosphere, biosphere, and science. The course uses DEM topographic data as a atmosphere through time. Petrographic study of selected keystone in introducing the UNIX operating system, the rock suites and introduction to other modern analytical SGI platform, FORTRAN programming, cartographic techniques used in petrology/geochemistry. Lectures, lab- and modeling applications such as GMT, and GIS appli- oratories, field trips. Prerequisite: EES 131 or consent of cations such as ARC/INFO. Students will be responsible instructor. Bebout (NS) for the development of at least one new computation EES 341. Field Geology (6) summer approach to their respective thesis/research projects. Field methods and geologic mapping projects using the Prerequisite: EES 21, 31, 109, 112, or permission of the diverse tectonic and geomorphic settings of the Rocky instructor. Pazzaglia. (NS) Mountains as the classroom. Major projects are completed EES 320. (CEE 320) Flood Hydrology and in northwestern Wyoming and southeastern Idaho where Hydraulics (3) the student is exposed to all major rock types and a range Rainfall-runoff analysis, overland flow, hydrograph theo- of surficial deposits, as well as compressional and exten- ries, modeling. Frequency analysis of extreme events. Flood sional structures. Additional short studies are completed in routing. Design storms. Floodplain hydraulics, floodplain the Badlands and Black Hills of South Dakota, the Grand delineation. Prerequisite: CEE 222. (ES 2), (ED 1) Tetons and Devils Tower, Wyoming and related areas. Four weeks in the field; summer session. Prerequisite: con- EES 323. (CEE 323) Environmental Groundwater sent of Field Camp Director Pazzaglia (students must Hydrology (3) spring apply through the Lehigh Field Camp Program); major in The study of subsurface water, its environment, distribu- EES, EES 21 and 131 (EES 112, 113, 123 recommend- tion, and movement. Included are flow patterns, well ed). Pazzaglia, Anastasio, Bebout (NS) hydraulics, and an introduction to the movement of contaminants. Design problems are included to simulate EES 351. Limnology (4) [3 for graduate registration] flow with analytical and numerical models, and contami- Physical, chemical, and biological aspects of freshwater nant migration using analytical models. Prerequisites: environments, including cyclic and seasonal changes. CE 121 or CEE/EES 316 or permission of instructor. Major groups of organisms and their interactions. EES (ES 2, ED 1) 21, EES 31 plus 5 EES courses or permission of the instructor. Staff (NS) 206 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

EES 357. Paleoecology and Landscape History (4) research thesis. Both proposal and thesis are filed with [3 for graduate registration] EES Department. No more than four credits may be Principle and methodology of paleoecology, with empha- applied to EES B.S. degrees (additional credits apply to sis on palynology. Applications of paleo-records in free electives). Prerequisite: consent of supervising faculty. tracing flora, vegetation, climate and landscape history. Graduate Studies Long-term ecological interactions and ecosystem responses to past environmental change. Field and labo- The Department of Earth & Environmental Sciences ratory experiences in collecting and characterizing offers graduate programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. sediments and in processing and interpreting fossil in Earth and Environmental Sciences. We offer one pollen and other proxy data (including stable isotopes). degree to emphasize and reinforce what we feel is an Emphasis on the Holocene and late glacial period. important and growing trend in ecology, environmental Students will explore the regional vegetation, climate and science, and geology, namely the blending of expertise landscape history by coring and analyzing a lake. Course and perspectives from many disciplines. Research is an requires one or more weekend day-long field trips. integral component of all EES graduate programs and Spring in odd years. Prerequisite: EES 253 or EES 213 leads to an M.S. thesis or Ph.D. dissertation prepared or consent of course instructor. Yu (NS). under a research supervisory committee and chaired by a departmental faculty research advisor. An advising com- EES 359. Case Studies in Ecosystem Ecology (4) mitment by one or more faculty members is required for [3 for graduate registration] graduate admission. This course serves as a senior capstone seminar for stu- The University has outlined the general academic dents with an interest in ecology. Students will use a requirements for M.S. and Ph.D. students in its multidisciplinary approach to analyze and interpret data Graduate Student Handbook, and EES has additional related to cutting-edge research in the field of ecosystem Departmental requirements that must also be fulfilled. It ecology. Prerequisite: EES 21, EES 31, plus 5 additional is the student’s responsibility to insure that all graduation EES courses. Hargreaves (NS). requirements are met. All graduate students work with EES 379. (CEE 379) Environmental Case Studies an advisor who chairs the student’s broader supervisory (3 to 4) committee. Graduate students make annual presenta- Case studies will be used to explore the impact of poli- tions of their research to the Department. All graduate tics, economics, society, technology, and ethics on students are required to take two of the Department’s environmental projects and preferences. Environmental three graduate core courses (EES 415, 426, and 484). issues in both affluent and developing countries. M.S. students complete 30 credits of coursework and Multidisciplinary student teams investigate site charac- thesis research and orally present a written thesis that terization; environmental remediation design; encompasses the findings and conclusions of their environmental policy; and political, financial, social, and research. Candidates for the Ph.D. must pass a qualify- ethical implications of environmental projects. ing examination prior to the end of the first semester in Prerequisites: ES2 or EES 21 or CEE 276 (CHE 276) or residence and a general examination (candidacy examina- permission of the instructor. tion) prior to the end of the third semester in residence. Both examinations are administered by a committee EES 384. Lake Ecosystems (4) [3 for graduate reg- assembled by the student in consultation with the advi- istration] sor. Ph.D. candidates must also defend their written Advanced concepts and methods in lake ecosystem ecol- dissertation at a public oral presentation. For more ogy. The course provides a theoretical framework but details beyond this brief summary, please see the gradu- emphasizes hands-on laboratory and field techniques for ate handbook on line at: measurement of physical, chemical, and biological prop- www.ees.lehigh.edu/graduate/grad_handbook.html. erties of aquatic ecosystems. This three week residential field course is offered at the Lacawac Sanctuary field sta- Research Facilities tion in the Pocono Mountains of Pennsylvania. The Our Department is well equipped for a broad range of course typically begins during the last week of May. field and laboratory investigations in the Environmental, Prerequisite: EES 31 and EES 152 or consent of instruc- Ecological, and Geological Sciences. Our laboratories tors. Limited enrollment. Hargreaves, Morris, and and equipment include: others. (NS) • Petrographic microscopy facilities, rock-crusher, ball EES 385. Human Impact on the Natural mill, rock saws, and cathodoluminescence and camera Environment (4) [3 for graduate registration] lucida digitizing capabilities; Review of major environmental systems and the human • Laboratory for Ar-Ar, U-Th/He, and fission-track impacts on those systems. Integrates understanding from geochronology including dual UV and CO2 lasers, previous coursework in environmental science and engi- VG 3600 noble-gas mass spectrometer, Balzers neering. Seminar format with student presentations. quadrupole mass spectrometer, dedicated He and Ar Prerequisites: EES 21, EES 31, plus 5 additional EES extraction lines with low-blank furnaces, all under full courses, or by permission of the instructor. Moses LabVIEW automation; EES 393. Supervised Research in Earth and • A stable isotope geochemistry laboratory equipped Environmental Sciences (1-4) with a Finnigan MAT model 252 mass spectrometer Research opportunities supervised by EES faculty to carry with vacuum extraction lines for O, H, C, S, and N out a well-defined project, including exposure to problem isotope analyses; definition, selection of research approach, and communi- • Equipment for sampling groundwater wells as well as cation of results. The student should prepare a proposal automated samplers for surficial water systems; and, if taking 3 or more credits, should present the results at Undergraduate Research Symposium and write a • A microbial ecology laboratory; Earth and Environmental Sciences 207

• A newly renovated UV exposure laboratory with auto- equipment for measuring field characteristics of mated phototron; important remotely sensed parameters; • A water quality and UV-research laboratory equipped • EES is also home to the Pocono Comparative Lakes with vacuum extraction lines, a spectrophotometer, Program (PCLP), an interactive research and educa- and field PUV meters; tional program that supports multidisciplinary • An aqueous geochemistry laboratory with a research of lake systems and focuses on three ‘core’ ThermoElectron X-Series inductively-coupled plasma lakes that serve as model systems for experimental and mass spectrometer with collision cell, and hydride comparative studies of aquatic communities and generation apparatus that can be coupled to an HPLC ecosystems. The program’s field station is at the system for species analysis, a Dionex ion chromato- Lacawac Sanctuary in the Pocono Mountains; graph for simultaneous analysis of anions and cations, Graduate Courses a Mercury analyzer for analysis of gaseous and liquid samples, and a Class 100 clean room for ultra trace EES 405. Paleo- and Environmental Magnetism (3) sample preparation; additional instruments including Topics in paleomagnetism and environmental magnet- a Waters computer-assisted ion chromatograph, an ism. Class will design and conduct a research project, ARL 34000 inductively-coupled plasma atomic emis- read the relevant literature and write a research paper. sion spectrometer, a Netzsch DTA/TGA instrument, May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: EES 309 or and a high-pressure core-holder/column reactor for consent of course instructor. Kodama flow-through experiments; EES 407. Seismology (3) • A sedimentation and soils analysis laboratory includ- Seminar on advanced topics in seismology, review of ing equipment for particle size analysis; classic and current literature. Topics include but are not • A paleomagnetism laboratory with a magnetically limited to: wave propagation in ideal media and earth shielded room, a 2G superconducting magnetometer materials, seismic imaging of complex structures, tomog- and built-in af demagnetizer, Molspin spinner magne- raphy, modeling, and high-resolution seismic imaging. tometer, a Schonstedt AF demagnetizer modified to May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: an introductory apply pARMs, and an ASC thermal demagnetizer, geophysics course. Meltzer and a KLY-3S Kappabridge magnetic susceptibility EES 412. Advanced Fluvial and Tectonic system, and an ASC impulse magnetizer; Geomorphology (3) • A reflection seismology laboratory has equipment Lecture, seminar, lab, and field-based investigation of the including broadband seismometer linked to global classic and contemporary geomorphologic literature using networks; computer workstations for seismic process- the processes and evolution of a watershed and its ing, Bison DIFP multi-channel seismograph, various dynamic interaction with tectonics as a integrative com- seismic energy sources, and ground-penetrating radar; mon theme. Topics change according to student interest • Field geophysical equipment includes a Bison shallow but typically include hillslope hydrology, channel resistivity apparatus, a Worden Master gravimeter, and a hydraulic geometry, landscape response to climate, and Geometrics portable proton precession magnetometer; biogeomorphology. Course is designed to expose students to graduate-level research problems and provide guidance • Geomorphology lab including a Topcon total station, on how to transform those problems into proposal-quali- flow gages, LASCI digitizer, complete airphoto analy- ty research topics and/or publishable manuscripts. sis facility, and a flume facility in the CEE hydraulics Includes several weekend field trips and a practicum lab. We also maintain several PC and UNIX comput- using the hydraulics lab flume facility. Prerequisite: EES er labs devoted to GIS (ArcGIS) and large spatial 21,31,112, or consent of instructor. Pazzaglia. digital topographic databases; EES 414. Glacial and Quaternary Geology (3) • Equipment to conduct research in environmental Study of the origin, distribution, and movement of pres- biology includes microscopes, environmental cham- ent and past glaciers. Special emphasis on glacial land bers, centrifuges, sampling nets, current meters, forms and deposits, Quaternary stratigraphy and dating incubators, and autoclaves. A remotely operated techniques, periglacial phenomena, and Pleistocene envi- vehicle (ROV) fitted with a video camera can be ronments. Lectures and required field trips. Prerequisite: used to monitor plankton behavior and dynamics in Consent of instructor. Evenson aqueous environments; • A floating plankton laboratory to integrate ecosystem EES 415. Paleoclimatology (3) studies of modern water-column and sediment com- Principles of physical climatology: climate system, energy munities with historical studies of sediment deposition; budget, atmospheric and ocean circulations, and their interactions. Earth’s climate history, with an emphasis on • A paleoecology laboratory with facilities for pollen the Quaternary. Records and mechanisms of past climate and macrofossil extraction, analysis and photo docu- variations at various (from orbital to interannual) time mentation, and for tree-ring analysis; scales. Causes of climate variations linking to tectonic • A sediment core laboratory with facilities for initial processes, variations in Earth’s orbit and solar insolation, core preparation and core storage, including a walk- atmospheric composition and biogeochemical cycles, and in cold room, a GeoTek MultiSensor Core Logger, a atmosphere-ocean-ice sheet interactions. Biosphere VirTis AdVantage Freezer Dryer and various corers responses to past climatic changes. Approaches to study- (Livingstone, Mackereth, Glew Gravity, Russian ing paleoclimate. Paleoclimate simulations and peat Corers); paleo-perspectives in addressing future climate change • A remote sensing laboratory with image processing issues. Prerequisite: graduate standing in EES, or consent software, extensive spatial data collections, as well as of course instructor. Yu. 208 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

EES 418. Advanced Quaternary Geology (3) project. Prerequisites: graduate standing in EES or per- Lecture, seminar, lab, and field-based investigations of mission of the instructor. Ramage. topics in Quaternary geology including glacial geology, EES 459. Reconstructing Environmental Change (3) geomorphology, soil geomorphology, biogeomorphology, Lectures, seminars, and in-depth discussion on current and Quaternary geochronology. Quaternary field meth- issues and selected topics in Quaternary paleoecology ods are a common themes to all topics. Field exercises and paleoclimatology. Survey of techniques in studying will expose students to methods in the mapping of surfi- and reconstructing environmental changes and biological cial deposits. Includes several weekend field trips. responses. Use of multiple proxy data from paleo- Prerequisite: EES 21, 31,112, or consent of instructor. archives (e.g., ice cores, lake sediments) to address nature Pazzaglia, Evenson. of past climate variability. Quantitative analyses of paleo- EES 426. Tectonic Processes (3) records to test paleoecological hypothesis (e.g., Current models of tectonic processes in intraplate set- multivariate analysis) and to infer possible causes and tings and at plate boundaries. Critical evaluations by the forcing mechanisms of past climate change (e.g., time class of the geological, geochemical and geophysical data series analysis). May include field and laboratory exercis- sets which gave rise to these models. Prerequisites: gradu- es. Prerequisite: EES 415, or consent of course ate standing in EES, or consent of department instructor. Yu. chairperson. Staff EES 471. Stable Isotope Chemistry - Theory, EES 427. Orogenic Belts (3) Techniques, and Applications in the Earth and Geometry, kinematics, and mechanics of compressional Environmental Sciences (3) orogenic belts. Course will emphasize deformational, Distributions of stable isotopes (primarily of O, H, C, S, depositional, and metamorphic processes in forearc and and N) in the lithosphere, hydrosphere, biosphere, and backarc regions. Lectures, seminars, and field trips. atmosphere. Topics include mechanisms of fractionation Prerequisites: EES 131, EES 213, EES 223, or their and mixing, advancements in techniques for extractions equivalents. Anastasio and mass spectrometry, and recent applications of stable EES 428. Stress and Strain in Rocks (3) isotopes in the earth and environmental sciences. Theory of continuum mechanics and application to ana- Lectures, seminars, laboratory sessions. Prerequisite: con- lytical methods of geological strain analysis, rock sent of instructor. Bebout material properties and micro-mechanisms of rock defor- EES 473. Aqueous Geochemistry (3) mation, and tectonic fabric development, kinematic Advanced study of the equilibria and kinetics of chemi- analysis. Lectures and laboratories. Prerequisite: EES 223 cal reactions occurring at the earth’s surface. A review of or equivalent. Anastasio concepts in geochemistry including activity, solubility, EES 429. Methods and Applications of thermodynamics, kinetics, and oxidation-reduction reac- Geochronology (3) tions is followed by readings from the literature. Topics Examination of isotopic techniques used to measure geo- covered depend on student interest, and have included logic time, and their applications. Lectures, laboratories, chemical weathering, chemical evolution of surface and research projects, field trips. Prerequisite: graduate stand- groundwater, acid mine drainage, trace element chem- ing in EES. May be repeated for credit. Zeitler istry, biogeochemical cycles, and ocean chemistry. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: Graduate standing EES 438. Petrogenetic Processes (3) in EES or permission of the instructor. Peters. Metamorphism, melting, and magmatism in the Earth’s crust and mantle. Tectonic evolution, crust-mantle heat EES 484. Aquatic Ecosystems (3) and mass transfer, fluid-rock interactions, and rate Theoretical and experimental approaches to understand- processes. Varying combinations of lecture and seminar ing physical and chemical influences in aquatic formats. May be repeated for credit when topics differ. environments on organisms and their community, popu- May include laboratory and field experience and compu- lation, and systems ecology. Field trip. Prerequisite: tational exercises. Prerequisite: consent of course graduate standing in EES. Staff instructor. Bebout EES 485. Advanced Topics in Geophysics (1-6) EES 453. Advanced Microbial Ecology (3) Intensive study of topics in geophysics not covered in more Lectures and seminars will focus on topics of current general courses. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: interest in the microbial ecology of pelagic (freshwater MATH 21, EES 21, or permission of the instructor. and marine), sediment, and/or soil environments. EES 487. Advanced Bio-Optics (3) Emphasis will be placed on the role of microbes in Bio-optics includes the ecosystem role and fate of solar ecosystems level processes such as energy transformations radiation and the optical properties of biotic and abiotic and elemental cycling. May include laboratory and field components of ecosystems. This course will explore exercises. Prerequisite: graduate standing or consent of advanced topics through selected readings, data analysis, course instructor. Morris and modeling. Topics will emphasize aquatic ecosystems EES 457. Advanced Remote Sensing of the and may include optical models, atmospheric factors, Environment (3) inherent and apparent optical properties, algal fluores- cence, photoadaptation and photodamage, ultraviolet Seminars and hands-on, quantitative analysis of special- radiation, and optical stratification. Prerequisite: EES ized satellite and aircraft data, including microwave and 484 or consent of course instructor. Hargreaves hyperspectral sources, will be used to investigate signifi- cant environmental questions. Students will refine visual EES 490. Thesis Research (1-6) and technical skills for image interpretation, digital Masters’ thesis research directed by research committee. 3-6 image processing, change detection of environmental sys- credits required for EES M.S. programs. May be repeated tems, and presentation of spatial data. Required research for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of research adviser. Economics 209

EES 491. Investigations in Earth and Ph.D. (Princeton); Todd A. Watkins, Ph.D. (Harvard). Environmental Sciences (1-6) Assistant Professors. Shin-Yi Chou, Ph.D. (Duke), Research on a special problem; field, laboratory, or Neville Francis, Ph.D. (U.C. San Diego); Stephen library study; report required. Credit above three hours Snyder, Ph.D. (Maryland); Wenlong Weng, Ph.D. granted only when a different problem is undertaken. (Stanford). EES 492. Advanced Topics in Modern and Active Emeriti. Nicholas W. Balabkins, Ph.D. (Rutgers); Quaternary Processes (1-6) Alvin Cohen, Ph.D. (Florida); Jon T. Innes, Ph.D. Intensive study of topics in Modern and Quaternary (Oregon); John R. McNamara, Ph.D. (Rensselaer); Eli geology not covered in more general courses. May be Schwartz, Ph.D. (Brown). repeated for credit. Though economics is variously defined, modern-day def- EES 493. Advanced Topics in Tectonics (1-6) initions generally suggest that it is the study of the principles that govern the efficient allocation of Intensive study of tectonic processes and products not cov- th ered in more general courses. May be repeated for credit. resources. One of the greatest of the 19 century econo- mists who did much to uncover these principles EES 494. Advanced Topics in Aquatic suggested a broader definition. Alfred Marshall described Ecosystems (1-6) economics as “a study of mankind in the ordinary busi- Intensive study of aquatic ecosystems not covered in ness of life … a part of the study of man.” This dual more general courses. May be repeated for credit. nature of economics, technical and humanistic, is reflect- EES 496. Advanced Topics in Geochemistry (1-6) ed in the fact that at Lehigh the economics major is Intensive study of geochemical processes not covered in available to students in the College of Arts and Sciences more general courses. May be repeated for credit. as well as in the College of Business and Economics. EES 499. Dissertation Research (1-15) College of Business and Economics Ph.D. dissertation research directed by research commit- Major in Economics tee. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of research adviser. Students in the College of Business and Economics elect- ing to major in economics must take the college core courses listed in the College of Business and Economics Eckardt Scholars Program section of this catalog. They must also take ECO 119 and at least 12 credit hours of 200 and 300-level eco- Director. Ian Duffy, professor of history. nomics courses beyond the core requirements. These Advisory Council. Mark Bickhard, professor of psychology; courses may be chosen so as to form an area of specializa- Gary DeLeo, professor of physics; Robin Dillon, professor tion or to provide a broad exposure to the various aspects of philosophy; Elizabeth Fifer, professor of English; Lucy of the discipline. In any case, students should consult Gans, professor of art and architecture; Norman Girardot, with the major advisor in forming their programs. professor of religion studies; Michael Kuchka, professor of biological sciences. Major in Business Economics For program requirements, see Eckardt Scholars The business economics major prepares students for Program, section III. careers as business consultants or analysts by teaching the application of microeconomic theory to the analysis of 389. Honors Project for Eckardt Scholars (1-8) critical business issues. The emphasis is on rigorous, Opportunity for Eckardt Scholars to pursue an extended quantitative business analysis through the use of theoret- project for ical and mathematical models and econometric analysis senior honors. May be repeated for credit up to a maxi- of data. Students electing the major in business econom- mum 12 credit hours. Transcript will identify ics must take the college core courses, ECO 322, ECO department in which project was completed. 333, ECO 357, two elective courses from an approved Prerequisite: consent of department chairperson. list, and a course involving student research on a prob- ECK 81. Eckardt Scholars Seminar (4) lem identified by an external client. Students should Seminar for first-year Eckardt Scholars. Prerequisite: consult with the major advisor in forming their program. consent of program director (HU) Minor in International Economics ECK 181. Eckardt Scholars Seminar (4) The minor in International Economics aims to prepare Seminar for sophomore Eckardt Scholars. Prerequisite: non-economics majors in the CBE, as a compliment to consent of program director (HU) their major programs, with a fundamental understanding ECK 281. Eckardt Scholars Seminar (4) of international trade, finance and economic develop- Seminar for junior and senior Eckardt Scholars. ment, and to develop skills in applying economic analysis Prerequisite: consent of program director (HU) to international economic issues and social problems. This minor is open to any CBE undergraduate student not majoring in economics or business economics. Economics Minor Requirements: (12 credits) Professors. J. Richard Aronson, Ph.D. (Clark); James Dearden, Ph.D. (Penn State); Thomas J. Hyclak, Ph.D. • ECO 119 – Intermediate (Notre Dame), chair, department of economics; Arthur Macroeconomic Analysis (3) E. King, Ph.D. (Ohio State); Vincent G. Munley, Ph.D. • ECO 339 – International Trade (3) (S.U.N.Y.); Anthony P. O’Brien, Ph.D. (Berkeley); Larry W. Taylor, Ph.D. (North Carolina); Robert J. Thornton, • ECO 340 – International Finance (3) Ph.D. (Illinois). • One of the following: Associate Professors. Mary E. Deily, Ph.D. (Harvard); Frank • ECO 209 – Comparative Economic Systems R. Gunter, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins); Judith A. McDonald, 210 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

• ECO 240 – Ireland’s Public Sector Honors in Economics • ECO 303 – Economic Development Economics majors who wish to be considered for depart- • ECO 342 – Economic Development in China mental honors must consult with their major advisor and request such consideration by the beginning of their sen- Minor in Public Policy Economics ior year. The criteria for departmental honors are: This minor in Public Policy Economics aims to prepare 1. Completion of the major program with at least 33 non-economics majors in the CBE, as a compliment to credits of economics and a grade point average in their major programs, with a fundamental understanding those courses of 3.5 or better. of the main economic policy issues and the role of gov- ernment in markets, and to develop skills in applying 2. Submission of an acceptable research paper to the economic analysis to the development of public policies Departmental Honors committee. To qualify a candi- and potential solutions to social problems. This minor is date for honors this paper must report on original open to any CBE undergraduate student not majoring in research conducted solely by the student as part of an economics or business economics. economics course. The student should consult with the instructor of that course for suggestions for Minor Requirements: (12 credits) improving the paper prior to submitting it to the • ECO 119 – Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis committee. The committee will notify students of (3) submission deadlines and other requirements for satis- fying this criterion. • ECO 353 – Public Finance: Federal (3) • Two of the following: Minor in Economics A minor in economics consists of 12 credit hours • ECO 235 – Labor Economics beyond ECO 1. Required courses in the minor are: • ECO 311 – Environmental Economics ECO 105 or 146, 119 or 129 and two elective courses. • ECO 312 – Urban Economics Elective courses must be chosen from among the 200 and 300-level economics offerings with at least one 300- • ECO 336 – Business and Government level elective. ECO 371 does not count towards the • ECO 354 – Public Finance: State and Local minor. This minor is available only to students in the College of Arts and Sciences and in the College of Engi- College of Arts and Sciences neering and Applied Science. Interested students should Major in Economics contact the minor advisor. The B.A. major in economics is designed to prepare stu- Undergraduate Courses dents for graduate study in economics or law, and for entry into careers in business, government or service organiza- ECO 1. Principles of Economics (4) A one-semester course in the principles of economics. tions. The requirements for the economics major are: General topics covered are: supply and demand; pricing 1. The economics core (16 credits): ECO 1, ECO 105 and production decisions of firms; the role of govern- or 146, ECO 119, ECO 129 and ECO 145. ment in the economy; the determination of national 2. Collateral calculus courses (7 or 8 credits): MATH 51 income; money and banking; monetary and fiscal policy; and 52 or MATH 21 and 22. MATH 51 and 52 are and government finance. (SS) terminal math classes for students planning on careers ECO 64. (AAS 64, HIST 64). Plantation to in fields that are primarily non-quantitative. MATH 21 Ghetto (2) and 22 are for students considering careers or graduate Examination of topics in the economic history of African programs that require a stronger math background. Americans from the 1500s to the present. Explores the 3. Five elective courses in economics at the 200 or slave trade, slavery, the post-Civil War South, the black 300 level (15 credits). Students may count only family, migration, urbanization, and race and poverty. two 200 level courses toward the completion of the Prerequisites: ECO 1 recommended. (SS) economics major. ECO 105. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) 4. To take economics courses numbered 100 or above, Determination of prices in terms of the equilibrium of students must pass the CBE’s Excel competency the business enterprise and consumer choice in markets exam; contact the Rauch Center for Business of varying degrees of competition; analysis of market Communications for more information. structures; determination of wages, rent, interest and Students are free to select any five economics courses to profits. Prerequisite: ECO 1. Not available for credit to meet their elective requirements. However, the faculty students who have taken ECO 146. (SS) of the economics department has developed recom- mended course clusters to meet the differing needs of ECO 111. (ES 111). Introduction to students. These include course recommendations for Environmental Economics (4) those interested in: An examination of the interactions between our eco- nomic systems and the environment. Pollution as a Graduate study in economics consequence of human activity within a framework for Careers in consulting and financial services analyzing the relationships between environmental quali- International economics and global markets ty, scarcity of resources and economic growth. How to develop appropriate policies to deal with these issues. Political economy and public policy Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) Interested students are encouraged to consult with the major advisors in the economics department to select elective courses that match their needs and interests. Economics 211

ECO 119. Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) projects. The twin purposes of the course are to provide Macroeconomic measurement, theory and policy. The real-world, team-oriented learning experiences and to use of alternative macroeconomic models to analyze the apply economic analysis in evaluating the costs and ben- level of national income, inflation, unemployment, eco- efits of newly proposed, or renovations and expansions nomic growth; the balance of payments, and exchange of existing, athletic facilities. Prerequisite: ECO 105 or rate determination. Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) ECO 146. (SS) ECO 129. Money, Banking, and Financial For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate Markets (3) Students The nature and functions of money. Global money and financial markets. The role of commercial and central ECO 209. Comparative Economic Systems (3) banks. Effects of the interest rate, exchange rate, and the An analysis of the micro- and macro-economic, institu- money supply on the economy. Examination and evalua- tional and political dimensions of various economic tion of current and past monetary policies. Prerequisite: systems, with particular emphasis on former centrally ECO 1. (SS) planned economies in their transition to a market orien- tation. Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) ECO 130. (WS 130) Economics of Race and Gender (2) ECO 210. Economic Evolution (3) The question of the role of race and gender in economic Structural changes, social transformation, and sources of decision-making is explored. Various sorts of discrimina- the long-term growth of the U.S. economy. Prerequisite: tion are discussed in an economic framework and ECO 1. (SS) possible remedies are evaluated. The historical role of ECO 231. Business History (3) race and gender in the economy is also discussed. The historical context of the development of the modern Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) business firm in the United States. The roles of entrepre- ECO 131. The Canadian Economy (2) neurship, economic structure, technology, and This course analyzes the economic challenges facing the government policy in the shaping of current business Canadian economy. Some of the issues include: Canada’s practices. Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) record on inflation and unemployment; the distribution ECO 234. Labor-Management Relations (3) of income; the role of natural resources; and Canada’s An analytical study of the U.S. system of industrial rela- health-care and educational systems. Canada’s monetary tions, including the evolution of the labor movement, and fiscal policies, and Canada’s performance in the worker choice on the issue of union representation, the international economy will also be examined. process of collective bargaining and the impact of collec- Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) tive bargaining on the management of the firm. ECO 134. Evolution of the Automobile Industry (2) Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) This course traces the development of the automobile ECO 235. Labor Economics (3) industry from its origin at the turn of the century to the The economic analysis of labor markets, with emphasis present. Topics include: the Model T and mass produc- on labor supply and demand, wage and employment tion; the development of installment purchases; theory, and the economics of unionism and other labor dealer-company relations; worker-company relations; the market institutions. Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) rise of imports; and the decline of traditional mass pro- duction. Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) ECO 237. Transportation Economics (3) The principles of transportation in theory and practice. ECO 145. Statistical Methods (3) Transport models and their relationship to economic Descriptive statistics, probability and probability distri- activity. Analysis and evaluation of transportation poli- butions, sampling, estimation, hypothesis testing, cies, industry structure and performance. Prerequisite: chi-squared tests, simple regression and correlation. ECO 1. (SS) (ND) Note: Students may not receive credit for both MATH 12 and ECO 145. ECO 240. Ireland’s Public Sector (3) This course focuses on public sector programs—and the ECO 146. Applied Microeconomic Analysis (3) method used to finance them—in Ireland and compares The application of economic analysis to managerial and their structure to that found in both the United States public policy decision-making. Prerequisites: ECO 1, and other countries of Western Europe. Topics include: MATH 21 or equivalent course, and ECO 145 or equiv- the policy of neutrality and military (peace-keeping) alent course. Not available for credit to students who operations, environmental protection, social welfare pro- have taken ECO 105. (SS) grams, health care, education at the primary, secondary ECO 158. Community Consulting Practicum (3) and tertiary levels, and key infrastructure areas such as This course involves teams of students in community- urban planning and transportation systems. Special oriented research projects. The twin purposes of the attention is devoted to how membership in the course are to provide real-world, team-oriented learning European Union has impacted the evolution of these experiences and to provide a resource for local govern- programs in Ireland. Prerequisite: ECO 1. (Offered only ments and community organizations that would allow through Lehigh in Ireland Study Abroad Program). (SS) them to draw upon the expertise of our students as con- ECO 245. Statistical Methods II (3) sultants in analyzing problems and formulating policy. This course is a continuation of Economics 145, and Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) gives broader coverage of linear regression and the con- ECO 159. Athletic Complex Design (3) struction of empirical models. Topics include the analysis This course is for students to participate in cross disci- of variance, simple and multiple regression, index num- pline Integrated Learning Experience (ILE) research bers, forecasting, nonparametric methods, and statistical 212 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

methods for quality control. Prerequisites: Economics Material will be presented through discussion of case 145, or a comparable course in introductory statistics. studies from the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (ND) Prerequisite: ECO 1. (SS) ECO 246. Business Cycles and Forecasting (3) ECO 324. The Economics of the Sports Industry (3) A study of short-term business fluctuations, growth, This course analyzes the role of basic economic forces in forecasting and stabilization. Prerequisites: ECO 1 and a shaping today’s sports industry. Topics include: competi- course in statistics. (ND) tion in the market for professional franchises; public ECO 303. Economic Development (3) subsidies for stadiums and arenas, compensation of pro- Economic development, economic growth and their fessional athletes, the NCAA as an economic enterprise, political environment are discussed in detail. The princi- and the impact of athletics on a university’s budget. pal economic development theories are examined. These Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146. (SS) theories are used to examine a variety of development ECO 325 (MKT 325). Quantitative Marketing issues including planning, poverty, rural-urban relation- Analysis (3) ships, physical and human capital accumulation, This course explores economics and management science international trade, and the environment. Emphasis on approaches to improve marketing decision making and institutions and development policy. Prerequisite: ECO marketing interactions in such areas as strategic market- 105 or 146. (SS) ing, e-marketing, advertising, pricing, sales force ECO 311. Environmental Economics (3) management, sales promotions, new products, and direct Resource allocation implications of environmental degra- marketing. The development, implementation, and use dation. Analysis of the benefits and costs associated with of quantitative models are emphasized. Cases are used to alternative pollution control programs and strategies. illustrate how these models can be applied. Students have Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146. (SS) the opportunity to learn how to use and evaluate models through spreadsheet-based assignments. Prerequisites: ECO 312. Urban Economics (3) MKT 211, ECO 145, ECO 105 or 146, and MATH The analysis of economic problems related to urban 21, 31 or 51. (SS) areas; the nature and function of cities; the economic and spatial characteristics of urban activity. Prerequisite: ECO 327. Real Options and Investment Strategy (3) ECO 105 or 146. (SS) This is an introductory course in financial economics. It focuses on the principles underlying financial decision ECO 313. History of Economic Thought (3) making, with applications to stocks, bonds, and real A survey of the important historical writings that form estate. It is intended for students with strong technical the foundation of today’s mainstream economic theory. backgrounds who are comfortable with mathematical Emphasis is on the period from 1750 to 1950 and on arguments. The course is divided into three main parts: such notable economists as Smith, Ricardo, Walras, deterministic finance, single-period uncertainty finance, Marshall and Keynes. Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146 or and options theory. Prerequisite: FIN 323. (ND) 119. (SS) ECO 332. Monetary-Fiscal Policy (3) ECO 314. Energy Economics (3) Monetary, credit and fiscal policies of governments and The economic theory of natural resource allocation over central banks with particular reference to the policies of time. Economics of exhaustible and renewable resources. the United States Treasury and the Federal Reserve Environmental effects of energy production and con- System. Prerequisite: ECO 119 or 129. (SS) sumption. Government regulation of the energy industry. Computer models for energy system forecasting ECO 333. The Economics of Business Decisions (3) and planning. Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146. (SS) Students analyze business problems using economic logic and techniques like mathematical programming, margin- ECO 315. Industrial Organization (3) al analysis and decision making under risk and Structure of American industry. Development of eco- uncertainty. New topics like asymmetric information and nomic models to describe behavior in markets with the analysis of organizations are introduced. Case studies varying degrees of competition. Technological innova- are emphasized. Prerequisites: ECO 105 or 146, ECO tion, relationship between industry concentration and 145, ECO 245, and MATH 21, 31 or 51. (SS) rates of return on capital, role of information and adver- tising, dynamics of monopoly and oligopoly pricing. ECO 336. Business and Government (3) Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146. (SS) Analysis of government involvement in the private sec- tor. The problems of monopoly, oligopoly, and ECO 322. Competitor and Market Analysis (3) externalities in production and consumption. Optimum Competitors, partners, and firms and governments responses to market failure and analysis of the perform- strategically interact. This course uses game theory to ance of actual government policies. Prerequisite: ECO analyze issues like pricing by competitors, vertical inte- 105 or 146. (SS) gration and contracting issues in supplier-buyer relationships, collective actions and joint ventures, and ECO 339. International Trade (3) research and development program. Students use both The theory of international trade; the theory of tariffs; mathematical models and cases to analyze these interac- United States commercial policies; the impact of growth tions. Prerequisites: ECO 105 or 146, ECO 145 and and development of the world economy. Prerequisite: MATH 21, 31 or 51. (SS) ECO 105 or 146. (SS) ECO 323. Evolution of Business Strategy (3) ECO 340. International Finance (3) Analyzes how business firms have adapted to changes in Analysis of balance of payments and disturbances and technology, relative factor prices, globalization, and the adjustment in the international economy; international extent of government intervention in the market. monetary policies. Prerequisite: ECO 119 or 129. (SS) Economics 213

ECO 342. Economic Development in China (3) ECO 362. Martindale Research Seminar (1-3) An examination of the economic, political and social This course prepares students to undertake research on forces at work in the development process in China since various topics in business and/or economics. Admission 1949. Special emphasis on post-1978 market reforms, to this course is limited to student associates of the the rural-urban divergence, the role of foreign trade and Martindale Center for the Study of Private Enterprise. investment, the accumulation of human capital, and the Consent of the instructor is required. Course may be deterioration of the physical environment. Course con- repeated for credit up to a maximum total number of 3 cludes with a detailed discussion of possible futures of hours credit. This course does not count towards an the Chinese economy. Prerequisite: ECO 303. (SS) Economics major or minor. (ND) ECO 343. European Economic Integration (3) ECO 368. Health Economics (3) Study of the problems of economic integration through- Supply and demand in the health service markets for the out Europe, especially in the Post-Cold War era among U.S. and Canada. Unique features of health care which Western, Central and Eastern European nations. interfere with competitive market allocation and pricing. Prerequisite: ECO 209 (may be taken concurrently with Overview of insurance systems and other payment meth- permission of instructor). (SS) ods. Prerequisites: ECO 105 or 146 and a course in ECO 346. Numerical Methods for Business statistics. (SS) Decisions (3) ECO 371. Special Topics in Economics (3) This course provides a connection between textbook eco- Study in various fields of economics, designed for the nomics/finance and the problems of real world business. student who has a special interest in a subject not It emphasizes practical numerical methods rather than included in the regular course schedule or for the stu- mathematical proofs. Problems in finance are empha- dent interested in pursuing a significant supervised sized. The course teaches students how to use EXCEL research project in economics. Students interested in macros and advanced VBA (the industry standard) pro- enrolling in this course must submit a written proposal gramming techniques to model and manipulate financial to a member of the faculty with expertise in the pro- data. Prerequisite: FIN 323. (ND) posed subject area and to the department chair prior to the registration period for the relevant semester. ECO 351. Introduction to Mathematical Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146 or 119. This course may Economics (3) count towards the ECO major only once; it does not Application of mathematical techniques to economic count towards the ECO minor. (ND) problems of optimization and to economic models. Prerequisites: ECO 105 or 146 and 119 and MATH 21, ECO 401. Basic Statistics for Business and 31 or 51. (ND) Economics (3) Descriptive statistics, probability and probability distri- ECO 352. Advanced Statistical Methods (3) butions, estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation and Advanced probability theory, probability and sampling regression, chi-square analysis and analysis of variance. distributions, and classical statistical inference. Index Computer applications. numbers, multiple regression, correlation, and analysis of variance. Spectral analysis, Box-Jenkins auto-regressive ECO 402. Managerial Economics (3) and moving average stochastic processes. Prerequisites: Application of economic and statistical analysis to mana- ECO 105 or 146 and a course in statistics. (ND) gerial decision-making. Business and economic forecasting. Empirical estimation of demand, production ECO 353. Public Finance: Federal (3) and cost functions. Resource allocation and pricing A course dealing with the expenditures and revenues of strategies in various market structures. Decisions under the federal government. Major topics include public risk and uncertainty. Government regulation of business. choice theory, benefit-cost analysis, the theory of public Cases. Prerequisite: Calculus and ECO 401 or equivalent. goods, the economics of taxation and the design of tax structures. Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146. (SS) ECO 404. Technology, Trade and Growth (1) Overview of the role of technology in economic systems. ECO 354. Public Finance: State and Local (3) Productivity and growth effects, relationships to industry A course dealing with the expenditures and revenues of structure, impacts on international trade and competi- state and local governments. Major topics include the tiveness. Prerequisite: intended to be taken concurrently theory of fiscal federalism, intergovernmental fiscal trans- with ECO 402. fers, the design of state and local tax structures, capital budgeting and debt finance, pension funds and school ECO 411. History of Economic Thought (3) finance. Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 146. (SS) Selected topics in the history of economic thought, with special attention to the origins of modern economic the- ECO 357. Econometrics (3) ory. Prerequisite: a graduate course in economic theory. Problems in construction, evaluation and use of econo- metric models. Applications based on research and case ECO 412. Mathematical Economics (3) studies. Prerequisites: ECO 105 or 146 or 119, ECO 145 Applications of various mathematical techniques in the or equivalent course in statistics, and ECO 245. (ND) formation and development of economic concepts and theories. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. ECO 358 (IE 358). Game Theory (3) A mathematical analysis of how people interact in strate- ECO 413. Advanced Microeconomics Analysis (3) gic situations. Applications include strategic pricing, A survey of methods of decision-making at the micro- negotiations, voting, contracts and economic incentives, economic level; price theory and econometric and environmental issues. Prerequisites: ECO 105 or applications. Prerequisite: ECO 402 or equivalent. 146 and MATH 21, 31 or 51. (SS) 214 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

ECO 414. Advanced Topics in Microeconomics (3) ECO 436. Economic History of the United States (3) Resource allocation and price determination. Theories of Analysis of the colonial economy, transition to industri- choice of consumers, firms and resource owners under alization, and the role of trade and transportation in various market forms. Prerequisites: ECO 401 and ECO America’s development. A consideration of the impor- 413 or equivalents. tance of slavery to the 19th-century American economy ECO 415. Econometrics (3) and other New World economies. Origin and develop- Computer applications of standard econometric tech- ment of banking and financial markets. Prerequisites: niques using regression analysis in a single-equation ECO 401 and ECO 402 or equivalents. context. Discussion of problems of multicollinearity, het- ECO 440. Labor Economics (3) eroscedasticity and autocorrelation. An introduction to The economics of labor markets and various labor-mar- simultaneous equation models, identification and estima- ket institutions with emphasis on current theoretical and tion problems. Prerequisite: ECO 401 or equivalent. empirical research. Prerequisites: ECO 401 and ECO ECO 416. Econometric Theory (3) 402 or equivalents. Mathematical and statistical specification of economic ECO 447. Economic Analysis of Market models. Statistical estimation and tests of parameters in Competition (3) single and multiple equation models. Prediction and Mathematical models based on game theory and indus- tests of structural changes. Prerequisites: ECO 401 (or trial organization. Cases are used to analyze the strategic equivalent) and calculus. interaction of firms and governments as competitors and ECO 417. Advanced Macroeconomics Analysis (3) partners. Macroeconomic theory and policy. Emphasis on theoret- ECO 451. Urban Economics (3) ical models and policy implications. The application of traditional and spatial economics to ECO 418. Advanced Topics in Macroeconomics (3) the location of economic activity focusing on the urban Models of employment, income and growth in monetary economic problems of business location, housing, land economies. Policies for economic stability and growth. value, land use and intra-urban transportation. Prerequisite: ECO 417 or equivalent. ECO 453. Government Regulation of Business (3) ECO 423. Real Options (3) Analysis of the economic justification for government This is an introductory graduate level course in financial regulation of private enterprise. Topics include antitrust economics. It is intended for students with strong tech- policy, utilities, and health, safety and environmental nical backgrounds who are comfortable with regulation. Prerequisite: ECO 402 or equivalent. mathematical arguments. The course is divided into ECO 454. Economics of Environmental three major parts: deterministic finance, single-period Management (3) uncertainty finance, and options theory and its applica- Economic theory of natural resources. Optimal policies tions. Prerequisite: GBUS 420 for the development of renewable and nonrenewable ECO 424. Advanced Numerical Methods (3) resources and environmental quality. Prerequisite: ECO This course focuses on techniques that apply directly to 402 or equivalent. economic analyses. A particular emphasis on problems in ECO 455. Health Economics (3) finance. The course teaches students how to use EXCEL Economic theory of health care delivery systems. macros and advanced VBA (the industry standard). It is Financing health care services. Case studies of specific designed for decision making in business settings. economic-financing problems and/or international com- Prerequisite: GBUS 420. parisons of health care delivery. ECO 425. Cost-Benefit Analysis (3) Prerequisite: ECO 401 or ECO 402 or equivalents or Theory and methods of cost-benefit analysis; efficiency permission of the instructor. and equity as criteria in program evaluation; proper meas- ECO 456. Industrial Organization (3) urement of market and non-market costs and benefits; The goal of the course is to review theoretical and consideration of risk, uncertainty, appropriate discounting empirical attempts by economists to understand market techniques and distributional consequences; applications structures lying between the extremes of perfect competi- to the evaluation of health care policies and therapies. tion and monopoly. The course will focus first on ECO 428. Capital and Interest Theory (3) describing the current U.S. industrial structure and Theories of interest and capital. Annuities; applications reviewing models of imperfect competition. The course of present value theory; investment valuation under then shifts to a closer study of individual firm behavior. uncertainty and risk; term structure of interest rates; the The final segment of the course is an overview of two theory of savings, cost of capital and capital formation. significant relationships between government and indus- Prerequisite: GBUS 406/MBA 402 or equivalent. try caused by the existence of imperfect competition. ECO 429. Monetary Theory (3) ECO 457. Bio-Pharmaceutical Economics (3) The role of money in the economy from theoretical and Characteristics of the market for pharmaceuticals; barri- empirical perspectives. The influence of money and ers to entry, competition and innovation; pricing and prices, interest rates, output and employment. regulation; physician prescribing behavior; commercial- ization and financing of biotech startups; international ECO 430. Public Finance (3) comparisons of public policy. The economics of public spending and taxation; princi- ples of government debt management; theories of ECO 460. Time Series Analysis (3) budgeting and cost-benefit analysis and public choice. Classical decomposition of time series, trend analysis, exponential smoothing, spectral analysis and Box-Jenkins autoregressive and moving average methods. Education, College of 215

ECO 461. Forecasting (3) Department of Education and Human Methods of economic and business forecasting. Services ECO 462. Advanced Statistics for Business and Professors. Sally A. White, Ph.D. (Univ. of New Economics (3) Mexico), dean; Spencer G. Niles, Ed.D. (Pennsylvania An expanded development of statistical concepts neces- State) associate dean Nicholas Ladany, Ph.D. (SUNY- sary for business and economic research. Topics include Albany) chairperson; Linda M. Bambara, Ed.D. probability theory, sets, density functions and distribu- (Vanderbilt) associate chairperson; George J. DuPaul, tions, sampling distributions, point estimation, moment Ph.D. (Rhode Island) associate chairperson; Ward M. generating functions, maximum likelihood, classical sta- Cates, Ed.D. (Duke); Christine L. Cole, Ph.D. tistical inference, power functions, likelihood ratio tests (Wisconsin-Madison); Asha K. Jitendra, Ph.D. and non-parametric tests. Prerequisite: calculus. (Oregon); Lee Kern, Ph.D. (Univ. of South Florida); J. ECO 463 (IE 458). Topics in Game Theory (3) Gary Lutz, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Edward S. Shapiro, Ph.D. A mathematical analysis of how people interact in strate- (Pittsburgh), Iacocca Professor of Education; Arnold R. gic situations. Topics include normal-form and Spokane, Ph.D. (Ohio State); George P. White, Ed.D. extensive-form representations of games, various types of (Vanderbilt); Perry A. Zirkel, J.D., Ph.D. (Connecticut), equilibrium requirements, the existence and characteriza- LL.M. (Yale). tion of equilibria, and mechanism design. The analysis is Associate Professors. Alec M. Bodzin, Ph.D. (North applied to micro-economic problems including industrial Carolina State); H. Lynn Columba, Ed.D. (Louisville); organization, inter-national trade, and finance. Judith A. Duffield, Ph.D. (Florida State); Michael P. Prerequisites: Two semesters of calculus, ECO 414 and George, Ed.D. (Missouri-Columbia); Warren R. ECO 412 , or permission of the instructor. Heydenberk, Ed.D. (Colorado); April E. Metzler, Ph.D. (Florida); Tina Q. Richardson, Ph.D. (Maryland); Bruce ECO 471. International Economic Development (3) M. Taggart, Ph.D. (Connecticut). An introduction to the basic theoretical concepts in international economic development and an evaluation Assistant Professors. Margaret E. Barber, M.A. of their application by means of a representative sample (Columbia University Teacher’s College); Mary Jean of the literature. Bishop, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Grace I.L. Caskie, Ph.D. (University of North Carolina); Kathryn Ann DiPietro, ECO 472. International Trade Theory (3) Ph.D. (Tennessee); Daphne Pappas Hobson, Ed.D. Theories of comparative advantage, factor price equaliza- (Columbia University Teacher’s College); Arpana G. tion, trade and welfare, tariffs, trade and factor Inman, Ph.D. (Temple); Patricia H. Manz, Ph.D. (Univ. movements. of Pennsylvania); Jill Sperandio, Ph.D. (University of Prerequisite: ECO 413 or consent of the chair. Chicago). ECO 473. International Monetary Economics (3) Professor of Practice. Brad K. Cressman, Ed.D. Theory of the balance of payments, the microeconomics (Lehigh); Timothy R. Lucas, M.A. (William Patterson of international finance, various approaches to balance- College); George W. Roesser, Ed.D. (Temple). of-payments adjustments, theories of foreign Adjunct Faculty. Gary C. Alexander, Ph.D. (Univ. of exchange-rate determination and macroeconomic policy Minnesota); Ann P. Monroe-Baillargeon, Ph.D. under fixed and flexible exchange rates. Prerequisite: (Syracuse); Jeanette S. Berkley, Ed.D. (Lehigh); M. ECO 417 or consent of the chair. Kristine Bronson, Ph.D. (SUNY-Albany); John F. ECO 475. Special Topics in Economics (1-3) Campion, Ed.D. (Nova Southeastern); Joseph P. Carney, Extended Study of an approved topic not covered in Ph.D. (St. John’s); Lila U. Carrick, Ed.D. (Lehigh); scheduled courses. May be repeated for credit. Richard O. Coe, Ed.D. (Temple); Barbara L. Cohen, Psy.D. (Widener); Cathy S. Daniel, Ph.D. (Louisiana ECO 480. Economics of Technological Change (3) State); Patricia T. Doloughty, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Louise E. Explores theoretical models and empirical evidence on Donohue, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Lisa Ann Draper, Ph.D. the economics of innovation and technical change. (Pennsylvania State); Robert H. Egolf, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Includes examination of: the role of technology in com- Mark H. Erickson, Ed.D. (Lehigh); F. Laird Evans, petitiveness, industrial structure and economic growth; Ed.D. (Lehigh); Heidi J. Faust, M.Ed. (Univ. of Turabo); alternative models of the innovative process; incentives Diane E. Flisser, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Scott R. Garrigan, for and other conditions affecting research and develop- Ed.D. (Lehigh); Nancy L. George, Ed.D. (Univ. of ment; the evaluation of the justifications for government Missouri-Columbia); Ronald Goldberg, Ph.D. (Lehigh); support of R&D. Prerequisite: ECO 402 or equivalent. Mary Rita Goodman, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Jackie L. Gower, ECO 491. Master’s Thesis M.Ed. (Lehigh); Robert D. Hassler, Ed.D. (Lehigh); ECO 499. Dissertation Karen Hendershot, M.Ed. (College of New Jersey); Roberta A. Heydenberk, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Karen M. Hicks, Ph.D. (Univ. of Pennsylvania); Alexandra Hilt, Education, College of Ph.D. (Syracuse); Claire Smith Hornung, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Joel B. Ingersoll, Ph.D. (Fairleigh Dickinson); The College of Education has one academic department, Lynda E. Irvine, M.A. (Ohio State); Zorka Karanxha, the Department of Education and Human Services. The Ed.D. (Lehigh); Kevin Kelly, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Clark M. department faculty and program offerings are listed Kirkpatrick, Ph.D. (Alabama); Freya Koger, Ph.D. below followed by descriptions of course offerings. More (Lehigh); Ochan Kusuma-Powell, Ed.D. (Columbia); details on specific degree requirements and on university Carla J. Manno, Ph.D. (Univ. of Virginia); Ronald J. graduate school regulations can be found in the section Marino, Ph.D. (Michigan State); Michael McAllister, Advanced Study and Research. Ph.D. (Oregon); Colleen McDonough, Ph.D. (Lehigh); John T. McGovern, Ed.D. (Temple); Robert A. Mesaros, 216 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Ph.D. (Univ. of Pennsylvania); Monica Miller Marsh, EDUC 402. Developmental Psychology (3) Ph.D. (Univ. of Wisconsin-Madison); Gregory J. Survey of theories and research concerning perceptual, Moncada, Ed.D. (Univ. of Minnesota); Philip B. cognitive, social, and personality development through Monteith, Ed.D. (Vanderbilt); Keith Morgen, Ph.D. infancy and childhood. Prerequisite: Graduate standing (Lehigh); Ronald R. Musoleno, Ph.D. (Univ. of Kansas); or consent of instructor. Andy Page-Smith, Ed.D. (Univ. of Syracuse); Merris M. EDUC 403. Research (3) Page-Smith, Ed.D. (Univ. of Sarasota); Carlos J. Basic principles of research; techniques of gathering and Panahon, M.S. (Syracuse); Jacqueline S. Phillips, Ed.D. analyzing data; design of studies in education. Emphasis (Univ. of Northern Colorado); Rosalyn P. Pitts, Ph.D. on critical reviews of research reports representing vari- (Lehigh); Thomas J. Power, Ph.D. (Univ. of ous methodologies. Research report required. Pennsylvania); Eve Proffitt, Ed.D. (Kentucky); Carol M. Richman, Ph.D. (Virginia Commonwealth); Maura L. EDUC 405. Qualitative Research Methods (3) Roberts, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Tina M. Roemersma, Ph.D. Foundations of qualitative design as research methodolo- (Lehigh); Jeffrey Rudski, Ph.D. (Univ. of Minnesota); gy for answering questions in education. Topics include Kristin D. Arndt-Sawka, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Bruce S. history, philosophy, types, methods, applications, and Sharkin, Ph.D. (Univ. of Maryland); Anita Sharma, critical reading of qualitative research reports. Emphasis Psy.D. (George Washington); Timothy J. Silvestri, Ph.D. on developing key researcher skills of gaining entrance, (Lehigh); David R. Snyder, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Sheryl S. collecting, analyzing and interpreting data, establishing Solow, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Nathan H. Taylor, Ph.D. (North credibility, and writing and publishing results. Carolina State); Larry Upton, Ph.D. (Univ. of EDUC 408. Introduction to Statistics (3) Minnesota); Jeffrey S. VanLone, Ph.D. (West Virginia); Organization and description of data. Principles of David W. Warren, Ph.D. (Claremont); Edmond A. statistical inference including hypothesis testing, inter- Watters III, Ed.D. (Lehigh); David R. Weiskotten, val estimation, and inferential error control. Emphasis Ph.D. (Lehigh); George A. Ziolkowski, Ph.D. on application. (Pennsylvania State). Affiliated Faculty. Susan Barrett (Psychology); Mark H. EDUC 409. Analysis of Experimental Data (3) Bickhard (Psychology); Ian T. Birky (Counseling Emphasis on analysis of variance designs including Services); Beth R. Golden (Counseling Services); Roy C. one-way, factorial, nested, and repeated measures Herrenkohl (Sociology and Anthropology); Diane T. designs. Introduction to multiple regression and the Hyland (Psychology); Vincent G. Munley (Economics); analysis of covariance. Prerequisite: EDUC 408 or William Newman (Psychology); Ageliki Nicolopoulou consent of instructor. (Psychology); John Nyby (Biological Sciences); Padraig EDUC 410. Univariate Statistical Models (3) G. O’Seaghdha (Psychology); Neal G. Simon (Biological The univariate general linear model. Principles of Sciences). expressing models and hypotheses about those models. The department offers master’s degrees and/or profes- Emphasis on similarity among the analysis of variance, sional certification in counseling and human services, multiple regression, and the analysis of covariance. educational leadership, elementary and secondary educa- Examples of non-standard models and generalization to tion, global educational leadership, instructional design complex designs. Prerequisite: EDUC 409 or consent of and development, instructional technology, international the instructor. counseling, school counseling, and special education as EDUC 411. Multivariate Statistical Models (3) well as the Ed.S. degree in school psychology and profes- The multivariate general linear model. Principles of sional certification in school psychology and special expressing multivariate models and hypotheses about education. Ed.D. degree program is offered in educa- those models. Emphasis on similarity among the multi- tional leadership. Ph.D. degrees are offered in counseling variate analysis of variance, multiple regression, and the psychology, learning sciences and technology, school psy- analysis of covariance. Examples of non-standard models chology, and special education. While general courses are and generalization to complex designs. Prerequisite: listed separately, the courses pertinent to each program EDUC 410 or consent of the instructor. are listed below. EDUC 412. Advanced Applications of Education Psychometric Principles (3) EDUC 383. Supervised Research in Applied Conceptual examination of exploratory and confirmato- ry factor analysis, cluster analysis, latent-trait modeling, Psychology (1-3) and other advanced psychometric topics. Prerequisites: Provides undergraduate junior and senior psychology EDUC 409 or equivalent or SCHP/CPSY 427. majors a formal supervised research experience in applied psychology. Students are assigned for the semester to a EDUC 416. (SR 416) Quasi-Experimentation and research team led by a participating faculty member in Program Evaluation (3) the counseling psychology or school psychology programs Social science research methods for non-laboratory set- in the College of Education. (Repeatable up to 6 credits.) tings. Detailed examination of a dozen EDUC 388. Statistical Computing (3) quasi-experimental research designs, three dozen threats Use of one or more major statistical software packages. to validity, possible controls, and uses in social program Principles of data coding, editing, integrity checking, evaluation. Nonmathematical presentation. and management. Emphasis on link between personal EDUC 422. (ESL 422) Theory and Practice for computers, mainframes, and other software. Prerequisite: Second Language Learning (3) EDUC 408 or consent of instructor. This course presents the application of second language acquisition (SLA) theories in relationship to teaching, Education, College of 217 and reviews methods and materials needed for ESL addressing specific concerns and issues encountered dur- instruction in a regular classroom and in a pullout pro- ing their experience. Prerequisite: consent of the gram. This course will demonstrate the knowledge of program director. fundamental concepts and practices of English as a sec- EDUC 494. Field Work in: (with subtitle) (3) ond language (ESL) instruction with an emphasis on Identification of significant problems in an educational instructional materials and strategies. Participants will be environment, review of the literature, and development able to identify appropriate materials and resources to be of appropriate research plans. used with students at each level of English proficiency. EDUC 495. Independent Study in: (with subtitle) EDUC 423. (ESL 423) Second Language (1-6) Assessment (3) Individual or small group study in the field of specializa- This is a broad-spectrum course around the use of assess- tion. Approved and supervised by the major adviser. May ment tools, and other evaluation measurements for be repeated. diagnosis, prescription, and evaluation of students in English as a second language (ESL) programs. This EDUC 496. Doctoral Research Seminar (3) course will address part three: English Language Learners For doctoral students. Research design and application (ELLs) Language Support Services Knowledge. to various kinds of educational problems; data collection Participants will learn the effective assessment practices and analysis. Criticism and evaluation of student propos- and support services available to ELL students. als. May be repeated for a maximum of nine credits. Participants will examine, explore and understand the LST 401. Overview of Learning Sciences and purposes for assessment, multiple assessment models, use Technology (3) of evaluation techniques, scaffolding of assessments, and Foundations and key concepts in Learning Sciences and formal/informal assessment tools. Finally, participants Technology. Cognition and brain-based research with a will gain hands-on experience in test administration, focus on technology’s role in learning. interpretation and reporting. LST 403. Learning Environments (3) EDUC 451. Applied Principles of Cognitive Social, cognitive, and physical factors in teaching and Psychology (3) learning. Systems theory applied to learning settings. Basic principles and contemporary theories of cognitive Special emphasis on motivational theories. psychology will be covered, especially regarding the application of these principles to education. MLL 420. Second Language Acquisition (SLA) Experimental research relevant to contemporary theories Theory (3) of cognitive psychology and the application of these the- This course introduces theories of second-language ories in educational settings will be reviewed. acquisition, including issues of acquisition of English as EDUC 461. Single-Subject Research Design (3) a second language as well as other languages. Various theories of communication and language acquisition will Experimental designs for use with small N’s. Topics be covered. include design theory and application, experimental valid- ity (internal, external, statistical conclusions and construct MLL 421. Intercultural Communication (3) validity) and an overview of data analysis procedures. Language is ambiguous by nature, and discourse is inter- EDUC 471. (CPSY 471) Diversity and preted in cultural and linguistic contexts. This course covers different cultural and linguistic strategies individu- Multicultural Perspectives (3) als use to communicate, essential concepts for interacting Examination of the influence of culture, gender, and dis- with individuals from other cultural and linguistic back- abilities on behavior and attitudes. Historical and current grounds, and different strategies of communication as perspectives on race, culture, gender, and minority group defined by specific cultures. Covering the theory and issues in education and psychology. Lecture/small group practice of intercultural interaction, the course examines discussion. Course is restricted to graduate students in assumptions about language and culture and includes the College of Education only. practical advice to help students develop the cultural sen- EDUC 473. (SR 473) Social Basis of Human sitivity essential for communication today. Behavior (3) Counseling Psychology Development of human behavior from a social psycho- logical perspective. Emphasis placed on the impact of CPSY 407. (SCHP 407). Crisis Management in society upon school-age children and adolescents. the Schools. (3) EDUC 486. Doctoral Qualifying Research Project This course is designed to provide students with knowl- (1-3) edge and skills related to crisis preparedness and Design and implement research project under faculty intervention in the schools. Relevant theories and supervision to meet requirements for doctoral programs. research literature will be explored as well as practical May be repeated for credit. elements of crisis response that are applicable to all school systems. In addition, intervention strategies and EDUC 491. Advanced Seminars: (with subtitle) protocols will be examined and discussed. Permission of (1-6) instructor is required. Intensive study and discussion of a specialized area. Title CPSY 427. (SCHP 427) Standardized Tests, will vary. May be repeated for credit as title varies. Measurement and Appraisal (3) EDUC 493. Internship in: (with subtitle) (1-6) Principles of psychological measurement (e.g., tests con- Opportunity for students to apply theory to practice in a struction, technology, validity, reliability, functional variety of educational settings. Students will be super- utility). Ethical, legal, and cultural issues in the adminis- vised in the field and participate in seminars dedicated to tration and interpretation of psychological tests. Case conceptualization, reporting and presentation. 218 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

CPSY 430. Professional Seminar (3) CPSY 451. Helping Skills (3) Professional, ethical, and legal issues in counseling. Helping Skills is a course designed to provide counselor Management and delivery of counseling services in a cul- trainees with didactic and experiential learning opportuni- turally diverse society. Professional development, ties to facilitate and enhance beginning counseling skills. certification, licensure, and role identification. Counselor trainees will begin to develop an understanding CPSY 436. Culture-Centered Career Intervention (3) of the counselor’s role in assisting or inhibiting client Examination of the career development process and change. This course utilizes such techniques as modeling, interventions for children, adolescents, and adults with a role-playing, audiotape feedback, as well as other learning culture-centered perspective. Study of theorists, vocation- modalities. Particular emphasis is given to theoretical al assessment process, and occupational and frameworks, cultural competency, and self-understanding. psychological information systems. CPSY 452. Counseling Issues and Skills: CPSY 439. Theory and Practice of Group Facilitating Healthy Adjustment (3) Counseling (3) Course assists counselors in developing proficiency in Introduction to the process of group counseling and helping skills and an understanding of the counselor’s therapy. Selection of group members; group rules; role in facilitating or inhibiting client change. Focus is group procedures with children, adolescents and on gaining knowledge related to mental health issues for adults; ethical considerations with groups. Study of third culture children and adolescents that include (a) research on group processes, group therapy, and group cultural adjustment, (b) eating disorders, (c) depression leadership. Prerequisites: permission of the program and suicidality, (d) substance abuse, (e) anxiety, (f) fami- coordinator required. ly dysfunction, and (h) career development. CPSY 440. Introduction to Family Counseling (3) CPSY 453. Counseling Issues and Skills: Building Research and current trends in the practice of family Healthy Communities (3) counseling. Overview and analysis of major theoretical The objectives of this course are for students to develop approaches of family therapy. proficiency in counseling skills and gaining knowledge related to constructing prevention programs for children CPSY 442. Counseling and Therapeutic and adolescents that include (a) substance abuse, (b) sex- Approaches (3) ually transmitted disease and teen pregnancy, (c) eating Theory, research, and technique of counseling within a disorders, (d) violence prevention, and (e) resiliency and cultural context. Prerequisites: Admission to CPSY mas- competency promotion programs. Special focus will be ter’s program or permission of counseling psychology paid to understanding the components of an effective program coordinator. crisis management plan. CPSY 443. Counseling and Therapeutic CPSY 460. (PSYC 475) Theories of Psychological Approaches Laboratory (1) Counseling (3) One-credit laboratory will cover counseling skills used in Analysis and synthesis of concepts drawn from counsel- diverse theoretical approaches. Must take along with ing theorists. Research and current trends in counseling CPSY 442. concerning educational, social and vocational problems. CPSY 445. Elementary & Secondary School Prerequisites: admission to the Ph.D. program in coun- Counseling – I (4) seling psychology or permission of the counseling psychology program coordinator. Overview of the history, philosophy and current trends in elementary and secondary school counseling. CPSY 461. Assessment of Adult Intellectual Emphasis is placed on (a) professional, ethical, and legal Functioning (3) issues in counseling; (b) management and delivery of Administration and interpretation of individual tests/bat- counseling services in a school setting and culturally teries of adult intelligence and neuropsychological diverse society; (c) professional development, certifica- functioning. Consideration of psychological and cross- tion and role identification; (d) collaboration and cultural issues in intellectual assessment. Preparation of consultation with teachers, parents, and administrators. psychological reports. Prerequisite: CPSY 427 and per- Students will be involved in a pre-practicum observation mission of the instructor. of school counselors in a K-12 setting. CPSY 462. Assessment of Personality (3) CPSY 448. Elementary and Secondary School Consideration of issues and methods of personality assess- Counseling – II (4) ment, including ethical and legal issues, and cross-cultural Emphasis on the social and cultural context of elementary issues. Practice in the administration of instruments used and secondary school counseling. Includes ethical, legal, for personality assessment. Supervised experience and and cultural issues in the administration and interpreta- report writing. Prerequisites: CPSY 427 and admission to tion of psychological tests used in K-12 settings. Focus on the Ph.D. program in counseling psychology. a special topic such as school violence or substance abuse CPSY 466. Current Issues in Counseling and prevention, school and community interaction, and the social and cultural context of school counseling, etc. The Therapy (1-6) course will also include observations in schools. Examination of an area of counseling or therapy that is of topical interest to students and faculty. Permission of CPSY 449. Elementary and Secondary School program director required. May be repeated for credit. Counseling – III (4) CPSY 470. Independent Study and Research (1-6) Theory and methods of consultation; development and Individual or small group study in the field of counsel- implementation of student assistance programs; intra- ing. Approved and supervised by the major adviser. May and inter- agency collaborations. The course will also be repeated for credit. include observations in schools. Education, College of 219

CPSY 471. (EDUC 471) Diversity and CPSY 487. Advanced Doctoral Practicum I (4) Multicultural Perspectives (3) Supervised clinical experience for entry-level doctoral Examination of the influence of culture, gender, and dis- students with emphasis on the development of intake abilities on behavior and attitudes. Historical and current skills, assessment procedures and intervention skills. perspectives on race, culture, gender, and Lehigh minori- Audio and video recording, individual and group super- ty group issues in education and psychology. vision. Prerequisite: Admission to the doctoral program Lecture/small group discussion. Course is restricted to in counseling psychology and permission of the counsel- graduate students in the College of Education only. ing psychology practicum coordinator. CPSY 472. Human Development Across the CPSY 488. Advanced Doctoral Practicum II (4) Lifespan (3) Supervised clinical experience with emphasis on An examination of prevailing theories of human growth advanced skills in interpretation, case conceptualization and development across the lifespan. Examination of the from a theoretical perspective, termination and referral, interactive effect of various age groups upon one another. and in the broad array of professional activities normally Particular emphasis on the helping relationships. conducted by a counseling psychologist. Audio and video recording, individual and group supervision. CPSY 473. (SCHP 473) Advanced Research Prerequisites: CPSY 487 and permission of the counsel- Methods in Applied Psychology (1-3) ing psychology practicum coordinator. For doctoral students in applied psychology. Issues and methods of research design, data collection and data CPSY 489. Advanced Doctoral Practicum III (1) analysis. Advanced discussion of quantitative, qualitative Supervised field experience in counseling and therapeutic and single-case research design. Admission to the Ph.D. settings for doctoral students with specific populations. program in counseling psychology or school psychology In consultation with on-site supervisor, the student will or permission of the instructor. develop an area of focus for this practicum that will include therapy experience, training and additional CPSY 476. Supervision of Counseling (1-6) assessment skills as needed. Repeatable for a total of 3 For candidates for supervisor’s certificate or doctorate in credits. Prerequisites: CPSY 488 and permission of the counseling. Observation and supervision of counseling counseling psychology practicum coordinator. practicum students. Prerequisites: CPSY 480 and permis- sion of instructor. CPSY 491. Advanced Doctoral Practicum IV (1) Supervised field experience in counseling and therapeutic CPSY 480. Practicum (1-4) settings for doctoral students with specific populations. Twenty hours of weekly supervised practicum training In consultation with on-site supervisor, the student will for advanced graduate students in individual, group, and develop an area of focus for this practicum that will family counseling and therapy. Prerequisites: CPSY 442 include therapy experience, training and additional and permission of instructor. May be repeated for credit. assessment skills as needed. Repeatable for a total of 3 CPSY 481. Advanced Multicultural Counseling (3) credits. Prerequisites: CPSY 489 and permission of the This seminar covers models and theories of multicultural counseling psychology practicum coordinator. counseling and intervention. Students should be actively CPSY 492. Advanced Field Placement (1) engaging in practice with multicultural clients in a Students perform counseling in university and community practicum or field site, and these cases will form part of agencies under the supervision of the Ph.D. psychologists the basis of course discussions. Prerequisites: CPSY 471, at the field placement. Open only to students in counsel- admission to the doctoral program in counseling psy- ing psychology. This course does not meet the chology, and permission of the counseling psychology requirements for CPSY 466. Course may be repeated for program coordinator. up to 2 credits. Prerequisites: CPSY 491 and permission CPSY 483. Field Work in Counseling (3-6) of the counseling psychology practicum coordinator. Twenty hours of weekly supervised professional practice CPSY 498. Counseling Psychology Doctoral in a school or agency setting as an extension of CPSY Internship (1) 480, Practicum. On-site supervision, audio and/or video A one year full-time or two year half-time supervised recordings and case presentations required. Prerequisites: internship in professional psychology. Student functions CPSY 480 and permission of the counseling psychology as regular staff member. Regular contact with academic program coordinator. advisor required in addition to end-of-semester evaluation CPSY 485. Advanced Psychopathology (3) by the internship site and the student. Prerequisite: CPSY This class will cover etiology, assessment, interviewing 491 and permission of the counseling psychology pro- techniques, establishing a therapeutic alliance, and treat- gram coordinator. (Repeatable for a total of 3 credits). ment planning in adult mental disorders. In depth Educational Leadership coverage will be given to Axis II disorders. The diagnosis and classification of abnormal behavior using DSM-IV-R EDL 400. Introduction to Organizational medical model will be emphasized. Alternate theories of Leadership: Theory and Practice (3) abnormal psychology will also be discussed. Prerequisite: Development of theories of administration and applica- PSYCH 435, Abnormal Psychology. tions in educational institutions. Administrative behavior CPSY 486. Family Counseling Clinic (3-6) in organizational settings; administrator’s leadership role Supervised practicum training for advanced graduate stu- in decision-making, evaluation, and conflict resolution. dents in family counseling and therapy. Techniques and EDL 405. The Principalship (3) methods of conducting family counseling and therapy. Major problems of organization and administration of Prerequisites: CPSY 480 and CPSY 440. schools, types of organization, pupil promotion, program of studies, teaching staff, pupil personnel, contract man- 220 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

agement, time allotment, plant and equipment, and EDL 438. Practicum in Supervision of Special community relations. Prerequisite: EDL 400. Education and Pupil Services Programs I (2) EDL 406. School Principals Clinic (3-6) Supervised field experience in all aspects of district- Simulated materials workshop on administrative deci- wide special education programs. Requires monthly sion-making open to practicing and prospective seminar meetings. elementary and secondary school administrators. EDL 439. Practicum in Supervision of Special EDL 407. Development and Leadership of Middle Education and Pupil Services Programs II (2) Level Programs (3) Supervised field experience in all aspects of district-wide Exploration of the design of programs to meet the needs special education programs. Requires monthly seminar of the pre and early adolescent learners with a focus on meetings. Pre-requisite: EDL 438. organizational structure, instructional practices, curricu- EDL 440. Development and Administration of lum design, staffing, student assessment, and Pupil Services Programs (3) community involvement. Exploration of the research and practice of an effective EDL 420. Leading and Managing Curriculum and comprehensive pupil services program. Emphasis on Instruction Programs (3) involvement of community agencies, field-based research, Exploration of the theory, research and practice associ- and data-based decision-making, program design and ated with an effective curriculum and instruction evaluation, and the relationship of the pupil services pro- program. Topics include program planning, implemen- gram to the regular and special education curriculum. tation and evaluation, legal issues, contract EDL 442. Leadership and Management of Pupil management, and budgetary considerations. Emphasis Services Programs (3) on field-based research and data-based decision making Overview of the management practices related to effec- in program design and evaluation. tive leadership of pupil services programs, including EDL 422. Curriculum Management for the School budget development and management, staffing, instruc- Executive (3) tional practices, community agency partnerships, student A survey of the methods used to facilitate a curriculum assessment, legal issues, and parent involvement. development process based on the theories and findings EDL 450. Curriculum Design in a Global Society (3) from research and practice. Application of concepts to Exploration of global issues and their effects on what is practical problems in curriculum leadership to acquire taught in schools, specifically in international schools. skills in the change process for instruction innovation. Emphasis on the analysis of curriculum and the influ- Emphasis on current theory and research in standards, ence that culture plays in decision making. technology, and curriculum integration. EDL 452. Comparative Education (3) EDL 428. Practicum in Supervision of Survey of education practices abroad. Systems of articu- Curriculum and Instruction I (2) lation, social and legal foundations, and structure in Supervised field experience in all aspects of district-wide government. Emphasis on the nature and purpose curriculum and instructional activities. Requires monthly schools in various cultural contexts and the major prob- seminar meetings. lems and trends occurring throughout the world. EDL 429. Practicum in Supervision of EDL 461. Facilitating Organizational Inquiry (2) Curriculum and Instruction II (2) Exploration into the use of reflective practice and inquiry Advanced supervised field experience in all aspects of for professional development and school improvement. district-wide curriculum and instructional activities. Development of group facilitation skills for collective Requires monthly seminar meetings. Pre-requisite: inquiry. Reflection and inquiry will serve as the founda- EDL 428. tion for development of an action research project. EDL 430. Development and Administration of EDL 462. Transforming the Learner (2) Special Education Programs (3) Exploration of the integration of social, personal, cogni- Exploration of the research and practice of an effective tive, and knowledge-building dimensions to support special education program. Emphasis on curriculum learning and literacy. Focusing on the metacognitive con- development, field-based research, and data-based deci- versations with self and others essential for developing sion making program design and evaluation, and the learning and leadership. relationship of the special education program to the EDL 463. Designing Systems of Action (3) pupil services program and the regular curriculum. Implementation of action research project. Building EDL 432. Special Education Law (3) understanding of how the project impacts and is influ- An overview of the relevant legislation, regulations, and enced by school and community systems. Explores the case law concerning the education of students with dis- application of learning theory as related to leadership. abilities in pre-k through secondary school. Continued development of leadership concept and tools. EDL 434. Leadership and Management of Special EDL 464. Sustaining Learning Communities (2) Education Programs (3) Completion of action research. Design and facilitation of Introduction to the management practices related to a symposium of inquiry results. Review the behaviors of effective leadership of special education programs includ- leadership that sustain learning in the classroom, school, ing budget development and management, staffing, and community. instructional practices, student assessment practices, and EDL 466. Supervision of Instruction (3) parent involvement. Analysis of the principles underlying the organization and supervision of instruction; application to specific teaching situations K-12. Education, College of 221

EDL 467. Supervision and Professional human resources manager, instructional leader, financial Development (3) manager, and director of community relations. Emphasis on establishing skills in human resource man- EDL 488. Program Evaluation (3) agement and supervision, including staff selection, The historical background, theory, methodology, and supervision models, assessment and feedback methods, current practices of program evaluation in the human managing a diverse workforce, and adult development services area. Emphasis on conducting evaluations of related to professional growth options. This course is educational programs and gathering data to make effec- designed specifically for individuals enrolled in a supervi- tive program decisions. Participants are required to sory certification program. design a program evaluation research plan. EDL 468. Applied Learning Theory for School EDL 489. Doctoral Seminar in School Leadership (3) Administration (3) Overview of the foundations, principles, and theories of Analysis of the theoretical, empirical, and conceptual curriculum, teaching, and learning. Emphasis on histori- aspects of contemporary issues in educational adminis- cal perspectives, teaching and learning for tration and their implications for policy formulation understanding, and schools as professional organizations. and implementation in educational institutions. The purpose is to provide prospective administrators Prerequisite: Official standing as a doctoral student in with the background for developing a balanced and chal- educational leadership. lenging school-wide curriculum, for supervising instruction, and for supporting school improvement. Educational Technology EDL 469. Advanced Instructional Supervision (3) EDT 401. Foundations of Educational A staff development approach to supervision designed to Technology (3) extend the supervisor’s knowledge of and skills in apply- History and overview of the field with consideration of ing clinical techniques to instructional supervision. key learning theories and principles that guide designers EDL 470. Special Topics in Educational and developers. Identification of prominent figures and Leadership: (with subtitle) (1-6) organizations, key issues and terms, and useful resources Intensive study and discussion of a specialized area. Title in the field. Consideration of forces affecting adoption of will vary. May be repeated for credit as title varies. innovation with a focus on future directions in teaching and learning with technology. EDL 473. Human Resources Management (3) Overview of the effective utilization of the human EDT 404 Interactive Multimedia Programming (3) resources of educational organizations. Trends in human Introduction to programming interactive multimedia resource planning, recruitment, selection, development, applications in education and training. Emphasis on cre- evaluation, compensation and contract administration. ating applications utilizing sound, video, graphics and other digital resources. EDL 476. School Financial Management (3) Theoretical and practical foundation in financial man- EDT 408. Advanced Learning Theories Applied to agement emphasizing the economics of education, Educational Technology: (with subtitle) (3) financing and distribution of funds, and the manage- Advanced seminar examining theories of socio-historical ment of funds at the school and district level. psychology and their application to educational technol- ogy. Topics will vary (for example, Vygotsky’s Theories EDL 477. Seminar in School-Community Applied to Educational Technology, Communication Relations (3) Theories Applied to Educational Technologies, Group Analysis and development of the communication and Dynamics Theories Applied to Educational public relations skills needed by educators in dealing Technologies). May be repeated for credit under differ- with the public. ent topic. Prerequisite: EDT 401. EDL 479. School Law (3) EDT 415. Topics in Educational Technology: Effect of school law on administration of public school (with subtitle) (3) systems; analysis and synthesis of judicial interpretations Current issues and practices related to the use or adop- of the constitutions, statutes, rules, regulations, and tion of educational technology. Topics will vary (for common law relating to educational issues. example, The Role of Educational Technology in EDL 481. Policy and Politics in Public Education (3) Teaching Persons with Special Needs; Educational Analysis of the forces, factors, agencies, formal govern- Technology in the Workplace; Managing Educational mental systems and informal subsystems that influence Technology Product Development). May be repeated for educational policy in local districts and state and nation- credit as topic varies. al governments. EDT 422. Design 1: The Systematic Design of EDL 485. The Superintendency (3) Instruction (3) A theoretical and historical examination of superin- Introductory exploration of instructional design models tendents’ leadership, school board/superintendent and philosophies and their implications for teaching and relations, and the array of duties and demands upon learning using technology. Heavy focus on instructional the superintendency. message design. Applies perception theory, communica- tion theory, and learning theory to the design of EDL 486. Superintendency Clinic (3) instructional media. Students in this course design Practical experiences in meeting the challenges inherent instructional materials employing the theories and guide- in the position of superintendent and associated central lines explored. Pre/co-requisite: EDT 401. office positions. Emphasis on the five basic functional roles of the superintendent: CEO to school board, 222 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

EDT 425. Design 2: Applied Instructional and argument, and organizing written materials to enhance Interface Design Principles (3) persuasiveness. Suited to those writing qualifying proj- Exploration and application of design models for learn- ects, dissertation proposals, dissertations, funding ing. Special emphasis on graphical user interfaces in proposals, conference proposals, and journal articles. education and training. Prerequisite: EDT 422. Prerequisite EDUC 403. EDT 428. Design 3: Advanced Instructional EDT 485. Applied Research in Educational Design (3) Technology (3) Advanced instructional design and interface issues. Approaches and techniques applicable to empirical Design of instructional environments, selection of research studies in educational technology, both quanti- instructional metaphors, impact of the interface on the tative and qualitative. Students design and carry out user, and demands of designing for newer learning tech- small-scale investigations of research questions and nologies. Prerequisite: EDT 425. hypotheses related to educational technology and write up research reports of their findings and conclusions. EDT 432. Development 1: Website and Resource Prerequisites: EDT 425 and EDUC 403. Development for Learning (3) Introduction to resource development and HTML edit- EDT 490. Integrating Experience in Instructional ing tools used in the creation of eLearning Websites. Design and Development (3) Covers fundamentals of: HTML and commercial Web- Project-based design and development. Students work in creation software packages; scanners and digital video teams to design and develop internal or external instruc- cameras; and use of digital resource creation-and-manip- tional technology projects under the direction of a ulation programs. faculty member. Prerequisites: EDT 425 and EDT 435. EDT 435. Development 2: Interactive Multimedia PMGT 401. Project Management: Course Programming for Learning (3) Framework & Project Leader Assessment (1) Introduction to creating educational applications utiliz- Introduction to the Project Management Certification ing sound, video, graphics and other digital resources. Course; syllabus, requirements and deliverables. Students Prerequisite: EDT 432. will become acquainted with: the terminology, nine knowledge areas, relationships to other disciplines, proj- EDT 438. Development 3: Advanced ect management context and processes. Introduction to Development of Instructional Resources and the logistical vehicles for course delivery and the tools to Technologies (3) be used. Students will also assess themselves as project Focus on using more sophisticated Website and digital leaders and explore project leader competencies, roles, resource development-and-manipulation tools to create responsibilities and stakeholder relationships. multimedia learning materials. Topics will vary (for example, Database-Driven Web Development; Assistive PMGT 402. Project Management: Skills and Devices for Special Populations; Programming Hand- Abilities for Effective Leadership of Teams (1) held Devices; Audio Resource Development; Media Students will enhance project team leadership skills, Production for Instructional Programming). May be define the work environment of project teams, team repeated for credit under different topic. Prerequisite: selection, develop a team charter, clearly define the roles EDT 435. and responsibilities of all project team members, set team guidelines, learn methods to promote teamwork, under- EDT 470. Technology Across the Curriculum (3) stand the stages of development, manage team dynamics. Curricular issues related to using technology in various Additional skills covered: delegation, managing accounta- school settings. Technology’s varying roles in schools. bility without direct authority over project team Emphasis on instructional and curricular concerns and members, managing dysfunctional teams, performance how technology affects educational decisions. improvement, input to performance appraisals, rewards, EDT 471. Planning for Implementing Technology recognitions, celebrations. Prerequisite: PMGT 401. in School Settings (3) PMGT 403. Project Management: Initiating the Logistics of implementing technology in educational set- Project and Planning Scope and Schedule (2) tings. Covers staffing, budgeting, and facilities Students will learn techniques for deciding whether to development and management, staff development, and undertake a project and for planning project outcomes proposal preparation. and schedules. The relationship of projects to organiza- EDT 472. Integrating Technology into Classroom tional planning and budgeting, information and Teaching: (Topic varies) (3) performance appraisals systems will be discussed. Fostering teacher awareness of the potential of a particu- Approaches will be shared for identifying and classifying lar technology or set of technologies for use with project stakeholders and designing and conducting a cost students. Teachers in the course will experience hands-on benefit analysis. How to define desired project outcomes work with promising technologies and enhance their clearly and completely and how to determine project skills at incorporating such technologies into teaching work to be performed using decomposition and tem- and learning. Sample technologies (course topics) plates will be addressed. Students will learn how to include the World Wide Web, handheld devices, GIS develop a project charter, a scope statement, a Work applications, online databases, and the like. Breakdown Structure, a WBS dictionary and a Linear Responsibility Chart. How to create a network diagram EDT 482. Critical Reading and Writing in and analyze schedule possibilities using the Critical Path Educational Technology (3) Method (CPM) and the Program Evaluation and Review Using literature to build persuasive written arguments. Technique (PERT) will be explained. Fast tracking and Searching and identifying promising sources, distilling crashing a schedule will also be explored. Displaying a research findings, synthesizing literature to support an schedule with a Gantt Chart, key events list and activi- Education, College of 223 ties will be illustrated. How to support these activities procedures will be explained. How to prepare focused using MS Project will be demonstrated. Prerequisites: progress reports and conduct effective project meetings PMGT 401, PMGT 402 will be discussed. Requirements for closing out contracts PMGT 404. Project Management: Planning and procurements will be detailed. Obtaining user acceptance, closing labor and fund charge accounts and Resources, Communication, Quality and Risk other administrative activities will be discussed. Management (2) Designing and conducting a post-project review will be In this course, students will learn how to estimate the explored. How to support these activities using MS needs for personnel and other types of projects resources, Project will be demonstrated. Prerequisites: PMGT 401, to develop a project budget and to plan for additional PMGT 402, PMGT 403, PMGT 404, PMGT 405, project support activities. Determining the type, amount PMGT 406 and timing of resource needs will be emphasized. Approaches to resource leveling will be discussed. The PMGT 408. Project Management: Problem different types of project costs will be explained. The use Solving, Decision Making and Ethics (1) of analogous estimating, parametric modeling, bottom- This 2-day seminar focuses on developing problem solv- up estimating and computerized tools to estimate costs ing and ethical decision-making skills. Students will will be explored. Planning to ensure project quality and learn to recognize project problems, frame the problem, coordinate project communications will be will be assess risk, manage risk, plan contingencies, recognize addressed. Identifying, assessing, and preparing a plan to the escalation points, and apply alternate methods. manage project risks will also be discussed. Planning for Students will also participate in ethical exercises to project procurement and associated solicitations will be strengthen their ability to recognize ethical dilemmas explained. Students will learn how to develop resource and evaluate decisions. Prerequisites: PMGT 401, matrices, loading charts and grafts and a project budget. PMGT 402, PMGT 403, PMGT 404, PMGT 405, How to support these activities using MS Project will be PMGT 406, PMGT 407 demonstrated. Prerequisites: PMGT 401, PMGT 402, School Psychology PMGT 403 PMGT 405. Project Management: Project Leader SCHP 402. (SPED 402) Applied Behavior Communications Expertise and Evaluating Team Analysis (3) Performance (1) Theory and application of behavior modification meth- The purpose of this weekend seminar is to strengthen ods in classroom and clinical settings. Topics include the project leader’s communication skills, change-man- behavior analysis, outcome research, task utilization, and agement skills, conflict resolutions skills, and team single case research. evaluation skills. Focus areas will also include the follow- SCHP 404. Historical and Contemporary Issues ing: understanding the art and science of effective in School Psychology (3) listening, managing multiple expectations, communicat- History of psychology, education, and school psychology. ing “bad news,” and learning tools and techniques for Roles and function of school psychologist; legal and ethi- project team evaluation. Prerequisites: PMGT 401, cal aspects of school psychology. PMGT 402, PMGT 403, PMGT 404 SCHP 406. Research Methods and Design (3) PMGT 406. Project Management: Implementing This course is designed to provide skills in the use and and Managing Projects (2) application of research methodologies and in the concep- Students will learn techniques and processes to start and tualizing and writing of research proposals. Specifically, perform the actual project work. Suggestions for working the course is focused on developing conceptual knowl- successfully in a matrix management environment will edge of specific research methods, interpreting data using be discussed. Information systems to track schedule per- specific methods of analysis, and developing independ- formance, labor charges and project expenditures will be ent research skills focused around one’s own research expressed. Developing escalation procedures to address project. The course is primarily designed for doctoral project conflicts issues will be emphasized. Procedures students in School Psychology and Special Education. for controlling labor and fund charges to a project will Permission of instructor is required. be introduced. Key project review and decision meetings SCHP 407. (CPSY 407). Crisis Management in will be identified. Planning and implementing quality assurance activities will be addressed. Planning for, the Schools (3) awarding and administering contracts will be discussed. This course is designed to provide students with knowl- How to support these activities using MS Project will be edge and skills related to crisis preparedness and demonstrated. Prerequisites: PMGT 401, PMGT 402, intervention in the schools. Relevant theories and PMGT 403, PMGT 404, PMGT 405 research literature will be explored as well as practical elements of crisis response that are applicable to all PMGT 407. Project Management: Controlling school systems. In addition, intervention strategies and Performance and Assessing Outcomes (2) protocols will be examined and discussed. Permission of Students will learn how to monitor and control project instructor is required. activities in progress and how to bring a project to clo- SCHP 412. Consultation Procedures (2) sure. Approaches for assessing project products and Observational methodology utilized in consultation; services produced will be explored. Techniques for evalu- rationale, theory and methods of consultation; individ- ating schedule and cost performance will be introduced. ual, group and parent consulting. Study of research on Variance analysis and earned value analysis will be the consultation process. Students must also register for explained. Quality control and risk monitoring and con- one credit of SCHP 431. trol will be discussed. Change control systems and 224 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

SCHP 422. Assessment of Intelligence (3) SCHP 437. Advanced Child Psychopathology (3) Administration and interpretation of individual tests of Advanced training in the definition, classification, etiolo- intelligence used in school evaluation and preparation of gy, long-term outcome, and treatment of children and psychological reports. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. adolescents with various psychopathological disorders. SCHP 423. Behavioral Assessment (3) Emphasis is placed upon the assessment and treatment Techniques of behavioral assessment including direct of child and adolescent psychopathology in school set- observation, interviews, checklists, rating scales, self- tings. Prerequisites: admission to doctoral program or by monitoring and role-play tests. Prerequisite: permission permission of instructor. of instructor. SCHP 438. Health/Pediatric Psychology (3) SCHP 425. Assessment and Intervention in Introduction to training in the definition, etiology and Educational Consultation (3) behavioral/academic characteristics of children and ado- Collection and use of data in designing classroom inter- lescents with medical disorders. Emphasis is placed on ventions. Curriculum based assessment, direct behavioral the assessment and treatment of educational and behav- assessment, and structured interviews, and the interrela- ioral sequelae of medical disorders in both school and tionship with diagnoses are emphasized within the health settings. Prerequisites: admission to doctoral pro- behavioral consultation model. Utilization of data from gram in school psychology or permission of instructor. actual case studies. Prerequisites: SCHP 402, SCHP 423. SCHP 439. Comprehensive School Health SCHP 426. Advanced School and Family Programs (3) Interventions (3) Examination of school-wide programs designed to address Overview of school-based and family-based intervention health care needs of children and adolescents in school set- strategies for children and adolescents presenting inter- tings. Focus is on development of primary prevention and personal, emotional, developmental or behavioral integration of educational, medical, social and community challenges. Examples of topics covered include crisis resources. Permission of instructor required. intervention, peer-mediated interventions, self-manage- ment interventions, behavioral parent training, SCHP 440. Applications of Pediatric School interventions for child abuse/neglect and computer- Psychology assisted instruction. Prerequisite: SCHP 402 or Focus on further development of students’ knowledge and permission of instructor. application of pediatric school psychology. The etiology SCHP 427. (CPSY 427) Standardized Tests, and developmental course of pediatric medical conditions will be examined, emphasizing the impact on school, fam- Measurement and Appraisal (3) ily and community environments. Prerequisite: SCHP Principles of psychological measurement (e.g., tests con- 438 or SCHP 439 or permission of instructor. struction, technology, validity, reliability, functional utility). Ethical, legal, and cultural issues in the adminis- SCHP 442. Doctoral Practicum in School tration and interpretation of psychological tests. Case Psychology (1-6) conceptualization, reporting and presentation. Field-based experience in providing psychological services SCHP 429. Special Topics in School Psychology in school and/or clinical settings. Prerequisite: admission (with subtitle) (1-3) to doctoral program. May be repeated for credit. SCHP 431. Practicum in Consultation SCHP 443. Certification Internship (1-6) Procedures (1-3) Full-time experience in clinical/educational settings. Supervised experience in conducting school-based con- Student must complete a minimum of 1,200 clock hours sultations. Co-requisite, SCHP 412. under joint supervision of faculty and field supervisor. May be repeated for credit. SCHP 432. Practicum in Assessment of Intelligence (1-3) SCHP 444. Doctoral Internship (1-6) Supervised experience in the administration and inter- Full-time experience in clinical/educational settings. pretation of intelligence tests. Co-requisite, SCHP 422. Student must complete a minimum of 1,500 clock hours under joint supervision of faculty and field supervisor. SCHP 433. Practicum in Behavioral Assessment May be repeated for credit. (1-3) Supervised experience in conducting behavioral assess- SCHP 473. (CPSY 473) Advanced Research ments in school settings. Co-requisite, SCHP 423. Methods in Applied Psychology (1-3) For doctoral students in applied psychology. Issues and SCHP 434. (SPED 434) Applied Research methods of research design, data collection and data Practicum (1-3) analysis. Advanced discussion of quantitative, qualitative Designing and conducting research projects in applied and single-case research design. Admission to the Ph.D. settings. program in counseling psychology or school psychology SCHP 435. Practicum in Assessment & or permission of the instructor. Intervention in Educational Consultation (1-3) SCHP 496. Doctoral Seminar in School Supervised experience in conducting curriculum-based assessments and designing intervention strategies for Psychology (with subtitle) (3) educational problems. Co-requisite, SCHP 425. Selected topics in school psychology (titles will vary) including professional issues, assessment and interven- SCHP 436. Specialized Practicum in School tion in school settings, and supervision of school Psychology (with subtitle) (1-3) psychology services. May be repeated for credit. Supervised field experience in school psychology with a Prerequisite: admission to doctoral program. specific population or setting. May be repeated for cred- it. Permission of instructor required. Education, College of 225

Special Education SPED 430. Advanced Seminar in Special Education (3) SPED 330. Special Topics in Special Education: Advanced issues relating to the field of special education. (with subtitle)(1-3) Titles will vary. Current issues in the education of individuals with special needs. Titles vary. May be repeated for credit as title varies. SPED 434. (SCHP 434) Applied Research Practicum (1-3) SPED 332. Education and Inclusion for Designing and conducting research projects in Individuals with Special Needs (3) applied settings. Legal, educational and social issues related to the special education of individuals with mental retardation, physi- SPED 440. Early Academic Intervention (3) cal disabilities, emotional/behavioral disorders, learning Explores the potential effectiveness of interventions to disabilities, visual and hearing impairments, health prevent academic failure of children at risk for learning impairments and those who are intellectually gifted. difficulties. Emphasis on research-based interventions in Emphasis will be on meeting the diverse needs of stu- the areas of beginning reading, language and vocabulary, dents in general education classrooms and settings. writing and spelling, awareness of print and exposure to print, and mathematics (number sense). SPED 338. (PSYCH 338) Emotional and Behavioral Disorders of Children (3) SPED 442. Learning Disabilities: Inclusion and Definition, classification, etiology, treatment, and histor- Issues (3) ical perspective of children and adolescent disorders. Explores major topics, issues, and trends in the area of learning disabilities. An overview of historical founda- SPED 402. (SCHP 402) Applied Behavior tions of learning disabilities, theoretical perspectives and Analysis (3) medical aspects, definition, etiology, characteristics, Theory and application of behavior modification meth- assessment, service delivery models, educational ods in classroom and clinical settings. Topics include approaches, and instructional design. Emphasis on inclu- behavior analysis, outcome research, task utilization, and sion strategies for adjusting and adapting to the single case research. mainstream settings in preschool, school, and post SPED 418. Life Skills and Transition Strategies (3) school environments. Curriculum and methods for teaching skills of daily liv- SPED 444. Classroom Management (3) ing and preparing students with disabilities for transition Introduction to positive behavior support strategies to to adult living. Includes vocational training, community improve student behavior. Topics include school-wide skills, home and daily living, self-care, leisure, communi- and class-wide interventions and functional assessment cation and functional academics. Emphasis on transition to develop individualized behavior support plans. planning for students with physical disabilities, emotion- Prerequisite: Enrollment in special education program. al disturbance, learning disabilities, developmental disabilities, traumatic brain injury, autism, severe disabil- SPED 446. Practicum/Seminar in Academic ities and related challenges. Interventions (3) Supervised field work with emphasis on designing and SPED 419. Academic and Curricular Strategies for implementing academic interventions. Emphasis on col- Individuals with Disabilities (3) laboration with general education teachers and parents. Methods course designed to increase knowledge of instruc- Requires one-hour monthly seminar meetings. This tion of reading, language arts, mathematics and content course is restricted to students enrolled in the Academic area skills. Emphasis on instructional design and strategies, Intervention Specialist program. evaluation of commercial textbooks and possible modifica- tions needed for use with individuals with disabilities. SPED 448. Practicum/Seminar in Positive Behavior Specialist 1 (3) SPED 420. Intern Teaching: Certification (2-3) Introductory supervised field work with emphasis on Competency-based practice in application of procedures conducting functional assessments, designing positive for teaching a broad spectrum of individuals with special behavior support plans, and teaming with families and needs in preparation for Level I Certification as a professionals. Requires one-hour weekly meetings with Teacher of the Mentally or Physically Handicapped. faculty and other practicum students. This course is Prerequisite: consent of program coordinator one semes- restricted to students enrolled in the Positive Behavior ter before registering for this course. Specialist program. SPED 428. Positive Behavior Support (3) SPED 450. Practicum/Seminar in Positive The design of comprehensive, multicomponent behavior Behavior Specialist 2 (3) support plans for individuals with disabilities who Advanced field work with emphasis on resolving difficult engage in challenging behaviors. Topics include func- case problems in positive behavior support. Requires tional assessment strategies, antecedent and setting event one-hour weekly meetings with faculty and other interventions, alternative skill training, consequence practicum students. This course is restricted to students strategies, lifestyle interventions and teaming strategies. enrolled in the Positive Behavior Specialist program. Taught from a noncategorical perspective. Prerequisite: SPED 402 or permission of the instructor. SPED 452. Assessment and Planning for SPED 429. Professional Seminar (3) Individuals with Disabilities (3) Master’s seminar on current issues in the area of special Educational assessment procedures for individuals with education and research design. Prerequisite is 18 gradu- special needs. Understanding and applying formal and ate credits in special education. informal assessments. Emphasis on curriculum-based assessment for placement and monitoring student 226 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

progress in instructional materials. Translating assessment ual and group results. Use and misuse of tests in assess- information to develop an individualized instructional ing achievement. plan for a student with a disability. TBTE 406. Tools for K-12 Teaching and Learning SPED 465. Advanced Methods for Inclusion (3) (3) Advanced techniques for educating students with disabili- Application of technology in school-based instructional ties in general education based on current research and settings. This course addresses the use of technology practice. Accommodations and planning for physical tools and resources to enhance and manage learning. inclusion. Instructional inclusion through embedded Students will demonstrate skills in design and develop- instruction, adaptations, and curriculum overlapping. ment of Web sites, evaluation and use of educational Decision hierarchies for level of instructional adaptation. software, production and integration of digital media, Social inclusion methods through methods of social facil- and other key competencies. itation. Taught from a non-categorical perspective and addresses students with all levels of disability (e.g., mild TBTE 407. Designing for K-12 Teaching and and severe). Prerequisite: SPED 332, admission to the Learning (3) special education program, or permission of instructor. Theoretical, philosophical and curricular foundations of instruction. This course explores theories of learning and SPED 490. Doctoral Seminar in Special their application, implications for the use of technology Education (3) and standards-based education. Special emphasis on Advanced knowledge of issues and research in the educa- planning, developing and assessing instruction. tion of individuals with special needs. Topics will vary. Prerequisite: Successful prior completion of TBTE 406. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: admitted for doctoral studies. TBTE 410. The Writing Process (3) Developmental characteristics of children’s writing and Technology-Based Teacher Education relationships among writing, spelling and reading. Predictors of writing achievement, teaching strategies TBTE 312. Classroom Practice (1-3) and activities, and evaluation schemes will be empha- Experience in elementary and secondary classrooms as sized, K-12. related to theories of child and adolescent development, classroom didactics, and philosophies of education. TBTE 412. Curriculum and Instruction in Social Problem-centered discussion and observations. May be Studies (3) repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of the pro- Curriculum, content, teaching strategies, and instruc- gram director. tional materials of the social studies field. Emphasis will be placed on organizing content, using appropriate TBTE 314. Seminar in Elementary and Secondary methods, testing and evaluation, and innovations for Education (3) social studies at the elementary, middle, and high school Critical analysis and discussion of classroom instruction- levels. Attention will be given to examining textbooks, al practices based on experiences of participants as they courses of study, and teacher-made materials. engage in teaching experiences. Prerequisite: consent of the program director. TBTE 415. Technology in School Settings: (with subtitle) (1-3) TBTE 391. Workshops (1-3) Focused examination of problems, key issues, and Cooperative study of current educational problems. approaches to the use of technology in school settings. Provides elementary, secondary, and special education Topics will vary (for example, Technology’s Role in teachers an opportunity to work at their own teaching Facilitating School Restructuring; Teaching for Brain- levels and in their own fields. Limited to six credits dur- based Learning; Enhancing Gifted Education Through ing a summer session but the student may register for Technology). May be repeated for credit as topic varies. more than one workshop provided there is no duplica- tion in subject matter. TBTE 420. Reading in Elementary Education (3) Principles of teaching reading in elementary schools. TBTE 394. Special Topics in Education: (with Selection of appropriate materials, methods, and tech- subtitle) (1-3) niques. Beginning reading instruction and the Examination of a topic of research or professional inter- development of strategies for teaching vocabulary and est in education. Subtitle will vary. May be repeated for comprehension in narrative and expository texts. credit as subtitle varies. TBTE 422. Language Arts in Elementary TBTE 403. Child Development (3) Education (3) A study of physical, intellectual, emotional and social Principles of language learning and the development of aspects of child development as they relate to the ele- communication skills in elementary schools. Methods of mentary schools. teaching listening, speaking, handwriting, spelling, punc- TBTE 404. Youth in Society (3) tuation, and grammar. Selection of appropriate materials Social development, characteristics, and problems of and textbooks. adolescents and young adults. Impact of relationships TBTE 424. Children’s Literature in Elementary with sibling, peers, adults, subcultures, in the context of changing institutions and values. Education (3) Role of literature in the instructional program of the ele- TBTE 405. Introduction to Testing and mentary schools. Use of trade books for individualized Evaluation (3) instruction in reading, language arts, mathematics, sci- Construction and evaluation of the teacher-made test. ence, and social studies. Selection of published tests and interpretation of individ- Electrical and Computer Engineering 227

TBTE 426. Science in Elementary Education (3) TBTE 471. School Curriculum (3) Principles of the elementary science program. Curricular innovations. Applications of curricular Demonstrations and discussions of appropriate materials designs K-12. Subject matter and course design. and techniques for teaching science concepts to elementary Integration and importance of the fine arts and physical school students. Enrollment limited to available lab space. education in the curriculum. TBTE 428. Mathematics in Elementary TBTE 473. Curriculum Construction (3) Education (3) Theoretical models of curriculum design and evaluation. Mathematical skills and concepts for the elementary Scope, sequence, articulation, continuity, and balance in school program. Sets, systems of numeration, experience designs. Organizing for curriculum planning, develop- with numbers, operations with numbers, number con- ment, implementation and change. K-12. cepts and numerals, and elements of geometry. TBTE 480. Curricular Design and Innovation (3) TBTE 440. Reading and Critical Thinking in Curricular models and their features, with a focus on Middle Level and High School Education (3) how curricular design promotes learning in K-12 set- Focuses on expository reading development in content tings. Special emphasis on technology-enabled curricula, areas such as language arts, mathematics, science and designing for brain-based learning, and curriculum’s role social studies. Practical teaching strategies in critical in innovation. areas, such as comprehension and study skills. Review of research and methods for improving the reading develop- Electrical and Computer ment of students. Engineering TBTE 442. English in Middle Level and High School Education (3) Professors. Donald Bolle, Ph.D. (Purdue) interim chair; Curricula, philosophy, methods, strategies, and materials Rick S. Blum, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania); R. W. Wieseman in the teaching of English. Literature, genres, and the professor of engineering; D. Richard Decker, Ph.D. nature of text and text differences. Critical analysis and (Lehigh); Yujie Ding, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins), Class of drawing inferences from narrative text and poetry. ’61 professor; Douglas R. Frey, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Bruce Applications of technology and assessment principles. D. Fritchman, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Miltiadis Hatalis, Ph.D. TBTE 446. Science in Middle Level and High (Carnegie Mellon); Carl S. Holzinger, Ph.D. (Lehigh); James C. M. Hwang, Ph.D. (Cornell); Thomas L. Koch, School Education (3) Ph.D. (Cal Tech), Daniel E. and Patricia M. Smith pro- Curricula, philosophy, methodology, strategies and safety fessor, Director of the Center for Optical Technologies; in the teaching of middle and high school science. Alastair D. McAulay, Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon); Marvin Emphasis on laboratory and instructional technology, at- H. White, Ph.D. (Ohio State), Sherman Fairchild pro- risk and underrepresented students and current models fessor of electrical engineering, Director of the of science education. Permission of the instructor. Sherman-Fairchild Center for Solid State Studies. Enrollment limited to available lab space. Associate Professors. Karl H. Norian, Ph.D. (Imperial TBTE 448. Mathematics in Middle Level and College, London); Boon Ooi, Ph.D. (Glasgow, UK); High School Education (3) Meghanad D. Wagh, Ph.D. (I.I.T., Bombay). Curricula, instructional activities, and manipulative aids Assistant Professors. Tiffany Jing Li, Ph.D. (Texas applicable to mathematics courses in middle level and A&M); Shalinee Kishore, Ph.D. (Princeton), P. C. high schools. Teaching strategies and materials appropri- Rossin Assistant Professor; Nelson Tansu, Ph.D. ate for teaching mathematics will be emphasized. (Wisconsin-Madison); Zhiyuan Yan, Ph.D. (Illinois TBTE 461. Participation in Teaching (3) Urbana-Champaign); Svetlana Tatic-Lucic, Ph.D. (Cal Study, directed observation of, and initial practice in the Tech.) various phases of teaching in a laboratory-demonstration Professor of Practice. William Haller, M.S. (Lehigh). school or in area elementary and secondary schools. Prerequisite: consent of the program director. The department of electrical and computer engineering (ECE) offers undergraduate and graduate programs of TBTE 463. Intern Teaching (2-3) study along with supporting research for students inter- Intensive practice in the application of principles of ested in the field of electrical engineering. It also jointly teaching. Supervision is provided by the cooperating supports undergraduate and graduate programs in com- school and by the university. Prerequisite: consent of the puter engineering, and computer science with the program director. computer science and engineering (CSE) department. TBTE 464. Intern Teaching Seminar (3) Graduate study leads to the degrees master of science, Critical analysis and discussion of classroom instruction- master of engineering, and doctor of philosophy in elec- al practices. Discussion and illustration based on trical engineering, and the master of science and doctor experience of participants as they engage in intern teach- of philosophy in computer engineering. ing. Prerequisite: consent of the program director. The undergraduate programs emphasize the fundamental aspects of their respective areas. Engineering design con- TBTE 466. Programs for Gifted and Talented (3) cepts are introduced early in the curriculum, and Characteristics of gifted children; teaching gifted chil- required instructional laboratories introduce design as a dren; programs for the gifted in elementary and hands-on activity. Electives permit students to tailor secondary schools. their programs according to their interests and goals, whether they be in preparation for graduate study or entry into industry. Students are free to select courses 228 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

offered by other departments and are encouraged to do courses carry the prefix ECE for electrical and computer so when appropriate. In this way they can prepare them- engineering. Courses given by the Computer Science selves for activities which straddle departmental and Engineering department have the prefix CSE. boundaries or for entry into professional schools such as Students are urged to search both listings for courses medicine or management. Students have the opportunity appropriate to their career goals. to synthesize and apply their knowledge in a senior design project. Students may use the senior design proj- Undergraduate Programs ect as a way to participate in the various research projects Mission Statement for the Electrical Engineering in the department. and Computer Engineering Programs The department maintains a number of laboratories in The mission of the electrical engineering and computer support of its curricular programs. These laboratories engineering programs is to prepare engineers to meet the include the sophomore laboratory, junior electronic cir- challenges of the future, to promote a sense of scholar- cuits laboratory, microcomputer laboratory, ship, leadership, and service among our graduates, to electromechanics laboratory, lightwave laboratory, digital instill in the students the desire to create, develop, and signal processing laboratory, and the digital systems labo- disseminate new knowledge, and to provide international ratory. The department has research laboratories in leadership to the electrical engineering and computer computer architectures, wireless communications, opto- engineering professions. electronics, compound semiconductors, electron device physics, microelectronics fabrication, signal processing, Program Educational Objectives in Electrical and communications. These laboratories are described Engineering and Computer Engineering more completely in the departmental graduate brochure. 1. To provide students with the fundamental knowledge These laboratories, among others, are available for for the practice of electrical and computer engineer- undergraduate projects. ing, and to develop their ability to formulate, analyze The graduate programs allow students to deepen their and solve electrical and computer engineering prob- professional knowledge, understanding, and capability lems in practice by applying the fundamental within their subspecialties. Each graduate student devel- knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering. ops a program of study in consultation with his or her 2. To provide the broad education necessary to under- graduate advisor. Key research thrust areas in the depart- stand the impact of electrical and computer ment include: engineering solutions in a global, societal, and envi- 1. Microelectronics and Nanotechnology. ronmental context. 2. Wireless Communications and Networking. 3. To provide students with the foundation and desire 3. Optoelectronics. for advanced education or graduate study, to instill an 4. Bio-Engineering. awareness of continual changes in their profession in a global context, and to instill the desire for continued Graduate research is encouraged in these and other areas. life-long learning. Computers and computer usage are an essential part of 4. To instill responsible professional attitudes and ethics the student’s environment. The university provides a dis- and to develop skills in communicating effectively in tributed network of about 75 high-performance working productively in a multidisciplinary team workstations and over 300 PC-compatible microcomput- environment. ers in public sites throughout the campus. The ECE department, in conjunction with the CSE department, 5. To provide an environment which enables students to has state-of-the-art systems to augment and extend the pursue their individual goals in a program which is generally available university systems. A primary resource flexible, challenging and supportive. is a network of more than 60 Sun workstations, file Bachelor of Science in Electrical servers, and compute servers, running the Unix operat- Engineering ing system. With over 60 gigabytes of storage, CD-ROM drives, tape drives, and accelerated graphics, these sys- The required courses for this degree contain the funda- tems provide an array of software tools for students and mentals of linear circuits, systems and control theory, researchers including programming languages (C, C++, electronic circuits, signal theory, physical electronics, Pascal, FORTRAN, etc.), software development tools, electromagnetic theory, energy conversion, digital sys- software and hardware simulators, and electronic com- tems, and computing techniques. A strong foundation in puter-aided design packages. In addition to the the physical sciences and in mathematics is required. workstations, the department maintains a collection of Approved electives, chosen with the advisor’s consent, are PC-compatible microcomputers for ECE students, selected in preparation for graduate study or entry into including a set of machines which can be dedicated to industry according to individual interests. The program hardware/software projects. The workstations and micro- totals 136 credit hours. The recommended sequence of computers are connected via multiple high-speed courses follows: ethernet, fiber optic, and ATM networks, which are in See freshman year requirements, section III. turn connected to the university’s backbone network, and to the external world through Internet 2. Students sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) are not required by the department nor the university to ECE 33 Introduction to Computer own a personal computer, but many find such a tool a Engineering (4) valuable asset. ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) A detailed description of the curricular programs follows PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II with a listing of the required courses and with a listing of and Laboratory II (5) the departmental course offerings. The departmental MATH 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) Electrical and Computer Engineering 229 sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) B. Signal Processing and Communications ECE 82 Sophomore Laboratory (1) ECE 337 Intro to Micro-and Nanofabrication (3) ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) ECE 212 Control Theory (3) ECE 126 Fundamentals of Semiconductor ECE 339 Graphical Signal Processing (3) Devices (3) ECE 340 Adaptive Signal Processing (3) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) ECE 342 Communication Theory (3) ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) ECE 343 Digital Signal Processing (3) HSS elective (3) ECE 344 Statistical Signal Processing (3) junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) ECE 345 Speech Synthesis and Recognition (3) ECE 121 Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) ECE 375 Computer Vision (3) ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) ECE 387 Digital Control (3) ECE 202 Introduction to Electromagnetics (3) ECE 389 Control Systems Laboratory (2) MATH 208 Complex Variables (3) ME 342 Control Systems (3) HSS elective (3) C. Microwaves and Lightwaves free elective (3) ECE 325 Semiconductor Lasers I (3) junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) ECE 326 Semiconductor Lasers II (3) ECE 125 Circuits and Systems (3) ECE 338 Quantum Electronics (3) ECE 138 Digital Systems Laboratory (2) ECE 254 Microwave-Lightwave Laboratory (2) ECE 203 Introduction to ECE 346 Microwave Circuits and Techniques (3) Electromagnetic Waves (3) ECE 347 Introduction to Integrated Optics (3) MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) ECE 348 Lightwave Technology (3) approved technical elective* (3) ECE 371 Optical Information Processing (3) free elective (3) ECE 372 Optical Networks (3) senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) D. Computers ECE 136 Electromechanics (3) CSE *** Any CSE course except CSE 12, ECE 257 Senior Lab I (3) CSE 15, or CSE 252 HSS elective (3) ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) approved technical electives* (6) ECE 316 Microcomputer System Design (3) free elective (3) ECE 319 Digital System Design (3) senior year, second semester (17 credit hours) ECE 320 Logic Design (3) ECE 258 Senior Lab II (2) ECE/CSE 336 Embedded Systems (3) approved technical electives* (9) Note: ECE 350 Special Topics (3) (The area of each HSS elective (3) course must be evaluated individually) free elective (3) Bachelor of Science in Computer *Approved technical electives are subjects in the area of sci- Engineering ence and technology. Students must select a minimum of four courses from the ECE or CSE course listings, with a See catalog entry for Computer Engineering. minimum of two courses in one of the technical areas Graduate Programs described in the following list. Students must also choose at Graduate programs of study provide a balance between least one engineering elective in either materials, mechanics, formal classroom instruction and research and are tai- thermodynamics, fluid mechanics or physical chemistry, and lored to the individual student’s professional goals. The at least one science elective in physics, chemistry or biology. programs appeal to individuals with backgrounds in elec- For students interested in solid-state electronics, quantum trical or computer engineering, mathematics, or the mechanics is recommended for the science elective. physical sciences. Research is an essential part of the Approved Technical Electives for Electrical graduate program. Major research areas include: Engineering Wireless Communications and Networking Breadth Requirement: Minimum of 4 ECE or CSE elec- Signal design (CDMA, OFDM, etc), near-far communi- tive courses. cation strategies, space-time diversity coding, channel Depth Requirement: Minimum of 2 courses in one of and interference modeling, digital audio and video com- the technical areas described below. pression, digital signal processing, novel devices, communication networks, image processing, data fusion, A. Solid-State Circuits and compound semiconductor devices. ECE 308 Physics and Models of Electronic Devices (3) Microelectronics Devices, Integrated Circuits, ECE 332 Design of Linear Electronic Circuits (3) VLSI Design ECE 333 Medical Electronics (3) Mixed Signal design, Silicon integrated circuit technolo- ECE 351 Microelectronics Technology (3) gy, processing, fabrication and testing. Semiconductor ECE 355 Applied Integrated Circuits (3) device physics, nano scale devices, CMOS VLSI logic ECE 361 Introduction to VLSI Circuits (3) design and verification, computer-aided design (CAD), ECE 362 Introduction to VLSI System Design (3) VLSI chip architectures, computer architecture including embedded systems and systems-on-a-chip. New sensors, 230 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

actuators and novel microsystems, ranging from micro- engineers for the communications and networking indus- electromechanical-systems (MEMS) to chemical tries. The curriculum aims to produce graduates that can microreactors and Biochips. contribute to the design and analysis of communication systems in the broadest context. To accommodate the stu- Optoelectronics and Photonics dent’s study of various aspects of wireless Fiber optic communications and networks, nonlinear optics communications and networking, we have limited the and solitons, optical switching, novel devices, and optical number of required core courses to allow maximum flexi- computing. Free-space optical communication systems. bility in pursuing specific interests. The required core The Master of Science degree requires the completion of courses are: Communication Theory (ECE 342), 30 credit hours of work that may include a six credit Fundamentals of Wireless Communications (ECE 441), hours thesis for the EE and CompE degrees. A program and Computer Networks (ECE 404). In addition to the of study must be submitted in compliance with the grad- core courses, the students will take advanced courses that uate school regulations. An oral presentation of the thesis are aimed to furnish the student with a deeper knowledge is required. of more specific types and aspects of information net- The Master of Engineering degree requires the completion works. ECE 342 must be the first course taken and the of 30 credit hours of work, which includes design-oriented core courses should precede advanced courses. courses and an engineering project. A program of study Departmental Courses must be submitted in compliance with the college rules. An oral presentation of the project is required. Courses are listed under the prefixes ECE and CSE. Generally, electrical engineering courses carry the ECE The Ph.D. degree in electrical engineering requires the prefix and appear in the following listing. Computer sci- completion of 42 credit hours of work (including the ence courses carry the CSE prefix. Computer dissertation) beyond the master’s degree (48 hours if the engineering courses are found under either prefix. The master’s degree is non-Lehigh), the passing of a depart- CSE courses are listed in the Computer Science and mental qualifying examination appropriate to each Engineering department section in this catalog. The degree within one year after entrance into the degree reader should consult both listings. program, the passing of a general examination in the candidate’s area of specialization, the admission into can- Electrical and Computer Engineering (ECE) didacy, and the writing and defense of a dissertation. Competence in a foreign language is not required. For Undergraduate Students The ECE Department has a core curriculum require- ECE 33. (CSE 33). Introduction to Computer ment for graduate students in each of the degree Engineering (4) fall programs. The purpose of this requirement is to guaran- Analysis, design and implementation of small digital cir- tee that all students pursuing graduate studies in the cuits. Boolean algebra. Minimization techniques, department acquire an appropriate breadth of knowledge synchronous sequential circuit design, number systems of their discipline. and arithmetic. Microcomputer architecture and assembly Electrical Engineering: To satisfy the core curriculum level programming. Prerequisite: ENGR 1 or CSE 17. requirements in Electrical Engineering, students must ECE 81. Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) select three (3) courses from the following five (5) differ- fall and spring ent areas: ECE 343 Digital Signal Processing; ECE 401 Circuit elements and laws. Behavior of simple linear net- Advanced Computer Architecture; ECE 402 Advanced works. Characteristics of electronic devices and device Electromagnetic Theory; ECE 420 Advanced Circuits and models. Introduction to functional circuits, such as oper- Systems; ECE 451 Physics of Semiconductor Devices. ational amplifier and logic devices. Principles of Computer Engineering: see catalog entry for Computer electromechanical energy conversion and power systems. Engineering. Includes a weekly session for review and discussion. M.S. in Photonics Prerequisite: MATH 22. Co-requisite: Phys 21. The Masters of Science degree in Photonics is an interdis- ECE 82. Sophomore Lab (1) spring ciplinary degree that is designed to provide students with a An introduction to the fundamental laboratory instru- broad training experience in the various aspects of pho- mentation and measurement techniques of electrical and tonics, including topics in Physics, Electrical Engineering computer engineering. Five or six experiments based on and Materials Science and Engineering. It covers both the- the fundamental concepts discussed in the prerequisite oretical and practical topics in areas such as fiber optics, courses. Introduction to PSPICE and application of vari- integrated optics, lasers, nonlinear optics and optical mate- ous computer aids to design and documentation. rials to prepare the students to work in industry directly Discussions of electrical components and laboratory safe- after graduation. The program is also designed so as to ty. Use of an engineering notebook and report writing. make it possible for students who wish to continue on for One three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ECE a Ph.D., to still satisfy the requirements of their individual 33 and ECE 81, previously. departments for the more advanced degree. For details on ECE 108. Signals and Systems (4) spring this program, see the separate catalog section under Continuous and discrete signal and system descriptions Interdisciplinary Graduate Study and Research. using signal space and transform representations. Includes Fourier series, continuous and discrete Fourier M. S. in Wireless Communications and transforms, Laplace transforms, and z-transforms. Network Engineering Introduction to sampling. Prerequisite: ECE 81. The Master of Science degree in Wireless Communications and Network Engineering at Lehigh University is designed to prepare the next generation of Electrical and Computer Engineering 231

ECE 121. Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) fall finite element numerical approach. Quasistationary One lecture and one laboratory per week. Experiments fields, inductance. Prerequisites: MATH 205, Phys. 21. illustrating the principles of operation of electronic ECE 203. Introduction to Electromagnetic Waves devices and their circuit applications. Basic electronic instrumentation and measurement techniques. Co-requi- (3) spring site: ECE 123. Uniform plane waves in free space and in materials, skin effect. Waves in transmission lines and waveguides, ECE 123. Electronic Circuits (3) fall including optical fibers. Energy and power flow, Methods for analyzing and designing circuits containing Poynting’s theorem. Reflection and refraction. Resonators. electronic devices. Topics include device models, basic Radiation and diffraction. Prerequisite: ECE 202. amplifier configurations, operating point stabilization, frequency response analysis, and computer-aided analysis ECE 212. Control Theory (3) of active circuits. Prerequisite: ECE 108. Introduction to feedback control. Dynamic analysis of linear feedback systems in the time and frequency ECE 125. Circuits and Systems (3) spring domain, with emphasis on stability and steady-state Formulation of linear circuit equations in the time and accuracy. Major analytical tools: signal-flow graphs, root- frequency domain. Complete solutions of difference and locus methods. Nyquist plot, Bode analysis. Cascade differential equations. Network theorems. Basic stability compensation techniques. Prerequisite: ECE 125. and feedback concepts. Modulation theory, sampling theory and basic digital signal processing ideas. ECE 254. Microwave-Lightwave Laboratory (2) Prerequisite: ECE 108. Basic microwave and optical measurement techniques, design procedures and practical concepts. Practical ECE 126. Fundamentals of Semiconductor aspects of fiber optics, optical transmission, and modula- Devices (3) spring tion. Two three-hour sessions per week. Co-requisite: Introduction to the physics of semiconductors in terms ECE 346. of atomic bonding and electron energy bands in solids. ECE 256. Honors Project (1) spring Charge carriers in semiconductors and carrier concentra- Open by invitation only to students who have complet- tion at thermal equilibrium. Principles of electron and ed ECE 251, Senior Project. Selection is based upon the hole transport, drift and diffusion currents, generation quality of the senior project with regard to ingenuity, and recombination processes, continuity. Treatment of design approach and completeness. The objective of this semiconductor devices including p-n junctions, bipolar course is to carry the successful senior projects forward junction transistors and field effect transistors. to completion of a technical paper suitable for publica- Prerequisite: ECE 81. tion or submission to a technical conference. A written ECE 136. Electromechanics (3) fall paper and oral presentation are required by mid-semes- Two lectures and one laboratory per week. An experi- ter. Oral presentations will be made before an mental introduction to electromechanical energy appropriate public forum. Enrollment limited. conversion. Basic concepts of magnetic fields and forces ECE 257. Senior Lab I (3) and their application to electrical apparatus including With ECE 258, provides a complete design experience electromechanical transducers, transformers, AC and DC for Electrical and Computer Engineers. Research, plan- machines. Prerequisite: ECE 81. ning, and completion of the initial design for a project ECE 138. Digital Systems Laboratory (2) spring involving hardware and/or software, integrating the Implementation issues and techniques for digital logic many facets of their undergraduate program. Instruction design. Combinational and sequential logic design using in technical writing, product development, ethics and standard integrated circuits. I/O and interrupt processing. professional engineering, and presentation of design and Design and implementation of real-time complex digital research. Two three hour sessions and one additional two logic using microprocessor systems. Prerequisite: ECE 33. hour session per week. ECE 162. Electrical Laboratory (1) spring ECE 258. Senior Lab II (2) Experiments on circuits, machines, and electronic Continuation of ECE 257. Complete design, construc- devices. Elementary network theory. Survey laboratory tion, and testing of projects selected and developed in for students not majoring in electrical or computer engi- ECE 257. Present final design reviews and project pre- neering. Prerequisite: ECE 81. sentations. Submit a final written report. Discuss ECE 201. (CSE 201). Computer Architecture (3) development issues, including manufacturability, patents, and ethics. Two three-hour sessions per week. spring Prerequisite: ECE 257 or departmental approval. Structure and function of digital computers. Computer components and their operations. Computer intercon- ECE 308. Physics and Models of Electronic nection structures. Memory system and cache memory. Devices (3) Interrupt driven input/output and direct memory access. Physics of metal-semiconductor junction, p-n junctions, Instruction sets and addressing modes. Instruction and MOS capacitors. Models of Schottky barrier and p- pipelining. Floating-point representation and arithmetic. n junction diodes, JFET, MOSFET, and bipolar Alternative architectures: RISC vs. CISC and introduc- transistors. Prerequisite: ECE 126. Hatalis or White. tion to parallel architectures. Prerequisite: ECE 33. ECE 316. Microcomputer System Design (3) ECE 202. Introduction to Electromagnetics (3) fall spring Elements of vector analysis, Coulomb’s law, Biot-Savart’s Content is primarily hardware oriented, but software and Ampere’s laws, Lorentz Forces, Laplace’s, and issues are covered where required. Includes performance Maxwell’s equations, boundary conditions, methods of characteristics of the more popular devices on the market solution in static electric and magnetic fields, including today. Specific topics include: basic microcomputer 232 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

structure, bus interconnections, memory systems, serial ECE 337. Introduction to Micro- and and parallel interfacing, CRT controllers, interrupt struc- Nanofabrication (3) tures, DMA. Prerequisite: ECE 33. Holzinger. Survey of the standard IC fabrication processes, such as ECE 319. Digital System Design (3) fall photolithography, dry and wet etching, oxidation, thin- Design techniques at the register transfer level. Control film deposition and chemical mechanical polishing. strategies for hardware architectures. Implementation of In-depth analysis of MEMS-specific processes such as microprogramming, intersystem communication and wafer bonding, wet anisotropic etching, photolithogra- peripheral interfacing. Hardware design languages and phy using thick photoresist, and deep reactive ion their use in design specification, verification and simula- etching of silicon. The basics of nanofabrication tech- tion. Prerequisite: ECE 138. niques. The fundamentals of MEMS design will be outlined. A wide variety of MEMS and NEMS devices ECE 320. Logic Design (3) will be discussed. Prerequisite: Mat33 or ECE351 or Review of basic switching theory, vector boolean algebra, consent of the instructor. canonical implementations of medium size circuits, threshold logic, fault detection in combinational and ECE 338. Quantum Electronics (3) sequential logic, Multivalued and Fuzzy logic, regular Electromagnetic fields and their quantization. propaga- expressions, nondeterministic sequential machines. tion of optical beams in homogeneous and lens-like Prerequisite: ECE 33. media. Modulation of optical radiation. Coherent inter- actions of radiation fields and atomic systems. ECE 325. Semiconductor Lasers I (3) Introduction to nonlinear optics-second-harmonic gener- Review of elementary solid-state physics. Relationships ation. Parametric amplification, oscillation, and between Fermi energy and carrier density and leakage. fluorescence. Third-order optical nonlinearities. Credit Introduction to optical waveguiding in simple double- will not be given for both ECE 338 and ECE 438. heterostructures. Density of optical modes, Blackbody Prerequisite: ECE 203. radiation and the spontaneous emission factor. Modal gain, modal loss, and confinement factors. Einstein’s ECE 339. Graphical Signal Processing (3) approach to gain and spontaneous emission. Periodic Application of graphical programming to mathematical structures and the transmission matrix. Ingredients. A principles in data analysis and signal processing. Review of phenomenological approach to diode lasers. Mirrors and digital signal processing, use of structures, arrays, charts, resonators for diode lasers. Gain and current relations. building virtual instruments, graphical programming for Credit will not be given for both ECE 325 and ECE linear algebra, curve fitting, solving differential and differ- 425. Prerequisite: ECE 203. ence equations, signal generation, DFT and FFT analysis, windowing and filtering. Prerequisite: ECE 108. ECE 326. Semiconductor Lasers II (3) Continuation of Semiconductor Lasers I. Topics covered ECE 340. Adaptive Signal Processing (3) include: Gain and current relations; dynamic effects; per- Introduction to the uses and practice of modern adaptive turbation and coupled-mode theory; dielectric signal processing. Theory and design of discrete-time waveguides; and photonic integrated circuits. Credit will optimum linear filters and adaptive filters. AR, MA, and not be given for both ECE 326 and ECE 426. ARMA processes are introduced. Common adaptive fil- tering algorithms are derived and discussed for transversal ECE 332. Design of Linear Electronic Circuits (3) and ladder structures, including, LMS, Least Squares, and Introduction to a variety of linear design concepts and RLS algorithms. Kalman filtering is introduced with topologies, with contemporary audio networks providing some applications. Some programming will be required, many of the concrete examples. Topics include low- and using preferably Maple or Matlab. Prerequisites: ECE high-level preamps; equalizers and filters; mixers; volt- 125 and MATH 231 or MATH 309. Frey. age-controlled amplifiers; input and output stage modifications; power amplifiers; analog switching and ECE 341 Fundamentals of Wireless digital interface circuitry. Prerequisites: ECE 123 and Communications (3) ECE 125. Frey. Overview of wireless communication systems basics. Cellular concept and other wireless systems. System design ECE 333. Medical Electronics (3) fundamentals. Mobile Radio Propagation Modeling: Flat, Bioelectric events and electrical methods used to study Frequency Selective, Fast, Slow fading channels, Path Loss and influence them in medicine, electrically excitable Models. Multiple access. Modulation Techniques for wire- membranes, action potentials, electrical activity of muscle, less. Introduction to wireless networking. Wireless systems the heart and brain, bioamplifiers, pulse circuits and their and standards. Future wireless systems. Prerequisite: ECE applications. Prerequisite: ECE 123 or equivalent. Norian. 108 or permission of instructor. ECE 336. (CSE 336) Embedded Systems (3) ECE 342. Communication Theory (3) Use of small computers embedded as part of other Theory and application of analog and digital modula- machines. Limited-resource microcontrollers and state tion. Sampling theory with application to machines from high level description language. analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog conversion tech- Embedded hardware: RAM, ROM, flash, timers, niques. Time and frequency division multiplexing. UARTs, PWM, A/D, multiplexing, debouncing. Introduction to random processes including filtering and Development and debugging tools running on host noise problems. Introduction to statistical communica- computers. Real-Time Operating System (RTOS) sema- tion theory with primary emphasis on optimum receiver phores, mailboxes, queues. Task priorities and rate principles. Prerequisites: ECE 125 and MATH 309 or monotonic scheduling. Software architectures for embed- MATH 231. ded systems. Prerequisite: CSE 17. Electrical and Computer Engineering 233

ECE 343. Digital Signal Processing (3) silicon technology, with additional lectures on GaAs Study of orthogonal signal expansions and their discrete technology. Prerequisite: ECE 126. representations, including the Discrete Fourier ECE 355. Applied Integrated Circuits (3) Transform and Walsh-Hadamard Transform. Emphasis on understanding of terminal characteristics of Development of fast algorithms to compute these, with integrated circuits with excursion into internal structure applications to speech processing and communication. only as necessary to assure proper utilization in system Introduction to the z-transform representation of numer- design. Classes of devices studied include operational ical sequences with applications to input/output analysis amplifiers, digital-to-analog and analog-to-digital con- of discrete systems and the design of digital filters. verters, linear multipliers, modulators, and phase-locked Analysis of the internal behavior of discrete systems loops. Prerequisites: ECE 108 and 123. Holzinger. using state variables for the study of stability, observabili- ty and controllability. Prerequisite: ECE 108. ECE 361. Introduction to VLSI Circuits (3) The design of Very Large Scale Integrated (VLSI) ECE 344. Statistical Signal Processing (3) Circuits, with emphasis on CMOS Standard Cell design. Introduction to random processes, covariance and spec- Topics include MOS transistor physics, device behavior tral density, time average, stationarity, and ergodicity. and device modeling, MOS technology and physical lay- Response of systems to random inputs. Sampling and out, design of combinational and sequential circuits, quantization of random signals. Optimum filtering, esti- static and dynamic memories, and VLSI chip organiza- mation, and hypothesis testing. Prerequisites: MATH tion. The course includes a design project using CAE 231 or MATH 309, and ECE 108. Blum. tools for layout, design rule checking, parameter extrac- ECE 345. Speech Synthesis and Recognition (3) tion, and SPICE simulations for performance prediction. Application of digital technology to generation and Two one-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory per recognition of speech by machines. The analytical tools week. Prerequisite: ECE 123. required for digitizing and encoding speech signals; the ECE 362. Introduction to VLSI System Design (3) methods currently used for synthesizing and recognizing Structured hierarchical approach to the design of digital speech; various hardware products available to perform VLSI circuits and systems. Use of CAE tools for design these tasks. Prerequisite: ECE 108. Holzinger. and verification. Topics include: systems aspects of VLSI ECE 346. Microwave Circuits and Techniques (3) design, design methodologies, schematic capture, func- Impedance transformation along waveguides. Matching tional verification, timing simulation, use of a CMOS techniques. Applications of Smith Chart. Resonators as cir- standard cell library and of a silicon compiler. The cuit elements. Scattering and transfer matrices. S-parameter course includes a semester-long design project, with the design of transistor amplifiers. Stability. Noise. Reflection design to be fabricated by a foundry. Two one-hour lec- type amplifiers. Prerequisite: ECE 203 or equivalent. tures and three hours of design laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ECE 138. ECE 347. Introduction to Integrated Optics (3) Theory of dielectric waveguides (ray and wave ECE 371. Optical Information Processing (3) approach). Modes in planar slab optical guides and in Introduction to optical information processing and waveguides with graded index profiles. Coupled-mode applications. Interference and diffraction of optical formalism and periodic structures. Coupling of optical waves. 2D optical matched filters that use lenses for Fourier transforms. Methods and devices for modulating beams to planar structures. Switching and modulation of light beams for information processing, communica- light in dielectric guides: phase, frequency and polariza- tions, and optical computing. Construction and tion modulators; electro-optic, acousto-optic and application of holograms for optical memory and inter- magneto-optic modulators. Semiconductor lasers. connections. Prerequisite: ECE 108. McAulay. Fabrication of semiconductor components. Recent advances. Prerequisites: ECE 202 and ECE 203. ECE 372. Optical Networks (3) Study the design of optical fiber local, metropolitan, and ECE 348. Lightwave Technology (3) wide area networks. Topics include: passive and active Overview of optical fiber communications. Optical photonic components for optical switching, tuning, fibers, structures and waveguiding fundamentals. Signal modulation and amplification; optical interconnection degradation in fibers arising from attenuation, switches and buffering; hardware and software architec- intramodal and intermodal dispersion. Optical sources, tures for packet switching and wavelength division semiconductor lasers and LEDs. Rate equations and fre- multiaccess systems. The class is supported with a labora- quency characteristics of a semiconductor laser. Coupling tory. Prerequisite ECE 81. McAulay. efficiency of laser diodes and LEDs to single-mode and multimode fibers. PIN and avalanche photodetectors. ECE 373. Optical Communications Laboratory (2) Optical receiver design. Transmission link analysis. Fundamental optical instrumentation used for test and Prerequisite: ECE 203. measurement in optical communications. The theoretical principles of operation of the instruments and the signifi- ECE 350. Special Topics (3) cance of the parameters measured in optical Selected topics in the field of electrical and computer communications will be covered. Fields of measurement engineering not included in other courses. May be include: optical power, optical spectrum analysis, wave- repeated for credit. length measurement, laser diode characterization, ECE 351. Microelectronics Technology (3) polarization analysis, modulation analysis, insertion loss Technology of semiconductor devices and of integrated measurements, optical reflectometry for component char- circuits, including crystal growth and doping, phase dia- acterization, optical time domain reflectometry and grams, diffusion, epitaxy, thermal oxidation and oxide backscatter measurements, dispersion measurement, and masking, lithography. The major emphasis will be on characterization of fiber amplifiers. Prerequisite: ECE 347 or ECE 348 or ECE 371 or ECE 372, or equivalent. 234 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

ECE 375. Computer Vision (3) ECE 410. Digital Communication Systems (3) Acquisition and processing of digital images. Unified description of digital communication systems Interpretation of vision modalities. Intermediate level based on signal space concepts. Analysis of system per- vision, including segmentation, texture, and shape repre- formance in the presence of channel noise and sentation. Three-dimensional scene understanding from bandwidth limitations. Comparison of many different stereo, texture, shading and photometric stereo. Basics of types of digital-modulation techniques, combined with high level vision. Prerequisite: ECE 108 or equivalent or error correction, against theoretical limits. Both bandpass consent of instructor. and baseband systems are considered. Optimum meth- ECE 387. (CHE 387, ME 387) Digital Control (3) ods of detection are considered for all systems. Sampled-data systems; z-transforms; pulse transfer func- Suboptimum techniques such as adaptive equalization tions; stability in the z-plane; root locus and frequency are considered for baseband systems. Basic spread-spec- response design methods; minimal prototype design; dig- trum concepts are introduced. Prerequisites: ECE 108 ital control hardware; discrete state variables; state and either MATH 231 or MATH 309 or equivalents. transition matrix; Liapunov stability; state feedback con- ECE 411. Information Theory (3) trol. Prerequisite: CHE 386 or ECE 212 or ME 342 or Introduction to information theory. Topics covered consent of instructor. include: development of information measures for dis- ECE 389. (CHE 389, ME 389) Control Systems crete and continuous spaces study of discrete-stochastic information courses, derivation of noiseless coding theo- Laboratory (2) rems, investigation of discrete and continuous Experiments on a variety of mechanical, electrical and memoryless channels, development of noisy channel chemical dynamic control systems. Exposure to state-of-the coding theorems. Fritchman art control instrumentation: sensors, transmitters, control valves, analog and digital controllers. Emphasis on compar- ECE 412. Advanced Digital Signal Processing (3) ison of theoretical computer simulation predictions with Design and analysis of signal processing algorithms, actual experimental data. Lab teams will be interdiscipli- number theoretic foundations of algorithm design, bilin- nary. Prerequisites: CHE 386, ME 343, ECE 212. ear algorithms, computational techniques for digital filtering and convolution, Fourier transform and its algo- ECE 392. Independent Study (1-3) rithms, number theoretic transforms and applications to An intensive study, with report of a topic in electrical digital filtering, general and special purpose signal and computer engineering which is not treated in other processor designs, application specific techniques in sig- courses. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: nal processing. Prerequisite: ECE 343 or consent of the Consent of instructor. department chairman. Wagh For Graduate Students ECE 414. Signal Detection and Estimation (3) ECE 401. Advanced Computer Architecture (3) Brief review of probability and random process theory. Design, analysis and performance of computer architec- Hypothesis Testing as applied to signal detection. tures; high-speed memory systems; cache design and Various optimality criterion including Bayes and analysis; modeling cache performance; principle of pipeline Neyman-Pearson and their applications in digital com- processing, performance of pipelined computers; schedul- munications, radar, and sonar systems. Optimum and ing and control of a pipeline; classification of parallel locally optimum detection schemes for Gaussian and architectures; systolic and data flow architectures; multi- non-Gaussian noise. Estimation of unknown signal processor performance; multiprocessor interconnections parameters. Topics of current interest including, distrib- and cache coherence. Prerequisite: ECE 201 or equivalent. uted signal detection, robust signal detections and quantization for detection as time permits. Prerequisites: ECE 402. Advanced Electromagnetics (3) ECE 108 and MATH 231 or MATH 309. Blum Maxwell’s equations for various media and boundary geometries. Electromagnetic wave propagation through ECE 415. Numerical Processors (3) anisotropic and nonlinear media. Guided waves, layered Design strategies for numerical processors, cellular array media and resonators. Radiation, antennas, strong and adders and multipliers, conditional sum and carry-save weak scattering. Scalar and vector diffraction, and peri- asynchronous processors, data recoding and Booth’s algo- odic structures. Numerical solutions for boundary value rithms, use of alternate numerical bases, CORDIC problems. Prerequisites: ECE 202 and ECE 203. trigonometric calculator, accumulator orientations, bit slice and bit-sequential processors, pipelining and parallel ECE 404. (CSE 404) Computer Networks (3) processing considerations. Prerequisite: ECE 201. Wagh Study of architecture and protocols of computer net- works. The ISO model; network topology; ECE 416. VLSI Signal Processing (3) data-communication principles, including circuit switch- The fundamentals of performance-driven VLSI systems ing, packet switching and error control techniques; for signal processing. Analysis of signal processing algo- sliding window protocols, protocol analysis and verifica- rithms and architectures in terms of VLSI tion; routing and flow control; local area networks; implementation. VLSI design methodology. Includes a network interconnection; topics in security and privacy. design project which requires use of a set of tools installed on SUN workstations for behavioral simulation, ECE 407. Linear and Nonlinear Optics (3) structural simulation, circuit simulation, layout, func- Diffraction theory, Gaussian beams. Optical resonators and tional simulation, timing and critical path analysis, waveguides. Crystal optics, second harmonic generation, functional testing, and performance measurement. parametric amplification. Third order nonlinearities and Prerequisite: ECE 361, ECE 343, or equivalent. associated phenomena such as phase conjugation, optical bistability, self-focusing, optical switching, solutions, etc. Photorefractive effect. Brillouin and Raman scattering. Electrical and Computer Engineering 235

ECE 417. Pattern Recognition (3) ECE 432. Spread Spectrum and CDMA (3) Decision-theoretic, structural, and neural network Fading and dispersive channel model, direct sequence approaches to pattern recognition. Pattern vectors and fea- spread spectrum, frequency hopping spread spectrum, ture extraction. Classifiers, decision regions, boundaries DS-CDMA, FH-CDMA, spread sequences and their and discriminant functions. Clustering and data analysis. properties, multi-user detection, PN code acquisition, Statistical pattern recognition, parametric and nonpara- wireless communication systems, industrial standards metric approaches. Syntactic pattern recognition. (IS-95, WCDMA, CDMA2000). Prerequisite: ECE341 Introduction to neural networks, with examples of back or ECE342 or ECE410 or consent of instructor. propagation and self-organization algorithms. ECE 433. (CHE 433, ME 433) State Space Prerequisites: MATH 205 and MATH 231, or equivalent. Control (3) ECE 420. Advanced Circuits and Systems (3) State-space methods of feedback control system design Review of the fundamentals of Circuits and Systems the- and design optimization for invariant and time-varying ory, including the time and frequency domain response deterministic, continuous systems; pole positioning, of linear time-invariant circuits. Equation formulation observability, controllability, modal control, observer for general lumped circuits, including node voltage and design, the theory of optimal processes and Pontryagin’s loop current analysis. Basic graph theoretic properties of Maximum Principle, the linear quadratic optimal regula- circuits including Tellegen’s Theorem. Discussion of pas- tor problem, Lyapunov functions and stability theorems, sivity and reciprocity including multiport network linear optimal open loop control; introduction to the properties. State space formulation and solution of gen- calculus of variations; introduction to the control of dis- eral circuits (and systems). Modern filter concepts, tributed parameter systems. Intended for engineers with including synthesis techniques for active filters and exter- a variety of backgrounds. Examples will be drawn from nally linear filters, such as Log Domain filters. mechanic-al, electrical and chemical engineering applica- Techniques for the analysis of weakly nonlinear systems, tions. Prerequisite: ME 343 or ECE 212 or CHE 386 or as time permits. Prerequisites: Graduate standing, ECE consent of instructor. 125 or equivalent. ECE 434. (CHE 434, ME 434) Multivariable ECE 423. Digital Image Processing (3) Process Control (3) Fundamentals of imaging acquisition and geometry. A state-of-the-art review of multivariable methods of Fourier, Hadamard, Walsh and Wavelet Transforms and interest to process control applications. Design tech- their usage in image segmentation and understanding. niques examined include loop interaction analysis, High-pass and low-pass filtering in frequency and spatial frequency domain methods (Inverse Nyquist Array, domains. Multiresolution analysis and spatial scale filter- Characteristic Loci and Singular Value Decomposition) ing. Shape and texture representation and recognition. feed forward control, internal model control and dynam- Prerequisite: ECE 343 or equivalent. ic matrix control. Special attention is placed on the ECE 425. Semiconductor Lasers I (3) interaction of process design and process control. Most Review of elementary solid-state physics. Relationships of the above methods are used to compare the relative between Fermi energy and carrier density and leakage. performance of intensive and extensive variable control Introduction to optical waveguiding in simple double- structures. Prerequisite: CHE 433 or ME 433 or ECE heterostructures. Density of optical modes, Blackbody 433 or consent of instructor. radiation and the spontaneous emission factor. Modal ECE 435. Error-Correcting Codes (3) gain, modal loss, and confinement factors. Einstein’s Error-correcting codes for digital computer and commu- approach to gain and spontaneous emission. Periodic nication systems. Review of modern algebra structures and the transmission matrix. Ingredients. A concentrating on groups and finite fields. Structure and phenomenological approach to diode lasers. Mirrors and properties of linear and cyclic codes for random or burst resonators for diode lasers. Gain and current relations. error correction covering Hamming, Golay, Reed-Muller, This course, a version of ECE325 for graduate students, BCH and Reed-Solomon codes. Decoding algorithms requires research projects and advanced assignments. and implementation of decoders. Prerequisite: CSE 261 Credit will not be given for both ECE 325 and ECE or equivalent. 425. Prerequisite: ECE 203. ECE 436. (CHE 436, ME 436) Systems ECE 426. Semiconductor Lasers II (3) Identification (3) Continuation of Semiconductor Lasers I. Topics covered The determination of model parameters from time-his- include: Gain and current relations; dynamic effects; per- tory and frequency response data by graphical, turbation and coupled-mode theory; dielectric deterministic and stochastic methods. Examples and waveguides; and photonic integrated circuits. This course, exercises taken from process industries, communications a version of ECE326 for graduate students, requires and aerospace testing. Regression, quasilinearization and research projects and advanced assignments. Credit will invariant-imbedding techniques for nonlinear system not be given for both ECE 326 and ECE 426. parameter identification included. Prerequisite: CHE ECE 431. Topics in Switching Theory (3) 433 or ME 433 or ECE 433 or consent of instructor. Emphasis on structural concepts motivated by recent ECE 437. (CHE 437, ME 437) Stochastic advances in integrated circuit technology. Major topics Control (3) include: logical completeness, decomposition techniques, Linear and nonlinear models for stochastic systems. synthesis with assumed network forms, systolic architec- Controllability and observability. Minimum variance tures, systolic lemma and its applications, bit serial state estimation. Linear quadratic Gaussian control prob- architectures. Prerequisite: ECE 320 or equivalent. Wagh lem. Computational considerations. Nonlinear control 236 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

problem in stochastic systems. Prerequisite: CHE 433 or lattices. Quantum mechanics and energy band theory, ME 433 or ECE 433 or consent of instructor. carrier statistics, Boltzmann transport theory, interaction ECE 438. Quantum Electronics (3) of carriers with scattering centers, electronic and thermal Electromagnetic fields and their quantization. propaga- conduction. Magnetic effects. Generation and recombi- tion of optical beams in homogeneous and lens-like nation theory. Application to p-n junctions. Prerequisite: media. Modulation of optical radiation. Coherent inter- ECE 126 or equivalent. Decker, Hatalis or White actions of radiation fields and atomic systems. ECE 452. Advanced Semiconductor Diode and Introduction to nonlinear optics-second-harmonic gener- Transport Theory(3) ation. Parametric amplification, oscillation, and Properties of metal-semiconductor contacts, Schottky bar- fluorescence. Third-order optical nonlinearities. This riers, ohmic contacts, hot electrons, intervalley scattering, course, a version of ECE 338 for graduate students, velocity saturation, secondary ionization, avalanche break- requires research projects and advanced assignments. down. Applications to microwave devices such as avalanche Credit will not be given for both ECE 338 and ECE and Gunn diodes, Schottky barrier diodes, tunnel diodes 438. Prerequisite: ECE 203. and PIN diodes. Prerequisite: ECE 451. Decker ECE 441. Fundamentals of Wireless ECE 454. Turbo Codes and Iterative Decoding (3) Communications (3) Capacity-approaching error correcting codes. Soft-in Characterization of mobile radio channels. Wireless infor- soft-out iterative decoding. Parallel/serial/hybrid concate- mation transmission: modulation/demodulation, nated convolutional codes—and turbo-like codes. equalization, diversity combining, coding/decoding, mul- Iterative decoding algorithms and performance analysis tiple access methods. Overview of cellular concepts and of parallel/serial turbo codes. Low density parity check wireless networking. This course, a version of ECE341 (LDPC) codes and product codes. Code graph and mes- for graduate students, requires research projects and sage passing decoding algorithms. Turbo and LDPC advanced assignments. Credit will not be given for both code design and construction. Performance analysis ECE 341 and ECE 441. Prerequisite: ECE 342 or equiv. using density evolution and extrinsic information trans- ECE 443. RF Power Amplifiers for Wireless fer charts. Applications of turbo and LDPC codes. Prerequisite: ECE 435 or instructor’s approval Communications (3) Review of linear power amplifier design. Discussion of ECE 455. Theory of Metal Semiconductor and major nonlinear effects, such as high-efficiency amplifiers Heterojunction Transistors (3) modes, matching network design for reduced conduction Physics of metal semiconductor and heterojunction field angle, overdrive and limiting effects, and switching mode effect transistors (MESFET and HEMT). Theory of amplifiers. Discussion of other nonlinear effects, efficiency semiconductor heterojunctions. Properties of heterojunc- enhancement and linearization techniques. Companion tion bipolar transistors (HBT): Equivalent circuits, course to ECE463. Prerequisite: ECE 346 or equivalent. applications to microwave amplifiers, oscillators, and ECE 447. Introduction to Integrated Optics (3) switching circuits. Prerequisite: ECE 451. Decker Theory of dielectric waveguides (ray and wave approach). ECE 460. Engineering Project (3-6) Modes in planar slab optical guides and in waveguides Project work in an area of student and faculty interest. with graded index profiles. Coupled-mode formalism and Selection and direction of the project may involve inter- periodic structures. Coupling of optical beams to planar action with industry. Prerequisite: consent of structures. Switching and modulation of light in dielectric department chairperson. guides: phase, frequency and polarization modulators; ECE 461. Theory of Electrical Noise (3) electro-optic, acousto-optic and magneto-optic modula- Definitions: noise temperature, spectral density. Noise tors. Semiconductor lasers. Fabrication of semiconductor sources: quantum, thermal, shot, generation-recombi- components. Recent advances. The course is an extension nation, flicker noise. Representation and optimization of ECE 347 for graduate students and it will include of noisy networks. Prerequisites: Phys 31 and ECE research projects and advanced assignments. Prerequisites: 126. Decker ECE 202 and ECE 203. ECE 463. Design of Microwave Solid State ECE 448. Lightwave Technology (3) Overview of optical fiber communications. Optical Circuits (3) fibers, structures and waveguiding fundamentals. Signal Equivalent circuit modeling and characterization of degradation in fibers arising from attenuation, microwave semiconductor devices, principles of imped- intramodal and intermodal dispersion. Optical sources, ance matching, noise properties and circuit interaction, semiconductor lasers and LEDs. Rate equations and fre- introduction to the design of high power and non-linear quency characteristics of a semiconductor laser. Coupling circuits. Decker efficiency of laser diodes and LEDs to single-mode and ECE 467. Semiconductor Material and Device multimode fibers. PIN and avalanche photodetectors. Characterization (3) Optical receiver design. Transmission link analysis. The This course covers the main characterization techniques course is an extension of ECE 348 for graduate students used in semiconductor industry. Emphasis is given to the and it will include research projects and advanced assign- electrical characterization methods although some opti- ments. Prerequisite: ECE 203. cal, and physical analytical techniques are reviewed. The ECE 450. Special Topics (3) principles and the experimental set up for measuring the Selected topics in electrical and computer engineering following parameters are covered: resistivity; carrier and not covered in other courses. May be repeated for credit. doping concentration; contact resistance and Schottky barrier height; device series resistance; MOSFET’s chan- ECE 451. Physics of Semiconductor Devices (3) nel length and threshold voltage; carrier mobility; oxide Crystal structure and space lattices, crystal binding, lat- and interface trapped charge; and carrier lifetime. tice waves and vibrations, electrons and atoms in crystal Laboratory sessions provide hands-on experience on Electrical and Computer Engineering 237 some of the above methods. Prerequisites: ECE 126 and passive components; parasitic and distributed elements; ECE 308, or equivalent. Hatalis amplifier gain stages; subthreshold gain stages; current ECE 469. Process Modeling for Semiconductor sources and active loads; temperature and supply inde- pendent biasing; output stage design; frequency response Devices (3) and slew rate limitation; operational amplifier and analog Students will design and “manufacture” a Si or GaAs multiplier design. Circuit simulation using SPICE. transistor through process simulation of ion implanta- Prerequisite: ECE 308 or equivalent. tion, epitaxial growth, diffusion and contact formation, etc. I-V characteristics and small signal parameters, suit- ECE 478. Analysis and Design of Digital able for digital and microwave circuit simulation Integrated Circuits (3) programs, will be derived. Complementary to ECE 463 Large signal models and transient behavior of MOS and and 471. Prerequisite: ECE 308 or 351. Hwang bipolar transistors. Basic inverter and logic gate circuits. ECE 471. Optical Information Processing (3) Noise margins, operating speed, and power consumption Introduction to optical information processing and of various logic families, including MOS, CMOS, satu- applications. Interference and diffraction of optical rated logic TTL, ECL, and IIL. Regenerative logic waves. 2D optical matched filters that use lenses for circuits and digital memories. Circuit design and com- Fourier transforms. Methods and devices for modulating puter-aided circuit analysis for LSI and VLSI circuits. light beams for information processing, communica- Prerequisite: ECE 308 or equivalent. tions, and optical computing. Construction and ECE 479. Advanced MOS VLSI Design (3) application of holograms for optical memory and inter- The design of very large scale NMOS and CMOS inte- connections. The course is an extension of ECE 371 for grated circuits. Strong emphasis on device physics, and graduate students and it will include research projects on novel circuit design approaches for VLSI implementa- and advanced assignments. Prerequisite: ECE 108. tion. Examination of second-order effects involved in ECE 472. Optical Networks (3) designing high performance MOS digital integrated cir- Study the design of optical fiber local, metropolitan, and cuits, with the goal of pushing the design process to the wide area networks. Topics include: passive and active limits determined by our current understanding of semi- photonic components for optical switching, tuning, conductor device physics and of the currently available modulation and amplification; optical interconnection technologies. The topics include device physics (sub- switches and buffering; hardware and software architec- threshold conduction, short channel effects), important tures for packet switching and wavelength division circuit innovations (substrate bias generators, sense ampli- multiaccess systems. This class is supported with a labo- fiers), systems aspects (clocking, timing, array structures), ratory. The course is an extension of ECE 372 for as well as static and dynamic circuit implementations. graduate students and it will include research projects Design project, using VLSI design automation tools. and advanced assignments. Prerequisite: ECE 81. Prerequisites: ECE 308 (or equivalent) and ECE 361. ECE 473. Optical Communications Laboratory (2) ECE 483. Advanced Semiconductor Devices for Fundamental optical instrumentation used for test and VLSI Circuits (3) measurement in optical communications. The theoretical Theory of small geometry devices for VLSI circuits. principles of operation of the instruments and the signifi- Emphasis of MOS bipolar device static and dynamic cance of the parameters measured in optical electrical characteristics. Carrier injection, transport, communications will be covered. Fields of measurement storage, and detection in bulk and interfacial regions. include: optical power, optical spectrum analysis, wave- Limitations of physical scaling theory for VLSI submi- length measurement, laser diode characterization, cron device structures. MOS physics and technology, test polarization analysis, modulation analysis, insertion loss pattern device structures, charge-coupled devices, measurements, optical reflectometry for component char- MNOS nonvolatile memory devices, and measurement acterization, optical time domain reflectometry and techniques for device and process characterization. The backscatter measurements, dispersion measurement, and influence of defects on device electrical properties. characterization of fiber amplifiers. Prerequisite: ECE 347 Prerequisite: ECE 451. White or ECE 348 or ECE 371 or ECE 372, or equivalent. ECE 485. Heterojunction Materials and Devices (3) ECE 474. Analog CMOS VLSI Design (3) Material properties of compound semiconductor hetero- The fundamentals of analog circuit design with CMOS junctions, quantum wells and superlattices. Strained layer linear IC techniques. Discrete Analog Signal Processing epitaxy and band-gap engineering. Theory and perform- (DASP) is accomplished with switched-capacitor CMOS ance of novel devices such as quantum well lasers, resonant circuits. Analog building blocks include operational tunneling diodes, high electron mobility transistors, and amplifiers, S/H circuits, comparators and voltage refer- heterojunction bipolar transistors. Complementary to ECE ences, oscillators, filters, modulators, phase 452. Prerequisite: ECE 451. Hwang detectors/shifters, charge transfer devices, etc. Analog sub- ECE 486. Integrated Solid-State Sensors (3) system applications are phase-locked loops (PLL’s), A/D The physical operation of sensor-based, custom integrated and D/A converters, modems, sensors, adaptive filters circuits. Emphasis on the integration of sensors, analog, and equalizers, etc. The emphasis is on the physical oper- and digital circuits on a silicon chip with CMOS technol- ation of analog CMOS integration circuits and the design ogy. Sensors include photocells, electrochemical process. Prerequisite: ECE 355 or equivalent. White transducers, strain gauges, temperature detectors, vibration ECE 476. Analysis and Design of Analog and velocity sensors, etc. Analysis of sensor-circuit per- Integrated Circuits (3) formance limits including signal-to-noise, frequency Device and circuit models of bipolar and field effect tran- response, temperature sensitivity, etc. Examples of sensor- sistors; bipolar and MOS integrated circuit technology; based, custom I.C.’s are discussed and analyzed with CAD modeling and layout. Prerequisite: ECE 451. White 238 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

ECE 491. Research Seminar (1-3) The recommended sequences of courses for the two dif- Regular meetings focused on specific topics related to the ferent EEEP sequences are: research interests of department faculty. Current research EE-EP EP-EE will be discussed. Students may be required to present Freshman year (see Section III) and review relevant publications. May be repeated for credit up to a maximum of three (3) credits. Prerequisite: Sophomore year, first semester Consent of instructor. PHY 21 (4) PHY 21 (4) PHY 22 (1) PHY 22 (1) ECE 492. Independent Study (1-3) ECE 33 (4) ECE 33 (4) An intensive study, with report, of a topic in electrical ECE 81 (4) ECE 81 (4) and computer engineering which is not treated in other MATH 23 (4) MATH 23 (4) courses. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: [17] [17] Consent of instructor. Sophomore year, second semester ECE 493. Solid-State Electronics Seminar (3) PHY 31 (3) PHY 31 (3) Discussion of current topics in solid-state electronics. ECE 108 (4) ECE 108 (4) Topics selected depend upon the interests of the staff and ECE 82 (1) ECE 82 (1) students and are allied to the research programs of the MATH 205 (3) MATH 205 (3) Sherman Fairchild Laboratory for Solid State Studies. MATH 208 (3) MATH 208 (3) Student participation via presentation of current research ECO 1 (4) ECO 1 (4) papers and experimental work. Prerequisite: consent of [18] [18] instructor. May be repeated for credit. Junior year, first semester ECE 121 (2) ECE 121 (2) Electrical Engineering ECE 123 (3) ECE 123 (3) PHY 212 (3) PHY 212 (3) See listings under Electrical and Computer Engineering MATH 231 (3) EP- Ap.Elec. (3) MATH 322 (3) MATH 322 (3) Electrical Engineering and HSS (3) HSS (3) Engineering Physics [17] {17] Junior year, second semester This dual-degree curriculum is particularly well suited PHY 213 (3) PHY 213 (3) for students seeking thorough preparation in the field of PHY 215 (4) PHY 215 (4) electronic device physics. It is a combination of the basic ECE 125 (3) ECE 125 (3) electrical engineering and engineering physics curricu- ECE 126 (3) ECE 126 (3) lums and requires 162 credit hours, distributed over five ECE 138 (2) PHY 262 (2) years. The student will earn two degrees: B.S. in electri- HSS (3) HSS (3) cal engineering and B.S. in engineering physics. [18] [18] Two alternative course sequences are listed below. Senior year, first semester Students who follow the course sequence in the column ECE 257 (3) PHY 340 or (3) on the left will complete 135 credit hours, including all ME 104 of the required electrical engineering courses, by the end PHY 362 (3) PHY 362 (3) of the fourth year and the rest of 163 credit hours at the PHY 363 (3) PHY 363 (3) end of the fifth year. Since the electrical engineering ECE-Ap.Elec. (3) EP-Ap.Elec. (3) degree requires 136 credit hours, students normally will HSS (3) HSS (3) complete the requirements for that degree at the end of [15] [15] the ninth semester. It is possible for a student to earn the Senior year, second semester electrical engineering degree at the end of the eighth ECE 136 (3) ECE 138 (2) semester by accumulating the extra credit hour through ECE-Ap.Elec. (9) EP-Ap.Elec. (5) advanced placement and/or overload credits. HSS (3) HSS (3) In the alternate course sequence in the column on the Elective (3) Electives (6) right, the student completes 132 credit hours by the end [18] [16] of the fourth year, including all the required physics Fifth year, first semester courses, and the rest of the 163 credits at the end of the EP-Ap.Elec. (6) ECE-Ap.Elec. (3) fifth year. Since 131 credit hours are required for the Electives (6) MATH 231 (3) engineering physics degree, the student will complete the PHY 340 or (3) ECE 257 (3) requirements for that degree at the end of the fourth ME 104 year, and the requirements for the electrical engineering Electives (6) degree at the end of the fifth year. [15] [15] Students interested in a dual-degree program combining Fifth year, second semester physics (rather than engineering physics) and electrical PHY 262 (2) ECE 136 (3) engineering should consult the Physics section of this EP-Ap.Elec. (6) ECE-Ap.Elec. (9) catalog. That program allows the student to earn the Electives (6) Elective (3) B.S. in physics and the B.S. in electrical engineering. [14] [15] Students interested in either dual-degree program should Total Credits [163] Total Credits [163] contact Prof. G. J. Borse, Department of Physics. Credits in 4 yrs [135] Credits in 4 yrs [132] Engineering Mathematics 239

*EP approved electives** Additional deliverables include a detailed production fall spring plan, marketing plan, detailed base-case financial mod- PHY 369 PHY 273 els, project and product portfolio. Teams work on industrial projects with faculty advisors. Oral presenta- ECE 257 ECE 258 tions and written reports. Prerequisite: ENGR 211 ECE 351 ECE 316 ECE 361 ECE 320 ECE 355 ECE 332 Engineering Mathematics PHY 372 ECE 348 Professors. Philip A. Blythe, Ph.D. (Manchester, ECE 308 England); Terry J. Delph, Ph.D. (Stanford); D. Gary PHY 380 Harlow, Ph.D. (Cornell) chair: Stanley H. Johnson, ** Must include ECE 257 or 258 or PHY 273 Ph.D. (Berkeley); Jacob Y. Kazakia, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Alistair K. Macpherson, Ph.D. (Sydney); Herman F. Nied (Lehigh); Kenneth N. Sawyers, Ph.D. (Brown); Engineering Eric Varley, Ph.D. (Brown). ENGR 1 and ENGR 5 are required of all engineering Associate professor. Alparslan Öztekin (Illinois). and applied science majors and are taken in the recom- Emeritus professors. Dominic G.B. Edelen, Ph.D. mended freshman year. (Johns Hopkins); Fazil Erdogan, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Arturs ENGR 1. Engineering Computations (3) fall-spring Kalnins, Ph.D. (Michigan); Ronald S. Rivlin, Sc.D. An introductory survey of computing for students in (Cambridge); Gerald F. Smith, Ph.D. (Brown). engineering and the sciences. The course covers basic The Division of Engineering Mathematics was estab- programming concepts, structures and algorithms. lished within the Department of Mechanical Applications to solving scientific problems. Case studies Engineering and Mechanics to foster interdisciplinary from utilization of computers in various engineering dis- research in the application of mathematics to the engi- ciplines. Prerequisite: none. neering and physical sciences. Interaction with industry ENGR 5. Introduction to Engineering Practice (3) is actively encouraged, and appropriate programs are First year practical engineering experience; introduction designed for part-time students. Program content for all to concepts, methods and principles of engineering prac- students is developed through close consultation with tice. Problem solving, design, project planning, division faculty. communication, teamwork, ethics and professionalism; For a description of the graduate programs in applied innovative solution development and implementation. mathematics see the discussion under Interdisciplinary Introduction to various engineering disciplines and Graduate Programs. Engineering mathematics courses degree programs. are listed under mechanical engineering and mechanics. ENGR 160. Engineering Internship (1-3) This course offers students who have attained at least Jr2 English standing an opportunity to complement coursework with a work experience. Detailed rules for this course can Professors. Alexander M. Doty, Ph.D. (Illinois), chair- be obtained from the Associate Dean of Engineering. person, Peter G. Beidler, Ph.D. (Lehigh), Lucy G. Moses Report required. P/F grading. Distinguished Professor; Addison C. Bross, Ph.D. (Louisiana State); Alexander M. Doty, Ph.D. (Illinois); ENGR 200. Engineering Co-op (3) Jan S. Fergus, Ph.D. (C.U.N.Y.); Elizabeth N. Fifer, Undergraduate students who are officially enrolled in the Ph.D. (Michigan); Edward J. Gallagher, Ph.D. (Notre college’s co-op program are eligible for 1-6 credits of free Dame); Barry M. Kroll, Ph.D. (Michigan) Robert D. electives. These credits will be taken P/F. Typically, stu- Rodale Professor of Writing; Rosemary J. Mundhenk, dents will take 3 credits of ENGR 200 for the fall Ph.D. (U.C.L.A.), Barbara H. Traister, Ph.D. (Yale) semester of junior year work experience and another 3 Associate Professors. Scott Paul Gordon, Ph.D. credits the following summer. (Harvard); David Hawkes, Ph.D. (Columbia); Edward E. ENGR 211. Integrated Product Development Lotto, Ph.D. (Indiana) director, Center for Writing, (IPD) I (3) spring Math and Study Skills; Barbara Pavlock, Ph.D. (Cornell). Business, engineering, and design arts students work in Assistant Professors. Kate Crassons, Ph.D. (Duke); Beth cross disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on conceptual Dolan, Ph.D. (North Carolina); Dawn Keetley, Ph.D. design including marketing, financial and economic (Wisconsin); Seth Moglen, Ph.D. (U.C. Berkeley); planning, economic and technical feasibility of new Amardeep Singh, Ph.D. (Duke); Stephanie Watts, Ph.D. product concepts. Teams work on industrial projects (Missouri); Edward Whitely, Ph.D. (Maryland). with faculty advisors. Oral presentations and written Professor of Practice. Bob Watts, Ph.D. (Missouri). reports. Prerequisite: junior standing in engineering, business or arts and science. (Mechanical Engineering Professor of Practice, Writer-in-Residence, Berman students must register for ME 211). Center. Ruth K. Setton, Ph.D. (Rice) ENGR 212. Integrated Product Development II Undergraduate Major in English (2) fall The major in English is designed to give students experi- Business, engineering and design arts students work in ence in reading, analyzing, and formulating thoughts about cross disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on the detailed people and ideas that matter; an understanding of how lit- design including fabrication and testing of a prototype of erary artists find the appropriate words to express their the new product designed in the IPD course 1. thoughts and feelings; and a basic knowledge of the histori- cal development of British, American and world literature. 240 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Students who major in English go on to careers in teach- or ing, writing, law, business, science, medicine, ENGL 312 Studies in Literary and Cultural Theory and engineering—and many others. The analytical and com- munication skills acquired in the study of literature and ENGL 307 Thesis Proposal, and writing will be of use in almost any profession or human ENGL 308 Thesis activity. Depending on their interests, abilities, and Because most graduate schools require language exami- career plans, students who major in English are encour- nations, the department also strongly recommends that aged to consider double majors or one or two minors in students going for honors achieve at least second-year other fields. The major in English is flexible enough to college competency in at least one foreign language. allow cross-disciplinary study with ease. Students who complete the courses required for depart- The student majoring in English chooses from an exten- mental honors but who do not achieve the necessary sive list of courses. To ensure breadth of coverage each grade-point average will receive the bachelor of arts English major is required to take the following courses: degree with a major in English. English 100 Working with Texts (4) Presidential Scholars English 290 Senior Seminar (4) Students who anticipate becoming Presidential Scholars Four 300-level courses distributed over the following should speak to the Director of Graduate Studies in their periods (British or American survey may substitute for junior year. one 300 level course): • British to 1660 (ENGL. 125, 327, 328, 360, 362, 364) Minors in English • British 1660-1900 (ENGL. 125,126, 331, 366, 367, The Department of English offers three minors, each 369, 371, 372) requiring 16 hours of course work beyond English 1 and 2. Students’ major advisors monitor the minor programs, • American to 1900 (ENGL. 123, 374, 376, 377, 378) but students should consult the minor advisor in the • 20th C American, British, World, Film, Popular Department of English when setting up a minor program. Culture (Engl124, 126, 379, 380, 383, 384, 385, To minor in English students take 4 courses in literature 386, 387) or film, one at the 300 level. In addition, each English major elects at least three To minor in creative writing, students take ENGL 142, more courses in literature or film with the following 143, or 144 and a literature course at the100- or 300- qualifications: level. They must also take ENGL 342, 343, or 344 and • at least one at the 300-level if a survey fulfills one of a 4 credit elective taken from the following ENGL 142, the period requirements 143, 144, 170, 201, 281, 342, 343, 344, or 483. Note: These nine courses are the minimum for the major. the same course cannot fulfill both the core requirements Many of our students will elect to take more, depending except in the case of a course that can be repeated for on their career plans, their other majors and minors, credit—201, 342, 343, and 344—which can be taken their plans to study abroad, and so on. Each major has a twice, once for core credit and once as an elective. departmental advisor to assist in selecting courses and to To minor in writing, students take ENGL142, 143, 144, offer counsel about career plans. or 171, and ENGL 201, 342, 343 or 344. They must The department strongly recommends that any student also take two more courses chosen from: ENGL 142, contemplating the possibility of advanced study of litera- 143, 144, 171, 201, 281, 342, 343, 344, JOUR 11, ture at the graduate level should work toward 111, 123, 212. Note: the same course cannot fulfill both departmental honors. the core requirements except in the case of a course that can be repeated for credit —201, 342, 343, and 344— English Major with Concentration in which can be taken twice, once for core credit and once Creative Writing as an elective. Minimum number of hours: 16 (4 courses) Graduate Work in English To have entered on the transcript Concentration in We prepare our students to meet contemporary demands Creative Writing, the students must take: ENGL 142, for faculty who value excellence in teaching and scholarship. 143, or 144. They must also take: ENGL 342, 343 or 344, and at least 4 credit hours of elective courses chosen The Master of Arts Program from: ENGL 142, 143, 144, 170, 201, 281, 342, 343, Applicants for the M.A. program should have an under- 344 or 483. Note: the same course cannot fulfill both graduate English major. Students who did not major in the core requirement except in the case of courses that English may be admitted but will need to supplement can be repeated for credit—201, 342, 343 and 344— their undergraduate training in English. which can be taken twice, once for core credit and once Candidates for the master’s degree must complete at least as an elective. And must take both: ENGL 305 and 306. 33 credit hours. Students take at least seven of the Departmental Honors in English required courses (including Thesis) at the 400 level but may select the balance of their curricula from 300-level In order to receive departmental honors the English course offerings. Course work for the M.A. must include major must attain a 3.5 grade-point average in courses one course in medieval British or early American literature presented for the major and must complete at least 44 (origins through 1776); two courses in British literature, credit hours of course work in English (beyond English 1 origins through 1660, or American literature, origins and 2). For the additional credits beyond the 36 required through 1820, in addition to the one fulfilling the previ- of all English majors, honors students must take the fol- ous requirement; two courses in British literature, 1660 lowing courses: ENGL 309 Interpretation: Critical Theory & Practice, English 241 through 1900, or American literature, 1820 through Matriculating students in all the above categories who 1900; two courses, British, American, or world literature, are entering at a level above the freshman year, but who 1900 to present; and one theory course, in literature, writ- need composition credit, should consult the department ing, or film. At least two of the courses must be in for advice. American literature, at least four in British literature. This distribution allows for some concentrated study at the Freshman Courses master’s level. English 485 and 486, the required courses ENGL 1. Composition and Literature (3) fall for new teaching fellows, are not counted in the 33 credits Emphasis on the writing process, especially on revising toward the M.A. but will be counted later toward the for cogency and clarity. Topics drawn mainly from every- Ph.D., even if rostered during the M.A. program. day life and culture. Students must receive a grade of C- M.A. candidates write a Thesis Paper, certified by a fac- or higher to advance to English 2. ulty advisor as ready for submission to a session ENGL 2. Composition and Literature II (3) organizer as a conference presentation or to a profession- spring al journal for possible publication, and present a short Continuation of ENGL 1. Emphasis on making talk on the thesis paper in a public forum. informed, thoughtful, and well-supported claims about The Doctor of Philosophy Program issues of broad public concern. Topics vary by section. The department admits to its doctoral program only stu- Texts include both expository and literary selections, as dents of proven competence and scholarly promise. An well as films and other media. Prerequisite: a grade of C- average of 3.5 in M.A. course work and strong endorse- or higher in ENGL 1. ments from graduate instructors are minimum ENGL 3. Composition and Literature I for ESL requirements for acceptance. Writers (3) fall Doctoral candidates with a Lehigh master’s degree are Idiomatic English both oral and written, with a strong required to take eight courses and register for 42 credit emphasis on producing well-organized, coherent essays. hours beyond the M.A. Those entering the doctoral pro- Enrollment limited to non-native speakers; placement is gram with a master’s from another institution are required determined by placement testing or ESL director’s rec- to take nine courses and register for 48 credit hours. ommendation. Candidates must also demonstrate a reading knowledge ENGL 4. Composition and Literature II: Special of one or two foreign languages after having agreed on Topic A (3) spring choices with the director of graduate studies. Continuation of ENGL I. Similar to ENGL 2, except No later than six months after completing their course that the topic will be announced in advance. Topics vary work, candidates will take written and oral examinations from year to year. Students must register through the in one major field and two minor fields. English department. Prerequisites: ENGL 1 and consent of department. Candidates write their dissertations after having their dissertation proposals approved by the department and ENGL 5. Composition and Literature II for ESL being admitted to candidacy by the appropriate college. Writers (3) spring Freshman Composition Requirement Continuation of English 3. With the two exceptions noted below, all undergraduate ENGL 6. Composition and Literature: Special students take six credit hours of freshman English cours- Topic B (3) spring es: English 1 and English 2 (or one of the alternatives to Continuation of ENGL I. Similar to ENGL 2, except ENGL 2 such as 4, 6, 8 or 10. The exceptions are: that the topic will be announced in advance. Topics vary • Students who receive Advanced Placement or received from year to year. Students must register through the 700 or higher on SAT II. English department. Prerequisites: ENGL 1 and consent of department. • Students with English as a Second Language. Categories include students on non-immigrant visas, ENGL 8. Composition and Literature: Special students on immigrant visas, registered aliens, and cit- Topic C (3) spring izens either by birth or by naturalization. Continuation of ENGL I. Similar to ENGL 2, except Students in all these categories for whom English is not that the topic will be announced in advance. Topics vary the first language may petition for special instruction from year to year. Students must register through the through the program in English as a Second Language. English department. Prerequisites: ENGL 1 and consent of department. At matriculation, all foreign students take an English lan- guage competence test to determine the kind of ENGL 10. Composition and Literature: Special instruction best suited to their needs. Matriculating fresh- Topic D (3) spring men judged to be qualified will roster ENGL 1, followed Continuation of ENGL I. Similar to ENGL 2, except by ENGL 2, 4, 6, 8, or 10. Others will be enrolled in that the topic will be announced in advance. Topics vary ENGL 3, followed by ENGL 5 (or 2, 4, 6, 8, or 10). from year to year. Students must register through the Students enrolled in the English as a Second Language English department. Prerequisites: ENGL 1 and consent program are expected to reach a level of competence of department. comparable to those in the usual freshman program. The ENGL 11. Literature Seminar for Freshmen (3) fall form of instruction, however, will differ in the ESL pro- Alternative to Composition and Literature for freshmen gram by taking into account the special language and who have earned exemption from English 1 and qualify cultural needs of non-native speakers. for a seminar in literature. Recommended especially for qualified students who are considering a major in the 242 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

humanities. Topics vary by section. Prerequisite: score of own writing appropriate information from university 4 or higher on Advanced Placement Test in English or library resources. To be rostered as early as possible in 700 or higher on the SAT II Subject Test in Writing. the English major’s program. Departmental approval required. (HU) Undergraduate Courses English 52, 54, 56, and 58 are open to all undergradu- ENGL 120. Literature from Developing Nations (4) ates, including first-year students also taking freshman Contemporary literature from Africa, Central and South English. Courses numbered at the 100-level are open to America, and Asia. Prerequisite: six hours of freshman students who have completed or who are exempt from English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. the required six hours of freshman English. First-year ENGL 121. Topics in African-American students who have completed English 1 with a grade of Literature (4) A or A– may roster one of the 100-level courses as a sec- Selected works of African American literature and/or the ond English course to be taken concurrently with the literatures of the African diaspora. May be repeated for second-semester English composition requirement. credit as title varies. Prerequisite: six hours of first-year Prerequisites: Each course is a self-contained unit. None English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. has any other prerequisite than two semesters of freshman ENGL 123. American Literature I (4) English. Thus, students may roster English 126 whether American literary works through the mid-19th century. or not they have had, or ever plan to take, English 125. Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (HU) For all courses above 200, it is understood that students Cannot be taken pass/fail. will have completed six hours of freshman English, even though that is not specified in the course description. ENGL 124. American Literature II (4) American literature from the middle of the 19th century ENGL 38. (AAS 38) Introduction to African to the present. Prerequisite: six hours of freshman Literature (3) English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. Sub-Saharan African literary themes and styles; historical and social contexts, African folktales, oral poetry, colo- ENGL 125. British Literature I (4) nial protest literature, postcolonial writing, and films on British literature and literary history from Beowulf contemporary Africa. (HU) through the Pre-Romantics. Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. ENGL 52. (CLSS 52) Classical Epic (3) Study of major epic poems from Greece and Rome. ENGL 126. British Literature II (4) British literature and literary history from the Romantic Works include Homer’s Illiad and Odyssey, Apollonius’ th Argonautica, Vergil’s Aeneid, and Ovid’s period into the 20 century. Prerequisite: six hours of Metamorphoses. (HU) freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. ENGL 54. (CLSS 54, THTR 54) Greek Tragedy (3) ENGL 127. (THTR 127) The Development of Aspects of Greek theater and plays of Aechylus, Theatre and Drama I (4) Sophocles, and Euripides in their social and intellectual Historical survey of western theatre and dramatic litera- contexts. (HU) ture from their origins to the Renaissance. (HU) ENGL 56. (CLSS 56) The Ancient Novel (3) ENGL 128. (THTR 128) The Development of Examination of the origins of the novel in Greece and Theatre and Drama II (4) Rome. Includes the picaresque novel. (HU) Historical survey of western theatre and dramatic litera- ture from the Renaissance to the modern era. (HU) ENGL 58. (CLSS 58, THTR 58) Greek and Roman Comedy (3) ENGL 142. Introduction to Writing Poetry (4) Study of comedy as a social form through plays of Instruction in the craft of writing poetry, with a focus on Aristophanes, Menander, Plautus, and Terence. (HU) prosody. Practice in and classroom criticism of poems written by students taking the course. Prerequisite: six ENGL 60. (THTR 60) Dramatic Action (4) hours of freshman English. (ND) How plays are put together; how they work and what they accomplish. Examination of how plot, character, ENGL 143. Introduction to Writing Creative Non- aural and visual elements of production combine to form Fiction (4) a unified work across genre, styles and periods. Practice in writing non-fiction from immediate experi- Recommended as a foundation for further studies in ence, with emphasis on accurate, persuasive description design, literature of performance. (HU) writing. Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (ND) ENGL 91. Special Topics (1-4) ENGL 144. Introduction to Writing Fiction (4) A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not Instruction in the craft of writing fiction. Practice in and covered in other courses. (HU) classroom criticism of stories written by students taking the course. Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (ND) ENGL 100. Working with Texts (4) A course to help students to become, through intense ENGL 155. The Novel (4) practice, independent readers of literary and other kinds Selected novels, with attention to such matters as narra- of texts; to discern and describe the devices and process tive, characterization, and cultural context. Prerequisite: by which texts establish meaning; to gain an awareness six hours of freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken of the various methods and strategies for reading and pass/fail. interpreting texts; to construct and argue original inter- ENGL 157. Poetry (4) pretations; to examine and judge the interpretations of Selected traditional and modern poetry, with attention to other readers; to write the interpretive essay that sup- voice, form, and cultural context. Prerequisite: six hours ports a distinct position on some literary topic of of freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. importance; and to learn to find and assimilate into their English 243

ENGL 163. Topics in Film Studies (4) dent must submit a proposal, demonstrating the project’s History and aesthetics of narrative film. May be repeated relevance to the study of language, texts, or communica- for credit as subject varies. Prerequisite: six hours of tion, to the department’s internship adviser. May be freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. repeated for a maximum of 4 credits. Internship credits ENGL 170. Amaranth (1) do not count toward major in English. Prerequisite: jun- ior or senior standing and approval by department Amaranth editorial staff. Students can earn one credit by internship adviser. (ND) serving as editors (literary, production, or art) of Lehigh’s literary magazine. Work includes soliciting and reviewing ENGL 290. Senior Seminar (4) manuscripts, planning a winter supplement and spring In-depth study of a problem, issue, question, or contro- issue, and guiding the magazine through all phases of versy. Enrollment limited to 15 students. Required production. Editors attend weekly meetings with the fac- writing intensive course for English majors. May be ulty advisor. Prerequisite: consent of the department repeated for credit, space permitting, as title varies. chairperson. May be repeated for credit. (ND) Department Approval Required. Prerequisite: senior ENGL 171. Writing for Audiences (4) English major standing. (HU) Practice in writing in a variety of discourse modes for ENGL 291. Special Topics (1-4) different audiences. Consideration of the role of style, A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not clarity, and careful observation in writing. Prerequisite: covered in other courses. (HU) six hours of freshman English. (ND) Graduate Students taking 300-level courses receive ENGL 175. Individual Authors (4) 3 credits; undergraduates receive 4 credits. Intensive study of the works of one or more literary artists, such as Austen, Hemingway, and Kerouac. May ENGL 301. Topics in Literature (4) be repeated for credit as artists and works vary. A theme, topic, or genre in literature, such as autobiog- Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (HU) raphy as literature and the gothic novel. May be repeated Cannot be taken pass/fail. for credit as titles vary. (HU) ENGL 177. Individual Works (4) ENGL 305. Creative Writing Thesis Proposal (fall Intensive study of one or more literary works, such as only) (1) Moby Dick and Stories of John Cheever. May be repeat- Preparation to write creative thesis. Requirements ed for credit as works vary. Prerequisite: six hours of include writing a proposal and bibliography. (ND) freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. ENGL 306. Creative Writing Thesis (spring only) (3) ENGL 183. Independent Study (1-4) Portfolio of original creative work in poetry, fiction, or Individually supervised study of a topic in literature, film, creative non-fiction, plus introductory researched essay. or writing not covered in regularly listed courses. Required for concentration in creative writing. (ND) Prerequisite: consent of the department chairperson. (HU) ENGL 307. Undergraduate Thesis Proposal (1) ENGL 187. Themes in Literature (4) Course to be enrolled by senior honors students prepar- Study of a theme as it appears in several works of litera- ing to write honors thesis. Course requirements include ture, such as Utopia and the quest. May be repeated for conducting preliminary research for the thesis and writ- credit as titles and themes vary. Prerequisite: six hours of ing a detailed thesis proposal and bibliography. May not freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. be rostered concurrently with English 308. (HU) ENGL 189. Popular Literature (4) ENGL 308. Undergraduate Thesis (3) The form of literature that has been designated in one Open to advanced undergraduates who wish to submit way or another as “popular,” such as folklore and detec- theses in English. Prerequisite: consent of department tive fiction. May be repeated for credit as titles vary. chairperson. (HU) Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (HU) ENGL 309. Interpretation: Critical Theory and Cannot be taken pass/fail. Practice (4) ENGL 191. Special Topics (1-4) Introduction to recent literary and cultural theory, such A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not as New Criticism, Structuralism, Marxism, covered in other courses. Prerequisite: six hours of fresh- Psychoanalytic approaches, Reader-response Criticism, man English. (HU) Deconstruction, Feminist Theory, New Historicism, and ENGL 201. Special Topics in Writing (1-4) Cultural Criticism. (HU) Approaches not covered in other writing courses. ENGL 310. Introduction to Methods of English as Individual projects. May be repeated for credit. (ND) a Second Language Instruction (4) ENGL 281. Writing Internship (1-4) An introduction to teaching English as a second lan- Projects on- or off-campus in professional, governmental, guage including the theory and principles of second or service organizations. Experience must include exten- language acquisition, ESL methods, materials, and cur- sive writing that can be submitted for review. Enrollment rent trends such as computer assisted language limited to juniors or seniors with a major or minor in instruction. With sufficient effort, students will learn to English. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: plan and teach an ESL/EFL class in the four areas of approval of department internship adviser or department Writing, Reading, Speaking and Listening, choose chair. (ND) appropriate materials for varying age and proficiency lev- els, and most importantly, have a concrete approach to ENGL. 282. Professional Internship (2-4) teaching ESL/EFL. Required classroom observing and Supervised projects, on- or off-campus, in professional, tutoring hours that can be completed in Lehigh’s ESL government, or service organizations. An interested stu- 244 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

classes, in Lehigh’s ELLC language lab, or in the local ENGL 343. Advanced Creative Non-Fiction (4) public school ESL classes. Course restricted to upperclass Practice of the essay, including such forms as the person- and graduate students. al, academic, or argumentative essay. Emphasis on ENGL 311. (WS 311) Literature of Women (4) developing a strong personal voice and learning to use Women’s works about women. Besides re-reading famil- other voices. Intensive revision. May be repeated for iar feminists’ fiction, drama, and poems, an introduction credit. Prerequisite: ENGL 143, or permission of writing to contemporary and often experimental works by less minor advisor. (ND) famous writers. (HU) ENGL 344. Advanced Fiction Writing (4) ENGL 312. Studies in Literary and Cultural An intensive writing workshop in which student stories and related literary texts receive close reading and analy- Theory (4) sis. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: ENGL 144, Study of a particular contemporary theoretical approach or permission of writing minor advisor. (ND) to literature, film, or other cultural texts. May be repeat- ed for credit as the topic changes. (HU) ENGL 360. Middle English Literature (4) Major literary works of the Middle English period by ENGL 314. Teaching English as a Second authors other than Chaucer. Emphasis on Piers Language: A Practicum (1-3) Plowman, the Gawain/ Pearl Poet, and the metrical Companion course to English 310 (Intro to Methods of romances. (HU) English as a Second Language). This course will include class meetings that focus on guided discussions of the ENGL 362. The Sixteenth Century (4) practical application of principles and practices of ESL Humanist, Petrarchan and dramatic traditions in the lit- pedagogy in a real-world environment. Supervised ESL erature of renaissance England. Readings from such classroom student teaching/tutoring required. authors as Erasmus, More, Wyatt, Sidney, Spenser, and Prerequisite: English 310. Marlowe. (HU) ENGL 316. Native American Literature (4) ENGL 364. The Seventeenth Century (4) Fiction by modern American Indian writers like N. Scott Literature of the seventeenth century, by such writers as Momaday, Leslie Marmon Silko, James Welch, Michael Donne, Herbert, Jonson, Browne, Burton, Milton, Dorris, and Louise Erdrich. Some attention given to the Hobbes, Bunyan, and Locke, chronicling the unprece- history of the relationships and conflicts between Native dented variety of aesthetic, political, and social Americans and the federal government, white agricultur- innovations in this “century of revolution.” (HU) al and business interests, and educational and religious ENGL 366. The Restoration and Early Eighteenth interests. (HU) Century (4) ENGL 318. Topics in African-American Literature Restoration and early eighteenth-century literature, with and Culture (4) attention to the cultural forces that shaped the writers Special Topics in African-American culture and/or the and their works. Readings will include Dryden, Behn, cultures of the African diaspora. Topics may be focused Rochester, Wycherley, Congreve, Swift, Finch, Pope, by period, genre, thematic interest or interdisciplinary Addison and Steele. (HU) method including, for example, “Nineteenth-century ENGL 367. The Eighteenth Century (4) African-American Literature and Politics”, “African- Poetry, drama and prose of the eighteenth century, with American Folklore”, “Black Atlantic Literature”, “The attention to cultural forces that shaped the writers, their Harlem Renaissance”, “African-American Women works, and their position in the canon. Readings of Writers”. May be repeated for credit as title varies. (HU) Montagu, Burney, Wollstonecraft, Austen, Fielding, ENGL 327. Chaucer (4) Richardson, Johnson, Sheridan, Sterne, in addition to a The Canterbury Tales, with some attention to other few earlier writers. (HU) Chaucerian works and other works that may have pro- ENGL 369. British Romantic Literature (4) vided source-materials for Chaucer’s tales. Chaucer’s Poetry and prose of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, language and the literary, intellectual, social, and histori- Shelley, and Keats within the contemporary, political, cal backgrounds to his work. (HU) religious, and social context. (HU) ENGL 328. (THTR 328) Shakespeare (4) ENGL 371. British Victorian Literature: Prose and An introduction to Shakespearean drama including Poetry (4) comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances. Emphasis Poetry and prose of Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, on textual study, cultural contexts, and performance Swinburne, Carlyle, Mill, Newman, and Ruskin within the strategies. (HU) contemporary political, religious, and social contexts. (HU) ENGL 331. Milton (4) ENGL 372. British Victorian Literature: Fiction (4) The poetry and prose of John Milton in the context of Major fiction of the Victorian era by such writers as the English Revolution. Particular attention to the inter- Dickens, Eliot, Thackeray, and Hardy within historical, section of theology and philosophy, and of the personal social, and aesthetic contexts. (HU) with the political. (HU) ENGL 374. Early National Literature (4) ENGL 342. Advanced Poetry Writing (4) United States literature from the Revolution until 1820, An intensive writing workshop in which student poems emphasizing fiction, poetry and non-fiction that was and related literary texts receive close reading and analy- engaged in forming, and contesting, a national literature sis. Prerequisite: ENGL 142 or permission of writing and a new national consciousness. Writing will include minor advisor. May be repeated for credit. (ND) Franklin, Jefferson, the Federalist writers, Crevecoeur, Occum, Wheatley, Brown, Rowson, Foster, Irving, Cooper, and Rush. (HU) English 245

ENGL 375. Major Authors (1-4) Graduate Courses in English The works of one or more major literary figures studied The following courses are seminars, ordinarily limited to in depth. May be repeated for credit as titles and authors no more than twelve graduate students, but undergradu- vary. (HU) ate English majors who are planning to go on to ENGL 376. Early American Literature (4) graduate school in English and who have shown profi- The literature of New England, the Middle Colonies, the ciency in the study of literature may petition to take one South, and the Southwest from Columbus to the close of of these seminars in their senior year. the eighteenth century, emphasizing our cultural and ENGL 400. Supervised Teaching (1) artistic diversity. (HU) Practical experience in teaching through assisting a facul- ENGL 377. American Romanticism (4) ty teacher in conduct of a regularly scheduled Emerson, Thoreau, Whitman, Hawthorne, Melville, undergraduate course. Open only to graduate students Dickinson, Poe, and their contemporaries. Philosophical, with at least one semester of graduate course work at historical, and social background, as well as the aesthetic Lehigh University and a GPA of at least 3.5 Usually ros- study of romantic literary works. (HU) tered in conjunction with 485. Prerequisite: Consent of the department chairperson. ENGL 378. American Realism (4) Theory and practice of realistic and naturalistic fiction ENGL 421. History of the English Language (3) from the Civil War to the early twentieth-century: The phonology, grammar, and lexicon of English from Twain, Howells, James, Norris, Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, the beginnings to the present. and regionalists. (HU) ENGL 423. Anglo-Saxon Language and Literature ENGL 379. Modern American Literature (4) (3) American literature before World War II. Lectures and An introductory study of the Anglo -Saxon culture class discussion of major fiction and poetry. (HU) through its language and literature. Special attention given to translation and interpretation of the epic poem ENGL 380. Contemporary American Literature Beowulf. (4) American literature since World War II. Lectures and ENGL 433. Middle English Literature (3) class discussions of new writers and of recent works of Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible established writers. (HU) offerings: ENGL 382. Themes in American Literature (4) Medieval Comedy. Analysis of the short comedic and often raunchy comic tales and plays that seemed to bring Intensive study of one topic in American literature. out what was most fresh, original, and daring in the lit- Readings from the colonial period to the present. May erature of thirteenth- and fourteenth-century France, be repeated for credit as title varies. (HU) Italy, the Low Countries, and England. We will be tak- ENGL 383. Modernism and Post-Modernism in ing a broadly comparative approach, tracing particular Fiction (4) plot elements (e.g. treatment of the “lower body parts”), The “anti-realistic’ novel; time/space, point of view, nar- character types (e.g., the cuckolded husband), motifs rative voice, structure as meaning. Kafka, Woolf, Beckett, (e.g., antifeminism), and themes (e.g., criticism of the Nabokov, Robbe-Grillet, Faulkner, Borges, Hawkes, clergy), through a large number of these early comic tales Stein. (HU) and farces. We will spend several weeks on the richness of the French fabliau, but we will also work in important ENGL 384. Twentieth-Century World Literature (4) ways with works by Boccaccio and Chaucer. We will World literature (Europe, Asia, South America, Africa) place a smaller emphasis on Middle Dutch tales and from 1900 to present. (HU) plays. All readings will be in translation with the excep- ENGL 385. Modern British and Continental tion of the two or three of Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales Literature (4) (Miller’s Tale, Shipman’s Tale, and possibly the Reeve’s World English literature and continental literature before Tale). The Miller’s Tale will provide us with a focal point World War II. Lectures and class discussion of major fic- for a third or so of our course together. For the Chaucer tion. (HU) tales, we will do a quick lesson in Middle English (it is easier than you think). ENGL 386. Contemporary British and Post- Colonial Literature (4) Medieval Drama. An exploration of the major modes of World English literature and continental literature after medieval drama: the miracle, morality, and mystery play. World War II. (HU) Primary texts may include The Croxton Play of the Sacrament, Mary Magdalene, Mankind, Everyman, the ENGL 387. Film History, Theory, and Criticism (4) York mystery cycle. The forms of medieval drama will be Study of film with the focus on particular genres, direc- examined in light of theoretical works by J.L. Austin, tors, theories, periods, or topics. Weekly film screenings. Pierre Bourdieu, and Ludwig Wittgenstein. There will also May be repeated for credit as title varies. (HU) Cannot be a focus on the particular historical and material con- be taken pass/fail. texts for the performance of the plays under consideration. ENGL 388. Independent Study (1-4) Chaucer. Selected works by Chaucer, with attention to his Individually supervised study of a topic in literature, language, his sources, the cultural backgrounds that inform film, or writing not covered in regularly listed courses. his works, and trends in modern criticism of his work. Prerequisite: consent of department chairperson. (HU) Writing, Rebellion, and Reform: Medieval Literature of ENGL 391. Special Topics (1-4) Dissent. An examination of Middle English literature in A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not relation to the social, religious, and political conflicts of covered in other courses. (HU) the late fourteenth and early fifteenth centuries. Primary 246 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

texts include Piers Plowman, chronicles of the English Cultural Fictions and Public Lying. The English Civil Rising, poems from the “Piers Plowman Tradition,” War taught many thinkers that stable cultures require selections from The Canterbury Tales, and The Book of subjects to agree not to see certain “truths,” that public Margery Kempe. Consideration will also be given to the life depends on necessary fictions about which all must legacy of medieval dissent and its representation in early deceive themselves. Primary texts by Hobbes, Cavendish, modern works such as Shakespeare’s 2 Henry VI, Behn, Wycherley, Swift, and Mandeville; recent writing Latimer’s “Sermon on the Plow,” and Foxe’s Book of by Goffman, Bourdieu, Keller, and Haraway. Martyrs. Witchcraft and History. Eighteenth-century texts con- ENGL 439. Sixteenth-Century British Literature (3) tinue to use the contradictory “logic”of witchcraft to Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible police women’s behavior. Primary texts (Shakespeare, offerings: Behn, Defoe, Haywood, Pope, Davys) and recent theo- Love and Politics: Poetry of the English Renaissance. retical writings (Bourdieu, Foucault) will help us think Study of sonnet sequences, Ovidian lyrics, and the epyl- through how we make claims about the past that the lion with an eye to both their sexual politics and their participants themselves may have been unaware of or political valence in the Tudor court. Works by Wyatt, unable to articulate. Surrey, Marlowe, Sidney, Fulke, Greville, Spenser, ENGL 443: Eighteenth-century British Literature (3) Donne, and Shakespeare. Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible London Unmasked: Representations of the City in offerings: Renaissance Literature. An exploration of the love/hate Austen, Burney, Edgeworth and the 1790s. This course relationship of early modern writers with London. emphasizes these women’s writers’ complex relation to Poetry, pamphlets, sermons, and especially city comedy the rebellious and conservative 1790s and will include from Jonson, Dekker, Shakespeare, Donne, and others. not only their fiction from the period (including novels ENGL 441. Seventeenth-Century British Austen drafted then: Pride and Prejudice, Sense and Sensibility,and Northanger Abbey) but also that of some Literature (3) representative gothic novelists (especially Radcliffe) as Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible well as some radical writers (Hays, Wollstonecraft) along offerings: with conservative ones (More, Burke). Satan in Literature. When we think of Satan, we tend to Literature in the Marketplace. Novels, magazines, children’s imagine a ruddy fellow with a widow’s peak and goatee. books and other new forms of prose fiction took shape in But this figure is the traditional symbol of Satan, not the eighteenth-century England. The course focuses on ways in reality. In fact, to imagine Satan in this way is to commit which these forms are now being re-read against evidence a precisely Satanic error. Properly understood, the term about the eighteenth-century marketplace, where readers ‘Satan’ refers to a quite specific tendency of human and writers (consumers and producers) intersect with each thought: the tendency to take signs for the reality to other and with developments in the book trade (issues of which they refer. This error can take many forms. To copyright, the professionalization of authorship, etc.) as religion, it is known as ‘idolatry.’ To science, it is known studied in the relatively new discipline of book history. We a ‘magic.’ And to economics, it is known as ‘capitalism.’ will consider archival materials as well as canonical and Satan can certainly also manifest himself outside the uncanonical literature. human mind, but these external manifestations may not be the most appropriate site for studying his nature. The ENGL 445: British Romantic Literature (3) Hebrew word ‘Satan’ means both enemy and accuser, Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible and we ought to contemplate the effects of this alien and offerings: hostile element in human psychology. In this course we Romanticism and the Cult of Childhood. Investigating will investigate the nature of Satan as described in a vari- the gender, class, and race issues raised by idealizing par- ety of literary texts drawn from a wide range of historical ticular kinds of childhood in the Romantic era, we will and cultural situations. The authors studied will include read works that feature children by Rousseau, Johann Spies, Christopher Marlowe, John Milton, Lord Wordsworth, Coleridge, Robinson, and Blake. We will Byron, Edgar Allen Poe, Fyodor Dostoevsky, Thomas also contextualize children’s literature by Edgeworth, Mann, and Ngugi Wa Thiongo. Smith, Trimmer, Barbauld, the Lambs, etc., within the Magic in Renaissance Poetry. The late-sixteenth and early heated debate about the relative value of moralistic, utili- seventeenth-centuries saw a precipitous rise of interest in tarian, and imaginative works for children. and practice of magic throughout Europe. Magicians ENGL 447: British Victorian Literature (3) such as Cornelius Aggrippa, Paracelsus, Giordano Bruno Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible and John Dee achieved unprecedented influence in pop- offerings: ular and intellectual milieux alike. This course will look for the influence of magical thinking on the literature of Nineteenth-century Narrative and the Making of Selves. the period, with special attention to the theories of rep- This course investigates the intersection of narrative and resentation. Magic presupposes a performative view of the construction of interiority and subjectivity in nine- the sign, it assumes that words can do things. Similar teenth-century British novels, poetry, and autobiography. beliefs appear to animate the poetry of Donne, Traherne, Our study will interrogate notions of the “self,” psychic Herbert, Marvell and Vaughan. We will read these and or moral growth, the un- or sub-conscious. We will other poets, alongside some of the periods most influen- examine the ways in which narratives construct “selves,” tial texts of theoretical and practical magic. in the context of nineteenth-century theories of the mind as well as more recent Psychoanalytical, Gender, ENGL 442: British Literature of the Restoration (3) and Cultural Theory. Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible offerings: English 247

The Problem of Knowledge in the Victorian Age: U.S. culture. Reading primarily sentimental and sensa- Nineteenth-century Britain was haunted by the problem tional fiction (from Cummins’ The Lamplighter to of knowledge. “We have but faith; we cannot know,” Lippard’s Quaker City), we will ask: where and how is wrote Tennyson in In Memoriam, echoing the common class rendered visible? quandary concerning the status of spiritual experience. The Global Nineteenth Century. An exploration of Earlier Thomas Love Peacock had rejected poetry’s claim internationalism in antebellum U.S. literature and cul- to be a serious pursuit: such a way of grasping the world ture. We will examine the ways that nineteenth-century is obsolete; the new and the only reliable mode of know- Americans laid the political, economic, technological, ing is science. Readings—drawn from the work of Mill, and cultural groundwork for our current U.S.-dominat- Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Clough, Pater, Wilde, ed era of globalization. In addition to reading what Darwin, and Huxley—will reveal the intensity of this recent scholars have to say about the history of globaliza- debate and the striking formulations it produced in tion, we will read such nineteenth-century American poetry, scientific writing, and social critique. authors as Whitman, Melville, John Rollin Ridge, and ENGL 449: Modern British Literature (3) Martin Delany, and study such phenomena as the Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible transatlantic telegraph and the Crystal Palace Exhibition. offerings: ENGL 475. Late Nineteenth-century American Virginia Woolf and the Limits of Biography. Where is Literature (3) the line between diagnosis and interpretation? To what Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible purpose do scholars studying Woolf’s work invoke her offerings: biography? How does Woolf herself play with and inter- Realism and Romanticism in Urban and Regional Turn rogate biography as a genre? Reading Woolf’s novels and of the Century Novels. This course takes as its starting essays, we will examine the achievements and limits of point two assumptions about U.S. social history and “psychiatric criticism,” interrogate our culture’s desire to American literary history: by the turn of the twentieth “know” a writer, and discuss Woolf’s own complex ren- century the United States had become an overwhelming- dering of the biographical impulse in her fiction. ly urban rather than rural culture; and by the Topics in British Modernism. Survey course featuring late-nineteenth century the major focus of American lit- several major British writers between 1900 and 1945. erature had shifted from romanticism to realism. This The course explores different critical and methodological course will test those assumptions by reading four “urban perspectives on writers like James Joyce, Virginia Woolf, realist” novels and four “regional romances.” T.S. Eliot, D.H. Lawrence, W.B. Yeats, and E.M. Forster. Realism and Naturalism in American Literature. This ENGL 451: Contemporary British Literature (3) course will explore realist and naturalist writing as an Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible evolving effort to represent the powerful social forces offerings: shaping American life in an era of rapid industrializa- Contemporary British and Postcolonial Literature. tion—and to assess the possibility of individual and Survey course featuring British, South Asian, African, collective agency in such a society. The role of realist and and Caribbean writers, between 1945 and the present. naturalist idioms in shaping the theoretical narratives of The course is organized around themes which vary at the Marxism and psychoanalysis will also be considered. discretion of the instructor. ENGL 477. Modern American Literature (3) Contemporary Literature from the United Kingdom and Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible the Commonwealth. The course includes authors such as offerings: Rushdie, Munro, O’Brien, Phillips, and Carter among Modernism and Mourning. Combining psychoanalytic others. Themes include political and social change, race, theory and social history, this course will explore major gender and ethnicity, cultural and historical conflict. modernist works as efforts to grieve for systemic social ENGL 471. Early American Literature (3) injuries such as racism, misogyny, and the alienations Course may be repeated as title varies. Possible offerings: produced by monopoly capitalism. Writers studied will include Eliot, Hemingway, Cather, Toomer, Faulkner, First Contact: Then and Now. When worlds collide. Hughes, H.D., Hurston, and Dos Passos. Voices from and about various frontiers, borderlands, and liminal spaces, from Canada to the Caribbean, from The Harlem Renaissance. This interdisciplinary and his- New England to New Spain. Imagining, discovering, torically grounded seminar will explore the explosion of exploring, conquering, domesticating, and inventing African-American literary, artistic and political life that “America” in original accounts and modern film repre- took place in and around Harlem in the opening decades sentations. of the twentieth century. The course will include politi- cal writings, fiction and poetry, and music. The Literature of Justification. How did the European nations justify making war on and taking lands from ENGL 478. Contemporary American Literature (3) Native Americans? What were the philosophical and Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible legal justifications of imperial and colonial expansion? offerings: Study of the discourse of conquest, of language as the Contemporary Native American Fiction. Fiction by perfect instrument of empire. American Indian writers since the 1970s. We will read ENGL 473: Antebellum American Literature (3) works by Leslie Marmon Silko, James Welch, Michael Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible Dorris, Susan Power, and Sherman Alexie. The course offerings: will have a mini-focus on the growth of an Ojibwe nov- elist named Louise Erdrich through three of her novels. Class in Antebellum American Literature. The category We will pay attention in our discussions to ways to pres- “class” has been under-explored, often invisible, within ent Indian fiction to non-Indian undergraduate students. 248 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Late Twentieth-century American Literature. Masters of patriarchy, equality, difference, the local and the global. poetry, drama, or fiction of the second half of the twen- Theorists will include: Simone de Beauvoir, Diana Fuss, tieth century. Poets might include Stone, Ashbery, Judith Butler, Julia Kristeva, Denise Riley, Chandra Merrill, Clifton, Bell, and others. Dramatists might Talpade Mohanty, Gayle Rubin, Joan Scott, Teresa de include Norman, A. Wilson, L. Wilson, Foote, Mamet, Lauretis, Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick, Gayatri Chakravorty and others. Fiction might include Boyle, Carver, Baxter, Spivak, Donna Haraway, bell hooks, Pierre Bourdieu, Ford, Oates, and others. Past themes have included the Rosi Braidotti, Jessica Benjamin, and Chela Sandoval. small town in American drama, the double, experimen- Queer Film Theory and Criticism. In the early 1990s a tation, and tradition. cycle of films dubbed “New Queer Cinema” emerged ENGL 479. Twentieth-century World Literature (3) along with a “new queer” film theory—both influenced Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible by political activism and by academic work by figures offerings: like Michel Foucault, Eve Sedgwick, and Judith Butler. Terror, Rebellion, and Revolution in Contemporary Questions arose about this queer film and film theory. World Literature. This course traces the sources, process- How were they different from the gay and lesbian films es, and outcomes of violent revolutions in contemporary and film theory that came before? Was “queer” being fiction and film, establishing the historical context and used to erase specific lesbian, gay, bisexual, and trans examining themes like community conflict, the role of approaches to film? What did “queer” mean, exactly? difference, and the use and abuse of power. Possible This course will address these questions, and many oth- authors include Mafouz, Naipaul, Chamoiseau, ers, that were provoked by Queer 90s films and film Sembene, Conde, and Phillips; possible films include theory. Topics and issues covered in the course will State of Siege, Ararat, Asama, and Kandahor. include the history of representation, audience/spectator- ship, production contexts and sub-textual coding. Also Writing, the Body, and the Other. This course explores the examined will be the intersection of queerness with race, representation of writing in modern literary texts, specifi- class, and gender. cally the power of writing to inscribe both “identity” and “difference.” We begin with the premise that the self-con- The New Economic Criticism. Over the last few years, a stituting power of writing (expressed through rhetorics of long-standing tendency among some literary critics to authorship) is closely tied to writing’s role in the construc- draw analogies between their discipline and economics tion of various concepts of the “other.” Primary texts by seems to have coalesced into something resembling a twentieth-century British and postcolonial writers and the “school”. Recent anthologies, conferences and articles have introduction of the post-structuralist tradition in literary made reference to it as the “new economic criticism”. The theory. course will ask whether we are justified in speaking of such a movement, and if so, what are its distinguishing ENGL 480. Composition and Rhetoric (3) characteristics, and why has it emerged at the present his- Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible torical juncture. We will read theoretical texts (Derrida, offerings: Lyotard, Jameson), secondary studies (Hans-Christophe Ethics and the Teaching of College English. What does it Binswanger, Marc Shell, Jean-Joseph Goux), and also mean to be a good teacher of college English? In this some of the primary studies to which these refer (Goethe, seminar we’re going to consider this basic question, with Mallarme, Shakespeare). a twist: while good usually means “effective” in this ques- How to Read Deconstructively. Deconstruction aims to tion, we are going to take it suggest “ethical.” My hope is produce a way of thinking that weakens the scope of that we can find ways to deploy “ethics” to explore some authority itself – any authority – through creative skepti- concerns at the heart of college teaching, opening a space cism. This course will begin by directly engaging some of to talk about why the teaching of English matters. the key theoretical texts by writers such as Friedrich The Subject in Cultural Studies: The Criticism of Nietzsche, Martin Heidigger, Jacques Derrida, Gayatri Agency. Cultural Studies takes as its founding gesture a Chakravorty Spivak. But the real goals of the course are concern for subjectivity, the ways in which the individual to show how deconstruction is used and, crucially, how human subject is shaped by culture. After making this it is useful. gesture, various branches of the discipline divide accord- ENGL 483. Creative Writing and Literary Studies (3) ing to a particular subject matter, feminism, colonialism, Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible historicism, popular culture, and so on. In this course we offerings: will pay particular attention to the founding gesture and the tricks that it can play on us. We will read literary From the Inside: Creative Writing and Reading. A com- criticism and rhetorical criticism in order to understand bination of seminar and workshop, this course uses the often hidden assumptions and beliefs behind cultural instruction and practice in the techniques and genres of studies in all its forms. We will consider works by creative writing (prosody, narratology, characterization, Bourdieu, Cixous, Burke, Butler, Bakhtin, Paul Smith, etc.) to develop tools for studying literary texts. Said, Kristeva, Foucault, and others. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ENGL 481. Theory and Criticism (3) ENGL 485. Introduction to Writing Theory (2) Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible Survey of major approaches and theoretical issues in the offerings: field of composition and rhetoric. Required of all new teaching assistants in the department. Usually rostered in Theories of Gender and Feminism. In this course we will conjunction with 400 or 486. study the critical works of some of the most important feminist theorists. We will be interrogating foundational ENGL 486. Teaching Composition: A Practicum (1) concepts such as: woman, gender, sex, love, pleasure, Introduction to teaching writing at Lehigh. Bi-weekly desire, the body, the unconscious, oppression, agency, discussions of practical issues and problems in the teach- ing of freshman composition. Required of all new English as a Second Language 249 teaching assistants in the department. Usually rostered in not eligible for a TA position. Contact the ESL Office conjunction with English 485. for an appointment upon arrival to campus. Refer to our ENGL 487. Teaching with Technology: A website for additional information. Practicum (1) The Freshman Composition Requirement. The courses Hands-on introduction to the tools and skills necessary English 3 and English 5 (Composition and Literature for to teach with the computer, along with some attention ESL Writers I and II,) may be applied towards the com- to appropriate pedagogy. Prerequisite: consent of gradu- position requirement for undergraduates. See the ate program coordinator. department course listings for additional information. ENGL 490. Master’s Thesis (3) ESL Teacher Training. ESL in conjunction with the Writing master’s thesis papers. English Department offers English 310 (Introduction to Theories and Methods of ESL Instruction) and English ENGL 491. Special Topics (1-3) 314 (ESL Teaching Practicum). See the Department A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not course listings for descriptions. covered in other courses. May be repeated for credit as For more information about English as a Second title varies. Prerequisite: consent of the graduate program Language at Lehigh, refer to our web site at coordinator. www.lehigh.edu/~inesl. ENGL 493. Graduate Seminar (3) Intensive study of the works of one or more authors, or Courses: of a type of literature. May be repeated for credit as title ESLP 1 ESL Academic Writing and Grammar (1) varies. Instruction in understanding and using advanced ENGL 495. Independent Study (3) English sentence structures in writing. Advanced aca- Individually supervised course in an area of literature, film demic vocabulary and grammar development to improve or writing not covered in regularly listed courses. writing sophistication and accuracy. Required for gradu- Prerequisite: consent of the graduate program coordinator. ate students who do not achieve a sufficient score on the Lehigh ESL Writing Sample and/or for students needing ENGL 499. Dissertation (1-9) additional writing proficiency. 4 hours per week. Research and study for comprehension exams. ESLP 2 ESL Academic Writing and Reading (1) The writing process and composing skills, editing skills, English as a Second Language vocabulary development and reading fluency for ESL students. Required for graduate students who do not Program Director. Timothy Bonner achieve a sufficient score on the Lehigh ESL Writing Credit Instruction: English as a Second Language (ESL) Sample and/or for students needing additional writing credit courses are offered to both undergraduates and proficiency. 4 hours per week. graduates who wish to increase English proficiency in the areas of writing, reading, speaking, and presentation ESLP 3 ESL Clear Speech and Conversation (1) skills. All credit courses are at an advanced level of Conversational English, colloquial language and idioms, English study. For undergraduates, these courses are pronunciation and accent reduction and practice in basic designed to supplement English department required listening skills for an academic setting. 4 hours per week. courses, such as courses towards the freshman writing ESLP 4 ESL Academic Speaking (1) requirement. Graduate students should contact their Correct use of grammatical structures in oral English departments regarding acceptance of credit towards resi- and practice in accurate pronunciation. ESL students dency requirements. ESLP courses may be repeated for will explore the functions of American English in an aca- credit with a maximum of three repetitions. ESL credit demic setting. 4 hours per week. courses are open to regularly enrolled students or ESLP 11 ESL Technical Writing and Composition (1) General College Division students with placement or Formal composition and technical writing including permission by ESL Director. general technical vocabulary, technical sentence struc- StepUp Intensive English Program. A non-credit inten- ture, and research skills for the advanced ESL student. sive ESL program called StepUp is offered to Prerequisite: successful completion of ESLP 2 (ESL intermediate to advanced ESL students who wish to Academic Writing and Reading) or ENGL 5, or with study university/academic English in a challenging envi- permission of ESL Director. 4 hours per week. ronment. This program is open to the general public. Contact the ESL program for information and a ESLP 12 ESL Advanced Speech and Presentation brochure or refer to our website, www.lehigh.edu/~inesl. Skills (1) Development of advanced speaking skills and presenta- English Language Learning Center. Private tutoring and tion techniques through a study of formal spoken computer-assisted language learning for students, staff, rhetoric, accent improvement, and presentation skills. faculty and their families. For the undergraduate or graduate student seeking for- English Testing. English language proficiency testing is mal speech skills and/or for teaching assistants. required for all incoming undergraduate and graduate (Required for TAs with SPEAK scores 200 - 225.) students whose first language is not English during stu- Prerequisite: successful completion of ESLP 3 or 4 , or dent orientations in August and January. Placement in SPEAK score 180+, or permission of ESL Director. 4 courses will be determined based on the results. New hours per week. Teaching Assistants must take the SPEAK test prior to the beginning of the semester (A TSE score of 55-60 is ENGL 3. Composition and Literature I for ESL acceptable). Students who do not pass the SPEAK are Writers (3) fall Idiomatic English both oral and written, with a strong emphasis on producing well-organized, coherent essays. 250 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Enrollment limited to non-native speakers; placement is • MGT 311: LUMAC Management Assistance determined by placement testing or ESL director’s rec- Counseling (3) ommendation. • Or other independent experiential project ENGL 5. Composition and Literature II for ESL approved by the minor program director. Writers (3) spring • ENTP 312: Launching Entrepreneurial Ventures (3 Continuation of English 3. credit hours) Pre-requisite: Junior standing, ENTP ENGL 310. Introduction to Methods of English as 311, or equivalent ILE option, or permission of minor program director. a Second Language Instruction (4) An introduction to teaching English as a second lan- Recommended Additional Courses: guage including the theory and principles of second • ACCT 108 or 151/152 language acquisition, ESL methods, materials, and cur- rent trends such as computer assisted language • Law 201 and 202 instruction. With sufficient effort, students will learn to • MGT 306 plan and teach an ESL/EFL class in the four areas of • MKT 211 and 319 Writing, Reading, Speaking and Listening, choose appro- priate materials for varying age and proficiency levels, • SCM 309 and most importantly, have a concrete approach to • Excel Competency Course/Exam teaching ESL/EFL. Required classroom observing and Students must complete the minor sequence with an tutoring hours that can be completed in Lehigh’s ESL average GPA of at least 2.0 in those courses in order to classes, in Lehigh’s ELLC language lab, or in the local qualify for the minor. Courses in the Entrepreneurship public school ESL classes. minor cannot be used towards wither the Engineering ENGL 314. Teaching English as a Second Minor or the Business minor. Language: A Practicum (1-3) Entrepeneurship Courses: Companion course to English 310 (Intro to Methods of English as a Second Language). This course will include ENTP 101. Entrepreneurship (3 credit hours) class meetings that focus on guided discussions of the prac- Introduction to the nature and process of entrepreneur- tical application of principles and practices of ESL ship. Emphasizes entrepreneurial opportunities, pedagogy in a real-world environment. Supervised ESL creativity, innovation and vision, and pursuit of opportu- classroom student teaching required for students taking the nities beyond resources. Topics include: concepts of 3 credit option. Prerequisite: English 310. Variable credit. entrepreneurship; attributes of entrepreneurs; new ven- ture creation; introduction to entrepreneurial finance and marketing in resource-constrained environments; Entrepreneurship intellectual property; new venture business planning for Program Management: CBE and RCEAS faculty both emerging and existing enterprises. committee. ENTP 201. Entrepreneurship and Enterprise (3 Minor Program Director: Graham Mitchell credit hours) Investigates skills and steps for entrepreneurial success: Minor in Entrepreneurship mindset; opportunity scanning and screening; informal The purpose of the entrepreneurship minor is to enable networking; finding and managing external resources; students to supplement their major with knowledge and managing risk; developing marketing plans; sales; skills that increase their ability to realize their entrepre- investors; debt and venture capital; horizontal manage- neurial goal and/or make them more marketable upon ment; developing a leadership team and creative culture; graduation. It will also work to create an environment technology cycles; structuring; managing change; ethics; and campus center of gravity that fosters an entrepre- exit strategies. Cross-functional team-based experiential neurial spirit and mindset among students and also serve practice and discussions with entrepreneurs. Prerequisite: as a locus for community building among entrepreneur- ENTP 101 or permission of minor program director. ial students, faculty, and alumni. This minor is available for students at Lehigh University. ENTP 311. Entrepreneurship Practicum (3 credit hours) Required pre-requisite course: Cross-disciplinary teams of 4-6 students with faculty and • ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4 credit hours) alumni: marketing and financial planning; business and ECO 1 must be completed prior to entering the technical feasibility of products or service. Students may entrepreneurship minor program. work on projects related to LU intellectual property, or ideas from outside entrepreneurs, or on their own proj- Required Courses: ects. Oral and written presentations and discussions with • ENTP 101: Entrepreneurship I (3 credit hours) Pre- guest speakers are integral parts of the course. requisite ECO 1. Prerequisite: Junior standing and ENTP 201, or permis- sion of minor program director. • ENTP 201: Entrepreneurship and Enterprise (3 credit hours) Pre-requisite ENTP 101 or permission of minor program director. Environmental Studies • One of the following ILE options (3 credit hours) Professors: Stephen H. Cutcliffe, Ph.D. (Lehigh), • ENTP 311: Entrepreneurship Practicum (3) Professor of Science, Technology and Society and • IBE 395: Capstone Projects 1 (3) History and Director of Science, Technology and Society program; Sharon M. Friedman, M.A. (Penn State), Environmental Studies 251

Professor of Journalism and Communication and science fields such as anthropology, communication, his- Director of Science and Environmental Writing tory, international relations, journalism, political science, Program; John B. Gatewood, Ph.D. (Illinois), Professor psychology, science and environmental writing or sociol- of Sociology and Anthropology; John Martin Gillroy, ogy could easily be accomplished. Minors in the Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor of Environmental Policy and sciences, such as Earth and Environmental Sciences, also International Relations; Kenneth L. Kraft, Ph.D. can be easily completed. If students are not pursuing a (Princeton), Professor of Religion Studies; Gerard P. double major, a minor in another field to complement Lennon, Ph.D. (Cornell), Professor of Civil Engineering; the Environmental Studies major is highly recommended Anne S. Meltzer, Ph.D. (Rice), Chairperson and but not required. Professor of Earth and Environmental Sciences; Vincent The major consists of three required and four core cours- G. Munley, Ph.D. (SUNY at Binghamton), Professor of es, plus four elective courses chosen from a list that Economics; Dork Sahagian, Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor follows. The B.A. is considered a social science major of Earth and Environmental Sciences and Director of and most of its courses fulfill college social science distri- Environmental Initiative; David B. Small, Ph.D. bution requirements. Its collateral requirements, which (Cambridge), Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. include a social science research methods course, one Associate Professors: Edward E. Lotto, Ph.D. (Indiana), course in statistics and three basic science courses, can be Associate Professor of English and Director of the Center used to fulfill college math and science distribution for Writing, Math and Study Skills; Albert H. Wurth, requirements. Jr., Ph.D. (North Carolina), Associate Professor of Honors: To graduate with honors, a major in Political Science. Environmental Studies must maintain a 3.2 overall aver- Assistant Professors: Alec M. Bodzin, Ph.D. (North age, attain a 3.5 average in the courses constituting the Carolina State), Assistant Professor of Education; Derick major program, and complete an honors thesis in the G. Brown, Ph.D. (Princeton), Assistant Professor of senior year. Civil and Environmental Engineering; Breena Holland, Ph.D. (Chicago), Assistant Professor of Environmental Environmental Studies Major Policy and Political Science; Kristen L. Jellison, Ph.D. Required and Core Courses (28 credits) (MIT), Assistant Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering. Required Courses: ES 1 Introduction to Environmental Program Director: Sharon M. Friedman, Department of Studies (4) Journalism and Communication. ES (EES) 2 Introduction to Environmental This new Bachelor of Arts degree examines the cultural, Science (4) economic, historical, political and social factors that ES 381 Senior Seminar: Issues in influence local, national, international and global envi- Environmental Studies (4) ronmental issues and policies. Investigating a wide range of perspectives, it includes a broad exposure to Core Courses: At Least 4 of the 7 following courses: many factors confronting humans as they struggle with ES 101 Environmental Policies and Planning (4) complex problems and possible solutions to environ- ES 102 Environmental Values and Ethics (4) mental questions. ES 111(ECO 111) Introduction to Environmental Economics (4) The interdisciplinary program includes courses in 4 col- leges and 10 different departments. Most of its courses ES 115(JOUR 115) Communicating about the are in social science disciplines but there are also offer- Environment (4) ings in humanities, education, science, mathematics and ES 121(ANTH 121) Environment and Culture (4) engineering. The program has been designed so students ES 171(CEE 171) Fundamentals of Environmental will develop a broad understanding of social science Technology (4) environmental concerns, along with a basic familiarity ES 315(HIST 315) American Environmental History with environmental science, statistics and research meth- (4) ods. Of benefit to all students interested in Major Electives (16 credits including two courses at the environmental issues, this new B.A. degree will comple- 200 level or above): ment existing B.A. and B.S. programs in Earth and ANTH 145 Human Evolution (4) Environmental Sciences and the B.S. program in ANTH. 305 Anthropology of Fishing (4) Environmental Engineering. ARTS 196 Sustainable Development: The B.A. Program The Costa Rican Experience (1-4) The B.A. program is intended for students who are CEE 272 Environment, Risk Regulation interested in environmental affairs from the perspective and Policy (2) of the social sciences and humanities. This degree will CEE (EES) 379 Environmental Case Studies (3-4) prepare students for a variety of career options including ECO. 311 Environmental Economics (3) positions in policy agencies at the federal, state and local ENGL. 201-11 The Environmental Imagination (4) government levels, corporate management, non-profit EES 109 Geographical Analysis of our organizations, environmental journalism or environ- Changing World (4) mental law. It also will prepare students for graduate ES 10 Environment and the studies in a number of environmental policy and social Consumer Society (4) science fields. ES (JOUR) 116 Risky Business (4) The B.A. is specifically designed to be broadly inclusive ES 131 Internship (1-2) yet flexible enough to allow for double majors and ES (IR) 143 Comparative Environmental minors in other fields. Double majors or minors in social Law and Policy (4) 252 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

ES 181 Independent Study (1-4) for mitigating and adapting to environmental change in ES 371 Special Topics (1-4) ecosystems, physical and social systems, we will examine ES 391 Honors Thesis (4) such topics as biogeochemical cycles, population pres- IR 344 Politics of Oil (4) sure, ecosystem diversity, productivity and food security, JOUR 123 Basic Science and Technical Writing (4) energy, water resources, climate change, pollution, ozone, JOUR. 125 Environment, the Public urban issues and sustainability. Stresses interactions and and the Mass Media (4) inter-relationships, using a series of case studies. Intended for non-science majors with an interest in the JOUR (STS) 323 Controversies (4) environment. (NS) Sahagian POLS 111 Politics of the Environment (4) POLS 328 U.S. Politics and the Environment (4) ES 10. Environment and the Consumer Society POLS 375 Seminar: Green Polity (4) (4). Spring REL 6 Religion and the Ecological Crisis (4) Is there such a thing as sustainable consumption, or will REL 254 Buddhism and Ecology (4) life on Earth become increasingly imbalanced? Will our TBTE 394 Special Topics in Education - grandchildren accuse us of “devouring” their future? This Environmental Education (3) multidisciplinary course investigates these issues, both locally and globally from the perspectives of anthropolo- In addition, new courses may be offered annually. gy, history, communication and politics. Topics include Students should check with the program director for an cultural causes of and responses to past environmental updated list. disasters; biological and cultural limits to growth; over- Collateral Requirements (18-20 credits) fishing the commons; resources and land use issues; communication in a consumer culture; and politics and Required (8 credits) governmental regulations. Team projects researching the MATH 12 Basic Statistics (4) environmental impacts of campus consumption will be A calculus course may be substituted with permission of the included. (SS) program director. ES 101. Environmental Policy and Planning (4) SR 111 Research Methods and Fall Data Analysis (4) Analysis of the framework that has been established to Electives: At least one EES and two other science cours- protect the environment and promote sustainable es (10-12 credits): More advanced science or growth. Focus on the roles of the different branches of environmental engineering courses may be substituted with the U.S. government and the relative responsibilities of the permission of the program director. state and local governments within this framework as BIOS 41 Biology Core I: well as key international accords. Consideration of the Cellular and Molecular (3) political nature of environmental issues and the social CHEM 5 Chemistry and National Issues (3) forces influencing environmental protection. (SS) CHEM 21 or 95Introductory Chemical Principles (4) ES 102. Environmental Values and Ethics (4) EES 3 Global Environmental Change (4) A broad survey of the role of values and ethics in envi- EES 11 Environmental Geology (3) ronmental issues. How have humans perceived their EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) relation to nature across vast spans of time and culture? EES 31 Introduction to Do premodern ecological views still have lessons to teach Environmental Biology (4) contemporary citizens? Contemporary developments PHY 5 Concepts in Physics (4) such as environmental justice, deep ecology, ecofemi- nism, bioregionalism, campus ecology, ecopsychology Minor in Environmental Studies and issues of ecological identity will be explored. (HU) A minor in Environmental Studies consists of four 4- ES 111 (ECO 111). Introduction to credit courses, for a total of 16 credits. These should Environmental Economics (4) include ES 1, one course from the core set for the major, An examination of the interactions between our eco- and two courses from either the core or elective courses nomic systems and the environment. Pollution as a for the major. One of the two courses must be at the consequence of human activity within a framework for 300-level course. analyzing the relationships between environmental quali- Environmental Studies Courses ty, scarcity of resources and economic growth. How to develop appropriate public policies to deal with these ES 1. Introduction to Environmental Studies (4) issues. Prerequisite: ECO. 1. (SS) Fall ES 115 (JOUR 115). Communicating about the Gateway to the field of Environmental Studies, the course surveys central issues and themes confronting Environment (4) humanity in the natural world on a national and global Introduction to the need for and ways to communicate basis. Topics include humankind’s role in environmental about environmental issues to laypersons, government change; society’s response to the dynamism of nature; officials, journalists, members of the judiciary and tech- cultural evaluations of nature; population dynamics; nical experts. Explores case studies of good and bad resource availability and pollution sinks; land use pat- communication about environmental issues. Internet terns; sustainability and consumerism; environmental communication, including the efficacy of placing gov- justice and ethics; policy and planning. (SS) ernmental reports and databases on the Web for public consumption, will be evaluated. (SS) ES (EES) 2 Introduction to Environmental ES 116 (JOUR 116). Risky Business (4) Summer Science (4) Spring This course explores the risks and effects of environmen- Focuses on natural and human-induced drivers and con- tal contamination on human health and behavior as well sequences of environmental change. Exploring options Finance 253 as the role of the mass media in alerting citizens to poten- Finance tial environmental health risks. Environmental topics vary but usually include air and water pollution, endocrine Professors. Stephen G. Buell, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Richard J. disrupters and radioactive waste. S. Friedman (SS) Kish, Ph.D. (Florida), chairman, Perella Department of ES 131. Internship (1-2) Finance; Nandu Nayar, Ph.D. (Iowa), Hans Baer Chair Practical experience in the application of environmental in International Finance; Geraldo M. Vasconcellos, Ph.D. studies for both on- and off-campus organizations. (Illinois). Course is designed to provide credit for supervised expe- Associate Professors. James A. Greenleaf, Ph.D. riential learning experiences. May be repeated for credit (N.Y.U.); Stephen F. Thode, D.B.A. (Indiana). up to four credits. Prerequisite: consent of the program Assistant Professors. Anne-Marie Anderson, Ph.D. director. (ND) (Arizona). ES (IR) 143. Comparative Environmental Law Professors of Practice. Mark R. Adams, J.D. and Policy (4) (Baltimore), MBA (Pittsburgh); David H. Myers, Ph.D. This course will analyze both comparative legal systems (Washington); Samuel C. Weaver, Ph.D. (Lehigh). and comparative domestic schemes of environmental Adjunct Professors. David L. Muething, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); regulation. Students will explore the range of alternatives Timothy J. Timura, M.B.A. (Wisconsin). for environmental law and policy as practiced in various parts of the world. They will create arguments not only In the era of a growing competitive global economy, about how environmental law is created but also about finance has become increasingly important and complex. the pros and cons of the different ways humanity has This has led to an expansion of career opportunities found to regulate its relationship to nature. Gillroy (SS) within corporations, investment firms, and financial institutions worldwide. These opportunities are varied ES 171 (CEE 171). Fundamentals of and often overlap with other disciplines such as account- Environmental Technology (4) ing, information systems, and marketing. It is also Pollution control technologies and how they work for important that students engage in extracurricular activi- water, air and solid wastes. Assessment and management ties that might complement their academic studies. of risk as applied to remediation of contaminated wastes. The domestic financial services industry has been at the Role of life cycle analysis of products in risk reduction. forefront of global finance and will remain as one of our Emphasis on technologies leading to sustainable environ- relative strengths within a global economy. Lehigh, in ment. Government policies and regulations, including turn, enjoys a relative advantage in this regard as Lehigh litigation and Best Engineering Practices. Prerequisite: A alumni are well respected in all areas of finance. Our course designated NS. Not available to students in program has also been able to take advantage of our RCEAS. (ND) proximity to many financial institutions. ES 181. Independent Study (1-4) The finance major offered by the Perella Department of Directed readings or research on an Environmental Finance requires 18 credit hours beyond the core Studies topic. May be repeated for credit up to four requirements. Each finance major must successfully credits. Prerequisite: consent of the program director. complete the 2-course foundation requirement; the 2- (HU or SS) course depth requirement; and the 2-course breadth ES 371. Special Topics (1-4) requirement as outlined below. Intensive, research-oriented study of a subject or issue in 2-Course Foundation Requirement Environmental Studies not covered in other courses. For FIN 323 Investments students of demonstrated ability and adequate prepara- tion. May be repeated for credit up to four credits. FIN 328 Corporate Financial Policy Prerequisite: consent of the program director. (HU or SS) 2-Course Depth Requirement ES 381. Senior Seminar: Issues in Environmental Choose 2 depth electives from the following list of finance Studies (4) offerings. Advanced seminar focusing on discussion and research FIN 324 Security Analysis and on specialized subjects in Environmental Studies. Subject Portfolio Management matter varies from semester to semester. Intended for FIN 330 Financial Markets and Institutions Environmental Studies majors and minors but open to FIN 333 Global Finance others. Prerequisites: ES 1, 2 or another EES course, and FIN 334 Derivatives and Management of Risk one core course or consent of the program director. (SS) FIN 335 Advanced Topics-Financial ES 391. Honors Thesis (1-4) Management Directed undergraduate research thesis required of stu- FIN 336 Real Estate Finance dents who apply and qualify for graduation with program honors. Prerequisite: consent of the program 2-Course Breadth Requirement director. (HU or SS) Choose 2 breadth electives within one of the following four breadth tracks. Track 1: Financial Analysis ACCT 315 Financial Accounting I ACCT 316 Financial Accounting II ACCT 318 Financial Statement Analysis 254 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Track 2: Financial Engineering U.S. financial institution’s legal and economic con- ECO 327 Real Options straints. Prerequisites: FIN 323 and FIN 328. ECO 346 Numerical Methods for Business FIN 333. Global Finance (3) Decisions Issues that underlie the investment, financing, and divi- ECO 357 Econometrics dend decisions of multinational firms from both the ECO 358 Game Theory buyer’s and seller’s viewpoints. Current transactions in Track 3: Financial Marketing foreign currencies, direct and portfolio investment and MKT 319 Development and Marketing of New associated risk management when dealing in foreign Products countries. Prerequisite: FIN 323 and FIN 328. MKT 320 Global Marketing FIN 334. Derivatives and Management of Risk (3) MKT 325/ECO 325 Quantitative Marketing Analysis Theoretical and practical aspects of various instruments Track 4: Financial Mathematics and markets that involve financial derivative instru- MATH 205 Linear Methods ments. Emphasis on the management of risk for MATH 231 Probability and Statistics corporate managers and portfolio managers. Prerequisite: MATH 242 Linear Algebra FIN 323 and FIN 328. MATH 309 Theory of Probability FIN 335. Advanced Topics – Financial MATH 334 Mathematical Statistics Management (3) MATH 338 Regression Analysis Advanced topics relating to specific areas of corporate MATH 467 Financial Calculus I finance such as: bond refunding, asset valuation and cap- ital budgeting including the role of uncertainty, Undergraduate Courses imprecise forecasts, risk preferences, inflation, market For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate conditions, and the global marketplace; working capital management, leasing, mergers, and financing. The Students course content may vary between instructors and over Courses numbered 200 and above in the College of Business time, therefore, the course descriptor is subject to change and Economics are open to sophomores only on petition. each time the course is offered. May be repeated. FIN 225. Introduction to Finance (3) Prerequisite: FIN 323 and FIN 328. An introductory finance course stressing the links FIN 336. Real Estate Finance (3) between corporate finance and investments. Major topic An advanced survey of modern residential and commer- areas will include financial statement analysis , time value cial real estate financing techniques from the perspective of money, risk and return valuation of stocks and bonds, of the borrower and the lender. Topics include: the prin- capital budgeting, and cost of capital. Prerequisites: ECO ciples of financing decisions; financing methods and 129, ECO 145, MATH 51, ACCT 151. techniques, institutional sources of funds for real estate, and real estate financing decision-making. The course Finance Foundation Courses: includes lectures, demonstrations, spreadsheet software FIN 323. Investments (3) exercises, and guest speakers. Prerequisite: FIN 323 and The nature of risk and the form of returns on financial FIN 328. assets from the viewpoint of various constituents. Investor Additional finance offerings that cannot be used to objectives, attitudes, and constraints are considered with- in the risk-return matrix within the context of valuation. fulfill the finance depth requirement: Prerequisites: FIN 225, ACCT 152, and ECO 146. FIN 371. Directed Readings (3) FIN 328. Corporate Financial Policy (3) Readings in various fields of finance designed for the stu- The study of management issues related to capital budg- dent with a special interest in some field of finance not eting, working capital, leasing, mergers, and financing. covered in scheduled courses. May be repeated. Prerequisites: FIN 225, ACCT 152, and ECO 146. Prerequisite: consent of sponsoring instructor. Finance Depth Requirement Courses: FIN 372. Special Topics (1-3) Special problems and issues in finance for which no reg- FIN 324. Security Analysis and Portfolio ularly scheduled course work exists. When offered as Management (3) group study, coverage varies according to interests of Valuation of equity and debt instruments factoring in instructor and students. May be repeated. Prerequisite: the influence earnings forecasts and expectations, uncer- consent of sponsoring instructor. tainty, required returns, supply and demand for securities FIN 273. Finance Internship I (1 credit) and funds, and investor attitudes. Portfolio management Based on a student’s work experience, a sponsoring facul- concepts include the implications of market factors, ty member shall direct readings, projects, and other technical analysis, timing, and screening of securities. assignments—including a “capstone report.” It should be Prerequisites: FIN 323 and FIN 328. noted that the work experience (at least 80 hours), by FIN 330. Financial Markets and Institutions (3) itself, is not the basis for academic credit. The faculty Functions and portfolios of financial intermediaries. directed activity must be provided concurrent with the Sectional demand and supply of funds, nature and role work. Course registration and related arrangements must of interest rates, term structure and forecasting, impact be made in advance of the work engagement. This of inflation and regulation on financial intermediaries course must be taken Pass/Fail and cannot be used to and markets, and current developments in the financial satisfy finance major requirements. Prerequisites: ECO system. Management of assets and liabilities within the 129, ECO 145, MATH 51, ACCT 151, declaration of a finance major, and department approval. Global Citizenship 255

FIN 373. Finance Internship II (1 credit) Global Citizenship Based on a student’s work experience, a sponsoring facul- ty member shall direct readings, projects, and other Global Citizenship Program assignments—including a “capstone report.” It should be noted that the work experience (at least 80 hours), by Hannah W. Stewart-Gambino, faculty program director; itself, is not the basis for academic credit. The faculty Magdalena Grudzinski-Hall, program development officer directed activity must be provided concurrent with the As the world becomes more interdependent in com- work. Course content and work experience should have merce, technology, and popular culture, people of added rigor from Finance Internship I due to the satis- different cultures must reconcile diametrically opposed factory completion of the finance core (FIN 323 and views of fairness, equity, and conduct—often construct- FIN 328). Course registration and related arrangements ed through theological and cultural traditions. Religious must be made in advance of the work engagement. This extremism, trade policies, human rights, and gender course must be taken Pass/Fail and cannot be used to equity are but a few examples of controversies born out satisfy finance major requirements. Prerequisites: FIN of belief systems colliding on the global stage. How will 323, FIN 328, declaration of a finance major, and individuals from different national, religious, and cultur- department approval. al traditions understand their personal responsibilities in a world increasingly strained by increasing nationalism FIN 374. Portfolio Management Practicum (1-3) and the pressures of globalization? Readings, projects and papers designed to complement the leadership and analytical activities associated with the Students planning any major can apply to join the Global management of the Student Investment Club or Citizenship Program during the matriculation process Thompson portfolios and similar activities. May be prior to the beginning of the first year. The first–year repeated. Prerequisites: FIN 323 and permission of experience in Global Citizenship includes a writing-inten- instructor. sive fall and spring course sequence in addition to travel during the intersemester break. The first-year experience Course descriptions for the College of Business and leads students to explore what it means to be not only a Economics graduate courses can be found in this section citizen of one’s community or nation but of the world. In (Section V) under the heading of Business and addition to the curricular elements of the program, stu- Economics Graduate Courses. dents are required to take advantage of co–curricular opportunities like speaker programs, alternative spring Fine Arts break activities, and Lehigh’s status as a United Nations non–governmental organization. See listings under Art and Architecture. The Certificate program in Global Citizenship is selec- tive and will admit about 30 students in each entering Five-Year Programs class, but all Lehigh students will benefit from the pro- gram. Each year, a group of faculty from all of Lehigh’s Several ways exist for students to obtain two degrees in colleges participates in a development seminar, which five years of study. See listings under ARTS-Engineering; stimulates the incorporation of elements of the Global ARTS-Master of Business Administration; Civil Citizenship program’s intent and content into courses Engineering and Earth and Environmental Sciences; throughout the undergraduate curriculum. Electrical Engineering and Engineering Physics; Engineering-Master of Business Administration; and Certificate in Global Citizenship College of Education. Year 1 fall: GC/MLL 006 Globalization and Cultures (3) Foreign Culture and GC 085 Practicum (1) Civilization Year 1 intersemester: Global Citizenship intersession trip (0 credits) See listings under Modern Languages and Literature. Year 1 spring: GC/ENGL 007 Global Literature (3) Foreign Literature Years 2 and 3: See listings under Classics and under Modern Languages one GC-designated introductory course (see list below) and Literature. three additional GC-designated courses (9 to 12 credits) study abroad (see note below) French Year 4: GC 385 Global Citizenship Capstone (4) See listings under Modern Languages and Literature. GC-designated introductory courses. Eco 001 (additional courses will be added in due time) Geology Study abroad in year 2 or 3. The student may transfer See listings under Earth and Environmental Sciences credits back to Lehigh from the Study Abroad experience but credits are not required for the GC program. Acceptable Study Abroad experiences must be at least 5 German weeks in length, take place in a non-English-speaking country, and include language instruction. Home-stay is See listings under Modern Languages and Literature. encouraged. Students are encouraged to spend at least a semester abroad, but summer programs are acceptable. 256 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Courses in Global Citizenship Assistant Professors. Monica Najar, Ph.D. (Wisconsin); John Savage, Ph.D. (N.Y.U.). GC 006 (MLL 006). Globalization and Cultures (3) This course is a reflection on the processes of globaliza- Professor of Practice. Kimberley Carrell-Smith, Ph.D. tion and their consequences, both good and bad, on the (Delaware). world’s societies and on our concepts of culture and The history major introduces students to the study of the identity. It provides a multidisciplinary examination of causes and consequences of change through an examina- what cultures gain and lose from their interaction with tion of political, economic, social, cultural, and the rest of the world and what it means to be a citizen of intellectual developments and institutions over time. The a globalized yet diverse world. (HU/GC) department’s goal is to train its majors to think critically GC 007 (ENGL 007). Global Literature (3) about the events and forces that have shaped the modern This multidisciplinary seminar asks students to develop world, to analyze and interpret sources and evidence, and informed opinions about what it means to be a global to view issues from a variety of perspectives. Those skills citizen, using rhetorical and persuasive techniques to have served students well in a wide range of careers. address issues in economics, exile, and the environment. Lehigh history majors have frequently gone on to law Additional narrative and expository reflections on stu- school or to work in various areas of education, journal- dents’ intersession trip are required. Open only to ism, public affairs, and business. The major also provides students in the Global Citizenship program. Fulfills the an excellent basis for graduate training in a wide range of English 2 requirement where needed. (HU) public policy fields. The department offers a program of independent research under the direction of an individual GC 085. Practicum (1) faculty member (History 391, 392). A maximum of six Preparation for first year Global Citizenship inter-session credits may be used toward this project. Normally stu- trip. Focus on the country of travel will include culture, dents pursue their research in the second semester of the politics, economics, art, religion, trade and technology. junior year and the first semester of their senior year; the Taught by the faculty leader of the inter-session trip. (ND) project may also be undertaken during the senior year. GC 385. Global Citizenship Capstone Course (4) Students who do well on their research project will gradu- Students are required to complete a senior project or ate with department honors. The writing intensive paper that reflects on their personal concept of global requirement must be filled by a course in the history citizenship as it relates to a specific topic in their individ- department. For advanced placement, please see Section I. ual disciplines. Students meet weekly in a seminar The department recommends that students intending to format to discuss their projects and peer review each major in history take MATH 12, Basic Statistics, to ful- other’s work. Global Citizenship projects can be wrapped fill their college math requirement. into other senior projects that are required for students’ majors or programs. Seminar is taught by the Director of Department Major Requirements Global Citizenship, who will work closely with students A history major consists of 35 hours, normally nine and their faculty advisors. (ND) courses, as follows: HIST 11 Survey of Europe to 1648. Government HIST 12 Survey of Europe Since 1648. HIST 201 Historical Perspectives, or See listings under Political Science HIST. 202 Historical Research One course in the history of Asia, Africa, or Latin Greek America: HIST 5, 49, 50, 75, 76, 177, 340, 341, 342, 359, 368. See listings under Classics. HIST 104, 300, 303, 331, 371, 391, 392, or provisional courses may be used to fulfill this requirement in accor- Hebrew dance with their contents and emphases. Modern Hebrew is taught in the Department of Modern Minimum of 12 hours of courses numbered 303 or Languages and Literature. Biblical Hebrew is taught in higher (except HIST 306). the Department of Religion Studies. To graduate with a history major, a minimum 24 hours must be graded course work taken at Lehigh. History Requirements for Honors Professors. Michael G. Baylor, Ph.D. (Stanford), chair- Students wishing to graduate with honors must have a person; Stephen H. Cutcliffe, Ph.D. (Lehigh), History minimum GPA of 3.40 in history, 39 credits and must and STS; Ian P.H. Duffy, D.PHIL. (Oxford, England); have completed History 391. Steven L. Goldman, Ph.D. (Boston), Andrew W. Mellon History Minor Requirements Distinguished Professor in the Humanities; Tom F. Peters, Dr. Sc. (Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Each student’s minor program is prepared in consulta- ETH Zurich); C. Robert Phillips, Ph.D. (Brown), tion with the advisor of minors in the history Classics and Ancient History; James S. Saeger, Ph.D. department. Advanced placement credit may not be used (Ohio State); William R. Scott, Ph.D. (Princeton); for the minor program. Roger D. Simon, Ph.D. (Wisconsin); Jean R. Soderlund, • 15 credits Ph.D. (Temple). • at least 4 credits at 200 or 300 level Associate Professors. Gail A. Cooper, Ph.D. (U.C., • maximum of one course (4 credits) of transfer or Santa Barbara); John Pettegrew, Ph.D. (Wisconsin); John cross-listed courses may count toward minor. K. Smith, Ph.D. (Delaware). History 257

Concentration in Public History HIST 16. English History (4) History majors may earn a concentration in Public English political and social institutions from 1688 to the History by completing a total of 16 hours in the follow- present. The evolution of parliamentary government, the ing courses: rise of modern parties, the industrial revolution, and recent social philosophies. (HU) Duffy HIST 305 Public History (4), required HIST 306 Internship in Public History (4), HIST 21. (CLSS 21) Greek History (4) required The development of civilization from paleolithic times ART 175, 275, to the world empire of Alexander the Great. The social, 370, or 375 Museology (3) economic, religious, philosophic, artistic, and literary EDT 405 Website and Resource Development (3) development of the ancient world; the origin of political (seniors by petition) institutions. (SS) Phillips HIST 336 Bethlehem and the Lehigh Valley (4) HIST 22. (CLSS 22) Roman History (4) HIST 338 Techniques in Public History Rome from its origins to A.D. 476. Political, social and (2-4 credits, may be repeated religious developments. Transformation of the late for up to 8 credits) Roman Empire to the early medieval period. (SS) Phillips HIST 339 Managing Nonprofit HIST 41. United States to 1865 (4) Organizations (4) Native American cultures; European settlement; develop- HIST/ANTH 370 Historical Archeology (4) ment of slavery and free labor systems; the Revolution; Undergraduate Courses in History founding of the new nation; 19th century social, eco- nomic, cultural, and political development; Civil War. Petitions are required for first-year students to take 100- (SS) Najar, Soderlund level or higher courses, and for sophomores to take 200-level or higher courses. HU - fills humanities distri- HIST 42. United States, 1865-1941 (4) bution requirements; SS - fills social science America’s transformation into an industrial and global requirements; ND - not designated. power from Reconstruction after the Civil War to the Great Depression; includes social, political, and cultural HIST 5. (AAS 5) African Civilization (4) developments. (SS) Carrell-Smith Sub-Saharan Africa through the millennia of the ancient world to the present. Human origins, state and non-state HIST 43. United States Since 1939 (4) systems, the external slave trade, colonialism, resistance World War II; Cold War at home and abroad; Civil to European rule, independence movements, and neo- Rights movement; the 1960s: Vietnam, the welfare state colonialism. (SS) Keim, Scott and social upheavals; new forms of cultural expression; feminism; rise of neo-conservatism. (HU) Pettegrew HIST 7. Technology in America’s Industrial Age (4) Traces the development of American technology from HIST 49. History of Latin America (4) the pre-industrial colonial era until America’s emergence Spanish and Portuguese colonization of America and the as the world’s leading industrial power. The interactions struggles for independence, preceded by a brief view of between technology and culture, society, politics, and the the ancient American civilizations and Iberian back- economy will also be addressed. (SS) Smith grounds. (SS) Saeger HIST 8. Technology in Modern America (4) HIST 50. History of Latin America (4) Traces the evolution of modern American technology, Continuation of HIST 49. The development of the including automobiles, aircraft, computers, nuclear weapons, Latin American nations in the 19th and 20th centuries. television, space, pharmaceuticals, and biotechnology. (SS) Saeger Includes critiques of technology such as environmentalism. HIST 64. (AAS 64, ECO 64) Plantation to The interactions of technology and culture, society, politics, Ghetto (2) and the economy will also be addressed. (SS) Smith Examination of topics in the economic history of HIST 11. Survey of Europe to 1648 (4) African Americans from the 1500s to the present. Development of European history from Rome to the Explores the slave trade, slavery, post-Civil War South, 17th century. End of the ancient world, origins and the black family, migration, urbanization, and race and growth of medieval civilization, the Renaissance and poverty. (SS) O’Brien, Scott Reformation. (HU) Baylor HIST 75. (MLL 75, Asia 75) Chinese HIST 12. Survey of Europe Since 1648 (4) Civilization (4) The rise of modern nation states; the scientific and The development of traditional Chinese thought, beliefs, industrial revolutions; social movements and the French technology, and institutions from a historical perspective, and Russian revolutions; impact of Enlightenment phi- from earliest times to China’s encounter with the West. losophy, nationalism, liberalism, imperialism and (HU or SS) Pankenier fascism; the development of modern class structure and transformations in gender relations, art, popular culture HIST 76 (Asia 76, MLL 76) Understanding and society. (HU) Savage Contemporary China (4) An overview of recent history, politics, economy, reli- HIST 15. English History (4) gion, problems of modernization, popular culture, and The history of England to 1688. The origins of represen- attitudes. Contemporary Chinese society viewed against tative government, the development of English social the backdrop of tradition and the tumultuous history of institutions, the unification of England, and the twentieth-century China. (SS) Renaissance and Reformation in England. (HU) Duffy 258 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

HIST 90. First-Year Seminar in History (3) HIST 124. (WS 124) Women in America (4) Seminar for first-year students on a particular theme or Roles of women in American society from colonial to topic. (HU or SS depending on topic of seminar). present times: attitudes toward women, female sexuality, HIST 104. Themes in History (2 - 4) women’s work, and feminism. (SS) Cooper, Najar Seminar on a particular theme or topic not covered by a HIST 129. (AAS 129) Black Political Thought in currently listed offering. (HU or SS depending on topic America (4) of seminar). Black leadership, organizations, and philosophy in HIST 105. Sports in Modern America (4) America from Reconstruction to the Civil Rights Era; Surveys the social, cultural, and political role of sports in ideas and programs of Booker T. Washington, W.E.B. America since the Civil War. By addressing the develop- DuBois, Marcus Garvey, Malcolm X and Martin Luther ment of sports and its relationship with race, class, King, Jr. (SS) Scott ethnicity, gender, the media, popular culture, and gov- HIST 130. (AAS 130) African American History (4) ernment, this class will examine the impact of sports in Blacks in America from the first importation of Africans making the America and Americans of the twentieth to the implementation of civil rights laws. West African century. (HU) origins, slave trade, slavery, free blacks and emancipation HIST 107. Technology and World History (4) and study of Reconstruction, segregation, urbanization, Development of technology and its relationship to politi- and the struggle for racial equality. (SS) Scott cal, economic, military and cultural aspects of world HIST 132. An Introduction to Canada (2) civilization from pyramids to the present. (SS) Smith A brief overview of major themes in Canadian history with emphasis on economic and political developments HIST 109. The Built Environment of New York: th th 1624-2001 (4) in the 19 and 20 centuries. (SS) Simon How the physical environment of New York City, partic- HIST 135. Era of Jefferson and Jackson (4) ularly Manhattan, came to be. Course themes include Colonial beginnings; the Articles of Confederation and the evolution of land use, housing, changing economic the Constitution; the creation of a new nation; the functions of the city, immigration, cultural life, social development of American political parties; the antebel- communities, and changing technology. Topics include: lum American state. (SS) Najar settlement of lower Manhattan, the street system, immi- HIST 136. Era of the Civil War and grant neighborhoods and the Lower East Side, Greenwich Village, Central Village, Central Park, the Reconstruction (4) elevated trains and the subways, the Brooklyn Bridge, American abolitionism and the origins of the Civil War; apartment living, specialized shopping and entertain- the Second American Revolution; Reconstruction and its ment districts, skyscrapers, Harlem, Rockefeller Center, sequel. (SS) Najar the automobile and highway system, public housing, the HIST 145. (STS 145) Introduction to the History World Trade Center. Usually taught in the summer in of Science (4) New York with walking tours to many of the locations The history of modern science, primarily physical and listed above. (HU) Simon biological, with emphasis on the development of major th HIST 110. American Military History (4) theoretical models since the 17 century. (SS) Goldman The American military tradition from colonial times to HIST 150. Medieval Civilization (4) the present. America’s wars and the development and Formation and development of western culture to about operation of military institutions within the political, 1400. Rise of universities and towns, legal development economic, ideological, and technological milieu of and origins of representative government, origins of American society. (SS) Saeger nation-states, scholasticism and decline of the medieval HIST 111. Engineering in the Modern World (4) church. (HU) Savage Roles played by engineers and engineering in the mod- HIST 152. (CLSS 152/WS 152) Women in ern world, focusing on major achievements and failures, Antiquity (4) prominent engineers, and evolution of the profession. Interdisciplinary study of women in Greece and Rome. (SS) Smith Literary, archaeological and historical evidence and HIST 117. (STS 117/WS117) Women, Science approaches. Cross-cultural material. (SS) Phillips and Technology (4) HIST 153. (WS 153) Women in European Explores the impact of technology and science on History, 1500-Present (4) women’s social roles and the contribution of women Examines the position of women in Europe since the engineers and scientists to their disciplines. Will focus on Renaissance. Particular attention is given to changing the American experience. Among the topics discussed are conceptions of women and their roles in society, the evo- invention, design, laboratory research, education, engi- lution of women’s work, the origins, growth and impact neering, professionalism, labor force participation, office of feminism, and gender distinctions as reflected in law, mechanization, household appliances, virtual spaces, politics, popular culture and leisure. (SS) childcare and reproduction. (SS) Cooper HIST 154. (REL 154) The Holocaust: History and HIST 120. Revolutionary America (4) Meaning (4) Origins and development of the American republic from The Nazi Holocaust in its historical, political and reli- 1750 through the adoption of the Federal Constitution. gious setting. Emphasis upon the moral, cultural and (SS) Najar, Soderlund theological issues raised by the Holocaust. (HU) History 259

HIST 156. The Late Middle Ages and the For Advanced Undergraduates And Renaissance (4) Graduate Students The transition from medieval to early modern society Graduate students may take 300 level courses, for which from the fourteenth to the early sixteenth centuries. The they receive 3 credits. Undergraduates must take them general crisis of European civilization in the late Middle for 4 credits. Ages; the rise and development of the Italian Renaissance; the spread of Renaissance culture from Italy HIST 201. Historical Perspectives (4) to northern Europe. (HU) Baylor Methodologies and interpretations of Western historians from ancient times to the present. (HU) Baylor HIST 157. (REL 157) Europe in the Age of the Reformation (4) HIST 202. Historical Research (4) The breakup of the religious culture of medieval An introduction to historical interpretation, research Christian Europe in the reformation movements of the design, and methodology. Students will research and sixteenth century. The origins and varieties of write a paper on a historical topic using secondary and Protestantism; the intersection of religious ideas and pol- primary sources. (SS) itics in Germany, Switzerland, Britain, France, and the HIST 213. (CLSS 213, REL 213) Ancient Roman Netherlands; the “wars of religion” and the emergence of Religion (4) the European state system. (HU) Baylor Religious experience of the Roman people from prehisto- HIST 158. Europe in the 17th and 18th ry to end of the empire. Nature of polytheism and its Centuries (4) interactions with monotheism (Christianity, Judaism). Transformation of European civilization from the 30 Theories of religion. Emphasis on primary source mate- Years War to the outbreak of the French Revolution. rials. (SS) Phillips Origins and development of the European state system; HIST 303. Topics in History (2 - 4) absolutism; commercial expansion and competition for Intensive study in a particular area of history for empire; science; the Enlightenment and its impact on advanced students. Topics may vary; may be repeated for European culture and politics. (HU) Baylor credit with consent of advisor. (HU or SS depending on HIST 159. Revolutionary Europe, 1789-1870 (4) topic of seminar) Revolutions and reactions; the rise and spread of liberal- HIST 305. Public History (3-4) ism, nationalism, and socialism. (HU) Duffy An examination of the public role of history in modern HIST 160. Europe in the Age of Total War, 1870- society, with focus on issues facing historians in muse- 1945 (4) ums, historical societies, archives, historic preservation, Origins of two world wars; revolutionary governments in the federal government, and other organizations in the Germany, Italy, and Russia. (HU) Duffy public sphere. (SS) Carrell-Smith HIST 161. (CLSS 161) Roman LAW (4) HIST 306. Internship in Public History (2-4) Examination of Roman legal systems from the Twelve Professionally supervised work in a museum, historical Tables to the Digest of Justinian. Emphasis on development society, archive, or other historical agency. Written jour- of legal concepts and their historical context. Readings in nal or report evaluating the experience is required. primary sources; lectures; discussion. (SS) Phillips Permission of department chair required. May be repeat- ed for a maximum of six credits. May not be counted HIST 162. Contemporary Europe (4) toward the major requirement of 12 hours of courses Development of European States since 1945; European numbered 303 or higher. (ND) Carrell-Smith Community; Soviet influence and collapse. (HU) Savage HIST 308. Industrial America Since 1945 (3-4) HIST 163. France Since 1789 (4) Explores efforts to achieve both prosperity and security France’s tumultuous transformation from an absolutist in the postwar era. Among the topics discussed: new monarchy to a modern democratic republic. Explores technologies, consumer culture, disposable products, major cultural, social and economic changes, with partic- advertising, defense spending, technical assistance, and ular attention given to industrialization and multinational corporations. (SS) Cooper urbanization, gender and class, church and state rela- tions, the French Left and France’s unique contribution HIST 311. (CLSS 311) Twins and Sins: The Rise to modern philosophy, art and culture. (SS) Savage of Rome (3-4) Rome from its origins to the mid-third century B.C. HIST 177. (Asia 177, MLL 177) China Enters the Emphasis on foundation legends, the power of the monar- Modern Age (4) chy, and development of Roman political and religious The collapse of the imperial order and China’s agonizing institutions. Papers, quizzes, discussions. (SS) Phillips transformation into a modern nation over the past 150 years. The impact of imperialism, war, radical social HIST 312. (CLSS 312) Decline and Fall of the change, and protracted revolution on Chinese beliefs, Roman Empire (3-4) values, and institutions. (HU or SS) Pankenier Political, social, and economic history of the Roman Empire, A.D. 117-A.D. 565. Romanization of the HIST 180. (REL 180) Religion and the American provinces, diffusion of Christianity, and special attention Experience (4) to transformation to medieval period. Includes readings The historical development of major religious groups in in translation of primary sources. (SS) Phillips this country from colonial times to the present. Their place in social and political life, and the impact of the national HIST 313. (CLSS 313) Golden Age of Greek experience upon them. Emphasis on religious freedom and Democracy (3-4) pluralism, and the church-state relationship. (HU) Greek history of the seventh through fifth centuries B.C. Emphasis on the contrasting political and social systems of 260 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Athens and Sparta with consideration of related economic HIST 331. (AAS 331) United States and Africa (3-4) and military history. Attention to art, gender, literature, Reciprocal relationships between North America and the religion. Discussion and lectures; papers. (SS) Phillips African continent from the slave trade in the 17th centu- th HIST 314. (CLSS 314) Age of Caesar and Christ ry to the 20 century Afrocentric movement; impact of Americans on the shaping of modern Africa, Pan-African (3-4) relations; influence of African Americans on US policies Roman history of the first century A.D. Political, cultur- toward Africa. (SS) Scott al, and socio-economic changes; special attention to the evolution of absolute power. Lectures, discussions, HIST 332. (AAS 332) Slavery and the American papers. (SS) Phillips South (3-4) HIST 315. (ES 315) American Environmental The emergence and demise of the “peculiar institution” of African American slavery in British North America and History (3-4) the Old South. African background; colonial beginnings; Relationship between Americans and their natural envi- 19th century slave community; the ruling race and ronment from the colonial period to the present: impact proslavery ideology; the death of slavery and its after- of European settlement, attitudes toward wilderness, role math; slavery and freedom in a comparative context. (SS) of technological development, rise of preservation and conservation movements, establishment of national parks, HIST 333. American City to 1900 (3-4) recent environmental protection legislation. (SS) Cutcliffe Settlement and planning of colonial towns; role of towns in the revolutionary era; industrialization and relation- HIST. 318 History of North American Indians (3-4) ship of economic and technological change to The history of American Indians from before European urbanization; establishment of urban institutions; Irish contact to the present. Emphasis will be placed on the and German immigration; beginnings of suburbaniza- diversity of native peoples of eastern North America and tion; downtowns and the creation of a civic culture. how patterns of interaction between native Americans Required field trip. (SS) Simon and Euro-Americans have changed over time. Discussion format, research paper. (SS) Soderlund HIST 334. American City in the Twentieth HIST 319. Colonial America (3-4) Century (3-4) Founding and growth of colonies in North America Immigration; Progressive “reforms;” urban planning and through 1763. Emphasis on motives for settlement, zoning; impact of automobile and suburbanization; Native American-European relations, and the economic, Depression and New Deal; public housing and racial social, and political development of the British West ghettoes; urban decline and “renewal.” Required field Indies and mainland provinces. (SS) Soderlund trip. (SS) Simon HIST 323. American Cultural History Since HIST 336 Bethlehem and the Lehigh Valley (3-4) Local history focusing on Native American communities, 1900 (3-4) Moravian settlement, natural resources, industrial firms, Development of American popular culture and media: immigration and ethnic communities, organized labor, popular press, Hollywood, radio, television, sports, and housing patterns and urban sprawl, high-tech industry, advertising, and the meanings these institutions have cre- th and tourism. Includes an analysis of techniques used in ated in 20 -century United States. (HU) Pettegrew presenting these topics to the public. (SS) Smith HIST 325. (SSP 325, WS 325) History of HIST 337 History and Community Memory (3-4) Sexuality and the Family in the U.S. (3-4) This public history course provides students with the Changing conceptions of sexuality and the role of opportunity to research the history of a community. The women, men, and children in the family and society community focus of the course will change each year. from the colonial to the post-World War II era. We will explore what constitutes community, what his- Emphasis on the significance of socio-economic class and torical memory means, and how history functions to cultural background. Topics include family structure, build or divide a community. Students will use both doc- birth control, legal constraints, marriage, divorce, and uments and oral history methods, and practice will be a prostitution. (SS) Najar major component of this course. (SS) Carrell-Smith. HIST 326. (SSP 326) Social Class in American HIST 338 Techniques in Public History (2 or 4) History (3-4) Designed to introduce students to a variety of public his- Emphasis on the 19th and 20th century, focusing on: tory techniques. Instructor will focus on one of the emergence of a white-collar middle class; condition and following topics each term: archives, documentary film, treatment of the poor and growth of the welfare state; exhibit design, historical editing, material culture, oral his- conditions of industrial workers, struggle to organize tory. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 credits. (HU) unions and their later decline; indicators of social status and exclusion among the rich; changing distribution of HIST 339. Managing Nonprofit Organizations (3- income and wealth over time and extent of social mobili- 4) ty. (SS) Simon Addresses the effective management of nonprofit organi- zations, focusing on operations, administration, legal, HIST 328. American Intellectual History Since marketing, finance and accounting issues in the nonprof- 1900 (3-4) it environment and emphasizing organizations such as Social, literary, and political thought in the 20th-century museums and preservation organizations. (SS) with emphasis on pragmatism and progressivism, matu- ration of American literary culture, ideas of American HIST 340. (Asia 340) History of Japanese exceptionalism at mid-century, civil rights movement Industrialization since 1800 (3-4) and feminism, neo-conservatism and recent trends. The late Tokugawa economic development, rise of an (HU) Pettegrew entrepreneurial class, importation of western technology, History 261 and the rise of social, political, and economic institutions impact, absolutism, the rise of Prussia, the failure of which support industrial growth. (SS) Cooper German liberalism. (HU) Baylor HIST 341. Mexico and Central America (3-4) HIST 358. Modern Germany, 1850 to Present (3-4) Emphasis on Mexico and Guatemala from the era of the Focus on one or more of the following topics: national- Aztec through the wars of independence to the 20th cen- ism and unification, the Second Empire, World War I, tury revolutions. (SS) Saeger the Weimar republic, the Nazi movement, the Third HIST 342. Argentina, Brazil and Chile (3-4) Reich, and post-war Germany. (HU) Baylor Eighteenth-century Spanish imperial readjustments, HIST 359. (AAS 359) History of South Africa (3-4) independence, the emergence of new societies, 20th-cen- South Africa’s history from its earliest human settlement tury extremist movements, and the problems of to its emergence as a racist political order and transition developing nations. (SS) Saeger to a non-racial democratic state. Includes comparisons HIST 345. Victorian Britain (3-4) with political thought and practices in the U.S. (SS) Scott Development of democracy, liberalism, religious ferment, HIST 360. American Legal History (3-4) industrialization, class conflict, socialism, and empire in The interrelationship between law and social develop- Victorian Britain. (HU) Duffy ment with emphasis on modern period. Founding of HIST 346. Great Britain in the 20th Century (3-4) constitutional government and balance of power within Effects of world wars, loss of great power status, economic the federal system, the problem of slavery, legal support decline, social conflict, welfare state, modern political par- and regulation of business, and the use of law in various ties, Irish problem in 20th century Britain. (HU) Duffy reform and civil rights movements. (SS) Pettegrew HIST 347. Russia to 1855 (3-4) HIST 361. (ARCH 361) Evolution of Highrise Emergence of Russian autocracy; impact of the Mongol Building Construction (3) invasions; Westernization and transformation of society The new materials iron and concrete led to new ways of and culture; economic development toward emancipa- thinking about building. The Industrial Revolution initi- tion of the serfs. (HU) ated the development of our modern culture of building and our current urban society. (HU) Peters HIST 348. Russia Since 1855 (3-4) Russia in the context of European history: emancipation HIST 363. (ARCH 363) Evolution of Long-SPAN of the serfs and impact upon political, social, economic Bridge Building (3) development; reasons for the growth of revolutionary New materials, forms of education and technology con- pressure; collapse of autocracy; the revolutions of 1917; tributed to advance structural understanding. the Soviet era and the collapse of the Soviet Union. (HU) Specialization and the rise of technological thinking led to new bridge types and increasing span size. (HU) Peters HIST 349. Revolutions in Modern European History (3-4) HIST 365. (ARCH 365) Evolution of the Modern Explores the origins, meanings, and impact of European Building Process (3) revolutions from a theoretical and comparative perspec- The criteria of trade—time and money—entered the tive. Focuses on the English (1642-1660), the French world of building in the 19th century. The unplanned (1789-1799), and the Russian Revolution (1917-1929), interlude between the design and the inauguration of a and how they reflected and shaped new ideologies and building became a new professional field: the building policies related to human rights, economic development, process. (HU) Peters popular sovereignty, nationalism, class and gender poli- HIST 368. Seminar in Latin American History (3-4) tics, and State and society relations. (SS) Savage Readings and individual investigation of selected topics. HIST 350. 19th Century Paris and the Invention (SS) Saeger of Modernity (3-4) HIST 370. (ANTH 370) Historical Archeology (3- This course considers the dramatic destruction and 4) rebuilding of the city of Paris in the decades after 1850 This course examines the unique nature of historical and how changes in the built environment shaped social archaeology of post-contact America. Topics include relations, political authority and cultural expression. reconstructing the past through the archaeological and Topics include the politics of city planning and architec- historical record, exhibiting past culture, and capturing tural design; the history of the engineering profession, the real or imagined past. Course includes fieldwork and technology and the building trades; reactions to crime, visits to famous archaeological sites. (SS) Small disease and prostitution in the modern city; the 1848 Revolution, Paris Commune and political theory; the ori- HIST 371. Independent Study (1-4) gins of photography, Impressionist painting and cinema; Directed readings in a topic or area of history not cov- and the creation of mass consumer society. (HU) Savage ered by current course offerings. For students of demonstrated ability and adequate preparation. HIST 356. European Cultural History (3-4) Prerequisite: consent of department chair. May be Transformation of European culture from the 18th cen- repeated for credit with permission up to a maximum of tury to the present. The Enlightenment, cultural impact six credits. (ND) of the French and industrial revolutions, romanticism and ideologies of the 19th century, contemporary HIST 391. Honors Thesis in History (4) European thought. (HU) Savage Opportunity for undergraduate majors in history to pur- sue an extended project for senior honors. By invitation HIST 357. Early Modern Germany, 1500-1850 (3-4) and department permission only. (ND) The emphasis will be on one or more of the following topics: the Reformation, the Thirty Years’ War and its 262 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

HIST 392. Honors Thesis in History (2) ANTH 370 Historical Archeology (3) Continuation of History 391 available under exceptional HIST 438 Techniques in Public History circumstances where additional credit for honors project (2 or 3 credits,may be repeated is warranted. Department permission only. (ND) for up to 8 credits) Graduate Work in History Doctor of Philosophy Lehigh University has been granting advanced degrees in Students in the Ph.D. program in history must maintain history for more than seventy years. Its graduates have a 3.50 average after two semesters of study. During the become university and college professors, secondary second semester, doctoral students select one major and school teachers and administrators, museum directors, three minor fields in which to take comprehensive writ- and public servants. The graduate program focuses pri- ten and oral examinations. The dissertation will be in the marily on the areas in which the department is major field. The dissertation advisor will chair a special particularly strong in faculty and resources, notably committee that will oversee the student’s graduate pro- Colonial America and the history of technology and sci- gram. The other members of the special committee will ence. The department works closely with the Lawrence be those faculty who are examiners in the selected fields Henry Gipson Institute for Eighteenth Century Studies and one professor from another department relevant to which sponsors yearly symposia and provides research the candidate’s major field. No professor may direct support for both faculty and students. The history of more than one field, but the direction of a field may technology program is closely tied to Lehigh’s Science, involve two professors. An original dissertation is Technology, and Society program. required and it must be successfully defended to the Lehigh’s libraries are especially rich in materials for gradu- examining committee. ate research in history, particularly in the fields listed above. All Ph.D. students must spend at least one year in resi- They have an extensive collection of scholarly periodicals dency as a full time student at Lehigh. They must take and monographs. Graduate programs provide intensive Historical Research (401) or, if they completed HIST and specialized study, and the policy of limited enrollment 401 or its equivalent at the M.A. level, a 450-series permits close relations between faculty and students. research seminar. Students who enter the Ph.D. program Admission to graduate study in history is competitive and with an M.A. from another university must also take dependent upon the applicant’s undergraduate preparation either Readings in the History of the Atlantic World and record, recommendations, and Graduate Record (404) or Readings in the History of Industrial America Examination scores. Besides general requirements for (405). Students are encouraged to take both seminars if College of Arts and Sciences graduate programs, the follow- appropriate to their course of study. All Ph.D. students ing special requirements apply to graduate study in history. must take at least 18 hours of directed readings courses (440 series or equivalent) beyond the M.A., and HIST. Master of Arts 481, Teaching History. There are two masters programs. Under Plan I, a candi- Major Fields. Major fields are Technology, Modern date may earn the degree by successfully completing 27 Britain, Colonial America, Nineteenth Century United hours of approved course work and submitting a thesis States, Twentieth Century United States. (The of the length and quality that would make it suitable for Nineteenth and Twentieth century fields may be divided publication as a scholarly article. The paper may build topically rather than chronologically; for example, a stu- on work presented in a graduate research seminar in the dent may be examined in labor/social history program. Candidates continuing toward a doctorate 1800-present, and in political history 1800-present.) should select Plan I. Candidates declaring Plan II take Minor Fields. Any of the major fields listed above may 30 hours of approved course work and pass examinations also be minor fields. Examples of other minor fields are in two fields chosen from American, British, European, American Studies; Ancient History; Early Modern and Latin American history, and History of Technology. Europe; Modern Europe; Latin America; Environmental Candidates in either plan are required to maintain a 3.0 History; Japan; Public History; Science, Technology and average in all graduate work and to take History 401 and Society studies. History 404 or 405. Language Requirements. The student’s special commit- M.A. in History with Concentration in Public tee determines whether proficiency in a foreign language History or proficiency in statistical methods will be required for Students may earn through either Plan I or Plan II (see the doctoral degree. above), an M.A. in History with a concentration in Pub- More detailed regulations are given in the Handbook for lic History by completing a total of 36 hours of Graduate Work in History, available in the history depart- approved course work, including a minimum of 10 cred- ment office. its and maximum of 12 credits in approved Public History courses. Graduate Courses in History HIST 305 Public History (3), required HIST 401. Historical Research (3) HIST 306 Internship in Public History (3), Techniques of research in history: training in the critical required but may be waived for handling of documentary materials, in measuring the equivalent experience value of evidence, and in formal presentation of the ART 370 Special Topics in Museum Studies (1-4) results of research. Students will write an original EDT 405 Website and Resource Development (3) research paper using primary materials. Required of all HIST 336 Bethlehem and the Lehigh Valley (3) graduate students in history. HIST 339 Managing Nonprofit Organizations(3) HIST/ Humanities 263

HIST 404. Readings in the History of the Atlantic HIST 447. Readings in European History (3) World, 1500-1900 (3) Study in small groups, under the guidance of a faculty Core readings offering a comparative and integrative member, of the literature of a particular period, problem approach to studying the development of nations, eco- or aspect of European history. May be repeated for credit nomic systems and trade, colonization, and cultural with permission of the faculty advisor. encounters among the people of Europe, Africa, and the HIST 452. Research in American History (3) Americas. An intensive research seminar on a phase of American HIST 405. Readings in the History of Industrial history. May be repeated for credit with permission of America (3) the department chair. Core readings in the history of technology and the larger HIST 453. Research in English History (3) framework of intellectual, social, economic, and political An intensive research seminar on a phase of English his- history. Includes comparative studies in the history of tory. May be repeated for credit with permission of the industrializing Europe and Japan. department chair. HIST 407. Seminar in the History of American HIST 454. Research in Latin American History Industrial Technology (3) (3) Origin and evolution of American technology and indus- An intensive research seminar on a phase of Latin try from the 19th century to the present. Investigates American history. May be repeated for credit with per- dynamics of major industries in national and interna- mission of the department chair. tional context. Not open to students who have taken HIST 307. Smith HIST 455. Research in History of Science and Technology (3) HIST 438. Techniques in Public History (2 or 3) An intensive research seminar on a phase or aspect of the Designed to introduce students to a variety of public his- history of science and technology. May be repeated for tory techniques. Instructor will focus on one of the credit with permission of the department chair. following topics each term: archives, documentary film, exhibit design, historical editing, material culture, oral HIST 457. Research in European History (3) history. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 credits. An intensive research seminar on a phase of European history. May be repeated for credit with permission of HIST 440. Readings in Colonial American the department chair. History (3) Study in small groups under the guidance of a faculty HIST 471. Special Topics in History (1-3) member of the literature of the 17th and 18th centuries. Individual study under the direction of a faculty member May be repeated for credit with the permission of the of a topic in history. May be repeated for credit. faculty advisor. HIST 472. Special Topics in History (1-3) HIST 441. Readings in Nineteenth Century Individual study under the direction of a faculty member American History (3) of a topic in history. May be repeated for credit. Study in small groups under the guidance of a faculty mem- HIST 473. Special Topics in History (1-3) ber of the literature of the 19th century. May be repeated Individual study under the direction of a faculty member for credit with the permission of the faculty advisor. of a topic in history. May be repeated for credit. HIST 442. Readings in Twentieth Century HIST 481. Teaching History (1) American History (3) Focuses on the practical aspects of college teaching, Study in small groups under the guidance of a faculty including teaching methods, preparation of syllabi and member of the literature of the 20th century. May be exams, grading papers and exams, and dealing with repeated for credit with permission of the faculty advisor. problems such as plagiarism. Required for teaching assis- tants, teaching fellows, and Ph.D. students in the HIST 443. Readings in English History (3) Department of History. Study in small groups, under the guidance of a faculty member, of the literature of a particular period, problem, or area of English history. May be repeated for credit Humanities with permission of the faculty advisor. Eccentral Committee: HIST 444. Readings in Latin American History Gordon C.F. Bearn, Ph.D. (Yale), Philosophy and (3) Director Humanities Center; Beth Dolan, Ph.D. (North Study in small groups, under the guidance of a faculty Carolina), English; Drew Francis, M.F.A. (Brandeis), member, of the literature of a particular period, problem, Theatre; John Savage, Ph.D. (NYU), History; Amardeep or area of Latin American history. May be repeated for Singh, Ph.D. (Duke), English; Stephanie P. Watts, Ph.D. credit with permission of the faculty advisor. (Missouri-Columbia), English. HIST 445. Readings in the History of Science (3) The Humanities Program is devoted to freeing faculty Study in small groups under the guidance of a faculty and students from the discipline of the disciplines, to member on the history of science. May be repeated for finding a way to the space between the disciplines, the credit with permission of the faculty advisor. space where the sparks of intellectual excitement fly, HIST 446. Readings in the History of Technology sparks that ignite the pleasures and passions that charac- (3) terize the best of university life. Study in small groups under the guidance of a faculty The humanities are construed so broadly that they will member of the history of technology. May be repeated include any aspect of intellectual investigation which is for credit with the permission of the faculty advisor. relevant to understanding whatever humans are or have 264 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

been, whatever humans have produced or are producing. b) Ethics Minor in Humanities It remains an open question whether any discipline at all Advisors. Lloyd H. Steffen, Professor of Religion Studies is irrelevant to the understanding of human life and and Gordon C.F. Bearn, Professor of Philosophy. work. Even such apparently far-flung investigations as the thermodynamics of far from equilibrium systems are The Ethics Minor construes ethics more broadly than as already being used to understand the evolution of forms the subject of philosophical treatises. The Ethics Minor of human society, and both Goedel’s work on the foun- is especially concerned with the way ethical challenges dations of mathematical logic and Bohm’s ontological arise outside the semi-technical philosophical field of interpretation of quantum mechanics have already been ethics itself, that is, in the pursuit of the various profes- used at some distance from their original homes. sions and in the conduct of life, generally. Although “humanities” is the name of this program, The Ethics Minor consists of 4 courses (16 credits) from “inclusion” is its watchword. the following list. At least one course must come from the Intellectual work always faces a trade-off between the first five italicized members of the list. At the discretion of intensities of connection and the intensities of concen- an Advisor for the Ethics Minor, a student may count any tration: between the power of an analysis which excludes other course (not on this list) towards the minor. every concern and every method of investigation save PHIL105 Ethics one and the power of an analysis which reveals the amaz- PHIL 116 Bioethics ing ways an inert site of investigation can be aroused by REL 3 Religion Ethics and Society bringing out the myriad connections that reach out from HUM 126 Professional Ethics that site in all directions at once. Divided by department HUM 137 Ethics in Practice and by college, by discipline and sub-discipline, universi- AAS 103 (SSP 103) Sociological Perspectives on ties are disposed to accentuate the centripetal powers of Racial and Ethnic Communities concentration at the expense of the centrifugal powers of AAS 166 (SSP 166) Who Gets What?: The Social connection. It is important, therefore, that there be ele- Problems of Wealth and ments within the university that draw people and Inequality disciplines out of the center of their fields. This is the AAS 310 (SSP 310/WS 310) Gender, Race and eccentral mission of the Humanities Program. Sexuality: The Social Humanities Minor Programs Construction of Differences The Humanities Minor Programs provide homes for the AAS 379 (SSP 379) Race and Class in America homeless interdisciplines, interdisciplinary areas of con- ECO 130 (WS 130) Economics of Race and Gender centration that do not have official departmental or interdepartmental homes. There are currently two minors ECO 368 Health Economics in the humanities, and there may be more in the future. E & S 1 Environment and the Consumer Society a) Medieval Studies Minor in Humanities HIST 154 (REL. 154) The Holocaust: History and Advisor, Michael Mendelson, Associate Professor of Meaning Philosophy HUM 126 Professional Ethics The Medieval Studies Minor requires that a student take HUM 137 Ethics in Practice 4 courses (16 credits) from the following list. At the dis- HUM 373 Independent Ethics Project. cretion of the Advisor for the Medieval Studies Minor, a IR 23 Alternative World Futures student may count any other course (not on this list) JOUR 122. Media Ethics and LAW towards the minor. COMM 252 Interpersonal Relationships ART 1 Art History: Ancient and Medieval Private and Public ART 206/ PHIL 1 The Examined Life ARCH 206 Medieval Art and Architecture PHIL 3 (REL 3) Religion Ethics and Society CLSS 52 Classical Epic PHIL 105 Ethics LAT 113 Virgil PHIL 116 Bioethics LAT 115 Ovid PHIL 117 Race and Philosophy ENGL 327 Chaucer PHIL 122 Philosophy of LAW ENGL 360 Middle English Literature PHIL 124 (REL 124) Reason and Religious Experience HIST 15 English History to 1688 PHIL 127 Existentialism HIST 150 Medieval Civilization PHIL 140 (AS 140) Eastern Philosophy FREN 302 Medieval French Stories PHIL 205 Contemporary Ethics FREN 303 Arthurian Romances PHIL 217 Figures/Themes in Race and MUS 233 Medieval and Renaissance Music Philosophy PHIL 133 Medieval Philosophy PHIL 240 (AS 240) Figures and Themes in Eastern PHIL 233 Figures and Themes in Philosophy Medieval Philosophy PHIL 364 (POLS 364) Issues in Contemporary ANTH 312 The Anthropological Signature Political Thought of the Past POLS 111 The Politics of the Environment THTR 127 The Development of Theatre and POLS 179 (WS 179) Politics of Women Drama from Ritual to Renaissance. POLS 329 Propaganda, Media, and American Politics POLS 330 Movements and Legacies of the 1960’s Humanities 265

PSYC 314 (SSP) Social Cognition and HUM 224. Lehigh Review (1-4) Social Action Students will produce the annual edition of the Lehigh REL 6 Religion and the Ecological Crisis Review, the journal of undergraduate academic (non-fic- REL 68 Practical Justice: From Social tion) writing. The production tasks are divided into one Systems to 4 credit editorial board and three 1 credit pass-fail mod- Responsible Community ules (reviewing, distribution, images). Students may REL 158 (WS 158) Sex and Gender in Judaism: enroll in either the 4 credit editorial board or in one or The Feminist Critique more of the 1 credit modules. Admission is by applica- tion at the Humanities Center. (HU) REL 167 Engaged Buddhism REL 184 (WS184) Religion, Gender, and Power HUM 250. Intermediate Humanities Seminar. (4) REL. 225 Topics in Religion and Ethics Interdisciplinary Seminar. Normally a team taught semi- STS 11 Technology and Human Values nar bringing various disciplines to bear on a specific topic which will change from semester to semester. May Honors in Humanities be taken more than once for credit. Staff (HU) The honors program in Humanities is designed to facili- HUM 271. Humanities Independent Study (1-4) tate research beyond the disciplinary frame of a student’s Individual investigation of an author, book or topic major. In order to earn Honors in Humanities students designed in collaboration with a faculty sponsor. Tutorial must (1) have a GPA of at least 3.5 and (2) apply to the meetings; substantial written work. May be repeated director of the Humanities Center detailing how they more than once for credit. Consent of faculty sponsor intend to complete the rest of these requirements, name- required. (HU) ly, (3) completing 3 courses (9-12 credits) from at least 2 different departments that have been selected with the HUM 350. Advanced Humanities Seminar. (4) help of the director so as to prepare the student to (4) Interdisciplinary Seminar. Normally a team taught semi- complete a year long thesis under the guidance of two nar bringing various disciplines to bear on a specific faculty members representing two different departments. topic which will change from semester to semester. May be taken more than once for credit. Staff Successful completion of the honors thesis in humanities will be decided by two faculty advisors for the thesis. The HUM 371. Humanities Advanced Independent thesis will count for honors in the two home departments Study (1-4) of the advisors only if the home departments also certify Advanced individual investigation of an author, book, or that the thesis has been satisfactorily completed. topic designed in collaboration with a faculty sponsor. Tutorial meetings; substantial written work. May be Applications to the director should be completed by the repeated more than once for credit. Consent of faculty beginning of the second semester of the student’s Junior sponsor required. (HU) year. The application should describe the anticipated project and show how the three preparatory courses con- HUM 373. (PHIL 373, REL 373) Independent stitute appropriate preparation for the thesis. If the final Ethics Project (4) thesis does not meet with the approval of the two advi- Supervised ethics research into a topic approved by the sors then the student will not receive honors in advisor for the Humanities Minor in Ethics. An option for humanities but he or she will receive grades and credit completing the ethics minor. For ethics minors only. (HU) for the courses taken and the thesis written. HUM 390. Humanities Honors Thesis, first Course Offerings semester (4) HUM 126. (PHIL 126, REL 126) Professional An opportunity for students admitted to the humanities honors program to pursue independent research under Ethics (4) the guidance of two faculty members representing two An examination of the moral rules and action guides that different departments. If the student’s work does not sat- govern various professions. Professions to be examined will isfy the two advisors, the student will receive a grade for include health (physician and nursing); legal; counseling the course but will not receive honors. and psychiatry; engineering; military; clergy; teaching. Attention will be given to modes of ethical reasoning and HUM 391. Humanities Honors Thesis, second how those modes are practically applied in professional life semester (4) and activity. Among issues to be discussed will be the lim- Continuation of HUM 390. If the student’s work does its of confidentiality; employer authority; power not satisfy the two advisors, the student will receive a relationships; obligations to the public; professional rights; grade for the course but will not receive honors. sexual boundaries; whistle-blowing; safety and risk; com- puter ethics; weapons development; discrimination; HUM 450. Theory Seminar (1-3) professional review of ethical infractions. Course will Sustained investigation of a single theorist or theoretical include guest lectures and case studies. Steffen (HU) problem relevant to research in the humanities. Theorists studied could come from beyond this list: Butler, HUM 137. (PHIL 137, REL 137) Ethics in Harraway, Irigaray, Derrida, Foucault, Deleuze, Practice (1-4) Baudrillard, Kristeva, Eliade, Freud, Marx, Lacan, A variable content course focusing on ethical issues aris- Barthes, Gramsci, Guattari, Cornel, Cixous, Wittig, ing in a particular profession, such as law, health, Hall, Gilroy, Bataille, Blanchot, Rorty, Fish, and so on. business, engineering, military. Variable credit. May be Problems studied could come from beyond this list: taken more than once. Steffen (HU) Power, Identity, Race, Sexuality, Writing as a Woman, HUM 150. Humanities Seminar (4) Essentialism, Jouissance, Nomadism, Social Variable Content. An opportunity for humanities faculty Constructivism, Popular Culture, and so on. May be to involve students in the exciting and accessible aspects taken more than once for credit. of their research. May be taken more than once for cred- it. Staff (HU) 266 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Industrial and Systems the planning and use of this kind of equipment. Electronics Manufacturing Laboratory (EML). The EML Engineering contains equipment for instruction and research in elec- Professors. Keith M. Gardiner, Ph.D. (Manchester); tronics assembly, soldering, screen printing, wire Mikell P. Groover, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Nicholas G. Odrey, bonding, inspection, and other processes associated with Ph.D. (Penn State); Robert H. Storer, Ph.D. (Georgia printed circuit card fabrication and assembly. Tech); S. David Wu, Ph.D. (Penn State); Emory W. Work Systems Laboratory. This classroom-laboratory Zimmers, Jr., Ph.D. (Lehigh). affords the opportunity for undergraduate students to Associate Professors. Joseph C. Hartman, Ph.D. analyze and plan human work activities for individual (Georgia Tech) chair; Louis J. Plebani, Ph.D. (Lehigh); workstations and worker team situations. A full-scale Gregory L. Tonkay, Ph.D. (Penn State) associate chair; manual assembly line is available for study. George R. Wilson, Ph.D. (Penn State). Considerable use is made of university computer facili- Assistant Professors. Rosemary T. Berger, Ph.D. ties in IE coursework. An IE/computing center PC (Northwestern); Jeffrey T. Linderoth, Ph.D. (Georgia laboratory containing 16 PCs is located in the Mohler Tech); Eugene Perevalov, Ph.D. (Texas-Austin) ; Laboratory building. Theodore K. Ralphs, Ph.D. (Cornell); Andrew M. Ross, B.S. in Industrial Engineering Ph.D. (California-Berkeley); Lawrence V. Snyder Industrial Engineering (IE) is concerned with the analy- (Northwestern). sis, design, and implementation of integrated systems of Emeritus Professor. John W. Adams, Ph.D. (North people, materials, information, and equipment to Carolina). accomplish useful work. The discipline of industrial Mission Statement engineering is applicable in nearly all industries, whether the industry involves manufacturing of a product or To pursue excellence and national prominence in the delivery of a service. Job functions performed by IEs areas of manufacturing, operations research, information include: systems analysis, cost estimation, capital equip- technology and related fields of industrial engineering ment selection, engineering economy, facilities planning, through innovative teaching, distinguished research and production planning and scheduling, inventory control, scholarship, and active professional leadership. Building quality control, information systems, project manage- on its unique strength and national reputation in under- ment, operations management, engineering graduate education and industrial research, the management, as well as methods analysis and work department strives for leadership in educational innova- measurement. Manufacturing systems engineering tion, multidisciplinary research, and industrial (MSE) is a specialty field associated with industrial engi- partnership. Our ultimate mission is to produce leaders neering that emphasizes functions and technologies such who have learned to think critically and analytically, have as process planning, plant layout design, manufacturing the skills and techniques to comprehend and create new resource planning, production management, production knowledge, and are willing to serve and inspire others. line design, automation, robotics, flexible manufacturing Physical Facilities systems, and computer integrated manufacturing. The industrial and systems engineering department is Career Opportunities located in the Harold S. Mohler Laboratory at 200 West IE graduates are sought by nearly all industrial corpora- Packer Avenue at the northwest corner of the Lehigh tions as well as government agencies and other service University Asa Packer campus. The Mohler Lab building institutions. Major employers of our graduates include contains the classrooms, laboratories, and faculty offices management consulting firms, manufacturing compa- of the department. Labs in the Mohler Laboratory build- nies, banks, hospitals, railroads, the postal service, and ing include: transportation/logistics services. A typical career path of Computational Optimization Research @ Lehigh an industrial engineer is to start in an entry-level engi- (COR@L) Lab. The COR@L lab consists of high-per- neering position or as a technical analyst and to progress formance computer workstations, each equipped with through various management positions in the firm or state-of-the-art commercial and non-commercial soft- institution. Significant numbers of industrial engineers ware for large-scale numerical optimization. COR@L is ultimately become chief executive officers, chief operat- used for both research and instruction. ing officers, and chief technology officers in their Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) Laboratory. respective organizations. The CIM lab contains a variety of computer systems and Program Educational Objectives software that includes computer-aided design and engi- IE graduates should: neering (CAD and CAE), numerical control part programming, discrete event simulation, facilities design, 1. have a broad knowledge of mathematics, science and process design, and process control. general engineering. Furthermore, this knowledge can be applied to Industrial Engineering related problems Manufacturing Technology Laboratory (MTL). The MTL contains equipment for instruction and research in 2. have a fundamental grounding in the fields of statistics, manufacturing processes, numerical control (NC), NC manufacturing, operations research, information tech- part programming, material handling and storage, indus- nology, production analysis and control, and operations trial control systems, and metrology. management that reflect current needs and trends Automation and Robotics Laboratory. This lab contains 3. have the detailed and relevant knowledge and ability a variety of industrial robots and other automated sys- to perform design and solve problems related to inte- tems to provide students with hands-on experience in grated systems that include people, materials, information, equipment, and energy Industrial and Systems Engineering 267

4. have the ability to design, conduct, and analyze experi- Operations Research. Students interested in this area ments in laboratories, companies, and on systems models should select courses from the following list: 5. have the ability to form, lead, and participate on IE 300-level electives: IE 316, IE 332, IE 339, IE 372 multi-disciplinary teams that solve problems in engi- ENGR or free electives: IE 170, CSE 327, CSE 340, neering and business ME 340 6. have an awareness of global, societal, and discipline Free electives: ECO 358, MATH 312, MATH 338, specific issues necessary to identify, formulate and MATH 341 solve problems Information and Systems Engineering. Students inter- 7. be aware of the NSPE professional code of ethics and ested in this area should select courses from the have an appreciation of social and legal concerns following list: 8. have the ability to seek out, understand and apply IE 300-level electives: IE 307, IE 309, IE 310, IE 316, new information and procedures to their professional IE 339, IE 341, IE 342, IE 345, IE 372 development, thus giving them an appreciation for life-long learning ENGR or free electives: IE 170, IE 275, CSE 327, CSE 340, CSE 368, ECE 319, ECE 320, ECE 345 9. communicate effectively through oral and written pre- sentations using appropriate technologies Production and Operations Management. Students interested in this area should select courses from the fol- IE Curriculum lowing list: The IE curriculum is designed to provide graduates with IE 300-level electives: IE 319, IE 324, IE 332, IE 334, the skills and knowledge that employers expect of young IE 340, IE 342 industrial engineers beginning their professional careers, Free electives: MGT 309, MGT 331, MGT 333 and to instill the ability for life-time learning. It includes the basic mathematical, physical, and social sciences, IE Major Requirements together with the principles and methods of engineering See freshman year requirements, section III. analysis and design that are specific to industrial engi- sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) neering. These principles and methods include IE 111 Engineering Probability and probability and statistics, engineering economy, cost Statistics (3) accounting, operations research, computer simulation, work methods and measurement, manufacturing IE 112 Computer Graphics (1) processes, production and inventory control, and infor- MATH 23 Calculus III (4) mation technology. PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and Laboratory (5) Specialized industrial engineering electives in the senior year include: advanced operations research, operations MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) management, organization planning and control, statisti- sophomore year, second semester (17-18 credit hours) cal quality control, database design, web technologies, IE 121 Applied Engineering Statistics (3) and data communications technologies. Electives related IE 131 Work Systems and Facilities Planning (3) to manufacturing systems engineering include: computer IE 132 Work Systems Laboratory (1) integrated manufacturing, industrial robotics, facilities ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) planning and material handling, production engineering, ACCT 108 Fundamentals of Accounting (3) and metal machining analysis. The IE degree requires a HSS Humanities/Social Sciences minimum of 133 credit hours. elective (3-4)* Specialty Areas in Industrial Engineering junior year, first semester (17-18 credit hours) The industrial engineering curriculum emphasizes four IE 215 Fundamentals of Modern specialty areas: (1) manufacturing systems and processes, Manufacturing (3) (2) operations research, (3) information and systems IE 216 Manufacturing Laboratory (1) engineering, and (4) production and operations manage- HSS Humanities/Social Science ment. The IE curriculum includes 18 credit hours of Elective (3-4)* advanced (300 IE level) courses plus 3 credit hours of MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) engineering elective and 6 credit hours of free elective. MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) Students can emphasize one of these areas if they choose, ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) or select courses from several areas to design their own individual programs. Listed below are the advanced junior year, second semester (16 credit hours) courses associated with the four specialty areas (including IE 122 Software Tools (1) courses in other departments). IE 226 Engineering Economy (3) Manufacturing Systems and Processes. Students interested IE 220 Introduction to Operations Research (3) in this area should select courses from the following list: IE 224 Information Systems Analysis and Design (3) IE 300-level electives: IE 319, IE 324, IE 332, IE 340, ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) IE 342, IE 344 (cross-listed with Mat 344), IE 345, IE IE elective (3)** 347 summer ENGR or free electives: Mat 309, Mat 314, Mat 335, Mat 342, Mat 367 IE 100 Industrial Employment (0) 268 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

senior year, first semester (18-19 credit hours) 5th Year Master of Information and IE 251 Production and Inventory Control (3) Systems Engineering Option IEOR elective (IE 316 or IE 339) (3)*** Students enrolled in the IE or ISE curricula can pursue a IE elective (3)** fifth year Master of Information and Systems Engineering HSS Humanities/Social Sciences program. Students in the Master of I&SE program take a elective (6-7)* mixture of engineering, computer science, and business FE free elective (3) courses. Admission is not guaranteed. For details see the senior year, second semester (18 credit hours) M.S. and M.Eng. of Information and Systems Engineering IE 154 Senior Project (3) section of the catalog or contact the ISE department. IE 305 Simulation (3) Undergraduate Courses IE elective (3)** IE elective (3)** IE 100. Industrial Employment (0) Usually following the junior year, students in the indus- ENGR engineering elective (3)**** trial engineering curriculum are required to do a FE free elective (3) minimum of eight weeks of practical work, preferably in Notes: the field they plan to follow after graduation. A report is *HSS elective credit totals must satisfy the college HSS program required. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. **IE elective courses are chosen from the current offering of IE 111. Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) fall 300-level IE courses Random variables, probability models and functions, and ***IEOR elective is either IE 316 or IE 339 (could be fall expected values. Statistical inference, estimation, hypothe- or spring). sis testing, and goodness of fit. Prerequisite: MATH 22. ****Engineering elective is any course offered in the CEAS IE 112. Computer Graphics (1) fall that IE undergraduates are eligible to take, including IE Introduction to interactive graphics and construction of 300-level courses. multi-view representations in two- and three-dimension- al space. Applications in industrial engineering. Special Opportunities for IE students Prerequisites: Sophomore standing in industrial engi- The following special opportunities are available to neering, ENGR 1. majors in industrial engineering and information & sys- IE 121. Applied Engineering Statistics (3) spring tems engineering: The application of statistical techniques to solve industri- Nontechnical Minor. Students may choose to pursue a al problems. Regression and correlation, analysis of nontechnical minor in an area of the humanities and variance, quality control, and reliability. Prerequisite: IE social sciences. The minors program section of this cata- 111 or MATH 231. log should be consulted for details. IE 122. Software Tools (1) spring Technical Minor. Technical minors such as materials sci- Introduction to application software tools used to solve sto- ence, environmental engineering, and computer science chastic and deterministic problems. Problem design and are available through other departments in the P. C . solution will be drawn from IE 220. Co-requisite: IE 220. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. IE 131 Work Systems and Facilities Planning (3) Consult the specific department for more details. spring Graduate Courses. Seniors in industrial and systems engi- Techniques of methods analysis, work design and meas- neering can petition to take up to two graduate IE courses urement, and facilities design. Operations analysis, (400-level) to satisfy two of their five 300-level elective IE workplace ergonomics, worker-machine systems, assem- course requirements. The petitioning senior must have a bly systems, time study, predetermined time systems, good scholastic record (generally above a 3.0 GPA). work sampling, incentive systems, and plant layout Senior Thesis Option. Students interested in continuing design. Prerequisite: IE 111 or equivalent, either previ- on to graduate school or performing research are encour- ously or concurrently. aged to take the senior thesis option. In this option a IE 132. Work Systems and Facilities Planning student takes IE 155 as an engineering or free elective. Laboratory (1) spring After IE 155, IE 156 is taken as the thesis is written. The Laboratory exercises and projects in methods analysis, sequence of these 2 courses can replace IE 154. operations analysis, plant layout, and related topics. Co- Technical Minor in Manufacturing requisite: IE 131. Systems Engineering IE 154. Senior Project (3) fall and spring The minor in manufacturing systems engineering provides The use of industrial engineering techniques to solve a a concentration of courses in the manufacturing and pro- major problem in either a manufacturing or service duction areas. This minor is not available to students environment. Problems are sufficiently broad to require majoring in industrial engineering. It requires 16 credits. the design of a system. Human factors in system th design. Laboratory. Prerequisite: Senior standing in 5 Year Master of Management industrial engineering. Science Option IE 155. Senior Thesis I (3) Students enrolled in the IE or ISE curricula can pursue a In depth study of a research topic in industrial engineer- fifth-year Master of Management Science program. ing supervised by an ISE department faculty member. Students in the management science program take a mix- Requires completion of a formal research proposal and a ture of engineering and business courses. Admission is public presentation of the proposal at the end of the not guaranteed. For details see the management science semester. Prerequisite: Senior standing. section of the catalog or contact the ISE department. Industrial and Systems Engineering 269

IE 156. Senior Thesis II (3) IE 226. Engineering Economy and Decision Continued in depth study of a research topic in industri- Analysis (3) spring al engineering supervised by an ISE department faculty Economic analysis of engineering projects; interest rate member. Requires a formal thesis and public presenta- factors, methods of evaluation, depreciation, replace- tion of the results. IE 156 can be substituted for IE 154 ment, break-even analysis, after-tax analysis. in the IE curriculum when taken in sequence after IE Decision-making under certainty and risk. Prerequisite: 155. Prerequisite: IE 155. IE 111 or MATH 231, either previously or concurrently. IE 168. Production Analysis (3) spring IE 251. Production and Inventory Control (3) fall A course for students not majoring in industrial engi- Techniques used in the planning and control of produc- neering. Engineering economy; application of tion and inventory systems. Forecasting, inventory quantitative methods to facilities analysis and planning, models, operations planning, and scheduling. operations planning and control, work measurement, Prerequisites: IE 121 and IE 220. and scheduling. Prerequisites: MATH 21 or 51. IE 275. Fundamentals of Web Applications (3) IE 170. Algorithms in Systems Engineering (3) Introduction to web technologies required to support the Introduction to the use of computers to solve problems development of client side and server side components arising in systems engineering. Focus on the design and of Internet based applications. Students will be exposed implementation of algorithms for systems modeling, sys- to the problems of design, implementation, and manage- tems design, systems analysis, and systems optimization. ment by way of assigned readings, class discussion, and Fundamentals of computer systems, basic data structures, project implementation. Term project. Prerequisites: the design and implementation of efficient algorithms, either IE 224 or CSE 241 previously or concurrently. and application of algorithms to the design and opti- mization of complex systems such as those arising in IE 305. Simulation (3) transportation, telecommunications, and manufacturing. Applications of discrete and continuous simulation tech- Prerequisites: ENGR 1, CSE 17. niques in modeling industrial systems. Simulation using a high-level simulation language. Design of simulation IE 171. Algorithms in Systems Engineering experiments. Prerequisites: IE 121 and IE 220. Laboratory (1) IE 307. Advanced Systems Analysis and Design Laboratory exercises and projects in the design and implementation of algorithms for systems modeling, sys- (3) spring tems design, systems analysis, and systems optimization. Study of advanced techniques and their application in Co-requisite: IE 170. the analysis and design of information systems. Emphasis is placed on tools and techniques used for IE 185. ISELP Honors Seminar (1) structured analysis and design, and on prototyping of Study of problem solving, principles of enterprise sys- systems. Prerequisite: IE 224 or equivalent. tems, and creative use of information technology in controlled environments. Emphasis on teamwork, self- IE 309. Introduction to Information Systems (3) knowledge, and communication skills. Department fall permission required. May be repeated for credit. Study of information systems analysis and design with emphasis on management issues. Interfaces between For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate information systems and databases and data communica- Students tions are examined. Effects of information systems on organizational relationships are considered. Example IE 215. Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing information system will be designed and implemented. (3) fall Prerequisite: IE 224 or equivalent. Study of modern production methods. Machining, bulk and sheet metal working processes, and electronics man- IE 310. Database Analysis and Design (3) spring ufacturing. Introduction to automation, numerical Conceptual analysis of data is considered through data control, and industrial robots. Prerequisite: MAT 33. structures and models. Logical design of databases is studied in the context of the relational model of data. IE 216. Manufacturing Laboratory (1) fall Prerequisite: IE 224 or equivalent. Laboratory exercises and experiments in manufacturing processes and systems. pre-requisite or concurrent: IE 215. IE 316. Optimization Models and Applications (3) IE 220. Introduction to Operations Research (3) Modeling and analysis of operations research problems spring using techniques from mathematical programming. Introduction to deterministic and stochastic methods in Linear programming, integer programming, multi-crite- operations research. Mathematical programming, queu- ria optimization, stochastic programming, and nonlinear ing theory, and other modeling techniques. Emphasis on programming using an algebraic modeling language. formulation, analysis and solution of operations prob- Prerequisite: IE 220 or equivalent. lems. Prerequisites: IE 111 or MATH 231. IE 319. Facilities Planning and Material IE 224. Information Systems Analysis and Design Handling (3) (3) spring Facilities planning including plant layout design and An introduction to the technological as well as method- facility location. Material handling analysis including ological aspects of computer information systems. transport systems, storage systems, utilizing equipment, Content of the course stresses basic knowledge in data- and automatic identification and data capture. base systems. Database design and evaluation, query Prerequisite: IE 131 or consent of department chair. languages and software implementation. Students that take CSE 241 cannot receive credit for this course. 270 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

IE 321. Experimental Industrial Engineering (1-3) IE 344. (MAT 344/ME 344) Metal Machining Experimental projects in selected fields of industrial Analysis (3) spring engineering, approved by the instructor. A written report Intensive study of metal cutting emphasizing forces, is required. May be repeated for academic credit. energy, temperature, tool materials, tool life, and surface IE 324. Industrial Automation and Robotics (3) integrity. Abrasive processes. Laboratory and project Introduction to robotics technology and applications. work. Prerequisite: IE 215 or ME 240 or Mat 206. Robot anatomy, controls, sensors, programming, work cell IE 345. Manufacturing Information Systems (3) design, part handling, welding, and assembly. Laboratory A study of contemporary Information Technology solu- exercises. Prerequisites: MECH 2, MATH 205. tions used to support the manufacturing function from IE 328. Engineering Statistics (3) product concept and design through production plan- Random variables, probability functions, expected val- ning, manufacture, and delivery. Emphasis will be placed ues, statistical inference, hypothesis testing, regression on information exchange protocol standards used to and correlation, analysis of variance, introduction to improve the overall integration of manufacturing sys- design of experiments, and fundamentals of quality con- tems. Prerequisites: IE275. trol. Prerequisite: MATH 23 or equivalent. This course IE 347. Electronics Manufacturing (3) cannot be taken by IE undergraduates. Manufacturing processes required in electronics assem- IE 332. Product Quality (3) bly, through-hole printed circuit cards, surface-mount Introduction to engineering methods for monitoring, printed circuit boards, and thick film hybrids. Testing control, and improvement of quality. Statistical models and inspection procedures. Includes laboratory. of quality measurements, statistical process control, Prerequisite: senior standing in engineering. acceptance sampling, and quality management princi- IE 358. (ECO 358). Game Theory (3) ples. Some laboratory exercises. Prerequisite: IE 121. A mathematical analysis of how people interact in strate- IE 334. Organizational Planning and Control (3) fall gic situations. Applications include strategic pricing, Design of organization and procedures for managing negotiations, voting, contracts and economic incentives, functions of industrial engineering. Analysis and design and environmental issues. Prerequisites: ECO 105 or of resources planning and control, including introduc- 115 and MATH 21, 31 or 51. tion of change in man-machine systems; manpower IE 362. (MSE 362). Logistics and Supply Chain management and wage administration. Prerequisite: Management (3) Junior Standing. Modeling and analysis of supply chain design, opera- IE 339. Stochastic Models and Applications (3) tions, and management. Analytical framework for Introduction to stochastic process modeling and analysis logistics and supply chains, demand and supply plan- techniques and applications. Generalizations of the Poisson ning, inventory control and warehouse management, process; renewal theory and applications to inventory theo- transportation, logistics network design, supply chain ry, queueing, and reliability; Brownian motion and coordination, and financial factors. Students complete stationary processes. Prerequisite: IE 220 or equivalent. case studies and a comprehensive final project. Prerequisite: IE 220 and IE 251 or equivalents, or IE 340. Production Engineering (3) fall instructor approval. Develop plans of manufacturing for discrete parts. Product design analysis and engineering materials utiliza- IE 372. Systems Engineering Design (3) tion. Economic analysis of process design alternatives. Analysis, design, and implementation of solutions to Introduction to mechanization, automation, and flexible problems in manufacturing and service sectors using manufacturing systems. Term project. Laboratory. information technology. Emphasis on problem identifica- Prerequisite: IE 215. tion and the evaluation of proposed solutions and implementations. Term Project. Prerequisites: IE 220, IE 341. Data Communication Systems Analysis 275. and Design (3) An introduction to the hardware as well as performance IE 385. ISELP Honors Project Seminar (1) evaluation of data communication networks. Emphasis Application of problem solving to real enterprise systems on data transmission, encoding, data link control, com- projects. Emphasis on leadership, teamwork, design, and munication networking techniques, and communication skills. Requires a written honors project queuing/simulation analysis of network performance. report. Department permission required. Senior stand- Prerequisite: IE 224 and IE 220 or equivalent. ing. May be repeated for credit. IE 342. Computer Integrated Manufacturing (3) Graduate Programs spring Several programs leading to master’s and doctoral degrees Analysis and design of manufacturing systems. Principal are offered by the Department of Industrial and Systems topics: computer-based techniques, decision support sys- Engineering. All graduate students in the M.S. IE, tems, applications of information technology to M.Eng. IE and Ph.D. IE programs are required to satisfy enterprise systems, value stream mapping. Introduction core requirements in manufacturing and operations to: high performance work systems, manufacturing man- research. To satisfy the core requirement in manufactur- agement measurement techniques, optimization ing, the student must complete either IE 340 or IE 342. strategies for discrete parts manufacturing, lean and agile To satisfy the core requirement in operations research, the manufacturing methods. Term project. Prerequisite: IE student must complete either IE 305 or IE 316. Core 224, IE 215 or equivalent. requirements may also be satisfied by previous course- work. In this case, the student must petition the ISE graduate committee to wave the core requirement in the Industrial and Systems Engineering 271 relevant area. All core course prerequisites must also be Ph.D. in Industrial Engineering satisfied. Prerequisites may be satisfied by (1) previous The graduate program leading to the doctor of philoso- course work, (2) completing the prerequisite course with- phy (Ph.D.) degree is organized to meet the individual out graduate credit, or (3) passing the final examination goals and interests of graduate students whose profes- of the prerequisite course with a grade of B or better. sional plans include teaching, consulting, or research in A Ph.D. student is required to complete core require- an educational, governmental, or industrial environment. ments with grades of B or better before being formally Each doctoral candidate is required to demonstrate: (1) a admitted to Ph.D. candidacy. high level of proficiency in one or more fields of indus- Further information about graduate programs is con- trial and systems engineering, and (2) a capacity for tained in an ISE graduate brochure available from the independent research through the preparation of a dis- department. In addition, several documents are available sertation related to his/her field of specialization. from the department that describe the requirements for This is to be facilitated as follows. A student must each of our graduate programs. declare a primary and secondary field of study within ISE. The fields of study are: M.S. in Industrial Engineering 1. Financial Engineering The minimum program for the master of science degree in IE consists of 24 credit hours of approved coursework 2. Information Systems and completion of a satisfactory thesis. Courses in other 3. Manufacturing, Production and Logistics departments for which the student has the prerequisites 4. Optimization may be integrated into the MSIE program. Subject to advisor approval, up to nine credit hours of 300 and 400- 5. Stochastic Processes and Applied Statistics level courses from other departments may be included in Each field is defined by a set of core courses maintained the IE masters program. The other department courses by the department. A student must take at least four usually include other engineering disciplines, mathemat- courses in his/her declared primary field, and at least two ics, computer science, and business and economics. in his/her declared secondary field. M.Eng. in Industrial Engineering Additionally, a student must declare a minor field of study outside the ISE department. Minor fields of study This program of study is for those students whose inter- are subject to approval and may include Computer ests are toward engineering design rather than research. Science, Electrical Engineering, Economics, Finance, The program provides opportunity to gain breadth of Marketing, Materials Science, Mathematics, and field by required coursework in all areas of study within Mechanical Engineering. At least two 400-level courses the department. In addition, an engineering project in the minor department are required to satisfy the must be completed under the supervision of the faculty. minor requirement (these may be included in M.S. in Information and Systems Engineering primary/secondary fields of study declared above). The master of science program in I&SE requires a mini- All Ph.D. students must complete the following core mum of 24 credit hours of approved coursework and courses, taken in the first year of study: IE 406, IE completion of a satisfactory thesis or 27 credit hours of 429, Math 301, and Math 338 or ECO 416. They approved coursework and completion of a 3 credit hour must also successfully pass a first year review, consisting project. See separate catalog listing under Information of faculty evaluation, classroom performance, and a and Systems Engineering. qualifier exam. M.Eng. in Information and Systems Engineering IE 404. Simulation (3) The master of engineering program in I&SE requires a Applications of discrete and continuous simulation tech- minimum of 30 credit hours of approved coursework. niques in modeling industrial systems. Simulation using See separate catalog listing under Information and Sys- a high-level simulation language. Design of simulation tems Engineering. experiments. This course is a version of IE 305 for graduate students, with research projects and advanced M.S. in Management Science assignments. Prerequisites: IE 121 or IE 328 and IE 220 This program requires a minimum of 30 credit hours of or equivalent. approved coursework. The program leads to the master IE 405. Special Topics in Industrial Engineering (3) of science degree in management science. See separate An intensive study of some field of industrial engineering. catalog listing under Management Science. IE 406. Introduction to Mathematical M.S. in Manufacturing Systems Engineering Programming (3) This is an interdisciplinary graduate program leading to Techniques for the solution and analysis of deterministic the master of science degree in manufacturing systems linear models used in operations research. Linear pro- engineering. See separate catalog listing under Manufac- gramming, network flow, and integer linear turing Systems Engineering. programming. Emphasis on modeling techniques, alge- M.S. in Quality Engineering braic modeling languages and commercial solvers. This is a specialized graduate program offered by the IE 408. Management of Information Systems (3) Department of Industrial and Manufacturing Systems Philosophies and methods for systematic planning, Engineering leading to the master of science degree in development, and implementation of management infor- quality engineering. See separate catalog listing under mation systems. Concepts of information resource Quality Engineering. management, and strategic and long-range planning of information systems and services. Prerequisite: IE 224 or ACCT 311 or equivalent. 272 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

IE 409. Time Series Analysis (3) including descent methods, Newton methods, conjugate Theory and applications of an approach to process model- gradient methods, and penalty and barrier methods. ing, analysis, prediction, and control based on an ordered Prerequisite: IE 406 or equivalent. sequence of observed data. Single or multiple time series IE 418. Integer Programming (3) are used to obtain scalar or vector difference/differential Advanced topics in mathematical programming with equations describing a variety of physical and economic emphasis on modeling and analysis of optimization systems. Prerequisite: IE 121 or equivalent. problems with integer variables. Polyhedral theory, theo- IE 410. Design of Experiments (3) ry of valid inequalities, duality and relaxation, Experimental procedures for sorting out important computational complexity, and methods for solving inte- causal variables, finding optimum conditions, continu- ger programs, such as branch and bound. Prerequisite: ously improving processes, and trouble shooting. IE 406 or equivalent. Applications to laboratory, pilot plant and factory. IE 419. Sequencing and Scheduling (3) Prerequisite: Some statistical background and experimen- Systematic analysis of models for the planning and sched- tation in prospect, IE 121 or equivalent. uling of systems that produce goods or services. Resource IE 411. Networks and Graphs (3) planning techniques, static and dynamic scheduling meth- This course examines the theory and applications of net- ods and algorithms. Prerequisites: IE 316 or equivalent. works and graphs. Content of the course stresses on the IE 422. Measurement and Inspection Systems (3) modeling, analysis and computational issues of network Study of measurement instruments and sensors for man- and graph algorithms. Complexity theory, trees and ufactured products. Metrology standards, performance arborescences, path algorithms, network flows, matching characteristics of measuring devices, calibration, error and assignment, primal-dual algorithms, Eulerian and analysis, and gaging. Mechanical, optical, and other Hamiltonian walks and various applications of network techniques. On-line monitoring and control for product models. Prerequisite: IE 406 or equivalent. quality, and sensor integration and fusion. Prerequisite: IE 412. Quantitative Models of Supply Chain IE 328 or equivalent. Management (3) IE 424. Robotic Systems and Applications (3) Analytical models for logistics and supply chain coordi- Detailed analysis for robotic systems in manufacturing nation. Modeling, analysis, and computational issues of and service industries. Task planning and decomposition, production, transportation, and other planning and deci- motion trajectory analysis, conveyor tracking, error sion models. Logistics network configuration, risk detection and recovery, end effector design, and systems pooling, stochastic decision-making, information propa- integration. Prerequisite: IE 324 or consent of instructor. gation, supply chain contracting, and electronic commerce implication. Prerequisite: IE 316 and IE 339 IE 425. Inventory Management and Production or equivalent. Planning (3) Advanced study of heuristic, algorithmic, and analytical IE 413. Advanced Engineering Economy and methods for inventory, production planning, and distribu- Replacement Analysis (3) tion models and systems. Forecasting, scheduling of Measuring economic worth, economic optimization production facilities, single stage and multi-echelon inven- under constraints, analysis of economic risk and uncer- tory control, and facility location- production allocation tainty. Emphasis on analytical methods to evaluate the models. Prerequisites: IE 316 and IE 339, or equivalent. economic desirability of replacement and retirement options in capital investment. Prerequisites: IE 220 and IE 426. Optimization Models and Applications (3) IE 226 or equivalents. Modeling and analysis of operations research problems using techniques form mathematical programming. IE 414. Heuristic Methods in Combinatorial Linear programming, integer programming, multi-crite- Optimization (3) ria optimization, stochastic programming and nonlinear Heuristic methods for solving combinatorial and dis- programming using an algebraic modeling language. crete optimization problems such as routing, scheduling, This course is a version of IE 316 for graduate students, partitioning and layout. Introduction to NP-complete- with research projects and advanced assignments. Closed ness theory, exact and inexact methods, performance to students who have taken IE 316. Prerequisite: IE 220 analysis, fast and greedy heuristics, Lagrangean heuris- or equivalent background. tics, and various search techniques including simulated annealing, genetic algorithms, Tabu search and iterative IE 429. Stochastic Models and Applications (3) constructive heuristics. Introduction to stochastic process modeling and analysis techniques and applications. Generalization of the IE 416. Dynamic Programming (3) Poisson process; renewal theory, queueing, and reliabili- The principle of optimality and recursive solution struc- ty; Brownian motion and stationary processes. This ture; multidimensional problems; reduction of course is a version of IE 39 for graduate students, with dimensionality and approximation; stochastic control; research projects and advanced assignments. Closed to non-serial systems; relationship to calculus of variation; students who have taken IE 339. Prerequisite: IE 220 or applications. Prerequisite: IE 316 or equivalent. equivalent background. IE 417. Nonlinear Programming (3) IE 430. Management Science Project (3) Advanced topics in mathematical programming with Analysis of a management problem and design of its emphasis on modeling and analysis of non-linear opti- solution incorporating management science techniques. mization problems. Convex analysis, unconstrained and An individual written report is required. Recommended constrained optimization, duality theory, Lagrangian to be taken in the last semester of the program. relaxation, and methods for solving non-linear programs, Industrial and Systems Engineering 273

IE 431. Operations Research Seminar (3) techniques. Relationships to state space concepts, simula- Extensive study of selected topics in techniques and tion, and finite state automata are introduced. Emphasis models of operations research. on use of such nets for the control of industrial systems. IE 433. Manufacturing Engineering Seminar (3) Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. Extensive study of selected topics in the research and IE 447. Stochastic Programming and Financial development of manufacturing engineering techniques. Analysis (3) IE 437. Advanced Database Analysis and Design (3) Finding optimal decisions in problems such as portfolio Intensive treatment of design and application of modern management and financial planning. Emphasis on database technology, including information modeling implementation and tools for solving difficult stochastic and logical design of databases. Emphasis on applications programming instances and application of stochastic to the manufacturing environment. Prerequisite: IE 310 programming to financial portfolio analysis. Requires or equivalent. basic knowledge of linear programming, elementary analysis, and probability. IE 438. Advanced Data Communication Systems Analysis and Design (3) IE 448. Industrial Control Systems for Study of technological development, operational algo- Manufacturing (3) rithms and performance analysis in data networks. Techniques used to control manufacturing systems: Emphasis on recent developments in communication numerical control, digital control, programmable logic technologies, modeling and simulation of large-scale net- controllers, and sensors. works, routing models and algorithms, and flow control IE 449. Advanced Computer-Aided issues. Prerequisite: IE 341 and IE 316, or equivalents. Manufacturing (3) IE 439. Queueing Systems (3) Numerical control in manufacturing; CAD/CAM sys- Queueing theory and analysis of manufacturing, distri- tems; computer monitoring and control of bution, telecommunications, and other systems subject manufacturing operations; adaptive control of manufac- to congestion. Design and analysis of queueing net- turing operations. Manufacturing resource planning, works; approximation methods such as mean value computer-aided process planning, and shop floor control. analysis, uniformization, fluid and diffusion interpreta- Prerequisite: IE 342 or consent of the department chair. tions; numerical solution approaches. Prerequisite: IE IE 451. Intelligent Manufacturing Systems (3) 339 or instructor permission. Informational and control structures, architectures, and IE 441. Financial Engineering Projects (3) analysis techniques for autonomous and semi- Analysis, design and implementation of solutions to autonomous manufacturing systems. System architectures problems in financial services using information technol- and techniques, knowledge based systems in production, ogy, mathematical modeling, and other financial and techniques based on fuzzy systems and neural net- engineering techniques. Emphasis on real-world problem works. Applications in manufacturing systems control, solving, problem definition, implementation and solu- process planning, and design and management problems tion evaluation. in newly developing manufacturing and production sys- tems. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. IE 442. Manufacturing Management (3) Study of factors affecting the development of a manufac- IE 458 (ECO 463). Topics in Game Theory (3) turing management philosophy; decision-making process A mathematical analysis of how people interact in strate- in areas of organization, planning, and control of manu- gic situations. Topics include normal-form and facturing. The principles and techniques of TQM, extensive-form representations of games, various types of Deming and others; metrics, costs, benchmarking, quali- equilibrium requirements, the existence and characteriza- ty circles, and continuous improvement. Influence of the tion of equilibria, and mechanism design. The analysis is social, technical, and economic environment upon man- applied to microeconomic problems including industrial ufacturing management decisions. Case studies. organization, international trade, and finance. Prerequisites: Two semesters of calculus, ECO 412 and IE 443. (MSE 427) Automation and Production ECO 414, or permission of the instructor. Systems (3) Principles and analysis of manual and automated produc- IE 460. Engineering Project (1-3) tion systems for discrete parts and products. Cellular Intensive study of an area of industrial engineering with manufacturing, flexible manufacturing systems, transfer emphasis upon design and application. A written report lines, manual and automated assembly systems, and qual- is required. ity control systems. Prerequisite: IE 215 or equivalent. IE 461. Readings (1-3) IE 445. Assembly Processes and Systems (3) Intensive study of some area of industrial engineering Joining processes including welding, brazing, soldering, that is not covered in general courses. and adhesive bonding. Mechanical assembly methods. IE 490. Thesis (1-6) Manual assembly lines and line balancing. Automated assembly. Product design considerations including IE 499. Dissertation (1-15) Design for Assembly. Prerequisite: IE 215 or equivalent. IE 446. Discrete Event Dynamic Systems (3) Modeling of Discrete Event Dynamic systems (DEDS) particularly as applied to industrial systems. Modeling procedures with focus on Petri Nets. Hierarchical Petri Net modeling, performance analysis, behavioral and structural properties, and various synthesis and analytical 274 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Information and Systems MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) or ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) Engineering or MAT 33 Engineering Materials Processing (3) junior year, second semester (18-19 credit hours) B.S. in Information and Systems IE 226 Engineering Economy (3) Engineering IE 275 Fundamentals of Web Applications (3) Information and systems engineering (I&SE) is a bache- IE 305 Simulation (3) lor of science degree program that produces graduates HSS Humanities/Social Science Elective (6-7)* who understand the complex facets of modern informa- FE free elective (3) tion systems, and the integration of these systems in industrial, service and financial organization. The degree summer program, offered through the Department of Industrial IE 100 Industrial Employment (0) and Systems Engineering, constitutes a broad based cur- senior year, first semester (15-16 credit hours) riculum focusing on three core areas: (1) Information IE 316 Advanced Operations Research Economics, (2) Quantitative Systems Analysis, and (3) Techniques (3) Information Technology. The core areas are coupled with IE 345 Manufacturing Information Systems (3) general engineering and business background courses. IE 372 Systems Engineering Design (3) Information economics studies the formulation, struc- TE Technical Elective (3)** ture, and operational dynamics of information-centric HSS Humanities/Social Sciences elective (3-4)* systems in the context of industrial organizations, service sector economics, and financial institutions. Topic areas senior year, second semester (18 credit hours) range from fundamental theory and methodologies in IE 154 Senior Project (3) systems science and engineering, to issues in complex IE 339 Stochastic Models supply networks, e-Business, electronic marketplaces, IE341 Data Communication Systems and financial engineering. Quantitative systems analysis Analysis and Design (3) studies operations research and computational tools for TE Technical Elective (3)** analyzing complex systems and their information com- HSS Humanities/Social Sciences elective (3)* ponents. Topic areas include mathematical FE free elective (3) programming, optimization, decision analysis, large-scale Notes: modeling and simulation, decentralized decision process- es, stochastic processes, sequencing and scheduling, *HSS elective credit totals must satisfy the college HSS parallel and distributed algorithms, and algorithm program design. Information technology and applications studies **Technical Electives from approved list computer and communication technologies needed to design and implement information system applications. Information and Systems Engineering Topic areas include the applications of information tech- Leadership Program nology in manufacturing and business environments, The Information and Systems Engineering Leadership including electronic commerce, supply chain and enter- Program (ISELP) is an honors program linked to the prise information systems, manufacturing information Information and Systems Engineering degree offered by systems, and intelligent manufacturing control. The the Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering. I&SE degree requires 132 credit hours. The program builds on the industry-based capstone design model used in the department for over 30 years. I&SE Major Requirements Students in this program have close interaction with See freshman year requirements, section III. industry for mentoring and project work beginning in sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) the freshman year and carrying through the entire degree IE 111 Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) program. Students will progress in leadership roles until MATH 23 Calculus III (4) as seniors they are leading projects for the underclass- PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and Laboratory (5) men. Close interaction with industrial mentors and CSE 17 Structured Programming industrial projects in systems engineering and informa- and Data Structures (4) tion technology will insure that students can apply what they learn in the classroom to real-world problems. sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) Projects will be developed primarily through Lehigh’s IE 121 Applied Engineering Statistics (3) Enterprise Systems Center (ESC). IE 170 Algorithms in Systems Engineering (3) Participants in this program will graduate with these IE 171 Algorithms in Systems highly valued leadership skills and competencies: Engineering Laboratory (1) MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) • Self-knowledge and the ability to work well with others; ACCT 108 Fundamentals of Accounting (3) • Confidence to lead change; ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) • Ability to identify and solve unstructured problems; junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) • Proven ability to design, build and implement high IE 122 Software Tools (1) value-added systems. IE 220 Introduction to Operations Research (3) Students are offered admission to the program during IE 224 Information Systems Analysis the matriculation process. In addition, students that and Design (3) select the I&SE degree and maintain a high cumulative BIS 211 Management Information Systems (3) GPA at the end of the freshman year will be eligible to ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) join the program. Information and Systems Engineering 275

Students in the ISELP must satisfy all degree require- the program will be operations research analysts, systems ments for the I&SE degree. In addition, both semester engineers and information technology specialists who are of the sophomore and junior years and the first semester employed by virtually all organizations, especially in con- of the senior year the student registers for IE 185 ISELP sulting, multi-national operations, transportation, Honors Seminar. In the last semester of the senior year logistics, financial institutions, and telecommunications. the student registers for IE 385 ISELP Honors Project New communications technologies, the web, and recent Seminar. IE 385 requires a written honors project report. advances in computing are profoundly changing the The additional 6 credits of seminar are above the degree operations of business and industry. The increasingly requirements for the I&SE degree and may not be used complex intertwining of organizations coupled with con- as Free Elective credits in that program. tinued automation of business processes creates new and Special Opportunities for I&SE students complex large-scale systems of enterprises, people, capital equipment, and information. With these changes comes The following special opportunities are available to the need for engineers capable of understanding and majors in information systems and engineering: integrating these emerging systems. The needs extend far Nontechnical Minor. Students may choose to pursue a beyond the micro level details of computer hardware and nontechnical minor in an area of the humanities and software, instead requiring systems integration, large- social sciences. The minors program section of this cata- scale optimization and control, and knowledge of the log should be consulted for details. operations of industry. It is the combination of the sys- Technical Minor. Technical minors such as materials sci- tems perspective, the analytical focus, and development ence, environmental engineering, and computer science of computing skills that sets the I&SE education apart. are available through other departments in the P. C. The program will be comprised of three core areas: Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. Information Economics: The formulation, structure, Consult the specific department for more details. and operational dynamics of information-centric systems Graduate Courses. Seniors in the Department of in the context of industrial organizations, service sector Industrial and Systems Engineering can petition to take economics, and financial institutions. Topic areas range up to two graduate IE courses (400-level) to satisfy two from fundamental theory and methodologies in systems of their five 300-level elective IE course requirements. science and engineering, to issues in complex supply net- The petitioning senior must have a good scholastic works, e-Business, electronic marketplaces, and financial record (generally above a 3.0 GPA). engineering. This area of concentration is based on the solid foundations of science and economics through Senior Thesis Option. Students interested in continuing which we envision the long-term development of mod- on to graduate school or performing research are encour- ern information systems. aged to take the senior thesis option. In this option a student takes IE 155 as an engineering or free elective. Quantitative Systems Analysis: Operations research and After IE 155, IE 156 is taken as the thesis is written. The computational tools for analyzing complex systems and sequence of these 2 courses can replace IE 154. their information components. Topic areas include mathematical programming, optimization, decision th 5 Year Master of Management Science analysis, large-scale modeling and simulation, decentral- Option ized decision processes, stochastic processes, sequencing Students enrolled in the ISE curricula can pursue a fifth- and scheduling, parallel and distributed algorithms, and year Master of Management Science program. Students algorithm design. This area of concentration forms the in the management science program take a mixture of methodological base for the design, integration, imple- engineering and business courses. Admission is not guar- mentation, and management of information systems in anteed. For details see the management science section of large-scale organizations. the catalog or contact the ISE department. Information Technology and Applications: Computer th and communication technologies needed to design and 5 Year Master of Information and implement information system applications. Of specific Systems Engineering Option focus will be the applications of information technology Students enrolled in the ISE curricula can pursue a fifth in manufacturing and business environments, including year Master of Information and Systems Engineering pro- electronic commerce, supply chain and enterprise infor- gram. Students in the Master of I&SE program take a mation systems, manufacturing information systems, mixture of engineering, computer science, and business and intelligent manufacturing control. This area concen- courses. Admission is not guaranteed. For details see the trates on the technological aspects of modern M.S. and M.Eng. of Information and Systems Engineering information systems such as database systems, software section of the catalog or contact the ISE department. development, and web-based systems. Master’s Programs in Information and Program Requirements Systems Engineering M.S. in Information and Systems Engineering The goal of the M.S. in Information and Systems The master of science program in I&SE requires a mini- Engineering (I&SE) program is to provide advanced mum of 24 credit hours of approved coursework and educational and research opportunities related to opera- completion of a satisfactory thesis or 27 credit hours of tions research, quantitative and computational analysis, approved coursework and completion of a 3 credit hour large scale optimization, system simulation, information- project. Three core courses are required: IE 341, IE 362, centric systems, and the integration of information and IE 426. In addition, 5 courses are chosen from a list systems in industrial, service and financial organizations. of approved courses that covers the areas of information The program will emphasize three core areas: (1) economics, quantitative systems analysis, and informa- Information Economics, (2) Quantitative Systems tion technology and applications. Analysis, and (3) Information Technology. Graduates of 276 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

M.Eng. in Information and Systems Engineering CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3)* The master of engineering program in I&SE requires a CSE 366 Object-Oriented Programming (3) minimum of 30 credit hours of approved coursework. No CSE 403 Theory of Operating Systems (3)* thesis or project is required. Three core courses are required: CSE 411 Advanced Programming Techniques (3) IE 341, IE 362, and IE 426. In addition, 5 courses are cho- CSE 412 Object-Oriented Programming (3) sen from a list of approved courses that covers the areas of CSE 414 Expert Systems (3)* information economics, quantitative systems analysis, and CSE 415 Database Topics (3)* information technology and applications. CSE 416 Advanced Issues in Knowledge-based Program Prerequisites: Systems (3)* (1) A candidate embarking on the master’s program must CSE 432 Object-Oriented Software possess a Bachelors degree in engineering or the mathe- Engineering (3) matical or physical sciences. (2) The candidate must ECE 401 Advanced Computer Architecture (3)* satisfy the following incoming course prerequisites: CSC ECE 404 Computer Networks (3) 17, IE 220, and IE 224, or equivalents. IE 307 Advanced Systems Analysis and Design (3) Core Courses (Three courses required of all I&SE IE 309 Introduction to Information students): Systems (3) IE 341 Data Communication Systems Analysis IE 310 Database Analysis and Design (3) and Design (3) IE 324 Industrial Automation and Robotics (3) IE 362 Logistics and Supply Chain IE 332 Quality Control (3) Management (3) IE 342 Computer Integrated IE 426 Optimization Models Manufacturing (3) and Applications (3) IE 345 Manufacturing Information ISE Electives (select at least five from the following Technology (3) courses, organized into three groups corresponding to IE 424 Robotic Systems and Applications (3) the three information and systems engineering areas IE 437 Advanced Database Analysis identified above.): and Design (3) 1. Information Economics IE 438 Advanced Data Communication Systems Analysis and Design (3) BIS 311 Managing Information Systems IE 443 Automation and Production Development (3)* Systems (3) BIS 331 Electronic Commerce and Security (3)* IE 449 Advanced Computer-Aided ECO 412 Mathematical Economics (3) Manufacturing (3) ECO 413 Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) IE 451 Intelligent Manufacturing Systems (3) ECO 415 Econometrics (3) *Prerequisites may pose difficulties. ECO 447 Economic Analysis of Marke Competition (3) Free Electives (for M.Eng. select any two graduate cours- IE 334 Organizational Planning and Control (3) es subject to approval of graduate coordinator). IE 442 Manufacturing Management (3) 2. Quantitative Systems Analysis Integrated Business and IE 328 Engineering Statistics (3) Engineering Honors Program IE 339 Stochastic Processes (3) Program directors. Stephen G. Buell, Ph.D. (Lehigh), IE 406 Introduction to Mathematical professor of finance; Robert H. Storer, Ph.D. (Georgia Programming Tech), professor of industrial and systems engineering. IE 409 Time Series Analysis (3) The Integrated Business and Engineering Honors Program IE 410 Design of Experiments (3) (IBE) is offered jointly by the College of Business and IE 411 Networks and Graphs (3) Economics and the P. C. Rossin College of Engineering IE 413 Advanced Engineering Economy and and Applied Science. The program recognizes the need for Replacement Analysis (3) today’s leaders in business and industry to have a sound IE 414 Heuristic Methods in Combinatorial foundation in both commerce and technology. Optimization (3) Since the beginning of the Industrial Revolution, technol- IE 416 Dynamic Programming (3) ogy has had a profound and ever increasing effect on the IE 417 Nonlinear Programming (3) products businesses offer, and the processes by which they IE 418 Integer Programming (3) are produced. More recently however, technology has IE 419 Sequencing and Scheduling (3) begun to effect the manner in which business is conduct- IE 439 Queueing Systems (3) ed. Information Age technology is driving new business IE 446 Discrete Event Dynamic Systems (3) concepts including e-commerce, virtual enterprises, and IE 458 (ECO 463)Game Theory (3) mass customization. Technological growth continues at an explosive rate, and, as it does, commerce and technol- 3. Information Technology and Applications ogy become ever more intertwined. A fundamental CSE 313 Computer Graphics (3)* understanding of business, technology, and how they fit CSE 330 Advanced Software together, will be a prerequisite for success in the future Engineering Tools (3)* global economy. The IBE Honors Program is designed to provide students with this essential perspective. Integrated Engineering and Business Honors Program 277

Graduates of this integrated program will possess a assigned to the appropriate starting course at Lehigh fol- unique set of skills and competencies. In addition to the lowing testing by the Department of Modern Languages mastery of the concepts and procedures taught in indi- and Literature. Students with no previous experience in a vidual courses in each college, the IBE Honors Program second language may need to take 16 foreign language develops competencies that require an integrated knowl- credits (4 courses, each at 4 credits). Students may edge from both engineering and business. These devote six credits of humanities and social science elec- competencies will be developed through courses, integra- tives, and 6 credits of free electives to language courses. tive elements and program experience (such as field Thus, students with absolutely no foreign language back- visits, guest lectures and internships). ground may need an additional four credits above the The state-of-the-art honors program leads to the 137 required for graduation. Bachelor of Science in Business and Engineering. The very demanding 137 credit IBE program is a carefully Interdisciplinary Technology planned integration of courses in business and engineer- ing with additional requirements in mathematics, the See listings under Science, Technology and Society. sciences, English and the humanities. In addition to the above requirements, the IBE Honors International Relations Program has a foreign language proficiency requirement which can be satisfied in a number of ways: by achieving Professor and Chair. Henri J. Barkey, Ph.D. a score of 5 on a foreign language AP exam; by entering (Pennsylvania), Bernard L. and Bertha F. Cohen Professor Lehigh with at least a B+ average in fours years of a sin- Professors. John Martin Gillroy, Ph.D. (Chicago); Rajan gle foreign language in high school; by demonstrating Menon, Ph.D. (Illinois), Monroe J. Rathbone Professor; proficiency through a standardized test administered by the Department of Modern Languages and Literature; or Bruce E. Moon, Ph.D. (Ohio State); Raymond F. Wylie, by passing the second intermediate level course in a for- Ph.D. (London-England). eign language at Lehigh (e.g., Spanish 12). International Associate professor. Chaim D. Kaufmann, Ph.D. students with both English proficiency and fluency in (Columbia). any second language other than English or English Assistant professor. Janice Bially Mattern, Ph.D. (Yale). dialects will satisfy the language requirement. Students with some language background in high school will be

Degree Requirements: Area Credits Details English Composition (6) ENGL 1 and 2 Composition and Literature I and II and Literature Humanities and Social (10) Must include COMM 130 Public Speaking or SSP 135 Science Human Communication Computing (3) ENGR 1 ENGR Computations or CSC 11 Intro to Computing MATH and Science Core (30) MATH 21, 22, 23 and 231 Calculus I, II and III and Probability and Statistics; Physics 11,12, 21 and 22 Introductory Physics I and II; CHEM 21 and 22 Introductory Chemical Principles Engineering Core (20) Set of engineering courses developed for each particular major Business and Economics Core (32) ACCT 151 and 152 Introduction to Financial and Managerial Accounting I and II, BIS 111 MIS; ECO 1, 146 and 129 Principles, Applied Micro Analysis and Money and Banking; FIN 225 Business Finance; LAW 201 Legal Environment of Business; MGT 280 Management of People and Operations; MKT 211 Contemporary Marketing Major (18) Specific major in either business or engineering Integrated IBE Courses (12) Freshman year courses (4 credits); Sophomore and junior year seminars (2 credits); Senior year capstone course (6 credits) Free electives (6) May be taken from any department in the University Summer internships (0) At least one industrial internship is required. International internships are encouraged. TOTAL (137) 278 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Emeritus professors. Zdenek J. Slouka, Ph.D. Free elective. (Columbia), Oles M. Smolansky, Ph.D. (Columbia). Any 4-credit IR course other than IR 90. The Field of International Relations: The reality of an interdependent world is brought home to us every day. Departmental Honors Fast-flying, highly accurate nuclear weapons have breached To graduate with honors, a major in international rela- the state’s ability to protect its citizens as never before. tions must: National economies are so sensitive to the trade and mon- (a.) attain an average of at least 3.5 in the courses con- etary policies and instability of other countries that stituting the major program; and governments are forced to recognize the limitations of purely national economic policies in a highly interdepen- (b.) complete a two-semester honors thesis in the senior dent world. Resource depletion, pollution, refugee relief, year. the indebtedness of developing countries, and nuclear pro- Minor in International Relations liferation are truly global problems beyond the ability of The minor consists of four 4-credit courses, for a total of any one state, no matter how powerful, to address alone. 16 credits: IR 10, one advanced IR elective numbered 300- The Department of International Relations seeks to pro- 387 and 393, and two free IR electives other than IR 90. vide students with a systematic understanding of world Beyond the Curriculum: In close cooperation with the politics. The questions that preoccupy scholars of inter- international education office, the department assists stu- national relations are too numerous to list here, but dents interested in study abroad programs. In addition, students who major in international relations can expect Lehigh has an array of summer programs, which involve to acquire a detailed knowledge of topics such as: con- course work and/or internships in such countries as tending theories of world politics; the foreign policies of China, the Czech Republic and the United Kingdom. the major powers; the international relations of major regions; international security and arms control; regional Every semester speakers with expertise on various aspects conflicts; global problems such as terrorism, refugee of world affairs visit Lehigh. The department arranges relief, and pollution; the politics of global economic rela- the annual Cohen International Relations Lecture Series, tions; and the role of international organizations such as which has featured speakers such as Ernesto Zedillo, the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund, Anthony Zinni, Gareth Evans, Strobe Talbott, Randall and the World Bank. As should be apparent from this Robinson, Robert McNamara, Valery Giscard d’Estaing, list, international relations is a multi-disciplinary field Vaclav Havel, Hans Dietrich Genscher, Kim Campbell, and draws upon concepts and theories from political sci- Oscar Arias, Wole Soyinka, Andrei Kozyrev, Anthony ence, history, economics, anthropology, sociology, Lake, and George Mitchell. philosophy, religion studies, and psychology. Majors are The student-run World Affairs Club sponsors a number encouraged to take courses in these disciplines. of activities each year, including student-faculty socials, The Curriculum: Students considering course work in guest speakers and related programs. It organizes the international relations are strongly encouraged to visit Model United Nations program to which Lehigh sends a the International Relations web site (www.lehigh.edu/ delegation each year. From time to time, delegations are ininr/ininr.html). Prospective International Relations also sent to other student conferences, including West majors should enroll in IR 10 and ECO 1 as early as Point and the U.S. Naval Academy. possible. IR majors should fulfill the mathematics por- The department has an active program in conjunction tion of their college distribution requirements with with Career Services to help place students in intern- MATH 12 (Basic Statistics). ships. We strongly encourage students to obtain an internship. Most of these internships are likely to be in Major in International Relations New York or Washington, D.C. The major consists of ten courses for a total of 39-40 Upon Graduating: While a degree in international rela- credits. The courses required are: tions does not lead to a specific career in the way that, Gateway courses (two courses) for example, accounting or engineering does, a major in IR 10 Introduction to World Politics (4) international relations, by emphasizing clarity in speech ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) and writing, analytical skills, and a detailed knowledge of world politics prepares students for careers in govern- Functional core (three courses). ment, journalism, law, non-governmental organizations, IR 56 European International Relations (4) international business, and teaching and research. Recent IR 125 International Political Economy (4) IR graduates currently work in all of these fields. Some IR 205 Theories of International Relations (4) have gone directly into careers upon graduating; others have enrolled in graduate school prior to employment. Area studies focus (two courses) Undergraduate Courses Any two IR courses that focus on a region of the world other than North America. Certain courses offered by IR 1. Current Issues in World Affairs (3) other departments may also qualify. See the International This is a survey course designed primarily for non-IR Relations department for a complete list. majors or minors. The purpose is to acquaint students with some of the concepts and historical facts behind current Advanced courses (two courses) global issues. The content of this course will, in part, be Any two courses numbered 300-387 and 393. However, dictated by international events as they unfold. Wylie (SS) the same course may not be counted towards both the area studies and advanced course requirements. International Relations 279

IR 10. Introduction to World Politics (4) Japan’s growing role; Korea and the NIC’s; Southeast Introduction to the major principles, concepts, and theo- Asia; U.S. and Russian policies; current and future ries of international relations, along with a historical issues. Wylie (SS) background focusing on the 19th and 20th centuries. IR 72. The United States in the Global Economy (4) Topics to be covered include the nature of power, bal- Political problems and policy issues arising out of the ance of power theories, national interest, economic relations between the U.S. and the rest of the decision-making in foreign policy, theories of war and world. U.S. foreign economic policy. Decision-making expansion, patterns of cooperation, and international processes and political influences on policy. Economic political economy. Menon (SS) diplomacy. Declining U.S. economic pre-eminence. IR 23. Alternative World Futures (4) Moon (SS) After a survey of the major political, military, economic, IR 74. United States Foreign Policy (4) and social trends of the 20th century, the course will Major themes and trends in U.S. foreign policy, with examine the challenges that are likely to confront the attention to both the historical evolution of contempo- world in the 21st century. Topics to be explored include rary policy and key current problems. Emphasis is on environmental and population problems, the changing critical examination of the interests and values that nature of war, ethnic conflict and nationalism, and the underlie the goals of policy and the theories that shape emerging balance of global economic and military perceptions of how they can be met. Sources of U.S. pol- power. Menon (SS) icy, including decision-making structures, policy IR 34. Society, Technology and War since the processes, and the role of the public and media. Renaissance (4) Kaufmann, Moon (SS) How changes in human social organization and war over IR 82. Middle East in World Affairs Since 1945 (4) the last thousand years have interacted with each other, Rise of Turkish, Iranian, and Arab nationalism; creation in both directions: the impact of social, economic, and of Israel; decline of British and French power; growth of technological change on the purposes and methods of U.S. and Soviet influence; Middle East as the world’s war; and the impact of war mobilization needs and of major oil producer. Staff (SS) war itself on social change, including democratization; economic planning; and emancipation of disadvantaged IR 118. Issues in International Relations (1-4) groups in society. The American and French revolutions; Readings on selected themes in world politics, with the Civil War; World Wars I and II; Vietnam; theme to change each semester. Offered on an occasional Afghanistan; Iraq; the law of war; atrocities; the nuclear basis only. Staff (SS) and information revolutions; military institutions in IR 119. Issues in International Relations (1-4) advanced societies today. Kaufmann (SS) Readings on selected themes in world politics, with IR 36. International Terrorism (4) theme to change each semester. Offered on an occasional After 9/11, we must ask: Have we seen the peak of glob- basis only. Staff (SS) al terrorism, or is the worst still to come? This course IR 120. Globalization and World Politics (4) examines psychological, religious, and political explana- An exploration of the economic, political, cultural, and tions of terrorism; reasons for the increasing scale of military manifestations of globalization and the effects terrorism and the more frequent targeting of Americans; on the internal order of states and the relations among major terrorist organizations, structures, and means of them. Prerequisite: IR 10. Menon, Moon (SS) operation; threats and vulnerabilities facing the United States and the West; legal and moral statuses of terror- IR 125. (POLS 125) International Political ism; means of coping with terrorism as an individual and Economy (4) through national policy. Kaufmann (SS) Principles governing the interaction between the eco- nomic and political components of international IR 56. European International Relations (4) phenomena. Political causes and consequences of trade Examines the evolution of the modern states system in and investment. Foreign economic policy and its rela- Europe. Conceptual, theoretical and historical topics tionship to domestic economic policy and other aspects include the transition from feudalism to the Westphalian of foreign policy. Determinants of foreign economic pol- system, nationalism, imperialism, the causes of war and icy. Prerequisites: Economics 1 and IR 10. Moon (SS) attempted peace settlements, the Cold War, the European Union, and the impact of the collapse of the IR 127. Research in International Relations (4) USSR on the political and strategic structure of Europe. Research skills in international relations. The role of the- Bially Mattern (SS) ory, models and evidence in the explanation of international phenomena. Literature review; problem IR 57. The European Union (2) formulation; theory construction; research design, meth- Introduction to the history, institutions and policies of ods and measures; collection, analysis and interpretation the European Union. Focus on the individual member of data; principles of hypothesis testing. Professional states and on the issues of enlargement and further inte- writing, either through individual research projects gration. A half-semester course. Wylie (SS) under faculty supervision or an apprenticeship in ongo- IR 61. (ASIA 61) Pacific Asian International ing faculty research projects. Prerequisite: Consent of the Relations (4) instructor. Moon (SS) Introduction to Pacific Asian international relations, with emphasis on post-1945 period: historical back- ground; Cold War conflicts; China’s rise to power; 280 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

IR 132. Nationalism and Ethnic Conflict (4) environment; consolidation of gains made during World The ideal of nationalism exerts a powerful pull on almost War II; origins of Cold War; frictions within the all people everywhere. This course investigates the Communist Bloc (Eastern Europe, China); nuclear arms sources of nationalism and national identity; the manip- race; striving for detente; activity in the Third World; ulation of nationalist feelings for political purposes; and Gorbachev and collapse. Staff (SS) the sources of national and ethnic conflict. Proposals for IR 169. International Relations of Russia and managing ethnic conflict and their records of success (or Eastern Europe (4) failure). Recent and current cases, such as the Israeli- The Soviet collapse and the emergence of Russia. Russia’s Palestinian conflict; ethnic relations in Iraq; the Balkans; relations with the other newly-independent states that others as current events demand. Prospects for the emerged following the disintegration of the Soviet futures of nationalism, ethnic conflict, and ethnic con- Union. The international relations of Eastern Europe flict management. Kaufmann (SS) (including the Balkans). Menon (SS) IR 142. International Law (4) IR 177. International Relations of Latin America (4) This course deals with the nature and sources of interna- Survey of major international and domestic crises facing tional law and the major theoretical and historical Central and South America. Examines factors affecting developments that have created the legal system of states Latin American system of states such as international as it now stands. Topics include: armed conflict, interna- debt, involvement of foreign powers, and social and tional trade, human rights and international political instabilities. Barkey (SS) environmental law. Gillroy (SS) IR 205. Theories of International Relations (4) IR 143. (ES 143). Comparative Environmental The role of theory in historical explanation, prediction, Law & Policy (4) and policy. Issues of theory design and testing. This course will analyze both comparative legal systems Important theoretical approaches to international rela- and comparative domestic schemes of environmental tions, including Realism; the Democratic Peace; the regulation exploring the range of alternatives for environ- domestic politics of foreign policy; history and myth- mental law and policy as practiced in various parts of the making; psychological explanations. Prerequisites: IR 10 world. Gillroy (SS) and 56. Bially Mattern (SS) IR 145. International Organization (4) IR 222. Political Economy of North-South Examines how cooperation is achieved and sustained in Relations (4) world politics. Under what circumstances does coopera- Political economy of relations between developed and tion take place? What role do formal international less developed countries. Issues arising from trade, organizations (such as the UN) play? What roles do investment, and foreign aid. Consequences of North- norms, values, and ethics play? Can cooperation last? South transactions. Controversies over system structure Questions pursued theoretically and in practical terms and reform proposals for international institutions across topical issues (e.g., human rights, poverty, the (e.g.World Bank, IMF, WTO). Prerequisite: IR 125 or environment, international law). Prerequisite: IR 10. permission of instructor. Moon (SS) Bially Mattern (SS) IR 246. (JOUR 246) International IR 161. (ASIA 161) China in World Affairs (4) China in world affairs, emphasizing role in Pacific Rim: Communication (4) historical background; domestic politics; foreign and Role of international news media in world affairs. Global security policies; relations with regional and global pow- theories of the press; process and influence of U.S. ers; policies toward Asia and Third World; current and reporting of international affairs; survey of global media future issues. Wylie (SS) systems; global communication controversies. Lule (SS) IR 163. (ASIA 163) Japan in World Affairs (4) IR 302. Rise and Decline of Empires (4) Japan in world affairs, emphasizing role in Pacific Rim: An overview of the expansion, over-extension, and col- historical background; domestic politics; foreign and lapse of empires. Focus on alternative theories of empires security policies; relations with regional and global pow- as well as historical cases. Prerequisites: IR 10 and 56. ers; policies toward Asia and Third World; current and Menon (SS) future issues. Wylie (SS) IR 321. Economic Relations of Advanced IR 164. (ASIA 164, REL 164) Japan’s Response to Industrial Societies (4) the West (4) Foreign economic policies of advanced industrial A survey of Japanese history and culture from 1500 to nations. Bilateral and multilateral economic relations; the present, following the theme of Japan’s contact with international economic regimes and institutions; interde- the West. What enabled Japan to modernize and pendence and cooperation; managing conflict. Westernize so successfully? Topics covered include: the Prerequisite: IR 125. Moon (SS) expulsion of Christianity, the first samurai mission to the IR 322. Poverty and Development (4) U.S., the postwar American occupation, and contempo- Patterns and causes of poverty in poor countries. Diagnosis rary issues. Readings include Japanese novels and short of development problems and evaluation of development stories (in translation). Kraft (SS) planning. Explanations for choices of development policy, IR 168. Diplomacy of the USSR, 1917-1991 (4) especially issues of trade, foreign aid, and foreign direct Topical and chronological survey of Soviet foreign rela- investment. Written and oral presentation of individual tions; Soviet efforts to survive in a hostile capitalist country research. Corequisite: IR 222. Moon (SS) Jewish Studies 281

IR 323. Political Economy of Newly IR 388. Honors Thesis in International Relations (4) Industrializing Countries (4) Honors thesis in international relations for majors with Issues of development, debt and adjustment in newly senior standing and with a 3.5 GPA who wish to engage industrializing countries. Analysis of the differences in an intensive, two-semester research project under the between the development strategies adopted in Latin direct guidance of a faculty member in the student’s spe- America and East Asia. Explanations for patterns of suc- cial area of interest. Departmental permission required. cess and failure. Origins of underdevelopment; the May be repeated for credit. Staff (SS) politics of failed development strategies; the challenge of IR 390. Readings in International Relations (1-4) the increasingly competitive world economy and rela- Directed course of readings intended for students with tions with the U.S. and other developed nations. special competence or interest in fields of international Prerequisite: IR 125. Barkey (SS) relations not fully covered by regular course offerings. IR 334. Prospects for Peace in the 21st Century (4) May be repeated for credit. Departmental permission Will the 21st century be more or less peaceful than the required. Staff (SS) “terrible 20th?” This course examines theories of war and IR 391. Internship in International Relations (1-4) international insecurity; nationalism; ethnic conflict; ter- Internship in public or private agency. May be repeated rorism; the nuclear revolution; the special situation of for credit. Departmental permission required. Staff (SS) the American superpower in the early 21st century. We also explore tools of war prevention and resolution, IR 392. Independent Study (1-4) including deterrence and alliances; international institu- This course enables students to work with faculty on tions and norms; efforts against proliferation of weapons individual projects and material not covered by the cur- of mass destruction, and humanitarian intervention and rent course offerings. Department permission required. peacekeeping; and American policy choices between uni- Staff (SS) lateral and multilateral approaches. Prerequisite: IR 10. IR 393. Seminar in International Relations (4) Kaufmann (SS) Advanced seminar focusing on discussion and research IR 344. International Politics of Oil (4) on specialized subjects in international relations. Variable Historical influence of oil in international politics and subject matter. Offered by faculty on rotating basis. May the role it plays today. Focus on differing views of pro- be repeated for credit. Senior standing and departmental ducers, such as Middle Eastern and Latin American permission required. Staff (SS) states, and consuming nations, largely the economically IR 394. Special Topics in International developed Western states. Instructor Permission required. Relations (1-4) Barkey (SS) Intensive, research-oriented study for students with a IR 347. Non-State Actors in a Globalized World (4) special competence or interest in fields of international Role of non-state political groups (e.g. international relations not fully covered by regular course offerings. advocacy organizations, multinational corporations, news May be repeated for credit. Departmental permission media, terrorists, etc.) in world affairs. Thematic focus required. Staff (SS) on globalization, the relationship between non-state and state actors, and the implications of non-state actors for Japanese the future of world order. Themes explored through past and current events (e.g., the WTO demonstrations, 9- See Listings under Modern Languages and Literature. 11, the CNN effect, AIDs, anti-sweatshop campaigns.) Prerequisite: IR10. Bially Mattern (SS) Jewish Studies IR 354. International Relations of the Middle The Jewish studies minor, coordinated by the Philip and East (4) Muriel Berman Center for Jewish Studies, provides stu- Importance of the Middle East in contemporary world dents with the opportunity to explore the history, politics; strategic location and natural resources as factors literature, religion, and social institutions of the Jewish affecting interests of the great powers. Interplay of inter- people from its inception to the present. The diverse national, regional and internal forces. Prerequisite: IR 81 selection of courses highlights the interaction of Judaism or 82. Staff (SS) with other cultures and societies in Europe, the Middle IR 364. (ASIA 364) International Relations of East, and the United States. The program is designed to appeal to students with varied interests and fields of con- Pacific Asia (4) centration. Students of psychology and sociology often Research-oriented seminar on contemporary internation- discover that courses in Jewish studies enhance their al relations of Pacific Asia. Special emphasis on China, understanding of such topics as individual and group Japan and regional and global powers. Substantial identity, prejudice and anti-Semitism, assimilation, and research paper on topic of student’s own choice is religious-cultural pluralism. Students of history will find required. Prerequisite: IR 61 or 161 or 163 or 164. that the study of Jewish society and culture enhances Wylie (SS) their understanding of European and American culture. IR 367. Seminar in the International Relations of Through the study of Jewish religion and philosophy, stu- Russia and other Post-Soviet states (4) dents engage such issues as God, religious faith and doubt, Analysis of foreign relations of Russia and the other four- spirituality, moral responsibility, evil, and human suffer- teen states that emerged after the collapse of the USSR. ing. By studying Judaism comparatively with another Bially Mattern (SS) 282 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

religious tradition, students heighten their understanding Journalism and Communication of each tradition. Studying Jewish literature introduces students to a broad spectrum of literary forms and themes Professor. Sharon M. Friedman, M.A. (Penn State), from diverse periods and cultural settings. director of science and environmental writing program; The Berman Center for Jewish Studies supplements for- Carole M. Gorney, M.S.J. (Northwestern), APR, Fellow mal course offerings through an extensive program of (PRSA) director of public relations minor; Jack Lule, lectures, colloquia, films, field trips, and other cultural Ph.D. (Georgia) events. The Center offers financial awards for students who wish to study at the Hebrew University in Jerusalem Associate professor. Walter W. Trimble, M.A. (Ohio or Tel Aviv University. Lehigh professors also conduct a State) chair “Lehigh in Israel” summer program, conditions permit- ting. Students seeking further information on programs Assistant professor. Kathy Olson, Ph.D. (University of in Israel and available financial awards may contact North Carolina) Shirley Ratushny at the Berman Center. Students should coordinate their minor program in Jewish studies with Lecturer. Nancy S. Ross, M.A.T. (Cincinnati). the director of the Center, Dr. Laurence J. Silberstein, Adjunct professors. Kenneth Friedman, Ph.D. (Penn Maginnes Hall. State); Glenn Kranzley, B.A. (Penn State); Robert Students pursuing a minor in Jewish studies must fulfill Rosenwein, Ph.D. (Michigan); William White, M.A. 16 credit hours from the following courses. (A maximum (Ohio State). of eight credit hours of Hebrew may be counted.) Updated lists of courses are available from the Berman The Department of Journalism and Communication Center, Maginnes 324. offers major and minor programs in journalism and sci- HEBR 1 Elementary Modern Hebrew I (4) ence and environmental writing, and an interdisciplinary HEBR 2 Elementary Modern Hebrew II (4) communication minor. HEBR 11 Intermediate Modern Hebrew I (4) Journalism is crucial to the public life of a democracy. At HEBR 12 Intermediate Modern Hebrew II (4) its best, journalism serves as a watchdog to government, IR 81 Middle East in World Affairs to 1945 (4) offers a voice for the powerless at home and abroad, IR 82 Middle East in World Affairs entertains and instructs the public, represents the views Since 1945 (4) of varied constituencies, monitors and protects the envi- PHIL/REL 129 Jewish Philosophy (4) ronment and public resources, and provides a common PHIL 133 Medieval Philosophy (4) memory for a people. REL 73 The Jewish Tradition (4) The purpose of the journalism program is to provide stu- REL 111 Jewish Scriptures/Old Testament (4) dents with the knowledge and skills to fulfill such roles. REL 112 The Beginnings of Judaism and Jewish The program emphasizes research, writing, editing, and Origins: Jewish Diversity in critical thinking and analysis. Students integrate online the Greco-Roman World (4) technology with legal and ethical thinking and a global REL 121 Sources for the Life of Jesus: perspective that will prepare them for numerous oppor- The Jewish and Christian Context (4) tunities in and out of journalism. REL 132 Hasidic Tales (4) In the journalism major, students take courses in news REL/WS 138 Women in Jewish History (4) and feature writing, editing and design, a professional REL/ANTH 139 Jewish Folklore (4) internship, and varied courses in online journalism. REL 150 Judaism in the Modern World (4) Supported by the endowed Rodale Online REL 152 American Judaism (4) Communication Program, the department has a national REL 153 The Spiritual Quest in Contemporary reputation in online journalism. All courses have online Jewish Life (4) research and writing components. REL/HIST 154 The Holocaust: History and Meaning (4) A second major available to students is the science and REL 155 Responses to the Holocaust (4) environmental writing program. Students learn to write REL 156 Israel, Zionism, and the Renewal of about pure and applied scientific research, technology, Judaism (4) engineering, the environment and medicine and health REL/WS 158 Sex and Gender in Judaism (4) for a variety of audiences ranging from the general public REL 165 Jews, Christians, and Buddhism: to scientists and engineers in industry and government. The Turn to the East in American Students can also gain experience in the science and Culture (4) environmental writing field research program. A minor REL 174 Contemporary Theology (4) in science and environmental writing is available that REL 186 Judaism in Israel and may be valuable for students with majors in science or the United States (4) engineering. REL 230 Kabbalah: The Jewish Mystical An interdisciplinary minor in communication is offered Tradition (4) for students interested in developing oral communica- REL 231 Classic Jewish Texts (4) tion skills and a better understanding of how people REL 371 Directed Readings (1-4) share meaning through persuasive use of rhetoric, logic US 85 American Jews: Politics and Culture (3) and symbols in public, one-to-one and small group com- munication. Journalism and Communication 283

Career opportunities are numerous for graduates of the Required Electives department. Two additional Journalism or Communication courses; Students find work in traditional journalism organiza- one of them at the 200 level or above (8) tions, such as newspapers, wire services, magazines, cable, television and radio stations, and other media out- Total credits: (36) lets. Students find work too in new media, such as web Collateral Requirements sites and other digital production activities. Students must also complete an academic minor or Students also find work in public relations positions, another major with a minimum of 16 credits with responsibilities in government, corporations, hospi- tals, health care organizations, universities, sports Journalism/Science and Environmental information, nonprofit agencies and other groups. Writing Major A background in journalism, with its emphasis on research Core Courses and writing, also proves to be excellent preparation for JOUR 1 Brown and White (1) many other fields and provides a fine basis for the study and JOUR 2 Brown and White (1) or practice of law, graduate study in a variety of disciplines, government service, teaching and business management. JOUR 231 Science Writing Practicum (1) JOUR 123 Students in science and environmental writing can or 311 Basic Science and Technical Writing (4) expect to pursue careers in science, health and environ- or mental journalism in both the traditional and online JOUR 11 News Writing (4) media; public relations for scientific societies, environ- mental organizations, government agencies, universities JOUR 13 Editing (2) or hospitals; technical writing for industry and govern- JOUR 14 Publication Design (2) ment agencies, and other areas, such as management, JOUR 211 Reporting (4) administration and teaching. The program also prepares Advanced Courses students for graduate study in science or environmental writing, journalism and other disciplines. JOUR/STS 124 Politics of Science (4) JOUR 125 Environment, the Public and The interdisciplinary minor in communication will be the Mass Media (4) useful to students interested in organizational and written JOUR/STS 323 Controversies (4) communication, law, business, philosophy, government, JOUR 361 Internship (4) marketing, teaching, telecommunication or other careers where successful communication is important. Required Electives Required Math Course. Understanding statistical infor- One additional Journalism or Communication course. (4) mation has become extremely important in modern society. MATH 12, Basic Statistics, is required for stu- Total credits: (34) dents taking a journalism or science and environmental writing major. Students should take MATH 12 to fulfill Collateral Requirements the college’s distribution requirement. ECO 145, Students must also complete 16 credits in science for the Statistical Methods, is an acceptable alternative. For sci- journalism/science and environmental writing major. ence/science writing double majors, calculus will be Required science courses. A minimum of 16 credits in considered as a substitute for statistics. the physical, biological, environmental or social sci- ences or engineering is required. These hours can be Journalism Major concentrated in any one area or distributed among all Core Courses five areas, although an area concentration is recom- JOUR 1 Brown & White (1) mended. Dual majors in journalism/science and JOUR 2 Brown & White (1) environmental writing and a science are encouraged. Science courses should be chosen in consultation with JOUR 3 Brown & White (1) the major adviser. JOUR 4 Brown & White (1) JOUR 11 News Writing (4) Science and environmental writing field research pro- gram. Available to science, environmental and JOUR 13 Editing (2) technical writing students at the junior or senior JOUR 14 Publication Design (2) level, this program provides practical experience in JOUR 122 Media Ethics & Law (4) scientific research and science writing for students Advanced Courses who work on and write about research projects directed by university scientists and engineers. JOUR 211 Reporting (4) * Another segment of the program allows students to Or JOUR 212 Feature Writing (4)* attend major scientific meetings as fully accredited JOUR 361 Internship (4) science reporters. Students observe professional sci- Senior Seminar: Journalism or Communication ence writers in action and write their own stories course at 300 level (4) about the scientific sessions and press conferences * (JOUR 211 and JOUR 212 fulfill junior writing inten- held at the meetings. sive requirement) 284 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Journalism Minor Courses may be taken in any order. That is, COMM Students who wish to declare a minor program in jour- 130 does not need to be taken first in the sequence. A nalism must be majors in another discipline and take the student may count one course for both a major and a following: minor. JOUR 1-2 Brown & White (2) With the consent of a participating instructor and the JOUR 11 News Writing (4) director of the minor, a student may elect to take JOUR 13 Editing (2) COMM 325, Special Topics in Communication, as one of the courses for the minor. This is not a regular course, JOUR 14 Publication Design (2) but a project designed by the student, with the help of JOUR 212 Feature Writing (4) an instructor. One other Journalism course at or above the 100 level (4) Courses in the minor may have prerequisites. Please Total credits: (18) check the catalog. To declare this minor, contact Dina Wills, in the Department of Journalism and Public Relations Minor Communication. Required Collateral Course Communication Core Courses Section 1 JOUR 11 News Writing (4) SSP 125 Small Groups (4) or SSP 135 Human Communication (4) JOUR 123 Basic Science and Technical Writing (4) SSP 312 Communication in Groups (4) Required courses SSP/JOUR 327 Mass Communication and Society (4) COMM 130 Public Speaking (4) (required) JOUR 127 Public Relations Principles (4) COMM 143 Persuasion and Influence (4) JOUR 228 Writing With the Media (4) COMM 252 Interpersonal Relationships: Private and JOUR 229 Public Relations Case Studies (4) Public (4) JOUR 233 Public Relations Practicum (4)** COMM 331 Business and Professional Speaking (4) Total credits: (16) JOUR/IR 246 International Communication (4) ** Two semesters of two-credit public relations practicum are Communication Choice Courses Section 2 required. The practicum projects provide students with expe- ARTS 250 Communication: Cultures, rience in public relations activities and campaigns Behaviors, Attitudes (3) conducted on campus, or in regional and national student ART 77 Photography (3) competitions. Projects will be assigned by the instructor, in consultation with the student. ART 53 Graphic Communication I (3) COMM 325 Special Topics in Communication (1-4) Science and Environmental Writing ENGL 171 Writing for Audiences (4) Minor JOUR 101 Media, Sports, and Society (4) JOUR 1 Brown and White (1) or JOUR 102 How to Watch TV (4) JOUR 231 Science Writing Practicum (1) JOUR 122 Media Ethics and LAW (4) JOUR 11 News Writing (4) or JOUR 123 Basic Science and Technical Writing (4) JOUR 123 Basic Science and Technical Writing (4) JOUR 125 Environment, the Public, JOUR 124 Politics of Science (4) and the Mass Media (4) JOUR 125 Environment, the Public JOUR 127 Public Relations Principles (4) and the Mass Media (4) JOUR 141 Photojournalism (4) JOUR 323 Controversies (4) JOUR 229 Public Relations Case Studies (4) Total credits: (17) JOUR 240 Writing for Broadcasting (4) Communication Minor JOUR 323 Controversies (4) JOUR 366 Online Journalism Purpose: This interdisciplinary minor guides students MKT 313 Integrated Marketing to a better understanding of how people share meaning Communications (3) through interpersonal, group and organizational com- POLS 229 Propaganda, Media, and munication as well as mass media and new media. American Politics (4) Students take courses in public speaking, group PSYCH 301 Industrial Psychology (4) process, interpersonal communication, persuasion, marketing, advertising, mass communication, and SSP 302 The Sociology of Cyberspace (4) online communication. Prerequisites for Journalism Courses The minor requires 15-16 credit hours, with a minimum NOTE: Journalism and Communication courses build of four courses. The required course is COMM 130, on one another. Some courses thus require prerequisites Public Speaking. A second course should be chosen from before students can register for the class. Check the the Communication Core courses, section one. A third course schedule each semester. course should be taken from the Communication Choice courses, section two. The fourth course may Media Internships come from either section. At least one course must be All majors in journalism and journalism/science and 200-level or above. environmental writing take professional internships dur- ing their senior year or the preceding summer. The Journalism and Communication 285 internships provide real-world experience with newspa- grams, news magazines, talk shows, sitcoms, dramas, car- pers, magazines, cable, television or radio stations, web toons, soap operas, commercials, and infomercials. To sites or in public relations settings. Science writing help focus discussions, students are assigned appropriate minors may take an internship instead of working on readings from the popular media and social science The Brown and White. research. Gorney (SS) Course Listings JOUR 111. Sportswriting (4) summer Principles and practice of writing about sports for gener- JOUR 1. Brown and White (1) every semester al print and specialized publications; emphasis placed on This course is a student’s first semester on the staff of instruction in reporting, writing and editing; topics cov- the semi-weekly undergraduate newspaper. Students reg- ered include the history of sports journalism; recent ister for this course, attend a meeting on the first trends in the field; ethical considerations, and the explo- Wednesday of the semester, and are placed on the staff. ration of social and political issues through Because this is an introductory training class, JOUR 1 is sportswriting. Lule (ND) for students with freshman or sophomore standing; jun- iors only with consent of department chair. JOUR 112. Children and Television (4) summer Lule/Trimble (ND) The course examines the many social science research issues surrounding television for children, including JOUR 2-8. Brown and White (1) every semester questions about cartoon and program violence, unethical Enrollment constitutes continued membership on the advertising, the role of the FCC and stereotypes. The staff of the semi-weekly undergraduate newspaper. These course will also examine television about children, such courses are taken consecutively after a student has com- as media coverage of homelessness, health care, poverty, pleted JOUR 1. For a second semester on the newspaper, hunger and famine, which take their biggest toll on chil- a student registers for JOUR 2. For a third semester, dren. Lule (SS) JOUR 3. For a fourth semester, JOUR 4. And so on. Prerequisite: JOUR 1. Lule/Trimble (ND) JOUR 114. Technical Communication (4) summer This online course covers basic tools needed to write JOUR 10 Brown and White (1-2) every semester about all kinds of science and technical information for Enrollment constitutes an editorial position on the staff academic papers, term papers, proposals, reports, theses of the semi-weekly undergraduate newspaper. Editors are and dissertations. Involves practice with feedback on def- chosen by the instructors and the newspaper’s editorial initions, descriptions, cause and effect relationships, board. May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. process writing, concept maps, graphics, classification, Prerequisites: JOUR 1 and permission of the department comparison and more. K Friedman (ND) chair. Lule/Trimble JOUR 115 (ES 115). Communicating About the JOUR 11. News Writing (4) every semester Preparation and practice in gathering and writing news; Environment (4) Introduction to the need for and ways to communicate definition and components of news; structure and style about environmental issues to laypersons, government of the news story; introduction to interviewing and officials, journalists, members of the judiciary and tech- editing. (ND) nical experts. Explores case studies of good and bad JOUR 13. Editing (2) every semester communication about environmental issues. Internet Study of and practice in editing and rewriting stories for communication, including the efficacy of placing gov- newspapers and magazines; fact-checking; headline writ- ernmental reports and databases on the Web for public ing; ethics. Prerequisite: Jour 11 or Jour 123. Trimble, consumption, will be evaluated. (SS) Olson (ND) JOUR 116 (ES 116). Risky Business (4) summer JOUR 14. Publication Design (2) every semester This course explores the risks and effects of environmental Study of and practice in techniques of newspaper and contamination on human health and behavior as well as magazine design, including typography, grids, and use of the role of the mass media in alerting citizens to potential photographs and other artwork; microcomputer-based environmental health risks. Environmental topics vary but desktop publishing. Prerequisite: Jour 11 or Jour 123. usually include air and water pollution, endocrine dis- Trimble, Olson (ND) rupters and radioactive waste. S. Friedman (SS) JOUR 101. Media, Sports and Society (4) summer JOUR 122. Media Ethics and Law (4) fall Analysis of social, political and economic implications of First Amendment theory and history; ethical and legal media sports coverage; emphasis placed on media coverage issues involving libel, privacy, obscenity, newsgathering, of events of international scope, such as the World Cup, access, and fair trials; national and international concerns World Series and the Olympics; special attention paid to over censorship, prior restraint and manipulation and the role of the sports press in coverage of issues such as control of information. Lule, Olson (SS) AIDS, racism, sexism, drug use and terrorism. Lule (SS) JOUR 123. Basic Science and Technical Writing JOUR 102. How to Watch TV (4) summer (4) every semester Analysis and discussion of television programming from Study of and practice in writing about scientific and the standpoint of its potential effects on audience per- technical subjects for audiences ranging from the general ceptions, public opinion, social issues and values, public to scientists and engineers. Starts with basic sci- individual learning, and behavior. Programming viewed ence writing for lay audiences, emphasizing organization both inside and outside the classroom includes news pro- and clear writing techniques. As the course progresses, 286 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

material becomes more technical, concentrating on how library skills, Internet research, news style and clear, to write effective technical reports, descriptions, papers concise writing. Students will develop, report and and memoranda. Also explores problems of conveying write numerous stories. Students will also gain greater highly complex technical information to multiple audi- understanding of fundamental reporting concepts in ences, factors that influence science communication to relation to the use of sources, accuracy, fairness, priva- the public, and interactions between scientists and jour- cy and other issues of professional responsibility. nalists. K. Friedman (SS) Prerequisites: JOUR 11 or JOUR 123 and JOUR 13. JOUR 124. (STS 124) Politics of Science (4) fall Lule (SS) Analysis of the multi-dimensional interaction between JOUR 212. Feature Writing (4) every semester the federal government and the scientific community. Conceiving and developing feature stories for newspapers Explores historical growth of the science-government and magazines; interviewing techniques; writing non-fic- connection, the scientific establishment both past and tion using the techniques of the novelist; marketing present, and the role of scientific advice to the White free-lance projects. Prerequisite: JOUR 11, 123 and House and Congress. Also examines scientific ethics, JOUR 13. Trimble (ND) public attitudes toward science, science-society interac- JOUR 214. Reporting of Public Affairs (4) tions and case studies of scientific controversies. S. Reporting and writing news of government on the local, Friedman (SS) county, state and federal levels; civil and criminal courts; JOUR 125. Environment, the Public and the Mass labor, environment, housing and community planning Media (4) fall news. Prerequisites: JOUR 11 or 123 and POLS 177. Extensive exploration of local, national and internation- Trimble (ND) al environmental problems and their social, political and JOUR 215. Advanced Publication Design (3) economic impacts. Analysis of mass media coverage of Advanced study of publication design: newspapers, mag- complex environmental issues and the media’s effects on azines, pamphlets, annual reports; symbols, typography, public opinion and government environmental policies. grids, use of photographs and infographics; use of Examination of environmental journalism principles Macintosh computer in page production, and in creating and practices in the United States and around the and manipulating art for publication. Prerequisite: world. S. Friedman (SS) JOUR 13 or permission of the department chair. JOUR 127. Public Relations Principles (4) fall Trimble (ND) Emphasis on management function of public relations, JOUR 220. Reporting on Business and including research, planning, counseling, programming, Economics (3) communication and evaluation. Study of communication The principles behind the economy, the markets and and persuasion theory, public opinion and ethics. Student companies and how to report on them; the role of busi- teams work outside class for a community client, helping ness reporting in the media; the use of computer research, plan and implement an actual public relations technology in business reporting. Prerequisite: JOUR 11 program during the semester. Gorney (SS) or JOUR 123 and ECO 1. (SS) JOUR 129. Specialized Writing in Public JOUR 228. Working With The Media (4) spring Relations (3) fall An overview of the many situations and issues involved Preparation and writing of promotional and publicity in working with the mass media. Students learn tech- materials, including public service announcements, for niques used to generate positive publicity, minimize radio and television; preparation of audio-visual materi- negative media coverage, and maintain successful rela- als and presentations; planning and conducting news tionships with reporters, editors and producers. conferences; media interview techniques in negative situ- Students also gain hands-on experience with planning, ations; writing informational and persuasive speeches for writing and designing publicity and promotional mate- others. Students will produce finished public service rials for use in mass and specialized media. announcements and will be videotaped giving actual Prerequisite: Jour 11 or Jour 123, and Jour 127. media interviews. Prerequisite: JOUR. 11, 123, 228 or Gorney (ND) consent of department chair. Gorney (ND) JOUR 229. Public Relations Case Studies (4) fall JOUR 135. (SPSY 135) Human Communication (4) Analysis of public relations programs and practices in Processes and functions of human communication in business and industry, government, and non-profit relationships and groups. Rosenwein (SS) organizations. Study focuses on principles that govern JOUR 141. Photojournalism (4) employee, community, consumer and media relations, as Ethics and history of photojournalism; instruction and well as issues management and special events and pro- practice in basic camera techniques; scanning and digital motions. Students select, research and write fully manipulation of black and white and color photographs documented case studies using both primary and second- using Adobe PhotoShop; cropping and sizing photo- ary sources, as well as preparing Power Point slides to graphs and production of layouts using QuarkExpress. support oral presentations throughout the semester. Trimble (ND) Prerequisite: JOUR 127. Gorney (ND) JOUR 211 Reporting (4) every semester JOUR 231. Science Writing Practicum (1-4) spring Principles and practice of news reporting; techniques On-site experience as accredited science reporter at for gathering, organizing and writing news; emphasis major scientific meetings, or writing and research in uni- placed on story conception, interviewing methods, versity laboratories as part of science writing field research program. May be repeated for a maximum of Journalism and Communication 287 eight credits. Prerequisites: JOUR 11 or JOUR 123 or JOUR 311. Science and Technical Writing (3-4) JOUR 311, junior standing, and consent of the depart- every semester ment chair. S. Friedman (ND) Study of and practice in writing about scientific and JOUR 232. Journalism Practicum (1-4) technical issues for multiple audiences. Emphasis on every semester developing effective writing and organizational skills Practical application of journalism principles and skills in and translating scientific information for a wide range semester-long projects, as well as various on- and off- of audiences. Similar in content to JOUR 123, but campus work experiences. Course is designed to provide should be taken instead by upperclassmen (3-4 cred- credit for supervised experience, particularly through its) and graduate students (3-4 credits). K. Friedman study abroad programs, that does not meet the more rig- (SS) 4 credits for upperclassmen and 3 for graduate orous, required internship. May be repeated for students maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: consent of JOUR 312. Advanced Science Writing (3-4) department chair. Lule (ND) Further practice, on individual basis, in science writing tech- JOUR 233. Public Relations Practicum (1-4) niques. Prerequisite: JOUR 123 or 311. S. Friedman (ND) every semester. JOUR 313. Special Topics in Science Practical application of public relations principles to vari- Communication (1-4) ous semester-long projects, including newsletter Research or writing involving a topic, medium or issue production, web-site maintenance, client services for The in science, environmental or technical communication Firm, program and special events development, and not covered in other courses. Prerequisite: Eight hours in planning and implementation of an annual spring con- science or environmental writing or consent of the ference. The amount of credit is negotiable with the department chair. S. Friedman (SS) instructor based on the extent and complexity of the JOUR 314. Technical Communication (3-4) summer projects undertaken. Senior public relations minors only. This online course covers basic tools needed to write Gorney (ND) about all kinds of science and technical information JOUR 240. Writing for Broadcasting (4) spring for academic papers, term papers, proposals, reports, Basic writing style for radio and television news, and theses and dissertations. Involves practice with feed- scripting newscasts in a variety of formats, including back on definitions, descriptions, cause-and-effect electronic news gathering and voice overs. Scripting relationships, process writing, concept maps, graphics, and storyboarding for commercials and public service classification, comparison and more. Taken by seniors announcements. A three-hour writing lab is included. for 4 credits and graduate students for 3 credits. K. A portion of the course is devoted to study and discus- Friedman (ND) sion of issues related to television news coverage. JOUR 320. Journalism Proseminar (3) spring Gorney (ND) Intensive research and writing on contemporary issues JOUR 242 Web Writing & Design (4) and problems facing the mass media; methods and This course examines the ways in which writing and approaches for studying the mass media; course culmi- design are influenced by online technology. Students will nates with a seminar thesis based on original and learn principles and practice of hypertext, Web writing comprehensive research. Prerequisite: nine hours in jour- and Web design and will plan and create Web sites that nalism, public relations or communication or consent of tell stories using the unique features of online technolo- the department chair. Lule (SS) gy. Prerequisites: JOUR 11 or JOUR 123 or JOUR 228. JOUR 323. (STS 323) Controversies (4) spring Olson (ND) Exploration of science, health and environmental con- JOUR 246. (IR 246) International troversies from the dual perspectives of scientific Communication (4) uncertainty and mass media coverage. Examines genet- Role of international news media in world affairs. Global ic engineering and biotechnology, environmental theories of the press; process and influence of U.S. health risks, and human behavior research. Includes reporting of international affairs; survey of global media discussion of ethical and social responsibilities and systems; global communication controversies. Lule (SS) interactions of scientists, journalists and the public. S. Friedman (SS) JOUR 306. Applied Public Relations (4) spring Study and application of crisis planning, management JOUR 324 (SSP 324). Health Communication and communication principles to problems faced by a and the Internet (4) spring variety of profit and non-profit organizations. Study This interdisciplinary class examines the role of the includes effective handling of the release of bad news, Internet in changing the way lay people, the mass media negative media coverage, and opposition; planning inter- and medical organizations think and behave regarding views, news briefings and news conferences. The class health and medical care. It explores the nature of tradition- works together outside of class to prepare written plans al and online health communication, and highlights online on how to respond to a simulated crisis at various stages health issues such as access, quality of information, eco- of escalation. The cases may be developed by the instruc- nomics, privacy, and ethics. S. Friedman and J. Lasker (SS) tor, or may involve participation in competitive JOUR 325. Special Topics in Public Relations programs sponsored by professional and academic public relations societies. Senior public relations minors only. (1-4) every semester Prerequisite: JOUR 127 and 229. Gorney (ND) Research and writing or performance involving a topic, medium or issue in public relations involving some 288 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

aspect of professional application or theory that expands The course examines critical thinking and how it relates on the body of knowledge or covers some material not to the communication process. The concepts of stigma covered in other courses. Prerequisite: Junior or senior and prejudice are examined in the context of interper- standing or consent of department chair. Gorney (ND) sonal communications. This is a first-year class, open to JOUR 327. (SPSY 327) Mass Communication and freshmen only. (ND) Society (4) COMM 130. Public Speaking (4) every semester A review of theories and research on the relationship of Applying the principles of public speaking to making mass communication to social processes. Intensive analy- informative and persuasive presentations effectively. sis of selected media products (e.g., TV news, dramas, Emphasis on speech composition and effective oral com- and sitcoms; films; print; music videos, etc.). munication skills. Ross (HU) Prerequisites: ANTH 1 or SSP 5 or SSP 21 or ANTH COMM 143. Persuasion and Influence (4) fall 11 or ANTH 12. Rosenwein (SS) The social, symbolic, and rhetorical means of persuasion JOUR 361. Internship (4) and how this persuasive influence is expressed in politics, Professionally supervised work on newspapers, maga- advertising, and the mass media. Course includes two zines, Web sites radio and television stations, or with group projects, a term paper, 3-4 brief synthesis papers public relations organizations. Some internships and a take-home final. Wills (SS) involve science writing. May be repeated for a maxi- COMM 144. Effective Interviewing (3) spring mum of eight credits. Prerequisite: Senior standing and Theory of effective interviewing; how to plan and struc- declared major in journalism or science writing. S. ture an interview outline; types of questions used in Friedman (ND) interviews; how to open, conduct and conclude an inter- JOUR 365. Advanced Research and Reporting (4) fall view. Special emphasis on the journalistic, employment Planning, researching and writing comprehensive news and broadcasting interview. Instructor will use role-play- projects; special attention paid to computer-assisted ing and videotaping. Students will prepare and conduct research, online resources, investigative techniques, inter- simulated interviews. Wills (ND) viewing skills, reporting on local, county, state and COMM 160. Public Speaking (for IBE Students) federal governments and courts; emphasis also given to (4) every semester organizing and writing in-depth articles. Prerequisites: Applying the principles of public speaking to making eight hours in journalism and senior standing or permis- informative and persuasive presentations effectively. sion of department chair. Lule, Trimble (ND) Emphasis on speech composition and effective oral com- JOUR 366. Online Journalism (4) spring munication skills. This class is limited to students in the The course examines the social, cultural, political, legal Integrated Business and Engineering Honors Program. and economic influence of online technology on journal- Ross (HU) ism and the role of journalism in society. Emphasizing COMM 252. Interpersonal Relationships: Private critical thinking and analysis, the course studies the ways in which digital technology has changed the way journal- and Public (4) ists research, write, edit and design. Prerequisite: JOUR In this class, we study theories about effective communi- 11 or JOUR 123, JOUR 122, or consent of department cation with other theories in personal, social and chair. Lule, Olson (ND) professional settings. Perceptions, self-disclosure, non- verbal cues, language, and listening are some of the JOUR 389. College Scholar Project (1-8) communication elements we identify and analyze in Opportunity for college scholars to pursue an extended films, role-plays, real-life observations, and a case study. project. May be repeated for credit. College-wide course Journal of observations, three short papers, choice of designation. Transcript will identify department in which project or term paper, and final essay exam. Wills (SS) project was completed. Prerequisite: consent of depart- ment chair. Staff (ND) COMM 325. Special Topics in Communication (1-4) Research and writing or performance involving a topic, JOUR 390. Honors Thesis (1-4) medium or issue in journalism, public relations, speech Directed undergraduate research thesis required of stu- or communication theory not covered in other courses. dents who apply for and qualify for graduation with Prerequisite: nine hours in journalism, public relations or departmental honors. Staff (ND) communication and consent of department chair. (SS) JOUR 391. Special Topics in Journalism (1-4) COMM 331. Business and Professional Speaking Directed research or writing involving a subject or issue (4) fall in journalism not covered in other courses. May be The principles of oral communication as applied to busi- repeated for credit. Prerequisite: 12 hours in journalism ness and professional situations. Professional or consent of the department chair. Staff (ND) presentations, small group interaction and interpersonal Communication Courses communication in the business setting. Prerequisite: jun- ior or senior standing. Ross (ND) COMM 65. Interpersonal Communication in a Changing World (3) every semester This course helps develop a better understanding of how Languages we communicate with others, verbally and non-verbally, Courses are listed alphabetically under Modern individually and in groups; and how communication Languages and Literature and Classical Studies. affects how we develop our own concept of who we are. Latin American Studies 289

Latin American Studies SPAN 321 Children and Adolescents in Contemporary The minor in Latin American studies represents an Spanish American Literature (4) opportunity to explore the language, literature, history, SPAN 322 The Short Novel in Contemporary cultures, and socioeconomic problems of our neigh- Spanish American Literature (4) bors to the south. It provides a perspective on the SPAN 323 Literature and Revolution in problems of other underdeveloped regions of the Contemporary Cuba (4) world, in contrast to most offerings in the humanities SPAN 325 Hispanic Literature of the and social sciences that usually focus on the main- United States (4) stream of western culture, notably the United States SPAN 342 The New Narrative in Spanish American and Western Europe. Literature (4) It is worth noting the importance of Latin American cul- SPAN 396 Andean Literature (4) tures in the future of the hemisphere. Latin America is the most rapidly growing part of the world, with a popu- lation of nearly 600 million, or twice that of Law Anglo-America. Several countries, especially Brazil and Professors. Perry A. Zirkel, J.D., LL.M. (Yale), Ph.D. Mexico, are undergoing rapid industrial expansion. (Connecticut), University Professor of Education and Consequently, besides the personal values to be derived Law; George A. Nation III, J.D. (Villanova). from this curriculum, there are business, governmental, Associate professor. Matthew A. Melone, J.D. and related career possibilities. (Pennsylvania), C.P.A. The minor program requires 15 to 16 credit hours, cho- Adjunct professors. Jeanne M. Liedtka, J.D. (Virginia); sen from economics, history, political science, Spanish, Patrick F. McCormick, J.D. (Ohio Northern); Jeffrey M. anthropology, and I.R. in discussion with the coordina- Miller, J.D. (John Marshall); Nancy Schneiderman, J.D. tor, Antonio Prieto, Modern Languages and Literature, (Harvard). Maginnes Hall. The following undergraduate law courses are offered Requirements (8 credits). through the Perella Department of Finance: A. History/Culture (4 credits). Undergraduate Courses Choose one of the following: HIST 49 History of Latin America (4) LAW 101. Introduction to Law (3) A study of the nature and function of law and the legal HIST 50 History of Latin America (4) system, the study of legal reasoning through the use of SPAN 152 The Cultural Evolution the case method. of Latin America (taught in Spanish) (4) LAW 111. Criminal Trials and Procedures (1) B. Language (4 credits). The course focuses on criminal law and procedure from actual indictment and/or arrest through and including Choose one of the following: the appellate procedure. Tactics and strategy within the SPAN 2 Elementary Spanish II (4) framework of the various steps of a typical criminal pro- SPAN 12 Intermediate Spanish II (4) ceeding are discussed. Guest speakers contribute to the Elective courses (7-8 credits) chosen from the fol- course which in the past included Philadelphia police lowing courses. inspectors talking about investigations and polygraphs; an FBI Agent on arrests and Miranda warnings; promi- No more than two courses may be taken in any one nent Philadelphia criminal and trial lawyers; probation department: officers and others. ANTH 178 Mesoamerican Archeology (3) Courses numbered 200 and above in the College of Business MLL 51 Contemporary Hispanic-American and Economics are open to sophomores only on petition. Literature (4) MLL 53 The Hispanic World and Its Culture (4) LAW 201. Legal Environment of Business (3) HIST 49-50 History of Latin America (4) The study of the legal relationships of business and gov- HIST 265 Mexico and the Caribbean (4) ernment, business and society and the individual and HIST 266 Argentina, Brazil and Chile (4) society. The case method is used to develop analytical skills. Introduction to contract law and the law of sales HIST 368 Seminar in Latin American History (4) underlying the free market system. Prerequisite: ECO 1 IR 177 International Relations in Latin America (4) LAW 202. Business Law (3) POLS 222 Politics of Developing Nations (4) The law of agency, business organizations, secured trans- POLS 235 Latin American Political Systems (4) actions, bankruptcy and negotiable instruments. POLS 236 U.S. Foreign Policy and Latin America (4) Prerequisite: LAW 201. POLS 237 Religion and Politics in LAW 371. Directed Readings (1-3) Latin America (4) Readings in various fields of law, designed for students SPAN 263 The Spanish American Short Story (4) who have a special interest in a field of law. SPAN 265 Spanish and Latin American Cinema (4) SPAN 320 Literature of the Spanish Caribbean (4) 06 courses.qxp 7/28/2005 3:13 PM Page 290

290 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

LAW 372. Special Topics (3) neering, finance, marketing, accounting, and industrial Special problems and issues in commercial law. psychology. Faculty advisors will tailor a program of Course descriptions for the College of Business and study, drawing upon advanced course work from across Economics graduate courses can be found in this section the university community. (Section V) under the heading of Business and Management Program and Courses Economics Graduate Courses. The Department of Management and Marketing offers an undergraduate management major. Majors will select Management either the Specialization (15 hours) or Interfunctional (18 hours) track shown below: Professors. Michael G. Kolchin, D.B.A. (Indiana) C.P.M. chair, department of management and marketing. Specialization (15 hours) Associate professors. Michael D. Santoro, Ph.D. At least two of the following: (Rutgers); Theodore W. Schlie, Ph.D. (Northwestern); MGT 302 Quantitative Models-Conceptual (3) Robert J. Trent, Ph.D. (Michigan State). SCM 309 Purchasing and Supply Management (3) Assistant professors. Robert C. Giambatista, Ph.D. MGT 311 LUMAC Management Assistance (Wisconsin); Ruihua Jiang, Ph.D. (Western Ontario); Counseling (3) Lucinda Lawson, Ph.D. (Texas A&M); Teresa McCarthy, MGT 321 Organizational Behavior Workshop (3) Ph.D. (Tennessee); Qingjiu Tao, Ph.D., (Pittsburgh). MGT 333 Personnel Management (3) Adjunct professor. Sandra Holsonbach, Ph.D. (Lehigh). Plus up to three of the following: Professor of practice. Dale F. Falcinelli, M.B.A. (Lehigh). ECO 234 Labor-Management Relations (3) Active emeriti. Richard W. Barsness, Ph.D. (Minnesota); ECO 235 Labor Economics (3) John W. Bonge, Ph.D. (Northwestern); Benjamin Litt, ACCT 324 Cost Accounting (3) Ph.D. (N.Y.U.). ECO 333 Managerial Economics (3) The Department of Management and Marketing offers ECO 352 Advanced Statistical Methods (3) an undergraduate management major. Majors may select ECO 357 Econometrics (3) either the Interfunctional Track (18 credit hours) or the FIN 328 Corporate Financial Policy (3) Specialization Track (15 credit hours). Both options MKT 319 New Product Planning (3) require an upper level course in both quantitative meth- MKT 321 Business to Business Marketing (3) ods and organizational behavior. Additional courses build IE 309 Introduction to Information Systems (3) on this foundation. The Management Major often IE 332 Quality Control (3) includes elective courses in industrial engineering, com- IE 334 Organizational Planning and Control (3) puter science and psychology, and care is taken to assure that students are well prepared to take selected specialized Courses will be selected in consultation with the faculty courses outside the College of Business and Economics. advisor to comprise one of the following specialization Faculty advisors collaborate with the individual student options: entrepreneurship, human resources management, to design a curriculum that best serves the student’s pro- materials management, and operations management. fessional interests. Interfunctional (18 hours) The Interfunctional Track affords the opportunity to required courses: study general business management by taking advanced MGT 302 Quantitative Models-Conceptual (3) courses in functional business areas. Students will take MGT 321 Organizational Behavior Workshop (3) cost accounting and corporate financial policy and ACCT 324 Cost Accounting (3) choose between a marketing course in either new product FIN 328 Corporate Financial Policy (3) planning or industrial marketing. The sixth course is an advanced course in either information systems or quality MKT 319 New Product Planning (3) or management. MKT 321 Business to Business Marketing (3) The Specialization Track offers four distinct professional Plus one of the following: study programs: entrepreneurship, human resources man- IE 309 Introduction to Information Systems (3) agement and supply chain management. The IE 332 Product Quality (3) entrepreneurship program is attractive to students IE 334 Organizational Planning and Control (3) intending to start their own businesses or whose families For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate own businesses. Human resources management prepares students for careers in personnel management or for Students graduate study in industrial relations or employee train- MGT 280. Management of People and ing and development. Supply chain management focuses Operations (4) on logistics and procurement. In addition to the upper A total quality management perspective of managing level courses in quantitative methods and organizational people and operations in today’s modern organizations. behavior, students electing any Specialization Track pro- Lectures, case studies, and exercises. Major project gram of study will choose one of the following advanced required. Prerequisite: junior standing in the College of courses: purchasing and supply chain management, field Business and Economics. study in small business management or personnel man- agement. The remaining two courses are chosen from among advanced courses in economics, industrial engi- Management 291

MGT 301. Business Management Policies (3) fall, MGT 372. Special Topics (1-3) spring Special problems and issues in management for which Case study of business problems and the formulation of no regularly scheduled course work exists. When offered policies, strategies and tactics to resolve those problems as group study, coverage varies according to interests of from the viewpoint of general management. Long-range instructor and students. Prerequisite: consent of the goal attainment, policy formulation, and administrative department chair. May be repeated. implementation for specific functional areas and the MGT 373. Management Internship (1-3) summer total firm. Includes a simulation. Prerequisite: senior A sponsoring faculty member shall direct readings, proj- standing in the College of Business and Economics, and ects, and other assignments including a comprehensive completion of the college core. final report in conjunction with an industry-sponsored MGT 302. Quantitative Models-Conceptual (3) internship. The work experience itself, whether paid or Quantitative methodologies and their use in business, unpaid, is not the basis for academic credit. Intellectual economics and related areas. Classical optimization tech- development in the context of a field study learning niques, mathematical programming, linear experience will be the determining factor in awarding programming, decision theory, game theory, simulation academic credit. This course cannot be used to satisfy and network models. Prerequisites: ECO 146, BIS 111. requirements of the Management major. Consent of department chair. Prerequisite: junior standing in the MGT 306. Entrepreneurship and Business Policy College of Business and Economics and Management (3) spring major declaration. Case study of problems in creating new ventures or man- aging family-owned businesses. Integrates knowledge Course descriptions for the College of Business and acquired in other courses and stresses development of Economics graduate courses can be found in this section strategic and administrative policies for particular func- (Section V) under the heading of Business and tions and the company as a whole. Prerequisites: senior Economics Graduate Courses. standing, completion of College of Business and Economics core, and MGT 311, as well as approval of Management Science the department chair. Students may not receive credit for both MGT 301 and 306. The management science program is directed toward integrating scientific methods with the functional aspects MGT 307. Business Communication Skills (3) of organizations by investigating the application of quan- Written and spoken communication through letters, titative methodology and systems analysis in the context memos, reports, and oral presentations. Formal and of decision making, risk analysis, economics and cost informal communication networks, and communication analysis, production management, and supply chain processes. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. logistics. This integration provides the students with a MGT 311. LUMAC Management Assistance broader perspective toward managerial decision-making Counseling (3) fall, spring in both private enterprise and public administration. A field studies course providing management assistance Mid-career professionals and recent graduates with a to small businesses in the Lehigh Valley. Students work background in engineering, mathematics, and physical in small groups under faculty supervision on a direct sciences who intend to seek managerial, consulting or basis with owners. Problem solving and experience in systems analyst positions are appropriate candidates. In applying marketing, accounting, finance, and/or man- particular, those candidates who intend to seek positions agement concepts to business. Prerequisites: junior demanding both technical and management skills find standing in the College of Business and Economics. the management science background advantageous in MGT 321. Organizational Behavior Workshop (3) dealing with the complex problems of industrial, com- mercial, and public service organizations. A workshop course examining individual behavior, inter- personal transactions and behavioral processes in small The Industrial and Systems Engineering Department work groups through motivational analysis, role-playing administers the management science program. To be nonverbal interactions, problem solving and group simu- admitted to the program a candidate must demonstrate lations. Prerequisites: MGT 280, permission of the basic competence in calculus, statistics, linear algebra, department chair. introductory operations research, accounting, produc- tion and economics. A candidate lacking a certain MGT 333. Personnel Management (3) background may be required to take background cours- Analysis and resolution of personnel problems in organi- es. The minimum program consists of 30 credit hours zations. Human resource planning, recruitment, of course work, of which at least 18 credit hours must selection, orientation, training, appraisal, compensation, be in the 400-level. The ISE graduate faculty coordina- and development. Lectures and cases. Prerequisite: MGT tor must approve all course work. Upon entering the 280. program, the student must declare an area of concentra- MGT 371. Directed Readings (1-3) tion listed as follows: Readings in various fields of management designed for • Operations Research the student who has a special interest in some field of • Decision and Risk Analysis management not covered by the regularly scheduled courses. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. • Economics and Cost Analysis May be repeated. • Production and Operations Management • Logistics and Supply Chain Management 292 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Each student is required to complete 15 credit hours of Management 342, 347, 410, 419, core courses, 12 credit hours of courses in the declared 424, 425, 442, 443,445, area of concentration, and 3-credit hours of approved 448, 449; GBUS 413, 450, free elective or completing a management science proj- 481, 483, 485, ECO 447, ect. No more than 9 credit hours may be taken from the MSE 438, 446 College of Business and Economics (e.g., including Logistics and Supply IE 309, 319, 341, 358, MKT, ECO, GBUS courses). Chain Management 408, 409, 412, 414, 416, Core Courses (at least 15 credit hours) 419, 425, 438, 442, 443, 458, MKT 321, 325, IE 328 Engineering Statistics (3), Prerequisite: GBUS 450, 481, Math 23 or equivalent ECO 416, 447, 460, 461 IE 358 Game Theory (3), Prerequisite: ECO *Daytime section only for students without work experience 105 or 115 and 119 and Math 21, 31 or 51 Approved Free Elective or Management Science IE 362 Logistics and Supply Chain Project (3 credit hours) Management (3), Prerequisite: IE 251 or equivalent Each student is to complete either an approved free elec- IE 404 Simulation (graduate version of tive relevant to the student’s career interest, or complete IE 305)(3), a project through IE 430 Management Science Project. Prerequisite: IE 121 and IE 220 A faculty member must supervise the project. IE 410 Design of Experiments (3), Prerequisite: IE 121 or equivalent Manufacturing Systems IE 426 Optimization Models and Applications Engineering (graduate version of IE 316) (3), Prerequisite: IE 220 or equivalent Program director. Keith M. Gardiner, Ph.D. IE 429 Stochastic Models and (Manchester, England), professor of industrial and sys- Applications(graduate tems engineering. version of IE 339) (3), Program faculty. John P. Coulter, Ph.D. (Delaware), Prerequisite: IE 220 or equivalent associate professor of mechanical engineering and IE 458 Topics in Game Theory (3), mechanics; Steven L. Goldman, Ph.D. (Boston), Andrew Prerequisite: 2 semesters of calculus, W. Mellon distinguished professor in the humanities; ECO 412 and ECO 414, Mikell P. Groover, Ph.D. (Lehigh), professor of industrial or permission of instructor and systems engineering; Parveen P. Gupta, Ph.D. (Penn MATH 334 Mathematical Statistics (3-4), State), associate professor of accounting; Joseph C. Prerequisite Hartman, Ph.D. (Georgia Institute of Technology), asso- MATH 231 or 309 ciate professor of industrial and systems engineering; Note: Students who satisfy one or more of the core Roger N. Nagel, Ph.D. (Maryland), Harvey Wagner requirements from previous coursework (e.g., IE Professor of manufacturing systems engineering; 305/404, 316/426, 339/429) may substitute the core Raymond Pearson, Ph.D. (U. Michigan), associate pro- requirement by taking additional courses from his/her fessor of materials science and engineering; Theodore declared area of concentration. Up to 9 credit hours may Schlie, Ph.D. (Northwestern), associate professor of be substituted. management of technology; Robert J. Trent, Ph.D. (Michigan State), associate professor of management. Areas of Concentration (at least 12 credit hours) The manufacturing systems engineering program devel- Each student must declare an area of concentration. No ops engineers who can design, install, operate, and more than 3 credit hours may be taken outside the modify systems involving materials, processes, equip- declared area of concentration. ment, facilities, logistics and people using leading edge Area Qualified Courses technologies. It integrates systems perspectives with Operations Research IE 406, 411, 412, 414, interdisciplinary course offerings from Lehigh’s colleges 416, 417, 418, 419, 439, of engineering and applied science, and business and ECO 402, 412, 423 economics. MATH 312, 338, 340 Complete requirements are listed under Interdisciplinary Decision and Risk Analysis IE 358,458, 409, 410, 416, Graduate Study and Research. 419, 439, 442, 446, 451, Graduate Courses MATH 312, 338, ECO 416, 423, 460, 461 MSE 362. (IE 362) Logistics and Supply Chain Economics and IE 358, 458, 413, GBUS Management (3) Cost Analysis 413, 414, 419*, 420*, 422, Modeling and analysis of supply chain design, opera- MATH 467, 468 tions, and management. Analytical framework for Production and logistics and supply chains, demand and supply plan- Operations IE 319, 324, 332, 340, ning, inventory control and warehouse management, 06 courses.qxp 7/28/2005 3:13 PM Page 293

Manufacturing Systems Engineering 293

transportation, logistics network design, supply chain MSE 446. International Supply Chain coordination, and financial factors. Students are expected Management (3) to complete industry case studies and a comprehensive Financial and managerial issues. Evaluation, selection, final project. Prerequisite: IE 220 and IE 251 or equiva- development and management of suppliers; business lents, or instructor approval. models, financial reporting strategies, earnings, quali- MSE 421. (GBUS 481) Technology, ty, risk assessment and internal control, team based Manufacturing & Competitive Strategy (3) new product development. Selected readings, case Interrelationships among advanced manufacturing man- studies, discussions, lectures, group projects, and pre- agement, technology and competitive strategy of the sentations. firm. Topics to include industry analysis and competi- MSE 451. Manufacturing Systems Engineering tiveness; competitive strategy formulation and Project (1-3) implementation; value chain analysis; manufacturing and technology strategy; manufacturing’s contribution to MSE 490. Manufacturing Systems Engineering competitive advantage in quality, cost, variety and new Thesis (1-6) product availability; segmentation and substitution; ver- MSE 496. Microelectronics Manufacturing tical integration. Systems & Technologies (3) MSE 423. Product Design/Analysis (3) Manufacturing engineering in electronics manufacture: Integrated approach to design and analysis of products crystal growth, doping, thin film deposition technologies and systems. Principles for robust design and use of and tooling, pattern generation techniques, contamina- computer-aided engineering to model, evaluate, and tion control, clean room practices, microelectronics enhance design. Case studies and design assignments are assembly and packaging. Examination of systems design major components of this course. and operation issues. MSE 427. (IE 443) Automation and Production Systems Marketing Principles and analysis of manual and automated pro- Professors. K. Sivakumar, Ph.D. (Syracuse), Arthur C. duction systems for discrete parts and products. Cellular Tauck Jr. Professor of International Marketing and manufacturing, flexible manufacturing systems, transfer Logistics. lines, manual and automated assembly systems, and quality control systems. Associate Professors. James M. Maskulka, D.B.A. (Kent State). MSE 431. Marketing & the Invention to Assistant Professors. Ravi Chitturi, Ph.D. (Texas); Innovation Process (3) Franklin Carter, Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon); Nevena Organizational issues and decision-making for capital Koukova, Ph.D. (Maryland). investments in new technologies. The commercializa- tion process is traced from research and development Instructors. Reetika Gupta, PGDPC (Mudra Institute of and marketing activities through the implementation Communications). phase involving the manufacturing function. Term Professor of Practice. Robert Kuchta, M.S. (New Jersey project is a commercialization plan for a new manufac- Institute of Technology). turing technology. Adjunct Professor. R. Gregory Surovcik, M.B.A. MSE 433. Technology and the Factory of the (Lehigh). Future (3) The field of marketing offers career opportunities for Engineering and technological issues affecting future students in business, economics, liberal arts, engineering, developments in manufacturing. Topics include flexible and the physical sciences. automation systems, integration of design and produc- Marketing is pervasive in our society and is a critical func- tion through the factory data network, intelligent tion in the promotion of world trade. Creativity and the machines, the man-machine interface, and the manufac- ability to conduct insightful analyses of competitive busi- turing management information system. ness situations are the hallmarks of a well-prepared MSE 438. Agile Organizations & Manufacturing student who can contribute to a prospective employer’s Systems (3) organization. Undergraduates and graduates have been Analysis of the factors contributing to the success of able to secure entry-level positions in a variety of market- manufacturing enterprises in an environment character- ing activities with firms in advertising and public ized by continuous and unpredictable change. relations, retail management, industrial sales and purchas- Fundamentals of lean production: aspects of systems ing, bank marketing, marketing research, and new design, value stream analysis, flow, set-up and cycle time product design. Combining the marketing curriculum reduction, kaizen, elimination of waste. Fundamentals of with related subjects in international relations, psychology agility: global enterprises, virtual organizations, adapting and sociology, engineering, and history can often strength- to change, mass customization, manufacturing flexibility, en a student’s capability to grow beyond his or her formal activity-based management. education period. Students are encouraged to explore the potential enhancement of their educational experience 294 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

through study abroad programs, internships with business, the applicability of marketing research principles for a and research projects with faculty members. wide variety of organizations and individuals in the global Participation in the Marketing Club student organiza- context, and ethical issues involved in marketing research. tion is an extracurricular activity that offers a Prerequisites: ECO 145 and MKT 211. professional orientation program and the enjoyment of MKT 313. Integrated Marketing socializing with other students from across the campus. Communications (3) The marketing major offered by the Department of Focuses on the wide range of areas included in market- Management and Marketing consists of 15 credit hours ing communications and the tools and techniques from the following courses: needed to create an integrated approach. Students are introduced to the broad spectrum of communication Required courses messages and the sources that produce them. Students MKT 311 Buyer Behavior (3) are required to develop and present an integrated mar- MKT 312 Marketing Research (3) keting communications plan. Prerequisite: MKT 211. MKT 387 Marketing Strategy (3) MKT 319. Development and Marketing of New Elective courses Products (3) Two courses (six credit hours) from the following: Focuses on the development and marketing of new prod- MKT 313 Integrated Marketing ucts and services. Topics covered include diffusion of Communications (3) innovations, new product adoption models, the role of MKT 319 Development and Marketing marketing research in various stages of new product of New Products (3) development and marketing. Prerequisite: MKT 211. MKT 320 Global Marketing Strategies (3) MKT 320. Global Marketing (3) MKT 321 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) Focuses on understanding the process of globalization MKT 325 Quantitative Marketing Analysis (3) and its impact on the firm’s marketing activities. Topics MKT 331 Electronic Commerce include changes in the global environment and their MKT 332 Sales Management (3) impact on marketing activities, development of global marketing strategies based on sound marketing research MKT 348 Management of Marketing Channels (3) and the role of technology in global marketing strategies. MKT 360 Marketing Practicum (3) Prerequisite: MKT 211. MKT 366 Marketing of Services (3) MKT 371 Directed Readings (1-3) MKT 321. Business-to-Business Marketing (3) MKT 372 Special Topics (1-3) Introduces students to the elements necessary to market a product, service, idea, event, organization, place, informa- Undergraduate Courses tion, property, experience, or personality to another business. MKT 211. Principles of Marketing (3) Students develop and present a complete, integrated busi- Overview of the entire marketing function. A broad- ness-to-business marketing plan. Prerequisite: MKT 211. based approach to expose students to the meaning of MKT 325 (ECO 325). Quantitative Marketing marketing, the terminology of marketing, the activities Analysis (3) involved in marketing, how managers make and imple- Explores economics and management science approaches to ment decisions in marketing, and how they evaluate the improve marketing decision making and marketing interac- results. The role of marketing in the broader society will tions in such areas as strategic marketing, e-marketing, also be discussed. Prerequisite: ECO 1. advertising, pricing, sales force management, sales promo- MKT 311. Buyer Behavior (3) tions, new products, and direct marketing. The Focuses on the theory and tools necessary to analyze and development, implementation, and use of quantitative understand consumers and organizational buyers, in the models are emphasized. Cases are used to illustrate how context of the global information age. Topics covered these models can be applied. Students have the opportunity include, but are not limited to, diffusion of innovations; to learn how to use and evaluate models through spread- market segmentation and product positioning; the mul- sheet-based assignments. Prerequisites: MKT 211, ECO tiattribute model and the theory of reasoned action; 145, ECO 146, and MATH 21, 31, 51 and 75 and 76. group and individual decision making processes of buy- MKT 331 (BIS 331). Electronic Commerce (3) ers; and buyer conditioning and learning processes. This course covers how business and consumers use the Lectures, cases and projects. Prerequisite: MKT 211. Internet to exchange information and complete transac- MKT 312. Marketing Research (3) tions. Both theoretical concepts and practical skills will A managerial approach toward conducting and using be addressed within the scope of the class. Topics include research for marketing decisions. Focus will be on the rel- advertising and marketing, ecommerce business and rev- evance and usefulness of systematic research for decision enue models, online consumer behavior, web site design making, the process and steps involved in conducting issues, Internet security, electronic payments, infrastruc- effective marketing research, analysis and interpretation of ture issues, privacy issues, and overall electronic the information for decision making, and the presenta- commerce strategy. Students will get hands-on experi- tion of research results to help managers arrive at sound ence designing ecommerce web-sites using web marketing decisions. Particular emphasis will be placed authoring software. Prerequisites: BIS 111. MKT 211 or on the context of technological advances in the collec- consent of the instructor. tion, dissemination, and use of marketing information, Marketing 295

MKT 332. Sales Management (3) MKT 371. Directed Readings (1-3) An integrative approach to sales management including Readings in various fields of marketing designed for the formulation of strategically sound sales programs, imple- student who has a special interest in some field of market- mentation of sales programs, and evaluation and control ing not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Prerequisite: of the organization’s sales activities. Topics include the consent of the department chair. May be repeated. role of the sales manager in the divergent demands of MKT 372. Special Topics (1-3) multiple constituencies; the development of effective Special problems and issues in marketing for which no sales organizations; motivating and compensating the regularly scheduled course work exists. When offered as sales force; forecasting sales costs and evaluating per- group study or internship, coverage will vary according to formance; and coordination of the sales activities with the interests of the instructor and students. Prerequisite: other elements in a firm’s marketing program. consent of the department chair. May be repeated. Prerequisite: MKT 211. MKT 373. Marketing Internship (1-3) summer MKT 348. Management of Marketing Channels (3) A sponsoring faculty member shall direct readings, proj- Economic, social, and structural aspects of channels will ects, and other assignments including a comprehensive be analyzed. Topics include how channel systems should final report in conjunction with an industry-sponsored be formed; an investigation of a variety of channel inter- internship. The work experience itself, whether paid or mediaries, including franchise systems, distributors, unpaid, is not the basis for academic credit. Intellectual retailers, intermediary “market makers”, and gray chan- development in the context of a field study learning experi- nels; the role of technology in channel relationships; the ence will be the determining factor in awarding academic interpersonal dimensions of channel relationship man- credit. This course cannot be used to satisfy requirements agement such as conflict management, minority issues, of the Marketing major. Prerequisite: consent of depart- and ethics. Prerequisite: MKT 211. ment chair and junior standing in the College of Business MKT 360. Marketing Practicum (3) and Economics and Marketing declaration. The marketing practicum combines formal classwork on MKT 387. Marketing Strategy (3) marketing problem formulation and business communi- Synthesizes the marketing principles introduced in other cations with an intensive internship or consulting marketing courses and provides students an integrative engagement with a business. Students work with client framework to marketing decision-making. Lectures and firms to develop individual or team projects, which focus cases. Prerequisite: MKT 311, 312 and senior standing. on marketing activities such as market research, strategy development, sales management, and promotion man- Course descriptions for the College of Business and agement. Upon completion of the project, students Economics graduate courses can be found in this section submit a written report and make a formal presentation (Section V) under the heading of Business and to clients. Prerequisites: MKT 211, MKT 311 and MKT Economics Graduate Courses. 312. Cannot be taken concurrently with MGT 311. MKT 366. Marketing of Services (3) Focuses on service quality issues and strategies from a customer-focused, business perspective. Gives students an appreciation of the challenges of marketing and man- aging services and develops strategies for addressing these challenges. Topics include service quality gap analysis; services triangle analysis; 7 p’s for services; service-profit chain; service encounter analysis; customer lifetime value analysis; new service development process; service quality dimensions; services guarantees; and demand/capacity management. Prerequisite: MKT 211. 296 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

entific and engineering principles to the development Materials Science and and use of materials in a technological society. Engineering B.S. in Materials Science and Professors. G. Slade Cargill, Ph.D. (Harvard), chair and Engineering Sherman Fairchild Professor; Charles E. Lyman, Ph.D. The undergraduate program is designed to train gradu- (M.I.T.), associate chair; Helen M. Chan, Ph.D. ates for research, development, operations, management, (Imperial College of Science and Technology, England), and sales careers in industry or for graduate study in var- New Jersey Zinc Professor; Alwyn Eades, Ph.D. ious specialties of the field, including the manufacture (Cambridge); Martin P. Harmer, Ph.D. (Leeds, and applications of metals, ceramics, polymers, compos- England), Alcoa Professor, director of Center for Advanced ites, and electronic materials. While some graduates go Materials and Nanotechnology; Himanshu Jain, ENGR. directly into materials-producing companies, many serve Sci. D. (Columbia), Diamond Chair; Chris Kiely, Ph.D. as engineers in the chemical, electrical, transportation, (Bristol); Arnold R. Marder, Ph.D. (Lehigh), R.D. Stout communications, space, and other industries. A number Professor; Raymond A. Pearson, Ph.D. (Michigan); of students pursue graduate study leading to careers in David B. Williams, Ph.D. (Cambridge), Harold research and teaching. Chambers Senior Professor, Vice Provost for Research. Materials Science and Engineering majors have opportu- Associate Professors. John N. DuPont, Ph.D. (Lehigh); nities to gain valuable experience in other, related fields, Wojciech Misiolek, Sc.D (U. of Mining and Metallurgy, including other areas of engineering or science, by Krakow, Poland), Loewy Chair; Jeffrey M. Rickman, choosing to concentrate elective courses in one of these Ph.D. (Carnegie-Mellon); Richard P. Vinci, Ph.D. areas. Requirements for adding a Minor include at least (Stanford). 15 course credits in that area, which may be taken as Assistant Professors. Audrey N. Soukhojak, Ph.D. technical or free electives in the student’s major. It is par- (M.I.T.). ticularly straightforward for students to obtain a minor Adjunct Professors. Walter L. Brown, Ph.D. (Harvard); in Chemical Engineering, in Manufacturing W. Thomas Chase, M.A. (New York University); Engineering, in Nanotechnology, or in Polymer Science Richard W. Hertzberg, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Michael R. and Engineering. Notis, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Charles V. Robino, Ph.D. Materials Science and Engineering majors can also par- (Lehigh); Walter J. Shakespeare, Ph.D. (Lehigh); S. ticipate in undergraduate research at universities in Great Kenneth Tarby, Ph.D. (Carnegie- Mellon); William H. Britain and elsewhere during the summer between Van Geertruyden, Ph.D. (Lehigh). Junior and Senior years. The Materials Science and Emeritus Professors. Betzalel Avitzur, Ph.D. (Michigan); Engineering Industrial Option program enables students Sidney R. Butler, Ph.D. (Penn State); Ye T. Chou, Ph.D. to gain work experience during the Senior Year. The (Carnegie Mellon); Richard W. Hertzberg, Ph.D. Materials Science and Engineering Research Option pro- (Lehigh); Ralph J. Jaccodine, Ph.D. (Notre Dame); gram provides senior undergraduates research experience Michael R. Notis, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Alan W. Pense, Ph.D. with Materials Science and Engineering professors and (Lehigh); Donald M. Smyth, Ph.D. (M.I.T); Leslie H. graduate students. Sperling, Ph.D. (Duke); Robert D. Stout, Ph.D. Five-year programs are available to broaden the Materials (Lehigh); S. Kenneth Tarby, Ph.D. (Carnegie-Mellon); Science and Engineering undergraduate experience. One David A. Thomas, Sc.D. (M.I.T.); John D. Wood, of these is the Arts-Engineering Program, in which stu- Ph.D. (Lehigh). dents can earn both the bachelor of science degree in Research engineers and scientists. David W. Ackland; Materials Science and Engineering and the bachelor of Arlan O. Benscoter. arts degree in some area within the College of Arts and Sciences, such as biology, physics, chemistry, or history. As science and technology advance in the 2000’s and Another is the B.S./M.Ed. Program, which leads (in five beyond, progress in many fields will depend on the dis- years of study and internships) to the B.S. degree in covery and development of new materials, processed in Materials Science and Engineering and a masters degree more complex ways, and with new kinds of properties. (M.Ed.) in Education, with elementary or secondary It is widely recognized that the progress of history has teacher certification. been divided into periods characterized by the materials that mankind has used, i.e., the stone age, the bronze Minor in Materials Science and age, the iron age. Today, materials science and engineer- Engineering ing is critical to all other fields of engineering, and The Department of Materials Science and Engineering advances in these other fields are often limited by offers minors to students majoring in other subjects. The advances in materials. Department is enthusiastic in its support of students Interest in new materials for solid-state devices, space who wish to broaden their education by taking a minor. technology, and superconductivity, as well as a better To obtain a minor in Materials Science and Engineering, understanding of the behavior of materials in the design a student must complete two required courses (MAT 10, of structures, automobiles and aircraft, plant processing 1 credit, and MAT 33, 3 credits) and four other three- equipment, electrical machinery, etc., have increased the credit courses for a total of 16 credit hours. The four need for people trained in science and technology of courses may be chosen from a long list of 200 and 300 materials. level courses relevant to various engineering disciplines. Education for this field of engineering requires basic studies in mathematics, chemistry, physics and mechan- ics, plus a general background in engineering principles, followed by intensive training in the application of sci- Materials Science and Engineering 297

Minor in Nanotechnology MAT 203 Structure and Characterization Materials for nanotechnology applications have new of Materials (3) properties unavailable in bulk materials. The synthesis, MAT 205 Thermodynamics and Phase Diagrams (3) processing, and characterization or these materials MAT 20 Computational Methods in Materials require a facility with concepts beyond those needed for Science (2) typical engineering materials. This minor requires MAT HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elect (4) 355 Materials for Nanotechnology (3 credits), a course junior year, first semester (18 credits) on crystallography and band theory, and additional elec- MAT 201 Physical Properties of Materials (3) tives for a total of 15 credits. MAT 216 Diffusion and Phase Transformations (3) Educational Mission MAT 218 Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) MAT 101 Professional Development (2) The Materials Science and Engineering undergraduate Elect. Elective (3) program’s mission is to provide its students an excellent HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elect (4) education in a scholarly environment, and to have its graduates acquire the knowledge and experience needed junior year, second semester (18 credits) to advance to successful careers and, where appropriate, ENGR 211 Integrated Product Development for graduate study, in materials-related fields. Projects I (3) MAT 204 Processing and Properties of Educational Objectives Polymeric Materials (3) The Materials Science and Engineering undergraduate pro- MAT 206 Processing and Properties of Metals (3) gram’s Educational Objectives are that graduates should MAT 214 Processing and Properties of Ceramic • have a firm base of knowledge in areas of mathemat- Materials (3) ics, physics, and chemistry relevant to materials MAT 210 Macro Materials Processing Lab (2) science and engineering, and be able to apply and MAT 226 Materials Selection in Design (1) extend this knowledge; HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elective (3) • understand relationships among materials structure, senior year, first semester (17-18 credits) properties, processing and performance for metals, ENGR 212 Integrated Product Development ceramics, polymers, composites, and electronic mate- Projects II (2) rials; be able to extend this knowledge; and be able to MAT 302 Electronic Properties of Materials (3) apply it in materials analysis, development, selection, ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) or and design; PHY 190 Electronics (3) or • be able to function effectively on problem-solving MAT 352 Electronics for Materials Science and teams and to coordinate and provide leadership for Engineering (3) teams, including multi-disciplinary teams; IE 328 Engineering Statistics (3) or • be knowledgeable and experienced in using basic lab- MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) oratory tools, computers, and databases for materials ENGR. Sci. Elect. Engineering Science Elective(3) analysis, development, and selection; HSS Humanities/Social Science Elective (3) • be able to define and solve materials-related problems, senior year, second semester (17 credits) including design problems, within economic, envi- MAT 338 Failure Analysis Reports (2) ronmental, and time deadline constraints; CHE 60 Unit Operations Survey (3) • develop skills in writing, speaking, reading, and lis- ENGR.SCI. Elect. Engineering Science Elective (3) tening needed to communicate logically and App. Elect. Approved Elective (3) effectively; Elect Elective (3) • understand and accept professional and ethical Elect Elective (3) responsibilities, including responsibilities for public Electives for the sophomore, junior and senior years safety and workplace safety; must be distributed as follows: • gain background in history, economics, world cul- Humanities and Social Sciences: 13-15 credit hours. tures, and current events to provide a realistic context Free Electives: 9 credit hours in any department. for their professional activities. Approved Elective (3 credit hours) and Engineering Science Electives (6 credit hours) must be selected from Major Requirements a specific list supplied by the Materials Science and The recommended sequence of courses is shown Engineering Department. The list includes the Industrial below. The standard freshman engineering year is Option and the Research Option. shown in section III. A total of 135 credits or more is Industrial Option required to graduate. MAT 327 Industrial Project (4) sophomore year, first semester (17 credits) MAT 329 Industrial Project (4) MATH 23 Analytic Geometry & Calculus III (4) PHY 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and Laboratory (5) Research Option ECO 1 Economics (4) MAT 240 Research Techniques (3) MAT 10 Materials Laboratory (1) MAT 291 Undergraduate Research (3) MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) The Industrial Option introduces students to the work sophomore year, second semester (18 credits) of materials engineers in industry. The emphasis is a MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) team approach to the solution of actual plant problems. MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) The courses are conducted in cooperation with local 298 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 industries. Three days per week are spent at the plant of MAT 203. Structure and Characterization of the cooperating industry on investigations of selected Materials (3) spring problems. The option is limited to a small group of sen- Atomic structure and types of bonding. Crystalline and iors, selected by the Department from those who apply. amorphous states. Crystal structures, and fundamental Summer employment is provided when possible for aspects of crystallography (space lattice, Miller indices, those who elect to initiate the program during the sum- symmetry elements). Crystal defects (point, line and pla- mer preceding the senior year. nar). Basic principles of structure determination by x-ray The Research Option is offered for students interested in diffraction. Microscopic techniques (light and electron research and development. Financial support may be optical), and their application to material characteriza- available for students who elect to initiate a research pro- tion. Prerequisites: CHEM 21; MAT 10 and MAT 33 gram during the summer preceding the senior year. The previously or concurrently. Eades option is limited to a small group of students, selected MAT 204. Processing and Properties of Polymeric by the Department from those who apply. Materials (3) spring Undergraduate Courses The structure-property relationships in polymers will be developed, emphasizing the glass transition, rubber elas- MAT 10. Materials Laboratory (1) fall ticity, crystallinity, and mechanical behavior. Elements of Introduction to experimental methods used to fabricate polymer processing. Extrusion of plastics and films, and and measure the structure and properties of materials. fiber spinning operations. Prerequisites: MAT 33. Pearson Thermal and mechanical processing and properties are emphasized. Specimen preparation and examination by MAT 205. Thermodynamics and Phase Diagrams light optical microscopy. Prerequisite: MAT 33 previous- (3) spring ly or concurrently. DuPont The three laws of thermodynamics. Gibbs free energy MAT 20. Computational Methods in Materials and thermodynamic basis for equilibrium. Solution ther- modynamics. Binary and ternary equilibrium phase Science (2) spring diagrams. Application of thermodynamics to materials The use of computers and computational methods to problems. Lectures and laboratories. Prerequisite: MATH solve problems in materials science and engineering. 23 and MAT 33, previously or concurrently. Vinci Students will employ both commercial packages and their own code in order to complete assignments. MAT 206. Processing and Properties of Metals Students will utilize word processing and display pack- (3) spring ages to present results of projects. Prerequisite: ENGR. 1 The production and purification of metals, their fabrica- or equivalent. Rickman tion, and control of their properties. Includes topics such MAT 33. Engineering Materials and Processes (3) as precipitation hardening, hot and cold working, and casting. Prerequisite: MAT 216, MAT 218. Marder fall-spring Application of physical and chemical principles to MAT 210. Macro Materials Processing Lab (2) understanding, selection, and fabrication of engineering spring materials. Materials considered include metals, polymers, Introduction to the practice of fabrication methods for ceramics, composites and electronic materials. Case stud- ceramics, metals and polymers. Includes topics such as ies of materials used range from transportation systems melt processing, deformation processing, gas-phase pro- to microelectronic devices. Kiely or Chan and Staff cessing, etc. Contains hands-on processing labs and a MAT 101. Professional Development (2) spring reverse engineering design project that allows students to examine a particular process in depth. Prerequisite: MAT Seminar on the role and purpose of engineering in socie- 204, 206, and 214 taken previously or concurrently. ty; the meaning of being a professional; engineering ethics, communications and decision-making in the MAT 214. Processing and Properties of Ceramic engineering process; expectations and problems of young Materials (3) spring engineers; personal goals; choosing a career. Required General overview of the compositions, properties and reading. Written reports based on library research. applications of ceramic materials. The theory and prac- Prerequisite: junior standing. Lyman tice of fabrication methods for ceramics and glasses. MAT 107. Special Topics in Materials (1-3) Methods of characterization. Selected properties of A study of selected topics in materials science and engi- ceramic materials. Prerequisites: MAT 33. Harmer neering not covered in other formal courses. MAT 216. Diffusion and Phase Transformations For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate (3) fall Fundamental diffusion equations; liquid-solid transfor- Students mations; solid-solid transformations; transformation MAT 201. Physical Properties of Materials (3) fall kinetics; metastable transformations; diffusionless trans- Basic concepts of modern physics and quantum mechan- formations; examples of various transformations in ics needed for an understanding of electrons in solids. different materials and their effect on properties. The experimental development leading to wave mechan- Prerequisites: MAT 203, MAT 205. DuPont ics is emphasized. Uses of the Schrodinger equation as MAT 218. Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) fall the basis for the free electron theory of metals and band Deformation and fracture behavior of materials. Elastic theory. Optical properties are developed leading to a dis- and plastic behavior, with emphasis on crystallographic cussion of lasers. Prerequisites: Phys 21, MAT 33, considerations. Strengthening mechanisms in solids. MATH 205. Jain Static and time-dependent fracture from microstructural and fracture mechanics viewpoints. Fatigue failure. Prerequisites: MECH 2, MAT 203. Vinci Materials Science and Engineering 299

MAT 221. (STS 221) Materials in the coatings, alloys, inhibitors, and passivators. Prerequisite: Development of Man (3) fall MAT 205, CHEM 187, or equivalent of either. Development of materials technology and engineering MAT 314. Metal Forming Processes (3) from the stone age to atomic age as an example of the Mechanical metallurgy and mechanics of metal forming interaction between technology and society. In-class processes. Yield criteria. Workability. Friction and lubri- demonstration laboratories on composition and structure cation. Engineering analysis of forging, extrusion, wire of materials. Term projects using archaeological materials and tube drawing, rolling, sheet forming and other and alloys. Course intended for, but not limited to, stu- processes. Recent developments in metal forming. dents in the humanities and secondary science Prerequisite: MAT 206 or consent of instructor. Misiolek education. Engineering students may not use this course for engineering science or technical elective credit. Notis MAT 315. Physical Properties of Structural and Electronic Ceramics (3) MAT 226. Materials Selection in Design (1) Structure-property relationships in ceramics. Mechanical spring behavior including plasticity, hardness, elasticity, strength Review of different classes of engineering materials and and toughening mechanisms. Thermal behavior includ- mechanical stress states experienced by structural compo- ing specific heat, thermal expansion, thermal conduction nents. Derivation of performance indices. Selection and and thermal shock. Electrical behavior including applica- design of materials based on materials selection charts tion of tensors and crystal physics to electroceramics. and performance indices. Application of materials selec- Prerequisites: MAT 214 or consent of instructor. Harmer tion concepts to ENGR 211 IPD #1 course. Prerequisites: MECH 2; MAT 33 or consent of instruc- MAT 317. Imperfections in Crystals (3) tor. DuPont The major types of crystal defects and their role in con- trolling the properties of materials. Point, line and planar MAT 240. Research Techniques (3) fall defects, their atomic configurations and experimental Study and application of research techniques in materials techniques to study their characteristics. Emphasis on science and engineering. Research opportunities, design the role of dislocations and grain boundaries in the con- of experimental programs, analysis of data, presentation trol of mechanical properties. Prerequisite: MAT 203 or of results. Selection of research topic and preparation consent of instructor. Rickman and defense of research proposal. Restricted to a small number of students selected by the department from MAT 319. Current Topics in Materials Science (3) those who apply. Selected topics of current interest in the field of materials engineering but not covered in the regular courses. May MAT 291. Undergraduate Research (3) spring be repeated for credit with consent of the department Application of research techniques to a project in materi- chair. Prerequisite: Consent of department chair. als science and engineering selected in consultation with the faculty. Normally preceded by MAT 240. MAT 320. Analytical Methods in Materials Science (3) MAT 302. Electronic Properties of Materials (3) fall Selected topics in modern analysis and their application The electronic structure of materials, i.e., band and zone to materials problems in such areas as thermodynamics, theory, is presented from a physical point of view. crystallography, deformation and fracture, diffusion. Electrical conductivity in metals, semiconductors, insula- Prerequisite: MATH 231 or 205. Rickman tors and superconductors is discussed. Simple semiconductor devices reviewed. Magnetic properties are MAT 327. Industrial Project (4) examined in the context of domain theory and applica- Restricted to a small group of seniors and graduate stu- tions are discussed. Optical and dielectric properties of dents selected by the department from those who apply. semiconductors and ferroelectrics are considered. Three full days per week are spent on development proj- Prerequisites: MAT 201, MAT 203. Eades ects at the plant of an area industry, under the direction of a plant engineer and with faculty supervision. Misiolek MAT 309. Composite Materials (3) The principles and technology of composite materials. MAT 329. Industrial Project (4) Processing, properties, and structural applications of To be taken concurrently with MAT 327. Course mate- composites, with emphasis on fiber-reinforced polymers. rial is the same as MAT 327. Misiolek Lectures and some field trips or laboratories. MAT 333. (EES 337, CHM 337) Crystallography Prerequisite: MAT 33 or equivalent, MECH 2. Pearson and Diffraction (3) MAT 310. Independent Study in Materials (1-3) Introduction to crystal symmetry, point groups, and Provides an opportunity for advanced, independent space groups. Emphasis on materials characterization by study of selected topics in materials science and engi- x-ray diffraction and electron diffraction. Specific topics neering not covered in other formal courses. include crystallographic notation, stereographic projec- MAT 312. (CHE 312, CHEM 312) Fundamentals tions, orientation of single crystal, textures, phase identification, quantitative analysis, stress measurement, of Corrosion (3) electron diffraction, ring and spot patterns, convergent Corrosion phenomena and definitions. Electrochemical beam electron diffraction (CBED), and space group aspects including reaction mechanisms, thermodynamics, determination. Applications in mineralogy, metallurgy, Pourbaix diagrams, kinetics of corrosion processes, polar- ceramics, microelectronics, polymers, and catalysts. ization, and passivity. Non-electrochemical corrosion Lectures and laboratory work. Prerequisites: MAT 203 or including mechanisms, theories, and quantitative EES 133 or senior standing in chemistry. Cargill descriptions of atmospheric corrosion. Corrosion of met- als under stress. Cathodic and anodic protection, 300 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

MAT 334. (EES 338, CHE 334) Electron MAT 346. Physical Metallurgy of Welding (3) Microscopy and Microanalysis (4) fall Operational characteristics of welding processes. Fundamentals and experimental methods in electron Application of solidification and solid state transforma- optical techniques including scanning electron tion theory to understanding microstructural microscopy (SEM), conventional transmission (TEM) development in welds, and influence of welding on and scanning transmission (STEM) electron microscopy. properties. Metallurgical defects in welds. Specific topics covered will include electron optics, elec- Computational techniques for predicting heat flow and tron beam interactions with solids, electron diffraction phase transformations in welds of complex engineering and chemical microanalysis. Applications to the study of alloys. Laboratory demonstrations. Prerequisites: MAT the structure of materials are given. Prerequisite: consent 216. DuPont of the department chair. Lyman and Kiely MAT 348. Materials Science for Electronic MAT 335. (CHE 335) Principles of Applications (3) Semiconductor Materials Processing (3) Materials technology for integrated circuit packaging sys- Description and analysis of the processing steps involved tems. Dielectric, thermal and mechanical considerations; in microelectronic material fabrication. Emphasis will be joining methods; resistor and ceramic capacitor materials placed on the chemistry of the fabrication steps, mathe- and incorporation of active devices into packaging sys- matical modeling of the transport and chemical reaction tems; multilayer package design and processing. phenomena, and interpretation of experimental methods Individualized semester project involving forensic exami- and data. Prerequisite: a course in thermodynamics and nation of failures using scanning electron microscopy senior standing. and microprobe analysis. Prerequisite: MAT 201, and MAT 33. MAT 338. Failure Analysis Reports (2) spring Application of chemical and mechanical failure concepts, MAT 352. Electronics for Materials Science and microstructural analysis, and fracture surface characteri- Engineering (3) fall zation to the analysis and prevention of engineering Properties and structures of electronic components component failures. Conduct laboratory investigations including resistors, capacitors, diodes and transistors, a.c. on component failures with written and oral presenta- and d.c. circuits, electronic laboratory instruments, cir- tions of the results. Prerequisites: Senior standing and cuit analysis and design. Two lectures and one three-hour MAT 204, MAT 206, MAT 210, MAT 214, and MAT laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MAT 302 taken previ- 302. Marder ously or concurrently. Cargill MAT 339 Light Metals (3) MAT 355. Materials for Nanotechnology (3) Designing mechanical properties of light metals such as An introduction to the nanoworld and how we observe aluminum, beryllium, magnesium and titanium through the nanoworld through transmission electron alloying and processing. In depth analysis of strengthen- microscopy. Other topics include: probing nanosurfaces, ing mechanisms and resulting physical properties. Review carbon as a nanomaterial, fullerenes, carbon nanotubes, of typical casting, deformation, powder metallurgy and metal clusters, metal nanoparticle preparation, and machining processes applied to these materials. Recent directed self-assembly of nanoparticles. Aslo discussed are commercial applications in the construction, packaging, the thermal, chemical, electronic, optical, and magnetic aerospace and automotive industries. Prerequisite: MAT properties of metal nanoparticles, nanowires, semicon- 206 or consent of the instructor. Misiolek ductor nanoparticles, and inorganic nanoparticles. Kiely MAT 342. Inorganic Glasses (3) spring MAT 356. Strategies for Nanocharacterization (3) Definition, formation and structure of glass; common Lectures describe various nanocharacterization tech- glass systems; manufacturing processes; optical, mechani- niques in terms of which technique is best for specific cal, electrical and dielectric properties; chemical measurements on nanostructures less than 100 nm in durability; glass fibers and glass ceramics. Lectures and extent. Special attention is paid to spatial resolution and laboratories. Prerequisite: MAT 33. Jain detection limits for SEM, TEM, X-ray analysis, diffrac- MAT 344. (IE 344) Metal Machining Analysis (3) tion analysis, ion beam techniques, surface techniques, AFM and other SPMs, and light microscopies and spec- spring troscopies. Eades and Lyman Intensive study of metal cutting emphasizing forces, energy, temperature, tool materials, tool life, and surface MAT 359. Thin Film Processing and Mechanical integrity. Abrasive processes. Laboratory and project Behavior (3) work. Prerequisite: IE 115 or ME 240 or MAT 206. Metallic, ceramic and glassy films, with thickness less Misiolek than approximately 1 µm, formed by gas phase deposi- MAT 345 Powder Metallurgy (3) tion. Thin film applications, vacuum fundamentals, Metal powder fabrication and characterization methods. PVD and CVD, models for general thin film growth, Powder processing including powder compaction, theory epitaxial growth, sources of stress, deformation mecha- of compacting, press and die design, sintering, and hot nisms, and mechanical characterization techniques such consolidation. Microstructure and properties of sintered as substrate curvature and nanoindentation. Prerequisite: materials and their relationship to processing conditions. MAT 33. Also recommended, but not required, is some Industrial applications. Emerging powder metallurgy experience with mechanics of materials. Vinci technologies. Prerequisite: MAT 206 or consent of instructor. Misiolek Materials Science and Engineering 301

MAT 367. (CHE 367) Metal Films and Coatings: electrical engineering, and physics. The Polymer Science Processing, Structure, and Properties (3) and Engineering Program offers interdisciplinary M.S. Focus will be on the processing, structure, and properties and Ph.D. degrees through several departments, includ- of metal films and coatings. Processing methods will ing Materials Science and Engineering. The program include evaporation, sputtering, chemical vapor deposition includes courses in materials, chemical engineering, (CVD), plasma-assisted CVD, ion implantation, elec- chemistry, physics, and mechanical engineering. The trodeposition, metal bath solidification, weld overlay, MBA&E is an interdisciplinary degree program in busi- thermal spraying, and diffusion. Characterization of thin ness and engineering designed primarily for students films and coatings will be done with the use of sophisticat- with an undergraduate degree in engineering and two ed analytical instrumentation, including spectroscopic years or more of relevant work experience. The curricu- methods, microscopy and diffraction techniques. lum consists of an MBA core and electives (23 credits) Characterization methods are explored in conjunction and engineering core and electives (18 credits), plus with processing techniques and film/coating properties via other electives and a project which integrates business class assignments that are designed to introduce students and engineering (4 credits). Students wishing to have the to the archival scientific literature. Prerequisite: Senior engineering core in Materials Science and Engineering standing in Chemical Engineering or Materials Science may enter this program through the Materials Science and Engineering, or permission of the instructor(s). and Engineering Department. MAT 388. (CHE 388, CHM 388) Polymer Special Programs and Opportunities Synthesis and Characterization Laboratory (3) The department has established specific recommended spring programs for the M.S., the M.Eng., and the Ph.D., Techniques include: free radical and condensation poly- emphasizing the following areas: metals processing and merization; molecular weight distribution by gel performance, ceramics and glass processing and proper- chromatography; crystallinity and order by differential ties, electronic and photonic materials and packaging, scanning calorimetry; pyrolysis and gas chromatography; electron microscopy and microstructural characteriza- dynamic mechanical and dielectric behavior; morpholo- tion, and archaeometallurgy. gy and microscopy; surface properties. Prerequisite: These programs are flexible and often interdisciplinary. Senior level standing in chemical engineering, chemistry, Advanced level courses can be rescheduled to be held or materials science and engineering, or permission of first thing in the morning or late in the day, when off- the instructor. campus students register. MAT 393. (CHE 393, CHM 393) Physical Major Requirements Polymer Science (3) The requirements are explained in section IV. A candi- Structural and physical aspects of polymers (organic, date for the M.S. completes a thesis, unless fully funded inorganic, natural). Molecular and atomic basis for poly- by industry, in which case a thesis is not required. M.S. mer properties and behavior. Characteristics of glassy, thesis research normally represents six of the 30 semester crystalline states (including viscoelastic and relaxation hours required for this degree. Candidates for the behavior) for single-/ and multi-component systems. M.Eng. complete a three-credit engineering project. Thermodynamics and kinetics of transition phenomena. Structure, morphology and behavior. Prerequisite: Senior A candidate for the Ph.D. prepares a preliminary pro- level standing in Chemical Engineering, Chemistry, or gram of courses and research, providing for specialization Materials Science and Engineering, or permission of the in some field (largely through research) in consultation instructor. Sperling with the adviser. Prior to formal establishment of the doc- toral program by the special committee and its approval MAT 396. (CHEM 396) Chemistry of by the college, the student passes a qualifying examina- Nonmetallic Solids (3) tion that must be taken in the first or second year of Chemistry of ionic and electronic defects in nonmetallic doctoral work. The department does not require a foreign solids and their influence on chemical and physical prop- language. It does require preparation and defense of a erties. Intrinsic and impurity-controlled defects, research proposal as a portion of the general examination. nonstoichiometric compounds, defect interactions. Of the courses listed above only those in the 300 Properties to be discussed include: diffusion, sintering, series are available for graduate credit. There are many ionic and electronic conductivity, solid-state reactions, additional offerings in materials under the listings of and photoconductivity. Prerequisite: CHEM 187 or other departments. MAT 205 or equivalent. Most graduate students receive some form of financial For Graduate Students aid. Several kinds of fellowships and assistantships are The department offers graduate degrees in Materials available. This type of aid generally provides for tuition, Science and Engineering at both masters (M.S. and M. and a stipend. For details of graduate scholarships, fel- Eng.) and doctoral levels (Ph.D.). Specialized masters lowships and assistantships, please refer to section IV. degree programs are also available, in Photonics, in Research Activities Polymers, and in Business Administration and Engineering (MBA&E). The M.S. Degree in Photonics Graduate students conduct their research in facilities is an interdisciplinary degree for broad training in such located in the Department or the Center for Advanced topics as fiber optics, lightwave communications, and Materials and Nanotechnology, or other centers and optical materials, to prepare students for work in indus- institutes. The following list describes current Materials try or for further graduate research at the Ph.D. level. Science and Engineering research activities: The program requires a total of 30 credits of graduate Metals Processing and Performance: joining of metals work, including a 15-credit core of courses in materials, and alloys, laser engineered net shaping, solidification 302 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 modeling, corrosion and coatings, deformation process- MAT 408. Transformations (3) fall ing, grain boundary cohesion, bulk metallic glasses. The thermodynamic, kinetic and phenomenological Ceramics and Glass Processing and Properties: funda- aspects of a wide spectrum of solid-state phase transfor- mental studies of sintering and grain growth, novel mations. Theories of nucleation, growth and coarsening reaction-based processing for bulk and thin film ceram- of second-phase precipitates. Application of the theories ics, microstructure and properties of oxides for to continuous and discontinuous reactions, massive, environmental coatings, growth of single crystal piezo- martensitic and bainitic transformations in metals. electric ceramics, creep and grain boundary chemistry of Transformations in nonmetallics. Prerequisite: MAT 205 alumina, dielectric and electrical properties of glasses, and 216 or equivalent. Marder corrosion of glass. MAT 409. Current Topics in Materials (3) Electronic and Photonic Materials and Packaging: elec- Recent practical and theoretical developments in materi- tromigration, degradation processes in light-emitting als. This course may be repeated for credit if new semiconductors, mechanical behavior of thin metal material is covered. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- films, reliability of MEMS materials, processing and per- ment chair. formance of advanced solder alloys, polymer packaging MAT 410. Physical Chemistry of Metals (3) materials, glass nanostructure and chemistry, glasses for Discussions of reactions involving gases and reactions nonlinear optical applications, transparent glass-ceramics, involving pure condensed phases and a gaseous phase. photoinduced phenomena. Ellingham diagrams and equilibria in metal-oxygen-car- Microstructural Characterization: transmission electron bon systems. Consideration of the behavior of solutions microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, nanoscale and methods for determining thermodynamic properties compositional mapping, cathodoluminescence of solutions by experimentation and computation. microscopy and spectroscopy, x-ray microbeam diffrac- Prerequisite: MAT 205 or equivalent. tion and fluorescence, x-ray microanalysis, electron-loss MAT 411. Modern Joining Methods (3) spectrometry, extended x-ray absorption and electron The foundations upon which the joining processes rest; energy loss fine structure (EXAFS and EXELFS). the present limitations of the various processes; the Archaeometallurgy: reconstruction of ancient smelting trends in new developments; the engineering and struc- and fabrication processes, artifact analysis using modern tural aspects of joining. Prerequisite: MAT 216 and 218 analytical methods, history of materials. or equivalent. Graduate-Level Courses MAT 412. Magnetic Properties of Materials (3) MAT 401. Thermodynamics and Kinetics (3) fall Fundamental concepts of magnetism and magnetic proper- Integrated treatment of the fundamentals of thermody- ties of ferro- and ferrimagnetic materials. Metallic and namics, diffusion and kinetics, as related to materials nonmetallic materials. Current application areas considered processes. Laws of thermodynamics, conditions of equi- as examples. Prerequisite: Phys 31 or 363 or equivalent. librium thermodynamics of phase transitions, diffusion MAT 413. Formability of Metals (3) in multicomponent systems, and kinetics of phase trans- Formability concept. Analysis of the microstructure formations. DuPont and Eades response to deformation processing parameters including MAT 403. Structure and Properties (3) spring state of stress, state of strain, stain rate, temperature, and The underlying principles of the structure of materials friction. Analysis of formability in metal forming and relationship to properties. Crystal structures and processes. Defects. Seminar/discussion format. properties, point, line and planar defects and properties, Prerequisite: MAT 314 or consent of instructor. Misiolek and non-crystalline structure including covalent-ionic, MAT 415. Mechanical Behavior of Ceramic Solids (3) metallic and polymeric glasses and properties. Jain Strength, elasticity, creep, thermal stress fracture, hard- MAT 405. Mathematical Methods in Materials ness, abrasion and high-temperature deformation characteristics of single- and multi-component brittle Science and Engineering (3) fall ceramic solids. Statistical theories of strength, static and Mathematical and computational skills required for an cyclic fatigue, crack propagation, fracture toughness. understanding of materials science principles. The topics Correlation of mechanical behavior, microstructure, and to be discussed include vector and tensor calculus, with processing parameters. Prerequisite: MAT 218 or consent applications to crystallography and materials properties, of the department chair. solution of differential equations, emphasizing rate equa- tions and the diffusion equation, integral transforms for MAT 416. Atom Movements (3) solving differential equations and computation of scatter- Phenomenological and atomistic development of the ing intensities, statistics and experimental design, and laws of diffusion and their solution. Influence of gradi- numerical methods and computer simulation. Cargill ents of concentration, potential, temperature and and Rickman pressure. Effects of structural defects on diffusion in metals and nonmetals. Prerequisite: MATH 23 and MAT 406. Solidification (3) MAT 205 or the equivalent. Structure, theory and properties of liquids. Homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation theory and MAT 417. Deformation and Strength of Solids (3) experimental results. Solidification phenomena in pure, Topics related to deformation of solids including creep, single and multiphase materials including the nature of strengthening mechanisms, annealing of deformed solids, the freezing interface, segregation, constitutional super- preferred orientation. Primary emphasis is on crystalline cooling, dendritic growth, crystallographic effects, the materials. May be repeated for credit if different material origin of defects, crystal growing, zone processes. is covered. Prerequisite: MAT 218 or equivalent. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. DuPont Materials Science and Engineering 303

MAT 418. Fatigue and Fracture of Engineering MAT 430. Glass Science (3) Materials (3) Definition and formation of glass. Structure of common Application of fracture mechanics concepts to the fatigue inorganic (including metallic) and polymeric glass sys- and fracture of crystalline and amorphous solids. tems. Methods of glass making. Phase separation of Fracture control design philosophies. Metallurgical devitrification. Physical properties including diffusion, aspects of fracture toughness and embrittlement suscepti- electrical conductivity, chemical durability, and optical bility. Environment-enhanced cracking. Fatigue crack and mechanical properties. Special products including propagation in metals and polymers. Electron fractogra- glass ceramics, optical fibers, photosensitive glasses, etc. phy. Failure analysis case histories. Prerequisite: MAT Visit to a glass manufacturing plant may also be includ- 218 or equivalent. ed. Prerequisite: MAT 315 or equivalent. Jain MAT 419. Advanced Physical Metallurgy (3) MAT 431. Sintering Theory and Practice (3) Application of physical metallurgy principles to materials Science and technology of the sintering of solid-state systems. Transformation structures and the influence of materials. Driving force and variables. Critical review of morphology on properties. Alloy design and heat treat- the sintering models. Coverage of single phase, multi- ment for improved strength, toughness, creep, corrosion phase and composite systems. Special sintering resistance, electrical and magnetic properties. techniques such as fast firing, rate controlled sintering, Prerequisite: MAT 325 or equivalent. Marder hot pressing and transient second-phase sintering. Sintering of specific ceramic and metal systems. MAT 421. Fracture Analysis (3) Prerequisite: MAT 214 or equivalent. Harmer Application of fracture mechanics concepts, microstruc- tural analysis, and fracture surface characterization to the MAT 432. Theories of Silicon Oxidation (3) analysis and prevention of engineering component fail- A critical review is given of advanced theories of silicon ures. Extensive use of case histories. Introduction to legal oxidation. Present accepted theory (Deal-Grove) is inad- aspects of product liability. Prerequisite: MAT 218 or equate for explaining thin (state-of-the-art) oxides. MECH 313 or equivalent. Course will consider most recent approaches to theory of thin gate insulators. It will also include new experimental MAT 423. Advanced Transmission Electron approaches that use “impurity gaseous doping” and halo- Microscopy (4) gen additions. The theory and practice of operation of the transmission and scanning transmission electron microscope. MAT 435 Photonic Materials (3) Techniques covered include bright field, high resolution Scope of photonics, especially in communications. and weak-beam dark field, lattice imaging, diffraction Characteristics of light. Optical properties of metals, pattern indexing and Kikuchi line analysis. The theory of semiconductors and insulators. Nonlinear optical proper- diffraction contrast is applied to the interpretation of ties. Materials for fibers, lasers, detectors, modulators, electron micrographs. Specimen preparation techniques. amplifiers and other components. Prerequisites: MAT Prerequisite: MAT 334 or equivalent. Lyman, Eades 302 or consent of instructor. Jain MAT 425. Topics in Materials Processing (3) MAT 437. (MECH 437) Dislocations and Topics such as: ceramics, metal, and polymer synthesis Strength in Crystals (3) and compaction phenomena. Theories of sintering and Theory and application of dislocations. Geometrical grain growth. Physical behavior of sintered compacts. interpretation; elastic properties; force on a dislocation; Techniques of fiber and crystal growth. Vapor deposition dislocation interactions and reactions; multiplication. and ultra-high-purity materials preparation. Desirable Dislocations in crystal structures. Selected topics in preparation: MAT 204 or 206 or 214, and MAT 218. strengthening, plastic flow, creep, fatigue and fracture are Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. discussed. Prerequisite: MATH 205 or 231, or MAT 320; MAT 317, or consent of the department chair. Wei MAT 427. Advanced Scanning Electron Microscopy (4) MAT 443. (CHEM 443) Solid-State Chemistry (3) The theory and practice of operation of the scanning Crystal structure, diffraction in crystals and on surfaces, electron microscope and electron microprobe. bonding and energy spectra in solids, dielectrics, surface Techniques covered will include high-resolution scan- states and surface fields in crystals. Prerequisites: one ning, quantitative electron probe microanalysis. Electron course in linear algebra and one course in quantum beam sample interactions, X-ray spectrometry, and elec- mechanics. Klier tron optics will be discussed in detail. Prerequisite: MAT MAT 455. Materials for Nanotechnology (3) 334 or equivalent. Lyman, Eades An introduction to the nanoworld and how we observe MAT 429. Dielectric and Electrical Properties of the nanoworld through transmission electron Ceramics (3) microscopy. Other topics include: probing nanosurfaces, Basic concepts of dielectric and electrical phenomena in carbon as a nanomaterial, fullerenes, carbon nanotubes, ceramics including dielectric loss, dielectric breakdown, metal clusters, metal nanoparticle preparation, and ferroelectricity, piezoelectricity, mixed conduction, and directed self-assembly of nanoparticles. Also discussed are interfacial effects. Physical and materials aspects of tech- the thermal, chemical, electronic, optical, and magnetic nologically important ceramics such as thermistors, properties of metal nanoparticles, nanowires, semicon- varistors, boundary layer capacitors, solid electrolytes, gas ductor nanoparticles, and inorganic nanoparticles. Kiely sensors, glasses, etc. Prerequisite: MAT 201 or equiva- lent. Jain 304 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

MAT 456. Strategies for Nanocharacterization (3) Associate professors. Bruce A. Dodson, Ph.D. (S.U.N.Y. Lectures describe various nanocharacterization tech- at Stony Brook); Garth Isaak, Ph.D. (Rutgers); David L. niques in terms of which technique is best for specific Johnson, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); Terrence Napier, Ph.D. measurements on nanostructures less than 100 nm in (Chicago); Clifford S. Queen, Ph.D. (Ohio State); Susan extent. Special attention is paid to spatial resolution and Szczepanski, Ph.D. (Rutgers); Ramamirthan detection limits for SEM, TEM, X-ray analysis, diffrac- Venkataraman, Ph.D. (Brown). tion analysis, ion beam techniques, surface techniques, Assistant professors. Gautam Chinta, Ph.D. AFM and other SPMs, and light microscopies and spec- (Columbia); Xiaofeng Sun, Ph.D. (Stanford); Linghai troscopies. Eades and Lyman Zhang, Ph.D. (Ohio State). MAT 458. Materials Design (3) Adjunct professor. Howard Fegan, Ph.D. (Oxford). Analysis of design requirements for materials compo- Visiting assistant professors. Gabriele La Nave, Ph.D. nents. Selection of materials and processes. Study of (Brandeis); Tao Li, Ph.D. (McMaster); Dmitry failures in process and service and application of recent Ostrovsky, Ph.D. (Yale); Ping-Shi Wu, Ph.D. (Davis). metallurgical and materials engineering knowledge for improved design. Solution and discussion of industrial Mathematics is a subject of great intrinsic power and problems, and outline of experimental approach. beauty. It is the universal language of science, and is Prerequisite: consent of the chair. essential for a clear and complete understanding of virtu- ally all phenomena. Mathematical training prepares a MAT 460. Engineering Project (1-3) student to express and analyze problems and relation- In-depth study of a problem in the area of materials ships in a logical manner in a wide variety of disciplines engineering or design. The study is to lead to specific including the physical, engineering, social, biological, conclusions and be embodied in a written report. and medical sciences, business, and pure mathematics Intended for candidates for the M.Eng. May be repeated itself. This is a principal reason behind the perpetual for a total of three credit hours. need and demand for mathematicians in education, MAT 461. Advanced Materials Research research centers, government, and industry. Techniques (3) The department offers three major programs leading to Study of the theory and application of selected advanced the degrees of bachelor of arts in mathematics, bachelor techniques for investigating the structure and properties of science in mathematics (with a general mathematics of materials. May be repeated for credit with the and an applied mathematics option), and bachelor of sci- approval of the department chair. ence in statistics. It also offers several minor programs MAT 482. (CHM 482, CHE 482) Engineering for undergraduates. Behavior of Polymers (3) spring At the graduate level, it offers programs leading to the A treatment of the mechanical behavior of polymers. degrees of master of science in mathematics, master of Characterization of experimentally observed viscoelastic science in applied mathematics, master of science in sta- response of polymeric solids with the aid of mechanical tistics, doctor of philosophy in mathematics, and doctor model analogs. Topics include time-temperature super- of philosophy in applied mathematics. position, experimental characterization of large The Division of Applied Mathematics and Statistics is a deformation and fracture processes, polymer adhesion, part of the Department of Mathematics. and the effects of fillers, plasticizers, moisture and aging on mechanical behavior. Pearson Calculus Sequences Many degree programs throughout the university include MAT 485. (CHM 485, CHE 485) Polymer Blends a mathematics requirement consisting of a sequence in and Composites (3) fall calculus. The Department of Mathematics offers three Synthesis, morphology, and mechanical behavior of poly- calculus sequences: MATH 21, 22, 23; MATH 31, 32, mer blends and composites. Mechanical blends, block 33; MATH 51, 52. and graft copolymers, interpenetrating polymer networks, polymer impregnated concrete, and fiber and particulate The MATH 21, 22, 23 sequence is a systematic devel- reinforced polymers are emphasized. Prerequisite: any opment of calculus. Most students of mathematics, introductory polymer course or equivalent. Sperling science, engineering, and business will take some or all of this sequence. MAT 490. Thesis. (1-6) As an honors sequence, the MATH 31, 32, 33 sequence MAT 499. Dissertation (1-15) covers essentially the same material but in greater depth and with more attention to rigor and proof. This sequence should be considered by students who have Mathematics demonstrated exceptional ability in mathematics. Professors. Huai-Dong Cao, Ph.D. (Princeton), A. Students who are contemplating a major in mathematics Everett Pitcher Professor; Donald M. Davis, Ph.D. are strongly encouraged to consider this sequence. (Stanford); Vladimir Dobric, Ph.D. (Zagreb, Croatia); The MATH 51, 52 sequence is a survey of calculus. This Bennett Eisenberg, Ph.D. (M.I.T); Wei-Min Huang, sequence is not sufficient preparation for most subse- Ph.D. (Rochester); Samir A. Khabbaz, Ph.D. (Kansas); quent mathematics courses. Students contemplating Jerry P. King, Ph.D. (Kentucky); Eric P. Salathe, Ph.D. further study in mathematics should consider MATH (Brown), director of the Institute for Biomedical 21, 22 instead. Engineering and Mathematical Biology; Lee J. Stanley, MATH 75, 76 is a two-semester sequence that substi- Ph.D. (Berkeley); Steven H. Weintraub, Ph.D. tutes for MATH 21, covering the same material but at a (Princeton), chair; Joseph E. Yukich, Ph.D. (M.I.T.). slower pace. Mathematics 305

The MATH 31, 32, 33 sequence will be accepted in Major Requirements (10 credits) place of the other two sequences. MATH 21, 22 will be Algebra (4 cr) MATH 243 accepted in place of MATH 51, 52. Credit will be Electives (6 cr) Two courses (at least awarded for only one course in each of the following 6 credits) at or above groups: 21, 31, and 51; 22, 32, and 52; 23 and 33. If the 200 level chosen two courses in the same group are taken, credit will be in consultation with awarded for the more advanced course; 3x is the most the major advisor. advanced, while 5x is the least advanced. At most one course may be taken out Undergraduate Degree Programs side the department. The Department of Mathematics offers degree programs General Electives (41-47 credits) Chosen in in Mathematics and Statistics. These programs have the consultation with flexibility and versatility needed to prepare students for a faculty advisor. wide variety of careers in government, industry, research This program requires a total of 121 credit hours. and education. A student must achieve an average of 2.0 or higher in Students in the degree programs in mathematics must major courses. satisfy three types of requirements beyond those required by the college: Core Mathematics Requirements, Major BS in Mathematics Requirements and General Electives. The Core The BS in Mathematics program provides a more exten- Mathematics Requirement ensures a common core of sive and intensive study of mathematics and its knowledge appropriate for students in each program. applications. Students can pursue the General The Major Program Electives consist of courses with spe- Mathematics Option or the Applied Mathematics Option. cific mathematical or statistical content chosen by the These programs are especially recommended for students student in consultation with the major advisor to com- intending to pursue advanced study in mathematics or plement the student’s interest and career aspirations. applied mathematics. The General Mathematics Option is With these further breadth and greater depth of knowl- recommended for students who wish to pursue mathemat- edge are achieved. The General Electives consist of ics either by itself or in combination with a related field additional courses chosen from among those offered by (e.g., physics, computer science or economics). The the university faculty. Students can use these electives to Applied Mathematics Option provides a broad back- pursue interests beyond the major, or may use these to ground in the major areas of applicable mathematics. expand upon the basic requirements of the degree pro- gram. Students are strongly encouraged to use some of General Mathematics Option these electives to earn a minor in another discipline. Requirements: College Distribution Requirements (32-35 credits) Students in the degree program in statistics must satisfy four types of requirements beyond those required by the Core Mathematics Requirements (32-34 credits) college: Required Major Courses, Major Electives, Calculus (12 cr) MATH 21, 22, or Professional Electives and Free Electives. MATH 31, 32, 33 Introductory Seminar (3 cr) MATH 163 Each student is provided a faculty advisor to guide an Statistics/Probability (3 cr) MATH 231 or individual program and supervise the selection of electives. MATH 309 B.A. in Mathematics Linear Algebra (4 cr) MATH 242 The B.A. program in mathematics emphasizes funda- Differential Equations (3-4 cr) MATH 205 or mental principles as well as the mastery of techniques MATH 320 required for the effective use of mathematics. The pro- Analysis (4 cr) MATH 301 gram provides a solid foundation for those who want to Complex Analysis (3-4 cr) MATH 208 or pursue a mathematically oriented career or advanced MATH 316 study in any mathematically oriented field. Major Requirements (24-25 credits) Algebra (4 cr) MATH 243 Requirements: Electives (14 cr) Four courses (at College Distribution Requirements (32-35 credits) least 14 credits) at Core Mathematics Requirements (32-35 credits) or above the 200 Calculus (12 cr) MATH 21, 22, most two courses 23 or MATH may be taken out- 31,32, 33 side the Introductory Seminar (3 cr) MATH 163 department. Statistics/Probability (3-4 cr) MATH 12 or Computer Science (6-7 cr) Two courses: ENGR 1 and one MATH 231 approved CSE Linear Algebra (4 cr) MATH 242 course or two Differential Equations (3-4 cr) MATH 205 or approved CSE MATH 320 courses. Analysis (4 cr) MATH 301 General Electives (27-33 credits) Chosen in consulta- Complex Analysis (3-4 cr) MATH 208 or tion with faculty MATH 316 advisor. This program requires a total of 121 credit hours. A student must achieve an average of 2.0 or higher in major courses. 306 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Applied Mathematics Option social sciences as well as business, medicine, and other Requirements: areas of research. Mathematical principles, especially College Distribution Requirements (32-35 credits) probability theory, underlie all statistical analyses. Core Mathematics Requirements (33-34 credits) College and university requirements excluding Calculus (12 cr) MATH 21, 22, 23 or Mathematics (32-35 credit hours) MATH 31, 32, 33 Required Major courses (45-47 credit hours) Introductory Seminar (3 cr) MATH 163 MATH 21, 22, 23/ Calculus I, II, III (12) or Statistics/Probability (3 cr) MATH 231 or 31, 32, 33 Honors Calculus I, II, III (12) MATH309 MATH 12/231 Basic Statistics (4) or Linear Algebra (4 cr) MATH 242 Probability and Statistics (3) Differential Equations (4 cr) MATH 320 MATH 43/205/242 Survey of Linear Algebra (3) or Analysis (4 cr) MATH 301 Linear Methods (3) or Complex Analysis (3-4 cr) MATH 208 or Linear Algebra (4) MATH 316 MATH 309 Theory of Probability (3) Major Requirements (23-24 credits) MATH 310 Random Processes Electives (17 cr) Five courses (at and Applications (3) least17 credits) at or MATH 312 Statistical Computing and abovethe 200 level Applications (3) chosen in consulta- MATH 334 Mathematical Statistics (4) tion with the major MATH 338 Linear Models in Statistics (4) advisor to establish a MATH 374 Statistical Project (3) concentration as described below. At Two approved computing science courses or one approved most two courses computer science course and Engineering 1 (6) or (7). may be taken out- Major Electives (12 credit hours) side the department. At least three courses with specific mathematical or statisti- Computer Science (6-7 cr) Two courses: cal content chosen with the approval of the faculty advisor. ENGR 1 and one a Professional Electives (21 credit hours) approved CSE Courses selected from two or three fields of application course or two of statistics and probability. approved CSE Free Electives (6-11 credits) courses. This program requires a total of 121 credit hours. General Electives (28-33 credits) A student must achieve an average of 2.0 or higher in Chosen in consulta- major courses. tion with faculty advisor. Departmental Honors In consultation with the major advisor, a student must Students may earn departmental honors by writing a establish a concentration in a particular area of applied thesis during their senior year. Students are accepted into mathematics. The courses chosen must have specific the program during their junior year by the department mathematical or statistical content and together consti- chairperson. This acceptance is based upon the student’s tute a coherent program. At most two courses may be grades and a thesis proposal, which the student must taken outside the Department of Mathematics. Students, prepare in conjunction with a thesis advisor selected by in consultation with the major advisor, can design a con- the student. An oral presentation as well as a written the- centration which reflects a particular area of interest or sis are required for completion of the program. choose to pursue one of the following: Minor Programs Concentration in Applied Analysis: The department offers minor programs in different Electives must include MATH 230, MATH 322 branches of the mathematical sciences. Each program and MATH 341 requires the courses shown below, and MATH 23 or 33. Concentration in Discrete Mathematics and At most one of the courses in the minor program may Theoretical Computer Science: also be required in the major program. For substitutions, Electives must include MATH 251, MATH 329 the student should consult the chairperson. or MATH 340 Minor in Pure Mathematics Concentration in Probability and Statistics: MATH 242, 243, 301 Electives must include MATH 309 and MATH 310 MATH 302 or 303 or 307 or 316 or 342 This program requires a total of 121 credit hours. Minor in Applied Mathematics A student must achieve an average of 2.0 or higher in Two of MATH 205, 208, 230, 231, 242, 320, 323 major courses. MATH 322 B.S. in Statistics MATH 341 Statistics provides a body of principles for designing the Minor in Probability and Statistics process of data collection, for summarizing and inter- MATH 12 or 231 preting data, and for drawing valid conclusions from MATH 309 data. It thus forms a fundamental tool in the natural and Two of MATH 310, 312, 334, 338 Mathematics 307

Minor in Actuarial Science MATH 32. Honors Calculus II (4) fall-spring MATH 202, 309 and 310 Same topics as in MATH 22, but taught from a more ECON 129 thorough and rigorous point of view. Prerequisite: ACCT 108 or 151 MATH 31. (MA) For information on examinations of actuarial societies, MATH 33. Honors Calculus III (4) fall-spring students may consult their minor advisor. Same topics as in MATH 23, but taught from a more thorough and rigorous point of view. Prerequisite: Undergraduate Courses MATH 32. (MA) MATH 0. Preparation for Calculus (2) summer-fall MATH 43. Survey of Linear Algebra (3) fall Intensive review of fundamental concepts in mathemat- Matrices, vectors, vector spaces and mathematical sys- ics utilized in calculus, including functions and graphs, tems, special kinds of matrices, elementary matrix exponentials and logarithms, and trigonometry. This transformations, systems of linear equations, convex sets, course is for students who need to take MATH 51 or 21, introduction to linear programming. (MA). Students but who require remediation in precalculus. In particu- may not receive credit for both MATH 61 & 43. lar, students who fail the MATH 51 Readiness Exam must pass MATH 0 before being admitted to MATH MATH 51. Survey of Calculus I (4) fall-spring 51. The credits for this course do not count toward grad- Limits. The derivative and applications to extrema, uation, but do count on the GPA and current credit approximation, and related rates. Exponential and loga- count. Prerequisite: department permission. rithm functions, growth and decay. Integration. Partial derivatives and extrema. Prerequisite: Passing score on MATH 5. Introduction to Mathematical Thought Readiness Exam, or MATH 0. (MA) (3) spring MATH 52. Survey of Calculus II (3) fall-spring Meaning, content, and methods of mathematical Trigonometric functions and related derivatives and inte- thought illustrated by topics that may be chosen from grals. Techniques of integration. Differential equations. number theory, abstract algebra, combinatorics, finite or Probability and calculus. Prerequisite: MATH 21 or 31 non-Euclidean geometries, game theory, mathematical or 51. (MA) logic, set theory, topology. (MA) MATH 61. Linear Algebra for Business and MATH 9. Introduction to Finite Mathematics Economics (2) fall-spring (4) fall Matrices, solutions of linear systems, linear program- Systems of linear equations, matrices, introduction to ming, examples from business and economics, computer linear programming. Sets, counting methods, probabili- solutions. (MA). Students may not receive credit for ty, random variables, introduction to Markov chains. both MATH 61 & 9, or for both MATH 61 & 43. Students may not receive credit for both MATH 9 & 61. (MA) MATH 75. Calculus I, Part A (2) fall Covers the same material as the first half of MATH 21. MATH 12. Basic Statistics (4) fall-spring Meets three hours per week, allowing more class time for A first course in the basic concepts and methods of sta- each topic than does MATH 21. (MA) tistics with illustrations from the social, behavioral, and biological sciences. Descriptive statistics; frequency dis- MATH 76. Calculus I, Part B (2) spring tributions, mean and standard deviation, two-way tables, Continuation of MATH 75, covering the second half of correlation and regression; random sampling, rules of MATH 21. Meets three hours per week. Final exam for probability, probability distributions and parameters, this course is identical to the MATH 21 final. parameter estimation, confidence intervals, hypothesis Prerequisite: MATH 75. (MA) testing, statistical significance. (MA) MATH 163. Introductory Seminar (3) spring Note: Students may not have credit for MATH 12 & An introduction to the discipline of mathematics ECO 145. designed for students considering a major in mathemat- MATH 21. Calculus I (4) fall-spring ics. The course will provide an introduction to rigorous Functions and graphs; limits and continuity; derivative, mathematical reasoning and will survey some area of differential, and applications; indefinite and definite mathematics. Topics covered will vary. Satisfies the integrals; trigonometric, logarithmic, exponential, and Introductory Seminar requirement. hyperbolic functions. (MA) MATH 171. Readings (1-3) fall-spring MATH 22. Calculus II (4) fall-spring Study of a topic in mathematics under individual super- Applications of integration; techniques of integration; vision. Intended for students with specific interests in separable differential equations; infinite sequences and areas not covered in the listed courses. Prerequisite: con- series; Taylor’s Theorem and other approximations; sent of the department chair. (MA) curves and vectors in the plane. Prerequisite: MATH 21 For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate Students or MATH 31. (MA) Courses listed as (3-4) are 3 credits for graduate students and 4 credits for undergraduates. The extra credit will MATH 23. Calculus III (4) fall-spring frequently involve some extra workshops or projects. Vectors in space; partial derivatives; Lagrange multipliers; multiple integrals; vector analysis; line integrals; Green’s MATH 201. Problem Solving (1) fall Theorem, Gauss’s Theorem. Prerequisite: MATH 22 or Practice in solving problems from mathematical contests MATH 32. (MA) using a variety of elementary techniques. (MA) MATH 31. Honors Calculus I (4) fall MATH 202. Actuarial Exam I (1) spring Same topics as in MATH 21, but taught from a more Practice in solving problems from the first actuarial exam; thorough and rigorous point of view. (MA) problems in calculus and probability with insurance applications. Prerequisites: MATH 23 and 231. (MA) 308 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

MATH 205. Linear Methods (3) fall-spring MATH 301. Principles of Analysis I (3-4) fall Linear differential equations and applications; matrices Existence of limits, continuity and uniform continuity; and systems of linear equations; vector spaces; eigenval- Heine-Borel Theorem; existence of extreme values; mean ues and application to linear systems of differential value theorem and applications; conditions for the exis- equations. Prerequisite: MATH 22 or 32. (MA) tence of the Riemann integral; absolute and uniform MATH 207. (CHE 207) Introduction to convergence; emphasis on theoretical material from the calculus of one variable. Prerequisite: MATH 23 or Biomedical Engineering and Mathematical MATH 33. (MA) Physiology (3) fall Topics in human physiology and mathematical analysis MATH 302. Principles of Analysis II (3-4) spring of physiological phenomena, including the cardiovascu- Continuation of MATH 301. Functions of several vari- lar and respiratory systems, biomechanics, and renal ables; the implicit function theorem, and further topics physiology; broad survey of bioengineering. Independent with applications to analysis and geometry. Prerequisite: study projects. Prerequisite: MATH 205. (MA) MATH 301. (MA) MATH 208. Complex Variables (3) fall-spring MATH 303. (Phil 303) Mathematical Logic (3-4) fall Functions of a complex variable; calculus of residues; A course, on a mathematically mature level, designed not contour integration; applications to conformal mapping only to acquaint the student with logical techniques used and Laplace transforms. Prerequisite: MATH 23 or in mathematics but also to present symbolic logic as an MATH 33. (MA) important adjunct to the study of the foundations of mathematics. Prerequisite: non-math majors need Phil MATH 230. Numerical Methods (3) fall 114. (MA) Representation of numbers and rounding error; numeri- cal solution of equations; quadrature; polynomial and MATH 304. Axiomatic Set Theory (3-4) fall spline interpolation; numerical solution of initial and A development of set theory from axioms; relations and boundary value problems. Prerequisites: MATH 205 functions; ordinal and cardinal arithmetic; recursion the- (previously or concurrently) and knowledge of either orem; axiom of choice; independence questions. FORTRAN or PASCAL. (MA) Prerequisite: MATH 301 or consent of the department chair. (MA) MATH 231. Probability and Statistics (3) fall- spring MATH 307. General Topology I (3-4) fall Probability and distribution of random variables; popula- An introductory study of topological spaces, including tions and random sampling; chi-square and t metric spaces, separation and countability axioms, con- distributions; estimation and tests of hypotheses; correla- nectedness, compactness, product spaces, quotient tion and regression theory of two variables. Prerequisite: spaces, function spaces. Prerequisite: MATH 301. (MA) MATH 23 or MATH 33 or MATH 52. (MA) MATH 309. Theory of Probability (3) fall MATH 234. Fractal Geometry (3-4) Probabilities of events on discrete and continuous sample Metric spaces and iterated function systems; various spaces; random variables and probability distributions; types of fractal dimension; Julia and Mandelbrot sets. expectations; transformations; simplest kind of law of large Other topics such as chaos may be included. Small numbers and central limit theorem. The theory is applied amount of computer use. Prerequisite: MATH 23 or to problems in physical and biological sciences. Prerequisite: MATH 33. (MA) MATH 23 or MATH 33 or MATH 52. (MA) MATH 242. Linear Algebra (3-4) fall MATH 310. Random Processes and Applications Thorough treatment of the solution of simultaneous lin- (3-4) spring ear equations in n unknowns, including a discussion of Theory and applications of stochastic processes. Limit the computational complexity of the calculation. Vector theorems, introduction to random walks, Markov chains, spaces, linear dependence, bases, orthogonality, eigenval- Poisson processes, birth and death processes, and ues. Applications as time permits. Prerequisite: MATH Brownian motion. Applications to financial mathemat- 23 or 33 or 52. (MA) ics, biology, business and engineering. Prerequisites: MATH 309 or MATH 231. MATH 243. Algebra (3-4) spring Introduction to basic concepts of modern algebra: MATH 312. Statistical Computing and groups, rings, and fields. (MA) Applications (3-4) Use of statistical computing packages; exploratory data MATH 251. Combinatorics (3-4) analysis; Monte Carlo methods; randomization and Topics selected from enumeration, graphs and networks, resampling, application and interpretation of a variety of Ramsey theory, ordered sets, min-max duality, and statistical methods in real world problems. Prerequisite: designs. Theory will be motivated by applications from Math 12 or 231. (MA) operations research and computer science. Prerequisite: MATH 22 or consent of instructor. (MA) MATH 316. Complex Analysis (3-4) spring Concept of analytic function from the points of view of MATH 261. (CSE 261) Discrete Structures (3) the Cauchy-Riemann equations, power series, complex Topics in discrete mathematical structures chosen for integration, and conformal mapping. Prerequisite: their applicability to computer science and engineering. MATH 301. (MA) Sets, propositions, induction, recursion; combinatorics; binary relations and functions; ordering, lattices and MATH 320. Ordinary Differential Equations Boolean algebra; graphs and trees; groups and homomor- (3-4) spring phisms. Prerequisites: MATH 21. (MA) The analytical and geometric theory of ordinary differen- tial equations, including such topics as linear systems, Mathematics 309 systems in the complex plane, oscillation theory, stability MATH 342. Number Theory (3-4) theory, geometric theory of nonlinear systems, finite dif- A survey of elementary and nonelementary algebraic and ference methods, general dynamical systems. analytic methods in the theory of numbers. Includes the Prerequisite: MATH 205, or both MATH 23, 33 and Euclidean algorithm, Diophantine equations congru- MATH 242. (MA) ences, quadratic residues, primitive roots, MATH 322. Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) fall number-theoretic functions as well as one or more of the following topics: distribution of primes, Pell’s equation, Fourier series, eigenfunction expansions, Sturm-Liouville Fermat’s theorem, partitions. Prerequisite: MATH 301 problems, Fourier integrals and their application to par- or consent of the department chair. (MA) tial differential equations; special functions. Emphasis is on a wide variety of formal applications rather than logi- MATH 350. Special Topics (3) fall-spring cal development. Prerequisite: MATH 205 or consent of A course covering special topics not sufficiently covered the department chair. (MA) in listed courses. Prerequisite: consent of the department MATH 323. Methods of Applied Analysis II (3) chair. May be repeated for credit. (MA) spring MATH 371. Readings (1-3) fall-spring Green’s functions; integral equations; variational meth- The study of a topic in mathematics under appropriate ods; asymptotic expansions, method of saddle points; supervision, designed for the individual student who has calculus of vector fields, exterior differential calculus. studied extensively and whose interests lie in areas not Prerequisite: MATH 322. (MA) covered in the listed courses. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. May be repeated for credit (MA) MATH 327. Groups and Rings (3-4) fall An intensive study of the concepts of group theory MATH 374. Statistical Project (3) including the Sylow theorems, and of ring theory includ- Supervised field project or independent reading in statis- ing unique factorization domains and polynomial rings. tics or probability. Prerequisite: consent of the Prerequisite: MATH 243 or consent of the department department chair. (MA) chair. (MA) MATH 391. Senior Honors Thesis (3) fall-spring MATH 329. Computability Theory (3-4) spring Independent research under faculty supervision, culmi- Core development of classical computability theory: enu- nating in a thesis presented for departmental honors. meration, index and recursion theorems, various models May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: consent of of computation and Church’s Thesis, uncomputability chair (MA) results, introduction to reducibilities and their degrees (in Graduate Programs in Mathematics particular, Turing degrees, or degrees of uncomputability), computable operators and their fixed points. (MA) The department offers graduate programs leading to the degrees of master of science in mathematics, applied MATH 334. Mathematical Statistics (3-4) spring mathematics, or statistics, and the doctor of philosophy Populations and random sampling; sampling distribu- in mathematics or applied mathematics. tions; theory of statistical estimation; criteria and methods of point and interval estimation; theory of test- To begin graduate work in mathematics a student must ing statistical hypotheses. Prerequisite: MATH 231 or present evidence of adequate undergraduate preparation. MATH 309. (MA) The undergraduate program should have included a year of advanced calculus, a semester of linear algebra, and a Mathematics 338. Linear Models in Statistics semester of abstract algebra. (3-4) spring Least square principles in multiple regression and their M.S. in Mathematics or Applied Mathematics interpretations; estimation, hypothesis testing, confi- The master’s program demands 30 credit hours of gradu- dence and prediction intervals; analysis, multicollinearity, ate courses with at least 18 hours at the 400 level. With selection of regression models, analysis of variance and the permission of the chairperson, up to six hours of covariance; general linear models, principal component these courses can be replaced by a thesis. All students in analysis. Use of computer packages. Prerequisite: Math the master’s program must also pass a comprehensive 12 or 231. (MA) examination. The M.S. degree can serve both as a final degree in mathematics or as an appropriate background MATH 340. (CSE 340) Design and Analysis of for the Ph.D. degree. Algorithms (3) spring Algorithms for searching, sorting, counting, graph and M.S. in Statistics tree manipulation, matrix multiplication, scheduling, This program requires 30 credit hours of graduate cours- pattern matching and fast Fourier transforms. Abstract es with at least 18 hours of 400-level STAT or MATH complexity measures and the intrinsic complexity of courses. The choice of courses must be approved by the algorithms and problems in terms of asymptotic behav- graduate advisor, and up to six hours of coursework may ior; correctness of algorithms. Prerequisites: MATH 22 be replaced with a thesis. All students in the program and MATH 261, or consent of the department chairper- must also pass a comprehensive examination. son. (MA) The M.S. program in statistics has two tracks. The sta- MATH 341. Mathematical Models and Their tistics track has recommended courses MATH 309, Formulation (3) spring STAT 412, 434, and 462; electives STAT 410, 438, and Mathematical modeling of engineering and physical sys- 461; and other possible electives STAT 408 and 409, tems with examples drawn from diverse disciplines. EDUC 411, I.E. 332, 409, and 410, ECO 455 and 463, Emphasis is on building models of real world problems CSE 411, and MECH 405. The stochastic modeling rather than learning mathematical techniques. track has recommended courses MATH 309 and 401, Prerequisite: MATH 205. (MA) and STAT 410 and 463; electives MATH 341 and STAT 310 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

434, 438, and 464; and other possible electives STAT MATH 404. Topics in Mathematical Logic (3) 408 and 409, MATH 402, 407, 430, 467, and 468, Intensive study of topics in mathematical logic. ECO 453, CSE 411, MECH 405, and I.E. 316, 339, Prerequisite: Consent of the department chair. May be 409, 416, and 439. repeated for credit. Ph.D. in Mathematics MATH 405. Partial Differential Equations I (3) fall The plan of work toward the doctor of philosophy Classification of partial differential equations; methods degree will include a comprehensive examination and a of characteristics for first order equations; methods for qualifying examination. The latter tests the student’s representing solutions of the potential, heat, and wave command of three areas. The combination of areas must equations, and properties of the solutions of these equa- be approved by the department. Recent exam areas tions; maximum principles. Prerequisite: MATH 302 or include algebra, analysis, differential equations, differen- its equivalent. tial geometry, discrete structures, functional analysis, MATH 406. Partial Differential Equations II (3) logic and set theory, numerical analysis, probability, sta- spring tistics, and topology. Other areas of mathematics may be Continuation of MATH 405. Emphasis on second proposed by the candidate and approved by the depart- order equations with variable coefficients and systems of ment. A general examination, a foreign language first order partial differential equations. Prerequisite: examination, and the doctoral dissertation and its MATH 405. defense complete the work for the Ph.D. degree. Each candidate’s plan of work must be approved by a spe- MATH 407. Theory and Technique of cial committee of the department. A Ph.D. student is Optimization (3) required to have 18 credits of approved graduate level Linear programming: simplex and revised simplex meth- course work beyond the master’s level. After completion of ods, duality theory; unconstrained optimization by 18 credits a student is required to take at least one course one-dimensional search methods; convexity and Kuhn- per academic year other than Math 409, 410, and 499. Tucker conditions, applications to methods for constrained optimization. Ph.D. in Applied Mathematics MATH 408. Algebraic Topology I (3) The plan of work toward the doctor of philosophy Polyhedra; fundamental groups; simplicial and singular degree will include a comprehensive examination and a homology. qualifying examination. The latter tests the student’s command of three areas. The combination of areas must MATH 409.(STAT 409) Mathematics Seminar (1- be approved by the department. Recent exam areas 6) fall include analysis, applied probability, differential equa- An intensive study of some field of mathematics not tions, discrete structures, financial mathematics, linear offered in another course. Prerequisite: consent of the algebra and linear programming, mathematical biology, department chair. mathematical statistics, numerical methods, and statisti- MATH 410.(STAT 408) Mathematics Seminar (1- cal methods. Other areas of mathematical and physical 6) spring sciences may be proposed by the candidate and approved Continuation of the field of study in MATH 409 or the by the department. A general examination, a foreign lan- intensive study of a different field. Prerequisite: consent guage examination, and the doctoral dissertation and its of the department chair. defense complete the work for the Ph.D. degree. Each candidate’s plan of work must be approved by a spe- MATH 416. Complex Function Theory (3) fall cial committee of the department. A Ph.D. student is Continuation of MATH 316. Prerequisite: MATH 316 required to have 18 credits of approved graduate level or consent of the department chair. course work beyond the master’s level. After completion of MATH 421. Introduction to Wavelets (3) 18 credits a student is required to take at least one course Continuous and discrete signals; review of Fourier analy- per academic year other than Math 409, 410, and 499. sis; discrete wavelets; time-frequency spaces; Haar and Walsh systems; multiresolution analysis; Hilbert spaces; Graduate Courses quadratic mirror filters; fast wavelet transforms; comput- MATH 401. Real Analysis I (3) fall er code; applications to filtering, compression, and Set theory, real numbers; introduction to measures, imaging. Prerequisite: ECE 108, MATH 205, or consent Lebesgue measure; integration, general convergence the- of instructor. orems; differentiation, functions of bounded variation, MATH 423. Differential Geometry I (3) absolute continuity; Lp spaces. Prerequisites: MATH Differential manifolds, tangent vectors and differentials, 302 or consent of department chair. submanifolds and the implicit function theorem. Lie MATH 402. Real Analysis II (3) spring groups and Lie algebras, homogeneous spaces. Tensor Metric spaces; introduction to Banach and Hilbert space and exterior algebras, tensor fields and differential forms, theory; Fourier series and Fejer operators; general meas- de Rham cohomology, Stokes’ theorem, the Hodge theo- ure and integration theory, Radon-Nikodym and Riesz rem. Prerequisite: MATH 301, 302, or MATH 243 or representation and theorems; Lebesgue-Stieljtes integral. MATH 205 with consent of instructor. Prerequisites: MATH 307 and MATH 401. MATH 424. Differential Geometry II (3) MATH 403. Topics in Real Analysis (3) Curves and surfaces in Euclidean space; mean and Intensive study of topics in analysis with emphasis on Gaussian curvatures, covariant differentiation, parallelism, recent developments. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- geodesics, Gauss-Bonnet formula. Riemannian metrics, ment chair. May be repeated for credit. connections, sectional curvature, generalized Gauss-Bonnet theorem. Further topics. Prerequisite: MATH 423. Mathematics 311

MATH 428. Fields and Modules (3) spring MATH 462. (STAT 462) Nonparametric Statistics Field theory, including an introduction to Galois theory; (3) fall the theory of modules, including tensor products and Order and rank statistics; tests based on runs, signs, classical algebras. Prerequisite: MATH 327. ranks, and order statistics; chi-square and Kolmogorov- MATH 430. Numerical Analysis (3) spring Smirnov tests for goodness of fit; the two-sample Multistep methods for ordinary differential equations; problem; confidence and tolerance intervals. Prerequisite: finite difference methods for partial differential equa- MATH 231 or 309. tions; numerical approximation of functions. Use of MATH 463. (STAT 463) Advanced Probability (3) computer required. Prerequisite: MATH 230 or consent Measure theoretic foundations; random variables, inte- of the department chair. gration in a measure space, expectations; convergence of MATH 431. Calculus of Variations (3) random variables and probability measures; conditional Existence of a relative minimum for single and multiple expectations; characteristic functions; sums of random integral problems; variational inequalities of elliptic and variables, limit theorems. Prerequisites: MATH 309 and parabolic types and methods of approximating a solu- MATH 401. tion. Prerequisite: MATH 302 or its equivalent. MATH 464. (STAT 464) Advanced Stochastic MATH 435. Functional Analysis I (3) fall Processes (3) Banach spaces and linear operators; separation and Theory of stochastic processes; stopping times; martin- extension theorems; open mapping and uniform bound- gales; Markov processes; Brownian motion; Skorohod edness principles; weak topologies; local convexity and imbedding; Brownian bridge, laws of suprema; Gaussian duality; Banach algebras; spectral theory of operators; processes. Prerequisites: MATH 309 and MATH 401. and compact operators. Prerequisites: MATH 307 and MATH 467. Financial Calculus I (3) fall MATH 401. Basic mathematical concepts behind derivative pricing MATH 444. Algebraic Topology II (3) and portfolio management of derivative securities. Continuation of MATH 408. Cohomology theory, Development of hedging and pricing by arbitrage in the products, duality. Prerequisite: MATH 408. discrete time setting of binary trees and Black-Scholes MATH 445. Topics in Algebraic Topology (3) model. Introduction to the theory of Stochastic Selected topics reflecting the interests of the professor Calculus, Martingale representation theorem, and change and the students. Prerequisite: MATH 444. of measure. Applications of the developed theory to a variety of actual financial instruments. Prerequisites: MATH 446. Combinatorics (3) fall Math 231 or Math 309 or consent of instructor. Fundamental combinatorial theories and modern tech- niques interconnecting these theories. Topics selected MATH 468. Financial Calculus II (3) spring from: enumeration, Ramsey theory, extremal set theory, Models and mathematical concepts behind the interest hypergraphs, structural and extremal graph theory, polyhe- rates markets. Heath-Jarrow-Morton model for random dral combinatorics, designs and codes, matroids, ordered evolution of the term structure of interest rates and short sets and lattices. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. rate models. Applications of the theory to a variety of interest rates contracts including swaps, caps, floors, MATH 448. Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) swap-options. Development of multidimensional sto- spring chastic calculus and applications to multiple stock Fundamental theories and techniques for graphs, ordered models, quantos, and foreign currency interest-rate mod- sets, hypergraphs, extremal set theory, and matroids. Topics els. Prerequisites: Math 467. are distinct from those of MATH 446, which is not a pre- requisite for this course. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. MATH 470. Proseminar (3) spring Preparation for entering the mathematics profession. MATH 449. Topics in Algebra (3) Seminar will concentrate on methods of teaching mathe- Intensive study of topics in algebra with emphasis on matics, and will include other topics such as duties of a recent developments. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- professor and searching for a job. Prerequisite: consent of ment chairman. May be repeated for credit with the mathematics graduate advisor. consent of the department chair. MATH 471. Homological Algebra (3) MATH 450. Special Topics (3) fall-spring Modules, tensor products, categories and functions, Intensive study of some field of the mathematical sci- homology functors, projective and injective modules. ences not covered in listed courses. Prerequisite: consent Prerequisite: MATH 428. of the department chair. May be repeated for credit with the consent of the department chair. MATH 472. Group Representations (3) Linear representations and character theory with empha- MATH 455. Topics in Number Theory (3) sis on the finite and compact cases. Prerequisite: MATH Selected topics in algebraic and analytic number theory. 428 or consent of the department chairperson. Prerequisites: MATH 316 and MATH 327. May be repeated for credit with consent of the department chair. MATH 490. Thesis MATH 461. (STAT 461) Topics in Mathematical MATH 499. Dissertation Statistics (3) Statistics An intensive study of one or more topics such as theory STAT 408. (MATH 410) Seminar in Statistics and of statistical tests, statistical estimation, regression, analy- Probability (1-6) spring sis of variance, nonparametric methods, stochastic Intensive study of some field of statistics or probability approximation, and decision theory. Prerequisites: not offered in another course. Prerequisite: consent of MATH 334 and MATH 401. May be repeated for credit the graduate advisor. with consent of the department chair. 312 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

STAT 409 (MATH 409) Seminar in Statistics and Educational Mission Probability (1-6) fall The Department of Mechanical Engineering and Intensive study of some field of statistics or probability Mechanics prepares our students to be learners, and not offered in another course. Prerequisite: consent of agents in both the application and development of tech- the graduate advisor. nology to better serve the needs of society. STAT 410. Random Processes and Applications Program Educational Objectives (3) spring See MATH 310. Mechanical engineering is one of the core disciplines in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied STAT 412. Statistical Computing and Applications Science (RCEAS). The department is committed to serv- (3) ing the overall mission of the RCEAS, and of the See MATH 312. University, by providing education and training to STAT 434. Mathematical Statistics (3) spring undergraduate and graduate students, by developing new See MATH 334. knowledge and engineering methodology, and by provid- ing service to industry and society at large. To achieve STAT 438. Linear Models in Statistics (3) spring our Educational Mission, the Department of Mechanical See MATH 338 Engineering has established a set of Program Educational STAT 461 (MATH 461). Topics in Mathematical Objectives, which are to educate engineers who can: Statistics (3) • Model, formulate and creatively synthesize (i.e design) See MATH 461. realistic and practical systems, products, and environ- ments; STAT 462 (MATH 462). Nonparametric Statistics (3) • Naturally incorporate basic sciences and the art of See MATH 462. mathematics as part of their thinking and problem- solving processes; STAT 463 (MATH 463). Advanced Probability (3) • Design, conduct, and analyze experimental tests of See MATH 463. practical systems and products; STAT 464 (MATH 464). Advanced Stochastic • Understand and appreciate the technical diversity Processes (3) required to develop new products/processes, and use See MATH 464. this understanding to work effectively in multi-disci- plinary teams; Mechanical Engineering and • Develop an appreciation of the contemporary world, and be able to contribute to it in a professional and Mechanics ethical manner; Professors. Herman F. Nied, Ph.D. (Lehigh), chair; • Learn how to learn, so that life-long learning becomes Philip A. Blythe, Ph.D. (Manchester, England); John P. second nature. Coulter, Ph.D. (Delaware); Terry J. Delph, Ph.D. In concert with these objectives, the academic program (Stanford); D. Gary Harlow, Ph.D. (Cornell); Ronald J. of the department seeks to prepare our students to adapt Hartranft, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Stanley H. Johnson, Ph.D. to the rapid advances and changes in technology, and to (Berkeley); Jacob Y. Kazakia, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Edward K. serve as agents and leaders in effecting these changes, Levy, Sc.D. (M.I.T.), director, Energy Research Center; while being cognizant of the needs and concerns of the Alistair K. Macpherson, Ph.D. (Sydney, Australia); society at large. Sudhakar Neti, Ph.D. (Kentucky); John Ochs, Ph.D. (Penn State); Tulga M. Ozsoy, Ph.D. (Istanbul, Turkey); The undergraduate program in mechanical engineering Donald O. Rockwell, Ph.D. (Lehigh), Paul B. Reinhold focuses principally on the first five of these objectives, Professor; Kenneth N. Sawyers, Ph.D. (Brown); Charles and is configured to prepare our students for employ- R. Smith, Ph.D. (Stanford); Eric Varley, Ph.D. (Brown); ment, and continued professional development and Arkady Voloshin, Ph.D. (Tel-Aviv, Israel); Robert P. Wei, growth. The program provides students with the basic Ph.D. (Princeton), Paul B. Reinhold Professor. education they will need to function in an engineering environment, pursue graduate studies, continue their Associate professors. Meng-Sang Chew, Ph.D. professional development and growth, and develop an (Columbia); Joachim L. Grenestedt, Ph.D. (KTH, Royal awareness of the culture and society in which we live. Inst. of Tech., Stockholm, Sweden); Robert A. Lucas, Because of technological innovations and the long-term Ph.D. (Lehigh), associate chair; Alparslan Öztekin, demands of global competition, the program also seeks Ph.D. (Illinois); N. Duke Perreira, Ph.D. (California, to prepare students to adapt to rapid advances and Los Angeles). changes in technology, and to provide leadership in Assistant Professors. Samir N. Ghadiali, Ph.D. (Tulane); effecting these changes, consistent with the sixth educa- Eugenio Schuster, Ph.D. (California, San Diego). tional objective for life-long learning. Emeritus professors. Russell E. Benner, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Achievement of the six educational objectives is served Forbes T. Brown, Sc.D. (M.I.T.); Fazil Erdogan, Ph.D. first through a sound education in mathematics and (Lehigh); Arturs Kalnins, Ph.D. (Michigan); Jerzy A. those physical and engineering sciences that are of great- Owczarek, Ph.D. (London, England); Ronald S. Rivlin, est relevance to the design and analysis of mechanical Sc.D. (Cambridge); Richard Roberts, Ph.D. (Lehigh); systems; second, by exposure to the engineering process Robert G. Sarubbi, Ph.D. (Lehigh); George C.M. Sih, (creation, innovation, analysis and judgment) through Ph.D. (Lehigh); Gerald F. Smith, Ph.D. (Brown); Theodore A. Terry, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Dean P. Updike, Ph.D. (Brown). Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 313 design courses, projects, laboratories, and a choice of sophomore year, first semester (16 - 18 credit hours) technical electives that permits a degree of specialization; ME 10 Graphics for Engineering Design (3) and third, by the development of cultural awareness ME 111 Professional Development (1) through courses in humanities and social sciences. MECH 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) Students may take elective courses that transcend tradi- MAT 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) tional disciplinary lines, while satisfying the basic MATH 23 Analytical Geometry & Calculus III (4) requirements for mechanical engineering. elective (2 - 4) Design and engineering practices are integrated with the sophomore year, second semester (16 - 18 credit hours)* engineering science aspects of the program. Through a ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) broadening of the design sequence to include hands-on MECH 12 Strength of Materials (3) manufacturing and multi-disciplinary collaborations, the PHY 21,22 Introductory Physics II and Laboratory (5) program seeks to emphasize the integration of design, MATH 205 Linear Methods (3) manufacturing, business, and aesthetics in modern tech- nological enterprises, and to prepare our students to elective (2 - 4) function in an increasingly interdisciplinary environ- *Co-op students must take ME 21 this semester (17-19 ment. Through a comprehensive set of laboratory credit hours). See below for Co-op program details. courses, which ultimately focus on the design and plan- junior year, first semester (16 - 18 credit hours) ning of laboratory experiences by the students (rather ME 21 Mechanical Engineering Lab I (1) than carrying out rote experiments), opportunities are ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) provided for students to learn and employ the processes MECH 102 Dynamics (3) and skills for solving hands-on engineering problems. ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) B.S. in Mechanical Engineering ME 215 Engineering Reliability (3) or Mechanical engineering is one of the broadest of the MATH 208 Complex Variables (3) or engineering professions, dealing generally with systems MATH 230 Numerical Methods (3) or for energy conversion, material transport and the control MATH 231 Probability and Statistics (3) of motions and forces. elective (2 - 4) Mechanical engineers may choose from among many dif- junior year, second semester (16 - 18 credit hours) ferent activities in their careers, according to their ME 121 Mechanical Engineering Lab II (1) interests and the changing needs of society. Some concen- ME 211 Mechanical Engineering Design I (3) trate on the conversion of thermal, nuclear, solar, ME 240 Manufacturing (3) chemical and electrical energy, or on the problems of air, ME 242 Mechanical Engineering Systems (3) water, and noise pollution. Some concentrate on the ME 252 Mechanical Elements (3) design of mechanical systems used in transportation, ECE 162 Electrical Laboratory (1) manufacturing or health care industries or by individual elective (2 - 4) consumers. Some will be working, a decade from now, in senior year, first semester (16 - 18 credit hours) fields that do not yet exist. Most will be engaged with ME 212 Mechanical Engineering Design II (2) concepts involving all four dimensions of space and time. Senior Laboratory (2) The curriculum leading toward the bachelor of science electives (12 - 14) in mechanical engineering combines a broad base in senior year, second semester (16 - 18 credit hours) mathematics, physical sciences, and the engineering sci- Senior Laboratory (2) ences (mechanics of solids, materials, dynamics and fluid, thermal and electrical sciences), including labora- electives (14 - 16) tory. Special emphasis is placed on the practice of Senior Laboratories modern Integrated Product Development, combining Select two out of the following four courses: state-of-the-art computer-aided design and manufactur- ME 207, ME 208, ME 210, and ME 389. ing methods in a business-oriented framework. Several The total number of credits required for graduation is specific application fields are chosen toward the end of 133. A total of 41 credits in electives must be taken. the program in the form of four or more courses elected These electives are of six types: from a wide variety of 300-level offerings. Courses in Mechanical Engineering Electives mechanical engineering and engineering mechanics are a) Humanities/Social Sciences: A total of 17 credits of equally available. electives in humanities and social science, which The course requirements for a B.S. degree in mechanical must include ECO 1. (Note that these electives are engineering are listed below. In addition to required in addition to the 6 hours of required freshman mathematics, physics, chemistry and basic engineering English.) See description of HSS in Section III of courses, the program includes a minimum of seven cours- this catalog. es in humanities and social sciences (see humanities/social b) ME 321 Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) sciences), two free electives and five approved electives. The total graduation requirement is 133 credits. c) ENGR. Elective A: One, 3-credit course selected from the following: MECH 302, MECH 305, ME Undergraduate Curriculum in Mechanical 304, ME 322, ME 331, or ME 343 Engineering d) ENGR. Elective B: One, 3-credit course selected freshman year (see Engineering, freshman year, Section III) from any ME 300 or MECH 300-level course, excluding ME 310 314 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 e) ENGR. Elective C: Three, 3-credit courses selected senior year, first semester (16 - 18 credit hours) from any ME 300/MECH 300-level course or an Senior Laboratory (2) engineering/science/ mathematics course, as electives (14 - 16) approved by the department chair. ME 310 may be senior year, second semester (16 - 18 credit hours) taken once to satisfy this requirement. Senior Laboratory (2) f) Free electives: 6 credit hours in any subject area electives (14 - 16) are required The total number of credits required for graduation is Co-op Program 131. A total of 44 credits in electives must be taken. These electives are of five types: To participate in the Co-op program you must rank in the top third of the engineering class after three semes- Engineering Mechanics Electives ters of study and attend a summer program between the a) Humanities/Social Sciences: A total of 17 credits of sophomore and junior years. See your advisor or contact electives in humanities and social science, which the Co-op Faculty Liaison for further details. must include ECO 1. (Note that these electives are in addition to the 6 hours of required freshman B.S. in Engineering Mechanics English.) See description of HSS in Section III of The curriculum in engineering mechanics is designed to this catalog. prepare students for careers in engineering research and b) ME 321 Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) development, and is especially appropriate for students wishing to specialize in the analysis of engineering sys- c) ENGR. Mechanics Elective A: Two, 3-credit courses tems. In many industries and governmental laboratories selected from the following: MECH 302, MECH there is a demand for men and women with broad train- 305, ME 304, ME 322, ME 331, or ME 343 ing in the fundamentals of engineering in which d) ENGR. Mechanics Elective B: Four, 3-credit courses engineering mechanics and applied mathematics play an selected from any ME 300/MECH 300-level important role. course or an engineering/science/mathematics The first two years of the curriculum is the same as that course, as approved by the Department Chair in mechanical engineering. One of the advantages of the e) Free electives: 6 credit hours of any subject area are curriculum is the flexibility it offers through 18 credits required. Typical recommended options: of technical and six credits of personal electives in the Applied Mathematics and Computational junior and senior years. Beyond the sophomore year there are required courses in dynamics, solid mechanics, Mechanics fluid mechanics, heat transfer, principles of electrical MECH 305 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3) engineering, mathematics, vibrations, and senior labora- MECH 312 Finite Element Analysis (3) tories or projects. It is recommended that the electives MATH 309 Theory of Probability (3) be chosen either to concentrate in areas such as applied MATH 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) mathematics and computational mechanics, solid MATH 323 Methods of Applied Analysis II (3) mechanics, engineering materials, and fluid mechanics or to obtain further depth in all areas. The academic Solid Mechanics advisor for the engineering mechanics program will pro- MECH 305 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3) vide guidance in formulating the student’s goals and MECH 307 Mechanics of Continua (3) choosing electives. MECH 312 Finite Element Analysis (3) In addition to the required and elective courses in math- MECH 313 Fracture Mechanics (3) ematics, sciences and engineering, the B.S. degree MATH 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) program in engineering mechanics includes a minimum of seven courses in humanities and social sciences (see Engineering Materials humanities/social sciences). The total graduation require- MECH 305 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3) ment is 131 credits. MECH 313 Fracture Mechanics (3) Undergraduate Curriculum in Engineering MAT 218 Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) Mechanics PHY 31 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3) PHY 363 Physics of Solids (3) freshman and sophomore years: same as ME curriculum junior year, first semester (16 - 18 credit hours) Fluid Mechanics ME 21 Mechanical Engineering Lab I (1) ME 331 Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3) ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) ME 322 Gas Dynamics (3) MECH 102 Dynamics (3) MECH 326 Aerodynamics (3) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) MATH 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) MATH 230 Numerical Methods (3) Minor in Aerospace Engineering elective (2 - 4) junior year, second semester (16 - 18 credit hours) The minor in aerospace engineering provides a founda- ME 121 Mechanical Engineering Lab II (1) tion for students who intend to pursue a career in the aerospace industry. This minor will also provide suffi- ME 240 Manufacturing (3) cient technical background in aerospace studies for ME 242 Mechanical Engineering Systems (3) undergraduates who plan to enter graduate programs in ECE 162 Electrical Laboratory (1) this field. The minor requires a minimum of 17 credits MATH 208 Complex Variables (3) from the following course selection: electives (5 - 7) Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 315

Required Courses ME 208. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory IV MECH 326 Aerodynamics (3) (2) spring MECH 305 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3) Formulation of laboratory experiments through open- ME 343 Control Systems (3) ended planning, including decision criteria for laboratory MECH 328 Fundamentals of Aircraft Design (3) techniques and approaches. Execution of experiments based on individual plans, followed by assessment of Elective Courses experimental results. Prerequisite ME 121. (ES 1), (ED 1) ME 322 Gas Dynamics (3) ME 210. Laboratory Projects (1-2) fall, spring ME 323 Reciprocating and Centrifugal Engines (3) Experimental work including planning, design and ME 331 Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3) development of apparatus, data collection and analysis ME 389 Controls Laboratory (2) as it pertains to an engineering problem. Progress is MECH 312 Finite Element Analysis (3) reported in the form of several planning and project ME 348 Computer-Aided Design (3) reports. Prerequisite: Department permission required. MAT 309 Composite Materials (3) (ES 1), (ED 1) Undergraduate Courses in Mechanical ME 211. Integrated Product Development I (3) spring Engineering Business, engineering and design arts students work in ME 10. Graphics for Engineering Design (3) fall cross disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on conceptual Graphical description of mechanical engineering design design including marketing, financial and economic for visualization and communication by freehand sketch- planning, economic and technical feasibility of new ing, production drawings, and 3-D solid geometric product concepts. Teams work on industrial projects representations. Introduction to creation, storage, and with faculty advisors. Oral presentations and written manipulation of such graphical descriptions through an reports. Prerequisites: ME 10, MECH 12, ME 104. (ES integrated design project using state-of-the art, commer- 0), (ED 3) cially available computer-aided engineering software. ME 212. Integrated Product Development II (2) fall Lectures and laboratory. (ES 1), (ED 2) Business, engineering and design arts students work in ME 21. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory I (1) cross disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on the detailed fall, spring design including fabrication and testing of a prototype of Experimental methods in mechanical engineering and the new product designed in the IPD course 1. mechanics. Analysis of experimental error and error Additional deliverables include a detailed production propagation. Introduction to elementary instrumenta- plan, marketing plan, detailed base-case financial models, tion. Introduction to digital data acquisition. project and product portfolio. Teams work on industrial Prerequisite: MECH 12, previously or concurrently. (ES projects with faculty advisors. Oral presentations and 1), (ED 0) written reports. Prerequisites: ME 211, ME 252, (ME 252 may be taken concurrently). (ES 0) (ED 2) ME 104. Thermodynamics I (3) fall, spring Basic concepts and principles of thermodynamics with ME 215. Engineering Reliability (3) fall, spring emphasis on simple compressible substances. First and Applications of reliability methods to engineering prob- second law development, energy equations, reversibility, lems. Modeling and analysis of engineered components entropy and efficiency. Properties of pure substances and and systems subjected to environmental and loading thermodynamic cycles. Corequisites: MATH 23 and conditions. Modeling content encompasses mechanisti- PHY 11. (ES 3), (ED 0) cally based probability and experientially based statistical approaches. Concepts needed for design with uncertainty ME 111. Professional Development (1) fall are developed. Principles are illustrated through case Examination of ethical and professional choices facing studies and projects. Engineering applications software mechanical engineers. Written and oral communications. will be extensively utilized for the projects. Prerequisites: Industrial field trips. (ES 0.5), (ED 0.5) MATH 23 or 33; MECH 12, previously or concurrently. ME 121. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory II ME 231. Fluid Mechanics (3) fall, spring (1) fall, spring Kinematics of fluid flow and similarity concepts. Equations A continuation of ME 21 including use of transducers, of incompressible fluid flow with inviscid and viscous advanced instrumentation, and data acquisition. applications. Turbulence. One-dimensional compressible Emphasis on experimental exercises that illustrate, flow, shock waves. Boundary layers, separation, wakes and and/or introduce material from thermodynamics, and drag. Prerequisite: MATH 205. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) fluid mechanics. Includes proposal writing and interpre- tation of results. Prerequisites: ME 21, ME 104, and ME 240. Manufacturing (3) spring co-requisite: ME 231. (ES 1), (ED 0) Analytical and technological base for several manufactur- ing processes and common engineering materials. ME 207. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory III Processes include metal cutting, metal deformation, (2) fall injection molding, thermoforming, and composites. Formulation of laboratory experiments through open- Process planning, computer-aided manufacturing, manu- ended planning, including decision criteria for laboratory facturing system engineering, and quality measurements. techniques and approaches. Execution of experiments Design project. Weekly laboratory. Prerequisites: ME 10, based on individual plans, followed by assessment of exper- MAT 33, MECH 12. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) imental results. Prerequisite: ME 121. (ES 1), (ED 1) 316 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

ME 242. Mechanical Engineering Systems (3) fall, ME 323. Reciprocating and Centrifugal Engines spring (3) fall The modeling and analysis of mechanical, fluid, electri- Thermal analysis and design of internal combustion cal and hybrid systems, with emphasis on lumped engines (conventional and unconventional), gas turbine models and dynamic behavior, including vibrations. engines, air breathing jet engines, and rockets. Source-load synthesis. Analysis in temporal and frequen- Components such as jet nozzles, compressors, turbines, cy domains. Computer simulation of nonlinear models, and combustion chambers are chosen to exemplify the and computer implementation of the superposition theory and development of different types of compo- property of linear models. Prerequisites: MECH 102, nents. Both ideal fluid and real fluid approaches are MATH 205 and, previously or concurrently, ME 231. considered. Prerequisite: ME 104. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) (ES 2), (ED 1) ME 331. Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3) fall ME 252. Mechanical Elements (3) spring Kinematics of fluid flow. Conservation equations for Methods for the analysis and design of machine elements inviscid and viscous flows; integral forms of equations. such as springs, gears, clutches, brakes, and bearings. Two-dimensional potential flow theory of incompressible Motion analysis of cams and selected mechanisms. fluids with applications. Boundary layers. Introduction Projects requiring the design of simple mechanisms of to free shear layer and boundary layer stability and struc- mechanical sub-assemblies. Prerequisites: MECH 12, ture of turbulence. Transition from laminar to turbulent ME 10 and MECH 102. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) boundary layers. Separation of flow. Steady and unsteady For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate stall. Secondary flows. Hydrodynamic lubrication. Measurement techniques. Prerequisite: ME 231 or Students equivalent. Varley. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) ME 304. Thermodynamics II (3) fall, spring ME 340. Advanced Mechanical Design (3) fall Availability and Second Law Analysis. Design of gas and Probabilistic design of mechanical components and sys- vapor power cycles, and refrigeration systems. tems. Reliability functions, hazard models and product Generalized property relations for gases and gas-vapor. life prediction. Theoretical stress-strength-time models. Combustion and chemical equilibrium. Design of engi- Static and dynamic reliability models. Optimum design neering systems and processes incorporating of mechanical systems for reliability objectives or con- thermodynamic concepts and analysis. Prerequisite: ME straints. Prerequisite: MATH 231 or consent of 104. (ES 2), (ED 1) instructor. Harlow. (ES 2), (ED 1) ME 310. Directed Study (1-3) fall, spring ME 341. Mechanical Systems (3) spring Project work on any aspect of engineering, performed Advanced topics in mechanical systems design. either individually or as a member of a team made up of Kinematics and dynamics of planar machinery. Shock students, possibly from other disciplines. Project progress and vibration control in machine elements. Balancing of is reported in the form of several planning and project rotating and reciprocating machines. Design projects reports. Direction of the projects may be provided by using commercial computer-aided-engineering software faculty from several departments and could include for the design and evaluation of typical machine systems. interaction with outside consultants and local communi- Prerequisite: ME 252. Lucas. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) ties and industries. Prerequisite: Department permission required. (ES 1), (ED 2) ME 342. Dynamics of Engineering Systems (3) ME 312. Synthesis of Mechanisms (3) fall spring Geometry and constrained plane motion with applica- Dynamic analysis of mechanical, electro-mechanical, tion to linkage design. Type of number synthesis. fluid and hybrid engineering systems with emphasis on Comparison of motion analysis by graphical, analytical the modeling process. Lumped and distributed-parame- and computer techniques. Euler-Savary and related cur- ter models. Use of computer tools for modeling, design vature techniques as applied to cam, gear and linkage and simulation. Design projects. Prerequisite: ME 242. systems. Introduction to the analysis of space mecha- (ES 2), (ED 1) nisms. Prerequisites: MATH 205, MECH 102. Chew. ME 343. Control Systems (3) fall (ES 1), (ED 2) Linear analyses of mechanical, hydraulic and electrical ME 321. Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) fall, feedback control systems by root locus and frequency spring response techniques. A design project provides experi- Analytical and numerical solutions to steady and tran- ence with practical issues and tradeoffs. Prerequisite: ME sient one- and two-dimensional conduction problems. 242 or ECE 125. Johnson. (ES 2), (ED 1) Forced and natural convection in internal and external ME 344 (IE 344, MAT 344) Metal Machining flows. Thermal radiation. Thermal design of engineering Analysis (3) spring processes and systems. Prerequisites: ME 104, ME 231. Intensive study of metal cutting emphasizing forces, Neti, Blythe, MacPherson. (ES 2), (ED 1) energy, temperature, tool materials, tool life, and surface ME 322. Gas Dynamics (3) spring integrity. Abrasive processes. Laboratory and project Flow equations for compressible fluids; thermodynamic work. Prerequisite: ME 240 or IE 215 or MAT 206. properties of gases. Normal shock waves. Steady one- ME 348. Computer-Aided Design (3) spring dimensional flows with heat addition and friction. Impact of computer-aided engineering tools on mechani- Oblique shock waves. Expansion waves. Nozzle flows. cal design and analysis. Part geometry modeling and Shock tubes; performance calculations and design. assembly modeling using solid representations. Analysis Supersonic wind tunnels; diffuser design. Real gas for mass properties, interference, kinematics, displace- effects. Prerequisites: ME 231, ME 104, MATH 205. ments, stresses and system dynamics by using Blythe. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 317 state-of-the-art commercially available computer-aided- MECH 103. Principles of Mechanics (4) engineering software. Integrated design projects. Two Composition and resolution of forces; equivalent force one-hour lectures and two-hour lab per week. systems; equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies; fric- Prerequisites: ME 10, ME 252, ME 242. Lucas, Ozsoy. tion. Kinematics and kinetics of particles and rigid (ES 1), (ED 2) bodies; relative motion; work and energy; impulse and ME 350. Special Topics (1-4) momentum. Prerequisites: MATH 23 and Phys 11. (ES 4), (ED 0) A study of some field of mechanical engineering not cov- ered elsewhere. Prerequisite: consent of the department For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate chair. (ES 1), (ED 2) Students ME 360. (CHE 360) Nuclear Reactor Engineering MECH 302. Advanced Dynamics (3) spring (3) spring Fundamental dynamic theorems and their application to A consideration of the engineering problems related to the study of the motion of particles and rigid bodies, nuclear reactor design and operation. Topics include fun- with particular emphasis on three-dimensional motion. damental properties of atomic and nuclear radiation, Use of generalized coordinates; Lagrange’s equations and reactor fuels and materials, reactor design and operation, their applications. Prerequisites: MECH 102 or 103; thermal aspects, safety and shielding, instrumentation MATH 205. Johnson, Perreira (ES 3), (ED 0) and control. Course includes several design projects stressing the major topics in the course. Prerequisite: MECH 305. Advanced Mechanics of Materials Senior standing in engineering or physical science. Neti. (3) fall (ES 2), (ED 1) Strength, stiffness, and stability of mechanical compo- nents and structures. Fundamental principles of stress ME 387. (CHE 387, ECE 387) Digital Control (3) analysis: three-dimensional stress and strain transforma- spring tions, two-dimensional elasticity, contact stresses, stress Sampled-data systems; z-transforms; pulse transfer func- concentrations, energy and variational methods. Stresses tions; stability in the z-plane; root locus and frequency and deformations for rotating shafts, thermal stresses in response design methods; minimal prototype design; dig- thick-walled cylinders, curved beams, torsion of prismat- ital control hardware; discrete state variables; state ic bars, and bending of plates. Projects relate analysis to transition matrix; Liapunov stability state feedback con- engineering design. Prerequisites: MECH 12, MATH trol (two lectures and one laboratory per week). 205. Nied. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) Prerequisite: CHE 386 or ECE 212 or ME 343 or con- sent of instructor. Luyben.(ES 3), (ED 0) MECH 307. Mechanics of Continua (3) Fundamental principles of the mechanics of deformable ME 389. (ECE 389, CHE 389) Control Systems bodies. Study of stress, velocity and acceleration fields. Laboratory (2) spring Compatibility equations, conservation laws. Applications Experiments on a variety of mechanical, electrical and to two-dimensional problems in finite elasticity, plastici- chemical dynamic control systems. Exposure to state-of- ty, and viscous flows. Prerequisite: MECH 305. Varley. the-art control instrumentation: sensors, transmitters, (ES 3), (ED 0) control valves, analog and digital controllers. Emphasis on design of feedback controllers and comparison of the- MECH 312. Finite Element Analysis (3) spring oretical computer simulation predictions with actual Basic concepts of analyzing general media (solids, fluids, experimental data. Lab teams will be interdisciplinary. heat transfer, etc.) with complicated boundaries. Prerequisites: Either CHE 386, ME 343, or ECE 212. Emphasis on mechanical elements and structures. Johnson. (ES 1), (ED 1) Element stiffness matrices by minimum potential energy. Isoparametric elements. Commercial software packages Undergraduate Courses in Engineering Mechanics (ABAQUS, NISA) are used. In addition, students devel- op and use their own finite element codes. Applications MECH 2. Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) to design. Prerequisite: MECH 12. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) fall, spring Static equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies. Analysis MECH 313. Fracture Mechanics (3) spring of simple truss and frame structures, internal forces, Fracture mechanics as a foundation for design against or stress, strain, and Hooke’s Law; torsion of circular shafts; facilitation of fracture. Fracture behavior of solids; frac- pure bending of beams. Prerequisites: MATH 22 and ture criteria; stress analysis of cracks; subcritical crack Phys 11. (MATH 22 may be taken concurrently). (ES growth, including chemical and thermal effects; fracture 2.5), (ED 0.5) design and control, and life prediction methodologies. Prerequisites: MECH 12, MATH 205, or approval of MECH 12. Strength of Materials (3) fall, spring department. Nied, Wei. (ES 2), (ED 1) Transverse shear in beams. Mohr’s circle for stress. Plastic yield criteria. Deflection of beams. Introduction to MECH 326. Aerodynamics (3) spring numerical analysis of simple structures. Fatigue and frac- Application of fluid dynamics to flows past lifting surfaces. ture. Column buckling. Stresses in thick-walled Normal force calculations in inviscid flows. Use of confor- cylinders. Prerequisites: MECH 2 and MATH 23. mal mappings in two-dimensional airfoil theory. Kutta (MATH 23 may be taken concurrently). (ES 2), (ED 1) condition at a trailing edge; physical basis. Viscous bound- ary layers. Thin airfoil theory. Section design; pressure MECH 102. Dynamics (3) fall, spring profiles and separation. Lifting line theory. Compressible Particle dynamics, work-energy, impulse-momentum, subsonic flows; Prandtl-Glauert Rule. Airfoil performance impact, systems of particles; kinematics of rigid bodies, at supersonic speeds. Prerequisites: ME 231 and MATH kinetics of rigid bodies in plane motion, energy, momen- 208. Blythe, Varley. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) tum, eccentric impact. Prerequisites: MECH 2 and MATH 23. (ES 3), (ED 0) 318 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

MECH 328. Fundamentals of Aircraft Design (3) In addition they must take two of the four MEM core spring courses: Review of aerodynamics; Weight and balance, stability, Heat and Mass Transfer ME 423 loads; Basics of propellers; Power and performance; Advanced Fluid Mechanics ME 430 International Standard Atmosphere; Introduction to Introduction to Elasticity MECH 408 aerospace composites; Introduction to FAA regulations. Analyt. Meth. In Dynamics & Vibs. MECH 425 Prerequisite: MECH 12. Grenestedt. The remaining 15 credits may be taken from any of the MECH 350. Special Topics (3) graduate courses in MEM and other approved electives. A study of some field of engineering mechanics not Both thesis and non-thesis options are available. covered elsewhere. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- ment chair. Doctor of Philosophy in Mechanical Engineering The Ph.D. program in Mechanical Engineering requires Graduate Programs innovative research in collaboration with one or more The department offers programs of study leading to the faculty members, along with the completion of 72 credit degrees of master of science, master of engineering, and hours beyond the bachelor’s degree, or 48 beyond the doctor of philosophy in mechanical engineering and master’s, including the core courses. Students are admit- computational and engineering mechanics. ted to Ph.D. candidacy in mechanical engineering upon Subject to approval, courses from other engineering cur- attainment of a minimum GPA of 3.35 in five core ricula, such as materials science and engineering, and courses (see core course requirements for Master of Sci- chemical, electrical, and industrial engineering, together ence in Mechanical Engineering) and completion of a with courses in mathematics and engineering mathemat- General Examination, which is based on assessment and ics, may be included in the degree program. presentation of a research topic. Formal University can- didacy for the Ph.D. is granted upon recommendation Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering of the doctoral committee and approval by the engineer- The M.S. in mechanical engineering requires 24 credit ing college. Course work for the Ph.D. is determined in hours of courses and six credit hours of research, which consultation with the student’s advisor and doctoral culminates in a thesis. Core courses that must be taken committee. To complete the Ph.D. degree, the student are: ME 442, Mathematical Methods in Engineering I; must present and defend a dissertation before the doc- and either ME 443, Mathematical Methods in Engineer- toral committee. ing II or ME 413, Numerical Methods in Mechanical Engineering. In addition, three of the following courses Doctor of Philosophy in Computational and must be taken: ME 423, Heat and Mass Transfer; ME Engineering Mechanics 430, Advanced Fluid Mechanics; MECH 408, Introduc- Students wishing to pursue a Ph.D. in computational tion to Elasticity; MECH 425, Analytical Methods in and engineering mechanics must take the required core Dynamics and Vibrations; and either ME 401, Product courses: Development, or ME 402, Manufacturing. Candidates Mathematical Methods I & II PHYS 428 & 429 or must also complete a professional quality poster and ME 442 & 443 make a contribution to the department’s web page based Numerical Methods ME 413 on their thesis research. They must also take two core courses from the supple- Master of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering mental list given below: The M.Eng. requires 30 credit hours of graduate work. Asymptotic Methods MECH 419 Audit credits may not be used toward the degree. At Integral Equations EMA 450 least 18 credit hours of courses must be at the 400-level, Finite Element Methods MECH 418 and 15 of these must be in mechanical engineering and Non-deterministic Models in Engr. MECH 445 mechanics. At least 18 credit hours of courses must be in Mechanical Reliability ME 446 mechanical engineering and mechanics, and at least 24 Heat and Mass Transfer ME 423* credit hours must be at the 300- or 400-level. No course Advanced Fluid Mechanics ME 430* in mechanical engineering and mechanics below the Introduction to Elasticity MECH 408* 300-level may be used towards the M.Eng., but two Analyt. Meth. in Dynamics & Vibs. MECH 425* courses (6 credits) outside the department that are below the 300-level may apply, with approval from a student’s A student must attain a GPA of 3.35 for the five advisor and the departmental Graduate Committee. required courses taken. All students who satisfy the GPA requirement will be required to take a three-hour written Master of Science in Computational and examination in an area (special topic) of the student’s Engineering Mechanics choice. This topic is subject to approval by the computa- All students pursuing a master’s degree in computational tional and engineering mechanics graduate committee. and engineering mechanics must take a minimum of 30 For students who start in the program following their credit hours of graduate level work, with not less than bachelor’s degree, the written examination must be taken 24 of these hours being at the 400 level. Their program no later than the beginning of the fourth semester after must include the following three required courses: entry. A student who fails the written examination will Mathematical Methods I & II PHYS 428 & 429 or be allowed a single retake. The retake examination will ME 442 & ME 443 be given at the end of the semester in which the exami- Numerical Methods ME 413 nation was first attempted. In addition, before completion of the degree, a student must have received graduate credit for at least two of the Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 319 four MEM core courses which are designated by a * in generation systems; transport of coal particles; flow and the above list. If desired, these starred courses may be heat transfer in fluidized beds; cycle analysis applied to used as part of the Computational and engineering coal gasifiers; control optimization of heat pumps; laser- mechanics core, and hence count towards the core GPA Doppler and particle image velocimetry; liquid crystal requirement. sensors for heat transfer; Raman spectral techniques applied to two-phase flow; laser diagnostics and image Research Facilities processing of complex flow and heat transfer systems. The department has a wide range of computational, Theoretical Fluid Mechanics. Vortex boundary layer computer graphics and experimental systems. The interaction, modeling of turbulent boundary layers; geo- department’s CAD Lab has over 50 computers that physical flows such as frontal systems and mountain include high-end engineering workstations. The universi- flows; statistical mechanics of plasmas, liquids and shock ty supports networks of hundreds of PCs as well as links waves; finite amplitude waves in stratified gases and liq- to the Internet with thousands of on-line services. uids; shock wave propagation; non-Newtonian flows in Experimental facilities include 11 pulsed and continuous flexible tubes with application to hemorheology; magne- laser units for laser diagnostics in the areas of fluid and to-fluid mechanics; wing theory; thermally driven flows. solid mechanics, four image processing systems, and a Design. Geometric modeling; tolerance analysis and number of unique facilities for observing and controlling synthesis; assembly modeling; geometric dimensioning flow past surfaces and through machines. There are well- and tolerancing; 3-D digitizing; data and information equipped laboratories for multi-disciplinary studies of structures; design for manufacturing; design methodolo- crack growth in deleterious environments and at elevated ° gy, tools and practices; expert systems in design; temperatures of up to 700 C, in conjunction with a industry projects with Integrated Product Development number of surface analysis and electron microscopy facil- (IPD) focus. ities on campus. Manufacturing. Free-form surface machining; coordi- Extensively equipped, interdepartmental robotics con- nate measuring machine applications to geometric trols, and manufacturing laboratories are also available. dimensions and tolerances; Taguchi’s method; injection Other facilities include the latest mechanical, electro- molding; sheet metal fabrication; FEA/FEM applications dynamic and servocontrolled hydraulic testing to plastic deformation of metals; rapid prototyping; machines, photoelastic equipment, and Moire strain intelligent manufacturing incorporating process model- measuring instruments. ing, sensor subsystems for in situ product quality Recent Research Activities monitoring, and knowledge-based control for real-time process adaptation; blow molding; composites process- Continuum and Solid Mechanics. Formulation of field ing; thermoforming; resin transfer molding; spin coating; equations and constitutive equations in non-linear elas- electronic packaging. ticity theories; mechanics of viscoelastic solids and fluids, plasticity theory; generalized continuum mechanics; Systems Dynamics and Controls. Modeling, simulation thermomechanical and electromechanical interactions; and control of dynamic systems including: control of analyses and modeling of manufacturing processes; free unstable processes, programmed logic control experience, vibration and dynamic response of elastic shells, elastic- compensator design and construction, issues in digital plastic deformation of shells upon cyclic thermal loading, implementation, state-of-the-industrial art experimental and applications of shell analysis to nuclear power plant equipment, energy methods and bond graph modeling, components; optical stress analysis; biomechanics of gait; methods of model identification from experimental data; wave propagation; finite amplitude wave propagation. application to various mechanisms, vehicles, chemical processes, aircraft systems, chemical processes, hydraulic Fracture Mechanics. Stress analysis of materials contain- systems, thermodynamic systems, microelectromechani- ing defects, including viscoelastic, non-homogeneous, cal actuators; application to mechatronics for the and anisotropic materials; analytical and experimental integration of mechanical systems, computer control and studies and modeling of crack growth under static, peri- programming for the design of smart consumer products odic, and random loadings and environmental effects; and intelligent manufacturing machinery. optimizations of fracture control; crack propagation the- ories for nonlinear material; influence of cracks on the Stochastic Processes. Modeling of random behavior in strength of structural members and of interfaces; mechanical systems; static and time-dependent stochastic hydraulic fracture; applications to reliability and durabil- fracture mechanics, with particular applications to assess- ity of composites, structural and microelectronic ments of reliability and service life prediction. components, and to processes for resource recovery. Engineering Mathematics. General research areas within Thermofluids. Structure of turbulent boundary layers, the division include: Analytical and numerical methods wakes and jets; vortex-solid boundary interactions; for the solution of ordinary and partial differential equa- boundary layers in compressible flow, including hyper- tions; industrial applications. Asymptotic methods. Finite sonic regimes; vortex breakdown in internal machinery element techniques. Wavelets. Non-linear studies; stabili- and in flow past wings; drag reduction in turbulent flows; ty and bifurcation. Navier-Stokes equations; boundary flow-induced noise and vibration; flutter of blades in layer theory; turbulence modelling. Non-Newtonian flu- axial-flow turbomachinery and of tails and fins on air- ids; viscometric flows; materials processing. Geophysical craft; unsteady aerodynamic flows past three-dimensional flows. Wave propagation; solitons. Combustion phenom- wings and bodies; flow structure and heat transfer at end- ena. Continuum mechanics; large deformation analyses; wall junctions in rotating machinery and on surfaces of buckling; fracture mechanics. Thermoelasticity. Applied aircraft; flows in micro-hydro-electromechanical systems; probability and stochastic processes; stochastic differential convective heat transfer in systems of electronic compo- equations. Statistical mechanics. nents; flows through complex components of power 320 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Graduate Courses in Mechanical ME 421. Topics in Thermodynamics (3) Engineering Emphasis on theoretical and experimental treatment of combustion processes including dissociation, flame tem- Except for core courses, graduate courses are generally perature calculations, diffusion flames, stability and offered every third semester. Several courses are offered propagation; related problems in compressible flow each year as ME 450 Special Topics. For details, contact involving one-dimensional, oblique shock waves and det- the graduate office of the department. onation waves. Methods of measurement and ME 401. Integrated Product Development (IPD) instrumentation. Staff (3) fall ME 423. Heat and Mass Transfer (3) spring An integrated and interdisciplinary approach to engineering This course is a first graduate course in the basic con- design, concurrent engineering, design for manufacturing, cepts of heat and mass transfer, providing a broad industrial design and the business of new product develop- coverage of key areas in diffusion, conduction, convec- ment. Topics include design methods, philosophy and tion, heat and mass transfer, and radiation. Topics practice, the role of modeling and simulation, decision mak- covered include: the conservation equations, steady and ing, risk, cost, material and manufacturing process selection, transient diffusion and conduction, periodic diffusion, platform and modular design, mass customization, quality, melting and solidification problems, numerical methods, planning and scheduling, business issues, teamwork, group turbulent convection, transpiration and film cooling, free dynamics, creativity and innovation. The course uses case convection, heat transfer with phase change, heat studies and team projects with international partners. Ochs exchanges, radiation, mixed mode heat and mass trans- ME 402. Advanced Manufacturing Science (3) spring fer. Neti, Öztekin The course focuses on the fundamental science-base ME 424. Unstable and Turbulent Flow (3) underlying manufacturing processes, and applying that Stability of laminar flow; transition to turbulence. science base to develop knowledge and tools suitable for Navier-Stokes equations with turbulence. Bounded tur- industrial utilization. Selected manufacturing processes bulent shear flows; free shear flows; statistical description representing the general classes of material removal, of turbulence. Prerequisite: ME 331. Rockwell material deformation, material phase change, material flow, and material joining are addressed. Students create ME 426. Radiative and Conductive Heat Transfer (3) computer-based process simulation tools independently Principles of radiative transfer; thermal-radiative proper- as well as utilize leading commercial process simulation ties of diffuse and specular surfaces; radiative exchange packages. Laboratory experiences are included through- between bodies; radiative transport through absorbing, out the course. Coulter/Nied emitting and scattering media. Advanced topics in steady-state and transient conduction; analytical and ME 411. Boundary-Layer Theory (3) numerical solutions; problems of combined conductive The course is intended as a first graduate course in vis- and radiative heat transfer. Prerequisite: ME 321 or cous flow. An introduction to boundary-layer theory, CHE 421. Varley thermodynamics and heat transfer at the undergraduate level are assumed to have been completed. Topics include ME 427. (CHE 427) Multiphase Flow and Heat the fundamental equation of continuum fluid mechan- Transfer (3) ics, the concept of asymptotic methods and low and high Heat transfer and fluid dynamics of multiphase systems. Reynolds number flows, laminar boundary layers, gener- Subcooled, nucleate, and film boiling; bubble nucle- alized similarity methods, two-and three-dimensional ation; dynamics of bubble growth and collapse; flows, steady and unsteady flows and an introduction to vapor-liquid cocurrent flow regimes; two-phase pressure hydrodynamic stability. The material is covered in the drop and momentum exchange, low instabilities; convec- context of providing a logical basis as an introduction to tive-flow boiling; simultaneous heat and mass transfer. a further course in turbulent flows. Prerequisite: ME 321 or CHE 421. Chen ME 413. Numerical Methods in Mechanical ME 428. Boundary Layers and Convective Heat Engineering (3) Transfer (3) Zeros of functions, difference tables, interpolation, inte- Navier-Stokes and energy equations, laminar boundary gration, differentiation. Divided differences, numerical layer theory, analysis of friction drag, transfer and separa- solution of ordinary differential equations of the bound- tion. Transition from laminar to turbulent flow. ary and initial value type. Eigen problems. Curve fitting, Turbulent boundary layer theory. Prandtl mixing length, matrix manipulation and solution of linear algebraic turbulent friction drag, and heat transfer. Integral meth- equations. Partial differential equations of the hyperbol- ods. Flow in ducts, wakes and jets. Natural convection ic, elliptic and parabolic type. Application to problems in heat transfer. Prerequisite: ME 331 or ME 321. Levy mechanical engineering. ME 430. Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3) fall ME 415. Flow-Induced Vibrations (3) This course is a first graduate course in incompressible Excitation of streamlined- and bluff-bodies by self-flut- fluid mechanics, providing a broad coverage of key areas ter, vortex, turbulence, and gust-excitation mechanisms. of viscous and inviscid fluid mechanics. Topics covered Analogous excitation of fluid (compressible- and free- include: Flow kinematics, differential equations of surface) systems having rigid boundaries. Extensive case motion, viscous and inviscid solutions, vorticity dynam- studies. Rockwell ics and circulation, vorticity equation, circulation theorems, potential flow behavior, irrotational and rota- ME 420. Advanced Thermodynamics (3) tional flows, simple boundary layer flows and solutions, Critical review of thermodynamics systems. Criteria for and real fluid flows and consequences. Smith, Rockwell equilibrium. Applications to electromagnetic systems. Statistical thermodynamics. Irreversible thermodynamics. Thermoelectric phenomena. Levy Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 321

ME 431. Advanced Gas Dynamics (3) tive methods for nonlinear ordinary differential equa- Method of characteristics. Unsteady continuous flow. tions; phase plane. Solutions of classical partial Unsteady flows with discontinuities. Shock tubes. differential equations from the physical sciences; trans- Detonation waves. Two-dimensional and axisymmetric form techniques; method of characteristics. supersonic flows. Momentum and energy equation of ME 443. Mathematical Methods in Engineering II compressible viscous fluids. Prerequisite: ME 322. Blythe (3) spring ME 433. (CHE 433, ECE 433) State Space Continuation of ME 442. Control (3) ME 444. Experimental Stress Analysis in Design (3) State-space methods of feedback control system design Fundamental concepts of strain measurements and appli- and design optimization for invariant and time-varying cation of strain gages and strain gage circuits. Two- and deterministic, continuous systems; pole positioning, three-dimensional photoelasticity, stress separation tech- observability, controllability, modal control, observer niques, birefringent coatings, moiré methods, caustics. design, the theory of optimal processes and Pontryagin’s Use of image analysis in data acquisition and interpreta- Maximum principle, the linear quadratic optimal regula- tion. Selected laboratory experiments. Voloshin tor problem, Lyapunov functions and stability theorems, linear optimal open loop control; introduction to the ME 446. Mechanical Reliability (3) calculus of variations; introduction to the control of dis- Design of mechanical engineering systems to reliability tributed parameter systems. Intended for engineers with specifications. Probabilistic failure models for mechanical a variety of backgrounds. Examples will be drawn from components. Methods for the analysis and improvement mechanical, electrical and chemical engineering applica- of system reliability. Effect of component tolerance and tions. Prerequisite: ME 343 or ECE 212 or CHE 386 or parameter variation on system failure. Reliability testing. consent of instructor. Johnson Prerequisite: MATH 231 or MATH 309. Harlow ME 434. (CHE 434, ECE 434) Multivariable ME 450. Special Topics (3) Process Control (3) An intensive study of some field of mechanical engineer- A state-of-the-art review of multivariable methods of ing not covered in more general courses. interest to process control applications. Design tech- ME 451. Seminar (1-3) niques examined include loop interaction analysis, Critical discussion of recent advances in mechanical frequency domain methods (Inverse Nyquist Array, engineering. Characteristic Loci and Singular Value Decomposition) feed forward control, internal model control and dynam- ME 458. Modeling of Dynamic Systems (3) ic matrix control. Special attention is placed on the Modeling of complex linear and nonlinear energetic interaction of process design and process control. Most dynamic engineering systems. Emphasis on subdivision of the above methods are used to compare the relative into multiport elements and representation by the bond- performance of intensive and extensive variable control graph language using direct, energetic, and experimental structures. Prerequisite: CHE 433 or ME 433 or ECE methods. Field lumping. Analytical and graphical reduc- 433 or consent of instructor. tions. Simulation and other numerical methods. Examples including mechanisms, electromechanical transducers, ME 436. (CHE 436, ECE 436) Systems electric and fluid circuits, and thermal systems. Johnson Identification (3) The determination of model parameters from time-his- ME 460. Engineering Project (1-6) tory and frequency response data by graphical, Project work on some aspect of mechanical engineering deterministic and stochastic methods. Examples and in an area of student and faculty interest. Selection and exercises taken from process industries, communications direction of the project could involve interaction with and aerospace testing. Regression, quasilinearization and local communities or industries. Prerequisite: consent of invariant-imbedding techniques for nonlinear system the department chair. parameter identification included. Prerequisite: CHE ME 461. IPD: Design (3) 433 or ME 433 or ECE 433 or consent of instructor. Industry sponsored Integrated Product Development ME 437. (CHE 437, ECE 437) Stochastic Control (3) Project (IPD) projects. The student works with an indus- Linear and nonlinear models for stochastic systems. try sponsor to do a technical and economic feasibility Controllability and observability. Minimum variance study of new product development. Selection and con- state estimation. Linear quadratic Gausian control prob- tent of the project is determined by the faculty project lem. Computational considerations. Nonlinear control advisor in consultation with the industry sponsor. problem in stochastic systems. Prerequisite: CHE 433 or Deliverables include progress and final reports, oral pre- ME 433 or ECE 433 or consent of instructor. Staff sentations and posters. Prerequisites: Consent of the department chair and faculty project advisor. ME 442. Mathematical Methods in Engineering I ME 462. IPD: Manufacturing (3) (3) fall Industry sponsored Integrated Product Development Analytical techniques are developed for the solution of Project (IPD) projects. The student works with an indus- engineering problems described by algebraic systems, and try sponsor to create detailed design specifications, by ordinary and partial differential equations. Topics fabricate and test a prototype new product and plan for covered include: linear vector spaces; eigenvalues, eigen- production. Selection and content of the project is deter- vectors, and eigenfunctions. First and higher-order linear mined by the faculty project advisor in consultation with differential equations with initial and boundary condi- the industry sponsor. Deliverables include progress and tions; Sturm-Liouville problems; Green’s function. final reports, oral presentations, posters and a prototype. Special functions; Bessel, etc. Qualitative and quantita- Prerequisites: Consent of the department chair and facul- ty project advisor. 322 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

ME 464. Computer-Aided Geometric Modeling (3) loads of columns. Postbuckling deformations of can- Representation schemes for geometric modeling, compu- tilever columns. Dynamic buckling with nonconservative tational geometry for curve and surface design, forces. Effects of initial imperfections. Inelastic buckling. finite-element meshing and NC tool path generation, Instability problems of thin plates and shells. interfacing different CAD/CAM databases, interactive Prerequisite: MATH 205. computer graphics programming. Prerequisite: ME 348 MECH 416. (CE 464) Analysis of Plates and or consent of instructor. Ozsoy Shells (3) ME 466. Fundamentals of Acoustics (3) Bending of rectangular and circular plates, plates under Vibration-induced acoustic radiation, wave equation in lateral loads, plates with thermal and inelastic strains, planar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Sound in effect of inplane forces, large deflections. Geometry and tubes, pipes, wave guides, acoustic enclosures. governing equations of a shell, shells of revolution, mem- Impedance and source-media-receiver transmission con- brane states, edge solutions, solution by numerical cepts. Noise and its measurements. Ochs integration, applications to pressure vessels. Prerequisites: ME 490. Thesis MATH 205; MECH 305 or equivalent course in advanced mechanics of materials. ME 499. Dissertation MECH 417. Mixed Boundary Value Problems in Graduate Courses in Engineering Mechanics (3) Mechanics General description of mixed boundary value problems Except for core courses, graduate courses are generally in potential theory and solid mechanics. Solutions by offered every third semester. dual series, dual integral equations and singular integral equations. Approximate and numerical methods. MECH 407. Wave Propagation in Solids (3) Wave propagation in deformable elastic solids; problems MECH 418. Finite Element Methods (3) in half-space and layered media; application of integral Finite element approximations to the solution of differ- transformations. Delph, Varley ential equations of engineering interest. Linear and nonlinear examples from heat transfer, solid mechanics, MECH 408. Introduction to Elasticity (3) fall and fluid mechanics are used to illustrate applications of This course is a first graduate course in solid mechanics. the method. The course emphasizes the development of It addresses: kinematics and statics of deformable elastic computer programs to carry out the required calcula- solids; compatibility, equilibrium and constitutive equa- tions. Prerequisite: knowledge of a high-level tions; problems in plane elasticity and torsion; energy programming language. Delph principles, approximate methods and applications. Staff MECH 419. (CHE 419) Asymptotic Methods in MECH 410. Theory of Elasticity II (3) the Engineering Sciences (3) Advanced topics in the theory of elasticity. The subject Introductory-level course with emphasis on practical matter may vary from year to year and may include, the- applications. Material covered includes: Asymptotic ory of potential functions, linear thermoelasticity, expansions. Regular and singular perturbations; algebraic dynamics of deformable media, integral transforms and problems. Asymptotic matching. Boundary value prob- complex-variable methods in classical elasticity. Problems lems; distinguished limits. Multiple scale expansions. of boundary layer type in elasticity; current develop- W.K.B. Theory. Non-linear wave equations. Blythe ments on the micro-structure theory of elasticity. Prerequisites: MECH 409, MATH 208, or consent of MECH 424. Unsteady Fluid Flows (3) the department chair. Gas dynamics, finite amplitude disturbances in perfect and real gases; channel flows; three-dimensional MECH 411. (PHY 471) Continuum Mechanics (3) acoustics; theories of the sonic boom. Motions in fluids An introduction to the continuum theories of the with a free surface; basic hydrodynamics, small ampli- mechanics of solids and fluids. This includes a discussion tude waves on deep water; ship waves; dispersive waves; of the mechanical and thermodynamical bases of the shallow water gravity waves and atmospheric waves. subject, as well as the use of invariance principles in for- Hemodynamics; pulsatile blood flow at high and low mulating constitutive equations. Applications of the Reynolds number. Models of the interaction of flow with theories to specific problems are given. Staff artery walls. Varley MECH 413. Fracture Mechanics (3) MECH 425. Analytical Methods in Dynamics and Elementary and advanced fracture mechanics concepts; Vibrations (3) spring analytical modeling; fracture toughness concept; fracture This course is a first graduate course in dynamics and toughness testing; calculation of stress intensity factors; vibrations. It treats three-dimensional rigid body motion elastic-plastic analysis; prediction of crack trajectory; by vector methods and multidegree of freedom systems fatigue crack growth and environmental effects; compu- by variational principles. Discrete modal analysis and tational methods in fracture mechanics; nonlinear continuous modal analysis of one-dimensional systems fracture mechanics; fracture of composite structures; plus finite-element formulation of numerical problems application of fracture mechanics to design. constitutes about one-third of the course. There is a brief Prerequisites: MATH 205, MECH 305 or equivalent treatment of advanced impact. Use of symbolic comput- course in advanced mechanics of materials. Nied, Wei er codes is encouraged. Johnson MECH 415. (CE 468) Stability of Elastic MECH 432. Inelastic Behavior of Materials (3) Structures (3) Time independent and dependent inelastic material Basic concepts of instability of a structure; bifurcation, behavior. Time independent plasticity. Yield criteria in energy increment, snap-through, dynamic instability. multi-dimensions, J2 incremental plasticity in multi- Analytical and numerical methods of finding buckling dimensions with associated flow rule. Numerical Military Science 323 integration of plasticity equations by radial return and to other methods. Deformation theory of plasticity. Time Military Science dependent behavior including linear viscoelasticity and Professor. LTC William D. Kuchinski, M.S. Rensselaer nonlinear creep behavior. Nonlinear material behavior at Polytechnic Institute chair. elevated temperatures. Prerequisite: MECH 408. Delph Assistant professors. LTC, USAR, James W. Follweiler, MECH 445. Non-deterministic Models in M.S. (Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University); MAJ Engineering (3) Robert Haldeman, MSBA (Bucknell University); CPT Application of probability and stochastic processes to Thomas Brede, B.A. (Tarleton State University); CPT engineering problems for a variety of applications. Darin Mills, B.S. (West Point). Modeling and analysis of common non-deterministic Instructors. MSG Luis Pino, SFC Richard Boyer. processes. Topics are selected from the following: linear The Department of Military Science, established in and nonlinear models for random systems; random func- 1919, conducts the Army Reserve Officers Training tions; simulation; random loads and vibrations; Kalman Corps (ROTC) program at Lehigh University. This is filtering, identification, estimation, and prediction; sto- one of the oldest ROTC programs in the nation. The chastic fracture and fatigue; probabilistic design of Army ROTC program provides a means for students to engineering systems; and spatial point processes. qualify for a commission as an officer in the Active Prerequisites: advanced calculus and some exposure to Army, Army Reserve, or Army National Guard. probability and statistics. Harlow The objectives of the military science program are to MECH 450. Special Problems (3) develop leadership and management ability in each stu- An intensive study of some field of applied mechanics dent; to provide a basic understanding of the Army’s not covered in more general courses. history, philosophy, organization, responsibilities, and MECH 454. Mechanics and Design of role in American society; and to develop fundamental Composites (3) professional knowledge and skills associated with officer- Mechanics of anisotropic materials. Manufacturing and ship. These objectives are achieved through classroom measurements of mechanical properties. Stress analysis instruction, leadership laboratories, field trips, role play- for design of composite structures. Hygrothermal effects ing, leadership simulations, and individual assessment and residual stresses. Laminate design, micromechanics and counseling. Army ROTC offers a four-year program of lamina. Bolted and bonded joints. Impact and dam- and a two-year program. The four-year program consists age in composites. Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite: of a two-year basic course and a two-year advanced MECH 305 or equivalent course in advanced mechanics course. The two-year program consists of the two-year of materials. Voloshin advanced course offered to students with previous mili- tary experience, and those who have successfully MECH 490. Thesis completed the five-week ROTC Leaders Training MECH 499. Dissertation Course. Basic course students incur no obligation for service in the Army as a result of taking these courses. Graduate Courses in Engineering Basic Course. The basic course, normally taken in the Mathematics freshman and sophomore years, provides training and Students in the applied mathematics program also have instruction in leadership, public speaking, and basic mil- access to the graduate courses listed under mechanical itary subjects, such as the Army’s role and organizational engineering, engineering mechanics, and mathematics, as structure, history and philosophy of the Army, basic tac- well as other engineering departments. tics, land navigation, first aid, group dynamics, and EMA 425. Variational Methods in Science and leadership traits and characteristics. Basic course students incur no military obligation Engineering (3) Variational problems with one independent variable; Advanced Course. The advanced course is normally Euler-Lagrange equations; methods of solution; space taken in the junior and senior years. The instruction and time dependent fields; null Lagrangians and inho- includes management, military skills, advanced leader- mogeneous Dirichlet data; problems with constraints; ship and tactics, logistics, administration, military law, symmetries and conservation laws; variational approxi- ethics, and professionalism, and includes attendance at mation methods, Rayleigh-Ritz, Galerkin, finite element, the ROTC Leadership Development and Assessment and collocation. Problems and examples will be drawn Course. Students receive $350 per month subsistence from the mechanics of solids, fluids, and related fields. pay during the junior year and $400 per month in their Prerequisite: consent of chair. Staff senior year. EMA 450. Special Topics (3) To enroll in the advanced course, an applicant completes An intensive study of some field of engineering mathe- either the basic course or the five-week Leaders Training matics not covered in other courses. Course; or has received basic course credit for previous military experience; or is a nursing student and is accept- EMA 490. Thesis ed for enrollment by the university and the Department EMA 499. Dissertation of Military Science. Uniforms and Equipment. All uniforms and equipment needed by the student for military science courses are sup- plied by the department. Students are charged only for those items not returned when they leave the program. Transfers. Qualified students transferring from another institution may enter the ROTC program at the 324 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 appropriate level and year, provided they have received Application booklets are also available from most high the necessary credits, the recommendation of their for- school guidance offices, or may be obtained from the mer professor of military science (if applicable), and the military science department. approval of the university. Two-Year Program Obligation After Graduation. Upon graduation a stu- Students who want to enroll in ROTC after their sopho- dent will receive a commission as a Second Lieutenant in more year may apply. Applicants must successfully either the Active Army or the Reserve Forces. If offered complete a five-week Leaders Training Course (LTC) and active duty, scholarship students serve four years while have two years of undergraduate or graduate studies non-scholarship students serve three. If offered reserve remaining. The student is paid for the five-week duty, students normally serve six to eight years in a encampment and receives transportation costs to and Reserve or National Guard unit. from the camp. Additional scholarships are available at Graduate Studies. ROTC graduates may request to delay this camp. their active service to pursue a full-time course of instruction leading to an advanced degree. Delay does Physical Facilities not lengthen the active service obligation unless the Army ROTC uses areas on and adjacent to the university degree is obtained at government expense. The three campus to conduct field training. These locations are major areas of concentration are medical school, law excellent for most outdoor activities such as orienteering, school, and all other categories. patrolling, and survival training. Fort Indiantown Gap Course Credit. Students in the College of Arts and Military Reservation, located east of Harrisburg, Pa., and Sciences and the College of Business and Economics may Fort Dix, NJ, located east of Philadelphia, Pa., are used substitute military science advanced credits for six hours of for field training exercises and weapons familiarization electives. In the College of Engineering and Applied during the two annual weekend field exercises. Gettys- Science, six credits of advanced ROTC work are permissi- burg National Park is also visited each year. ble within the normal program of each student, Off-campus U.S. Army Training Schools irrespective of curriculum. For curricula that include more Cadets may be selected to attend the following U.S. than six hours of personal electives in the junior and sen- Army Schools: Airborne School (Fort Benning, Georgia), ior years, inclusion of the more than six hours of ROTC Air Assault School (Fort Campbell, Kentucky), Moun- credit with normal programs can be effected only with the tain Warfare School (Ethan Allen Training Center, approval of academic advisers. All military science credits, Vermont), and Northern Warfare School (Fort Greely, including those in the basic course, apply toward the stu- Alaska). This off-campus program is fully funded by the dent’s overall cumulative grade point average. U.S. Army. Many other installations throughout the Career Opportunities world may be visited through the Cadet Troop Leader Training program. Nursing students may choose to Individuals are commissioned as officers in the United attend the Nurse Summer Training Program at Army States Army after completion of the ROTC program and hospitals located throughout the United States. the advanced camp and completion of their bachelors degree requirements. They then qualify in branches (spe- Minor in Military Science cialties) such as the Corps of Engineers, Infantry, Armor, A minor in military science is available in the College of Aviation, Field Artillery, Air Defense Artillery, Signal Arts and Sciences. A minor in military science consists of Corps, Military Intelligence, Chemical Corps, Ordnance a minimum of 28 credit hours beyond the basic Military Corps, Finance, Transportation, Military Police, Adjutant Science course and is designed to provide the student General, Quartermaster, Medical Service Corps, or with an academic foundation necessary to support con- Nursing. Officers work as leaders/managers, specialists, or tinued intellectual growth and stimulate future inquiry combinations of the two depending on the assignment. in the realm of civil military affairs and military science. Programs and Opportunities Credit hours required are distributed as follows: ROTC Scholarship Program Military Science (13) This program is designed to offer financial assistance to MS 101 Advanced Military Skills (3) outstanding young men and women entering the ROTC MS 102 Advanced Leadership (3) program who are interested in an Army career. Scholar- MS 113 Military Command and Staff (3) ships provide up to $23,000 annual tuition, a textbook MS 114 Officer Responsibilities, Ethics and Military and supplies allowance, and laboratory fees, in addition Professionalism (3) to pay up to $400 per month for the period the scholar- MS 118 Special Military Topics (1) ship is in effect. Three-year and two-year scholarships are HIST 110 American Military History (3) available to outstanding cadets who are currently enrolled in the ROTC program and are completing their International Relations (3-4) freshman or sophomore year of college. This program is (Select one course from one of the following categories) also open to all qualified students who are not currently International Relations enrolled in Army ROTC. Political Science Four-year scholarships are open to all students entering Written Communications (3) ROTC as freshmen. Applications for scholarship must be made to Headquarters, U.S. Army Cadet Command, (Select one course from one of the following categories) Fort Monroe, VA by July 15th prior to the high school Creative Writing senior year for early selection, but no later than Scientific Writing November 15th for normal application. Applications Writing for Mass Communications may be obtained by calling 1-800-USA-ROTC. English Composition Modern Languages and Literature 325

Human Behavior (3) MS 102. Advanced Leadership (3) spring (Select one course from one of the following categories) Critical examination of leadership qualities, traits and General Psychology principles with emphasis on military environment. Self, Sociology peer, and instructor leadership evaluation. Advanced mil- Anthropology itary skills reinforced. Includes leadership laboratory and FTX. Prerequisite: permission of department chair. Ethics MS 113. Military Command and Staff (3) fall Computer Literacy (3) Role, authority and responsibility of military command- Commissioning Requirements ers and staff in personnel, logistics and training management. Staff procedures, problem solving, training Individuals must complete either the two- or four-year methods and oral and written communications skills used programs, attend the advanced camp, receive a college in military organizations. Includes leadership laboratory degree, have a cumulative GPA of 2.0, and complete all and FTX. Prerequisite: permission of department chair. professional military education requirements to become commissioned officers in the United States Army. MS 114. Officer Responsibilities, Ethics and Military Professionalism (3) spring Course Descriptions Development of the Profession of Arms, its fundamental Leadership Laboratory is conducted for all students on values and institutions. Ethical responsibilities of military three Saturdays or Sundays per semester. The Leadership professionals in contemporary American society. Just war Laboratory provides students the opportunity to demon- theory, international law of war, and American military strate an understanding of the leadership process and law. Also covered are current topics to assist cadets in mak- develop fundamental military skills. ing the transition to the officer corps and service on active Instruction at several levels on a variety of subjects with duty or in the reserve forces. Includes leadership laboratory military application provides the context within which and FTX. Prerequisite: permission of department chair. students are furnished opportunities to both teach and MS 118. Special Topics for the Army Officer (1) lead in a group setting. Responsibility is expanded as the fall, spring student progresses through the program. In the senior Seminar covering special problems and issues dealing year, the students assume the responsibility for the plan- with responsibilities of the commissioned officer as ning, preparation and conduct of the laboratory. leader, manager, and mentor, not covered in other cours- Leadership Laboratory is mandatory for all students es. Prerequisite: permission of the department chair. enrolled in military science courses. Leadership Development and Assessment Course MS 15. Introduction to Military Science (1) fall The American Army as an institution, its roots, history, This is a five-week training program normally conducted customs and traditions and philosophy of leadership. at Fort Lewis, WA. Prerequisites are completion of the Emphasis on development and role of a professional offi- basic military science courses or their equivalent and MS cer corps. Includes leadership laboratory. 101 and 102. The summer camp experience, in coordi- nation with respective engineering curricula, may be MS 16. Leadership Assessment and Group used to fulfill the industrial employment requirements of Dynamics (1) spring the engineering courses, CE 100, IE 100, and MAT 100 Role of individual and leader within the group, leader- ship skills and characteristics. Emphasis on problem solving and application. Includes laboratory and FTX. Modern Languages and MS 23. Topographic Analysis and Land Literature Navigation (2) fall Professors. Marie Hélène Chabut, Ph.D. (U.C., San Maps as tools in basic terrain analysis and as navigational Diego), French; David W. Pankenier, Ph.D. (Stanford), aids and introduction to small unit tactics. Emphasis on Chinese; Lenora D. Wolfgang, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), application and field exercises at individual and small French. group levels. Includes leadership laboratory and FTX. Associate Professors. Marie-Sophie Armstrong, Ph.D. MS 24. Leadership Theory and Management (2) (Oregon), French; Constance Cook, Ph.D., (Berkeley), spring Chinese; Kiri Lee, Ph.D. (Harvard), Japanese; Linda S. Contemporary theories, traits and principles and small Lefkowitz, Ph.D. (Princeton), Spanish; Mary A. unit tactics development. Leadership philosophies, com- Nicholas, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), Chair, Russian; Antonio munications, leader-follower relationships, and Prieto, Ph.D. (Princeton), Spanish; Vera S. Stegmann, leadership problem-solving. Leadership simulations. Ph.D. (Indiana), German. Includes leadership laboratory and FTX. Note: Credit Assistant Professor. Miren Edurne Portela, Ph.D. (N.C., for this course will count as GPA but not credit passed Chapel Hill), Spanish. toward a degree. Knowledge of other languages opens the door to other MS 101. Advanced Military Skills (3) fall cultures, traditions, and perspectives on the world, and Essential junior officer skills: advanced land navigation, promotes deeper insight into one’s own language and principles of war, small unit tactical planning, tactics and culture. Proficiency in foreign languages is indispensable techniques of the soldier, team leading techniques, oral in a broad range of professions such as journalism, gov- communications and trainer skills. Emphasizes applica- ernment, international affairs, law, the armed forces, and tion and field experience. Includes leadership laboratory business. A bachelor of arts degree with a major in lan- and FTX. Prerequisite: permission of department chair. guages provides excellent preparation for professional careers in law, business, and the media. Foreign language 326 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 study is required for graduate study in many disciplines, Requirements for the major as well as for research in science and technology. A minimum of 32 credit hours is required beyond Inter- International experience is personally enriching and mediate II, chosen from Groups A and B below: enhances career prospects. Group A: one to four required courses (variable, depend- Languages offered ing on language major). Lehigh offers Mandarin Chinese, French, German, Group B: four to seven electives chosen from 100-300 Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and Spanish. level courses with emphasis on 300-level courses. Courses include writing and speaking, reading and lis- For specific course requirements, see each language tening, literature, civilization, and professional areas such major adviser. as business and health careers. A number of cultural Language students may count one MLL course taught in courses are given in English, but most offerings stress English toward the major in French, German, and Spanish. classroom use of the language. Facilities include an International Multimedia Resource Center (IMRC). Requirements for the departmental honors major Within the IMRC in Maginnes Hall are a state-of-the- Same as for the major plus eight additional hours of art multimedia computer lab (Maginnes 470) dedicated advanced courses at the 300 level, dissertation or com- primarily to foreign language multimedia and World prehensive examination (written or oral), and a 3.20 Wide Web applications and the World View Room average in the major. (Maginnes 490) in which is shown a regular daily sched- ule of foreign language news and feature programming Minor programs received via international satellite TV networks. The department offers minor programs in Asian studies, Chinese, French, German, Japanese, Latin American Language requirements studies, Russian, Russian studies, and Spanish and coor- The honors major in international relations requires for- dinates these studies with a student’s major requirements eign language study. The college scholar program in the in any college. College of Arts and Sciences; the major in Russian and Soviet studies, the major in Asian studies, the minors in Requirements for the Minor Latin American studies, Russian area studies, Asian stud- French, German, Spanish: Sixteen credit hours are ies, and in military science require language study. required above Intermediate II; one or two courses at the Students taking the B.A. in international relations or in 200 level, one or two courses at the 300 level. foreign careers are expected to study a language. Students Chinese, Japanese, Russian: A minimum of 16 credit hours. choosing a foreign language at an elementary level towards their general studies requirement in the college A maximum of 8 credits may be transferred for the of engineering must take a minimum of one year (two minor. courses). Some doctoral programs also require foreign Related programs language competence, usually assessed by the Department of Modern Languages and Literature. These are available in Asian studies, foreign careers, Jewish studies, Latin American studies, and Russian and Advising Soviet studies. Recommended related courses. Students Because of the sequential nature of language study and are urged to take elective courses on related subjects, the variety of specializations available, the department either within or outside the department, as approved by pays special attention to student advising. Students their adviser. whose experience, skills, and placement scores (Advanced Preliminary Courses. Placement or College Board Achievement Test) do not give them a clear indication of their level of placement These may be replaced by other courses when a student should consult with their instructor or the department qualifies for advanced standing. chair. Faculty members responsible for more advanced Elementary I (4) Intermediate I (4) advising are currently as follows: Asian studies major and Elementary II (4) Intermediate II (4) minor, Cook; Chinese minor, Pankenier; French major, Advanced courses Chabut; French minor, Armstrong; German major and minor, Stegmann; Russian minor and area studies, major Except where otherwise noted, 200- or 300-level courses and minor, Nicholas; Spanish major, Prieto; Spanish are open to students having completed eight credit hours minor, Lefkowitz. beyond Intermediate II. Exceptions require the consent of the instructor. Major programs Language of instruction The department offers major programs in French, German, Russian studies, and Spanish. The candidate for All courses are taught in the target language except MLL the major is expected to demonstrate adequate written courses listed under “Foreign Culture and Literature and oral command of the language, as well as knowledge Taught in English.” Students thereby become accus- of its literature and culture. A period of study abroad is tomed to considering the language as an active means of strongly recommended. communication and not solely as an object of study. Double majors and arts-engineering majors including a Courses in English language component are well-received by employers. The department offers elective courses in English on lit- Studies in the two areas are carefully coordinated by erary, cultural, and social subjects listed under “Foreign major advisers. Culture and Literature Taught in English”. These courses Modern Languages and Literature 327 may, in most cases, be taken to fulfill preliminary distri- No course under 100 level may be retaken for credit bution requirements. One of these courses may be once a higher course has been passed. included in the major. Foreign Culture and Literature Taught in English Study Abroad and Foreign Study These courses on foreign cultures and comparative topics Awards carry no prerequisites; knowledge of the foreign language The department encourages students of foreign lan- is not required. guages to spend a summer, a semester, or a full year on Language majors may count one MLL course taught in an approved program of study abroad. Exchange agree- English for credit toward a major requirement. ments with partner institutions are continually being Interested students should consult their language major developed. The department offers a limited number of advisers. For course descriptions, see under each lan- travel scholarships for foreign study to qualified students. guage area below. Applications should be submitted by November 15 for MLL 006. (GC 006) Globalization and Cultures (3) the spring and summer semesters and by April 15 for This course is a reflection on the processes of globaliza- summer and fall. For credit, transfer students must con- tion and their consequences, both good and bad, on the sult in advance with their major adviser, foreign language world’s societies and on our concepts of culture and adviser, other appropriate departments, the Office of identity. It provides a multidisciplinary examination of International Education, and when appropriate, the what cultures gain and lose from their interaction with Office of Financial Aid. the rest of the world and what it means to be a citizen of Lehigh offers summer programs through the Lehigh a globalized yet diverse world. (HU/GC) Valley Association of Independent Colleges (LVAIC). Programs are offered in Bonn (Germany), Cuernavaca MLL 23. Lehigh in Russia (1-8) (Mexico), and Seville (Spain) for eight credits each. A MLL 27. Russian Classics (4) faculty member acting as program director accompanies the students. Courses are taught at intermediate and MLL 28. The East European Film Experience (4) advanced levels by qualified instructors from host insti- MLL 51. Contemporary Hispanic-American tutions. Summer programs sponsored by the Literature (4) Lehigh-LVAIC Center for Jewish Studies include Hebrew in Israel. MLL 53. This Hispanic World and its Culture (4) Credits and grades are fully transferable under normal MLL 68. (ASIA 68) Japanese Language: Past and LVAIC cross-registration procedures. Interested students Present (4) should consult with the Department of Modern MLL 73. (ASIA 73, WS 73) Film, Fiction, and Languages and Literature, Maginnes Hall. Gender in Modern China (4) These courses are offered by Lehigh or under the cooper- ation agreement with the Lehigh Valley Association of MLL 74. (ASIA 74) Chinese Cultural Program (1- Independent Colleges. Summer or semester study abroad 8) at approved programs may be incorporated into foreign MLL 75. (ASIA 75, HIST 75) Chinese Civilization language majors and minors with the permission of the (4) appropriate advisor to a maximum of 16 credits toward the major and eight credits toward the minor. MLL 76. (ASIA 76, HIST 76) Understanding Contemporary China (4) CHIN, FREN, GERM, JPNS, RUSS, SPAN 91. Language and Culture Abroad I (1-8) MLL 78. (ASIA 78) Asian American Studies (4) Intensive study of conversation in the language of the MLL 100 Introduction to International Film (4) country; reading, development of writing skills and An introduction to international film traditions and theo- selected aspects of the culture. (HU) ry. We look at the importance of cinema as both art and CHIN, FREN, GERM, JPNS, RUSS, SPAN 191. entertainment and consider the social, political, and eco- Language and Culture Abroad II (1-8) nomic role of film in national and global contexts. (HU) Intensive study of conversation in the language of the MLL 124 Negotiating Across Cultures (4) country; rapid review of basic grammar, the reading and The world is shrinking! Yet as geographical distances analysis of moderately difficult texts, development of between peoples collapse, our misunderstandings seem to rudimentary writing skills, supplemented study of select- expand. Explore difference, erode barriers, and learn tac- ed aspects of contemporary civilization. Prerequisites: tics for successfully bridging cultural gaps. Learn the consent of chair and proficiency examination in the tar- ins-and-outs of cross-cultural communication from spe- get country. cialists in all walks of life and from a diverse array of CHIN, FREN, GERM, JPNS, RUSS, SPAN 291. sources. (H/S) Language and Culture Abroad III (1-8) MLL 125. (ASIA 125) Immortal Images: Intensive practice of speaking and writing in the lan- Traditional Chinese Literature in Translation (4) guage of the country aimed at providing the student MLL 127 ORIENTations: Approaches to Modern with extensive proficiency of expression and the ability to discriminate linguistic usage. Idiomatic expressions ASIA (4) and an introduction to stylistics. Reading and analysis of An introduction to East and Southeast ASIA at the turn more difficult texts, supplemented by in-depth study of of the millennium. How do the contemporary societies selected aspects of contemporary civilization. and traditional cultures of Asian countries differ from Prerequisites: consent of chair and proficiency examina- the West? What distinguishes our perspectives—on poli- tion in the target country. tics, individual liberties, civic responsibility, religious 328 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 faith, the “pursuit of happiness”, etc.? How are Asians CHIN 004. Beginning Spoken Chinese II (2) represented (or misrepresented) in the West, and how is Continuation of CHIN 003: further practice with text- the trend toward globalization in the “Pacific Century” based dialogues in modern colloquial Chinese; emphasis likely to be affected by the new assertiveness of Asian on oral proficiency. Not open to native speakers. nations? Pankenier (team taught). (H/S) (Spring) Prerequisite: CHIN 002 or permission of the MLL 140. (ANTH 140, COGS 140, PSYC 140) instructor. Staff (HU) Introduction to Linguistics (4) CHIN 011. Intermediate Chinese Reading and Relationship between language and mind; formal proper- Writing I (2) ties of language; language and society; how languages Continued focus on vocabulary/character acquisition change over time. (SS) and text-based reading and writing exercises using MLL 143. German Literature and Culture in Chinese characters. (Fall) Prerequisites: CHIN 013 or permission of the instructor. Staff (HU) Translation (4) CHIN 012. Intermediate Chinese Reading and MLL 177. (ASIA 177, HIST 177) China Enters Writing II (2) the Modern Age (4) Continuation of CHIN 011: vocabulary/character acqui- MLL 231. New German Cinema (4) sition and text-based reading and writing exercises using MLL 320 Berlin: 1920s to the Present (4) Chinese characters. (Spring). Prerequisites: CHIN 013, CHIN 014, or permission of the instructor. Staff (HU) Literature, culture, and history of Berlin from the Weimar Republic through reunification. (HU) CHIN 013. Intermediate Spoken Chinese I (2) MLL 3XX/4XX. (Educ 4XX) Second Language Further development of communicative skills in Chinese using situational dialogues and class discussion; emphasis Acquisition (SLA) Theory (3-4) on oral proficiency. Not open to native speakers. (Fall) This course will introduce theories of second-language Prerequisite: CHIN 004, CHIN 011, or permission of acquisition of English as a second language as well as the instructor. Staff. (HU) other languages. Various theories of communication and language acquisition will be covered. Prerequisite: con- CHIN 014. Intermediate Spoken Chinese II (2) sent of instructor. (HU/ED) Continuation of CHIN 013: further development of com- municative skills in Chinese using situational dialogues and MLL 3XX/4XX. (Educ 4XX) Intercultural class discussion; emphasis on oral proficiency. Not open to Communication (3-4) native speakers. (Fall) Prerequisite: CHIN 012, CHIN Language is ambiguous by nature and discourse is inter- 013, or permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) preted in cultural and linguistic contexts. This course covers different cultural and linguistic strategies individ- CHIN 111. Advanced Chinese Reading & uals use to communicate with each other, essential Writing I (2) concepts for interacting with individuals from other cul- Reading, translation, and writing practice using text- tural and linguistic backgrounds, and different strategies based exercises, short stories, essays, and other selected of communication as defined by specific cultures. materials. (Fall). Prerequisites: CHIN 014, CHIN 113 Covering the theory and practice of intercultural interac- or permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) tion, this course examines assumptions about language CHIN 112. Advanced Chinese Reading & and culture, and includes practical advice to help stu- Writing II (2) dents develop the cultural sensitivity essential for Continuation of CHIN 111: reading, translation, writ- communication today. (HU/ED) ing exercises using text-based exercises, short stories, Chinese essays, and other selected materials. (Spring). Prerequisites: CHIN 111, CHIN 113, or permission of Undergraduate Courses in Chinese the instructor. Staff. (HU) CHIN 001. Beginning Chinese Reading and CHIN 113. Advanced Spoken Chinese I (2) Writing I (2) Topical discussions and oral presentations in Chinese. Introduction to the Chinese writing system and begin- (Fall) Prerequisite: CHIN 014, CHIN 111, or permis- ning character acquisition; reading practice with pinyin sion of the instructor. Staff. (HU) transcription system. (Fall) Co-requisite: CHIN 003 or CHIN 114. Advanced Spoken Chinese II (2) permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) Continuation of CHIN 113: topical discussions and oral CHIN 002. Beginning Chinese Reading and presentations in Chinese. (Fall) Prerequisite: CHIN 112, Writing II (2) CHIN 113, or permission of the instructor. Staff. (HU) Continuation of CHIN 001: continued character acqui- CHIN 251. Special Topics (1-4) sition, reading practice in pinyin and simple character Literary and linguistics topics not covered in regular texts. (Spring) Prerequisites: CHIN 003, CHIN 004 or courses. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent permission of the instructor. Staff (HU) of the instructor. (HU) CHIN 003. Beginning Spoken Chinese I (2) CHIN 371. Special Topics (1-4) Introduction to Mandarin Chinese pronunciation, the Directed study of an author, genre, or period not covered pinyin transcription system, and modern colloquial in regular courses. May be repeated once for credit. Chinese; emphasis on oral proficiency. Not open to Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. (HU) native speakers. (Fall) Co-requisite: CHIN 001 or per- mission of the instructor Modern Languages and Literature 329

Courses Taught in English FREN 144. Advanced Oral French (4) Emphasis on comprehension and oral performance of MLL 73. (ASIA 73, WS 73) Film, Fiction, and the French language. Student acquires confidence in Gender in Modern China (4) speaking French through discussions of current issues, Study of the struggle for an individual “modern” entity articles, novels, movies, and other topics. Required for out of traditionally defined roles for men and women as French majors. Prerequisite: FREN 143 or equivalent. depicted by Chinese writers and filmmakers. Class, texts, Staff. (HU) and films in English. Students interested in setting up a corollary Chinese language component may discuss this FREN 159. The French-Speaking World and its possibility with the professor. (HU) Culture (4) Cultural, social, and artistic development of France and MLL 74. (ASIA 74) Chinese Cultural Program (1-8) the French-speaking world. Prerequisite: FREN 143, A summer program in China, taught in English. (HU) 144, or consent of instructor. Armstrong, Chabut. (HU) MLL 75. (ASIA 75, HIST 75) Chinese FREN 252. From Romance to Post-Modernism (4) Civilization (4) Representative works from the Middle Ages to the The development of traditional Chinese thought, Twentieth Century, including Marie de France, Flaubert, beliefs, technology, and institutions from a historical Baudelaire, and Proust. Prerequisite: FREN 143, 144, or perspective, from earliest times to China’s encounter consent of instructor. (HU) with the West. (H/S) FREN 271. Readings (4) MLL 76. (ASIA 76, HIST 76) Understanding Study of the works of some author or group of authors, Contemporary China (4) or of a period, or of a literary theme. May be repeated An overview of recent history, politics, economy, reli- once for credit. (HU) gion, problems of modernization, popular culture, and FREN 272. Culture of Business (4) attitudes. Contemporary Chinese society viewed against An exciting new course on the fundamentals of business the backdrop of tradition and the tumultuous history of in France. We will learn about banking, marketing, twentieth-century China. (SS) advertising, the stock market, and many other aspects of MLL 78. (ASIA 78) Asian-American Studies (4) business in France. We will learn about foreign ventures MLL 125. (ASIA 125) Immortal Images: in France, such as Disney and McDonald’s. We will learn how to open a bank account, apply for a job, and what Traditional Chinese Literature in Translation (4) life is like in a French company. Ideal for someone who Explore age-old themes in literature as diverse as pre- wants to intern or work for an international company or modern novels, ghost stories, poetry, divination manuals, a company with a French connection. Taught in French. and medical texts. (HU) Prerequisite: FREN 143 or 144 or equivalent. Wolfgang. MLL 177. (ASIA 177, HIST 177) China Enters FREN 281. French Cultural Program (1-6) the Modern Age (4) A program in a French-speaking country offering formal The collapse of the imperial order and China’s agonizing language courses and cultural opportunities. (HU) transformation into a modern nation-state over the past 150 years. The impact of imperialism, war, radical social FREN 302. Medieval French Stories (4) change, and protracted revolution on Chinese traditions, Stories of love, death, revenge, murder, and mayhem. values, and institutions. (H/S) Wolfgang. (HU) French FREN 303. Arthurian Romances (4) Medieval romances of Arthur, Lancelot, and the Holy Undergraduate Courses in French Grail. Readings and discussion of the first literary works FREN 1. Elementary French I (4) fall dealing with Arthurian themes. Wolfgang. (HU) Multimedia approach to the study of French. FREN 306. Renaissance French Literature (4) Introduction to French conversation, grammar, and cul- Study of the major writers of the period, including ture. (HU) Ronsard, Rebelais, and Montaigne. Wolfgang. (HU) FREN 2. Elementary French II (4) spring FREN 311. French Classicism Continuation of FREN 1. Prerequisite: FREN 1 or French classical theater, novel, and criticism, with appropriate achievement test score before entrance, or emphasis on Corneille, Racine, Moliere, Pascal, consent of instructor. (HU) Lafayette, Malherbe, and Boileau. Chabut. (HU) FREN 11. Intermediate French I (4) fall FREN 313. The Age of Enlightenment (4) Further acquisition of the fundamentals of French con- The Philosophes and Encyclopédistes of the eighteenth cen- versation, writing, and culture. Multimedia approach. tury, with emphasis on Voltaire, Rousseau, Montesquieu, Prerequisite: FREN 2 or appropriate achievement test and Diderot. Chabut. (HU) score before entrance, or consent of instructor. (HU) FREN 316. Nineteenth Century Literature (4) FREN 12. Intermediate French II (4) spring Study of major nineteenth century novelists and poets. Continuation of FREN 11. Prerequisite: FREN 11 or Armstrong. (HU) appropriate achievement test score before entrance, or consent of instructor. (HU) FREN 318. (THTR 318) Drama in the Twentieth Century (4) FREN 143. Advanced Written French (4) Contemporary French drama with an analysis of its ori- Intensive practice in written French and introduction to gins and movements. Armstrong. (HU) literary criticism. Prerequisite: FREN 12, or achievement test score of 590, or consent of instructor. (HU) 330 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

FREN 320. Contemporary French Fiction (4) GERM 11. Intermediate German I (4) Reading and discussion of contemporary works of fiction Review of grammar, composition, reading of intermediate (post-1980). Study of how these works fit into the con- texts, vocabulary building. Prerequisite: GERM 2, or four text of French literature and relate more specifically to units of entrance German or consent of instructor. (HU) major literary currents of the twentieth century. GERM 12. Intermediate German II (4) Armstrong. (HU) Continuation of GERM 11. Prerequisite: GERM 11 or FREN 321. Twentieth-Century French Short consent of instructor; one hour of lab. (HU) Fiction (4) GERM 163. German Civilization and Culture (4) Examination, within the framework of short fiction, of Cultural, historical, and political evolution of Germany the major literary currents that have made up twentieth- and German-speaking countries in Europe. Prerequisite: century literature. Works by Sartre, Camus, de GERM 12 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. (HU) Mandiargues, Robbe-Gillet, Le Clézio, Echenoz, Sallenave, and others. Armstrong (HU) GERM 167. Conversation and Composition (4) Intensive practice in spoken and written German. FREN 322. Contemporary French Films (4) Prerequisite: GERM 12 or equivalent, or consent of French Films from the late 1950s to the present. instructor. (HU) Introduction to cinematograhic language and exploration of the issues of gender, power, and madness. Films by GERM 169. Business German (4) Truffaut, J-L Godard, C. Denis, A. Varda, J-J Beineix, E. German in business, the professions, international, and Rohner, and others. Armstrong (HU) social relations. Letter writing, comprehension of techni- cal texts, specialized vocabulary, and grammar review. FREN 323. Love and the French Novel (4) Prerequisite: GERM 12 or equivalent, or consent of Representative French novels, such as Tristan et Iseut, instructor. (HU) La Princesse de Clèves, and Bonjour Tristesse. Style, themes, myths, and story patterns are analyzed. (HU) GERM 181. German Cultural Program (1-8) Summer program abroad. Formal instruction in the lan- FREN 324. The Outsider in French Fiction (4) guage and the culture of a German-speaking country. (HU) Focus on otherness/difference in French fiction from the eighteenth to the twentieth century. Reading and discus- GERM 211 (THTR 211). German Drama (4) sion of short stories and novels by Graffigny, Diderot, Drama as a literary genre; plays from various periods of Maupassant, Gide, Camus, Duras, Beauvoir, Le Clézio German literature. (HU) and others. (HU) GERM 218. (THTR 218) Goethe’s “Faust” (4) FREN 327. (WS 327) Women Writing in French (4) Study of Goethe’s play with an introduction to the Faust Reading and discussion of works written by women in tradition and Faustian themes in modern literature. (HU) French. The emphasis is on 19th- and 20th-century GERM 231. (MLL 231). New German Cinema (4) writers, such as G. Sand, Colette S. de Beauvoir, M. Viewing, discussion, and written analysis of selected Duras, and Andrée Chédid. Chabut (HU) German films. (HU) FREN 369. Readings (4) GERM 240. Contemporary Germany (4) Advanced study of an author, period, or theme. Topics Readings and conversations in German about topics vary. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: con- including the social and natural sciences, technology, the sent of instructor. (HU) environment, politics, daily life, and sports. Practice in FREN 370. Internship (1-8) spoken and written German. (HU) Designed to give advanced qualified students the chance GERM 250. Special Topics (1-4) to acquire field experience and training with selected Literary and linguistic topics not covered in regular firms and governmental agencies in French-speaking courses. May be repeated for credit. (HU) countries. Assigned readings, written reports, and employer performance evaluations are required. GERM 267. Advanced Conversation and Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (HU) Composition (4) A continuation of Germ 167. Practice of speaking and FREN 371. Independent Study (1-8) writing skills in German through readings of more com- Special topics under faculty guidance, including honors plex texts. (HU) thesis. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (HU) GERM 269. Advanced Professional German (4) A continuation of Business German with an emphasis on German specific economic issues affecting contemporary Undergraduate Courses in German Germany, Switzerland, and Austria. Preparation for the national exam “Certificate for the Professions” and the GERM 1. Elementary German I (4) “International Business German Examination”. (HU) Fundamentals of German; reading and simple texts; sim- GERM 281. German Cultural Program (1-8) ple conversation and composition; vocabulary building. Study abroad. Formal instruction in German and direct Three class hours plus one laboratory or drill hour each contact with the people and the culture during at least week. No previous German required. (HU) one month in a German-speaking country. Prerequisites: GERM 2. Elementary German II (4) consent of German study abroad adviser. (HU) Continuation of GERM 1, including reading of more GERM 301. German Literature through the advanced texts. Three class hours plus one laboratory or drill hour each week. Prerequisite: GERM 1 or equiva- Nineteenth Century (4) lent. (HU) An overview of German literary traditions through the nineteenth century, focusing on the Middle Ages, Modern Languages and Literature 331

Renaissance, Reformation, Baroque, Enlightenment, HEBR 12. Intermediate Modern Hebrew II (4) Classicism, Romanticism, Realism, and Naturalism. (HU) spring GERM 305. Modern German Literature (4) Continuation of Hebrew 11. Reading of texts, including Topics in German literature of the twentieth and twenty- selected short stories, outside reading and supplementary first century. (HU) material; increased emphasis on oral presentation. Prerequisite: HEBR 11 or consent of instructor. (HU) GERM 320. (MLL 320.) Berlin: 1920s to the Present (4) Japanese Literature, culture, and history of Berlin from the See Asian Studies major and minor. Weimar Republic through reunification. (HU) JPNS 1. Elementary Japanese I (4) fall GERM 341. Applied Phonetics and Linguistics (4) Introduction to the oral and written language with Writing and speaking Standard High German. Study of emphasis on spoken Japanese and syllabaries. Language regional pronunciation, contrasts, dialects. (HU) laboratory. (HU) GERM 345. German Short Stories (4) JPNS 2. Elementary Japanese II (4) spring Readings of short prose texts in German. (HU) Continuation of Japanese 1. Prerequisite: Japanese 1 or GERM 350. Special Topics (1-4) equivalent. (HU) Literary or linguistic topics not covered in regular cours- JPNS 11. Intermediate Japanese I (4) fall es. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of Continuation of Japanese 2. Structural patterns in both instructor. (HU) spoken and written languages. 150 kanji (Chinese char- GERM 370. Internship (1-8) acters). Prerequisite: JPNS 2 or equivalent. (HU) Designed to give advanced qualified students the chance JPNS 12. Intermediate Japanese II (4) spring to acquire field experience and training with selected firms Continuation of Japanese 11. Prerequisite: Japanese 11 and governmental agencies in German-speaking countries. or equivalent. (HU) Assigned readings, written reports, and employer perform- JPNS 141. Advanced Japanese I (4) fall ance evaluations are required. Prerequisite: GERM 167 or Advanced reading and oral comprehension. consent of the instructor. (HU) Conversation and writing practice. Prerequisite: JPNS 12 Courses Taught in English or equivalent. (HU) MLL 143. German Literature and Culture in JPNS 142. Advanced Japanese II (4) spring Translation (4) Continuation of JPNS 141. Prerequisite: JPNS 141 or A period or theme in German literature or intellectual equivalent. (HU) and cultural history. (HU) JPNS 145. Japanese Conversation and Culture I (4) MLL 231. (Germ 231) New German Cinema (4) This course emphasizes oral skills and culture by dis- Viewing, discussion, and written analysis of German cussing topics related to modern Japan. Advanced films with English subtitles. (HU) writing skills, especially the knowledge of Kanji, are introduced individually. Prerequisite: Jpns 12 or consent MLL 320. (Germ 320) Berlin: 1920s to the of instructor. (HU) Present (4) JPNS 146. Japanese Conversation and Culture II (4) Literature, culture, and history of Berlin from the Continuation of Jpns 145. Emphasis on advanced oral Weimar Republic through reunification. (HU) and writing skills, and knowledge of the culture. Hebrew Prerequisite: Jpns 145 or consent of instructor. (HU) The department offers courses both separately and in the JPNS 290. Special Topics (1-4) context of the Jewish studies minor (Section III). Literary or linguistics topics not covered in regular cours- HEBR 1. Elementary Modern Hebrew I (4) fall es. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (HU) Classroom and laboratory instruction to develop hearing, speaking, reading, and writing the language. Cultural, JPNS 291. Advanced Japanese and Culture ethnic, and religious dimensions of Israeli society. Tapes, Abroad (1-8) textural materials, short stories. No previous study of Hebrew required. (HU) JPNS 390. Special Topics (1-4) HEBR 2. Elementary Modern Hebrew II (4) spring Courses Taught in English Continuation of Hebrew I utilizing the audio-lingual MLL 68. (ASIA 68) Japanese Language: Past and approach. Fundamentals of the language, structure and Present (4) sounds; the Hebrew verb; reading and vocalized stories; Historical and contemporary aspects of the Japanese lan- written exercises; tapes; short stories. Prerequisite: HEBR guage, including the origins of Japanese in relation to I or its equivalent. (HU) Korean, the influence of Chinese, syntactic features HEBR 11. Intermediate Modern Hebrew I (4) fall which reflect the hierarchical character of Japanese socie- Classroom and laboratory instruction to develop funda- ty, differences in female and male speech, and use of mental patterns of conversation and grammar; foreign loan words. Prerequisite JPNS 1. (HU) composition, reading of texts, laboratory work and sight reading; comprehension, speaking, reading and writing Russian of unvocalized materials. Prerequisite: HEBR 2 or con- RUSS 1. Elementary Russian I (4) fall sent of instructor. (HU) Classroom and laboratory, audio, and video introduction to the fundamentals of conversational and grammatical 332 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 patterns; practice in pronunciation, simple conversation, MLL 28. The East European Film Experience (4) reading, and writing. (HU) Spanish RUSS 2. Elementary Russian II (4) spring Continuation of RUSS 1. Prerequisite: RUSS 1 or two Undergraduate Courses in Spanish years of entrance Russian. (HU) SPAN 1. Elementary Spanish I (4) fall RUSS 11. Intermediate Russian I (4) fall Basic conversational Spanish illustrating essential gram- Classroom and laboratory practice in conversation. matical principles. Reading of simple texts and writing. Development of reading and writing skills. Prerequisite: Lab required. (HU) RUSS 2 or three units of entrance Russian or equivalent. SPAN 2. Elementary Spanish II (4) spring (HU) Continuation of SPAN 1. Lab required. Prerequisite: RUSS 12. Intermediate Russian II (4) spring SPAN 1 or equivalent. (HU) Continuation of RUSS 11. Prerequisite: RUSS 2 or 11, SPAN 11. Intermediate Spanish I (4) fall or equivalent. (HU) Limited review of elementary grammar concepts and RUSS 141. Conversation and Composition I (4) fall introduction to more advanced grammar. Emphasis on Intensive practice in oral and written Russian; laboratory discussion, reading, and writing about significant topics practice in oral comprehension. Readings and discussions in the Spanish-speaking world. Students will be required on Russian literature and culture. Prerequisite: RUSS 12 to complete one hour of independent work. Prerequisite: or three units of entrance Russian. (HU) SPAN 2 or equivalent. (HU) RUSS 142. Conversation and Composition II (4) SPAN 12. Intermediate Spanish II (4) spring spring Practice and application of previously learned grammar Continuation of RUSS 141. Prerequisite: RUSS 141. (HU) to give maximum exposure to Spanish in contemporary contexts. Materials include articles from current periodi- RUSS 215. Russian Classics: Russian Literature cals, video, and literature from Spain and Spanish with Variable Topic and Credit (1-4) America, plus one hour of independent work. May be repeated for credit. (HU) Prerequisite: SPAN 11 or equivalent. (HU) RUSS 231. Russian in the Real World I (4) SPAN 131. Communicating in Spanish for Readings and conversations about selected nonliterary Medical Personnel (4) topics including the social and natural sciences, business, For prospective medical personnel communicating with economics, the environment, current political events in Spanish-speaking patients. Dialogues, health-care vocab- Russia and throughout the former Soviet republics. (HU) ulary. Review of grammar. Language laboratory practice, RUSS 232. Russian in the Real World II (4) plus hospital intensive hour. Prerequisite: SPAN 12 or A continuation of RUSS 231. (HU) equivalent. Lefkowitz. (HU) RUSS 251. Special Topics (1-4) fall SPAN 133. Phonetics and Pronunciation (4) Intensive study of literary or linguistic topics. Comparison of Spanish and English sounds; descriptions Prerequisite: RUSS 142. May be repeated for credit. of Spanish vowels and consonants in their various posi- Nicholas (HU) tions. Oral practice in language laboratory. Special emphasis on accent and intonation patterns. Prerequisite: RUSS 252. Special Topics (1-4) spring SPAN 2. (HU) Intensive study of literary or linguistic topics. Prerequisite: RUSS 142 or 251. May be repeated for SPAN 141. Advanced Grammar (4) fall credit. Nicholas (HU) Intensive review of Spanish grammar with stress on finer points. Analysis of syntax and style. Improvement of RUSS 370. Internship (1-8) grammar through composition. Prerequisite: SPAN 12 Designed to give advanced qualified students the chance or equivalent. Dept. permission required. (HU) to acquire field experience and training with selected firms and governmental agencies in Russian-speaking SPAN 142. Advanced Conversational Spanish (4) countries. Assigned readings, written reports, and spring employer performance evaluations are required. Conversational practice stressing the building of vocabu- Prerequisites: RUSS 141 or 142 and approval of faculty lary based on literary texts and topics of general interest. committee on internship. (HU) Designed to stimulate fluent and spontaneous use of spoken Spanish. Enrollment limited to 15. Prerequisite: RUSS 391. Special Topics (1-4) SPAN 141 or equivalent. (HU) Independent study of research under faculty guidance on a literary, linguistic, or methodological topic. May be SPAN 151. Cultural Evolution in Spain (4) fall repeated once for credit. May be used to satisfy the doc- The historical and cultural evolution of Spain. toral language requirement. Prerequisites: consent of Discussion of major literary works in their cultural and instructor. Nicholas (HU) historical contexts. Prerequisite: SPAN 141 or consent of instructor. Lefkowitz. Dept. permission required. (HU) Courses Taught in English SPAN 152. Cultural Evolution of Latin America (4) MLL 23. Lehigh in Russia (1-8) The historical and cultural evolution of Latin America. A summer program in Russia, taught in English. (HU) Discussion of representative literary works in their cultural MLL 27. Russian Classics (4) and historical contexts. Prerequisite: SPAN 141 or consent Russian classics in translation. May be repeated for cred- of instructor. Prieto. Dept. permission required. (HU) it. (HU) Modern Languages and Literature 333

SPAN 199. Special Topics (3-4) SPAN 322. The Short Novel in Contemporary For students who take a course, not offered at Lehigh, at Spanish American Literature (4) another institution. May be repeated once for credit. Reading and discussion of representative works by Garcia Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (HU) Marquez, Onetti, Rulfo, Bioy Casares, and others. SPAN 211. Spanish for the Professions (4) Prerequisite: SPAN 152 or equivalent. Prieto. (HU) For students with a basic knowledge of Spanish: the lan- SPAN 323. Literature and Revolution in guage in business, law, international and social relations. Contemporary Cuba (4) Letter writing, comprehension of technical texts, special- Study of works written after 1959 by dissident, non-dis- ized professional vocabulary and review of grammar. sident, and exiled authors (Desnoes, Norberto Fuentes, Prerequisite: SPAN 141 or equivalent. Dept permission Benitez Rojo, Cabrera Infante). Prerequisite: SPAN 152 required. (HU) or equivalent. Prieto. (HU) SPAN 212. Writing Skills (4) SPAN 325. Hispanic Literature of the United Improving writing proficiency through practice in com- States (4) position and translation. Prerequisite: SPAN 141 or Discussion of fiction, poetry, drama, and film from the equivalent. (HU) main groups in the U.S. Hispanic population. Span 213. Approaches to Reading: Cultural Discussion of Hispanic ethnic identity, bilingualism, and Productions in Spanish (4) minority issues. Prerequisite: SPAN 152 or equivalent. An introduction to the analysis of Latin American and Prieto. (HU) Spanish cultural productions (mainly literature and SPAN 326. (WS 326) Tradition and Resistance: film). Prerequisites: Span 151 or 152, Span 141. (HU) Women Writers of Latin America (4) SPAN 263. The Spanish American Short Story (4) Study of poetry and narrative works by Latin American Comparative study of the literary problems posed by the women writers. Authors include Rosario Ferré, Rosario work of significant short story writers such as Quiroga, Castellanos, Elena Poniatowska, Cristina Peri Rossi, among Borges, Cortazar, Ribeyro, and others. Prerequisite: others. Prerequisite: SPAN 152 or equivalent. (HU) SPAN 152 or equivalent. Prieto. Dept. permission SPAN 342. The New Narrative in Spanish required. (HU) American Literature (4) SPAN 265. Spanish and Latin American Cinema (4) Critical evaluation of distinguished works of Spanish Oral discussion and written analysis of selected films. American prose fiction of the 1960’s and 70’s. Readings Students view films independently. Prerequisite: SPAN by Donoso, Fuentes, Garcia Marquez, and Vargas 141 or equivalent. Dept. permission required. (HU) Llosa, among others. Prerequisite: SPAN 152 or equiv- SPAN 290. Special Topics (2-4) alent. (HU) Study of an author or theme, or completion of a special SPAN 379. Internship (2-4) project. Topics may vary. May be repeated once for cred- Designed to give advanced qualified students the chance it. Prerequisites: SPAN 151 or 152, and consent of to acquire field experience and training with selected instructor. (HU) firms and governmental agencies in Spanish-speaking SPAN 303. Don Quixote (4) countries or U.S. agencies serving the Hispanic commu- Reading and critical analysis; two 2-hour sessions. nity. Assigned readings, written reports, and employer Prerequisite: SPAN 151 or equivalent. Lefkowitz. (HU) performance evaluations are required. Prerequisites: SPAN 141 and approval of faculty. (HU) SPAN 305. Spanish Literature of the Middle SPAN 390. Special Topics (2-4) Ages (4) Study of an author, theme or period. Topics vary. May Reading and discussion of outstanding works such as El be repeated once for credit. Prerequisites: SPAN 151 or Cid, El Liro de Buen Amor and La Celestina. Topics 152 and consent of instructor. (HU) vary. Prerequisite: SPAN 151. Lefkowitz. (HU) SPAN 308. The Spanish Novel Since 1939 (4) Courses Taught in English The evolution of the novel from post civil war to the MLL 51. Contemporary Hispanic-American present. Reading of Cela, Laforet, Delibes, Rodoreda, Literature (4) and Marse, among others. Prerequisite: SPAN 151 or Reading and discussion of distinguished Latin American equivalent. (HU) writers: Borges, Garcia Marquez, Cortazar, and Vargas SPAN 320. Literature of the Spanish Caribbean (4) Llosa. (HU) Study of representative works with emphasis on Cuba MLL 53. This Hispanic World and its Culture (4) and Puerto Rico. Writers include Barnet, Carpentier, Characteristics and values of the people of Spain and Sanchez, and Rodriquez Julia. Prerequisite: SPAN 152 or Latin America in literary works and other material. equivalent. Prieto. (HU) Hispanic cultural contributions to Western civiliza- SPAN 321. Children and Adolescents in tion. (HU) Contemporary Spanish American Literature (4) Minor in International Film Discussion of narrative techniques and the category of the self as they relate to the images of adolescence and Description childhood in works by such authors as Vargas Llosa, The minor in International Film affords students the Reinaldo Arenas, Jose Bianco, Silvinia Ocampo. opportunity to examine a wide cross-section of world Prerequisite: SPAN 152 or equivalent. Prieto. (HU) cinema. It is designed to provide a critical understanding of historical trends and current issues in film across vari- ous regions of the world. Covering national cinemas from ASIA, Europe, and Latin America, course offerings 334 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 will allow students to explore diverse approaches to film Brook) (Ronald J. Ulrich Chair in Orchestral Music); that are rooted in the history, culture, and society of dif- William Warfield, M.M. (Manhattan). ferent countries in each region. Professor of Practice. Eugene Albulescu, M.M. (Indiana) The minor consists of 16 credits. All students must take Lecturers. David Diggs, M.M. (SUNY - Stony Brook); a required core course (MLL 100), and the remaining Debra Field, M.M. (Temple) courses are to be chosen from the list of electives below, in consultation with the minor advisor. (One course may Adjunct Professors: David Bakamjian, D.M.A. (SUNY- be taken outside of the MLL department with the minor Stony Brook); Helen Beedle, M.M. (New England); advisor’s approval.) Donna McHugh, D.M.A. (Catholic); Albert Neumeyer, M.M. (Trenton); Gene Perla, B.A. (Thomas Edison); Core course Dave Riekenberg, M.M.E. (N. Texas State); Tim Schwarz, MLL 100. Introduction to International Film (4) M.M. (Peabody); James Thoma, M.M. (Juilliard). Private Instructors: Bass: Dominic Fiore, Gene Perla; Elective courses Bassoon: Kim Seifert; Clarinet: Deborah Andrus; Flute: MLL 28 The East European Film Experience (4) Linda Ganus; French Horn: Paul Rosenberg; Guitar: MLL 73 Film, Fiction, and Gender in (electric) Bob De Vos, Tom Guarna, Vic Juris; Harp: Modern China (4) Andrea Wittchen; Oboe: David Diggs; Organ: Tim FREN 322 Contemporary French Films (4) Harrell; Piano: Eugene Albulescu, Helen Beedle, Tim GERM/ Harrison (jazz), Bethany Heller, Kevin McCarter, Donna MLL 231 New German Cinema (4) McHugh, Pat O’Connell, Irmgard Pursell; Percussion: SPAN 265 Spanish and Latin American Cinema (4) Marko Marcinko, Scott Neumann, James Thoma; Saxophone: David Brandom, Dave Riekenberg; Minor in International Communication Trombone: Michael Christianson; Trumpet: Bill Description: Warfield (jazz), Lawrence Wright; Tuba: Scott Force; The Minor in International Communication is designed Viola and Violin: Paul Chou, Tim Schwarz; Violoncello: for students who have already reached the intermediate David Bakamjian; Voice: Eduardo Azzati, Lise Carlson, level in their language studies and wish to develop inter- Debra Field, Jan Opalach. national communication skills from a global perspective. The study of music develops skills which will serve the The minor consists of 16 credits. Students must take student well in any career: self-discipline, teamwork, MLL 90 or 124 as a core course, and one advanced lan- problem solving and leadership. A student graduating guage course in their language (above 100 level), and with the B.A. degree in music will have a strong founda- two other courses from the list of electives below in con- tion in music theory and substantial exposure to western sultation with the minor advisor. These two courses must music from the Middle Ages to the present. This cur- be chosen from a region that is different from their lan- riculum will prepare a student for graduate studies in guage area in order to broaden their communication musicology, music theory, composition, or performance. skills. (One course may be taken outside of the MLL A music major or minor taken in conjunction with a department with the minor advisor’s approval.) business major may lead to a variety of careers in arts management or in the recording and music publishing Courses: industries. For some a double major or a minor in music Required: will not lead to a career but to a life-long involvement Negotiating across cultures (MLL 90 or 124) with an art form that gives lasting satisfaction. One advanced language course (above 100 level) The music department also offers significant performance Electives: experiences in instrumental and vocal ensembles, large and MLL 27 Russian Classics (4) small, and in private instruction. The Zoellner Arts Center MLL 53 This Hispanic World and its Culture (4) facilities include a Listening Library, practice rooms, a MLL 75 Chinese Civilization (4) composition and digital class piano studio, a fine record- MLL 76 Understanding Contemporary China (4) ing studio, classrooms and rehearsal rooms. Most MLL 143 German Literature and Culture in importantly, the center boasts its concert facility, Baker Translation (4) Hall. With its 1000-seat capacity and excellent acoustics, MLL 177 China Enters the Modern Age (4) it is flexible both on the stage (concert or theater mode) MLL 195 Lehigh in Spain (4) and in seating arrangements. The fully adjustable pit can serve opera or musical theatre, can provide additional seat- FREN 159 The French-speaking World and ing, or can become an extension of the stage. its Culture (4) GERM 163 German Civilization and Culture (4) Major program SPAN 151 Cultural Evolution in Spain (4) The music program offers two separate programs, each SPAN 152 Cultural Evolution in Latin America (4) earning the Bachelor of Arts degree, the B.A. in Music *Lehigh in Martinique (MLL/FREN 198) will be offered and the B.A. in Music Composition. in Winter of 2004 The Bachelor of Arts in Music (36-credit minimum) is for those students who wish to have double majors, who might Music choose a related field (e.g., arts management, part-time per- formance careers in orchestras) or who simply want a Professors. Paul Salerni, Ph.D. (Harvard); Steven concentrated exposure to music study. Students choose Sametz, D.M.A. (Wisconsin) (Ronald J. Ulrich Chair in between five different concentrations: performance; history Music); Nadine Sine, Ph.D. (N.Y.U.), Chair and literature; theory and composition; jazz; conducting. Associate Professors. Paul Chou, M.M. (SUNY - Stony Music 335

For those who intend to pursue graduate study in music or year. Students will compile a composition portfolio by a performing career, the major program should be viewed as the end of the senior year. the minimum requirement. Such students should regularly seek the advice of department faculty in expanding their Minor programs program to suit their particular needs and goals. Minor in Music Performance Concentration. The minor requires a minimum of 17 credits and may Thirteen credits in theory and musicianship skills: MUS include MUS 80 and 90. The program is designed to be 11, 2, 82, 3, 7, 83, 4, 8. Nine credits of music history flexible but must include MUS 11, 2, 82, 3, and 7, one (any 3 from MUS 233, 234, 235, 236) and eleven cred- history or literature course, and two performance courses its in lessons, ensembles and recitals, and three credits in (MUS 22-79). The student may choose the remaining music electives. The student must perform a half recital four credits from department offerings. in the junior year, a full recital in the senior year, and Minor in Music Industry juries during the sophomore and junior years. The music industry minor is intended to provide expo- History Concentration. sure to basic information, issues and skills useful for Thirteen credits in theory and musicianship skills: MUS students who may want to pursue entry level positions in 11, 2, 82, 3, 7, 83, 4, 8. Twelve credits of music history the music business or to promote their own work. There (MUS 233, 234, 235, 236) and eleven credits in elec- are six required courses: Mus 161: Production and Mar- tives, lessons, and ensembles, of which at least three keting of Sound Recordings; Mus 164: Management of must be in performance. The students must produce a Careers in Performing Arts; Mus 261: Recording Tech- major research project during the senior year and prepare niques I; Mus 11 (with Mus 2): Basic Musicianship; Mus program notes for department concerts during at least 361: Music Internship; and either Acct 108 or 151 for a one semester. minimum of 18 credits. Composition and Theory Concentration. Music Option Eighteen credits in theory: MUS 82, 3, 7, 83, 4, 8, 243, Although Music and Engineering/Science is not a major 245. Six credits in music history (MUS 336 plus any one in itself, Lehigh attracts many engineering and science from MUS 233, 234, 235, 236) and eight in composi- students who wish to continue their active involvement tion (MUS 253, 254), plus four in lessons or ensembles. in music and the music department. For those students Students must produce a substantial composition or the- who are interested in pursuing this option, music can be oretical analysis under the direction of department taken as a dual major, minor or elective. faculty during the senior year. A keyboard test is required Concert Requirement to enter composition class. Majors and minors must enroll in MUS 100 and attend Jazz Concentration concerts approved by the music department for a mini- Thirteen credits in music theory and musicianship skills: mum of three semesters. MUS 11, 2, 82, 3, 7, 83, 4, 8 plus three credits in Jazz Departmental Honors Theory, Music 139. Six credits in Jazz History: MUS A student must have a 3.5 average in courses in the 128, 129. A minimum of four credits in Jazz Improvisa- major to pursue honors. Candidates for departmental tion, MUS 140 and six in jazz performance: MUS 24, honors should submit to the department chair a written 25, 48. Four credits in music electives. The student must proposal, prepared in consultation with a faculty project undertake a senior project under faculty direction. adviser by the end of the junior year. The project could Conducting Concentration result in a research paper, a composition or a perform- Thirteen credits in music theory and musicianship skills: ance. Upon acceptance of the proposal by the MUS 11, 2, 82, 3, 7, 83, 4, 8. Nine credits in music his- department faculty, the student should register for MUS tory (choose from 233, 234, 235, 236). Four credits in 350 for one to six credits, which may be taken all at conducting: MUS 321, 322 plus at least two Conduct- once or over the senior year. The awarding of depart- ing Internships (MUS 311), of which one must be in mental honors will be contingent on the quality of the orchestra. Six credits of performance electives (lessons completed project. and ensembles). A piano proficiency exam must be com- Private lessons pleted before the end of the sophomore year. The student must undertake a senior project under faculty Lessons in most instruments and voice may be taken for direction. one credit. They must be arranged through the depart- ment at set fees that are not included in tuition. Please The Bachelor of Arts in Music Composition is designed note that registering for lessons cannot guarantee avail- for students committed to pursuing music composition ability due to difficulties in scheduling. beyond the undergraduate level. It is an intensive com- position program with a 54-credit minimum. Performing groups Twenty-five credits in music theory: MUS 82, 3, 7, 83, Admission to performing ensembles is by audition 4, 8, 139, 243, 245, 331. Nine credits in music history: (except Choral Union, Symphonic Band and Marching MUS 236, MUS 336 plus one from MUS 129, 233, 97), and students receive one credit per semester by reg- 234, 235. Fourteen credits in composition: MUS 253, istering for the appropriate course number. Although 254, two semesters of MUS 353. A minimum of two there is no limit to the number of courses in this series semesters of MUS 51: LUVME (1 credit each), one that may be taken, students should check with their semester of conducting, MUS 321 (2 credits) and two adviser to determine the number that may be applied credits of music electives. Students will have to pass a toward graduation. piano proficiency exam by the end of the sophomore 336 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Course Offerings MUS 51. LUVME (1) fall-spring (HU) Please note that many upper level courses have no pre- MUS 61. Lehigh University Philharmonic (1) fall- requisites beyond MUS 10 or 11 and are open to anyone spring (HU) with basic knowledge of musical terminology. MUS 62. Lehigh University Chamber Orchestra MUS 2. Keyboard Harmony I (1) spring (1) fall-spring (HU) Beginning piano skills designed to enable the student to use the piano as a tool. Major and minor scales in both MUS 64. Class Violin for Beginners (1) fall-spring hands, forming chords, elementary sight reading. Co- Class instruction for beginners on violin. Repeatable for requisite: Music 11. Students may test out upon credit. Staff (HU) examination. (HU) MUS 66. Class Voice for Beginners (1) fall-spring MUS 3. Keyboard Harmony II (1) fall Group instruction for beginning students of voice, Continuation of MUS 2. Diatonic progressions in major including breathing and vocal production techniques; and minor; more advanced sight reading. Students may diction; beginning solo pieces. (HU) test out upon examination. Co-requisite: 82. MUS 68. Class Piano for Beginners I (1) fall-spring Prerequisite: MUS 2. (HU) Instruction for beginning piano students, including rudi- MUS 4. Keyboard Harmony III (1) spring ments of musical notation in relation to the keyboard; Additional keyboard skills, including progressions with beginning pieces for solo piano and the group. secondary chords, modulations, and sight reading. MUS 69. Class Piano for Beginners II (1) fall-spring Students may test out upon examination. Co-requisite: A continuation of MUS 68. After a second semester of MUS 83. Prerequisite: MUS 3 (HU) class piano, the student should be ready to benefit from MUS 7. Aural Skills (1) fall private lesson instruction. (HU) Sight singing and ear training through dictation exercis- MUS 71. Private Piano Study (1) fall-spring (HU) es. Rhythm exercises. Co-requisite: MUS 82. Prerequisite: MUS 11 or equivalent. (HU) MUS 72. Private Vocal Study (1) fall-spring (HU) MUS 8. Aural Skills II (1) spring MUS 73. Private String Study (1) fall-spring (HU) Continuation of MUS 7. Co-requisite: MUS 83. MUS 74. Private Woodwind Study (1) fall- Prerequisite: MUS 7. (HU) spring (HU) MUS 10. Basic Skills in Music (2) fall MUS 75. Private Brass Study (1) fall-spring (HU) Rudiments of musical notation, beginning skills in sight singing, ear training, rhythm and keyboard. Intended for MUS 76. Private Percussion Study (1) fall- anyone who does not plan to major or minor. (HU) spring (HU) MUS 11. Basic Musicianship (2) spring MUS 77. Private Organ Study (1) fall-spring (HU) Development of basic skills in using notation, sight MUS 79. Private Electric Guitar Study (1) fall- singing and ear training. For intended majors or minors. spring (HU) Co-requisite: MUS 2. (HU) MUS 82. Harmony I (3) fall MUS 12. Surveys in Music (3) fall or spring Exercises in writing in four-part chorale style. Music 3 Varied topics in music for the non-major such as Italian and 7 must be taken concurrently. Prerequisites: MUS opera, Keyboard Music, the Symphony. Emphasis on 11 or equivalent. (HU) developing listening skills and acquaintance with impor- tant works in the genre. Staff (HU) MUS 83. Harmony II (3) spring Continuation of Music 82 including modulation, non- MUS 21-79. harmonic tones, analysis. Music 4 and 8 must be taken Applied music and performance courses may be repeated concurrently. Prerequisites: MUS 82, and 7 or equiva- for graduation credit up to six times in CEAS and CBE. lent. (HU) Prerequisite: Admission to Music 22-62 by audition. Music 66, 68, 69, 71-79,170 have fees. MUS 100. Concert Requirement (0) fall, spring Concerts approved by the department (for majors and MUS 21. Marching Band (1) fall. (ND) minors) MUS 22. Wind Ensemble (1) fall-spring (HU) MUS 128. Jazz History I (3) fall MUS 23. Symphonic Band (1) spring (HU) A study of the roots of jazz. Starting in West Africa, the MUS 24. Jazz Ensemble (1) fall-spring (HU) course traces the synthesis of African and European ele- ments to 1945. Musicians covered are Gottshalk, MUS 25. Jazz Band (1) fall-spring (HU) Bolden, Morton, Armstrong, Hawkins, Basie, Ellington MUS 31. University Choir (1) fall-spring (HU) and others. Prerequisite: MUS 10 or 11, or permission of instructor. Warfield (HU) MUS 32. Choral Union (1) fall-spring (HU) MUS 129. Jazz History II (3) spring MUS 33. Overtones (1) fall-spring. Co-requisite: A survey of modern jazz from 1945 to the present. MUS 31 (HU) Musicians covered are Parker, Gillespie, Monk, Davis, MUS 48. Chamber Music Collegium (1) fall- Coltrane, Hancock, and Coleman. Can be taken inde- pendently of Jazz History I, but the first course would be spring. Department Permission. (HU) helpful. Prerequisite: MUS 10 or 11, or permission of MUS 49. Small Jazz Ensembles (1) fall-spring. instructor. Warfield (HU) Department Permission. (HU) Music 337

MUS 132. Composer and Era (3) fall or spring MUS 236. Twentieth-Century Music (3) spring, odd Life and development of a composer’s style viewed in Beginning with the major trends at the turn of the cen- historical context. Title varies: Bach, Beethoven, Mozart, tury, a study of the important composers and works of etc. May be repeated for credit as title varies. the last century to the present. Prerequisite: MUS 11 or Prerequisite: MUS 10 or 11 or equivalent. Sine (HU) equivalent. Sine (HU) MUS 139. Jazz Theory (3) spring MUS 243. Counterpoint (4) fall Study of the music theory that is the foundation of a Writing and analyzing pieces in Renaissance and good jazz solo, composition or arrangement. Study of Baroque contrapuntal styles. Prerequisites: MUS 83, 4, the modes of the major and melodic minor scale, and 8 or equivalent. Salerni (ND). chord/scale theory using major, melodic minor, dimin- MUS 245. Classical and Romantic Forms (4) spring ished, and whole-tone scales. Basic chord progressions, Analyzing and writing pieces in classical and romantic functional analysis of jazz tunes, and ear training are also forms. Exercises in chromatic harmony. Prerequisite: included. Prerequisites: MUS 82. (HU) MUS 243. (ND) MUS 140. Jazz Improvisation (1) fall, spring MUS 251. Special Topics (1-3) Development of skills in improvising music through Study of musical topics in history or composition not cov- practice of different scales found in jazz, chord construc- ered in regular courses. May be repeated for credit as title tion, and patterns of figuration found in jazz. May be varies. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. (HU) repeated for credit. Warfield (HU) MUS 253. Composition I: Electronic and Acoustic MUS 151. Vocal Diction (1) fall or spring Introduction to the use of the International Phonetic Techniques (4) fall Alphabet. Application to French, Italian, German and Writing for acoustic and electronic instruments based on English diction using art song repertoire. Preparation of 20th-century models. Acoustic orchestration, digital syn- a song in each language. Field (HU) thesis, effects processing. Use of the computer for score preparation and as a compositional tool. Prerequisite: MUS MUS 161. Production and Marketing of Sound 83, 4, and 8 or permission of instructor. Salerni (ND) Recordings (3) fall MUS 254. Composition II (4) spring A one-semester course providing foundations for organ- Continuation of MUS 253. Prerequisite: 253. Salerni (ND) izing a recording project to be carried out by the class, which works in teams. This course will focus especially MUS 261. Recording Techniques I (3) fall on artist negotiations, recording techniques, music pub- Recording music in various popular and classical styles lishing and manufacturing. Perla (ND) using state of the art studio equipment. Topics include microphone choice, placement, mixing, effects process- MUS 164. Management of Careers in Performing ing, digital editing and post production. (ND) Arts (3) A one-semester course that provides an overview of what MUS 262. Recording Techniques II (3) spring performing artists and managers experience during cycles Continuation of Recording Techniques I. Prerequisite: of career development. Topics include recognition of tal- MUS 261(ND) ent, positioning in the marketplace, creating support MUS 271. Repertoire (2) fall or spring structure and attainment of personal goals. Student will Survey of literature in a given medium: e.g., piano, be required to apply practical techniques in furthering vocal, orchestral, choral repertoire. Particular emphasis the career of a chosen artist. Perla (ND) on performance issues. May be repeated for credit as title MUS 170. Private Instruction for Performance varies. (HU) Concentrators (2) MUS 291. Independent Study (1-3) Lesson fees apply. Repeatable for credit. Restricted to Individually supervised work in history or composition, music majors concentrating in performance. (HU) or continuation of projects begun in regular courses. MUS 171. Accompanying (1) fall-spring May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of Introduction to ensemble performance including sight- department chair. (HU) reading techniques, application of chord progressions MUS 300. Apprentice Teaching (1-3) (ND) and beginning improvisation techniques at the keyboard. May be repeated for credit. McHugh (HU) MUS 311. Conducting Internship (2) Work under the direction of one of the faculty directors MUS 233. Medieval and Renaissance Music (3) to learn the organization and musical tasks required of fall, odd directors as they prepare ensembles for performance. Development of musical style from early Christian chant Prerequisites: MUS 322 or permission. Repeatable for to the sacred and secular forms of the late 16th century, credit. Staff (HU) viewed in cultural contexts. Prerequisite: MUS 11 or MUS 312/412: Advanced Choral Conducting and equivalent. Sine (HU) Composition (2) MUS 234. Baroque and Classical Music (3) Intensive, week-long seminar/workshop held in conjunc- spring, even tion with Oxford University Press. Students elect either The major genres and composers of the 17th and 18th composition or conducting track for individual study centuries studied in their cultural context. Prerequisite: with international faculty in chosen area. Joint seminars MUS 11 or equivalent. Sine (HU) and lab choir rehearsals on choral literature; rehearsals MUS 235. Romantic Music (3) fall, even and premieres of student works. Additional seminars Study of the major composers and their works from late with internationally recognized choral directors. New Beethoven to Mahler and Strauss. Prerequisite: MUS 11 works and repertoire presented in final concert conduct- or equivalent. Sine (HU) ed by faculty and participants. Sametz 338 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

MUS 321. Conducting I (2) fall like height or eye color. What we believe is often central Beginning study of conducting techniques, including to our moral identity, the nature of our personal rela- score reading and preparation, analysis, conducting pat- tionships, the manner in which we regard ourselves and terns and gestures. Prerequisite: MUS 83 or permission treat others, and the happiness and unhappiness that of the instructor. (HU) form the emotional contours of our practical lives. Philosophy is born out of our awareness that despite the MUS 322. Conducting II (2) spring centrality of our beliefs to our identity as moral beings, Continuation of Music 321. Prerequisite: MUS 321. (HU) the truth of our beliefs can be uncertain, for on virtually MUS 331. Advanced Analysis (4) spring any topic there is a variety of possible viewpoints, not all In-depth analysis of music from the Western tradition. of which can be equally adequate. Compositions studied to include at least one orchestral In its attempt to ground our beliefs and justify them, piece, one piece with text (song cycle or opera) and one philosophy becomes a reflective and critical conceptual piece using serial procedures. Introduction to activity concerned with foundational questions regarding Schenkerian analysis. Prerequisites: Music 243 and 245 our deepest assumptions and intuitions about the nature or permission. Staff (HU) and extent of human knowledge (epistemology), about MUS 336. Seminar in the History of Musical Style the nature of reality and the distinction between appear- (3) spring ance and reality (metaphysics), about the nature, scope, Study and analysis of the development of musical lan- and grounds of moral value (ethics), and about the guage and genre from the middle ages to the present. nature and theoretical foundations of formal reasoning Intended particularly for any student considering graduate and valid inference (logic). school in music. May substitute for any one course in the The major program in philosophy is designed to provide music history sequence. Prerequisite: Mus 83. Sine (ND) a broad exposure to all of these areas as well as a strong MUS 350. Senior Project (1-6) (ND) grounding in the history of the western philosophical tradition. The program emphasizes the close reading and MUS 353. Composition Seminar (3) fall-spring critical evaluation of classic texts from ancient times to Seminar review of original compositions alternating with the present, and students can expect to develop sophisti- private lessons in composition. The seminar is intended cated analytic and expository skills that will enable them for students doing either independent work in composi- to engage in original, critical reflection on their own. To tion or senior projects. Prerequisites: MUS 254. Salerni, this end, the major program involves a combination of Sametz, Warfield. Repeatable for credit. Staff (HU) required and elective coursework as well as the opportu- MUS 361. Music Internship (3) nity to develop and pursue individual interests under faculty supervision. In addition to its regular course MUS 370. Recital (1-2) fall-spring offerings, the department also sponsors a variety of activ- Department permission. (HU) ities (e.g. the annual Selfridge Lecture, the Philosophy MUS 412/312. Advanced Choral Conducting and Forum, the Faculty Seminar, the Philosophy Club, and Composition (2) summer the annual Reading Party), all of which are designed to Same as Mus 312 description above. complement the course offerings and to promote a uni- versity-wide philosophical community. The major program provides excellent preparation for Philosophy graduate study in philosophy as well as a solid foundation Professors. Gordon Bearn, Ph.D. (Yale), William Wilson for any career that places a premium upon clear, careful Selfridge Professor of Philosophy; Mark H. Bickhard, thinking and rigorous conceptual and expository skills. Ph.D. (Chicago), Henry R. Luce Professor in Cognitive For additional information about the faculty, frequency Robotics and the Philosophy of Knowledge; Steven of course offerings, and departmental events, please con- Louis Goldman, Ph.D. (Boston), Andrew W. Mellon tact the department for a copy of its brochure. Distinguished Professor in the Humanities; Roslyn Weiss, Ph.D. (Columbia), chair and Clara H. Stewardson The Minor Program Professor of Philosophy. The minor in philosophy consists of four courses. The Associate Professors. Robin Dillon, Ph.D. (Pittsburgh); courses must include at least one course at the 200-level Alexander Levine, Ph.D. (San Diego); Michael or above. Minor programs are planned in conjunction Mendelson, Ph.D. (San Diego). with the departmental advisor who will help the student plan a program compatible with his or her interests. Philosophy is born of discomfort. Whether it is the need Minor programs may be, but do not have to be, focused to account for the tragedies of circumstance, the incon- in a particular area such as ethics or the history of phi- gruities between our assumptions about the world and losophy or philosophy of mind. what experience and science reveal, or the shock of being exposed to hitherto unimagined conceptual alternatives, The Major Program philosophy arises in those contexts in which serious The major program consists of ten courses (38 credits) questions emerge about the adequacy of our most cher- planned in conjunction with the student’s major advisor. ished beliefs. In addition to a two semester (6 credits) senior thesis, Philosophy is driven by the unsettling awareness that we each major must satisfy the following distribution are not beings who act exclusively on instinct but are requirements: instead able to choose from among a variety of ways of Ethics thinking about ourselves, the world in which we find ourselves, and our relations with others. Moreover, the 1 course from PHIL. 105, 116, or 205 beliefs we hold are not merely incidental facts about us Logic 1 course from PHIL. 114, 260, 265, or 303 Philosophy 339

History of Philosophy ories, and concepts of moral philosophy. Issues addressed 2 courses from PHIL. 131, 132, 135, 139, 231, 233, might include abortion, euthanasia, and physician-assist- 235, 237, or 239 ed suicide for dying patients, punishment and the death penalty, sexual orientation, world hunger and poverty, Three of the 10 courses (not including the senior thesis) welfare, the treatment of animals, terrorism and war, must be at the 200 level or above. racial and sexual discrimination, affirmative action, Majors planning to pursue graduate study in philoso- pornography and hate speech, and the relation of phy are strongly encouraged to include the following humans to the natural environment. Dillon (HU) specific courses: PHIL 100. (POLS 100) Introduction to Political PHIL. 105 Ethics Thought (4) PHIL. 114 Fundamentals of Logic Some of the most significant ancient and modern politi- PHIL. 131 Ancient Philosophy cal theorists: Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Marx, PHIL. 135 Modern Philosophy and others. Matthews (ND) Senior Thesis PHIL 101. (POLS 101) Ancient Political The Senior Thesis (PHIL 390-1) is a year-long, inde- Heritage (4) pendent project during which philosophy majors, with Important Political thinkers from the pre-Socratics to the consent and under the guidance of a faculty sponsor, early, modern political theorists like Machiavelli. investigate a topic of special interest to them. The topic Matthews (SS) may be historical or non-historical, pure or applied, interdisciplinary or disciplinary; the only constraint is PHIL 102. (POLS 102) Modern Political that the student secure the cooperation of a faculty spon- Heritage (4) sor. During the fall (PHIL 390), the student’s energies Begins where POLS 101 ends; from early modern theo- will be devoted to refining the topic under investigation, rists (e.g. Hobbes) up to contemporary thinkers (e.g. working through the bulk of the essential literature, and Marcuse). (SS) producing a paper roughly 20 pages in length. During PHIL 105. Ethics (4) the spring semester (PHIL 391), the student will investi- Examination of right and wrong, good and bad, from gate the same topic more intensively, expanding, classic sources such as Plato, Aristotle, Hume, Kant, Mill revising, and refining the fall paper into a substantial and Nietzsche. (HU) senior thesis roughly 50 pages in length. PHIL 114. Fundamentals of Logic (4) Honors Introduction to formal deductive logic, involving the Departmental honors in Philosophy are awarded to those construction of logical proofs in a system of natural graduating seniors who satisfy the following two criteria: deduction with some attention to the philosophy of (a) at the time of graduation, their GPA in philosophy is logic. (MA) 3.5 or higher, their overall GPA is 3.25 or higher, and PHIL 116. (REL 116) Bioethics (4) (b) their senior thesis is judged by two members of the Moral issues that arise in the context of health care and philosophy department to show sufficient imaginative related biomedical fields in the United States today, philosophical accomplishment to merit their receiving examined in the light of the nature and foundation of Honors in Philosophy. moral rights and obligations. Topics include: confiden- tiality, informed consent, euthanasia, medical research Undergraduate Courses and experimentation, genetics, the distribution of health PHIL 1. The Examined Life: An Introduction to care, etc. (HU) Philosophy (4) PHIL 117. Race and Philosophy (4) What makes a life meaningful, what makes it worth liv- An introduction to the philosophy born of struggle ing? In pursuit of an answer to this question this course against racism and white supremacy. We will read the examines many of the basic questions of philosophy: eth- work of philosophers, mostly European, who quietly ical questions about justice and virtue, epistemological made modern racism possible by inventing the category questions about the limits of human knowledge, meta- of race, but we will concentrate on the work of philoso- physical questions about what there is. (HU) phers, mostly of African descent, who for 200 years have PHIL 3 (REL 3). Global Religion, Global Ethics (4) struggled to force a philosophical critique of the category Introduction to philosophical and religious modes of of race and the practice of white supremacy. (HU) moral thinking, with attention given to ethical issues as PHIL 121. Philosophy in Literature (4) they arise cross-culturally in and through religious tradi- Exploration of philosophical themes through the study tions. The course will reference the United Nations of literature and film. Authors may include: Homer, Millennium Goals to consider family life and the role of Euripides, Dante, Rimbaud, Sterne, George Eliot, Valery, women, social justice, the environment, and ethical Joyce, Melville, T.S. Eliot, Rilke, Proust, Musil, Stevens, ideals. Particular focus varies but may include one or Cummings, Camus, Sartre, Beckett, Morrison, more of the following: abortion and reproductive health, Barthelme. (HU) the death penalty, religiously motivated violence, and problems of personal disorder (heavy drinking, anorexia, PHIL 122. Philosophy of Law (4) vengeance). A Global Citizenship course. Steffen (HU) Analysis of the conceptual foundations of our legal sys- tem. Special attention devoted to the nature of law and PHIL 5. Contemporary Moral Problems (4) legal obligation, liberty and privacy in constitutional liti- An examination of contemporary issues that raise ques- gation, justice and contractual obligation, theories of tions about right and wrong, good and bad, both for punishment in criminal law, and the nature and scope of individuals and for social policy, using the methods, the- responsibility in criminal law. (HU) 340 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

PHIL 123. Aesthetics (4) thought. Figures may include Augustine, Eriugena, Anselm, Theories, classical and modern, of the nature of beauty Aquinas, Ockham, and Nicholas of Autrecourt. (HU) and the aesthetic experience. Practical criticism of some PHIL 135. Modern Philosophy (4) works of art, and examination of analogies between arts, Historical survey of selected texts and issues in 17th and and between art and nature. (HU) 18th century European philosophy with particular empha- PHIL 124. (REL 124) Reason and Religious sis on developments in epistemology and metaphysics. Experience (4) Attention will be given to the relation of the “modern Critical examination, from a philosophical perspective, period” to developments in late medieval philosophy and of some fundamental problems of religion, the nature of the rise of the experimental sciences. Figures may include religious experience and belief, reason and revelation, the Descartes, Leibniz, Locke, Hume, and Kant. (HU) existence and nature of God, the problem of evil, and PHIL 137. (Hum 137, REL 137) Ethics in religious truth. (HU) Practice (1-4) PHIL 126. (Hum 126, REL 126) Professional A variable content course focusing on ethical issues aris- Ethics (4) ing in a particular profession, such as law health, An examination of the moral rules and action guides that business, engineering, military. Variable credit. May be govern various professions. Professions to be examined will taken more than once. Steffen (HU) include health (physician and nursing); legal; counseling PHIL 139. Contemporary Philosophy (4) and psychiatry; engineering; military; clergy; teaching. Philosophical thought from the late-19th century to the Attention will be given to modes of ethical reasoning and present; pragmatism, linguistic analysis, existentialism, how those modes are practically applied in professional life and Marxism. Truth and knowledge, values and moral and activity. Among issues to be discussed, will be the lim- judgement, meaning, the place of the individual in the its of confidentiality; employer authority; power physical world and society, and the impact of the scien- relationships; obligations to the public; professional rights; tific method upon all of these. (HU) sexual boundaries; whistle-blowing; safety and risk; com- puter ethics; weapons development; discrimination; PHIL 140. (ASIA 140) Eastern Philosophy (4) professional review of ethical infractions. Course will Survey of selected texts and issues in the eastern philo- include guest lectures and case studies. Steffen (HU) sophical traditions. Attention will be given to the development and interrelations of these traditions as well PHIL 127. Existentialism (4) as a comparison of western and eastern treatments of Investigation of the historical development of existential- selected issues. Areas of focus may include ism from its origins in the 19th century (Kierkegaard, Confucianism, Taoism, and Zen Buddhism. (HU) Nietzsche) through its marriage to phenomenology in the early 20th (Heidegger, Sartre, Merleau-Ponty), and PHIL 205. Contemporary Ethics (4) out the other side as a vigorous dimension of much liter- Examination of significant questions addressed by con- ary, psychological, and artistic work produced in the last temporary moral philosophers. Topics vary, but might 50 years. (HU) include: What is a good person? Can a woman be good in the same way as a man? Is morality relative or PHIL 128. Philosophy of Science (4) absolute? Is morality all that important? Prerequisite: Introduction to the structure and methods of scientific PHIL 105 or consent of the instructor. (HU) investigation. The nature of explanation, confirmation, and falsification. Scientific progress: What is it? Would it PHIL 217. Figures/Themes in Race and be suffocated by obedience to completely rational meth- Philosophy (4) ods? (HU) An investigation of a significant figure in the philosophy of race (e.g. David Walker, W.E.B. DuBois, Alain Locke, PHIL 129. (REL 129) Jewish Philosophy (4) Marcus Garvey, Jean-Paul Sartre, Franz Fanon, Aimé Consideration of how major Jewish thinkers from the Césaire, Cornel West) and/or an investigation of a signifi- first to 20th centuries confronted questions at the inter- cant theme in the philosophy of race (Racial Exploitation, section of religion and philosophy: the existence and Colonialism, Negritude, Afrocentrism, Black Nationalism, nature of God, free will, evil, divine providence, mira- African Philosophy, Black Athena). Content Varies. May cles, creation, revelation, and religious obligation. (HU) be taken more than once for credit. (HU) PHIL 131. (CLSS 131) Ancient Philosophy (4) PHIL 220. Knowledge and Justification (4) Historical survey of selected texts and issues in the classi- Recent work in epistemology. Questions addressed cal world, from the pre-Socratics through Aristotle, with include: If you can’t know whether you are dreaming, emphasis on the origins of the western philosophical tra- how can you know you have two hands? Does knowl- ditions in ethics, metaphysics, and epistemology. (HU) edge require answers to all possible doubts or only all PHIL 132. (CLSS 132) Hellenistic Philosophy (4) reasonable doubts? How should we determine the hori- Historical survey of selected texts and issues in Post- zon of the reasonable—psychologically or Aristotelian Greek and Roman philosophy from the philosophically? (HU) fourth century B.C. to the third century A.D. Areas of PHIL 223. Figures/Themes in Aesthetics (4) focus may include epicureanism, stoicism, academic and An investigation of a significant figure in aesthetics (e.g., pyrrohnian scepticism, and neoplatonism. (HU) Burke, Kant, Hegel, Benjamin, Adorno, Goodman, Kivy, PHIL 133. Medieval Philosophy (4) Derrida, Deleuze) and/or an investigation of a significant Historical survey of selected texts and issues in western phi- theme in aesthetics (e.g., sensuality, representation, poli- losophy from the fourth to 14th centuries. Attention will be tics, expressionism, cinematic gore, minimalism, given to the relation between developments in medieval architecture, post-modernism). Content varies. May be philosophy and major currents in ancient and modern taken more than once for credit. (HU) Philosophy 341

PHIL 224. (REL 224) Topics in the Philosophy of PHIL 239. Figures/Themes in Contemporary Religion (4) Philosophy (4) Selected problems and issues in the philosophy of reli- This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a gion. Content varies. May be repeated more than once major contemporary thinker (e.g. Russell, Whitehead, for credit. (HU) Husserl, Heidegger, Wittgenstein, Quine, Habermas, PHIL 226. (WS 226) Feminism and Philosophy Rawls, Rorty, Derrida, Davidson, Foucault, Deleuze, Irigaray, etc.) or the contemporary treatment of a partic- (4) ular theme (e.g. logical positivism, naturalism, Analysis of the nature, sources, and consequences of the non-foundationalism, existential phenomenology, return oppression and exploitation of women and justification to virtue, neo-pragmatism, hermeneutics, post-struc- of strategies for liberation. Topics include women’s turalism, post-modernism, neo-kantian political theory, nature and human nature, sexism, femininity, sexuality, the politics of identity, etc.). Content varies. May be reproduction, mothering. Prerequisite: At least one previ- repeated more than once for credit. (HU) ous course in philosophy or women’s studies. (HU) PHIL 240. (ASIA 240) Figures/Themes in Eastern PHIL 228. Topics in the Philosophy of Science (4) Themes in the natural, life and social sciences. May be Philosophy (4) repeated for credit as topic varies. Prerequisite: PHIL This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a 128 or consent of the department chair. (HU) major figure in Eastern thought or upon the Eastern treatment of a particular theme or set of themes. PHIL 231. (CLSS 231) Figures/Themes in Ancient Content varies. May be repeated more than once for Philosophy (4) credit. (HU) This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a PHIL 250. The Minds of Robots and Other major ancient thinker (e.g. Plato, Aristotle, Sextus Empiricus, Plotinus, etc.) or the classical treatment of a People (4) particular theme (e.g. “human nature,” “the good life,” Is the nature of thinking illuminated by what computers ethical or political theory, etc.). Content varies. May be can do? Is the brain just a complex computer? Could a repeated more than once for credit. (HU) robot feel pain? Be angry? Recent work in artificial intel- ligence, psychology, and philosophy. (HU) PHIL 232 (CLSS 232) Figures/Themes in PHIL 260. Philosophy of Language (4) Hellenistic Philosophy (4) Analysis of the nature of the correspondence between the This seminar course will involve an in-depth focus upon words we use and the world in which we live. Our unify- a major movement in Hellenistic Philosophy (roughly th nd ing theme is the quest for an understanding of truth, 4 century B.C.E. to the 2 Century C.E.) such as conceived as a peculiar relation between language and Epicureanism, Stoicism, Ancient Scepticism, or reality. We examine such central notions as meaning and Neoplatonism, or the Hellenistic treatment of a particu- reference, as understood in historically influential philo- lar theme (e.g. freedom from anxiety, the nature of the sophical theories of language. (HU) Cosmos and our place within it, or human nature). Content varies. May be repeated more than once for PHIL 265. Philosophy of Mathematics (4) credit. Mendelson (HU) Survey of metaphysical and epistemological issues from the philosophy of mathematics, with emphasis on the PHIL 233. Figures/Themes in Medieval arguments on behalf of mathematical platonism, conven- Philosophy (4) tionalism, and psychologism. It is highly recommended This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a that students take PHIL 114 and a year of calculus, or major medieval thinker (e.g. Augustine, Boethius, otherwise acquire comparable formal background, prior Maimonides, Bonaventure, Dante, etc.) or the medieval to this course. (HU) treatment of a particular theme (e.g. the relation of “will” and “intellect,” the “problem of universals,” ethical PHIL 273, Ariadne: Internship (2) or political theory, etc.). Content varies. May be repeated An internship devoted to the construction and mainte- more than once for credit. (HU) nance of Ariadne, an on-line, web-based, undergraduate journal of philosophy. Responsibilities will include PHIL 235. Figures/Themes in Modern research; publicizing the project nationally and locally; Philosophy (4) reviewing, selecting, and formatting manuscripts for This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a publication; and various other administrative and edito- major 17th or 18th century thinker (e.g. Descartes, rial activities. Some students may also be involved in the Leibniz, Berkeley, Kant, etc.) or the modern treatment of initial states of constructing Dionysos, an externally ref- a particular theme (e.g. the nature of “ideas,” the roles of ereed, on-line, web-based professional journal of the experience, reason, and revelation, ethical or political history of philosophy. Prerequisite: Department permis- theory, etc.). Content varies. May be repeated more than sion required: previous coursework in philosophy once for credit. (HU) expected. May be repeated more than once for credit. PHIL 237. Figures/Themes in Nineteenth Century (ND) Philosophy (4) PHIL 290. Independent Study (1-4) This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a Individual philosophical investigation of an author, major 19th century thinker (e.g. Hegel, Marx, book, or topic designed in collaboration with a faculty Kierkegaard, Mill, Peirce, Frege, Nietzsche, James, etc.) sponsor. Tutorial meetings; substantial written work. or the 19th century treatment of a particular theme (e.g. May be repeated more than once for credit. Consent of the end of history, revolution, nihilism, authenticity, ori- faculty sponsor required. (ND) gins of mathematical logic, infinity, etc.). Content varies. May be repeated more than once for credit. (HU) 342 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

PHIL 303. (MATH 303) Mathematical Logic (3-4) Physics students study the basic laws of mechanics, heat A course, on a mathematically mature level, designed and thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism, optics, not only to acquaint the student with logical tech- relativity, quantum mechanics, and elementary particles. niques used in mathematics but also to present The students also study applications of the basic theories symbolic logic as an important adjunct to the study of to the description of bulk matter, including the mechan- the foundations of mathematics. Prerequisite for non- ical, electric, magnetic, and thermal properties of solids, math majors: PHIL 114 (MA) liquids, gases, and plasmas, and to the description of the PHIL 364. (POLS 364) Issues in Contemporary structure of atoms and nuclei. In addition, the student develops the laboratory skills and techniques of the Political Philosophy (4) experimental physicist, skills that can be applied in the Selected topics in contemporary political philosophy, experimental search for new knowledge or in applica- such as the Frankfurt school, existentialism, legitimation, tions of the known theories. authenticity, participatory democracy, and the alleged decline of political philosophy. May be repeated for cred- A majority of physics graduates go to graduate school in it with consent of the political science chair. (SS) physics, often earning the Ph.D. degree. These graduates take university or college faculty positions, or work on PHIL 367. (POLS 367) American Political research in a variety of university, government, or indus- Thought (4) trial laboratories. Some students choose employment Critical examination of American political thought from immediately after the bachelor’s degree. They use their the founding of the Republic to the present. Writings many approved and free electives to supplement their from Madison, Hamilton, and Jefferson to Emma science background with applied courses, such as engi- Goldman, Mary Daly, Malcolm X, Henry Kariel, and neering, to develop the skills needed for a position in a others will be discussed. (SS) particular area. PHIL 371. Advanced Independent Study (1-4) Because of the fundamental role of physics in all the nat- Individual philosophical investigation of an author, ural sciences, students also use the physics major as an book, or topic designed in collaboration with a faculty excellent preparation for graduate study in many other sponsor. Tutorial meetings; substantial written work. scientific areas, such as: optical engineering, applied May be repeated more than once for credit. Consent of mathematics, computer science, biophysics, molecular faculty sponsor required. (ND) biology, astrophysics, geology and geophysics, materials PHIL 373. (Hum 373, REL 373) Independent science and engineering, meteorology, or physical oceanography. Attractive engineering areas with a high Ethics Project (4) science content include optical communications, aero- Supervised ethics research into a topic approved by the nautical engineering, nuclear engineering, including both advisor for the Humanities Minor in Ethics. An option for fission and fusion devices; electrical engineering, includ- completing the ethics minor. For ethics minors only. (HU) ing instrumentation, electronics and solid-state devices, PHIL 390. Senior Thesis (2) electrical discharges and other plasma-related areas; and The first part of two semesters of intensive research and mechanical engineering and mechanics, including fluids writing guided by a faculty sponsor in anticipation of and continuum mechanics. The broad scientific back- completing a senior thesis in philosophy. Individual ground developed in the physics curriculum is also an tutorials; substantial written work. Senior standing as excellent background for professional schools, such as philosophy major and consent of faculty sponsor law (particularly patent law), medicine, and optometry. required. (ND) Lehigh offers three undergraduate degrees in physics and PHIL 391. Senior Thesis (4) two undergraduate degrees in astronomy or astrophysics. Continuation and completion of PHIL 390 under the The three physics degrees are the bachelor of arts with a guidance of a faculty sponsor. Prerequisites: PHIL 390; major in physics and the bachelor of science in physics consent of faculty sponsor required. (ND) in the College of Arts and Sciences, and the bachelor of engineering physics in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The B.A. with a major in astronomy Physics and the B.S. in astrophysics are in the College of Arts Professors. Michael Stavola, Ph.D. (Rochester), chairper- and Sciences and are described in the Astronomy and son; Garold J. Borse, Ph.D. (Virginia), associate Astrophysics section of this catalog. chairperson; Gary G. DeLeo, Ph.D. (Connecticut), In addition, there are several five-year, dual-degree pro- Robert T. Folk, Ph.D. (Lehigh); James D. Gunton, grams involving physics: The arts-engineering program Ph.D. (Stanford); A. Peet Hickman, Ph.D. (Rice); John (see the Arts-Engineering section of this catalog), the P. Huennekens, Ph.D. (Colorado); Alvin S. Kanofsky, combination of the bachelor of science program in the Ph.D. (Pennsylvania); Thomas L. Koch, Ph.D. (Cal. College of Arts and Sciences with Electrical Engineering Tech.), director, Center for Optical Technologies; Yong W. (described below), and the combination of electrical Kim, Ph.D. (Michigan); Arnold H. Kritz, Ph.D. (Yale); engineering and engineering physics (see the Electrical H. Daniel Ou-Yang, Ph.D. (U.C.L.A.); Jean Toulouse, Engineering and Engineering Physics section of this cat- Ph.D. (Columbia). alog). Associate professors. Ivan Biaggio, Ph.D., (ETH- The bachelor of science curriculum in the College of Arts Zurich); Volkmar Dierolf, Ph.D. (Utah); Jerome C. and Sciences requires somewhat more physics and mathe- Licini, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); Russell A. Shaffer, Ph.D. (Johns matics than the bachelor of arts major, while the latter Hopkins). provides more free electives and three fewer hours for Assistant professor. Slava V. Rotkin, Ph.D., (Joffe Inst.- graduation. By making good use of the electives in these St. Petersburg). programs, either can prepare a student for graduate work in physics or the physical aspects of other sciences or Physics 343 engineering disciplines, or for technical careers requiring a Junior Year basic knowledge of physics. The bachelor of arts curricu- Adv. PHY.(2)(7) Adv.PHY. (6) PHY 212 (3) PHY 213 (3) lum is particularly useful for those planning careers in Appr.Elec. (3) Appr.Elec (3) PHY 362 (3) PHY 262 (2) areas where some knowledge of physics is needed or use- Dist. Req. (3) Elective (3) MATH 322 (3) PHY 364 (3) ful, but is not the main subject, such as science writing, Elective (3) Jr. Writing (3) Jr. Writing (3) PHY 215 (4) secondary school teaching, patent law, or medicine. Elective (4) Elective (4) The bachelor of science in engineering physics curriculum [16] [15] [16] [16] in the College of Engineering and Applied Science Senior Year requires an engineering concentration in either solid state Adv. PHY. (5) Appr.Elec (7) PHY 340 (3) Appr.Elec. (6) electronics or optical sciences, in addition to regular Appr.Elec. (3) Electives (8) ApprElec (8) Electives (7) physics and mathematics courses. This four-year program Elective (6) Dist.Req. (4) Dist.Req. (3) prepares students to do engineering work in an overlap area between physics and engineering, which may be engi- [14] [15] [15] [16] neering in a forefront area in which it is desirable to have [121] [124] more physics knowledge than the typical engineer has, or *or an equivalent course in scientific computing may be experimental physics which either relies heavily on For the Bachelor of Arts curriculum: fore-front engineering or in which the nature of the prob- At least one of the two advanced physics laboratories lem dictates that scientists and engineers will accomplish (PHY 190, PHY 262) is required. more working together rather than separately. A total of 18 credits of advanced physics courses (200 or A comparison of the curricula in terms of credit hours (minimum 300 level). At least two of these courses must be at the credits indicated in major courses and approved electives) in vari- 300 level. ous broad categories is given below. College of College of Approved Electives are subject to the approval of the stu- Arts & Sciences Engineering dent’s advisor, and should be chosen to provide a coherent program to satisfy the student’s goals, such as an Concentration in: interdisciplinary area of science, medical school, law Physics Astronomy Solid-State Optical school, teaching certification, science writing, etc. B.A. B.S. B.A. B.S. Electronics Sciences Frshmn English 6 6 6 6 6 6 No more than 6 credit hours of military science may be Coll. Ment. & Sem 4 4 4 4 applied towards the degree. Distrb. Courses *16 *16 *16 16 17 17 For the Bachelor of Science curriculum: Required Prelim 56 66 53 66 85 78 Approved electives include at least 17 credit hours of & major courses physics, physical science, or technical courses. Included in Apprvd Electives 16 17 12 12 11 18 this group must be three of the following courses: PHY Electives 23 15 30 20 12 12 363, 369, (352 or 355), and (348 or 365) and 380. Stu- Total 121 124 121 124 131 131 dents planning graduate work in physics are advised to *Not including mathematics or science include PHY 273 and 369 among their electives. The recommended sequences of courses are: No more than 6 credit hours of military science may be Physics Degree Programs applied towards the degree. College of Arts & Sciences P.C. Rossin College of Engineering & Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Applied Sciences Fall Spring Fall Spring Freshman Year Bachelor of Engineering Physics ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2,4 (3) ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2,4,(3) with a concentration in 6, 8 or 106, 6, 8 or 10 Solid State Electronics Optical Sciences PHY 10 (4) CHM 21 (4) PHY 11 (4) CHM 21 (4) Freshman Year or 11 Fall Spring Fall Spring PHY 12 (1) CHM 22 (1) PHY 12 (1) CHM 22 (1) ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2,4, 6,(3) ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2, 4, MATH 21 (4) MATH 22 (4) MATH 21(4) MATH 22 (4) 8 or 10 6, 8 or 10 (3) Col. Sem. (3) Dist. Req. (3) Col.Sem (3) *ENGR. 1 (3) PHY 11 (4) CHM 21 (4) PHY 11 (4) CHM 21 (4) Coll. Ment. (1) Col. Ment (1) PHY 12 (1) CHM 22 (1) PHY 12 (1) CHM 22 (1) [16] [16] [15] [15] MATH 21 (4) MATH 22 (4) MATH 21(4) MATH 22 (4) Sophomore Year HSS (3) ENGR 1 (3) HSS (3) ENGR 1 (3) PHY 13 (3-4) PHY 31 (3) PHY 21 (4) PHY 31 (3) ENGR 2 (1) ENGR 2 (1) or 21 [16] [15] [16] [15] PHY 14 (1) Adv.PHY.(2-3) PHY 22 (1) PHY 190 (3) Sophomore Year or 22 Lab PHY 21 (4) PHY 31 (3) PHY 21 (4) PHY 31 (3) MATH 23 (4) MATH 205(3) MATH 23 (4) MATH 205(3) PHY 22 (1) PHY 190 (3) PHY 22 (1) PHY 190 (3) Dist. Req. (6) Dist. Req. (4) Dist. Req. (6) Dist. Req. (3) MATH 23 (4) MATH 205(3) MATH 23(4) MATH 205(3) Elective (3) Elective (4) ECO 1 (4) MATH 208(3) ECO 1 (4) MATH 208(3) [14-15] [15-16] [15] [16] ECE 81 (4) ECE 108 (4) ECE 81 (4) ECE 108 (4) [17] [16] [17] [16] 344 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Junior Year Senior Year PHY 212 (3) PHY 213 (3) PHY 212 (3) PHY 213 (3) PHY 340 (3) Elective (3) ECE 111 (1) PHY 264 (3) ECE 33 (4) PHY 262 (2) PHY 362 (3) PHY 262 (2) PHY Appr. (3) PHY Appr. (5) ECE Appr. (3) ECE Appr. (6) ECE 123 (3) PHY 215 (4) OE - Elec (3) PHY 215 (4) Elective Elective Elective Elective MATH 322(3) ECE 126 (3) HSS (4) OE - Elec (3) ECE 121 (2) ECE 126 (3) ECE 251 (2) PHY 215 (4) HSS (4) HSS (3) MATH 322(3) HSS (3) ECE 123 (3) ECE 138 (2) PHY 362 (3) HSS (4) Elective (3) Elective (3) HSS (3) ECE 125 (3) Elective (7) [17] [18] [16] [18] Elective (3) Senior Year [17] [16] [16] [17] PHY 340 (3) HSS or (3) PHY 340 (3) PHY 355 (3) Fifth Year or ME 104 ME 104 ECE 111 (1) ECE 136 (3) PHY 340 (3) PHY 262 (2) PHY 363 (3) SSE - Elec* (5) PHY 352 (3) Electives (3) ECE Appr (3) ECE Appr (9) PHY Appr (6) PHY Appr (5) PHY 362 (3) Electives (9) OE - Elec (6) OE -Elec (6) Elective Elective Elective Elective SSE - Elec (6) Elective (6) ECE 257 (2) Electives (3) MATH 322 (3) Electives (8) HSS (3) MATH 231 (3) Electives (3) [15] [17] [18] [15] Electives (6) [131] [131] [15] [15] [15] [15] *The 11 credit hours of SSE (Solid State Engineering) [163] [163] electives must include ECE 257 or 258 or PHY 273. EE-EP EP-EE **The 18 credit hours of OE (Optical Engineering) elec- Freshman year (see Section III) tives must include ECE 257 or 258 or PHY 273. Must Sophomore year, first semester include at least two of ECE 347, ECE 348, ECE 371, PHY 21 (4) PHY 21 (4) ECE 372. PHY 22 (1) PHY 22 (1) Other advanced physics or engineering courses may be ECE 33 (4) ECE 33 (4) included among the SSE or OE electives with the ECE 81 (4) ECE 81 (4) approval of the student’s advisor. MATH 23 (4) MATH 23 (4) Combined B.S.(Physics)/B.S.(Electrical [17] [17] Engineering) Sophomore year, second semester The combined arts/engineering programs resulting in PHY 31 (3) PHY 31 (3) bachelors degrees in both physics and electrical engineer- ECE 108 (4) ECE 108 (4) ing may be arranged so that either of the two degrees is ECE 82 (1) ECE 82 (1) completed within the first four years. The suggested cur- MATH 205 (3) MATH 205 (3) ricula are: MATH 208 (3) MATH 208 (3) Physics-Elec. Engr Elec. Engr-Physics ECO 1 (4) ECO 1 (4) (Physics first) (Electrical Engineering First) [18] [18] Fall Spring Fall Spring Junior year, first semester Freshman Year ECE 121 (2) ECE 121 (2) ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2,4, (3) ENGL 1 (3) ENGL 2,4,(3) ECE 123 (3) ECE 123 (3) 6, 8 or 10 6, 8 or 10 PHY 212 (3) PHY 212 (3) PHY 11 (4) CHM 21 (4) PHY 11 (4) CHM 21 (4) MATH 231 (3) EP-Ap.Elec. (3) PHY 12 (1) CHM 22 (1) PHY 12 (1) CHM 22 (1) MATH 322 (3) MATH 322 (3) MATH 21 (4) MATH 22 (4) MATH 21(4) MATH 22 (4) HSS (3) HSS (3) HSS (3) ENGR 1 (3) HSS (3) ENGR 1 (3) [17] [17] ENGR 2 (1) ENGR 2 (1) Junior year, second semester [16] [15] [16] [15] PHY 213 (3) PHY 213 (3) Sophomore Year PHY 215 (4) PHY 215 (4) PHY 21 (4) PHY 31 (3) PHY 21 (4) PHY 31 (3) ECE 125 (3) ECE 125 (3) PHY 22 (1) ECO 1 (4) PHY 22 (1) ECO 1 (4) ECE 126 (3) ECE 126 (3) MATH 23 (4) MATH 205 (3) MATH 23 (4) MATH 205(3) ECE 138 (2) PHY 262 (2) ECE 33 (4) MATH 208 (3) ECE 33 (4) HSS (3) HSS (3) HSS (3) ECE 81 (4) ECE 82 (1) ECE 81 (4) ECE 82 (1) [18] [18] ECE 108 (4) ECE 108 (4) Senior year, first semester [17] [18] [17] [18] ECE 257 (3) PHY 340 or Junior Year ME 104 (3) PHY 212 (3) PHY 213 (3) PHY 212 (3) PHY 213 (3) PHY 362 (3) PHY 362 (3) PHY 362 (3) PHY 262 (2) ECE 121 (2) ECE 126 (3) PHY 363 (3) PHY 363 (3) PHY Appr. (3) PHY 264 (3) ECE 123 (3) ECE 138 (2) ECE-Ap.Elec. (3) EP-Ap.Elec (3) Elective HSS (3) HSS (3) MATH 322 (3) PHY 215 (4) MATH 208(3) ECE 136 (3) [15] [15] HSS (4) HSS 231 (3) MATH (3) ECE 125 (3) Jr. Writing (3) Jr. Writing (3) [16] [18] [17] [17] Physics 345

Senior year, second semester intensive requirement, of the College of Arts and ECE 136 (3) ECE 138 (2) Sciences. Courses appropriate for both may be counted ECE-Ap.Elec. (9) EP-Ap.Elec (5) in both categories. HSS (3) HSS (3) Approved electives are subject to the approval of the stu- Elective (3) Electives (6) dent’s advisor. Students planning graduate work in [18] [16] physics are advised to include PHY 273 and 369 among Fifth year, first semester their electives. EP-Ap.Elec (6) ECE-Ap.Elec. (3) No more than 6 credit hours of military science may be Electives (6) MATH 231 (3) applied towards the degree. PHY 340 or ECE 257 (3) ME 104 (3) Electives (6) Astronomy/Astrophysics Degree Programs [15] [15] (See the Astronomy section in this catalog.) Fifth year, second semester Research opportunities PHY 262 (2) ECE 136 (3) A majority of physics, astronomy, and engineering EP-Ap.Elec (6) ECE-Ap.Elec (9) physics majors take advantage of opportunities to partici- Electives (6) Elective (3) pate in research under the direction of a faculty member. [14] Research areas available to undergraduates are the same [15] as those available to graduate students; they are described Total Credits [163] Total Credits [163] below under the heading For Graduate Students. Credits in 4 yrs [135] Credits in 4 yrs [132] Undergraduate student research is arranged informally as EP approved electives** early as the sophomore (or, occasionally, freshman) year Fall Spring at the initiation of the student or formally as a senior research project. In addition, a number of students PHY 369 PHY 273 receive financial support to do research during the sum- PHY 380 ECE 258 mer between their junior and senior years, either as PHY 382 ECE 316 Physics Department Summer Research Participants or as ECE 257 ECE 320 Sherman Fairchild Scholars. ECE 351 ECE 322 The use of electives. The electives available in each of ECE 361 ECE 348 the physics and astronomy curricula provide the student with an opportunity to develop special interests and to ECE 355 prepare for graduate work in various allied areas. In par- ECE 308 ticular, the many available upper-level physics, **Must include ECE 257 or 258 or PHY 273 mathematics, and engineering courses can be used by Solid State Electronics Concentration students in consultation with their faculty advisors to structure programs with special emphasis in a variety of Junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) areas such as optical communications, solid-state elec- PHY 212 Electricity and Magnetism I (3) tronics, or biophysics. ECE 33 Intro. to Computer Engineering (4) Departmental Honors ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) Students may earn departmental honors by satisfying the MATH 322 Methods of Applied Analysis (3) following requirements: ASS courses/electives (4) • Grade point average of at least 3.50 in physics courses. Junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) • Satisfactorily completing the following courses (these PHY 213 Electricity and Magnetism II (3) may be included in the list of approved electives): PHY 262 Advanced Laboratory (2) PHY 369; two of PHY 348, 363 and (352 or 355) PHY 215 Mechanics (4) and 380; one 400-level physics course. Other ECE 126 Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices (3) advanced courses may be substituted with departmen- tal approval. AS courses/electives (6) Senior year, first semester (15 credits) • Completion of department approved special topics courses in physics that include written reports, or PHY 363 Solid State Physics (3) completion of 6 credits of PHY-273 (research), or PHY 362 Atomic/Molecular Physics (3) completion of a summer research project with written SSE elective (6) report and oral presentation. Senior year, second semester (17 credits) For students majoring in astronomy or astrophysics, see SSE electives (5) the Astronomy and Astrophysics section of this catalog. AS courses/elective or SSE elective (3) Five-year combined bachelor/master’s AS courses/elective (7) programs Fifth year, first semester Five-year programs that lead to successive bachelor and Physics approved electives: three courses selected from master’s degrees are available. These programs satisfy all PHY 363, 369, (352 or 355), and (346 or 365) and 380. of the requirements of one of the five bachelor’s degrees Students must satisfy both the HSS requirements of the in physics (B.A., B.S., B.S.E.P.) and astronomy/astro- College of Engineering and Applied Science and the dis- physics (B.A., B.S.), plus the requirements of the M.S. in tribution requirements, including the junior writing physics in the final year. Depending upon the under- 346 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 graduate degree received, one summer in residence may PHY 12. Introductory Physics Laboratory I (1) be required. Interested students should contact the asso- A laboratory course taken concurrently with PHY 11. ciate chair of physics no later than the spring semester of Experiments in mechanics, heat, and DC electrical cir- their junior year for further detail. cuits. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: PHY 10 or PHY 11, preferably concurrent- The minor program ly. Kanofsky (NS) The minor in physics consists of 15 credits of physics courses, excluding Physics 5 and 7. No more than one PHY 13. General Physics (3) physics course required in a student’s major program A continuation of PHY 10, primarily for biological sci- may be included in the minor program. The minor pro- ence and earth and environmental science students. gram must be designed in consultation with the physics Electrostatics, electromagnetism, light, sound, atomic department chair. physics, nuclear physics, and radioactivity. Prerequisites: PHY 10 or 11 and MATH 21, 31, or 51. Shaffer (NS) Undergraduate Courses in Physics and PHY 19. Introductory Physics II Completion(1-2) Astronomy For students who have Advanced Placement or transfer PHY 5. Concepts in Physics (4) spring credit for 2 or 3 credits of PHY 21. The student will be Fundamental discoveries and concepts of physics and scheduled for the appropriate part of PHY 21 to com- their relevance to current issues and modern technology. plete the missing material. The subject matter and credit For students not intending to major in science or engi- hours will be determined by the Physics Department for neering. Lectures, demonstrations, group activities, and each student. Students with AP Physics C credit for elec- laboratories using modern instrumentation and comput- tricity and magnetism will take the optics and modern ers. This is a non-calculus course; no previous physics part of PHY 21 for one credit. Prerequisite: 4 background in physics is assumed. Three class meetings credits of PHY 10 or 11, MATH 23, 32, or 52 previous- and one laboratory period per week. No prerequisites. ly or concurrently; and consent of the department. (NS) Staff (NS) PHY 21. Introductory Physics II (4) PHY 7. (ASTR 7) Introduction to Astronomy (3) A continuation of PHY 11. Electrostatics and magneto- fall statics; DC circuits; Maxwell’s equations; waves; physical Introduction to planetary, stellar, galactic, and extragalac- and geometrical optics; introduction to modern physics. tic astronomy. An examination of the surface Two lectures and two recitations per week. Prerequisite: characteristics, atmospheres, and motions of planets and PHY 11; MATH 23, 32, or 52, previously or concur- other bodies in our solar system. Properties of the sun, rently. Folk/Hickman (NS) stars, and galaxies, including the birth and death of stars, PHY 22. Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) stellar explosions, and the formation of stellar remnants A laboratory course to be taken concurrently with PHY such as white dwarfs, neutron stars, pulsars, and black 21. One three-hour laboratory period per week. holes. Quasars, cosmology, and the evolution of the uni- Prerequisite: PHY 12; PHY 21, preferably concurrently. verse. May not be taken by students who have previously Folk (NS). completed ASTR/PHY 105, 201, or 202. (NS) PHY 31. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3) PHY 8. (ASTR 8) Introduction to Astronomy spring Laboratory (1) fall Experimental basis and historical development of quan- Laboratory to accompany PHY 7 (ASTR 7). (NS) tum mechanics; the Schroedinger equation; PHY 9. Introductory Physics I Completion (1-2) one-dimensional problems; angular momentum and the For students who have Advanced Placement or transfer hydrogen atom; many-electron systems; spectra; selected credit for 2 or 3 credits of PHY 11. The student will be applications. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: PHY scheduled for the appropriate part of PHY 11 to com- 13 or 21; MATH 205, previously or concurrently. plete the missing material. The subject matter and credit Hickman (NS) hours will be determined by the Physics Department for PHY 91. Measurement and Transducers (1) each student. Students with AP Physics C credit for Computer-assisted laboratory course, dealing with physi- mechanics will take the thermodynamics and kinetic the- cal phenomena in mechanics, electricity and magnetism, ory part of PHY 11 for one credit. Prerequisite: MATH optics, spectroscopy and thermodynamics. Measurement 21, 31, or 51 previously or concurrently; and consent of strategies are developed and transducers devised. the department. (NS) Computer simulation, analysis software, digital data PHY 10. General Physics I (4) fall acquisition. Prerequisites: PHY 21 and 22 or their equiv- Statics, dynamics, conservation laws, thermodynamics, alent or consent of chairperson. Kim (NS) kinetic theory of gases, fluids. Primarily for architecture, PHY 105. (ASTR 105, EES 105) Planetary biological science, earth and environmental science stu- Astronomy (4) fall dents. Prerequisite: calculus (MATH 21, 31, or 51, Structure and dynamics of planetary interiors, surfaces, previously or concurrently). Ou-Yang (NS) and atmospheres. Models for the formation of the solar PHY 11. Introductory Physics I (4) system and planetary evolution. Internal structure, sur- Kinematics, frames of reference, laws of motion in face topology, and composition of planets and other Newtonian theory and in special relativity, conservation bodies in our solar system. Comparative study of plane- laws, as applied to the mechanics of mass points; temper- tary atmospheres. Organic materials in the solar system. ature, heat and the laws of thermodynamics; kinetic Properties of the interplanetary medium, including dust theory of gases. Two lectures and two recitations per and meteoroids. Orbital dynamics. Extrasolar planetary week. Prerequisite: MATH 21, 31 or 51, previously or systems. Prerequisites: PHY 10 or 11 and EES 21, or concurrently. DeLeo/Licini (NS) departmental permission. DeLeo (NS) Physics 347

PHY 110 (ASTR 110) Methods of Observational PHY 281. Basic Physics I (3) Astronomy (1) A course designed especially for secondary-school teach- Techniques of astronomical observation, data reduction, ers in the master teacher program. Presupposing a and analysis. Photometry, spectroscopy, CCD imaging, background of two semesters of college mathematics and interferometry. Computational analysis. through differential and integral calculus and of two Examination of ground- based and spacecraft instrumen- semesters of college physics, the principles of physics are tation, and data transmission, reduction, and analysis. presented with emphasis on their fundamental nature McCluskey (NS) rather than on their applications. Open only to second- ary-school teachers and those planning to undertake PHY 190. Electronics (3) spring teaching of secondary-school physics. (NS) DC and AC circuits, diodes, transistors, operational amplifiers, oscillators, and digital circuitry. Two laborato- PHY 282. Basic Physics II (3) ries and one recitation per week. Prerequisites: PHY 21 Continuation of PHY 281. (NS) and 22, or PHY 13 and 14. Stavola (NS) PHY 332. (ASTR 332) High-Energy Astrophysics For Advanced Undergraduates And (3) spring, odd numbered years. Graduate Students Observation and theory of X-ray and gamma-ray sources, quasars, pulsars, radio galaxies, neutron stars, PHY 201. (ASTR 201) Modern Astrophysics I (4) black holes. Results from ultraviolet, X-ray and gamma fall ray satellites. Prerequisites: MATH 23 or 33, previously Physics of stellar atmospheres and interiors, and the for- or concurrently, and PHY 21. McCluskey (NS) mation, evolution, and death of stars. Variable stars. The evolution of binary star systems. Novae, supernovae, PHY 340. Thermal Physics (3) fall white dwarfs, neutron stars, pulsars, and black holes. Basic principles of thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and Stellar spectra, chemical compositions, and thermody- statistical mechanics, with emphasis on applications to namic processes. Thermonuclear reactions. Interstellar classical and quantum mechanical physical systems. medium. Prerequisites: PHY 10 and 13, or PHY 11 and Prerequisites: PHY 13 or 21, and MATH 23, 32 or 52. 21, MATH 22 or 52. McCluskey (NS) Toulouse (NS) PHY 202. (ASTR 202) Modern Astrophysics II (4) PHY 342. (ASTR 342) Relativity and Cosmology spring (3) spring, even numbered years. The Milky Way Galaxy, galactic morphology, and evolu- Special and general relativity. Schwarzschild and Kerr tionary processes. Active galaxies and quasars. Observed black holes. Super massive stars. Relativistic theories of properties of the universe. Relativistic cosmology, and the origin and evolution of the universe. Prerequisites: the origin, evolution and fate of the universe. Elements MATH 23 or 33, previously or concurrently, and PHY of General Relativity and associated phenomena. 21. McCluskey (NS) Prerequisites: PHY 10 and 13, or PHY 11 and 21, PHY 348. Plasma Physics (3) MATH 22 or 52. McCluskey (NS) Single particle behavior in electric and magnetic fields, PHY 212. Electricity and Magnetism I (3) fall plasmas as fluids, waves in plasmas, transport properties, Electrostatics, magnetostatics, and electromagnetic kinetic theory of plasmas, controlled thermonuclear induction. Prerequisites: PHY 21 or 13; MATH 205, fusion devices. Prerequisites: PHY 21, MATH 205, and previously or concurrently. Huennekens (NS) senior standing or consent of the chairman of the department. Kritz (NS) PHY 213. Electricity and Magnetism II (3) spring Maxwell’s equations, Poynting’s theorem, potentials, the PHY 352. Modern Optics (3) wave equation, waves in vacuum and in materials, trans- Paraxial optics, wave and vectorial theory of light, coher- mission and reflection at boundaries, guided waves, ence and interference, diffraction, crystal optics, and dispersion, electromagnetic field of moving charges, radia- lasers. Prerequisites: MATH 205, and PHY 212 or ECE tion, Lorentz invariance and other symmetries of 202. Dierolf (NS) Maxwell’s equations. Prerequisite: PHY 212. Gunton (NS) PHY 355. Lasers and Non-linear Optics (3) PHY 215. Classical Mechanics I (4) spring Basic principles and selected applications of lasers and Kinematics and dynamics of point masses with various non- linear optics. Topics include electromagnetic theory force laws; conservation laws; systems of particles; rotat- of optical beams, optical resonators, laser oscillation, non- ing coordinate systems; rigid body motions; topics from linear interaction of radiation with atomic systems, Lagrange’s and Hamilton’s formulations of mechanics; electro- and acousto-optics, optical noise, optical wave- continuum mechanics. Prerequisites: PHY 21 or PHY 13 guides, and laser devices. Prerequisites: PHY 31; PHY 213 and MATH 205, previously or concurrently. DeLeo (NS) or ECE 203, previously or concurrently. Biaggio (NS) PHY 262. Advanced Physics Laboratory (2) spring PHY 362. Atomic and Molecular Structure (3) fall Laboratory practice, including machine shop, vacuum Review of quantum mechanical treatment of one-electron systems, and computer interfacing. Experiment selected atoms, electron spin and fine structure, multi-electron from geometrical optics, interference and diffraction, atoms, Pauli principle, Zeeman and Stark effects, hyper- spectroscopy, lasers, fiber optics, and quantum phenome- fine structure, structure and spectra of simple molecules. na. Prerequisites: PHY 21 and 22 or PHY 13 and 14. Prerequisite: Phys 31 or CHM 341. Licini (NS) Dierolf (NS) PHY 363. Physics of Solids (3) fall PHY 273. Research (2-3) Introduction to the theory of solids with particular refer- Participation in current research projects being carried ence to the physics of metals and semiconductors. out within the department. Intended for seniors major- Prerequisite: PHY 31 or Mat 316 or CHM 341, and PHY ing in the field. May be repeated once for credit. (NS) 340 or equivalent, previously or concurrently. Biaggio (NS) 348 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

PHY 364. Nuclear and Elementary Particle Plasma Spectroscopy Physics (3) Collisional and collisionless phenomena of very dense Models, properties, and classification of nuclei and ele- plasmas. Laser-produced plasmas. mentary particles; nuclear and elementary particle reactions and decays; radiation and particle detectors; Nuclear Theory accelerators; applications. Prerequisites: PHY 31 and The few nucleon problem, nuclear structure theory. MATH 205. Kanofsky (NS) Statistical Physics (experimental) PHY 365. Physics of Fluids (3) spring Non-equilibrium fluctuations in gases. Chaotic transi- Concepts of fluid dynamics; continuum and molecular tions. Colloidal suspensions and complex fluids. approaches; waves, shocks and nozzle flows; nature of Disordered materials. turbulence; experimental methods of study. Prerequisites: PHY 212 or ECE 202, and PHY 340 or ME 104 or Statistical Physics (theoretical) equivalent, previously or concurrently. Kim (NS) Kinetic theory, statistical basis of hydrodynamics, non- PHY 369. Quantum Mechanics I (3) fall linear processes, bound states and internal degrees of Principles of quantum mechanics: Schroedinger, freedom in kinetic theory. Study of pattern formation in Heisenberg, and Dirac formulations. Applications to dendritic growth. simple problems. Prerequisites: PHY 31, MATH 205; Elementary Particles (experimental) PHY 215, previously or concurrently. Rotkin (NS) Channeling, device development, and particle jet studies PHY 372. Special Topics in Physics (1-3) are carried out at Fermilab and Brookhaven. Special topics in physics not sufficiently covered in the gen- Elementary Particles (theoretical) eral courses. Lecture and recitations or conferences. (NS) Properties of leptons and vector bosons, weak and elec- PHY 380. Introduction to Computational Physics tromagnetic interactions. Quark-Glauber calculations of (3) spring elastic and inelastic scattering. Numerical solution of physics and engineering problems using computational techniques. Topics include linear Non-linear Optics and nonlinear equations, interpolation, eigenvalues, ordi- Theoretical and experimental work in lasers and non-lin- nary differential equations, partial differential equations, ear optics. statistical analysis of data, Monte Carlo, and molecular Candidates for advanced degrees normally will have com- dynamics methods. Prerequisite: MATH 205 previously pleted, before beginning their graduate studies, the or concurrently. Borse (NS) requirements for a bachelor’s degree with a major in physics, including advanced mathematics beyond differen- For Graduate Students tial and integral calculus. Students lacking the equivalent The department of physics has concentrated its research of this preparation will make up deficiencies in addition to activities within several fields of physics, with the result that taking the specified work for the degree sought. a number of projects are available in each area. Current At least eight semester hours of general college physics departmental research activities include the following: using calculus are required for admission to all 200- and Solid-state Physics (experimental) 300-level courses. Additional prerequisites for individual Optical and electronic properties of defects in semicon- courses are noted in the course descriptions. Admission ductors and insulators, electron paramagnetic to 400-level courses generally is predicated on satisfacto- resonance, ultrasonic attenuation, Raman spectroscopy, ry completion of corresponding courses in the 200- and luminescence spectroscopy. Properties of thin films, 300-level groups or their equivalent. physics of semiconductor devices. Colloidal suspensions Facilities for Research and complex fluids. Among the research equipment available in the various Solid-state Physics (theoretical) experimental physics laboratories are: two electron spin Electronic properties of defects in semiconductors and resonance laboratories; a laboratory for optical detection insulators, electronic structures, electron-lattice interac- of magnetic resonance; facilities for optical absorption tions, energy band calculations. and luminescence studies; ultraviolet, visible, and infrared spectrophotometers; liquid nitrogen, hydrogen, Atomic and Molecular Physics (experimental) and helium cryogenic equipment; numerous high-power Study of fundamental atom-atom interactions including lasers (including a ruby laser, Q-switched Nd:YAG and velocity-changing collisions and diffusion, energy pooling Nd-glass lasers, several pulsed dye lasers, several argon collisions and fine-structure changing collisions. High res- and Krypton ion lasers, marrowbased CW dye lasers, olution spectroscopy of bound-bound and bound-free two tunable CW Ti:Sapphire lasers, and many semicon- molecular transitions (including photodissociation) ductor lasers); crystal-growing facilities; a Atomic and Molecular Physics (theoretical) mass-spectrometer, large interferometers, an electron microscope, a high-density plasma source; electronic Collisions of aligned atoms. Charge exchange. Fine- instrumentation for data acquisition and analysis, includ- structure changing collisions. Nonlinear optics. ing several minicomputers, many microcomputers, and Plasma Physics (theoretical) signal averagers. Studies of heating, current drive, transport, and plasma A 3 MeV Van de Graaff accelerator housed in the diagnostics by transient synchrotron radiation in mag- Sherman Fairchild Laboratory is used to study radiation netically confined toroidal plasmas. The research is defects in solids, to analyze impurity distributions in thin closely related to ongoing and proposed experiments at films, to develop instrumentation, and to study channel- major fusion laboratories. ing and nuclear physics. Also available in materials and Physics 349 electrical engineering laboratories in the Fairchild PHY 446. Atomic and Molecular Physics (3) Laboratory are excellent facilities for the preparation of Advanced topics in the experimental and theoretical solid-state materials and the fabrication of solid-state study of atomic and molecular structure. Topics include devices; these facilities are heavily used by physics stu- fine and hyperfine structure, Zeeman effect, interaction dents doing experimental solid-state research. of light with matter, multi-electron atoms, molecular spectroscopy, spectral line broadening atom-atom and Graduate Courses in Physics electron-atom collisions and modern experimental tech- PHY 411. Survey of Nuclear and Elementary niques. Prerequisite: PHY 424 or consent of the Particle Physics (3) department. Huennekens Intended for non-specialists. Fundamentals and modern PHY 455. Physics of Nonlinear Phenomena (3) advanced topics in nuclear and elementary particle Basic concepts, theoretical methods of analysis and physics. Topics include: nuclear force, structure of nuclei, experimental development in nonlinear phenomena and nuclear models and reactions, scattering, elementary par- chaos. Topics include nonlinear dynamics, including ticle classification, SU(3), quarks, gluons, quark flavor period-multiplying routes to chaos and strange attrac- and color, leptons, gauge theories, GUT, the big bang. tors, fractal geometry and devil’s staircase. Examples of Prerequisite: PHY 369. Shaffer both dissipative and conservative systems will be drawn PHY 420. Mechanics (3) fall from fluid flows, plasmas, nonlinear optics, mechanics Includes the variational methods of classical mechanics, and waves in disordered media. Prerequisite: graduate methods of Hamilton and Lagrange, canonical transfor- standing in science or engineering, or consent of the mations, Hamilton-Jacobi Theory. Kim chairman of the department. Gunton PHY 421. Electricity & Magnetism I (3) spring PHY 462. Theories of Elementary Particle Electrostatics, magnetostatics, Maxwell’s equations, Interactions (3) dynamics of charged particles, multipole fields. Relativistic quantum theory with applications to the Huennekens strong, electromagnetic and weak interactions of elemen- PHY 422. Electricity & Magnetism II (3) fall tary particles. Prerequisite: PHY 425. Shaffer Electrodynamics, electromagnetic radiation, physical PHY 465. Nuclear and Elementary Particle optics, electrodynamics in anisotropic media. Special Physics (3) theory of relativity. Prerequisite: PHY 421. Folk Nuclear structure and phenomena; interactions among ele- PHY 424. Quantum Mechanics II (3) spring mentary particles and methods of studying them. Kanofsky General principles of quantum theory; approximation PHY 467. Nuclear Theory (3) methods; spectra; symmetry laws; theory of scattering. Theory of low-energy nuclear phenomena within the Prerequisite: PHY 369 or equivalent. Borse framework of nonrelativistic quantum mechanics. Borse PHY 425. Quantum Mechanics III (3) PHY 471. (MECH 411) Continuum Mechanics (3) A continuation of Phys 424. Relativistic quantum theory An introduction to the continuum theories of the of the electron; theory of radiation. Shaffer mechanics of solids and fluids. This includes a discussion PHY 428. Methods of Mathematical Physics I (3) of the mechanical and thermodynamical bases of the fall subject, as well as the use of invariance principles in for- Analytical and numerical methods of solving the ordi- mulating constitutive equations. Applications of theories nary and partial differential equations that occur in to specific problems are given. physics and engineering. Includes treatments of complex PHY 472. Special Topics in Physics (1-3) variables, special functions, product solutions and inte- Selected topics not sufficiently covered in the more gen- gral transforms. Gunton eral courses. May be repeated for credit. PHY 429. Methods of Mathematical Physics II (3) PHY 474. Seminar in Modern Physics (3) spring Discussion of important advances in experimental Continuation of Physics 428 to include the use of inte- physics. May be repeated for credit when a different gral equations. Green’s functions, group theory, and topic is offered. more on numerical methods. Prerequisite: PHY 428. PHY 475. Seminar in Modern Physics (3) PHY 431. Theory of Solids (3) Discussion of important advances in theoretical physics. Advanced topics in the theory of the electronic structure May be repeated for credit when a different topic is of solids. Many-electron theory. Theory of transport offered. phenomena. Magnetic properties, optical properties. PHY 491. Research (3) Superconductivity. Point imperfections. Prerequisites: Research problems in experimental or theoretical physics. PHY 363 and PHY 424. PHY 492. Research (3) PHY 442. Statistical Mechanics (3) spring Continuation of PHY 491. May be repeated for credit. General principles of statistical mechanics with applica- tion to thermodynamics and the equilibrium properties of matter. Prerequisites: PHY 340 and 369. Kim Political Science PHY 443. Nonequilibrium Statistical Mechanics (3) Professors. Frank T. Colon, Ph.D. (Pittsburgh); Richard A continuation of PHY 442. Applications of kinetic the- K. Matthews, Ph.D. (Toronto), NEH Distinguished ory and statistical mechanics to nonequilibrium University Professor; Edward P. Morgan, Ph.D. processes; non- equilibrium thermodynamics. (Brandeis), Distinguished University Professor; Laura Katz Prerequisite: PHY 442. Kim Olson, Ph.D. (Colorado), Chairperson; Hannah Stewart-Gambino, Ph.D. (Duke). 350 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Associate professors. Frank L. Davis, Ph.D. (North Electives Carolina); Albert H. Wurth Jr., Ph.D. (North Carolina). Six elective courses with at least one course from each of Assistant professors. Janet M. Laible, Ph.D. (Yale); the two fields listed below. One of the electives may, with Brian K. Pinaire, Ph.D. (Rutgers). the consent of the department, be in a cognate field. Adjunct professor. Candace K. Briggs, M.A. (East American Politics, Public Law and Stroudsburg). Interdisciplinary The major in political science is designed to promote POLS 104 Political Sociology (4) understanding of political ideas, institutions and process- POLS 111 The Politics of the Environment (4) es and to develop skills in analyzing and evaluating POLS 115 Technology As Politics (4) political problems. POLS 179 Politics of Women (4) A balanced program within the discipline, one that POLS 230 Movements and Legacies of the 1960s (4) exposes the student to various areas of inquiry in politi- POLS 232 The Vietnam War in Politics, Media, cal institutions and political processes as well as in the and Memory (4) comparative and philosophical perspectives of political analysis, has been the way in which the goals of the POLS 240 Law and Order (4) major program generally have been achieved. While the POLS 274 Political Parties and Elections (4) major program outlined below will prove adequate for POLS 302 Comparative State Politics (4) most student needs, it may be that because of some spe- POLS 306 Public Policy Process (4) cial factors such as late transfer or unusual interests POLS 317 The American Presidency (4) and/or abilities the outlined program does not accom- POLS 326 Democracy Workshop (4) modate some students. In that case the students may, in POLS 328 U.S. Politics and the Environment (4) consultation with their advisers, develop a major pro- POLS 329 Propaganda, Media, and gram that in their judgment will more adequately fulfill American Politics (4) those needs. POLS 331 Community Politics Internship (4) The faculty adviser to the student majoring in political POLS 333 Social Psychology of Politics (4) science is designated by the department. The adviser POLS 351 Constitutional Law (4) consults with the student and approves the major pro- POLS 352 Civil Rights and Civil Liberties (4) gram. The adviser attempts to help the student relate POLS 358 Interest Groups, Factions, and courses offered by the department to the student’s educa- Coalitions in Politics (4) tional goals. The adviser also may act as a resource for POLS 359 U.S. Congress (4) the student, and may suggest courses in other disciplines, POLS 360 Public Administration (4) language courses, and courses in research techniques that POLS 368 Political Economy (4) may be of benefit. POLS 375 Seminar: Green Policy (4) A variety of experiential opportunities are available to POLS 376 Seminar: National Social Policy (4) undergraduates majoring in political science. The depart- POLS 377 Urban Politics (4) ment, for example, offers a Community Politics Internship every semester that includes opportunities for POLS 378 Honors Thesis in Political Science (4) internship placements in either local government, private POLS 379 Honors Thesis in Political Science (4) agencies or law offices. Students are also encouraged to Political Theory and Comparative Politics apply for off-campus internship opportunities, e.g., POLS 100 Introduction to Political Thought (4) American University’s Washington Semester Program and The Philadelphia Center’s Internship in POLS 101 Ancient Political Heritage (4) Philadelphia. POLS 102 Modern Political Heritage (4) POLS 125 International Political Economy (4) Completion of the political science major is considered suitable training for the undergraduate who wishes to go POLS 132 An Introduction to Canada (4) on to law school, to become a social science teacher, or POLS 301 Current Political Controversies (4) to work as a governmental official, party or civic leader, POLS 321 Research in Political Science (4) public affairs commentator, or staff member of a govern- POLS 323 Public Policy of the European Union (4) ment research bureau. In addition, the business sector POLS 324 Politics of Western Europe (4) continues to provide opportunities in areas such as bank- POLS 325 Nationalism in Comparative Perspective (4) ing, insurance, and marketing for bachelor of arts POLS 335 Latin American Political Systems (4) graduates with training in the social sciences. Graduate POLS 336 U.S. Foreign Policy and Latin America (4) study is advisable for students contemplating certain POLS 337 Religion and Politics in Latin America (4) careers: college teaching, research, or public manage- POLS 342 Gender and Third World Development (4) ment, for example. POLS 356 Seminar: Political Philosophy (4) The three core courses are required. Individual excep- POLS 364 Issues in Contemporary tions may be made, for good reasons, by the major Political Philosophy (4) adviser with the approval of the department chairman. POLS 367 American Political Thought (4) Major Requirements POLS 370 Seminar: The Citizen versus the Administrative State (4) POLS 1 American Political System (4) POLS 374 Seminar: Third World Issues (4) POLS 3 Comparative Politics (4) POLS 100 Introduction to Political Thought (4) or POLS 101 Ancient Political Heritage (4) or POLS 102 Modern Political Heritage (4) Political Science 351

Political Science Minor POLS 111. The Politics of the Environment (4) The minor consists of two of the three core courses listed A survey of the major environmental, resource, energy above (POLS 1, POLS 3, and POLS 100 or 101 or 102) and population problems of modern society, focusing on plus any two other political science courses for a total of the United States. The politics of man’s relationship with 16 credits. nature, the political problems of ecological scarcity and public goods, and the response of the American political Public Administration Minor system to environmental issues. Wurth (SS) The minor consists of POLS 360 plus three other cours- POLS 115. Technology as Politics (4) es chosen in consultation with the adviser for a Relationship of technology and technological change minimum of sixteen credits. with politics and public policy. Review of theories of political significance of technology, including technologi- Political Science Honors cal determinism, technology assessment, technological Students must have at least a 3.2 cumulative grade point progress and appropriate technology. Specific issues in average, and a 3.3 major grade point average, in order to technology with emphasis on U.S. Wurth (ND) proceed with departmental honors. Students with honors must complete ten courses in the major, including an POLS 125. (IR 125) International Political independent study focusing on the honors thesis. Economy (4) Principles governing the interaction between the eco- Undergraduate Courses nomic and political components of international POLS 1. American Political System (4) fall-spring phenomena. Political causes and consequences of trade Constitutional principles; organization and operation of and investment. Foreign economic policy in its relation- the national government; and dynamics of power within ship to domestic economic policy and other aspects of the U.S. political system. (SS) foreign policy. Determinants of foreign economic policy. Prerequisites: Economics 1 or 11 or 12; IR 10. Moon, POLS 3. Comparative Politics (4) fall-spring Barkey (SS) The political systems of foreign countries; approaches to the study of comparative politics. (SS) POLS 132. (Eco., HIST., IR) An Introduction to Canada (4) POLS 100. Introduction to Political Thought (4) An interdisciplinary, team-taught course focusing on his- A critical examination of political ideologies: Liberalism, tory, politics, economics and international relations. Marxism, Fascism, and Islamism. Matthews (ND) Topics covered will include Canada’s historical develop- POLS 101. Ancient Political Heritage (4) ment, recent politics and foreign policy, and economic Important political thinkers from the pre-Socratics to and trade issues. Special attention will be given to con- early, modern political theorists like Machiavelli. temporary affairs and to Canada’s relations with the Matthews (SS) United States. (SS) POLS 102. (PHIL 102) Modern Political POLS 179. (WS 179) Politics of Women (4) Heritage (4) Selected social and political issues relating to the role of Begins where POLS 101 ends: from early, modern theo- women in American society. Focuses on such questions rists (e.g., Hobbes) up to contemporary thinkers (e.g., as economic equality, poverty, and work roles, the older Marcuse). Matthews (SS) woman, gender gap, political leadership, reproduction technology, and sexual violence. Olson (SS) POLS 104. (SSP 104). Political Sociology (4) An introduction to political sociology through an exami- POLS 230. Movements and Legacies of the 1960s (4) nation of the major sociological questions concerning The lessons and legacies of 1960s social and political power, politics, and the state. Covers historical questions movements. Students engage with civil rights, black concerning state formation, nationalism, social move- power movements, the New Left, campus protests, the ments, globalization, political culture and participation, Vietnam war and antiwar movement, the counterculture, and civil society. Includes examples such as racism, wel- women’s and ecology movements and assess their con- fare reform, campaign financing, coal mining in nection to democracy, today’s world and their own lives. Appalachia, revolution in Latin America, and the rise of Morgan (SS) the Nazi party in Germany, and the place of the United POLS 232. The Vietnam War in Politics, Media, States in a global society. Munson (SS) and Memory (4) POLS 108 (Global) Citizenship and its Examines the meaning of the American war in Vietnam Discontents (4) as interpreted and disputed in American politics, the The purpose of the course is to consider the nature— mass media, and private and public memory. Reviews and desirability—of citizenship, both as an ideal and as the political history and context of the war, personal applied (if possible) in the global context. What exactly experiences and critical perspectives on the war, and does it mean to be a “citizen?” Does citizenship require characterizations of the war in mainstream news media particular actions, thoughts, or values? What are the and popular film. Morgan (SS) legal, political, and moral obligations of this designa- POLS 240. Law and Order. The Politics of Crime tion? What exactly do you owe to your neighbor, or to and Punishment (4) someone on the other side of the world? Readings This course explores the legal and political consequences range from Socrates to the Manefesto of the of various theories of crime, punishment and social con- Unabomber. Pinaire (SS/GC) trol in the United States. Topics include policing, racial profiling, trial court proceedings and the administration of justice, growing incarceration rates and the prison 352 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 industry, capital punishment, the jury system, and the local level. Weekly seminars on theory and practice of nature of legal obligation. Pinaire. (ND) community organizing and its relationship with democ- POLS 274. Political Parties and Elections (4) racy and power in the United States complement Study of the organization, functions and behavior of polit- semester-long field placements with community groups ical parties in the United States. Includes voting behavior, and local organizations. Prerequisite: consent of instruc- campaigns and elections, polling, interest groups, public tor. Morgan (ND) opinion and the role of the media. Colon (SS) POLS 328. U.S. Politics and the Environment (4) An examination of contemporary American politics and For Advanced Undergraduates and policy dealing with environmental issues. Current con- Graduate Students troversies in the legislative and regulatory areas will be POLS 301. Current Political Controversies (4) covered to examine environmental issues and the politi- Selected topical policy issues and alternative approaches cal process. Significant portions of the course readings to understanding them. Includes the major domestic will be taken from government publications. Wurth (SS) questions facing the U.S. Emphasis is on debating the POLS 329. Propaganda, Media, and American current issues of the day. Olson (SS) Politics (4) POLS 302. Comparative State Politics (4) The role of propaganda and mass media in sustaining Analysis of major questions relating to the role of the hegemony in the United States. Emphasis on television, states in the American federal system and their relation- advertising and mass culture, public relations, news ship with the national government. Colon (SS) media, and political propaganda pertaining to U.S. for- POLS 306. Public Policy Process (4) eign and domestic policy. Students compare critical counter-hegemonic theories to political speeches, docu- Power relations and their impacts on selected public pol- ments, news reports, and media encounters that shape icy issues, specifically taxation, housing, environment, much of American political life. Morgan (SS) poverty, energy, the military, and health. Olson (SS) POLS 331. Community Politics Internship (4) POLS 317. The American Presidency (4) Integrated fieldwork and academic study. Seminar, Role of the executive in the American political process. research paper, and journal; internship with government Includes an analysis of the historical development, selection and social service agencies, political groups, elected offi- process, and scope of executive power. Emphasizes domes- cials, and law offices. May be repeated for credit. tic and foreign policy initiatives of selected presidents from Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (ND) FDR to today. Prerequisite: POLS 1. Olson (SS) POLS 333. (PSYC 333, SSP 333) Social POLS 321. Research in Political Science (4) Models in the explanation of political phenomena, Psychology of Politics (4) appropriateness of measurement techniques; construc- Political behavior viewed from a psychological and social tion of research designs; rationale and application of psychological perspective. Prerequisite: Any one of the statistical analyses; individual projects involving the con- following introductory courses: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, struction and testing of models employing a major social ANTH 12, SSP 5, SSP 21, or department permission. science data set. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Rosenwein (SS) Davis (ND) POLS 335. Latin American Political Systems (4) POLS 323. Public Policy of the European Union (4) Democratic, authoritarian and revolutionary paths to The institutions and policy-making processes of the contemporary political issues. Political, economic and European Union. Topics include the creation of the single social implications of contemporary “democratic” market and the euro, environmental and agricultural policy, regimes and neo-liberal economic policies. Discussion regional development and the policy challenges of eastward groups and student presentations on prospects for demo- enlargement. Prerequisite: POLS 3 or IR 10. Laible cratic peace and prosperity in the future. Prerequisite: POLS 3. Stewart-Gambino (ND) POLS 324. Politics of Western Europe (4) Comparative discussion of systems of government in POLS 336. U.S. Foreign Policy and Latin Western Europe and of major policy questions facing America (4) these states in the post-war era. Topics include the evolu- U.S. historical relationship with Central America, tion of welfare states, relations with the former Eastern Caribbean and South America with emphasis on eco- bloc, immigration, and the regionalization and nomic and military dominance. Contemporary issues Europeanization of central state authority. Prerequisite: such as U.S. invasions of Panama and Grenada, U.S. POLS 3. Laible Cuban relations, the militarization of the “drug war,” counterinsurgency. Written analysis of competing U.S. POLS 325. Nationalism in Comparative interests across time and regions. Prerequisite: POLS 3. Perspective (4) Stewart-Gambino (ND) Examination of major theoretical and policy debates in contemporary studies of nationalism. Focus on the emer- POLS 337. Religion and Politics in Latin gence and endurance of nationalist movements in the America (4) modern era. Discussion of efforts to evaluate the legiti- Indigenous and “imported” religious structures, the macy of nationalist claims and to resolve nationalist prominent role of the Catholic Church in Latin conflict. Prerequisite: POLS 3. Laible America, and the recent explosion of Protestant/ Pentecostal churches. Emphasis on the intersection of POLS 326. Democracy Workshop (4) religious belief and power (i.e., gender, local politics, Student teams enhance the political voice of under- national development, etc.). Short papers integrate mate- resourced community groups through rial with students’ knowledge of religious/political organization-building, outreach, and policy input at the phenomena. Discussion groups analyze philosophical Political Science 353 foundations of belief. Prerequisite: POLS 3 and 336. POLS 367. (PHIL 367) American Political Stewart-Gambino (ND) Thought (4) POLS 342. (WS 342) Gender and Third World A critical examination of American political thought Development (4) from the founding of the Republic to the present. Focus on gender implications of contemporary strategies Writings from Madison, Hamilton, and Jefferson to for Third World economic growth, neo-liberalism. How Emma Goldman, Mary Daly, Malcolm X, Henry Kariel, do economic theories affect ‘real people?’ How do eco- and others will be discussed. Matthews (SS) nomic theories affect men vs. women? What is the role POLS 368. Political Economy (4) of people who want to ‘help?’ Some background in eco- Relationship of democratic politics to government and nomic theories and/or Third World politics desired, but market, and significance of economic power in the not required. Prerequisite: POLS 1 or WS 1. Stewart- American polity. Economic rationale for the place of the Gambino (SS) market and economic institutions in polity. Emphasis on POLS 351. Constitutional Law (4) information in comparison of economic approaches to An examination of the development of American consti- public policy and organization (public goods, market tutional law considered in historical and political failure, and collective action) with traditional political context. Emphasis is on decisions of the U.S. Supreme science approaches (group mobilization and conflict, Court. Topics include the growth of the Supreme Court’s non-decisions and symbolic action). Wurth (SS) institutional power and the Court’s changing interpreta- POLS 370. Seminar: The Citizen versus the tions of the federalism, the separation of powers, and Administrative State (4) constitutional rights. Pinaire (ND) Administrative power and policy. Constitutional and POLS 352. Civil Rights and Civil Liberties (4) judicial control of administration. Remedies against A survey of Supreme Court policymaking pursuant to the improper administrative acts. Major emphasis will be on Bill of Rights, the Fourteenth Amendment, and federal the United States, with some attention given to analo- civil rights statutes. Among the covered topics are changing gous issues in other countries. (SS) Supreme Court doctrine concerning freedom of speech POLS 374. Seminar: Third World Issues (4) and press, religious liberty, criminal procedure, and the due Focus on Nancy Sheper-Hughes’ Death Without process and equal protection clauses. Pinaire (ND) Weeping: The Violence of Everyday Life in Brazil with POLS 356. Seminar: Political Philosophy (4) discussion of “objectivity” in field research, separation Critical examination of several of the “great books” between advocacy and observation, and gendered sub- and/or “great ideas” in political thought. Students will jects. Student presentations of research topics in latter help select the material for critical discussion. Course part of course, emphasizing professional form and colle- may be repeated with permission of the instructor. gial cooperation. Prerequisites: POLS 322, 335, 336, Matthews (SS) 337, or consent of instructor. Stewart-Gambino (SS) POLS 358. Interest Groups, Factions, and POLS 375. Seminar: Green Policy (4) Coalitions in American Politics (4) Development of guidelines and applications for public The rise of interest group power. Social, economic, and policy and political action directed toward environmen- political reasons for groups’ increasing influence. Value tal sustainability and political feasibility. Focus on of different group resources and influence in particular problem-solving and policy design, connecting sustain- national policy arenas. Types of more, and less, powerful able environmental goals with workable and responsive interests, and the implications of this distribution of institutional designs. Prerequisites: POLS 111, 368, or power for American politics. Davis (SS) consent of instructor. Wurth (SS) POLS 359. U.S. Congress (4) POLS 376. Seminar: National Social Policy (4) Elections for the House and Senate and their significance A readings/research seminar on current social policy for the way in which Congress functions. The formal questions. Course analyzes, from alternatives political structure of party leadership and committees, House and perspectives, such issues as Social Security, Medicare, Senate organizational and functional differences, and health care, welfare reform, income inequality, and taxa- informal and formal power of legislation and oversight. tion. Students research a specific social issue of their Congressional relations with the president, bureaucracy, choice. Class discussion on individual research and com- and Supreme Court. Prerequisite: POLS 1. Davis (SS) mon readings. Olson (SS) POLS 360. Public Administration (4) POLS 377. Urban Politics (4) The nature of administration; problems of organization The structure and processes of city government in the and management; public personnel policies; budgeting United States; city-state and federal-city relationships; and budgetary system; forms of administrative responsi- the problems of metropolitan areas; political machines bility. Colon (ND) and community power structures; the urban politics of municipal reform; city planning and urban renewal. POLS 364. (PHIL 364) Issues in Contemporary Colon (SS) Political Philosophy (4) POLS 378. Honors Thesis in Political Science (4) Selected topics in contemporary political philosophy, Opportunity for undergraduate majors in Political such as the Frankfurt school, existentialism, legitimation, Science to pursue an extended project for senior honors. authenticity, participatory democracy, and the alleged Department permission required. (ND) decline of political philosophy. May be repeated for cred- it with the consent of instructor. Matthews (SS) 354 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

POLS 379. Honors Thesis in Political Science (4) POLS 419. Theoretical Issues in American Continuation of POLS 378. Prerequisite: POLS 378. Politics (3) Department permission required. (ND) American contributions to main currents in political phi- POLS 381, 382, 383, 384. Special Topics (1-4) losophy from colonial times to present. Matthews A seminar on a topic of special interest in a particular POLS 421. Research Methods (3) political institution, process, or policy. Prerequisite: con- Models in the explanation of political phenomena, sent of the department chairperson. (ND) appropriateness of measurement techniques; construc- For Graduate Students the department of political sci- tion of research designs; rationale and application of ence offers a graduate program leading to the master of statistical analyses; individual projects involving the con- arts degree. The applicant for admission is required to struction and testing of models employing a major social demonstrate adequate undergraduate preparation. Those science data set. Davis seeking full time graduate studies must submit Graduate POLS 423. Public Policy of the EU (3) Record Examination results. The institutions and policy-making processes of the EU. Master of Arts Topics include the creation of the single market and the euro, environmental and agricultural policy, regional The master of arts in political science is a 30-credit-hour development and the policy challenges of eastward program that can be accomplished in 12 months by full- enlargement. Laible time students. A comprehensive examination or thesis is required. The student may take 24 hours of course work POLS 424. Politics of Western Europe (3) and six hours of thesis or may take all 30 credit hours in Comparative discussion of systems of government in course work. A graduate-level course in research meth- Western Europe and of major policy questions facing ods, the American Politics Core, and Comparative these states in the post-war era. Topics include the evolu- Politics Core are required of all candidates for the master tion of welfare states, relations with the former Eastern of arts degree. bloc, immigration, and the regionalization and The master of arts program is intended for the student Europeanization of central state authority. Laible with liberal arts or natural science preparation who has POLS 425. Nationalism in Comparative a professional interest in government. The master of Perspective (3) arts may be a preparatory step toward doctoral work at Examination of major theoretical and policy debates in another institution or research positions in govern- contemporary studies of nationalism. Focus on the emer- mental, institutional or industrial settings or a final gence and endurance of nationalist movements in the degree preparatory for teaching in junior and commu- modern era. Discussion of efforts to evaluate the legiti- nity colleges. macy of nationalist claims and to resolve nationalist Graduate Courses conflict. Laible POLS 405. The Budgetary Process (3) POLS 426. Democracy Workshop (3) Student teams enhance the political voice of under- The public budgetary process: competition among inter- resourced community groups through est groups, policy outcomes, intergovernmental relations, organization-building, outreach, and policy input at the and consequences for policy implementation. Davis local level. Weekly seminar on theory and practice of POLS 408. American Politics Core (3) community organizing and its relationship with democ- A survey of American politics utilizing readings reflect- racy and power in the United States complements ing a variety of methodological approaches and semester-long field placements. Prerequisite: consent of theoretical perspectives. Readings include but are not instructor. Morgan limited to works widely regarded as “classics” in American political science. POLS 429. Propaganda, Media & American Politics (3) POLS 413. Modern Political Philosophy (3) The role of propaganda and mass media in sustaining A study of selected modern political philosophers and hegemony in the United States. Emphasis on television, their continuing effect on politics and political philoso- advertising and mass culture, public relations, news phy. Matthews media, and political propaganda pertaining to U.S. for- POLS 415. State and Local Government (3) eign and domestic policy. Students compare critical, Comparative state government, urban politics, intergov- counter-hegemonic theories to political speeches, docu- ernmental relations, regional and local government. Colon ments, news reports, and media encounters that shape much of American political life. Morgan POLS 416. American Environmental Policy (3) Formation, implementation and impact of environmen- POLS 430. Movements & Legacies of 1960s (3) tal policies in the U.S. An examination of the scope of The lessons and legacies of 1960s social and political environmental problems, the development of environ- movements. Students engage with civil rights, black power ment as an issue, the role of interest groups and public movements, the New Left, campus protests, the Vietnam opinion, the policy-making process, and the various war and antiwar movement, the counterculture, women’s approaches to implementing environmental policy. and ecology movements and assess their connection to Special attention to current issues and administrative democracy, today’s world, and their own lives. Morgan approaches and to the distinctive character of environ- POLS 431. Public Management (3) mental protection as a political issue. Wurth The study of bureaucracy and problems of public and nonprofit organization and management; executive lead- ership; personnel management systems and regulatory administration. Colon Political Science 355

POLS 432. Public Policy Process (3) POLS 467. Legal Problems (3) Impacts of power relationships on selected public policy This course involves an examination of the role of legal areas such as the military, agriculture, housing, environ- rules, agents, institutions, and values in our society. mental, energy, poverty, health, and taxation. May be Primary emphasis will be given to the American legal repeated for credit. Olson system, though we will evaluate U.S. principles and poli- POLS 434. Internship (3) tics through a comparative lens as well. Pinaire Internship in private or public agency. May be repeated POLS 468. Political Economy (3) for credit. Relationship of democratic politics to government and POLS 442. Gender and Third World market, and significance of economic power in the American polity. Economic rationale for the place of the Development (3) market and economic institutions in polity. Emphasis on Issues of international economic development with a information in comparison of economic approaches to particular focus on how gender informs both the aca- public policy and organization (public goods, market demic discourse of development as well as how failure and collective action) with traditional political sci- development policies are gendered in their conception ence approaches (group mobilization and conflict, and implementation. Stewart-Gambino non-decisions and symbolic actions. Wurth POLS 451. Comparative Politics Core (3) POLS 473. Seminar: Public Administration (3) Theory and concepts in comparative politics. Analysis of Public and nonprofit administrative agencies. Focus on applications in studies of Western and non-Western the national government administration, but state, political systems. municipal, and nonprofit agencies included. Problems of POLS 453. Seminar: Media, Propaganda and organization and management; personnel policies; budg- Democracy (3) eting and financial systems; and forms of administrative Research seminar on theoretical and applied issues relat- responsibility. Colon ed to democracy vs. political hegemony, as affected by POLS 474. Seminar: Third World Issues (3) propaganda, the mass media, popular culture, and the Focus on Nancy Sheper-Hughes’ Death Without capitalist economy. Students will pursue individual Weeping: The Violence of Everyday Life in Brazil with research topics linked to common class readings. Weekly discussion of “objectivity” in field research, separation paper presentations and critical responses. Morgan between advocacy and observation, and gendered sub- POLS 456. Seminar: Political Philosophy (3) jects. Student presentations of research topics in latter Critical examination of several of the “great books” part of course, emphasizing professional form and colle- and/or “great ideas” in political thought. Students will be gial cooperation. Prerequisites: consent of instructor. required to write a major paper and present their work Stewart-Gambino to the class. Matthews POLS 475. Seminar: Green Polity (3) POLS 458. Seminar: Interest Groups, Factions, Development of guidelines and applications for public and Coalitions in American Politics (3) policy and political action directed toward environmen- The rise of interest group power. Social, economic, and tal sustainability and political feasibility. Focus on political reasons for groups’ increasing influence. Value problem-solving and policy design, connecting sustain- of different group resources and influence in particular able environmental goals with workable and responsive national policy arenas. Types of more, and less, powerful institutional designs. Prerequisites: Both POLS 111 and interests, and the implications of this distribution of 368 or consent of instructor. Wurth power for American politics. Davis POLS 476. Seminar: National Social Policy (3) POLS 462. Seminar: American Political A readings/research seminar on current social policy Thought (3) questions. Course analyzes, from alternative political per- Focus on a narrow topic or theorist in the field, e.g., the spectives, such issues as Social Security, Medicare, health work of Jefferson, Madison, Hamilton, or Tocqueville. care, welfare reform, income inequality, and taxation. Students will be required to write a major paper and Students research a specific social issue of their choice. present it to the class. Matthews Class discussion on individual research and common readings. Olson POLS 464. Community Fellowship I (3) Fall 15 hours/week in regional agency on specific project POLS 477. (SR 477) Advanced Computer relating to regional redevelopment with regularly sched- Applications (3) uled contact hours with the faculty advisor. Uses of computers in social sciences, including data col- Stewart-Gambino lection, management, analysis, presentation, and decision-making; includes weekly lab. POLS 465. Community Fellowship II (3) Spring 15 hours/week in regional agency on specific project POLS 481. Special Topics (1-3) relating to regional redevelopment with regularly sched- Individual inquiry into some problem of government. uled contact hours with the faculty advisor. Reading, field work, and other appropriate techniques of Stewart-Gambino investigation. Conferences and reports. May be repeated for credit. POLS 466. Seminar: American Political Parties (3) Study of the organization, functions, and behavior of POLS 482. Special Topics (1-3) political parties in the United States. Includes voting Continuation of POLS 481. behavior, campaigns and elections, polling, interest groups, public opinion and the role of the media. Colon 356 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Psychology Advanced Seminar requirement: PSYC 301 Industrial Psychology Professors. Mark H. Bickhard, Ph.D. (Chicago), Henry PSYC 305 Abnormal Psychology R. Luce Professor in Cognitive Robotics and the Philosophy PSYC 312 Interpersonal Behavior in Small Groups of Knowledge; Diane T. Hyland, Ph.D. (Syracuse); PSYC 323 The Child in Family and Society Barbara C. Malt, Ph.D. (Stanford), chair. PSYC 327 Health Psychology Associate professors. Susan Barrett, Ph.D. (Brown); PSYC 328 Educational Psychology Michael J. Gill, Ph.D. (Texas, Austin); Gordon B. PSYC 333 Social Psychology of Politics Moskowitz, Ph.D. (NYU); Ageliki Nicolopoulou, Ph.D. PSYC 335 Animal Behavior (Berkeley); Padraig G. O’Seaghdha, Ph.D. (Toronto). PSYC 338 Phenomenology and Theory of Assistant professors. Catherine M. Arrington, Ph.D. Childhood Disorders (Michigan State); Laura M. Gonnerman, Ph.D. (USC); PSYC 354 Psychological Assessment Heidi Grant, Ph.D. (Columbia); Deborah J. Laible, PSYC 382 Endocrinology of Behavior Ph.D. (Nebraska, Lincoln). Recommended Electives Professors of Practice. Timothy Lomauro, Ph.D. (St. The bachelor of arts program in psychology is a flexible John’s). preparation for a number of fields. With suitable selec- Emeritus professors. George K. Shortess, (Brown); tion of additional courses, students can prepare Martin L. Richter, Ph.D. (Indiana); William Newman, themselves for graduate study in any subfield of psychol- Ph.D. (Stanford). ogy or for careers in areas for which psychology is a The Psychology Department offers B.A. and B.S. under- desirable and relevant major such as law, social work, graduate degrees, undergraduate minors in general marketing, and education. psychology and clinical psychology, and a Ph.D. pro- For graduate programs in developmental, social/person- gram. ality, cognitive, and clinical psychology, additional coursework in research and statistics is desirable, as is B.A. Major Program in Psychology participation in the honors program. The bachelor of arts in psychology is a social science Depending on the specific subfield of interest, many major requiring approximately 40 credit hours in psy- courses in the Departments of Biological Sciences (espe- chology as described below. Students must also fulfill cially the Behavioral Neuroscience program) and college and university degree requirements. This flexible Sociology and Anthropology, in the College of program permits development of one or more minors in Education, and in the interdisciplinary programs of other fields or the undertaking of a double major. Cognitive Science, Women’s Studies, and Africana Freshmen who have completed PSYC 1 can enroll in Studies may be relevant. 100-level courses. Preparation for programs in health-related areas such as Required Core Courses nursing, medicine, and dentistry will include additional PSYC 1 Introduction to Psychology (4) coursework in biology, chemistry, and physics. Students PSYC 110 Statistical Analysis of Behavioral Data (4) should consult with the appropriate pre-professional PSYC 210 Experimental Research Methods advisers to determine specific requirements. and Laboratory (4) Students interested in applying psychology to fields such Required Breadth Courses as law, marketing, social work, or education should con- Four 100-level courses, spanning at least three of the fol- sult with faculty in those areas to discuss relevant courses. lowing four categories. The B.S. in Psychology A) PSYC 107Child Development (4) PSYC 109 (SSP 109) Adulthood and Aging (4) The bachelor of science in psychology is intended for students seeking a structured behavioral science major. B) PSYC 121 (SSP 121) Social Psychology (4) This comprehensive program of study is especially suited PSYC 153 (SSP 153) Personality (4) as preparation for advanced graduate study in psychology C) PSYC 117 Cognitive Psychology (4) and related fields. The program offers broad scientific D) PSYC 176 Mind and Brain (4) training with a concentration in cognitive, developmen- Required Advanced Psychology Seminars tal, social or clinical psychology. The program may also Two Advanced Psychology Seminars are required. be attractive to students who are preparing for careers in Advanced Psychology Seminars are 300-level courses that medicine or health-related fields because it combines the are offered in a small seminar format. These courses mathematics and natural science courses required for include a significant writing component and utilize pri- professional study in these fields with exposure to ethics mary source readings. Courses that can be used to fulfill and a specialization in a concentration area such as clini- this requirement have the Advanced Psychology Seminar cal psychology. Progression through this program is best designation at the end of the course description. served through early commitment. This program requires Additional 300-level Course Requirement a minimum of 109 credits of the 121 credits required for Two additional 300-level courses are required. Students a bachelors degree. can NOT use PSYC 310, 391, 392, 393 or 394 to fulfill Requirements for the B.S. in Psychology this requirement. All other 300-level psychology courses University and College Requirements can be used to fulfill this requirement. Students may opt (at least 26 credits): to take a third or fourth Advanced Psychology Seminar Arts and Science 1 (1 credit) or they may take any of the following courses. These College Seminar (3-4 credits) courses fulfill 300-level requirements but not the English Composition (2 courses, 6 credits) Psychology 357

Distribution requirements in two of the following cate- Select two courses from the following list gories (Natural Science, Social Science, or Humanities) PSYC 308 (Seminar in Social Psychology) (16 credits) PSYC 311 (The Psychology of Stereotyping, Courses taken for major and collateral requirements can Prejudice, and Discrimination) only be used to fulfill one of the three distribution cate- PSYC 313 (Person Perception) gories (Natural Science, Social Science or Humanities, if PSYC 314 (Social Cognition and Social two philosophy courses are used to fulfill the Philosophy Action) and Cognitive Science collateral requirement). Students PSYC 318 (Seminar in Gender and must take additional courses to fulfill the university Psychology) requirements in the two remaining categories. Collateral PSYC 363 (Personality and Social courses in mathematics can be used to fulfill the mathe- Development in Childhood) matical science distribution category. C) Developmental Psychology Concentration The B.S. Program in Psychology: Collateral Complete both 107 and 109 Requirements (at least 35 credits) Select any Advanced Psychology Seminar. Mathematics: Select 2 courses from MATH 12, 43, or Select any 300-level course except 310, 391, 392, any of the calculus courses (7-8 credits) 393, or 394. Computation and Formal Systems: Select either COGS Select two courses from the following list 140 or PHIL 114 or CSE 12 or 15 (3-4 credits) PSYC 321 (Language Development) Natural Science: Select 3 courses from CHM 21, CHM PSYC 351 (Cognitive Development in 75, BIOS 41, EES 31, BIOS 115, BIOS 177, BIOS Childhood) 276, or PHY 10 (at least 10 credits) PSYC 358 (Seminar in Infant Development) Philosophy and Cognitive Science: Select two courses PSYC 361 (Personality and Social from COGS 7, PHIL 7, 105, 116, 128, 139, 220, 228, Development in Adulthood) 250, 260 (8 credits) PSYC 363 (Personality and Social Social Science: Select two courses from ECO 1, STS 11, Development in Childhood) 124, 145, 252, WS 101, and ANTH or SSP course which is not cross-listed with psychology (7-8 credits) PSYC 364 (Narratives, Culture, and Development) Psychology Requirements (48 credits) PSYC 365 (Human Development in Cross- Psychology Core Requirements Cultural Perspective) PSYC 1 Introduction to Psychology (4) PSYC 366 (Seminar in Cognitive Aging) PSYC 110 Statistical Analysis of Behavioral Data (4) D) Clinical Psychology Concentration PSYC 210 Experimental Research Methods and PSYC 367 (Clinical Psychology: only offered Laboratory (4) in the summer) Required Breadth Courses Select any two Advanced Psychology Seminars Four 100-level courses, one from each of the four Select two courses from the following list categories. PSYC 305 (Abnormal Psychology) A) PSYC 107 Child Development (4) PSYC 327 (Health Psychology) PSYC 109 (SSP 109) Adulthood and Aging (4) PSYC 338 (Phenomenology and Theory of B) PSYC 121 (SSP 121) Social Psychology (4) Childhood Disorders) PSYC 153 (SSP 153) Personality (4) PSYC 354 (Psychological Assessment) C) PSYC 117 Cognitive Psychology (4) Department Honors in Psychology D) PSYC 176 Mind and Brain (4) Students in either the B.A. or B.S. degree programs may Psychology Concentration undertake a program that leads to graduation with Complete the following courses for one of the following department honors. The honors program permits majors concentrations: of unusual academic ability and interest to explore topics A) Cognitive Psychology Concentration in greater depth than the curricula normally allow. Under COGS 7 (may not also be used to fulfill faculty supervision, a student normally spends the first collateral requirement) semester of the senior year enrolled in PSYC 391 doing Select any Advanced Psychology Seminar. library research, learning the appropriate methodology, Select any 300-level course except 310, 391, 392, and preparing a written proposal and oral presentation. 393, or 394. In the second semester, while the student is enrolled in Select two courses from the following list PSYC 392, the proposal is implemented, culminating in PSYC 307 (Higher Order Cognition) a written honors thesis and oral presentation. PSYC 320 (Psychology of Language) In the first semester of the junior year, students in either PSYC 322 (Language in Atypical the B.A. or B.S. degree programs may apply for the hon- Populations) ors program with the Department Honors Program PSYC 351 (Cognitive Development in Director. To be eligible to participate in the honors pro- Childhood) gram, a student must have an overall cumulative GPA of PSYC 369 (Memory) 3.3 and a minimum GPA of 3.3 in courses required for PSYC 373 (Sensation and Perception) their psychology degree at the time of application. These B) Social Psychology Concentration GPAs must be maintained until graduation. Complete both 121 and 153 Select any Advanced Psychology Seminar. Select any 300-level course except 310, 391, 392, 393, or 394. 358 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Minor Programs Prerequisite: PSYC 1 or COGS 7. May not be taken pass/fail. (SS) General Psychology PSYC 121. (SSP 121) Social Psychology (4) The general psychology minor consists of a minimum of Theories, methods of investigation, and results of four courses in psychology beyond the introductory research on the way social and psychological processes course (PSYC 1). Students should declare this minor in interact in human behavioral settings. Topics include the psychology department office. analysis of self and relationships, dynamics of small Clinical Psychology groups, attitudes and persuasion, prejudice, prosocial and The clinical psychology minor consists of the following antisocial behavior. Prerequisite: ANTH 1, ANTH 11, courses: SSP1 or PSYC 1. (SS) PSYC 153 Personality PSYC 125. (SSP 125) Social Psychology of Small PSYC 305 Abnormal Psychology Groups (4) PSYC 367 Clinical Psychology Theories and empirical research regarding interpersonal And two of the following courses: behavior in small groups. Classroom exercises and group PSYC 327 Health Psychology simulations. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. PSYC 338 Phenomenology and Theory Rosenwein (SS) of Childhood Disorders PSYC 135. (SSP 135, Jour 135) Human PSYC 354 Psychological Assessment Communication (4) This minor is available to Psychology majors, as well as Processes and functions of human communication in to students from other programs, who desire to augment relationships and groups. Rosenwein (SS) their training in this aspect of applied psychology. PSYC 140. (ANTH 140, COGS 140, MLL 140) Students should be aware that only one course may be used to jointly fulfill the requirements of a major pro- Introduction to Linguistics (4) gram and minor program. To complete this minor, Relationship between language and mind; formal proper- students must be prepared to register for at least one ties of language; language and society; how languages summer session since some courses (PSYC 367, 354) are change over time. No pass/fail option. (SS) only offered in the summer and other courses have limit- PSYC 142. (AAS 142) The Psychology of African ed enrollment during the academic year. Students Americans (4) interested in this minor should consult the psychology Presentation of a range of writings on the psychology of undergraduate coordinator. African Americans; exploration of significant perspectives Undergraduate Courses in understanding the psychological dynamics, popular cul- ture, current research, and cultural implications of Black PSYC 1. Introduction to Psychology (4) Americans entering the 21st century. Lectures and discus- Psychology as a science of behavior. Natural science sion. Prerequisite: By the consent of the instructor. (SS) aspects such as learning, sensation-perception, and physi- ological bases; and social science aspects such as human PSYC 153. (SSP 153) Personality (4) Review and critique of theories of personality and their development, intelligence, and personality. associated systems of psychotherapy. May not be taken Methodologies appropriate to these areas, and related pass/fail. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 or SSP 1. (SS) societal problems. (SS) PSYC 107. Child Development (4) PSYC 160. Independent Study (1-3) Readings on topics selected in consultation with a staff Survey of theories and research concerning perceptual, member. Prerequisites: PSYC 1 and consent of the cognitive, social, and personality development through department chair. May be repeated for credit. (SS) infancy and childhood. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 or SSP 1. May not be taken pass/fail. (SS) PSYC 161. Supervised Research (1-3) PSYC 109. (SSP 109) Adulthood and Aging (4) Apprenticeship in ongoing faculty research program. Literature review, experimental design, data collection Social science approaches to the latter two-thirds of life. and analysis, and professional writing under faculty Cognitive and personality development; attitudes toward supervision. May be repeated for a maximum of 9 cred- aging; social behavior of older adults; widowhood; retire- its. Restricted to pass-fail grading. Prerequisites: PSYC 1 ment. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 or SSP 1. May not be taken or COGS 7 and consent of sponsor. (SS) pass/fail. Hyland (SS) PSYC 110. Statistical Analysis of Behavioral Data (4) PSYC 162. Psychological Field Work (1-3) Work-study practice including supervised experience in Principles of experimental design and statistical analysis: one of several local agencies. Development of familiarity characteristics of data and data collection; descriptive sta- with the operations of the agency and working with tistics; hypothesis testing theory and practice; individual patients or students. Prerequisites: PSYC 1 correlation, chi-square, t-test, analysis of variance. Three plus two additional psychology courses and consent of hours lecture and one hour computer lab. (ND) instructor. (SS) PSYC 117. Cognitive Psychology (4) The architecture and dynamics of the human mind: How PSYC 176. Mind and Brain (4) Perception and cognitive neuroscience as the link we acquire knowledge through perception, represent and between mental processes and their biological bases. activate it in memory, and use it to communicate, make Visual and auditory perception; the control of action; decisions, solve problems, and reason creatively. Psychology 359 neuropsychological syndromes of perception, language, PSYC 312. (SSP 312) Interpersonal Behavior in memory and thought; neural network (connectionist) Small Groups (4) models of mental processes. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 or Intensive consideration of theoretical and methodologi- COGS 7. May not be taken pass/fail. (NS) cal issues in the analysis of the development of small PSYC 210. Experimental Research Methods and groups. Prerequisite: Any one of the following introduc- Laboratory (4) tory courses: ANTH 1 or SSP 1 or department permission. Rosenwein (SS) Designing, conducting, and reporting psychological experiments. Laboratory exercises, report writing, and a PSYC 313. Person Perception (4) group research project. Prerequisites: PSYC 1 and 110 Psychological processes involved in forming impressions and consent of department chair. (ND) of others. Survey of the factors that influence the way in PSYC 301. Industrial Psychology (4) which we think about the people who make up our social environment and of the laboratory methods with Psychological concepts and methods applied to business which experimental social psychology investigates person and industrial settings. Personnel selection, placement perception. The emphasis is on demonstrating the joint and training, leadership, work motivation, job satisfac- impact of the behaviors performed by others and the tion and consumer behavior. Prerequisite: PSYC 1. (SS) biases/expectancies that we bring into the social setting. PSYC 305. Abnormal Psychology (4) Prerequisites: PSYC/SSP 153 or SSP/PSYC 121. Examines research and theory on the patterns, causes, Moskowitz (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) and treatment of various forms of abnormal behavior. Prerequisite: PSYC 153 or consent of instructor. (SS) PSYC 314. (SSP 314) Social Cognition and Social Action (4) PSYC 307. Higher Order Cognition (4) Examines the formation of beliefs about social groups, In depth exploration of selected areas of higher level cog- individuals, the self, and the world. Consequences and nition such as thinking and reasoning, metacognition, validity of those beliefs are considered. Areas of inquiry expertise, executive processes, language and thought. include stereotypes and prejudice, impression formation Prerequisites: PSYC 117 or PSYC 176 or COGS 7 or processes, the self, attitudes and persuasion, and social consent of instructor. O’Seaghdha, Malt. (Advanced influence. Prerequisite: PSYC 110 or SR 111. Gill Psychology Seminar) (SS) (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) PSYC 308. (SSP 308) Seminar in Social PSYC 315. History of Modern Psychology (4) Psychology (4) Origin and development of major theories within per- Intensive consideration of selected topics in current theo- ception, cognition, biological, clinical, personality, ry and research in social psychology. The subject matter developmental, learning. 19th and 20th century thought varies from semester to semester, and includes such top- to provide an overview of psychology as a discipline. ics as the social psychology of education, the applications Prerequisites: two 300-level PSYC courses. (Advanced of perception and learning theory to social psychological Psychology Seminar) (SS) problems, the social psychology of science, and the social environment of communication. May be repeated for PSYC 317. Psychology of Emotion (4) A selective overview of the scientific study of emotion. credit. Prerequisite: ANTH 1 or SSP 1 or department Topics will include: historical and modern theories of permission. (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) emotion, physiological and neuropsychological aspects of PSYC 310. Advanced Research Methods in emotions, evidence that facial expressions of emotion Psychology (4) may be universal among humans, and the role of emo- Experimental and nonexperimental research design; tion in cognition. Prerequisite: PSYC 110 or consent of Sampling and selection from populations; Data explo- the instructor. (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) ration; Quantitative and qualitative measurement and PSYC 318. (WS 318) Seminar in Gender and analysis; Computer-based data collection; and other spe- cialized topics. Prerequisite: PSYC 210. (ND) Psychology (4) Gender as shaped by psychological and social psychologi- PSYC 311. The Psychology of Stereotyping, cal processes. Socialization, communication and power, Prejudice, and Discrimination (4) gender stereotypes, methodological issues in sex differ- We will start by examining the basic cognitive processes ences research. Prerequisite: PSYC 210 completed or that make stereotyping a functional aspect of everyday concurrent or permission of instructor. Hyland. cognition, and then we will turn toward examining emo- (Advanced Psychology Seminar). (SS) tional, motivational, and personality differences that PSYC 320. Psychology of Language (4) affect one’s level of prejudice. Finally, we will study the Psychological processes involved in language comprehen- role of social forces in transmitting prejudice (parents, sion, production, and use. Topics include the relation of schools, religion, media) and the impact of societal prej- language to thought; word meaning; speech perception; udice (discrimination) on those who are the targets of language acquisition; sign language. Prerequisite: PSYC prejudice. The changing face through the decades of how 117 or 176 or COGS 7 or consent of instructor. Malt, stereotypes, prejudice, and discrimination are measured, O’Seaghdha. (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) expressed, and understood is the focus of the course. Prerequisites: PSYC/SSP 153 or PSYC/SSP 121. PSYC 321. Language Development (4) Moskowitz. (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) Descriptive and theoretical accounts of the development of language. Primary focus is on the development of spo- ken language in infancy and early childhood. Involves 360 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 observation of children at various stages of language PSYC 342. Motivation (4) development. Prerequisite: PSYC 107 or 117. (Advanced This seminar emphasizes theory and research on motiva- Psychology Seminar). (SS) tional approaches to social psychology. We will focus on PSYC 322. Language in Atypical Populations (4) the ways in which goals, motives, and needs guide behavior. We will explore such key issues as the nature of Analysis of language function in atypical populations achievement, well-being, self-regulation and self-control; and circumstances. Language deficits throughout the emotions, values, and belief-protection as sources of lifespan will be considered, with particular emphasis on social action; and the role of motivated cognition in their relevance to current linguistic and cognitive science understanding the self and others. Prerequisite: PSYC theory. Topics covered include atypical language develop- 153 or PSYC 121. Grant (Advanced Psychology ment (e.g., in Specific Language Impairment, Autism, Seminar) (SS) Down Syndrome, Williams Syndrome) as well as lan- guage impairment after brain damage (e.g., stroke) or as PSYC 351. Cognitive Development in Childhood (4) a result of progressive degenerative disorders (e.g., Piaget and alternative theoretical approaches. Research Alzheimer’s Disease). Prerequisites: PSYC 117 or 176 or on development of memory, comprehension, communi- COGS 7 or COGS 140. Gonnerman. (Advanced cation, classification, and social cognition. Prerequisite: Psychology Seminar) (SS) PSYC 107, 117, or COGS 7. Barrett (Advanced PSYC 323. (SSP 323) The Child in Family and Psychology Seminar) (SS) Society (4) PSYC 354. Psychological Assessment (4) Influences such as marital discord, family violence, Basic concepts in the construction, selection, administra- poverty and prejudice on the development of the child tion, scoring, and interpretation of assessment from birth through adolescence. Prerequisite: ANTH 1 procedures commonly used in psychology. Selection and or SSP1 or department permission. Herrenkohl (SS) evaluation of assessment procedures. Supervised experi- ence administering, scoring, and interpreting assessment PSYC 327. Health Psychology (4) procedures. Prerequisites: PSYC 110. (SS) An overview of the topic of health psychology. The course presupposes a preventative intervention approach PSYC 356. (SSP 356) Seminar in Personality to the problem of assisting healthy individuals to under- Psychology (4) stand the relationship between behavior and health, and Topics in personality psychology: the self, personality to engage those behaviors that promote health. This consistency, motivation, psychological adjustment. course will be underpinned with basic science and Prerequisite: PSYC 153 or consent of instructor. research on health psychology, but will include an appli- (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) cation focus. Prerequisite: PSYC 110. (SS) PSYC 358. Seminar in Infant Development (4) PSYC 328. Educational Psychology (4) Theories and current research focusing on development Overview of historical, contemporary, and emerging in the first two years of life. Topics include cognitive, issues in the field of educational psychology. Implications perceptual, language, social, and emotional development, of various social, cognitive and behavioral educational- and methods used in infancy research. Prerequisites: psychological theories for teaching and learning in the PSYCH 107 and consent of department chair. Barrett. classroom. Prerequisite: PSYC 107 or 109 or 117. (SS) (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) PSYC 331. Humanistic Psychology (4) PSYC 359. Seminar on Psychological Issues in the The literature of and metaphors underlying the human- Legal System (4) istic point of view in psychology. These “models of man” Contributions of psychological research to understanding are contrasted with models underlying other modes of the legal system. Social science data on juries, eyewitness- psychological inquiry. Prerequisites: PSYC 153. es, mental illness, and the death penalty will be (Advanced Psychology Seminar). (SS) discussed. Conflicts between psychological and legal PSYC 333. (SSP 233, POLS 333) Social approaches will be highlighted. Prerequisite: PSYC 110 Psychology of Politics (4) or consent of instructor. Barrett (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) Political behavior viewed from a psychological and social psychological perspective. Prerequisite: ANTH 1, 11, or PSYC 361. (SSP 361) Personality and Social 12; SSP 1, 5, or 21; PSYC 1, or department permission. Development in Adulthood (4) Rosenwein (SS) Theories and current research. Prerequisite: SSP/PSYC PSYC 335. (BIOS 335) Animal Behavior (3) 109 or consent of instructor. Hyland (Advanced Discussion of the behavior of invertebrates and verte- Psychology Seminar) (SS) brates and analysis of the physiological mechanisms PSYC 363. (SSP 363) Personality and Social responsible for behavioral actions, and adaptive value of Development in Childhood (4) specific behavior patterns. Prerequisite: BIOS 31 or EES Issues related to social development (e.g., attachment, 31. (NS) social competence), social contexts (e.g., family, day PSYC 338. Phenomenology and Theory of care), and personality development (e.g., sex roles, Childhood Disorders (4) aggression, temperament) from infancy through adoles- The nature, classification, and treatment of childhood cence. Prerequisite: PSYC 107 or consent of instructor. disorders. Prerequisite: PSYC 107 (SS) (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) Psychology 361

PSYC 364. Narratives, Culture, and Development (4) PSYC 382. (BIOS 382) Endocrinology of Examines the complex role of narratives - told to and by Behavior (3) children, and enacted by children in play - in children’s Hormonal effects upon animal and human behavior. experience and development. Compares and seeks to Emphasis on neuroendocrinology of steroid hormone integrate different approaches in psychology and other involvement in reproductive behaviors. Prerequisite: disciplines. In the process, we will also be addressing BIOS 177. (NS) three basic questions: what is narrative, how is it signifi- cant, and how should we study it? Prerequisite: PSYC PSYC 391. Thesis (3) 107. Nicolopoulou (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) Written report: Literature review and design of project in selected area of psychology. Only open to students in the PSYC 365. Human Development in Cross- honors program. Requires consent of the Honors Cultural Perspective (4) Program Coordinator. (ND) The formation of mind and personality is shaped in pro- PSYC 392. Thesis. (3) found ways by the sociocultural contexts within which Execution of project designed in PSYC 391. Final report individuals develop. This course introduces students to and oral presentation. Only open to students in the hon- basic theoretical and methodological issues and explores ors program. Prerequisites: PSYC 391 and consent of the important examples of cross-cultural variation and diver- Honors Program Coordinator. (ND) sity, using comparisons between different societies and between different subcultures within American society. PSYC 393. Independent Research (1-3) Topics include cognition, language, personality, moral Individual research projects designed and executed in development, socio-emotional development, identity, collaboration with faculty sponsor. Regular meetings attachment, and socialization. Materials drawn from with sponsor to give progress reports and receive feed- anthropology, sociology and education in addition to back. Student reads relevant literature and writes report psychology. Prerequisites: One of the following courses in APA format. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 or consent of instructor: PSYC 107, PSYC 109, credits. Prerequisites: PSYC 210 or 161 and consent of PSYC/SSP 121, ANTH 1. (Advanced Psychology sponsor. (ND) Seminar) (SS) PSYC 394. Senior Research Project (3) PSYC 366. Seminar in Cognitive Aging (4) Literature review, design and execution of project in Information processing by older adults: perception, selected area of psychology. Intended for senior majors in attention, memory, speech and text processing and com- psychology. May be repeated for up to 6 credits. prehension. The course will also examine the effects on Prerequisites: Department permission required. (SS) cognitive processing of such diseases as Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s. Prerequisite: PSYC 109; PSYC 117 not For Graduate Students required but strongly recommended. (Advanced The Department of Psychology offers a distinctive Ph.D. Psychology Seminar) (SS) program centered in areas of Human Cognition and Development with specializations in cognition and lan- PSYC 367. Clinical Psychology (4) guage, development, and social cognition and The science and profession of helping people overcome personality. Students are trained primarily for positions psychological problems. Theories of human personality at universities and in basic or applied research settings. and abnormality in relation to techniques for assessing For the most complete and current information visit and treating psychosocial problems and in the light of www.lehigh.edu/ inpsy/gradprogram.html. empirical evidence of validity and effectiveness. Professional issues are also covered. Prerequisites: PSYC In addition we offer two non-degree Certificate 153 and PSYC 305 or consent of instructor. (Advanced Programs in collaboration with other departments and Psychology Seminar) (SS) programs. The Graduate Certificate in Stereotypes, Prejudice, PSYC 369. Memory (4) Discrimination, and Intergroup Relations is adminis- The paradoxical power and fallibility of memory in the tered by the Psychology Department. Information is light of observational, experimental, clinical, and neuro- available via www.lehigh.edu/inpsy/ gradprogram.html. scientific evidence. Potential topics include expert memory; false memory; recovered memory; social trans- The Graduate Certificate in Cognitive Science is admin- mission; amnesia; memory and personal identity. istered by the Cognitive Science Program. Information is Prerequisite: PSYC 117 or PSYC 176 or COGS 7 or available at: www.lehigh .edu/incog/cogscicat.html. consent of instructor. O’Seaghdha (Advanced Psychology Requirements for a Ph.D. in the Department of Seminar) (SS) Psychology: PSYC 373. Sensation and Perception (4) Receptor processes of vision, audition, touch, taste, and Research smell. Psychological dimensions of such processes leading All graduate students are expected to be involved in to consideration of perception as characteristic of organ- research throughout their graduate careers. There are also isms. Prerequisite: PSYC 117 or 176 or COGS 7. several formal research requirements of the program. (Advanced Psychology Seminar) (SS) First-Year-Project (PSYC 412). First-year students are PSYC 381. Special Topics in Psychology (4) expected to choose an adviser and begin to work on a Topics vary from semester to semester. Topics are pre- research project as early as possible. A written and oral sented at an advanced level. Previous course work in report of the student’s research activities is made to the psychology is required. May be repeated for credit. (SS) 362 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 department. Students entering with an approved Master’s Graduate-Level Courses thesis are exempt from this requirement. PSYC 402. Developmental Psychology (3) Master’s Thesis. A master’s thesis (usually empirical or Survey of theories and research concerning perceptual, data-based) is required. An oral presentation of the thesis cognitive, social, and personality development through is made to the department. Students entering with a infancy and childhood. Prerequisite: Graduate standing master’s thesis may instead conduct an equivalent non- or consent of instructor. degree Pre-dissertation Project. PSYC 403. Cognitive Psychology (3) Doctoral Dissertation. This is an original piece of schol- Survey of theories and research in cognitive psychology. arly work usually involving empirical research, although Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. original theoretical or historical research is possible with faculty approval. PSYC 404. (BIOS 404) Behavioral Neuroscience (3) Theoretical and empirical issues in biopsychology. Course work Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. Core courses. All students are required to take one- PSYC 406. Social Cognition (3) semester graduate core courses in Cognitive Psychology Theory and research on cognitive processes in personali- (PSYC 403), Developmental Psychology (PSYC 402), ty and social functioning. The self, personality and Social Cognition (PSYC 406). consistency and change, causal attributions, social judg- PSYC 421 and 422. Statistical Analysis of ment, goals and self-regulation, and mood and emotion. Psychological Data. These courses represent a two- Topics may vary. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or con- semester sequence of theoretical and applied statistics sent of instructor. and research methodology. PSYC 409. Professional Seminar I (1). PSYC 430. Graduate Seminars. Students must take at For students entering the Ph.D. program: Acculturation least three graduate seminars, and one additional course to graduate school and the Psychology Ph.D. program in approved by the adviser. particular; professional issues of relevance to individuals PSYC 409 and 410. Professional Seminar. Bookend at the outset of a research career in psychology. seminars that cover professional development issues for Requirement: Department permission. new and advanced students. PSYC 410. Professional Seminar II (1). Teaching For students nearing graduation: Professional issues of Students are encouraged to participate in teaching as special relevance to Psychology Ph.D. students preparing appropriate for their training throughout their graduate for academic or nonacademic post-doctoral employment. years. Normally, students begin as teaching assistants and Requirement: Department permission. progress to teaching independently. PSYC 412. First Year Research Project. (1-3) General Examination Research project or paper to be completed by June of the first year of the Ph.D. program under the direction This is required for all doctoral candidates and must be of a faculty advisor. May be repeated in second semester passed at least seven months prior to the awarding of the of program. degree. The sub areas to be covered on the exam are selected by the student in consultation with the student’s PSYC 415. History of Modern Psychology (3) general exam committee. Origin and development of major theories in various areas of psychology. Review of 19th and 20th century Evaluation thought to provide perspective on psychology as a disci- Graduate students are evaluated on their performance in pline. Newman coursework, research, teaching, assistantship assignments, PSYC 421. Statistical Analysis of Psychological and the general examination. The faculty provides each student with a written evaluation of progress in the grad- Data I. (3) uate program annually. First of a two-semester sequence covering essential issues in statistical analysis as practiced by psychologists. Topics Financial Support include data description, probability, z and t-tests, gener- Support is available in the form of teaching and research al linear model, simple correlation/regression, univariate assistantships, fellowships, and scholarships. analysis of variance, chi-square. Emphasis on connecting research designs to appropriate statistical tests, data inter- How to Apply pretation, and implementation in statistical packages. Applications for admission and financial aid may be Department permission required. obtained from the Department of Psychology. While a good undergraduate background in psychology is desir- PSYC 422. Statistical Analysis of Psychological able, promising students with majors other than Data II. (3) psychology are encouraged to apply. Completed applica- Second course of the two-semester statistics sequence. tion forms plus transcripts, letters of recommendation, Topics include advanced analysis of variance designs, and a report of scores on the Graduate Record Examina- analysis of covariance, multivariate analysis, multiple tion and advanced tests in psychology should be regression, and analysis of categorical data. Emphasis on returned no later than February 1 of the year of admis- connecting research designs to appropriate statistical sion. New students are normally accepted for entrance tests, data interpretation, and implementation in statisti- into the program only for the fall semester. cal packages. Requirement: PSYC 421. Psychology 363

PSYC 423. (COGS 423) Foundations of Cognitive influence is exerted. These influences include contribu- Science (3) tions to judgment from attitudes, goals, accessible Survey of fundamental theory and methodologies from constructs, mind-sets, stereotypes, expectancies, heuris- artificial intelligence, linguistics, cognitive psychology, tics, and theories about social objects. Prerequisite: PSYC philosophy, and neuroscience, as well as salient research 406 or consent of instructor. Moskowitz problems such as knowledge acquisition and representa- PSYC 476. Seminar in Cognition (3) tion, natural language processing, skill acquisition, Selected topics in human information processing, includ- perception and action, and the philosophical question of ing such areas as attention, memory, language and intentionality. comprehension, and decision-making. Area of emphasis PSYC 434. Seminar in Personality (3) will vary from year to year. Prerequisite: PSYC 403 or Selected topics in personality theory and research, consent of instructor. including personality change, the self, personality consis- PSYC 478. (COGS 478) Ontological Psychology (3) tency, and the relationships among thought, emotion, Principles and constraints for the modeling of psychologi- and behavior. Prerequisite: PSYC 406. cal phenomena: perception, memory, knowing, emotions, PSYC 443. Seminar in Language Acquisition (3) consciousness, language, and rationality. Bickhard Special topics in language acquisition. Content will vary PSYC 480. Seminar in Cognitive Development (3) each time the seminar is offered. Prerequisite: PSYC 402 Selected topics in cognitive development in infancy and or PSYC 403 or consent of instructor. childhood, including such areas as conceptual develop- PSYC 446. Developmental Theories and Special ment, memory development, the development of Populations (3) reasoning abilities, and language acquisition. Emphasis Traditional developmental theories focus on normative will vary from year to year. Prerequisite: PSYC 402 or development. children with disabilities have a unique set consent of instructor. of experiences that pose special challenges for these theo- PSYC 481. Selected Topics in Social and ries. In the developmental literature, children with Personality Development (3) disabilities have sometimes been the focus of studies Topics include emotional and sex-role development, because they provide a “tests case” for specific theoretical peer relations, and social competence. Emphasis will predictions. In this course, we will consider some of vary from year to year. Prerequisite: PSYC 402 or con- these theoretical issues and the insights that have been sent of instructor. gained by focusing on special populations. Prerequisite: PSYC 402 or consent of instructor. Barrett PSYC 482. Seminar in Adult Development (3) Application of lifespan developmental theory and PSYC 448. Seminar in Psychology of Language (3) methodology to personality, social, and cognitive devel- Topics in language comprehension and production. opment in adulthood. Prerequisite: PSYC 402 or Content will vary from year to year. Prerequisite: PSYC consent of instructor. Hyland 403 or consent of instructor. PSYC 483. Seminar in Cultural Psychology (3) PSYC 450. Special Topics in Mathematical Models Major theoretical approaches and empirical debates in and Statistics (3) cultural psychology, with a focus on the interplay of Selected topics in the application of mathematics to psy- individual and sociocultural elements in the formation of chological research. May be repeated for credit. mind, the emergence of the self, and the definition and PSYC 460. Special Study (1-9) reproduction of culture. Prerequisite: PSYC 402 or con- Study of some special topic not covered in the regular sent of instructor. Nicolopoulou course offerings. May be repeated for credit. PSYC 484. Psychology of Gender (3) PSYC 461. Research Seminar (1-9) Major theoretical approaches and empirical debates in Original research designed and executed in collaboration the psychology of gender, with a focus on the interplay with the faculty. May be repeated for credit. of nature and nurture in producing gender similarities, gender differences and gender variation in personality, PSYC 462. Stereotypes, Prejudice, and social behaviors, cognitive abilities, achievement, sexuali- Discrimination (3) ty, and mental health. Methodological issues in gender An in-depth survey of the social psychological literature research. Prerequisite: graduate standing. Department on stereotypes, prejudice, and discrimination. Topics will permission required. Hyland include: Origin of stereotypes, mental representation of stereotypes, cognitive and behavioral consequences of PSYC 490. Thesis Research (1-6). stereotypes, inevitability of stereotyping, nature of preju- Master’s Thesis or Pre-dissertation Project research dice in contemporary American society, directed by committee. context-specificity of discriminatory behavior, and theo- PSYC 499. Dissertation Research (1-15). ries of intergroup conflict reduction. Prerequisite: PSYC Ph.D. dissertation research directed by dissertation 406 or consent of instructor. Gill committee. PSYC 464. Naive Realism in Social Judgment (3) This seminar examines the variety of unconscious influ- Public Relations ences that impact on social judgment, with a focus on See listings under Journalism and Communication the cognitive processing mechanisms through which 364 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Quality Engineering Religion studies is interdisciplinary in that it draws upon humanistic and social scientific modes of inquiry. Program. The Master’s of Science degree in Quality These include historical, philosophical, sociological, Engineering (MSQE) is offered by the Department of anthropological, and psychological perspectives. Industrial and Systems Engineering (ISE). A list of the Religion studies is a cross-cultural, comparative disci- faculty and descriptions of the courses are included in pline concerned with the character and significance of the catalog description (see catalog index) of the ISE the major religious traditions of the world. The student department. The program is designed to accommodate of religion confronts ethical problems and basic issues of students who are employed full time. Courses are trans- value and meaning raised by modern multicultural and mitted via satellite to work sites anywhere in the technological society. continental USA. Major in Religion Studies Admission. To be considered for admission to the MSQE The major in religion studies consists of 32 credit hours program, applicants must have a Bachelor’s of Science of coursework (eight courses). Requirements include: degree in engineering (any discipline) or in science. • In consultation with a major advisor from the depart- University Requirements. All of the university rules that mental faculty, students will devise a balanced plan of apply to the awarding of Master’s degrees at Lehigh study responsive to individual needs and interests. apply to the MSQE, except for the following: no thesis The curriculum for each major will demonstrate or report or general examination is required. The univer- exposure to a diversity of approaches to the interdisci- sity rules that do apply to the MSQE are spelled out in plinary, trans-cultural field of religion studies. the catalog, under the heading “Degree Information” (see catalog index). • At least four courses at the 100 level or above. Departmental Requirements. All candidates must com- • REL 374 Seminar for Majors. plete thirty hours of course work—fifteen hours of core The department recommends that in consultation with courses and fifteen hours of electives. The core courses, a major advisor, students concentrate in one of the which all candidates take, are listed below: major religious traditions, or in a comparative or the- IE 328 Engineering Statistics (3) matic approach to the study of religion. The IE 332 Quality Control (3) concentration should include at least four courses. IE 410 Design of Experiments (3) Language study appropriate to the concentration is IE 422 Measurement and Inspection Systems (3) also desirable. IE 442 Manufacturing Management (3) Students are particularly encouraged to consider a joint Any offered IE or MSE course, if not a core course, is an or double major with another major field from any of acceptable elective, and at least nine hours of the elec- the three colleges at the university. tives must be courses, which have prefix IE or MSE. Up Departmental Honors to six hours of the electives may be any graduate course or courses that the candidate’s advisor approves. Religion studies majors are admitted to honors by invita- tion of the departmental faculty toward the end of the Up to nine hours of credits earned at other institutions student’s junior year. To be eligible, a student must have may be used to satisfy degree requirements, if transfer of attained at least a 3.25 average in his or her major pro- credits is approved by the registrar. gram by the end of the junior year. Upon admittance to honors, the student will work out a special program of Religion Studies studies for the senior year with the major advisor, culmi- nating in the writing of a senior essay. Professors. Norman J. Girardot, Ph.D. (Chicago), University Distinguished Professor; Kenneth L. Kraft, Minor in Religion Studies Ph.D. (Princeton); Michael L. Raposa, Ph.D. The minor in religion studies consists of a total of 16 (Pennsylvania) Fairchild Chair of American Studies; credits. The specific courses to be taken by each student Laurence J. Silberstein, Ph.D. (Brandeis), Philip and are to be decided upon jointly by the student and the Muriel Berman Professor of Jewish Studies, and Director of departmental advisor. Ordinarily, the student will be the Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Jewish Studies; expected to take one introductory course unless specifi- Lloyd H. Steffen, Ph.D. (Brown) Chair; Lenore E. cally exempted by the department chair. Chava Weissler, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), Philip and Muriel Berman Chair of Jewish Civilization; Benjamin G. Course Offerings Wright, III, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania). REL 1. Sacred Scriptures in Religious Traditions (4) Assistant Professor. Robert Rozehnal, Ph.D. (Duke). An encounter with the different sacred books of the The religion studies department is committed to the world’s major religions. Both the books and differing academic investigation of religion as an intrinsic and attitudes in these traditions towards sacred books are vital dimension of human culture. The scholarly study examined. Books investigated include the Bhagavad of religion is an integral facet of a liberal arts educa- Gita, the Analects of Confucius, the Qur’an and the tion. The student of religion is engaged in the critical Jewish and Christian Bibles. Wright (HU) and interpretive task of understanding patterns of reli- REL 2. Death in Religious Traditions (4) gious thought and behavior as aspects of the human Introduces students to the study of religion through an cultural experience. exploration of what different religious traditions have Religion Studies 365 to say about the great mystery that we all face, death. REL 22. (Art 22) Visions of God: 2000 Years of Because we all must die, all religions must deal with Christian History and Art (4) the challenge and sense of crisis provoked by the An Interdisciplinary course that combines art history and deaths of those close to us, of innocent victims of dis- the history of Christianity. From the beginnings of their aster, disease, and crime, and our own imminent tradition, Christians have represented their theologies deaths. Death thus provides an excellent point of com- and religious sentiments in visual arts and architecture, parison among the various religious traditions. and for the same two millennia, a myriad of Christians Weissler (HU) have learned their Christianity through visual representa- REL 3. (PHIL 3) Global Religion, Global Ethics (4) tions. Provides a one-semester survey of the history of Introduction to philosophical and religious modes of Christianity as expressed in the visual arts. moral thinking, with attention given to ethical issues as Wright/Priester (HU) they arise cross-culturally in and through religious tra- REL 42. (ART 42) Representing the Sacred: Art ditions. The course will reference the United Nations and Religious Experience in Italy [Lehigh in Millennium Goals to consider family life and the role Rome and Florence Program, alternate years] (6) of women, social justice, the environment, and ethical This course explores the interaction between artistic ideals. Particular focus varies but may include one or expression and religious experience from the earliest more of the following: abortion and reproductive traces of Christian art in the catacombs to the sensual health, the death penalty, religiously motivated vio- and theatrical churches in the Baroque. All classes are lence, and problems of personal disorder (heavy conducted on site: in museums, churches and in the drinking, anorexia, vengeance). A Global Citizenship streets of Rome, Florence, and Assisi. Wright/Priester course. Steffen (HU) (HU) REL 4. How to Study Religion (4) REL 60. (ASIA 60) Religions of South Asia (4) How do sociologists, psychologists and philosophers A thematic introduction to the foundational religious answer such questions as: Why and how do religions traditions of South Asia: Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism, arise? Why and how do people develop beliefs in God? Sikhism and Islam. Students explore the social and spiri- Where do religious scriptures come from? Why do tual dimensions of these religious worlds through people ascribe authority to religious traditions? Why scripture, ritual practices, narrative and teaching tradi- has religious faith declined in modern society? tions, music and art. Rozehnal (HU) Silberstein (HU) REL 64. (ASIA 64) Religions of China (4) REL 5. Spiritual Exercises in Religious Traditions (4) History and meaning of the major forms of Chinese reli- Explores a variety of religious disciplines developed in gion- especially Confucianism and Neo-Confucianism, various traditions, ranging from the practice of yoga and Taoist mysticism, Buddhism (Ch’an/Zen), and popular the martial arts to various forms of prayer, meditation, religion. Girardot (HU) and asceticism. Raposa (HU) REL 65. (ASIA 65) Religions of Japan (4) REL 6. Religion and the Ecological Crisis (4) A survey of Japan’s diverse religious heritage and its Past and present responses to nature in world religions. impact on contemporary culture. Japanese approaches to Contemporary topics include the animal rights debate, the self, the world, and the sacred are considered in com- ecofeminism, and the development of environmental parative perspective. Topics covered include: Shinto, ethics. Is “the end of nature” at hand? Why is the envi- Buddhism, Zen, Confucianism, the way of the warrior, ronment a religious issue? Kraft (HU) folklore, and postwar movements. Kraft (HU) REL 7. Jesus, Buddha, Mao, and Elvis (4) REL 67. (ASIA 67) Japanese Civilization (4) Comparative and cross-cultural exploration of the nature The history and culture of Japan from its origins to the and meaning of “religious founders” in the history of present. Special consideration will be given to the rise religions. Girardot (HU) and fall of the warrior class, developments in art and reli- REL 8. (WS 8) Prehistoric Religion, Art, and gion, the dynamics of family life, and Japan’s “economic Technology (4) miracle.” Kraft (H/S) Origins and early development of religions, with focus REL 68. Practical Justice: From Social Systems to on interactions of religion, art, and technology in the Responsible Community (4) Paleolithic and Neolithic periods. Special attention to Examination of the role of moral and religious values in the emergence of patriarchal social forms and the figure social systems, including education, the economic system, of the goddess. Interdisciplinary methods with a consid- criminal justice, with particular attention to the problems eration of feminist theories of cultural development. of poverty, literacy, homelessness and domestic violence. Girardot (HU) Students engage in volunteer efforts to gain practical REL 9. Spiritual Journeys (4) experience with those who deliver and receive services in A comparative survey of spiritual traveling-from overland these systems. An action-reflection model (with reference pilgrimages to inward journeys in search of truth. to liberation theology and religious thinkers like M.L. Through autobiographies, diaries, poetry and films, stu- King, Dorothy Day, and Walter Rauschenbusch) is dents encounter the experiences of seekers from diverse employed to urge reflection on how social systems can be religious traditions, including Hinduism, Buddhism, affected and transformed by visions of justice, ethics, reli- Christianity and Islam. Rozehnal (HU) gion and social responsibility. Steffen (HU) 366 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

REL 73. The Jewish Tradition (4) REL 121. Sources for the Life of Jesus: the Jewish Judaism is both a textual tradition and a lived religion. and Christian Context (4) Students read basic Jewish texts—Bible, Talmud, Ancient sources that claim to provide information about Midrash—and study the ways Jews sanctify the life cycle Jesus of Nazareth. Approaches taken to Jesus’ life and through rites of passage, and the round of the year career; early Christian interpretations of the significance through the festival cycle. Silberstein, Weissler (HU) of Jesus; methodology in assessing evidence for the his- REL 75. The Christian Tradition (4) torical Jesus and his message. Wright (HU) Introduction to the Christian tradition from its early REL 124. (PHIL 124) Reason and Religious variety and subsequent classical definition in the church Experience (4) councils up to the enlightenment. Special emphasis will A critical look, from a philosophical perspective, at some be placed on the multiform interpretations of the fundamental problems of religion: The nature of reli- Christian message. Wright (HU) gious experience and belief, reason and revelation, the REL 76. Reading the Bible in the Contemporary existence and nature of God, the problem of evil, and World (4) religious truth. Raposa (HU) Reading passages from the Bible with an eye toward dis- REL 125. Heresy and Orthodoxy: Varieties of tinguishing and understanding different sorts of Christianity in the First Three Centuries (4) questions that can be asked of them and various perspec- Examines the development of Christianity until the end tives that can be adopted when reading them. What are of the third century. Compares the views of different these stories about? What do they mean, when, and to groups about the significance of Jesus. Who were the whom? Wright (HU) proto-orthodox? Jewish Christians? Gnostics? What did REL 77. (ASIA 77) The Islamic Tradition (4) they think? Why were some branded heretics by others? A thematic introduction to Islamic history, doctrine and Wright (HU) practice. Topics include: Qur’an; prophecy and sacred REL 126. (Hum 126, PHIL 126) Professional history; ritual practices; community life; legal interpreta- Ethics (4) tion; art and aesthetics; mysticism; politics and polemics. An examination of the moral rules and action guides that Rozehnal (HU) govern various professions. Professions to be examined will REL 111. Jewish Scriptures/Old Testament (4) include health (physician and nursing); legal; counseling The religious expression of the Hebrews, Israelites, and and psychiatry; engineering; military; clergy; teaching. Jews as found in the Jewish Scriptures Attention will be given to modes of ethical reasoning and (TANAK/Christian Old Testament). Near Eastern con- how those modes are practically applied in professional life text of Hebrew religion, the Patriarchs, the Exodus, the and activity. Among issues to be discussed will be the lim- monarchy, prophecy, Exile and Return. Emphasis on his- its of confidentiality; employer authority; power torical, literary, critical problems, and newer relationships; obligations to the public; professional rights; socio-historical methods. Wright (HU) sexual boundaries; whistle-blowing; safety and risk; com- puter ethics; weapons development; discrimination; REL 112. The Beginnings of Judaism and Jewish professional review of ethical infractions. Course will Origins: Jewish Diversity in the Greco-Roman include guest lectures and case studies. Steffen (HU) World (4) The variety of approaches to Judaism in the period fol- REL 129. (PHIL 129) Jewish Philosophy (4) lowing the Babylonian exile through the second century How major Jewish thinkers from the first to the 20th C.E. The literature studied will include Apocrypha, centuries confronted questions at the intersection of reli- Pseudepigrapha, and the Dead Sea Scrolls. Wright (HU) gion and philosophy: the existence and nature of God, free will, evil, divine providence, miracles, creation, reve- REL 114. (CLSS 114) Christian Origins: New lation, and religious obligation. (HU) Testament and the Beginnings of Christianity (4) Early Christianity from its beginnings until the end of REL 132. Hasidic Tales (4) the second century. Coverage includes the Jewish and Examines the mysterious and beautiful tales told by Hellenistic matrices of Christianity, traditions about the Hasidim, participants in the movement of spiritual revival life of Jesus and his significance, and the variety of belief which arose within 18th century Judaism. Compares and practice of early Christians. Emphasis on encounter- Hasidic tales to European fairy tales, and shows how later ing primary texts. Wright (HU) writers transformed Hasidic narratives to express their own religious or literary meanings. Weissler (HU) REL 116. (PHIL 116) Bioethics (4) st Moral issues that arise in the context of health care and REL 133. Alternative Religions in the 21 related biomedical fields in the United States today, Century (4) An exploration of alternative religious beliefs and prac- examined in the light of the nature and foundation of st moral rights and obligations. Topics include: confiden- tices in the 21 century. Topics include the new tiality, informed consent, euthanasia, medical research pluralism, adaptations of Asian traditions, goddess reli- and experimentation, genetics, the distribution of health gion, and spiritual environmentalism. What care, etc. (HU) distinguishes a religion from a cult? What goes awry when violence is perpetrated in the name of religion? Kraft (HU) Religion Studies 367

REL 137. (Hum 137, PHIL 137) Ethics in tarism. How have the Holocaust and the State of Israel Practice (1-4) shaped the self-understanding of American Jewry? A variable content course focusing on ethical issues aris- Silberstein (HU) ing in a particular profession, such as law, health, REL 153. The Spiritual Quest in Contemporary business, engineering, military. Variable credit. May be Jewish Life (4) taken more than once. Steffen (HU) What factors explain the current growth of spirituality REL 138. (WS 138) Women in Jewish History (4) in American Jewish life? How does spirituality differ Contributions of, and limitations on, women at different from conventional religion? What is the impact of stages of Jewish history, using both primary sources and Jewish spirituality on contemporary Jewish worship? secondary material. Experience of modern Jewish How does the growth of Jewish spirituality relate to the women, and the contemporary feminist critique of tradi- broader issues of Jewish identity? What accounts for the tional gender roles. Weissler (HU) growing interest in Buddhism among Jews? What is the impact of feminism on Jewish spirituality? How does REL 139. (ANTH 139) Jewish Folklore (4) the growth of spirituality among Jews relate to the Examines the transformation of folk and popular growth of spirituality in general American culture? Judaism from the Old World, through the period of Silberstein (HU) immigration to America, to ethnic and later forms of American Jewish culture. Attention paid to concept of REL 154. (HIST 154) The Holocaust: History and folklore revivals and their meanings. Four case studies: Meaning (4) folk tales and storytelling, klezmer music, life-cycle ritu- The Nazi holocaust in its historical, political and reli- als, and food. Weissler (SS) gious setting. Emphasis upon moral, cultural and REL 144. (Art 144) Raw Vision: Creativity and theological issues raised by the Holocaust. (HU) Ecstasy in the Work of Shamans, Mystics, and REL 155. Responses to the Holocaust (4) Artist Outsiders (4) A multi-media study of the ways in which writers, Comparative exploration of the nature and meaning artists, film makers, cartoonists, composers, and of religious and artistic experience as reflected in comics have responded to the horrors of the shamanism (both prehistoric and tribal), mystic tradi- Holocaust. Among the questions to be considered are: tions (especially Taoism and Christianity), and How is it possible to describe and represent the contemporary self-taught artistic visionaries (e.g., Jean Holocaust in writing? In art? In film? What distin- Dubuffet, Howard Finster, Mr. Imagination, Lonnie guishes the ways in which this is done by different Holley, Norbert Kox). Various disciplinary perspec- generations? How is the memory of these events being tives will be employed including comparative effectively preserved and transmitted through monu- religions, anthropology, art history, and psychology. ments and museums? What role does the memory of Girardot (HU) the Holocaust play in the life of contemporary Jews? Silberstein (HU) REL 145 (ASIA 145) Islam in the Modern World (4) Examines how numerous Muslim thinkers-religious REL 156. Israel, Zionism, and the Renewal of scholars, modernists, and Islamists-have responded to the Judaism (4) changes and challenges of the colonial and post-colonial New interpretations of Judaism, the Jewish commu- eras. Special emphasis is placed on the public debates nity and Jewish history developed by Zionist over Islamic authority and authenticity in contemporary thinkers. Diverse currents within Jewish nationalist South Asia. Rozehnal (HU) thought and critical responses to Zionist ideology. Silberstein (HU) REL 146 (ASIA 146) Islam in South Asia (4) A survey of the dynamic encounter between Islamic REL 157. (HIST 157) Europe in the Age of the and Indic civilizations. Topics include: Islamic identity, Reformation (4) piety and practice; art and aesthetic traditions; inter- The breakup of the religious culture of medieval communal exchange and conflict; the colonial legacy; Christian Europe in the reformation movements of the and the politics of contemporary religious nationalism. sixteenth century. The origins and varieties of Rozehnal (HU) Protestantism; the intersection of religious ideas and pol- REL 150. Judaism in the Modern World (4) itics in Germany, Switzerland, Britain, France, and the Fundamental themes in the experience of modern Netherlands; the “wars of religion” and the emergence of Jewry; confrontation with secular culture; crisis of reli- the European state system. Baylor (HU) gious faith; Zionism and the renewal of Jewish REL 158. (WS 158) Sex and Gender in Judaism (4) nationalism; the problem of Jewish identity in Writings by Jewish feminists reflecting the encounter America; and the impact of the Holocaust. Silberstein, between Judaism and feminism: prayer and ritual, Weissler (HU) women rabbis, God, and God language, communal REL 152. American Judaism (4) power, the marriage and divorce. Silberstein (HU) Diverse cultural and social forms through which REL 159. Roman Catholicism in the Modern American Jews express their distinct identity. Is World (4) American Jewry an example of assimilation and decline A survey of the various intellectual, cultural, political and or creative transformation? What, if anything, do ecclesiastical developments that have shaped contempo- American Jews share in common? Compatibility of rary Roman Catholic life and thought. Raposa (HU) Judaism with individualism, pluralism, and volun- 368 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

REL 160. (ASIA 160) The Taoist Tradition (4) REL 171 (SSP 171) Religion and Society (4) Consideration of the religious and cultural significance An introduction to the sociology of religion. Covers clas- of Taoism in its various historical forms. Primary atten- sical and contemporary approaches to defining and tion will be given to a close reading of some of the most studying the role of religion in society. Emphasis on important texts of the early philosophical tradition (e.g. understanding religious beliefs and practices in the Tao Te Ching, Chuang Tzu) and of the later religious tra- United States, the sources and contours of religious dition (e.g. Pao P’u Tzu and other selections from the change, and the effects of religion on individuals and Tao Tsang). Contemporary implications of Taoist society. Specific topics include religious fundamentalism, thought will also be considered (e.g. “The Tao of religious conversion, religious practices and authority, Physics”, “a Taoist on Wall Street”, and “the Tao of secularization, religion in public life, religion in social Japanese Management”). Girardot (HU) change, religious terrorism, and the ways in which reli- REL 162. (ASIA 162) Zen Buddhism (4) gion impacts our personal health, educational History, doctrines, and practices of Zen Buddhism in attainment, and family life. Munson (SS) China, Japan, and the West. Monastic life, notable Zen REL 174. Contemporary Theology (4) masters, Zen’s cultural impact, and enlightenment. Major 20th century movements within Christian and Current aspects of the Zen tradition. (Optional medita- Jewish theology understood as responses to the problems tion workshop.) Kraft (HU) of modern times. May be repeated for credit as the sub- REL 164. (ASIA 164, IR 164) Japan’s Response to ject matter varies. Raposa (HU) the West (4) REL 180. (HIST 180) Religion and the American A survey of Japanese history and culture from 1500 to Experience (4) the present, following the theme of Japan’s contact with The historic development of major American religious the West. What enabled Japan to modernize and groups from colonial times to the present; their place in Westernize so successfully? Topics covered include: the social and political life, and the impact of the national expulsion of Christianity, the first samurai mission to the experience upon them. Raposa (HU) U.S., the postwar American occupation, and contempo- REL 184. (WS 184) Religion, Gender, and Power (4) rary issues. Readings include Japanese novels and short Gender differences as one of the basic legitimations for stories (in translation). Kraft (H/S) the unequal distribution of power in Western society. REL 165. Jews, Christians, and Buddhism: The Feminist critiques of the basic social structures, cultural Turn to the East in American Culture (4) forms, and hierarchies of power within religious commu- In recent decades, a growing number of Americans raised nities, and the ways in which religious groups have as Jews and Christians have embraced the teachings and responded. Silberstein (HU) practices of Buddhism. Through a study of contempo- REL 186. Judaism in Israel and the United States (4) rary Buddhist writings, personal accounts, and other Explores the differences/similarities in the ideologies, readings, we shall examine what Jews and Christians find myths and symbols which shape the views of Jews in attractive in Buddhism. We shall also explore the areas of Israel and the United States on such issues as: the mean- conflict between Buddhism and Western religions as well ing of Judaism, the interpretation of Jewish history, the as cultural conditions that are contributing to relationship of religion and peoplehood, and the rela- Buddhism’s growing appeal. Silberstein (HU) tionship of democracy and Jewish values. Readings REL 167. (ASIA 167) Engaged Buddhism (4) include Amos Oz, A.B. Yehoshua, Haim Hazaz, Leonard Examines a contemporary international movement that Fein, Mordecai Kaplan. Silberstein (HU) applies Buddhist teachings and practices to social, politi- REL 187. Science, Technology, and the Religious cal, and environmental issues. Topics include: important Imagination (4) thinkers, forms of engagement, and areas of controversy. Impact of the scientific and technological culture on the Kraft (HU) Western religious imagination. Roots of science and REL 168. (ASIA 168) Buddhism in the Modern technology in religious ideas and images. Ways of know- World (4) ing and concepts of experience in religion and science. Explores contemporary Buddhism in Asia, America, and Raposa (HU) Europe. Topics include the plight of Tibet, Buddhist REL 188. Religion and Literature (4) environmentalism, and the emergence of a socially Religious themes in the modern novel or the spiritual engaged Buddhism. How are Westerners adapting this autobiography. Melville, Tolstoy, Camus, Updike, ancient tradition to address present-day concerns? Kraft Walker, and Morrison; or Woolman, Tolstoy, Malcolm (HU) X, Wiesel, Frederick Douglass, Sojourner Truth, Kukai. REL 169. (ASIA 169) Classics of Asian Religion (4) Steffen (HU) Sacred scriptures of Asia and an introduction to the reli- REL 189. Religion and the Visual Arts (4) gions they represent. What do these texts teach about To what extent does the process and production of artis- reality, humanity, divinity, and society? How is the path tic images relate to visionary experience in the history of of spiritual practice presented in the different traditions? world religions, and expose a religious dimension in life? Prerequisite: one prior course in Religion or Asian stud- In what sense is an artistic vocation similar to the reli- ies. Kraft, Girardot (HU) gious vocation of a shaman, prophet, or saint? In what Religion Studies 369 way do artists and religious figures respond to, change, REL. 247 (ASIA 247) Islamic Mysticism (4) and create the “real” world? Girardot (HU) Sufism, the inner or ‘mystical’ dimension of Islam, has deep REL 213. (CLSS/HIST 213) Ancient Roman historical roots and diverse expressions throughout the Muslim world. Students examine Sufi doctrine and ritual, Religion (4) the master-disciple relationship, and the tradition’s impact Religious experience of the Roman people from prehis- on art and music, poetry and prose. Rozehnal (HU) tory to end of the empire. Nature of polytheism and its interactions with monotheism (Christianity, Judaism). REL 251. (CLSS 251) Classical Mythology (3) Theories of religion. Emphasis on primary source mate- Myth, religion and ritual in ancient Greece and rials. (SS) Rome. Emphasis on primary sources; introduction to ancient and modern theories of myth. Cross-cultural REL 221. (ASIA 221) Topics in Asian Religions (4) material. (SS) Selected thematic and comparative issues in different Asian religious traditions. May include Buddhism and REL 254. (ASIA 254) Buddhism and Ecology (4) Christianity, religion and martial arts, Asian religions in Buddhism’s intellectual, ethical, and spiritual resources America, Taoist meditation, Zen and Japanese business, are reexamined in light of contemporary environmental Buddhist ethics. May be repeated for credit. Girardot, problems. Is Buddhism the most green of the major Kraft, Rozehnal (H/S) world religions? What are the moral implications of actions that affect the environment? Prerequisite: One REL 222. Topics in Western Religions (4) prior course in religion, environmental studies, or Asian Selected historical, thematic, and comparative issues in studies. Kraft (HU) Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. May be repeated for credit as the subject matter varies. (HU) REL 335. (ANTH 335) Religion, Witchcraft and REL 224. (PHIL 224) Topics in the Philosophy of Magic (4) Addresses broad questions about the roles that religion, Religion (4) magic, and witchcraft play in human life, as philosophi- Selected problems and issues in the philosophy of reli- cal systems of meaning, as useful tools for gion. May be repeated for credit as the subject matter understanding, and as practical and moral guides for varies. Raposa (HU) human action. Special focus on the role of witchcraft REL 225. Topics in Religion and Ethics (4) and magic in the modern world, especially in the lives of Analysis of various moral problems and social value disempowered people. Vann (SS) questions. Possible topics include: environmental and REL 361. Fieldwork (1-4) non-human animal ethics; medical ethics; drug and alco- Opportunity for students to work, or observe under hol abuse; spiritual meaning of anorexia. (HU) supervision, religious organizations or institutions. REL 228. Theories of Religion (4) Consent of chair required. (ND) What is religion? Does it have a universal, cross-cultural REL 371. Directed Readings (1-4) and trans-creedal essence? Drawing on numerous aca- Intensive study in areas appropriate to the interests and demic disciples, the course engages the major issues and needs of students and staff. (ND) most influential authors in the academic study of com- parative religions. Rozehnal (HU) REL 373. (HUM 373, PHIL 373) Independent REL 230. Kabbalah: The Jewish Mystical Ethics Project (4) Supervised ethics research into a topic approved by the Tradition (4) advisor for the Humanities Minor in Ethics. An option Explores the history of the quest to know God, through for completing the ethics minor. For ethics minors mystical experience or theosophical speculation, as only. (HU) found in Jewish tradition. Examines such issues as the tensions between institutional religion and personal REL 374. Seminar for Majors (4) religious experience, between views of God as imma- A capstone seminar for departmental majors. Considers nent in the world or transcending it, and between the methodologies of religious studies and assesses cur- imagery for God and religious experience of God. rent issues in the field. Offers opportunities for in-depth Weissler (HU) work on a particular tradition under the guidance of a faculty member. Offered in spring semester. May be REL 231. Classic Jewish Texts (4) repeated for credit. (HU) While many people know that the Hebrew Bible (“Old Testament”) is a foundational scripture for REL 375 (SSP 375) The Christian Right in Judaism, fewer are familiar with the post-biblical America (4) Jewish classics. Yet these works shaped the under- What do we know about the Christian Right? Who are standing of God, the identity of the Jewish people, they? What do they believe? Where do they come and the vision of history and of the ethical life that from? Seminar explores answers to such questions inform Judaism as we know it today. As students read through a focus on the history of the Christian Right the Talmud, Midrash, and traditional prayer-book, as well as its ideologies and beliefs, the people who are they will become familiar with the wisdom of the rab- a part of it, and its evolving relationship to the binic sages, and the central concepts of Jewish American political system. Topics include some of the tradition. Weissler (HU) most divisive social issues of our time: abortion, 370 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 homosexuality, capital punishment, pornography, Any other Russian language and literature courses. taxes, education, and the separation of church and Other courses approved by the director of the program state. Munson (SS) (e.g., relevant courses offered through LVAIC or at other REL 391. Senior Thesis in Religion (4) institutions). Field Study in the former Soviet Union (e.g., faculty-led Russian study trips offered under special topics or approved study abroad programs). See listing under Modern Languages and Literature. Any substitutes for required or elective courses must be approved by the director of the Russian studies program. Russian Studies Russian Studies Minor Mary A. Nicholas, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) program director. The minor in Russian studies is an interdisciplinary pro- Professors. Arthur E. King, Ph.D. (Ohio State); Rajan gram designed to provide a broad range of study of the Menon, Ph.D. (Illinois), Monroe J. Rathbone professor of former Soviet Union. It can be considered the beginning international relations. of a specialization in the area that can be continued in graduate school, or a useful area of concentration for cer- Russian Studies Major tain careers after graduation (e.g., foreign service, The major in Russian studies is an interdisciplinary pro- governmental employment, business, foreign trade, etc.). gram designed to provide students with a broad exposure The program may also be of general interest to nonspe- to the Russian language and to Russian culture. Courses cialist students who wish to do focused work on the in language, literature, history, politics, foreign policy, culture and society of the former USSR. and economics, as well as the possibility of study in the The minor in Russian studies requires 18 to 20 credit republics of the former Soviet Union, are part of the cur- hours of formal course work, chosen in consultation riculum for this major. The required and elective courses with the program director, Mary Nicholas, Department fit in well with a traditional liberal arts education. At the of Modern Languages and Literature. same time, the emphasis on area studies provides stu- dents with a focus for their intellectual efforts and a Two semesters of college-level Russian based on the stu- specialization that can be pursued, in graduate school or dent’s level of competence; in a variety of public and private sector careers, after Any three of the following: graduation. Any one course in Russian literature or literature in The major in Russian studies requires 36 credit hours, translation (4) distributed as follows: POLS 261 Soviet and Post-Soviet Politics (4) HIST 347 Russia to 1855 (4) A. Required Courses HIST 348 Russia since 1855 (4) I. Language and Literature: two years of college Russian, IR 169 International Relations of Russia course selection based on placement: 16 credit hours. and Eastern Europe (4) II. Russian History ECO 209 Comparative Economic Systems (3) HIST 347 Russia to 1855 (4) or Special topics courses in other areas such as psychology HIST 348 Russia since 1855 (4) or sociology and anthropology with permission III. Russian Politics and Foreign Policy Field Study in the former Soviet Union for academic POLS 261 Soviet and Post-Soviet Politics (4) or credit under special topics (4) IR 169 International Relations of Russia Other courses approved by the director of Russian studies. and Eastern Europe (4) B. Elective Courses School Psychology The student will select at least three courses from the fol- See listings under Education. lowing list: IR 167 Diplomacy of Russia to 1917 (4) IR 169 International Relations of Russia and Science, Environmental and Eastern Europe (4) Technical Writing ECO 209 Comparative Economic Systems (3) See listings under Journalism and Communication. Science, Technology and Society 371

Science, Technology and Society C. Science and Mathematics Requirement. Students must fulfill the college’s regular B.A. distribution Stephen H. Cutcliffe, Ph.D. (Lehigh), program director. requirements of at least eight credits in the natural Steven Louis Goldman, Ph.D. (Boston), Andrew W. sciences; and at least three credits in mathematical sci- Mellon Professor in the Humanities. ences. At least one of the courses in the natural sciences must also include the associated laboratory The Science, Technology and Society (STS) program is course. These courses should be chosen in consulta- the product of a continuing cross-college effort to create tion with the advisor. a common ground from which to explore the relations between science, technology and society: between ideas, STS Studies Minor machines and values. The program also offers a minor in science, technology The STS program serves as a focal point for a wide range & society studies which is open to all undergraduates. of courses that study the natures of science and of tech- Students electing the minor must take a set of courses nology, and analyze their social and personal totaling a minimum of 15 hours that includes STS 11: implications. It lends coherence and visibility to offerings Technology and Human Values and electives chosen otherwise dispersed throughout the catalog. from the list of all courses eligible for STS studies which follows below. Students should consult with the program STS Studies Major director when selecting courses for either the major or The major in science, technology and society studies pre- the minor. pares students for graduate study or for a wide variety of career opportunities including policy analysis, planning, Science, Technology and Society or community relations with public or private sector Courses agencies concerned with the social relations of scientific STS 11. Technology and Human Values (4) research and technological innovation. The intrinsically Impact of technology on society in relation to ethical cross-disciplinary character of science-technology-society problems raised by the exploitation of technological interactions is reflected in the B.A. requirements. Majors innovations. Illustrations from history, social studies, must complete a minimum of 34 credit hours in STS philosophy, literature, and film. Cutcliffe (SS) courses, listed below, together with at least 15 credit hours in any traditional academic discipline: engineering, STS 12. Engineering and Society (4) physical or life science, the humanities, or the social sci- An examination, from the perspective of its social context, ences. This collateral set of courses should be chosen in of engineering as a distinctive problem-solving discipline. consultation with the program director to provide the The roles of design, modeling, testing, safety analysis, foundation needed to engage STS studies issues in which product and client in defining engineering problems and that discipline is implicated. The senior seminar and acceptable solutions to them. Goldman, Nagel (SS) project provide an opportunity for students to integrate STS 117. (HIST 117/WS117) Women, Science the knowledge they have gained and the skills they have and Technology (4) acquired, in the course of guided research on a topic of Explores the impact of technology and science on special interest to them. Additional opportunities for stu- women’s social roles and the contribution of women dent research are available, especially through STS 181: engineers and scientists to their disciplines. Will focus on Independent Study. the American experience. Among the topics discussed are STS studies is a social science major in the College of invention, design, laboratory research, education, engi- Arts and Science, and majors must fulfill the college’s neering, professionalism, labor force participation, office B.A. distribution requirements. A detailed description of mechanization, household appliances, virtual spaces, the STS studies major requirements follows. childcare and reproduction. Cooper (SS) Detailed Description of STS Major Requirements STS 124. (JOUR 124) Politics of Science (4) A. Required STS Courses (minimum of 34 hours) Analysis of the multi-dimensional interaction between the federal government and the scientific community. STS 11: Technology and Human Values (4) Explores historical growth of the science-government STS 12: Engineering and Society (4) connection, the scientific establishment both past and HIST 7: Technology in America’s present, and the role of scientific advice to the White Industrial Age (4) or House and Congress. Also examines scientific ethics, HIST 8: Technology in Modern America (4) public attitudes toward science, science-society interac- STS/JOUR 124 Politics of Science (4) or tions, and case studies of scientific controversies. S. POLS 115: Technology as Politics (4) Friedman (SS) PHIL 128: Philosophy of Science (4) or STS 141. (ASIA 141) Science and Technology PHIL 228: Topics in Philosophy of Science (4) Studies in East Asia (4) STS 381: Senior Seminar and Methods (4) The development of science and technology in East Asia STS 382: Senior Project (4) with emphasis on Japan and China. Cultural and reli- Two additional advanced courses (100 level or higher) gious influences, both internal and external, and from the list of approved STS Studies courses (6-8) interactions with the West, as illustrated by the develop- B. Concentration in a complementary discipline (mini- ment of bronze technology, ceramics, and architecture. mum of 15 hours to be chosen in conjunction with Factors in Western and Japanese society that have con- STS studies advisor); or approved departmental or tributed to the rapid growth of Japanese technology as interdisciplinary program minor; or double major. well as limits to future growth of technology in East Asia. (SS) 372 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

STS 145. (HIST 145) Introduction to the History Graduate Courses in STS of Science (4) (Open to undergraduates by petition only.) The history of modern science, primarily physical and biological, with emphasis on the development of major STS 481. Readings in Science, Technology and theoretical models since the seventeenth century. Society (3) Goldman (SS) Readings seminar on selected themes and topics in sci- ence, technology, and society. May be repeated for credit STS 181. Independent Study (1-4) fall-spring with permission of the program director. Prerequisite: consent of the program director. (HU or SS) Other STS courses. STS 221. (MAT 221/ANTH 221) Materials in the The following courses, appropriate to STS studies, are Development of Man (3) offered by various departments. Course descriptions may Development of materials technology and engineering be found under the catalog entry for the individual from the Stone Age to Atomic Age as an example of the department. New courses are frequently added to this list interaction between technology and society. In-class and announced in bulletins published by the STS pro- demonstration laboratories on composition and structure gram. For further information, please contact the of materials. Term projects using archaeological materials program director. and alloys. Course intended for, but not limited to, stu- ANTH 221 Materials and the Development of dents in the humanities and secondary science education. Man—Small Engineering students may not use this course for engi- ARCH 107 History of American neering science or technical elective credit. Small (SS) Architecture—Thomas STS 252. (CSC 252) Computers, the Internet, and ARCH 210 20th-Century Architecture—Zaknic ARCH/HIST 361 Evolution of High-rise Building Society (3) Construction—Peters An interactive exploration of the current and future role of computers, the Internet, and related technologies in ARCH/HIST 363 Evolution of Long-Span Bridge changing the standard of living, work environments, Building—Peters society and its ethical values. Privacy, security, deperson- ARCH/HIST 365 Evolution of the Modern Building alization, responsibility, and professional ethics; the role Process—Peters of computer and Internet technologies in changing edu- ASIA 141 Science and Technology Studies in cation, business modalities, collaboration mechanisms, East Asia—Staff and everyday life. Nagel (SS) CHM 5 Chemistry and National Issues—Schray STS 323. (JOUR 323) Controversies (4) CLSS 108 Ancient Technology—Small Exploration of science, health, and environmental con- CLSS/ARCH 204 Ancient City and Society—Small troversies from the dual perspectives of scientific uncertainty and mass media coverage. Examines genetic CSC 252 Computers, the Internet, and engineering and biotechnology, environmental health Society—Nagel risks, and human behavior research. Includes discussion DES 66 Design History – Snyder & Priester of ethical and social responsibilities and interactions of ECO 311 Environmental Economics—Munley scientists, journalists, and the public. S. Friedman (SS) ECO 314 Energy Economics STS 341. Issues in American Competitiveness: EES 3 Global Environmental Change— Meltzer & Zeitler At Home and Abroad (4) EES 11 Environmental Geology—Evenson Issues affecting American commercial competitiveness focusing on topics associated with the recent emergence ES 10 Environment and the Consumer of a new commercial environment in all First World Society—Staff societies. Team taught in a highly interactive setting with ENGL 122 Speculative Fiction—Staff industry, public sector, and government experts, in addi- ENGL 187 Themes in Literature: Utopian tion to academics from various disciplines and Literature—Staff institutions. Students read topical articles and books, HIST 7 Technology in America’s Industrial participate in team projects and debates, and conduct Age—Smith team research on competitiveness issues they have chosen HIST 8 Technology in Modern for a term report. Goldman, Nagel (SS) America—Smith STS 381. Senior Seminar (4) HIST 107 Technology and World History—Smith In-depth study of selected topics in science, technology, and society with special attention to methodological HIST 111 Engineering in the Modern issues. Subject matter may vary from semester to semes- World—Smith ter. Intended for STS majors and minors, but open to HIST 117 Women, Science and others. Prerequisite: STS 11 or consent of program direc- Technology—Cooper tor. Cutcliffe (SS) HIST 145 Introduction to the History of Science—Goldman STS 382. Senior Project (4) HIST 308 Industrial America Since Continuation of STS 381. Students conduct and present 1945—Cooper independent research projects on STS topics of special HIST 315 American Environmental interest. Prerequisite: STS 381. Cutcliffe (SS) History—Cutcliffe HIST/ASIA 340 History of Japanese Industrialization Since 1800—Cooper Sociology and Anthropology 373

IR 34 Society, Technology, & War Since activities, from the comparative examination of widely the Renaissance—Kaufmann divergent past and present cultures and societies, to the IR 344 International Politics inner life of individuals as this influences social behavior, of Oil—Barkey to an examination of the most pressing social issues of JOUR 124 Politics of Science—Friedman our time. JOUR 125 Environment, Public, and Mass The offerings within the department seek to foster self- Media—Friedman and societal awareness as well as an understanding of JOUR 323 Controversies — Friedman what it means to be human. Instruction within the MAT 221 Materials in the Development department also provides students with the necessary of Man—Small analytic skills to understand and conduct social research. PHIL/REL 116 Bioethics—Staff To that end, central to the department’s major programs PHIL 128 Philosophy of Science—Levine is training in research methods, statistics, and the use of PHIL 228 Topics in the Philosophy of computer applications in social science. Science—Goldman The department offers three bachelor of arts majors: PHIL 250 The Minds of Robots and Other anthropology, sociology and anthropology, and sociolo- People—Staff gy/social psychology. The three programs are parallel in POLS 111 The Politics of the Environment— structure and requirements and each consists of 40 credit Wurth hours of course work. The sociology and anthropology POLS 115 Technology as Politics—Wurth major is an interdisciplinary program for students desir- POLS 328 U.S. Politics and the ing a wider familiarity with social science fields, whereas Environment—Wurth the anthropology and sociology/social psychology majors are for students desiring more traditional, disciplinary POLS 375 Green Polity—Wurth programs of study. REL 6 Religion and the Ecological Crisis—Kraft Research Opportunities. It is the explicit aim of the REL 8 Prehistoric Religion, Art, and department to involve majors, minors and other interest- Technology—Girardot ed students in the ongoing research activities of faculty REL 187 Science, Technology, & the members. Second-semester sophomore, junior and senior Religious Imagination—Raposa students interested in a supervised research experience are encouraged to consult with the department chair or SSP 160 Medicine and Society—Lasker talk with the appropriate faculty member. Course credit SSP 302 The Sociology of can be received for research experience. Cyberspace—Rosenwein SSP/JOUR 327 Mass Communication Internship Opportunities. The department maintains and Society—Rosenwein close, working relationships with a variety of social agen- cies and institutions in the area. Majors can earn course SSP 367 Sociology of Science—Rosenwein credit by carrying out supervised work in field settings, THTR/ARCH 161 Theater Design and e.g., hospitals, private and public agencies devoted to Engineering—Milet social services, courtrooms, prisons, etc. This useful WS 117 Women, Science and experience allows a student to apply the concepts learned Technology—Cooper in the classroom to a field setting and to evaluate voca- tional aspirations and interests. Social Psychology Senior Thesis. All majors are encouraged to do inde- pendent research culminating in a senior thesis; this is See listings under Sociology and Anthropology. especially recommended for students intending to go on to graduate or professional school. The best time to Sociology and Anthropology begin discussing possible projects with faculty is during the second-semester of the junior year. The department Professors. James R. McIntosh, Ph.D. (Syracuse), chair- chairperson should be consulted for further details. person; Raymond Bell, Ed.D. (Lehigh) emeritus; Barbara B. Frankel, Ph.D. (Princeton), Emerita; John B. Departmental Honors. To be eligible for departmental Gatewood, Ph.D. (Illinois); Roy C. Herrenkohl, Ph.D. honors, students must have at least a 3.3 GPA in the (N.Y.U.) Distinguished Service Professor; Judith N. Lasker, major. In addition, students pursuing honors must take Ph.D. (Harvard) NEH Distinguished Professor; Robert E. ANTH or SSP 399 and write a thesis during their senior Rosenwein, Ph.D. (Michigan); David B. Small, Ph.D. year. Awarding of departmental honors is contingent on (Cambridge); Nicola Tannenbaum, Ph.D. (U. of Iowa); both the quality of the thesis, as judged by a department Robert C. Williamson, Ph.D. (Southern California), committee, and the candidate’s GPA at time of graduation. Emeritus. B.A. Major Programs Assistant professors. Heather Johnson, Ph.D. (Northeastern); Ziad Munson, Ph.D. (Harvard), Anthropology Elizabeth Vann, Ph.D. (Virginia). Collateral Requirement (4 credits) The department houses two disciplines, sociology and One general course in statistics: MATH 12, ECO 145, anthropology. Sociology is concerned with the study of PSYC 110, or equivalent. (Note: MATH 12 fulfills the human beings in relationships with others. Anthropology College of Arts and Sciences mathematics requirement.) takes a holistic approach to the study of humans today Introductory (4 credits) and in the past, in a global, comparative, and multidi- mensional perspective. Together these disciplines ANTH 1. Introduction to Anthropology encompass the study of the broadest range of human 374 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Disciplinary Core Courses (8 credits) Theory and Methodology (8 credits) ANTH 111. Comparative Cultures [fall] or SR 111 Research Methods and Data ANTH 140. Introduction to Linguistics [spring] Analysis (4) fall and SR 381 Development of Social Theory (4) ANTH 112. Doing Archaeology [spring] or spring ANTH 145 Human Evolution (NS) Major Electives (20 credits) [fall, alternate years] Five additional courses in sociology/social psychology, at Methodology (4 credits) least two of which must be at the 300-level. SR 111. Research Methods and Data Analysis [fall] (Individualized study courses—300, 393, 394, 395, 395, and 399— cannot be used to fulfill this requirement; Major Electives (20 credits) however, one ANTH course can be substituted as a Five additional anthropology courses, at least two of “sociology/social psychology” elective.) which must be at the 300-level. (Individualized study Research, Internship, or Thesis (4 credits) courses 300, 393, 394, 395, and 399 cannot be used to Preferably during the senior year, majors must complete fulfill this requirement; however, one SSP course can be at least four credits of experiential learning on a subject substituted as an anthropology elective.) or in a context relevant to their major. Students may ful- Research, Internship, or Thesis (4 credits) fill this requirement in a variety of ways— research, field Preferably during the senior year, majors must complete school, internship, or thesis: at least four credits of experiential learning on a subject SSP 300 Apprentice Teaching (4) or in a context relevant to their major. Students may ful- SSP 393 Supervised Research (1-4) fill this requirement in a variety of ways research, field SSP 394 Field School (1-8) school, internship, or thesis: SSP 395 Internship (1-4) ANTH 300. Apprentice Teaching SSP 399 Senior Thesis (2-4) ANTH 393. Supervised Research Students who intend going on to graduate or profession- ANTH 394. Field School al school are strongly encouraged to do the senior thesis ANTH 395. Internship option, and a senior thesis is required for departmental ANTH 399. Senior Thesis honors. Students who intend going on to graduate or profes- Concentrations within the Anthropology Major. sional school are strongly encouraged to do the senior Anthropology majors may choose to concentrate in cul- thesis option, and a senior thesis is required for depart- tural or archaeological anthropology. These optional mental honors. concentrations in one or the other subfield entail addi- tional constraints on course selection within the major Sociology and Anthropology electives@ category, as described below. Collateral Requirement (4 credits) Concentration in Cultural Anthropology One general course in statistics: MATH 12, ECO 145, PSYC 110, or equivalent. Anthropology majors electing to concentrate in cultural (Note: MATH 12 fulfills the College of Arts and anthropology must complete at least four courses in cul- Sciences’ mathematics requirement.) tural anthropology at the 100-level or above. Regular course offerings that would satisfy this concentration Introductory (8 credits) include the following: SSP 1 Introduction to Sociology and ANTH 111. Comparative Cultures Social Psychology (4) ANTH 120. Culture and Globalization ANTH 1 Introduction to Anthropology (4) ANTH 121. Culture and the Environment Theory and Methodology (8 credits) ANTH 123. The Cultural Construction of Gender SR 111 Research Methods and Data Analysis (4) fall ANTH 140. Introduction to Linguistics SR 381 Development of Social Theory (4) ANTH 160. Health, Illness, and Healing spring ANTH 182. North American Indians Major Electives (24 credits) ANTH 184. Cultures of the Pacific ANTH 187. Peoples of Southeast Asia Three additional courses in sociology/social psychology, one of which must be at the 300-level or above, AND ANTH 305. Anthropology of Fishing three additional courses in anthropology, one of which ANTH 320. Global Capitalism must be at the 300-level. ANTH 325. Economic Anthropology ANTH 330. Food for Thought (Individualized study courses—300, 393, 394, 395, 395, and 399— cannot be used to fulfill this requirement.) ANTH 335. Religion, Witchcraft, and Magic ANTH 376. Culture and the Individual Sociology/Social Psychology Students choosing this concentration are strongly Collateral Requirement (4 credits) encouraged to use their general education electives to One general course in statistics: MATH 12, Eco 145, complete at least two physical anthropology/archaeology PSYC 110, or equivalent. courses; the equivalent of two years of foreign language study; pursue courses in museum studies, mathematics, (Note: MATH 12 fulfills the College of Arts and computer science, philosophy, religion studies, literature, Sciences’ mathematics requirement.) biology, and geology as specific interests dictate; and take Introductory (4 credits) a wide range of courses in the social sciences, generally, SSP 1 Introduction to Sociology and Social Psychology (4) Sociology and Anthropology 375 such as SSP 1, PSYC 1, POLS 3, IR 10, Eco 1, and his- ANTH 120. Culture and Globalization (4) tory offerings. Examines the relationship between local patterns of cul- ture and the presumably homogenizing forces of Concentration in Archaeological Anthropology globalization. Topics include migration, diaspora, and the Anthropology majors electing to concentrate in archaeo- politics of identity, the scope and effects of global capital- logical anthropology must complete at least four of ism and consumerism, tourism, popular culture, the courses in archaeological anthropology at the 100-level global art market, and cultural authenticity. Vann (SS) or above. Regular course offerings that would satisfy this ANTH 121. (CLSS 121, ES 121) Environment concentration include the following: and Culture (4)) ANTH 112. Doing Archaeology Impact of environment upon cultural variability and ANTH 121. Culture and the Environment change. Comparative study of modern and past cultures ANTH 145. Human Evolution and their environments as well as current theories of ANTH 172. North American Archaeology human/ environmental interaction. Small (SS) ANTH 174. Greek Archaeology ANTH 123. (WS 123) The Cultural Construction ANTH 176. Roman Archaeology ANTH 178. Mesoamerican Archaeology of Gender (4) Comparative study of the meanings and social roles asso- ANTH 221. Materials in the Development of Man ciated with gender. Psychological, symbolic, and cultural ANTH 345. Evolution of the State approaches. Tannenbaum (SS) ANTH 370. Historical Archaeology ANTH 377. Archaeology of Death ANTH 127. (CLSS 127) Early Civilizations (4) ANTH 394. Field School (archaeology field school) Introduction to early civilizations in the Near East, Mediterranean, Africa, Europe, and New World. Students choosing this concentration are strongly Similarities and differences in economics, politics, social encouraged to use their general education electives to organization, and religion. Small (SS) complete at least three courses in cultural anthropology; pursue courses in museum studies, mathematics, com- ANTH 139. (REL 139) Jewish Folklore (4) puter science, history, and the social sciences as interests Examines the transformation of folk and popular dictate; and take a wide range of natural science courses Judaism from the Old World, through the period of of special relevance to archaeologists. immigration to America, to ethnic and later forms of American Jewish culture. Attention paid to concept of Minor Programs folklore revivals and their meanings. Four case studies: Anthropology: ANTH 1 and four additional courses at folk tales and storytelling, klezmer music, life-cycle ritu- 100 level or above in anthropology. als, and food. Weissler (SS) Sociology and Anthropology: One of the following ANTH 140. (COGS 140, PSYC 140, MFL 140) introductory courses: ANTH 1 or SSP 1 and four addi- Introduction to Linguistics (4) tional courses at 100 level or above with at least one in Relationship between language and mind; formal proper- anthropology and one in sociology/social psychology. ties of language; language and society; how languages Sociology/Social Psychology: SSP 1 and four additional change over time. (SS) courses at 100 level or above in sociology/social psychology. ANTH 145. Human Evolution (4) Undergraduate Courses Principles of biological anthropology focusing on the evolution of the human species. Topics include evolu- Anthropology tionary theory, nonhuman primate diversity and behavior, the relationship between biology and behavior ANTH 1. Introduction to Anthropology (4) fall in evolutionary terms, the hominid fossil record, and and spring genetic variability among contemporary human popula- General introduction to the four subfields of anthropolo- tions. Prerequisite: ANTH 1. Gatewood (NS) gy: biological, archaeological, cultural, and linguistic. Class will center around lectures and discussion of ancil- ANTH 160. Health, Illness, and Healing (4) lary media. Staff (SS) Introduction to medical anthropology, a field of study that examines how conceptions of illness and health and ANTH 100. Seminar in Anthropology (1-4) methods of healing vary over time and across cultures. Topics in anthropology. May be repeated for credit. (SS) Introduces a number of culturally specific approaches to ANTH 111. Comparative Cultures (4) health and illness, including Western biomedicine, and Anthropology is a comparative discipline; through com- aims to provide a broad understanding of the relation- parisons we learn what is unique to a particular culture, ship between culture, illness, and healing. Vann (SS) what is shared among a number of cultures, and how ANTH 172. North American Archaeology (4) fall trait, idea, practice or belief are related to each other. Development of prehistoric North American indigenous Students will learn how anthropologists do comparisons population north of Mexico, beginning with earliest evi- and do their own comparative research utilizing both dence of people in the New World continuing up qualitative and quantitative techniques. Tannenbaum through European contact. (SS) (SS) ANTH 174. (CLSS 174, ART 174, ARCH 174) ANTH 112. (CLSS 112) Doing Archaeology (4) Greek Archaeology (3) Principles of archaeological method and theory. Ancient Greek culture from the Neolithic to Hellenistic Excavation and survey methods, artifact analysis, dating periods. Reconstructions of Greek social dynamics from techniques, and cultural reconstruction. Course includes study of artifacts. Small (SS) field project. Small (SS) 376 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

ANTH 175. Archaeology of Classical Cultures (4) ANTH 320. Global Capitalism (4) Course introduces the student to an overview of the Anthropological approach to the forms and effects of archaeology of ancient Greece and Rome from Iron Age global capitalism. Topics include the structure of con- to Late Antiquity. Emphasis on aspects of cultural devel- temporary global capitalism, including the growth of opment and change. Small (SS) multinational corporations, flexible corporate strategies, ANTH 176. (CLSS 176, ART 176, ARCH 176) overseas manufacturing, and global branding and mar- keting; the impact of global capitalism on the Roman Archaeology (3) environment and on the lives of people in “Third Cultures of the Roman Empire. Reconstructions of World” countries; consumer culture and the diversity of social, political, and economic dynamics of the imperial non-Western consumption practices; alternative capitalist system from study of artifacts. Small (SS) systems, especially Asian capitalisms. Vann (SS) ANTH 178. Mesoamerican Archaeology (4) ANTH 325. Economic Anthropology (4) Ancient civilizations of Mesoamerica: Olmec, Zapotec, Cross-cultural perspectives on the ways people produce, Maya, Toltec, and Aztec. Reconstructions of urban cen- distribute, and consume goods; how these systems are ters, political and economic organizations, and theories organized; and how they are connected with other of the Mayan collapse. Small (SS) aspects of society, particularly political and ideological ANTH 180. (CLSS 180) Cultures of the Greeks systems.Tannenbaum (SS) and Romans (4) ANTH 330. Food for Thought (4) Analysis of Greek and Roman Cultures. Focus on kin- Symbolic and cultural analyses of foods and cuisines. ship, political and economic organization, sexual Examines what people eat, who prepares it, what it practices, burial practices, gender construction, religions, means, and the social and religious uses of foods histori- art, literature, and warfare. Small (SS) cally and cross-culturally. Tannenbaum (SS) ANTH 182. North American Indians (4) ANTH 335. (REL 335). Religion, Witchcraft, and Culture areas of native North America prior to substantial Magic (4) disruption by European influences north of Mexico. Addresses broad questions about the roles that religion, Environmental factors and cultural forms. Gatewood (SS) magic, and witchcraft play in human life, as philosophi- ANTH 184. (Asian Studies 184) Cultures of the cal systems of meaning, as useful tools for Pacific (4) understanding, and as practical and moral guides for Cultures of the Pacific Islanders prior to substantial dis- human action. Special focus on the role of witchcraft ruption by European influences. Culture histories, and magic in the modern world, especially in the lives of language families, social organizations, and religions of disempowered people. Vann (SS) Australian, Melanesian, Polynesian, and Micronesian ANTH 339. Seminar in Anthropology (4) peoples. Gatewood (SS) Topics in anthropology. Varying semester to semester: ANTH 187. (ASIA 187) Peoples of Southeast human evolution, politics and law, introduction to lin- Asia (4) guistics, human use of space, anthropology of deviance. Peoples and cultures of Burma, Laos, Cambodia, May be repeated for credit. (SS) Thailand, Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia, and the ANTH 345. (CLSS 345) Evolution of the State (4) Philippines. World view, religion, economy, politics, and Theories of state formation. Comparison of evolutionary social organization. Tannenbaum (SS) trajectories of early states in the Near East, ANTH 221. (MAT 221, STS 221) Materials in the Mediterranean, and New World. Small (SS) Development of Man (3) fall ANTH 370. (HIST 370) Historical Archaeology (4) Development of materials technology and engineering This course exams the unique nature of historical archae- from the stone age to atomic age as an example of the ology of post contact America. Topics include interaction between technology and society. In-class reconstructing the past through the archaeological and demonstration laboratories on composition and structure historical record, exhibiting past culture, and capturing of materials. Term projects using archaeological materials the real or imagined past. Course includes fieldwork and and alloys. Course intended for, but not limited to, stu- visits to famous historical archaeological sites. Small (SS) dents in the humanities and secondary science education. Engineering students may not use this course for engi- ANTH 371. Special Topics (1-4) neering science or technical elective credit. Notis (SS) Advanced work through supervised readings. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- ANTH 305. Anthropology of Fishing (4) ment chairperson. (SS) Comparative study of fishing peoples and their technolo- gies. Fishing strategies, control of information, and social ANTH 376. Culture and the Individual (4) organization of marine exploitation in subsistence and Concepts and methods of studying relations between the modern industrial contexts. Theory of common-property individual and the sociocultural milieu. Culture and per- resources and the role of social science in commercial sonality language and thought, cross-cultural studies of fisheries management. Gatewood (SS) cognition. Gatewood (SS) ANTH 312 The Anthropological Signature of the ANTH 377. Archaeology of Death (4) Course examines what we can determine about the past Past (4) from human remains. Class will study health, age, and Course covers the basic tenets of different anthropologi- disease from the analysis of human bone, the cultural cal analyses of premodern cultures. Emphasis on the aspects of burial and funerals, and take part in a field archaeological traces of different social constructions in project in Nisky Hill Cemetery in Bethlehem. Small (SS) the past. Small (SS) Sociology and Anthropology 377

ANTH 393. Supervised Research (1-4) SSP 100. Seminar in Sociology and Social Conducting anthropological research under the supervi- Psychology (1-4) sion of a faculty member. May be repeated for credit. Topics in sociology and social psychology. May be Prerequisite: consent of the department chairperson. (SS) repeated for credit. (SS) ANTH 394. Field School (1-8) SSP 103. (AAS 103) Race and Ethnicity (4) fall Field school in archaeology or ethnography. Maximum Course examines race and ethnicity from a sociological of eight credits for a single season or field experience. perspective. Focus on the role of the major racial and May be repeated once for credit. (SS) ethnic communities in modern American society. ANTH 395. Internship (1-4) Explores the roles of race and ethnicity in identity, social Supervised experience involving non-paid work in a set- relations, and social inequality. Topics include racial and ting relevant to anthropology. May be repeated once for ethnic communities, minority/majority groups, assimila- credit. Prerequisite: open only to department majors. (SS) tion, prejudice/discrimination, identity, and the social construction of the concept of “race.” Johnson (SS) ANTH 399. Senior Thesis (2-4) Research during senior year culminating in senior thesis. SSP 104. (POLS 104). Political Sociology (4) Required for anthropology majors seeking departmental An introduction to political sociology through an exami- honors. May be repeated up to a total of 4 credits. nation of the major sociological questions concerning Prerequisite: consent of the department chairperson. (SS) power, politics, and the state. Covers questions concern- ing state formation, nationalism, social movements, Sociology and Anthropology globalization, political culture and participation, and civil society. Includes examples such as racism, welfare SR 41. (WS 41) Human Sexuality (4) reform, campaign financing, coal mining in Appalachia, Sexuality and gender roles across the life cycle, including revolution in Latin America, the rise of the Nazi party in human reproduction, decision-making, and the societal Germany, and the place of the United States in a global regulation of sexual behavior. (ND) society. Munson (SS) SR 42. (WS 42) Sexual Minorities (4) SSP 105. The Social Origins of Terrorism (4) How minority sexual identities have been the subject of Examines the social, religious, and political foundations speculation, misunderstanding, and sometimes violent of terrorism by studying the roots of terrorism historical- attempts at correction or elimination. Sexual orientation, ly and cross-nationally. We will look at the differing gender role, including transvestitism and “drag,” trans- kinds of terrorism, including political terrorism in the sexualism, sexism, heterosexism, and homophobia. Middle East, anti-abortion terrorism in the United Emphasis on critical thinking, guest speakers, and dis- States, eco-terrorism, and religious and state terrorism cussions. (SS) throughout the world. Students will have a chance to SR 100. Seminar in Social Relations (1-4) better understand the beliefs of terrorists, conditions that Topics in social relations. May be repeated for credit. (SS) produce and sustain terrorism, and the origins of politi- cal violence more generally. Munson (SS) SR 111. Research Methods and Data Analysis (4) fall SSP 109. (PSYC 109) Adulthood and Aging: (4) Research skills in anthropology, sociology and social psy- Social science approaches to the latter two-thirds of the chology. Problem formulation; research design; methods life. Cognitive and personality development; attitudes and measures; analysis and interpretation of data. Emphasis toward aging; social behavior of older adults; widow- on the use of statistics in the research process. (ND) hood; retirement. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 or SSP 1. May not be taken pass/fail. Hyland (SS) SR 381. Development of Social Theory (4) spring Comparative study of social theory. (SS) SSP 121 (PSYC 121) Social Psychology (4) Theories, methods of investigation and results of SR 395. Methods in Observation (4) alternate research on the way social and psychological processes years interact in human behavioral settings. Topics include Naturalistic and participant observation in uncontrolled analysis of self and relationships, dynamics of small field settings. (SS) groups, attitudes and persuasion, prejudice, prosocial and SR 399. Senior Thesis (4) antisocial behavior. Prerequisite: One of the following Research during senior year culminating in senior thesis. introductory courses: ANTH 1 or SSP 1 or PSYC 1. Required for social relations majors seeking departmental Rosenwein (SS) honors. Prerequisite: consent of the department chairper- SSP 125. (PSYC 125) Social Psychology of Small son. (SS) Groups (4) Sociology/Social Psychology Theories and empirical research regarding interpersonal behavior in small groups. Classroom exercises and group SSP 1. Introduction to Sociology and Social simulations. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Psychology (4) fall and spring Rosenwein (SS) Patterns of social interaction, group behavior and atti- SSP 128 (WS 128) Race, Gender, and Work (4) tudes provide a focus on the relationship of the Race, Gender and Work is a class designed to help stu- individual to society. Social structure and social change dents understand racial and gender inequalities as they within the institutions of society provide a focus on the relate specifically to work and employment. We explore relationship of society to the individual. The influences the origins and histories of inequalities, the ways in of social class, gender and race are explored at each level which inequalities persist and/or change today, and what of analyses. Theories, methods and research results pro- steps might be taken toward creating a more equal socie- vide micro and macro models for understanding society. ty. Krasas-Rogers (SS) Students who received a C or better in SSP 5 or SSP 21 may not take SSP 1 for credit. Staff (SS) 378 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

SSP 135. (Jour 135, PSYC 135) Human American Society. Focus is a critical analysis of the Communication (4) wealth gap, its causes, consequences, and social context. Processes and functions of human communication in We will consider the roles of wealth and poverty in relationships and groups. Rosenwein (SS) determining life chances and structuring opportunity, as well as their roles in the perpetuation of social inequality SSP 141. Social Deviance and Social Control (4) across generations. We will address contemporary Analysis of deviant social systems, supporting factors debates surrounding public policy, tax laws, anti-poverty maintaining them, and societal responses to deviant roles programs and other reform efforts aimed at decreasing and collectivities. McIntosh (SS) the gap between the “Haves” and the “Have-Nots.” SSP 152. Alcohol, Science and Society (4) Johnson (SS) Alcohol use and abuse, its historical function in society, SSP 171. (REL 171). Religion and Society (4) moral entrepreneurship, status struggles and conflict over An introduction to the sociology of religion. Covers clas- alcohol. Current problems with attention to special pop- sical and contemporary approaches to defining and ulation groups and strategies for prevention of alcohol studying the role of religion in society. Emphasis on abuse. McIntosh (SS) understanding religious beliefs and practices in the SSP 153. (PSYC 153) Personality (4) United States, the sources and contours of religious Review and critique of theories of personality and their change, and the effects of religion on individuals and associated systems of psychotherapy. Prerequisite: PSYC society. Specific topics include religious fundamentalism, 1 or SSP1. (SS) religious conversion, religious practices and authority, secularization, religion in public life, religion in social SSP 160. Medicine and Society (4) change, religious terrorism, and the ways in which reli- Health, illness, and the health professions from the socio- gion impacts our personal health, educational logical perspective. Social epidemiology, social psychology attainment, and family life. Munson (SS) of illness, socialization of health professionals, organiza- tion of health care, patient-professional relationships and SSP 302. The Sociology of Cyberspace (4) ethical issues in medical care. Lasker (SS) An examination of social life on the Internet and the World Wide Web. Topics may include sociocultural and psycholog- SSP 161. The American Dream: Popular ical aspects of communication in cyber-environments (e.g., Ideologies in American Society (4) email, chat rooms, news groups, MUDS, etc.), interpersonal Is the “American Dream” a myth or reality? This course relationships and group development, the nature of commu- explores this question and various aspects of basic nity, the politics of cyberspace (control and democracy), American values through a sociological lens. The privacy and ethics, and economic dimensions. Examination American Dream, meritocracy, and individualism are of past and current case studies. Rosenwein (SS) strongly held beliefs the United States – the “land of opportunity.” We will examine the implications, causes, SSP 308. (PSYC 308) Seminar in Social and consequences of these beliefs and other popular ide- Psychology (4) ologies in the context of a highly stratified and Intensive consideration of selected topics in current theo- increasingly diverse society. The course focuses on how ry and research in social psychology. The subject matter ideologies function to both reproduce and transform varies from semester to semester, and includes such top- society. Johnson (SS) ics as the social psychology of education, the applications of perception and learning theory to social psychological SSP 162. AIDS and Society (4) problems, the social psychology of science, and the social Impact of the AIDS epidemic on individuals and on environment of communication. May be repeated for social institutions (medicine, religion, education, politics, credit. Prerequisite: One of the following introductory etc.); social and health policy responses; international courses: ANTH 1 or SSP 1. (SS) experience; effect of public attitudes and policy on peo- ple affected directly by AIDS. (SS) SSP 310. (AAS 310, WS 310) Gender, Race, and SSP 163. Pass the Peas: Mapping the Blueprint of Sexuality: The Social Construction of Hip Hop Culture (4) Differences (4) The appearance of the hip hop movement can be traced This course will provide the student with an opportunity to a specific time and place, the Bronx, New York, 1974. to engage current debates about the meaning and use of However, hip hop has no single cultural antecedent. To racial and sexual classification systems in society. Using a uncover the origins of hip hop culture, one must begin multi disciplinary approach, we will examine the histori- by discovering the richly layered history of African cal and sociological contexts in which specific theories of American and Jamaican music of the 20th century. racial and sexual differences emerged in the U.S. Using this broad canvas, students will discover how Additionally, we will explore the ways in which changes young Bronx natives in the 1970s fused elements of past in the images have implications on the role racial, gender, musical styles with their own personal expression. From and sexual identity plays in our understanding of the rela- this point, the course will chart the expansion of hip hop tionship between difference and inequality. Prerequisite: culture from a five borough folk movement to a multi- SSP 103, or department permission. Staff (SS) million dollar entertainment industry in the late 20th SSP 312. (PSYC 312) Interpersonal Behavior in century. Staff (SS) Small Groups (4) SSP 165. Contemporary Social Problems (4) Intensive consideration of theoretical and methodologi- Studies of major problems facing contemporary society. cal issues in the analysis of the development of small (SS) groups. Prerequisite: One of the following introductory courses: ANTH 1 or SSP 1. Rosenwein (SS) SSP 166. (AAS 166) Wealth and Poverty in the United States (4) SSP 313. Social Movements (4) Course examines the sociology of wealth and poverty – Explores the origins, dynamics, and consequences of affluence and disadvantage, “rags and riches” – in social movements through both sociological theory and empirical case studies. Covers questions of what consti- Sociology and Anthropology 379 tutes a social movement, where and when social move- SSP 341. (WS 341) Women and Health (4) ments arise, who joins a social movement, and how Relationships of women to the medical system. Influence social movements are able to contribute to change. of medicine on women’s lives and the impact of the Answers to these questions highlight issues of social women’s movement on health care. (SS) movement recruitment and leadership, interactions SSP 351. (WS 351) Gender and Social Change (4) between movements and the media, the state, and the Changes in gender roles from social psychological and broader public, ideology, strategies and tactics, and the structural perspectives. Comparative analyses of men and factors contributing to the success and failure of social women (including people of color) in the social struc- movements. Course readings drawn from case studies ture; their attitudes and orientations toward work, on civil rights, women’s rights, gay rights, the environ- family, education, and politics. (SS) ment, American Indians, abortion, globalization, anti-apartheid, democratization, peace, and Islamic SSP 355. Sociology of Education (4) fundamentalism. Prerequisite: One 100-level SSP Course examines the social organization of education as course. Munson (SS) a social institution and the role of schools in society. Focus is primarily on educational processes in the United SSP 314. (PSYC 314) Social Cognition and Social States. Topics include: IQ, curriculum, tracking, educa- Action (4) tional inequality, primary/secondary/higher education, Examines the formation of beliefs about social groups, private vs. public, informal education and social capital, individuals, the self, and the world. Consequences and effects on and of race/class/gender, schools as agents of validity of those beliefs are considered. Areas of inquiry socialization, educational policy and school reform. include stereotypes and prejudice, impression formation Prerequisite: One of the following introductory courses: processes, the self, attitudes and persuasion, and social ANTH 1 or SSP 1. Johnson (SS) influence. Prerequisite: PSYC 110 or SR 111. Gill (SS) SSP 356. (PSYC 356) Seminar in Personality SSP 323. (PSYC 323) The Child in Family and Psychology (4) Society (4) Topics in personality psychology: the self, personality Influences such as marital discord, family violence, consistency, motivation, psychological adjustment. poverty and prejudice on the development of the child Prerequisite: SSP/PSYC 153 or consent of instructor. from birth through adolescence. Prerequisite: One of the Williams (SS) following introductory courses: ANTH 1 or SSP 1. Herrenkohl (SS) SSP 361. (PSYC 361) Personality and Social Development in Adulthood (4) SSP 324. (JOUR 324). Health, Communication, Theories and current research. Prerequisite: SSP/PSYC 109 and the Internet (4) or consent of Psychology department chair. Hyland (SS) This interdisciplinary class examines the role of the Internet in changing the way lay people, the mass media SSP 363. (PSYC 363) Personality and Social and medical organizations think and behave regarding Development in Childhood (4) health and medical care. It explores the nature of tradi- Issues related to social development (e.g., attachment, tional and online health communication, and highlights social competence), social contexts (e.g., family, day care), online health issues such as access, quality of informa- and personality development (e.g., sex roles, aggression, tion, economics, privacy, and ethics. S. Friedman and J. temperament) from infancy through adolescence. Lasker (SS) spring Prerequisite: PSYC 107 or consent of instructor. (SS) SSP 325. (HIST 325, WS 325) History of SSP 364. (WS 364) Sociology of the Family (4) Sexuality and the Family in the U.S. (3-4) fall Sociological analysis of families in the United States, Social change from early agrarian communities to begin- including investigations of historical and contemporary nings of industrialism, emphasizing socio-economic patterns. Issues addressed include parenting, combining class, family structure, and treatment of women and work and family, divorce and remarriage, family policies. minority groups. Najar (SS) Staff (SS) SSP 326. (HIST 326, WS 326) Social Class in SSP 366. Sociology of Aging (4) Residential patterns, social policies and services for the American History (3-4) spring aged. Alternative political strategies, health programs, liv- Changing role of women, minority groups, and the fam- ing arrangements and workplace choices considered. The ily during the industrial era. Development of the changing roles of the elderly in American and other soci- modern class structure and the impact of the welfare eties, and the special problems they face. Impact of state. Simon (SS) changing age structure. Lasker (SS) SSP 327. (JOUR 327) Mass Communication and SSP 367. Sociology of Science (4) Society (4) Review of sociological, social psychological, and anthro- A review of theories and research on the relationship of pological perspectives on science as a cognitive and social mass communication to social processes. Intensive analy- enterprise. Analysis of past and contemporary case stud- sis of selected media products (e.g., TV news, dramas, ies as well as experimental/simulation research. and sitcoms; films; print; music videos, etc.). Rosenwein (SS) Prerequisite: One of the following introductory courses: ANTH 1 or SSP 1. Rosenwein (SS) SSP 370. Juvenile Delinquency (4) The development of delinquent behavior within its SSP 333. (POLS 333, PSYC 333) Social social context; an analysis of delinquent gangs and sub- Psychology of Politics (4) cultures and the variable patterns of antisocial activity; Political behavior viewed from a psychological and social and the evaluation of institutional controls and treat- psychological perspective. Prerequisite ANTH 1 or SSP ment of the problem. Staff (SS) 1; PSYC 1 or department permission. Rosenwein (SS) 380 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

SSP 371. Special Topics (1-4) SSP 394. Field School (1-8) Advanced work through supervised readings. May be Field school in sociology/social psychology. Maximum of repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- eight credits for a single season or field experience. May ment chairperson. (SS) be repeated once for credit. (SS) SSP 373. Seminar in Sociology (4) SSP 395 Internship (1-4) Intensive consideration of selected topics in contempo- Supervised experience involving non-paid work in a set- rary theory or research in sociology. The subject matter ting relevant to sociology/social psychology. May be varies from semester to semester. May be repeated for repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: open only to credit. (SS) department majors. (SS) SSP 374. Social Stratification: Race, Class, Gender (4) SSP 399. Senior Thesis (2-4) This course is an introduction to social stratification. Research during senior year culminating in senior thesis. Examines social inequality as an organizing principle in Required for sociology/social psychology majors seeking complex societies. Explores the intersection of the “great departmental honors. May be repeated up to a total of 4 divides” of race, class, and gender. Through readings credits. Prerequisite: consent of the department chairper- from classical sociological theory to cutting-edge litera- son. (SS) ture we embark on a critical analysis of the causes and consequences of social stratification and social mobility Graduate Courses in Sociology in the United States and in a global context. Prerequisite The Master’s Program in Sociology prepares students to ANTH 1 or SSP 1. Johnson (SS) apply sociological and social psychological perspectives and methods to the analysis of social problems. SSP 375 (REL 375). The Christian Right in Grounded in a strong theoretical and substantive under- America (4) standing of social institutions, social relations, and social What do we know about the Christian Right? Who are policy, as well as in advanced research and computer they? What do they believe? Where do they come from? skills, students are prepared to be effective and experi- Seminar explores answers to such questions through a enced practitioners in the field of applied social research. focus on the history of the Christian Right as well as its Specialty areas include: policy studies (health, education, ideologies and beliefs, the people who are a part of it, family, diversity, substance abuse, delinquency); human and its evolving relationship to the American political communication (teamwork in organizations, interaction- system. Topics include some of the most divisive social al processes, mass communication, personal issues of our time: abortion, homosexuality, capital pun- relationships); and program evaluation. ishment, pornography, taxes, education, and the separation of church and state. Prerequisite: One 100- The program requires 30 hours of course work. Required level SSP course. Munson (SS) courses are: Advanced Research Methods; Statistics; Proseminar in Applied Social Theory; Advanced SSP 379. (AAS 379) Race and Class in America (4) Computer Applications; Research Practicum, either in an This course focuses on the ways in which race and class agency or firm in the community or with a faculty mem- intersect in the social, economic, and political structures ber; and three electives. All students take a comprehensive of American society. Through sociological literature, fic- exam. Students choose whether to write a thesis or to tion, non-fiction, film, and other media we will explore take an additional six credits of elective courses. the place of race and class in American society. We will examine how race and class operate on a personal, SSP 401. Proseminar in Applied Social Theory (3) “micro” level, while at the same time operating on a Explores influential sociological theory, the differences large-scale, “macro” level. Prerequisite: SSP 103, or con- between classical theoretical traditions, the main sent of instructor. Johnson (SS) strengths and weaknesses of such traditions. Emphasis is placed on understanding the uses of theory in research, SSP 391. Evaluation Research (4) and the implications of theoretical models when applied Application of social research methods of evaluation of to contemporary research and problems. Staff (SS) the effectiveness of social programs. Measurement, research design, criteria of effectiveness and decision SSP 402. Sociology of Cyberspace (3) making. Prerequisite: SR 111 or consent of department The course focus is on case-based discussion in the social chairperson. Herrenkohl (SS) psychology and sociology of the Internet and the World Wide Web. Questions of what it means to be an individ- SSP 392. Teamwork and Leadership (4) ual online, how relationships develop, the nature of This course focuses on how teams function in organiza- groups, democracy and power, and education are consid- tional settings, especially in business and industry. ered. Evaluation is based on short papers related to the Consideration is given to team dynamics and the style(s) cases and assigned readings, both in hard copy and of leadership needed to establish and lead teams. online. Rosenwein (SS) Emphasis is placed on both the internal workings of teams and on the external relationships that teams have SSP 411. Advanced Research Methods (3) in organizational settings. Research and theory are drawn Study of quantitative and qualitative methodologies, from a variety of perspectives and disciplines including measurement and research design issues at an advanced social psychology, sociology, and management. Case level. Specific methodologies include participant observa- studies from business and industry are examined. tion, survey/interview, laboratory or field methods, Herrenkohl (SS) content analysis, and focus groups. Prerequisite: SR 111 or equivalent. Staff (SS) SSP 393. Supervised Research (1-4) Conducting sociological or social psychological research SSP 413. Research Practicum (3-6) under the supervision of a faculty member. May be Supervised research, either with a faculty member or in a repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- community agency, designed to apply research skills to a ment chairperson. (SS) particular problem as defined by the faculty member or agency in collaboration with the student and supervising Sociology and Anthropology 381 instructor. Final paper should demonstrate theoretical SSP 461. Seminar in Sociology (1-4) understanding, proper application of methodology and Topics vary. (SS) data analysis, and results of the project. Staff (SS) SSP 470. Social Theory (3) fall SSP 414. Survey Research (3) Major trends in social science theory in historical con- Examination of survey methods, sample design, inter- text. Comparison of the major theoretical perspectives view design, training of survey personnel, data with an emphasis on underlying philosophy and the management and analysis. (SS) development of critical capacities in students. (SS) SSP 415. Case Studies of Social Control (3) SSP 471. Special Topics (1-3) Social control leads to social order and also generates Intensive study in an area of sociology that is appropriate social deviance. The processes involved in this dual pro- to the interests and needs of staff and students. (SS) duction are found in the formal institutions of society and in the informal patterns of interaction within SSP 472. Special Topics (1-3) Continuation of SSP 471. (SS) groups. Macro and micro level approaches are explored, especially in the drug and alcohol area. McIntosh (SS) SSP 473. (EDUC 473) Social Basis of Human SSP 416. (EDUC 416) Quasi-Experimentation Behavior (3) and Program Evaluation (3) Development of human behavior from a social psycho- logical perspective. Emphasis placed on the impact of Social science methods for non-laboratory settings. society upon school-age children and adolescents. (SS) Examination of quasi-experimental research designs, threats to validity, possible controls, and uses in social SSP 476. Issues in Health Policy Analysis (3) program evaluation. Non-mathematical presentation. Sociological analyses of health care and health care policy Knowledge of elementary statistics assumed. (SS) issues of current concern in American and other societies. SSP 452. Organizing, Community, and Power (4) Application of analytic frameworks to several majors issues such as organization and financing of services, effects of Seminar on grassroots and national social movement aging populations on needs, impact of new diseases and of organizing built around theories of social and political new technologies. Students will analyze selected health power. Specific topics to be covered include recruitment care problems faced by local communities. Lasker (SS) and media strategies, organizational models, the role of ideology, and movements in the political process. SSP 477. Advanced Computer Applications (3) spring Emphasis will be on practical, applied knowledge of help Uses of computers in social sciences, including data col- to practitioners. We will examine examples of both faith- lection, management, and analysis, simulations, and based and race-based organizing, as well as both liberal decision-making; includes weekly lab. (SS) and conservative social movements. Munson (SS) SSP 490. Master’s Thesis SSP 453. Urban Communities (3) SSP 492. Advanced Teamwork and Leadership (3) Reading of classical and contemporary urban theory and Examines the development and functioning of teams in community studies in sociology and anthropology. the workplace. Includes the purpose of teams, team Examination of patterns of social class, power, and social structure and process, team activities such as decision- change in urban settings, community organizing and making and problem-solving, the organizational context public policy aimed at addressing urban social problems, for teams, strategies for implementing teams, and styles and evaluation of community interventions. Lasker (SS) of effective team leadership. Research results and case SSP 454. Urban Education: Inequality and Public studies are examined. Students participate in illustrative Policy (3) team activities. Herrenkohl (SS) Social inequality is found throughout American Society SSP 495. Methods in Observation (3) but problems of inequality related to education have per- Naturalistic and participant observation in uncontrolled haps received more attention than those of any other field settings. Students will carry out a field project. contemporary social institution. Researchers, scholars, Tannenbaum (SS) journalists, social critics, and observers have studied, writ- ten, and talked about educational inequality to an enormous extent. Social service organizations, activists, Spanish policy-makers, legal professionals, and government offi- See listings under Modern Languages and Literature. cials have focused massive reform efforts and political agendas to tackle inequality in education. Many sociolo- gists have long viewed education not just as an arena of Special Education inequality but as the solution to the widespread inequali- ties they see reflected in society. Urban education has See listings under Education. been an especially complex and controversial subject of scrutiny in recent scholarly and popular debates. This Speech course will focus with a sociological perspective on urban education, inequality, and public policy in the contempo- See listings as Communication under Journalism and rary United States. The first portion of the course Communication. examines research and literature relevant to the contem- porary social problems of urban education and inequality. Statistics The second portion of the course will explore the role of public policy in perpetuating educational inequality, and See listing under mathematics. as a potentially promising solution to it. Johnson (SS) 382 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Supply Chain Management MKT 321 or Business to Business Marketing (3) MKT 348 Management of Marketing Program director. Robert J. Trent, Ph.D. (Michigan Channels (3) State) associate professor of management. IE 168 Production Analysis (3) Program faculty. Michael G. Kolchin, D.B.A. (Indiana) SCM 354 Integrated Logistics and C.P.M., chair, department of management and marketing; Transportation Management (3) Robert Kutchta, M.S. (New Jersey Institute of BUS 211 Integrated Product Development Technology) professor of practice in marketing; Teresa M. SCM 328 Pricing Concepts and Negotiations (3) McCarthy, Ph.D. (Tennessee); assistant professor of market- SCM 342 e-Business Enterprise Applications ing; Susan A. Sherer, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Kenan (3) (also cross-listed as BIS 342) Professor of Information Technology Management and pro- And an optional: gram director, business information systems; Kenneth P. SCM 373 Supply Chain Management Sinclair, Ph.D. (Massachusetts) chair, department of Internship (1-3) accounting; Gregory C. Tonkay, Ph.D. (Penn State) profes- sor of industrial and systems engineering; Todd A. Watkins, Undergraduate Courses Ph.D. (Harvard) associate professor of economics; Joseph C. SCM 309. Purchasing and Supply Management (3) Hartman, Ph.D. (Illinois) chair, department of industrial Negotiating, purchasing, supplier evaluation and selec- and systems engineering; Yuliang Yao, Ph.D. (Maryland) tion, international purchasing, cost/price analysis, assistant professor of business information systems. procurement information systems. Lectures, cases, and Success in today’s business environment is driven by electronic business applications. competitive advantage and profitability. Customer-focus, Mkt. 321. Business to Business Marketing (3) value added product differentiation and cost manage- Marketing products and services to other businesses. The ment are the elements associated with industry leaders. role of salespersons as consultants to business customers The Supply Chain Management undergraduate major at such as manufacturing firms, banks, advertising agencies, Lehigh University prepares students to understand and retailers and management advisory service firms. manage the processes that distinguish the successful Electronic business applications in customer relationship company from its competitors. management. Prerequisite: Mkt. 211. The Supply Chain Management major equips students with the knowledge, skills and abilities necessary for suc- SCM 328. Pricing Concepts and Negotiation (3) cess in the complex business environment of the 21st Examination of the components of price quotations and Century. This program: the behavioral foundations of the negotiation process. These concepts are exposed through both lectures and • Provides solid exposure to supply management, logis- simulations and include such topics as quantity discount tics, business-to-business marketing and operations analysis, fixed and variable cost analysis, experience management topics. curve, break-even point, negotiation planning, tactics, • Develops cross-functional team skills by integrating power, concepts of win-win and win-lose, behavioral Supply Chain Management students with engineering styles, cultural and gender differences, and individual students in the Integrated Product, Process and and team negotiations. Project (IPD) program. SCM 342 (BIS 342). e-Business Enterprise • Emphasizes advanced cost analysis, negotiation, quali- Applications (3) ty management and improvement, logistics network Introduction to the implications of key information modeling and e-business. technologies used within and across businesses to con- • Integrates core business courses with supply chain duct e-business. The course covers the functionality of major courses. various enterprise applications and their integration: cus- • Provides field study and experiential learning oppor- tomer relationship management, enterprise resource tunities in industry. planning, supply chain management, supplier relation- ship management, data warehousing and mining, Supply Chain Management graduates will be prepared to business intelligence, and product lifecycle management. enter industry at a level that accelerates their on-the-job Prerequisites: BIS 111 or consent of the instructor. learning and development. Supply Chain Management graduates typically work within four areas, each with its SCM 354. Integrated Logistics Transportation own set of positions and career paths: Management (3) purchasing and supply management A combined lecture, discussion, and experiential course designed to (1) expose students to the fundamentals of transportation and logistics logistics management and (2) apply course material operations management directly. For example, students will analyze a logistics sys- inventory management and control tem for a manufacturing or service firm to identify the cost-effective transportation and storage of raw materials, Supply Chain Management Program work-in-process inventory, and finished goods from and Courses point of origin to final consumer and the supporting information and decision support systems. Topics For specific course descriptions please see subject addressed include integrated logistics, logistical resources, area heading in this catalog. Check index for page logistics system design, and logistics administration. number. Students will read seminal and contemporary best-prac- tice logistics articles throughout the course. In addition Required Major Courses (21 hours) to addressing the logistics activities inherent in integrated SCM 309 Purchasing and Supply Management (3) Theatre 383 supply chain management, this course provides a field T. Lawson; Pamela Richey, M.F.A. (Montana); Elizabeth study/experiential learning opportunity. Lammer, M.F.A. (Cincinnati) Heather Hillhouse-Deans, Bus 211. Integrated Product Development M.F.A. (Missouri). Projects (3) spring Visiting professors. Chi Kit Ng, Minskoff Guest Artist, Business, engineering, and design students work in cross M.F.A. (Brandeis); Christina Keefe, Wolfston Guest disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on marketing, finan- Artist, M.F.A. (South Carolina). cial and economic planning, economic and technical Teaching fellow. Catherine Bachochin A.B.D. (Lehigh). feasibility of new product concepts. Team work on To study theatre is to examine its many internal disciplines. industrial projects with faculty advisors. Oral presenta- Acting and directing combine with design, technical the- tions and written reports. Prerequisite: Junior standing in atre, dramatic literature and theatre history to form the business, economics, arts or engineering. body of our art. Students may pursue general theatre stud- IE 168. Production Analysis (3) spring ies or focus on particular areas such as performance, design A course for the engineering student not majoring in or history and literature. They may major in theatre, minor industrial engineering. Engineering economy; applica- in theatre or participate strictly in our production program. tion of quantitative methods to facilities analysis and Students may even complete a minor in theatre from out- planning, operations planning and control, work meas- side the College of Arts and Sciences. urement and scheduling, and operating systems analysis. The bachelor of arts degree in theatre is granted after at Prerequisites: Math 23. least 48 credit hours of study. Because we believe that SCM 371. Directed Readings (1-3) undergraduate theatre education should be broad based Readings in various fields of supply chain management with an emphasis on diversity of experience, students are designed for the student who has a special interest in encouraged to take a variety of courses outside the major. some field of supply chain management not covered by Many students complete double majors. Those with the the regularly scheduled courses. Consent of the depart- talents and aspirations for a career in theatre have gone ment chair. May be repeated. to graduate schools offering intense, pre-professional training. Other majors who have not pursued a theatrical SCM 372. Special Topics (1-3) career have gone from our program directly into careers Special problems and issues in supply chain management in business, social services, sales. Theatre study is an for which no regularly scheduled course work exists. excellent preparation for vocations in which self presen- When offered as group study, coverage varies according tation is important, such as law. The problem solving, to interests of instructor and students. Consent of the analytical and interpersonal skills gained from this disci- department chair. May be repeated. pline are applicable across a wide range of careers. An SCM 373. Supply Chain Management Internship understanding and appreciation of the complex art of (1-3) summer the theatre will enrich a lifetime. A sponsoring faculty member shall direct readings, proj- The department’s active production program is curricular ects and other assignments including a comprehensive and promotes collaborative projects involving students, final report in conjunction with an industry sponsored faculty, staff and guest artists. Our large performance internship. The work experience itself, whether paid or facility is the Diamond Theater, a 300-seat thrust theatre unpaid, is not the basis for academic credit. Intellectual housed in the Zoellner Arts Center. The core of our work development in the context of a field study learning expe- in this space is dedicated to productions featuring prima- rience comparable to Bus 211 (Engr 211), Integrated rily student actors directed by faculty or guest artists. Product Development Projects, and Mgt 372, Special When possible, a highly qualified student may direct or Topics in Logistics, will be the determining factor in design in this space. In addition to our own productions, awarding academic credit. This course cannot be used to we regularly invite outside professional performers and satisfy requirements of the Supply Chain Management ensembles to work with us and perform. We also operate major. Consent of the department chair. Prerequisite: a lab theatre (Zoellner’s Black Box Theater) for student Junior standing in the College of Business and and faculty experimentation. The availability of valuable Economics and Supply Chain Management declaration. hands-on experience and the very close working relation- ships developed between students and faculty uniquely characterize the department of theatre. The department Technology, Interdisciplinary enjoys a special relationship with Bethlehem’s professional Courses theatre company, Touchstone Theatre. Performance and administrative internships with the company are available See listings under Science, Technology and Society. to qualified students and the department and Touchstone often collaborate on workshops and seminars. Theatre Students interested in designing a major or minor in the- atre should consult with the department chairperson. Professor. Jeffrey Milet, M.F.A. (Yale); Augustine Ripa, Experienced theatre students with questions regarding M.F.A. (Northwestern), chairperson; Pam Pepper, M.F.A. accurate placement in any theatre course should, like- (Ohio). wise, consult with the chairperson. Associate professors. Drew Francis, M.F.A. (Brandeis); Lehigh University is an accredited institution of the Erica Hoelscher, M.F.A. (Northwestern); Kashi Johnson, National Association of Schools of Theatre. M.F.A. (Pittsburgh). Adjunct professors. Jennie Gilrain, B.S. (Allegheny College), (Western Michigan), Professional Training (Jacques Lecoq International School of Theatre, Paris); E. Laura Hausmann, B.F.A. (Boston Conservatory); Erik 384 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Theatre Major executed. The student would enroll in two, four-credit Through the selection of appropriate electives, students independent study courses, one each senior semester. may concentrate their major in one of these areas: The Acting Sequence Acting/Directing Students with little or no prior acting experience should Design/Technical Theatre elect Theatre 11, Introduction to Acting, as their first Theatre History/Dramatic Literature course. Students with some prior acting experience should consult with the department chairperson for accu- General Theatre Studies rate placement and waiver of the Theatre 11 prerequisite. The major in theatre consists of 48 hours distributed as follows: Courses in Theatre THTR 1. Introduction to Theatre (4) Coursework required of all majors, 24 hrs Foundations of theatre: historical, literary and practical. THTR 60 Dramatic Action, (4) (HU) THTR 87 Scenography I, (4) THTR 11. Introduction to Acting (4) THTR 127 The Development of Theatre and Preparation for scene study and characterization. Drama from Ritual to Recommended for students with little or no prior experi- Renaissance (4) ence. (HU) THTR 128 The Development of Theatre and Drama from Renaissance to Theatre Production Courses: Theatre 20 through 47 Present (4) Theatre 20 through 47 are open to all undergraduates by THTR Acting, any appropriate level (4) permission and/or audition. These production-oriented the- THTR 315 Senior Study (0) atre courses combine classroom investigation with practical THTR Production, any two of the application in theatre department, music department and following three: Zoellner Arts Center productions. Unless otherwise noted, 67-Stagecraft (2), 68-Costume they may not be repeated for credit. construction (2), 69-Stage Electrics (2). THTR 20. Stage Technology and Production I (2) Production Requirement, 8 hrs Scenic construction materials and techniques. Scenic stag- ing theory, methods and practice. Production assignment Four courses from the following: THTR 20, 21, 22, 23, in construction and/or crew. Prerequisite: Department 25, 26, 27, 28, 30, 31, 35, 42, 45, 47, 175. Advanced permission. Not repeatable for added credit. (HU) courses may be substituted. THTR 21. Stage Technology and Production II (2) Electives, 16 hrs Theory, methods and practice for advanced or manageri- Four courses carefully selected with an advisor, emphasiz- al assignments in construction and/or run crew. ing depth or breadth of study. Prerequisite: Department permission and THTR 20. Recommended electives from other Can be repeated for credit. (HU) departments: THTR 22. Stage Properties and Decoration (2) Creating props and decor for the stage. Production The departments of art and architecture, English, mod- assignment as assistant property master. Prerequisite: ern languages and literature, music and others all offer Department permission. (HU) courses of value to a theatre major or minor. Consult with your advisor about enriching your academic career THTR 23. Basic Scene Painting (2) outside the theatre department. Painting for the stage. Production assignments painting with scenic artist. Prerequisite: Department permission. Theatre Minor (HU) The minor in theatre consists of at least 22 hours of THTR 25. Costume Technology & Production I (2) course work selected in consultation with a departmental Costume construction methods and materials. advisor. This includes at least five courses (18-20 hrs) Production assignment in construction or wardrobe. and two active semesters in theatre production totaling Prerequisite: Department permission. (HU) at least four credits. Fulfill the production requirement through THTR 67, Stagecraft (2), THTR 68, Costume THTR 26. Costume Technology & Production II (2) Construction (2) and/or THTR 69, Stage Electrics or Theory, methods and practice for advanced or managerial another approved production-oriented course. An assignments in construction and/or run crew. Prerequisite: approved minor in theatre will include some academic Department permission and THTR 25. (HU) diversity beyond a single curricular area. THTR 27. Lighting Technology & Production I (2) Departmental Honors Computerized lighting systems. Instrumentation and The exceptional student may elect to pursue departmen- lighting crew participation. Production assignment in tal honors in the senior year. This student must have a light board operation. Prerequisite: Department permis- GPA of 3.3 in all theatre courses presented for the major. sion. (HU) No later than the fall of the senior year the student, with THTR 28. Lighting Technology & Production II (2) faculty supervision, elects a special project in a particular Master Electrician assignment. Prerequisite: Department area of theatre. This may take the form of preparing to permission and THTR 27. (HU) direct a play, researching a role to be performed, prepar- THTR 30. Sound Technology & Production I (2) ing a design presentation or researching in an area of State of the art digital audio technology. Pre-production theatre scholarship in preparation for the writing of a sound assignments, recording, equipment. Production substantial report. In the next semester, usually the assignment in sound operation . Prerequisite: spring of the senior year, the report or project would be Department permission. (HU) Theatre 385

THTR 31. Sound Technology & Production II (2) THTR 87. (DES 87) Scenography I (4) Sound engineer assignment. Prerequisite: Department Introduction to the process of creating integrated designs permission and THTR 30. (HU) in theatre production. The study and practice of the THTR 35. Performance (2) principles of visual representation, historical and concep- Performing in a department-approved production. May tual research and the study of theatrical styles. (HU) be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Department permis- THTR 111. (DES 111) Sound Design (2) sion. (HU) Techniques, materials, and methods of designing sound THTR 42. Marketing and Publicity for the for theatrical production (HU) Theatre (2) THTR 127 (ENGL 127). The Development of Theory and practice of marketing and publicity for pro- Theatre and Drama from Ritual to Renaissance (4) ductions. Prerequisite: Department permission. (HU) Survey of Western theatre and dramatic literature from THTR 45. Stage Management (2) ritual origins to the Renaissance. (HU) Organization, scheduling, coordination of various produc- THTR 128 (ENGL 128). The Development of tion specialties. Production assignment as assistant stage Theatre and Drama from Renaissance to Present (4) manager. Prerequisite: Department permission. (HU) Survey of Western theatre and dramatic literature from THTR 47. House Management (2) the renaissance to the present. (HU) Front of house coordination, audience services, interface THTR 129. (WS 129) History of Fashion and with stage management and production team. Style (4) Production assignment as house manager. Prerequisite: Dress and culture in the Western Hemisphere from pre- Department permission. (HU) history to today. The evolution of silhouette, garment THTR 50. (DES 50) Stage Lighting (4) forms and technology. The relationship of fashion to An introduction to the art and practice of lighting design politics, art and behavior. Cultural and environmental for the stage. History of theatrical lighting design. (HU) influences on human adornment. (HU) THTR 54. (CLSS 54) Greek Tragedy (3) THTR 130. Drafting for the Theatre (4) Aspects of Greek theater and plays of Aeschylus, Theatre drafting techniques and conventions. Material, Sophocles, and Euripides in their social and intellectual methods and theory in stage graphics. Model building contexts. Pavlock (HU) techniques and practice. An introduction to computer drafting. (HU) THTR 56. Jazz Dance (2) Jazz dance styles and combinations. May be repeated for THTR 140 (AAS 140). African American credit. Prerequisite: fee. (HU) Theatre (4) Studies in African American theatre: literary, and practi- THTR 57. Modern Dance (2) cal and historical. May be repeated for credit. (HU) Modern dance styles and combinations. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: fee. (HU) THTR 144. Directing (4) Introduction to the theatrical director’s art. Research, THTR 58. (CLSS 58) Greek and Roman rehearsal techniques, scene work. Prerequisites: THTR 60, Comedy (3) Dramatic Action, and acting experience as determined by Study of comedy as a social form through plays of the department, or consent of chairperson. (HU) Aristophanes, Menander, Plautus, and Terence. Pavlock (HU) THTR 147. Characterization in Realism (4) Elements of characterization through scene study in real- THTR 60. (ENGL 60) Dramatic Action (4) istic drama. Prerequisite: THTR 11 or consent of How plays are put together; how they work and what instructor. (HU) they accomplish. Examination of how plot, character, aural and visual elements of production combine to form THTR 148. Characterization in Expressionism (4) a unified work across genre, styles and periods. Elements of characterization through scene study in Recommended as a foundation for further studies in expressionistic drama. Prerequisite: THTR 11 or consent design, literature, or performance. (HU) of instructor. (HU) THTR 67. Stagecraft (2) THTR 152. Stage Make-up (4) Stagecraft, rigging, problem solving, materials and tech- Theatrical make-up techniques for the actor and design- niques. Practical experience in executing scenery for the er. (HU) stage. (HU) THTR 154. (DES 154) Scene Painting(4) THTR 68. Costume Construction (2) Study and practice of basic and advanced methods of Techniques of sewing, pattern drafting and fitting. painting for the theatre. Includes basic elements and Practical experience in executing costumes for the principles of design, color theory, the influence of light, stage. (HU) atmosphere and aesthetics for the theatre. (HU) THTR 69. Stage Electrics (2) THTR 161. (Arch 161) Performing Arts Venue Theatre lighting techniques, equipment, materials, meth- Design and Technology (4) ods and theory. Practical experience in executing lighting Designing theatres. Theatre equipment systems and for the theatre. (HU) acoustics. Function and form. ((HU) THTR 77. Ballet (2) THTR 175. Special Projects (1-4) Classical ballet for beginners and those who have had Theatrical topics of current or special interest. Can be some training. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: repeated for credit. (HU) fee. (HU) 386 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

THTR 181. Theatre Management (4) THTR 318. (FREN 318) Drama in the Twentieth Concepts, techniques and practices related to managing Century (3) the theatrical enterprise. (HU) Contemporary French drama with an analysis of its ori- THTR 185. Production Seminar (1-4) gins and movements. Armstrong (HU) Practicum in various approaches to theatre production, THTR 328. (ENG 328). Shakespeare (4) e.g. performance ensemble. Prerequisite: audition, or con- An introduction to Shakespearean drama including sent of the chairperson. Can be repeated for credit. (HU) comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances. Emphasis THTR 187. (DES 187) Scenography II (4) on textual study, cultural contexts, and performance Includes beginning scene design, lighting design, and cos- strategies. Hawkes, Traister (HU) tume design principles and techniques. Introduction to THTR 347. Advanced Characterization in design history. Significant texts, scenographic design and Realism (4) media techniques in graphic and three-dimensional solu- A continuation of THTR 147 for the advanced acting tions. Introduction to drafting and mechanical perspective. student. Prerequisite: THTR 147. (HU) Prerequisite: THTR 87 or consent of instructor. (HU) THTR 348. Advanced Characterization in THTR 211 (Germ 211). Introduction to German Expressionism (4) Drama (4) A continuation of Theatre 148 for the advanced acting Drama as a literary genre; plays from various periods of student. Prerequisite: THTR 148. (HU) German literature. (HU) THTR 351. Advanced Special Projects (1-8) THTR 218 (Germ 218). Goethe’s “Faust” (4) Independent study in theatre. Prerequisite: consent of Study of Goethe’s play with an introduction to the Faust the chairperson. Can be repeated for credit. (HU) tradition. (HU) THTR 361. Research in Theatre Technology (1-4) THTR 236. Acting Presentational Styles (4) Solving technological problems in theatre. Application of Elements of characterization and scene study in presenta- new technologies. May be repeated for credit. tional dramatic literature from classical through post-modern periods. Prerequisite: 100-level acting Prerequisite: consent of chairperson. (HU) course, or consent of chairperson. (HU) THTR 387. (DES 387) Scenography IV (4) THTR 244. Acting Shakespeare (4) Advanced problem solving of non-traditional design Monologue, scene study and ensemble work from problems, experimental approaches and solutions, con- Shakespeare’s dramatic and poetic canon. Prerequisite: temporary issues in environmental design. Design 100-level acting course, or consent of chairperson. (HU) history focus on contemporary design trends and non- traditional history. Prerequisite: THTR 287 or THTR 245. Advanced Directing (4) permission. (HU) Continuation of Theatre 144. The director’s voice. Supervised practical experience. Prerequisite: THTR 144. (HU) Urban Studies THTR 253. Scene Painting II (4) Urban Studies Committee. David Curtis Amidon, Jr., Applied advanced scene painting methods for the the- M.A. (Penn State), associate professor of urban studies and atre. Shop management for the scenic artist. director, urban studies program; Frank T. Colon, Ph.D. Collaboration with designers and stage technology. (Pittsburgh), professor of political science; Thomas J. Prerequisite: THTR 153. (HU) Hyclak, Ph.D. (Notre Dame), professor of economics and chair; Roger D. Simon, Ph.D. (Wisconsin), professor of THTR 260. Design Practicum (1-4) history; J. Bruce Thomas, Ph.D. (Berkeley), associate pro- Scenic, costume, lighting or sound design for the theatre. fessor of architecture; Ivan Zaknic, M.Arch. and Urban Realized design production assignments and portfolio building. Collaboration, process and presentation. Planning (Princeton), professor of architecture. Prerequisite: Any 200-level design course. Repeatable for This is an interdepartmental major program intended for credit. (HU) students who seek a broad background in the social sci- ences and for those with career interests in such fields as THTR 271. Playwriting (4) business or law, and such specialized areas as city man- The art and practice of writing plays for the stage. (HU) agement, architecture and urban planning, human THTR 275. Internship (1-4) relations, and the helping professions. Professionally supervised work in theatres and theatrical Instruction focuses on the process of urbanization, the organizations in the areas of performance, design, techni- problems and opportunities arising therefrom, the rela- cal theatre, theatre administration and management. tionship between cities and economic growth, and public May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of policies relating to cities. chairperson. (ND) A minimum of 37 credit hours is required, apportioned THTR 287. (DES 287) Scenography III (4) among two levels of study. Substitutions are possible Includes advanced scene design, lighting design, and cos- with approval of the director, who advises all those with tume design principles and techniques. Design history majors and minors in urban studies. The director’s office projects in specific periods. Complex design problems of is located at 232 Chandler-Ullmann Hall. traditional texts. Emphasis on color and color theory. Prerequisite: THTR 187 or permission. (HU) Undergraduate Major THTR 315. Senior Study (0) I. required preliminary courses (12 credit hours) Seminar for senior theatre majors. Enhancement of cur- US 61 The Study of Urbanization (4) rent theatre studies while preparing for further theatre US 62 Contemporary Urban Issues (4) studies or activity. (ND) Women’s Studies 387 one of the following research methods courses US 88. The Lost World of Protestant America (3) ECO 145 Statistical Methods (4) Decline of the once-dominant American cultural group MATH 12 Basic Statistics (4) in relative size, self-confidence, cohesiveness, and reli- gious conviction. Myth and reality in the work of such II. elective courses (25 credit hours) figures as Horatio Alger, Zane Grey, Norman Rockwell, Any course may be elected from among the following: and Walt Disney. Individualism, communalism, and ECO 312 Urban Economics (3) constitutional conflict. Seminar format with limited POLS 377 Urban Politics (3-4) enrollment. Amidon (SS) POLS 360 Public Administration (3-4) US 125. American Ethnic Groups (4) fall HIST 333 American City to 1900 (3-4) Immigration to the United States; patterns of conflict HIST 334 American Urban History (3-4) and accommodation; emphasis on recent confrontations US 363 Philadelphia: Development in New York and Los Angeles. Amidon (SS) of a Metropolis (4) US 363. Philadelphia: Development of a Up to two Architectural History courses numbered 100 Metropolis (4) fall or higher. Philadelphia as an experiment in the deliberate creation Up to two courses may be elected from among the fol- of a new community; the rise and fall of the Protestant lowing: elite; immigration, industrialization, and vigorous ECO 354 Public Finance: State and Local (3) growth, 1681-1929; liberalism and the collapse of a great POLS 331 Community Politics Internship (3-4) city. Amidon (SS) HIST 326 Social Class in American History (4) US 371, 372. Special Topics (1-8) US 125 American Ethnic Groups (4) A seminar on a topic of special interest in urban studies. US 371/372 Special Topics (1-8) Prerequisite: consent of the program director. (SS) Participants in off-campus programs, such as the Philadelphia or Washington semesters, may receive credit for up to three elective courses, depending upon the con- Women s Studies tent of those courses, but they must also complete at Professors. Marie-Helene Chabut, Ph.D. (U.C., San least four courses in the first group of electives above. Diego), professor of French; Alexander M. Doty, Ph.D. Urban studies minor. The minor consists of US 61 and (Illinois), professor of English; Jan S. Fergus, Ph.D. four or five additional courses from an approved list for a (CUNY), professor of English; Elizabeth N. Fifer, Ph.D. total of 18 credit hours. (Michigan), professor of English; Edward J. Gallagher, Ph.D. (Notre Dame), professor of English; Lucy C. Gans, Undergraduate Courses M.F.A. (Pratt), professor of art and architecture; Diane T. US 61. The Study of Urbanization (4) spring, Hyland, Ph.D. (Syracuse), professor of psychology; Judith 2006 N. Lasker, Ph.D. (Harvard), professor of sociology and Introduction to the study of cities. Emphasis on sources anthropology; Laura Katz Olson, Ph.D. (Colorado), pro- of economic vitality, especially entrepreneurialism, and fessor of political science; C. Robert Phillips, Ph.D. on causes of social and material decay. Amidon (SS) (Brown), professor of history; Laurence J. Silberstein, Ph.D. (Brandeis), Philip & Muriel Berman Professor of US 62. Contemporary Urban Issues (4) spring, Jewish Studies and professor of religion studies; Jean R. 2007 Soderlund, Ph.D. (Temple), professor of history; Lloyd H. Analysis of problems, typically including planning, hous- Steffen, Ph.D. (Brown), University Chaplain and professor ing, crime, and racial conflict, with strong emphasis on of religion studies; Hannah W. Stewart-Gambino, Ph.D. 20th-century New York City. Amidon (SS) (Duke) professor of Political Science; Nicola B. US 75. Culture Wars (4) every semester Tannenbaum, Ph.D. (Iowa), professor of sociology and Conservative perspectives on the most divisive issues in anthropology; Lenore E. Chava Weissler, Ph.D. American life today including, among others, race, (Pennsylvania), Philip and Muriel Berman Chair of Jewish crime, homelessness, family life, feminist and gay/lesbian Civilization and professor of religion studies. agendas, and the role of government in the economy. Associate professors. Constance A. Cook, Ph.D., (U.C., Political bias in the media and the academy. Extensive Berkeley) associate professor of modern languages and liter- analysis of feature films. Amidon (SS) ature; Gail A. Cooper, Ph.D. (U.C., Santa Barbara), US 81. Americans from Italy (3) associate professor of history; Robin S. Dillon, Ph.D. The immigrant generation seen through autobiographies (Pittsburgh), associate professor of philosophy; Erica and fiction. Attitudes of and toward Italo-Americans in Hoelscher, M.F.A (Northwestern) associate professor of recent times, especially as reflected in feature films and theatre; Jackie Krasas-Rogers, Ph.D. (U. Southern in politics. Struggles to preserve traditional values. California, LA) associate professor of sociology and anthro- Amidon (SS) pology, director of women’s studies; Ageliki Nicolopoulou, PhD. (U.C., Berkeley), associate professor of psychology; US 85. American Jews: Politics and Culture (3) John Pettegrew, Ph.D. (Wisconsin, Madison), associate spring professor of history; Jill E. Schneider, Ph.D. (Wesleyan), Jewish influences on American higher education and associate professor of biological sciences. popular culture, with special attention to the movie Assistant professors. Dawn Keetley, Ph.D., (Wisconsin, industry. Sources of Jewish liberalism and leftism. Neo- Madison), assistant professor of English, Women’s Studies, conservatism and other adjustments to the wielding of and American Studies; Monica Najar, Ph.D., serious power in American life. Mutual hostilities (Wisconsin), assistant professor of history. between secularized Jews and Orthodox Jewry, conserva- tive Catholics, evangelical Christians, and The minor in Women’s Studies engages students in the African-Americans. Jewish roles in party politics and study of two interrelated subjects. The first is an exami- journalism. Amidon (SS) nation of the cultural, historical, and social experiences 388 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 and contributions of women. The second is an explo- WS 124/HIST 124 Women in America (4) ration of gender (the social construction of differential WS 128/SSP 128 Race, Gender and Work (4) identity for males and females) and of the ways in which WS 129/THTR 129 History of Fashion and Style (4) gender distinctions shape human consciousness and WS 130/ECO 130 Economics of Race and Gender (2) human society. WS 138/REL 138 Women in Jewish History (4) Nearly all academic disciplines have defined human nature WS 145/AAS 145 African American Women and significant achievement in terms of male experience Writers (4) and have underestimated the impact of gender on social WS 152/CLSS 152/ HIST 152 structures and human lives. By contrast, Women’s Studies Women in Antiquity (4) courses attend to women’s diverse experiences and perspec- WS 153/HIST 153 Women in European History, tives and acknowledge the critical significance of gender. 1500-Present (4) By shifting the focus to women and gender, Women’s WS 158/REL 158 Sex and Gender in Judaism: Studies seeks to provide an alternative paradigm for The Feminist Critique (4) understanding human experience. Students in Women’s WS 179/POLS 179 Politics of Women (4) Studies courses are encouraged to reevaluate traditional assumptions about human beings, human knowledge, and WS 184/REL 184 Religion, Gender, and Power (4) human culture and society, and to explore non-sexist alter- WS 226/PHIL 226 Feminism and Philosophy (4) natives for a more fully human social order. WS 310/SSP 310/ AAS 310 Gender, Race and Sexuality: The The Women’s Studies Program has several major goals: to Social Construction of expand students’ understanding of women’s present status Differences (4) and rich history; to stimulate a critical examination of the impact of gender roles and stereotypes on social structures WS 311/ENGL 311 Literature of Women (4) and individual lives; to evaluate proposals for alternative WS 318/PSYCH 318 Seminar in Gender and Psychology (4) arrangements; and to connect issues addressed in the WS 325/HIST 325/ SSP 325 classroom with those raised in personal, political, and cul- History of Sexuality and the tural contexts. The program challenges students to think Family in the U.S. (3-4) beyond the boundaries of traditional gender roles, tradi- WS 326/SPAN 326 Traditions and Resistance: tional disciplines, and established institutions. In the best Women Writers of Latin America (4) tradition of a liberal arts education, Women’s Studies WS 327/FREN 327Women Writing in French (4) encourages women and men to think critically and con- WS 341/SOC 341 Women and Health (4) structively, to redesign knowledge, and to gain a better WS 342/POLS. Gender and Third World understanding of themselves and their world. Development The minor in Women’s Studies consists of a minimum WS 351/SOC 351 Gender and Social Change (4) of 18 credit hours. Students pursuing the minor are WS 364/SOC 364 Sociology of the Family (4) required to take the introductory course (WS 101) and WS 91, 191, 272 Special Topics (1-4) one upper-level course from among those concerned 291, 371, 381, with the theory and practice of Women’s Studies. The 382, 391, 392 remaining courses must include at least one course in the In addition, new courses may be offered annually. Students arts and humanities and one course in the natural and should check with the director for an updated list. social sciences. Students arrange their program in consul- tation with the program director. Undergraduate Courses in Women s Required courses (6 credit hours) Studies WS 101 Introduction to Women’s Studies (4) Description of Required Courses (6 credit hours) And one of the following WS 101. Introduction to Women’s Studies (4) WS 271 Independent Reading and Research Placing women’s experience at the center of analysis, the (1-4) course introduces students to the key concepts, theoreti- WS 330 Internship in Women’s Studies (3) cal frameworks, and interdisciplinary research in the field WS 350 Senior Seminar (3) of Women’s Studies. Examines how gender interacts with WS 373 Internship in Women’s Studies (1-3) race, age, class, etc., to shape human consciousness and Elective Courses (12 credit hours) determine the social organization of human society. (HU) WS 8/REL 8 Prehistoric Religion, Art and WS 271. Independent Reading and Research (1-4) Technology (4) Independent study of selected topics designated and exe- WS 41/SR 41 Human Sexuality (4) cuted in close collaboration with a member of Women’s WS 42/SR 42 Sexual Minorities(4) Studies faculty. Students taking this course as a require- WS 73/ASIA 73/ ment for the minor must elect at least the three-credit MLL 73 Film, Fiction, & Gender in option. May be repeated for elective credit. Prerequisite: Modern China (4) consent of program director. (SS/HU) WS 117/ WS 330. Internship in Women’s Studies (3) HIST 117 Women, Science and Supervised work in women’s organizations or settings, Technology (4) combined with an analysis, in the form of a major paper, WS 121/ of the experience using the critical perspectives gained in ART 121 Women in Art (3) Women’s Studies courses. Placements arranged to suit WS 123/ individual interests and career goals; can include social ANTH 123 Cultural Construction of service agencies, women’s advocacy groups, political organ- Gender (4) izations, etc. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: WS 101 and consent of program director. (SS) Women’s Studies 389

WS 350. Senior Seminar (3) WS 117. (HIST 117) Women, Science and An upper-level seminar that challenges students to system- Technology (4) atize insights gained from introductory and elective courses Explores the impact of technology and science on by applying the interdisciplinary methodology of Women’s women’s social roles, and the contribution of women Studies to a focused topic. Subject matter varies semester to engineers and scientists to their disciplines. Will focus on semester. Offered by Women’s Studies faculty on a rotating the American experience. Among the topics discussed are basis. May be repeated for elective credit. Prerequisite: WS invention, design, laboratory research, education, engi- 101, or consent of program director. (SS) neering professionalism, labor force participation, office WS 373. Internship in Women’s Studies (1-3) mechanization, household appliances, virtual spaces, Supervised work in the Women’s Studies Center allows childcare and reproduction. Cooper (SS) students to bring critical perspectives on women and WS 121. (ART 121) Women in Art (3) gender into the campus community. Students who wish Women artists from Renaissance to present. Attitudes to fulfill the internship requirement of the Women’s toward women artists and their work; changing role of Studies minor must take the Women’s Center internship women in art world. Visits to museums and artists’ studios. for 3 credits. This course may be repeated for credit up May be repeated for credit, as topic varies. Gans (HU) to a maximum of 6 credits. Prerequisites: WS 101 and consent of Women’s Center director. (SS) WS 123. (ANTH 123) Cultural Construction of Gender (4) Undergraduate Elective Courses in Comparative study of the meanings and social roles asso- Women s Studies ciated with gender. Psychological, symbolic, and cultural Description of Elective Courses (12 credit hours) approaches. Tannenbaum (SS) WS 8. (REL 8) Prehistoric Religion, Art and WS 124. (HIST 124) Women in America (4) Roles of women in American society from colonial to Technology (4) present times; attitudes toward women, female sexuality, Origins and early development of religions, with focus women’s work, and feminism. Cooper, Najar (SS) on interactions of religion, art, and technology in the Paleolithic and Neolithic periods. Special attention to WS 128/SSP 128 Race, Gender and Work (4) the emergence of patriarchal social forms and the figure Race, Gender and Work is a class designed to help stu- of the goddess. Interdisciplinary methods with a consid- dents understand racial and gender inequalities as they eration of feminist theories of cultural development. relate specifically to work and employment. We explore Girardot (HU) the origins and histories of inequalities, the ways in which inequalities persist and/or change today, and what WS 41. (SR 41) Human Sexuality (4) steps might be taken toward creating a more equal socie- Sexuality and gender roles across the life cycle, including ty. Krasas-Rogers (SS) human reproduction, decision-making, and the societal regulation of sexual behavior. (ND) WS 129/THTR 129History of Fashion and Style (4) Dress and culture in the Western Hemisphere from pre- WS 42. (SR 42) Sexual Minorities (4) history to today. The evolution of silhouette, garment How minority sexual identities have been the subject of forms and technology. The relationship of fashion to speculation, misunderstanding, and sometimes violent politics, art and behavior. Cultural and environmental attempts at correction or elimination. Sexual orientation, influences on human adornment. (HU) gender role, including transvestism and “drag”, transsex- ualism, sexism, heterosexism, and homophobia. WS 138. (REL 138) Women in Jewish History (4) Emphasis on critical thinking, guest speakers, and dis- Contributions of, and limitations on, women at different cussions. (SS) stages of Jewish history, using both primary sources and secondary material. Experience of modern Jewish WS 73 (ASIA 73, MLL 73) Film, Fiction, and women, and the contemporary feminist critique of tradi- Gender in Modern China (4) tional gender roles. Weissler (HU) Twentieth century Chinese film and fiction reflect the conflict between male and female traditional and “mod- WS 145. (AAS 145) African American Women ern” identities. Students will focus on the issue of the Writers (4) emergence of the individual out of communal culture Literature by African American women writers with a focus and link it to the struggle to redefine the roles of men on the experiences and images of black women in the U.S. and women in a changing society as depicted by writers Explores the written portraits and voices of 20th century and filmmakers from the 1930s up to the present. One black female novelists and poets, including Hurston, Petry, topic of discussion will be narrative techniques used to Morrison, Angelou, and Walker. Levy (HU) reflect the conflict between self and state or other social WS 152. (CLSS 152, HIST 152) Women in conflict. Examples include the manipulation of time, point of view, ideological symbolism, violence and melo- Antiquity (4) drama. Students will compare the common motifs of the Interdisciplinary study of women in Greece and Rome. oppressed female and impotent male used by modern Literary archaeological and historical evidence and writers/filmmakers in pre-modern settings. Awareness of approaches. Cross-cultural material. Phillips (HU) censorship, funding, and cultural differences is also part WS 153. (HIST 153) Women in European of reading these artistic works. The class is conducted in History, 1500-present (4) English with English language materials. Cook (HU) Examines the position of women in Europe since the Renaissance. Particular attention to changing concep- tions of women and their roles in society, the evolution of “women’s work”, the origins, growth and impact of feminism, and gender distinction as reflected in law, pol- 390 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006 itics, popular culture, and leisure. Not open to students WS 326. (SPAN 326) Tradition and Resistance: who have taken WS 353/HIST 353. (SS) Women Writers of Latin America (4) WS 158. (REL 158) Sex and Gender in Judaism: Study of poetry and narrative works by Latin American The Feminist Critique (4) women writers. Authors include Rosario Ferr, Rosario Writings by Jewish feminists reflecting the encounter Castellanos, Elena Poniatowska, Cristina Peri Rossi, among between Judaism and feminism: prayer and ritual, others. Prerequisite: Spanish 152 or equivalent. (HU) women rabbis, God and God language, communal WS 327. (FREN 327) Women Writing in French (4) power, and marriage and divorce. Silberstein (HU) Reading and discussion of works written by women in th th WS 179. (POLS 179) Politics of Women (4) French. The emphasis is on 19 and 20 Century writ- Major social and political issues relating to the role of ers, such as G. Sand, Colette, S. de Beauvoir, M. Duras, women in American society. Study of other countries Andree Chedid. Chabut (HU) will be included for comparative analysis. Olson (SS) WS 341. (SSP 341) Women and Health (4) WS 184. (REL 184) Religion, Gender and Power (4) Relationships of women to the medical system. Influence Gender differences as one of the basic legitimations for of medicine on women’s lives and the impact of the the unequal distribution of power in Western society. women’s movement on health care. Prerequisite: Any one Feminist critiques of the basic social structures, cultural of ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 5, or SSP 21, forms, and hierarchies of power within religious commu- or department permission. Lasker (SS) nities, and the ways in which religious groups have WS 342. (POLS 342) Gender and Third World responded. Silberstein (HU) Development (4) WS 226. (PHIL 226) Feminism and Philosophy (4) Focus on gender implications of contemporary strategies Analysis of the nature, sources and consequences of the for economic growth, neo-liberal development models, oppression and exploitation of women, and justification and mainstream methodologies for field research in of strategies for liberation. Topics include women’s Third-World countries. Emphasis on multiple writing nature and human nature, sexism, femininity, sexuality, assignments, group and individual projects on specific reproduction, mothering. Prerequisite: one previous regions and countries, and rigorous research/critical course in philosophy or women’s studies. Dillon (HU) skills. Prerequisite: POLS 3. Stewart-Gambino (SS) WS 310. (SSP 310, AAS 310) Gender, Race and WS 351. (SSP 351) Gender and Social Change (4) Sexuality: The Social Construction of Differences (4) Changes in gender roles from social psychological and This course will provide the student with an opportunity structural perspectives. Comparative analyses of men and to engage current debates about the meaning and use of women (including people of color) in the social struc- racial and sexual classification systems in society. Using a ture; their attitudes and orientations toward work, multidisciplinary approach, we will examine the histori- family, education, and politics. Prerequisite: Any one of cal and sociological contexts in which specific theories of ANTH 1, ANTH 11, ANTH 12, SSP 5, or SSP 21, or racial and sexual differences emerged in the U.S. department permission. (SS) Additionally, we will explore the ways in which changes WS 364. (SSP 364) Sociology of the Family (4) in the images have implications on the role racial, gender Sociological analysis of families in the United States, and sexual identity plays in our understanding of the including investigations of historical and contemporary relationship between difference and inequality. patterns. Issues addressed include parenting, combining Prerequisite: SSP 103 or department permission. (SS) work and family, divorce and remarriage, family policies. WS 311. (ENGL 311) Literature of Women (4) ANTH 363 recommended in conjunction with this Women’s works about women: is literary creativity gen- course. Prerequisite: Any one of ANTH 1, ANTH 11, der-identified? Are there specifically “feminine” subjects ANTH 12, SSP 5, SSP 21, or department permission. or themes? Besides re-reading some familiar fiction, (SS) drama, and poems, introduction to contemporary and WS 91, 191, 272, 291, 371, 381, 382, 391, 392. often experimental works by less famous writers. (HU) Special Topics (1-4) WS 318. (PSYCH 318) Seminar in Gender and Intensive study of a topic of special interest not covered Psychology (4) in other courses. May be cross-listed with relevant offer- Gender as shaped by psychological and social psychologi- ings in major department or other programs. May be cal processes. Socialization, communication and power, repeated for credit as topic varies. Prerequisite: consent gender stereotypes, methodological issues in sex differ- of program director. (ND) ences research. Prerequisite: PSYCH 210 completed or concurrent or permission of instructor. Hyland (SS) WS 325. (HIST 325, SSP 325) History of Sexuality and the Family in the U.S. (3-4) Changing conceptions of sexuality and the role of women, men, and children in the family and society from the colonial to the post-World War II era. Emphasis on the significance of socio-economic class and cultural background. Topics include family structure, birth control, legal constraints, marriage, divorce, and prostitution. Najar (SS) An Overview from Past and Present 391

VI. An Overview from Past and Present

Lehigh University is independent, nondenominational, History and Purpose and coeducational. The principal author of the brief history of Lehigh Founded in 1865 as a predominantly technical four-year University that follows, Dr. W. Ross Yates, holds the bachelor school, the university now has approximately 4,650 of arts and master of arts degrees from the University of undergraduates within its three major units—the College Oregon, in his native state. He received the doctor of philos- of Arts and Sciences, the College of Business and ophy degree from Yale University and studied in France on a Economics, and the College of Engineering and Applied Fulbright Scholarship. He joined the Lehigh staff in 1955 Science—and approximately 2,000 students enrolled in and served as dean of the College of Arts and Science from graduate programs offered through the graduate schools 1963 to 1972. Today he is professor emeritus of government, in these colleges and in the College of Education. There and lives in Oregon. are undergraduates from nearly every state and U.S. ter- When the sound of the last cannon of the Civil War died ritory and more than 40 foreign nations. away, statesmen, educators, and industrial pioneers mar- The university is primarily situated on the Asa Packer shalled the victorious forces of the North and turned their Campus on the north slope of South Mountain over- attention to education. They wanted to increase the num- looking Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. Sayre Park, the ber of trained scientists, engineers, and other skilled people wooded refuge located toward the top of the mountain, so they could transform the vast natural resources of the is the setting for many living groups. The residences are country into a strong and independent national economy. reached via winding private roads. Many residential Asa Packer was one of the industrial pioneers. He built the units on campus command a panoramic view of the Lehigh Valley Railroad and controlled a coal-mining Lehigh Valley. The Appalachians are visible to the west, empire in the mountains of eastern Pennsylvania. He knew, with an especially good view from The Lookout on the as did many others, that a strong national economy Packer Campus. Both the tower and dining room in depended on more than technical skills. It needed above all Iacocca Hall on the Mountaintop Campus afford people broadly educated in the liberal arts and sciences— panoramic views of the Lehigh Valley. The campus at its people who could combine practical skills with informed highest point is 971 feet above sea level. judgments and strong moral self-discipline. He kept this in mind when founding and endowing Lehigh University. A substantial portion of the upper level of Lehigh’s cam- The site that Packer chose for his university was a rail- pus is maintained as a nature preserve. The preserve road junction across the Lehigh River from Bethlehem, a supports deer, squirrels, chipmunks, raccoons, wild community founded in 1741 by Moravian missionaries. turkeys and other birds. William Bacon Stevens, Episcopal bishop of the Diocese Besides the Asa Packer Campus, the university has exten- of Pennsylvania and the first president of the university’s sive athletic fields and facilities on the Murray H. board of trustees, in 1869 described the origin of the Goodman Campus, two miles to the south in Saucon university as follows: Valley. The university acquired the Mountaintop Campus “In the fall of 1864 an interview was requested of me by at the end of 1986. It links the Asa Packer and Murray the Hon. Asa Packer, of Mauch Chunk (now Jim H. Goodman campuses and brings total land holdings in Thorpe), Pa. He came to my house in Philadelphia, and Bethlehem to 1,600 acres, nearly double the former total. said that he had long contemplated doing something for The board of trustees and university officers have estab- the benefit of his State, and especially of the Lehigh lished and enforce policies designed to preserve Lehigh’s Valley. From that valley he said he had derived much of natural beauty. It is their contention that the environ- the wealth which GOD had given to him, and to the ment in which the young adult university student best interests of that valley he wished to devote a portion pursues knowledge can make the total educational expe- of it in the founding of some educational institution, for rience more meaningful, and that the ideal environment the intellectual and moral improvement of the young is separate and unique from the distractions of the men of that region. nonacademic community. “After conversing with him a little while, and drawing There are approximately 400 members of the faculty, out his large and liberal views, I asked him how much money he purposed to set aside for this institution, when teaching a total of more than 2,000 course titles (not all he quietly answered that he deigned to give $500,000. of which are offered every semester). Among faculty At the time of this interview no one in this country, it is members who are tenured and to whom the university believed, had offered in a single sum such an endowment has a permanent commitment, nearly all hold the doc- for a literary institution. It was the noblest offering torate degree (typically Ph.D. or Sc.D.). which an American had ever laid on the altar of learning, In total, there are more than 2,000 employees of the uni- and more than equaled many royal donations which versity, making it the second-largest employer in the have carried down the names of kings as patrons of community. European universities. “Filled with profound emotions at the mention of such a gift for such an object, I asked the noble donor what specific plans he had dreamed in his own mind in refer- ence to it. His reply was, “I am not much acquainted with these matters, but you are, and I want you if you will to devise a plan which I can put into effective opera- tion.’ I told him that I would make the attempt. I did so. I drew up the outline sketch of such an institution as 392 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

I thought would give the largest results for the means into the work of nation-building. And, having received, used, and submitted it in a few weeks to his inspection. they gave to perpetuate Lehigh’s work of service. “He examined it with the practical judgment and business Today, Lehigh University still adheres to Asa Packer’s habits with which he deals with all great questions, and goal of a liberal and scientific education for practical adopted the scheme as the basis of his future university. service. Faculty and students work to maintain high “The first meeting of the Board of Trustees, selected by quality in instructional programs. Generous support Judge Packer, met at the “Sun Hotel,” in Bethlehem, July from individuals, foundations, industry, and government 27th, 1865, and began to organize the work before them.” help Lehigh to retain high quality of education and fac- The trustees followed several principles in setting up the ulty while keeping tuition as low as possible. (Tuition university. One was that of combining scientific and covers only a part of the cost of a Lehigh education.) classical education. They considered both to be practical. Presidents of the University The principle carried forward an ideal of the great 17th- Century Moravian educator, John Amos Comenius. A The presidents of Lehigh University are described and motto taken from the works of Francis Bacon was used their achievements cited in the following paragraphs. The to summarize this principle, namely, Homo minister et years in parentheses are those served in the presidency. interpres naturae—man, the servant and interpreter of Henry Coppee (1866-1875). Coppee served as a railroad nature, to use a free translation. That motto lives on at engineer in Georgia, a captain in the Army during the Lehigh, being an element in the university seal. Mexican War, and taught at West Point and at the The trustees chose as first president a man whose educa- University of Pennsylvania before becoming first presi- tion and habits expressed this principle, Henry Coppee. dent in 1866. They established five schools, including a school of gen- Much building was done on the new university campus. A eral literature in addition to four scientific schools of, Moravian church on Packer Avenue was remodeled into respectively, civil engineering, mechanical engineering, Christmas Hall; a house for the president was erected on mining and metallurgy, and analytical chemistry. campus; and Packer Hall, the university center, was built. Another principle upon which the trustees insisted was Coppee lectured in history, logic, rhetoric, political econ- that of keeping the size of the student body proportion- omy, and Shakespeare. ate to the abilities of the faculty to teach them well. The university would admit only as many freshmen each year John McDowell Leavitt (1875-1880). Leavitt was an as it could be assured of providing with the highest qual- Episcopal clergyman who graduated from Jefferson ity of education. In the 19th century the total College and taught at Kenyon College and Ohio enrollment never exceeded several hundred students; the University. During his incumbency, the university was size has increased significantly in recent decades, along divided into two schools, General Literature and with the number of faculty members. Technology. As of 1876, a student could receive two The trustees also insisted that Lehigh was to be nonde- engineering degrees by taking a longer course, and nominational and would have an admission policy based beginning in 1877 the master of arts, doctor of philoso- on merit. Competitive examinations were held for appli- phy, and doctor of science degrees were established. cants for admission. From 1871 to 1891 no tuition was Linderman Library rotunda was completed in 1877. Asa charged, but the national financial crisis at the turn of Packer died in May, 1879, and Founder’s Day was held the century decimated the value of the Lehigh Valley in his honor the following October. Railroad stock that Packer had given to Lehigh, which was the principal source of income. Robert Alexander Lamberton (1880-1893). Lamberton, a graduate of Dickinson College, practiced law in At first the student body was entirely male. The contem- Harrisburg, Pa., and was a university trustee when asked porary ideological climate would permit nothing else. to become president. During his administration, stu- But around 1916, women were admitted to graduate dents and the community witnessed the first Mustard programs. In 1971, the university opened its undergrad- and Cheese dramatic presentation. uate program to them as well. Today men and women applicants are considered on an equal basis. A gymnasium (now Coppee Hall) was erected, and From the first, the students were serious-minded. In Chandler Chemistry Laboratory was built, now known 1924, Catherine Drinker Bowen, daughter of president as Chandler-Ullmann Hall. Lehigh was also building its Drinker and later a famous biographer, published a brief reputation for academic excellence; the mechanical engi- History of Lehigh University, in which she commented: neering department was established in 1881 and the Lehigh chapter of Phi Beta Kappa was founded in 1887. “Ask any college professor which brand of boy he would prefer to teach, the cigarette brand or the flannel shirt Thomas Messinger Drown (1895-1904). Drown studied variety. Right here we offer ten to one the flannel shirts. . medicine at the University of Pennsylvania and went . Lehigh still holds to the emblem of the flannel shirt— abroad to study chemistry. Thereafter he was professor of long may it wave! Engineers come to college to work. A chemistry at Lafayette College. In 1895 he assumed the writer in the Syracuse Post in 1895 spoke truthfully presidency of Lehigh and was greatly interested in fur- when he said, ‘From the first, Lehigh’s characteristic has thering the university’s development as a technical school. been her earnestness. It is the boast of her graduates, the His first years were difficult ones because the Panic of 1893 inspiration of her students. Men go there to learn to take decimated the university’s stock holdings in the Lehigh a useful part in the economy of life.’ ” Valley Railroad. Nevertheless, Lehigh managed to grow in The university community was constantly infused with enrollment, academics, and in physical plant. Williams new faculty and students determined to renew and Hall was completed. The curriculum leading to a degree in rework the original principles in the light of changing arts and engineering was established, as was the depart- times. The students’ ambition and zeal bore fruit; as ment of zoology and biology. New curricula were adopted alumni they carried the university’s educational goals in metallurgical engineering, geology, and physics. An Overview from Past and Present 393

Drown died in office in 1904. Professor William H. Martin Dewey Whitaker (1946-1960). Dr. Whitaker, Chandler became acting president. who had been director of the Atomic Energy Henry Sturgis Drinker (1905-1920). Drinker, an 1871 Commission Laboratory at Oak Ridge, Tenn., and had Lehigh graduate, was the only university alumnus ever worked in developing the atomic bomb, faced the to become president. In 1907, the alumni endowment responsibility of helping the university community read- fund began, the Lehigh Alumni Bulletin was first pub- just to peacetime conditions after World War II. lished in 1913, and the Alumni Association was During his time as president, Lehigh’s assets nearly incorporated in 1917. tripled; the endowment more than doubled to $18 mil- Drinker, besides being a lawyer, was a mechanical engi- lion. Many buildings were renovated, and the Dravo neer and had been largely instrumental in solving the House and McClintic-Marshall House residence halls problems of constructing the two-mile-long were built. The faculty increased in number by 75 per- Musconetcong Tunnel, an engineering feat that made cent and the first endowed distinguished professorships possible a railroad line between Easton, Pa., and New were established. York City. He started a tradition of businesslike manage- The Centennial development program was begun in ment of university affairs. 1959. It raised more than $22 million for faculty salaries During Drinker’s years, more buildings were completed: and construction that later included Whitaker Laboratory. the original section of Fritz Engineering Laboratory, An extensive renovation and enlargement project associated Drown Hall, Coxe Mining Laboratory, Taylor Hall, with Packer Hall was undertaken in 1957, and, upon com- Taylor Gymnasium and Field House, Taylor Stadium pletion in 1958, the building became a university center. and Lamberton Hall. Drinker’s interest in horticulture Whitaker died in office. led to the planting of many rare trees and plants. Harvey A. Neville (1961-1964). Dr. Neville was the A teacher’s course and business administration course only faculty member ever elected president. His associa- were begun in 1909 and in 1918 the university was tion with the university began in 1927 as an assistant divided into three colleges, liberal arts, business adminis- professor of chemistry. During his three-year term as tration, and engineering—the roots of colleges of today. president, the first phase of the Saucon Valley athletic Army ROTC was established in 1919. complex was completed, and Sayre Field was opened Drinker’s daughter, Catherine Drinker Bowen, went on atop South Mountain. The Center for Information and to become a historical writer of note. Her experiences as Computing Science was established. the daughter of a Lehigh president and occupant of the Neville, a strong supporter of research who fostered its President’s House are recorded in Family Portrait growth on the campus, died in 1983. (Atlantic Little-Brown). Deming Lewis (1964-1982). Willard Deming Lewis Drinker resigned in 1920 and Natt M. Emery, vice presi- became Lehigh’s 10th president after a distinguished dent, served as chief executive officer until 1922. career as a space engineer and research administrator. Charles Russ Richards (1922-1935). Richards took Dr. Lewis earned three degrees at Harvard and two from office in 1922. During his presidency, the first graduate England’s Oxford University, where he was a Rhodes degrees were awarded to women. Lehigh faced a shortage Scholar in advanced mathematics. In 1941, he joined of students from 1929 to 1936 as a result of the Bell Telephone Laboratories, and in 1962 he became Depression, but the newly established office of admis- general manager of systems development with Bellcomm sion, as well as university scholarships, fellowships, and Inc., which engineered systems for the Apollo project deferred tuition payments, helped to ease the shortage. that placed the first man on the moon. Changing concepts of education were evident in several Lewis, who died in 1989, received 33 U.S. patents on newly organized academic offerings: philosophy, music, such devices as microwave antennas and filter and digital psychology, journalism, history, and fine arts. The error detection systems. He helped write the equations majors system was instituted as were the senior compre- describing a stylus sliding through a warped groove. hensive examinations in the Arts College. The placement bureau, a public relations office, and a stu- During Lewis’ tenure as Lehigh president, women were dent health service were organized. admitted as undergraduate students in 1971. New majors were begun in natural science, biology, social relations, The Alumni Memorial Building—a memorial to the geological sciences, environmental science and resource Lehigh alumni who served in World War I was opened management, religion studies, computer engineering, in 1925—and Packard Laboratory was completed in computing and information science, applied mathematics, 1929. In the same decade, a major addition to management science, American studies and other fields. Linderman Library also was completed. Six research centers and seven institutes were established. Clement C. Williams (1935-1944). Williams, a civil Capital campaigns brought in more than $130 million, engineer, was president during an era of unprecedented and construction was completed on Maginnes Hall, alumni support. Undergraduate enrollment rose to an all- Whitaker Lab, Mart Science and Engineering Library, time high, passing 2,000 in 1938. Richards and Drinker Sinclair Lab, the Seeley G. Mudd Building, Neville Hall, residential houses, and the Ullmann wing adjoining the Rathbone Hall dining room, 13 fraternity houses, the Chandler Chemistry Laboratory, were built. Grace Hall, Centennial I and Centennial II residential complexes, the first arena-type facility of any size on campus, was the Brodhead House residence hall, the Trembley Park completed in 1940, the gift of Eugene G. Grace, an 1899 student apartments, the Saucon Village Apartments, the graduate, who headed the board of trustees. A Graduate Philip Rauch Field House and the Stabler Athletic and School implemented the programs in the three colleges. Convocation Center. The restoration of Packer Memorial Williams retired in 1944, and the university was without Church was completed, and Packard Lab was renovated. a president for approximately two years. 394 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

The original Physics Laboratory is now named in Lewis’s Bellcomm Inc., General Instrument Corp., and RCA honor, as is the indoor tennis center. Corp. At Bellcomm, he oversaw systems engineering for Peter Likins (1982-1997). Dr. Likins, who earned a B.S. NASA’s manned spaceflight program, and at RCA, where and Ph.D. from Stanford, and an M.S. from the he became executive vice president, he was responsible Massachusetts Institute of Technology, became Lehigh’s for corporate technology, patents, licensing, international 11th president in 1982. He sought balanced excellence business and marketing development, and corporate in undergraduate programs while pursuing focused technology planning. objectives in graduate study and research. Hittinger was a member of President Reagan’s National Under Likins, Lehigh doubled in size with the purchase Security Telecommunications Advisory Committee from in 1986 of 742 acres of land and a research complex 1982-86. He was also a member of the U.S.-Brazil from Bethlehem Steel Corp. The new Mountaintop Presidential Committee on Science and Technology and Campus links the Asa Packer and Goodman campuses. a member of the board of directors for eight companies. Lehigh also added many new buildings and facilities. Hittinger served as national president of the Lehigh Perhaps most notable was the $33-million Zoellner Arts Alumni Association 1971-72 and received the prestigious Center, which provided a new home to Lehigh’s depart- L-in-Life award in 1979. An ROTC student at Lehigh, ments of music and theatre and to the University Art Hittinger served in the U.S. Army in 1943-46 during Galleries, and made Lehigh a center for the fine arts. World War II, rising to the rank of captain. The Arts Center and the new Rauch Business Center, During Hittinger’s term as chairman of the board of home of the College of Business and Economics, were trustees, Lehigh began construction of the Zoellner Arts built on the site of Taylor Stadium, which was replaced Center, completed the Ulrich Student Center, aggressive- by Goodman Stadium on Lehigh’s athletic campus. ly improved its financial aid for undergraduates, and Also during Likins’ term, Lehigh built a $20-million, completed the $300 million Campaign for Preserving state-of-the-art telecommunications system, the E.W. The Vision. As president, Hittinger realigned the Iacocca Fairchild-Martindale Library and Computing Center — Institute into the College of Business and Economics, one of the most automated libraries anywhere — and the oversaw the construction of the new Sayre Park Village Harold S. Mohler Lab, which honors the former chair- residential complex, and helped Lehigh move forward man of the board of trustees. during a time of presidential transition. Also dedicated was the Sherman Fairchild Center for the Gregory C. Farrington (1998-). Dr. Farrington was Physical Sciences, which includes the renovated Physics appointed Lehigh’s 12th president in May 1998. He had Building (renamed Lewis Lab), and the adjoining been dean since 1990 of the School of Engineering and Sherman Fairchild Lab. Applied Science at the University of Pennsylvania, where he was responsible for the academic and financial over- Lehigh became home to the North East Tier Ben Franklin sight of the school. Advanced Technology Center, which has helped hundreds of new high-technology businesses get started. And the Farrington, who earned a B.S. from Clarkson University, university led the way in establishing the Colonial League, and an A.M. and Ph.D. from Harvard, all in chemistry, now the Patriot League, in football. The league is commit- specializes in solid state electrochemistry. He holds or ted to the Lehigh tradition of “scholar-athletes.” shares more than two dozen patents and has written or edited books, book chapters and 100 technical papers. Financial support grew from $10 million a year to over Before joining Penn, he was a research chemist for $24 million. With over half of alumni making gifts, General Electric Co.’s Corporate Research and Lehigh ranked among the top Ph.D.-granting schools in Development Center in New York state. percentage of alumni donors. At Penn, Farrington established new graduate and under- Likins’ term also saw the establishment of the Lehigh graduate interdisciplinary degree programs. At Lehigh, he Valley Center for Jewish Studies at Lehigh, the Center has called on faculty, students, staff and alumni to build a for Advanced Technology for Large Structural Systems, university that rivals the best in America. He will strive to largest of its kind in North America, and centers in inte- create new interdisciplinary programs and to promote grated circuits, management studies, chemical process innovative teaching methods that take advantage of new modeling and control, and international studies. technologies where appropriate while preserving the best Likins, an expert in spacecraft dynamics and control who of established traditions. He has taken steps to improve has written textbooks in engineering mechanics, was one relations with Lehigh’s neighbors in the City of of 13 science advisers to President George Bush. He Bethlehem, and to reduce harmful use of alcohol by stu- came to Lehigh after serving as dean of engineering and dents. And he has realigned Lehigh’s management provost at Columbia, and left to become president of the structure in an effort to improve service and efficiency University of Arizona. and also to strengthen Lehigh’s research programs. William C. Hittinger (1997-98). A former chairman of Farrington’s goals received a significant boost when Peter the university’s board of trustees, Hittinger became inter- C. Rossin, a member of Lehigh’s Class of 1948, estab- im president after the departure of Peter Likins. A lished a $25-million endowment for the engineering member of the National Academy of Engineering, college, which was subsequently dedicated as the P.C. Hittinger served for 22 years on the board of trustees. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. He graduated from Lehigh in 1944 with a B.S. in metal- Rossin’s gift is the largest Lehigh has ever received. lurgical engineering, and received an honorary Doctor of Farrington serves on the boards of St. Luke’s Hospital in Engineering degree from Lehigh in 1973. Bethlehem, the Lehigh Valley Economic Development Over a 40-year career in the electronics industry, Corp., the Mellon Foundation, Clarkson University and Hittinger worked for Western Electric Co., National the Wharton-SEI Center for Advanced Studies in Union Radio Corp., Bell Telephone Laboratories, Management. He chairs the Materials Research Society An Overview from Past and Present 395

Young Investigator Award Committee, and has served as departments of music and theatre. A 350-car parking Councilor of the society, chair of the Physical garage is on the same site. Electrochemistry Committee of The Electrochemical Opened in 1998 in Sayre Park, The Sayre Park Village is Society, president of the International Society for Solid a new residential complex of three apartment buildings State Ionics, and editorial board member of Chemistry and a community building. This facility is used for of Materials, Solid State Ionics and MultiVersity. upperclass student housing. A native of Bronxville, N.Y., Farrington received an hon- Altogether, the three campuses contain 150 buildings orary degree from the University of Uppsala in Sweden with more than 4 million square feet of floor space. in 1984 and the prestigious Cannizzaro Gold Medal of the Italian Chemical Society in 1998. In the following list, the first date after the name of each building indicates the year of construction. The second University Campuses date indicates the year of a major addition. Lehigh University’s three campuses are located in Campus Landmarks Bethlehem, Pa., and comprise 1,600 acres. Alumni Memorial Building (1925). This edifice of Asa Packer Campus. Lehigh’s main academic campus, Gothic design, housing the Visitor Center, Admissions encompassing approximately 360 acres on the north and other administrative offices and those of the Alumni slope of South Mountain overlooking Bethlehem, is a Association, represents a memorial to the 1,921 Lehigh wooded area where most students attend class and live. alumni who served in World War I and the 46 who died. This contains the original campus of the university. The building was designed by Theodore G. Visscher, Murray H. Goodman Campus. During the 1960s, the Class of 1899, and James Lindsey Burley, Class of 1894. university acquired extensive acreage in the Saucon E. W. Fairchild-Martindale Library and Computing Valley just south of South Mountain. Development of Center (1985). The high-technology building houses sci- one of the nation’s finest collegiate athletic complexes has ence and engineering holdings, The Media Center, continued since that time. The 500-acre campus now library and technology services staff, and a computer includes the Murray H. Goodman Stadium and other center. Construction was made possible by a major gift athletic fields, as well as the 6,000-seat Stabler Athletic from Harry T. Martindale, a 1927 Lehigh graduate, and and Convocation Center, the North East Tier Ben his wife, Elizabeth, daughter of the late Edmund W. Franklin Advanced Technology Center, the Philip Rauch Fairchild, founder of a business-publications and com- Field House, the Cundey Varsity House, and the Lewis munications empire. Indoor Tennis Facility. The campus is named for a major benefactor, Lehigh alumnus Murray H. Goodman, of Linderman Library (1877). The rotunda, designed by West Palm Beach, Fla. Addison Hutton, was built as a gift to the university by founder Asa Packer as a memorial to his daughter, Lucy Mountaintop Campus. Lehigh bought this campus from Packer Linderman. The rotunda is surrounded except on Bethlehem Steel Corp. in 1986. It contains 670 acres of the south by a major addition constructed in 1929. The woods and a 72-acre research site with 8 buildings, five building houses more than 20,000 rare books and vol- of which are owned by the University, including a land- umes related to the humanities and social science. The mark tower building visible for miles around. Bayer Galleria of Rare Books, made possible by a gift Acquisition of the facilities—the largest single transac- from Curtis F. Bayer, ’35, was dedicated in 1985. The tion in Lehigh history—connects the two older building will be closed for renovations in May, 2005, campuses. The Mountaintop Campus houses the College and will reopen in January, 2007. of Education; the departments of Biological Sciences and Chemical Engineering; programs in biochemistry, Packer Memorial Church (1887). The church was the biotechnology, bioengineering, ATLSS (Advanced gift of Mary Packer Cummings in memory of her father, Technology for Large Structural Systems) center, Energy founder Asa Packer. It was dedicated on Founder’s Day, Research Center, and Ben Franklin incubator companies. October 13, 1887. The building was designed by Addison Hutton; the stained-glass window over the main University Buildings door is attributed to Louis Comfort Tiffany. Lehigh has a major collection of 19th-century buildings President’s House (1868). This 21-room residence, designed by such prominent architects as Addison Hutton designed by Edward Potter, is the home of university (1834-1916), Edward T. Potter (1831-1904) and the firm presidents and is often used for receptions on special of Furness and Evans (Frank Furness, 1839-1912). university occasions. The university’s newer structures include the Goodman Packer Hall, The University Center (1868). When con- Stadium (1988), the Sherman Fairchild Center for struction of the building began in 1865, a railroad was Physical Sciences (1976, 1986), the E. W. Fairchild- built to transport stone to the site. The building, Martindale Library and Computing Center (1985), the designed originally by Potter, was extensively renovated Stabler Athletic and Convocation Center (1979), the and enlarged in 1958. Brodhead House residential facility (1979), the Seeley G. The building was constructed at the expense of the Mudd Building and Neville Hall in the chemistry com- founder, who vetoed a plan to erect it of brick. “It will plex (1975), the Philip Rauch Field House (1975), the be built of stone,” Asa Packer responded. Rauch Business Center (1990), the Lewis Tennis Center (1994), and the Ulrich Student Center in Grace Hall. Today the building houses student and faculty dining facilities, a food court, deans’ offices, the military science Recently completed just east of the Rauch Business (ROTC) department, the Women’s Networking Center, Center is the new Zoellner Arts Center, which houses a The Center for Academic Success, a bank office, and 1000-seat music auditorium, a 300-seat theatre, a per- conference facilities. manent art gallery and museum store, and the 396 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Academic and Research Facilities office, campus police, and the parking services office. Earle F. “Coxey” Johnson, ’07, a director of General Chandler-Ullmann Hall (1883, 1938, respectively). Motors Corp. and university trustee, provided funding These adjoining buildings formerly were the William H. for the structure. Chandler Chemistry Building (designed by Hutton) and the Harry M. Ullmann Chemistry Laboratory. Chandler Lamberton Hall (1907). The structure served as the uni- served as acting university president, 1904 and 1905, versity commons and dining room until the renovation of and taught chemistry from 1871 to 1906. Ullmann Packer Hall in 1958. The building honors the memory of served as chairman of the chemistry department. The Robert A. Lamberton, third president. It most recently building has been named a National Historic Chemical housed the music department until its move to the Landmark by the American Chemical Society. Zoellner Arts Center, in January of 2006 it will reopen as a late-night diner and student programming facility. The Department of Art and Architecture, division of urban studies, and Department of Psychology are located Maginnes Hall (1970). The multilevel structure is head- in Chandler-Ullmann. quarters for the College of Arts and Sciences and also houses the departments of modern languages and litera- Christmas-Saucon Hall (1865 and 1872, respectively). ture, history, international relations, political science, and Christmas Hall is the university’s oldest building. When religion studies, as well as the Science, Technology, and Asa Packer acquired the South Mountain site for the uni- Society Program, the Philip and Muriel Berman Center versity in 1865, a Moravian church was being constructed. for Jewish Studies, and the Center for International The newly formed university took over the building and Studies. New classrooms opened on the ground floor in completed it for use in recitations and as a dormitory and January 2004. The building is named for Albert B. chapel. The name Christmas Hall was chosen in keeping Maginnes, ’21, who was a lawyer and university trustee. with Moravian religious tradition. In 1872, Saucon Hall was constructed a few feet to the east of Christmas Hall. Mart Science and Engineering Library (1968). This struc- The buildings were connected with the construction of a ture honors the memory of Leon T. Mart, ’13, and his son, “hyphen” in 1926. The building houses the Department Thomas, ’51. It operates in conjunction with the E. W. of Mathematics, The office of Graduate Student Life, The Fairchild-Martindale Library and Computing Center. University Press, and classrooms. Seeley G. Mudd Building (1975). This seven-story Coppee Hall (1883). The building originally housed building houses the chemistry department. The late classrooms and a gymnasium. It is named in honor of Seeley G. Mudd was a California medical doctor. The Henry Coppee, first president. The building houses the Seeley G. Mudd Foundation, of Los Angeles, made a Weinstock Center for Journalism and Communication. major gift toward the building. Coxe Hall (1910). Originally a mining laboratory, the Neville Hall (1975). This building in the chemistry structure is named for Eckley B. Coxe, pioneer mining complex has three auditoriums used for lectures and engineer and trustee of the university. The building was events. The building is named for Dr. Harvey A. Neville, recently renovated for the International Students and president from 1961 to 1964, who was a chemist. Scholars and the English as a Second Language programs Newman Association Center. This Victorian structure, and the Global Union. until the mid-1970s used as a private residence, was ren- Drown Hall (1908). The building, designed by Furness ovated by the Newman Association and serves as a center and Evans, is a memorial to Thomas M. Drown, presi- for students and as a residence for its director, a Roman dent from 1895 to 1904. It is headquarters for the Catholic chaplain. English Department and the Writing and Math Center. Packard Laboratory (1929). The structure was the gift of Fritz Engineering Laboratory (1909, 1955). The labora- James Ward Packard, Class of 1884, the electrical pio- tory is named for John Fritz, pioneer in the steel neer and inventor of the Packard automobile who served industry in the United States and a member of the uni- as a university trustee. The first Packard automobile versity’s original board of trustees. Fritz provided funds (1898) is displayed in the lobby. The building is the for the original section; a seven-story addition accommo- headquarters for the College of Engineering and Applied dates the university’s testing machine, which is capable of Science. It also houses classrooms and laboratories for applying a five-million-pound load to tension or com- mechanical engineering and mechanics, for electrical and pression members up to forty feet in length. The computer engineering, and computer science and engi- hydraulic testing machine is the largest facility of its kind neering. An auditorium accommodates large classes and currently in operation in the world. The laboratory is various events. used primarily by the Department of Civil and Philosophy Building (1879). This small building just Environmental Engineering. below Packer Memorial Church was constructed as a Iacocca Hall. (1958, 2003) Known as the tower build- porter’s lodge. Today it houses the philosophy department. ing, it houses the College of Education, the chemical Price Hall. This structure formerly was a brewery named engineering department, the biological sciences depart- Die Alte Brauerei. In 1912 it was remodeled to serve as a ment, as well as a dining room and food service facilities, dormitory, and it was named in honor of Henry Reese plus a teleconferencing classroom. Price, president of the university board of trustees. It serves Imbt Laboratories. This is primarily a high-bay research as the home of the sociology and anthropology department. lab space where the ATLSS project was constructed, and Rathbone Hall (1971). This building’s upper level is a where chemical engineering and Energy Research Center major student dining facility, with window walls afford- have major research facilities. It is also the headquarters ing a panoramic view of the Lehigh Valley. The building of the “Fleet of the Future” program. bears the name of its donor, Monroe Jackson Rathbone, Johnson Hall (1955). The building houses the university ’21, president of the university board of trustees from health service, the counseling service, the chaplain’s 1957 to 1973. Rathbone was chairman of the board, An Overview from Past and Present 397

Standard Oil Co. (New Jersey), now Exxon Corp., and Dagit-Saylor Architects created a 105,000 sq. ft. struc- was a major innovator in the oil industry. The lower level ture designed to showcase Lehigh’s rapidly growing houses the Residential Services Office. programs in the performing and visual arts as well as the Rauch Business Center (1990). Philip Rauch ’33, departments of music and theater and 5,000 sq. ft. of L.L.D. ’79, retired Chairman of the Board and Director exhibition space for the Lehigh University Art Galleries. of the Parker-Hannifin Corp., made the principal contri- Baker Hall has a seating capacity of more than 1,000, bution to build this facility. Lehigh’s Rauch Business Diamond Theatre features a thrust stage and seating for Center was dedicated in 1990 as the state-of-the-art 307; and a “black box” theater provides flexible space for home of the university’s College of Business and experimental productions. Economics. The $17.8-million facility has 115,000 Athletic and Convocational Facilities square feet of floor space on five stories and features a diverse array of classrooms, auditoria, conference rooms, Murray H. Goodman Stadium (1988). Joanie and Murray the Career Services Office and is also home to the Perella Goodman ’48, L.L.D. ’88, were the principal benefactors. Financial Services Lab. On October 1, 1988, Lehigh opened the gates to Murray H. Goodman Stadium, located on the Goodman Campus. Sayre Building (1869). Originally known as the Sayre Capacity is 16,000, and the stadium features a three-tiered Observatory, the dome that once housed the telescope press box, and limited chair back seating, with picturesque can still be seen. South Mountain in the background. Sherman Fairchild Center for the Physical Sciences Grace Hall (1940). The building is named for its donor, (1892, 1976, 1986). The center, completed with help Eugene G. Grace, Class of 1899, who was chairman of from the Sherman Fairchild Foundation, houses class- Bethlehem Steel Corp. and president of the university’s rooms and laboratories for undergraduate and graduate board of trustees, 1924 to 1956. Grace Hall serves as the students in physics, faculty offices and a 260-seat audito- headquarters and offices for Lehigh intramural and club rium. The complex includes the Lewis Laboratory, the sports. The upper level houses the newly renovated original five-story stone structure built in 1892, the Ulrich Student Center, including movie theatre, game- Sherman Fairchild Laboratory for Solid-State Studies room and mailboxes. The lower level houses the recently built in 1976, and the 1986 addition comprised of the renovated Leeman-Turner Arena. Oberkotter Auditorium and research laboratories. Ulrich Sports Complex (1999). Lehigh chairman of the Sinclair Laboratory (1970). This facility houses the board of trustees, Ronald J. Ulrich ’66, funded the con- Center for Optical Technologies, The International struction of the dual field complex for men’s and Materials Institute, and other research laboratories. It is women’s soccer, men’s and women’s lacrosse, and field named for Francis MacDonald Sinclair, and was the gift hockey. The complex features both natural grass and arti- of his widow, Jennie H. Sinclair. A 12,000-square foot ficial turf fields, permanent seating, a press box and research addition will be completed in June, 2005. lighting for night contests. The complex was designed by Whitaker Laboratory (1965). This five-story structure a group of students enrolled in the University’s distinc- with an adjoining two-level classroom-auditorium section tive ILE (Integrated Learning Experience) program, honors the memory of Martin Dewey Whitaker, universi- illustrating the strong partnership between athletics and ty president from 1946 to 1960. The building serves the academics at Lehigh. Department of Materials Science and Engineering and Lewis Tennis Facility (1994). An anonymous donor Center for Advanced Materials and Nanotechnology. made possible the construction of four indoor tennis There are laboratories for high-pressure research and reac- courts for recreational use as well as team practice, and is tion kinetics, nuclear studies, analog computation, named for former Lehigh President W. Deming Lewis. process control, optoelectronics, high-temperature ther- The building also includes men’s and women’s locker modynamics and kinetics, and fine structures and room facilities. metallography. The Offices of Government and Community Relations are also located in the building. Philip Rauch Field House (1976). Philip Rauch, ’33, L.L.D. ’79 made a gift toward the facility. The building Wilbur Powerhouse (1908). During most of its life, the has 62,000 square feet of uninterrupted floor space—the building served as a power plant with some early engi- equivalent of two football fields—for a variety of athletic neering laboratory use. Renovated during the 1970s, it activities. It has a six-lane, one-eighth-mile flat track. provided performing space for student theatrical pro- ductions, until the Zoellner Arts Center was built, and Sayre Field (1961). Located atop South Mountain, the it is now the new home for student shops and project field is used for intramural sports. studios for the IPD (Integrated Product Development) Stabler Athletic & Convocation Center (1979). This IBE (Integrated Business and Engineering) and Design arena provides seating for 6,000 people for concerts, Arts programs. spectator sports, including Lehigh’s basketball teams, and Williams Hall (1903). This brick structure was the gift other events. University trustee Donald B. Stabler, ’30, of Edward H. Williams, Jr., Class of 1875. Dr. Williams made a major financial contribution toward the facility. was a professor of mining and geology. The building Taylor Gymnasium (1904 and 1913). This structure was contains classrooms and laboratories for the departments the gift of Charles L. Taylor, Class of 1876, who was a of biological sciences and of earth and environmental sci- friend and business associate of steel magnate Andrew ences. A small greenhouse adjoins the building. The Carnegie. There are two indoor swimming pools, two building was extensively renovated and a fourth story basketball courts, the Welch Fitness Center, men’s and added in 1956 following a fire. women’s locker rooms, two racquetball and two squash Zoellner Arts Center (1997). With major gifts from courts, a steam room, a multi-purpose dance/aerobics Vickie and Robert Zoellner ‘54, Dorothy and Dexter room, a climbing wall and a Sports Medicine Complex. Baker ‘50, and Claire and Theodore Diamond ‘37, The athletic department offices are also housed in the 398 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Warren (Pete) Musser wing. The Roger Penske Hall of Sayre Park Village (1998). This residential complex is Fame area opened in the spring of ’96. comprised of three apartment buildings and houses stu- Cundey Varsity House (1963 and 2002). The building, dents in three- and four-person apartments. Included is a expanded and renovated in 2002, houses a modern fourth multipurpose community building and outdoor weight training facility, sports medicine and equipment recreation facilities. areas, team meeting and reception areas, and locker Taylor Residential College (1907, 1984). The U-shaped rooms for several varsity teams. The Varsity House is building is one of the earliest concrete structures ever located on the Murray H. Goodman Campus adjacent built. It was the gift of industrialist Andrew Carnegie in to the John C. Whitehead Football Practice Facility. honor of his friend and associate, university trustee Charles L. Taylor, Class of 1876. The interior of the Central Heating/Refrigeration Plant building was reconstructed and the exterior refinished Central Heating and Refrigeration (1969). This glass- prior to the facility becoming Lehigh’s first residential walled building houses three boilers that can be fired by college in 1984. either oil or gas. Other equipment provides chilled water Trembley Park (1975). This seven-building undergradu- for air conditioning. ate apartment complex is named in memory of Francis J. Technology Center Trembley, Lehigh professor and pioneer ecologist. 125 Goodman Drive (1972). Situated on the Murray H. Warren Square Complex. This cluster of six residence Goodman Campus in Saucon Valley, the building houses halls is located on Warren Square and Summit Street. the Lehigh-based North East Tier Ben Franklin They are upperclass facilities and some are used as spe- Advanced Technology Center, the Manufacturers cial-interest houses. Resource Center, and the University Relations office. Centennial I complex (1965) Residential Facilities Congdon House. Located at the east end of the Brodhead House (1979). This structure is the university’s Centennial I complex. Dr. Wray H. Congdon served as first high-rise residential facility. The six-story building dean of students, dean of the graduate school, and spe- includes 4-person suites on the five upper floors, with a cial assistant to the president. Alpha Chi Omega sorority dining facility and lobby on the entrance level. The build- is housed here. ing is named in memory of Albert Brodhead, a member Emery House. It is named for Dr. Natt M. Emery, who of the Class of 1888 who died in 1933, leaving 51 was vice president and controller. Pi Beta Phi sorority is Bethlehem properties to his alma mater. housed in Emery. Campus Square (2002). In August of 2002, Lehigh Leavitt House. The Rev. Dr. John McD. Leavitt was the opened a 250-bed residential complex that includes the second president, 1875 to 1879. campus bookstore and several retail stores. Air-condi- tioned, two, three and four-bedroom apartments are McConn House. C. Maxwell McConn was dean of the complete with full kitchen, private bathroom and fully university from 1923 to 1938. furnished living room/dining room areas. Attached to Smiley House. Dr. E. Kenneth Smiley served as vice the complex is a parking garage for 350 cars for resi- president from 1945 to 1964. Kappa Alpha Theta soror- dents’ convenience. ity is housed in Smiley. Dravo House (1948). This 5-story stone edifice is the Thornburg House. Dr. Charles G. Thornburg was pro- university’s largest residential facility. It bears the name fessor and head of the Department of Mathematics, of two brothers, Ralph M. Dravo, Class of 1889, and 1895 to 1923 Francis F. Dravo, Class of 1887, who founded the Dravo Corp., a Pittsburgh-based international construction Centennial II complex (1970) company. Both men served as university trustees. Beardslee House. Dr. Claude G. Beardslee was chaplain Drinker House (1940). This stone building honors the from 1931 to 1947. memory of Henry S. Drinker, Class of 1871, university Carothers House. Dr. Neil Carothers was dean of business. president from 1905 to 1920. Palmer House. Dr. Philip M. Palmer was dean of the arts. McClintic-Marshall House (1957). This U-shaped stone Stevens House. The Rt. Rev. William Bacon Stevens, of structure was built in memory of Howard H. McClintic Philadelphia, was Protestant Episcopal bishop of the and Charles D. Marshall, both Class of 1888, who Diocese of Pennsylvania and first president of the univer- founded the McClintic-Marshall Construction Co. The sity board of trustees. He was the principal architect of firm was the world’s largest independent steel fabricating the university’s original academic plan. firm before its acquisition by Bethlehem Steel Corp. in 1931. It built locks for the Panama Canal and construct- Stoughton House. Dr. Bradley Stoughton was dean of ed the Golden Gate Bridge in San Francisco Bay. the engineering college, 1936 to 1939. Richards House (1938). The building honors the mem- Williams House. Dr. Clement C. Williams was presi- ory of Charles Russ Richards, president of the university dent of the university, 1935 to 1944. from 1922 to 1935. The building is constructed of stone in modified Gothic design. An Overview from Past and Present 399

Saucon Village Apartments (1974) Fraternities and Sororities The five-building garden apartment complex includes The university has a strong fraternity tradition, dating housing for married, graduate, and undergraduate back to 1872. Since the admission of undergraduate students. women in 1971, several sororities have come into being. Diamond. Dr. Herbert M. Diamond, professor emeritus Some 600 men live in 22 fraternities. of economics, retired in 1964. All of the fraternities have houses located on Asa Packer Gipson. Dr. Lawrence Henry Gipson, research professor campus. All are chapters of national fraternities. of history, bequeathed his estate to the university to An alphabetical listing follows. The date of the founding establish the Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for of the chapter is given in the first column. The second Eighteenth-Century Studies. Dr. Gipson wrote a monu- column lists the date the chapter occupied its present mental 15-volume history, The British Empire before the house; any additional date indicates the most recent American Revolution. He won the Pulitzer Prize for addition or major renovation. volume 10, The Triumphant Empire: Thunderclouds Gather in the West, 1763-1766. Alpha Chi Rho 1918 1968 Hartman. Dr. James R. Hartman was chairman of the Alpha Sigma Phi 1929 1961 department of mechanical engineering and mechanics. Alpha Tau Omega 1966 Beta Theta Pi 1891 1968 More. Dr. Robert P. More, ’10, dean of the College of Chi Phi 1872 1922 1968 Arts and Sciences, who also taught German for forty Chi Psi 1893 1916 2005 years, bequeathed to the university his $746,000 estate, Delta Phi 1884 1963 amassed after investing $3,000 in IBM stock. The uni- Delta Sigma Phi 1931 1971 versity child care center is located in this building. Delta Tau Delta 1874 1985 1959 Severs. Dr. J. Burke Severs, of Bethlehem, is distin- Delta Upsilon 1885 1968 guished professor emeritus of English. He is a Kappa Alpha 1894 1961 Chaucerian scholar. Kappa Sigma 1900 1973 Lambda Chi Alpha 1926 1973 Phi Gamma Delta 1921 1968 Phi Kappa Theta 1966 Phi Sigma Kappa 1901 1957 1970 Psi Upsilon 1884 1909 1966 Sigma Alpha Mu 1966 1966 Sigma Chi 1953 1953 Sigma Phi Epsilon 1907 1963 Theta Chi 1942 1964 Theta Xi 1904 1967 There are nine sororities. All are nationally affiliated. Three reside in the Centennial I Complex, and five, Alpha Gamma Delta, Alpha Omicron Pi, Alpha Phi, Delta Gamma and Gamma Phi Beta, reside in Sayre Park. Over 300 women live in sororities. The sororities are listed with year of establishment at Lehigh in the first column and year of moving into their present house in the second column. Alpha Chi Omega (Congdon) 1988 1997 Alpha Gamma Delta 1975 2000 Alpha Omicron Pi 1983 2004 Alpha Phi 1975 1996 Delta Gamma 1982 1987 Gamma Phi Beta 1975 1998 Kappa Alpha Theta (Smiley) 1984 1986 Pi Beta Phi (Emery) 1997 1998 400 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

VII. Administration, Faculty and Staff

This section lists the people whose talents and abilities Jane P. Jamieson, B.A. ’75, M.S. ’76, Boston University, constitute the university’s most important resource. executive vice president, Fidelity Investments. Members of the board of trustees contribute their expert- Sharon R. Kanovsky, B.S. ’86, M.S. ’91, Temple ise to establish the policies of the university. Also listed University; director, client administration, Deutsche are the administration, members of the faculty and staff, Asset Management and the members of the visiting committees who help to keep courses of instruction current and of maximum George N. Kledaras, B.S. ’87, M.S. ’96, New York value to the students and prospective employers. University, Kledaras Technologies. Paul N. Leitner, B.S. ’76, M.B.A. ’80, New York University, principal, The Leitner Thomas Group Board of Trustees Joseph R. Perella, B.S. ’64, M.B.A. ’72, Harvard When only the year of the degree is listed, the degree University, chairman, Institutional Securities and was awarded by Lehigh University. Investment Banking Group, Morgan Stanley Carl E. Petrillo, B.S. ’62, president & CEO, Yonkers Officers of the Board As of December Contracting Co., Inc. 31, 2003 Brad Eric Scheler, B.A. ’74, J.D. ’77, Hofstra University; James R. Tanenbaum, chair senior partner, Fried, Frank, Harris, Schriver & Jacobson Paul N. Leitner, vice chair LLP Denise M. Blew, corporate secretary and treasurer Sarat Sethi, B.S. ’92, MBA ’97 Harvard Business School, Portfolio Manager – Partner/Principal Douglas David L. Hammer, assistant secretary/assistant treasurer C. Lane & Associates Members of the Board Dennis E. Singleton, III, B.S. ’66; M.B.A. ’68, Harvard Nancy M. Berman, B.A. ’67, Wellesley College; M.A. University; partner, Spieker Properties, Inc. ’77, Hebrew Union College; Honorary Doctor of Daniel E. Smith, Jr., B.S. ’71, M.B.A. ’76, Harvard Humane Letters ’97; president, Philip and Muriel University, president and CEO, Sycamore Networks, Berman Foundation; Museum Director Emerita, Skirball Inc. Cultural Center Tara I. Stacom, B.S. ’80, executive vice president, Robert L. Brown, III, B.S. ’78, partner, Pricewaterhouse Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. Coopers Karen L. Stuckey, B.S. ’75, partner, Pricewaterhouse Michael J. Caruso, B.A. ’67, president, Caruso Benefits Coopers, LLP Group, Inc. Elliot J. Sussman, B.S. ’73 Yale University, M.D. ’77, Maria K. Chrin, B.S. ’87, MBA ’89, Columbia Harvard Medical School, M.B.A. ’81, University of University, partner, Circle Financial Group. Pennsylvania; president, Lehigh Valley Hospital and Amy R. Churgin, B.A. ’77, M.A., Hunter College, vice Health Network president/publisher, Architectural Digest James R. Tanenbaum, B.A. ’71; M.A. ’72, Fletcher Kevin L. Clayton, B.A. ’84, M.B.A. ’88, St. Joseph’s School of Diplomacy; J.D. ’75, Partner, Morrison & University; principal, Oaktree Capital Management LLC Foerster, LLP William W. Crouse, III, B.S. ’64, M.B.A. ’71, Pace Gerald E. Tarzia, B.S ’82, M.B.A. ’86, University of University; general partner- managing director, Pennsylvania; Vice President & Worldwide Director, Healthcare Ventures. Rohm & Haas Co. Frank L. Douglas, B.S. ’66, Ph.D. ’73, M.D. ’77, Kristina M. Theiss, B.S. ’98, M.B.A. ’04, New York Cornell University. Executive in Residence, Sloan School University; assistant vice president, Credit Suisse First of Management, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Boston James J. Duane, III, B.A. ’73; M.A. ’75, Manchester Ralph Albert Thomas, B.S. ’76, M.B.A. ’77, executive University; J.D. ’78, Harvard University, attorney, director, New Jersey Society of CPA’s Taylor, Duane, Barton & Gilman, LLP R. Charles Tschampion, III, B.S. ’67; M.B.A. ’68; Herbert E. Ehlers, B.A. ’62, M.S. ’64, managing direc- retired managing director, GM Investment Management tor, Goldman Sachs & Co. Corporation Oldrich Foucek, III, B.A. ’72; J.D. ’75, Case Western Ronald J. Ulrich, B.S. ’67; M.B.A. ’71, New York Reserve University, managing partner, Tallman, Hudders University, chairman & chief investment officer, & Sorrentino Equinox Capital Management, LLC John J. Franchini, B.A. ’97, J.D. ’00 (University of Finn Wentworth, B.S. ’80, founder, managing principal, Virginia) attorney, Morgan, Lewis & Bockius Normandy Real Estate Partners Ronald M. Freeman, B.A. ’60, Bachelor of Laws ’64, E. Belvin Williams, B.A. ’55, Denver University; M.A. ’57, Columbia University, retired CEO, Lipper & Co., Professional Diploma-Clinical Psychologist ’62, Columbia International, Ltd. University Teacher’s College; Ph.D. ’62, Columbia University; M.S. ’70, Columbia University Graduate School John H. Glanville, B.A. ’77, M.S. ’85, University of of Business, executive director, Turrell Fund Texas, Austin, general partner, Athenaeum Capital Partners. Michael D. Zisman, B.S. ’70, M.S. ’73, University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D. ’77, University of Pennsylvania, William P. Griffin, B.A. ’79, senior sales executive, president, Wayne Strategy Consultants. Computer Aid, Inc. D. Brooks Zug, B.S. ’67, M.B.A. ’70, Harvard University, Francis J. Ingrassia B.S. ’75, managing director/partner, managing director, HarbourVest Partners, LLC Goldman Sachs & Company. Principal Officers 401

Trustees Emeriti Principal Officers Dexter F. Baker, B.S. ’50, M.B.A. ’57, Honorary Doctor of Engineering ’91, Honorary Doctor of Humane Letters Educational information (degrees earned and colleges ’91, DeSales University, former chairman, Air Products and universities attended) may be found in the alphabet- & Chemicals, Inc. ical listing that follows in this section. The highest degree earned is given here. All offices, unless otherwise William L. Clayton, B.S. ’51, Honorary Doctor of Laws noted, are located at Bethlehem, PA 18015; the area ’87, senior vice president, Salomon Smith Barney code, unless otherwise noted, is (610). Theodore L. Diamond, B.S. ’37, M.B.A. ’39 Harvard University, president, T. L. Diamond & Co., Inc. Principal Officers William B. Eagleson, Jr., B.S. ’49, M.B.A. ’51 Gregory C. Farrington, Ph.D., president; 758-3157 University of Pennsylvania, Honorary Doctor of Laws Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Ph.D., provost and vice presei- ’83, retired chairman emeritus, Mellon Bank dent for academic affairs; 758-3605 Murray H. Goodman, B.S. ’48, Honorary Doctor of Roland K. Yoshida, Ph.D., senior vice president for Laws ’88, chairman, The Goodman Company external relations & campus life 758-5327 William C. Hittinger, B.S. ’44, Honorary Doctor of Margaret F. Plympton, M.B.A., vice president for Engineering ’73, retired executive vice president, research finance and administration; 758-3178 and engineering, RCA Corp. Bonnie N. Devlin, B.A., vice president for advancement; Ronald R. Hoffman, B.S. ’54, retired executive vice 758-5199 president-human resources, Aluminum Co. of America Bradley M. Drexler, B.A., vice president for university C. Lester Hogan, B.S. ‘42 Montana State University, relations; 758-4487 M.S. ’47, Ph.D. ’50; Honorary Doctor of Engineering Frank A. Roth, J.D., general counsel; 758-3522 ‘71, retired consultant to the president, Fairchild Camera and Instrument Corp. Tracey M. Moran, B.A., Chief of Staff; 758-3155 Douglas C. Lane, B.S. ’67, M.B.A. ’68, University of Thomas J. Hyclak, interim dean, College of Business Michigan-Ann Arbor, president, Douglas C. Lane & and Economics; 758-3400 Associates Anne S. Meltzer, Ph.D., Herbert J. and Ann L. Siegle, Eugene Mercy, Jr. B.S. ’59, Honorary Doctor of Laws dean, College of Arts and Sciences 758-4570 ’98, Chairman, Granite Capital International Group Sally A. White, Ph.D., dean, College of Education; Philip R. Peller, B.S. ’60, M.B.A. ’61 New York 758-3221 University; retired partner, Andersen World Wide S. David Wu, Ph.D., dean P.C. Rossin College of Stanley M. Richman, B.S. ’55, retired president, Engineering and Applied Science; 758-5308 Lightning Service Electric Co. Carl O. Moses, Ph.D., deputy provost for Academic Robert H. Riley, Jr., B.S. ’35, retired director, Black and Programs; 758-5891 Decker Mfg. Co. Jean R. Soderlund, Ph.D., deputy provost for faculty S. Murray Rust, Jr., B.S.’34, Honorary Doctor of affairs; 758-3369 Humane Letters ’80, retired chairman of the board, Rust Eric J. Kaplan, Ed.M., dean of admissions and financial Engineering Co. aid; 758-3101 Edwin F. Scheetz, Jr., B.S. ’54, Chairman of the Board Bruce M. Taggart, Ph.D., vice provost for library & & CEO, Guyasuta Investment Advisors, Inc. technology services; 758-3025 James B. Swenson, B.S. ’59, retired partner, David B. Williams, Ph.D., vice provost for research; Pricewaterhouse 758-6120 Edward G. Uhl, B.S. ’40, Honorary Doctorate of Steven J. Devlin, Ph.D., associate vice president institu- Science ’75; retired chairman, Fairchild Industries, Inc. tional research; 758-5744 Honorary Trustees John W. Smeaton, Ph.D., associate vice president & chief student affairs officer; 758-3890 Hans J. Baer, B.S. ’47, M.A. ’50, New York University; Honorary Doctor of Laws ’97, honorary chairman, Denise M. Blew, B.S., CMA, CPA, associate vice presi- Julius Baer Holding dent for finance and secretary to the board; 758-3179 Lee A. Iacocca, B.S. ’45, M.S., ’46 Princeton University; Jacqueline Matthews, M.S., associate vice president for Doctor of Laws ’65, Babson College; LL.D., Eng.D. ’69, human resources; 758-3900 Iacocca & Associates Anthony L. Corallo, M.A., associate vice president for Warren V. Musser, B.S. ’49; chairman emeritus, facilities services and campus planning; 758-3970 Safeguard Scientific William D. Michalerya, M.B.A., M.Eng., associate vice Robert E. Zoellner, B.S. ’54, Alpine Associates president for government relations; 758-5802 Victoria Zoellner, Alpine Associates Joseph D. Sterrett, Ed.D, Murray H. Goodman dean of athletics; 758-4320 402 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

College Offices Budget Office 422 Brodhead Avenue, 758-4204 College of Arts and Sciences Stephen J. Guttman, director of budget Maginnes Hall 9 West Packer Avenue; 758-3300 Bursar Anne. S. Meltzer, Ph.D., Herbert J. and Ann L. Siegel, dean 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3160 Pam Pepper, M.F.A., associate dean for faculty & staff Michael J. King, bursar Stephen H, Cutcliffe, Ph.D., associate dean, graduate and research programs Business Services 516 Brodhead Avenue; 758-3840 College of Business and Economics Mark R. Ironside, executive director Rauch Business Center 621 Taylor Street; 758-3400 Career Services Thomas J. Hyclak, interim dean 621 Taylor Street; 758-3710 Joan B. DeSalvatore, M.A., associate dean and director, Donna L. Goldfeder, director undergraduate program Kathleen A. Trexler, M.B.A., associate dean and director, Center for Writing, Math and Study Skills MBA program 35 Sayre Drive; 758-3098 Edward E. Lotto, director College of Education Iacocca Hall Chaplaincy Services 111 Research Drive; 758-3225 36 University Drive; 758-3877 Sally A. White, Ph.D., dean Rev. Dr. Lloyd H. Steffen, university chaplain, chairper- son and professor of religion studies P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science Child Care Center Packard Laboratory 5 Duh Drive; 758-5437 19 Memorial Drive West; 758-4025 Kathy N. Calabrese, director S. David Wu, Ph.D., dean Community and Regional Affairs John P. Coulter, Ph.D., associate dean, graduate studies 5 Whitaker Lab; 758-5801 & research Dale A. Kochard, executive director for community and Richard N. Weisman, Ph.D., Associate dean, undergrad- regional affairs uate studies Computing Center (see Information Resources) Offices and Resources In this section, only the principal officers are listed. For Conference Services degree information, consult the alphabetical listing that 63 University Drive; 758-5306 follows. Mary Kay Baker, director Academic Outreach Controller’s Office 618 Brodhead Avenue; 758-4802 524 Brodhead Avenue; 758-3140 Henry U. Odi, executive director of academic outreach Kathleen J. Miller, controller and special projects Corporate and Foundation Relations Admissions 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-6845 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3100 Kathryn Humphreys, executive director Eric J. Kaplan, dean of admissions and financial aid Joseph J. McKenna, director of corporate relations Rochelle A. Makela-Goodman, director of foundation Advancement relations 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3120 Bonnie N. Devlin, vice president for advancement Counseling & Psychological Services 36 University Drive; 758-3880 Alumni Association Ian T. Birky, director 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3135 Christopher V. Marshall, executive director Dean of Students 29 Trembley Drive; 758-4156 Art Galleries/Museum Operations Sharon K. Basso, dean of students 420 East Packer Avenue; 758-3615 Ricardo Viera, director/curator Development (see Advancement) Athletics Distance Education (see Special Academic Programs) 641 Taylor Street; 758-4300 Joseph D. Sterrett, Murray H. Goodman dean of athlet- Environmental Health and Safety ics 616 Brodhead Avenue; 758-4251 Barbara A. Plohocki, director Ben Franklin Technology Center 125 Goodman Drive; 758-5200 Facilities Services and Planning R. Chad Paul, executive director 461 Webster Street; 758-3970 Anthony L. Corallo, associate vice president Bookstore 9 West Packer Avenue; 758-3375 Cosmos Oliveri, general manager Principal Officers 403

Finance and Administration Personnel (see Human Resources) 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3180 Margaret F. Plympton, vice president Police (see University Police) Denise M. Blew, associate vice president for finance and President’s Office secretary to the board 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3157 Financial Aid Gregory C. Farrington, president 218 W. Packer Avenue; 758-3181 Provost’s Office Linda F. Bell, director 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3605 Fraternity Management Association Mohamed S. El-Aasser, provost and vice president for 219 Warren Square; 758-3888 academic affairs Elizabeth M. Fisher, executive director Registrar General Counsel 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3200 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3522 Bruce S. Correll, registrar Frank A. Roth. Esq., general counsel Research and Sponsored Programs Heather K. Hosfield, assistant general counsel 526 Brodhead Avenue; 758-3021 Government and Community Affairs Thomas J. Meischeid, director 5 Whitaker Lab; 758-5802 Residential Services William D. Michalerya, associate vice president; 758-5802 Vito G.Gallo, assistant vice president for state relations; 63 University Drive; 758-3500 758-5801 Ozzie Breiner, director Dale Kochard, executive Director for Community & Risk Management Regional affairs; 758-5801 616 Brodhead Ave.; 758-3899 Graduate Student Life Richard Freeman, director 26 Sayre Observatory Special Academic Programs (Distance Education Karen H. Huang, director of graduate student life; and Summer Studies) 758-3648 36 University Drive; 758-3966 (Summer); 758-4373 Health Center (Distance) 36 University Drive; 758-3870 James A. Brown, director Susan C. Kitei, M.D., director Sports Communications Human Resources 641 Taylor Street; 758-3174 428 Brodhead Avenue; 758-3900 Jeff Tourial, director Jacqueline Matthews, associate vice president Student Affairs Institutional Purchasing 29 Trembley Drive; 758-3890 516 Brodhead Avenue; 758-3840 John W. Smeaton, associate vice president and chief stu- Patricia L. Reich, director dent affairs officer Institutional Research Student Auxiliary Services 422 Brodhead Ave.; 758-5890 63 Rathbone Hall; 758-5339 Steven J. Devlin, vice provost for institutional research David M. Joseph, Executive director Scott M. Knauss, director Summer Studies (see Special Academic Programs) Internal Audit Transportation Services 526 Brodhead Avenue; 758-5012 Robert J. Eichenlaub, director 126 Goodman Drive; 758-4410 Christopher J. Christian, director International Students and Scholars Treasurer (see Finance and Administration) 5 E. Packer Avenue; 758-4859 William D. Hunter, director of international education University Police and global union 36 University Drive; 758-4200 Library and Technology Services Edward K. Shupp, chief 8A East Packer Avenue; 758-3025 University Relations Bruce M. Taggart, vice provost 125 Goodman Drive; 758-4487 Mailing and Printing Services Bradley M. Drexler, vice president 118 ATLSS Drive; 758-5402 (Mailing); 758-5408 Vice Provost for Research (Printing) 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-6120 Glenn H. Strause, director David B. Williams, vice provost Manufacturers Resource Center Women’s Center 125 Goodman Drive; 758-5599 29 Tremblay Drive; 758-6484 Jack E. Pfunder, executive director Kristen R. Handler, director of women’s center Parking Services Zoellner Arts Center 36 University Drive; 758-3893 420 East Packer Avenue; 758-5323 Elizabeth Scofield, executive director 404 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Betzalel Avitzur (1964, 1995), professor emeritus of Faculty and Emeriti materials science and engineering. B.S., Israel Inst. of The first date after the name is the date of appointment Tech. (Israel), 1947; Dip., 1949; M.S., Michigan, 1956; to continuous service on the Lehigh University faculty or Ph.D., 1961. staff; the second date, when the first fails to do so, indi- cates the date of appointment to the present professional B rank. Where the name of the institution awarding a D. Raymond Bainbridge (1972, 2001), professor emeri- high-level degree is not given, the institution is the same tus of accounting. B.S., Rider, 1963; M.S., Lehigh, one that awarded the previous degree listed. 1972; Ph.D., 1978; C.P.A., Pennsylvania, 1971. P.E. indicates certification as a professional engineer; Henry S. Baird (2004), professor of computer science C.P.A. indicates certified public accountant. A.P.R. indi- and engineering. B.A., Harvard, 1966; M.S., Rutgers, cates accreditation by Public Relations Society of America. 1976; Ph.D., Princeton, 1984. A Nicholas W. Balabkins (1957, 1994), professor emeritus of economics. Dipl.rer.pol., Gottingen (Germany), 1949; John H. Abel, Jr. (1985, 2003), professor emeritus of M.A., Rutgers, 1953; Ph.D., 1956. biological sciences. B.A., Wooster, 1959; M.A., Brown, Linda M. Bambara (1988, 2002), professor of education 1964; Ph.D., 1966. and human services. B.S., SUNY at Oneonta, 1975; John W. Adams (1965, 1995), professor emeritus of M.S.Ed., SUNY at Binghamton, 1977; Ed.D., industrial engineering. B.S., Nebraska, 1952; Ph.D., Vanderbilt, 1985. North Carolina, 1962; CQE. Margaret E. Barber (2005), assistant professor of educa- Mark R. Adams (2004), professor of practice of finance. tion and human services. B.A., Bates, 1993; M.A. B.S., Delaware, 1982; M.B.A., Pittsburgh, 1986; J.D., Teachers College-Columbia, 2001; Ed.D., 2005. Baltimore School of Law, 1994. Thoburn V. Barker (1953, 1984), professor emeritus of Eugene O. Albulescu (1997, 2002), professor of prac- speech. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan, 1943; M.A., Columbia, tice, music. P.D., Conservatorium of Music (New 1951. Zealand), 1988; A.D., Indiana, 1992; M.M., 1994; Henri J. Barkey (1987, 1999), Bernard L. and Bertha B.D., Rongotai (New Zealand), 1997. Cohen professor and chairperson of international rela- Jack A. Alhadeff (1982), professor of chemistry. B.A., tions. B.Sc., City Univ. (London), 1975; M.Sc., Univ. Chicago, 1965; Ph.D., Oregon Medical School, 1972. College (London), 1976; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1984. Eugene M. Allen (1967, 1982), professor emeritus of Robert F. Barnes, Jr. (1965, 1995), professor emeritus of chemistry. B.A., Columbia, 1938; M.S., Stevens Inst. of philosophy; professor emeritus of computer science. B.S., Tech., 1944; Ph.D., Rutgers, 1952. M.I.T., 1957; M.A., Dartmouth, 1959; Ph.D., Carlos J. Alvare (1984), professor emeritus of art and California at Berkeley, 1965. architecture. B. Arch., Yale, 1947; M.C.P., Pennsylvania, Susan E. Barrett (1987, 1994), associate professor of 1954; M. Arch., Yale, 1973. psychology. B.A., Clark, 1981; ScM., Brown, 1983; David Curtis Amidon, Jr. (1965, 1995), associate pro- Ph.D., 1987. fessor, urban studies. B.A., Juniata, 1957; M.A., Donald D. Barry (1963, 2000), university professor Pennsylvania State, 1959. emeritus of political science. B.A., Ohio, 1956; M.A., David J. Anastasio (1986, 1993), associate professor of Syracuse, 1959; Ph.D. 1963. earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Franklin and Richard W. Barsness (1978, 2004), dean emeritus, col- Marshall, 1980; M.A., Johns Hopkins, 1984; Ph.D., 1988. lege of business and economics and university service Anne-Marie Anderson (2003), assistant professor of professor emeritus of management. B.S., Minnesota, finance. B.S., U.S. Military Academy, 1987; M.B.A., 1957; M.A., 1958; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., 1963. Tulso, 1998; Ph.D., Arizona, 2003. Michael G. Baylor (1976, 1990), chairperson and pro- Rosemarie Arbur (1972, 2000), professor emerita of fessor of history. B.A., Knox, 1964; M.A., Stanford, English. B.A., Nazareth, 1966; M.A., Illinois, 1967; 1966; Ph.D., 1971. Ph.D., 1972. Barry S. Bean (1973, 1998), professor of biological sci- Marie-Sophie Armstrong (1986, 1992), associate profes- ences. B.S., Tufts, 1964; Ph.D., Rockefeller, 1970. sor of modern languages and literature. B.A., Institut Gordon C.F. Bearn (1986, 2002), William Wilson Superieur d’Interpretariat et de Traduction (France), Selfridge professor of philosophy. B.A., Williams, 1977; 1979; B.A., Sorbonne (France), 1979; M.A., Oregon, B.A., Oxford, 1979; Ph.D., Yale, 1985. 1982; Ph.D., 1986. Gray E. Bebout (1991, 2003), professor of earth and Mark G. Arnold (2002), assistant professor of computer environmental sciences. B.S., Texas, 1981; M.A., 1984; science and engineering. B.S., Wyoming, 1978; M.S., Ph.D., California-Los Angeles, 1989. 1982; Ph.D., UMIST (United Kingdom), 2002. Michael J. Behe (1985, 1997), professor of biological J. Richard Aronson (1965, 1972), William L. Clayton sciences. B.S., Drexel, 1974; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1978. professor of business and economics and director, Carl R. Beidleman (1967, 1995), DuBois professor Martindale Center for the study of private enterprise. emeritus of finance. B.S., Lafayette, 1954; M.B.A., B.A., Clark, 1959; M.A., Stanford, 1961; Ph.D., Clark, Drexel, 1961; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1968. 1964. Peter G. Beidler (1967, 1977), Lucy G. Moses distin- Catherine M. Arrington (2005), assistant professor of guished professor of English. B.A., Earlham, 1962; psychology. B.A./B.S., Furman, 1994; M.A., Wake M.A., Lehigh, 1965; Ph.D., 1968. Forest, 1996; Ph.D., Michigan, 2002. Raymond Bell (1966, 2004), university service professor Lloyd W. Ashby (1966, 1971), professor emeritus of emeritus of education and social relations. Teaching education and human services. A.B., Hastings , 1927; Cert., St. John’s (England), 1961; M.A., Temple, 1967; M.A., Teachers College-Columbia, 1935; Ed.D., 1950. Ed.D., Lehigh, 1971. Faculty and Emeriti 405

Russell E. Benner (1962), professor emeritus of mechani- C cal engineering and mechanics. B.S., Cornell, 1947; M.S., Lehigh, 1951; Ph.D., 1959; P.E., Pennsylvania, 1970. Huai-Dong Cao (2003), A. Everett Pitcher professor of mathematics. B.A., Tsinghua (China), 1981; M.A., Rosemary T. Berger (2002), assistant professor of indus- Princeton, 1983; Ph.D., 1986. trial and systems engineering. B.S., William and Mary, 1992; M.S., Northwestern, 1993; Ph.D., 1997. Hugo S. Caram (1977, 1986), professor of chemical engineering. B.S., Buenos Aires (Argentina), 1967; Ivan Biaggio (2002), associate professor of physics. M.S., Ph.D., Minnesota, 1977. Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (Switzerland), 1986; Ph.D. 1993. G. Slade Cargill III (1997), Sherman Fairchild professor and chairperson of materials science and engineering. Mark H. Bickhard (1990), Henry R. Luce professor in B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1966; S.M., cognitive robotics and the philosophy of knowledge; Harvard, 1966; Ph.D., 1969. cognitive science, psychology and philosophy and direc- tor, institute for interactivist studies. B.S., Chicago, Kimberley Carrell-Smith (2002), professor of practice of 1966; M.S., 1970; Ph.D., 1973. history. B.A., Wesleyan, 1979; M.A., Delaware, 1981; Ph.D., 1989. Jerry T. Bidlack (1973, 1995), professor emeritus of music. B.A., Oberlin, 1953; M.A., Boston, 1957. Bobb Carson (1971, 2003), dean emeritus and professor emeritus of earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Mary Jean Bishop (2001), assistant professor of educa- Carleton, 1965; M.S., Washington, 1967; Ph.D., 1971. tion and human services. B.A., Lebanon Valley, 1984; M.A., Millersville, 1987; Ed.D., Lehigh, 2000. Franklin J. Carter (2004), assistant professor of market- ing. B.S., Carnegie-Mellon, 1978; M.B.A., Wharton, Glenn D. Blank (1984, 1990), associate professor of 1982; M.S., Carnegie-Mellon, 1994; Ph.D., 1997. computer science and engineering. B.A., Pennsylvania State, 1974; M.A., Michigan, 1975; M.S., Wisconsin at Grace Caskie (2004), assistant professor of education Madison, 1983; Ph.D., 1984. and human services. B.A., Millersville, 1993; M.A., North Carolina, 1996; Ph.D., 1998. Rick S. Blum (1991, 2002), Robert W. Wieseman pro- fessor of electrical and computer engineering. B.S., Lynne U. Cassimeris (1992, 2004), professor of biologi- Pennsylvania State, 1984; M.S., Pennsylvania, 1987; cal sciences. B.S., Springfield, 1980; Ph.D., North Ph.D., 1991. Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1988. Philip A. Blythe (1968, 1970), professor of mechanical Alfred J. Castaldi (1966, 1987), professor emeritus of engineering and mechanics. B.Sc., Manchester education and human services. B.S., Pennsylvania, 1951; (England), 1958; Ph.D., 1961. M.S., 1956; Ed.D., 1964. Alec M. Bodzin (1999, 2005), associate professor of Ward M. Cates (1991, 2001), professor of education education and human services. B.S., Michigan, 1988; and human services. B.A., Duke, 1971; Ed.D., 1979. M.Ed., George Washington, 1992; Ph.D., North Marie-Helene Chabut (1988, 2000), professor of mod- Carolina State, 1999. ern languages and literature. Licene de Lettres Modernes, Teresa V. Bohlsen (1999), lecturer in Spanish, modern Universite de Toulouse (France), 1977; Maitrise de languages and literature. B.A., Inst. Tech. Estudio. Lettres Modernes (France), 1979; C. Phil., California at Superiores (Mexico), 1964; M.A., San Diego, 1984. San Diego, 1982; Ph.D., 1984. John W. Bonge (1972, 2002), professor emeritus of Helen M. Chan (1986, 1995), New Jersey Zinc management. B.S., Princeton, 1957; M.B.A., Company professor of materials science and engineering. Northwestern, 1959; Ph.D., 1968. B.S., Imperial College of Science Tech. (England), 1979; Ph.D., 1982. Berrisford W. Boothe (1989, 1996), associate professor of art and architecture. B.A., Lafayette, 1983; M.F.A., Marvin Charles (1970, 2004), professor emeritus of Maryland Institute, 1986. chemical engineering. B.S., Brooklyn Polytechnic, 1964; M.S., 1967; Ph.D., 1970. Garold J. Borse (1966, 1977), professor of physics. B.S., Detroit, 1962; M.S., Virginia, 1964; Ph.D., 1966. Manoj K. Chaudhury (1994, 2001), Franklin J. Howes, Jr. distinguished professor of chemical engi- Arthur L. Brody (1957, 1989), professor emeritus of neering . B.S., Calcutta, 1976; M.S., SUNY at Buffalo, psychology. B.A., George Washington, 1951; Ph.D., 1980; Ph.D., 1984. Indiana, 1956. John C. Chen (1970, 2005), professor emeritus of Addison C. Bross (1967, 1994), professor of English. chemical engineering. B.S., Cooper Union, 1956; M.S., B.A., Davidson, 1959; M.A., Duke, 1960; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon, 1959; Ph.D., Michigan, 1961. Louisiana State, 1967. Liang Cheng (2002), assistant professor of computer Derick G. Brown (2001), assistant professor of civil and science and engineering. B.S.E.E., Huazhong (China), environmental engineering. B.S., Boston, 1986; M.S., 1994; M.S.E.E., Tsinghua (China), 1997; Ph.D., California, 1994; M.A., Princeton, 1996; Ph.D., 2000. Rutgers, 2002. Forbes T. Brown (1970, 2004), professor emeritus of Meng-Sang Chew (1992, 1995), associate professor of mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., M.I.T., mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Columbia, 1958; M.S., 1958; Mech.E., 1959; Sc.D., 1962. 1977; M.S., 1977; M.Ph., 1979; Ph.D., 1980; P.E., Stephen G. Buell (1973, 1995), professor of finance. Virginia, 1992. B.S., Lehigh, 1970; M.A., 1971; Ph.D., 1977. Gautam Chinta (2004), assistant professor of mathemat- Sidney R. Butler (1969, 1991), professor emeritus of ics. B.S., Yale, 1995; Ph.D., Columbia, 2000. materials science and engineering. B.S., Maine, 1954; Ravi Chitturi (2003), George N. Beckwith ’32 professor M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1956; Ph.D., 1960. and assistant professor of marketing. B.E., Regional Maria Bykovskaia (2002), assistant professor of biologi- Engineering College at Trichy (India), 1982; M.S., cal sciences. M.S., Leningrad (Russia), 1987; Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology, Chicago, 1984; M.B.A., Russian Academy of Sciences (Russia), 1992. Texas, 1996; Ph.D., 2003. 406 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Paul Chou (1993, 2000), Ronald J. Ulrich professor in Frank L. Davis (1987, 1993), associate professor of orchestral and string music and associate professor of political science. B.A., Nevada, 1973; M.A., North music. B.Mus., Indiana, 1983; M.M., SUNY at Stony Carolina, 1980; Ph.D., 1987. Brook, 1985. Brian D. Davison (2001), assistant professor of comput- Shin-Yi Chou (2003), assistant professor of econom- er science and engineering. B.S., Bucknell, 1991; M.S., ics. B.A., National Taiwan (Taiwan), 1994; Ph.D., Rutgers, 1995: Ph.D., 2001. Duke, 1999. James A. Dearden (1989, 2000), chairperson and profes- Ye T. Chou (1968, 1995), New Century Fund professor sor of economics. A.B., Muhlenberg, 1982; Ph.D., emeritus of materials science and engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1987. Chung King, 1945; M.S., Carnegie-Mellon, 1954; Jack A. DeBellis (1964, 2002), professor emeritus of Ph.D., 1957. English. B.A., Florida, 1957; M.A., California-Los Mooi Choo Chuah (2004), associate professor of com- Angeles, 1959; Ph.D., 1964. puter science and engineering. B.E., Malaya (Malaysia), D. Richard Decker (1982, 1984), professor of electrical 1984; M.S., California, 1988; Ph.D., 1991. and computer engineering. B.S., North Carolina State, Anna M. Chupa (2004), associate professor of art and 1961; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1970. architecture and director, design arts. B.A., Rutgers, 1977; Michele M. Deegan (2005), professor of practice of M.A.L.S., Dartmouth, 1981; M.F.A., Delaware, 1996. political science. B.A., Pittsburgh, 1988; M.S., DePaul, Christine L. Cole (1988, 2001), professor of school psy- 1991; Ph.D., New York, 1996. chology. B.A., St. Olaf, 1975; M.S., Wisconsin-Madison, Mary E. Deily (1991, 1995), associate professor of eco- 1977; Ph.D., 1982. nomics. B.A., Maryland, 1979; M.A., Harvard, 1983; Karen M. Collins (1990, 1994), associate professor of Ph.D., 1985. accounting. B.S., Salisbury State, 1976; M.B.A., 1984; Gary G. DeLeo (1979, 1996), professor of physics. B.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic, 1988. SUNY at Fredonia, 1974; M.S., Connecticut, 1976; Frank T. Colon (1965, 1980), professor of political sci- Ph.D., 1979. ence. B.A., Geneva College, 1954; M.A., Pittsburgh, Terry J. Delph (1979, 1989), professor of mechanical 1960; Ph.D., 1962. engineering and mechanics. B.S., Georgia Inst. of Tech., Helen L. Columba (1989, 1995), associate professor of 1967; M.S., Calif. Inst. of Tech., 1968; Ae.E., 1969; education and human services. B.A., Morehead State; Ph.D., Stanford, 1976. M.Ed., Louisville, 1977; Ed.D., 1989. Volkmar Dierolf (2000), associate professor of physics. Constance A. Cook (1989, 1996), associate professor of M.A., University of Stuttgart (Germany), 1987; Ph.D., modern languages and literature. B.A., University of Utah, 1992. Washington, 1976; M.A., 1980; Ph.D., California at David Diggs (1999), lecturer in music. B.Mus., Berkeley, 1990. Oklahoma City, 1969; M. Mus., SUNY, 1974. Gail A. Cooper (1987, 1996), associate professor of his- Robin S. Dillon (1987, 1993), associate professor of phi- tory. B.A., California at Santa Barbara, 1975; M.A., losophy. B.A., Pittsburgh, 1978; M.A., 1981; Ph.D., 1987. 1980; Ph.D., 1987. Yujie Ding (2002, 2005), professor of electrical and Pasquale J. Costa (2003), professor of practice of industrial computer engineering. B.S.E.E., Jilin University and systems engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1969 (China), 1984; M.S.E.E., Purdue, 1987; Ph.D., Johns John P. Coulter (1990, 2001), associate dean of graduate Hopkins, 1990. studies and research for the P.C. Rossin college of engi- George A. Dinsmore (1955, 1987), professor emeritus of neering and applied science and professor of mechanical civil engineering. B.E., Yale, 1946; M.S., Colorado, 1955. engineering and mechanics. B.S., Delaware, 1983; M.S., 1985; Ph.D., 1988. Kathryn A. DiPietro (2002), assistant professor of edu- cation and human services. B.A., North Florida, 1989; Kate Crassons (2004), assistant professor of English. M.E., 1994. B.A., Louisiana, 1996; M.A., Colorado, 1998; Ph.D., Duke, 2004. Vladimir Dobric (1987, 2000), professor of mathematics. B.S., Zagreb (Croatia), 1974; M.S., 1980; Ph.D., 1985. Brad K. Cressman (2005), professor of practice of edu- cation and human services. B.S., Mansfield, 1974; Bruce A. Dodson (1978, 1986), associate professor of Ed.D., Lehigh, 1995. mathematics. B.S., Oregon, 1972; M.A., SUNY at Stony Brook, 1975; Ph.D., 1976. David L. Cundall (1975, 1992), professor of biological sciences. B.S., McGill, 1967; M.S., Arkansas, 1970; Beth Dolan (2001), assistant professor of English. Ph.D., 1974. B.A., Davidson, 1989; M.A., North Carolina, 1992; Ph.D., 1999. Stephen H. Cutcliffe (1976, 2002), associate dean of graduate studies and research for the college of arts and Alexander M. Doty (1986, 2000), chairperson and pro- sciences; professor of science, technology, and society fessor of English. B.A., Texas-El Paso, 1976; M.A., and history; and director, STS program. A.B., Bates, Illinois-Urbana, 1978; Ph.D., 1984. 1968; M.A., Lehigh, 1973; Ph.D., 1976. Joseph A. Dowling (1958, 1994), distinguished profes- sor emeritus of history. B.A., Lincoln Memorial, 1948; D M.A., New York, 1951; Ph.D., 1958. J. Hartley Daniels (1967, 1991), professor emeritus of George J. Du Paul (1992, 1998), professor of education civil engineering. B.S., Alberta (Canada), 1955; M.S., and human services. B.A., Wesleyan, 1979; M.S., Rhode Illinois, 1959; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1967; P.E., Alberta Island, 1983; Ph.D., 1985. (Canada), 1955; P.E., Pennsylvania, 1975. Judith A. Duffield (2004), associate professor of educa- Donald M. Davis (1974, 1984), professor of mathemat- tion and human services. B.A., San Diego State, 1972; ics. B.S., M.I.T., 1967; Ph.D., Stanford, 1972. M.A., 1986; Ph.D., Florida State, 1989. Faculty and Emeriti 407

Ian P.H. Duffy (1975, 1989), professor of history and John W. Fisher (1961, 2002), Joseph T. Stuart professor director of the Eckardt Scholars program. B.A., Oxford emeritus of civil engineering. B.S., Washington, 1956; (England), 1965; M.A., 1966; Ph.D., 1974. M.S., Lehigh, 1958; Ph.D., 1964; P.E., Illinois, 1960. John N. DuPont (1991, 2002), associate professor of Robert A. Flowers II (2004), chairperson and professor materials science and engineering. B.S., Ohio, 1990; of chemistry. B.S., East Stroudsburg, 1986; Ph.D., Ph.D., Lehigh, 1974. Lehigh, 1991. E Robert T. Folk (1961, 1966), professor of physics. B.S., Lehigh, 1953; B.S., 1954; M.S., 1955; Ph.D., 1958. Alwyn Eades (1997), professor of materials science and Amy Forsyth (2001), associate professor of art and archi- engineering. B.A., Trinity, Cambridge (United Kingdom), tecture. B. Arch., Pennsylvania State, 1986; M. Arch, 1962; Ph.D., Cambridge (United Kingdom), 1967. Princeton, 1990. Nikolai Eberhardt (1962, 1995), professor emeritus of Natalie Foster (1981, 1989), associate professor of electrical engineering. M.S., Munich (Germany), 1957; chemistry. B.S., Muhlenberg, 1971; M.S., Lehigh, 1973; Ph.D., 1962. D.A., 1977; Ph.D., 1982. Alice L. Eckardt (1972, 1987), professor emerita of reli- W. Beall Fowler, Jr. (1966, 2001), professor emeritus of gion studies. B.A., Oberlin, 1944; M.A., Lehigh, 1966. physics. B.S., Lehigh, 1959; Ph.D., Rochester, 1963. Dominic G.B. Edelen (1969, 1993), professor emeritus Drew Francis (1995, 2001), associate professor of theatre. of mathematics. B.E.S., Johns Hopkins, 1954; M.S.E., B.A., SUNY at Brockport, 1980; M.F.A., Brandeis, 1983. 1956; Ph.D., 1956. Barbara B. Frankel (1973, 1994), professor emerita of Bennett Eisenberg (1972, 1984), professor of mathe- sociology and anthropology. Ph.B., Chicago, 1947; matics. A.B., Dartmouth, 1964; Ph.D., M.I.T., 1968. B.A., Goddard, 1966; M.A., Temple, 1970; Ph.D., Mohamed S. El-Aasser (1972, 2004), provost and vice Princeton, 1973. president for academic affairs; director of emulsion poly- Douglas R. Frey (1977, 1998), professor of electrical mers institute and professor of chemical engineering; and computer engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1973; M.S., B.S., Alexandria (Egypt), 1962; M.S., 1966; Ph.D., 1974; Ph.D., 1977. McGill (Canada), 1972. Sharon M. Friedman (1974, 1986), professor of journal- G. Mark Ellis (1967, 1989), associate dean emeritus, col- ism and communication. B.A., Temple, 1964; M.A., lege of arts and sciences and professor emeritus of history. Pennsylvania State, 1974. B.A., Yale, 1943; M.A., Harvard, 1949; Ph.D., 1952. Bruce D. Fritchman (1969, 1981), professor of electrical John H. Ellis (1971, 1994), professor emeritus of histo- and computer engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1960; B.S., ry. B.S., Memphis State, 1955; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., 1967. Tulane, 1962. Raymond J. Emrich (1946, 1987), professor emeritus of G physics. B.S., Princeton, 1938; M.S., 1946; Ph.D., 1946. Matthew W. Gaffney (1971, 1979), professor emeritus Fazil Erdogan (1957, 2001), G. Whitney Snyder profes- of education and human services. A.B., Hobart, 1935; sor emeritus of mechanical engineering and mechanics. M.A., Rochester, 1941; Ed.D., Buffalo, 1953. M.S. Istanbul Tec. (Turkey), 1948; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1955. Edward J. Gallagher (1969, 1984), professor of English. Edward B. Evenson (1973, 1985), professor of earth and B.S., St. Joseph’s, 1964; Ph.D., Notre Dame, 1970. environmental sciences. B.S., Wisconsin, 1965; M.S., Lucy C. Gans (1981, 1999), professor of art and design. 1970; Ph.D., Michigan, 1972. B.F.A., Lake Erie, 1971; M.F.A., Pratt, 1974. F Gerald Garb (1967, 1989), professor emeritus of eco- nomics. B.S., Pennsylvania, 1948; M.A., Dale F. Falcinelli (1978, 2002), professor of practice of California-Berkeley, 1951; Ph.D., 1957. management. B.S., Lehigh, 1970; M.S., 1972. Keith M. Gardiner (1987, 1989), director, center for Matthias M. Falk (2003), assistant professor of biologi- manufacturing systems engineering, and professor of cal sciences. B.A., Giessen (Germany), 1984; M.A., industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Manchester 1987; Ph.D., Hiedelberg (Germany), 1992. (England), 1953; Ph.D., 1957; P.E., California, 1978. Hsai Yang Fang (1966, 1996), professor emeritus of civil John B. Gatewood (1978, 1991), professor of sociology engineering. B.S. Hangchow, 1947; M.S., Purdue, 1957; and anthropology. B.A., Illinois, 1971; M.A., 1974; Ph.D., West Virginia, 1966. Ph.D., 1978.Samir N. Ghadiali (2003), assistant profes- Gregory C. Farrington (1998), president, professor of sor of mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., materials science and engineering, and professor of Cornell, 1994; M.S.E., Tulane, 1998; Ph.D., 2000. chemical engineering. B.S., Clarkson, 1968; A.M., B. Kumar Ghosh (1961, 2005), professor emeritus of Harvard, 1970; Ph.D., 1972. mathematics. B.S., Calcutta (India), 1955; Ph.D., Douglas D. Feaver (1956, 1985), professor emeritus of London, 1959. classics. B.A., Toronto, 1948; M.A., Johns Hopkins, Robert C. Giambatista (2004), assistant professor of 1949; Ph.D., 1951. management. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1985; M.S., Jan S. Fergus (1976, 1988), professor of English. B.A., 1987; Ph.D., Wisconsin-Madison, 1999. Stanford, 1964; Ph.D., CUNY, 1975. Michael J. Gill (1998, 2004), associate professor of psy- Gregory S. Ferguson (1990, 1996), associate professor of chology. B.A./B.S., North Carolina at Charlotte, 1993; chemistry. B.S., William and Mary, 1982; M.S., Cornell, Ph.D., Texas at Austin, 1998. 1984; Ph.D., 1987. John Martin Gillroy (2004), professor of international Debra Field (2002), lecturer of music. B.A., Central relations and the environmental initiative. B.A., Drury, Missouri State, 1976; B.A., Houston, 1979. 1975; M.A., Queen’s, 1978; M.A., Chicago, 1980; M.A., Elizabeth N. Fifer (1973, 1989), professor of English. Vermont Law, 1994; M.A., Wolfson College & Faculty of B.A., Michigan, 1965; M.A., 1966; Ph.D., 1969. Law (United Kingdom), 2003; Ph.D., Chicago, 1985. 408 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

James G. Gilchrist (2004), assistant professor of chemi- Bruce R. Hargreaves (1977, 1983), associate professor of cal engineering. B.S., Washington, 1997; Ph.D., earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Pomona, 1970; Northwestern, 2003. Ph.D., California-Berkeley, 1977. Norman J. Girardot (1980, 1987), university distin- D. Gary Harlow (1982, 1992), professor of mechanical guished professor of religion studies. B.S., Holy Cross, engineering and mechanics. B.A., Western Kentucky, 1965; M.A., Chicago, 1968; Ph.D., 1974. 1973; M.S., Cornell, 1976; Ph.D., 1977. Steven L. Goldman (1977), Andrew W. Mellon profes- Martin P. Harmer (1980, 1988), Alcoa Foundation pro- sor in the humanities. B.S., Brooklyn Polytechnic, 1962; fessor of material science and engineering, and director, M.A., Boston, 1966; Ph.D., 1971. center for advanced materials and nano-technology. B.S., Laura M. Gonnerman (2002), assistant professor of psy- Leeds (England), 1976; Ph.D., 1980. chology. B.A., Boston, 1988; M.A., Middlebury, 1989; Robert R. Harson (1966, 1995), professor emeritus of M.A., 1991; M.A., Southern California, 1994; Ph.D., 1999. English. B.A., Wagner, 1963; M.A., Ohio, 1964; Paul N. Gordon (2003), professor of practice of Ph.D., 1966. accounting. B.S., DePaul, 1996; M.B.A., Wisconsin- Joseph C. Hartman (1996, 2002), George Kledaras profes- Madison, 1967. sor and chairperson of industrial and systems engineering. Scott Paul Gordon (1995, 2001), associate professor of B.S., Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1992; M.S., Georgia English and co-director, Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute of Technology, 1994; Ph.D., 1996. Institute for eighteenth-century studies. A.B., Harvard, Ronald J. Hartranft (1966, 1977), professor of mechani- 1989; M.A., 1989; Ph.D., 1993. cal engineering and mechanics. B.S., Lehigh, 1963; Carole M. Gorney (1982, 1996), professor of journalism M.S., 1964; Ph.D., 1966. and communication and director, center for crisis public Miltiadis K. Hatalis (1987, 1995), professor of electrical relations and litigation studies. B.A., Albuquerque, 1965; and computer engineering. B.S., Aristotle U. of M.S.J., Northwestern, 1966. APR; Fellow PRSA. Thessaloniki (Greece), 1982; M.S., SUNY at Buffalo, Heidi Grant (2004), assistant professor of psychology. 1984; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon, 1987. B.A., Pennsylvania, 1995; M.A., Columbia, 1997; David Hawkes (1991, 1998), associate professor of Ph.D., 2001. English. B.A., Oxford, 1986; M.A., Columbia, 1988; James A. Greenleaf (1970, 1979), associate professor of M.Phil., 1990; Ph.D., 1992. finance and law and director, institute for the study of Thomas M. Haynes (1952, 1983), professor emeritus of commodities. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1964; M.S., philosophy. B.A., Butler, 1941; M.A., Illinois, 1949; Lehigh, 1966; Ph.D., New York, 1974. Ph.D., 1949. Joachim L. Grenestedt (2000), associate professor of Jeff Heflin (2001), assistant professor of computer sci- mechanical engineering and mechanics. M.S., KTH in ence and engineering. B.S., William and Mary, 1992; Stockholm (Sweden), 1987; Ph.D., 1992; Docent, 1996. M.S., Maryland, 1999; Ph.D., 2001. Mikell P. Groover (1964, 1978), professor of industrial Ned D. Heindel (1966, 1973), Howard S. Bunn profes- and systems engineering, director, manufacturing tech- sor of chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley, 1959; M.S., nology laboratory. B.A., Lehigh, 1961; B.S., 1962; M.S., Delaware, 1961; Ph.D., 1963. 1966; Ph.D., 1969; P.E., Pennsylvania, 1972. Sidney S. Herman (1962, 1991), professor emeritus of Charles W. Guditus (1965, 1987), professor emeritus of biology. B.S., Georgetown, 1953; M.S., Rhode Island, education and human services. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1958; Ph.D., 1962. 1950; M.A., Bucknell, 1952; Ed.D., Lehigh, 1965. Roy C. Herrenkohl (1966, 1975), distinguished serv- Frank R. Gunter (1984, 1991), associate professor of ice professor of sociology and anthropology and economics. B.A., Pennsylvania State, 1977; M.A., Johns education. B.A., Washington and Lee, 1954; Ph.D., Hopkins, 1980; Ph.D., 1985. New York, 1966. James D. Gunton (1988), Joseph A. Waldschmitt pro- Richard W. Hertzberg (1964, 1998), New Jersey Zinc fessor of physics. B.A., Linfield, 1958; B.A., Oxford professor emeritus of materials science and engineer- (England), 1961; Ph.D., Stanford, 1967. ing. B.S., CUNY, 1960; M.S., M.I.T., 1961; Ph.D., Parveen P. Gupta (1987, 1994), Frank L. Magee profes- Lehigh, 1965. sor and associate professor of accounting. B.Com., Delhi Anna P. Herz (1966, 1992), professor emerita of mod- (India), 1976; L.L.B., 1980; M.B.A., Connecticut, 1983; ern languages and literature. B.S., Pennsylvania, 1949; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State, 1987. M.A., 1950; M.A., Columbia, 1951; Ph.D., Reetika Gupta (2005), assistant professor of marketing. Pennsylvania, 1956. B.A., St. Stephens College (India), 1994; Ph.D., Baruch Warren R. Heydenberk (1973, 1977), associate profes- College, 2004. sor of education and human services. B.S., Western Michigan, 1964; M.A., 1965; Ph.D., Northern H Colorado, 1971. Theodore Hailperin (1946, 1980), professor emeritus of A. Peet Hickman (1994), professor of physics. B.A., mathematics. B.S., Michigan, 1939; Ph.D., Cornell, Rice, 1969; M.A., 1971; Ph.D., 1973. 1943. Frank H. Hielscher (1971, 2001), professor emeritus of James A. Hall (1979, 1985), Peter E. Bennett professor electrical and computer engineering. B.S., Drexel, 1961; and associate professor of accounting. B.A., Tulsa, 1974; M.S., Denver, 1963; Ph.D., Illinois, 1966. M.A., 1975; Ph.D., Oklahoma State, 1979. Donald J. Hillman (1960, 1964), professor of computer William R. Haller (2001), professor of practice of elec- science and engineering. B.A., Cambridge (England), trical and computer engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1973; 1955; M.A., 1959; Ph.D., 1962. M.S., 1975. David J. Hinrichs (2005), lecturer of accounting. B.S., James E. Hansz (1974, 2001), professor emeritus of North Dakota, 1972; M.B.A.,Lehigh, 1976; M.S., 2000. marketing. B.A., Albion, 1964; M.A., Michigan State, 1965; Ph.D., Cincinnati, 1971. Faculty and Emeriti 409

James B. Hobbs (1966, 1991), associate dean emeritus of Anand Jagota (2004), professor of chemical engineering the college of arts and sciences, Frank L. Magee distin- and director, bioengineering and applied life sciences. guished professor emeritus of business administration Bachelor of Tech., Indian Inst. of Technology, New (management and accounting). A.B., Harvard, 1952; Delhi (India), 1983; M.S., Cornell, 1986; Ph.D., 1988. M.B.A., Kansas, 1957; D.B.A., Indiana, 1962. Himanshu Jain (1985, 1993), Theodore L. Diamond Erica Hoelscher (1996, 2001), associate professor of the- distinguished professor of materials science and engi- atre. B.A., Simpson, 1989; M.F.A., Northwestern, 1992. neering. B.S., Kanpur (India), 1970; M.S., Banaras Christine Hofmeister (2000), assistant professor of com- (India), 1972; M.Tech., Indian Inst. of Tech. (India), puter science and engineering. A.B., Bryn Mawr, 1981; 1974; Eng.Sc.D., Columbia, 1979. M.S., Lehigh, 1987; Ph.D., Maryland, 1993. Kristen L. Jellison (2003), assistant professor of civil and Carl S. Holzinger (1964, 1979), professor of electrical environmental engineering. B.S., Cornell, 1997; Ph.D., and computer engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1956; M.S., M.I.T., 2003. 1957; Ph.D., 1963. Ruihua Jiang (2003), assistant professor of management. Chuan C. Hsiung (1952, 1984), professor emeritus of B.S., East China Normal University (China), 1985; mathematics. B.S., Chekiang (China), 1936; Ph.D., M.A., 1988; M.B.A., Baruch College, 1997; Ph.D., Michigan State, 1948. Western Ontario (Canada), 2003. James Tsai-An Hsu (1986, 1993), director, biopharma- Asha K. Jitendra (1993, 2002), professor of special edu- ceutical technology institute and professor of chemical cation. B.A., Univ. of Madras (India), 1976; M.S., engineering. B.S., National Cheng-Kung (Taiwan), 1969; Purdue, 1986; Ph.D., Oregon, 1991. M.S., Rhode Island, 1972; Ph.D., Northwestern, 1979. David L. Johnson (1984), associate professor of mathe- Ti Huang (1967, 1994), professor emeritus of civil engi- matics. A.B., California at Berkeley, 1973; Ph.D., neering. B.S., Tangshan (China), 1948; M.S., Michigan, M.I.T., 1977. 1952; Ph.D., 1960; P.E., New Mexico, 1960. Heather B. Johnson (2001), assistant professor of sociol- Wei-Min Huang (1982, 1995), professor of mathemat- ogy and anthropology. B.A., Colby, 1994; M.A., ics. B.S., Tamkang (Taiwan), 1973; M.S., 1976; M.A., Northwestern, 1997; Ph.D., 2001. Rochester, 1980; Ph.D., 1982. Kashi K. Johnson (1999, 2005), associate professor of John P. Huennekens (1984, 1994), professor of physics. theatre. B.A., Lehigh, 1994; M.F.A., Pittsburgh, 1997. B.A., California at Berkeley, 1973; B.S., 1974; M.S., Robert L. Johnson (1970, 1994), professor emeritus of Illinois, 1976; Ph.D., Colorado, 1982. civil engineering. B.S., Iowa State, 1957; M.S., 1963; Arthur E. Humphrey (1980, 1992), provost emeritus Ph.D., 1969; P.E., Iowa, 1961; P.E., Pennsylvania, 1971. and T.L. Diamond professor of chemical engineering. Stanley H. Johnson (1973, 1980), professor of mechani- B.S., Idaho, 1948; M.S., 1950; Ph.D., Columbia, 1953; cal engineering and mechanics. B.S., California at M.S., M.I.T., 1960; Ph.D. (hon.), Idaho, 1974. Berkeley, 1962; M.S., 1967; Ph.D., 1973. James C.M. Hwang (1988), professor of electrical and K computer engineering. B.S., National Taiwan (Taiwan), 1970; M.S., Cornell, 1973; Ph.D., 1976. Sharon Kalafut (2005), professor of practice of comput- Thomas J. Hyclak (1979, 1990), interim dean of the er science and engineering. B.S., Cedar Crest, 1988; college of business and economics and professor of eco- M.S., Pennsylvania State, 2003. nomics. B.A., Cleveland State, 1969; M.A., 1970; Arturs Kalnins (1965, 2004), professor emeritus of Ph.D., Notre Dame, 1976. mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Michigan, Diane T. Hyland (1981, 1998), professor of psychology 1955; M.S., 1956; Ph.D., 1960. and director, center for social research. B.A., Bates, 1974; Alvin S. Kanofsky (1967, 1976), professor of physics. M.A., Fairfield, 1978; M.S., Syracuse, 1980; Ph.D., 1981. B.A., Pennsylvania, 1961; M.S., 1962; Ph.D., 1966. John J. Karakash (1946, 1966), distinguished professor I emeritus of electrical and computer engineering and Arpana G. Inman (2002), assistant professor of educa- dean emeritus of the P.C. Rossin college of engineering tion and human services. B.A., Ferguson (India), 1983; and applied science. B.S., Duke, 1937; M.S., M.A., Pune (India), 1985; M.S., Wisconsin, 1985; Pennsylvania, 1938; Eng.D. (Hon.), Lehigh, 1971; P.E., Ph.D., Temple, 1999. Pennsylvania, 1948. Jon T. Innes (1965, 2002), professor emeritus of eco- Stephanie Katz (1999), lecturer of Spanish, modern lan- nomics. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1958; M.A., Oregon, guages and literature. B.A., Pomona, 1970. 1967; Ph.D., 1967. Chaim D. Kaufmann (1992, 1998), associate professor Mary Kathryn Iovine (2002), assistant professor of bio- of international relations. A.B., Princeton, 1983; Ph.D., logical sciences. B.S., Carnegie-Mellon, 1993; Ph.D., Columbia, 1990. Washington, 1998. Edwin J. Kay (1971, 1988), professor of computer sci- Garth Isaak (1993, 2005), professor of mathematics. ence and engineering. B.A., Rensselaer Polytechnic, B.A., Bethel, 1984; Ph.D., Rutgers, 1990. 1964; M.S., Lehigh, 1966; Ph.D., 1968; Ph.D., 1971. Murray Itzkowitz (1979, 1991), professor of biological Jacob Y. Kazakia (1972, 1989), professor of engineering sciences. B.S., Illinois, 1965; M.S., Arizona State, 1967; mathematics. M.S., Istanbul Tech. (Turkey), 1968; Ph.D., Maryland, 1970. Ph.D., Lehigh, 1972. J John D. Keefe (1955, 1987), professor emeritus of eco- nomics. B.S., Lehigh, 1948; M.A., Miami, 1955. Ralph J. Jaccodine (1981, 1995), Sherman Fairchild Dawn Keetley (2000), assistant professor of English. professor emeritus in solid-state. B.S., U.S. Naval B.A., South Alabama, 1985; M.A., Pennsylvania State, Academy, 1947; M.S., Stevens Inst. of Tech., 1951; 1988; Ph.D., Wisconsin-Madison, 1994. Ph.D., Notre Dame, 1957. 410 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Joseph P. Kender (1968, 1998), professor emeritus of Kenneth L. Kraft (1990, 2001), professor of religion education. B.A., Mount St. Mary’s, 1952; M.A., studies. B.A., Harvard, 1971; M.A., Michigan, 1978; Villanova, 1955; Ed.D., Pennsylvania, 1967. Ph.D., Princeton, 1984. Lee Kern (1999, 2004), professor of education and Charles S. Kraihanzel (1962, 2001), professor emeritus human services. B.A., California at Santa Barbara, 1978; of chemistry. B.S., Brown, 1957; M.S., Wisconsin, 1959; M.A., Marshall, 1988; Ph.D., South Florida, 1993. Ph.D., 1962. G. Drew Kessler (1999), assistant professor of computer Steven Krawiec (1970, 1982), professor of biological sci- science and engineering. B.S., Virginia, 1992; M.S., ences. B.A., Brown, 1963; Ph.D., Yale, 1968. Georgia Tech, 1995; Ph.D., 1997. Arnold H. Kritz (1991), professor of physics. Sc.B., Samir A. Khabbaz (1960, 1968), professor of mathemat- Brown, 1956; M.S. Yale, 1957; Ph.D., 1961. ics. B.A., Bethel, 1955; M.A., Kansas, 1957; Ph.D., 1960. Barry M. Kroll (1995), Robert D. Rodale professor in Christopher J. Kiely (2002), professor of materials science writing, English. B.A., Delaware, 1968; A.M., Boston U, and engineering. B.Sc., Bristol (UK), 1983; Ph.D., 1986. 1973; Ph.D., Michigan, 1977. Yong W. Kim (1968, 1977), professor of physics. B.S., Michael R. Kuchka (1988, 1994), associate professor of Seoul National (Korea), 1960; M.S., 1962; Ph.D., biological sciences. B.A., Pennsylvania, 1978; Ph.D., Michigan, 1968. Carnegie-Mellon, 1984. Arthur E. King (1976, 1990), professor of economics. Robert Kuchta (2002), professor of practice of market- B.A., Middlebury, 1971; M.A., Ohio State, 1973; ing. B.S., Newark, 1975; M.S., 1982. Ph.D., 1976. L Jerry P. King (1962, 1998), dean emeritus of the gradu- ate school and professor of mathematics. B.S.E.E., Nicholas Ladany (1996, 2005), chairperson and profes- Kentucky, 1958; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., 1962. sor of counseling psychology. B.S., Maryland, 1985; Richard J. Kish (1988, 2002), chairperson and professor Ph.D., SUNY at Albany, 1992. of finance and law. B.S., Clarion State, 1977; M.B.A., Debra Laible (2005), assistant professor of psychology. Florida, 1985; Ph.D., 1988. B.A., Brandeis, 1995; M.A.. Nebraska-Lincoln, 1997; Shalinee Kishore (2003), assistant professor of electrical Ph.D., 2000. and computer engineering. B.S., Rutgers, 1996; M.S., Janet M. Laible (2001), assistant professor of political 1999; M.A., Princeton, 2001; Ph.D., 2002. science. B.A., California at Berkeley, 1990; M.A., Yale, Andrew Klein (1979, 1990), professor of chemical engi- 1993; Ph.D., 2002. neering. B.S., CUNY, 1961; M.S., Stevens Inst. of Tech., James A. Largay III (1980), Arthur Andersen & Co. 1965; Ph.D., North Carolina State, 1972. Alumni professor of accounting. B.S., Denver, 1964; Joseph P. Klein (1980, 1991), assistant dean emeritus of M.B.A., Texas Tech., 1965; M.S., Cornell, 1970; Ph.D., the college of business and economics. B.S., Pennsylvania 1971. C.P.A., Colorado, 1967. State, 1950; M.B.A., Lehigh, 1977. Arthur I. Larky (1954, 1995), professor emeritus of elec- Kamil Klier (1967, 1973), university distinguished pro- trical and computer engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1952; fessor of chemistry. Dipl. Chem., Charles (Prague), M.S., Princeton, 1953; Ph.D., Stanford, 1957. 1954; Ph.D., Czechoslovakia Academy of Sciences John W. Larsen (1984, 2003), professor emeritus of (Czechoslovakia), 1961. chemistry. B.S., Tufts, 1962; Ph.D., Purdue, 1966. Thomas L. Koch (2003), Daniel and Patricia Smith pro- Judith N. Lasker (1981, 1989), NEH distinguished pro- fessor of electrical and computer engineering and fessor of sociology and anthropology. B.A., Brandeis, director, center for optical technologies. A.B., Princeton, 1969; M.A., Harvard, 1973; Ph.D., 1976. 1977; Ph.D., CALTECH, 1982. Ian Laurenzi (2004), assistant professor of chemical Kenneth P. Kodama (1978, 1989), professor of earth engineering. B.S., Albany, 1995; B.S., Rensselaer and environmental sciences. B.A., Pennsylvania, 1973; Polytechnic Institute, 1997; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 2002. M.S., Stanford, 1977; Ph.D., 1977. Lucinda Lawson (2001), assistant professor of manage- Michael G. Kolchin (1979, 1992), professor of manage- ment. B.S., Arkansas State, 1995; M.B.A., 1996; Ph.D., ment. B.A., Miami, 1965; M.B.A., 1970; D.B.A., Texas A&M, 2001. Indiana, 1980. Kiri Lee (1994, 2002), associate professor of modern lan- Henry F. Korth (2002), Robert W. Weiseman 1916 pro- guages and literature. B.A., Nara Women’s, 1981; M.Ed., fessor and chairperson of computer science and Lesley, 1982; M.A., Harvard, 1988; Ph.D., 1993. engineering. B.A., Williams, 1977; M.A., Princeton, Daniel Leenov (1963, 1988), professor emeritus of elec- 1979; M.S.E., 1979; Ph.D., 1981. trical engineering. B.S., George Washington, 1943; Celal N. Kostem (1966, 2004), professor emeritus of M.S., Chicago, 1948; Ph.D., 1951. civil engineering. B.S., Istanbul Tech. (Turkey), 1960; Linda S. Lefkowitz (1974, 1979), associate professor of M.S., 1961; Ph.D., Arizona, 1966. Spanish, modern languages and literature. B.A., Queens, Mayuresh V. Kothare (1998, 2003), R. L. McCann pro- 1964; M.A., California at Berkeley, 1966; Ph.D., fessor and associate professor of chemical engineering Princeton, 1973. and co-director, chemical process model and control cen- Henry Leidheiser, Jr. (1968, 1990), professor emeritus of ter. B.S., Indian Inst. of Tech. (Bombay), 1991; M.S. chemistry. B.S., Virginia, 1941; M.S., 1943; Ph.D., 1946. Calif. Inst. of Tech., 1995; Ph.D., 1997. Robert L. Leight (1964, 1995), professor emeritus of Nevena Koukova (2005), assistant professor of market- education and human services. B.S., Kutztown, 1959; ing. B.S., National and World Economy (Bulgaria), M.A., Lehigh, 1961; M.A., 1964; Ed.D., 1966. 1994; B.A., Case Western Reserve, 2000; Ph.D., Gerard P. Lennon (1980, 1995), professor of civil engineer- Maryland, 2005. ing. B.S., Drexel, 1975; M.S., Cornell, 1977; Ph.D., 1980. Faculty and Emeriti 411

Edward K. Levy (1967, 1976), professor of mechanical J. Gary Lutz (1971, 1981), professor of education and engineering and mechanics and director, energy research human services. B.S., Lehigh, 1965; M.S., 1968; center. B.S., Maryland, 1963; M.S., M.I.T., 1964; Ed.D., 1969. Sc.D., 1967. William L. Luyben (1967, 1973), professor of chemical David W. P. Lewis (1994), professor emeritus of modern engineering and co-director, chemical process model and languages and literature. B.A., Oxford (England), 1953; control center. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1955; Ph.D., M.A., 1968; Dipl. European Studies, College of Europe Delaware, 1963. (Bruges), 1957; Dr. de l’Univ., Sorbonne (France), 1973. Charles E. Lyman (1984, 1990), professor of materials Tiffany J. Li (2002), assistant professor of electrical and science and engineering. B.S., Cornell, 1968; Ph.D., computer engineering. B.S., Beijing (China), 1997; M.I.T., 1974. M.E., Texas A&M, 1999; Ph.D., 2002. M Jerome C. Licini (1987, 1993), associate professor of physics. B.A., Princeton, 1980; Ph.D., M.I.T., 1987. Alistair K. MacPherson (1971, 1975), professor of John O. Liebig, Jr. (1946, 1984), professor emeritus of mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Sydney civil engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1940; M.S., 1949. (Australia), 1957; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., 1967. Stephen L. Liedtka (1999), assistant professor of Stefan Maas (2003), assistant professor of biological sci- accounting. B.S., Virginia, 1991; M.S., 1993; Ph.D., ences, M.A., Free University (Germany), 1993; Ph.D., Maryland, 1999. Heidelberg (Germany), 1996. Lin Lin (2004), assistant professor of management. B.S., Barbara C. Malt (1985, 1998), chairperson and profes- USTC (China), 1996; M.S., Arizona, 2000; Ph.D., 2004. sor of psychology. B.A., Wesleyan, 1978; Ph.D., Stanford, 1982. J. Ralph Lindgren (1965, 1995), Clara H. Stewardson professor emeritus of philosophy. B.S., Northwestern, Patricia H. Manz (2003), assistant professor of school 1959; M.A., Marquette, 1961; Ph.D., 1963. psychology. B.S., Saint Joseph’s, 1986; M.S.Ed., Pennsylvania, 1987; Ph.D., 1994. Jeffrey T. Linderoth (2002), assistant professor of indus- trial systems and engineering. B.S., Illinois at Arnold R. Marder (1986, 1991), Robert D. Stout distin- Urbana-Champaign, 1992; M.S., Georgia Institute of guished professor of materials science and engineering Technology, 1994; Ph.D., 1998. and associate director, energy research center. B.S., Brooklyn Polytechnic, 1962; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., Lehigh, Benjamin Litt (1970, 2002), professor emeritus of man- 1968; P.E., 1988. agement and marketing. B.M.E., Brooklyn Polytechnic, 1950; M.S., Stevens, 1957; M.B.A., New York, 1964; Jutta Marzillier (2004), professor of practice of biologi- Ph.D., 1970. cal sciences. B.S., Giessen (Germany), 1984; M.S., 1988, 1989; Ph.D., Heidelberg (Germany), 1993. Tianbo Liu (2005), assistant professor of chemistry. B.S., Peking (China), 1994; Ph.D., Stony Brook, 1999. James M. Maskulka (1985, 1991), associate professor of marketing. B.S., Youngstown State, 1972; M.B.A., 1975; Timothy A. Lomauro (2003), professor of practice of D.B.A., Kent State, 1984. psychology. B.A., Montclair State, 1984; M.A., Columbia, 1982; Ph.D., St. John’s, 1990. Janice Bially Mattern (2003), assistant professor of international relations. B.A., Wisconsin at Madison, Daniel P. Lopresti (2003), associate professor of com- 1991; M.A., Yale, 1994; M. Phil., 1996; Ph.D., 1998. puter science and engineering. A.B., Dartmouth, 1982; M.A., Princeton, 1984; Ph.D., 1987. Richard K. Matthews (1986, 1991), NEH distinguished professor of political science. B.A., Muhlenberg, 1974; Edward E. Lotto (1983, 1989), associate professor of M.A., Delaware, 1976; Ph.D., Toronto (Canada), 1981. English and director, center for writing, math and study skills. B.A., Amherst, 1969; M.A., Boston, 1973; Ph.D., Alastair D. McAulay (1992, 1992), professor of electri- Indiana, 1980. cal and computer engineering. B.A., Cambridge, 1961; M.A., 1964; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon, 1974. Roland W. Lovejoy (1962, 1993), professor emeritus of chemistry. B.A., Reed, 1955; Ph.D., Washington Teresa M. McCarthy (2003), assistant professor of man- State, 1960. agement. B.S., Massachusetts, 1987; M.S., Rhode Island, 1998; Ph.D., Tennessee, 2003. Linda J. Lowe-Krentz (1986, 2002), professor of biolog- ical sciences. B.A., Northwestern, 1974; Ph.D., 1980. George E. McCluskey, Jr. (1965, 1976), professor of physics. B.A., Pennsylvania, 1960; M.S., 1963; Le-Wu Lu (1961, 2004), Bruce G. Johnston professor Ph.D., 1965. emeritus of civil engineering. B.S., National Taiwan (Taiwan), 1954; M.S., Iowa State, 1956; Ph.D., Judith Ann McDonald (1991, 1996), associate professor Lehigh, 1960. of economics. B.A., Western Ontario (Canada), 1979; Ph.D., Princeton, 1986. Robert A. Lucas (1959, 1969), associate chair and asso- ciate professor of mechanical engineering and mechanics. Anthony J. McHugh (2002), Ruth H. and Sam B.S., Lehigh, 1957; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., 1964. Madrid professor and chairperson of chemical engi- neering. B.S., Cleveland State, 1966; M.S., Delaware, Timothy E. Lucas (2004), professor of practice of educa- 1970; Ph.D., 1972. tion and human services. B.A., Paerson State, 1973; M.A., William Paterson, 1979, 1983. James R. McIntosh (1966, 1984), chairperson and pro- fessor of sociology and anthropology. B.A., Colby, 1960; Frank S. Luh (1965, 1995), professor emeritus of M.A., New School for Social Research, 1963; Ph.D., accounting. B.S., National Taiwan (Taiwan), 1957; Syracuse, 1970. M.A., Illinois, 1961; Ph.D., Ohio State, 1965. John R. McNamara (1973, 2001), professor emeritus of John F. Lule (1990, 1999), Joseph B. McFadden profes- economics. B.A., Columbia, 1959; M.A., Rensselaer, sor of journalism and communication. B.A., SUNY at 1965; Ph.D., 1971. Binghamton, 1976; M.A., Temple, 1980; Ph.D., Georgia, 1987. 412 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Norman P. Melchert (1962, 1995), William W. Selfridge Carl O. Moses (1987, 2005), deputy provost for aca- professor emeritus of philosophy. B.A., Wartburg, 1955; demic programs and associate professor of earth and B.D., Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1958; M.A., environmental sciences. A.B., Princeton, 1978; M.S., Pennsylvania, 1959; Ph.D., 1964. Virginia, 1982; Ph.D., 1987. Matthew A. Melone (1993, 1998), associate professor of Gordon B. Moskowitz (2001, 2004), associate professor law. B.S., Villanova, 1980; C.P.A., Pennsylvania, 1982; of psychology. B.S., McGill (Canada), 1984; M.A., New M.T., Villanova School of Law, 1987; J.D., York, 1989; Ph.D., 1992. Pennsylvania, 1993. Peter Mueller (1980, 1983), associate professor of civil Anne S. Meltzer (1990, 2004), Herbert J. and Ann L. engineering. Dipl. Ing., ETH (Switzerland), 1967; Dr. Siegel dean of the college of arts and sciences and profes- sc. tech., 1978. sor of earth and environmental sciences and director, Rosemary J. Mundhenk (1973, 1986), Iacocca professor Lehigh earth observatory. B.S., Guilford, 1980; M.S., of English. B.A., Southern California, 1967; M.A., North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1982; Ph.D., Rice, 1989. California at Los Angeles, 1969; Ph.D., 1972. Michael Mendelson (1995, 2001), associate professor of Vincent G. Munley (1980, 1992), Iacocca professor of philosophy. B.A., Massachusetts-Boston, 1982; M.A., economics. B.A., Lehigh, 1974; B.S., 1974; M.A., California at San Diego, 1988; Ph.D., 1990. SUNY at Binghamton, 1977; Ph.D., 1979. Tamra C. Mendelson (2004), assistant professor of bio- Hector Munoz-Avila (2001), assistant professor of com- logical sciences. B.S., Wisconsin-Madison, 1991; Ph.D., puter science and engineering. B.S., Andes (Colombia), Duke, 2001. 1989; B.S., 1991; M.S., 1991; Ph.D., Kaiserslautern Rajan M. Menon (1985, 1991), Monroe J. Rathbone (Germany), 1998. distinguished professor of international relations. B.A., Ziad W. Munson (2003), assistant professor of sociolo- Delhi (India), 1974; M.A., Lehigh, 1975; Ph.D., gy and anthropology. B.A., Chicago, 1993; Ph.D., Illinois-Urbana, 1979. Harvard, 2002. Joseph R. Merkel (1962, 1988), professor emeritus of David H. Myers (2000, 2004), professor of practice and chemistry. B.S., Moravian, 1948; M.S., Purdue, 1950; director, financial services lab. B.A., Wesleyan, 1983; Ph.D., Maryland, 1952. M.B.A., New York, 1987; Ph.D., Washington, 2001. April E. Metzler (1991, 1997), associate professor of Paul B. Myers, Jr. (1962, 2002), professor emeritus of counseling psychology. B.S., Florida, 1985; M.S., 1987; earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Colgate, 1955; Ph.D., 1991. M.S., Lehigh, 1957; Ph.D., 1960. Fortunato J. Micale (1966, 1995), professor emeritus of chemistry. B.A., St. Bonaventure, 1956; B.S., Niagara, N 1959; M.S., Purdue, 1961; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1965. Roger N. Nagel (1982), Harvey E. Wagner professor of John A. Mierzwa (1966, 1995), professor emeritus of manufacturing systems engineering, professor of com- counseling psychology. B.S., Ohio, 1954; M.A., 1955; puter science and engineering, and director, intelligent M.Ed., Harvard, 1958; Ed.D., 1961. systems laboratory and senior fellow for creative pro- Jeffrey R. Milet (1976, 1989), professor of theatre. B.S., grams for P.C. Rossin college of engineering and applied Bridgeport, 1963; M.F.A., Yale, 1969. science. B.S., Stevens Institute of Technology, 1964; M.S., 1969; Ph.D., Maryland, 1976. Rebecca S. Miller (2004), professor of practice of chem- istry. B.A., Shippensburg, 1992; Ph.D., Duke, 1996. Clay J. Naito (2002), assistant professor of civil and environmental engineering. B.S., Hawaii (Hawaii), Robert H. Mills (1964, 1991), professor emeritus of 1993; M.S., California at Berkeley, 1994; Ph.D., 2000. accounting. B.S., Colorado, 1949; M.S., 1955; Ph.D., Wisconsin, 1960. C.P.A., Illinois, 1957. Monica Najar (2000) assistant professor of history and co-director, Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for eigh- Wojciech Z. Misiolek (1997, 2005), Loewy professor of teenth-century studies. B.A., California at Berkeley, materials forming and processing; director, institute for 1990; M.A., Wisconsin-Madison, 1992; Ph.D., 2000. metal forming and professor of materials science and engineering. M.Eng., Mining and Metallurgy (Poland), Terrence J. Napier (1992, 1998) associate professor of 1980; Sc.D., 1985. mathematics. B.S., Notre Dame, 1982; M.S., Chicago, 1983; Ph.D., 1989. Alden J. Moe (1988, 2003), university service professor emeritus of education. B.S., Minnesota, 1963; M.A., George A. Nation, III (1985, 2000), Sue and Eugene Clarke, 1967; Ph.D., Minnesota, 1971. Mercy Jr. professor of business and economics, and asso- ciate professor of law. B.S., Villanova, 1980; J.D., 1983. Seth Moglen (1999), assistant professor of English. B.S., Yale, 1986; Ph.D., California at Berkeley, 1999. Chitra Nayar (2004), professor of practice of management. B.Sc., Aston (England), 1981; M.B.A., Iowa, 1987. Bruce E. Moon (1987, 1997), professor of international relations. B.A., Ohio State, 1972; Ph.D., 1977. Nandkumar (Nandu) Nayar (2001), Hans Baer profes- sor of international finance. B. Tech., Indian Instit. of Carl L. Moore (1948, 1986), professor emeritus of Tech. (India), 1981; M.S., Iowa, 1984; Ph.D., 1988. accounting. B.A., Bucknell, 1943; M.A., Pittsburgh, 1948. C.P.A., Pennsylvania, 1952. Sudhakar Neti (1978, 1992), professor of mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Osmania (India), Erin A. Moore (2005), assistant professor of accounting. 1968; M.S., Kentucky, 1970; Ph.D., 1977. B.S., Fairfield, 1995; M.B.A., 2001; Ph.D., Massachusetts, 2005. William Newman (1968, 2003), professor emeritus of psychology. B.S., CUNY, 1964; Ph.D., Stanford, 1968. Edward P. Morgan (1976, 1989), university distin- guished professor of political science. B.A., Oberlin, Mary A. Nicholas (1989, 1995), chairperson and associ- 1968; M.A., Brandeis, 1973; Ph.D., 1975. ate professor of modern languages and literature. B.A., Wyoming, 1977; M.A., Illinois, 1979; Ph.D., Donald P. Morris (1993, 1998), associate professor of Pennsylvania, 1988. earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Colorado, 1978; M.A., 1985; Ph.D., 1990. Faculty and Emeriti 413

Ageliki Nicolopoulou (1996, 2000), associate professor David W. Pankenier (1986, 1998), professor of Chinese, of psychology. B.A., Rhode Island, 1973; M.A., 1977; modern languages and literature. B.A., Rochester, 1968; Ph.D., California at Berkeley, 1984. M.A., Stanford, 1979; Ph.D., 1983. Herman F. Nied (1995), chairperson and professor of John W. Paul (1974, 1994), professor of accounting. mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Rochester, B.A., Cornell, 1965; M.B.A., Lehigh, 1971; Ph.D., 1976; M.S., Lehigh, 1978; Ph.D., 1981. 1978. C.P.A., Florida, 1972. R. Sam Niedbala (2004), professor of practice of chem- Barbara R. Pavlock (1989, 1991), associate professor of istry. B.S., East Stroudsburg, 1982; M.S., Lehigh, 1983; English and director, classical studies program. B.A., Ph.D., 1986. Barnard, 1969; M.A., Yale, 1972; Ph.D., Cornell, 1977. Karl H. Norian (1982), associate professor of electrical Frank J. Pazzaglia (1999), associate professor of earth and computer engineering. B.S., Queen Mary (England), and environmental sciences. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1973; Ph.D., Imperial (England), 1977. 1986; M.S., New Mexico, 1989; Ph.D., Pennsylvania Michael R. Notis (1967, 2004), professor emeritus of State, 1993. materials science and engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1960; Raymond Pearson (1990, 2003), professor of materials M.S., 1963; Ph.D., 1969. science and engineering and director, center for polymer John G. Nyby (1977, 1989), professor of biological sci- science and engineering. B.S., New Hampshire, 1980; ences. B.A., Texas, 1968; Ph.D., 1974. Ph.D., Michigan, 1990. Alan W. Pense (1957, 1997), provost emeritus and pro- O fessor emeritus of materials science and engineering. Anthony P. O’Brien (1987, 1998), professor of econom- B.S., Cornell, 1957; M.S., Lehigh, 1959; Ph.D., 1962. ics. A.B., California at Berkeley; Ph.D., 1987. Pam Pepper (1986, 2005), associate dean for faculty and John B. Ochs (1979, 1990), professor of mechanical staff for the college of arts and sciences and professor of engineering and mechanics and director, integrated theatre. B.A., Wooster, 1975; M.F.A., Ohio, 1981. product development program. B.S., Villanova, 1971; Eugene Perevalov (2001), assistant professor of industri- M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1976; Ph.D., 1980. al and systems engineering. M.S., Moscow Engineering Nicholas G. Odrey (1983, 1991), professor of industrial Physics Institute (Russia), 1993; Ph.D., Texas, 1998. and systems engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1964; N. Duke Perreira (1985, 1988), associate professor of M.S., 1968; Ph.D., 1978. mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Rensselaer Kathleen K. Olson (2000), assistant professor of journal- Polytechnic, 1972; M.S., 1973; Ph.D., California at Los ism and communication. B.S., Northwestern, 1985; Angeles, 1977; P.E., Hawaii, 1980. J.D., Virginia School of Law, 1989; M.A., Texas, 1995; Stephen P. Pessiki (1990, 2005), P.C. Rossin Senior pro- Ph.D., North Carolina, 2000. fessor and chairperson and professor of civil and Laura K. Olson (1974, 1985), chairperson and professor environmental engineering. B.S., Drexel, 1984; M.S., of political science. B.A., CUNY, 1967; M.A., Colorado, Cornell, 1986; Ph.D., 1990. 1972; Ph.D., 1974. Tom F. Peters (1989), professor of art and architecture, Padraig G. O’Seaghdha (1990, 1996), associate profes- and history, and director, the building and architectural sor of psychology. B.A., Univ. College Cork (Ireland), technology institute. M. Arch., ETH (Switzerland), 1973; M.A., 1977; Ph.D., Toronto (Canada), 1986. 1969; Dr.sc., 1977; Habilitation Fuer Technikgeschichte Boon-Siew Ooi (2003), associate professor of electrical TH, Darmstadt, 1992. and computer engineering. B.E., Glasgow (United Stephen C. Peters (2003), assistant professor of earth Kingdom), 1992; Ph.D., 1994. and environmental sciences. B.S., Bates, 1992; M.S., Alexis Ostapenko (1957, 1994), professor emeritus of Dartmouth, 1997; Ph.D, Michigan, 2001. civil engineering. Dipl. Ing., Munich Inst. of Technology John Pettegrew (1996, 2001), associate professor of histo- (Germany), 1951; Sc.D., M.I.T., 1957. ry. B.A., Valparaiso, 1981; J.D., Marquette, 1984; M.A., H. Daniel Ou-Yang (1988, 2000), professor of physics. Chicago, 1986; Ph.D., Wisconsin at Madison, 1994. B.S., Fu-Jen Catholic (Taiwan), 1975; M.S., 1977; C. Robert Phillips III (1976, 1987), professor of history. Ph.D., California-Los Angeles, 1985. B.A., Yale, 1970; B.A., Oxford (England), 1972; M.A., Jerzy A. Owczarek (1960, 1995), professor emeritus of 1979; Ph.D., Brown, 1974. mechanical engineering and mechanics. Dip. Ing., Polish Warren A. Pillsbury (1962, 1995), professor emeritus of Univ. College (England), 1950; Ph.D., London economics. B.A., New Hampshire, 1953; M.S., Florida (England), 1954. State, 1958; Ph.D., Virginia, 1963. Bradford B. Owen (1945, 1974), professor emeritus of Brian K. Pinaire (2003), assistant professor of political biology. B.A., Williams, 1934; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., science. B.A., Whitman , 1997; Ph.D., Rutgers, 2003. Harvard, 1940. A. Everett Pitcher (1938, 1978), university distinguished T.M. Ozsoy (1984, 1996), professor of mechanical engi- professor emeritus of mathematics. A.B., Case-Western neering and mechanics. B.S., Technical University of Reserve, 1932; A.M., Harvard, 1933; Ph.D., 1935; Istanbul (Turkey), 1971; M.S., 1971; Ph.D., 1980. D.Sc. (Hon.), Case-Western Reserve, 1957. Alparslan Öztekin (1994, 2000), associate professor of Louis J. Plebani, Jr. (1974, 1982), associate professor of mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Technical industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1968; University of Istanbul (Turkey), 1982; M.S., Arizona, M.S., American, 1972; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1976. 1987; Ph.D., Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1991. Peter P. Poole (1987, 2001), professor emeritus of man- P agement. B.S., Northeastern, 1959; M.B.A., 1964; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State, 1986. Sibel Pamukcu (1986, 2005), professor of civil engineer- Miren E. Portela (2003), assistant professor of modern ing. B.Sc., Bogazici (Turkey), 1978; M.S., Louisiana languages and literature. B.A., Navarra (Spain), 1997; State, 1981; Ph.D., 1986. M.A., North Carolina, 1999; Ph.D., 2003. 414 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

William M. Pottenger (1999), assistant professor of com- James E. Roberts (1985, 1991), associate professor of puter science and engineering. B.S., Alaska, 1989; M.S., chemistry. B.S., Illinois at Urbana, 1977; B.S., 1977; Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1995; Ph.D., 1997. Ph.D., Northwestern, 1982. Dennis S. Praedin (2004), professor of practice of man- Richard Roberts (1962, 2004), professor emeritus of agement. A.D., Pennsylvania State, 1965; B.A., mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Drexel, Muhlenberg College, 1977. 1961; M.S., Lehigh, 1962; Ph.D., 1964. Ann E. Priester (2001), lecturer, art and architecture. Donald O. Rockwell, Jr. (1970, 1976), Paul B. B.F.A., Dartmouth, 1978; M.F.A., Princeton, 1982; Reinhold professor of mechanical engineering and Ph.D., 1990. mechanics. B.S., Bucknell, 1960; M.S., Lehigh, 1964; Antonio Prieto (1985, 1992), associate professor of Ph.D., 1968. modern languages and literature. B.A., Princeton, 1976; George Roesser (2004), professor of practice of educa- M.A., 1980; Ph.D., 1986. tion and human services. B.A., LaSalle, 1968; M.A., Hayden N. Pritchard (1964, 1993), professor emeritus Villanova, 1973; Ed.D., Temple, 1997. of earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Princeton, Jacqueline Krasas Rogers (2004), associate professor of 1955; M.S., Lehigh, 1960; Ph.D., 1963. sociology and anthropology. B.A., Lehigh, 1987; M.A., Southern California, 1993; Ph.D., 1995. Q Robert E. Rosenwein (1972, 1986), professor of sociolo- Clifford S. Queen (1972, 1976), associate professor of gy and anthropology. B.A., California at Berkeley, 1962; mathematics. Ph.D., Ohio State, 1979. M.A., Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., 1970. R Andrew M. Ross (2002), assistant professor of industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Harvey Mudd, 1996; Shelden H. Radin (1963, 2001), professor emeritus of M.S., California at Berkeley, 1997; Ph.D., 2001. physics. B.S., Worcester Polytechnic, 1958; M.S., Yale, 1959; Ph.D., 1963. Nancy S. Ross (1996), lecturer of journalism and com- munication. B.S., Cincinnati, 1968; M.A.T., 1969. Padma Rajagopalan (2005), assistant professor of chemi- cal engineering. B.S., Indian Institute of Technology Vyacheslov Rotkin (2004), assistant professor of physics. (India), 1989; M.S., 1991; Ph.D., Brown, 1996. M.S., St. Petersburg (Russia), 1994; Ph.D., 1997. Theodore K. Ralphs (2000), assistant professor of indus- Robert Rozehnal (2003), assistant professor of religion trial and systems engineering. B.S., Carnegie-Mellon, studies. B.A., Puget Sound, 1991; M.A., Wisconsin- 1991; M.S., 1991; Ph.D., Cornell, 1995. Madison, 1995; Ph.D., Duke, 2003. Joan M. Ramage (2004), assistant professor of earth and Herbert Rubenstein (1967, 1989), professor emeritus of environmental sciences. B.A., Carleton, 1993; M.S., leadership, instruction and technology. B.A., Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State, 1995; Ph.D., Cornell, 2001. 1942; M.A., 1943; Ph.D., Columbia, 1949. Michael L. Raposa (1985, 1997), Edmund W. Fairchild S professor of American studies and professor of religion James S. Saeger (1967, 1985), professor of history. B.A., studies. B.A., Yale, 1977; M.A.R., Yale Divinity School, Ohio State, 1960; M.A., 1963; Ph.D., 1969. 1979; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1987. Dork L. Sahagian (2004), director, environmental initia- Richard J. Redd (1958, 1995), professor emeritus of art. tive and professor of earth and environmental sciences. B.Ed., Toledo, 1953; M.F.A., Iowa, 1958. B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Insitiute, 1997; M.S., Steven L. Regen (1985, 1999), university distinguished Rutgers, 1980; Ph.D., Chicago, 1987. professor of chemistry. A.B., Rutgers, 1968; Ph.D., Eric P. Salathe (1967, 1977), professor of mathematics M.I.T., 1972. and director, institute for biomedical engineering and Tina Q. Richardson (1991, 1997), associate professor of mathematical biology. B.S., Brown, 1960; M.S., counseling psychology. B.A., Maryland, 1985; M.A., Princeton, 1962; Ph.D., Brown, 1965. 1988; Ph.D., 1991. Colin J. Saldanha (2001), assistant professor of biologi- Martin L. Richter (1965, 2002), professor emeritus of cal sciences. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus, 1988; M.A., psychology. B.A., Rutgers, 1960; Ph.D., Indiana, 1965. Columbia, 1991; MPhil, 1993; Ph.D., 1995. Jeffrey M. Rickman (1993, 2005), Harold Chambers Paul F. Salerni (1979, 1993), professor of music and junior professor and professor of materials science and director of Lehigh University very modern ensemble engineering. B.S., Miami at Ohio, 1982; B.A. 1982; (LUVME). B.A., Amherst, 1973; M.A., Harvard, 1975; M.S., Carnegie-Mellon, 1984; Ph.D., 1989. Ph.D., 1979. James M. Ricles (1992, 2000), Bruce Johnston professor Norman H. Sam (1962, 1986), professor emeritus of of civil engineering. B.S., Texas, 1979; M.S., 1980; education and human services and director emeritus of Ph.D., California at Berkeley, 1987; P.E., California. summer sessions. B.S., Pittsburgh, 1951; M.S., 1955; Catherine M. Ridings (2000), assistant professor of Ed.D., 1962. management. B.S., Villanova, 1988; M.B.A., Drexel, Heibatollah Sami (2005), professor of accounting. B.S., 1994; Ph.D., 2000. Iranian Institute of Advanced Accounting (Iran), 1973; Alice D. Rinehart (1965, 1984), professor emerita of M.S., Central Michigan, 1981; Ph.D., Louisiana State, education and human services. B.A., Smith, 1940; M.A., 1984. Lehigh, 1965; Ed.D., 1969. Steven P. Sametz (1979, 1991), Roland J. Ulrich profes- Augustine Ripa, Jr. (1979, 1994), chairperson and pro- sor of music and director, university choir. Dipl., fessor of theatre. B.A., Loyola, 1974; M.F.A., Hochschule Fur Musik (Germany), 1975; B.A., Yale, Northwestern, 1976. 1976; M.A., Wisconsin, 1978; D.M.A., 1980. Ronald S. Rivlin (1967, 1980), university professor Jeffrey A. Sands (1973, 1983), professor of biological emeritus. B.A., Cambridge (England), 1937; M.A., sciences. B.S., Delaware, 1969; M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1939; Sc.D., 1952. 1971; Ph.D., 1973. Faculty and Emeriti 415

Michael D. Santoro (2000, 2005), associate professor of Laurence J. Silberstein (1984, 1990), Philip and Muriel management. B.S., William Patterson, 1973; M.B.A., Berman professor of Jewish studies, professor of religion Adelphi, 1983; M.B.A., Rutgers, 1998; Ph.D., 1998. studies, and director, Philip and Muriel Berman center Robert G. Sarubbi (1968, 1995), professor emeritus of for Jewish studies. B.A., Brandeis, 1958; M.A., Jewish mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Cooper Theological Seminary, 1962; Ph.D., Brandeis, 1971. Union, 1953; M.S., Lehigh, 1957; Ph.D., 1963. Cesar A. Silebi (1973, 1991), professor of chemical Richard Sause (1989, 2000), Joseph T. Stuart professor engineering. B.S., Universidad del Atlantico (Colombia), of civil engineering and director, advanced technology 1970; M.S., Lehigh, 1974; Ph.D., 1978. for large structural systems center. B.S., Rensselaer Gary W. Simmons (1970, 1983), professor of chemistry. Polytechnic, 1981; M.S., California at Berkeley, 1983; B.S., West Virginia, 1961; Ph.D., Virginia, 1967. Ph.D., 1989; P.E., California. Neal G. Simon (1983, 1995), chairperson and professor John Savage (2001), assistant professor of history. B.A., of biological sciences. B.A., SUNY at Binghamton, George Washington, 1985; D.E.A., Ecole des Hautes 1974; M.S., Rutgers, 1977; Ph.D., 1979. Etudes en Sciences Sociales (France), 1991; Ph.D., New Roger D. Simon (1970, 1986), professor of history. B.A., York, 1999. Rutgers, 1965; M.A., Wisconsin, 1966; Ph.D., 1971. Kenneth N. Sawyers (1969, 1982), professor, mechani- Dale R. Simpson (1960, 1995), professor emeritus of cal engineering and mechanics. B.S., Illinois Inst. of earth and environmental sciences. B.S., Pennsylvania Tech., 1962; Ph.D., Brown, 1967. State, 1956; M.S., California Inst. of Tech., 1958; Murray Schechter (1963, 2001), professor emeritus of Ph.D., 1960. mathematics. B.A., Brooklyn, 1957; Ph.D., 1965. Kenneth P. Sinclair (1972, 1988), chairperson and pro- William E. Schiesser (1960, 2004), professor emeritus of fessor of accounting. B.A., Massachusetts, 1968; M.S., engineering and mathematics. B.S., Lehigh, 1955; M.A., 1970; Ph.D., 1972. Princeton, 1958; Ph.D., 1960. Nadine J. Sine (1980, 1996), chairperson and professor Theodore W. Schlie (1989), co-director, management of of music. B.M.E., Temple, 1970; M.M., 1976; Ph.D., technology program and associate professor of manage- New York, 1983. ment. B.A., Valparaiso, 1963; M.S., Northwestern, Amardeep Singh (2001), assistant professor of English. B.A., 1969; Ph.D., 1973. Cornell, 1995; M.A., Tufts, 1996; Ph.D., Duke, 2001. Jill E. Schneider (1992, 2004), professor of biological sci- Shivaji Sircar (2002), professor of practice of chemical ences. B.S., Florida State, 1977; Ph.D., Wesleyan, 1982. engineering. B.E., Jadavpur (India), 1964; M.E., Keith J. Schray (1972, 1980), professor of chemistry. Pennsylvania, 1968; Ph.D., 1970. B.S., Portland, 1965; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State, 1970. K. Sivakumar (2001, 2003), Arthur C. Tauck professor Eugenio Schuster (2004), assistant professor of mechani- of international marketing and logistics, chairperson and cal engineering and mechanics. B.S., Buenos Aires professor of marketing. B.E., Madras University (India), (Argentina), 1993; M.S., Balseiro Institute (Argentina), 1980; PGDRM, Institute of Rural Management (India), 1998; M.S., California at San Diego, 2000; Ph.D., 2004. 1982; Ph.D., Syracuse, 1992. Eli Schwartz (1954, 1991), Charles W. Macfarlane pro- Robert V. Skibbens (1999, 2005), associate professor of fessor emeritus of theoretical economics. B.S., Denver, biological sciences. B.S., Ohio State, 1981; Ph.D., North 1943; M.A., Connecticut, 1948; Ph.D., Brown, 1952. Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1994. William R. Scott (1992), professor of history and direc- Zdenek J. Slouka (1972, 1993), Bernard L. and Bertha tor of the Africana Studies program. B.A., Lincoln, F. Cohen professor emeritus of international relations. 1960; M.A., Howard, 1966; M.A., Princeton, 1970; B.A., Masaryk (Czechoslovakia), 1948; M.A., New York, Ph.D., 1972. 1958; Ph.D., Columbia, 1965. Arup K. SenGupta (1985, 1998), P.C. Rossin Senior David B. Small (1987, 1998), professor of sociology and professor of civil engineering. B.S., Jadavpur (India), anthropology. B.A., SUNY at Albany, 1973; M.A., 1973; M.S., Houston, 1982; Ph.D., 1984. 1977; Ph.D., Cambridge (United Kingdom), 1983. Ruth Knafo Setton (2005), professor of practice of Charles R. Smith (1978, 1983), professor of mechanical English. M.A., Denver, 1975; Ph.D., Rice, 1981. engineering and mechanics. B.S., Stanford, 1966; M.S., Russell A. Shaffer (1964, 1967), associate professor of 1968; Ph.D., 1971. physics. B.S., Drexel, 1956; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins, 1962. Gerald F. Smith (1994), professor emeritus of mechani- Edward S. Shapiro (1983, 2004), Iacocca professor of cal engineering and mechanics. B.S., Buffalo, 1952; school psychology, and center director, promoting Ph.D., Brown, 1956. research to practice. B.S., Pittsburgh, 1973; M.A., John K. Smith, Jr. (1987, 1991), associate professor of Marshall, 1975; Ph.D., Pittsburgh, 1978. history. B.S., Delaware, 1974; B.A., 1974; M.S., Susan A. Sherer (1987, 2000), William R. Kenan Jr. Virginia, 1976; Ph.D., Delaware, 1986. professor of management and chairperson and co-direc- Wesley R. Smith (1958, 1995), professor emeritus of tor, center for value chain research. B.S., SUNY at physics. B.S., Lehigh, 1950; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., Albany, 1973; M.S., SUNY at Buffalo, 1975; M.S., Princeton, 1957. Pennsylvania, 1986; Ph.D., Wharton, 1988. Oles M. Smolansky (1963, 2004), university professor George K. Shortess (1969, 1994), professor emeritus of emeritus of international relations. B.A., New York, psychology. B.A., Lycoming, 1954; M.A., Brown, 1960; 1953; M.A., Columbia, 1955; Ph.D., 1959. Ph.D., 1962. Donald M. Smyth (1971, 1995), Paul B. Reinhold George C. M. Sih (1958, 1995), professor emeritus of Professor emeritus of materials science and engineering, mechanics. B.S., Portland, 1953; M.S., New York, 1958; and professor emeritus of chemistry. B.S., Maine, 1951; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1960. Ph.D., M.I.T., 1954. 416 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Max D. Snider (1946, 1980), professor emeritus of mar- John E. Stevens (1975, 2003), professor emeritus of keting and associate dean emeritus of the college of management and marketing. B.S., Dayton, 1968; business and economics. B.S., Illinois, 1936; M.S., 1937; M.B.A., 1970; M.A., Cincinnati, 1974; Ph.D., 1975. M.B.A., Stanford, 1941. Hannah W. Stewart-Gambino (1989, 2002), director, Andrew K. Snyder (1964, 2000), professor emeritus of global citizenship program and professor of political science. mathematics. B.A., Swarthmore, 1959; M.A., Colorado, B.A., Converse, 1979; M.A., Duke, 1981; Ph.D., 1985. 1961; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1965. Robert H. Storer (1986, 1999), professor of industrial Lawrence V. Snyder (2003), assistant professor of indus- and systems engineering. B.S.E., Michigan, 1979; M.S., trial and systems engineering and co-director, center for Georgia Tech. 1982; Ph.D., 1987. value chain research. B.A., Amherst 1996; M.S., Karen Evans Stout (2001), associate professor of educa- Northwestern, 1999; Ph.D., 2003. tion and human services. B.S., Minnesota, 1976; M.A., Stephen E. Snyder (2004), assistant professor of eco- 1991; Ph.D., 1994. nomics. B.A., Maryland, 1974; M.A., Virginia, 1977; Robert D. Stout (1939, 1980), dean emeritus of the M.A., Maryland, 1999; Ph.D., 2004. graduate school and professor emeritus of metallurgy and Jean R. Soderlund (1994, 2005), deputy provost for fac- materials engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1935; ulty affairs and professor of history. B.A., Douglass, 1968; M.S., Lehigh, 1941; Ph.D., 1944; D.Sc., Albright, 1967; M.A., Glassboro State, 1971; Ph.D., Temple, 1982. P.E., Pennsylvania, 1946. Robert M. Sorensen (1982), professor of civil engineer- James E. Sturm (1956, 1995), professor emeritus of ing. B.S., Newark College of Engineering, 1960; M.S., chemistry. B.A., St. John’s (Minnesota), 1951; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1962; Ph.D., California at Berkeley, 1966. P.E., Notre Dame, 1957. Texas, 1969. Xiaofeng Sun (2005), assistant professor of mathematics. Andrey N. Soukhojak (2002), assistant professor of mate- B.S., Peking (China), 1996; Ph.D., Stanford, 2001. rials science and engineering. Jennifer Swann (1996), associate professor of biological Engineer-chemist-technologist, Mendeleyev (Russia), sciences. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1976; M.S., Florida 1995; Ph.D., M.I.T., 2002. State, 1979; Ph.D., Northwestern, 1984. John R. Speltzer (2003), assistant professor of computer Susan Szczepanski (1982, 1989), associate professor of science and engineering. B.S., Temple, 1989; M.A., Johns mathematics. B.A., LaSalle, 1975; Ph.D., Rutgers, 1980. Hopkins, 1993; M.S., Pennsylvania, 1999; Ph.D., 2003. Jill Sperandio (2004), assistant professor of education T and human services. B.A., College of Wales (United Donald L. Talhelm (1960, 1995), professor emeritus of Kingdom), 1970; M.Ed., Worcester State, 1983; Ph.D., electrical engineering and computer science. B.S., Chicago, 1998. Lehigh, 1959; M.S., 1960. Leslie H. Sperling (1967, 2002), professor emeritus of Nicola B. Tannenbaum (1989, 2001), professor of soci- chemical engineering and materials science and engineer- ology and anthropology. B.A., Grinnell, 1973; M.A., ing. B.S., Florida, 1954; M.A., Duke, 1957; Ph.D., 1959. Iowa, 1975; Ph.D., 1982. Arnold R. Spokane (1989), professor of counseling psy- Nelson Tansu (2003), assistant professor of electrical chology. B.A., Ohio, 1970; M.S.Ed., Kentucky, 1972; and computer engineering. B.S., Wisconsin-Madison, Ph.D., Ohio State, 1976. 1998; Ph.D., 2003. Robert S. Sprague (1957, 1988), professor emeritus of Qingjiu Tao (2002, 2004), assistant professor of man- chemistry. B.S., Washington and Jefferson, 1943; Ph.D., agement. B.E., Beijing (China), 1991; M.S., 1992; Illinois, 1949. Ph.D., Pittsburgh, 2004. William B. Stafford (1967, 1994), professor emeritus of Stephen K. Tarby (1961, 2002), professor emeritus of education and human services. A.B., Ohio, 1954; M.A., materials science and engineering. B.S., Carnegie Tech., 1955; Ph.D., Indiana, 1965. 1956; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., 1962. Lee J. Stanley (1982, 1994), professor of mathematics. Svetlana Tatic-Lucic (2002), assistant professor of electri- A.B., Princeton, 1971; M.A., California at Berkeley, cal and computer engineering. B.S., Belgrade (Yugoslavia), 1973; Ph.D., 1977. 1986; M.S., CALTECH, 1980; Ph.D., 1994. Michael Stavola (1989, 1993), chairperson and professor Larry W. Taylor (1984, 1996), professor of economics. of physics. B.S., Trinity, 1975; Ph.D., Rochester, 1980. B.S., North Alabama, 1980; Ph.D., North Carolina, 1984. Lloyd H. Steffen (1990, 2000), university chaplain; Theodore A. Terry (1951, 1995), professor emeritus of chairperson and professor of religion studies. B.A., New mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Drexel, College, 1973; M.A., Andover Newton Theo. School, 1950; M.S., Lehigh, 1951; Ph.D., 1963. P.E., 1978; M. Div., Yale Divinity School, 1978; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1957. Brown, 1984. Aurelie Thiele (2004), assistant professor of industrial and Vera S. Stegmann (1991, 1996), associate professor of systems engineering. M.S., M.I.T., 2000; Ph.D., 2004. modern languages and literature. B.A., Missouri, 1979; Stephen F. Thode (1982, 1988), associate professor of M.A., 1981; M.A., Illinois, 1983; Ph.D., Indiana, 1989. finance and director, Murray H. Goodman center for Fred P. Stein (1963, 2001), professor emeritus of chemi- real estate studies. B.A., Coe, 1973; M.B.A., Indiana, cal engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1956; M.S.E., Michigan, 1979; D.B.A., 1980. 1957; Ph.D., 1961. J. Bruce Thomas (1990, 1996), associate professor of art Harvey G. Stenger, Jr. (1984, 1992), professor of chemi- and architecture. B.S., Cincinnati, 1972; M.Arch., cal engineering. B.S., Cornell, 1979; Ph.D., M.I.T., California, 1982; Ph.D., 1989. 1984; P.E. David A. Thomas (1968, 1994), professor emeritus of Gilbert A. Stengle (1960, 2002), professor emeritus of materials science and engineering. B.S., Cornell, 1953; mathematics. B.S., Cornell, 1954; M.S., Wisconsin, Sc.D., M.I.T., 1958. 1957; Ph.D., 1961. Faculty and Emeriti 417

Eric D. Thompson (1983, 1995), professor emeritus of Ricardo Viera (1974, 1986), professor of art and archi- electrical engineering and computer science. S.B., tecture and director, art galleries. Dipl., Boston Museum M.I.T., 1956; S.M., 1956; Ph.D., 1960. School, 1972; B.F.A., Tufts, 1973; M.F.A., Rhode Island Robert J. Thornton (1970, 1981), Charles W. School of Design, 1974. MacFarlane professor of economics. H.A.B., Xavier, Richard P. Vinci (1998, 2004), associate professor of 1965; M.A., Illinois, 1967; Ph.D., 1970. materials science and engineering. B.S., M.I.T., 1988; Gregory L. Tonkay (1986, 1993), associate professor of M.S., Stanford, 1990; Ph.D., 1994. industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania Anthony Viscardi (1992, 1998), chairperson and associate State, 1981; Ph.D., 1987. professor of art and architecture. B.Arch., Virginia Jean Toulouse (1984, 1994), professor of physics. M.A., Polytechnic, 1973; M.Arch., Georgia Inst. of Tech., 1988. Paris, 1971; M.S., Columbia, 1977; Ph.D., 1981. Arkady S. Voloshin (1984, 1991), professor of mechanical Barbara H. Traister (1973, 1986), professor of English. engineering and mechanics. Ph.D., Tel-Aviv (Israel), 1978. B.A., Colby, 1965; M.A., Yale, 1968; Ph.D., 1973. W Robert J. Trent (1993, 1998), associate professor of management. B.S., Michigan State, 1980; MBA, Wayne Israel E. Wachs (1987, 1992), G. Whitney Snyder pro- State, 1982; Ph.D., Michigan State, 1993. fessor of chemical engineering. B.E., City College of CUNY, 1973; M.S., Stanford, 1974; Ph.D., 1977. Walter W. Trimble (1978, 1984), chairperson and asso- ciate professor of journalism and communication. B.A., Meghanad D. Wagh (1984), associate professor of elec- Ohio State, 1970; M.A., 1972. trical and computer engineering. B. Tech., Indian Institute of Tech. (India), 1971; Ph.D., 1977. LeRoy J. Tuscher (1971, 2004), professor emeritus of education and human services. B.S., Northern State, D. Alexander Waldenrath (1968, 2001), professor emer- 1958; M.A., Stanford, 1964; Ph.D., Florida State, 1971. itus of German. Ph.D., California at Berkeley, 1969. Kemal Tuzla (2002), professor of practice of chemical Vassie C. Ware (1985, 1991), associate professor of bio- engineering. M.S., Tech. Univ. of Istanbul (Turkey), logical sciences. B.A., Brown, 1975; M.Phil., Yale, 1978; 1966; Ph.D., 1972. Ph.D., 1981. Kenneth K. Tzeng (1969, 2004), professor emeritus of Elvin G. Warfel (1966, 1990), professor emeritus of educa- electrical and computer engineering. B.S., National Taiwan tion and human services. B.S., Shippensburg State, 1958; (Taiwan), 1959; M.S., Illinois, 1962; Ph.D., 1969. M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1958; Ed.D., Columbia, 1967. William Warfield (1996, 2005), associate professor of U music. B.Mus., Manhattan School of Music; M.M. Dean P. Updike (1965, 1995), professor emeritus of George D. Watkins (1975, 1995), Sherman Fairchild mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Princeton, professor emeritus of solid-state studies. B.S., Randolph- 1957; M.S., New York, 1960; Ph.D., Brown, 1964. Macon, 1943; M.S., Harvard, 1947; Ph.D., 1952. Christine Ussler (1984, 2001), professor of practice in Todd A. Watkins (1992, 1998), associate professor of art and architecture. B.A., Lehigh, 1981; M.Arch., economics. B.S., Rochester, 1984; M.P.P., Harvard, Columbia, 1984. 1986; Ph.D., Harvard, 1995. V Bob Watts (2004), professor of practice of English. B.S.,B.A., Appalachian, 1985; M.A., North Carolina, Anje C. van der Naald (1969, 1995), professor emeritus 1990; Ph.D., Missouri-Columbia, 2003. of Spanish. B.A., Carleton (Ottawa), 1963; M.A., Stephanie P. Watts (2003), assistant professor of English. Illinois, 1965; Ph.D., 1967. B.A., North Carolina, 1997; M.A., Missouri-Columbia, John A. Van Eerde (1960, 1963), professor emeritus of 1998; Ph.D., 2002. modern languages and literature. B.A., Harvard, 1938; Samuel C. Weaver (1998, 2004), professor of practice of M.A., 1939; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins, 1953. finance. B.S., Lehigh, 1975; M.B.A., 1978; Ph.D., 1985. David A. VanHorn (1962, 1995), professor emeritus of Ben L. Wechsler (1974, 1982), professor emeritus of civil engineering. B.S., Iowa State, 1951; M.S., 1956; industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Carnegie, 1942; Ph.D., 1959; P.E., Iowa, 1957; P.E., Pennsylvania, 1986. M.A., George Washington, 1962; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1974. Elizabeth F. Vann (2003), assistant professor of sociology Robert P. Wei (1966, 1988), Paul B. Reinhold professor and anthropology. B.A., Georgia State, 1994; M.A., of mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Virginia, 1998; Ph.D, 2003. Princeton, 1953; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1960. Eric Varley (1967, 1969), professor of mechanical engi- Steven H. Weintraub (2001), chairperson and professor neering and mechanics. B.S., Manchester (England), of mathematics. A.B., Princeton, 1971; Ph.D., 1974. 1955; M.S., 1957; Ph.D., Brown, 1961. Richard N. Weisman (1977, 1995), associate dean of the Lawrence J. Varnerin, Jr. (1986, 1991), Chandler- P.C. Rossin college of engineering and applied science Weaver professor emeritus of electrical engineering. S.B., and professor of civil and environmental engineering. M.I.T., 1947; Ph.D., 1949. B.S., Cornell, 1967; M.S., 1968; Ph.D., 1973. Geraldo M. Vasconcellos (1988, 2004), Allen C. DuBois Roslyn E. Weiss (1991, 1999), chairperson and Clara H. professor of finance. B.S., Military Academy of Agulhas Stewardson professor of philosophy. B.A., Brooklyn, 1973; Negras (Brazil), 1971; B.S., State Univ. of Rio de Janeiro M.A., Columbia, 1975; M.Phil., 1976; Ph.D., 1982. (Brazil), 1979; M.S., Federal Univ. of Rio de Janeiro (Brazil), 1981; M.S., Illinois, 1983; Ph.D., 1986. Lenore E. Chava Weissler (1988, 1999), Philip and Muriel Berman professor of Jewish civilization and pro- Ramamirthan Venkataraman (1968, 1974), associate fessor of religion studies. B.A., Brandeis, 1967; M.S., professor of applied mathematics and statistics. B.S., St. Columbia, 1970; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1982. Joseph’s (India), 1960; M.S., Brown, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. Wenlong Weng (2001), assistant professor of economics. John F. Vickrey (1961, 1995), professor emeritus of B.E., Zhejiang (China), 1983; M.S., Tsinghua (China), English. B.A., Chicago, 1949; M.A., 1952; Ph.D., 1986; M.A., Wichita State, 1993; M.S., Stanford, 1994; Indiana, 1960. Ph.D., 2001. 418 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Howard R. Whitcomb (1967, 1999), professor emeritus Zhiyuan Yan (2003), assistant professor of electrical and of political science. B.A., Brown, 1961; M.A., Lehigh, computer engineering. B.E., Tsinghua (China), 1995; 1963; Ph.D., SUNY at Albany, 1971. M.S., Illinois, 1999, 2003; Ph.D., 2003. George P. White (1989, 2002), professor of education W. Ross Yates (1955, 1986), professor emeritus of govern- and human services. B.S., West Chester, 1974; M.A., ment. B.A., Oregon, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., Yale, 1956. Northern Colorado, 1979; Ed.D., Vanderbilt, 1989. Ben T. Yen (1957, 2001), professor emeritus of civil Marvin H. White (1981), Sherman Fairchild professor engineering. B.S., National Taiwan (Taiwan), 1955; of solid-state studies in electrical engineering and direc- M.S., Lehigh, 1959; Ph.D., 1963. tor, Sherman Fairchild center. A.S., Henry Ford Roland K. Yoshida (1996, 2004), senior vice president Community, 1957; B.S.E. 1960; M.S., Michigan, 1961; for external relations and campus life and professor of Ph.D., Ohio State, 1969. educational psychology. B.A., Southern California, 1970; Sally A. White (2001) dean of college of education. M.S., 1971; Ph.D., 1974. B.E.D., Greenwich (England), 1983; M.S., Texas, 1985; Donald R. Young (1986, 1992), professor emeritus of Ph.D., New Mexico, 1988. electrical engineering. B.S., Utah State, 1942; Ph.D., Edward Whitely (2004), assistant professor of English. M.I.T., 1949. B.A., Brigham Young, 1997; M.A., 1999; Ph.D., Zicheng Yu (2001), assistant professor of earth and envi- Maryland, 2004. ronmental sciences. B.S., Peking (China), 1985; M.S., John C. Wiginton (1983, 1993), professor emeritus of 1988; M.S., Toronto (Canada), 1992; Ph.D., 1997. industrial and systems engineering. B.A.Sc., British Joseph E. Yukich (1985, 1995), professor of mathemat- Columbia, 1957; M.B.A., 1966; M.S., Carnegie-Mellon, ics. B.A., Oberlin, 1978; Ph.D., M.I.T., 1982. 1969; Ph.D., 1970. Albert Wilansky (1948, 1992), university distinguished Z professor emeritus of mathematics. Ph.D., Brown, 1947. Ivan Zaknic (1986, 1994), professor of art and architec- David B. Williams (1976, 2000), Harold Chambers sen- ture. B.Arch., Cooper Union, 1972; M.Arch., ior professor and vice provost for research. B.A., Princeton, 1975. Cambridge (England), 1970; M.A., 1974; Ph.D., 1974. Peter K. Zeitler (1988, 1996), chairperson and professor Robert C. Williamson (1963, 1984), professor emeritus of earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Dartmouth, of sociology. B.A., California at Los Angeles, 1938; 1978; M.A., 1980; Ph.D., 1983. M.A., 1940; Ph.D., Southern California, 1951. Daniel Zeroka (1967, 1990), professor of chemistry. Barbara A. Wilson (2003), professor of practice of edu- B.S., Wilkes, 1963; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1966. cation and human services. B.S., Indiana, 1981; M.S., Linghai Zhang (2002), assistant professor of mathemat- Wheelock College, 1988; Ed.D., Lehigh, 1999. ics. B.S., Beijing Normal (China), 1986; M.S., Beijing George R. Wilson (1978, 1984), associate professor of Institute (China), 1989; Ph.D., Ohio State, 1999. industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania Weixian Zhang (1995, 2001), associate professor of civil State, 1971; M.S., 1973; Ph.D., 1979. and environmental engineering. B.S., Tongji (China), John L. Wilson (1982, 1988), professor of civil engi- 1984; M.S., Johns Hopkins, 1992; Ph.D., 1995. neering. B.S., Tufts, 1963; M.S., Yale, 1964; Ph.D., Yunfeng Zhang (2001), assistant professor of civil and Pittsburgh, 1972. environmental engineering. B.S., Tongji (China), 1993; Lenora D. Wolfgang (1980, 1989), professor of French, M.S., Tsinghua (China), 1996; Ph.D., California modern languages and literature. B.A., Pennsylvania, Institute of Technology, 2001. 1956; M.A., 1965; Ph.D., 1973. Emory W. Zimmers, Jr. (1969, 1980), director, enter- John D. Wood (1960, 1992), professor emeritus of prise systems center and professor of industrial and materials science and engineering. B.S., Case Inst. of systems engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1966; B.S., 1967; Tech., 1953; M.S., Lehigh, 1959; Ph.D., 1962. M.S., 1967; Ph.D., 1973. Benjamin G. Wright, III (1990, 2001), professor of reli- Perry A. Zirkel (1977, 1979), Iacocca professor of edu- gion studies. B.A., Ursinus, 1975; M. Div., Eastern cation and law. B.A., SUNY at Oswego, 1966; M.A., Baptist Theological Seminary, 1978; Ph.D., Connecticut, 1968; Ph.D. 1972; J.D., 1976; LL.M., Pennsylvania, 1988. Yale, 1983. Szu-Yung David Wu (1987, 2004), dean of the P.C. Rossin college of engineering and applied science, Research Organizations/ Iacocca professor and professor of industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Tunghai (Taiwan), 1981; M.S., Directors and Staff Pennsylvania State, 1985; Ph.D., 1987. Albert H. Wurth, Jr. (1985, 1993), associate professor of Directors and staff members of the university’s research political science. B.A., Northwestern, 1971; M.A., centers and institutes are listed. Complete degree infor- Southern Illinois, 1981; Ph.D., North Carolina at mation may be found in the faculty and staff Chapel Hill, 1987. alphabetical listings. In some cases, areas of research interest are given. Raymond F. Wylie (1973, 1987), professor of interna- tional relations. B.A., Toronto (Canada), 1964; M.A., All addresses are Bethlehem, Pa. 18015, and the area 1968; Ph.D., London (England), 1976. code is (610). Y Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute Yuliang Yao (2003), assistant professor of manage- 111 Research Drive; 758-5427 ment. B.S., Shanghai Jiao Tong (China), 1995; James T. Hsu, Ph.D., director; Jack A. Aldadeff, Ph.D; M.B.A., Rensselear Polytechnic Institute, 1997; Natalie I. Foster, Ph.D.; Ned D. Heindel, Ph.D.; Steven Ph.D., Maryland, 2002. L. Regen, Ph.D.; James E. Roberts, Ph.D.; Keith J. Schray, Ph.D. Research Organizations/Directors and Staff 419

Center for Crisis and Litigation Public Ph.D.; Terry J. Delph, Ph.D.; Vladimir Dobric, Ph.D.; Relations John N. DuPont, Ph.D.; Sharon Friedman, M.A.; Joachim Grenestedt, Ph.D.; D. G. Harlow, Ph.D.; James 29 Trembley Drive; 758-4178, 4995 T. Hsu, Ph.D.; Stanley H. Johnson, Ph.D.; Kamil Klier, Carole Gorney, MSJ, APR, Fellow PRSA, director, Dou- Ph.D.; Mayuresh Kothare, Ph.D.; Arnold H. Kritz, glas Ann Newsom, Ph.D., public relations, Texas Ph.D.; Gerard P. Lennon, Ph.D.; Ursla S. Levy, M.B.A., Christian University; John Ochs, Ph.D., mechanical engi- C.M.A.; Charles E. Lyman, Ph.D.; Arnold R. Marder, neering and mechanics, director iP3 program; Geraldo Ph.D.; Horace Moo-Young, Ph.D.; Sudhakar Neti, Vasconcellos, Ph.D., finance and economics; George Ph.D.; Herman F. Nied, Ph.D.; Sibel Pamukcu, Ph.D.; White, Ed.D., education. Professional affiliates: Joel Bur- Alan W. Pense, Ph.D.; Donald O. Rockwell, Ph.D.; Car- cat, Esq., Partner, Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP; Rene los E. Romero, Ph.D.; John W. Sale, M.S., P.E.; Nenad Henry, APR, Fellow PRSA, director office of communica- Sarunac, Ph.D.; Arup Sengupta, Ph.D.; Dale R. Simp- tions and government relations, U.S. Environmental son, Ph.D.; Charles R. Smith, Ph.D.; Harvey G. Stenger, Protection Agency, Mid-Atlantic States Region; T. Jr., Ph.D.; Arkady Voloshin, Ph.D.; Israel Wachs, Ph.D.; Michael Jackson, APR, Fellow PRSA, director, Jackson, Robert P. Wei, Ph.D.; Richard N. Weisman, Ph.D. Jackson and Wagner, and global corporate relations direc- tor (ret.), Dow Corning Corp.; James E. Lukaszewski, Engineering Research Center for APR, Fellow PRSA, principal of The Lukaszewski Group. Advanced Technology for Large Center for Manufacturing Systems Structural Systems (ATLSS) Engineering 117 ATLSS Drive, Imbt Laboratories, Mountain Campus; 200 W. Packer Avenue; (610) 758-5157 758-3525; Fax 758-5902; www.atlss.lehigh.edu Keith M. Gardiner, Ph.D., director; John P. Coulter, Administration: Richard Sause, Ph.D., director; John E. Ph.D.; Steven L. Goldman, Ph.D.; Mikell P. Groover, Bower, Ph.D., deputy director; Robert P. Alpago, B.S., Ph.D.; Parveen P. Gupta, Ph.D.; Roger N. Nagel, Ph.D.; associate director; Phyllis D. Pagel, financial services; Raymond Pearson, Ph.D; Theodore Schlie, Ph.D.; Har- Peter Y. Bryan, B.S., computer systems; Frank E. Stokes, vey Stenger, Ph.D.; Robert J. Trent, Ph.D.; George R. MS, manager-structural laboratories; Richard Sause, Wilson, Ph.D. Ph.D., co-director-Pennsylvania Infrastructure Technology Alliance (PITA). Center for Polymer Science and Faculty Associates: Le-Wu Lu, Ph.D., stability and steel Engineering structures; Stephen P. Pessiki, Ph.D., NDE and concrete 111 Research Drive; 758-3590 technology; James M. Ricles, Ph.D., and Clay Naito, Manoj K. Chaudhury, Ph.D.; John Coulter, Ph.D.; Gre- Ph.D., seismic design technology; Yunfeng Zhang, gory Ferguson, Ph.D.; Natalie Foster, Ph.D.; Ned Ph.D., structural control; John W. Fisher, Ph.D., emeri- Heindel, Ph.D.; Andrew Klein, Ph.D.; H. Daniel Ou- tus, fatigue and fracture; Alan W. Pense, Ph.D., Yang, Ph.D.; Ray Pearson, Ph.D, director; Steven L. emeritus, welding and forensics; Helen Chan, Ph.D., Regen, Ph.D.; James Roberts, Ph.D.; Cesar A. Silebi, John N. DuPont, Ph.D., and Arnold R. Marder, Ph.D., Ph.D.; Gary Simmons, Ph.D.; Arkady S. Voloshin, Ph.D. Materials Science & Engineering; Joachim Grenestedt, Ph.D., and Herman F. Nied, Ph.D., Mechanical Center for Social Research Engineering & Mechanics; Hugo S. Caram, Ph.D., 516-520 Brodhead Ave.; 758-3800 Chemical Engineering. Diane Hyland, Ph.D., director; Brenda P. Egolf, M.A., Research/Staff Associates: Robert J. Connor, Ph.D., research scientist; John B. Gatewood, Ph.D.; Ellen C. field assessment of structures; Eric J. Kaufmann, Ph.D., Herrenkohl, Ph.D., research scientist; Roy C. Her- metallography/fractography; Lisa E. Friedersdorf, renkohl, Ph.D.; Judith N. Lasker, Ph.D.; Carole Reese, Ph.D., corrosion. M.A., research scientist; M. Jean Russo, Ph.D., research scientist; David B. Small, Ph.D.; Lori Toedter, Ph.D.; S. Iacocca Institute Lloyd Williams, Ph.D. 111 Research Drive; 758-6723 Dr. Richard M. Durand, Herbert E. Ehlers, dean, Col- Chemical Process Modeling and Control lege of Business & Economics; Richard Brandt, Director, Research Center Iacocca Institute and Director, Global Village; Vincent G. Iacocca Hall, 111 Research Drive; 758-4781 Munley, Academic Director; Susan Scheller Arsht, Mar- Mayuresh V. Kothare, Ph.D., co-director; William L. keting Manager, Executive Education; Sherry L. Buss, Luyben, Ph.D., co-director; Hugo S. Caram, Ph.D.; Program Director, Career Awareness Program; Laurie Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Ph.D.; William E. Schiesser, Gostley-Hackett, Director, Diamond Center for Eco- Ph.D.; Stanley H. Johnson, Ph.D.; James T. Hsu, Ph.D.; nomic Education and Entrepreneurship; Christine M. Harvey G. Stenger, Ph.D.; Robert H. Storer, Ph.D. Pense, Programs Officer – Global Village; Mary Frances Schurtz-Leon, Candidate Manager, Global Village; Eliza- Emulsion Polymers Institute beth Simmons, Manager, Executive Education. Iacocca 111 Research Drive; 758-3590 Professors: S. David Wu, professor of industrial and sys- Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Ph.D., director; Eric S. Daniels, tems engineering; Rosemary Mundhenk, professor, Ph.D., associate director; E. David Sudol, Ph.D., associ- department of english; Vincent G. Munley, professor, ate director; Victoria L. Dimonie, Ph.D.; Andrew Klein, department of economics; Edward S. Shapiro, chairper- Ph.D.; H. Daniel Ou-Yang, Ph.D.; James E. Roberts, son, department of education and human services. Ph.D.; Cesar A. Silebi, Ph.D.; Olga L. Shaffer, M.S. Institute of Biomedical Engineering and Energy Research Center Mathematical Biology 117 ATLSS Drive; 758-4090 17 Memorial Drive, East; 758-3703 Edward K. Levy, Sc.D., director; Arlan O. Benscoter; Eric P. Salathe, Ph.D., director; George A. Arangio, Harun Bilirgen, Ph.D.; Philip A. Blythe, Ph.D.; Hugo S. M.D., visiting research scientist; Russell E. Benner, Caram, Ph.D.; John C. Chen, Ph.D.; Richard E. Conn, Ph.D., research scientist. 420 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2005-2006

Institute for Metal Forming Science); James Hwang (Electrical Engineering & Com- 5 E. Packer Avenue; 758-4252 puter Science); Anand Jagota (Chemical Engineering); Wojciech Z. Misiolek Sc.D., director, Arlan O. Benscot- Himanshu Jain (Materials Science & Engineering); Li Jia er, John P. Coulter, Ph.D., John DuPont, Ph.D., Edwin (Chemistry); Kamil Klier (Chemistry); Thomas Koch W. Force II, Mikell P. Groover, Ph.D., Thomas Lloyd, (Electrical Engineering & Computer Science); Mayuresh Ph.D., Arnold R. Marder, Ph.D.; Michael Rex; David B. Kothare (Chemical Engineering); Charles Lyman (Material Williams, Ph.D. Science & Engineering); Anthony McHugh (Chemical Engineering); Wojciech Misolek (Materials Science & Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for Engineering); Herman Nied (Mechanical Engineering & Eighteenth-Century Studies Mechanics); Michael Notis (Materials Science & Engineer- ing); Daniel OU Yang (Physic); Ray Pearson (Materials 9 W. Packer Avenue; 758-3369/3360 Science & Engineering); Jeffrey Rickman (Material Science Scott Paul Gordon, Ph.D., co-director; Jean R. Soder- & Engineering); James Roberts (Chemical Engineering); lund, Ph.D., co-director; Michael G. Baylor, Ph.D.; Donald Rockwell (Mechanical Engineering & Mechanics); Marie-Helene Chabut, Ph.D.; Stephen H. Cutcliffe, Richard Sause (Civil & Environmental Engineering); Arup Ph.D.; Jan Fergus, Ph.D.; Edward J. Gallagher, Ph.D.; Sengupta (Civil & Environmental Engineering); Neal Philip A. Metzger, Ph.D.; Monica Najar, Ph.D.; James S. Simon (Biological Sciences); Robert Skibbens (Biological Saeger, Ph.D. Sciences); Andrey Soukhojak (Materials Science & Engi- neering); Michael Stavola (Physics); Svetlana Tatic-Lucic Martindale Center for the Study of (Computer Science & Engineering) Jean Toulouse Private Enterprise (Physics); Richard Vinci (Materials Science & Engineer- 621 Taylor Street; 758-4771 ing); Israel Wachs (Chemical Engineering); Marvin White; J. Richard Aronson, Ph.D., director; Judith McDonald, (Electrical Engineering & Computer Science); David Ph.D., associate director and director, Canadian Studies Williams (Materials Science and Engineering and Vice Institute; Robert J. Thornton, Ph.D., associate director Provost for Research). and editor, Martindale Student Associates Program; Staff: David Ackland, Research Scientist; Arlan Benscoter, Todd Watkins, Ph.D., associate director and director of Research Scientist; Andrea Harmer, Director of Web the Kalmbach Institute for the Study of Regional Politi- Based Instruction; Deanne Hoenscheid, Administrative cal Economy; Robert Kuchta, assistant director and Manager; Eugene Kozma, Technician; Gene Lucadamo, director of Marketing Programs; Anne-Marie Anderson, Industrial Liaison Officer; Alfred Miller, Research Ph.D.; Henri Barkey, Ph.D.; Michael Baylor, Ph.D.; Scientist; William Mushock, Electron Microscope Sharon P. Bernstein, administrative coordinator; James Technician; Virginia Newhard, Administrative Dearden, Ph.D., workshop coordinator; Mary Beth Coordinator; Susan Stetler, Administrative Assistant; Deily, Ph.D.; Frank Gunter, Ph.D.; James Hall, Ph.D.; Masashi Watanabe, Research Scientist. Mary Jo Hill, administrative coordinator; Thomas J. Hyclak, Ph.D.; Arthur E. King, Ph.D.; Rosemary Murray H. Goodman Center for Real Krauss, secretary; Janet Laible, Ph.D.; Lucinda Lawson, Estate Studies Ph.D.; Vincent Munley, Ph.D.; David Myers, Ph.D. workshop coordinator; David Pankenier, Ph.D.; James 621 Taylor Street; 758-4778 Saeger, Ph.D.; Paul Salerni, Ph.D.; Michael Santoro, Stephen F. Thode, DBA, director. Ph.D.; Roger Simon, Ph.D.; Richard Weisman, Ph.D.; Musser Center for Entrepreneurship Andrea Wuerth, Ph.D., Program Coordinator for 621 Taylor Street; 758-3980 Responses to Globalization Program. Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Faculty Emereti: Richard W. Barsness, Ph.D; Carl R. Beidleman, Ph.D.; Raymond Bell, Ph.D.; Oles M. Jewish Studies Smolansky, Ph.D.; Howard R. Whitcomb, Ph.D. 9 W. Packer Avenue; 758-4869, fax 758-4858 Laurence J. Silberstein, Ph.D., director; Chava Weissler, Center for Advanced Materials and Ph.D.; Robert L. Cohn, Ph.D. (Lafayette College); Ruth Nanotechnology Knafo Setton, Writer in Residence. Associated faculty: 5 E. Packer Avenue; 758-3850 David C. Amidon, Jr., M.A.; Bunnie Piltch, M.A.; Oles Faculty: Martin P. Harmer, Director, CAMN (Materials M. Smolansky, Ph.D.; Roslyn Weiss, Ph.D.; Benjamin Science and Engineering): Chris Kiely Director, Nanochar- G. Wright III, Ph.D. acterization Laboratory (Materials Science & Engineering); The Philip Rauch Center for Business Wei-xian Zhang, Director, Institute for Sustainable Nan- otechnology (Civil & Environmental Engineering); Steve Communications Cutcliffe, Co-Director, Institute for Sustainable Nanotechnol- 621 Taylor Street; 758-4863 ogy (Science, Technology, and Society); Rich Aronson Robert R. Kendi, M.S., director. (Economics); Alec Bodzin (Education and Human Ser- vices); Hugo Caram (Chemical Engineering); Slade Cargill Sherman Fairchild Center for Solid- (Materials Science and Engineering); Lynne Cassimeris State Studies (Biological Sciences); Ward Cates (Education and Human 16A Memorial Drive, East Services); Helen Chan (Materials Science & Engineering); Marvin H. White, Ph.D., director; G. Slade Cargill, Manoj Chaudhury (Chemical Engineering); John Coulter Ph.D.; Gary G. DeLeo, Ph.D.; W. Beall Fowler, Ph.D.; (Mechanical Engineering & Mechanics); Terry Delph Miltiadis Hatalis, Ph.D.; James Hwang, Ph.D.; Ralph (Mechanical Engineering & Mechanics); Volkmar Dierolf Jaccodine, Ph.D., Sherman Fairchild Professor of Solid (Physics); Yujie Ding (Electrical Engineering & Computer State Studies; Jerome Licini, Ph.D.; Svetlana Tatic-Lucic, Science); John Dupont (Materials Science & Engineering); Ph.D.; H. Daniel Ou-Yang, Ph.D.; Michael Stavola, Alwyn Eades (Materials Science & Engineering); Gregory Ph.D.; Jean Toulouse, Ph.D., Sherman Fairchild Professor Ferguson (Chemistry); Steve Goldman (Philosophy); of Solid-State Studies; George D. Watkins, Ph.D., Sher- Joachim Grenestedt (Mechanical Engineering & Mechan- man Fairchild Professor of Solid-State Studies; ics); Miltiadis Hatalis (Electrical Engineering & Computer Research Organications/Directors & Staff 421

Science, Technology and Society Small Business Development Center Program and Technology Studies Sandra F. Holsonback, M.B.A., director; Mary Beth Resource Center Zingone, A.C.A.S.; associate director; Kim Edwards, B.S.Ed., program director, financing assistance program; 9 W. Packer Avenue; 758-3350 Jim Sinz, M.A., program director, government marketing Stephen H. Cutcliffe, director; Henri J. Barkey, interna- assistance program; Cora Landis, program director, tional relations; Gordon Bearn, philosophy; Lynn S. lexnet; Sally Handlon, M.B.A., program director, busi- Beedle, civil engineering; Susan Cady, library and tech- ness education and training program; Greg Maclin, nology services; Gail Cooper, history; Jack A. DeBellis, M.S.; Mo Elbanna, B.A. English; Robin Dillon, philosophy; Nikolai Eberhardt, electrical engineering and computer science; Edward B. Evenson, geological sciences; Sharon M. Friedman, jour- nalism; Edward J. Gallagher, English; Norman J. Girardot, religion studies; Steven L. Goldman, philoso- phy and history; Mikell P. Groover, industrial engineering; Ned D. Heindel, chemistry; Roy C. Her- renkohl, sociology; Chaim D. Kaufmann, international relations; Kenneth L. Kraft, religion studies; Judith N. Lasker, sociology; Benjamin Litt, management and mar- keting; John R. McNamara, economics; Anne S. Meltzer, earth and environmental sciences; Philip A. Metzger, Linderman Library; Jeffrey Milet, speech and theater; Vincent G. Munley, economics; Roger N. Nagel, electri- cal engineering and computer science; Michael R. Notis, materials science and engineering; Anthony O’Brien; economics; Alan W. Pense, materials science and engi- neering; Tom F. Peters, art and architecture; Michael Raposa, religion studies; Robert E. Rosenwein, sociology and anthropology; Christine M. Roysdon, Linderman Library; William E. Schiesser, chemical engineering; Keith J. Schray, chemistry; Roger D. Simon, history; Bruce M. Smackey, management and marketing; David Small, sociology and classical studies; John K. Smith, his- tory; Drew Snyder, art and architecture; Bruce Thomas, art and architecture; Ricardo Viera, art and architecture; Todd Watkins, economics; Albert H. Wurth, political science; Raymond F. Wylie, international relations; Ivan Zaknic, art and architecture; Peter K. Zeitler, earth and environmental sciences. 422 Index Index A Civil Engineering 103 Classical Studies 175 Academic Rules and Regulations 27 Cognitive Science 178 Accounting 86 Colleges Accreditation 5 Arts and Sciences 32 Admission Guidelines 5 Business and Economics 38 Admission to Graduate Study 52 Education 41 Advisement 27 Engineering and Applied Science 41 Advanced Placement 7 Communication 181 Africana Studies 88 Computer Engineering 104, 181 Alcohol and Other Drug Programs 23 Computer Science 104 American Studies 90 Computer Science and Business Program 39, 182 Application for Degree 28 Computer Science and Engineering 184 Application Procedures 11 Continuing Education 26 Applied Mathematics and Statistics 93 Cooperative Education 192 Applied Science 93 Counseling and Psychological Service 24 Apprentice Teaching 48, 94 Credit and Grades Art and Architecture 94 Undergraduate 28 Art Galleries 21 Graduate 54 Arts and Sciences Courses 102 Arts-Engineering Courses 102 D Asian Studies 108 Astronomy and Astrophysics 113 Degree Information Athletic Opportunities 17 Undergraduate 27 Auditing 30 Graduate 56 Dentistry Program 36 B Department Honors 31 Design Arts 193 Ben Franklin Technology Partners 82 Disability Support Services 23 Bethlehem 17 Distance Education 26 Biochemistry 116 Bioengineering Program 116 E Biological Sciences 120 Biology 130 Early Decision 6 Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute 69 Earth and Environmental Sciences 197 Bioscience and Biotechnology Program 130 Eckardt Scholars Program 31, 209 Board of Trustees 400 Economics 209 Building and Architectural Technology Institute 70 Education, College of 215 Business 131 Education, Graduate Degrees in 63 Business and Economics Graduate Courses 134 Electrical and Computer Engineering 227 Business Information Systems 132 Electrical Engineering 105 C Emulsion Polymers Institute 74 Calendar 4 Energy Research Center 75 Campus Life 14 Engineering 239 Career Services 25 Engineering Research Center For Advanced Center for Advanced Materials and Nanotechnology Technology For Large Structural Systems (CAMN) 80 (ATLSS) 76 Center for Crisis Public Relations and English Courses 239 Litigation Studies 70 English as a Second Language 46, 249 Center for Manufacturing Systems Engineering 71 English Language Learning Center (ELLC) 26 Center for Polymer Science and Engineering 71 Enterprise Systems Center (ESC) 77 Center for Promoting Research to Practice 51 Entrance Examinations 5 Center for Social Research 72 Environmental Engineering 106 Centers and Institutes 39, 44 Environmental Studies 250 Chemical Engineering 103, 143 Chemical Process Modeling and Control F Research Center 73 Chemistry 151 Faculty and Emeriti 404 Chinese 328 Faculty Development and Learning Innovations 21 Civil and Environmental Engineering 163 Finance 253 Civil and Environmental Engineering and Earth Financial Aid 11 and Environmental Sciences 173 Financial Aid, Graduate 55 Index 423

Fine Arts 255 L First-Year Class (FYC) 35 Languages 288 Five-Year Programs 27, 255 Latin American Studies 289 Foreign Culture and Civilization 255 Law 289 Foreign Language Study 34 Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for Eighteenth- Foreign Literature 255 Century Studies 79 Fraternities and Sororities 14, 399 Library and Technology Services 19 French 255, 329 M G Management 290 Geology 255 Management Science 291 German 255, 330 Manufacturers Resource Center 83 Global Union 45 Manufacturing Systems Engineering 292 Good Citizenship 17 Marketing 293 Government 256 Martindale Center for the Study of Private Enterprise 80 Graduate Studies Organizations 64 Materials Science and Engineering 107, 296 Graduate Study 50 Mathematics 304 Graduate Work, Preparation for 48 Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 108, 312 Graduation 54 Media Center and Services 20 Graduation Honors 30 Military Science 323 Graduation Requirements 27 Modern Languages and Literature 325 Greek 256 Music 334 Guest Speakers 16 Musical Organizations 15 Musser Center for Entrepreneurship 81 H Health & Wellness Center 23 N Health Professions Programs 35 Networking and Voice Communications 19 Hebrew 256, 331 History 256 O History and Purpose 391 Honor Societies 31 Office of International Programs 51 Humanities 263 Office of International Students and Scholars 45 Offices and Resources 402 I Optometry Program 37

Iacocca Institute 78 P Industrial and Systems Engineering 266 Industrial Engineering 106 Pass-Fail Systems for Undergraduates 30 Information and Systems Engineering 107, 274 Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Jewish Studies 79 Institute for Biomedical Engineering and Philip Rauch Center for Business Communications 83 Mathematical Biology 78 Philosophy 338 Institute for Fracture and Solid Mechanics 78 Physics 342 Institute for Metal Forming 79 Political Science 349 Integrated Business and Engineering Polymer Interfaces Center 81 Honors Program 39, 43, 276 Pre-Law Programs 35 Interdisciplinary Graduate Programs 65 Premedical Program 36 Interdisciplinary Graduate Study and Research 64 Presidents of the University 392 Interdisciplinary Programs 44 Principal Officers 401 Interdisciplinary Technology 277 Psychology 356 International Multimedia Resource Center 47 International Relations 277 International Students, Special Services for 45 R Internships 34 Refunds of Charges 10 Interviews 6 Registration, Graduate 53 Intramural/Club Sports 17 Religion Studies 364 Religious Activities 15 J Research Centers and Institutes, Graduate 69 Research Organizations/ Directors and Staff 418 Japanese Courses 281, 331 Residence Halls 14 Jewish Studies 281 Residency Requirement, Undergraduate 27 Journalism and Communication 282 Residential Facilities 398 Junior-Year Writing Certification 34 424 Index

Review-Consultation-Study Period 30 U Russian 331, 370 Russian Studies 370 University Aid 12 University Buildings 395 S University Press 22 University Related Centers 82 Scholastic Averages and Probation 29 Urban Studies 386 School Psychology 370 Science, Environmental and Technical Writing 370 V Science, Technology and Society 371 Sherman Fairchild Center for Solid-State Studies 81 Volunteer and Community Services 16 Small Business Development Center 83 Social Psychology 373 W Sociology and Anthropology 373 Spanish 332 Women’s Studies 387 Special Academic Programs 26 Special Undergraduate Academic Opportunities 44 Student Council, Graduate 64 Student Employment 21 Student Resources 22 Student Responsibilities 14 Student Rights 13 Study Abroad 46 Summer Studies 26 Supply Chain Management 382

T Teacher Certification Program 38 Technology, Interdisciplinary Courses 383 The General College Division 49 Theatre 15, 383 Thesis 28 Transfer Students 7 Trustees Emeriti 401 Tuition and Fees 9 Tuition and Fees, Graduate 54 Tuition Refunds 55 Two Bachelor Degree Programs 27